From 14bd22993ec4f176288cba1852063fd55e719190 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: yoshi-code-bot <70984784+yoshi-code-bot@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Tue, 29 Apr 2025 00:40:29 -0700 Subject: [PATCH 1/2] chore: Update discovery artifacts (#2599) ## Deleted keys were detected in the following stable discovery artifacts: connectors v1 https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a456e2ceaf17ac8f7710d4e343159604c82fd499 file v1 https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a820c78341fba7ebe448376aa0f21e3e357a0244 sqladmin v1 https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/900e43c86d4fd4c658968cb026ceea0c2e686fa9 ## Deleted keys were detected in the following pre-stable discovery artifacts: dialogflow v3beta1 https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/bb0b59eedcf033a216a45b158554b35c52fd413f file v1beta1 https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a820c78341fba7ebe448376aa0f21e3e357a0244 sqladmin v1beta4 https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/900e43c86d4fd4c658968cb026ceea0c2e686fa9 ## Discovery Artifact Change Summary: fix(admin): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/82e6e7d206d450272275ff089c4c764d60984cff feat(aiplatform): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6ccd7f53713cb0cf7e129f7fb42deccccc1bf8ab feat(artifactregistry): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/ac6477013f5b42579690e32cc5a784d579f1fa9d feat(blockchainnodeengine): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4b1c7d24665c1e52b9f2eb0259483185c54cb109 fix(cloudbuild): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/009d14e0bd73ceb4e5a7d0b8138d3e44b72b806e feat(cloudchannel): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/5e15d858ddef5f4eb274b015c8880c7d81ea3e82 feat(cloudresourcemanager): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/94d98b6e6a150e3247bc021ce0453affcb8b27b0 feat(connectors): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a456e2ceaf17ac8f7710d4e343159604c82fd499 feat(dataflow): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/ea28e0289eb26231845953976364e0ca999ef5e3 feat(dataform): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/35990c2ffd683b41a4340626c48b8b4311d0f6d9 feat(datamigration): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/d9218bd46049c0a0b9edac33cc11e6c1f7970ddd feat(dataplex): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6df52e86e8b210bb7d413ef95271eac80fb91211 feat(dialogflow): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/bb0b59eedcf033a216a45b158554b35c52fd413f feat(discoveryengine): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/5af62dfdcf7ee10d59d236896f3e95d379379304 feat(displayvideo): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/67effcf14bb410463adb7e99e088961597738c0b feat(documentai): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/fadb34b1a65e9c173588a7788d31d3804bae4f1f feat(drive): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/7d2063f757e86943e177fdf914eadd26fabd0e31 feat(file): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a820c78341fba7ebe448376aa0f21e3e357a0244 feat(firebaseml): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/e45e9b0fc2da43ab1ab524e7518f03e19b086cc5 feat(gkehub): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/3c38499a902df9211b4dbcb9c4896ee59ccea384 feat(iamcredentials): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c59ac8442a3e57fa7430fef7babf0bebde9d1df8 feat(integrations): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/fa57493279565f4a4ec8f8fbfb138516e8371f4f feat(merchantapi): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/8e00992fb222d42f9075eb164c454fd3fc5b8172 feat(networkconnectivity): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b3c8df3478c32120434e7c0e583f90587364fbd9 feat(networkmanagement): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/62a2c6a4764cebf88a6e0c841ca9cddd81e88cc7 feat(networksecurity): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/39706e9fd8c45ad3ca07db157d9b758678b4c9cd feat(oracledatabase): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6678c3beeb2c1e6df4d9e2bc6dfd95a979f29f28 feat(orgpolicy): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/d1244740ed0bdac0f7b2f851fe274e340d9f7942 feat(sheets): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/8b09804195036a644d75abeddc994537606dfcca feat(sqladmin): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/900e43c86d4fd4c658968cb026ceea0c2e686fa9 fix(storage): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/e70b2a8745a60c0eb1c62eb43e84ce0ea6c6a66b feat(tpu): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/183d48eb2495b9e0ed894f2c254cefd50381553d feat(translate): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c230f82427be605aada20ea3849f0992cff67242 feat(vpcaccess): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/cae086c59af5819276da3c17999f2788d27d2019 feat(youtube): update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/d0b32ba5bae6950cbd3aa061281e13ed4838af25 --- docs/dyn/admin_reports_v1.activities.html | 1 - .../aiplatform_v1.batchPredictionJobs.html | 1565 +++ docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.chat.html | 127 + docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.html | 61 +- docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.html | 5 + docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.media.html | 4 +- ...rojects.locations.batchPredictionJobs.html | 40 +- ..._v1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html | 36 +- ...atform_v1.projects.locations.datasets.html | 2 +- ...cts.locations.deploymentResourcePools.html | 2 +- ...tform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html | 74 +- ...s.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.html | 6 +- ...m_v1.projects.locations.featurestores.html | 2 +- .../dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.html | 46 +- ...cations.modelDeploymentMonitoringJobs.html | 10 +- ...projects.locations.models.evaluations.html | 8 +- ...platform_v1.projects.locations.models.html | 58 +- ...ts.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.html | 35 + ...1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.html | 21 + ....projects.locations.publishers.models.html | 56 +- ...rojects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html | 6 +- ...v1.projects.locations.ragEngineConfig.html | 91 + ....locations.ragEngineConfig.operations.html | 268 + ...1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html | 8 +- ....projects.locations.trainingPipelines.html | 32 +- ...form_v1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html | 20 +- docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.publishers.models.html | 68 +- ...iplatform_v1beta1.batchPredictionJobs.html | 2089 ++++ .../aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.chat.html | 127 + docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.html | 70 +- docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.html | 5 + docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.media.html | 4 +- ...rojects.locations.batchPredictionJobs.html | 56 +- ...ta1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html | 36 +- ...m_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html | 32 +- ...cts.locations.deploymentResourcePools.html | 4 +- ..._v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html | 117 +- ...eta1.projects.locations.exampleStores.html | 28 +- ...v1beta1.projects.locations.extensions.html | 4 +- ...s.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.html | 6 +- ...eta1.projects.locations.featurestores.html | 2 +- ...aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html | 131 +- ...cations.modelDeploymentMonitoringJobs.html | 10 +- ...eta1.projects.locations.modelMonitors.html | 24 +- ...ons.modelMonitors.modelMonitoringJobs.html | 32 +- ...projects.locations.models.evaluations.html | 16 +- ...orm_v1beta1.projects.locations.models.html | 74 +- ...ts.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.html | 35 + ...1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.html | 21 + ....projects.locations.publishers.models.html | 150 +- ...rojects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html | 6 +- ...a1.projects.locations.ragEngineConfig.html | 91 + ....locations.ragEngineConfig.operations.html | 268 + ...1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html | 8 +- ...ions.reasoningEngines.sessions.events.html | 12 +- ...s.locations.reasoningEngines.sessions.html | 12 +- ..._v1beta1.projects.locations.schedules.html | 48 +- ....projects.locations.trainingPipelines.html | 40 +- ...v1beta1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html | 40 +- .../aiplatform_v1beta1.publishers.models.html | 89 +- .../apigee_v1.organizations.environments.html | 2 +- docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.html | 10 +- ...ctregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.html | 5 +- ...v1.projects.locations.blockchainNodes.html | 8 +- .../classroom_v1.courses.announcements.html | 20 +- docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.courseWork.html | 24 +- ...assroom_v1.courses.courseWork.rubrics.html | 12 +- ...ssroom_v1.courses.courseWorkMaterials.html | 18 +- docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.html | 4 +- docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.posts.html | 6 +- docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.students.html | 4 +- docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.teachers.html | 4 +- ...ccounts.channelPartnerLinks.customers.html | 7 + ...el_v1.accounts.customers.entitlements.html | 8 +- .../cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.html | 13 +- docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.html | 2 +- docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.offers.html | 2 +- ....projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.html | 16 +- ....locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.html | 12 +- docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2.folders.html | 32 + .../cloudresourcemanager_v2beta1.folders.html | 32 + ...sourcemanager_v3.folders.capabilities.html | 156 + docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.folders.html | 25 + ...ors_v1.projects.locations.connections.html | 5 - ...tomConnectors.customConnectorVersions.html | 279 +- ...cations.providers.connectors.versions.html | 4 +- docs/dyn/content_v2_1.liasettings.html | 4 +- .../dyn/css_v1.accounts.cssProductInputs.html | 10 +- docs/dyn/css_v1.accounts.labels.html | 12 +- docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.jobs.html | 1 + ...dataflow_v1b3.projects.jobs.workItems.html | 1 + ...dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.jobs.html | 2 + ...w_v1b3.projects.locations.jobs.stages.html | 1 + ...1b3.projects.locations.jobs.workItems.html | 1 + ...tions.repositories.compilationResults.html | 41 + ...beta1.projects.locations.repositories.html | 4 +- ...locations.repositories.releaseConfigs.html | 6 + ...ocations.repositories.workflowConfigs.html | 6 + ...ions.repositories.workflowInvocations.html | 28 + ...n_v1.projects.locations.migrationJobs.html | 14 + ...jects.locations.migrationJobs.objects.html | 8 + ...nizations.locations.encryptionConfigs.html | 240 + ...aplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.html | 10 +- ..._v1.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.html | 4 +- ...ex_v1.projects.locations.metadataJobs.html | 72 +- ...ogflow_v2.projects.agent.environments.html | 42 + ...cts.agent.environments.users.sessions.html | 16 +- ...dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.sessions.html | 16 +- ...flow_v2.projects.conversationProfiles.html | 54 +- ...2.projects.conversations.participants.html | 23 +- ...projects.locations.agent.environments.html | 42 + ...ons.agent.environments.users.sessions.html | 16 +- ..._v2.projects.locations.agent.sessions.html | 16 +- ...ojects.locations.conversationProfiles.html | 54 +- ....locations.conversations.participants.html | 23 +- ...low_v2.projects.locations.suggestions.html | 9 +- .../dialogflow_v2.projects.suggestions.html | 9 +- ...cts.agent.environments.users.sessions.html | 2 +- ...gflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.sessions.html | 2 +- ...v2beta1.projects.conversationProfiles.html | 12 +- ...1.projects.conversations.participants.html | 2 +- ...ons.agent.environments.users.sessions.html | 2 +- ...ta1.projects.locations.agent.sessions.html | 2 +- ...ojects.locations.conversationProfiles.html | 12 +- ....locations.conversations.participants.html | 2 +- ...2beta1.projects.locations.suggestions.html | 2 +- ...alogflow_v2beta1.projects.suggestions.html | 2 +- ...ocations.agents.environments.sessions.html | 417 + ...ow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.html | 252 + ...projects.locations.agents.flows.pages.html | 504 + ...ns.agents.flows.transitionRouteGroups.html | 84 + ....projects.locations.agents.generators.html | 24 + ...alogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.html | 43 +- ...s.locations.agents.playbooks.examples.html | 535 + ...3.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.html | 515 + ...s.locations.agents.playbooks.versions.html | 619 ++ ...v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html | 417 + ...3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html | 1436 +++ ...ts.locations.agents.testCases.results.html | 188 + ...ow_v3.projects.locations.agents.tools.html | 601 ++ ...ocations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.html | 84 + ...ections.dataStores.branches.documents.html | 14 +- ....collections.dataStores.conversations.html | 2 +- ...ects.locations.collections.dataStores.html | 90 + ...collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html | 30 +- ...ons.collections.engines.conversations.html | 2 +- ...rojects.locations.collections.engines.html | 85 + ...ations.collections.engines.operations.html | 27 + ...ns.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html | 30 +- ...cations.dataStores.branches.documents.html | 14 +- ...ts.locations.dataStores.conversations.html | 2 +- ...gine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.html | 90 + ...s.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html | 30 +- ...1.projects.locations.groundingConfigs.html | 5 + ...s.locations.collections.dataConnector.html | 1 + ...ections.dataStores.branches.documents.html | 14 +- ...llections.dataStores.completionConfig.html | 7 +- ....collections.dataStores.conversations.html | 2 +- ...ects.locations.collections.dataStores.html | 144 + ...collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html | 58 +- ....collections.dataStores.widgetConfigs.html | 4 +- ....collections.engines.completionConfig.html | 7 +- ...ons.collections.engines.conversations.html | 2 +- ...rojects.locations.collections.engines.html | 56 + ...ns.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html | 58 +- ...ons.collections.engines.widgetConfigs.html | 4 +- ...1alpha.projects.locations.collections.html | 72 + ...cations.dataStores.branches.documents.html | 14 +- ...locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html | 7 +- ...ts.locations.dataStores.conversations.html | 2 +- ...v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.html | 144 + ...s.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html | 58 +- ...ts.locations.dataStores.widgetConfigs.html | 4 +- ...a.projects.locations.groundingConfigs.html | 5 + ...veryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html | 12 + ...ections.dataStores.branches.documents.html | 14 +- ...llections.dataStores.completionConfig.html | 7 +- ....collections.dataStores.conversations.html | 2 +- ...ects.locations.collections.dataStores.html | 90 + ...collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html | 58 +- ....collections.engines.completionConfig.html | 7 +- ...ons.collections.engines.conversations.html | 2 +- ...rojects.locations.collections.engines.html | 119 + ...ns.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html | 58 +- ...cations.dataStores.branches.documents.html | 14 +- ...locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html | 7 +- ...ts.locations.dataStores.conversations.html | 2 +- ..._v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.html | 90 + ...s.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html | 58 +- ...a.projects.locations.groundingConfigs.html | 5 + docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.html | 12 +- ...yvideo_v2.advertisers.insertionOrders.html | 24 +- ...displayvideo_v2.advertisers.lineItems.html | 72 +- ...rgetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html | 16 +- ...rgetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html | 16 +- ...yvideo_v2.advertisers.youtubeAdGroups.html | 4 +- ...rgetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html | 8 +- ...splayvideo_v2.customBiddingAlgorithms.html | 4 +- ...eo_v2.customBiddingAlgorithms.scripts.html | 4 +- docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.partners.html | 8 +- ...rgetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html | 16 +- .../dyn/displayvideo_v2.sdfdownloadtasks.html | 4 +- .../displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroups.html | 14 +- ...rgetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html | 12 +- ...displayvideo_v3.advertisers.campaigns.html | 6 +- ...rgetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html | 12 +- docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.html | 18 +- ...yvideo_v3.advertisers.insertionOrders.html | 30 +- ...rgetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html | 24 +- ...displayvideo_v3.advertisers.lineItems.html | 76 +- ...rgetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html | 24 +- ...rgetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html | 24 +- ...splayvideo_v3.customBiddingAlgorithms.html | 4 +- ...ideo_v3.customBiddingAlgorithms.rules.html | 4 +- ...eo_v3.customBiddingAlgorithms.scripts.html | 4 +- ...yvideo_v3.firstAndThirdPartyAudiences.html | 12 +- docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.partners.html | 12 +- ...rgetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html | 24 +- .../dyn/displayvideo_v3.sdfdownloadtasks.html | 4 +- .../displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroups.html | 14 +- ...rgetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html | 12 +- docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.html | 18 +- ...yvideo_v4.advertisers.insertionOrders.html | 24 +- ...displayvideo_v4.advertisers.lineItems.html | 76 +- ...rgetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html | 24 +- ...rgetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html | 24 +- ...splayvideo_v4.customBiddingAlgorithms.html | 4 +- ...ideo_v4.customBiddingAlgorithms.rules.html | 4 +- ...eo_v4.customBiddingAlgorithms.scripts.html | 4 +- ...ideo_v4.firstPartyAndPartnerAudiences.html | 12 +- docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.partners.html | 12 +- ...rgetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html | 24 +- .../dyn/displayvideo_v4.sdfdownloadtasks.html | 4 +- ...ntai_v1.projects.locations.processors.html | 2 + ...ocations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html | 1 + ...ocations.processors.processorVersions.html | 6 + ...projects.locations.processors.dataset.html | 37 + ...v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html | 104 + ...ocations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html | 69 + ...ocations.processors.processorVersions.html | 108 + docs/dyn/drive_v2.about.html | 2 +- docs/dyn/drive_v2.changes.html | 24 +- docs/dyn/drive_v2.comments.html | 32 +- docs/dyn/drive_v2.files.html | 160 +- docs/dyn/drive_v2.replies.html | 16 +- docs/dyn/drive_v2.revisions.html | 12 +- docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.html | 5 +- docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.html | 5 +- ....projects.locations.publishers.models.html | 45 + docs/dyn/forms_v1.forms.html | 8 +- ...jects.locations.restorePlans.restores.html | 8 +- ...gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html | 16 +- ...b_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html | 124 +- ...ub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html | 16 +- docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.html | 5 + docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.locations.html | 91 + ...edentials_v1.locations.workforcePools.html | 111 + docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.projects.html | 5 + .../iamcredentials_v1.projects.locations.html | 91 + ...jects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.html | 111 + ...edentials_v1.projects.serviceAccounts.html | 3 +- ..._v1.projects.locations.cloudFunctions.html | 1 + ...cts.locations.products.cloudFunctions.html | 1 + docs/dyn/meet_v2.spaces.html | 10 +- .../merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.html | 12 +- ...ntapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.issues.html | 4 +- ...ccounts_v1beta.accounts.relationships.html | 196 + ...api_accounts_v1beta.accounts.services.html | 321 + ...ccounts.termsOfServiceAgreementStates.html | 8 +- ...antapi_accounts_v1beta.termsOfService.html | 20 +- ...roducts_v1beta.accounts.productInputs.html | 8 +- ...ty_v1.projects.locations.global_.hubs.html | 2 +- ...orkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.html | 5 +- ...ectivity_v1.projects.locations.spokes.html | 8 +- ...nectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html | 5 +- ...ha1.projects.locations.internalRanges.html | 16 + ...s.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html | 8 + ...s.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html | 8 + ...networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.html | 20 + ...s.locations.interceptDeploymentGroups.html | 393 + ...ojects.locations.interceptDeployments.html | 332 + ...ns.interceptEndpointGroupAssociations.html | 373 + ...cts.locations.interceptEndpointGroups.html | 389 + ...vability_v1.projects.locations.scopes.html | 2 +- ...locations.cloudExadataInfrastructures.html | 9 + ...v1.projects.locations.cloudVmClusters.html | 21 +- .../dyn/orgpolicy_v2.folders.constraints.html | 1 + ...rgpolicy_v2.organizations.constraints.html | 1 + .../orgpolicy_v2.projects.constraints.html | 1 + ...store_v1.projects.locations.instances.html | 18 +- ...e_v1beta.projects.locations.instances.html | 18 +- docs/dyn/reseller_v1.customers.html | 12 +- docs/dyn/reseller_v1.subscriptions.html | 52 +- ....locations.catalogs.branches.products.html | 18 +- ...rojects.locations.catalogs.placements.html | 4 +- ...cts.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html | 4 +- ...rojects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html | 6 +- ....projects.locations.catalogs.branches.html | 4 +- ....locations.catalogs.branches.products.html | 18 +- ...rojects.locations.catalogs.placements.html | 4 +- ...cts.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html | 4 +- ...rojects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html | 6 +- ....locations.catalogs.branches.products.html | 18 +- ...rojects.locations.catalogs.placements.html | 4 +- ...cts.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html | 4 +- ...rojects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html | 6 +- ...v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.html | 2 +- docs/dyn/sheets_v4.spreadsheets.html | 585 +- docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.Backups.html | 124 +- docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.backupRuns.html | 14 +- docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.connect.html | 14 +- docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.databases.html | 16 +- docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html | 252 +- docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.operations.html | 8 +- docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.projects.instances.html | 16 +- docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.sslCerts.html | 8 +- docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.users.html | 16 +- docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backupRuns.html | 14 +- docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backups.html | 124 +- docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.connect.html | 14 +- docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.databases.html | 16 +- docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html | 252 +- docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.operations.html | 8 +- .../sqladmin_v1beta4.projects.instances.html | 16 +- docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.sslCerts.html | 8 +- docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.users.html | 16 +- ...tpu_v2alpha1.projects.locations.nodes.html | 12 + ...a1.projects.locations.queuedResources.html | 9 + docs/dyn/translate_v3.projects.locations.html | 5 +- .../translate_v3beta1.projects.locations.html | 5 +- docs/dyn/vpcaccess_v1.projects.locations.html | 5 +- .../vpcaccess_v1beta1.projects.locations.html | 5 +- .../dyn/workspaceevents_v1.subscriptions.html | 32 +- .../documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json | 4 +- .../documents/admin.directory_v1.json | 4 +- .../documents/admin.reports_v1.json | 12 +- .../documents/aiplatform.v1.json | 411 +- .../documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json | 634 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json | 4 +- .../documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json | 18 +- .../documents/blockchainnodeengine.v1.json | 6 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json | 6 +- .../documents/classroom.v1.json | 36 +- .../documents/cloudbuild.v1.json | 7 +- .../documents/cloudbuild.v2.json | 7 +- .../documents/cloudchannel.v1.json | 28 +- .../documents/clouddeploy.v1.json | 6 +- .../documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json | 15 +- .../cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json | 15 +- .../documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json | 95 +- .../documents/connectors.v1.json | 678 +- .../documents/connectors.v2.json | 6 +- .../documents/content.v2.1.json | 4 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/css.v1.json | 10 +- .../documents/dataflow.v1b3.json | 6 +- .../documents/dataform.v1beta1.json | 230 +- .../documents/datamigration.v1.json | 18 +- .../documents/dataplex.v1.json | 307 +- .../documents/dialogflow.v2.json | 111 +- .../documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json | 75 +- .../documents/dialogflow.v3.json | 9431 ++++++++++------- .../documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json | 83 +- .../documents/discoveryengine.v1.json | 458 +- .../documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json | 522 +- .../documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json | 495 +- .../documents/displayvideo.v2.json | 56 +- .../documents/displayvideo.v3.json | 201 +- .../documents/displayvideo.v4.json | 201 +- .../documents/documentai.v1.json | 18 +- .../documents/documentai.v1beta3.json | 147 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json | 11 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json | 11 +- .../documents/file.v1beta1.json | 11 +- .../documents/firebaseml.v2beta.json | 23 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/forms.v1.json | 4 +- .../documents/gkebackup.v1.json | 4 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json | 6 +- .../documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json | 148 +- .../documents/gkehub.v1beta.json | 6 +- .../documents/iamcredentials.v1.json | 115 +- .../documents/integrations.v1.json | 16 +- .../documents/language.v1.json | 6 +- .../documents/language.v1beta2.json | 6 +- .../documents/language.v2.json | 6 +- .../documents/licensing.v1.json | 4 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/meet.v2.json | 4 +- .../merchantapi.accounts_v1beta.json | 478 +- .../merchantapi.products_v1beta.json | 4 +- .../documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json | 10 +- .../networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json | 42 +- .../documents/networkmanagement.v1.json | 17 +- .../documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json | 17 +- .../documents/networksecurity.v1.json | 3445 ++++-- .../documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json | 4 +- .../documents/observability.v1.json | 4 +- .../documents/oracledatabase.v1.json | 48 +- .../documents/orgpolicy.v2.json | 6 +- .../documents/parallelstore.v1.json | 14 +- .../documents/parallelstore.v1beta.json | 14 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json | 57 +- .../documents/redis.v1beta1.json | 57 +- .../documents/reseller.v1.json | 24 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json | 4 +- .../documents/retail.v2alpha.json | 4 +- .../documents/retail.v2beta.json | 4 +- .../documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json | 4 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json | 214 +- .../documents/sqladmin.v1.json | 122 +- .../documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json | 122 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json | 9 +- .../documents/tpu.v2alpha1.json | 17 +- .../documents/translate.v3.json | 8 +- .../documents/translate.v3beta1.json | 8 +- .../documents/vpcaccess.v1.json | 8 +- .../documents/vpcaccess.v1beta1.json | 8 +- .../documents/workspaceevents.v1.json | 16 +- .../discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json | 3 +- 417 files changed, 32489 insertions(+), 8207 deletions(-) create mode 100644 docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.batchPredictionJobs.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.chat.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragEngineConfig.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragEngineConfig.operations.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.batchPredictionJobs.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.chat.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragEngineConfig.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragEngineConfig.operations.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.folders.capabilities.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.examples.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.versions.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.tools.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.locations.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.locations.workforcePools.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.projects.locations.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.relationships.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.services.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.interceptDeploymentGroups.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.interceptDeployments.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroupAssociations.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroups.html diff --git a/docs/dyn/admin_reports_v1.activities.html b/docs/dyn/admin_reports_v1.activities.html index 74eb44f1b36..23907bb68fd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/admin_reports_v1.activities.html +++ b/docs/dyn/admin_reports_v1.activities.html @@ -122,7 +122,6 @@

Method Details

data_studio - The Data Studio activity reports return information about various types of Data Studio activity events. keep - The Keep application's activity reports return information about various Google Keep activity events. The Keep activity report is only available for Google Workspace Business and Enterprise customers. vault - The Vault activity reports return information about various types of Vault activity events. - gemini_for_workspace - The Gemini for Workspace app's activity reports return information about various types of Gemini activity events. actorIpAddress: string, The Internet Protocol (IP) Address of host where the event was performed. This is an additional way to filter a report's summary using the IP address of the user whose activity is being reported. This IP address may or may not reflect the user's physical location. For example, the IP address can be the user's proxy server's address or a virtual private network (VPN) address. This parameter supports both IPv4 and IPv6 address versions. customerId: string, The unique ID of the customer to retrieve data for. endTime: string, Sets the end of the range of time shown in the report. The date is in the RFC 3339 format, for example 2010-10-28T10:26:35.000Z. The default value is the approximate time of the API request. An API report has three basic time concepts: - *Date of the API's request for a report*: When the API created and retrieved the report. - *Report's start time*: The beginning of the timespan shown in the report. The `startTime` must be before the `endTime` (if specified) and the current time when the request is made, or the API returns an error. - *Report's end time*: The end of the timespan shown in the report. For example, the timespan of events summarized in a report can start in April and end in May. The report itself can be requested in August. If the `endTime` is not specified, the report returns all activities from the `startTime` until the current time or the most recent 180 days if the `startTime` is more than 180 days in the past. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.batchPredictionJobs.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.batchPredictionJobs.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..eaec40de319 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.batchPredictionJobs.html @@ -0,0 +1,1565 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . batchPredictionJobs

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(body=None, parent=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a BatchPredictionJob. A BatchPredictionJob once created will right away be attempted to start.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a BatchPredictionJob

+

+ list(filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, parent=None, readMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists BatchPredictionJobs in a Location.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(body=None, parent=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a BatchPredictionJob. A BatchPredictionJob once created will right away be attempted to start.
+
+Args:
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A job that uses a Model to produce predictions on multiple input instances. If predictions for significant portion of the instances fail, the job may finish without attempting predictions for all remaining instances.
+  "completionStats": { # Success and error statistics of processing multiple entities (for example, DataItems or structured data rows) in batch. # Output only. Statistics on completed and failed prediction instances.
+    "failedCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of entities for which any error was encountered.
+    "incompleteCount": "A String", # Output only. In cases when enough errors are encountered a job, pipeline, or operation may be failed as a whole. Below is the number of entities for which the processing had not been finished (either in successful or failed state). Set to -1 if the number is unknown (for example, the operation failed before the total entity number could be collected).
+    "successfulCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of entities that had been processed successfully.
+    "successfulForecastPointCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of the successful forecast points that are generated by the forecasting model. This is ONLY used by the forecasting batch prediction.
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the BatchPredictionJob was created.
+  "dedicatedResources": { # A description of resources that are used for performing batch operations, are dedicated to a Model, and need manual configuration. # The config of resources used by the Model during the batch prediction. If the Model supports DEDICATED_RESOURCES this config may be provided (and the job will use these resources), if the Model doesn't support AUTOMATIC_RESOURCES, this config must be provided.
+    "machineSpec": { # Specification of a single machine. # Required. Immutable. The specification of a single machine.
+      "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of accelerators to attach to the machine.
+      "acceleratorType": "A String", # Immutable. The type of accelerator(s) that may be attached to the machine as per accelerator_count.
+      "machineType": "A String", # Immutable. The type of the machine. See the [list of machine types supported for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/configure-compute#machine-types) See the [list of machine types supported for custom training](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/configure-compute#machine-types). For DeployedModel this field is optional, and the default value is `n1-standard-2`. For BatchPredictionJob or as part of WorkerPoolSpec this field is required.
+      "reservationAffinity": { # A ReservationAffinity can be used to configure a Vertex AI resource (e.g., a DeployedModel) to draw its Compute Engine resources from a Shared Reservation, or exclusively from on-demand capacity. # Optional. Immutable. Configuration controlling how this resource pool consumes reservation.
+        "key": "A String", # Optional. Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, use `compute.googleapis.com/reservation-name` as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value.
+        "reservationAffinityType": "A String", # Required. Specifies the reservation affinity type.
+        "values": [ # Optional. Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This must be the full resource name of the reservation or reservation block.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "tpuTopology": "A String", # Immutable. The topology of the TPUs. Corresponds to the TPU topologies available from GKE. (Example: tpu_topology: "2x2x1").
+    },
+    "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of machine replicas the batch operation may be scaled to. The default value is 10.
+    "startingReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The number of machine replicas used at the start of the batch operation. If not set, Vertex AI decides starting number, not greater than max_replica_count
+  },
+  "disableContainerLogging": True or False, # For custom-trained Models and AutoML Tabular Models, the container of the DeployedModel instances will send `stderr` and `stdout` streams to Cloud Logging by default. Please note that the logs incur cost, which are subject to [Cloud Logging pricing](https://cloud.google.com/logging/pricing). User can disable container logging by setting this flag to true.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The user-defined name of this BatchPredictionJob.
+  "encryptionSpec": { # Represents a customer-managed encryption key spec that can be applied to a top-level resource. # Customer-managed encryption key options for a BatchPredictionJob. If this is set, then all resources created by the BatchPredictionJob will be encrypted with the provided encryption key.
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The Cloud KMS resource identifier of the customer managed encryption key used to protect a resource. Has the form: `projects/my-project/locations/my-region/keyRings/my-kr/cryptoKeys/my-key`. The key needs to be in the same region as where the compute resource is created.
+  },
+  "endTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the BatchPredictionJob entered any of the following states: `JOB_STATE_SUCCEEDED`, `JOB_STATE_FAILED`, `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Only populated when the job's state is JOB_STATE_FAILED or JOB_STATE_CANCELLED.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "explanationSpec": { # Specification of Model explanation. # Explanation configuration for this BatchPredictionJob. Can be specified only if generate_explanation is set to `true`. This value overrides the value of Model.explanation_spec. All fields of explanation_spec are optional in the request. If a field of the explanation_spec object is not populated, the corresponding field of the Model.explanation_spec object is inherited.
+    "metadata": { # Metadata describing the Model's input and output for explanation. # Optional. Metadata describing the Model's input and output for explanation.
+      "featureAttributionsSchemaUri": "A String", # Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing the format of the feature attributions. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 [Schema Object](https://github.com/OAI/OpenAPI-Specification/blob/main/versions/3.0.2.md#schemaObject). AutoML tabular Models always have this field populated by Vertex AI. Note: The URI given on output may be different, including the URI scheme, than the one given on input. The output URI will point to a location where the user only has a read access.
+      "inputs": { # Required. Map from feature names to feature input metadata. Keys are the name of the features. Values are the specification of the feature. An empty InputMetadata is valid. It describes a text feature which has the name specified as the key in ExplanationMetadata.inputs. The baseline of the empty feature is chosen by Vertex AI. For Vertex AI-provided Tensorflow images, the key can be any friendly name of the feature. Once specified, featureAttributions are keyed by this key (if not grouped with another feature). For custom images, the key must match with the key in instance.
+        "a_key": { # Metadata of the input of a feature. Fields other than InputMetadata.input_baselines are applicable only for Models that are using Vertex AI-provided images for Tensorflow.
+          "denseShapeTensorName": "A String", # Specifies the shape of the values of the input if the input is a sparse representation. Refer to Tensorflow documentation for more details: https://www.tensorflow.org/api_docs/python/tf/sparse/SparseTensor.
+          "encodedBaselines": [ # A list of baselines for the encoded tensor. The shape of each baseline should match the shape of the encoded tensor. If a scalar is provided, Vertex AI broadcasts to the same shape as the encoded tensor.
+            "",
+          ],
+          "encodedTensorName": "A String", # Encoded tensor is a transformation of the input tensor. Must be provided if choosing Integrated Gradients attribution or XRAI attribution and the input tensor is not differentiable. An encoded tensor is generated if the input tensor is encoded by a lookup table.
+          "encoding": "A String", # Defines how the feature is encoded into the input tensor. Defaults to IDENTITY.
+          "featureValueDomain": { # Domain details of the input feature value. Provides numeric information about the feature, such as its range (min, max). If the feature has been pre-processed, for example with z-scoring, then it provides information about how to recover the original feature. For example, if the input feature is an image and it has been pre-processed to obtain 0-mean and stddev = 1 values, then original_mean, and original_stddev refer to the mean and stddev of the original feature (e.g. image tensor) from which input feature (with mean = 0 and stddev = 1) was obtained. # The domain details of the input feature value. Like min/max, original mean or standard deviation if normalized.
+            "maxValue": 3.14, # The maximum permissible value for this feature.
+            "minValue": 3.14, # The minimum permissible value for this feature.
+            "originalMean": 3.14, # If this input feature has been normalized to a mean value of 0, the original_mean specifies the mean value of the domain prior to normalization.
+            "originalStddev": 3.14, # If this input feature has been normalized to a standard deviation of 1.0, the original_stddev specifies the standard deviation of the domain prior to normalization.
+          },
+          "groupName": "A String", # Name of the group that the input belongs to. Features with the same group name will be treated as one feature when computing attributions. Features grouped together can have different shapes in value. If provided, there will be one single attribution generated in Attribution.feature_attributions, keyed by the group name.
+          "indexFeatureMapping": [ # A list of feature names for each index in the input tensor. Required when the input InputMetadata.encoding is BAG_OF_FEATURES, BAG_OF_FEATURES_SPARSE, INDICATOR.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "indicesTensorName": "A String", # Specifies the index of the values of the input tensor. Required when the input tensor is a sparse representation. Refer to Tensorflow documentation for more details: https://www.tensorflow.org/api_docs/python/tf/sparse/SparseTensor.
+          "inputBaselines": [ # Baseline inputs for this feature. If no baseline is specified, Vertex AI chooses the baseline for this feature. If multiple baselines are specified, Vertex AI returns the average attributions across them in Attribution.feature_attributions. For Vertex AI-provided Tensorflow images (both 1.x and 2.x), the shape of each baseline must match the shape of the input tensor. If a scalar is provided, we broadcast to the same shape as the input tensor. For custom images, the element of the baselines must be in the same format as the feature's input in the instance[]. The schema of any single instance may be specified via Endpoint's DeployedModels' Model's PredictSchemata's instance_schema_uri.
+            "",
+          ],
+          "inputTensorName": "A String", # Name of the input tensor for this feature. Required and is only applicable to Vertex AI-provided images for Tensorflow.
+          "modality": "A String", # Modality of the feature. Valid values are: numeric, image. Defaults to numeric.
+          "visualization": { # Visualization configurations for image explanation. # Visualization configurations for image explanation.
+            "clipPercentLowerbound": 3.14, # Excludes attributions below the specified percentile, from the highlighted areas. Defaults to 62.
+            "clipPercentUpperbound": 3.14, # Excludes attributions above the specified percentile from the highlighted areas. Using the clip_percent_upperbound and clip_percent_lowerbound together can be useful for filtering out noise and making it easier to see areas of strong attribution. Defaults to 99.9.
+            "colorMap": "A String", # The color scheme used for the highlighted areas. Defaults to PINK_GREEN for Integrated Gradients attribution, which shows positive attributions in green and negative in pink. Defaults to VIRIDIS for XRAI attribution, which highlights the most influential regions in yellow and the least influential in blue.
+            "overlayType": "A String", # How the original image is displayed in the visualization. Adjusting the overlay can help increase visual clarity if the original image makes it difficult to view the visualization. Defaults to NONE.
+            "polarity": "A String", # Whether to only highlight pixels with positive contributions, negative or both. Defaults to POSITIVE.
+            "type": "A String", # Type of the image visualization. Only applicable to Integrated Gradients attribution. OUTLINES shows regions of attribution, while PIXELS shows per-pixel attribution. Defaults to OUTLINES.
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "latentSpaceSource": "A String", # Name of the source to generate embeddings for example based explanations.
+      "outputs": { # Required. Map from output names to output metadata. For Vertex AI-provided Tensorflow images, keys can be any user defined string that consists of any UTF-8 characters. For custom images, keys are the name of the output field in the prediction to be explained. Currently only one key is allowed.
+        "a_key": { # Metadata of the prediction output to be explained.
+          "displayNameMappingKey": "A String", # Specify a field name in the prediction to look for the display name. Use this if the prediction contains the display names for the outputs. The display names in the prediction must have the same shape of the outputs, so that it can be located by Attribution.output_index for a specific output.
+          "indexDisplayNameMapping": "", # Static mapping between the index and display name. Use this if the outputs are a deterministic n-dimensional array, e.g. a list of scores of all the classes in a pre-defined order for a multi-classification Model. It's not feasible if the outputs are non-deterministic, e.g. the Model produces top-k classes or sort the outputs by their values. The shape of the value must be an n-dimensional array of strings. The number of dimensions must match that of the outputs to be explained. The Attribution.output_display_name is populated by locating in the mapping with Attribution.output_index.
+          "outputTensorName": "A String", # Name of the output tensor. Required and is only applicable to Vertex AI provided images for Tensorflow.
+        },
+      },
+    },
+    "parameters": { # Parameters to configure explaining for Model's predictions. # Required. Parameters that configure explaining of the Model's predictions.
+      "examples": { # Example-based explainability that returns the nearest neighbors from the provided dataset. # Example-based explanations that returns the nearest neighbors from the provided dataset.
+        "exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances.
+          "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported.
+          "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances.
+            "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+        "nearestNeighborSearchConfig": "", # The full configuration for the generated index, the semantics are the same as metadata and should match [NearestNeighborSearchConfig](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/explainable-ai/configuring-explanations-example-based#nearest-neighbor-search-config).
+        "neighborCount": 42, # The number of neighbors to return when querying for examples.
+        "presets": { # Preset configuration for example-based explanations # Simplified preset configuration, which automatically sets configuration values based on the desired query speed-precision trade-off and modality.
+          "modality": "A String", # The modality of the uploaded model, which automatically configures the distance measurement and feature normalization for the underlying example index and queries. If your model does not precisely fit one of these types, it is okay to choose the closest type.
+          "query": "A String", # Preset option controlling parameters for speed-precision trade-off when querying for examples. If omitted, defaults to `PRECISE`.
+        },
+      },
+      "integratedGradientsAttribution": { # An attribution method that computes the Aumann-Shapley value taking advantage of the model's fully differentiable structure. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1703.01365 # An attribution method that computes Aumann-Shapley values taking advantage of the model's fully differentiable structure. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1703.01365
+        "blurBaselineConfig": { # Config for blur baseline. When enabled, a linear path from the maximally blurred image to the input image is created. Using a blurred baseline instead of zero (black image) is motivated by the BlurIG approach explained here: https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.03383 # Config for IG with blur baseline. When enabled, a linear path from the maximally blurred image to the input image is created. Using a blurred baseline instead of zero (black image) is motivated by the BlurIG approach explained here: https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.03383
+          "maxBlurSigma": 3.14, # The standard deviation of the blur kernel for the blurred baseline. The same blurring parameter is used for both the height and the width dimension. If not set, the method defaults to the zero (i.e. black for images) baseline.
+        },
+        "smoothGradConfig": { # Config for SmoothGrad approximation of gradients. When enabled, the gradients are approximated by averaging the gradients from noisy samples in the vicinity of the inputs. Adding noise can help improve the computed gradients. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf # Config for SmoothGrad approximation of gradients. When enabled, the gradients are approximated by averaging the gradients from noisy samples in the vicinity of the inputs. Adding noise can help improve the computed gradients. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf
+          "featureNoiseSigma": { # Noise sigma by features. Noise sigma represents the standard deviation of the gaussian kernel that will be used to add noise to interpolated inputs prior to computing gradients. # This is similar to noise_sigma, but provides additional flexibility. A separate noise sigma can be provided for each feature, which is useful if their distributions are different. No noise is added to features that are not set. If this field is unset, noise_sigma will be used for all features.
+            "noiseSigma": [ # Noise sigma per feature. No noise is added to features that are not set.
+              { # Noise sigma for a single feature.
+                "name": "A String", # The name of the input feature for which noise sigma is provided. The features are defined in explanation metadata inputs.
+                "sigma": 3.14, # This represents the standard deviation of the Gaussian kernel that will be used to add noise to the feature prior to computing gradients. Similar to noise_sigma but represents the noise added to the current feature. Defaults to 0.1.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "noiseSigma": 3.14, # This is a single float value and will be used to add noise to all the features. Use this field when all features are normalized to have the same distribution: scale to range [0, 1], [-1, 1] or z-scoring, where features are normalized to have 0-mean and 1-variance. Learn more about [normalization](https://developers.google.com/machine-learning/data-prep/transform/normalization). For best results the recommended value is about 10% - 20% of the standard deviation of the input feature. Refer to section 3.2 of the SmoothGrad paper: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf. Defaults to 0.1. If the distribution is different per feature, set feature_noise_sigma instead for each feature.
+          "noisySampleCount": 42, # The number of gradient samples to use for approximation. The higher this number, the more accurate the gradient is, but the runtime complexity increases by this factor as well. Valid range of its value is [1, 50]. Defaults to 3.
+        },
+        "stepCount": 42, # Required. The number of steps for approximating the path integral. A good value to start is 50 and gradually increase until the sum to diff property is within the desired error range. Valid range of its value is [1, 100], inclusively.
+      },
+      "outputIndices": [ # If populated, only returns attributions that have output_index contained in output_indices. It must be an ndarray of integers, with the same shape of the output it's explaining. If not populated, returns attributions for top_k indices of outputs. If neither top_k nor output_indices is populated, returns the argmax index of the outputs. Only applicable to Models that predict multiple outputs (e,g, multi-class Models that predict multiple classes).
+        "",
+      ],
+      "sampledShapleyAttribution": { # An attribution method that approximates Shapley values for features that contribute to the label being predicted. A sampling strategy is used to approximate the value rather than considering all subsets of features. # An attribution method that approximates Shapley values for features that contribute to the label being predicted. A sampling strategy is used to approximate the value rather than considering all subsets of features. Refer to this paper for model details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1306.4265.
+        "pathCount": 42, # Required. The number of feature permutations to consider when approximating the Shapley values. Valid range of its value is [1, 50], inclusively.
+      },
+      "topK": 42, # If populated, returns attributions for top K indices of outputs (defaults to 1). Only applies to Models that predicts more than one outputs (e,g, multi-class Models). When set to -1, returns explanations for all outputs.
+      "xraiAttribution": { # An explanation method that redistributes Integrated Gradients attributions to segmented regions, taking advantage of the model's fully differentiable structure. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1906.02825 Supported only by image Models. # An attribution method that redistributes Integrated Gradients attribution to segmented regions, taking advantage of the model's fully differentiable structure. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1906.02825 XRAI currently performs better on natural images, like a picture of a house or an animal. If the images are taken in artificial environments, like a lab or manufacturing line, or from diagnostic equipment, like x-rays or quality-control cameras, use Integrated Gradients instead.
+        "blurBaselineConfig": { # Config for blur baseline. When enabled, a linear path from the maximally blurred image to the input image is created. Using a blurred baseline instead of zero (black image) is motivated by the BlurIG approach explained here: https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.03383 # Config for XRAI with blur baseline. When enabled, a linear path from the maximally blurred image to the input image is created. Using a blurred baseline instead of zero (black image) is motivated by the BlurIG approach explained here: https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.03383
+          "maxBlurSigma": 3.14, # The standard deviation of the blur kernel for the blurred baseline. The same blurring parameter is used for both the height and the width dimension. If not set, the method defaults to the zero (i.e. black for images) baseline.
+        },
+        "smoothGradConfig": { # Config for SmoothGrad approximation of gradients. When enabled, the gradients are approximated by averaging the gradients from noisy samples in the vicinity of the inputs. Adding noise can help improve the computed gradients. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf # Config for SmoothGrad approximation of gradients. When enabled, the gradients are approximated by averaging the gradients from noisy samples in the vicinity of the inputs. Adding noise can help improve the computed gradients. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf
+          "featureNoiseSigma": { # Noise sigma by features. Noise sigma represents the standard deviation of the gaussian kernel that will be used to add noise to interpolated inputs prior to computing gradients. # This is similar to noise_sigma, but provides additional flexibility. A separate noise sigma can be provided for each feature, which is useful if their distributions are different. No noise is added to features that are not set. If this field is unset, noise_sigma will be used for all features.
+            "noiseSigma": [ # Noise sigma per feature. No noise is added to features that are not set.
+              { # Noise sigma for a single feature.
+                "name": "A String", # The name of the input feature for which noise sigma is provided. The features are defined in explanation metadata inputs.
+                "sigma": 3.14, # This represents the standard deviation of the Gaussian kernel that will be used to add noise to the feature prior to computing gradients. Similar to noise_sigma but represents the noise added to the current feature. Defaults to 0.1.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "noiseSigma": 3.14, # This is a single float value and will be used to add noise to all the features. Use this field when all features are normalized to have the same distribution: scale to range [0, 1], [-1, 1] or z-scoring, where features are normalized to have 0-mean and 1-variance. Learn more about [normalization](https://developers.google.com/machine-learning/data-prep/transform/normalization). For best results the recommended value is about 10% - 20% of the standard deviation of the input feature. Refer to section 3.2 of the SmoothGrad paper: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf. Defaults to 0.1. If the distribution is different per feature, set feature_noise_sigma instead for each feature.
+          "noisySampleCount": 42, # The number of gradient samples to use for approximation. The higher this number, the more accurate the gradient is, but the runtime complexity increases by this factor as well. Valid range of its value is [1, 50]. Defaults to 3.
+        },
+        "stepCount": 42, # Required. The number of steps for approximating the path integral. A good value to start is 50 and gradually increase until the sum to diff property is met within the desired error range. Valid range of its value is [1, 100], inclusively.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "generateExplanation": True or False, # Generate explanation with the batch prediction results. When set to `true`, the batch prediction output changes based on the `predictions_format` field of the BatchPredictionJob.output_config object: * `bigquery`: output includes a column named `explanation`. The value is a struct that conforms to the Explanation object. * `jsonl`: The JSON objects on each line include an additional entry keyed `explanation`. The value of the entry is a JSON object that conforms to the Explanation object. * `csv`: Generating explanations for CSV format is not supported. If this field is set to true, either the Model.explanation_spec or explanation_spec must be populated.
+  "inputConfig": { # Configures the input to BatchPredictionJob. See Model.supported_input_storage_formats for Model's supported input formats, and how instances should be expressed via any of them. # Required. Input configuration of the instances on which predictions are performed. The schema of any single instance may be specified via the Model's PredictSchemata's instance_schema_uri.
+    "bigquerySource": { # The BigQuery location for the input content. # The BigQuery location of the input table. The schema of the table should be in the format described by the given context OpenAPI Schema, if one is provided. The table may contain additional columns that are not described by the schema, and they will be ignored.
+      "inputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a table, up to 2000 characters long. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`.
+    },
+    "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances.
+      "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "instancesFormat": "A String", # Required. The format in which instances are given, must be one of the Model's supported_input_storage_formats.
+  },
+  "instanceConfig": { # Configuration defining how to transform batch prediction input instances to the instances that the Model accepts. # Configuration for how to convert batch prediction input instances to the prediction instances that are sent to the Model.
+    "excludedFields": [ # Fields that will be excluded in the prediction instance that is sent to the Model. Excluded will be attached to the batch prediction output if key_field is not specified. When excluded_fields is populated, included_fields must be empty. The input must be JSONL with objects at each line, BigQuery or TfRecord.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "includedFields": [ # Fields that will be included in the prediction instance that is sent to the Model. If instance_type is `array`, the order of field names in included_fields also determines the order of the values in the array. When included_fields is populated, excluded_fields must be empty. The input must be JSONL with objects at each line, BigQuery or TfRecord.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "instanceType": "A String", # The format of the instance that the Model accepts. Vertex AI will convert compatible batch prediction input instance formats to the specified format. Supported values are: * `object`: Each input is converted to JSON object format. * For `bigquery`, each row is converted to an object. * For `jsonl`, each line of the JSONL input must be an object. * Does not apply to `csv`, `file-list`, `tf-record`, or `tf-record-gzip`. * `array`: Each input is converted to JSON array format. * For `bigquery`, each row is converted to an array. The order of columns is determined by the BigQuery column order, unless included_fields is populated. included_fields must be populated for specifying field orders. * For `jsonl`, if each line of the JSONL input is an object, included_fields must be populated for specifying field orders. * Does not apply to `csv`, `file-list`, `tf-record`, or `tf-record-gzip`. If not specified, Vertex AI converts the batch prediction input as follows: * For `bigquery` and `csv`, the behavior is the same as `array`. The order of columns is the same as defined in the file or table, unless included_fields is populated. * For `jsonl`, the prediction instance format is determined by each line of the input. * For `tf-record`/`tf-record-gzip`, each record will be converted to an object in the format of `{"b64": }`, where `` is the Base64-encoded string of the content of the record. * For `file-list`, each file in the list will be converted to an object in the format of `{"b64": }`, where `` is the Base64-encoded string of the content of the file.
+    "keyField": "A String", # The name of the field that is considered as a key. The values identified by the key field is not included in the transformed instances that is sent to the Model. This is similar to specifying this name of the field in excluded_fields. In addition, the batch prediction output will not include the instances. Instead the output will only include the value of the key field, in a field named `key` in the output: * For `jsonl` output format, the output will have a `key` field instead of the `instance` field. * For `csv`/`bigquery` output format, the output will have have a `key` column instead of the instance feature columns. The input must be JSONL with objects at each line, CSV, BigQuery or TfRecord.
+  },
+  "labels": { # The labels with user-defined metadata to organize BatchPredictionJobs. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "manualBatchTuningParameters": { # Manual batch tuning parameters. # Immutable. Parameters configuring the batch behavior. Currently only applicable when dedicated_resources are used (in other cases Vertex AI does the tuning itself).
+    "batchSize": 42, # Immutable. The number of the records (e.g. instances) of the operation given in each batch to a machine replica. Machine type, and size of a single record should be considered when setting this parameter, higher value speeds up the batch operation's execution, but too high value will result in a whole batch not fitting in a machine's memory, and the whole operation will fail. The default value is 64.
+  },
+  "model": "A String", # The name of the Model resource that produces the predictions via this job, must share the same ancestor Location. Starting this job has no impact on any existing deployments of the Model and their resources. Exactly one of model and unmanaged_container_model must be set. The model resource name may contain version id or version alias to specify the version. Example: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}@2` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}@golden` if no version is specified, the default version will be deployed. The model resource could also be a publisher model. Example: `publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}`
+  "modelParameters": "", # The parameters that govern the predictions. The schema of the parameters may be specified via the Model's PredictSchemata's parameters_schema_uri.
+  "modelVersionId": "A String", # Output only. The version ID of the Model that produces the predictions via this job.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the BatchPredictionJob.
+  "outputConfig": { # Configures the output of BatchPredictionJob. See Model.supported_output_storage_formats for supported output formats, and how predictions are expressed via any of them. # Required. The Configuration specifying where output predictions should be written. The schema of any single prediction may be specified as a concatenation of Model's PredictSchemata's instance_schema_uri and prediction_schema_uri.
+    "bigqueryDestination": { # The BigQuery location for the output content. # The BigQuery project or dataset location where the output is to be written to. If project is provided, a new dataset is created with name `prediction__` where is made BigQuery-dataset-name compatible (for example, most special characters become underscores), and timestamp is in YYYY_MM_DDThh_mm_ss_sssZ "based on ISO-8601" format. In the dataset two tables will be created, `predictions`, and `errors`. If the Model has both instance and prediction schemata defined then the tables have columns as follows: The `predictions` table contains instances for which the prediction succeeded, it has columns as per a concatenation of the Model's instance and prediction schemata. The `errors` table contains rows for which the prediction has failed, it has instance columns, as per the instance schema, followed by a single "errors" column, which as values has google.rpc.Status represented as a STRUCT, and containing only `code` and `message`.
+      "outputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a project or table, up to 2000 characters long. When only the project is specified, the Dataset and Table is created. When the full table reference is specified, the Dataset must exist and table must not exist. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`.
+    },
+    "gcsDestination": { # The Google Cloud Storage location where the output is to be written to. # The Cloud Storage location of the directory where the output is to be written to. In the given directory a new directory is created. Its name is `prediction--`, where timestamp is in YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sssZ ISO-8601 format. Inside of it files `predictions_0001.`, `predictions_0002.`, ..., `predictions_N.` are created where `` depends on chosen predictions_format, and N may equal 0001 and depends on the total number of successfully predicted instances. If the Model has both instance and prediction schemata defined then each such file contains predictions as per the predictions_format. If prediction for any instance failed (partially or completely), then an additional `errors_0001.`, `errors_0002.`,..., `errors_N.` files are created (N depends on total number of failed predictions). These files contain the failed instances, as per their schema, followed by an additional `error` field which as value has google.rpc.Status containing only `code` and `message` fields.
+      "outputUriPrefix": "A String", # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI to output directory. If the uri doesn't end with '/', a '/' will be automatically appended. The directory is created if it doesn't exist.
+    },
+    "predictionsFormat": "A String", # Required. The format in which Vertex AI gives the predictions, must be one of the Model's supported_output_storage_formats.
+  },
+  "outputInfo": { # Further describes this job's output. Supplements output_config. # Output only. Information further describing the output of this job.
+    "bigqueryOutputDataset": "A String", # Output only. The path of the BigQuery dataset created, in `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId` format, into which the prediction output is written.
+    "bigqueryOutputTable": "A String", # Output only. The name of the BigQuery table created, in `predictions_` format, into which the prediction output is written. Can be used by UI to generate the BigQuery output path, for example.
+    "gcsOutputDirectory": "A String", # Output only. The full path of the Cloud Storage directory created, into which the prediction output is written.
+  },
+  "partialFailures": [ # Output only. Partial failures encountered. For example, single files that can't be read. This field never exceeds 20 entries. Status details fields contain standard Google Cloud error details.
+    { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+      "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+      "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+        {
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+    },
+  ],
+  "resourcesConsumed": { # Statistics information about resource consumption. # Output only. Information about resources that had been consumed by this job. Provided in real time at best effort basis, as well as a final value once the job completes. Note: This field currently may be not populated for batch predictions that use AutoML Models.
+    "replicaHours": 3.14, # Output only. The number of replica hours used. Note that many replicas may run in parallel, and additionally any given work may be queued for some time. Therefore this value is not strictly related to wall time.
+  },
+  "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
+  "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
+  "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the DeployedModel's container runs as. If not specified, a system generated one will be used, which has minimal permissions and the custom container, if used, may not have enough permission to access other Google Cloud resources. Users deploying the Model must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account.
+  "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the BatchPredictionJob for the first time entered the `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` state.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The detailed state of the job.
+  "unmanagedContainerModel": { # Contains model information necessary to perform batch prediction without requiring a full model import. # Contains model information necessary to perform batch prediction without requiring uploading to model registry. Exactly one of model and unmanaged_container_model must be set.
+    "artifactUri": "A String", # The path to the directory containing the Model artifact and any of its supporting files.
+    "containerSpec": { # Specification of a container for serving predictions. Some fields in this message correspond to fields in the [Kubernetes Container v1 core specification](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core). # Input only. The specification of the container that is to be used when deploying this Model.
+      "args": [ # Immutable. Specifies arguments for the command that runs when the container starts. This overrides the container's [`CMD`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd). Specify this field as an array of executable and arguments, similar to a Docker `CMD`'s "default parameters" form. If you don't specify this field but do specify the command field, then the command from the `command` field runs without any additional arguments. See the [Kubernetes documentation about how the `command` and `args` fields interact with a container's `ENTRYPOINT` and `CMD`](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#notes). If you don't specify this field and don't specify the `command` field, then the container's [`ENTRYPOINT`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd) and `CMD` determine what runs based on their default behavior. See the Docker documentation about [how `CMD` and `ENTRYPOINT` interact](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#understand-how-cmd-and-entrypoint-interact). In this field, you can reference [environment variables set by Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables) and environment variables set in the env field. You cannot reference environment variables set in the Docker image. In order for environment variables to be expanded, reference them by using the following syntax: $( VARIABLE_NAME) Note that this differs from Bash variable expansion, which does not use parentheses. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string is used unchanged. To avoid variable expansion, you can escape this syntax with `$$`; for example: $$(VARIABLE_NAME) This field corresponds to the `args` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "command": [ # Immutable. Specifies the command that runs when the container starts. This overrides the container's [ENTRYPOINT](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#entrypoint). Specify this field as an array of executable and arguments, similar to a Docker `ENTRYPOINT`'s "exec" form, not its "shell" form. If you do not specify this field, then the container's `ENTRYPOINT` runs, in conjunction with the args field or the container's [`CMD`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd), if either exists. If this field is not specified and the container does not have an `ENTRYPOINT`, then refer to the Docker documentation about [how `CMD` and `ENTRYPOINT` interact](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#understand-how-cmd-and-entrypoint-interact). If you specify this field, then you can also specify the `args` field to provide additional arguments for this command. However, if you specify this field, then the container's `CMD` is ignored. See the [Kubernetes documentation about how the `command` and `args` fields interact with a container's `ENTRYPOINT` and `CMD`](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#notes). In this field, you can reference [environment variables set by Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables) and environment variables set in the env field. You cannot reference environment variables set in the Docker image. In order for environment variables to be expanded, reference them by using the following syntax: $( VARIABLE_NAME) Note that this differs from Bash variable expansion, which does not use parentheses. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string is used unchanged. To avoid variable expansion, you can escape this syntax with `$$`; for example: $$(VARIABLE_NAME) This field corresponds to the `command` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "deploymentTimeout": "A String", # Immutable. Deployment timeout. Limit for deployment timeout is 2 hours.
+      "env": [ # Immutable. List of environment variables to set in the container. After the container starts running, code running in the container can read these environment variables. Additionally, the command and args fields can reference these variables. Later entries in this list can also reference earlier entries. For example, the following example sets the variable `VAR_2` to have the value `foo bar`: ```json [ { "name": "VAR_1", "value": "foo" }, { "name": "VAR_2", "value": "$(VAR_1) bar" } ] ``` If you switch the order of the variables in the example, then the expansion does not occur. This field corresponds to the `env` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
+        { # Represents an environment variable present in a Container or Python Module.
+          "name": "A String", # Required. Name of the environment variable. Must be a valid C identifier.
+          "value": "A String", # Required. Variables that reference a $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not.
+        },
+      ],
+      "grpcPorts": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends gRPC prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends liveness and health checks to this port. If you do not specify this field, gRPC requests to the container will be disabled. Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers v1 core API.
+        { # Represents a network port in a container.
+          "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
+        },
+      ],
+      "healthProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes readiness probe.
+        "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+          "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'.
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
+        "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds to wait before starting the probe. Defaults to 0. Minimum value is 0. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'initialDelaySeconds'.
+        "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "successThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive successes before the probe is considered successful. Defaults to 1. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'successThreshold'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
+        "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+      },
+      "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+      "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+        "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+          "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'.
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
+        "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds to wait before starting the probe. Defaults to 0. Minimum value is 0. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'initialDelaySeconds'.
+        "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "successThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive successes before the probe is considered successful. Defaults to 1. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'successThreshold'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
+        "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+      },
+      "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
+        { # Represents a network port in a container.
+          "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
+        },
+      ],
+      "predictRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send prediction requests to. Vertex AI forwards requests sent using projects.locations.endpoints.predict to this path on the container's IP address and port. Vertex AI then returns the container's response in the API response. For example, if you set this field to `/foo`, then when Vertex AI receives a prediction request, it forwards the request body in a POST request to the `/foo` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
+      "sharedMemorySizeMb": "A String", # Immutable. The amount of the VM memory to reserve as the shared memory for the model in megabytes.
+      "startupProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes startup probe.
+        "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+          "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'.
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
+        "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds to wait before starting the probe. Defaults to 0. Minimum value is 0. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'initialDelaySeconds'.
+        "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "successThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive successes before the probe is considered successful. Defaults to 1. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'successThreshold'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
+        "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+      },
+    },
+    "predictSchemata": { # Contains the schemata used in Model's predictions and explanations via PredictionService.Predict, PredictionService.Explain and BatchPredictionJob. # Contains the schemata used in Model's predictions and explanations
+      "instanceSchemaUri": "A String", # Immutable. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing the format of a single instance, which are used in PredictRequest.instances, ExplainRequest.instances and BatchPredictionJob.input_config. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 [Schema Object](https://github.com/OAI/OpenAPI-Specification/blob/main/versions/3.0.2.md#schemaObject). AutoML Models always have this field populated by Vertex AI. Note: The URI given on output will be immutable and probably different, including the URI scheme, than the one given on input. The output URI will point to a location where the user only has a read access.
+      "parametersSchemaUri": "A String", # Immutable. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing the parameters of prediction and explanation via PredictRequest.parameters, ExplainRequest.parameters and BatchPredictionJob.model_parameters. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 [Schema Object](https://github.com/OAI/OpenAPI-Specification/blob/main/versions/3.0.2.md#schemaObject). AutoML Models always have this field populated by Vertex AI, if no parameters are supported, then it is set to an empty string. Note: The URI given on output will be immutable and probably different, including the URI scheme, than the one given on input. The output URI will point to a location where the user only has a read access.
+      "predictionSchemaUri": "A String", # Immutable. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing the format of a single prediction produced by this Model, which are returned via PredictResponse.predictions, ExplainResponse.explanations, and BatchPredictionJob.output_config. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 [Schema Object](https://github.com/OAI/OpenAPI-Specification/blob/main/versions/3.0.2.md#schemaObject). AutoML Models always have this field populated by Vertex AI. Note: The URI given on output will be immutable and probably different, including the URI scheme, than the one given on input. The output URI will point to a location where the user only has a read access.
+    },
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the BatchPredictionJob was most recently updated.
+}
+
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the Location to create the BatchPredictionJob in. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A job that uses a Model to produce predictions on multiple input instances. If predictions for significant portion of the instances fail, the job may finish without attempting predictions for all remaining instances.
+  "completionStats": { # Success and error statistics of processing multiple entities (for example, DataItems or structured data rows) in batch. # Output only. Statistics on completed and failed prediction instances.
+    "failedCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of entities for which any error was encountered.
+    "incompleteCount": "A String", # Output only. In cases when enough errors are encountered a job, pipeline, or operation may be failed as a whole. Below is the number of entities for which the processing had not been finished (either in successful or failed state). Set to -1 if the number is unknown (for example, the operation failed before the total entity number could be collected).
+    "successfulCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of entities that had been processed successfully.
+    "successfulForecastPointCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of the successful forecast points that are generated by the forecasting model. This is ONLY used by the forecasting batch prediction.
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the BatchPredictionJob was created.
+  "dedicatedResources": { # A description of resources that are used for performing batch operations, are dedicated to a Model, and need manual configuration. # The config of resources used by the Model during the batch prediction. If the Model supports DEDICATED_RESOURCES this config may be provided (and the job will use these resources), if the Model doesn't support AUTOMATIC_RESOURCES, this config must be provided.
+    "machineSpec": { # Specification of a single machine. # Required. Immutable. The specification of a single machine.
+      "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of accelerators to attach to the machine.
+      "acceleratorType": "A String", # Immutable. The type of accelerator(s) that may be attached to the machine as per accelerator_count.
+      "machineType": "A String", # Immutable. The type of the machine. See the [list of machine types supported for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/configure-compute#machine-types) See the [list of machine types supported for custom training](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/configure-compute#machine-types). For DeployedModel this field is optional, and the default value is `n1-standard-2`. For BatchPredictionJob or as part of WorkerPoolSpec this field is required.
+      "reservationAffinity": { # A ReservationAffinity can be used to configure a Vertex AI resource (e.g., a DeployedModel) to draw its Compute Engine resources from a Shared Reservation, or exclusively from on-demand capacity. # Optional. Immutable. Configuration controlling how this resource pool consumes reservation.
+        "key": "A String", # Optional. Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, use `compute.googleapis.com/reservation-name` as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value.
+        "reservationAffinityType": "A String", # Required. Specifies the reservation affinity type.
+        "values": [ # Optional. Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This must be the full resource name of the reservation or reservation block.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "tpuTopology": "A String", # Immutable. The topology of the TPUs. Corresponds to the TPU topologies available from GKE. (Example: tpu_topology: "2x2x1").
+    },
+    "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of machine replicas the batch operation may be scaled to. The default value is 10.
+    "startingReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The number of machine replicas used at the start of the batch operation. If not set, Vertex AI decides starting number, not greater than max_replica_count
+  },
+  "disableContainerLogging": True or False, # For custom-trained Models and AutoML Tabular Models, the container of the DeployedModel instances will send `stderr` and `stdout` streams to Cloud Logging by default. Please note that the logs incur cost, which are subject to [Cloud Logging pricing](https://cloud.google.com/logging/pricing). User can disable container logging by setting this flag to true.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The user-defined name of this BatchPredictionJob.
+  "encryptionSpec": { # Represents a customer-managed encryption key spec that can be applied to a top-level resource. # Customer-managed encryption key options for a BatchPredictionJob. If this is set, then all resources created by the BatchPredictionJob will be encrypted with the provided encryption key.
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The Cloud KMS resource identifier of the customer managed encryption key used to protect a resource. Has the form: `projects/my-project/locations/my-region/keyRings/my-kr/cryptoKeys/my-key`. The key needs to be in the same region as where the compute resource is created.
+  },
+  "endTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the BatchPredictionJob entered any of the following states: `JOB_STATE_SUCCEEDED`, `JOB_STATE_FAILED`, `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Only populated when the job's state is JOB_STATE_FAILED or JOB_STATE_CANCELLED.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "explanationSpec": { # Specification of Model explanation. # Explanation configuration for this BatchPredictionJob. Can be specified only if generate_explanation is set to `true`. This value overrides the value of Model.explanation_spec. All fields of explanation_spec are optional in the request. If a field of the explanation_spec object is not populated, the corresponding field of the Model.explanation_spec object is inherited.
+    "metadata": { # Metadata describing the Model's input and output for explanation. # Optional. Metadata describing the Model's input and output for explanation.
+      "featureAttributionsSchemaUri": "A String", # Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing the format of the feature attributions. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 [Schema Object](https://github.com/OAI/OpenAPI-Specification/blob/main/versions/3.0.2.md#schemaObject). AutoML tabular Models always have this field populated by Vertex AI. Note: The URI given on output may be different, including the URI scheme, than the one given on input. The output URI will point to a location where the user only has a read access.
+      "inputs": { # Required. Map from feature names to feature input metadata. Keys are the name of the features. Values are the specification of the feature. An empty InputMetadata is valid. It describes a text feature which has the name specified as the key in ExplanationMetadata.inputs. The baseline of the empty feature is chosen by Vertex AI. For Vertex AI-provided Tensorflow images, the key can be any friendly name of the feature. Once specified, featureAttributions are keyed by this key (if not grouped with another feature). For custom images, the key must match with the key in instance.
+        "a_key": { # Metadata of the input of a feature. Fields other than InputMetadata.input_baselines are applicable only for Models that are using Vertex AI-provided images for Tensorflow.
+          "denseShapeTensorName": "A String", # Specifies the shape of the values of the input if the input is a sparse representation. Refer to Tensorflow documentation for more details: https://www.tensorflow.org/api_docs/python/tf/sparse/SparseTensor.
+          "encodedBaselines": [ # A list of baselines for the encoded tensor. The shape of each baseline should match the shape of the encoded tensor. If a scalar is provided, Vertex AI broadcasts to the same shape as the encoded tensor.
+            "",
+          ],
+          "encodedTensorName": "A String", # Encoded tensor is a transformation of the input tensor. Must be provided if choosing Integrated Gradients attribution or XRAI attribution and the input tensor is not differentiable. An encoded tensor is generated if the input tensor is encoded by a lookup table.
+          "encoding": "A String", # Defines how the feature is encoded into the input tensor. Defaults to IDENTITY.
+          "featureValueDomain": { # Domain details of the input feature value. Provides numeric information about the feature, such as its range (min, max). If the feature has been pre-processed, for example with z-scoring, then it provides information about how to recover the original feature. For example, if the input feature is an image and it has been pre-processed to obtain 0-mean and stddev = 1 values, then original_mean, and original_stddev refer to the mean and stddev of the original feature (e.g. image tensor) from which input feature (with mean = 0 and stddev = 1) was obtained. # The domain details of the input feature value. Like min/max, original mean or standard deviation if normalized.
+            "maxValue": 3.14, # The maximum permissible value for this feature.
+            "minValue": 3.14, # The minimum permissible value for this feature.
+            "originalMean": 3.14, # If this input feature has been normalized to a mean value of 0, the original_mean specifies the mean value of the domain prior to normalization.
+            "originalStddev": 3.14, # If this input feature has been normalized to a standard deviation of 1.0, the original_stddev specifies the standard deviation of the domain prior to normalization.
+          },
+          "groupName": "A String", # Name of the group that the input belongs to. Features with the same group name will be treated as one feature when computing attributions. Features grouped together can have different shapes in value. If provided, there will be one single attribution generated in Attribution.feature_attributions, keyed by the group name.
+          "indexFeatureMapping": [ # A list of feature names for each index in the input tensor. Required when the input InputMetadata.encoding is BAG_OF_FEATURES, BAG_OF_FEATURES_SPARSE, INDICATOR.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "indicesTensorName": "A String", # Specifies the index of the values of the input tensor. Required when the input tensor is a sparse representation. Refer to Tensorflow documentation for more details: https://www.tensorflow.org/api_docs/python/tf/sparse/SparseTensor.
+          "inputBaselines": [ # Baseline inputs for this feature. If no baseline is specified, Vertex AI chooses the baseline for this feature. If multiple baselines are specified, Vertex AI returns the average attributions across them in Attribution.feature_attributions. For Vertex AI-provided Tensorflow images (both 1.x and 2.x), the shape of each baseline must match the shape of the input tensor. If a scalar is provided, we broadcast to the same shape as the input tensor. For custom images, the element of the baselines must be in the same format as the feature's input in the instance[]. The schema of any single instance may be specified via Endpoint's DeployedModels' Model's PredictSchemata's instance_schema_uri.
+            "",
+          ],
+          "inputTensorName": "A String", # Name of the input tensor for this feature. Required and is only applicable to Vertex AI-provided images for Tensorflow.
+          "modality": "A String", # Modality of the feature. Valid values are: numeric, image. Defaults to numeric.
+          "visualization": { # Visualization configurations for image explanation. # Visualization configurations for image explanation.
+            "clipPercentLowerbound": 3.14, # Excludes attributions below the specified percentile, from the highlighted areas. Defaults to 62.
+            "clipPercentUpperbound": 3.14, # Excludes attributions above the specified percentile from the highlighted areas. Using the clip_percent_upperbound and clip_percent_lowerbound together can be useful for filtering out noise and making it easier to see areas of strong attribution. Defaults to 99.9.
+            "colorMap": "A String", # The color scheme used for the highlighted areas. Defaults to PINK_GREEN for Integrated Gradients attribution, which shows positive attributions in green and negative in pink. Defaults to VIRIDIS for XRAI attribution, which highlights the most influential regions in yellow and the least influential in blue.
+            "overlayType": "A String", # How the original image is displayed in the visualization. Adjusting the overlay can help increase visual clarity if the original image makes it difficult to view the visualization. Defaults to NONE.
+            "polarity": "A String", # Whether to only highlight pixels with positive contributions, negative or both. Defaults to POSITIVE.
+            "type": "A String", # Type of the image visualization. Only applicable to Integrated Gradients attribution. OUTLINES shows regions of attribution, while PIXELS shows per-pixel attribution. Defaults to OUTLINES.
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "latentSpaceSource": "A String", # Name of the source to generate embeddings for example based explanations.
+      "outputs": { # Required. Map from output names to output metadata. For Vertex AI-provided Tensorflow images, keys can be any user defined string that consists of any UTF-8 characters. For custom images, keys are the name of the output field in the prediction to be explained. Currently only one key is allowed.
+        "a_key": { # Metadata of the prediction output to be explained.
+          "displayNameMappingKey": "A String", # Specify a field name in the prediction to look for the display name. Use this if the prediction contains the display names for the outputs. The display names in the prediction must have the same shape of the outputs, so that it can be located by Attribution.output_index for a specific output.
+          "indexDisplayNameMapping": "", # Static mapping between the index and display name. Use this if the outputs are a deterministic n-dimensional array, e.g. a list of scores of all the classes in a pre-defined order for a multi-classification Model. It's not feasible if the outputs are non-deterministic, e.g. the Model produces top-k classes or sort the outputs by their values. The shape of the value must be an n-dimensional array of strings. The number of dimensions must match that of the outputs to be explained. The Attribution.output_display_name is populated by locating in the mapping with Attribution.output_index.
+          "outputTensorName": "A String", # Name of the output tensor. Required and is only applicable to Vertex AI provided images for Tensorflow.
+        },
+      },
+    },
+    "parameters": { # Parameters to configure explaining for Model's predictions. # Required. Parameters that configure explaining of the Model's predictions.
+      "examples": { # Example-based explainability that returns the nearest neighbors from the provided dataset. # Example-based explanations that returns the nearest neighbors from the provided dataset.
+        "exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances.
+          "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported.
+          "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances.
+            "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+        "nearestNeighborSearchConfig": "", # The full configuration for the generated index, the semantics are the same as metadata and should match [NearestNeighborSearchConfig](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/explainable-ai/configuring-explanations-example-based#nearest-neighbor-search-config).
+        "neighborCount": 42, # The number of neighbors to return when querying for examples.
+        "presets": { # Preset configuration for example-based explanations # Simplified preset configuration, which automatically sets configuration values based on the desired query speed-precision trade-off and modality.
+          "modality": "A String", # The modality of the uploaded model, which automatically configures the distance measurement and feature normalization for the underlying example index and queries. If your model does not precisely fit one of these types, it is okay to choose the closest type.
+          "query": "A String", # Preset option controlling parameters for speed-precision trade-off when querying for examples. If omitted, defaults to `PRECISE`.
+        },
+      },
+      "integratedGradientsAttribution": { # An attribution method that computes the Aumann-Shapley value taking advantage of the model's fully differentiable structure. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1703.01365 # An attribution method that computes Aumann-Shapley values taking advantage of the model's fully differentiable structure. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1703.01365
+        "blurBaselineConfig": { # Config for blur baseline. When enabled, a linear path from the maximally blurred image to the input image is created. Using a blurred baseline instead of zero (black image) is motivated by the BlurIG approach explained here: https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.03383 # Config for IG with blur baseline. When enabled, a linear path from the maximally blurred image to the input image is created. Using a blurred baseline instead of zero (black image) is motivated by the BlurIG approach explained here: https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.03383
+          "maxBlurSigma": 3.14, # The standard deviation of the blur kernel for the blurred baseline. The same blurring parameter is used for both the height and the width dimension. If not set, the method defaults to the zero (i.e. black for images) baseline.
+        },
+        "smoothGradConfig": { # Config for SmoothGrad approximation of gradients. When enabled, the gradients are approximated by averaging the gradients from noisy samples in the vicinity of the inputs. Adding noise can help improve the computed gradients. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf # Config for SmoothGrad approximation of gradients. When enabled, the gradients are approximated by averaging the gradients from noisy samples in the vicinity of the inputs. Adding noise can help improve the computed gradients. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf
+          "featureNoiseSigma": { # Noise sigma by features. Noise sigma represents the standard deviation of the gaussian kernel that will be used to add noise to interpolated inputs prior to computing gradients. # This is similar to noise_sigma, but provides additional flexibility. A separate noise sigma can be provided for each feature, which is useful if their distributions are different. No noise is added to features that are not set. If this field is unset, noise_sigma will be used for all features.
+            "noiseSigma": [ # Noise sigma per feature. No noise is added to features that are not set.
+              { # Noise sigma for a single feature.
+                "name": "A String", # The name of the input feature for which noise sigma is provided. The features are defined in explanation metadata inputs.
+                "sigma": 3.14, # This represents the standard deviation of the Gaussian kernel that will be used to add noise to the feature prior to computing gradients. Similar to noise_sigma but represents the noise added to the current feature. Defaults to 0.1.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "noiseSigma": 3.14, # This is a single float value and will be used to add noise to all the features. Use this field when all features are normalized to have the same distribution: scale to range [0, 1], [-1, 1] or z-scoring, where features are normalized to have 0-mean and 1-variance. Learn more about [normalization](https://developers.google.com/machine-learning/data-prep/transform/normalization). For best results the recommended value is about 10% - 20% of the standard deviation of the input feature. Refer to section 3.2 of the SmoothGrad paper: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf. Defaults to 0.1. If the distribution is different per feature, set feature_noise_sigma instead for each feature.
+          "noisySampleCount": 42, # The number of gradient samples to use for approximation. The higher this number, the more accurate the gradient is, but the runtime complexity increases by this factor as well. Valid range of its value is [1, 50]. Defaults to 3.
+        },
+        "stepCount": 42, # Required. The number of steps for approximating the path integral. A good value to start is 50 and gradually increase until the sum to diff property is within the desired error range. Valid range of its value is [1, 100], inclusively.
+      },
+      "outputIndices": [ # If populated, only returns attributions that have output_index contained in output_indices. It must be an ndarray of integers, with the same shape of the output it's explaining. If not populated, returns attributions for top_k indices of outputs. If neither top_k nor output_indices is populated, returns the argmax index of the outputs. Only applicable to Models that predict multiple outputs (e,g, multi-class Models that predict multiple classes).
+        "",
+      ],
+      "sampledShapleyAttribution": { # An attribution method that approximates Shapley values for features that contribute to the label being predicted. A sampling strategy is used to approximate the value rather than considering all subsets of features. # An attribution method that approximates Shapley values for features that contribute to the label being predicted. A sampling strategy is used to approximate the value rather than considering all subsets of features. Refer to this paper for model details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1306.4265.
+        "pathCount": 42, # Required. The number of feature permutations to consider when approximating the Shapley values. Valid range of its value is [1, 50], inclusively.
+      },
+      "topK": 42, # If populated, returns attributions for top K indices of outputs (defaults to 1). Only applies to Models that predicts more than one outputs (e,g, multi-class Models). When set to -1, returns explanations for all outputs.
+      "xraiAttribution": { # An explanation method that redistributes Integrated Gradients attributions to segmented regions, taking advantage of the model's fully differentiable structure. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1906.02825 Supported only by image Models. # An attribution method that redistributes Integrated Gradients attribution to segmented regions, taking advantage of the model's fully differentiable structure. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1906.02825 XRAI currently performs better on natural images, like a picture of a house or an animal. If the images are taken in artificial environments, like a lab or manufacturing line, or from diagnostic equipment, like x-rays or quality-control cameras, use Integrated Gradients instead.
+        "blurBaselineConfig": { # Config for blur baseline. When enabled, a linear path from the maximally blurred image to the input image is created. Using a blurred baseline instead of zero (black image) is motivated by the BlurIG approach explained here: https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.03383 # Config for XRAI with blur baseline. When enabled, a linear path from the maximally blurred image to the input image is created. Using a blurred baseline instead of zero (black image) is motivated by the BlurIG approach explained here: https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.03383
+          "maxBlurSigma": 3.14, # The standard deviation of the blur kernel for the blurred baseline. The same blurring parameter is used for both the height and the width dimension. If not set, the method defaults to the zero (i.e. black for images) baseline.
+        },
+        "smoothGradConfig": { # Config for SmoothGrad approximation of gradients. When enabled, the gradients are approximated by averaging the gradients from noisy samples in the vicinity of the inputs. Adding noise can help improve the computed gradients. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf # Config for SmoothGrad approximation of gradients. When enabled, the gradients are approximated by averaging the gradients from noisy samples in the vicinity of the inputs. Adding noise can help improve the computed gradients. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf
+          "featureNoiseSigma": { # Noise sigma by features. Noise sigma represents the standard deviation of the gaussian kernel that will be used to add noise to interpolated inputs prior to computing gradients. # This is similar to noise_sigma, but provides additional flexibility. A separate noise sigma can be provided for each feature, which is useful if their distributions are different. No noise is added to features that are not set. If this field is unset, noise_sigma will be used for all features.
+            "noiseSigma": [ # Noise sigma per feature. No noise is added to features that are not set.
+              { # Noise sigma for a single feature.
+                "name": "A String", # The name of the input feature for which noise sigma is provided. The features are defined in explanation metadata inputs.
+                "sigma": 3.14, # This represents the standard deviation of the Gaussian kernel that will be used to add noise to the feature prior to computing gradients. Similar to noise_sigma but represents the noise added to the current feature. Defaults to 0.1.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "noiseSigma": 3.14, # This is a single float value and will be used to add noise to all the features. Use this field when all features are normalized to have the same distribution: scale to range [0, 1], [-1, 1] or z-scoring, where features are normalized to have 0-mean and 1-variance. Learn more about [normalization](https://developers.google.com/machine-learning/data-prep/transform/normalization). For best results the recommended value is about 10% - 20% of the standard deviation of the input feature. Refer to section 3.2 of the SmoothGrad paper: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf. Defaults to 0.1. If the distribution is different per feature, set feature_noise_sigma instead for each feature.
+          "noisySampleCount": 42, # The number of gradient samples to use for approximation. The higher this number, the more accurate the gradient is, but the runtime complexity increases by this factor as well. Valid range of its value is [1, 50]. Defaults to 3.
+        },
+        "stepCount": 42, # Required. The number of steps for approximating the path integral. A good value to start is 50 and gradually increase until the sum to diff property is met within the desired error range. Valid range of its value is [1, 100], inclusively.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "generateExplanation": True or False, # Generate explanation with the batch prediction results. When set to `true`, the batch prediction output changes based on the `predictions_format` field of the BatchPredictionJob.output_config object: * `bigquery`: output includes a column named `explanation`. The value is a struct that conforms to the Explanation object. * `jsonl`: The JSON objects on each line include an additional entry keyed `explanation`. The value of the entry is a JSON object that conforms to the Explanation object. * `csv`: Generating explanations for CSV format is not supported. If this field is set to true, either the Model.explanation_spec or explanation_spec must be populated.
+  "inputConfig": { # Configures the input to BatchPredictionJob. See Model.supported_input_storage_formats for Model's supported input formats, and how instances should be expressed via any of them. # Required. Input configuration of the instances on which predictions are performed. The schema of any single instance may be specified via the Model's PredictSchemata's instance_schema_uri.
+    "bigquerySource": { # The BigQuery location for the input content. # The BigQuery location of the input table. The schema of the table should be in the format described by the given context OpenAPI Schema, if one is provided. The table may contain additional columns that are not described by the schema, and they will be ignored.
+      "inputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a table, up to 2000 characters long. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`.
+    },
+    "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances.
+      "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "instancesFormat": "A String", # Required. The format in which instances are given, must be one of the Model's supported_input_storage_formats.
+  },
+  "instanceConfig": { # Configuration defining how to transform batch prediction input instances to the instances that the Model accepts. # Configuration for how to convert batch prediction input instances to the prediction instances that are sent to the Model.
+    "excludedFields": [ # Fields that will be excluded in the prediction instance that is sent to the Model. Excluded will be attached to the batch prediction output if key_field is not specified. When excluded_fields is populated, included_fields must be empty. The input must be JSONL with objects at each line, BigQuery or TfRecord.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "includedFields": [ # Fields that will be included in the prediction instance that is sent to the Model. If instance_type is `array`, the order of field names in included_fields also determines the order of the values in the array. When included_fields is populated, excluded_fields must be empty. The input must be JSONL with objects at each line, BigQuery or TfRecord.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "instanceType": "A String", # The format of the instance that the Model accepts. Vertex AI will convert compatible batch prediction input instance formats to the specified format. Supported values are: * `object`: Each input is converted to JSON object format. * For `bigquery`, each row is converted to an object. * For `jsonl`, each line of the JSONL input must be an object. * Does not apply to `csv`, `file-list`, `tf-record`, or `tf-record-gzip`. * `array`: Each input is converted to JSON array format. * For `bigquery`, each row is converted to an array. The order of columns is determined by the BigQuery column order, unless included_fields is populated. included_fields must be populated for specifying field orders. * For `jsonl`, if each line of the JSONL input is an object, included_fields must be populated for specifying field orders. * Does not apply to `csv`, `file-list`, `tf-record`, or `tf-record-gzip`. If not specified, Vertex AI converts the batch prediction input as follows: * For `bigquery` and `csv`, the behavior is the same as `array`. The order of columns is the same as defined in the file or table, unless included_fields is populated. * For `jsonl`, the prediction instance format is determined by each line of the input. * For `tf-record`/`tf-record-gzip`, each record will be converted to an object in the format of `{"b64": }`, where `` is the Base64-encoded string of the content of the record. * For `file-list`, each file in the list will be converted to an object in the format of `{"b64": }`, where `` is the Base64-encoded string of the content of the file.
+    "keyField": "A String", # The name of the field that is considered as a key. The values identified by the key field is not included in the transformed instances that is sent to the Model. This is similar to specifying this name of the field in excluded_fields. In addition, the batch prediction output will not include the instances. Instead the output will only include the value of the key field, in a field named `key` in the output: * For `jsonl` output format, the output will have a `key` field instead of the `instance` field. * For `csv`/`bigquery` output format, the output will have have a `key` column instead of the instance feature columns. The input must be JSONL with objects at each line, CSV, BigQuery or TfRecord.
+  },
+  "labels": { # The labels with user-defined metadata to organize BatchPredictionJobs. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "manualBatchTuningParameters": { # Manual batch tuning parameters. # Immutable. Parameters configuring the batch behavior. Currently only applicable when dedicated_resources are used (in other cases Vertex AI does the tuning itself).
+    "batchSize": 42, # Immutable. The number of the records (e.g. instances) of the operation given in each batch to a machine replica. Machine type, and size of a single record should be considered when setting this parameter, higher value speeds up the batch operation's execution, but too high value will result in a whole batch not fitting in a machine's memory, and the whole operation will fail. The default value is 64.
+  },
+  "model": "A String", # The name of the Model resource that produces the predictions via this job, must share the same ancestor Location. Starting this job has no impact on any existing deployments of the Model and their resources. Exactly one of model and unmanaged_container_model must be set. The model resource name may contain version id or version alias to specify the version. Example: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}@2` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}@golden` if no version is specified, the default version will be deployed. The model resource could also be a publisher model. Example: `publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}`
+  "modelParameters": "", # The parameters that govern the predictions. The schema of the parameters may be specified via the Model's PredictSchemata's parameters_schema_uri.
+  "modelVersionId": "A String", # Output only. The version ID of the Model that produces the predictions via this job.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the BatchPredictionJob.
+  "outputConfig": { # Configures the output of BatchPredictionJob. See Model.supported_output_storage_formats for supported output formats, and how predictions are expressed via any of them. # Required. The Configuration specifying where output predictions should be written. The schema of any single prediction may be specified as a concatenation of Model's PredictSchemata's instance_schema_uri and prediction_schema_uri.
+    "bigqueryDestination": { # The BigQuery location for the output content. # The BigQuery project or dataset location where the output is to be written to. If project is provided, a new dataset is created with name `prediction__` where is made BigQuery-dataset-name compatible (for example, most special characters become underscores), and timestamp is in YYYY_MM_DDThh_mm_ss_sssZ "based on ISO-8601" format. In the dataset two tables will be created, `predictions`, and `errors`. If the Model has both instance and prediction schemata defined then the tables have columns as follows: The `predictions` table contains instances for which the prediction succeeded, it has columns as per a concatenation of the Model's instance and prediction schemata. The `errors` table contains rows for which the prediction has failed, it has instance columns, as per the instance schema, followed by a single "errors" column, which as values has google.rpc.Status represented as a STRUCT, and containing only `code` and `message`.
+      "outputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a project or table, up to 2000 characters long. When only the project is specified, the Dataset and Table is created. When the full table reference is specified, the Dataset must exist and table must not exist. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`.
+    },
+    "gcsDestination": { # The Google Cloud Storage location where the output is to be written to. # The Cloud Storage location of the directory where the output is to be written to. In the given directory a new directory is created. Its name is `prediction--`, where timestamp is in YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sssZ ISO-8601 format. Inside of it files `predictions_0001.`, `predictions_0002.`, ..., `predictions_N.` are created where `` depends on chosen predictions_format, and N may equal 0001 and depends on the total number of successfully predicted instances. If the Model has both instance and prediction schemata defined then each such file contains predictions as per the predictions_format. If prediction for any instance failed (partially or completely), then an additional `errors_0001.`, `errors_0002.`,..., `errors_N.` files are created (N depends on total number of failed predictions). These files contain the failed instances, as per their schema, followed by an additional `error` field which as value has google.rpc.Status containing only `code` and `message` fields.
+      "outputUriPrefix": "A String", # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI to output directory. If the uri doesn't end with '/', a '/' will be automatically appended. The directory is created if it doesn't exist.
+    },
+    "predictionsFormat": "A String", # Required. The format in which Vertex AI gives the predictions, must be one of the Model's supported_output_storage_formats.
+  },
+  "outputInfo": { # Further describes this job's output. Supplements output_config. # Output only. Information further describing the output of this job.
+    "bigqueryOutputDataset": "A String", # Output only. The path of the BigQuery dataset created, in `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId` format, into which the prediction output is written.
+    "bigqueryOutputTable": "A String", # Output only. The name of the BigQuery table created, in `predictions_` format, into which the prediction output is written. Can be used by UI to generate the BigQuery output path, for example.
+    "gcsOutputDirectory": "A String", # Output only. The full path of the Cloud Storage directory created, into which the prediction output is written.
+  },
+  "partialFailures": [ # Output only. Partial failures encountered. For example, single files that can't be read. This field never exceeds 20 entries. Status details fields contain standard Google Cloud error details.
+    { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+      "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+      "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+        {
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+    },
+  ],
+  "resourcesConsumed": { # Statistics information about resource consumption. # Output only. Information about resources that had been consumed by this job. Provided in real time at best effort basis, as well as a final value once the job completes. Note: This field currently may be not populated for batch predictions that use AutoML Models.
+    "replicaHours": 3.14, # Output only. The number of replica hours used. Note that many replicas may run in parallel, and additionally any given work may be queued for some time. Therefore this value is not strictly related to wall time.
+  },
+  "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
+  "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
+  "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the DeployedModel's container runs as. If not specified, a system generated one will be used, which has minimal permissions and the custom container, if used, may not have enough permission to access other Google Cloud resources. Users deploying the Model must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account.
+  "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the BatchPredictionJob for the first time entered the `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` state.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The detailed state of the job.
+  "unmanagedContainerModel": { # Contains model information necessary to perform batch prediction without requiring a full model import. # Contains model information necessary to perform batch prediction without requiring uploading to model registry. Exactly one of model and unmanaged_container_model must be set.
+    "artifactUri": "A String", # The path to the directory containing the Model artifact and any of its supporting files.
+    "containerSpec": { # Specification of a container for serving predictions. Some fields in this message correspond to fields in the [Kubernetes Container v1 core specification](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core). # Input only. The specification of the container that is to be used when deploying this Model.
+      "args": [ # Immutable. Specifies arguments for the command that runs when the container starts. This overrides the container's [`CMD`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd). Specify this field as an array of executable and arguments, similar to a Docker `CMD`'s "default parameters" form. If you don't specify this field but do specify the command field, then the command from the `command` field runs without any additional arguments. See the [Kubernetes documentation about how the `command` and `args` fields interact with a container's `ENTRYPOINT` and `CMD`](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#notes). If you don't specify this field and don't specify the `command` field, then the container's [`ENTRYPOINT`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd) and `CMD` determine what runs based on their default behavior. See the Docker documentation about [how `CMD` and `ENTRYPOINT` interact](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#understand-how-cmd-and-entrypoint-interact). In this field, you can reference [environment variables set by Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables) and environment variables set in the env field. You cannot reference environment variables set in the Docker image. In order for environment variables to be expanded, reference them by using the following syntax: $( VARIABLE_NAME) Note that this differs from Bash variable expansion, which does not use parentheses. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string is used unchanged. To avoid variable expansion, you can escape this syntax with `$$`; for example: $$(VARIABLE_NAME) This field corresponds to the `args` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "command": [ # Immutable. Specifies the command that runs when the container starts. This overrides the container's [ENTRYPOINT](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#entrypoint). Specify this field as an array of executable and arguments, similar to a Docker `ENTRYPOINT`'s "exec" form, not its "shell" form. If you do not specify this field, then the container's `ENTRYPOINT` runs, in conjunction with the args field or the container's [`CMD`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd), if either exists. If this field is not specified and the container does not have an `ENTRYPOINT`, then refer to the Docker documentation about [how `CMD` and `ENTRYPOINT` interact](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#understand-how-cmd-and-entrypoint-interact). If you specify this field, then you can also specify the `args` field to provide additional arguments for this command. However, if you specify this field, then the container's `CMD` is ignored. See the [Kubernetes documentation about how the `command` and `args` fields interact with a container's `ENTRYPOINT` and `CMD`](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#notes). In this field, you can reference [environment variables set by Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables) and environment variables set in the env field. You cannot reference environment variables set in the Docker image. In order for environment variables to be expanded, reference them by using the following syntax: $( VARIABLE_NAME) Note that this differs from Bash variable expansion, which does not use parentheses. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string is used unchanged. To avoid variable expansion, you can escape this syntax with `$$`; for example: $$(VARIABLE_NAME) This field corresponds to the `command` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "deploymentTimeout": "A String", # Immutable. Deployment timeout. Limit for deployment timeout is 2 hours.
+      "env": [ # Immutable. List of environment variables to set in the container. After the container starts running, code running in the container can read these environment variables. Additionally, the command and args fields can reference these variables. Later entries in this list can also reference earlier entries. For example, the following example sets the variable `VAR_2` to have the value `foo bar`: ```json [ { "name": "VAR_1", "value": "foo" }, { "name": "VAR_2", "value": "$(VAR_1) bar" } ] ``` If you switch the order of the variables in the example, then the expansion does not occur. This field corresponds to the `env` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
+        { # Represents an environment variable present in a Container or Python Module.
+          "name": "A String", # Required. Name of the environment variable. Must be a valid C identifier.
+          "value": "A String", # Required. Variables that reference a $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not.
+        },
+      ],
+      "grpcPorts": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends gRPC prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends liveness and health checks to this port. If you do not specify this field, gRPC requests to the container will be disabled. Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers v1 core API.
+        { # Represents a network port in a container.
+          "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
+        },
+      ],
+      "healthProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes readiness probe.
+        "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+          "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'.
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
+        "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds to wait before starting the probe. Defaults to 0. Minimum value is 0. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'initialDelaySeconds'.
+        "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "successThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive successes before the probe is considered successful. Defaults to 1. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'successThreshold'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
+        "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+      },
+      "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+      "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+        "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+          "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'.
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
+        "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds to wait before starting the probe. Defaults to 0. Minimum value is 0. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'initialDelaySeconds'.
+        "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "successThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive successes before the probe is considered successful. Defaults to 1. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'successThreshold'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
+        "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+      },
+      "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
+        { # Represents a network port in a container.
+          "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
+        },
+      ],
+      "predictRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send prediction requests to. Vertex AI forwards requests sent using projects.locations.endpoints.predict to this path on the container's IP address and port. Vertex AI then returns the container's response in the API response. For example, if you set this field to `/foo`, then when Vertex AI receives a prediction request, it forwards the request body in a POST request to the `/foo` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
+      "sharedMemorySizeMb": "A String", # Immutable. The amount of the VM memory to reserve as the shared memory for the model in megabytes.
+      "startupProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes startup probe.
+        "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+          "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'.
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
+        "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds to wait before starting the probe. Defaults to 0. Minimum value is 0. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'initialDelaySeconds'.
+        "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "successThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive successes before the probe is considered successful. Defaults to 1. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'successThreshold'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
+        "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+      },
+    },
+    "predictSchemata": { # Contains the schemata used in Model's predictions and explanations via PredictionService.Predict, PredictionService.Explain and BatchPredictionJob. # Contains the schemata used in Model's predictions and explanations
+      "instanceSchemaUri": "A String", # Immutable. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing the format of a single instance, which are used in PredictRequest.instances, ExplainRequest.instances and BatchPredictionJob.input_config. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 [Schema Object](https://github.com/OAI/OpenAPI-Specification/blob/main/versions/3.0.2.md#schemaObject). AutoML Models always have this field populated by Vertex AI. Note: The URI given on output will be immutable and probably different, including the URI scheme, than the one given on input. The output URI will point to a location where the user only has a read access.
+      "parametersSchemaUri": "A String", # Immutable. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing the parameters of prediction and explanation via PredictRequest.parameters, ExplainRequest.parameters and BatchPredictionJob.model_parameters. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 [Schema Object](https://github.com/OAI/OpenAPI-Specification/blob/main/versions/3.0.2.md#schemaObject). AutoML Models always have this field populated by Vertex AI, if no parameters are supported, then it is set to an empty string. Note: The URI given on output will be immutable and probably different, including the URI scheme, than the one given on input. The output URI will point to a location where the user only has a read access.
+      "predictionSchemaUri": "A String", # Immutable. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing the format of a single prediction produced by this Model, which are returned via PredictResponse.predictions, ExplainResponse.explanations, and BatchPredictionJob.output_config. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 [Schema Object](https://github.com/OAI/OpenAPI-Specification/blob/main/versions/3.0.2.md#schemaObject). AutoML Models always have this field populated by Vertex AI. Note: The URI given on output will be immutable and probably different, including the URI scheme, than the one given on input. The output URI will point to a location where the user only has a read access.
+    },
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the BatchPredictionJob was most recently updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets a BatchPredictionJob
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the BatchPredictionJob resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/batchPredictionJobs/{batch_prediction_job}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A job that uses a Model to produce predictions on multiple input instances. If predictions for significant portion of the instances fail, the job may finish without attempting predictions for all remaining instances.
+  "completionStats": { # Success and error statistics of processing multiple entities (for example, DataItems or structured data rows) in batch. # Output only. Statistics on completed and failed prediction instances.
+    "failedCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of entities for which any error was encountered.
+    "incompleteCount": "A String", # Output only. In cases when enough errors are encountered a job, pipeline, or operation may be failed as a whole. Below is the number of entities for which the processing had not been finished (either in successful or failed state). Set to -1 if the number is unknown (for example, the operation failed before the total entity number could be collected).
+    "successfulCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of entities that had been processed successfully.
+    "successfulForecastPointCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of the successful forecast points that are generated by the forecasting model. This is ONLY used by the forecasting batch prediction.
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the BatchPredictionJob was created.
+  "dedicatedResources": { # A description of resources that are used for performing batch operations, are dedicated to a Model, and need manual configuration. # The config of resources used by the Model during the batch prediction. If the Model supports DEDICATED_RESOURCES this config may be provided (and the job will use these resources), if the Model doesn't support AUTOMATIC_RESOURCES, this config must be provided.
+    "machineSpec": { # Specification of a single machine. # Required. Immutable. The specification of a single machine.
+      "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of accelerators to attach to the machine.
+      "acceleratorType": "A String", # Immutable. The type of accelerator(s) that may be attached to the machine as per accelerator_count.
+      "machineType": "A String", # Immutable. The type of the machine. See the [list of machine types supported for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/configure-compute#machine-types) See the [list of machine types supported for custom training](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/configure-compute#machine-types). For DeployedModel this field is optional, and the default value is `n1-standard-2`. For BatchPredictionJob or as part of WorkerPoolSpec this field is required.
+      "reservationAffinity": { # A ReservationAffinity can be used to configure a Vertex AI resource (e.g., a DeployedModel) to draw its Compute Engine resources from a Shared Reservation, or exclusively from on-demand capacity. # Optional. Immutable. Configuration controlling how this resource pool consumes reservation.
+        "key": "A String", # Optional. Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, use `compute.googleapis.com/reservation-name` as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value.
+        "reservationAffinityType": "A String", # Required. Specifies the reservation affinity type.
+        "values": [ # Optional. Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This must be the full resource name of the reservation or reservation block.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "tpuTopology": "A String", # Immutable. The topology of the TPUs. Corresponds to the TPU topologies available from GKE. (Example: tpu_topology: "2x2x1").
+    },
+    "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of machine replicas the batch operation may be scaled to. The default value is 10.
+    "startingReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The number of machine replicas used at the start of the batch operation. If not set, Vertex AI decides starting number, not greater than max_replica_count
+  },
+  "disableContainerLogging": True or False, # For custom-trained Models and AutoML Tabular Models, the container of the DeployedModel instances will send `stderr` and `stdout` streams to Cloud Logging by default. Please note that the logs incur cost, which are subject to [Cloud Logging pricing](https://cloud.google.com/logging/pricing). User can disable container logging by setting this flag to true.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The user-defined name of this BatchPredictionJob.
+  "encryptionSpec": { # Represents a customer-managed encryption key spec that can be applied to a top-level resource. # Customer-managed encryption key options for a BatchPredictionJob. If this is set, then all resources created by the BatchPredictionJob will be encrypted with the provided encryption key.
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The Cloud KMS resource identifier of the customer managed encryption key used to protect a resource. Has the form: `projects/my-project/locations/my-region/keyRings/my-kr/cryptoKeys/my-key`. The key needs to be in the same region as where the compute resource is created.
+  },
+  "endTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the BatchPredictionJob entered any of the following states: `JOB_STATE_SUCCEEDED`, `JOB_STATE_FAILED`, `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Only populated when the job's state is JOB_STATE_FAILED or JOB_STATE_CANCELLED.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "explanationSpec": { # Specification of Model explanation. # Explanation configuration for this BatchPredictionJob. Can be specified only if generate_explanation is set to `true`. This value overrides the value of Model.explanation_spec. All fields of explanation_spec are optional in the request. If a field of the explanation_spec object is not populated, the corresponding field of the Model.explanation_spec object is inherited.
+    "metadata": { # Metadata describing the Model's input and output for explanation. # Optional. Metadata describing the Model's input and output for explanation.
+      "featureAttributionsSchemaUri": "A String", # Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing the format of the feature attributions. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 [Schema Object](https://github.com/OAI/OpenAPI-Specification/blob/main/versions/3.0.2.md#schemaObject). AutoML tabular Models always have this field populated by Vertex AI. Note: The URI given on output may be different, including the URI scheme, than the one given on input. The output URI will point to a location where the user only has a read access.
+      "inputs": { # Required. Map from feature names to feature input metadata. Keys are the name of the features. Values are the specification of the feature. An empty InputMetadata is valid. It describes a text feature which has the name specified as the key in ExplanationMetadata.inputs. The baseline of the empty feature is chosen by Vertex AI. For Vertex AI-provided Tensorflow images, the key can be any friendly name of the feature. Once specified, featureAttributions are keyed by this key (if not grouped with another feature). For custom images, the key must match with the key in instance.
+        "a_key": { # Metadata of the input of a feature. Fields other than InputMetadata.input_baselines are applicable only for Models that are using Vertex AI-provided images for Tensorflow.
+          "denseShapeTensorName": "A String", # Specifies the shape of the values of the input if the input is a sparse representation. Refer to Tensorflow documentation for more details: https://www.tensorflow.org/api_docs/python/tf/sparse/SparseTensor.
+          "encodedBaselines": [ # A list of baselines for the encoded tensor. The shape of each baseline should match the shape of the encoded tensor. If a scalar is provided, Vertex AI broadcasts to the same shape as the encoded tensor.
+            "",
+          ],
+          "encodedTensorName": "A String", # Encoded tensor is a transformation of the input tensor. Must be provided if choosing Integrated Gradients attribution or XRAI attribution and the input tensor is not differentiable. An encoded tensor is generated if the input tensor is encoded by a lookup table.
+          "encoding": "A String", # Defines how the feature is encoded into the input tensor. Defaults to IDENTITY.
+          "featureValueDomain": { # Domain details of the input feature value. Provides numeric information about the feature, such as its range (min, max). If the feature has been pre-processed, for example with z-scoring, then it provides information about how to recover the original feature. For example, if the input feature is an image and it has been pre-processed to obtain 0-mean and stddev = 1 values, then original_mean, and original_stddev refer to the mean and stddev of the original feature (e.g. image tensor) from which input feature (with mean = 0 and stddev = 1) was obtained. # The domain details of the input feature value. Like min/max, original mean or standard deviation if normalized.
+            "maxValue": 3.14, # The maximum permissible value for this feature.
+            "minValue": 3.14, # The minimum permissible value for this feature.
+            "originalMean": 3.14, # If this input feature has been normalized to a mean value of 0, the original_mean specifies the mean value of the domain prior to normalization.
+            "originalStddev": 3.14, # If this input feature has been normalized to a standard deviation of 1.0, the original_stddev specifies the standard deviation of the domain prior to normalization.
+          },
+          "groupName": "A String", # Name of the group that the input belongs to. Features with the same group name will be treated as one feature when computing attributions. Features grouped together can have different shapes in value. If provided, there will be one single attribution generated in Attribution.feature_attributions, keyed by the group name.
+          "indexFeatureMapping": [ # A list of feature names for each index in the input tensor. Required when the input InputMetadata.encoding is BAG_OF_FEATURES, BAG_OF_FEATURES_SPARSE, INDICATOR.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "indicesTensorName": "A String", # Specifies the index of the values of the input tensor. Required when the input tensor is a sparse representation. Refer to Tensorflow documentation for more details: https://www.tensorflow.org/api_docs/python/tf/sparse/SparseTensor.
+          "inputBaselines": [ # Baseline inputs for this feature. If no baseline is specified, Vertex AI chooses the baseline for this feature. If multiple baselines are specified, Vertex AI returns the average attributions across them in Attribution.feature_attributions. For Vertex AI-provided Tensorflow images (both 1.x and 2.x), the shape of each baseline must match the shape of the input tensor. If a scalar is provided, we broadcast to the same shape as the input tensor. For custom images, the element of the baselines must be in the same format as the feature's input in the instance[]. The schema of any single instance may be specified via Endpoint's DeployedModels' Model's PredictSchemata's instance_schema_uri.
+            "",
+          ],
+          "inputTensorName": "A String", # Name of the input tensor for this feature. Required and is only applicable to Vertex AI-provided images for Tensorflow.
+          "modality": "A String", # Modality of the feature. Valid values are: numeric, image. Defaults to numeric.
+          "visualization": { # Visualization configurations for image explanation. # Visualization configurations for image explanation.
+            "clipPercentLowerbound": 3.14, # Excludes attributions below the specified percentile, from the highlighted areas. Defaults to 62.
+            "clipPercentUpperbound": 3.14, # Excludes attributions above the specified percentile from the highlighted areas. Using the clip_percent_upperbound and clip_percent_lowerbound together can be useful for filtering out noise and making it easier to see areas of strong attribution. Defaults to 99.9.
+            "colorMap": "A String", # The color scheme used for the highlighted areas. Defaults to PINK_GREEN for Integrated Gradients attribution, which shows positive attributions in green and negative in pink. Defaults to VIRIDIS for XRAI attribution, which highlights the most influential regions in yellow and the least influential in blue.
+            "overlayType": "A String", # How the original image is displayed in the visualization. Adjusting the overlay can help increase visual clarity if the original image makes it difficult to view the visualization. Defaults to NONE.
+            "polarity": "A String", # Whether to only highlight pixels with positive contributions, negative or both. Defaults to POSITIVE.
+            "type": "A String", # Type of the image visualization. Only applicable to Integrated Gradients attribution. OUTLINES shows regions of attribution, while PIXELS shows per-pixel attribution. Defaults to OUTLINES.
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "latentSpaceSource": "A String", # Name of the source to generate embeddings for example based explanations.
+      "outputs": { # Required. Map from output names to output metadata. For Vertex AI-provided Tensorflow images, keys can be any user defined string that consists of any UTF-8 characters. For custom images, keys are the name of the output field in the prediction to be explained. Currently only one key is allowed.
+        "a_key": { # Metadata of the prediction output to be explained.
+          "displayNameMappingKey": "A String", # Specify a field name in the prediction to look for the display name. Use this if the prediction contains the display names for the outputs. The display names in the prediction must have the same shape of the outputs, so that it can be located by Attribution.output_index for a specific output.
+          "indexDisplayNameMapping": "", # Static mapping between the index and display name. Use this if the outputs are a deterministic n-dimensional array, e.g. a list of scores of all the classes in a pre-defined order for a multi-classification Model. It's not feasible if the outputs are non-deterministic, e.g. the Model produces top-k classes or sort the outputs by their values. The shape of the value must be an n-dimensional array of strings. The number of dimensions must match that of the outputs to be explained. The Attribution.output_display_name is populated by locating in the mapping with Attribution.output_index.
+          "outputTensorName": "A String", # Name of the output tensor. Required and is only applicable to Vertex AI provided images for Tensorflow.
+        },
+      },
+    },
+    "parameters": { # Parameters to configure explaining for Model's predictions. # Required. Parameters that configure explaining of the Model's predictions.
+      "examples": { # Example-based explainability that returns the nearest neighbors from the provided dataset. # Example-based explanations that returns the nearest neighbors from the provided dataset.
+        "exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances.
+          "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported.
+          "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances.
+            "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+        "nearestNeighborSearchConfig": "", # The full configuration for the generated index, the semantics are the same as metadata and should match [NearestNeighborSearchConfig](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/explainable-ai/configuring-explanations-example-based#nearest-neighbor-search-config).
+        "neighborCount": 42, # The number of neighbors to return when querying for examples.
+        "presets": { # Preset configuration for example-based explanations # Simplified preset configuration, which automatically sets configuration values based on the desired query speed-precision trade-off and modality.
+          "modality": "A String", # The modality of the uploaded model, which automatically configures the distance measurement and feature normalization for the underlying example index and queries. If your model does not precisely fit one of these types, it is okay to choose the closest type.
+          "query": "A String", # Preset option controlling parameters for speed-precision trade-off when querying for examples. If omitted, defaults to `PRECISE`.
+        },
+      },
+      "integratedGradientsAttribution": { # An attribution method that computes the Aumann-Shapley value taking advantage of the model's fully differentiable structure. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1703.01365 # An attribution method that computes Aumann-Shapley values taking advantage of the model's fully differentiable structure. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1703.01365
+        "blurBaselineConfig": { # Config for blur baseline. When enabled, a linear path from the maximally blurred image to the input image is created. Using a blurred baseline instead of zero (black image) is motivated by the BlurIG approach explained here: https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.03383 # Config for IG with blur baseline. When enabled, a linear path from the maximally blurred image to the input image is created. Using a blurred baseline instead of zero (black image) is motivated by the BlurIG approach explained here: https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.03383
+          "maxBlurSigma": 3.14, # The standard deviation of the blur kernel for the blurred baseline. The same blurring parameter is used for both the height and the width dimension. If not set, the method defaults to the zero (i.e. black for images) baseline.
+        },
+        "smoothGradConfig": { # Config for SmoothGrad approximation of gradients. When enabled, the gradients are approximated by averaging the gradients from noisy samples in the vicinity of the inputs. Adding noise can help improve the computed gradients. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf # Config for SmoothGrad approximation of gradients. When enabled, the gradients are approximated by averaging the gradients from noisy samples in the vicinity of the inputs. Adding noise can help improve the computed gradients. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf
+          "featureNoiseSigma": { # Noise sigma by features. Noise sigma represents the standard deviation of the gaussian kernel that will be used to add noise to interpolated inputs prior to computing gradients. # This is similar to noise_sigma, but provides additional flexibility. A separate noise sigma can be provided for each feature, which is useful if their distributions are different. No noise is added to features that are not set. If this field is unset, noise_sigma will be used for all features.
+            "noiseSigma": [ # Noise sigma per feature. No noise is added to features that are not set.
+              { # Noise sigma for a single feature.
+                "name": "A String", # The name of the input feature for which noise sigma is provided. The features are defined in explanation metadata inputs.
+                "sigma": 3.14, # This represents the standard deviation of the Gaussian kernel that will be used to add noise to the feature prior to computing gradients. Similar to noise_sigma but represents the noise added to the current feature. Defaults to 0.1.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "noiseSigma": 3.14, # This is a single float value and will be used to add noise to all the features. Use this field when all features are normalized to have the same distribution: scale to range [0, 1], [-1, 1] or z-scoring, where features are normalized to have 0-mean and 1-variance. Learn more about [normalization](https://developers.google.com/machine-learning/data-prep/transform/normalization). For best results the recommended value is about 10% - 20% of the standard deviation of the input feature. Refer to section 3.2 of the SmoothGrad paper: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf. Defaults to 0.1. If the distribution is different per feature, set feature_noise_sigma instead for each feature.
+          "noisySampleCount": 42, # The number of gradient samples to use for approximation. The higher this number, the more accurate the gradient is, but the runtime complexity increases by this factor as well. Valid range of its value is [1, 50]. Defaults to 3.
+        },
+        "stepCount": 42, # Required. The number of steps for approximating the path integral. A good value to start is 50 and gradually increase until the sum to diff property is within the desired error range. Valid range of its value is [1, 100], inclusively.
+      },
+      "outputIndices": [ # If populated, only returns attributions that have output_index contained in output_indices. It must be an ndarray of integers, with the same shape of the output it's explaining. If not populated, returns attributions for top_k indices of outputs. If neither top_k nor output_indices is populated, returns the argmax index of the outputs. Only applicable to Models that predict multiple outputs (e,g, multi-class Models that predict multiple classes).
+        "",
+      ],
+      "sampledShapleyAttribution": { # An attribution method that approximates Shapley values for features that contribute to the label being predicted. A sampling strategy is used to approximate the value rather than considering all subsets of features. # An attribution method that approximates Shapley values for features that contribute to the label being predicted. A sampling strategy is used to approximate the value rather than considering all subsets of features. Refer to this paper for model details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1306.4265.
+        "pathCount": 42, # Required. The number of feature permutations to consider when approximating the Shapley values. Valid range of its value is [1, 50], inclusively.
+      },
+      "topK": 42, # If populated, returns attributions for top K indices of outputs (defaults to 1). Only applies to Models that predicts more than one outputs (e,g, multi-class Models). When set to -1, returns explanations for all outputs.
+      "xraiAttribution": { # An explanation method that redistributes Integrated Gradients attributions to segmented regions, taking advantage of the model's fully differentiable structure. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1906.02825 Supported only by image Models. # An attribution method that redistributes Integrated Gradients attribution to segmented regions, taking advantage of the model's fully differentiable structure. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1906.02825 XRAI currently performs better on natural images, like a picture of a house or an animal. If the images are taken in artificial environments, like a lab or manufacturing line, or from diagnostic equipment, like x-rays or quality-control cameras, use Integrated Gradients instead.
+        "blurBaselineConfig": { # Config for blur baseline. When enabled, a linear path from the maximally blurred image to the input image is created. Using a blurred baseline instead of zero (black image) is motivated by the BlurIG approach explained here: https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.03383 # Config for XRAI with blur baseline. When enabled, a linear path from the maximally blurred image to the input image is created. Using a blurred baseline instead of zero (black image) is motivated by the BlurIG approach explained here: https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.03383
+          "maxBlurSigma": 3.14, # The standard deviation of the blur kernel for the blurred baseline. The same blurring parameter is used for both the height and the width dimension. If not set, the method defaults to the zero (i.e. black for images) baseline.
+        },
+        "smoothGradConfig": { # Config for SmoothGrad approximation of gradients. When enabled, the gradients are approximated by averaging the gradients from noisy samples in the vicinity of the inputs. Adding noise can help improve the computed gradients. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf # Config for SmoothGrad approximation of gradients. When enabled, the gradients are approximated by averaging the gradients from noisy samples in the vicinity of the inputs. Adding noise can help improve the computed gradients. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf
+          "featureNoiseSigma": { # Noise sigma by features. Noise sigma represents the standard deviation of the gaussian kernel that will be used to add noise to interpolated inputs prior to computing gradients. # This is similar to noise_sigma, but provides additional flexibility. A separate noise sigma can be provided for each feature, which is useful if their distributions are different. No noise is added to features that are not set. If this field is unset, noise_sigma will be used for all features.
+            "noiseSigma": [ # Noise sigma per feature. No noise is added to features that are not set.
+              { # Noise sigma for a single feature.
+                "name": "A String", # The name of the input feature for which noise sigma is provided. The features are defined in explanation metadata inputs.
+                "sigma": 3.14, # This represents the standard deviation of the Gaussian kernel that will be used to add noise to the feature prior to computing gradients. Similar to noise_sigma but represents the noise added to the current feature. Defaults to 0.1.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "noiseSigma": 3.14, # This is a single float value and will be used to add noise to all the features. Use this field when all features are normalized to have the same distribution: scale to range [0, 1], [-1, 1] or z-scoring, where features are normalized to have 0-mean and 1-variance. Learn more about [normalization](https://developers.google.com/machine-learning/data-prep/transform/normalization). For best results the recommended value is about 10% - 20% of the standard deviation of the input feature. Refer to section 3.2 of the SmoothGrad paper: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf. Defaults to 0.1. If the distribution is different per feature, set feature_noise_sigma instead for each feature.
+          "noisySampleCount": 42, # The number of gradient samples to use for approximation. The higher this number, the more accurate the gradient is, but the runtime complexity increases by this factor as well. Valid range of its value is [1, 50]. Defaults to 3.
+        },
+        "stepCount": 42, # Required. The number of steps for approximating the path integral. A good value to start is 50 and gradually increase until the sum to diff property is met within the desired error range. Valid range of its value is [1, 100], inclusively.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "generateExplanation": True or False, # Generate explanation with the batch prediction results. When set to `true`, the batch prediction output changes based on the `predictions_format` field of the BatchPredictionJob.output_config object: * `bigquery`: output includes a column named `explanation`. The value is a struct that conforms to the Explanation object. * `jsonl`: The JSON objects on each line include an additional entry keyed `explanation`. The value of the entry is a JSON object that conforms to the Explanation object. * `csv`: Generating explanations for CSV format is not supported. If this field is set to true, either the Model.explanation_spec or explanation_spec must be populated.
+  "inputConfig": { # Configures the input to BatchPredictionJob. See Model.supported_input_storage_formats for Model's supported input formats, and how instances should be expressed via any of them. # Required. Input configuration of the instances on which predictions are performed. The schema of any single instance may be specified via the Model's PredictSchemata's instance_schema_uri.
+    "bigquerySource": { # The BigQuery location for the input content. # The BigQuery location of the input table. The schema of the table should be in the format described by the given context OpenAPI Schema, if one is provided. The table may contain additional columns that are not described by the schema, and they will be ignored.
+      "inputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a table, up to 2000 characters long. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`.
+    },
+    "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances.
+      "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "instancesFormat": "A String", # Required. The format in which instances are given, must be one of the Model's supported_input_storage_formats.
+  },
+  "instanceConfig": { # Configuration defining how to transform batch prediction input instances to the instances that the Model accepts. # Configuration for how to convert batch prediction input instances to the prediction instances that are sent to the Model.
+    "excludedFields": [ # Fields that will be excluded in the prediction instance that is sent to the Model. Excluded will be attached to the batch prediction output if key_field is not specified. When excluded_fields is populated, included_fields must be empty. The input must be JSONL with objects at each line, BigQuery or TfRecord.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "includedFields": [ # Fields that will be included in the prediction instance that is sent to the Model. If instance_type is `array`, the order of field names in included_fields also determines the order of the values in the array. When included_fields is populated, excluded_fields must be empty. The input must be JSONL with objects at each line, BigQuery or TfRecord.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "instanceType": "A String", # The format of the instance that the Model accepts. Vertex AI will convert compatible batch prediction input instance formats to the specified format. Supported values are: * `object`: Each input is converted to JSON object format. * For `bigquery`, each row is converted to an object. * For `jsonl`, each line of the JSONL input must be an object. * Does not apply to `csv`, `file-list`, `tf-record`, or `tf-record-gzip`. * `array`: Each input is converted to JSON array format. * For `bigquery`, each row is converted to an array. The order of columns is determined by the BigQuery column order, unless included_fields is populated. included_fields must be populated for specifying field orders. * For `jsonl`, if each line of the JSONL input is an object, included_fields must be populated for specifying field orders. * Does not apply to `csv`, `file-list`, `tf-record`, or `tf-record-gzip`. If not specified, Vertex AI converts the batch prediction input as follows: * For `bigquery` and `csv`, the behavior is the same as `array`. The order of columns is the same as defined in the file or table, unless included_fields is populated. * For `jsonl`, the prediction instance format is determined by each line of the input. * For `tf-record`/`tf-record-gzip`, each record will be converted to an object in the format of `{"b64": }`, where `` is the Base64-encoded string of the content of the record. * For `file-list`, each file in the list will be converted to an object in the format of `{"b64": }`, where `` is the Base64-encoded string of the content of the file.
+    "keyField": "A String", # The name of the field that is considered as a key. The values identified by the key field is not included in the transformed instances that is sent to the Model. This is similar to specifying this name of the field in excluded_fields. In addition, the batch prediction output will not include the instances. Instead the output will only include the value of the key field, in a field named `key` in the output: * For `jsonl` output format, the output will have a `key` field instead of the `instance` field. * For `csv`/`bigquery` output format, the output will have have a `key` column instead of the instance feature columns. The input must be JSONL with objects at each line, CSV, BigQuery or TfRecord.
+  },
+  "labels": { # The labels with user-defined metadata to organize BatchPredictionJobs. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "manualBatchTuningParameters": { # Manual batch tuning parameters. # Immutable. Parameters configuring the batch behavior. Currently only applicable when dedicated_resources are used (in other cases Vertex AI does the tuning itself).
+    "batchSize": 42, # Immutable. The number of the records (e.g. instances) of the operation given in each batch to a machine replica. Machine type, and size of a single record should be considered when setting this parameter, higher value speeds up the batch operation's execution, but too high value will result in a whole batch not fitting in a machine's memory, and the whole operation will fail. The default value is 64.
+  },
+  "model": "A String", # The name of the Model resource that produces the predictions via this job, must share the same ancestor Location. Starting this job has no impact on any existing deployments of the Model and their resources. Exactly one of model and unmanaged_container_model must be set. The model resource name may contain version id or version alias to specify the version. Example: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}@2` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}@golden` if no version is specified, the default version will be deployed. The model resource could also be a publisher model. Example: `publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}`
+  "modelParameters": "", # The parameters that govern the predictions. The schema of the parameters may be specified via the Model's PredictSchemata's parameters_schema_uri.
+  "modelVersionId": "A String", # Output only. The version ID of the Model that produces the predictions via this job.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the BatchPredictionJob.
+  "outputConfig": { # Configures the output of BatchPredictionJob. See Model.supported_output_storage_formats for supported output formats, and how predictions are expressed via any of them. # Required. The Configuration specifying where output predictions should be written. The schema of any single prediction may be specified as a concatenation of Model's PredictSchemata's instance_schema_uri and prediction_schema_uri.
+    "bigqueryDestination": { # The BigQuery location for the output content. # The BigQuery project or dataset location where the output is to be written to. If project is provided, a new dataset is created with name `prediction__` where is made BigQuery-dataset-name compatible (for example, most special characters become underscores), and timestamp is in YYYY_MM_DDThh_mm_ss_sssZ "based on ISO-8601" format. In the dataset two tables will be created, `predictions`, and `errors`. If the Model has both instance and prediction schemata defined then the tables have columns as follows: The `predictions` table contains instances for which the prediction succeeded, it has columns as per a concatenation of the Model's instance and prediction schemata. The `errors` table contains rows for which the prediction has failed, it has instance columns, as per the instance schema, followed by a single "errors" column, which as values has google.rpc.Status represented as a STRUCT, and containing only `code` and `message`.
+      "outputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a project or table, up to 2000 characters long. When only the project is specified, the Dataset and Table is created. When the full table reference is specified, the Dataset must exist and table must not exist. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`.
+    },
+    "gcsDestination": { # The Google Cloud Storage location where the output is to be written to. # The Cloud Storage location of the directory where the output is to be written to. In the given directory a new directory is created. Its name is `prediction--`, where timestamp is in YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sssZ ISO-8601 format. Inside of it files `predictions_0001.`, `predictions_0002.`, ..., `predictions_N.` are created where `` depends on chosen predictions_format, and N may equal 0001 and depends on the total number of successfully predicted instances. If the Model has both instance and prediction schemata defined then each such file contains predictions as per the predictions_format. If prediction for any instance failed (partially or completely), then an additional `errors_0001.`, `errors_0002.`,..., `errors_N.` files are created (N depends on total number of failed predictions). These files contain the failed instances, as per their schema, followed by an additional `error` field which as value has google.rpc.Status containing only `code` and `message` fields.
+      "outputUriPrefix": "A String", # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI to output directory. If the uri doesn't end with '/', a '/' will be automatically appended. The directory is created if it doesn't exist.
+    },
+    "predictionsFormat": "A String", # Required. The format in which Vertex AI gives the predictions, must be one of the Model's supported_output_storage_formats.
+  },
+  "outputInfo": { # Further describes this job's output. Supplements output_config. # Output only. Information further describing the output of this job.
+    "bigqueryOutputDataset": "A String", # Output only. The path of the BigQuery dataset created, in `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId` format, into which the prediction output is written.
+    "bigqueryOutputTable": "A String", # Output only. The name of the BigQuery table created, in `predictions_` format, into which the prediction output is written. Can be used by UI to generate the BigQuery output path, for example.
+    "gcsOutputDirectory": "A String", # Output only. The full path of the Cloud Storage directory created, into which the prediction output is written.
+  },
+  "partialFailures": [ # Output only. Partial failures encountered. For example, single files that can't be read. This field never exceeds 20 entries. Status details fields contain standard Google Cloud error details.
+    { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+      "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+      "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+        {
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+    },
+  ],
+  "resourcesConsumed": { # Statistics information about resource consumption. # Output only. Information about resources that had been consumed by this job. Provided in real time at best effort basis, as well as a final value once the job completes. Note: This field currently may be not populated for batch predictions that use AutoML Models.
+    "replicaHours": 3.14, # Output only. The number of replica hours used. Note that many replicas may run in parallel, and additionally any given work may be queued for some time. Therefore this value is not strictly related to wall time.
+  },
+  "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
+  "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
+  "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the DeployedModel's container runs as. If not specified, a system generated one will be used, which has minimal permissions and the custom container, if used, may not have enough permission to access other Google Cloud resources. Users deploying the Model must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account.
+  "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the BatchPredictionJob for the first time entered the `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` state.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The detailed state of the job.
+  "unmanagedContainerModel": { # Contains model information necessary to perform batch prediction without requiring a full model import. # Contains model information necessary to perform batch prediction without requiring uploading to model registry. Exactly one of model and unmanaged_container_model must be set.
+    "artifactUri": "A String", # The path to the directory containing the Model artifact and any of its supporting files.
+    "containerSpec": { # Specification of a container for serving predictions. Some fields in this message correspond to fields in the [Kubernetes Container v1 core specification](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core). # Input only. The specification of the container that is to be used when deploying this Model.
+      "args": [ # Immutable. Specifies arguments for the command that runs when the container starts. This overrides the container's [`CMD`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd). Specify this field as an array of executable and arguments, similar to a Docker `CMD`'s "default parameters" form. If you don't specify this field but do specify the command field, then the command from the `command` field runs without any additional arguments. See the [Kubernetes documentation about how the `command` and `args` fields interact with a container's `ENTRYPOINT` and `CMD`](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#notes). If you don't specify this field and don't specify the `command` field, then the container's [`ENTRYPOINT`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd) and `CMD` determine what runs based on their default behavior. See the Docker documentation about [how `CMD` and `ENTRYPOINT` interact](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#understand-how-cmd-and-entrypoint-interact). In this field, you can reference [environment variables set by Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables) and environment variables set in the env field. You cannot reference environment variables set in the Docker image. In order for environment variables to be expanded, reference them by using the following syntax: $( VARIABLE_NAME) Note that this differs from Bash variable expansion, which does not use parentheses. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string is used unchanged. To avoid variable expansion, you can escape this syntax with `$$`; for example: $$(VARIABLE_NAME) This field corresponds to the `args` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "command": [ # Immutable. Specifies the command that runs when the container starts. This overrides the container's [ENTRYPOINT](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#entrypoint). Specify this field as an array of executable and arguments, similar to a Docker `ENTRYPOINT`'s "exec" form, not its "shell" form. If you do not specify this field, then the container's `ENTRYPOINT` runs, in conjunction with the args field or the container's [`CMD`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd), if either exists. If this field is not specified and the container does not have an `ENTRYPOINT`, then refer to the Docker documentation about [how `CMD` and `ENTRYPOINT` interact](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#understand-how-cmd-and-entrypoint-interact). If you specify this field, then you can also specify the `args` field to provide additional arguments for this command. However, if you specify this field, then the container's `CMD` is ignored. See the [Kubernetes documentation about how the `command` and `args` fields interact with a container's `ENTRYPOINT` and `CMD`](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#notes). In this field, you can reference [environment variables set by Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables) and environment variables set in the env field. You cannot reference environment variables set in the Docker image. In order for environment variables to be expanded, reference them by using the following syntax: $( VARIABLE_NAME) Note that this differs from Bash variable expansion, which does not use parentheses. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string is used unchanged. To avoid variable expansion, you can escape this syntax with `$$`; for example: $$(VARIABLE_NAME) This field corresponds to the `command` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "deploymentTimeout": "A String", # Immutable. Deployment timeout. Limit for deployment timeout is 2 hours.
+      "env": [ # Immutable. List of environment variables to set in the container. After the container starts running, code running in the container can read these environment variables. Additionally, the command and args fields can reference these variables. Later entries in this list can also reference earlier entries. For example, the following example sets the variable `VAR_2` to have the value `foo bar`: ```json [ { "name": "VAR_1", "value": "foo" }, { "name": "VAR_2", "value": "$(VAR_1) bar" } ] ``` If you switch the order of the variables in the example, then the expansion does not occur. This field corresponds to the `env` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
+        { # Represents an environment variable present in a Container or Python Module.
+          "name": "A String", # Required. Name of the environment variable. Must be a valid C identifier.
+          "value": "A String", # Required. Variables that reference a $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not.
+        },
+      ],
+      "grpcPorts": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends gRPC prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends liveness and health checks to this port. If you do not specify this field, gRPC requests to the container will be disabled. Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers v1 core API.
+        { # Represents a network port in a container.
+          "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
+        },
+      ],
+      "healthProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes readiness probe.
+        "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+          "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'.
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
+        "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds to wait before starting the probe. Defaults to 0. Minimum value is 0. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'initialDelaySeconds'.
+        "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "successThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive successes before the probe is considered successful. Defaults to 1. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'successThreshold'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
+        "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+      },
+      "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+      "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+        "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+          "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'.
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
+        "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds to wait before starting the probe. Defaults to 0. Minimum value is 0. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'initialDelaySeconds'.
+        "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "successThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive successes before the probe is considered successful. Defaults to 1. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'successThreshold'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
+        "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+      },
+      "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
+        { # Represents a network port in a container.
+          "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
+        },
+      ],
+      "predictRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send prediction requests to. Vertex AI forwards requests sent using projects.locations.endpoints.predict to this path on the container's IP address and port. Vertex AI then returns the container's response in the API response. For example, if you set this field to `/foo`, then when Vertex AI receives a prediction request, it forwards the request body in a POST request to the `/foo` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
+      "sharedMemorySizeMb": "A String", # Immutable. The amount of the VM memory to reserve as the shared memory for the model in megabytes.
+      "startupProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes startup probe.
+        "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+          "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'.
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
+        "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds to wait before starting the probe. Defaults to 0. Minimum value is 0. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'initialDelaySeconds'.
+        "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "successThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive successes before the probe is considered successful. Defaults to 1. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'successThreshold'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
+        "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+      },
+    },
+    "predictSchemata": { # Contains the schemata used in Model's predictions and explanations via PredictionService.Predict, PredictionService.Explain and BatchPredictionJob. # Contains the schemata used in Model's predictions and explanations
+      "instanceSchemaUri": "A String", # Immutable. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing the format of a single instance, which are used in PredictRequest.instances, ExplainRequest.instances and BatchPredictionJob.input_config. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 [Schema Object](https://github.com/OAI/OpenAPI-Specification/blob/main/versions/3.0.2.md#schemaObject). AutoML Models always have this field populated by Vertex AI. Note: The URI given on output will be immutable and probably different, including the URI scheme, than the one given on input. The output URI will point to a location where the user only has a read access.
+      "parametersSchemaUri": "A String", # Immutable. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing the parameters of prediction and explanation via PredictRequest.parameters, ExplainRequest.parameters and BatchPredictionJob.model_parameters. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 [Schema Object](https://github.com/OAI/OpenAPI-Specification/blob/main/versions/3.0.2.md#schemaObject). AutoML Models always have this field populated by Vertex AI, if no parameters are supported, then it is set to an empty string. Note: The URI given on output will be immutable and probably different, including the URI scheme, than the one given on input. The output URI will point to a location where the user only has a read access.
+      "predictionSchemaUri": "A String", # Immutable. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing the format of a single prediction produced by this Model, which are returned via PredictResponse.predictions, ExplainResponse.explanations, and BatchPredictionJob.output_config. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 [Schema Object](https://github.com/OAI/OpenAPI-Specification/blob/main/versions/3.0.2.md#schemaObject). AutoML Models always have this field populated by Vertex AI. Note: The URI given on output will be immutable and probably different, including the URI scheme, than the one given on input. The output URI will point to a location where the user only has a read access.
+    },
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the BatchPredictionJob was most recently updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, parent=None, readMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists BatchPredictionJobs in a Location.
+
+Args:
+  filter: string, The standard list filter. Supported fields: * `display_name` supports `=`, `!=` comparisons, and `:` wildcard. * `model_display_name` supports `=`, `!=` comparisons. * `state` supports `=`, `!=` comparisons. * `create_time` supports `=`, `!=`,`<`, `<=`,`>`, `>=` comparisons. `create_time` must be in RFC 3339 format. * `labels` supports general map functions that is: `labels.key=value` - key:value equality `labels.key:* - key existence Some examples of using the filter are: * `state="JOB_STATE_SUCCEEDED" AND display_name:"my_job_*"` * `state!="JOB_STATE_FAILED" OR display_name="my_job"` * `NOT display_name="my_job"` * `create_time>"2021-05-18T00:00:00Z"` * `labels.keyA=valueA` * `labels.keyB:*`
+  pageSize: integer, The standard list page size.
+  pageToken: string, The standard list page token. Typically obtained via ListBatchPredictionJobsResponse.next_page_token of the previous JobService.ListBatchPredictionJobs call.
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the Location to list the BatchPredictionJobs from. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`
+  readMask: string, Mask specifying which fields to read.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for JobService.ListBatchPredictionJobs
+  "batchPredictionJobs": [ # List of BatchPredictionJobs in the requested page.
+    { # A job that uses a Model to produce predictions on multiple input instances. If predictions for significant portion of the instances fail, the job may finish without attempting predictions for all remaining instances.
+      "completionStats": { # Success and error statistics of processing multiple entities (for example, DataItems or structured data rows) in batch. # Output only. Statistics on completed and failed prediction instances.
+        "failedCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of entities for which any error was encountered.
+        "incompleteCount": "A String", # Output only. In cases when enough errors are encountered a job, pipeline, or operation may be failed as a whole. Below is the number of entities for which the processing had not been finished (either in successful or failed state). Set to -1 if the number is unknown (for example, the operation failed before the total entity number could be collected).
+        "successfulCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of entities that had been processed successfully.
+        "successfulForecastPointCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of the successful forecast points that are generated by the forecasting model. This is ONLY used by the forecasting batch prediction.
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the BatchPredictionJob was created.
+      "dedicatedResources": { # A description of resources that are used for performing batch operations, are dedicated to a Model, and need manual configuration. # The config of resources used by the Model during the batch prediction. If the Model supports DEDICATED_RESOURCES this config may be provided (and the job will use these resources), if the Model doesn't support AUTOMATIC_RESOURCES, this config must be provided.
+        "machineSpec": { # Specification of a single machine. # Required. Immutable. The specification of a single machine.
+          "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of accelerators to attach to the machine.
+          "acceleratorType": "A String", # Immutable. The type of accelerator(s) that may be attached to the machine as per accelerator_count.
+          "machineType": "A String", # Immutable. The type of the machine. See the [list of machine types supported for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/configure-compute#machine-types) See the [list of machine types supported for custom training](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/configure-compute#machine-types). For DeployedModel this field is optional, and the default value is `n1-standard-2`. For BatchPredictionJob or as part of WorkerPoolSpec this field is required.
+          "reservationAffinity": { # A ReservationAffinity can be used to configure a Vertex AI resource (e.g., a DeployedModel) to draw its Compute Engine resources from a Shared Reservation, or exclusively from on-demand capacity. # Optional. Immutable. Configuration controlling how this resource pool consumes reservation.
+            "key": "A String", # Optional. Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, use `compute.googleapis.com/reservation-name` as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value.
+            "reservationAffinityType": "A String", # Required. Specifies the reservation affinity type.
+            "values": [ # Optional. Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This must be the full resource name of the reservation or reservation block.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "tpuTopology": "A String", # Immutable. The topology of the TPUs. Corresponds to the TPU topologies available from GKE. (Example: tpu_topology: "2x2x1").
+        },
+        "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of machine replicas the batch operation may be scaled to. The default value is 10.
+        "startingReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The number of machine replicas used at the start of the batch operation. If not set, Vertex AI decides starting number, not greater than max_replica_count
+      },
+      "disableContainerLogging": True or False, # For custom-trained Models and AutoML Tabular Models, the container of the DeployedModel instances will send `stderr` and `stdout` streams to Cloud Logging by default. Please note that the logs incur cost, which are subject to [Cloud Logging pricing](https://cloud.google.com/logging/pricing). User can disable container logging by setting this flag to true.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Required. The user-defined name of this BatchPredictionJob.
+      "encryptionSpec": { # Represents a customer-managed encryption key spec that can be applied to a top-level resource. # Customer-managed encryption key options for a BatchPredictionJob. If this is set, then all resources created by the BatchPredictionJob will be encrypted with the provided encryption key.
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The Cloud KMS resource identifier of the customer managed encryption key used to protect a resource. Has the form: `projects/my-project/locations/my-region/keyRings/my-kr/cryptoKeys/my-key`. The key needs to be in the same region as where the compute resource is created.
+      },
+      "endTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the BatchPredictionJob entered any of the following states: `JOB_STATE_SUCCEEDED`, `JOB_STATE_FAILED`, `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`.
+      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Only populated when the job's state is JOB_STATE_FAILED or JOB_STATE_CANCELLED.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "explanationSpec": { # Specification of Model explanation. # Explanation configuration for this BatchPredictionJob. Can be specified only if generate_explanation is set to `true`. This value overrides the value of Model.explanation_spec. All fields of explanation_spec are optional in the request. If a field of the explanation_spec object is not populated, the corresponding field of the Model.explanation_spec object is inherited.
+        "metadata": { # Metadata describing the Model's input and output for explanation. # Optional. Metadata describing the Model's input and output for explanation.
+          "featureAttributionsSchemaUri": "A String", # Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing the format of the feature attributions. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 [Schema Object](https://github.com/OAI/OpenAPI-Specification/blob/main/versions/3.0.2.md#schemaObject). AutoML tabular Models always have this field populated by Vertex AI. Note: The URI given on output may be different, including the URI scheme, than the one given on input. The output URI will point to a location where the user only has a read access.
+          "inputs": { # Required. Map from feature names to feature input metadata. Keys are the name of the features. Values are the specification of the feature. An empty InputMetadata is valid. It describes a text feature which has the name specified as the key in ExplanationMetadata.inputs. The baseline of the empty feature is chosen by Vertex AI. For Vertex AI-provided Tensorflow images, the key can be any friendly name of the feature. Once specified, featureAttributions are keyed by this key (if not grouped with another feature). For custom images, the key must match with the key in instance.
+            "a_key": { # Metadata of the input of a feature. Fields other than InputMetadata.input_baselines are applicable only for Models that are using Vertex AI-provided images for Tensorflow.
+              "denseShapeTensorName": "A String", # Specifies the shape of the values of the input if the input is a sparse representation. Refer to Tensorflow documentation for more details: https://www.tensorflow.org/api_docs/python/tf/sparse/SparseTensor.
+              "encodedBaselines": [ # A list of baselines for the encoded tensor. The shape of each baseline should match the shape of the encoded tensor. If a scalar is provided, Vertex AI broadcasts to the same shape as the encoded tensor.
+                "",
+              ],
+              "encodedTensorName": "A String", # Encoded tensor is a transformation of the input tensor. Must be provided if choosing Integrated Gradients attribution or XRAI attribution and the input tensor is not differentiable. An encoded tensor is generated if the input tensor is encoded by a lookup table.
+              "encoding": "A String", # Defines how the feature is encoded into the input tensor. Defaults to IDENTITY.
+              "featureValueDomain": { # Domain details of the input feature value. Provides numeric information about the feature, such as its range (min, max). If the feature has been pre-processed, for example with z-scoring, then it provides information about how to recover the original feature. For example, if the input feature is an image and it has been pre-processed to obtain 0-mean and stddev = 1 values, then original_mean, and original_stddev refer to the mean and stddev of the original feature (e.g. image tensor) from which input feature (with mean = 0 and stddev = 1) was obtained. # The domain details of the input feature value. Like min/max, original mean or standard deviation if normalized.
+                "maxValue": 3.14, # The maximum permissible value for this feature.
+                "minValue": 3.14, # The minimum permissible value for this feature.
+                "originalMean": 3.14, # If this input feature has been normalized to a mean value of 0, the original_mean specifies the mean value of the domain prior to normalization.
+                "originalStddev": 3.14, # If this input feature has been normalized to a standard deviation of 1.0, the original_stddev specifies the standard deviation of the domain prior to normalization.
+              },
+              "groupName": "A String", # Name of the group that the input belongs to. Features with the same group name will be treated as one feature when computing attributions. Features grouped together can have different shapes in value. If provided, there will be one single attribution generated in Attribution.feature_attributions, keyed by the group name.
+              "indexFeatureMapping": [ # A list of feature names for each index in the input tensor. Required when the input InputMetadata.encoding is BAG_OF_FEATURES, BAG_OF_FEATURES_SPARSE, INDICATOR.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "indicesTensorName": "A String", # Specifies the index of the values of the input tensor. Required when the input tensor is a sparse representation. Refer to Tensorflow documentation for more details: https://www.tensorflow.org/api_docs/python/tf/sparse/SparseTensor.
+              "inputBaselines": [ # Baseline inputs for this feature. If no baseline is specified, Vertex AI chooses the baseline for this feature. If multiple baselines are specified, Vertex AI returns the average attributions across them in Attribution.feature_attributions. For Vertex AI-provided Tensorflow images (both 1.x and 2.x), the shape of each baseline must match the shape of the input tensor. If a scalar is provided, we broadcast to the same shape as the input tensor. For custom images, the element of the baselines must be in the same format as the feature's input in the instance[]. The schema of any single instance may be specified via Endpoint's DeployedModels' Model's PredictSchemata's instance_schema_uri.
+                "",
+              ],
+              "inputTensorName": "A String", # Name of the input tensor for this feature. Required and is only applicable to Vertex AI-provided images for Tensorflow.
+              "modality": "A String", # Modality of the feature. Valid values are: numeric, image. Defaults to numeric.
+              "visualization": { # Visualization configurations for image explanation. # Visualization configurations for image explanation.
+                "clipPercentLowerbound": 3.14, # Excludes attributions below the specified percentile, from the highlighted areas. Defaults to 62.
+                "clipPercentUpperbound": 3.14, # Excludes attributions above the specified percentile from the highlighted areas. Using the clip_percent_upperbound and clip_percent_lowerbound together can be useful for filtering out noise and making it easier to see areas of strong attribution. Defaults to 99.9.
+                "colorMap": "A String", # The color scheme used for the highlighted areas. Defaults to PINK_GREEN for Integrated Gradients attribution, which shows positive attributions in green and negative in pink. Defaults to VIRIDIS for XRAI attribution, which highlights the most influential regions in yellow and the least influential in blue.
+                "overlayType": "A String", # How the original image is displayed in the visualization. Adjusting the overlay can help increase visual clarity if the original image makes it difficult to view the visualization. Defaults to NONE.
+                "polarity": "A String", # Whether to only highlight pixels with positive contributions, negative or both. Defaults to POSITIVE.
+                "type": "A String", # Type of the image visualization. Only applicable to Integrated Gradients attribution. OUTLINES shows regions of attribution, while PIXELS shows per-pixel attribution. Defaults to OUTLINES.
+              },
+            },
+          },
+          "latentSpaceSource": "A String", # Name of the source to generate embeddings for example based explanations.
+          "outputs": { # Required. Map from output names to output metadata. For Vertex AI-provided Tensorflow images, keys can be any user defined string that consists of any UTF-8 characters. For custom images, keys are the name of the output field in the prediction to be explained. Currently only one key is allowed.
+            "a_key": { # Metadata of the prediction output to be explained.
+              "displayNameMappingKey": "A String", # Specify a field name in the prediction to look for the display name. Use this if the prediction contains the display names for the outputs. The display names in the prediction must have the same shape of the outputs, so that it can be located by Attribution.output_index for a specific output.
+              "indexDisplayNameMapping": "", # Static mapping between the index and display name. Use this if the outputs are a deterministic n-dimensional array, e.g. a list of scores of all the classes in a pre-defined order for a multi-classification Model. It's not feasible if the outputs are non-deterministic, e.g. the Model produces top-k classes or sort the outputs by their values. The shape of the value must be an n-dimensional array of strings. The number of dimensions must match that of the outputs to be explained. The Attribution.output_display_name is populated by locating in the mapping with Attribution.output_index.
+              "outputTensorName": "A String", # Name of the output tensor. Required and is only applicable to Vertex AI provided images for Tensorflow.
+            },
+          },
+        },
+        "parameters": { # Parameters to configure explaining for Model's predictions. # Required. Parameters that configure explaining of the Model's predictions.
+          "examples": { # Example-based explainability that returns the nearest neighbors from the provided dataset. # Example-based explanations that returns the nearest neighbors from the provided dataset.
+            "exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances.
+              "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported.
+              "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances.
+                "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+            },
+            "nearestNeighborSearchConfig": "", # The full configuration for the generated index, the semantics are the same as metadata and should match [NearestNeighborSearchConfig](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/explainable-ai/configuring-explanations-example-based#nearest-neighbor-search-config).
+            "neighborCount": 42, # The number of neighbors to return when querying for examples.
+            "presets": { # Preset configuration for example-based explanations # Simplified preset configuration, which automatically sets configuration values based on the desired query speed-precision trade-off and modality.
+              "modality": "A String", # The modality of the uploaded model, which automatically configures the distance measurement and feature normalization for the underlying example index and queries. If your model does not precisely fit one of these types, it is okay to choose the closest type.
+              "query": "A String", # Preset option controlling parameters for speed-precision trade-off when querying for examples. If omitted, defaults to `PRECISE`.
+            },
+          },
+          "integratedGradientsAttribution": { # An attribution method that computes the Aumann-Shapley value taking advantage of the model's fully differentiable structure. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1703.01365 # An attribution method that computes Aumann-Shapley values taking advantage of the model's fully differentiable structure. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1703.01365
+            "blurBaselineConfig": { # Config for blur baseline. When enabled, a linear path from the maximally blurred image to the input image is created. Using a blurred baseline instead of zero (black image) is motivated by the BlurIG approach explained here: https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.03383 # Config for IG with blur baseline. When enabled, a linear path from the maximally blurred image to the input image is created. Using a blurred baseline instead of zero (black image) is motivated by the BlurIG approach explained here: https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.03383
+              "maxBlurSigma": 3.14, # The standard deviation of the blur kernel for the blurred baseline. The same blurring parameter is used for both the height and the width dimension. If not set, the method defaults to the zero (i.e. black for images) baseline.
+            },
+            "smoothGradConfig": { # Config for SmoothGrad approximation of gradients. When enabled, the gradients are approximated by averaging the gradients from noisy samples in the vicinity of the inputs. Adding noise can help improve the computed gradients. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf # Config for SmoothGrad approximation of gradients. When enabled, the gradients are approximated by averaging the gradients from noisy samples in the vicinity of the inputs. Adding noise can help improve the computed gradients. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf
+              "featureNoiseSigma": { # Noise sigma by features. Noise sigma represents the standard deviation of the gaussian kernel that will be used to add noise to interpolated inputs prior to computing gradients. # This is similar to noise_sigma, but provides additional flexibility. A separate noise sigma can be provided for each feature, which is useful if their distributions are different. No noise is added to features that are not set. If this field is unset, noise_sigma will be used for all features.
+                "noiseSigma": [ # Noise sigma per feature. No noise is added to features that are not set.
+                  { # Noise sigma for a single feature.
+                    "name": "A String", # The name of the input feature for which noise sigma is provided. The features are defined in explanation metadata inputs.
+                    "sigma": 3.14, # This represents the standard deviation of the Gaussian kernel that will be used to add noise to the feature prior to computing gradients. Similar to noise_sigma but represents the noise added to the current feature. Defaults to 0.1.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+              "noiseSigma": 3.14, # This is a single float value and will be used to add noise to all the features. Use this field when all features are normalized to have the same distribution: scale to range [0, 1], [-1, 1] or z-scoring, where features are normalized to have 0-mean and 1-variance. Learn more about [normalization](https://developers.google.com/machine-learning/data-prep/transform/normalization). For best results the recommended value is about 10% - 20% of the standard deviation of the input feature. Refer to section 3.2 of the SmoothGrad paper: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf. Defaults to 0.1. If the distribution is different per feature, set feature_noise_sigma instead for each feature.
+              "noisySampleCount": 42, # The number of gradient samples to use for approximation. The higher this number, the more accurate the gradient is, but the runtime complexity increases by this factor as well. Valid range of its value is [1, 50]. Defaults to 3.
+            },
+            "stepCount": 42, # Required. The number of steps for approximating the path integral. A good value to start is 50 and gradually increase until the sum to diff property is within the desired error range. Valid range of its value is [1, 100], inclusively.
+          },
+          "outputIndices": [ # If populated, only returns attributions that have output_index contained in output_indices. It must be an ndarray of integers, with the same shape of the output it's explaining. If not populated, returns attributions for top_k indices of outputs. If neither top_k nor output_indices is populated, returns the argmax index of the outputs. Only applicable to Models that predict multiple outputs (e,g, multi-class Models that predict multiple classes).
+            "",
+          ],
+          "sampledShapleyAttribution": { # An attribution method that approximates Shapley values for features that contribute to the label being predicted. A sampling strategy is used to approximate the value rather than considering all subsets of features. # An attribution method that approximates Shapley values for features that contribute to the label being predicted. A sampling strategy is used to approximate the value rather than considering all subsets of features. Refer to this paper for model details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1306.4265.
+            "pathCount": 42, # Required. The number of feature permutations to consider when approximating the Shapley values. Valid range of its value is [1, 50], inclusively.
+          },
+          "topK": 42, # If populated, returns attributions for top K indices of outputs (defaults to 1). Only applies to Models that predicts more than one outputs (e,g, multi-class Models). When set to -1, returns explanations for all outputs.
+          "xraiAttribution": { # An explanation method that redistributes Integrated Gradients attributions to segmented regions, taking advantage of the model's fully differentiable structure. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1906.02825 Supported only by image Models. # An attribution method that redistributes Integrated Gradients attribution to segmented regions, taking advantage of the model's fully differentiable structure. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1906.02825 XRAI currently performs better on natural images, like a picture of a house or an animal. If the images are taken in artificial environments, like a lab or manufacturing line, or from diagnostic equipment, like x-rays or quality-control cameras, use Integrated Gradients instead.
+            "blurBaselineConfig": { # Config for blur baseline. When enabled, a linear path from the maximally blurred image to the input image is created. Using a blurred baseline instead of zero (black image) is motivated by the BlurIG approach explained here: https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.03383 # Config for XRAI with blur baseline. When enabled, a linear path from the maximally blurred image to the input image is created. Using a blurred baseline instead of zero (black image) is motivated by the BlurIG approach explained here: https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.03383
+              "maxBlurSigma": 3.14, # The standard deviation of the blur kernel for the blurred baseline. The same blurring parameter is used for both the height and the width dimension. If not set, the method defaults to the zero (i.e. black for images) baseline.
+            },
+            "smoothGradConfig": { # Config for SmoothGrad approximation of gradients. When enabled, the gradients are approximated by averaging the gradients from noisy samples in the vicinity of the inputs. Adding noise can help improve the computed gradients. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf # Config for SmoothGrad approximation of gradients. When enabled, the gradients are approximated by averaging the gradients from noisy samples in the vicinity of the inputs. Adding noise can help improve the computed gradients. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf
+              "featureNoiseSigma": { # Noise sigma by features. Noise sigma represents the standard deviation of the gaussian kernel that will be used to add noise to interpolated inputs prior to computing gradients. # This is similar to noise_sigma, but provides additional flexibility. A separate noise sigma can be provided for each feature, which is useful if their distributions are different. No noise is added to features that are not set. If this field is unset, noise_sigma will be used for all features.
+                "noiseSigma": [ # Noise sigma per feature. No noise is added to features that are not set.
+                  { # Noise sigma for a single feature.
+                    "name": "A String", # The name of the input feature for which noise sigma is provided. The features are defined in explanation metadata inputs.
+                    "sigma": 3.14, # This represents the standard deviation of the Gaussian kernel that will be used to add noise to the feature prior to computing gradients. Similar to noise_sigma but represents the noise added to the current feature. Defaults to 0.1.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+              "noiseSigma": 3.14, # This is a single float value and will be used to add noise to all the features. Use this field when all features are normalized to have the same distribution: scale to range [0, 1], [-1, 1] or z-scoring, where features are normalized to have 0-mean and 1-variance. Learn more about [normalization](https://developers.google.com/machine-learning/data-prep/transform/normalization). For best results the recommended value is about 10% - 20% of the standard deviation of the input feature. Refer to section 3.2 of the SmoothGrad paper: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf. Defaults to 0.1. If the distribution is different per feature, set feature_noise_sigma instead for each feature.
+              "noisySampleCount": 42, # The number of gradient samples to use for approximation. The higher this number, the more accurate the gradient is, but the runtime complexity increases by this factor as well. Valid range of its value is [1, 50]. Defaults to 3.
+            },
+            "stepCount": 42, # Required. The number of steps for approximating the path integral. A good value to start is 50 and gradually increase until the sum to diff property is met within the desired error range. Valid range of its value is [1, 100], inclusively.
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "generateExplanation": True or False, # Generate explanation with the batch prediction results. When set to `true`, the batch prediction output changes based on the `predictions_format` field of the BatchPredictionJob.output_config object: * `bigquery`: output includes a column named `explanation`. The value is a struct that conforms to the Explanation object. * `jsonl`: The JSON objects on each line include an additional entry keyed `explanation`. The value of the entry is a JSON object that conforms to the Explanation object. * `csv`: Generating explanations for CSV format is not supported. If this field is set to true, either the Model.explanation_spec or explanation_spec must be populated.
+      "inputConfig": { # Configures the input to BatchPredictionJob. See Model.supported_input_storage_formats for Model's supported input formats, and how instances should be expressed via any of them. # Required. Input configuration of the instances on which predictions are performed. The schema of any single instance may be specified via the Model's PredictSchemata's instance_schema_uri.
+        "bigquerySource": { # The BigQuery location for the input content. # The BigQuery location of the input table. The schema of the table should be in the format described by the given context OpenAPI Schema, if one is provided. The table may contain additional columns that are not described by the schema, and they will be ignored.
+          "inputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a table, up to 2000 characters long. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`.
+        },
+        "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances.
+          "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "instancesFormat": "A String", # Required. The format in which instances are given, must be one of the Model's supported_input_storage_formats.
+      },
+      "instanceConfig": { # Configuration defining how to transform batch prediction input instances to the instances that the Model accepts. # Configuration for how to convert batch prediction input instances to the prediction instances that are sent to the Model.
+        "excludedFields": [ # Fields that will be excluded in the prediction instance that is sent to the Model. Excluded will be attached to the batch prediction output if key_field is not specified. When excluded_fields is populated, included_fields must be empty. The input must be JSONL with objects at each line, BigQuery or TfRecord.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "includedFields": [ # Fields that will be included in the prediction instance that is sent to the Model. If instance_type is `array`, the order of field names in included_fields also determines the order of the values in the array. When included_fields is populated, excluded_fields must be empty. The input must be JSONL with objects at each line, BigQuery or TfRecord.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "instanceType": "A String", # The format of the instance that the Model accepts. Vertex AI will convert compatible batch prediction input instance formats to the specified format. Supported values are: * `object`: Each input is converted to JSON object format. * For `bigquery`, each row is converted to an object. * For `jsonl`, each line of the JSONL input must be an object. * Does not apply to `csv`, `file-list`, `tf-record`, or `tf-record-gzip`. * `array`: Each input is converted to JSON array format. * For `bigquery`, each row is converted to an array. The order of columns is determined by the BigQuery column order, unless included_fields is populated. included_fields must be populated for specifying field orders. * For `jsonl`, if each line of the JSONL input is an object, included_fields must be populated for specifying field orders. * Does not apply to `csv`, `file-list`, `tf-record`, or `tf-record-gzip`. If not specified, Vertex AI converts the batch prediction input as follows: * For `bigquery` and `csv`, the behavior is the same as `array`. The order of columns is the same as defined in the file or table, unless included_fields is populated. * For `jsonl`, the prediction instance format is determined by each line of the input. * For `tf-record`/`tf-record-gzip`, each record will be converted to an object in the format of `{"b64": }`, where `` is the Base64-encoded string of the content of the record. * For `file-list`, each file in the list will be converted to an object in the format of `{"b64": }`, where `` is the Base64-encoded string of the content of the file.
+        "keyField": "A String", # The name of the field that is considered as a key. The values identified by the key field is not included in the transformed instances that is sent to the Model. This is similar to specifying this name of the field in excluded_fields. In addition, the batch prediction output will not include the instances. Instead the output will only include the value of the key field, in a field named `key` in the output: * For `jsonl` output format, the output will have a `key` field instead of the `instance` field. * For `csv`/`bigquery` output format, the output will have have a `key` column instead of the instance feature columns. The input must be JSONL with objects at each line, CSV, BigQuery or TfRecord.
+      },
+      "labels": { # The labels with user-defined metadata to organize BatchPredictionJobs. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "manualBatchTuningParameters": { # Manual batch tuning parameters. # Immutable. Parameters configuring the batch behavior. Currently only applicable when dedicated_resources are used (in other cases Vertex AI does the tuning itself).
+        "batchSize": 42, # Immutable. The number of the records (e.g. instances) of the operation given in each batch to a machine replica. Machine type, and size of a single record should be considered when setting this parameter, higher value speeds up the batch operation's execution, but too high value will result in a whole batch not fitting in a machine's memory, and the whole operation will fail. The default value is 64.
+      },
+      "model": "A String", # The name of the Model resource that produces the predictions via this job, must share the same ancestor Location. Starting this job has no impact on any existing deployments of the Model and their resources. Exactly one of model and unmanaged_container_model must be set. The model resource name may contain version id or version alias to specify the version. Example: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}@2` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}@golden` if no version is specified, the default version will be deployed. The model resource could also be a publisher model. Example: `publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}`
+      "modelParameters": "", # The parameters that govern the predictions. The schema of the parameters may be specified via the Model's PredictSchemata's parameters_schema_uri.
+      "modelVersionId": "A String", # Output only. The version ID of the Model that produces the predictions via this job.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the BatchPredictionJob.
+      "outputConfig": { # Configures the output of BatchPredictionJob. See Model.supported_output_storage_formats for supported output formats, and how predictions are expressed via any of them. # Required. The Configuration specifying where output predictions should be written. The schema of any single prediction may be specified as a concatenation of Model's PredictSchemata's instance_schema_uri and prediction_schema_uri.
+        "bigqueryDestination": { # The BigQuery location for the output content. # The BigQuery project or dataset location where the output is to be written to. If project is provided, a new dataset is created with name `prediction__` where is made BigQuery-dataset-name compatible (for example, most special characters become underscores), and timestamp is in YYYY_MM_DDThh_mm_ss_sssZ "based on ISO-8601" format. In the dataset two tables will be created, `predictions`, and `errors`. If the Model has both instance and prediction schemata defined then the tables have columns as follows: The `predictions` table contains instances for which the prediction succeeded, it has columns as per a concatenation of the Model's instance and prediction schemata. The `errors` table contains rows for which the prediction has failed, it has instance columns, as per the instance schema, followed by a single "errors" column, which as values has google.rpc.Status represented as a STRUCT, and containing only `code` and `message`.
+          "outputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a project or table, up to 2000 characters long. When only the project is specified, the Dataset and Table is created. When the full table reference is specified, the Dataset must exist and table must not exist. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`.
+        },
+        "gcsDestination": { # The Google Cloud Storage location where the output is to be written to. # The Cloud Storage location of the directory where the output is to be written to. In the given directory a new directory is created. Its name is `prediction--`, where timestamp is in YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sssZ ISO-8601 format. Inside of it files `predictions_0001.`, `predictions_0002.`, ..., `predictions_N.` are created where `` depends on chosen predictions_format, and N may equal 0001 and depends on the total number of successfully predicted instances. If the Model has both instance and prediction schemata defined then each such file contains predictions as per the predictions_format. If prediction for any instance failed (partially or completely), then an additional `errors_0001.`, `errors_0002.`,..., `errors_N.` files are created (N depends on total number of failed predictions). These files contain the failed instances, as per their schema, followed by an additional `error` field which as value has google.rpc.Status containing only `code` and `message` fields.
+          "outputUriPrefix": "A String", # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI to output directory. If the uri doesn't end with '/', a '/' will be automatically appended. The directory is created if it doesn't exist.
+        },
+        "predictionsFormat": "A String", # Required. The format in which Vertex AI gives the predictions, must be one of the Model's supported_output_storage_formats.
+      },
+      "outputInfo": { # Further describes this job's output. Supplements output_config. # Output only. Information further describing the output of this job.
+        "bigqueryOutputDataset": "A String", # Output only. The path of the BigQuery dataset created, in `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId` format, into which the prediction output is written.
+        "bigqueryOutputTable": "A String", # Output only. The name of the BigQuery table created, in `predictions_` format, into which the prediction output is written. Can be used by UI to generate the BigQuery output path, for example.
+        "gcsOutputDirectory": "A String", # Output only. The full path of the Cloud Storage directory created, into which the prediction output is written.
+      },
+      "partialFailures": [ # Output only. Partial failures encountered. For example, single files that can't be read. This field never exceeds 20 entries. Status details fields contain standard Google Cloud error details.
+        { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+      ],
+      "resourcesConsumed": { # Statistics information about resource consumption. # Output only. Information about resources that had been consumed by this job. Provided in real time at best effort basis, as well as a final value once the job completes. Note: This field currently may be not populated for batch predictions that use AutoML Models.
+        "replicaHours": 3.14, # Output only. The number of replica hours used. Note that many replicas may run in parallel, and additionally any given work may be queued for some time. Therefore this value is not strictly related to wall time.
+      },
+      "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
+      "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
+      "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the DeployedModel's container runs as. If not specified, a system generated one will be used, which has minimal permissions and the custom container, if used, may not have enough permission to access other Google Cloud resources. Users deploying the Model must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account.
+      "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the BatchPredictionJob for the first time entered the `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` state.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The detailed state of the job.
+      "unmanagedContainerModel": { # Contains model information necessary to perform batch prediction without requiring a full model import. # Contains model information necessary to perform batch prediction without requiring uploading to model registry. Exactly one of model and unmanaged_container_model must be set.
+        "artifactUri": "A String", # The path to the directory containing the Model artifact and any of its supporting files.
+        "containerSpec": { # Specification of a container for serving predictions. Some fields in this message correspond to fields in the [Kubernetes Container v1 core specification](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core). # Input only. The specification of the container that is to be used when deploying this Model.
+          "args": [ # Immutable. Specifies arguments for the command that runs when the container starts. This overrides the container's [`CMD`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd). Specify this field as an array of executable and arguments, similar to a Docker `CMD`'s "default parameters" form. If you don't specify this field but do specify the command field, then the command from the `command` field runs without any additional arguments. See the [Kubernetes documentation about how the `command` and `args` fields interact with a container's `ENTRYPOINT` and `CMD`](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#notes). If you don't specify this field and don't specify the `command` field, then the container's [`ENTRYPOINT`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd) and `CMD` determine what runs based on their default behavior. See the Docker documentation about [how `CMD` and `ENTRYPOINT` interact](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#understand-how-cmd-and-entrypoint-interact). In this field, you can reference [environment variables set by Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables) and environment variables set in the env field. You cannot reference environment variables set in the Docker image. In order for environment variables to be expanded, reference them by using the following syntax: $( VARIABLE_NAME) Note that this differs from Bash variable expansion, which does not use parentheses. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string is used unchanged. To avoid variable expansion, you can escape this syntax with `$$`; for example: $$(VARIABLE_NAME) This field corresponds to the `args` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "command": [ # Immutable. Specifies the command that runs when the container starts. This overrides the container's [ENTRYPOINT](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#entrypoint). Specify this field as an array of executable and arguments, similar to a Docker `ENTRYPOINT`'s "exec" form, not its "shell" form. If you do not specify this field, then the container's `ENTRYPOINT` runs, in conjunction with the args field or the container's [`CMD`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd), if either exists. If this field is not specified and the container does not have an `ENTRYPOINT`, then refer to the Docker documentation about [how `CMD` and `ENTRYPOINT` interact](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#understand-how-cmd-and-entrypoint-interact). If you specify this field, then you can also specify the `args` field to provide additional arguments for this command. However, if you specify this field, then the container's `CMD` is ignored. See the [Kubernetes documentation about how the `command` and `args` fields interact with a container's `ENTRYPOINT` and `CMD`](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#notes). In this field, you can reference [environment variables set by Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables) and environment variables set in the env field. You cannot reference environment variables set in the Docker image. In order for environment variables to be expanded, reference them by using the following syntax: $( VARIABLE_NAME) Note that this differs from Bash variable expansion, which does not use parentheses. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string is used unchanged. To avoid variable expansion, you can escape this syntax with `$$`; for example: $$(VARIABLE_NAME) This field corresponds to the `command` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "deploymentTimeout": "A String", # Immutable. Deployment timeout. Limit for deployment timeout is 2 hours.
+          "env": [ # Immutable. List of environment variables to set in the container. After the container starts running, code running in the container can read these environment variables. Additionally, the command and args fields can reference these variables. Later entries in this list can also reference earlier entries. For example, the following example sets the variable `VAR_2` to have the value `foo bar`: ```json [ { "name": "VAR_1", "value": "foo" }, { "name": "VAR_2", "value": "$(VAR_1) bar" } ] ``` If you switch the order of the variables in the example, then the expansion does not occur. This field corresponds to the `env` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
+            { # Represents an environment variable present in a Container or Python Module.
+              "name": "A String", # Required. Name of the environment variable. Must be a valid C identifier.
+              "value": "A String", # Required. Variables that reference a $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not.
+            },
+          ],
+          "grpcPorts": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends gRPC prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends liveness and health checks to this port. If you do not specify this field, gRPC requests to the container will be disabled. Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers v1 core API.
+            { # Represents a network port in a container.
+              "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
+            },
+          ],
+          "healthProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes readiness probe.
+            "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+              "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'.
+            "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+              "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+            },
+            "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+              "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+              "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+                { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                  "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                  "value": "A String", # The header field value
+                },
+              ],
+              "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+              "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+            },
+            "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds to wait before starting the probe. Defaults to 0. Minimum value is 0. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'initialDelaySeconds'.
+            "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+            "successThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive successes before the probe is considered successful. Defaults to 1. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'successThreshold'.
+            "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+              "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+              "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            },
+            "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+          },
+          "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
+          "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+          "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+            "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+              "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'.
+            "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+              "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+            },
+            "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+              "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+              "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+                { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                  "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                  "value": "A String", # The header field value
+                },
+              ],
+              "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+              "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+            },
+            "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds to wait before starting the probe. Defaults to 0. Minimum value is 0. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'initialDelaySeconds'.
+            "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+            "successThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive successes before the probe is considered successful. Defaults to 1. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'successThreshold'.
+            "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+              "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+              "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            },
+            "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+          },
+          "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
+            { # Represents a network port in a container.
+              "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
+            },
+          ],
+          "predictRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send prediction requests to. Vertex AI forwards requests sent using projects.locations.endpoints.predict to this path on the container's IP address and port. Vertex AI then returns the container's response in the API response. For example, if you set this field to `/foo`, then when Vertex AI receives a prediction request, it forwards the request body in a POST request to the `/foo` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
+          "sharedMemorySizeMb": "A String", # Immutable. The amount of the VM memory to reserve as the shared memory for the model in megabytes.
+          "startupProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes startup probe.
+            "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+              "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'.
+            "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+              "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+            },
+            "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+              "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+              "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+                { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                  "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                  "value": "A String", # The header field value
+                },
+              ],
+              "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+              "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+            },
+            "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds to wait before starting the probe. Defaults to 0. Minimum value is 0. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'initialDelaySeconds'.
+            "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+            "successThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive successes before the probe is considered successful. Defaults to 1. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'successThreshold'.
+            "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+              "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+              "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            },
+            "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+          },
+        },
+        "predictSchemata": { # Contains the schemata used in Model's predictions and explanations via PredictionService.Predict, PredictionService.Explain and BatchPredictionJob. # Contains the schemata used in Model's predictions and explanations
+          "instanceSchemaUri": "A String", # Immutable. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing the format of a single instance, which are used in PredictRequest.instances, ExplainRequest.instances and BatchPredictionJob.input_config. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 [Schema Object](https://github.com/OAI/OpenAPI-Specification/blob/main/versions/3.0.2.md#schemaObject). AutoML Models always have this field populated by Vertex AI. Note: The URI given on output will be immutable and probably different, including the URI scheme, than the one given on input. The output URI will point to a location where the user only has a read access.
+          "parametersSchemaUri": "A String", # Immutable. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing the parameters of prediction and explanation via PredictRequest.parameters, ExplainRequest.parameters and BatchPredictionJob.model_parameters. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 [Schema Object](https://github.com/OAI/OpenAPI-Specification/blob/main/versions/3.0.2.md#schemaObject). AutoML Models always have this field populated by Vertex AI, if no parameters are supported, then it is set to an empty string. Note: The URI given on output will be immutable and probably different, including the URI scheme, than the one given on input. The output URI will point to a location where the user only has a read access.
+          "predictionSchemaUri": "A String", # Immutable. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing the format of a single prediction produced by this Model, which are returned via PredictResponse.predictions, ExplainResponse.explanations, and BatchPredictionJob.output_config. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 [Schema Object](https://github.com/OAI/OpenAPI-Specification/blob/main/versions/3.0.2.md#schemaObject). AutoML Models always have this field populated by Vertex AI. Note: The URI given on output will be immutable and probably different, including the URI scheme, than the one given on input. The output URI will point to a location where the user only has a read access.
+        },
+      },
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the BatchPredictionJob was most recently updated.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token to retrieve the next page of results. Pass to ListBatchPredictionJobsRequest.page_token to obtain that page.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.chat.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.chat.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9a436f673f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.chat.html @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . endpoints . chat

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ completions(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Exposes an OpenAI-compatible endpoint for chat completions.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ completions(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Exposes an OpenAI-compatible endpoint for chat completions.
+
+Args:
+  endpoint: string, Required. The name of the endpoint requested to serve the prediction. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Message that represents an arbitrary HTTP body. It should only be used for payload formats that can't be represented as JSON, such as raw binary or an HTML page. This message can be used both in streaming and non-streaming API methods in the request as well as the response. It can be used as a top-level request field, which is convenient if one wants to extract parameters from either the URL or HTTP template into the request fields and also want access to the raw HTTP body. Example: message GetResourceRequest { // A unique request id. string request_id = 1; // The raw HTTP body is bound to this field. google.api.HttpBody http_body = 2; } service ResourceService { rpc GetResource(GetResourceRequest) returns (google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateResource(google.api.HttpBody) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } Example with streaming methods: service CaldavService { rpc GetCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); } Use of this type only changes how the request and response bodies are handled, all other features will continue to work unchanged.
+  "contentType": "A String", # The HTTP Content-Type header value specifying the content type of the body.
+  "data": "A String", # The HTTP request/response body as raw binary.
+  "extensions": [ # Application specific response metadata. Must be set in the first response for streaming APIs.
+    {
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message that represents an arbitrary HTTP body. It should only be used for payload formats that can't be represented as JSON, such as raw binary or an HTML page. This message can be used both in streaming and non-streaming API methods in the request as well as the response. It can be used as a top-level request field, which is convenient if one wants to extract parameters from either the URL or HTTP template into the request fields and also want access to the raw HTTP body. Example: message GetResourceRequest { // A unique request id. string request_id = 1; // The raw HTTP body is bound to this field. google.api.HttpBody http_body = 2; } service ResourceService { rpc GetResource(GetResourceRequest) returns (google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateResource(google.api.HttpBody) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } Example with streaming methods: service CaldavService { rpc GetCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); } Use of this type only changes how the request and response bodies are handled, all other features will continue to work unchanged.
+  "contentType": "A String", # The HTTP Content-Type header value specifying the content type of the body.
+  "data": "A String", # The HTTP request/response body as raw binary.
+  "extensions": [ # Application specific response metadata. Must be set in the first response for streaming APIs.
+    {
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.html index b0bbb1401f3..a28d6ecdf4e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.html @@ -74,6 +74,11 @@

Vertex AI API . endpoints

Instance Methods

+

+ chat() +

+

Returns the chat Resource.

+

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -126,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -209,7 +214,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -287,11 +292,12 @@

Method Details

"modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. }, "manualMode": { # When manual routing is set, the specified model will be used directly. # Manual routing. - "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. e.g. 'gemini-1.5-pro-001'. + "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. Language code (ISO 639. e.g. en-US) for the speech synthesization. "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. @@ -302,6 +308,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. + }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -326,7 +335,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -462,7 +471,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` @@ -527,7 +536,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -605,11 +614,12 @@

Method Details

"modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. }, "manualMode": { # When manual routing is set, the specified model will be used directly. # Manual routing. - "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. e.g. 'gemini-1.5-pro-001'. + "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. Language code (ISO 639. e.g. en-US) for the speech synthesization. "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. @@ -620,6 +630,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. + }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -650,7 +663,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -801,7 +814,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` @@ -862,7 +875,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -893,6 +906,13 @@

Method Details

"groundingChunks": [ # List of supporting references retrieved from specified grounding source. { # Grounding chunk. "retrievedContext": { # Chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. # Grounding chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. + "ragChunk": { # A RagChunk includes the content of a chunk of a RagFile, and associated metadata. # Additional context for the RAG retrieval result. This is only populated when using the RAG retrieval tool. + "pageSpan": { # Represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. # If populated, represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. + "firstPage": 42, # Page where chunk starts in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + "lastPage": 42, # Page where chunk ends in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + }, + "text": "A String", # The content of the chunk. + }, "text": "A String", # Text of the attribution. "title": "A String", # Title of the attribution. "uri": "A String", # URI reference of the attribution. @@ -1082,7 +1102,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -1160,11 +1180,12 @@

Method Details

"modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. }, "manualMode": { # When manual routing is set, the specified model will be used directly. # Manual routing. - "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. e.g. 'gemini-1.5-pro-001'. + "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. Language code (ISO 639. e.g. en-US) for the speech synthesization. "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. @@ -1175,6 +1196,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. + }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -1205,7 +1229,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -1356,7 +1380,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` @@ -1417,7 +1441,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -1448,6 +1472,13 @@

Method Details

"groundingChunks": [ # List of supporting references retrieved from specified grounding source. { # Grounding chunk. "retrievedContext": { # Chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. # Grounding chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. + "ragChunk": { # A RagChunk includes the content of a chunk of a RagFile, and associated metadata. # Additional context for the RAG retrieval result. This is only populated when using the RAG retrieval tool. + "pageSpan": { # Represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. # If populated, represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. + "firstPage": 42, # Page where chunk starts in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + "lastPage": 42, # Page where chunk ends in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + }, + "text": "A String", # The content of the chunk. + }, "text": "A String", # Text of the attribution. "title": "A String", # Title of the attribution. "uri": "A String", # URI reference of the attribution. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.html index 3e7e70f1c49..2a931442616 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.html @@ -74,6 +74,11 @@

Vertex AI API

Instance Methods

+

+ batchPredictionJobs() +

+

Returns the batchPredictionJobs Resource.

+

datasets()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.media.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.media.html index 0ef633a5d83..21928fc9d9a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.media.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.media.html @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. RagFile state. }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # Output only. Google Cloud Storage location of the RagFile. It does not support wildcards in the Cloud Storage uri for now. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. RagFile state. }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # Output only. Google Cloud Storage location of the RagFile. It does not support wildcards in the Cloud Storage uri for now. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.batchPredictionJobs.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.batchPredictionJobs.html index 2feff758859..b0f059d162d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.batchPredictionJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.batchPredictionJobs.html @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@

Method Details

"inputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a table, up to 2000 characters long. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`. }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -450,7 +450,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -582,7 +582,7 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -645,7 +645,7 @@

Method Details

"inputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a table, up to 2000 characters long. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`. }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -734,7 +734,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -807,7 +807,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -981,7 +981,7 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@

Method Details

"inputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a table, up to 2000 characters long. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`. }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -1133,7 +1133,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1167,7 +1167,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1351,7 +1351,7 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -1414,7 +1414,7 @@

Method Details

"inputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a table, up to 2000 characters long. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`. }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -1503,7 +1503,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1537,7 +1537,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1576,7 +1576,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html index c7bbb824e00..a9d96640b5e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -579,7 +579,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` @@ -656,7 +656,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -704,7 +704,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -855,7 +855,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -966,7 +966,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -1117,7 +1117,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` @@ -1188,7 +1188,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -1236,7 +1236,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -1387,7 +1387,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` @@ -1440,7 +1440,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -1488,7 +1488,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -1639,7 +1639,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.datasets.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.datasets.html index 30a05d5d8dc..99749b6d97c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.datasets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.datasets.html @@ -378,7 +378,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.deploymentResourcePools.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.deploymentResourcePools.html index 9f514b6dc1f..b26604b4c46 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.deploymentResourcePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.deploymentResourcePools.html @@ -536,7 +536,7 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html index 53b6e49cf99..e8168fa0289 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -351,11 +351,12 @@

Method Details

"modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. }, "manualMode": { # When manual routing is set, the specified model will be used directly. # Manual routing. - "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. e.g. 'gemini-1.5-pro-001'. + "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. Language code (ISO 639. e.g. en-US) for the speech synthesization. "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. @@ -366,6 +367,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. + }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -390,7 +394,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -526,7 +530,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` @@ -665,7 +669,7 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -956,7 +960,7 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -1337,7 +1341,7 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -1510,7 +1514,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -1588,11 +1592,12 @@

Method Details

"modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. }, "manualMode": { # When manual routing is set, the specified model will be used directly. # Manual routing. - "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. e.g. 'gemini-1.5-pro-001'. + "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. Language code (ISO 639. e.g. en-US) for the speech synthesization. "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. @@ -1603,6 +1608,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. + }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -1633,7 +1641,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -1784,7 +1792,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` @@ -1845,7 +1853,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -1876,6 +1884,13 @@

Method Details

"groundingChunks": [ # List of supporting references retrieved from specified grounding source. { # Grounding chunk. "retrievedContext": { # Chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. # Grounding chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. + "ragChunk": { # A RagChunk includes the content of a chunk of a RagFile, and associated metadata. # Additional context for the RAG retrieval result. This is only populated when using the RAG retrieval tool. + "pageSpan": { # Represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. # If populated, represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. + "firstPage": 42, # Page where chunk starts in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + "lastPage": 42, # Page where chunk ends in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + }, + "text": "A String", # The content of the chunk. + }, "text": "A String", # Text of the attribution. "title": "A String", # Title of the attribution. "uri": "A String", # URI reference of the attribution. @@ -2108,7 +2123,7 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -2354,7 +2369,7 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -2598,7 +2613,7 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -2822,7 +2837,7 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -3055,7 +3070,7 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -3524,7 +3539,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -3602,11 +3617,12 @@

Method Details

"modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. }, "manualMode": { # When manual routing is set, the specified model will be used directly. # Manual routing. - "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. e.g. 'gemini-1.5-pro-001'. + "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. Language code (ISO 639. e.g. en-US) for the speech synthesization. "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. @@ -3617,6 +3633,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. + }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -3647,7 +3666,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -3798,7 +3817,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` @@ -3859,7 +3878,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -3890,6 +3909,13 @@

Method Details

"groundingChunks": [ # List of supporting references retrieved from specified grounding source. { # Grounding chunk. "retrievedContext": { # Chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. # Grounding chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. + "ragChunk": { # A RagChunk includes the content of a chunk of a RagFile, and associated metadata. # Additional context for the RAG retrieval result. This is only populated when using the RAG retrieval tool. + "pageSpan": { # Represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. # If populated, represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. + "firstPage": 42, # Page where chunk starts in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + "lastPage": 42, # Page where chunk ends in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + }, + "text": "A String", # The content of the chunk. + }, "text": "A String", # Text of the attribution. "title": "A String", # Title of the attribution. "uri": "A String", # URI reference of the attribution. @@ -4203,7 +4229,7 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.html index 19689d8d417..142e441043d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.html @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@

Method Details

"entityIdSelector": { # Selector for entityId. Getting ids from the given source. # Required. Selectors choosing feature values of which entity id to be deleted from the EntityType. "csvSource": { # The storage details for CSV input content. # Source of Csv "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # Required. Google Cloud Storage location. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Request message for FeaturestoreService.ImportFeatureValues. "avroSource": { # The storage details for Avro input content. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # Required. Google Cloud Storage location. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -491,7 +491,7 @@

Method Details

}, "csvSource": { # The storage details for CSV input content. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # Required. Google Cloud Storage location. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.featurestores.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.featurestores.html index adcb9e73a71..67dbf1150c5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.featurestores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.featurestores.html @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@

Method Details

}, "csvReadInstances": { # The storage details for CSV input content. # Each read instance consists of exactly one read timestamp and one or more entity IDs identifying entities of the corresponding EntityTypes whose Features are requested. Each output instance contains Feature values of requested entities concatenated together as of the read time. An example read instance may be `foo_entity_id, bar_entity_id, 2020-01-01T10:00:00.123Z`. An example output instance may be `foo_entity_id, bar_entity_id, 2020-01-01T10:00:00.123Z, foo_entity_feature1_value, bar_entity_feature2_value`. Timestamp in each read instance must be millisecond-aligned. `csv_read_instances` are read instances stored in a plain-text CSV file. The header should be: [ENTITY_TYPE_ID1], [ENTITY_TYPE_ID2], ..., timestamp The columns can be in any order. Values in the timestamp column must use the RFC 3339 format, e.g. `2012-07-30T10:43:17.123Z`. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # Required. Google Cloud Storage location. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.html index ec27e6b69d5..df4e3f8729d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -204,6 +204,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the ragCorpora Resource.

+

+ ragEngineConfig() +

+

Returns the ragEngineConfig Resource.

+

reasoningEngines()

@@ -295,7 +300,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -342,7 +347,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` @@ -382,7 +387,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -410,6 +415,13 @@

Method Details

], "facts": [ # Retrieved facts from RAG data sources. { # The fact used in grounding. + "chunk": { # A RagChunk includes the content of a chunk of a RagFile, and associated metadata. # If present, chunk properties. + "pageSpan": { # Represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. # If populated, represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. + "firstPage": 42, # Page where chunk starts in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + "lastPage": 42, # Page where chunk ends in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + }, + "text": "A String", # The content of the chunk. + }, "query": "A String", # Query that is used to retrieve this fact. "score": 3.14, # If present, according to the underlying Vector DB and the selected metric type, the score can be either the distance or the similarity between the query and the fact and its range depends on the metric type. For example, if the metric type is COSINE_DISTANCE, it represents the distance between the query and the fact. The larger the distance, the less relevant the fact is to the query. The range is [0, 2], while 0 means the most relevant and 2 means the least relevant. "summary": "A String", # If present, the summary/snippet of the fact. @@ -453,7 +465,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -480,6 +492,13 @@

Method Details

}, "facts": [ # Optional. Facts used to generate the text can also be used to corroborate the text. { # The fact used in grounding. + "chunk": { # A RagChunk includes the content of a chunk of a RagFile, and associated metadata. # If present, chunk properties. + "pageSpan": { # Represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. # If populated, represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. + "firstPage": 42, # Page where chunk starts in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + "lastPage": 42, # Page where chunk ends in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + }, + "text": "A String", # The content of the chunk. + }, "query": "A String", # Query that is used to retrieve this fact. "score": 3.14, # If present, according to the underlying Vector DB and the selected metric type, the score can be either the distance or the similarity between the query and the fact and its range depends on the metric type. For example, if the metric type is COSINE_DISTANCE, it represents the distance between the query and the fact. The larger the distance, the less relevant the fact is to the query. The range is [0, 2], while 0 means the most relevant and 2 means the least relevant. "summary": "A String", # If present, the summary/snippet of the fact. @@ -528,7 +547,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Request message for EvaluationService.EvaluateDataset. "autoraterConfig": { # The configs for autorater. This is applicable to both EvaluateInstances and EvaluateDataset. # Optional. Autorater config used for evaluation. Currently only publisher Gemini models are supported. Format: `projects/{PROJECT}/locations/{LOCATION}/publishers/google/models/{MODEL}.` "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` - "flipEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether to flip the candidate and baseline responses. This is only applicable to the pairwise metric. If enabled, also provide PairwiseMetricSpec.candidate_response_field_name and PairwiseMetricSpec.baseline_response_field_name. When rendering PairwiseMetricSpec.metric_prompt_template, the candidate and baseline fields will be flipped for half of the samples to reduce bias. + "flipEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Default is true. Whether to flip the candidate and baseline responses. This is only applicable to the pairwise metric. If enabled, also provide PairwiseMetricSpec.candidate_response_field_name and PairwiseMetricSpec.baseline_response_field_name. When rendering PairwiseMetricSpec.metric_prompt_template, the candidate and baseline fields will be flipped for half of the samples to reduce bias. "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32. }, "dataset": { # The dataset used for evaluation. # Required. The dataset used for evaluation. @@ -536,7 +555,7 @@

Method Details

"inputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a table, up to 2000 characters long. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`. }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # Cloud storage source holds the dataset. Currently only one Cloud Storage file path is supported. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -622,7 +641,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Request message for EvaluationService.EvaluateInstances. "autoraterConfig": { # The configs for autorater. This is applicable to both EvaluateInstances and EvaluateDataset. # Optional. Autorater config used for evaluation. "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` - "flipEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether to flip the candidate and baseline responses. This is only applicable to the pairwise metric. If enabled, also provide PairwiseMetricSpec.candidate_response_field_name and PairwiseMetricSpec.baseline_response_field_name. When rendering PairwiseMetricSpec.metric_prompt_template, the candidate and baseline fields will be flipped for half of the samples to reduce bias. + "flipEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Default is true. Whether to flip the candidate and baseline responses. This is only applicable to the pairwise metric. If enabled, also provide PairwiseMetricSpec.candidate_response_field_name and PairwiseMetricSpec.baseline_response_field_name. When rendering PairwiseMetricSpec.metric_prompt_template, the candidate and baseline fields will be flipped for half of the samples to reduce bias. "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32. }, "bleuInput": { # Input for bleu metric. # Instances and metric spec for bleu metric. @@ -727,7 +746,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -817,7 +836,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -1454,7 +1473,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` @@ -1489,6 +1508,13 @@

Method Details

"contexts": { # Relevant contexts for one query. # The contexts of the query. "contexts": [ # All its contexts. { # A context of the query. + "chunk": { # A RagChunk includes the content of a chunk of a RagFile, and associated metadata. # Context of the retrieved chunk. + "pageSpan": { # Represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. # If populated, represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. + "firstPage": 42, # Page where chunk starts in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + "lastPage": 42, # Page where chunk ends in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + }, + "text": "A String", # The content of the chunk. + }, "score": 3.14, # According to the underlying Vector DB and the selected metric type, the score can be either the distance or the similarity between the query and the context and its range depends on the metric type. For example, if the metric type is COSINE_DISTANCE, it represents the distance between the query and the context. The larger the distance, the less relevant the context is to the query. The range is [0, 2], while 0 means the most relevant and 2 means the least relevant. "sourceDisplayName": "A String", # The file display name. "sourceUri": "A String", # If the file is imported from Cloud Storage or Google Drive, source_uri will be original file URI in Cloud Storage or Google Drive; if file is uploaded, source_uri will be file display name. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.modelDeploymentMonitoringJobs.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.modelDeploymentMonitoringJobs.html index 024d6e204da..ae3d98db228 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.modelDeploymentMonitoringJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.modelDeploymentMonitoringJobs.html @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@

Method Details

"dataFormat": "A String", # Data format of the dataset, only applicable if the input is from Google Cloud Storage. The possible formats are: "tf-record" The source file is a TFRecord file. "csv" The source file is a CSV file. "jsonl" The source file is a JSONL file. "dataset": "A String", # The resource name of the Dataset used to train this Model. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Google Cloud Storage uri of the unmanaged Dataset used to train this Model. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@

Method Details

"dataFormat": "A String", # Data format of the dataset, only applicable if the input is from Google Cloud Storage. The possible formats are: "tf-record" The source file is a TFRecord file. "csv" The source file is a CSV file. "jsonl" The source file is a JSONL file. "dataset": "A String", # The resource name of the Dataset used to train this Model. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Google Cloud Storage uri of the unmanaged Dataset used to train this Model. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -556,7 +556,7 @@

Method Details

"dataFormat": "A String", # Data format of the dataset, only applicable if the input is from Google Cloud Storage. The possible formats are: "tf-record" The source file is a TFRecord file. "csv" The source file is a CSV file. "jsonl" The source file is a JSONL file. "dataset": "A String", # The resource name of the Dataset used to train this Model. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Google Cloud Storage uri of the unmanaged Dataset used to train this Model. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -720,7 +720,7 @@

Method Details

"dataFormat": "A String", # Data format of the dataset, only applicable if the input is from Google Cloud Storage. The possible formats are: "tf-record" The source file is a TFRecord file. "csv" The source file is a CSV file. "jsonl" The source file is a JSONL file. "dataset": "A String", # The resource name of the Dataset used to train this Model. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Google Cloud Storage uri of the unmanaged Dataset used to train this Model. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -890,7 +890,7 @@

Method Details

"dataFormat": "A String", # Data format of the dataset, only applicable if the input is from Google Cloud Storage. The possible formats are: "tf-record" The source file is a TFRecord file. "csv" The source file is a CSV file. "jsonl" The source file is a JSONL file. "dataset": "A String", # The resource name of the Dataset used to train this Model. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Google Cloud Storage uri of the unmanaged Dataset used to train this Model. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.models.evaluations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.models.evaluations.html index 3b30a6d699f..5d78873fccf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.models.evaluations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.models.evaluations.html @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -644,7 +644,7 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.models.html index 7ecc99cdbc3..761d56124c7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.models.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.models.html @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -441,7 +441,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -742,7 +742,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -776,7 +776,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -815,7 +815,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -912,7 +912,7 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -1127,7 +1127,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1161,7 +1161,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1200,7 +1200,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1297,7 +1297,7 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -1499,7 +1499,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1533,7 +1533,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1572,7 +1572,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1669,7 +1669,7 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -1826,7 +1826,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1860,7 +1860,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1899,7 +1899,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1996,7 +1996,7 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -2152,7 +2152,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -2186,7 +2186,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -2225,7 +2225,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -2322,7 +2322,7 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -2524,7 +2524,7 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -2617,7 +2617,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -2651,7 +2651,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -2690,7 +2690,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -2787,7 +2787,7 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.html index 77a40d4d10a..6adad4c31a5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.html @@ -171,6 +171,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "notebookRuntimeType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The type of the notebook runtime template. + "reservationAffinity": { # Notebook Reservation Affinity for consuming Zonal reservation. # Optional. Reservation Affinity of the notebook runtime template. + "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Required. Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: RESERVATION_ANY (default), RESERVATION_SPECIFIC, or RESERVATION_NONE. See Consuming reserved instances for examples. + "key": "A String", # Optional. Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a RESERVATION_SPECIFIC by name, use compute.googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. + "values": [ # Optional. Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This must be the full path name of Reservation. + "A String", + ], + }, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Deprecated: This field is ignored and the "Vertex AI Notebook Service Account" (service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-aiplatform-vm.iam.gserviceaccount.com) is used for the runtime workload identity. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-notebook-service-account for more details. For NotebookExecutionJob, use NotebookExecutionJob.service_account instead. The service account that the runtime workload runs as. You can use any service account within the same project, but you must have the service account user permission to use the instance. If not specified, the [Compute Engine default service account](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used. "shieldedVmConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. See [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). # Optional. Immutable. Runtime Shielded VM spec. "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has [Secure Boot](https://cloud.google.com/compute/shielded-vm/docs/shielded-vm#secure-boot) enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails. @@ -317,6 +324,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "notebookRuntimeType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The type of the notebook runtime template. + "reservationAffinity": { # Notebook Reservation Affinity for consuming Zonal reservation. # Optional. Reservation Affinity of the notebook runtime template. + "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Required. Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: RESERVATION_ANY (default), RESERVATION_SPECIFIC, or RESERVATION_NONE. See Consuming reserved instances for examples. + "key": "A String", # Optional. Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a RESERVATION_SPECIFIC by name, use compute.googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. + "values": [ # Optional. Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This must be the full path name of Reservation. + "A String", + ], + }, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Deprecated: This field is ignored and the "Vertex AI Notebook Service Account" (service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-aiplatform-vm.iam.gserviceaccount.com) is used for the runtime workload identity. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-notebook-service-account for more details. For NotebookExecutionJob, use NotebookExecutionJob.service_account instead. The service account that the runtime workload runs as. You can use any service account within the same project, but you must have the service account user permission to use the instance. If not specified, the [Compute Engine default service account](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used. "shieldedVmConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. See [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). # Optional. Immutable. Runtime Shielded VM spec. "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has [Secure Boot](https://cloud.google.com/compute/shielded-vm/docs/shielded-vm#secure-boot) enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails. @@ -442,6 +456,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "notebookRuntimeType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The type of the notebook runtime template. + "reservationAffinity": { # Notebook Reservation Affinity for consuming Zonal reservation. # Optional. Reservation Affinity of the notebook runtime template. + "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Required. Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: RESERVATION_ANY (default), RESERVATION_SPECIFIC, or RESERVATION_NONE. See Consuming reserved instances for examples. + "key": "A String", # Optional. Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a RESERVATION_SPECIFIC by name, use compute.googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. + "values": [ # Optional. Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This must be the full path name of Reservation. + "A String", + ], + }, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Deprecated: This field is ignored and the "Vertex AI Notebook Service Account" (service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-aiplatform-vm.iam.gserviceaccount.com) is used for the runtime workload identity. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-notebook-service-account for more details. For NotebookExecutionJob, use NotebookExecutionJob.service_account instead. The service account that the runtime workload runs as. You can use any service account within the same project, but you must have the service account user permission to use the instance. If not specified, the [Compute Engine default service account](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used. "shieldedVmConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. See [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). # Optional. Immutable. Runtime Shielded VM spec. "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has [Secure Boot](https://cloud.google.com/compute/shielded-vm/docs/shielded-vm#secure-boot) enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails. @@ -535,6 +556,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "notebookRuntimeType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The type of the notebook runtime template. + "reservationAffinity": { # Notebook Reservation Affinity for consuming Zonal reservation. # Optional. Reservation Affinity of the notebook runtime template. + "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Required. Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: RESERVATION_ANY (default), RESERVATION_SPECIFIC, or RESERVATION_NONE. See Consuming reserved instances for examples. + "key": "A String", # Optional. Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a RESERVATION_SPECIFIC by name, use compute.googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. + "values": [ # Optional. Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This must be the full path name of Reservation. + "A String", + ], + }, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Deprecated: This field is ignored and the "Vertex AI Notebook Service Account" (service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-aiplatform-vm.iam.gserviceaccount.com) is used for the runtime workload identity. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-notebook-service-account for more details. For NotebookExecutionJob, use NotebookExecutionJob.service_account instead. The service account that the runtime workload runs as. You can use any service account within the same project, but you must have the service account user permission to use the instance. If not specified, the [Compute Engine default service account](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used. "shieldedVmConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. See [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). # Optional. Immutable. Runtime Shielded VM spec. "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has [Secure Boot](https://cloud.google.com/compute/shielded-vm/docs/shielded-vm#secure-boot) enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails. @@ -611,6 +639,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "notebookRuntimeType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The type of the notebook runtime template. + "reservationAffinity": { # Notebook Reservation Affinity for consuming Zonal reservation. # Optional. Reservation Affinity of the notebook runtime template. + "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Required. Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: RESERVATION_ANY (default), RESERVATION_SPECIFIC, or RESERVATION_NONE. See Consuming reserved instances for examples. + "key": "A String", # Optional. Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a RESERVATION_SPECIFIC by name, use compute.googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. + "values": [ # Optional. Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This must be the full path name of Reservation. + "A String", + ], + }, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Deprecated: This field is ignored and the "Vertex AI Notebook Service Account" (service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-aiplatform-vm.iam.gserviceaccount.com) is used for the runtime workload identity. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-notebook-service-account for more details. For NotebookExecutionJob, use NotebookExecutionJob.service_account instead. The service account that the runtime workload runs as. You can use any service account within the same project, but you must have the service account user permission to use the instance. If not specified, the [Compute Engine default service account](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used. "shieldedVmConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. See [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). # Optional. Immutable. Runtime Shielded VM spec. "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has [Secure Boot](https://cloud.google.com/compute/shielded-vm/docs/shielded-vm#secure-boot) enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.html index 40b5e23bfed..c827a68914d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.html @@ -169,6 +169,13 @@

Method Details

}, "notebookRuntimeType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the notebook runtime. "proxyUri": "A String", # Output only. The proxy endpoint used to access the NotebookRuntime. + "reservationAffinity": { # Notebook Reservation Affinity for consuming Zonal reservation. # Output only. Reservation Affinity of the notebook runtime. + "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Required. Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: RESERVATION_ANY (default), RESERVATION_SPECIFIC, or RESERVATION_NONE. See Consuming reserved instances for examples. + "key": "A String", # Optional. Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a RESERVATION_SPECIFIC by name, use compute.googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. + "values": [ # Optional. Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This must be the full path name of Reservation. + "A String", + ], + }, "runtimeState": "A String", # Output only. The runtime (instance) state of the NotebookRuntime. "runtimeUser": "A String", # Required. The user email of the NotebookRuntime. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. @@ -332,6 +339,13 @@

Method Details

}, "notebookRuntimeType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the notebook runtime. "proxyUri": "A String", # Output only. The proxy endpoint used to access the NotebookRuntime. + "reservationAffinity": { # Notebook Reservation Affinity for consuming Zonal reservation. # Output only. Reservation Affinity of the notebook runtime. + "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Required. Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: RESERVATION_ANY (default), RESERVATION_SPECIFIC, or RESERVATION_NONE. See Consuming reserved instances for examples. + "key": "A String", # Optional. Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a RESERVATION_SPECIFIC by name, use compute.googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. + "values": [ # Optional. Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This must be the full path name of Reservation. + "A String", + ], + }, "runtimeState": "A String", # Output only. The runtime (instance) state of the NotebookRuntime. "runtimeUser": "A String", # Required. The user email of the NotebookRuntime. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. @@ -432,6 +446,13 @@

Method Details

}, "notebookRuntimeType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the notebook runtime. "proxyUri": "A String", # Output only. The proxy endpoint used to access the NotebookRuntime. + "reservationAffinity": { # Notebook Reservation Affinity for consuming Zonal reservation. # Output only. Reservation Affinity of the notebook runtime. + "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Required. Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: RESERVATION_ANY (default), RESERVATION_SPECIFIC, or RESERVATION_NONE. See Consuming reserved instances for examples. + "key": "A String", # Optional. Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a RESERVATION_SPECIFIC by name, use compute.googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. + "values": [ # Optional. Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This must be the full path name of Reservation. + "A String", + ], + }, "runtimeState": "A String", # Output only. The runtime (instance) state of the NotebookRuntime. "runtimeUser": "A String", # Required. The user email of the NotebookRuntime. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html index fdced24013e..3bc86586826 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -302,11 +302,12 @@

Method Details

"modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. }, "manualMode": { # When manual routing is set, the specified model will be used directly. # Manual routing. - "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. e.g. 'gemini-1.5-pro-001'. + "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. Language code (ISO 639. e.g. en-US) for the speech synthesization. "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. @@ -317,6 +318,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. + }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -341,7 +345,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -477,7 +481,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` @@ -584,7 +588,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -662,11 +666,12 @@

Method Details

"modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. }, "manualMode": { # When manual routing is set, the specified model will be used directly. # Manual routing. - "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. e.g. 'gemini-1.5-pro-001'. + "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. Language code (ISO 639. e.g. en-US) for the speech synthesization. "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. @@ -677,6 +682,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. + }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -707,7 +715,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -858,7 +866,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` @@ -919,7 +927,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -950,6 +958,13 @@

Method Details

"groundingChunks": [ # List of supporting references retrieved from specified grounding source. { # Grounding chunk. "retrievedContext": { # Chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. # Grounding chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. + "ragChunk": { # A RagChunk includes the content of a chunk of a RagFile, and associated metadata. # Additional context for the RAG retrieval result. This is only populated when using the RAG retrieval tool. + "pageSpan": { # Represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. # If populated, represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. + "firstPage": 42, # Page where chunk starts in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + "lastPage": 42, # Page where chunk ends in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + }, + "text": "A String", # The content of the chunk. + }, "text": "A String", # Text of the attribution. "title": "A String", # Title of the attribution. "uri": "A String", # URI reference of the attribution. @@ -1412,7 +1427,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -1490,11 +1505,12 @@

Method Details

"modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. }, "manualMode": { # When manual routing is set, the specified model will be used directly. # Manual routing. - "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. e.g. 'gemini-1.5-pro-001'. + "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. Language code (ISO 639. e.g. en-US) for the speech synthesization. "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. @@ -1505,6 +1521,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. + }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -1535,7 +1554,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -1686,7 +1705,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` @@ -1747,7 +1766,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -1778,6 +1797,13 @@

Method Details

"groundingChunks": [ # List of supporting references retrieved from specified grounding source. { # Grounding chunk. "retrievedContext": { # Chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. # Grounding chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. + "ragChunk": { # A RagChunk includes the content of a chunk of a RagFile, and associated metadata. # Additional context for the RAG retrieval result. This is only populated when using the RAG retrieval tool. + "pageSpan": { # Represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. # If populated, represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. + "firstPage": 42, # Page where chunk starts in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + "lastPage": 42, # Page where chunk ends in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + }, + "text": "A String", # The content of the chunk. + }, "text": "A String", # Text of the attribution. "title": "A String", # Title of the attribution. "uri": "A String", # URI reference of the attribution. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html index 2c86f62be67..38fb67d5007 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. RagFile state. }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # Output only. Google Cloud Storage location of the RagFile. It does not support wildcards in the Cloud Storage uri for now. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Request message for VertexRagDataService.ImportRagFiles. "importRagFilesConfig": { # Config for importing RagFiles. # Required. The config for the RagFiles to be synced and imported into the RagCorpus. VertexRagDataService.ImportRagFiles. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # Google Cloud Storage location. Supports importing individual files as well as entire Google Cloud Storage directories. Sample formats: - `gs://bucket_name/my_directory/object_name/my_file.txt` - `gs://bucket_name/my_directory` - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. RagFile state. }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # Output only. Google Cloud Storage location of the RagFile. It does not support wildcards in the Cloud Storage uri for now. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragEngineConfig.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragEngineConfig.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1edece8a092 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragEngineConfig.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . projects . locations . ragEngineConfig

+

Instance Methods

+

+ operations() +

+

Returns the operations Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragEngineConfig.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragEngineConfig.operations.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..495aab64546 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragEngineConfig.operations.html @@ -0,0 +1,268 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . projects . locations . ragEngineConfig . operations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.

+

+ list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ wait(name, timeout=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Waits until the specified long-running operation is done or reaches at most a specified timeout, returning the latest state. If the operation is already done, the latest state is immediately returned. If the timeout specified is greater than the default HTTP/RPC timeout, the HTTP/RPC timeout is used. If the server does not support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Note that this method is on a best-effort basis. It may return the latest state before the specified timeout (including immediately), meaning even an immediate response is no guarantee that the operation is done.

+

Method Details

+
+ cancel(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be deleted. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation's parent resource. (required)
+  filter: string, The standard list filter.
+  pageSize: integer, The standard list page size.
+  pageToken: string, The standard list page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Operations.ListOperations.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The standard List next-page token.
+  "operations": [ # A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+      "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+      "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ wait(name, timeout=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Waits until the specified long-running operation is done or reaches at most a specified timeout, returning the latest state. If the operation is already done, the latest state is immediately returned. If the timeout specified is greater than the default HTTP/RPC timeout, the HTTP/RPC timeout is used. If the server does not support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Note that this method is on a best-effort basis. It may return the latest state before the specified timeout (including immediately), meaning even an immediate response is no guarantee that the operation is done.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to wait on. (required)
+  timeout: string, The maximum duration to wait before timing out. If left blank, the wait will be at most the time permitted by the underlying HTTP/RPC protocol. If RPC context deadline is also specified, the shorter one will be used.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html index 8d68d6d8299..f4ca9ff99c0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@

Method Details

"etag": "A String", # Optional. Used to perform consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine. "spec": { # ReasoningEngine configurations # Optional. Configurations of the ReasoningEngine - "agentFramework": "A String", # Optional. The OSS agent framework used to develop the agent. Currently supported values: "langchain", "langgraph", "ag2", "custom". + "agentFramework": "A String", # Optional. The OSS agent framework used to develop the agent. Currently supported values: "google-adk", "langchain", "langgraph", "ag2", "llama-index", "custom". "classMethods": [ # Optional. Declarations for object class methods in OpenAPI specification format. { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@

Method Details

"etag": "A String", # Optional. Used to perform consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine. "spec": { # ReasoningEngine configurations # Optional. Configurations of the ReasoningEngine - "agentFramework": "A String", # Optional. The OSS agent framework used to develop the agent. Currently supported values: "langchain", "langgraph", "ag2", "custom". + "agentFramework": "A String", # Optional. The OSS agent framework used to develop the agent. Currently supported values: "google-adk", "langchain", "langgraph", "ag2", "llama-index", "custom". "classMethods": [ # Optional. Declarations for object class methods in OpenAPI specification format. { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@

Method Details

"etag": "A String", # Optional. Used to perform consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine. "spec": { # ReasoningEngine configurations # Optional. Configurations of the ReasoningEngine - "agentFramework": "A String", # Optional. The OSS agent framework used to develop the agent. Currently supported values: "langchain", "langgraph", "ag2", "custom". + "agentFramework": "A String", # Optional. The OSS agent framework used to develop the agent. Currently supported values: "google-adk", "langchain", "langgraph", "ag2", "llama-index", "custom". "classMethods": [ # Optional. Declarations for object class methods in OpenAPI specification format. { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@

Method Details

"etag": "A String", # Optional. Used to perform consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine. "spec": { # ReasoningEngine configurations # Optional. Configurations of the ReasoningEngine - "agentFramework": "A String", # Optional. The OSS agent framework used to develop the agent. Currently supported values: "langchain", "langgraph", "ag2", "custom". + "agentFramework": "A String", # Optional. The OSS agent framework used to develop the agent. Currently supported values: "google-adk", "langchain", "langgraph", "ag2", "llama-index", "custom". "classMethods": [ # Optional. Declarations for object class methods in OpenAPI specification format. { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.html index c814cc78339..e15ccc05d82 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.html @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -629,7 +629,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -663,7 +663,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -702,7 +702,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -799,7 +799,7 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -1063,7 +1063,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1097,7 +1097,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1233,7 +1233,7 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -1469,7 +1469,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1503,7 +1503,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1542,7 +1542,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1639,7 +1639,7 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html index 6943fd8188d..6b3cc7af970 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Represents a TuningJob that runs with Google owned models. - "baseModel": "A String", # The base model that is being tuned, e.g., "gemini-1.0-pro-002". . + "baseModel": "A String", # The base model that is being tuned. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/tuning#supported_models). "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the TuningJob was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the TuningJob. "encryptionSpec": { # Represents a customer-managed encryption key spec that can be applied to a top-level resource. # Customer-managed encryption key options for a TuningJob. If this is set, then all resources created by the TuningJob will be encrypted with the provided encryption key. @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Represents a TuningJob that runs with Google owned models. - "baseModel": "A String", # The base model that is being tuned, e.g., "gemini-1.0-pro-002". . + "baseModel": "A String", # The base model that is being tuned. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/tuning#supported_models). "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the TuningJob was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the TuningJob. "encryptionSpec": { # Represents a customer-managed encryption key spec that can be applied to a top-level resource. # Customer-managed encryption key options for a TuningJob. If this is set, then all resources created by the TuningJob will be encrypted with the provided encryption key. @@ -371,7 +371,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -469,7 +469,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Represents a TuningJob that runs with Google owned models. - "baseModel": "A String", # The base model that is being tuned, e.g., "gemini-1.0-pro-002". . + "baseModel": "A String", # The base model that is being tuned. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/tuning#supported_models). "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the TuningJob was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the TuningJob. "encryptionSpec": { # Represents a customer-managed encryption key spec that can be applied to a top-level resource. # Customer-managed encryption key options for a TuningJob. If this is set, then all resources created by the TuningJob will be encrypted with the provided encryption key. @@ -539,7 +539,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -643,7 +643,7 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # A token to retrieve the next page of results. Pass to ListTuningJobsRequest.page_token to obtain that page. "tuningJobs": [ # List of TuningJobs in the requested page. { # Represents a TuningJob that runs with Google owned models. - "baseModel": "A String", # The base model that is being tuned, e.g., "gemini-1.0-pro-002". . + "baseModel": "A String", # The base model that is being tuned. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/tuning#supported_models). "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the TuningJob was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the TuningJob. "encryptionSpec": { # Represents a customer-managed encryption key spec that can be applied to a top-level resource. # Customer-managed encryption key options for a TuningJob. If this is set, then all resources created by the TuningJob will be encrypted with the provided encryption key. @@ -713,7 +713,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -832,7 +832,7 @@

Method Details

"tuningJob": "A String", # Support migration from tuning job list page, from gemini-1.0-pro-002 to 1.5 and above. }, "tuningJob": { # Represents a TuningJob that runs with Google owned models. # Optional. The TuningJob to be updated. Users can use this TuningJob field to overwrite tuning configs. - "baseModel": "A String", # The base model that is being tuned, e.g., "gemini-1.0-pro-002". . + "baseModel": "A String", # The base model that is being tuned. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/tuning#supported_models). "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the TuningJob was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the TuningJob. "encryptionSpec": { # Represents a customer-managed encryption key spec that can be applied to a top-level resource. # Customer-managed encryption key options for a TuningJob. If this is set, then all resources created by the TuningJob will be encrypted with the provided encryption key. @@ -902,7 +902,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.publishers.models.html index ee5e206e679..224d17f5a80 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.publishers.models.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.publishers.models.html @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -290,11 +290,12 @@

Method Details

"modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. }, "manualMode": { # When manual routing is set, the specified model will be used directly. # Manual routing. - "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. e.g. 'gemini-1.5-pro-001'. + "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. Language code (ISO 639. e.g. en-US) for the speech synthesization. "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. @@ -305,6 +306,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. + }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -329,7 +333,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -465,7 +469,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` @@ -530,7 +534,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -608,11 +612,12 @@

Method Details

"modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. }, "manualMode": { # When manual routing is set, the specified model will be used directly. # Manual routing. - "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. e.g. 'gemini-1.5-pro-001'. + "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. Language code (ISO 639. e.g. en-US) for the speech synthesization. "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. @@ -623,6 +628,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. + }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -653,7 +661,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -804,7 +812,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` @@ -865,7 +873,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -896,6 +904,13 @@

Method Details

"groundingChunks": [ # List of supporting references retrieved from specified grounding source. { # Grounding chunk. "retrievedContext": { # Chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. # Grounding chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. + "ragChunk": { # A RagChunk includes the content of a chunk of a RagFile, and associated metadata. # Additional context for the RAG retrieval result. This is only populated when using the RAG retrieval tool. + "pageSpan": { # Represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. # If populated, represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. + "firstPage": 42, # Page where chunk starts in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + "lastPage": 42, # Page where chunk ends in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + }, + "text": "A String", # The content of the chunk. + }, "text": "A String", # Text of the attribution. "title": "A String", # Title of the attribution. "uri": "A String", # URI reference of the attribution. @@ -1105,7 +1120,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1139,7 +1154,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1178,7 +1193,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1283,7 +1298,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1317,7 +1332,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1356,7 +1371,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1636,7 +1651,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -1714,11 +1729,12 @@

Method Details

"modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. }, "manualMode": { # When manual routing is set, the specified model will be used directly. # Manual routing. - "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. e.g. 'gemini-1.5-pro-001'. + "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. Language code (ISO 639. e.g. en-US) for the speech synthesization. "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. @@ -1729,6 +1745,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. + }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -1759,7 +1778,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -1910,7 +1929,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` @@ -1971,7 +1990,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name]. @@ -2002,6 +2021,13 @@

Method Details

"groundingChunks": [ # List of supporting references retrieved from specified grounding source. { # Grounding chunk. "retrievedContext": { # Chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. # Grounding chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. + "ragChunk": { # A RagChunk includes the content of a chunk of a RagFile, and associated metadata. # Additional context for the RAG retrieval result. This is only populated when using the RAG retrieval tool. + "pageSpan": { # Represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. # If populated, represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. + "firstPage": 42, # Page where chunk starts in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + "lastPage": 42, # Page where chunk ends in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + }, + "text": "A String", # The content of the chunk. + }, "text": "A String", # Text of the attribution. "title": "A String", # Title of the attribution. "uri": "A String", # URI reference of the attribution. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.batchPredictionJobs.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.batchPredictionJobs.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7096bb99d0c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.batchPredictionJobs.html @@ -0,0 +1,2089 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . batchPredictionJobs

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(body=None, parent=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a BatchPredictionJob. A BatchPredictionJob once created will right away be attempted to start.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a BatchPredictionJob

+

+ list(filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, parent=None, readMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists BatchPredictionJobs in a Location.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(body=None, parent=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a BatchPredictionJob. A BatchPredictionJob once created will right away be attempted to start.
+
+Args:
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A job that uses a Model to produce predictions on multiple input instances. If predictions for significant portion of the instances fail, the job may finish without attempting predictions for all remaining instances.
+  "completionStats": { # Success and error statistics of processing multiple entities (for example, DataItems or structured data rows) in batch. # Output only. Statistics on completed and failed prediction instances.
+    "failedCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of entities for which any error was encountered.
+    "incompleteCount": "A String", # Output only. In cases when enough errors are encountered a job, pipeline, or operation may be failed as a whole. Below is the number of entities for which the processing had not been finished (either in successful or failed state). Set to -1 if the number is unknown (for example, the operation failed before the total entity number could be collected).
+    "successfulCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of entities that had been processed successfully.
+    "successfulForecastPointCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of the successful forecast points that are generated by the forecasting model. This is ONLY used by the forecasting batch prediction.
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the BatchPredictionJob was created.
+  "dedicatedResources": { # A description of resources that are used for performing batch operations, are dedicated to a Model, and need manual configuration. # The config of resources used by the Model during the batch prediction. If the Model supports DEDICATED_RESOURCES this config may be provided (and the job will use these resources), if the Model doesn't support AUTOMATIC_RESOURCES, this config must be provided.
+    "machineSpec": { # Specification of a single machine. # Required. Immutable. The specification of a single machine.
+      "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of accelerators to attach to the machine.
+      "acceleratorType": "A String", # Immutable. The type of accelerator(s) that may be attached to the machine as per accelerator_count.
+      "machineType": "A String", # Immutable. The type of the machine. See the [list of machine types supported for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/configure-compute#machine-types) See the [list of machine types supported for custom training](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/configure-compute#machine-types). For DeployedModel this field is optional, and the default value is `n1-standard-2`. For BatchPredictionJob or as part of WorkerPoolSpec this field is required.
+      "multihostGpuNodeCount": 42, # Optional. Immutable. The number of nodes per replica for multihost GPU deployments.
+      "reservationAffinity": { # A ReservationAffinity can be used to configure a Vertex AI resource (e.g., a DeployedModel) to draw its Compute Engine resources from a Shared Reservation, or exclusively from on-demand capacity. # Optional. Immutable. Configuration controlling how this resource pool consumes reservation.
+        "key": "A String", # Optional. Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, use `compute.googleapis.com/reservation-name` as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value.
+        "reservationAffinityType": "A String", # Required. Specifies the reservation affinity type.
+        "values": [ # Optional. Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This must be the full resource name of the reservation or reservation block.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "tpuTopology": "A String", # Immutable. The topology of the TPUs. Corresponds to the TPU topologies available from GKE. (Example: tpu_topology: "2x2x1").
+    },
+    "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of machine replicas the batch operation may be scaled to. The default value is 10.
+    "startingReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The number of machine replicas used at the start of the batch operation. If not set, Vertex AI decides starting number, not greater than max_replica_count
+  },
+  "disableContainerLogging": True or False, # For custom-trained Models and AutoML Tabular Models, the container of the DeployedModel instances will send `stderr` and `stdout` streams to Cloud Logging by default. Please note that the logs incur cost, which are subject to [Cloud Logging pricing](https://cloud.google.com/logging/pricing). User can disable container logging by setting this flag to true.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The user-defined name of this BatchPredictionJob.
+  "encryptionSpec": { # Represents a customer-managed encryption key spec that can be applied to a top-level resource. # Customer-managed encryption key options for a BatchPredictionJob. If this is set, then all resources created by the BatchPredictionJob will be encrypted with the provided encryption key.
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The Cloud KMS resource identifier of the customer managed encryption key used to protect a resource. Has the form: `projects/my-project/locations/my-region/keyRings/my-kr/cryptoKeys/my-key`. The key needs to be in the same region as where the compute resource is created.
+  },
+  "endTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the BatchPredictionJob entered any of the following states: `JOB_STATE_SUCCEEDED`, `JOB_STATE_FAILED`, `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Only populated when the job's state is JOB_STATE_FAILED or JOB_STATE_CANCELLED.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "explanationSpec": { # Specification of Model explanation. # Explanation configuration for this BatchPredictionJob. Can be specified only if generate_explanation is set to `true`. This value overrides the value of Model.explanation_spec. All fields of explanation_spec are optional in the request. If a field of the explanation_spec object is not populated, the corresponding field of the Model.explanation_spec object is inherited.
+    "metadata": { # Metadata describing the Model's input and output for explanation. # Optional. Metadata describing the Model's input and output for explanation.
+      "featureAttributionsSchemaUri": "A String", # Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing the format of the feature attributions. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 [Schema Object](https://github.com/OAI/OpenAPI-Specification/blob/main/versions/3.0.2.md#schemaObject). AutoML tabular Models always have this field populated by Vertex AI. Note: The URI given on output may be different, including the URI scheme, than the one given on input. The output URI will point to a location where the user only has a read access.
+      "inputs": { # Required. Map from feature names to feature input metadata. Keys are the name of the features. Values are the specification of the feature. An empty InputMetadata is valid. It describes a text feature which has the name specified as the key in ExplanationMetadata.inputs. The baseline of the empty feature is chosen by Vertex AI. For Vertex AI-provided Tensorflow images, the key can be any friendly name of the feature. Once specified, featureAttributions are keyed by this key (if not grouped with another feature). For custom images, the key must match with the key in instance.
+        "a_key": { # Metadata of the input of a feature. Fields other than InputMetadata.input_baselines are applicable only for Models that are using Vertex AI-provided images for Tensorflow.
+          "denseShapeTensorName": "A String", # Specifies the shape of the values of the input if the input is a sparse representation. Refer to Tensorflow documentation for more details: https://www.tensorflow.org/api_docs/python/tf/sparse/SparseTensor.
+          "encodedBaselines": [ # A list of baselines for the encoded tensor. The shape of each baseline should match the shape of the encoded tensor. If a scalar is provided, Vertex AI broadcasts to the same shape as the encoded tensor.
+            "",
+          ],
+          "encodedTensorName": "A String", # Encoded tensor is a transformation of the input tensor. Must be provided if choosing Integrated Gradients attribution or XRAI attribution and the input tensor is not differentiable. An encoded tensor is generated if the input tensor is encoded by a lookup table.
+          "encoding": "A String", # Defines how the feature is encoded into the input tensor. Defaults to IDENTITY.
+          "featureValueDomain": { # Domain details of the input feature value. Provides numeric information about the feature, such as its range (min, max). If the feature has been pre-processed, for example with z-scoring, then it provides information about how to recover the original feature. For example, if the input feature is an image and it has been pre-processed to obtain 0-mean and stddev = 1 values, then original_mean, and original_stddev refer to the mean and stddev of the original feature (e.g. image tensor) from which input feature (with mean = 0 and stddev = 1) was obtained. # The domain details of the input feature value. Like min/max, original mean or standard deviation if normalized.
+            "maxValue": 3.14, # The maximum permissible value for this feature.
+            "minValue": 3.14, # The minimum permissible value for this feature.
+            "originalMean": 3.14, # If this input feature has been normalized to a mean value of 0, the original_mean specifies the mean value of the domain prior to normalization.
+            "originalStddev": 3.14, # If this input feature has been normalized to a standard deviation of 1.0, the original_stddev specifies the standard deviation of the domain prior to normalization.
+          },
+          "groupName": "A String", # Name of the group that the input belongs to. Features with the same group name will be treated as one feature when computing attributions. Features grouped together can have different shapes in value. If provided, there will be one single attribution generated in Attribution.feature_attributions, keyed by the group name.
+          "indexFeatureMapping": [ # A list of feature names for each index in the input tensor. Required when the input InputMetadata.encoding is BAG_OF_FEATURES, BAG_OF_FEATURES_SPARSE, INDICATOR.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "indicesTensorName": "A String", # Specifies the index of the values of the input tensor. Required when the input tensor is a sparse representation. Refer to Tensorflow documentation for more details: https://www.tensorflow.org/api_docs/python/tf/sparse/SparseTensor.
+          "inputBaselines": [ # Baseline inputs for this feature. If no baseline is specified, Vertex AI chooses the baseline for this feature. If multiple baselines are specified, Vertex AI returns the average attributions across them in Attribution.feature_attributions. For Vertex AI-provided Tensorflow images (both 1.x and 2.x), the shape of each baseline must match the shape of the input tensor. If a scalar is provided, we broadcast to the same shape as the input tensor. For custom images, the element of the baselines must be in the same format as the feature's input in the instance[]. The schema of any single instance may be specified via Endpoint's DeployedModels' Model's PredictSchemata's instance_schema_uri.
+            "",
+          ],
+          "inputTensorName": "A String", # Name of the input tensor for this feature. Required and is only applicable to Vertex AI-provided images for Tensorflow.
+          "modality": "A String", # Modality of the feature. Valid values are: numeric, image. Defaults to numeric.
+          "visualization": { # Visualization configurations for image explanation. # Visualization configurations for image explanation.
+            "clipPercentLowerbound": 3.14, # Excludes attributions below the specified percentile, from the highlighted areas. Defaults to 62.
+            "clipPercentUpperbound": 3.14, # Excludes attributions above the specified percentile from the highlighted areas. Using the clip_percent_upperbound and clip_percent_lowerbound together can be useful for filtering out noise and making it easier to see areas of strong attribution. Defaults to 99.9.
+            "colorMap": "A String", # The color scheme used for the highlighted areas. Defaults to PINK_GREEN for Integrated Gradients attribution, which shows positive attributions in green and negative in pink. Defaults to VIRIDIS for XRAI attribution, which highlights the most influential regions in yellow and the least influential in blue.
+            "overlayType": "A String", # How the original image is displayed in the visualization. Adjusting the overlay can help increase visual clarity if the original image makes it difficult to view the visualization. Defaults to NONE.
+            "polarity": "A String", # Whether to only highlight pixels with positive contributions, negative or both. Defaults to POSITIVE.
+            "type": "A String", # Type of the image visualization. Only applicable to Integrated Gradients attribution. OUTLINES shows regions of attribution, while PIXELS shows per-pixel attribution. Defaults to OUTLINES.
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "latentSpaceSource": "A String", # Name of the source to generate embeddings for example based explanations.
+      "outputs": { # Required. Map from output names to output metadata. For Vertex AI-provided Tensorflow images, keys can be any user defined string that consists of any UTF-8 characters. For custom images, keys are the name of the output field in the prediction to be explained. Currently only one key is allowed.
+        "a_key": { # Metadata of the prediction output to be explained.
+          "displayNameMappingKey": "A String", # Specify a field name in the prediction to look for the display name. Use this if the prediction contains the display names for the outputs. The display names in the prediction must have the same shape of the outputs, so that it can be located by Attribution.output_index for a specific output.
+          "indexDisplayNameMapping": "", # Static mapping between the index and display name. Use this if the outputs are a deterministic n-dimensional array, e.g. a list of scores of all the classes in a pre-defined order for a multi-classification Model. It's not feasible if the outputs are non-deterministic, e.g. the Model produces top-k classes or sort the outputs by their values. The shape of the value must be an n-dimensional array of strings. The number of dimensions must match that of the outputs to be explained. The Attribution.output_display_name is populated by locating in the mapping with Attribution.output_index.
+          "outputTensorName": "A String", # Name of the output tensor. Required and is only applicable to Vertex AI provided images for Tensorflow.
+        },
+      },
+    },
+    "parameters": { # Parameters to configure explaining for Model's predictions. # Required. Parameters that configure explaining of the Model's predictions.
+      "examples": { # Example-based explainability that returns the nearest neighbors from the provided dataset. # Example-based explanations that returns the nearest neighbors from the provided dataset.
+        "exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances.
+          "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported.
+          "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances.
+            "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+        "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search.
+          "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "nearestNeighborSearchConfig": "", # The full configuration for the generated index, the semantics are the same as metadata and should match [NearestNeighborSearchConfig](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/explainable-ai/configuring-explanations-example-based#nearest-neighbor-search-config).
+        "neighborCount": 42, # The number of neighbors to return when querying for examples.
+        "presets": { # Preset configuration for example-based explanations # Simplified preset configuration, which automatically sets configuration values based on the desired query speed-precision trade-off and modality.
+          "modality": "A String", # The modality of the uploaded model, which automatically configures the distance measurement and feature normalization for the underlying example index and queries. If your model does not precisely fit one of these types, it is okay to choose the closest type.
+          "query": "A String", # Preset option controlling parameters for speed-precision trade-off when querying for examples. If omitted, defaults to `PRECISE`.
+        },
+      },
+      "integratedGradientsAttribution": { # An attribution method that computes the Aumann-Shapley value taking advantage of the model's fully differentiable structure. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1703.01365 # An attribution method that computes Aumann-Shapley values taking advantage of the model's fully differentiable structure. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1703.01365
+        "blurBaselineConfig": { # Config for blur baseline. When enabled, a linear path from the maximally blurred image to the input image is created. Using a blurred baseline instead of zero (black image) is motivated by the BlurIG approach explained here: https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.03383 # Config for IG with blur baseline. When enabled, a linear path from the maximally blurred image to the input image is created. Using a blurred baseline instead of zero (black image) is motivated by the BlurIG approach explained here: https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.03383
+          "maxBlurSigma": 3.14, # The standard deviation of the blur kernel for the blurred baseline. The same blurring parameter is used for both the height and the width dimension. If not set, the method defaults to the zero (i.e. black for images) baseline.
+        },
+        "smoothGradConfig": { # Config for SmoothGrad approximation of gradients. When enabled, the gradients are approximated by averaging the gradients from noisy samples in the vicinity of the inputs. Adding noise can help improve the computed gradients. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf # Config for SmoothGrad approximation of gradients. When enabled, the gradients are approximated by averaging the gradients from noisy samples in the vicinity of the inputs. Adding noise can help improve the computed gradients. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf
+          "featureNoiseSigma": { # Noise sigma by features. Noise sigma represents the standard deviation of the gaussian kernel that will be used to add noise to interpolated inputs prior to computing gradients. # This is similar to noise_sigma, but provides additional flexibility. A separate noise sigma can be provided for each feature, which is useful if their distributions are different. No noise is added to features that are not set. If this field is unset, noise_sigma will be used for all features.
+            "noiseSigma": [ # Noise sigma per feature. No noise is added to features that are not set.
+              { # Noise sigma for a single feature.
+                "name": "A String", # The name of the input feature for which noise sigma is provided. The features are defined in explanation metadata inputs.
+                "sigma": 3.14, # This represents the standard deviation of the Gaussian kernel that will be used to add noise to the feature prior to computing gradients. Similar to noise_sigma but represents the noise added to the current feature. Defaults to 0.1.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "noiseSigma": 3.14, # This is a single float value and will be used to add noise to all the features. Use this field when all features are normalized to have the same distribution: scale to range [0, 1], [-1, 1] or z-scoring, where features are normalized to have 0-mean and 1-variance. Learn more about [normalization](https://developers.google.com/machine-learning/data-prep/transform/normalization). For best results the recommended value is about 10% - 20% of the standard deviation of the input feature. Refer to section 3.2 of the SmoothGrad paper: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf. Defaults to 0.1. If the distribution is different per feature, set feature_noise_sigma instead for each feature.
+          "noisySampleCount": 42, # The number of gradient samples to use for approximation. The higher this number, the more accurate the gradient is, but the runtime complexity increases by this factor as well. Valid range of its value is [1, 50]. Defaults to 3.
+        },
+        "stepCount": 42, # Required. The number of steps for approximating the path integral. A good value to start is 50 and gradually increase until the sum to diff property is within the desired error range. Valid range of its value is [1, 100], inclusively.
+      },
+      "outputIndices": [ # If populated, only returns attributions that have output_index contained in output_indices. It must be an ndarray of integers, with the same shape of the output it's explaining. If not populated, returns attributions for top_k indices of outputs. If neither top_k nor output_indices is populated, returns the argmax index of the outputs. Only applicable to Models that predict multiple outputs (e,g, multi-class Models that predict multiple classes).
+        "",
+      ],
+      "sampledShapleyAttribution": { # An attribution method that approximates Shapley values for features that contribute to the label being predicted. A sampling strategy is used to approximate the value rather than considering all subsets of features. # An attribution method that approximates Shapley values for features that contribute to the label being predicted. A sampling strategy is used to approximate the value rather than considering all subsets of features. Refer to this paper for model details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1306.4265.
+        "pathCount": 42, # Required. The number of feature permutations to consider when approximating the Shapley values. Valid range of its value is [1, 50], inclusively.
+      },
+      "topK": 42, # If populated, returns attributions for top K indices of outputs (defaults to 1). Only applies to Models that predicts more than one outputs (e,g, multi-class Models). When set to -1, returns explanations for all outputs.
+      "xraiAttribution": { # An explanation method that redistributes Integrated Gradients attributions to segmented regions, taking advantage of the model's fully differentiable structure. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1906.02825 Supported only by image Models. # An attribution method that redistributes Integrated Gradients attribution to segmented regions, taking advantage of the model's fully differentiable structure. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1906.02825 XRAI currently performs better on natural images, like a picture of a house or an animal. If the images are taken in artificial environments, like a lab or manufacturing line, or from diagnostic equipment, like x-rays or quality-control cameras, use Integrated Gradients instead.
+        "blurBaselineConfig": { # Config for blur baseline. When enabled, a linear path from the maximally blurred image to the input image is created. Using a blurred baseline instead of zero (black image) is motivated by the BlurIG approach explained here: https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.03383 # Config for XRAI with blur baseline. When enabled, a linear path from the maximally blurred image to the input image is created. Using a blurred baseline instead of zero (black image) is motivated by the BlurIG approach explained here: https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.03383
+          "maxBlurSigma": 3.14, # The standard deviation of the blur kernel for the blurred baseline. The same blurring parameter is used for both the height and the width dimension. If not set, the method defaults to the zero (i.e. black for images) baseline.
+        },
+        "smoothGradConfig": { # Config for SmoothGrad approximation of gradients. When enabled, the gradients are approximated by averaging the gradients from noisy samples in the vicinity of the inputs. Adding noise can help improve the computed gradients. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf # Config for SmoothGrad approximation of gradients. When enabled, the gradients are approximated by averaging the gradients from noisy samples in the vicinity of the inputs. Adding noise can help improve the computed gradients. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf
+          "featureNoiseSigma": { # Noise sigma by features. Noise sigma represents the standard deviation of the gaussian kernel that will be used to add noise to interpolated inputs prior to computing gradients. # This is similar to noise_sigma, but provides additional flexibility. A separate noise sigma can be provided for each feature, which is useful if their distributions are different. No noise is added to features that are not set. If this field is unset, noise_sigma will be used for all features.
+            "noiseSigma": [ # Noise sigma per feature. No noise is added to features that are not set.
+              { # Noise sigma for a single feature.
+                "name": "A String", # The name of the input feature for which noise sigma is provided. The features are defined in explanation metadata inputs.
+                "sigma": 3.14, # This represents the standard deviation of the Gaussian kernel that will be used to add noise to the feature prior to computing gradients. Similar to noise_sigma but represents the noise added to the current feature. Defaults to 0.1.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "noiseSigma": 3.14, # This is a single float value and will be used to add noise to all the features. Use this field when all features are normalized to have the same distribution: scale to range [0, 1], [-1, 1] or z-scoring, where features are normalized to have 0-mean and 1-variance. Learn more about [normalization](https://developers.google.com/machine-learning/data-prep/transform/normalization). For best results the recommended value is about 10% - 20% of the standard deviation of the input feature. Refer to section 3.2 of the SmoothGrad paper: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf. Defaults to 0.1. If the distribution is different per feature, set feature_noise_sigma instead for each feature.
+          "noisySampleCount": 42, # The number of gradient samples to use for approximation. The higher this number, the more accurate the gradient is, but the runtime complexity increases by this factor as well. Valid range of its value is [1, 50]. Defaults to 3.
+        },
+        "stepCount": 42, # Required. The number of steps for approximating the path integral. A good value to start is 50 and gradually increase until the sum to diff property is met within the desired error range. Valid range of its value is [1, 100], inclusively.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "generateExplanation": True or False, # Generate explanation with the batch prediction results. When set to `true`, the batch prediction output changes based on the `predictions_format` field of the BatchPredictionJob.output_config object: * `bigquery`: output includes a column named `explanation`. The value is a struct that conforms to the Explanation object. * `jsonl`: The JSON objects on each line include an additional entry keyed `explanation`. The value of the entry is a JSON object that conforms to the Explanation object. * `csv`: Generating explanations for CSV format is not supported. If this field is set to true, either the Model.explanation_spec or explanation_spec must be populated.
+  "inputConfig": { # Configures the input to BatchPredictionJob. See Model.supported_input_storage_formats for Model's supported input formats, and how instances should be expressed via any of them. # Required. Input configuration of the instances on which predictions are performed. The schema of any single instance may be specified via the Model's PredictSchemata's instance_schema_uri.
+    "bigquerySource": { # The BigQuery location for the input content. # The BigQuery location of the input table. The schema of the table should be in the format described by the given context OpenAPI Schema, if one is provided. The table may contain additional columns that are not described by the schema, and they will be ignored.
+      "inputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a table, up to 2000 characters long. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`.
+    },
+    "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances.
+      "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "instancesFormat": "A String", # Required. The format in which instances are given, must be one of the Model's supported_input_storage_formats.
+  },
+  "instanceConfig": { # Configuration defining how to transform batch prediction input instances to the instances that the Model accepts. # Configuration for how to convert batch prediction input instances to the prediction instances that are sent to the Model.
+    "excludedFields": [ # Fields that will be excluded in the prediction instance that is sent to the Model. Excluded will be attached to the batch prediction output if key_field is not specified. When excluded_fields is populated, included_fields must be empty. The input must be JSONL with objects at each line, BigQuery or TfRecord.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "includedFields": [ # Fields that will be included in the prediction instance that is sent to the Model. If instance_type is `array`, the order of field names in included_fields also determines the order of the values in the array. When included_fields is populated, excluded_fields must be empty. The input must be JSONL with objects at each line, BigQuery or TfRecord.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "instanceType": "A String", # The format of the instance that the Model accepts. Vertex AI will convert compatible batch prediction input instance formats to the specified format. Supported values are: * `object`: Each input is converted to JSON object format. * For `bigquery`, each row is converted to an object. * For `jsonl`, each line of the JSONL input must be an object. * Does not apply to `csv`, `file-list`, `tf-record`, or `tf-record-gzip`. * `array`: Each input is converted to JSON array format. * For `bigquery`, each row is converted to an array. The order of columns is determined by the BigQuery column order, unless included_fields is populated. included_fields must be populated for specifying field orders. * For `jsonl`, if each line of the JSONL input is an object, included_fields must be populated for specifying field orders. * Does not apply to `csv`, `file-list`, `tf-record`, or `tf-record-gzip`. If not specified, Vertex AI converts the batch prediction input as follows: * For `bigquery` and `csv`, the behavior is the same as `array`. The order of columns is the same as defined in the file or table, unless included_fields is populated. * For `jsonl`, the prediction instance format is determined by each line of the input. * For `tf-record`/`tf-record-gzip`, each record will be converted to an object in the format of `{"b64": }`, where `` is the Base64-encoded string of the content of the record. * For `file-list`, each file in the list will be converted to an object in the format of `{"b64": }`, where `` is the Base64-encoded string of the content of the file.
+    "keyField": "A String", # The name of the field that is considered as a key. The values identified by the key field is not included in the transformed instances that is sent to the Model. This is similar to specifying this name of the field in excluded_fields. In addition, the batch prediction output will not include the instances. Instead the output will only include the value of the key field, in a field named `key` in the output: * For `jsonl` output format, the output will have a `key` field instead of the `instance` field. * For `csv`/`bigquery` output format, the output will have have a `key` column instead of the instance feature columns. The input must be JSONL with objects at each line, CSV, BigQuery or TfRecord.
+  },
+  "labels": { # The labels with user-defined metadata to organize BatchPredictionJobs. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "manualBatchTuningParameters": { # Manual batch tuning parameters. # Immutable. Parameters configuring the batch behavior. Currently only applicable when dedicated_resources are used (in other cases Vertex AI does the tuning itself).
+    "batchSize": 42, # Immutable. The number of the records (e.g. instances) of the operation given in each batch to a machine replica. Machine type, and size of a single record should be considered when setting this parameter, higher value speeds up the batch operation's execution, but too high value will result in a whole batch not fitting in a machine's memory, and the whole operation will fail. The default value is 64.
+  },
+  "model": "A String", # The name of the Model resource that produces the predictions via this job, must share the same ancestor Location. Starting this job has no impact on any existing deployments of the Model and their resources. Exactly one of model and unmanaged_container_model must be set. The model resource name may contain version id or version alias to specify the version. Example: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}@2` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}@golden` if no version is specified, the default version will be deployed. The model resource could also be a publisher model. Example: `publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}`
+  "modelMonitoringConfig": { # The model monitoring configuration used for Batch Prediction Job. # Model monitoring config will be used for analysis model behaviors, based on the input and output to the batch prediction job, as well as the provided training dataset.
+    "alertConfig": { # The alert config for model monitoring. # Model monitoring alert config.
+      "emailAlertConfig": { # The config for email alert. # Email alert config.
+        "userEmails": [ # The email addresses to send the alert.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "enableLogging": True or False, # Dump the anomalies to Cloud Logging. The anomalies will be put to json payload encoded from proto ModelMonitoringStatsAnomalies. This can be further synced to Pub/Sub or any other services supported by Cloud Logging.
+      "notificationChannels": [ # Resource names of the NotificationChannels to send alert. Must be of the format `projects//notificationChannels/`
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "analysisInstanceSchemaUri": "A String", # YAML schema file uri in Cloud Storage describing the format of a single instance that you want Tensorflow Data Validation (TFDV) to analyze. If there are any data type differences between predict instance and TFDV instance, this field can be used to override the schema. For models trained with Vertex AI, this field must be set as all the fields in predict instance formatted as string.
+    "objectiveConfigs": [ # Model monitoring objective config.
+      { # The objective configuration for model monitoring, including the information needed to detect anomalies for one particular model.
+        "explanationConfig": { # The config for integrating with Vertex Explainable AI. Only applicable if the Model has explanation_spec populated. # The config for integrating with Vertex Explainable AI.
+          "enableFeatureAttributes": True or False, # If want to analyze the Vertex Explainable AI feature attribute scores or not. If set to true, Vertex AI will log the feature attributions from explain response and do the skew/drift detection for them.
+          "explanationBaseline": { # Output from BatchPredictionJob for Model Monitoring baseline dataset, which can be used to generate baseline attribution scores. # Predictions generated by the BatchPredictionJob using baseline dataset.
+            "bigquery": { # The BigQuery location for the output content. # BigQuery location for BatchExplain output.
+              "outputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a project or table, up to 2000 characters long. When only the project is specified, the Dataset and Table is created. When the full table reference is specified, the Dataset must exist and table must not exist. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`.
+            },
+            "gcs": { # The Google Cloud Storage location where the output is to be written to. # Cloud Storage location for BatchExplain output.
+              "outputUriPrefix": "A String", # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI to output directory. If the uri doesn't end with '/', a '/' will be automatically appended. The directory is created if it doesn't exist.
+            },
+            "predictionFormat": "A String", # The storage format of the predictions generated BatchPrediction job.
+          },
+        },
+        "predictionDriftDetectionConfig": { # The config for Prediction data drift detection. # The config for drift of prediction data.
+          "attributionScoreDriftThresholds": { # Key is the feature name and value is the threshold. The threshold here is against attribution score distance between different time windows.
+            "a_key": { # The config for feature monitoring threshold.
+              "value": 3.14, # Specify a threshold value that can trigger the alert. If this threshold config is for feature distribution distance: 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence. Each feature must have a non-zero threshold if they need to be monitored. Otherwise no alert will be triggered for that feature.
+            },
+          },
+          "defaultDriftThreshold": { # The config for feature monitoring threshold. # Drift anomaly detection threshold used by all features. When the per-feature thresholds are not set, this field can be used to specify a threshold for all features.
+            "value": 3.14, # Specify a threshold value that can trigger the alert. If this threshold config is for feature distribution distance: 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence. Each feature must have a non-zero threshold if they need to be monitored. Otherwise no alert will be triggered for that feature.
+          },
+          "driftThresholds": { # Key is the feature name and value is the threshold. If a feature needs to be monitored for drift, a value threshold must be configured for that feature. The threshold here is against feature distribution distance between different time windws.
+            "a_key": { # The config for feature monitoring threshold.
+              "value": 3.14, # Specify a threshold value that can trigger the alert. If this threshold config is for feature distribution distance: 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence. Each feature must have a non-zero threshold if they need to be monitored. Otherwise no alert will be triggered for that feature.
+            },
+          },
+        },
+        "trainingDataset": { # Training Dataset information. # Training dataset for models. This field has to be set only if TrainingPredictionSkewDetectionConfig is specified.
+          "bigquerySource": { # The BigQuery location for the input content. # The BigQuery table of the unmanaged Dataset used to train this Model.
+            "inputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a table, up to 2000 characters long. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`.
+          },
+          "dataFormat": "A String", # Data format of the dataset, only applicable if the input is from Google Cloud Storage. The possible formats are: "tf-record" The source file is a TFRecord file. "csv" The source file is a CSV file. "jsonl" The source file is a JSONL file.
+          "dataset": "A String", # The resource name of the Dataset used to train this Model.
+          "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Google Cloud Storage uri of the unmanaged Dataset used to train this Model.
+            "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "loggingSamplingStrategy": { # Sampling Strategy for logging, can be for both training and prediction dataset. # Strategy to sample data from Training Dataset. If not set, we process the whole dataset.
+            "randomSampleConfig": { # Requests are randomly selected. # Random sample config. Will support more sampling strategies later.
+              "sampleRate": 3.14, # Sample rate (0, 1]
+            },
+          },
+          "targetField": "A String", # The target field name the model is to predict. This field will be excluded when doing Predict and (or) Explain for the training data.
+        },
+        "trainingPredictionSkewDetectionConfig": { # The config for Training & Prediction data skew detection. It specifies the training dataset sources and the skew detection parameters. # The config for skew between training data and prediction data.
+          "attributionScoreSkewThresholds": { # Key is the feature name and value is the threshold. The threshold here is against attribution score distance between the training and prediction feature.
+            "a_key": { # The config for feature monitoring threshold.
+              "value": 3.14, # Specify a threshold value that can trigger the alert. If this threshold config is for feature distribution distance: 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence. Each feature must have a non-zero threshold if they need to be monitored. Otherwise no alert will be triggered for that feature.
+            },
+          },
+          "defaultSkewThreshold": { # The config for feature monitoring threshold. # Skew anomaly detection threshold used by all features. When the per-feature thresholds are not set, this field can be used to specify a threshold for all features.
+            "value": 3.14, # Specify a threshold value that can trigger the alert. If this threshold config is for feature distribution distance: 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence. Each feature must have a non-zero threshold if they need to be monitored. Otherwise no alert will be triggered for that feature.
+          },
+          "skewThresholds": { # Key is the feature name and value is the threshold. If a feature needs to be monitored for skew, a value threshold must be configured for that feature. The threshold here is against feature distribution distance between the training and prediction feature.
+            "a_key": { # The config for feature monitoring threshold.
+              "value": 3.14, # Specify a threshold value that can trigger the alert. If this threshold config is for feature distribution distance: 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence. Each feature must have a non-zero threshold if they need to be monitored. Otherwise no alert will be triggered for that feature.
+            },
+          },
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "statsAnomaliesBaseDirectory": { # The Google Cloud Storage location where the output is to be written to. # A Google Cloud Storage location for batch prediction model monitoring to dump statistics and anomalies. If not provided, a folder will be created in customer project to hold statistics and anomalies.
+      "outputUriPrefix": "A String", # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI to output directory. If the uri doesn't end with '/', a '/' will be automatically appended. The directory is created if it doesn't exist.
+    },
+  },
+  "modelMonitoringStatsAnomalies": [ # Get batch prediction job monitoring statistics.
+    { # Statistics and anomalies generated by Model Monitoring.
+      "anomalyCount": 42, # Number of anomalies within all stats.
+      "deployedModelId": "A String", # Deployed Model ID.
+      "featureStats": [ # A list of historical Stats and Anomalies generated for all Features.
+        { # Historical Stats (and Anomalies) for a specific Feature.
+          "featureDisplayName": "A String", # Display Name of the Feature.
+          "predictionStats": [ # A list of historical stats generated by different time window's Prediction Dataset.
+            { # Stats and Anomaly generated at specific timestamp for specific Feature. The start_time and end_time are used to define the time range of the dataset that current stats belongs to, e.g. prediction traffic is bucketed into prediction datasets by time window. If the Dataset is not defined by time window, start_time = end_time. Timestamp of the stats and anomalies always refers to end_time. Raw stats and anomalies are stored in stats_uri or anomaly_uri in the tensorflow defined protos. Field data_stats contains almost identical information with the raw stats in Vertex AI defined proto, for UI to display.
+              "anomalyDetectionThreshold": 3.14, # This is the threshold used when detecting anomalies. The threshold can be changed by user, so this one might be different from ThresholdConfig.value.
+              "anomalyUri": "A String", # Path of the anomaly file for current feature values in Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs:////anomalies. Example: gs://monitoring_bucket/feature_name/anomalies. Stats are stored as binary format with Protobuf message Anoamlies are stored as binary format with Protobuf message [tensorflow.metadata.v0.AnomalyInfo] (https://github.com/tensorflow/metadata/blob/master/tensorflow_metadata/proto/v0/anomalies.proto).
+              "distributionDeviation": 3.14, # Deviation from the current stats to baseline stats. 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence.
+              "endTime": "A String", # The end timestamp of window where stats were generated. For objectives where time window doesn't make sense (e.g. Featurestore Snapshot Monitoring), end_time indicates the timestamp of the data used to generate stats (e.g. timestamp we take snapshots for feature values).
+              "score": 3.14, # Feature importance score, only populated when cross-feature monitoring is enabled. For now only used to represent feature attribution score within range [0, 1] for ModelDeploymentMonitoringObjectiveType.FEATURE_ATTRIBUTION_SKEW and ModelDeploymentMonitoringObjectiveType.FEATURE_ATTRIBUTION_DRIFT.
+              "startTime": "A String", # The start timestamp of window where stats were generated. For objectives where time window doesn't make sense (e.g. Featurestore Snapshot Monitoring), start_time is only used to indicate the monitoring intervals, so it always equals to (end_time - monitoring_interval).
+              "statsUri": "A String", # Path of the stats file for current feature values in Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs:////stats. Example: gs://monitoring_bucket/feature_name/stats. Stats are stored as binary format with Protobuf message [tensorflow.metadata.v0.FeatureNameStatistics](https://github.com/tensorflow/metadata/blob/master/tensorflow_metadata/proto/v0/statistics.proto).
+            },
+          ],
+          "threshold": { # The config for feature monitoring threshold. # Threshold for anomaly detection.
+            "value": 3.14, # Specify a threshold value that can trigger the alert. If this threshold config is for feature distribution distance: 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence. Each feature must have a non-zero threshold if they need to be monitored. Otherwise no alert will be triggered for that feature.
+          },
+          "trainingStats": { # Stats and Anomaly generated at specific timestamp for specific Feature. The start_time and end_time are used to define the time range of the dataset that current stats belongs to, e.g. prediction traffic is bucketed into prediction datasets by time window. If the Dataset is not defined by time window, start_time = end_time. Timestamp of the stats and anomalies always refers to end_time. Raw stats and anomalies are stored in stats_uri or anomaly_uri in the tensorflow defined protos. Field data_stats contains almost identical information with the raw stats in Vertex AI defined proto, for UI to display. # Stats calculated for the Training Dataset.
+            "anomalyDetectionThreshold": 3.14, # This is the threshold used when detecting anomalies. The threshold can be changed by user, so this one might be different from ThresholdConfig.value.
+            "anomalyUri": "A String", # Path of the anomaly file for current feature values in Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs:////anomalies. Example: gs://monitoring_bucket/feature_name/anomalies. Stats are stored as binary format with Protobuf message Anoamlies are stored as binary format with Protobuf message [tensorflow.metadata.v0.AnomalyInfo] (https://github.com/tensorflow/metadata/blob/master/tensorflow_metadata/proto/v0/anomalies.proto).
+            "distributionDeviation": 3.14, # Deviation from the current stats to baseline stats. 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence.
+            "endTime": "A String", # The end timestamp of window where stats were generated. For objectives where time window doesn't make sense (e.g. Featurestore Snapshot Monitoring), end_time indicates the timestamp of the data used to generate stats (e.g. timestamp we take snapshots for feature values).
+            "score": 3.14, # Feature importance score, only populated when cross-feature monitoring is enabled. For now only used to represent feature attribution score within range [0, 1] for ModelDeploymentMonitoringObjectiveType.FEATURE_ATTRIBUTION_SKEW and ModelDeploymentMonitoringObjectiveType.FEATURE_ATTRIBUTION_DRIFT.
+            "startTime": "A String", # The start timestamp of window where stats were generated. For objectives where time window doesn't make sense (e.g. Featurestore Snapshot Monitoring), start_time is only used to indicate the monitoring intervals, so it always equals to (end_time - monitoring_interval).
+            "statsUri": "A String", # Path of the stats file for current feature values in Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs:////stats. Example: gs://monitoring_bucket/feature_name/stats. Stats are stored as binary format with Protobuf message [tensorflow.metadata.v0.FeatureNameStatistics](https://github.com/tensorflow/metadata/blob/master/tensorflow_metadata/proto/v0/statistics.proto).
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "objective": "A String", # Model Monitoring Objective those stats and anomalies belonging to.
+    },
+  ],
+  "modelMonitoringStatus": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. The running status of the model monitoring pipeline.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "modelParameters": "", # The parameters that govern the predictions. The schema of the parameters may be specified via the Model's PredictSchemata's parameters_schema_uri.
+  "modelVersionId": "A String", # Output only. The version ID of the Model that produces the predictions via this job.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the BatchPredictionJob.
+  "outputConfig": { # Configures the output of BatchPredictionJob. See Model.supported_output_storage_formats for supported output formats, and how predictions are expressed via any of them. # Required. The Configuration specifying where output predictions should be written. The schema of any single prediction may be specified as a concatenation of Model's PredictSchemata's instance_schema_uri and prediction_schema_uri.
+    "bigqueryDestination": { # The BigQuery location for the output content. # The BigQuery project or dataset location where the output is to be written to. If project is provided, a new dataset is created with name `prediction__` where is made BigQuery-dataset-name compatible (for example, most special characters become underscores), and timestamp is in YYYY_MM_DDThh_mm_ss_sssZ "based on ISO-8601" format. In the dataset two tables will be created, `predictions`, and `errors`. If the Model has both instance and prediction schemata defined then the tables have columns as follows: The `predictions` table contains instances for which the prediction succeeded, it has columns as per a concatenation of the Model's instance and prediction schemata. The `errors` table contains rows for which the prediction has failed, it has instance columns, as per the instance schema, followed by a single "errors" column, which as values has google.rpc.Status represented as a STRUCT, and containing only `code` and `message`.
+      "outputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a project or table, up to 2000 characters long. When only the project is specified, the Dataset and Table is created. When the full table reference is specified, the Dataset must exist and table must not exist. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`.
+    },
+    "gcsDestination": { # The Google Cloud Storage location where the output is to be written to. # The Cloud Storage location of the directory where the output is to be written to. In the given directory a new directory is created. Its name is `prediction--`, where timestamp is in YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sssZ ISO-8601 format. Inside of it files `predictions_0001.`, `predictions_0002.`, ..., `predictions_N.` are created where `` depends on chosen predictions_format, and N may equal 0001 and depends on the total number of successfully predicted instances. If the Model has both instance and prediction schemata defined then each such file contains predictions as per the predictions_format. If prediction for any instance failed (partially or completely), then an additional `errors_0001.`, `errors_0002.`,..., `errors_N.` files are created (N depends on total number of failed predictions). These files contain the failed instances, as per their schema, followed by an additional `error` field which as value has google.rpc.Status containing only `code` and `message` fields.
+      "outputUriPrefix": "A String", # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI to output directory. If the uri doesn't end with '/', a '/' will be automatically appended. The directory is created if it doesn't exist.
+    },
+    "predictionsFormat": "A String", # Required. The format in which Vertex AI gives the predictions, must be one of the Model's supported_output_storage_formats.
+  },
+  "outputInfo": { # Further describes this job's output. Supplements output_config. # Output only. Information further describing the output of this job.
+    "bigqueryOutputDataset": "A String", # Output only. The path of the BigQuery dataset created, in `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId` format, into which the prediction output is written.
+    "bigqueryOutputTable": "A String", # Output only. The name of the BigQuery table created, in `predictions_` format, into which the prediction output is written. Can be used by UI to generate the BigQuery output path, for example.
+    "gcsOutputDirectory": "A String", # Output only. The full path of the Cloud Storage directory created, into which the prediction output is written.
+  },
+  "partialFailures": [ # Output only. Partial failures encountered. For example, single files that can't be read. This field never exceeds 20 entries. Status details fields contain standard Google Cloud error details.
+    { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+      "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+      "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+        {
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+    },
+  ],
+  "resourcesConsumed": { # Statistics information about resource consumption. # Output only. Information about resources that had been consumed by this job. Provided in real time at best effort basis, as well as a final value once the job completes. Note: This field currently may be not populated for batch predictions that use AutoML Models.
+    "replicaHours": 3.14, # Output only. The number of replica hours used. Note that many replicas may run in parallel, and additionally any given work may be queued for some time. Therefore this value is not strictly related to wall time.
+  },
+  "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
+  "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
+  "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the DeployedModel's container runs as. If not specified, a system generated one will be used, which has minimal permissions and the custom container, if used, may not have enough permission to access other Google Cloud resources. Users deploying the Model must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account.
+  "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the BatchPredictionJob for the first time entered the `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` state.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The detailed state of the job.
+  "unmanagedContainerModel": { # Contains model information necessary to perform batch prediction without requiring a full model import. # Contains model information necessary to perform batch prediction without requiring uploading to model registry. Exactly one of model and unmanaged_container_model must be set.
+    "artifactUri": "A String", # The path to the directory containing the Model artifact and any of its supporting files.
+    "containerSpec": { # Specification of a container for serving predictions. Some fields in this message correspond to fields in the [Kubernetes Container v1 core specification](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core). # Input only. The specification of the container that is to be used when deploying this Model.
+      "args": [ # Immutable. Specifies arguments for the command that runs when the container starts. This overrides the container's [`CMD`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd). Specify this field as an array of executable and arguments, similar to a Docker `CMD`'s "default parameters" form. If you don't specify this field but do specify the command field, then the command from the `command` field runs without any additional arguments. See the [Kubernetes documentation about how the `command` and `args` fields interact with a container's `ENTRYPOINT` and `CMD`](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#notes). If you don't specify this field and don't specify the `command` field, then the container's [`ENTRYPOINT`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd) and `CMD` determine what runs based on their default behavior. See the Docker documentation about [how `CMD` and `ENTRYPOINT` interact](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#understand-how-cmd-and-entrypoint-interact). In this field, you can reference [environment variables set by Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables) and environment variables set in the env field. You cannot reference environment variables set in the Docker image. In order for environment variables to be expanded, reference them by using the following syntax: $( VARIABLE_NAME) Note that this differs from Bash variable expansion, which does not use parentheses. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string is used unchanged. To avoid variable expansion, you can escape this syntax with `$$`; for example: $$(VARIABLE_NAME) This field corresponds to the `args` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "command": [ # Immutable. Specifies the command that runs when the container starts. This overrides the container's [ENTRYPOINT](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#entrypoint). Specify this field as an array of executable and arguments, similar to a Docker `ENTRYPOINT`'s "exec" form, not its "shell" form. If you do not specify this field, then the container's `ENTRYPOINT` runs, in conjunction with the args field or the container's [`CMD`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd), if either exists. If this field is not specified and the container does not have an `ENTRYPOINT`, then refer to the Docker documentation about [how `CMD` and `ENTRYPOINT` interact](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#understand-how-cmd-and-entrypoint-interact). If you specify this field, then you can also specify the `args` field to provide additional arguments for this command. However, if you specify this field, then the container's `CMD` is ignored. See the [Kubernetes documentation about how the `command` and `args` fields interact with a container's `ENTRYPOINT` and `CMD`](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#notes). In this field, you can reference [environment variables set by Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables) and environment variables set in the env field. You cannot reference environment variables set in the Docker image. In order for environment variables to be expanded, reference them by using the following syntax: $( VARIABLE_NAME) Note that this differs from Bash variable expansion, which does not use parentheses. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string is used unchanged. To avoid variable expansion, you can escape this syntax with `$$`; for example: $$(VARIABLE_NAME) This field corresponds to the `command` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "deploymentTimeout": "A String", # Immutable. Deployment timeout. Limit for deployment timeout is 2 hours.
+      "env": [ # Immutable. List of environment variables to set in the container. After the container starts running, code running in the container can read these environment variables. Additionally, the command and args fields can reference these variables. Later entries in this list can also reference earlier entries. For example, the following example sets the variable `VAR_2` to have the value `foo bar`: ```json [ { "name": "VAR_1", "value": "foo" }, { "name": "VAR_2", "value": "$(VAR_1) bar" } ] ``` If you switch the order of the variables in the example, then the expansion does not occur. This field corresponds to the `env` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
+        { # Represents an environment variable present in a Container or Python Module.
+          "name": "A String", # Required. Name of the environment variable. Must be a valid C identifier.
+          "value": "A String", # Required. Variables that reference a $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not.
+        },
+      ],
+      "grpcPorts": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends gRPC prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends liveness and health checks to this port. If you do not specify this field, gRPC requests to the container will be disabled. Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers v1 core API.
+        { # Represents a network port in a container.
+          "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
+        },
+      ],
+      "healthProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes readiness probe.
+        "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+          "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'.
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
+        "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds to wait before starting the probe. Defaults to 0. Minimum value is 0. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'initialDelaySeconds'.
+        "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "successThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive successes before the probe is considered successful. Defaults to 1. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'successThreshold'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
+        "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+      },
+      "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+      "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+        "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+          "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'.
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
+        "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds to wait before starting the probe. Defaults to 0. Minimum value is 0. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'initialDelaySeconds'.
+        "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "successThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive successes before the probe is considered successful. Defaults to 1. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'successThreshold'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
+        "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+      },
+      "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
+        { # Represents a network port in a container.
+          "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
+        },
+      ],
+      "predictRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send prediction requests to. Vertex AI forwards requests sent using projects.locations.endpoints.predict to this path on the container's IP address and port. Vertex AI then returns the container's response in the API response. For example, if you set this field to `/foo`, then when Vertex AI receives a prediction request, it forwards the request body in a POST request to the `/foo` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
+      "sharedMemorySizeMb": "A String", # Immutable. The amount of the VM memory to reserve as the shared memory for the model in megabytes.
+      "startupProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes startup probe.
+        "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+          "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'.
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
+        "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds to wait before starting the probe. Defaults to 0. Minimum value is 0. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'initialDelaySeconds'.
+        "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "successThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive successes before the probe is considered successful. Defaults to 1. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'successThreshold'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
+        "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+      },
+    },
+    "predictSchemata": { # Contains the schemata used in Model's predictions and explanations via PredictionService.Predict, PredictionService.Explain and BatchPredictionJob. # Contains the schemata used in Model's predictions and explanations
+      "instanceSchemaUri": "A String", # Immutable. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing the format of a single instance, which are used in PredictRequest.instances, ExplainRequest.instances and BatchPredictionJob.input_config. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 [Schema Object](https://github.com/OAI/OpenAPI-Specification/blob/main/versions/3.0.2.md#schemaObject). AutoML Models always have this field populated by Vertex AI. Note: The URI given on output will be immutable and probably different, including the URI scheme, than the one given on input. The output URI will point to a location where the user only has a read access.
+      "parametersSchemaUri": "A String", # Immutable. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing the parameters of prediction and explanation via PredictRequest.parameters, ExplainRequest.parameters and BatchPredictionJob.model_parameters. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 [Schema Object](https://github.com/OAI/OpenAPI-Specification/blob/main/versions/3.0.2.md#schemaObject). AutoML Models always have this field populated by Vertex AI, if no parameters are supported, then it is set to an empty string. Note: The URI given on output will be immutable and probably different, including the URI scheme, than the one given on input. The output URI will point to a location where the user only has a read access.
+      "predictionSchemaUri": "A String", # Immutable. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing the format of a single prediction produced by this Model, which are returned via PredictResponse.predictions, ExplainResponse.explanations, and BatchPredictionJob.output_config. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 [Schema Object](https://github.com/OAI/OpenAPI-Specification/blob/main/versions/3.0.2.md#schemaObject). AutoML Models always have this field populated by Vertex AI. Note: The URI given on output will be immutable and probably different, including the URI scheme, than the one given on input. The output URI will point to a location where the user only has a read access.
+    },
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the BatchPredictionJob was most recently updated.
+}
+
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the Location to create the BatchPredictionJob in. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A job that uses a Model to produce predictions on multiple input instances. If predictions for significant portion of the instances fail, the job may finish without attempting predictions for all remaining instances.
+  "completionStats": { # Success and error statistics of processing multiple entities (for example, DataItems or structured data rows) in batch. # Output only. Statistics on completed and failed prediction instances.
+    "failedCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of entities for which any error was encountered.
+    "incompleteCount": "A String", # Output only. In cases when enough errors are encountered a job, pipeline, or operation may be failed as a whole. Below is the number of entities for which the processing had not been finished (either in successful or failed state). Set to -1 if the number is unknown (for example, the operation failed before the total entity number could be collected).
+    "successfulCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of entities that had been processed successfully.
+    "successfulForecastPointCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of the successful forecast points that are generated by the forecasting model. This is ONLY used by the forecasting batch prediction.
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the BatchPredictionJob was created.
+  "dedicatedResources": { # A description of resources that are used for performing batch operations, are dedicated to a Model, and need manual configuration. # The config of resources used by the Model during the batch prediction. If the Model supports DEDICATED_RESOURCES this config may be provided (and the job will use these resources), if the Model doesn't support AUTOMATIC_RESOURCES, this config must be provided.
+    "machineSpec": { # Specification of a single machine. # Required. Immutable. The specification of a single machine.
+      "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of accelerators to attach to the machine.
+      "acceleratorType": "A String", # Immutable. The type of accelerator(s) that may be attached to the machine as per accelerator_count.
+      "machineType": "A String", # Immutable. The type of the machine. See the [list of machine types supported for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/configure-compute#machine-types) See the [list of machine types supported for custom training](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/configure-compute#machine-types). For DeployedModel this field is optional, and the default value is `n1-standard-2`. For BatchPredictionJob or as part of WorkerPoolSpec this field is required.
+      "multihostGpuNodeCount": 42, # Optional. Immutable. The number of nodes per replica for multihost GPU deployments.
+      "reservationAffinity": { # A ReservationAffinity can be used to configure a Vertex AI resource (e.g., a DeployedModel) to draw its Compute Engine resources from a Shared Reservation, or exclusively from on-demand capacity. # Optional. Immutable. Configuration controlling how this resource pool consumes reservation.
+        "key": "A String", # Optional. Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, use `compute.googleapis.com/reservation-name` as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value.
+        "reservationAffinityType": "A String", # Required. Specifies the reservation affinity type.
+        "values": [ # Optional. Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This must be the full resource name of the reservation or reservation block.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "tpuTopology": "A String", # Immutable. The topology of the TPUs. Corresponds to the TPU topologies available from GKE. (Example: tpu_topology: "2x2x1").
+    },
+    "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of machine replicas the batch operation may be scaled to. The default value is 10.
+    "startingReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The number of machine replicas used at the start of the batch operation. If not set, Vertex AI decides starting number, not greater than max_replica_count
+  },
+  "disableContainerLogging": True or False, # For custom-trained Models and AutoML Tabular Models, the container of the DeployedModel instances will send `stderr` and `stdout` streams to Cloud Logging by default. Please note that the logs incur cost, which are subject to [Cloud Logging pricing](https://cloud.google.com/logging/pricing). User can disable container logging by setting this flag to true.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The user-defined name of this BatchPredictionJob.
+  "encryptionSpec": { # Represents a customer-managed encryption key spec that can be applied to a top-level resource. # Customer-managed encryption key options for a BatchPredictionJob. If this is set, then all resources created by the BatchPredictionJob will be encrypted with the provided encryption key.
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The Cloud KMS resource identifier of the customer managed encryption key used to protect a resource. Has the form: `projects/my-project/locations/my-region/keyRings/my-kr/cryptoKeys/my-key`. The key needs to be in the same region as where the compute resource is created.
+  },
+  "endTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the BatchPredictionJob entered any of the following states: `JOB_STATE_SUCCEEDED`, `JOB_STATE_FAILED`, `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Only populated when the job's state is JOB_STATE_FAILED or JOB_STATE_CANCELLED.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "explanationSpec": { # Specification of Model explanation. # Explanation configuration for this BatchPredictionJob. Can be specified only if generate_explanation is set to `true`. This value overrides the value of Model.explanation_spec. All fields of explanation_spec are optional in the request. If a field of the explanation_spec object is not populated, the corresponding field of the Model.explanation_spec object is inherited.
+    "metadata": { # Metadata describing the Model's input and output for explanation. # Optional. Metadata describing the Model's input and output for explanation.
+      "featureAttributionsSchemaUri": "A String", # Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing the format of the feature attributions. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 [Schema Object](https://github.com/OAI/OpenAPI-Specification/blob/main/versions/3.0.2.md#schemaObject). AutoML tabular Models always have this field populated by Vertex AI. Note: The URI given on output may be different, including the URI scheme, than the one given on input. The output URI will point to a location where the user only has a read access.
+      "inputs": { # Required. Map from feature names to feature input metadata. Keys are the name of the features. Values are the specification of the feature. An empty InputMetadata is valid. It describes a text feature which has the name specified as the key in ExplanationMetadata.inputs. The baseline of the empty feature is chosen by Vertex AI. For Vertex AI-provided Tensorflow images, the key can be any friendly name of the feature. Once specified, featureAttributions are keyed by this key (if not grouped with another feature). For custom images, the key must match with the key in instance.
+        "a_key": { # Metadata of the input of a feature. Fields other than InputMetadata.input_baselines are applicable only for Models that are using Vertex AI-provided images for Tensorflow.
+          "denseShapeTensorName": "A String", # Specifies the shape of the values of the input if the input is a sparse representation. Refer to Tensorflow documentation for more details: https://www.tensorflow.org/api_docs/python/tf/sparse/SparseTensor.
+          "encodedBaselines": [ # A list of baselines for the encoded tensor. The shape of each baseline should match the shape of the encoded tensor. If a scalar is provided, Vertex AI broadcasts to the same shape as the encoded tensor.
+            "",
+          ],
+          "encodedTensorName": "A String", # Encoded tensor is a transformation of the input tensor. Must be provided if choosing Integrated Gradients attribution or XRAI attribution and the input tensor is not differentiable. An encoded tensor is generated if the input tensor is encoded by a lookup table.
+          "encoding": "A String", # Defines how the feature is encoded into the input tensor. Defaults to IDENTITY.
+          "featureValueDomain": { # Domain details of the input feature value. Provides numeric information about the feature, such as its range (min, max). If the feature has been pre-processed, for example with z-scoring, then it provides information about how to recover the original feature. For example, if the input feature is an image and it has been pre-processed to obtain 0-mean and stddev = 1 values, then original_mean, and original_stddev refer to the mean and stddev of the original feature (e.g. image tensor) from which input feature (with mean = 0 and stddev = 1) was obtained. # The domain details of the input feature value. Like min/max, original mean or standard deviation if normalized.
+            "maxValue": 3.14, # The maximum permissible value for this feature.
+            "minValue": 3.14, # The minimum permissible value for this feature.
+            "originalMean": 3.14, # If this input feature has been normalized to a mean value of 0, the original_mean specifies the mean value of the domain prior to normalization.
+            "originalStddev": 3.14, # If this input feature has been normalized to a standard deviation of 1.0, the original_stddev specifies the standard deviation of the domain prior to normalization.
+          },
+          "groupName": "A String", # Name of the group that the input belongs to. Features with the same group name will be treated as one feature when computing attributions. Features grouped together can have different shapes in value. If provided, there will be one single attribution generated in Attribution.feature_attributions, keyed by the group name.
+          "indexFeatureMapping": [ # A list of feature names for each index in the input tensor. Required when the input InputMetadata.encoding is BAG_OF_FEATURES, BAG_OF_FEATURES_SPARSE, INDICATOR.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "indicesTensorName": "A String", # Specifies the index of the values of the input tensor. Required when the input tensor is a sparse representation. Refer to Tensorflow documentation for more details: https://www.tensorflow.org/api_docs/python/tf/sparse/SparseTensor.
+          "inputBaselines": [ # Baseline inputs for this feature. If no baseline is specified, Vertex AI chooses the baseline for this feature. If multiple baselines are specified, Vertex AI returns the average attributions across them in Attribution.feature_attributions. For Vertex AI-provided Tensorflow images (both 1.x and 2.x), the shape of each baseline must match the shape of the input tensor. If a scalar is provided, we broadcast to the same shape as the input tensor. For custom images, the element of the baselines must be in the same format as the feature's input in the instance[]. The schema of any single instance may be specified via Endpoint's DeployedModels' Model's PredictSchemata's instance_schema_uri.
+            "",
+          ],
+          "inputTensorName": "A String", # Name of the input tensor for this feature. Required and is only applicable to Vertex AI-provided images for Tensorflow.
+          "modality": "A String", # Modality of the feature. Valid values are: numeric, image. Defaults to numeric.
+          "visualization": { # Visualization configurations for image explanation. # Visualization configurations for image explanation.
+            "clipPercentLowerbound": 3.14, # Excludes attributions below the specified percentile, from the highlighted areas. Defaults to 62.
+            "clipPercentUpperbound": 3.14, # Excludes attributions above the specified percentile from the highlighted areas. Using the clip_percent_upperbound and clip_percent_lowerbound together can be useful for filtering out noise and making it easier to see areas of strong attribution. Defaults to 99.9.
+            "colorMap": "A String", # The color scheme used for the highlighted areas. Defaults to PINK_GREEN for Integrated Gradients attribution, which shows positive attributions in green and negative in pink. Defaults to VIRIDIS for XRAI attribution, which highlights the most influential regions in yellow and the least influential in blue.
+            "overlayType": "A String", # How the original image is displayed in the visualization. Adjusting the overlay can help increase visual clarity if the original image makes it difficult to view the visualization. Defaults to NONE.
+            "polarity": "A String", # Whether to only highlight pixels with positive contributions, negative or both. Defaults to POSITIVE.
+            "type": "A String", # Type of the image visualization. Only applicable to Integrated Gradients attribution. OUTLINES shows regions of attribution, while PIXELS shows per-pixel attribution. Defaults to OUTLINES.
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "latentSpaceSource": "A String", # Name of the source to generate embeddings for example based explanations.
+      "outputs": { # Required. Map from output names to output metadata. For Vertex AI-provided Tensorflow images, keys can be any user defined string that consists of any UTF-8 characters. For custom images, keys are the name of the output field in the prediction to be explained. Currently only one key is allowed.
+        "a_key": { # Metadata of the prediction output to be explained.
+          "displayNameMappingKey": "A String", # Specify a field name in the prediction to look for the display name. Use this if the prediction contains the display names for the outputs. The display names in the prediction must have the same shape of the outputs, so that it can be located by Attribution.output_index for a specific output.
+          "indexDisplayNameMapping": "", # Static mapping between the index and display name. Use this if the outputs are a deterministic n-dimensional array, e.g. a list of scores of all the classes in a pre-defined order for a multi-classification Model. It's not feasible if the outputs are non-deterministic, e.g. the Model produces top-k classes or sort the outputs by their values. The shape of the value must be an n-dimensional array of strings. The number of dimensions must match that of the outputs to be explained. The Attribution.output_display_name is populated by locating in the mapping with Attribution.output_index.
+          "outputTensorName": "A String", # Name of the output tensor. Required and is only applicable to Vertex AI provided images for Tensorflow.
+        },
+      },
+    },
+    "parameters": { # Parameters to configure explaining for Model's predictions. # Required. Parameters that configure explaining of the Model's predictions.
+      "examples": { # Example-based explainability that returns the nearest neighbors from the provided dataset. # Example-based explanations that returns the nearest neighbors from the provided dataset.
+        "exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances.
+          "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported.
+          "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances.
+            "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+        "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search.
+          "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "nearestNeighborSearchConfig": "", # The full configuration for the generated index, the semantics are the same as metadata and should match [NearestNeighborSearchConfig](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/explainable-ai/configuring-explanations-example-based#nearest-neighbor-search-config).
+        "neighborCount": 42, # The number of neighbors to return when querying for examples.
+        "presets": { # Preset configuration for example-based explanations # Simplified preset configuration, which automatically sets configuration values based on the desired query speed-precision trade-off and modality.
+          "modality": "A String", # The modality of the uploaded model, which automatically configures the distance measurement and feature normalization for the underlying example index and queries. If your model does not precisely fit one of these types, it is okay to choose the closest type.
+          "query": "A String", # Preset option controlling parameters for speed-precision trade-off when querying for examples. If omitted, defaults to `PRECISE`.
+        },
+      },
+      "integratedGradientsAttribution": { # An attribution method that computes the Aumann-Shapley value taking advantage of the model's fully differentiable structure. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1703.01365 # An attribution method that computes Aumann-Shapley values taking advantage of the model's fully differentiable structure. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1703.01365
+        "blurBaselineConfig": { # Config for blur baseline. When enabled, a linear path from the maximally blurred image to the input image is created. Using a blurred baseline instead of zero (black image) is motivated by the BlurIG approach explained here: https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.03383 # Config for IG with blur baseline. When enabled, a linear path from the maximally blurred image to the input image is created. Using a blurred baseline instead of zero (black image) is motivated by the BlurIG approach explained here: https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.03383
+          "maxBlurSigma": 3.14, # The standard deviation of the blur kernel for the blurred baseline. The same blurring parameter is used for both the height and the width dimension. If not set, the method defaults to the zero (i.e. black for images) baseline.
+        },
+        "smoothGradConfig": { # Config for SmoothGrad approximation of gradients. When enabled, the gradients are approximated by averaging the gradients from noisy samples in the vicinity of the inputs. Adding noise can help improve the computed gradients. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf # Config for SmoothGrad approximation of gradients. When enabled, the gradients are approximated by averaging the gradients from noisy samples in the vicinity of the inputs. Adding noise can help improve the computed gradients. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf
+          "featureNoiseSigma": { # Noise sigma by features. Noise sigma represents the standard deviation of the gaussian kernel that will be used to add noise to interpolated inputs prior to computing gradients. # This is similar to noise_sigma, but provides additional flexibility. A separate noise sigma can be provided for each feature, which is useful if their distributions are different. No noise is added to features that are not set. If this field is unset, noise_sigma will be used for all features.
+            "noiseSigma": [ # Noise sigma per feature. No noise is added to features that are not set.
+              { # Noise sigma for a single feature.
+                "name": "A String", # The name of the input feature for which noise sigma is provided. The features are defined in explanation metadata inputs.
+                "sigma": 3.14, # This represents the standard deviation of the Gaussian kernel that will be used to add noise to the feature prior to computing gradients. Similar to noise_sigma but represents the noise added to the current feature. Defaults to 0.1.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "noiseSigma": 3.14, # This is a single float value and will be used to add noise to all the features. Use this field when all features are normalized to have the same distribution: scale to range [0, 1], [-1, 1] or z-scoring, where features are normalized to have 0-mean and 1-variance. Learn more about [normalization](https://developers.google.com/machine-learning/data-prep/transform/normalization). For best results the recommended value is about 10% - 20% of the standard deviation of the input feature. Refer to section 3.2 of the SmoothGrad paper: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf. Defaults to 0.1. If the distribution is different per feature, set feature_noise_sigma instead for each feature.
+          "noisySampleCount": 42, # The number of gradient samples to use for approximation. The higher this number, the more accurate the gradient is, but the runtime complexity increases by this factor as well. Valid range of its value is [1, 50]. Defaults to 3.
+        },
+        "stepCount": 42, # Required. The number of steps for approximating the path integral. A good value to start is 50 and gradually increase until the sum to diff property is within the desired error range. Valid range of its value is [1, 100], inclusively.
+      },
+      "outputIndices": [ # If populated, only returns attributions that have output_index contained in output_indices. It must be an ndarray of integers, with the same shape of the output it's explaining. If not populated, returns attributions for top_k indices of outputs. If neither top_k nor output_indices is populated, returns the argmax index of the outputs. Only applicable to Models that predict multiple outputs (e,g, multi-class Models that predict multiple classes).
+        "",
+      ],
+      "sampledShapleyAttribution": { # An attribution method that approximates Shapley values for features that contribute to the label being predicted. A sampling strategy is used to approximate the value rather than considering all subsets of features. # An attribution method that approximates Shapley values for features that contribute to the label being predicted. A sampling strategy is used to approximate the value rather than considering all subsets of features. Refer to this paper for model details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1306.4265.
+        "pathCount": 42, # Required. The number of feature permutations to consider when approximating the Shapley values. Valid range of its value is [1, 50], inclusively.
+      },
+      "topK": 42, # If populated, returns attributions for top K indices of outputs (defaults to 1). Only applies to Models that predicts more than one outputs (e,g, multi-class Models). When set to -1, returns explanations for all outputs.
+      "xraiAttribution": { # An explanation method that redistributes Integrated Gradients attributions to segmented regions, taking advantage of the model's fully differentiable structure. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1906.02825 Supported only by image Models. # An attribution method that redistributes Integrated Gradients attribution to segmented regions, taking advantage of the model's fully differentiable structure. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1906.02825 XRAI currently performs better on natural images, like a picture of a house or an animal. If the images are taken in artificial environments, like a lab or manufacturing line, or from diagnostic equipment, like x-rays or quality-control cameras, use Integrated Gradients instead.
+        "blurBaselineConfig": { # Config for blur baseline. When enabled, a linear path from the maximally blurred image to the input image is created. Using a blurred baseline instead of zero (black image) is motivated by the BlurIG approach explained here: https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.03383 # Config for XRAI with blur baseline. When enabled, a linear path from the maximally blurred image to the input image is created. Using a blurred baseline instead of zero (black image) is motivated by the BlurIG approach explained here: https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.03383
+          "maxBlurSigma": 3.14, # The standard deviation of the blur kernel for the blurred baseline. The same blurring parameter is used for both the height and the width dimension. If not set, the method defaults to the zero (i.e. black for images) baseline.
+        },
+        "smoothGradConfig": { # Config for SmoothGrad approximation of gradients. When enabled, the gradients are approximated by averaging the gradients from noisy samples in the vicinity of the inputs. Adding noise can help improve the computed gradients. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf # Config for SmoothGrad approximation of gradients. When enabled, the gradients are approximated by averaging the gradients from noisy samples in the vicinity of the inputs. Adding noise can help improve the computed gradients. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf
+          "featureNoiseSigma": { # Noise sigma by features. Noise sigma represents the standard deviation of the gaussian kernel that will be used to add noise to interpolated inputs prior to computing gradients. # This is similar to noise_sigma, but provides additional flexibility. A separate noise sigma can be provided for each feature, which is useful if their distributions are different. No noise is added to features that are not set. If this field is unset, noise_sigma will be used for all features.
+            "noiseSigma": [ # Noise sigma per feature. No noise is added to features that are not set.
+              { # Noise sigma for a single feature.
+                "name": "A String", # The name of the input feature for which noise sigma is provided. The features are defined in explanation metadata inputs.
+                "sigma": 3.14, # This represents the standard deviation of the Gaussian kernel that will be used to add noise to the feature prior to computing gradients. Similar to noise_sigma but represents the noise added to the current feature. Defaults to 0.1.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "noiseSigma": 3.14, # This is a single float value and will be used to add noise to all the features. Use this field when all features are normalized to have the same distribution: scale to range [0, 1], [-1, 1] or z-scoring, where features are normalized to have 0-mean and 1-variance. Learn more about [normalization](https://developers.google.com/machine-learning/data-prep/transform/normalization). For best results the recommended value is about 10% - 20% of the standard deviation of the input feature. Refer to section 3.2 of the SmoothGrad paper: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf. Defaults to 0.1. If the distribution is different per feature, set feature_noise_sigma instead for each feature.
+          "noisySampleCount": 42, # The number of gradient samples to use for approximation. The higher this number, the more accurate the gradient is, but the runtime complexity increases by this factor as well. Valid range of its value is [1, 50]. Defaults to 3.
+        },
+        "stepCount": 42, # Required. The number of steps for approximating the path integral. A good value to start is 50 and gradually increase until the sum to diff property is met within the desired error range. Valid range of its value is [1, 100], inclusively.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "generateExplanation": True or False, # Generate explanation with the batch prediction results. When set to `true`, the batch prediction output changes based on the `predictions_format` field of the BatchPredictionJob.output_config object: * `bigquery`: output includes a column named `explanation`. The value is a struct that conforms to the Explanation object. * `jsonl`: The JSON objects on each line include an additional entry keyed `explanation`. The value of the entry is a JSON object that conforms to the Explanation object. * `csv`: Generating explanations for CSV format is not supported. If this field is set to true, either the Model.explanation_spec or explanation_spec must be populated.
+  "inputConfig": { # Configures the input to BatchPredictionJob. See Model.supported_input_storage_formats for Model's supported input formats, and how instances should be expressed via any of them. # Required. Input configuration of the instances on which predictions are performed. The schema of any single instance may be specified via the Model's PredictSchemata's instance_schema_uri.
+    "bigquerySource": { # The BigQuery location for the input content. # The BigQuery location of the input table. The schema of the table should be in the format described by the given context OpenAPI Schema, if one is provided. The table may contain additional columns that are not described by the schema, and they will be ignored.
+      "inputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a table, up to 2000 characters long. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`.
+    },
+    "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances.
+      "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "instancesFormat": "A String", # Required. The format in which instances are given, must be one of the Model's supported_input_storage_formats.
+  },
+  "instanceConfig": { # Configuration defining how to transform batch prediction input instances to the instances that the Model accepts. # Configuration for how to convert batch prediction input instances to the prediction instances that are sent to the Model.
+    "excludedFields": [ # Fields that will be excluded in the prediction instance that is sent to the Model. Excluded will be attached to the batch prediction output if key_field is not specified. When excluded_fields is populated, included_fields must be empty. The input must be JSONL with objects at each line, BigQuery or TfRecord.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "includedFields": [ # Fields that will be included in the prediction instance that is sent to the Model. If instance_type is `array`, the order of field names in included_fields also determines the order of the values in the array. When included_fields is populated, excluded_fields must be empty. The input must be JSONL with objects at each line, BigQuery or TfRecord.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "instanceType": "A String", # The format of the instance that the Model accepts. Vertex AI will convert compatible batch prediction input instance formats to the specified format. Supported values are: * `object`: Each input is converted to JSON object format. * For `bigquery`, each row is converted to an object. * For `jsonl`, each line of the JSONL input must be an object. * Does not apply to `csv`, `file-list`, `tf-record`, or `tf-record-gzip`. * `array`: Each input is converted to JSON array format. * For `bigquery`, each row is converted to an array. The order of columns is determined by the BigQuery column order, unless included_fields is populated. included_fields must be populated for specifying field orders. * For `jsonl`, if each line of the JSONL input is an object, included_fields must be populated for specifying field orders. * Does not apply to `csv`, `file-list`, `tf-record`, or `tf-record-gzip`. If not specified, Vertex AI converts the batch prediction input as follows: * For `bigquery` and `csv`, the behavior is the same as `array`. The order of columns is the same as defined in the file or table, unless included_fields is populated. * For `jsonl`, the prediction instance format is determined by each line of the input. * For `tf-record`/`tf-record-gzip`, each record will be converted to an object in the format of `{"b64": }`, where `` is the Base64-encoded string of the content of the record. * For `file-list`, each file in the list will be converted to an object in the format of `{"b64": }`, where `` is the Base64-encoded string of the content of the file.
+    "keyField": "A String", # The name of the field that is considered as a key. The values identified by the key field is not included in the transformed instances that is sent to the Model. This is similar to specifying this name of the field in excluded_fields. In addition, the batch prediction output will not include the instances. Instead the output will only include the value of the key field, in a field named `key` in the output: * For `jsonl` output format, the output will have a `key` field instead of the `instance` field. * For `csv`/`bigquery` output format, the output will have have a `key` column instead of the instance feature columns. The input must be JSONL with objects at each line, CSV, BigQuery or TfRecord.
+  },
+  "labels": { # The labels with user-defined metadata to organize BatchPredictionJobs. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "manualBatchTuningParameters": { # Manual batch tuning parameters. # Immutable. Parameters configuring the batch behavior. Currently only applicable when dedicated_resources are used (in other cases Vertex AI does the tuning itself).
+    "batchSize": 42, # Immutable. The number of the records (e.g. instances) of the operation given in each batch to a machine replica. Machine type, and size of a single record should be considered when setting this parameter, higher value speeds up the batch operation's execution, but too high value will result in a whole batch not fitting in a machine's memory, and the whole operation will fail. The default value is 64.
+  },
+  "model": "A String", # The name of the Model resource that produces the predictions via this job, must share the same ancestor Location. Starting this job has no impact on any existing deployments of the Model and their resources. Exactly one of model and unmanaged_container_model must be set. The model resource name may contain version id or version alias to specify the version. Example: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}@2` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}@golden` if no version is specified, the default version will be deployed. The model resource could also be a publisher model. Example: `publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}`
+  "modelMonitoringConfig": { # The model monitoring configuration used for Batch Prediction Job. # Model monitoring config will be used for analysis model behaviors, based on the input and output to the batch prediction job, as well as the provided training dataset.
+    "alertConfig": { # The alert config for model monitoring. # Model monitoring alert config.
+      "emailAlertConfig": { # The config for email alert. # Email alert config.
+        "userEmails": [ # The email addresses to send the alert.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "enableLogging": True or False, # Dump the anomalies to Cloud Logging. The anomalies will be put to json payload encoded from proto ModelMonitoringStatsAnomalies. This can be further synced to Pub/Sub or any other services supported by Cloud Logging.
+      "notificationChannels": [ # Resource names of the NotificationChannels to send alert. Must be of the format `projects//notificationChannels/`
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "analysisInstanceSchemaUri": "A String", # YAML schema file uri in Cloud Storage describing the format of a single instance that you want Tensorflow Data Validation (TFDV) to analyze. If there are any data type differences between predict instance and TFDV instance, this field can be used to override the schema. For models trained with Vertex AI, this field must be set as all the fields in predict instance formatted as string.
+    "objectiveConfigs": [ # Model monitoring objective config.
+      { # The objective configuration for model monitoring, including the information needed to detect anomalies for one particular model.
+        "explanationConfig": { # The config for integrating with Vertex Explainable AI. Only applicable if the Model has explanation_spec populated. # The config for integrating with Vertex Explainable AI.
+          "enableFeatureAttributes": True or False, # If want to analyze the Vertex Explainable AI feature attribute scores or not. If set to true, Vertex AI will log the feature attributions from explain response and do the skew/drift detection for them.
+          "explanationBaseline": { # Output from BatchPredictionJob for Model Monitoring baseline dataset, which can be used to generate baseline attribution scores. # Predictions generated by the BatchPredictionJob using baseline dataset.
+            "bigquery": { # The BigQuery location for the output content. # BigQuery location for BatchExplain output.
+              "outputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a project or table, up to 2000 characters long. When only the project is specified, the Dataset and Table is created. When the full table reference is specified, the Dataset must exist and table must not exist. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`.
+            },
+            "gcs": { # The Google Cloud Storage location where the output is to be written to. # Cloud Storage location for BatchExplain output.
+              "outputUriPrefix": "A String", # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI to output directory. If the uri doesn't end with '/', a '/' will be automatically appended. The directory is created if it doesn't exist.
+            },
+            "predictionFormat": "A String", # The storage format of the predictions generated BatchPrediction job.
+          },
+        },
+        "predictionDriftDetectionConfig": { # The config for Prediction data drift detection. # The config for drift of prediction data.
+          "attributionScoreDriftThresholds": { # Key is the feature name and value is the threshold. The threshold here is against attribution score distance between different time windows.
+            "a_key": { # The config for feature monitoring threshold.
+              "value": 3.14, # Specify a threshold value that can trigger the alert. If this threshold config is for feature distribution distance: 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence. Each feature must have a non-zero threshold if they need to be monitored. Otherwise no alert will be triggered for that feature.
+            },
+          },
+          "defaultDriftThreshold": { # The config for feature monitoring threshold. # Drift anomaly detection threshold used by all features. When the per-feature thresholds are not set, this field can be used to specify a threshold for all features.
+            "value": 3.14, # Specify a threshold value that can trigger the alert. If this threshold config is for feature distribution distance: 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence. Each feature must have a non-zero threshold if they need to be monitored. Otherwise no alert will be triggered for that feature.
+          },
+          "driftThresholds": { # Key is the feature name and value is the threshold. If a feature needs to be monitored for drift, a value threshold must be configured for that feature. The threshold here is against feature distribution distance between different time windws.
+            "a_key": { # The config for feature monitoring threshold.
+              "value": 3.14, # Specify a threshold value that can trigger the alert. If this threshold config is for feature distribution distance: 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence. Each feature must have a non-zero threshold if they need to be monitored. Otherwise no alert will be triggered for that feature.
+            },
+          },
+        },
+        "trainingDataset": { # Training Dataset information. # Training dataset for models. This field has to be set only if TrainingPredictionSkewDetectionConfig is specified.
+          "bigquerySource": { # The BigQuery location for the input content. # The BigQuery table of the unmanaged Dataset used to train this Model.
+            "inputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a table, up to 2000 characters long. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`.
+          },
+          "dataFormat": "A String", # Data format of the dataset, only applicable if the input is from Google Cloud Storage. The possible formats are: "tf-record" The source file is a TFRecord file. "csv" The source file is a CSV file. "jsonl" The source file is a JSONL file.
+          "dataset": "A String", # The resource name of the Dataset used to train this Model.
+          "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Google Cloud Storage uri of the unmanaged Dataset used to train this Model.
+            "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "loggingSamplingStrategy": { # Sampling Strategy for logging, can be for both training and prediction dataset. # Strategy to sample data from Training Dataset. If not set, we process the whole dataset.
+            "randomSampleConfig": { # Requests are randomly selected. # Random sample config. Will support more sampling strategies later.
+              "sampleRate": 3.14, # Sample rate (0, 1]
+            },
+          },
+          "targetField": "A String", # The target field name the model is to predict. This field will be excluded when doing Predict and (or) Explain for the training data.
+        },
+        "trainingPredictionSkewDetectionConfig": { # The config for Training & Prediction data skew detection. It specifies the training dataset sources and the skew detection parameters. # The config for skew between training data and prediction data.
+          "attributionScoreSkewThresholds": { # Key is the feature name and value is the threshold. The threshold here is against attribution score distance between the training and prediction feature.
+            "a_key": { # The config for feature monitoring threshold.
+              "value": 3.14, # Specify a threshold value that can trigger the alert. If this threshold config is for feature distribution distance: 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence. Each feature must have a non-zero threshold if they need to be monitored. Otherwise no alert will be triggered for that feature.
+            },
+          },
+          "defaultSkewThreshold": { # The config for feature monitoring threshold. # Skew anomaly detection threshold used by all features. When the per-feature thresholds are not set, this field can be used to specify a threshold for all features.
+            "value": 3.14, # Specify a threshold value that can trigger the alert. If this threshold config is for feature distribution distance: 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence. Each feature must have a non-zero threshold if they need to be monitored. Otherwise no alert will be triggered for that feature.
+          },
+          "skewThresholds": { # Key is the feature name and value is the threshold. If a feature needs to be monitored for skew, a value threshold must be configured for that feature. The threshold here is against feature distribution distance between the training and prediction feature.
+            "a_key": { # The config for feature monitoring threshold.
+              "value": 3.14, # Specify a threshold value that can trigger the alert. If this threshold config is for feature distribution distance: 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence. Each feature must have a non-zero threshold if they need to be monitored. Otherwise no alert will be triggered for that feature.
+            },
+          },
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "statsAnomaliesBaseDirectory": { # The Google Cloud Storage location where the output is to be written to. # A Google Cloud Storage location for batch prediction model monitoring to dump statistics and anomalies. If not provided, a folder will be created in customer project to hold statistics and anomalies.
+      "outputUriPrefix": "A String", # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI to output directory. If the uri doesn't end with '/', a '/' will be automatically appended. The directory is created if it doesn't exist.
+    },
+  },
+  "modelMonitoringStatsAnomalies": [ # Get batch prediction job monitoring statistics.
+    { # Statistics and anomalies generated by Model Monitoring.
+      "anomalyCount": 42, # Number of anomalies within all stats.
+      "deployedModelId": "A String", # Deployed Model ID.
+      "featureStats": [ # A list of historical Stats and Anomalies generated for all Features.
+        { # Historical Stats (and Anomalies) for a specific Feature.
+          "featureDisplayName": "A String", # Display Name of the Feature.
+          "predictionStats": [ # A list of historical stats generated by different time window's Prediction Dataset.
+            { # Stats and Anomaly generated at specific timestamp for specific Feature. The start_time and end_time are used to define the time range of the dataset that current stats belongs to, e.g. prediction traffic is bucketed into prediction datasets by time window. If the Dataset is not defined by time window, start_time = end_time. Timestamp of the stats and anomalies always refers to end_time. Raw stats and anomalies are stored in stats_uri or anomaly_uri in the tensorflow defined protos. Field data_stats contains almost identical information with the raw stats in Vertex AI defined proto, for UI to display.
+              "anomalyDetectionThreshold": 3.14, # This is the threshold used when detecting anomalies. The threshold can be changed by user, so this one might be different from ThresholdConfig.value.
+              "anomalyUri": "A String", # Path of the anomaly file for current feature values in Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs:////anomalies. Example: gs://monitoring_bucket/feature_name/anomalies. Stats are stored as binary format with Protobuf message Anoamlies are stored as binary format with Protobuf message [tensorflow.metadata.v0.AnomalyInfo] (https://github.com/tensorflow/metadata/blob/master/tensorflow_metadata/proto/v0/anomalies.proto).
+              "distributionDeviation": 3.14, # Deviation from the current stats to baseline stats. 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence.
+              "endTime": "A String", # The end timestamp of window where stats were generated. For objectives where time window doesn't make sense (e.g. Featurestore Snapshot Monitoring), end_time indicates the timestamp of the data used to generate stats (e.g. timestamp we take snapshots for feature values).
+              "score": 3.14, # Feature importance score, only populated when cross-feature monitoring is enabled. For now only used to represent feature attribution score within range [0, 1] for ModelDeploymentMonitoringObjectiveType.FEATURE_ATTRIBUTION_SKEW and ModelDeploymentMonitoringObjectiveType.FEATURE_ATTRIBUTION_DRIFT.
+              "startTime": "A String", # The start timestamp of window where stats were generated. For objectives where time window doesn't make sense (e.g. Featurestore Snapshot Monitoring), start_time is only used to indicate the monitoring intervals, so it always equals to (end_time - monitoring_interval).
+              "statsUri": "A String", # Path of the stats file for current feature values in Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs:////stats. Example: gs://monitoring_bucket/feature_name/stats. Stats are stored as binary format with Protobuf message [tensorflow.metadata.v0.FeatureNameStatistics](https://github.com/tensorflow/metadata/blob/master/tensorflow_metadata/proto/v0/statistics.proto).
+            },
+          ],
+          "threshold": { # The config for feature monitoring threshold. # Threshold for anomaly detection.
+            "value": 3.14, # Specify a threshold value that can trigger the alert. If this threshold config is for feature distribution distance: 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence. Each feature must have a non-zero threshold if they need to be monitored. Otherwise no alert will be triggered for that feature.
+          },
+          "trainingStats": { # Stats and Anomaly generated at specific timestamp for specific Feature. The start_time and end_time are used to define the time range of the dataset that current stats belongs to, e.g. prediction traffic is bucketed into prediction datasets by time window. If the Dataset is not defined by time window, start_time = end_time. Timestamp of the stats and anomalies always refers to end_time. Raw stats and anomalies are stored in stats_uri or anomaly_uri in the tensorflow defined protos. Field data_stats contains almost identical information with the raw stats in Vertex AI defined proto, for UI to display. # Stats calculated for the Training Dataset.
+            "anomalyDetectionThreshold": 3.14, # This is the threshold used when detecting anomalies. The threshold can be changed by user, so this one might be different from ThresholdConfig.value.
+            "anomalyUri": "A String", # Path of the anomaly file for current feature values in Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs:////anomalies. Example: gs://monitoring_bucket/feature_name/anomalies. Stats are stored as binary format with Protobuf message Anoamlies are stored as binary format with Protobuf message [tensorflow.metadata.v0.AnomalyInfo] (https://github.com/tensorflow/metadata/blob/master/tensorflow_metadata/proto/v0/anomalies.proto).
+            "distributionDeviation": 3.14, # Deviation from the current stats to baseline stats. 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence.
+            "endTime": "A String", # The end timestamp of window where stats were generated. For objectives where time window doesn't make sense (e.g. Featurestore Snapshot Monitoring), end_time indicates the timestamp of the data used to generate stats (e.g. timestamp we take snapshots for feature values).
+            "score": 3.14, # Feature importance score, only populated when cross-feature monitoring is enabled. For now only used to represent feature attribution score within range [0, 1] for ModelDeploymentMonitoringObjectiveType.FEATURE_ATTRIBUTION_SKEW and ModelDeploymentMonitoringObjectiveType.FEATURE_ATTRIBUTION_DRIFT.
+            "startTime": "A String", # The start timestamp of window where stats were generated. For objectives where time window doesn't make sense (e.g. Featurestore Snapshot Monitoring), start_time is only used to indicate the monitoring intervals, so it always equals to (end_time - monitoring_interval).
+            "statsUri": "A String", # Path of the stats file for current feature values in Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs:////stats. Example: gs://monitoring_bucket/feature_name/stats. Stats are stored as binary format with Protobuf message [tensorflow.metadata.v0.FeatureNameStatistics](https://github.com/tensorflow/metadata/blob/master/tensorflow_metadata/proto/v0/statistics.proto).
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "objective": "A String", # Model Monitoring Objective those stats and anomalies belonging to.
+    },
+  ],
+  "modelMonitoringStatus": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. The running status of the model monitoring pipeline.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "modelParameters": "", # The parameters that govern the predictions. The schema of the parameters may be specified via the Model's PredictSchemata's parameters_schema_uri.
+  "modelVersionId": "A String", # Output only. The version ID of the Model that produces the predictions via this job.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the BatchPredictionJob.
+  "outputConfig": { # Configures the output of BatchPredictionJob. See Model.supported_output_storage_formats for supported output formats, and how predictions are expressed via any of them. # Required. The Configuration specifying where output predictions should be written. The schema of any single prediction may be specified as a concatenation of Model's PredictSchemata's instance_schema_uri and prediction_schema_uri.
+    "bigqueryDestination": { # The BigQuery location for the output content. # The BigQuery project or dataset location where the output is to be written to. If project is provided, a new dataset is created with name `prediction__` where is made BigQuery-dataset-name compatible (for example, most special characters become underscores), and timestamp is in YYYY_MM_DDThh_mm_ss_sssZ "based on ISO-8601" format. In the dataset two tables will be created, `predictions`, and `errors`. If the Model has both instance and prediction schemata defined then the tables have columns as follows: The `predictions` table contains instances for which the prediction succeeded, it has columns as per a concatenation of the Model's instance and prediction schemata. The `errors` table contains rows for which the prediction has failed, it has instance columns, as per the instance schema, followed by a single "errors" column, which as values has google.rpc.Status represented as a STRUCT, and containing only `code` and `message`.
+      "outputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a project or table, up to 2000 characters long. When only the project is specified, the Dataset and Table is created. When the full table reference is specified, the Dataset must exist and table must not exist. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`.
+    },
+    "gcsDestination": { # The Google Cloud Storage location where the output is to be written to. # The Cloud Storage location of the directory where the output is to be written to. In the given directory a new directory is created. Its name is `prediction--`, where timestamp is in YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sssZ ISO-8601 format. Inside of it files `predictions_0001.`, `predictions_0002.`, ..., `predictions_N.` are created where `` depends on chosen predictions_format, and N may equal 0001 and depends on the total number of successfully predicted instances. If the Model has both instance and prediction schemata defined then each such file contains predictions as per the predictions_format. If prediction for any instance failed (partially or completely), then an additional `errors_0001.`, `errors_0002.`,..., `errors_N.` files are created (N depends on total number of failed predictions). These files contain the failed instances, as per their schema, followed by an additional `error` field which as value has google.rpc.Status containing only `code` and `message` fields.
+      "outputUriPrefix": "A String", # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI to output directory. If the uri doesn't end with '/', a '/' will be automatically appended. The directory is created if it doesn't exist.
+    },
+    "predictionsFormat": "A String", # Required. The format in which Vertex AI gives the predictions, must be one of the Model's supported_output_storage_formats.
+  },
+  "outputInfo": { # Further describes this job's output. Supplements output_config. # Output only. Information further describing the output of this job.
+    "bigqueryOutputDataset": "A String", # Output only. The path of the BigQuery dataset created, in `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId` format, into which the prediction output is written.
+    "bigqueryOutputTable": "A String", # Output only. The name of the BigQuery table created, in `predictions_` format, into which the prediction output is written. Can be used by UI to generate the BigQuery output path, for example.
+    "gcsOutputDirectory": "A String", # Output only. The full path of the Cloud Storage directory created, into which the prediction output is written.
+  },
+  "partialFailures": [ # Output only. Partial failures encountered. For example, single files that can't be read. This field never exceeds 20 entries. Status details fields contain standard Google Cloud error details.
+    { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+      "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+      "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+        {
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+    },
+  ],
+  "resourcesConsumed": { # Statistics information about resource consumption. # Output only. Information about resources that had been consumed by this job. Provided in real time at best effort basis, as well as a final value once the job completes. Note: This field currently may be not populated for batch predictions that use AutoML Models.
+    "replicaHours": 3.14, # Output only. The number of replica hours used. Note that many replicas may run in parallel, and additionally any given work may be queued for some time. Therefore this value is not strictly related to wall time.
+  },
+  "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
+  "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
+  "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the DeployedModel's container runs as. If not specified, a system generated one will be used, which has minimal permissions and the custom container, if used, may not have enough permission to access other Google Cloud resources. Users deploying the Model must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account.
+  "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the BatchPredictionJob for the first time entered the `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` state.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The detailed state of the job.
+  "unmanagedContainerModel": { # Contains model information necessary to perform batch prediction without requiring a full model import. # Contains model information necessary to perform batch prediction without requiring uploading to model registry. Exactly one of model and unmanaged_container_model must be set.
+    "artifactUri": "A String", # The path to the directory containing the Model artifact and any of its supporting files.
+    "containerSpec": { # Specification of a container for serving predictions. Some fields in this message correspond to fields in the [Kubernetes Container v1 core specification](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core). # Input only. The specification of the container that is to be used when deploying this Model.
+      "args": [ # Immutable. Specifies arguments for the command that runs when the container starts. This overrides the container's [`CMD`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd). Specify this field as an array of executable and arguments, similar to a Docker `CMD`'s "default parameters" form. If you don't specify this field but do specify the command field, then the command from the `command` field runs without any additional arguments. See the [Kubernetes documentation about how the `command` and `args` fields interact with a container's `ENTRYPOINT` and `CMD`](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#notes). If you don't specify this field and don't specify the `command` field, then the container's [`ENTRYPOINT`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd) and `CMD` determine what runs based on their default behavior. See the Docker documentation about [how `CMD` and `ENTRYPOINT` interact](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#understand-how-cmd-and-entrypoint-interact). In this field, you can reference [environment variables set by Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables) and environment variables set in the env field. You cannot reference environment variables set in the Docker image. In order for environment variables to be expanded, reference them by using the following syntax: $( VARIABLE_NAME) Note that this differs from Bash variable expansion, which does not use parentheses. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string is used unchanged. To avoid variable expansion, you can escape this syntax with `$$`; for example: $$(VARIABLE_NAME) This field corresponds to the `args` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "command": [ # Immutable. Specifies the command that runs when the container starts. This overrides the container's [ENTRYPOINT](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#entrypoint). Specify this field as an array of executable and arguments, similar to a Docker `ENTRYPOINT`'s "exec" form, not its "shell" form. If you do not specify this field, then the container's `ENTRYPOINT` runs, in conjunction with the args field or the container's [`CMD`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd), if either exists. If this field is not specified and the container does not have an `ENTRYPOINT`, then refer to the Docker documentation about [how `CMD` and `ENTRYPOINT` interact](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#understand-how-cmd-and-entrypoint-interact). If you specify this field, then you can also specify the `args` field to provide additional arguments for this command. However, if you specify this field, then the container's `CMD` is ignored. See the [Kubernetes documentation about how the `command` and `args` fields interact with a container's `ENTRYPOINT` and `CMD`](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#notes). In this field, you can reference [environment variables set by Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables) and environment variables set in the env field. You cannot reference environment variables set in the Docker image. In order for environment variables to be expanded, reference them by using the following syntax: $( VARIABLE_NAME) Note that this differs from Bash variable expansion, which does not use parentheses. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string is used unchanged. To avoid variable expansion, you can escape this syntax with `$$`; for example: $$(VARIABLE_NAME) This field corresponds to the `command` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "deploymentTimeout": "A String", # Immutable. Deployment timeout. Limit for deployment timeout is 2 hours.
+      "env": [ # Immutable. List of environment variables to set in the container. After the container starts running, code running in the container can read these environment variables. Additionally, the command and args fields can reference these variables. Later entries in this list can also reference earlier entries. For example, the following example sets the variable `VAR_2` to have the value `foo bar`: ```json [ { "name": "VAR_1", "value": "foo" }, { "name": "VAR_2", "value": "$(VAR_1) bar" } ] ``` If you switch the order of the variables in the example, then the expansion does not occur. This field corresponds to the `env` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
+        { # Represents an environment variable present in a Container or Python Module.
+          "name": "A String", # Required. Name of the environment variable. Must be a valid C identifier.
+          "value": "A String", # Required. Variables that reference a $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not.
+        },
+      ],
+      "grpcPorts": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends gRPC prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends liveness and health checks to this port. If you do not specify this field, gRPC requests to the container will be disabled. Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers v1 core API.
+        { # Represents a network port in a container.
+          "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
+        },
+      ],
+      "healthProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes readiness probe.
+        "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+          "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'.
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
+        "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds to wait before starting the probe. Defaults to 0. Minimum value is 0. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'initialDelaySeconds'.
+        "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "successThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive successes before the probe is considered successful. Defaults to 1. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'successThreshold'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
+        "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+      },
+      "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+      "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+        "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+          "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'.
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
+        "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds to wait before starting the probe. Defaults to 0. Minimum value is 0. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'initialDelaySeconds'.
+        "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "successThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive successes before the probe is considered successful. Defaults to 1. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'successThreshold'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
+        "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+      },
+      "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
+        { # Represents a network port in a container.
+          "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
+        },
+      ],
+      "predictRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send prediction requests to. Vertex AI forwards requests sent using projects.locations.endpoints.predict to this path on the container's IP address and port. Vertex AI then returns the container's response in the API response. For example, if you set this field to `/foo`, then when Vertex AI receives a prediction request, it forwards the request body in a POST request to the `/foo` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
+      "sharedMemorySizeMb": "A String", # Immutable. The amount of the VM memory to reserve as the shared memory for the model in megabytes.
+      "startupProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes startup probe.
+        "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+          "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'.
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
+        "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds to wait before starting the probe. Defaults to 0. Minimum value is 0. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'initialDelaySeconds'.
+        "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "successThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive successes before the probe is considered successful. Defaults to 1. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'successThreshold'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
+        "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+      },
+    },
+    "predictSchemata": { # Contains the schemata used in Model's predictions and explanations via PredictionService.Predict, PredictionService.Explain and BatchPredictionJob. # Contains the schemata used in Model's predictions and explanations
+      "instanceSchemaUri": "A String", # Immutable. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing the format of a single instance, which are used in PredictRequest.instances, ExplainRequest.instances and BatchPredictionJob.input_config. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 [Schema Object](https://github.com/OAI/OpenAPI-Specification/blob/main/versions/3.0.2.md#schemaObject). AutoML Models always have this field populated by Vertex AI. Note: The URI given on output will be immutable and probably different, including the URI scheme, than the one given on input. The output URI will point to a location where the user only has a read access.
+      "parametersSchemaUri": "A String", # Immutable. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing the parameters of prediction and explanation via PredictRequest.parameters, ExplainRequest.parameters and BatchPredictionJob.model_parameters. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 [Schema Object](https://github.com/OAI/OpenAPI-Specification/blob/main/versions/3.0.2.md#schemaObject). AutoML Models always have this field populated by Vertex AI, if no parameters are supported, then it is set to an empty string. Note: The URI given on output will be immutable and probably different, including the URI scheme, than the one given on input. The output URI will point to a location where the user only has a read access.
+      "predictionSchemaUri": "A String", # Immutable. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing the format of a single prediction produced by this Model, which are returned via PredictResponse.predictions, ExplainResponse.explanations, and BatchPredictionJob.output_config. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 [Schema Object](https://github.com/OAI/OpenAPI-Specification/blob/main/versions/3.0.2.md#schemaObject). AutoML Models always have this field populated by Vertex AI. Note: The URI given on output will be immutable and probably different, including the URI scheme, than the one given on input. The output URI will point to a location where the user only has a read access.
+    },
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the BatchPredictionJob was most recently updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets a BatchPredictionJob
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the BatchPredictionJob resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/batchPredictionJobs/{batch_prediction_job}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A job that uses a Model to produce predictions on multiple input instances. If predictions for significant portion of the instances fail, the job may finish without attempting predictions for all remaining instances.
+  "completionStats": { # Success and error statistics of processing multiple entities (for example, DataItems or structured data rows) in batch. # Output only. Statistics on completed and failed prediction instances.
+    "failedCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of entities for which any error was encountered.
+    "incompleteCount": "A String", # Output only. In cases when enough errors are encountered a job, pipeline, or operation may be failed as a whole. Below is the number of entities for which the processing had not been finished (either in successful or failed state). Set to -1 if the number is unknown (for example, the operation failed before the total entity number could be collected).
+    "successfulCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of entities that had been processed successfully.
+    "successfulForecastPointCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of the successful forecast points that are generated by the forecasting model. This is ONLY used by the forecasting batch prediction.
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the BatchPredictionJob was created.
+  "dedicatedResources": { # A description of resources that are used for performing batch operations, are dedicated to a Model, and need manual configuration. # The config of resources used by the Model during the batch prediction. If the Model supports DEDICATED_RESOURCES this config may be provided (and the job will use these resources), if the Model doesn't support AUTOMATIC_RESOURCES, this config must be provided.
+    "machineSpec": { # Specification of a single machine. # Required. Immutable. The specification of a single machine.
+      "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of accelerators to attach to the machine.
+      "acceleratorType": "A String", # Immutable. The type of accelerator(s) that may be attached to the machine as per accelerator_count.
+      "machineType": "A String", # Immutable. The type of the machine. See the [list of machine types supported for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/configure-compute#machine-types) See the [list of machine types supported for custom training](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/configure-compute#machine-types). For DeployedModel this field is optional, and the default value is `n1-standard-2`. For BatchPredictionJob or as part of WorkerPoolSpec this field is required.
+      "multihostGpuNodeCount": 42, # Optional. Immutable. The number of nodes per replica for multihost GPU deployments.
+      "reservationAffinity": { # A ReservationAffinity can be used to configure a Vertex AI resource (e.g., a DeployedModel) to draw its Compute Engine resources from a Shared Reservation, or exclusively from on-demand capacity. # Optional. Immutable. Configuration controlling how this resource pool consumes reservation.
+        "key": "A String", # Optional. Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, use `compute.googleapis.com/reservation-name` as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value.
+        "reservationAffinityType": "A String", # Required. Specifies the reservation affinity type.
+        "values": [ # Optional. Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This must be the full resource name of the reservation or reservation block.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "tpuTopology": "A String", # Immutable. The topology of the TPUs. Corresponds to the TPU topologies available from GKE. (Example: tpu_topology: "2x2x1").
+    },
+    "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of machine replicas the batch operation may be scaled to. The default value is 10.
+    "startingReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The number of machine replicas used at the start of the batch operation. If not set, Vertex AI decides starting number, not greater than max_replica_count
+  },
+  "disableContainerLogging": True or False, # For custom-trained Models and AutoML Tabular Models, the container of the DeployedModel instances will send `stderr` and `stdout` streams to Cloud Logging by default. Please note that the logs incur cost, which are subject to [Cloud Logging pricing](https://cloud.google.com/logging/pricing). User can disable container logging by setting this flag to true.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The user-defined name of this BatchPredictionJob.
+  "encryptionSpec": { # Represents a customer-managed encryption key spec that can be applied to a top-level resource. # Customer-managed encryption key options for a BatchPredictionJob. If this is set, then all resources created by the BatchPredictionJob will be encrypted with the provided encryption key.
+    "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The Cloud KMS resource identifier of the customer managed encryption key used to protect a resource. Has the form: `projects/my-project/locations/my-region/keyRings/my-kr/cryptoKeys/my-key`. The key needs to be in the same region as where the compute resource is created.
+  },
+  "endTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the BatchPredictionJob entered any of the following states: `JOB_STATE_SUCCEEDED`, `JOB_STATE_FAILED`, `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Only populated when the job's state is JOB_STATE_FAILED or JOB_STATE_CANCELLED.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "explanationSpec": { # Specification of Model explanation. # Explanation configuration for this BatchPredictionJob. Can be specified only if generate_explanation is set to `true`. This value overrides the value of Model.explanation_spec. All fields of explanation_spec are optional in the request. If a field of the explanation_spec object is not populated, the corresponding field of the Model.explanation_spec object is inherited.
+    "metadata": { # Metadata describing the Model's input and output for explanation. # Optional. Metadata describing the Model's input and output for explanation.
+      "featureAttributionsSchemaUri": "A String", # Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing the format of the feature attributions. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 [Schema Object](https://github.com/OAI/OpenAPI-Specification/blob/main/versions/3.0.2.md#schemaObject). AutoML tabular Models always have this field populated by Vertex AI. Note: The URI given on output may be different, including the URI scheme, than the one given on input. The output URI will point to a location where the user only has a read access.
+      "inputs": { # Required. Map from feature names to feature input metadata. Keys are the name of the features. Values are the specification of the feature. An empty InputMetadata is valid. It describes a text feature which has the name specified as the key in ExplanationMetadata.inputs. The baseline of the empty feature is chosen by Vertex AI. For Vertex AI-provided Tensorflow images, the key can be any friendly name of the feature. Once specified, featureAttributions are keyed by this key (if not grouped with another feature). For custom images, the key must match with the key in instance.
+        "a_key": { # Metadata of the input of a feature. Fields other than InputMetadata.input_baselines are applicable only for Models that are using Vertex AI-provided images for Tensorflow.
+          "denseShapeTensorName": "A String", # Specifies the shape of the values of the input if the input is a sparse representation. Refer to Tensorflow documentation for more details: https://www.tensorflow.org/api_docs/python/tf/sparse/SparseTensor.
+          "encodedBaselines": [ # A list of baselines for the encoded tensor. The shape of each baseline should match the shape of the encoded tensor. If a scalar is provided, Vertex AI broadcasts to the same shape as the encoded tensor.
+            "",
+          ],
+          "encodedTensorName": "A String", # Encoded tensor is a transformation of the input tensor. Must be provided if choosing Integrated Gradients attribution or XRAI attribution and the input tensor is not differentiable. An encoded tensor is generated if the input tensor is encoded by a lookup table.
+          "encoding": "A String", # Defines how the feature is encoded into the input tensor. Defaults to IDENTITY.
+          "featureValueDomain": { # Domain details of the input feature value. Provides numeric information about the feature, such as its range (min, max). If the feature has been pre-processed, for example with z-scoring, then it provides information about how to recover the original feature. For example, if the input feature is an image and it has been pre-processed to obtain 0-mean and stddev = 1 values, then original_mean, and original_stddev refer to the mean and stddev of the original feature (e.g. image tensor) from which input feature (with mean = 0 and stddev = 1) was obtained. # The domain details of the input feature value. Like min/max, original mean or standard deviation if normalized.
+            "maxValue": 3.14, # The maximum permissible value for this feature.
+            "minValue": 3.14, # The minimum permissible value for this feature.
+            "originalMean": 3.14, # If this input feature has been normalized to a mean value of 0, the original_mean specifies the mean value of the domain prior to normalization.
+            "originalStddev": 3.14, # If this input feature has been normalized to a standard deviation of 1.0, the original_stddev specifies the standard deviation of the domain prior to normalization.
+          },
+          "groupName": "A String", # Name of the group that the input belongs to. Features with the same group name will be treated as one feature when computing attributions. Features grouped together can have different shapes in value. If provided, there will be one single attribution generated in Attribution.feature_attributions, keyed by the group name.
+          "indexFeatureMapping": [ # A list of feature names for each index in the input tensor. Required when the input InputMetadata.encoding is BAG_OF_FEATURES, BAG_OF_FEATURES_SPARSE, INDICATOR.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "indicesTensorName": "A String", # Specifies the index of the values of the input tensor. Required when the input tensor is a sparse representation. Refer to Tensorflow documentation for more details: https://www.tensorflow.org/api_docs/python/tf/sparse/SparseTensor.
+          "inputBaselines": [ # Baseline inputs for this feature. If no baseline is specified, Vertex AI chooses the baseline for this feature. If multiple baselines are specified, Vertex AI returns the average attributions across them in Attribution.feature_attributions. For Vertex AI-provided Tensorflow images (both 1.x and 2.x), the shape of each baseline must match the shape of the input tensor. If a scalar is provided, we broadcast to the same shape as the input tensor. For custom images, the element of the baselines must be in the same format as the feature's input in the instance[]. The schema of any single instance may be specified via Endpoint's DeployedModels' Model's PredictSchemata's instance_schema_uri.
+            "",
+          ],
+          "inputTensorName": "A String", # Name of the input tensor for this feature. Required and is only applicable to Vertex AI-provided images for Tensorflow.
+          "modality": "A String", # Modality of the feature. Valid values are: numeric, image. Defaults to numeric.
+          "visualization": { # Visualization configurations for image explanation. # Visualization configurations for image explanation.
+            "clipPercentLowerbound": 3.14, # Excludes attributions below the specified percentile, from the highlighted areas. Defaults to 62.
+            "clipPercentUpperbound": 3.14, # Excludes attributions above the specified percentile from the highlighted areas. Using the clip_percent_upperbound and clip_percent_lowerbound together can be useful for filtering out noise and making it easier to see areas of strong attribution. Defaults to 99.9.
+            "colorMap": "A String", # The color scheme used for the highlighted areas. Defaults to PINK_GREEN for Integrated Gradients attribution, which shows positive attributions in green and negative in pink. Defaults to VIRIDIS for XRAI attribution, which highlights the most influential regions in yellow and the least influential in blue.
+            "overlayType": "A String", # How the original image is displayed in the visualization. Adjusting the overlay can help increase visual clarity if the original image makes it difficult to view the visualization. Defaults to NONE.
+            "polarity": "A String", # Whether to only highlight pixels with positive contributions, negative or both. Defaults to POSITIVE.
+            "type": "A String", # Type of the image visualization. Only applicable to Integrated Gradients attribution. OUTLINES shows regions of attribution, while PIXELS shows per-pixel attribution. Defaults to OUTLINES.
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "latentSpaceSource": "A String", # Name of the source to generate embeddings for example based explanations.
+      "outputs": { # Required. Map from output names to output metadata. For Vertex AI-provided Tensorflow images, keys can be any user defined string that consists of any UTF-8 characters. For custom images, keys are the name of the output field in the prediction to be explained. Currently only one key is allowed.
+        "a_key": { # Metadata of the prediction output to be explained.
+          "displayNameMappingKey": "A String", # Specify a field name in the prediction to look for the display name. Use this if the prediction contains the display names for the outputs. The display names in the prediction must have the same shape of the outputs, so that it can be located by Attribution.output_index for a specific output.
+          "indexDisplayNameMapping": "", # Static mapping between the index and display name. Use this if the outputs are a deterministic n-dimensional array, e.g. a list of scores of all the classes in a pre-defined order for a multi-classification Model. It's not feasible if the outputs are non-deterministic, e.g. the Model produces top-k classes or sort the outputs by their values. The shape of the value must be an n-dimensional array of strings. The number of dimensions must match that of the outputs to be explained. The Attribution.output_display_name is populated by locating in the mapping with Attribution.output_index.
+          "outputTensorName": "A String", # Name of the output tensor. Required and is only applicable to Vertex AI provided images for Tensorflow.
+        },
+      },
+    },
+    "parameters": { # Parameters to configure explaining for Model's predictions. # Required. Parameters that configure explaining of the Model's predictions.
+      "examples": { # Example-based explainability that returns the nearest neighbors from the provided dataset. # Example-based explanations that returns the nearest neighbors from the provided dataset.
+        "exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances.
+          "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported.
+          "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances.
+            "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+        "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search.
+          "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "nearestNeighborSearchConfig": "", # The full configuration for the generated index, the semantics are the same as metadata and should match [NearestNeighborSearchConfig](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/explainable-ai/configuring-explanations-example-based#nearest-neighbor-search-config).
+        "neighborCount": 42, # The number of neighbors to return when querying for examples.
+        "presets": { # Preset configuration for example-based explanations # Simplified preset configuration, which automatically sets configuration values based on the desired query speed-precision trade-off and modality.
+          "modality": "A String", # The modality of the uploaded model, which automatically configures the distance measurement and feature normalization for the underlying example index and queries. If your model does not precisely fit one of these types, it is okay to choose the closest type.
+          "query": "A String", # Preset option controlling parameters for speed-precision trade-off when querying for examples. If omitted, defaults to `PRECISE`.
+        },
+      },
+      "integratedGradientsAttribution": { # An attribution method that computes the Aumann-Shapley value taking advantage of the model's fully differentiable structure. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1703.01365 # An attribution method that computes Aumann-Shapley values taking advantage of the model's fully differentiable structure. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1703.01365
+        "blurBaselineConfig": { # Config for blur baseline. When enabled, a linear path from the maximally blurred image to the input image is created. Using a blurred baseline instead of zero (black image) is motivated by the BlurIG approach explained here: https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.03383 # Config for IG with blur baseline. When enabled, a linear path from the maximally blurred image to the input image is created. Using a blurred baseline instead of zero (black image) is motivated by the BlurIG approach explained here: https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.03383
+          "maxBlurSigma": 3.14, # The standard deviation of the blur kernel for the blurred baseline. The same blurring parameter is used for both the height and the width dimension. If not set, the method defaults to the zero (i.e. black for images) baseline.
+        },
+        "smoothGradConfig": { # Config for SmoothGrad approximation of gradients. When enabled, the gradients are approximated by averaging the gradients from noisy samples in the vicinity of the inputs. Adding noise can help improve the computed gradients. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf # Config for SmoothGrad approximation of gradients. When enabled, the gradients are approximated by averaging the gradients from noisy samples in the vicinity of the inputs. Adding noise can help improve the computed gradients. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf
+          "featureNoiseSigma": { # Noise sigma by features. Noise sigma represents the standard deviation of the gaussian kernel that will be used to add noise to interpolated inputs prior to computing gradients. # This is similar to noise_sigma, but provides additional flexibility. A separate noise sigma can be provided for each feature, which is useful if their distributions are different. No noise is added to features that are not set. If this field is unset, noise_sigma will be used for all features.
+            "noiseSigma": [ # Noise sigma per feature. No noise is added to features that are not set.
+              { # Noise sigma for a single feature.
+                "name": "A String", # The name of the input feature for which noise sigma is provided. The features are defined in explanation metadata inputs.
+                "sigma": 3.14, # This represents the standard deviation of the Gaussian kernel that will be used to add noise to the feature prior to computing gradients. Similar to noise_sigma but represents the noise added to the current feature. Defaults to 0.1.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "noiseSigma": 3.14, # This is a single float value and will be used to add noise to all the features. Use this field when all features are normalized to have the same distribution: scale to range [0, 1], [-1, 1] or z-scoring, where features are normalized to have 0-mean and 1-variance. Learn more about [normalization](https://developers.google.com/machine-learning/data-prep/transform/normalization). For best results the recommended value is about 10% - 20% of the standard deviation of the input feature. Refer to section 3.2 of the SmoothGrad paper: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf. Defaults to 0.1. If the distribution is different per feature, set feature_noise_sigma instead for each feature.
+          "noisySampleCount": 42, # The number of gradient samples to use for approximation. The higher this number, the more accurate the gradient is, but the runtime complexity increases by this factor as well. Valid range of its value is [1, 50]. Defaults to 3.
+        },
+        "stepCount": 42, # Required. The number of steps for approximating the path integral. A good value to start is 50 and gradually increase until the sum to diff property is within the desired error range. Valid range of its value is [1, 100], inclusively.
+      },
+      "outputIndices": [ # If populated, only returns attributions that have output_index contained in output_indices. It must be an ndarray of integers, with the same shape of the output it's explaining. If not populated, returns attributions for top_k indices of outputs. If neither top_k nor output_indices is populated, returns the argmax index of the outputs. Only applicable to Models that predict multiple outputs (e,g, multi-class Models that predict multiple classes).
+        "",
+      ],
+      "sampledShapleyAttribution": { # An attribution method that approximates Shapley values for features that contribute to the label being predicted. A sampling strategy is used to approximate the value rather than considering all subsets of features. # An attribution method that approximates Shapley values for features that contribute to the label being predicted. A sampling strategy is used to approximate the value rather than considering all subsets of features. Refer to this paper for model details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1306.4265.
+        "pathCount": 42, # Required. The number of feature permutations to consider when approximating the Shapley values. Valid range of its value is [1, 50], inclusively.
+      },
+      "topK": 42, # If populated, returns attributions for top K indices of outputs (defaults to 1). Only applies to Models that predicts more than one outputs (e,g, multi-class Models). When set to -1, returns explanations for all outputs.
+      "xraiAttribution": { # An explanation method that redistributes Integrated Gradients attributions to segmented regions, taking advantage of the model's fully differentiable structure. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1906.02825 Supported only by image Models. # An attribution method that redistributes Integrated Gradients attribution to segmented regions, taking advantage of the model's fully differentiable structure. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1906.02825 XRAI currently performs better on natural images, like a picture of a house or an animal. If the images are taken in artificial environments, like a lab or manufacturing line, or from diagnostic equipment, like x-rays or quality-control cameras, use Integrated Gradients instead.
+        "blurBaselineConfig": { # Config for blur baseline. When enabled, a linear path from the maximally blurred image to the input image is created. Using a blurred baseline instead of zero (black image) is motivated by the BlurIG approach explained here: https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.03383 # Config for XRAI with blur baseline. When enabled, a linear path from the maximally blurred image to the input image is created. Using a blurred baseline instead of zero (black image) is motivated by the BlurIG approach explained here: https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.03383
+          "maxBlurSigma": 3.14, # The standard deviation of the blur kernel for the blurred baseline. The same blurring parameter is used for both the height and the width dimension. If not set, the method defaults to the zero (i.e. black for images) baseline.
+        },
+        "smoothGradConfig": { # Config for SmoothGrad approximation of gradients. When enabled, the gradients are approximated by averaging the gradients from noisy samples in the vicinity of the inputs. Adding noise can help improve the computed gradients. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf # Config for SmoothGrad approximation of gradients. When enabled, the gradients are approximated by averaging the gradients from noisy samples in the vicinity of the inputs. Adding noise can help improve the computed gradients. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf
+          "featureNoiseSigma": { # Noise sigma by features. Noise sigma represents the standard deviation of the gaussian kernel that will be used to add noise to interpolated inputs prior to computing gradients. # This is similar to noise_sigma, but provides additional flexibility. A separate noise sigma can be provided for each feature, which is useful if their distributions are different. No noise is added to features that are not set. If this field is unset, noise_sigma will be used for all features.
+            "noiseSigma": [ # Noise sigma per feature. No noise is added to features that are not set.
+              { # Noise sigma for a single feature.
+                "name": "A String", # The name of the input feature for which noise sigma is provided. The features are defined in explanation metadata inputs.
+                "sigma": 3.14, # This represents the standard deviation of the Gaussian kernel that will be used to add noise to the feature prior to computing gradients. Similar to noise_sigma but represents the noise added to the current feature. Defaults to 0.1.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "noiseSigma": 3.14, # This is a single float value and will be used to add noise to all the features. Use this field when all features are normalized to have the same distribution: scale to range [0, 1], [-1, 1] or z-scoring, where features are normalized to have 0-mean and 1-variance. Learn more about [normalization](https://developers.google.com/machine-learning/data-prep/transform/normalization). For best results the recommended value is about 10% - 20% of the standard deviation of the input feature. Refer to section 3.2 of the SmoothGrad paper: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf. Defaults to 0.1. If the distribution is different per feature, set feature_noise_sigma instead for each feature.
+          "noisySampleCount": 42, # The number of gradient samples to use for approximation. The higher this number, the more accurate the gradient is, but the runtime complexity increases by this factor as well. Valid range of its value is [1, 50]. Defaults to 3.
+        },
+        "stepCount": 42, # Required. The number of steps for approximating the path integral. A good value to start is 50 and gradually increase until the sum to diff property is met within the desired error range. Valid range of its value is [1, 100], inclusively.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "generateExplanation": True or False, # Generate explanation with the batch prediction results. When set to `true`, the batch prediction output changes based on the `predictions_format` field of the BatchPredictionJob.output_config object: * `bigquery`: output includes a column named `explanation`. The value is a struct that conforms to the Explanation object. * `jsonl`: The JSON objects on each line include an additional entry keyed `explanation`. The value of the entry is a JSON object that conforms to the Explanation object. * `csv`: Generating explanations for CSV format is not supported. If this field is set to true, either the Model.explanation_spec or explanation_spec must be populated.
+  "inputConfig": { # Configures the input to BatchPredictionJob. See Model.supported_input_storage_formats for Model's supported input formats, and how instances should be expressed via any of them. # Required. Input configuration of the instances on which predictions are performed. The schema of any single instance may be specified via the Model's PredictSchemata's instance_schema_uri.
+    "bigquerySource": { # The BigQuery location for the input content. # The BigQuery location of the input table. The schema of the table should be in the format described by the given context OpenAPI Schema, if one is provided. The table may contain additional columns that are not described by the schema, and they will be ignored.
+      "inputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a table, up to 2000 characters long. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`.
+    },
+    "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances.
+      "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "instancesFormat": "A String", # Required. The format in which instances are given, must be one of the Model's supported_input_storage_formats.
+  },
+  "instanceConfig": { # Configuration defining how to transform batch prediction input instances to the instances that the Model accepts. # Configuration for how to convert batch prediction input instances to the prediction instances that are sent to the Model.
+    "excludedFields": [ # Fields that will be excluded in the prediction instance that is sent to the Model. Excluded will be attached to the batch prediction output if key_field is not specified. When excluded_fields is populated, included_fields must be empty. The input must be JSONL with objects at each line, BigQuery or TfRecord.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "includedFields": [ # Fields that will be included in the prediction instance that is sent to the Model. If instance_type is `array`, the order of field names in included_fields also determines the order of the values in the array. When included_fields is populated, excluded_fields must be empty. The input must be JSONL with objects at each line, BigQuery or TfRecord.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "instanceType": "A String", # The format of the instance that the Model accepts. Vertex AI will convert compatible batch prediction input instance formats to the specified format. Supported values are: * `object`: Each input is converted to JSON object format. * For `bigquery`, each row is converted to an object. * For `jsonl`, each line of the JSONL input must be an object. * Does not apply to `csv`, `file-list`, `tf-record`, or `tf-record-gzip`. * `array`: Each input is converted to JSON array format. * For `bigquery`, each row is converted to an array. The order of columns is determined by the BigQuery column order, unless included_fields is populated. included_fields must be populated for specifying field orders. * For `jsonl`, if each line of the JSONL input is an object, included_fields must be populated for specifying field orders. * Does not apply to `csv`, `file-list`, `tf-record`, or `tf-record-gzip`. If not specified, Vertex AI converts the batch prediction input as follows: * For `bigquery` and `csv`, the behavior is the same as `array`. The order of columns is the same as defined in the file or table, unless included_fields is populated. * For `jsonl`, the prediction instance format is determined by each line of the input. * For `tf-record`/`tf-record-gzip`, each record will be converted to an object in the format of `{"b64": }`, where `` is the Base64-encoded string of the content of the record. * For `file-list`, each file in the list will be converted to an object in the format of `{"b64": }`, where `` is the Base64-encoded string of the content of the file.
+    "keyField": "A String", # The name of the field that is considered as a key. The values identified by the key field is not included in the transformed instances that is sent to the Model. This is similar to specifying this name of the field in excluded_fields. In addition, the batch prediction output will not include the instances. Instead the output will only include the value of the key field, in a field named `key` in the output: * For `jsonl` output format, the output will have a `key` field instead of the `instance` field. * For `csv`/`bigquery` output format, the output will have have a `key` column instead of the instance feature columns. The input must be JSONL with objects at each line, CSV, BigQuery or TfRecord.
+  },
+  "labels": { # The labels with user-defined metadata to organize BatchPredictionJobs. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "manualBatchTuningParameters": { # Manual batch tuning parameters. # Immutable. Parameters configuring the batch behavior. Currently only applicable when dedicated_resources are used (in other cases Vertex AI does the tuning itself).
+    "batchSize": 42, # Immutable. The number of the records (e.g. instances) of the operation given in each batch to a machine replica. Machine type, and size of a single record should be considered when setting this parameter, higher value speeds up the batch operation's execution, but too high value will result in a whole batch not fitting in a machine's memory, and the whole operation will fail. The default value is 64.
+  },
+  "model": "A String", # The name of the Model resource that produces the predictions via this job, must share the same ancestor Location. Starting this job has no impact on any existing deployments of the Model and their resources. Exactly one of model and unmanaged_container_model must be set. The model resource name may contain version id or version alias to specify the version. Example: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}@2` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}@golden` if no version is specified, the default version will be deployed. The model resource could also be a publisher model. Example: `publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}`
+  "modelMonitoringConfig": { # The model monitoring configuration used for Batch Prediction Job. # Model monitoring config will be used for analysis model behaviors, based on the input and output to the batch prediction job, as well as the provided training dataset.
+    "alertConfig": { # The alert config for model monitoring. # Model monitoring alert config.
+      "emailAlertConfig": { # The config for email alert. # Email alert config.
+        "userEmails": [ # The email addresses to send the alert.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "enableLogging": True or False, # Dump the anomalies to Cloud Logging. The anomalies will be put to json payload encoded from proto ModelMonitoringStatsAnomalies. This can be further synced to Pub/Sub or any other services supported by Cloud Logging.
+      "notificationChannels": [ # Resource names of the NotificationChannels to send alert. Must be of the format `projects//notificationChannels/`
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "analysisInstanceSchemaUri": "A String", # YAML schema file uri in Cloud Storage describing the format of a single instance that you want Tensorflow Data Validation (TFDV) to analyze. If there are any data type differences between predict instance and TFDV instance, this field can be used to override the schema. For models trained with Vertex AI, this field must be set as all the fields in predict instance formatted as string.
+    "objectiveConfigs": [ # Model monitoring objective config.
+      { # The objective configuration for model monitoring, including the information needed to detect anomalies for one particular model.
+        "explanationConfig": { # The config for integrating with Vertex Explainable AI. Only applicable if the Model has explanation_spec populated. # The config for integrating with Vertex Explainable AI.
+          "enableFeatureAttributes": True or False, # If want to analyze the Vertex Explainable AI feature attribute scores or not. If set to true, Vertex AI will log the feature attributions from explain response and do the skew/drift detection for them.
+          "explanationBaseline": { # Output from BatchPredictionJob for Model Monitoring baseline dataset, which can be used to generate baseline attribution scores. # Predictions generated by the BatchPredictionJob using baseline dataset.
+            "bigquery": { # The BigQuery location for the output content. # BigQuery location for BatchExplain output.
+              "outputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a project or table, up to 2000 characters long. When only the project is specified, the Dataset and Table is created. When the full table reference is specified, the Dataset must exist and table must not exist. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`.
+            },
+            "gcs": { # The Google Cloud Storage location where the output is to be written to. # Cloud Storage location for BatchExplain output.
+              "outputUriPrefix": "A String", # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI to output directory. If the uri doesn't end with '/', a '/' will be automatically appended. The directory is created if it doesn't exist.
+            },
+            "predictionFormat": "A String", # The storage format of the predictions generated BatchPrediction job.
+          },
+        },
+        "predictionDriftDetectionConfig": { # The config for Prediction data drift detection. # The config for drift of prediction data.
+          "attributionScoreDriftThresholds": { # Key is the feature name and value is the threshold. The threshold here is against attribution score distance between different time windows.
+            "a_key": { # The config for feature monitoring threshold.
+              "value": 3.14, # Specify a threshold value that can trigger the alert. If this threshold config is for feature distribution distance: 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence. Each feature must have a non-zero threshold if they need to be monitored. Otherwise no alert will be triggered for that feature.
+            },
+          },
+          "defaultDriftThreshold": { # The config for feature monitoring threshold. # Drift anomaly detection threshold used by all features. When the per-feature thresholds are not set, this field can be used to specify a threshold for all features.
+            "value": 3.14, # Specify a threshold value that can trigger the alert. If this threshold config is for feature distribution distance: 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence. Each feature must have a non-zero threshold if they need to be monitored. Otherwise no alert will be triggered for that feature.
+          },
+          "driftThresholds": { # Key is the feature name and value is the threshold. If a feature needs to be monitored for drift, a value threshold must be configured for that feature. The threshold here is against feature distribution distance between different time windws.
+            "a_key": { # The config for feature monitoring threshold.
+              "value": 3.14, # Specify a threshold value that can trigger the alert. If this threshold config is for feature distribution distance: 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence. Each feature must have a non-zero threshold if they need to be monitored. Otherwise no alert will be triggered for that feature.
+            },
+          },
+        },
+        "trainingDataset": { # Training Dataset information. # Training dataset for models. This field has to be set only if TrainingPredictionSkewDetectionConfig is specified.
+          "bigquerySource": { # The BigQuery location for the input content. # The BigQuery table of the unmanaged Dataset used to train this Model.
+            "inputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a table, up to 2000 characters long. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`.
+          },
+          "dataFormat": "A String", # Data format of the dataset, only applicable if the input is from Google Cloud Storage. The possible formats are: "tf-record" The source file is a TFRecord file. "csv" The source file is a CSV file. "jsonl" The source file is a JSONL file.
+          "dataset": "A String", # The resource name of the Dataset used to train this Model.
+          "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Google Cloud Storage uri of the unmanaged Dataset used to train this Model.
+            "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "loggingSamplingStrategy": { # Sampling Strategy for logging, can be for both training and prediction dataset. # Strategy to sample data from Training Dataset. If not set, we process the whole dataset.
+            "randomSampleConfig": { # Requests are randomly selected. # Random sample config. Will support more sampling strategies later.
+              "sampleRate": 3.14, # Sample rate (0, 1]
+            },
+          },
+          "targetField": "A String", # The target field name the model is to predict. This field will be excluded when doing Predict and (or) Explain for the training data.
+        },
+        "trainingPredictionSkewDetectionConfig": { # The config for Training & Prediction data skew detection. It specifies the training dataset sources and the skew detection parameters. # The config for skew between training data and prediction data.
+          "attributionScoreSkewThresholds": { # Key is the feature name and value is the threshold. The threshold here is against attribution score distance between the training and prediction feature.
+            "a_key": { # The config for feature monitoring threshold.
+              "value": 3.14, # Specify a threshold value that can trigger the alert. If this threshold config is for feature distribution distance: 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence. Each feature must have a non-zero threshold if they need to be monitored. Otherwise no alert will be triggered for that feature.
+            },
+          },
+          "defaultSkewThreshold": { # The config for feature monitoring threshold. # Skew anomaly detection threshold used by all features. When the per-feature thresholds are not set, this field can be used to specify a threshold for all features.
+            "value": 3.14, # Specify a threshold value that can trigger the alert. If this threshold config is for feature distribution distance: 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence. Each feature must have a non-zero threshold if they need to be monitored. Otherwise no alert will be triggered for that feature.
+          },
+          "skewThresholds": { # Key is the feature name and value is the threshold. If a feature needs to be monitored for skew, a value threshold must be configured for that feature. The threshold here is against feature distribution distance between the training and prediction feature.
+            "a_key": { # The config for feature monitoring threshold.
+              "value": 3.14, # Specify a threshold value that can trigger the alert. If this threshold config is for feature distribution distance: 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence. Each feature must have a non-zero threshold if they need to be monitored. Otherwise no alert will be triggered for that feature.
+            },
+          },
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "statsAnomaliesBaseDirectory": { # The Google Cloud Storage location where the output is to be written to. # A Google Cloud Storage location for batch prediction model monitoring to dump statistics and anomalies. If not provided, a folder will be created in customer project to hold statistics and anomalies.
+      "outputUriPrefix": "A String", # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI to output directory. If the uri doesn't end with '/', a '/' will be automatically appended. The directory is created if it doesn't exist.
+    },
+  },
+  "modelMonitoringStatsAnomalies": [ # Get batch prediction job monitoring statistics.
+    { # Statistics and anomalies generated by Model Monitoring.
+      "anomalyCount": 42, # Number of anomalies within all stats.
+      "deployedModelId": "A String", # Deployed Model ID.
+      "featureStats": [ # A list of historical Stats and Anomalies generated for all Features.
+        { # Historical Stats (and Anomalies) for a specific Feature.
+          "featureDisplayName": "A String", # Display Name of the Feature.
+          "predictionStats": [ # A list of historical stats generated by different time window's Prediction Dataset.
+            { # Stats and Anomaly generated at specific timestamp for specific Feature. The start_time and end_time are used to define the time range of the dataset that current stats belongs to, e.g. prediction traffic is bucketed into prediction datasets by time window. If the Dataset is not defined by time window, start_time = end_time. Timestamp of the stats and anomalies always refers to end_time. Raw stats and anomalies are stored in stats_uri or anomaly_uri in the tensorflow defined protos. Field data_stats contains almost identical information with the raw stats in Vertex AI defined proto, for UI to display.
+              "anomalyDetectionThreshold": 3.14, # This is the threshold used when detecting anomalies. The threshold can be changed by user, so this one might be different from ThresholdConfig.value.
+              "anomalyUri": "A String", # Path of the anomaly file for current feature values in Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs:////anomalies. Example: gs://monitoring_bucket/feature_name/anomalies. Stats are stored as binary format with Protobuf message Anoamlies are stored as binary format with Protobuf message [tensorflow.metadata.v0.AnomalyInfo] (https://github.com/tensorflow/metadata/blob/master/tensorflow_metadata/proto/v0/anomalies.proto).
+              "distributionDeviation": 3.14, # Deviation from the current stats to baseline stats. 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence.
+              "endTime": "A String", # The end timestamp of window where stats were generated. For objectives where time window doesn't make sense (e.g. Featurestore Snapshot Monitoring), end_time indicates the timestamp of the data used to generate stats (e.g. timestamp we take snapshots for feature values).
+              "score": 3.14, # Feature importance score, only populated when cross-feature monitoring is enabled. For now only used to represent feature attribution score within range [0, 1] for ModelDeploymentMonitoringObjectiveType.FEATURE_ATTRIBUTION_SKEW and ModelDeploymentMonitoringObjectiveType.FEATURE_ATTRIBUTION_DRIFT.
+              "startTime": "A String", # The start timestamp of window where stats were generated. For objectives where time window doesn't make sense (e.g. Featurestore Snapshot Monitoring), start_time is only used to indicate the monitoring intervals, so it always equals to (end_time - monitoring_interval).
+              "statsUri": "A String", # Path of the stats file for current feature values in Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs:////stats. Example: gs://monitoring_bucket/feature_name/stats. Stats are stored as binary format with Protobuf message [tensorflow.metadata.v0.FeatureNameStatistics](https://github.com/tensorflow/metadata/blob/master/tensorflow_metadata/proto/v0/statistics.proto).
+            },
+          ],
+          "threshold": { # The config for feature monitoring threshold. # Threshold for anomaly detection.
+            "value": 3.14, # Specify a threshold value that can trigger the alert. If this threshold config is for feature distribution distance: 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence. Each feature must have a non-zero threshold if they need to be monitored. Otherwise no alert will be triggered for that feature.
+          },
+          "trainingStats": { # Stats and Anomaly generated at specific timestamp for specific Feature. The start_time and end_time are used to define the time range of the dataset that current stats belongs to, e.g. prediction traffic is bucketed into prediction datasets by time window. If the Dataset is not defined by time window, start_time = end_time. Timestamp of the stats and anomalies always refers to end_time. Raw stats and anomalies are stored in stats_uri or anomaly_uri in the tensorflow defined protos. Field data_stats contains almost identical information with the raw stats in Vertex AI defined proto, for UI to display. # Stats calculated for the Training Dataset.
+            "anomalyDetectionThreshold": 3.14, # This is the threshold used when detecting anomalies. The threshold can be changed by user, so this one might be different from ThresholdConfig.value.
+            "anomalyUri": "A String", # Path of the anomaly file for current feature values in Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs:////anomalies. Example: gs://monitoring_bucket/feature_name/anomalies. Stats are stored as binary format with Protobuf message Anoamlies are stored as binary format with Protobuf message [tensorflow.metadata.v0.AnomalyInfo] (https://github.com/tensorflow/metadata/blob/master/tensorflow_metadata/proto/v0/anomalies.proto).
+            "distributionDeviation": 3.14, # Deviation from the current stats to baseline stats. 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence.
+            "endTime": "A String", # The end timestamp of window where stats were generated. For objectives where time window doesn't make sense (e.g. Featurestore Snapshot Monitoring), end_time indicates the timestamp of the data used to generate stats (e.g. timestamp we take snapshots for feature values).
+            "score": 3.14, # Feature importance score, only populated when cross-feature monitoring is enabled. For now only used to represent feature attribution score within range [0, 1] for ModelDeploymentMonitoringObjectiveType.FEATURE_ATTRIBUTION_SKEW and ModelDeploymentMonitoringObjectiveType.FEATURE_ATTRIBUTION_DRIFT.
+            "startTime": "A String", # The start timestamp of window where stats were generated. For objectives where time window doesn't make sense (e.g. Featurestore Snapshot Monitoring), start_time is only used to indicate the monitoring intervals, so it always equals to (end_time - monitoring_interval).
+            "statsUri": "A String", # Path of the stats file for current feature values in Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs:////stats. Example: gs://monitoring_bucket/feature_name/stats. Stats are stored as binary format with Protobuf message [tensorflow.metadata.v0.FeatureNameStatistics](https://github.com/tensorflow/metadata/blob/master/tensorflow_metadata/proto/v0/statistics.proto).
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "objective": "A String", # Model Monitoring Objective those stats and anomalies belonging to.
+    },
+  ],
+  "modelMonitoringStatus": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. The running status of the model monitoring pipeline.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "modelParameters": "", # The parameters that govern the predictions. The schema of the parameters may be specified via the Model's PredictSchemata's parameters_schema_uri.
+  "modelVersionId": "A String", # Output only. The version ID of the Model that produces the predictions via this job.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the BatchPredictionJob.
+  "outputConfig": { # Configures the output of BatchPredictionJob. See Model.supported_output_storage_formats for supported output formats, and how predictions are expressed via any of them. # Required. The Configuration specifying where output predictions should be written. The schema of any single prediction may be specified as a concatenation of Model's PredictSchemata's instance_schema_uri and prediction_schema_uri.
+    "bigqueryDestination": { # The BigQuery location for the output content. # The BigQuery project or dataset location where the output is to be written to. If project is provided, a new dataset is created with name `prediction__` where is made BigQuery-dataset-name compatible (for example, most special characters become underscores), and timestamp is in YYYY_MM_DDThh_mm_ss_sssZ "based on ISO-8601" format. In the dataset two tables will be created, `predictions`, and `errors`. If the Model has both instance and prediction schemata defined then the tables have columns as follows: The `predictions` table contains instances for which the prediction succeeded, it has columns as per a concatenation of the Model's instance and prediction schemata. The `errors` table contains rows for which the prediction has failed, it has instance columns, as per the instance schema, followed by a single "errors" column, which as values has google.rpc.Status represented as a STRUCT, and containing only `code` and `message`.
+      "outputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a project or table, up to 2000 characters long. When only the project is specified, the Dataset and Table is created. When the full table reference is specified, the Dataset must exist and table must not exist. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`.
+    },
+    "gcsDestination": { # The Google Cloud Storage location where the output is to be written to. # The Cloud Storage location of the directory where the output is to be written to. In the given directory a new directory is created. Its name is `prediction--`, where timestamp is in YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sssZ ISO-8601 format. Inside of it files `predictions_0001.`, `predictions_0002.`, ..., `predictions_N.` are created where `` depends on chosen predictions_format, and N may equal 0001 and depends on the total number of successfully predicted instances. If the Model has both instance and prediction schemata defined then each such file contains predictions as per the predictions_format. If prediction for any instance failed (partially or completely), then an additional `errors_0001.`, `errors_0002.`,..., `errors_N.` files are created (N depends on total number of failed predictions). These files contain the failed instances, as per their schema, followed by an additional `error` field which as value has google.rpc.Status containing only `code` and `message` fields.
+      "outputUriPrefix": "A String", # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI to output directory. If the uri doesn't end with '/', a '/' will be automatically appended. The directory is created if it doesn't exist.
+    },
+    "predictionsFormat": "A String", # Required. The format in which Vertex AI gives the predictions, must be one of the Model's supported_output_storage_formats.
+  },
+  "outputInfo": { # Further describes this job's output. Supplements output_config. # Output only. Information further describing the output of this job.
+    "bigqueryOutputDataset": "A String", # Output only. The path of the BigQuery dataset created, in `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId` format, into which the prediction output is written.
+    "bigqueryOutputTable": "A String", # Output only. The name of the BigQuery table created, in `predictions_` format, into which the prediction output is written. Can be used by UI to generate the BigQuery output path, for example.
+    "gcsOutputDirectory": "A String", # Output only. The full path of the Cloud Storage directory created, into which the prediction output is written.
+  },
+  "partialFailures": [ # Output only. Partial failures encountered. For example, single files that can't be read. This field never exceeds 20 entries. Status details fields contain standard Google Cloud error details.
+    { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+      "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+      "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+        {
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+    },
+  ],
+  "resourcesConsumed": { # Statistics information about resource consumption. # Output only. Information about resources that had been consumed by this job. Provided in real time at best effort basis, as well as a final value once the job completes. Note: This field currently may be not populated for batch predictions that use AutoML Models.
+    "replicaHours": 3.14, # Output only. The number of replica hours used. Note that many replicas may run in parallel, and additionally any given work may be queued for some time. Therefore this value is not strictly related to wall time.
+  },
+  "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
+  "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
+  "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the DeployedModel's container runs as. If not specified, a system generated one will be used, which has minimal permissions and the custom container, if used, may not have enough permission to access other Google Cloud resources. Users deploying the Model must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account.
+  "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the BatchPredictionJob for the first time entered the `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` state.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The detailed state of the job.
+  "unmanagedContainerModel": { # Contains model information necessary to perform batch prediction without requiring a full model import. # Contains model information necessary to perform batch prediction without requiring uploading to model registry. Exactly one of model and unmanaged_container_model must be set.
+    "artifactUri": "A String", # The path to the directory containing the Model artifact and any of its supporting files.
+    "containerSpec": { # Specification of a container for serving predictions. Some fields in this message correspond to fields in the [Kubernetes Container v1 core specification](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core). # Input only. The specification of the container that is to be used when deploying this Model.
+      "args": [ # Immutable. Specifies arguments for the command that runs when the container starts. This overrides the container's [`CMD`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd). Specify this field as an array of executable and arguments, similar to a Docker `CMD`'s "default parameters" form. If you don't specify this field but do specify the command field, then the command from the `command` field runs without any additional arguments. See the [Kubernetes documentation about how the `command` and `args` fields interact with a container's `ENTRYPOINT` and `CMD`](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#notes). If you don't specify this field and don't specify the `command` field, then the container's [`ENTRYPOINT`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd) and `CMD` determine what runs based on their default behavior. See the Docker documentation about [how `CMD` and `ENTRYPOINT` interact](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#understand-how-cmd-and-entrypoint-interact). In this field, you can reference [environment variables set by Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables) and environment variables set in the env field. You cannot reference environment variables set in the Docker image. In order for environment variables to be expanded, reference them by using the following syntax: $( VARIABLE_NAME) Note that this differs from Bash variable expansion, which does not use parentheses. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string is used unchanged. To avoid variable expansion, you can escape this syntax with `$$`; for example: $$(VARIABLE_NAME) This field corresponds to the `args` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "command": [ # Immutable. Specifies the command that runs when the container starts. This overrides the container's [ENTRYPOINT](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#entrypoint). Specify this field as an array of executable and arguments, similar to a Docker `ENTRYPOINT`'s "exec" form, not its "shell" form. If you do not specify this field, then the container's `ENTRYPOINT` runs, in conjunction with the args field or the container's [`CMD`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd), if either exists. If this field is not specified and the container does not have an `ENTRYPOINT`, then refer to the Docker documentation about [how `CMD` and `ENTRYPOINT` interact](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#understand-how-cmd-and-entrypoint-interact). If you specify this field, then you can also specify the `args` field to provide additional arguments for this command. However, if you specify this field, then the container's `CMD` is ignored. See the [Kubernetes documentation about how the `command` and `args` fields interact with a container's `ENTRYPOINT` and `CMD`](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#notes). In this field, you can reference [environment variables set by Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables) and environment variables set in the env field. You cannot reference environment variables set in the Docker image. In order for environment variables to be expanded, reference them by using the following syntax: $( VARIABLE_NAME) Note that this differs from Bash variable expansion, which does not use parentheses. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string is used unchanged. To avoid variable expansion, you can escape this syntax with `$$`; for example: $$(VARIABLE_NAME) This field corresponds to the `command` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "deploymentTimeout": "A String", # Immutable. Deployment timeout. Limit for deployment timeout is 2 hours.
+      "env": [ # Immutable. List of environment variables to set in the container. After the container starts running, code running in the container can read these environment variables. Additionally, the command and args fields can reference these variables. Later entries in this list can also reference earlier entries. For example, the following example sets the variable `VAR_2` to have the value `foo bar`: ```json [ { "name": "VAR_1", "value": "foo" }, { "name": "VAR_2", "value": "$(VAR_1) bar" } ] ``` If you switch the order of the variables in the example, then the expansion does not occur. This field corresponds to the `env` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
+        { # Represents an environment variable present in a Container or Python Module.
+          "name": "A String", # Required. Name of the environment variable. Must be a valid C identifier.
+          "value": "A String", # Required. Variables that reference a $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not.
+        },
+      ],
+      "grpcPorts": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends gRPC prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends liveness and health checks to this port. If you do not specify this field, gRPC requests to the container will be disabled. Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers v1 core API.
+        { # Represents a network port in a container.
+          "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
+        },
+      ],
+      "healthProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes readiness probe.
+        "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+          "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'.
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
+        "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds to wait before starting the probe. Defaults to 0. Minimum value is 0. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'initialDelaySeconds'.
+        "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "successThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive successes before the probe is considered successful. Defaults to 1. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'successThreshold'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
+        "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+      },
+      "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+      "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+        "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+          "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'.
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
+        "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds to wait before starting the probe. Defaults to 0. Minimum value is 0. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'initialDelaySeconds'.
+        "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "successThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive successes before the probe is considered successful. Defaults to 1. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'successThreshold'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
+        "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+      },
+      "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
+        { # Represents a network port in a container.
+          "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
+        },
+      ],
+      "predictRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send prediction requests to. Vertex AI forwards requests sent using projects.locations.endpoints.predict to this path on the container's IP address and port. Vertex AI then returns the container's response in the API response. For example, if you set this field to `/foo`, then when Vertex AI receives a prediction request, it forwards the request body in a POST request to the `/foo` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
+      "sharedMemorySizeMb": "A String", # Immutable. The amount of the VM memory to reserve as the shared memory for the model in megabytes.
+      "startupProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes startup probe.
+        "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+          "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'.
+        "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+          "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+        },
+        "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+          "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+          "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+            { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+              "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+              "value": "A String", # The header field value
+            },
+          ],
+          "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+          "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+        },
+        "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds to wait before starting the probe. Defaults to 0. Minimum value is 0. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'initialDelaySeconds'.
+        "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+        "successThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive successes before the probe is considered successful. Defaults to 1. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'successThreshold'.
+        "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+          "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+          "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+        },
+        "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+      },
+    },
+    "predictSchemata": { # Contains the schemata used in Model's predictions and explanations via PredictionService.Predict, PredictionService.Explain and BatchPredictionJob. # Contains the schemata used in Model's predictions and explanations
+      "instanceSchemaUri": "A String", # Immutable. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing the format of a single instance, which are used in PredictRequest.instances, ExplainRequest.instances and BatchPredictionJob.input_config. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 [Schema Object](https://github.com/OAI/OpenAPI-Specification/blob/main/versions/3.0.2.md#schemaObject). AutoML Models always have this field populated by Vertex AI. Note: The URI given on output will be immutable and probably different, including the URI scheme, than the one given on input. The output URI will point to a location where the user only has a read access.
+      "parametersSchemaUri": "A String", # Immutable. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing the parameters of prediction and explanation via PredictRequest.parameters, ExplainRequest.parameters and BatchPredictionJob.model_parameters. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 [Schema Object](https://github.com/OAI/OpenAPI-Specification/blob/main/versions/3.0.2.md#schemaObject). AutoML Models always have this field populated by Vertex AI, if no parameters are supported, then it is set to an empty string. Note: The URI given on output will be immutable and probably different, including the URI scheme, than the one given on input. The output URI will point to a location where the user only has a read access.
+      "predictionSchemaUri": "A String", # Immutable. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing the format of a single prediction produced by this Model, which are returned via PredictResponse.predictions, ExplainResponse.explanations, and BatchPredictionJob.output_config. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 [Schema Object](https://github.com/OAI/OpenAPI-Specification/blob/main/versions/3.0.2.md#schemaObject). AutoML Models always have this field populated by Vertex AI. Note: The URI given on output will be immutable and probably different, including the URI scheme, than the one given on input. The output URI will point to a location where the user only has a read access.
+    },
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the BatchPredictionJob was most recently updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, parent=None, readMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists BatchPredictionJobs in a Location.
+
+Args:
+  filter: string, The standard list filter. Supported fields: * `display_name` supports `=`, `!=` comparisons, and `:` wildcard. * `model_display_name` supports `=`, `!=` comparisons. * `state` supports `=`, `!=` comparisons. * `create_time` supports `=`, `!=`,`<`, `<=`,`>`, `>=` comparisons. `create_time` must be in RFC 3339 format. * `labels` supports general map functions that is: `labels.key=value` - key:value equality `labels.key:* - key existence Some examples of using the filter are: * `state="JOB_STATE_SUCCEEDED" AND display_name:"my_job_*"` * `state!="JOB_STATE_FAILED" OR display_name="my_job"` * `NOT display_name="my_job"` * `create_time>"2021-05-18T00:00:00Z"` * `labels.keyA=valueA` * `labels.keyB:*`
+  pageSize: integer, The standard list page size.
+  pageToken: string, The standard list page token. Typically obtained via ListBatchPredictionJobsResponse.next_page_token of the previous JobService.ListBatchPredictionJobs call.
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the Location to list the BatchPredictionJobs from. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`
+  readMask: string, Mask specifying which fields to read.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for JobService.ListBatchPredictionJobs
+  "batchPredictionJobs": [ # List of BatchPredictionJobs in the requested page.
+    { # A job that uses a Model to produce predictions on multiple input instances. If predictions for significant portion of the instances fail, the job may finish without attempting predictions for all remaining instances.
+      "completionStats": { # Success and error statistics of processing multiple entities (for example, DataItems or structured data rows) in batch. # Output only. Statistics on completed and failed prediction instances.
+        "failedCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of entities for which any error was encountered.
+        "incompleteCount": "A String", # Output only. In cases when enough errors are encountered a job, pipeline, or operation may be failed as a whole. Below is the number of entities for which the processing had not been finished (either in successful or failed state). Set to -1 if the number is unknown (for example, the operation failed before the total entity number could be collected).
+        "successfulCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of entities that had been processed successfully.
+        "successfulForecastPointCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of the successful forecast points that are generated by the forecasting model. This is ONLY used by the forecasting batch prediction.
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the BatchPredictionJob was created.
+      "dedicatedResources": { # A description of resources that are used for performing batch operations, are dedicated to a Model, and need manual configuration. # The config of resources used by the Model during the batch prediction. If the Model supports DEDICATED_RESOURCES this config may be provided (and the job will use these resources), if the Model doesn't support AUTOMATIC_RESOURCES, this config must be provided.
+        "machineSpec": { # Specification of a single machine. # Required. Immutable. The specification of a single machine.
+          "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of accelerators to attach to the machine.
+          "acceleratorType": "A String", # Immutable. The type of accelerator(s) that may be attached to the machine as per accelerator_count.
+          "machineType": "A String", # Immutable. The type of the machine. See the [list of machine types supported for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/configure-compute#machine-types) See the [list of machine types supported for custom training](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/training/configure-compute#machine-types). For DeployedModel this field is optional, and the default value is `n1-standard-2`. For BatchPredictionJob or as part of WorkerPoolSpec this field is required.
+          "multihostGpuNodeCount": 42, # Optional. Immutable. The number of nodes per replica for multihost GPU deployments.
+          "reservationAffinity": { # A ReservationAffinity can be used to configure a Vertex AI resource (e.g., a DeployedModel) to draw its Compute Engine resources from a Shared Reservation, or exclusively from on-demand capacity. # Optional. Immutable. Configuration controlling how this resource pool consumes reservation.
+            "key": "A String", # Optional. Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, use `compute.googleapis.com/reservation-name` as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value.
+            "reservationAffinityType": "A String", # Required. Specifies the reservation affinity type.
+            "values": [ # Optional. Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This must be the full resource name of the reservation or reservation block.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "tpuTopology": "A String", # Immutable. The topology of the TPUs. Corresponds to the TPU topologies available from GKE. (Example: tpu_topology: "2x2x1").
+        },
+        "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of machine replicas the batch operation may be scaled to. The default value is 10.
+        "startingReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The number of machine replicas used at the start of the batch operation. If not set, Vertex AI decides starting number, not greater than max_replica_count
+      },
+      "disableContainerLogging": True or False, # For custom-trained Models and AutoML Tabular Models, the container of the DeployedModel instances will send `stderr` and `stdout` streams to Cloud Logging by default. Please note that the logs incur cost, which are subject to [Cloud Logging pricing](https://cloud.google.com/logging/pricing). User can disable container logging by setting this flag to true.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Required. The user-defined name of this BatchPredictionJob.
+      "encryptionSpec": { # Represents a customer-managed encryption key spec that can be applied to a top-level resource. # Customer-managed encryption key options for a BatchPredictionJob. If this is set, then all resources created by the BatchPredictionJob will be encrypted with the provided encryption key.
+        "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The Cloud KMS resource identifier of the customer managed encryption key used to protect a resource. Has the form: `projects/my-project/locations/my-region/keyRings/my-kr/cryptoKeys/my-key`. The key needs to be in the same region as where the compute resource is created.
+      },
+      "endTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the BatchPredictionJob entered any of the following states: `JOB_STATE_SUCCEEDED`, `JOB_STATE_FAILED`, `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`.
+      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Only populated when the job's state is JOB_STATE_FAILED or JOB_STATE_CANCELLED.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "explanationSpec": { # Specification of Model explanation. # Explanation configuration for this BatchPredictionJob. Can be specified only if generate_explanation is set to `true`. This value overrides the value of Model.explanation_spec. All fields of explanation_spec are optional in the request. If a field of the explanation_spec object is not populated, the corresponding field of the Model.explanation_spec object is inherited.
+        "metadata": { # Metadata describing the Model's input and output for explanation. # Optional. Metadata describing the Model's input and output for explanation.
+          "featureAttributionsSchemaUri": "A String", # Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing the format of the feature attributions. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 [Schema Object](https://github.com/OAI/OpenAPI-Specification/blob/main/versions/3.0.2.md#schemaObject). AutoML tabular Models always have this field populated by Vertex AI. Note: The URI given on output may be different, including the URI scheme, than the one given on input. The output URI will point to a location where the user only has a read access.
+          "inputs": { # Required. Map from feature names to feature input metadata. Keys are the name of the features. Values are the specification of the feature. An empty InputMetadata is valid. It describes a text feature which has the name specified as the key in ExplanationMetadata.inputs. The baseline of the empty feature is chosen by Vertex AI. For Vertex AI-provided Tensorflow images, the key can be any friendly name of the feature. Once specified, featureAttributions are keyed by this key (if not grouped with another feature). For custom images, the key must match with the key in instance.
+            "a_key": { # Metadata of the input of a feature. Fields other than InputMetadata.input_baselines are applicable only for Models that are using Vertex AI-provided images for Tensorflow.
+              "denseShapeTensorName": "A String", # Specifies the shape of the values of the input if the input is a sparse representation. Refer to Tensorflow documentation for more details: https://www.tensorflow.org/api_docs/python/tf/sparse/SparseTensor.
+              "encodedBaselines": [ # A list of baselines for the encoded tensor. The shape of each baseline should match the shape of the encoded tensor. If a scalar is provided, Vertex AI broadcasts to the same shape as the encoded tensor.
+                "",
+              ],
+              "encodedTensorName": "A String", # Encoded tensor is a transformation of the input tensor. Must be provided if choosing Integrated Gradients attribution or XRAI attribution and the input tensor is not differentiable. An encoded tensor is generated if the input tensor is encoded by a lookup table.
+              "encoding": "A String", # Defines how the feature is encoded into the input tensor. Defaults to IDENTITY.
+              "featureValueDomain": { # Domain details of the input feature value. Provides numeric information about the feature, such as its range (min, max). If the feature has been pre-processed, for example with z-scoring, then it provides information about how to recover the original feature. For example, if the input feature is an image and it has been pre-processed to obtain 0-mean and stddev = 1 values, then original_mean, and original_stddev refer to the mean and stddev of the original feature (e.g. image tensor) from which input feature (with mean = 0 and stddev = 1) was obtained. # The domain details of the input feature value. Like min/max, original mean or standard deviation if normalized.
+                "maxValue": 3.14, # The maximum permissible value for this feature.
+                "minValue": 3.14, # The minimum permissible value for this feature.
+                "originalMean": 3.14, # If this input feature has been normalized to a mean value of 0, the original_mean specifies the mean value of the domain prior to normalization.
+                "originalStddev": 3.14, # If this input feature has been normalized to a standard deviation of 1.0, the original_stddev specifies the standard deviation of the domain prior to normalization.
+              },
+              "groupName": "A String", # Name of the group that the input belongs to. Features with the same group name will be treated as one feature when computing attributions. Features grouped together can have different shapes in value. If provided, there will be one single attribution generated in Attribution.feature_attributions, keyed by the group name.
+              "indexFeatureMapping": [ # A list of feature names for each index in the input tensor. Required when the input InputMetadata.encoding is BAG_OF_FEATURES, BAG_OF_FEATURES_SPARSE, INDICATOR.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "indicesTensorName": "A String", # Specifies the index of the values of the input tensor. Required when the input tensor is a sparse representation. Refer to Tensorflow documentation for more details: https://www.tensorflow.org/api_docs/python/tf/sparse/SparseTensor.
+              "inputBaselines": [ # Baseline inputs for this feature. If no baseline is specified, Vertex AI chooses the baseline for this feature. If multiple baselines are specified, Vertex AI returns the average attributions across them in Attribution.feature_attributions. For Vertex AI-provided Tensorflow images (both 1.x and 2.x), the shape of each baseline must match the shape of the input tensor. If a scalar is provided, we broadcast to the same shape as the input tensor. For custom images, the element of the baselines must be in the same format as the feature's input in the instance[]. The schema of any single instance may be specified via Endpoint's DeployedModels' Model's PredictSchemata's instance_schema_uri.
+                "",
+              ],
+              "inputTensorName": "A String", # Name of the input tensor for this feature. Required and is only applicable to Vertex AI-provided images for Tensorflow.
+              "modality": "A String", # Modality of the feature. Valid values are: numeric, image. Defaults to numeric.
+              "visualization": { # Visualization configurations for image explanation. # Visualization configurations for image explanation.
+                "clipPercentLowerbound": 3.14, # Excludes attributions below the specified percentile, from the highlighted areas. Defaults to 62.
+                "clipPercentUpperbound": 3.14, # Excludes attributions above the specified percentile from the highlighted areas. Using the clip_percent_upperbound and clip_percent_lowerbound together can be useful for filtering out noise and making it easier to see areas of strong attribution. Defaults to 99.9.
+                "colorMap": "A String", # The color scheme used for the highlighted areas. Defaults to PINK_GREEN for Integrated Gradients attribution, which shows positive attributions in green and negative in pink. Defaults to VIRIDIS for XRAI attribution, which highlights the most influential regions in yellow and the least influential in blue.
+                "overlayType": "A String", # How the original image is displayed in the visualization. Adjusting the overlay can help increase visual clarity if the original image makes it difficult to view the visualization. Defaults to NONE.
+                "polarity": "A String", # Whether to only highlight pixels with positive contributions, negative or both. Defaults to POSITIVE.
+                "type": "A String", # Type of the image visualization. Only applicable to Integrated Gradients attribution. OUTLINES shows regions of attribution, while PIXELS shows per-pixel attribution. Defaults to OUTLINES.
+              },
+            },
+          },
+          "latentSpaceSource": "A String", # Name of the source to generate embeddings for example based explanations.
+          "outputs": { # Required. Map from output names to output metadata. For Vertex AI-provided Tensorflow images, keys can be any user defined string that consists of any UTF-8 characters. For custom images, keys are the name of the output field in the prediction to be explained. Currently only one key is allowed.
+            "a_key": { # Metadata of the prediction output to be explained.
+              "displayNameMappingKey": "A String", # Specify a field name in the prediction to look for the display name. Use this if the prediction contains the display names for the outputs. The display names in the prediction must have the same shape of the outputs, so that it can be located by Attribution.output_index for a specific output.
+              "indexDisplayNameMapping": "", # Static mapping between the index and display name. Use this if the outputs are a deterministic n-dimensional array, e.g. a list of scores of all the classes in a pre-defined order for a multi-classification Model. It's not feasible if the outputs are non-deterministic, e.g. the Model produces top-k classes or sort the outputs by their values. The shape of the value must be an n-dimensional array of strings. The number of dimensions must match that of the outputs to be explained. The Attribution.output_display_name is populated by locating in the mapping with Attribution.output_index.
+              "outputTensorName": "A String", # Name of the output tensor. Required and is only applicable to Vertex AI provided images for Tensorflow.
+            },
+          },
+        },
+        "parameters": { # Parameters to configure explaining for Model's predictions. # Required. Parameters that configure explaining of the Model's predictions.
+          "examples": { # Example-based explainability that returns the nearest neighbors from the provided dataset. # Example-based explanations that returns the nearest neighbors from the provided dataset.
+            "exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances.
+              "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported.
+              "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances.
+                "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+            },
+            "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search.
+              "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "nearestNeighborSearchConfig": "", # The full configuration for the generated index, the semantics are the same as metadata and should match [NearestNeighborSearchConfig](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/explainable-ai/configuring-explanations-example-based#nearest-neighbor-search-config).
+            "neighborCount": 42, # The number of neighbors to return when querying for examples.
+            "presets": { # Preset configuration for example-based explanations # Simplified preset configuration, which automatically sets configuration values based on the desired query speed-precision trade-off and modality.
+              "modality": "A String", # The modality of the uploaded model, which automatically configures the distance measurement and feature normalization for the underlying example index and queries. If your model does not precisely fit one of these types, it is okay to choose the closest type.
+              "query": "A String", # Preset option controlling parameters for speed-precision trade-off when querying for examples. If omitted, defaults to `PRECISE`.
+            },
+          },
+          "integratedGradientsAttribution": { # An attribution method that computes the Aumann-Shapley value taking advantage of the model's fully differentiable structure. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1703.01365 # An attribution method that computes Aumann-Shapley values taking advantage of the model's fully differentiable structure. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1703.01365
+            "blurBaselineConfig": { # Config for blur baseline. When enabled, a linear path from the maximally blurred image to the input image is created. Using a blurred baseline instead of zero (black image) is motivated by the BlurIG approach explained here: https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.03383 # Config for IG with blur baseline. When enabled, a linear path from the maximally blurred image to the input image is created. Using a blurred baseline instead of zero (black image) is motivated by the BlurIG approach explained here: https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.03383
+              "maxBlurSigma": 3.14, # The standard deviation of the blur kernel for the blurred baseline. The same blurring parameter is used for both the height and the width dimension. If not set, the method defaults to the zero (i.e. black for images) baseline.
+            },
+            "smoothGradConfig": { # Config for SmoothGrad approximation of gradients. When enabled, the gradients are approximated by averaging the gradients from noisy samples in the vicinity of the inputs. Adding noise can help improve the computed gradients. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf # Config for SmoothGrad approximation of gradients. When enabled, the gradients are approximated by averaging the gradients from noisy samples in the vicinity of the inputs. Adding noise can help improve the computed gradients. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf
+              "featureNoiseSigma": { # Noise sigma by features. Noise sigma represents the standard deviation of the gaussian kernel that will be used to add noise to interpolated inputs prior to computing gradients. # This is similar to noise_sigma, but provides additional flexibility. A separate noise sigma can be provided for each feature, which is useful if their distributions are different. No noise is added to features that are not set. If this field is unset, noise_sigma will be used for all features.
+                "noiseSigma": [ # Noise sigma per feature. No noise is added to features that are not set.
+                  { # Noise sigma for a single feature.
+                    "name": "A String", # The name of the input feature for which noise sigma is provided. The features are defined in explanation metadata inputs.
+                    "sigma": 3.14, # This represents the standard deviation of the Gaussian kernel that will be used to add noise to the feature prior to computing gradients. Similar to noise_sigma but represents the noise added to the current feature. Defaults to 0.1.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+              "noiseSigma": 3.14, # This is a single float value and will be used to add noise to all the features. Use this field when all features are normalized to have the same distribution: scale to range [0, 1], [-1, 1] or z-scoring, where features are normalized to have 0-mean and 1-variance. Learn more about [normalization](https://developers.google.com/machine-learning/data-prep/transform/normalization). For best results the recommended value is about 10% - 20% of the standard deviation of the input feature. Refer to section 3.2 of the SmoothGrad paper: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf. Defaults to 0.1. If the distribution is different per feature, set feature_noise_sigma instead for each feature.
+              "noisySampleCount": 42, # The number of gradient samples to use for approximation. The higher this number, the more accurate the gradient is, but the runtime complexity increases by this factor as well. Valid range of its value is [1, 50]. Defaults to 3.
+            },
+            "stepCount": 42, # Required. The number of steps for approximating the path integral. A good value to start is 50 and gradually increase until the sum to diff property is within the desired error range. Valid range of its value is [1, 100], inclusively.
+          },
+          "outputIndices": [ # If populated, only returns attributions that have output_index contained in output_indices. It must be an ndarray of integers, with the same shape of the output it's explaining. If not populated, returns attributions for top_k indices of outputs. If neither top_k nor output_indices is populated, returns the argmax index of the outputs. Only applicable to Models that predict multiple outputs (e,g, multi-class Models that predict multiple classes).
+            "",
+          ],
+          "sampledShapleyAttribution": { # An attribution method that approximates Shapley values for features that contribute to the label being predicted. A sampling strategy is used to approximate the value rather than considering all subsets of features. # An attribution method that approximates Shapley values for features that contribute to the label being predicted. A sampling strategy is used to approximate the value rather than considering all subsets of features. Refer to this paper for model details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1306.4265.
+            "pathCount": 42, # Required. The number of feature permutations to consider when approximating the Shapley values. Valid range of its value is [1, 50], inclusively.
+          },
+          "topK": 42, # If populated, returns attributions for top K indices of outputs (defaults to 1). Only applies to Models that predicts more than one outputs (e,g, multi-class Models). When set to -1, returns explanations for all outputs.
+          "xraiAttribution": { # An explanation method that redistributes Integrated Gradients attributions to segmented regions, taking advantage of the model's fully differentiable structure. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1906.02825 Supported only by image Models. # An attribution method that redistributes Integrated Gradients attribution to segmented regions, taking advantage of the model's fully differentiable structure. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/abs/1906.02825 XRAI currently performs better on natural images, like a picture of a house or an animal. If the images are taken in artificial environments, like a lab or manufacturing line, or from diagnostic equipment, like x-rays or quality-control cameras, use Integrated Gradients instead.
+            "blurBaselineConfig": { # Config for blur baseline. When enabled, a linear path from the maximally blurred image to the input image is created. Using a blurred baseline instead of zero (black image) is motivated by the BlurIG approach explained here: https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.03383 # Config for XRAI with blur baseline. When enabled, a linear path from the maximally blurred image to the input image is created. Using a blurred baseline instead of zero (black image) is motivated by the BlurIG approach explained here: https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.03383
+              "maxBlurSigma": 3.14, # The standard deviation of the blur kernel for the blurred baseline. The same blurring parameter is used for both the height and the width dimension. If not set, the method defaults to the zero (i.e. black for images) baseline.
+            },
+            "smoothGradConfig": { # Config for SmoothGrad approximation of gradients. When enabled, the gradients are approximated by averaging the gradients from noisy samples in the vicinity of the inputs. Adding noise can help improve the computed gradients. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf # Config for SmoothGrad approximation of gradients. When enabled, the gradients are approximated by averaging the gradients from noisy samples in the vicinity of the inputs. Adding noise can help improve the computed gradients. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf
+              "featureNoiseSigma": { # Noise sigma by features. Noise sigma represents the standard deviation of the gaussian kernel that will be used to add noise to interpolated inputs prior to computing gradients. # This is similar to noise_sigma, but provides additional flexibility. A separate noise sigma can be provided for each feature, which is useful if their distributions are different. No noise is added to features that are not set. If this field is unset, noise_sigma will be used for all features.
+                "noiseSigma": [ # Noise sigma per feature. No noise is added to features that are not set.
+                  { # Noise sigma for a single feature.
+                    "name": "A String", # The name of the input feature for which noise sigma is provided. The features are defined in explanation metadata inputs.
+                    "sigma": 3.14, # This represents the standard deviation of the Gaussian kernel that will be used to add noise to the feature prior to computing gradients. Similar to noise_sigma but represents the noise added to the current feature. Defaults to 0.1.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+              "noiseSigma": 3.14, # This is a single float value and will be used to add noise to all the features. Use this field when all features are normalized to have the same distribution: scale to range [0, 1], [-1, 1] or z-scoring, where features are normalized to have 0-mean and 1-variance. Learn more about [normalization](https://developers.google.com/machine-learning/data-prep/transform/normalization). For best results the recommended value is about 10% - 20% of the standard deviation of the input feature. Refer to section 3.2 of the SmoothGrad paper: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf. Defaults to 0.1. If the distribution is different per feature, set feature_noise_sigma instead for each feature.
+              "noisySampleCount": 42, # The number of gradient samples to use for approximation. The higher this number, the more accurate the gradient is, but the runtime complexity increases by this factor as well. Valid range of its value is [1, 50]. Defaults to 3.
+            },
+            "stepCount": 42, # Required. The number of steps for approximating the path integral. A good value to start is 50 and gradually increase until the sum to diff property is met within the desired error range. Valid range of its value is [1, 100], inclusively.
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "generateExplanation": True or False, # Generate explanation with the batch prediction results. When set to `true`, the batch prediction output changes based on the `predictions_format` field of the BatchPredictionJob.output_config object: * `bigquery`: output includes a column named `explanation`. The value is a struct that conforms to the Explanation object. * `jsonl`: The JSON objects on each line include an additional entry keyed `explanation`. The value of the entry is a JSON object that conforms to the Explanation object. * `csv`: Generating explanations for CSV format is not supported. If this field is set to true, either the Model.explanation_spec or explanation_spec must be populated.
+      "inputConfig": { # Configures the input to BatchPredictionJob. See Model.supported_input_storage_formats for Model's supported input formats, and how instances should be expressed via any of them. # Required. Input configuration of the instances on which predictions are performed. The schema of any single instance may be specified via the Model's PredictSchemata's instance_schema_uri.
+        "bigquerySource": { # The BigQuery location for the input content. # The BigQuery location of the input table. The schema of the table should be in the format described by the given context OpenAPI Schema, if one is provided. The table may contain additional columns that are not described by the schema, and they will be ignored.
+          "inputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a table, up to 2000 characters long. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`.
+        },
+        "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances.
+          "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "instancesFormat": "A String", # Required. The format in which instances are given, must be one of the Model's supported_input_storage_formats.
+      },
+      "instanceConfig": { # Configuration defining how to transform batch prediction input instances to the instances that the Model accepts. # Configuration for how to convert batch prediction input instances to the prediction instances that are sent to the Model.
+        "excludedFields": [ # Fields that will be excluded in the prediction instance that is sent to the Model. Excluded will be attached to the batch prediction output if key_field is not specified. When excluded_fields is populated, included_fields must be empty. The input must be JSONL with objects at each line, BigQuery or TfRecord.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "includedFields": [ # Fields that will be included in the prediction instance that is sent to the Model. If instance_type is `array`, the order of field names in included_fields also determines the order of the values in the array. When included_fields is populated, excluded_fields must be empty. The input must be JSONL with objects at each line, BigQuery or TfRecord.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "instanceType": "A String", # The format of the instance that the Model accepts. Vertex AI will convert compatible batch prediction input instance formats to the specified format. Supported values are: * `object`: Each input is converted to JSON object format. * For `bigquery`, each row is converted to an object. * For `jsonl`, each line of the JSONL input must be an object. * Does not apply to `csv`, `file-list`, `tf-record`, or `tf-record-gzip`. * `array`: Each input is converted to JSON array format. * For `bigquery`, each row is converted to an array. The order of columns is determined by the BigQuery column order, unless included_fields is populated. included_fields must be populated for specifying field orders. * For `jsonl`, if each line of the JSONL input is an object, included_fields must be populated for specifying field orders. * Does not apply to `csv`, `file-list`, `tf-record`, or `tf-record-gzip`. If not specified, Vertex AI converts the batch prediction input as follows: * For `bigquery` and `csv`, the behavior is the same as `array`. The order of columns is the same as defined in the file or table, unless included_fields is populated. * For `jsonl`, the prediction instance format is determined by each line of the input. * For `tf-record`/`tf-record-gzip`, each record will be converted to an object in the format of `{"b64": }`, where `` is the Base64-encoded string of the content of the record. * For `file-list`, each file in the list will be converted to an object in the format of `{"b64": }`, where `` is the Base64-encoded string of the content of the file.
+        "keyField": "A String", # The name of the field that is considered as a key. The values identified by the key field is not included in the transformed instances that is sent to the Model. This is similar to specifying this name of the field in excluded_fields. In addition, the batch prediction output will not include the instances. Instead the output will only include the value of the key field, in a field named `key` in the output: * For `jsonl` output format, the output will have a `key` field instead of the `instance` field. * For `csv`/`bigquery` output format, the output will have have a `key` column instead of the instance feature columns. The input must be JSONL with objects at each line, CSV, BigQuery or TfRecord.
+      },
+      "labels": { # The labels with user-defined metadata to organize BatchPredictionJobs. Label keys and values can be no longer than 64 characters (Unicode codepoints), can only contain lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores and dashes. International characters are allowed. See https://goo.gl/xmQnxf for more information and examples of labels.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "manualBatchTuningParameters": { # Manual batch tuning parameters. # Immutable. Parameters configuring the batch behavior. Currently only applicable when dedicated_resources are used (in other cases Vertex AI does the tuning itself).
+        "batchSize": 42, # Immutable. The number of the records (e.g. instances) of the operation given in each batch to a machine replica. Machine type, and size of a single record should be considered when setting this parameter, higher value speeds up the batch operation's execution, but too high value will result in a whole batch not fitting in a machine's memory, and the whole operation will fail. The default value is 64.
+      },
+      "model": "A String", # The name of the Model resource that produces the predictions via this job, must share the same ancestor Location. Starting this job has no impact on any existing deployments of the Model and their resources. Exactly one of model and unmanaged_container_model must be set. The model resource name may contain version id or version alias to specify the version. Example: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}@2` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}@golden` if no version is specified, the default version will be deployed. The model resource could also be a publisher model. Example: `publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}`
+      "modelMonitoringConfig": { # The model monitoring configuration used for Batch Prediction Job. # Model monitoring config will be used for analysis model behaviors, based on the input and output to the batch prediction job, as well as the provided training dataset.
+        "alertConfig": { # The alert config for model monitoring. # Model monitoring alert config.
+          "emailAlertConfig": { # The config for email alert. # Email alert config.
+            "userEmails": [ # The email addresses to send the alert.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "enableLogging": True or False, # Dump the anomalies to Cloud Logging. The anomalies will be put to json payload encoded from proto ModelMonitoringStatsAnomalies. This can be further synced to Pub/Sub or any other services supported by Cloud Logging.
+          "notificationChannels": [ # Resource names of the NotificationChannels to send alert. Must be of the format `projects//notificationChannels/`
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "analysisInstanceSchemaUri": "A String", # YAML schema file uri in Cloud Storage describing the format of a single instance that you want Tensorflow Data Validation (TFDV) to analyze. If there are any data type differences between predict instance and TFDV instance, this field can be used to override the schema. For models trained with Vertex AI, this field must be set as all the fields in predict instance formatted as string.
+        "objectiveConfigs": [ # Model monitoring objective config.
+          { # The objective configuration for model monitoring, including the information needed to detect anomalies for one particular model.
+            "explanationConfig": { # The config for integrating with Vertex Explainable AI. Only applicable if the Model has explanation_spec populated. # The config for integrating with Vertex Explainable AI.
+              "enableFeatureAttributes": True or False, # If want to analyze the Vertex Explainable AI feature attribute scores or not. If set to true, Vertex AI will log the feature attributions from explain response and do the skew/drift detection for them.
+              "explanationBaseline": { # Output from BatchPredictionJob for Model Monitoring baseline dataset, which can be used to generate baseline attribution scores. # Predictions generated by the BatchPredictionJob using baseline dataset.
+                "bigquery": { # The BigQuery location for the output content. # BigQuery location for BatchExplain output.
+                  "outputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a project or table, up to 2000 characters long. When only the project is specified, the Dataset and Table is created. When the full table reference is specified, the Dataset must exist and table must not exist. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`.
+                },
+                "gcs": { # The Google Cloud Storage location where the output is to be written to. # Cloud Storage location for BatchExplain output.
+                  "outputUriPrefix": "A String", # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI to output directory. If the uri doesn't end with '/', a '/' will be automatically appended. The directory is created if it doesn't exist.
+                },
+                "predictionFormat": "A String", # The storage format of the predictions generated BatchPrediction job.
+              },
+            },
+            "predictionDriftDetectionConfig": { # The config for Prediction data drift detection. # The config for drift of prediction data.
+              "attributionScoreDriftThresholds": { # Key is the feature name and value is the threshold. The threshold here is against attribution score distance between different time windows.
+                "a_key": { # The config for feature monitoring threshold.
+                  "value": 3.14, # Specify a threshold value that can trigger the alert. If this threshold config is for feature distribution distance: 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence. Each feature must have a non-zero threshold if they need to be monitored. Otherwise no alert will be triggered for that feature.
+                },
+              },
+              "defaultDriftThreshold": { # The config for feature monitoring threshold. # Drift anomaly detection threshold used by all features. When the per-feature thresholds are not set, this field can be used to specify a threshold for all features.
+                "value": 3.14, # Specify a threshold value that can trigger the alert. If this threshold config is for feature distribution distance: 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence. Each feature must have a non-zero threshold if they need to be monitored. Otherwise no alert will be triggered for that feature.
+              },
+              "driftThresholds": { # Key is the feature name and value is the threshold. If a feature needs to be monitored for drift, a value threshold must be configured for that feature. The threshold here is against feature distribution distance between different time windws.
+                "a_key": { # The config for feature monitoring threshold.
+                  "value": 3.14, # Specify a threshold value that can trigger the alert. If this threshold config is for feature distribution distance: 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence. Each feature must have a non-zero threshold if they need to be monitored. Otherwise no alert will be triggered for that feature.
+                },
+              },
+            },
+            "trainingDataset": { # Training Dataset information. # Training dataset for models. This field has to be set only if TrainingPredictionSkewDetectionConfig is specified.
+              "bigquerySource": { # The BigQuery location for the input content. # The BigQuery table of the unmanaged Dataset used to train this Model.
+                "inputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a table, up to 2000 characters long. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`.
+              },
+              "dataFormat": "A String", # Data format of the dataset, only applicable if the input is from Google Cloud Storage. The possible formats are: "tf-record" The source file is a TFRecord file. "csv" The source file is a CSV file. "jsonl" The source file is a JSONL file.
+              "dataset": "A String", # The resource name of the Dataset used to train this Model.
+              "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Google Cloud Storage uri of the unmanaged Dataset used to train this Model.
+                "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+              "loggingSamplingStrategy": { # Sampling Strategy for logging, can be for both training and prediction dataset. # Strategy to sample data from Training Dataset. If not set, we process the whole dataset.
+                "randomSampleConfig": { # Requests are randomly selected. # Random sample config. Will support more sampling strategies later.
+                  "sampleRate": 3.14, # Sample rate (0, 1]
+                },
+              },
+              "targetField": "A String", # The target field name the model is to predict. This field will be excluded when doing Predict and (or) Explain for the training data.
+            },
+            "trainingPredictionSkewDetectionConfig": { # The config for Training & Prediction data skew detection. It specifies the training dataset sources and the skew detection parameters. # The config for skew between training data and prediction data.
+              "attributionScoreSkewThresholds": { # Key is the feature name and value is the threshold. The threshold here is against attribution score distance between the training and prediction feature.
+                "a_key": { # The config for feature monitoring threshold.
+                  "value": 3.14, # Specify a threshold value that can trigger the alert. If this threshold config is for feature distribution distance: 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence. Each feature must have a non-zero threshold if they need to be monitored. Otherwise no alert will be triggered for that feature.
+                },
+              },
+              "defaultSkewThreshold": { # The config for feature monitoring threshold. # Skew anomaly detection threshold used by all features. When the per-feature thresholds are not set, this field can be used to specify a threshold for all features.
+                "value": 3.14, # Specify a threshold value that can trigger the alert. If this threshold config is for feature distribution distance: 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence. Each feature must have a non-zero threshold if they need to be monitored. Otherwise no alert will be triggered for that feature.
+              },
+              "skewThresholds": { # Key is the feature name and value is the threshold. If a feature needs to be monitored for skew, a value threshold must be configured for that feature. The threshold here is against feature distribution distance between the training and prediction feature.
+                "a_key": { # The config for feature monitoring threshold.
+                  "value": 3.14, # Specify a threshold value that can trigger the alert. If this threshold config is for feature distribution distance: 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence. Each feature must have a non-zero threshold if they need to be monitored. Otherwise no alert will be triggered for that feature.
+                },
+              },
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "statsAnomaliesBaseDirectory": { # The Google Cloud Storage location where the output is to be written to. # A Google Cloud Storage location for batch prediction model monitoring to dump statistics and anomalies. If not provided, a folder will be created in customer project to hold statistics and anomalies.
+          "outputUriPrefix": "A String", # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI to output directory. If the uri doesn't end with '/', a '/' will be automatically appended. The directory is created if it doesn't exist.
+        },
+      },
+      "modelMonitoringStatsAnomalies": [ # Get batch prediction job monitoring statistics.
+        { # Statistics and anomalies generated by Model Monitoring.
+          "anomalyCount": 42, # Number of anomalies within all stats.
+          "deployedModelId": "A String", # Deployed Model ID.
+          "featureStats": [ # A list of historical Stats and Anomalies generated for all Features.
+            { # Historical Stats (and Anomalies) for a specific Feature.
+              "featureDisplayName": "A String", # Display Name of the Feature.
+              "predictionStats": [ # A list of historical stats generated by different time window's Prediction Dataset.
+                { # Stats and Anomaly generated at specific timestamp for specific Feature. The start_time and end_time are used to define the time range of the dataset that current stats belongs to, e.g. prediction traffic is bucketed into prediction datasets by time window. If the Dataset is not defined by time window, start_time = end_time. Timestamp of the stats and anomalies always refers to end_time. Raw stats and anomalies are stored in stats_uri or anomaly_uri in the tensorflow defined protos. Field data_stats contains almost identical information with the raw stats in Vertex AI defined proto, for UI to display.
+                  "anomalyDetectionThreshold": 3.14, # This is the threshold used when detecting anomalies. The threshold can be changed by user, so this one might be different from ThresholdConfig.value.
+                  "anomalyUri": "A String", # Path of the anomaly file for current feature values in Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs:////anomalies. Example: gs://monitoring_bucket/feature_name/anomalies. Stats are stored as binary format with Protobuf message Anoamlies are stored as binary format with Protobuf message [tensorflow.metadata.v0.AnomalyInfo] (https://github.com/tensorflow/metadata/blob/master/tensorflow_metadata/proto/v0/anomalies.proto).
+                  "distributionDeviation": 3.14, # Deviation from the current stats to baseline stats. 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence.
+                  "endTime": "A String", # The end timestamp of window where stats were generated. For objectives where time window doesn't make sense (e.g. Featurestore Snapshot Monitoring), end_time indicates the timestamp of the data used to generate stats (e.g. timestamp we take snapshots for feature values).
+                  "score": 3.14, # Feature importance score, only populated when cross-feature monitoring is enabled. For now only used to represent feature attribution score within range [0, 1] for ModelDeploymentMonitoringObjectiveType.FEATURE_ATTRIBUTION_SKEW and ModelDeploymentMonitoringObjectiveType.FEATURE_ATTRIBUTION_DRIFT.
+                  "startTime": "A String", # The start timestamp of window where stats were generated. For objectives where time window doesn't make sense (e.g. Featurestore Snapshot Monitoring), start_time is only used to indicate the monitoring intervals, so it always equals to (end_time - monitoring_interval).
+                  "statsUri": "A String", # Path of the stats file for current feature values in Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs:////stats. Example: gs://monitoring_bucket/feature_name/stats. Stats are stored as binary format with Protobuf message [tensorflow.metadata.v0.FeatureNameStatistics](https://github.com/tensorflow/metadata/blob/master/tensorflow_metadata/proto/v0/statistics.proto).
+                },
+              ],
+              "threshold": { # The config for feature monitoring threshold. # Threshold for anomaly detection.
+                "value": 3.14, # Specify a threshold value that can trigger the alert. If this threshold config is for feature distribution distance: 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence. Each feature must have a non-zero threshold if they need to be monitored. Otherwise no alert will be triggered for that feature.
+              },
+              "trainingStats": { # Stats and Anomaly generated at specific timestamp for specific Feature. The start_time and end_time are used to define the time range of the dataset that current stats belongs to, e.g. prediction traffic is bucketed into prediction datasets by time window. If the Dataset is not defined by time window, start_time = end_time. Timestamp of the stats and anomalies always refers to end_time. Raw stats and anomalies are stored in stats_uri or anomaly_uri in the tensorflow defined protos. Field data_stats contains almost identical information with the raw stats in Vertex AI defined proto, for UI to display. # Stats calculated for the Training Dataset.
+                "anomalyDetectionThreshold": 3.14, # This is the threshold used when detecting anomalies. The threshold can be changed by user, so this one might be different from ThresholdConfig.value.
+                "anomalyUri": "A String", # Path of the anomaly file for current feature values in Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs:////anomalies. Example: gs://monitoring_bucket/feature_name/anomalies. Stats are stored as binary format with Protobuf message Anoamlies are stored as binary format with Protobuf message [tensorflow.metadata.v0.AnomalyInfo] (https://github.com/tensorflow/metadata/blob/master/tensorflow_metadata/proto/v0/anomalies.proto).
+                "distributionDeviation": 3.14, # Deviation from the current stats to baseline stats. 1. For categorical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by L-inifinity norm. 2. For numerical feature, the distribution distance is calculated by Jensen–Shannon divergence.
+                "endTime": "A String", # The end timestamp of window where stats were generated. For objectives where time window doesn't make sense (e.g. Featurestore Snapshot Monitoring), end_time indicates the timestamp of the data used to generate stats (e.g. timestamp we take snapshots for feature values).
+                "score": 3.14, # Feature importance score, only populated when cross-feature monitoring is enabled. For now only used to represent feature attribution score within range [0, 1] for ModelDeploymentMonitoringObjectiveType.FEATURE_ATTRIBUTION_SKEW and ModelDeploymentMonitoringObjectiveType.FEATURE_ATTRIBUTION_DRIFT.
+                "startTime": "A String", # The start timestamp of window where stats were generated. For objectives where time window doesn't make sense (e.g. Featurestore Snapshot Monitoring), start_time is only used to indicate the monitoring intervals, so it always equals to (end_time - monitoring_interval).
+                "statsUri": "A String", # Path of the stats file for current feature values in Cloud Storage bucket. Format: gs:////stats. Example: gs://monitoring_bucket/feature_name/stats. Stats are stored as binary format with Protobuf message [tensorflow.metadata.v0.FeatureNameStatistics](https://github.com/tensorflow/metadata/blob/master/tensorflow_metadata/proto/v0/statistics.proto).
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+          "objective": "A String", # Model Monitoring Objective those stats and anomalies belonging to.
+        },
+      ],
+      "modelMonitoringStatus": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. The running status of the model monitoring pipeline.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "modelParameters": "", # The parameters that govern the predictions. The schema of the parameters may be specified via the Model's PredictSchemata's parameters_schema_uri.
+      "modelVersionId": "A String", # Output only. The version ID of the Model that produces the predictions via this job.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the BatchPredictionJob.
+      "outputConfig": { # Configures the output of BatchPredictionJob. See Model.supported_output_storage_formats for supported output formats, and how predictions are expressed via any of them. # Required. The Configuration specifying where output predictions should be written. The schema of any single prediction may be specified as a concatenation of Model's PredictSchemata's instance_schema_uri and prediction_schema_uri.
+        "bigqueryDestination": { # The BigQuery location for the output content. # The BigQuery project or dataset location where the output is to be written to. If project is provided, a new dataset is created with name `prediction__` where is made BigQuery-dataset-name compatible (for example, most special characters become underscores), and timestamp is in YYYY_MM_DDThh_mm_ss_sssZ "based on ISO-8601" format. In the dataset two tables will be created, `predictions`, and `errors`. If the Model has both instance and prediction schemata defined then the tables have columns as follows: The `predictions` table contains instances for which the prediction succeeded, it has columns as per a concatenation of the Model's instance and prediction schemata. The `errors` table contains rows for which the prediction has failed, it has instance columns, as per the instance schema, followed by a single "errors" column, which as values has google.rpc.Status represented as a STRUCT, and containing only `code` and `message`.
+          "outputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a project or table, up to 2000 characters long. When only the project is specified, the Dataset and Table is created. When the full table reference is specified, the Dataset must exist and table must not exist. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`.
+        },
+        "gcsDestination": { # The Google Cloud Storage location where the output is to be written to. # The Cloud Storage location of the directory where the output is to be written to. In the given directory a new directory is created. Its name is `prediction--`, where timestamp is in YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sssZ ISO-8601 format. Inside of it files `predictions_0001.`, `predictions_0002.`, ..., `predictions_N.` are created where `` depends on chosen predictions_format, and N may equal 0001 and depends on the total number of successfully predicted instances. If the Model has both instance and prediction schemata defined then each such file contains predictions as per the predictions_format. If prediction for any instance failed (partially or completely), then an additional `errors_0001.`, `errors_0002.`,..., `errors_N.` files are created (N depends on total number of failed predictions). These files contain the failed instances, as per their schema, followed by an additional `error` field which as value has google.rpc.Status containing only `code` and `message` fields.
+          "outputUriPrefix": "A String", # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI to output directory. If the uri doesn't end with '/', a '/' will be automatically appended. The directory is created if it doesn't exist.
+        },
+        "predictionsFormat": "A String", # Required. The format in which Vertex AI gives the predictions, must be one of the Model's supported_output_storage_formats.
+      },
+      "outputInfo": { # Further describes this job's output. Supplements output_config. # Output only. Information further describing the output of this job.
+        "bigqueryOutputDataset": "A String", # Output only. The path of the BigQuery dataset created, in `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId` format, into which the prediction output is written.
+        "bigqueryOutputTable": "A String", # Output only. The name of the BigQuery table created, in `predictions_` format, into which the prediction output is written. Can be used by UI to generate the BigQuery output path, for example.
+        "gcsOutputDirectory": "A String", # Output only. The full path of the Cloud Storage directory created, into which the prediction output is written.
+      },
+      "partialFailures": [ # Output only. Partial failures encountered. For example, single files that can't be read. This field never exceeds 20 entries. Status details fields contain standard Google Cloud error details.
+        { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+      ],
+      "resourcesConsumed": { # Statistics information about resource consumption. # Output only. Information about resources that had been consumed by this job. Provided in real time at best effort basis, as well as a final value once the job completes. Note: This field currently may be not populated for batch predictions that use AutoML Models.
+        "replicaHours": 3.14, # Output only. The number of replica hours used. Note that many replicas may run in parallel, and additionally any given work may be queued for some time. Therefore this value is not strictly related to wall time.
+      },
+      "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
+      "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
+      "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the DeployedModel's container runs as. If not specified, a system generated one will be used, which has minimal permissions and the custom container, if used, may not have enough permission to access other Google Cloud resources. Users deploying the Model must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account.
+      "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the BatchPredictionJob for the first time entered the `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` state.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The detailed state of the job.
+      "unmanagedContainerModel": { # Contains model information necessary to perform batch prediction without requiring a full model import. # Contains model information necessary to perform batch prediction without requiring uploading to model registry. Exactly one of model and unmanaged_container_model must be set.
+        "artifactUri": "A String", # The path to the directory containing the Model artifact and any of its supporting files.
+        "containerSpec": { # Specification of a container for serving predictions. Some fields in this message correspond to fields in the [Kubernetes Container v1 core specification](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core). # Input only. The specification of the container that is to be used when deploying this Model.
+          "args": [ # Immutable. Specifies arguments for the command that runs when the container starts. This overrides the container's [`CMD`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd). Specify this field as an array of executable and arguments, similar to a Docker `CMD`'s "default parameters" form. If you don't specify this field but do specify the command field, then the command from the `command` field runs without any additional arguments. See the [Kubernetes documentation about how the `command` and `args` fields interact with a container's `ENTRYPOINT` and `CMD`](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#notes). If you don't specify this field and don't specify the `command` field, then the container's [`ENTRYPOINT`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd) and `CMD` determine what runs based on their default behavior. See the Docker documentation about [how `CMD` and `ENTRYPOINT` interact](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#understand-how-cmd-and-entrypoint-interact). In this field, you can reference [environment variables set by Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables) and environment variables set in the env field. You cannot reference environment variables set in the Docker image. In order for environment variables to be expanded, reference them by using the following syntax: $( VARIABLE_NAME) Note that this differs from Bash variable expansion, which does not use parentheses. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string is used unchanged. To avoid variable expansion, you can escape this syntax with `$$`; for example: $$(VARIABLE_NAME) This field corresponds to the `args` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "command": [ # Immutable. Specifies the command that runs when the container starts. This overrides the container's [ENTRYPOINT](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#entrypoint). Specify this field as an array of executable and arguments, similar to a Docker `ENTRYPOINT`'s "exec" form, not its "shell" form. If you do not specify this field, then the container's `ENTRYPOINT` runs, in conjunction with the args field or the container's [`CMD`](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#cmd), if either exists. If this field is not specified and the container does not have an `ENTRYPOINT`, then refer to the Docker documentation about [how `CMD` and `ENTRYPOINT` interact](https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/builder/#understand-how-cmd-and-entrypoint-interact). If you specify this field, then you can also specify the `args` field to provide additional arguments for this command. However, if you specify this field, then the container's `CMD` is ignored. See the [Kubernetes documentation about how the `command` and `args` fields interact with a container's `ENTRYPOINT` and `CMD`](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/inject-data-application/define-command-argument-container/#notes). In this field, you can reference [environment variables set by Vertex AI](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables) and environment variables set in the env field. You cannot reference environment variables set in the Docker image. In order for environment variables to be expanded, reference them by using the following syntax: $( VARIABLE_NAME) Note that this differs from Bash variable expansion, which does not use parentheses. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string is used unchanged. To avoid variable expansion, you can escape this syntax with `$$`; for example: $$(VARIABLE_NAME) This field corresponds to the `command` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "deploymentTimeout": "A String", # Immutable. Deployment timeout. Limit for deployment timeout is 2 hours.
+          "env": [ # Immutable. List of environment variables to set in the container. After the container starts running, code running in the container can read these environment variables. Additionally, the command and args fields can reference these variables. Later entries in this list can also reference earlier entries. For example, the following example sets the variable `VAR_2` to have the value `foo bar`: ```json [ { "name": "VAR_1", "value": "foo" }, { "name": "VAR_2", "value": "$(VAR_1) bar" } ] ``` If you switch the order of the variables in the example, then the expansion does not occur. This field corresponds to the `env` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
+            { # Represents an environment variable present in a Container or Python Module.
+              "name": "A String", # Required. Name of the environment variable. Must be a valid C identifier.
+              "value": "A String", # Required. Variables that reference a $(VAR_NAME) are expanded using the previous defined environment variables in the container and any service environment variables. If a variable cannot be resolved, the reference in the input string will be unchanged. The $(VAR_NAME) syntax can be escaped with a double $$, ie: $$(VAR_NAME). Escaped references will never be expanded, regardless of whether the variable exists or not.
+            },
+          ],
+          "grpcPorts": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends gRPC prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends liveness and health checks to this port. If you do not specify this field, gRPC requests to the container will be disabled. Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers v1 core API.
+            { # Represents a network port in a container.
+              "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
+            },
+          ],
+          "healthProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes readiness probe.
+            "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+              "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'.
+            "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+              "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+            },
+            "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+              "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+              "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+                { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                  "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                  "value": "A String", # The header field value
+                },
+              ],
+              "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+              "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+            },
+            "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds to wait before starting the probe. Defaults to 0. Minimum value is 0. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'initialDelaySeconds'.
+            "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+            "successThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive successes before the probe is considered successful. Defaults to 1. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'successThreshold'.
+            "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+              "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+              "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            },
+            "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+          },
+          "healthRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send health checks to. Vertex AI intermittently sends GET requests to this path on the container's IP address and port to check that the container is healthy. Read more about [health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#health). For example, if you set this field to `/bar`, then Vertex AI intermittently sends a GET request to the `/bar` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/ DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
+          "imageUri": "A String", # Required. Immutable. URI of the Docker image to be used as the custom container for serving predictions. This URI must identify an image in Artifact Registry or Container Registry. Learn more about the [container publishing requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#publishing), including permissions requirements for the Vertex AI Service Agent. The container image is ingested upon ModelService.UploadModel, stored internally, and this original path is afterwards not used. To learn about the requirements for the Docker image itself, see [Custom container requirements](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#). You can use the URI to one of Vertex AI's [pre-built container images for prediction](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/pre-built-containers) in this field.
+          "livenessProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes liveness probe.
+            "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+              "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'.
+            "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+              "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+            },
+            "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+              "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+              "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+                { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                  "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                  "value": "A String", # The header field value
+                },
+              ],
+              "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+              "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+            },
+            "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds to wait before starting the probe. Defaults to 0. Minimum value is 0. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'initialDelaySeconds'.
+            "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+            "successThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive successes before the probe is considered successful. Defaults to 1. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'successThreshold'.
+            "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+              "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+              "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            },
+            "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+          },
+          "ports": [ # Immutable. List of ports to expose from the container. Vertex AI sends any prediction requests that it receives to the first port on this list. Vertex AI also sends [liveness and health checks](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#liveness) to this port. If you do not specify this field, it defaults to following value: ```json [ { "containerPort": 8080 } ] ``` Vertex AI does not use ports other than the first one listed. This field corresponds to the `ports` field of the Kubernetes Containers [v1 core API](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubernetes-api/v1.23/#container-v1-core).
+            { # Represents a network port in a container.
+              "containerPort": 42, # The number of the port to expose on the pod's IP address. Must be a valid port number, between 1 and 65535 inclusive.
+            },
+          ],
+          "predictRoute": "A String", # Immutable. HTTP path on the container to send prediction requests to. Vertex AI forwards requests sent using projects.locations.endpoints.predict to this path on the container's IP address and port. Vertex AI then returns the container's response in the API response. For example, if you set this field to `/foo`, then when Vertex AI receives a prediction request, it forwards the request body in a POST request to the `/foo` path on the port of your container specified by the first value of this `ModelContainerSpec`'s ports field. If you don't specify this field, it defaults to the following value when you deploy this Model to an Endpoint: /v1/endpoints/ENDPOINT/deployedModels/DEPLOYED_MODEL:predict The placeholders in this value are replaced as follows: * ENDPOINT: The last segment (following `endpoints/`)of the Endpoint.name][] field of the Endpoint where this Model has been deployed. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_ENDPOINT_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).) * DEPLOYED_MODEL: DeployedModel.id of the `DeployedModel`. (Vertex AI makes this value available to your container code as the [`AIP_DEPLOYED_MODEL_ID` environment variable](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/docs/predictions/custom-container-requirements#aip-variables).)
+          "sharedMemorySizeMb": "A String", # Immutable. The amount of the VM memory to reserve as the shared memory for the model in megabytes.
+          "startupProbe": { # Probe describes a health check to be performed against a container to determine whether it is alive or ready to receive traffic. # Immutable. Specification for Kubernetes startup probe.
+            "exec": { # ExecAction specifies a command to execute. # ExecAction probes the health of a container by executing a command.
+              "command": [ # Command is the command line to execute inside the container, the working directory for the command is root ('/') in the container's filesystem. The command is simply exec'd, it is not run inside a shell, so traditional shell instructions ('|', etc) won't work. To use a shell, you need to explicitly call out to that shell. Exit status of 0 is treated as live/healthy and non-zero is unhealthy.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+            "failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'.
+            "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request.
+              "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.
+            },
+            "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request.
+              "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead.
+              "httpHeaders": [ # Custom headers to set in the request. HTTP allows repeated headers.
+                { # HttpHeader describes a custom header to be used in HTTP probes
+                  "name": "A String", # The header field name. This will be canonicalized upon output, so case-variant names will be understood as the same header.
+                  "value": "A String", # The header field value
+                },
+              ],
+              "path": "A String", # Path to access on the HTTP server.
+              "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+              "scheme": "A String", # Scheme to use for connecting to the host. Defaults to HTTP. Acceptable values are "HTTP" or "HTTPS".
+            },
+            "initialDelaySeconds": 42, # Number of seconds to wait before starting the probe. Defaults to 0. Minimum value is 0. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'initialDelaySeconds'.
+            "periodSeconds": 42, # How often (in seconds) to perform the probe. Default to 10 seconds. Minimum value is 1. Must be less than timeout_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'periodSeconds'.
+            "successThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive successes before the probe is considered successful. Defaults to 1. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'successThreshold'.
+            "tcpSocket": { # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection. # TcpSocketAction probes the health of a container by opening a TCP socket connection.
+              "host": "A String", # Optional: Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP.
+              "port": 42, # Number of the port to access on the container. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535.
+            },
+            "timeoutSeconds": 42, # Number of seconds after which the probe times out. Defaults to 1 second. Minimum value is 1. Must be greater or equal to period_seconds. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'timeoutSeconds'.
+          },
+        },
+        "predictSchemata": { # Contains the schemata used in Model's predictions and explanations via PredictionService.Predict, PredictionService.Explain and BatchPredictionJob. # Contains the schemata used in Model's predictions and explanations
+          "instanceSchemaUri": "A String", # Immutable. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing the format of a single instance, which are used in PredictRequest.instances, ExplainRequest.instances and BatchPredictionJob.input_config. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 [Schema Object](https://github.com/OAI/OpenAPI-Specification/blob/main/versions/3.0.2.md#schemaObject). AutoML Models always have this field populated by Vertex AI. Note: The URI given on output will be immutable and probably different, including the URI scheme, than the one given on input. The output URI will point to a location where the user only has a read access.
+          "parametersSchemaUri": "A String", # Immutable. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing the parameters of prediction and explanation via PredictRequest.parameters, ExplainRequest.parameters and BatchPredictionJob.model_parameters. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 [Schema Object](https://github.com/OAI/OpenAPI-Specification/blob/main/versions/3.0.2.md#schemaObject). AutoML Models always have this field populated by Vertex AI, if no parameters are supported, then it is set to an empty string. Note: The URI given on output will be immutable and probably different, including the URI scheme, than the one given on input. The output URI will point to a location where the user only has a read access.
+          "predictionSchemaUri": "A String", # Immutable. Points to a YAML file stored on Google Cloud Storage describing the format of a single prediction produced by this Model, which are returned via PredictResponse.predictions, ExplainResponse.explanations, and BatchPredictionJob.output_config. The schema is defined as an OpenAPI 3.0.2 [Schema Object](https://github.com/OAI/OpenAPI-Specification/blob/main/versions/3.0.2.md#schemaObject). AutoML Models always have this field populated by Vertex AI. Note: The URI given on output will be immutable and probably different, including the URI scheme, than the one given on input. The output URI will point to a location where the user only has a read access.
+        },
+      },
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the BatchPredictionJob was most recently updated.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token to retrieve the next page of results. Pass to ListBatchPredictionJobsRequest.page_token to obtain that page.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.chat.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.chat.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..88a7cdac94a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.chat.html @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . endpoints . chat

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ completions(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Exposes an OpenAI-compatible endpoint for chat completions.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ completions(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Exposes an OpenAI-compatible endpoint for chat completions.
+
+Args:
+  endpoint: string, Required. The name of the endpoint requested to serve the prediction. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Message that represents an arbitrary HTTP body. It should only be used for payload formats that can't be represented as JSON, such as raw binary or an HTML page. This message can be used both in streaming and non-streaming API methods in the request as well as the response. It can be used as a top-level request field, which is convenient if one wants to extract parameters from either the URL or HTTP template into the request fields and also want access to the raw HTTP body. Example: message GetResourceRequest { // A unique request id. string request_id = 1; // The raw HTTP body is bound to this field. google.api.HttpBody http_body = 2; } service ResourceService { rpc GetResource(GetResourceRequest) returns (google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateResource(google.api.HttpBody) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } Example with streaming methods: service CaldavService { rpc GetCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); } Use of this type only changes how the request and response bodies are handled, all other features will continue to work unchanged.
+  "contentType": "A String", # The HTTP Content-Type header value specifying the content type of the body.
+  "data": "A String", # The HTTP request/response body as raw binary.
+  "extensions": [ # Application specific response metadata. Must be set in the first response for streaming APIs.
+    {
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message that represents an arbitrary HTTP body. It should only be used for payload formats that can't be represented as JSON, such as raw binary or an HTML page. This message can be used both in streaming and non-streaming API methods in the request as well as the response. It can be used as a top-level request field, which is convenient if one wants to extract parameters from either the URL or HTTP template into the request fields and also want access to the raw HTTP body. Example: message GetResourceRequest { // A unique request id. string request_id = 1; // The raw HTTP body is bound to this field. google.api.HttpBody http_body = 2; } service ResourceService { rpc GetResource(GetResourceRequest) returns (google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateResource(google.api.HttpBody) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } Example with streaming methods: service CaldavService { rpc GetCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); rpc UpdateCalendar(stream google.api.HttpBody) returns (stream google.api.HttpBody); } Use of this type only changes how the request and response bodies are handled, all other features will continue to work unchanged.
+  "contentType": "A String", # The HTTP Content-Type header value specifying the content type of the body.
+  "data": "A String", # The HTTP request/response body as raw binary.
+  "extensions": [ # Application specific response metadata. Must be set in the first response for streaming APIs.
+    {
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.html index 505e3e370b3..163dafcafce 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.html @@ -74,6 +74,11 @@

Vertex AI API . endpoints

Instance Methods

+

+ chat() +

+

Returns the chat Resource.

+

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -126,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -212,7 +217,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -248,6 +253,9 @@

Method Details

"logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities. "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message. "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used. + "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection. + "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference. + }, "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response. "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. @@ -293,11 +301,12 @@

Method Details

"modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. }, "manualMode": { # When manual routing is set, the specified model will be used directly. # Manual routing. - "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. e.g. 'gemini-1.5-pro-001'. + "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. Language code (ISO 639. e.g. en-US) for the speech synthesization. "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. @@ -308,6 +317,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. + }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -332,7 +344,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -477,7 +489,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` @@ -542,7 +554,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -578,6 +590,9 @@

Method Details

"logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities. "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message. "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used. + "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection. + "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference. + }, "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response. "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. @@ -623,11 +638,12 @@

Method Details

"modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. }, "manualMode": { # When manual routing is set, the specified model will be used directly. # Manual routing. - "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. e.g. 'gemini-1.5-pro-001'. + "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. Language code (ISO 639. e.g. en-US) for the speech synthesization. "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. @@ -638,6 +654,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. + }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -668,7 +687,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -828,7 +847,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` @@ -889,7 +908,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -923,6 +942,13 @@

Method Details

"groundingChunks": [ # List of supporting references retrieved from specified grounding source. { # Grounding chunk. "retrievedContext": { # Chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. # Grounding chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. + "ragChunk": { # A RagChunk includes the content of a chunk of a RagFile, and associated metadata. # Additional context for the RAG retrieval result. This is only populated when using the RAG retrieval tool. + "pageSpan": { # Represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. # If populated, represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. + "firstPage": 42, # Page where chunk starts in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + "lastPage": 42, # Page where chunk ends in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + }, + "text": "A String", # The content of the chunk. + }, "text": "A String", # Text of the attribution. "title": "A String", # Title of the attribution. "uri": "A String", # URI reference of the attribution. @@ -1115,7 +1141,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -1151,6 +1177,9 @@

Method Details

"logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities. "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message. "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used. + "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection. + "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference. + }, "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response. "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. @@ -1196,11 +1225,12 @@

Method Details

"modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. }, "manualMode": { # When manual routing is set, the specified model will be used directly. # Manual routing. - "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. e.g. 'gemini-1.5-pro-001'. + "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. Language code (ISO 639. e.g. en-US) for the speech synthesization. "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. @@ -1211,6 +1241,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. + }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -1241,7 +1274,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -1401,7 +1434,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` @@ -1462,7 +1495,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -1496,6 +1529,13 @@

Method Details

"groundingChunks": [ # List of supporting references retrieved from specified grounding source. { # Grounding chunk. "retrievedContext": { # Chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. # Grounding chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. + "ragChunk": { # A RagChunk includes the content of a chunk of a RagFile, and associated metadata. # Additional context for the RAG retrieval result. This is only populated when using the RAG retrieval tool. + "pageSpan": { # Represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. # If populated, represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. + "firstPage": 42, # Page where chunk starts in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + "lastPage": 42, # Page where chunk ends in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + }, + "text": "A String", # The content of the chunk. + }, "text": "A String", # Text of the attribution. "title": "A String", # Title of the attribution. "uri": "A String", # URI reference of the attribution. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.html index 8ddfb4cda84..5fdc229f573 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.html @@ -74,6 +74,11 @@

Vertex AI API

Instance Methods

+

+ batchPredictionJobs() +

+

Returns the batchPredictionJobs Resource.

+

datasets()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.media.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.media.html index af29d1a5347..d83b4296a01 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.media.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.media.html @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. RagFile state. }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # Output only. Google Cloud Storage location of the RagFile. It does not support wildcards in the Cloud Storage uri for now. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. RagFile state. }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # Output only. Google Cloud Storage location of the RagFile. It does not support wildcards in the Cloud Storage uri for now. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.batchPredictionJobs.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.batchPredictionJobs.html index 5c35e105485..2f66e7134f9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.batchPredictionJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.batchPredictionJobs.html @@ -226,13 +226,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@

Method Details

"inputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a table, up to 2000 characters long. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`. }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@

Method Details

"dataFormat": "A String", # Data format of the dataset, only applicable if the input is from Google Cloud Storage. The possible formats are: "tf-record" The source file is a TFRecord file. "csv" The source file is a CSV file. "jsonl" The source file is a JSONL file. "dataset": "A String", # The resource name of the Dataset used to train this Model. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Google Cloud Storage uri of the unmanaged Dataset used to train this Model. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -542,7 +542,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -581,7 +581,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -714,13 +714,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -782,7 +782,7 @@

Method Details

"inputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a table, up to 2000 characters long. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`. }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -854,7 +854,7 @@

Method Details

"dataFormat": "A String", # Data format of the dataset, only applicable if the input is from Google Cloud Storage. The possible formats are: "tf-record" The source file is a TFRecord file. "csv" The source file is a CSV file. "jsonl" The source file is a JSONL file. "dataset": "A String", # The resource name of the Dataset used to train this Model. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Google Cloud Storage uri of the unmanaged Dataset used to train this Model. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -996,7 +996,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1030,7 +1030,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1244,13 +1244,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -1312,7 +1312,7 @@

Method Details

"inputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a table, up to 2000 characters long. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`. }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -1384,7 +1384,7 @@

Method Details

"dataFormat": "A String", # Data format of the dataset, only applicable if the input is from Google Cloud Storage. The possible formats are: "tf-record" The source file is a TFRecord file. "csv" The source file is a CSV file. "jsonl" The source file is a JSONL file. "dataset": "A String", # The resource name of the Dataset used to train this Model. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Google Cloud Storage uri of the unmanaged Dataset used to train this Model. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -1526,7 +1526,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1560,7 +1560,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1599,7 +1599,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1745,13 +1745,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -1813,7 +1813,7 @@

Method Details

"inputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a table, up to 2000 characters long. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`. }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -1885,7 +1885,7 @@

Method Details

"dataFormat": "A String", # Data format of the dataset, only applicable if the input is from Google Cloud Storage. The possible formats are: "tf-record" The source file is a TFRecord file. "csv" The source file is a CSV file. "jsonl" The source file is a JSONL file. "dataset": "A String", # The resource name of the Dataset used to train this Model. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Google Cloud Storage uri of the unmanaged Dataset used to train this Model. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -2027,7 +2027,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -2061,7 +2061,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -2100,7 +2100,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html index a190a798da7..5e6aa04f823 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -443,7 +443,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -603,7 +603,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` @@ -680,7 +680,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -731,7 +731,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -891,7 +891,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` @@ -954,7 +954,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -1165,7 +1165,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` @@ -1236,7 +1236,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -1287,7 +1287,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -1447,7 +1447,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` @@ -1500,7 +1500,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -1551,7 +1551,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -1711,7 +1711,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html index d3fbc21e6a4..960c0de02f2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -209,6 +209,9 @@

Method Details

"logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities. "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message. "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used. + "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection. + "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference. + }, "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response. "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. @@ -254,11 +257,12 @@

Method Details

"modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. }, "manualMode": { # When manual routing is set, the specified model will be used directly. # Manual routing. - "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. e.g. 'gemini-1.5-pro-001'. + "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. Language code (ISO 639. e.g. en-US) for the speech synthesization. "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. @@ -269,6 +273,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. + }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -300,7 +307,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -460,7 +467,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` @@ -548,7 +555,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -584,6 +591,9 @@

Method Details

"logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities. "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message. "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used. + "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection. + "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference. + }, "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response. "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. @@ -629,11 +639,12 @@

Method Details

"modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. }, "manualMode": { # When manual routing is set, the specified model will be used directly. # Manual routing. - "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. e.g. 'gemini-1.5-pro-001'. + "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. Language code (ISO 639. e.g. en-US) for the speech synthesization. "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. @@ -644,6 +655,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. + }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -675,7 +689,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -835,7 +849,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` @@ -1127,7 +1141,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.deploymentResourcePools.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.deploymentResourcePools.html index bf736fc5ee3..7e04ab61dae 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.deploymentResourcePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.deploymentResourcePools.html @@ -541,13 +541,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html index 0eb820d2f37..dd161afd91e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -321,6 +321,9 @@

Method Details

"logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities. "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message. "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used. + "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection. + "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference. + }, "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response. "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. @@ -366,11 +369,12 @@

Method Details

"modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. }, "manualMode": { # When manual routing is set, the specified model will be used directly. # Manual routing. - "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. e.g. 'gemini-1.5-pro-001'. + "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. Language code (ISO 639. e.g. en-US) for the speech synthesization. "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. @@ -381,6 +385,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. + }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -405,7 +412,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -550,7 +557,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` @@ -690,13 +697,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -815,7 +822,9 @@

Method Details

"bigqueryDestination": { # The BigQuery location for the output content. # BigQuery table for logging. If only given a project, a new dataset will be created with name `logging__` where will be made BigQuery-dataset-name compatible (e.g. most special characters will become underscores). If no table name is given, a new table will be created with name `request_response_logging` "outputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a project or table, up to 2000 characters long. When only the project is specified, the Dataset and Table is created. When the full table reference is specified, the Dataset must exist and table must not exist. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`. }, + "enableOtelLogging": True or False, # This field is used for large models. If true, in addition to the original large model logs, logs will be converted in OTel schema format, and saved in otel_log column. Default value is false. "enabled": True or False, # If logging is enabled or not. + "requestResponseLoggingSchemaVersion": "A String", # Output only. The schema version used in creating the BigQuery table for the request response logging. The versions are "v1" and "v2". The current default version is "v1". "samplingRate": 3.14, # Percentage of requests to be logged, expressed as a fraction in range(0,1]. }, "privateServiceConnectConfig": { # Represents configuration for private service connect. # Optional. Configuration for private service connect. network and private_service_connect_config are mutually exclusive. @@ -996,13 +1005,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -1390,13 +1399,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -1486,13 +1495,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -1691,7 +1700,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -1727,6 +1736,9 @@

Method Details

"logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities. "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message. "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used. + "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection. + "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference. + }, "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response. "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. @@ -1772,11 +1784,12 @@

Method Details

"modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. }, "manualMode": { # When manual routing is set, the specified model will be used directly. # Manual routing. - "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. e.g. 'gemini-1.5-pro-001'. + "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. Language code (ISO 639. e.g. en-US) for the speech synthesization. "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. @@ -1787,6 +1800,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. + }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -1817,7 +1833,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -1977,7 +1993,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` @@ -2038,7 +2054,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -2072,6 +2088,13 @@

Method Details

"groundingChunks": [ # List of supporting references retrieved from specified grounding source. { # Grounding chunk. "retrievedContext": { # Chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. # Grounding chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. + "ragChunk": { # A RagChunk includes the content of a chunk of a RagFile, and associated metadata. # Additional context for the RAG retrieval result. This is only populated when using the RAG retrieval tool. + "pageSpan": { # Represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. # If populated, represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. + "firstPage": 42, # Page where chunk starts in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + "lastPage": 42, # Page where chunk ends in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + }, + "text": "A String", # The content of the chunk. + }, "text": "A String", # Text of the attribution. "title": "A String", # Title of the attribution. "uri": "A String", # URI reference of the attribution. @@ -2308,13 +2331,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -2433,7 +2456,9 @@

Method Details

"bigqueryDestination": { # The BigQuery location for the output content. # BigQuery table for logging. If only given a project, a new dataset will be created with name `logging__` where will be made BigQuery-dataset-name compatible (e.g. most special characters will become underscores). If no table name is given, a new table will be created with name `request_response_logging` "outputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a project or table, up to 2000 characters long. When only the project is specified, the Dataset and Table is created. When the full table reference is specified, the Dataset must exist and table must not exist. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`. }, + "enableOtelLogging": True or False, # This field is used for large models. If true, in addition to the original large model logs, logs will be converted in OTel schema format, and saved in otel_log column. Default value is false. "enabled": True or False, # If logging is enabled or not. + "requestResponseLoggingSchemaVersion": "A String", # Output only. The schema version used in creating the BigQuery table for the request response logging. The versions are "v1" and "v2". The current default version is "v1". "samplingRate": 3.14, # Percentage of requests to be logged, expressed as a fraction in range(0,1]. }, "privateServiceConnectConfig": { # Represents configuration for private service connect. # Optional. Configuration for private service connect. network and private_service_connect_config are mutually exclusive. @@ -2603,13 +2628,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -2728,7 +2753,9 @@

Method Details

"bigqueryDestination": { # The BigQuery location for the output content. # BigQuery table for logging. If only given a project, a new dataset will be created with name `logging__` where will be made BigQuery-dataset-name compatible (e.g. most special characters will become underscores). If no table name is given, a new table will be created with name `request_response_logging` "outputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a project or table, up to 2000 characters long. When only the project is specified, the Dataset and Table is created. When the full table reference is specified, the Dataset must exist and table must not exist. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`. }, + "enableOtelLogging": True or False, # This field is used for large models. If true, in addition to the original large model logs, logs will be converted in OTel schema format, and saved in otel_log column. Default value is false. "enabled": True or False, # If logging is enabled or not. + "requestResponseLoggingSchemaVersion": "A String", # Output only. The schema version used in creating the BigQuery table for the request response logging. The versions are "v1" and "v2". The current default version is "v1". "samplingRate": 3.14, # Percentage of requests to be logged, expressed as a fraction in range(0,1]. }, "privateServiceConnectConfig": { # Represents configuration for private service connect. # Optional. Configuration for private service connect. network and private_service_connect_config are mutually exclusive. @@ -2862,13 +2889,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -3100,13 +3127,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -3225,7 +3252,9 @@

Method Details

"bigqueryDestination": { # The BigQuery location for the output content. # BigQuery table for logging. If only given a project, a new dataset will be created with name `logging__` where will be made BigQuery-dataset-name compatible (e.g. most special characters will become underscores). If no table name is given, a new table will be created with name `request_response_logging` "outputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a project or table, up to 2000 characters long. When only the project is specified, the Dataset and Table is created. When the full table reference is specified, the Dataset must exist and table must not exist. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`. }, + "enableOtelLogging": True or False, # This field is used for large models. If true, in addition to the original large model logs, logs will be converted in OTel schema format, and saved in otel_log column. Default value is false. "enabled": True or False, # If logging is enabled or not. + "requestResponseLoggingSchemaVersion": "A String", # Output only. The schema version used in creating the BigQuery table for the request response logging. The versions are "v1" and "v2". The current default version is "v1". "samplingRate": 3.14, # Percentage of requests to be logged, expressed as a fraction in range(0,1]. }, "privateServiceConnectConfig": { # Represents configuration for private service connect. # Optional. Configuration for private service connect. network and private_service_connect_config are mutually exclusive. @@ -3348,13 +3377,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -3473,7 +3502,9 @@

Method Details

"bigqueryDestination": { # The BigQuery location for the output content. # BigQuery table for logging. If only given a project, a new dataset will be created with name `logging__` where will be made BigQuery-dataset-name compatible (e.g. most special characters will become underscores). If no table name is given, a new table will be created with name `request_response_logging` "outputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a project or table, up to 2000 characters long. When only the project is specified, the Dataset and Table is created. When the full table reference is specified, the Dataset must exist and table must not exist. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`. }, + "enableOtelLogging": True or False, # This field is used for large models. If true, in addition to the original large model logs, logs will be converted in OTel schema format, and saved in otel_log column. Default value is false. "enabled": True or False, # If logging is enabled or not. + "requestResponseLoggingSchemaVersion": "A String", # Output only. The schema version used in creating the BigQuery table for the request response logging. The versions are "v1" and "v2". The current default version is "v1". "samplingRate": 3.14, # Percentage of requests to be logged, expressed as a fraction in range(0,1]. }, "privateServiceConnectConfig": { # Represents configuration for private service connect. # Optional. Configuration for private service connect. network and private_service_connect_config are mutually exclusive. @@ -3889,7 +3920,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -3925,6 +3956,9 @@

Method Details

"logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities. "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message. "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used. + "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection. + "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference. + }, "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response. "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. @@ -3970,11 +4004,12 @@

Method Details

"modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. }, "manualMode": { # When manual routing is set, the specified model will be used directly. # Manual routing. - "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. e.g. 'gemini-1.5-pro-001'. + "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. Language code (ISO 639. e.g. en-US) for the speech synthesization. "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. @@ -3985,6 +4020,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. + }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -4015,7 +4053,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -4175,7 +4213,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` @@ -4236,7 +4274,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -4270,6 +4308,13 @@

Method Details

"groundingChunks": [ # List of supporting references retrieved from specified grounding source. { # Grounding chunk. "retrievedContext": { # Chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. # Grounding chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. + "ragChunk": { # A RagChunk includes the content of a chunk of a RagFile, and associated metadata. # Additional context for the RAG retrieval result. This is only populated when using the RAG retrieval tool. + "pageSpan": { # Represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. # If populated, represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. + "firstPage": 42, # Page where chunk starts in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + "lastPage": 42, # Page where chunk ends in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + }, + "text": "A String", # The content of the chunk. + }, "text": "A String", # Text of the attribution. "title": "A String", # Title of the attribution. "uri": "A String", # URI reference of the attribution. @@ -4609,13 +4654,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -4734,7 +4779,9 @@

Method Details

"bigqueryDestination": { # The BigQuery location for the output content. # BigQuery table for logging. If only given a project, a new dataset will be created with name `logging__` where will be made BigQuery-dataset-name compatible (e.g. most special characters will become underscores). If no table name is given, a new table will be created with name `request_response_logging` "outputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a project or table, up to 2000 characters long. When only the project is specified, the Dataset and Table is created. When the full table reference is specified, the Dataset must exist and table must not exist. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`. }, + "enableOtelLogging": True or False, # This field is used for large models. If true, in addition to the original large model logs, logs will be converted in OTel schema format, and saved in otel_log column. Default value is false. "enabled": True or False, # If logging is enabled or not. + "requestResponseLoggingSchemaVersion": "A String", # Output only. The schema version used in creating the BigQuery table for the request response logging. The versions are "v1" and "v2". The current default version is "v1". "samplingRate": 3.14, # Percentage of requests to be logged, expressed as a fraction in range(0,1]. }, "privateServiceConnectConfig": { # Represents configuration for private service connect. # Optional. Configuration for private service connect. network and private_service_connect_config are mutually exclusive. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.exampleStores.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.exampleStores.html index 6895eb2772b..48378ae5d36 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.exampleStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.exampleStores.html @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@

Method Details

exampleStore_createTime: string, Output only. Timestamp when this ExampleStore was created. exampleStore_description: string, Optional. Description of the ExampleStore. exampleStore_displayName: string, Required. Display name of the ExampleStore. - exampleStore_exampleStoreConfig_vertexEmbeddingModel: string, Required. The embedding model to be used for vector embedding. Immutable. Supported models: * "textembedding-gecko@003" * "text-embedding-004" * "text-embedding-005" * "text-multilingual-embedding-002" + exampleStore_exampleStoreConfig_vertexEmbeddingModel: string, Required. The embedding model to be used for vector embedding. Immutable. Supported models: * "text-embedding-005" * "text-multilingual-embedding-002" exampleStore_name: string, Identifier. The resource name of the ExampleStore. This is a unique identifier. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/exampleStores/{example_store} exampleStore_updateTime: string, Output only. Timestamp when this ExampleStore was most recently updated. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as ListExamplesRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. Absence of this field indicates there are no subsequent pages. + "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as FetchExamplesRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. Absence of this field indicates there are no subsequent pages. } @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the ExampleStore. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the ExampleStore. "exampleStoreConfig": { # Configuration for the Example Store. # Required. Example Store config. - "vertexEmbeddingModel": "A String", # Required. The embedding model to be used for vector embedding. Immutable. Supported models: * "textembedding-gecko@003" * "text-embedding-004" * "text-embedding-005" * "text-multilingual-embedding-002" + "vertexEmbeddingModel": "A String", # Required. The embedding model to be used for vector embedding. Immutable. Supported models: * "text-embedding-005" * "text-multilingual-embedding-002" }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the ExampleStore. This is a unique identifier. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/exampleStores/{example_store} "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this ExampleStore was most recently updated. @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the ExampleStore. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the ExampleStore. "exampleStoreConfig": { # Configuration for the Example Store. # Required. Example Store config. - "vertexEmbeddingModel": "A String", # Required. The embedding model to be used for vector embedding. Immutable. Supported models: * "textembedding-gecko@003" * "text-embedding-004" * "text-embedding-005" * "text-multilingual-embedding-002" + "vertexEmbeddingModel": "A String", # Required. The embedding model to be used for vector embedding. Immutable. Supported models: * "text-embedding-005" * "text-multilingual-embedding-002" }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the ExampleStore. This is a unique identifier. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/exampleStores/{example_store} "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this ExampleStore was most recently updated. @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the ExampleStore. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the ExampleStore. "exampleStoreConfig": { # Configuration for the Example Store. # Required. Example Store config. - "vertexEmbeddingModel": "A String", # Required. The embedding model to be used for vector embedding. Immutable. Supported models: * "textembedding-gecko@003" * "text-embedding-004" * "text-embedding-005" * "text-multilingual-embedding-002" + "vertexEmbeddingModel": "A String", # Required. The embedding model to be used for vector embedding. Immutable. Supported models: * "text-embedding-005" * "text-multilingual-embedding-002" }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the ExampleStore. This is a unique identifier. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/exampleStores/{example_store} "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this ExampleStore was most recently updated. @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -639,7 +639,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -687,7 +687,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -766,7 +766,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -814,7 +814,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -891,7 +891,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -939,7 +939,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.extensions.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.extensions.html index b1bbb8c09af..c6530d67380 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.extensions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.extensions.html @@ -1102,7 +1102,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -1161,7 +1161,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.html index 876cbd4493b..f7663fb3050 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.html @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@

Method Details

"entityIdSelector": { # Selector for entityId. Getting ids from the given source. # Required. Selectors choosing feature values of which entity id to be deleted from the EntityType. "csvSource": { # The storage details for CSV input content. # Source of Csv "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # Required. Google Cloud Storage location. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -483,7 +483,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Request message for FeaturestoreService.ImportFeatureValues. "avroSource": { # The storage details for Avro input content. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # Required. Google Cloud Storage location. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@

Method Details

}, "csvSource": { # The storage details for CSV input content. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # Required. Google Cloud Storage location. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featurestores.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featurestores.html index 21af1b8e3e4..1be27e40624 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featurestores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featurestores.html @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@

Method Details

}, "csvReadInstances": { # The storage details for CSV input content. # Each read instance consists of exactly one read timestamp and one or more entity IDs identifying entities of the corresponding EntityTypes whose Features are requested. Each output instance contains Feature values of requested entities concatenated together as of the read time. An example read instance may be `foo_entity_id, bar_entity_id, 2020-01-01T10:00:00.123Z`. An example output instance may be `foo_entity_id, bar_entity_id, 2020-01-01T10:00:00.123Z, foo_entity_feature1_value, bar_entity_feature2_value`. Timestamp in each read instance must be millisecond-aligned. `csv_read_instances` are read instances stored in a plain-text CSV file. The header should be: [ENTITY_TYPE_ID1], [ENTITY_TYPE_ID2], ..., timestamp The columns can be in any order. Values in the timestamp column must use the RFC 3339 format, e.g. `2012-07-30T10:43:17.123Z`. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # Required. Google Cloud Storage location. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html index bde1101f8f0..139487a1ec8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html @@ -244,6 +244,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the ragCorpora Resource.

+

+ ragEngineConfig() +

+

Returns the ragEngineConfig Resource.

+

reasoningEngines()

@@ -313,6 +318,9 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets information about a location.

+

+ getRagEngineConfig(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a RagEngineConfig.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

@@ -322,6 +330,9 @@

Instance Methods

retrieveContexts(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Retrieves relevant contexts for a query.

+

+ updateRagEngineConfig(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a RagEngineConfig.

Method Details

augmentPrompt(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) @@ -351,7 +362,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -407,7 +418,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` @@ -447,7 +458,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -478,6 +489,13 @@

Method Details

], "facts": [ # Retrieved facts from RAG data sources. { # The fact used in grounding. + "chunk": { # A RagChunk includes the content of a chunk of a RagFile, and associated metadata. # If present, chunk properties. + "pageSpan": { # Represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. # If populated, represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. + "firstPage": 42, # Page where chunk starts in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + "lastPage": 42, # Page where chunk ends in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + }, + "text": "A String", # The content of the chunk. + }, "query": "A String", # Query that is used to retrieve this fact. "score": 3.14, # If present, according to the underlying Vector DB and the selected metric type, the score can be either the distance or the similarity between the query and the fact and its range depends on the metric type. For example, if the metric type is COSINE_DISTANCE, it represents the distance between the query and the fact. The larger the distance, the less relevant the fact is to the query. The range is [0, 2], while 0 means the most relevant and 2 means the least relevant. "summary": "A String", # If present, the summary/snippet of the fact. @@ -521,7 +539,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -551,6 +569,13 @@

Method Details

}, "facts": [ # Optional. Facts used to generate the text can also be used to corroborate the text. { # The fact used in grounding. + "chunk": { # A RagChunk includes the content of a chunk of a RagFile, and associated metadata. # If present, chunk properties. + "pageSpan": { # Represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. # If populated, represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. + "firstPage": 42, # Page where chunk starts in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + "lastPage": 42, # Page where chunk ends in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + }, + "text": "A String", # The content of the chunk. + }, "query": "A String", # Query that is used to retrieve this fact. "score": 3.14, # If present, according to the underlying Vector DB and the selected metric type, the score can be either the distance or the similarity between the query and the fact and its range depends on the metric type. For example, if the metric type is COSINE_DISTANCE, it represents the distance between the query and the fact. The larger the distance, the less relevant the fact is to the query. The range is [0, 2], while 0 means the most relevant and 2 means the least relevant. "summary": "A String", # If present, the summary/snippet of the fact. @@ -661,7 +686,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -695,7 +720,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -734,7 +759,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -878,7 +903,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Request message for EvaluationService.EvaluateDataset. "autoraterConfig": { # The configs for autorater. This is applicable to both EvaluateInstances and EvaluateDataset. # Optional. Autorater config used for evaluation. Currently only publisher Gemini models are supported. Format: `projects/{PROJECT}/locations/{LOCATION}/publishers/google/models/{MODEL}.` "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` - "flipEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether to flip the candidate and baseline responses. This is only applicable to the pairwise metric. If enabled, also provide PairwiseMetricSpec.candidate_response_field_name and PairwiseMetricSpec.baseline_response_field_name. When rendering PairwiseMetricSpec.metric_prompt_template, the candidate and baseline fields will be flipped for half of the samples to reduce bias. + "flipEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Default is true. Whether to flip the candidate and baseline responses. This is only applicable to the pairwise metric. If enabled, also provide PairwiseMetricSpec.candidate_response_field_name and PairwiseMetricSpec.baseline_response_field_name. When rendering PairwiseMetricSpec.metric_prompt_template, the candidate and baseline fields will be flipped for half of the samples to reduce bias. "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32. }, "dataset": { # The dataset used for evaluation. # Required. The dataset used for evaluation. @@ -886,7 +911,7 @@

Method Details

"inputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a table, up to 2000 characters long. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`. }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # Cloud storage source holds the dataset. Currently only one Cloud Storage file path is supported. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -972,7 +997,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Request message for EvaluationService.EvaluateInstances. "autoraterConfig": { # The configs for autorater. This is applicable to both EvaluateInstances and EvaluateDataset. # Optional. Autorater config used for evaluation. "autoraterModel": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned autorater endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` - "flipEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether to flip the candidate and baseline responses. This is only applicable to the pairwise metric. If enabled, also provide PairwiseMetricSpec.candidate_response_field_name and PairwiseMetricSpec.baseline_response_field_name. When rendering PairwiseMetricSpec.metric_prompt_template, the candidate and baseline fields will be flipped for half of the samples to reduce bias. + "flipEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Default is true. Whether to flip the candidate and baseline responses. This is only applicable to the pairwise metric. If enabled, also provide PairwiseMetricSpec.candidate_response_field_name and PairwiseMetricSpec.baseline_response_field_name. When rendering PairwiseMetricSpec.metric_prompt_template, the candidate and baseline fields will be flipped for half of the samples to reduce bias. "samplingCount": 42, # Optional. Number of samples for each instance in the dataset. If not specified, the default is 4. Minimum value is 1, maximum value is 32. }, "bleuInput": { # Input for bleu metric. # Instances and metric spec for bleu metric. @@ -1077,7 +1102,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -1170,7 +1195,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -1741,6 +1766,31 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ getRagEngineConfig(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets a RagEngineConfig.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the RagEngineConfig resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragEngineConfig` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Config for RagEngine.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the RagEngineConfig. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragEngineConfig`
+  "ragManagedDbConfig": { # Configuration message for RagManagedDb used by RagEngine. # The config of the RagManagedDb used by RagEngine.
+    "basic": { # Basic tier is a cost-effective and low compute tier suitable for the following cases: * Experimenting with RagManagedDb. * Small data size. * Latency insensitive workload. * Only using RAG Engine with external vector DBs. # Sets the RagManagedDb to the Basic tier.
+    },
+    "enterprise": { # Enterprise tier offers production grade performance along with autoscaling functionality. It is suitable for customers with large amounts of data or performance sensitive workloads. NOTE: This is the default tier if not explicitly chosen. # Sets the RagManagedDb to the Enterprise tier. This is the default tier if not explicitly chosen.
+    },
+  },
+}
+
+
list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
@@ -1813,7 +1863,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` @@ -1855,6 +1905,13 @@

Method Details

"contexts": { # Relevant contexts for one query. # The contexts of the query. "contexts": [ # All its contexts. { # A context of the query. + "chunk": { # A RagChunk includes the content of a chunk of a RagFile, and associated metadata. # Context of the retrieved chunk. + "pageSpan": { # Represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. # If populated, represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. + "firstPage": 42, # Page where chunk starts in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + "lastPage": 42, # Page where chunk ends in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + }, + "text": "A String", # The content of the chunk. + }, "distance": 3.14, # The distance between the query dense embedding vector and the context text vector. "score": 3.14, # According to the underlying Vector DB and the selected metric type, the score can be either the distance or the similarity between the query and the context and its range depends on the metric type. For example, if the metric type is COSINE_DISTANCE, it represents the distance between the query and the context. The larger the distance, the less relevant the context is to the query. The range is [0, 2], while 0 means the most relevant and 2 means the least relevant. "sourceDisplayName": "A String", # The file display name. @@ -1867,4 +1924,52 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ updateRagEngineConfig(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a RagEngineConfig.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The name of the RagEngineConfig. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragEngineConfig` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Config for RagEngine.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the RagEngineConfig. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragEngineConfig`
+  "ragManagedDbConfig": { # Configuration message for RagManagedDb used by RagEngine. # The config of the RagManagedDb used by RagEngine.
+    "basic": { # Basic tier is a cost-effective and low compute tier suitable for the following cases: * Experimenting with RagManagedDb. * Small data size. * Latency insensitive workload. * Only using RAG Engine with external vector DBs. # Sets the RagManagedDb to the Basic tier.
+    },
+    "enterprise": { # Enterprise tier offers production grade performance along with autoscaling functionality. It is suitable for customers with large amounts of data or performance sensitive workloads. NOTE: This is the default tier if not explicitly chosen. # Sets the RagManagedDb to the Enterprise tier. This is the default tier if not explicitly chosen.
+    },
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.modelDeploymentMonitoringJobs.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.modelDeploymentMonitoringJobs.html index 005708318df..44031e7777b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.modelDeploymentMonitoringJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.modelDeploymentMonitoringJobs.html @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@

Method Details

"dataFormat": "A String", # Data format of the dataset, only applicable if the input is from Google Cloud Storage. The possible formats are: "tf-record" The source file is a TFRecord file. "csv" The source file is a CSV file. "jsonl" The source file is a JSONL file. "dataset": "A String", # The resource name of the Dataset used to train this Model. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Google Cloud Storage uri of the unmanaged Dataset used to train this Model. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@

Method Details

"dataFormat": "A String", # Data format of the dataset, only applicable if the input is from Google Cloud Storage. The possible formats are: "tf-record" The source file is a TFRecord file. "csv" The source file is a CSV file. "jsonl" The source file is a JSONL file. "dataset": "A String", # The resource name of the Dataset used to train this Model. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Google Cloud Storage uri of the unmanaged Dataset used to train this Model. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -556,7 +556,7 @@

Method Details

"dataFormat": "A String", # Data format of the dataset, only applicable if the input is from Google Cloud Storage. The possible formats are: "tf-record" The source file is a TFRecord file. "csv" The source file is a CSV file. "jsonl" The source file is a JSONL file. "dataset": "A String", # The resource name of the Dataset used to train this Model. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Google Cloud Storage uri of the unmanaged Dataset used to train this Model. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -720,7 +720,7 @@

Method Details

"dataFormat": "A String", # Data format of the dataset, only applicable if the input is from Google Cloud Storage. The possible formats are: "tf-record" The source file is a TFRecord file. "csv" The source file is a CSV file. "jsonl" The source file is a JSONL file. "dataset": "A String", # The resource name of the Dataset used to train this Model. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Google Cloud Storage uri of the unmanaged Dataset used to train this Model. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -890,7 +890,7 @@

Method Details

"dataFormat": "A String", # Data format of the dataset, only applicable if the input is from Google Cloud Storage. The possible formats are: "tf-record" The source file is a TFRecord file. "csv" The source file is a CSV file. "jsonl" The source file is a JSONL file. "dataset": "A String", # The resource name of the Dataset used to train this Model. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Google Cloud Storage uri of the unmanaged Dataset used to train this Model. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.modelMonitors.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.modelMonitors.html index 7604cea13f7..45e4486b742 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.modelMonitors.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.modelMonitors.html @@ -186,13 +186,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -378,7 +378,7 @@

Method Details

}, "gcsSource": { # Dataset spec for data stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Google Cloud Storage data source. "format": "A String", # Data format of the dataset. - "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. }, "timestampField": "A String", # The timestamp field. Usually for serving data. "vertexDataset": "A String", # Resource name of the Vertex AI managed dataset. @@ -534,13 +534,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -726,7 +726,7 @@

Method Details

}, "gcsSource": { # Dataset spec for data stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Google Cloud Storage data source. "format": "A String", # Data format of the dataset. - "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. }, "timestampField": "A String", # The timestamp field. Usually for serving data. "vertexDataset": "A String", # Resource name of the Vertex AI managed dataset. @@ -823,13 +823,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -1015,7 +1015,7 @@

Method Details

}, "gcsSource": { # Dataset spec for data stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Google Cloud Storage data source. "format": "A String", # Data format of the dataset. - "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. }, "timestampField": "A String", # The timestamp field. Usually for serving data. "vertexDataset": "A String", # Resource name of the Vertex AI managed dataset. @@ -1118,13 +1118,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -1310,7 +1310,7 @@

Method Details

}, "gcsSource": { # Dataset spec for data stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Google Cloud Storage data source. "format": "A String", # Data format of the dataset. - "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. }, "timestampField": "A String", # The timestamp field. Usually for serving data. "vertexDataset": "A String", # Resource name of the Vertex AI managed dataset. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.modelMonitors.modelMonitoringJobs.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.modelMonitors.modelMonitoringJobs.html index db6e3b447ec..7b606e8e422 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.modelMonitors.modelMonitoringJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.modelMonitors.modelMonitoringJobs.html @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@

Method Details

}, "gcsSource": { # Dataset spec for data stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Google Cloud Storage data source. "format": "A String", # Data format of the dataset. - "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. }, "timestampField": "A String", # The timestamp field. Usually for serving data. "vertexDataset": "A String", # Resource name of the Vertex AI managed dataset. @@ -246,13 +246,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@

Method Details

}, "gcsSource": { # Dataset spec for data stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Google Cloud Storage data source. "format": "A String", # Data format of the dataset. - "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. }, "timestampField": "A String", # The timestamp field. Usually for serving data. "vertexDataset": "A String", # Resource name of the Vertex AI managed dataset. @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@

Method Details

}, "gcsSource": { # Dataset spec for data stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Google Cloud Storage data source. "format": "A String", # Data format of the dataset. - "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. }, "timestampField": "A String", # The timestamp field. Usually for serving data. "vertexDataset": "A String", # Resource name of the Vertex AI managed dataset. @@ -569,13 +569,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -711,7 +711,7 @@

Method Details

}, "gcsSource": { # Dataset spec for data stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Google Cloud Storage data source. "format": "A String", # Data format of the dataset. - "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. }, "timestampField": "A String", # The timestamp field. Usually for serving data. "vertexDataset": "A String", # Resource name of the Vertex AI managed dataset. @@ -863,7 +863,7 @@

Method Details

}, "gcsSource": { # Dataset spec for data stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Google Cloud Storage data source. "format": "A String", # Data format of the dataset. - "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. }, "timestampField": "A String", # The timestamp field. Usually for serving data. "vertexDataset": "A String", # Resource name of the Vertex AI managed dataset. @@ -933,13 +933,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -1075,7 +1075,7 @@

Method Details

}, "gcsSource": { # Dataset spec for data stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Google Cloud Storage data source. "format": "A String", # Data format of the dataset. - "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. }, "timestampField": "A String", # The timestamp field. Usually for serving data. "vertexDataset": "A String", # Resource name of the Vertex AI managed dataset. @@ -1198,7 +1198,7 @@

Method Details

}, "gcsSource": { # Dataset spec for data stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Google Cloud Storage data source. "format": "A String", # Data format of the dataset. - "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. }, "timestampField": "A String", # The timestamp field. Usually for serving data. "vertexDataset": "A String", # Resource name of the Vertex AI managed dataset. @@ -1268,13 +1268,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -1410,7 +1410,7 @@

Method Details

}, "gcsSource": { # Dataset spec for data stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Google Cloud Storage data source. "format": "A String", # Data format of the dataset. - "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. }, "timestampField": "A String", # The timestamp field. Usually for serving data. "vertexDataset": "A String", # Resource name of the Vertex AI managed dataset. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.models.evaluations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.models.evaluations.html index 6c5d6117d31..c2adaf2afd2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.models.evaluations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.models.evaluations.html @@ -195,13 +195,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -371,13 +371,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -545,13 +545,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -731,13 +731,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.models.html index 9ae055de18f..d19c607e0f5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.models.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.models.html @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -441,7 +441,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -530,13 +530,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -737,7 +737,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -771,7 +771,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -810,7 +810,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -899,13 +899,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -1118,7 +1118,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1152,7 +1152,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1191,7 +1191,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1280,13 +1280,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -1486,7 +1486,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1520,7 +1520,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1559,7 +1559,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1648,13 +1648,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -1809,7 +1809,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1843,7 +1843,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1882,7 +1882,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1971,13 +1971,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -2131,7 +2131,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -2165,7 +2165,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -2204,7 +2204,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -2293,13 +2293,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -2499,13 +2499,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -2597,7 +2597,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -2631,7 +2631,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -2670,7 +2670,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -2759,13 +2759,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.html index fdb058c6a6f..d2e4aa52c17 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.html @@ -172,6 +172,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "notebookRuntimeType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The type of the notebook runtime template. + "reservationAffinity": { # Notebook Reservation Affinity for consuming Zonal reservation. # Optional. Reservation Affinity of the notebook runtime template. + "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Required. Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: RESERVATION_ANY (default), RESERVATION_SPECIFIC, or RESERVATION_NONE. See Consuming reserved instances for examples. + "key": "A String", # Optional. Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a RESERVATION_SPECIFIC by name, use compute.googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. + "values": [ # Optional. Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This must be the full path name of Reservation. + "A String", + ], + }, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Deprecated: This field is ignored and the "Vertex AI Notebook Service Account" (service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-aiplatform-vm.iam.gserviceaccount.com) is used for the runtime workload identity. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-notebook-service-account for more details. For NotebookExecutionJob, use NotebookExecutionJob.service_account instead. The service account that the runtime workload runs as. You can use any service account within the same project, but you must have the service account user permission to use the instance. If not specified, the [Compute Engine default service account](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used. "shieldedVmConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. See [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). # Optional. Immutable. Runtime Shielded VM spec. "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has [Secure Boot](https://cloud.google.com/compute/shielded-vm/docs/shielded-vm#secure-boot) enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails. @@ -319,6 +326,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "notebookRuntimeType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The type of the notebook runtime template. + "reservationAffinity": { # Notebook Reservation Affinity for consuming Zonal reservation. # Optional. Reservation Affinity of the notebook runtime template. + "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Required. Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: RESERVATION_ANY (default), RESERVATION_SPECIFIC, or RESERVATION_NONE. See Consuming reserved instances for examples. + "key": "A String", # Optional. Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a RESERVATION_SPECIFIC by name, use compute.googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. + "values": [ # Optional. Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This must be the full path name of Reservation. + "A String", + ], + }, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Deprecated: This field is ignored and the "Vertex AI Notebook Service Account" (service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-aiplatform-vm.iam.gserviceaccount.com) is used for the runtime workload identity. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-notebook-service-account for more details. For NotebookExecutionJob, use NotebookExecutionJob.service_account instead. The service account that the runtime workload runs as. You can use any service account within the same project, but you must have the service account user permission to use the instance. If not specified, the [Compute Engine default service account](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used. "shieldedVmConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. See [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). # Optional. Immutable. Runtime Shielded VM spec. "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has [Secure Boot](https://cloud.google.com/compute/shielded-vm/docs/shielded-vm#secure-boot) enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails. @@ -445,6 +459,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "notebookRuntimeType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The type of the notebook runtime template. + "reservationAffinity": { # Notebook Reservation Affinity for consuming Zonal reservation. # Optional. Reservation Affinity of the notebook runtime template. + "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Required. Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: RESERVATION_ANY (default), RESERVATION_SPECIFIC, or RESERVATION_NONE. See Consuming reserved instances for examples. + "key": "A String", # Optional. Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a RESERVATION_SPECIFIC by name, use compute.googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. + "values": [ # Optional. Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This must be the full path name of Reservation. + "A String", + ], + }, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Deprecated: This field is ignored and the "Vertex AI Notebook Service Account" (service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-aiplatform-vm.iam.gserviceaccount.com) is used for the runtime workload identity. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-notebook-service-account for more details. For NotebookExecutionJob, use NotebookExecutionJob.service_account instead. The service account that the runtime workload runs as. You can use any service account within the same project, but you must have the service account user permission to use the instance. If not specified, the [Compute Engine default service account](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used. "shieldedVmConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. See [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). # Optional. Immutable. Runtime Shielded VM spec. "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has [Secure Boot](https://cloud.google.com/compute/shielded-vm/docs/shielded-vm#secure-boot) enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails. @@ -539,6 +560,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "notebookRuntimeType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The type of the notebook runtime template. + "reservationAffinity": { # Notebook Reservation Affinity for consuming Zonal reservation. # Optional. Reservation Affinity of the notebook runtime template. + "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Required. Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: RESERVATION_ANY (default), RESERVATION_SPECIFIC, or RESERVATION_NONE. See Consuming reserved instances for examples. + "key": "A String", # Optional. Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a RESERVATION_SPECIFIC by name, use compute.googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. + "values": [ # Optional. Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This must be the full path name of Reservation. + "A String", + ], + }, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Deprecated: This field is ignored and the "Vertex AI Notebook Service Account" (service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-aiplatform-vm.iam.gserviceaccount.com) is used for the runtime workload identity. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-notebook-service-account for more details. For NotebookExecutionJob, use NotebookExecutionJob.service_account instead. The service account that the runtime workload runs as. You can use any service account within the same project, but you must have the service account user permission to use the instance. If not specified, the [Compute Engine default service account](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used. "shieldedVmConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. See [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). # Optional. Immutable. Runtime Shielded VM spec. "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has [Secure Boot](https://cloud.google.com/compute/shielded-vm/docs/shielded-vm#secure-boot) enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails. @@ -616,6 +644,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "notebookRuntimeType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The type of the notebook runtime template. + "reservationAffinity": { # Notebook Reservation Affinity for consuming Zonal reservation. # Optional. Reservation Affinity of the notebook runtime template. + "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Required. Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: RESERVATION_ANY (default), RESERVATION_SPECIFIC, or RESERVATION_NONE. See Consuming reserved instances for examples. + "key": "A String", # Optional. Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a RESERVATION_SPECIFIC by name, use compute.googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. + "values": [ # Optional. Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This must be the full path name of Reservation. + "A String", + ], + }, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Deprecated: This field is ignored and the "Vertex AI Notebook Service Account" (service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-aiplatform-vm.iam.gserviceaccount.com) is used for the runtime workload identity. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-notebook-service-account for more details. For NotebookExecutionJob, use NotebookExecutionJob.service_account instead. The service account that the runtime workload runs as. You can use any service account within the same project, but you must have the service account user permission to use the instance. If not specified, the [Compute Engine default service account](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used. "shieldedVmConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. See [Images using supported Shielded VM features](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/modifying-shielded-vm). # Optional. Immutable. Runtime Shielded VM spec. "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has [Secure Boot](https://cloud.google.com/compute/shielded-vm/docs/shielded-vm#secure-boot) enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.html index 1be01126938..266038060fa 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.html @@ -176,6 +176,13 @@

Method Details

}, "notebookRuntimeType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the notebook runtime. "proxyUri": "A String", # Output only. The proxy endpoint used to access the NotebookRuntime. + "reservationAffinity": { # Notebook Reservation Affinity for consuming Zonal reservation. # Output only. Reservation Affinity of the notebook runtime. + "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Required. Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: RESERVATION_ANY (default), RESERVATION_SPECIFIC, or RESERVATION_NONE. See Consuming reserved instances for examples. + "key": "A String", # Optional. Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a RESERVATION_SPECIFIC by name, use compute.googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. + "values": [ # Optional. Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This must be the full path name of Reservation. + "A String", + ], + }, "runtimeState": "A String", # Output only. The runtime (instance) state of the NotebookRuntime. "runtimeUser": "A String", # Required. The user email of the NotebookRuntime. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. @@ -369,6 +376,13 @@

Method Details

}, "notebookRuntimeType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the notebook runtime. "proxyUri": "A String", # Output only. The proxy endpoint used to access the NotebookRuntime. + "reservationAffinity": { # Notebook Reservation Affinity for consuming Zonal reservation. # Output only. Reservation Affinity of the notebook runtime. + "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Required. Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: RESERVATION_ANY (default), RESERVATION_SPECIFIC, or RESERVATION_NONE. See Consuming reserved instances for examples. + "key": "A String", # Optional. Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a RESERVATION_SPECIFIC by name, use compute.googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. + "values": [ # Optional. Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This must be the full path name of Reservation. + "A String", + ], + }, "runtimeState": "A String", # Output only. The runtime (instance) state of the NotebookRuntime. "runtimeUser": "A String", # Required. The user email of the NotebookRuntime. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. @@ -470,6 +484,13 @@

Method Details

}, "notebookRuntimeType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the notebook runtime. "proxyUri": "A String", # Output only. The proxy endpoint used to access the NotebookRuntime. + "reservationAffinity": { # Notebook Reservation Affinity for consuming Zonal reservation. # Output only. Reservation Affinity of the notebook runtime. + "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Required. Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: RESERVATION_ANY (default), RESERVATION_SPECIFIC, or RESERVATION_NONE. See Consuming reserved instances for examples. + "key": "A String", # Optional. Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a RESERVATION_SPECIFIC by name, use compute.googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. + "values": [ # Optional. Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This must be the full path name of Reservation. + "A String", + ], + }, "runtimeState": "A String", # Output only. The runtime (instance) state of the NotebookRuntime. "runtimeUser": "A String", # Required. The user email of the NotebookRuntime. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html index 52dc0196559..a55ed610d8a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html @@ -89,6 +89,9 @@

Instance Methods

fetchPredictOperation(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Fetch an asynchronous online prediction operation.

+

+ fetchPublisherModelConfig(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Fetches the configs of publisher models.

generateContent(model, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Generate content with multimodal inputs.

@@ -107,6 +110,9 @@

Instance Methods

serverStreamingPredict(endpoint, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Perform a server-side streaming online prediction request for Vertex LLM streaming.

+

+ setPublisherModelConfig(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets (creates or updates) configs of publisher models. For example, sets the request/response logging config.

streamGenerateContent(model, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Generate content with multimodal inputs with streaming support.

@@ -147,7 +153,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -233,7 +239,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -269,6 +275,9 @@

Method Details

"logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities. "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message. "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used. + "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection. + "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference. + }, "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response. "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. @@ -314,11 +323,12 @@

Method Details

"modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. }, "manualMode": { # When manual routing is set, the specified model will be used directly. # Manual routing. - "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. e.g. 'gemini-1.5-pro-001'. + "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. Language code (ISO 639. e.g. en-US) for the speech synthesization. "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. @@ -329,6 +339,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. + }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -353,7 +366,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -498,7 +511,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` @@ -621,6 +634,33 @@

Method Details

} +
+ fetchPublisherModelConfig(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Fetches the configs of publisher models.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the publisher model, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This message contains configs of a publisher model.
+  "loggingConfig": { # Configuration for logging request-response to a BigQuery table. # The prediction request/response logging config.
+    "bigqueryDestination": { # The BigQuery location for the output content. # BigQuery table for logging. If only given a project, a new dataset will be created with name `logging__` where will be made BigQuery-dataset-name compatible (e.g. most special characters will become underscores). If no table name is given, a new table will be created with name `request_response_logging`
+      "outputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a project or table, up to 2000 characters long. When only the project is specified, the Dataset and Table is created. When the full table reference is specified, the Dataset must exist and table must not exist. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`.
+    },
+    "enableOtelLogging": True or False, # This field is used for large models. If true, in addition to the original large model logs, logs will be converted in OTel schema format, and saved in otel_log column. Default value is false.
+    "enabled": True or False, # If logging is enabled or not.
+    "requestResponseLoggingSchemaVersion": "A String", # Output only. The schema version used in creating the BigQuery table for the request response logging. The versions are "v1" and "v2". The current default version is "v1".
+    "samplingRate": 3.14, # Percentage of requests to be logged, expressed as a fraction in range(0,1].
+  },
+}
+
+
generateContent(model, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Generate content with multimodal inputs.
@@ -650,7 +690,7 @@ 

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -686,6 +726,9 @@

Method Details

"logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities. "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message. "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used. + "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection. + "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference. + }, "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response. "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. @@ -731,11 +774,12 @@

Method Details

"modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. }, "manualMode": { # When manual routing is set, the specified model will be used directly. # Manual routing. - "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. e.g. 'gemini-1.5-pro-001'. + "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. Language code (ISO 639. e.g. en-US) for the speech synthesization. "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. @@ -746,6 +790,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. + }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -776,7 +823,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -936,7 +983,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` @@ -997,7 +1044,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -1031,6 +1078,13 @@

Method Details

"groundingChunks": [ # List of supporting references retrieved from specified grounding source. { # Grounding chunk. "retrievedContext": { # Chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. # Grounding chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. + "ragChunk": { # A RagChunk includes the content of a chunk of a RagFile, and associated metadata. # Additional context for the RAG retrieval result. This is only populated when using the RAG retrieval tool. + "pageSpan": { # Represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. # If populated, represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. + "firstPage": 42, # Page where chunk starts in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + "lastPage": 42, # Page where chunk ends in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + }, + "text": "A String", # The content of the chunk. + }, "text": "A String", # Text of the attribution. "title": "A String", # Title of the attribution. "uri": "A String", # URI reference of the attribution. @@ -1502,6 +1556,58 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ setPublisherModelConfig(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets (creates or updates) configs of publisher models. For example, sets the request/response logging config.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the publisher model, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for EndpointService.SetPublisherModelConfig.
+  "publisherModelConfig": { # This message contains configs of a publisher model. # Required. The publisher model config.
+    "loggingConfig": { # Configuration for logging request-response to a BigQuery table. # The prediction request/response logging config.
+      "bigqueryDestination": { # The BigQuery location for the output content. # BigQuery table for logging. If only given a project, a new dataset will be created with name `logging__` where will be made BigQuery-dataset-name compatible (e.g. most special characters will become underscores). If no table name is given, a new table will be created with name `request_response_logging`
+        "outputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a project or table, up to 2000 characters long. When only the project is specified, the Dataset and Table is created. When the full table reference is specified, the Dataset must exist and table must not exist. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`.
+      },
+      "enableOtelLogging": True or False, # This field is used for large models. If true, in addition to the original large model logs, logs will be converted in OTel schema format, and saved in otel_log column. Default value is false.
+      "enabled": True or False, # If logging is enabled or not.
+      "requestResponseLoggingSchemaVersion": "A String", # Output only. The schema version used in creating the BigQuery table for the request response logging. The versions are "v1" and "v2". The current default version is "v1".
+      "samplingRate": 3.14, # Percentage of requests to be logged, expressed as a fraction in range(0,1].
+    },
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
streamGenerateContent(model, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Generate content with multimodal inputs with streaming support.
@@ -1531,7 +1637,7 @@ 

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -1567,6 +1673,9 @@

Method Details

"logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities. "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message. "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used. + "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection. + "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference. + }, "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response. "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. @@ -1612,11 +1721,12 @@

Method Details

"modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. }, "manualMode": { # When manual routing is set, the specified model will be used directly. # Manual routing. - "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. e.g. 'gemini-1.5-pro-001'. + "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. Language code (ISO 639. e.g. en-US) for the speech synthesization. "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. @@ -1627,6 +1737,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. + }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -1657,7 +1770,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -1817,7 +1930,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` @@ -1878,7 +1991,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -1912,6 +2025,13 @@

Method Details

"groundingChunks": [ # List of supporting references retrieved from specified grounding source. { # Grounding chunk. "retrievedContext": { # Chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. # Grounding chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. + "ragChunk": { # A RagChunk includes the content of a chunk of a RagFile, and associated metadata. # Additional context for the RAG retrieval result. This is only populated when using the RAG retrieval tool. + "pageSpan": { # Represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. # If populated, represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. + "firstPage": 42, # Page where chunk starts in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + "lastPage": 42, # Page where chunk ends in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + }, + "text": "A String", # The content of the chunk. + }, "text": "A String", # Text of the attribution. "title": "A String", # Title of the attribution. "uri": "A String", # URI reference of the attribution. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html index 9531067c1c3..a572a88900c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. RagFile state. }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # Output only. Google Cloud Storage location of the RagFile. It does not support wildcards in the Cloud Storage uri for now. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Request message for VertexRagDataService.ImportRagFiles. "importRagFilesConfig": { # Config for importing RagFiles. # Required. The config for the RagFiles to be synced and imported into the RagCorpus. VertexRagDataService.ImportRagFiles. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # Google Cloud Storage location. Supports importing individual files as well as entire Google Cloud Storage directories. Sample formats: - `gs://bucket_name/my_directory/object_name/my_file.txt` - `gs://bucket_name/my_directory` - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -417,7 +417,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # Output only. RagFile state. }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # Output only. Google Cloud Storage location of the RagFile. It does not support wildcards in the Cloud Storage uri for now. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragEngineConfig.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragEngineConfig.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a09fa494597 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragEngineConfig.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . projects . locations . ragEngineConfig

+

Instance Methods

+

+ operations() +

+

Returns the operations Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragEngineConfig.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragEngineConfig.operations.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..af50b0c1e2d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragEngineConfig.operations.html @@ -0,0 +1,268 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . projects . locations . ragEngineConfig . operations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.

+

+ list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ wait(name, timeout=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Waits until the specified long-running operation is done or reaches at most a specified timeout, returning the latest state. If the operation is already done, the latest state is immediately returned. If the timeout specified is greater than the default HTTP/RPC timeout, the HTTP/RPC timeout is used. If the server does not support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Note that this method is on a best-effort basis. It may return the latest state before the specified timeout (including immediately), meaning even an immediate response is no guarantee that the operation is done.

+

Method Details

+
+ cancel(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be deleted. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation's parent resource. (required)
+  filter: string, The standard list filter.
+  pageSize: integer, The standard list page size.
+  pageToken: string, The standard list page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Operations.ListOperations.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The standard List next-page token.
+  "operations": [ # A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+      "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+      "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ wait(name, timeout=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Waits until the specified long-running operation is done or reaches at most a specified timeout, returning the latest state. If the operation is already done, the latest state is immediately returned. If the timeout specified is greater than the default HTTP/RPC timeout, the HTTP/RPC timeout is used. If the server does not support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Note that this method is on a best-effort basis. It may return the latest state before the specified timeout (including immediately), meaning even an immediate response is no guarantee that the operation is done.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to wait on. (required)
+  timeout: string, The maximum duration to wait before timing out. If left blank, the wait will be at most the time permitted by the underlying HTTP/RPC protocol. If RPC context deadline is also specified, the shorter one will be used.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html index 80f968c3a6f..880c2762039 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@

Method Details

"etag": "A String", # Optional. Used to perform consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine. "spec": { # ReasoningEngine configurations # Optional. Configurations of the ReasoningEngine - "agentFramework": "A String", # Optional. The OSS agent framework used to develop the agent. Currently supported values: "langchain", "langgraph", "ag2", "custom". + "agentFramework": "A String", # Optional. The OSS agent framework used to develop the agent. Currently supported values: "google-adk", "langchain", "langgraph", "ag2", "llama-index", "custom". "classMethods": [ # Optional. Declarations for object class methods in OpenAPI specification format. { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@

Method Details

"etag": "A String", # Optional. Used to perform consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine. "spec": { # ReasoningEngine configurations # Optional. Configurations of the ReasoningEngine - "agentFramework": "A String", # Optional. The OSS agent framework used to develop the agent. Currently supported values: "langchain", "langgraph", "ag2", "custom". + "agentFramework": "A String", # Optional. The OSS agent framework used to develop the agent. Currently supported values: "google-adk", "langchain", "langgraph", "ag2", "llama-index", "custom". "classMethods": [ # Optional. Declarations for object class methods in OpenAPI specification format. { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@

Method Details

"etag": "A String", # Optional. Used to perform consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine. "spec": { # ReasoningEngine configurations # Optional. Configurations of the ReasoningEngine - "agentFramework": "A String", # Optional. The OSS agent framework used to develop the agent. Currently supported values: "langchain", "langgraph", "ag2", "custom". + "agentFramework": "A String", # Optional. The OSS agent framework used to develop the agent. Currently supported values: "google-adk", "langchain", "langgraph", "ag2", "llama-index", "custom". "classMethods": [ # Optional. Declarations for object class methods in OpenAPI specification format. { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@

Method Details

"etag": "A String", # Optional. Used to perform consistent read-modify-write updates. If not set, a blind "overwrite" update happens. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the ReasoningEngine. "spec": { # ReasoningEngine configurations # Optional. Configurations of the ReasoningEngine - "agentFramework": "A String", # Optional. The OSS agent framework used to develop the agent. Currently supported values: "langchain", "langgraph", "ag2", "custom". + "agentFramework": "A String", # Optional. The OSS agent framework used to develop the agent. Currently supported values: "google-adk", "langchain", "langgraph", "ag2", "llama-index", "custom". "classMethods": [ # Optional. Declarations for object class methods in OpenAPI specification format. { "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.sessions.events.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.sessions.events.html index 58d800e13cb..a4cfa019578 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.sessions.events.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.sessions.events.html @@ -121,7 +121,8 @@

Method Details

"stateDelta": { # Optional. Indicates that the event is updating the state with the given delta. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, - "transferToAgent": True or False, # Optional. If set, the event transfers to the specified agent. + "transferAgent": "A String", # Optional. If set, the event transfers to the specified agent. + "transferToAgent": True or False, # Deprecated. If set, the event transfers to the specified agent. }, "author": "A String", # Required. The name of the agent that sent the event, or user. "content": { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn. # Optional. Content of the event provided by the author. @@ -141,7 +142,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -177,6 +178,13 @@

Method Details

"groundingChunks": [ # List of supporting references retrieved from specified grounding source. { # Grounding chunk. "retrievedContext": { # Chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. # Grounding chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. + "ragChunk": { # A RagChunk includes the content of a chunk of a RagFile, and associated metadata. # Additional context for the RAG retrieval result. This is only populated when using the RAG retrieval tool. + "pageSpan": { # Represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. # If populated, represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. + "firstPage": 42, # Page where chunk starts in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + "lastPage": 42, # Page where chunk ends in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + }, + "text": "A String", # The content of the chunk. + }, "text": "A String", # Text of the attribution. "title": "A String", # Title of the attribution. "uri": "A String", # URI reference of the attribution. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.sessions.html index f6aee4a33c7..e970c867d7e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.sessions.html @@ -126,7 +126,8 @@

Method Details

"stateDelta": { # Optional. Indicates that the event is updating the state with the given delta. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, - "transferToAgent": True or False, # Optional. If set, the event transfers to the specified agent. + "transferAgent": "A String", # Optional. If set, the event transfers to the specified agent. + "transferToAgent": True or False, # Deprecated. If set, the event transfers to the specified agent. }, "author": "A String", # Required. The name of the agent that sent the event, or user. "content": { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn. # Optional. Content of the event provided by the author. @@ -146,7 +147,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -182,6 +183,13 @@

Method Details

"groundingChunks": [ # List of supporting references retrieved from specified grounding source. { # Grounding chunk. "retrievedContext": { # Chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. # Grounding chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. + "ragChunk": { # A RagChunk includes the content of a chunk of a RagFile, and associated metadata. # Additional context for the RAG retrieval result. This is only populated when using the RAG retrieval tool. + "pageSpan": { # Represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. # If populated, represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. + "firstPage": 42, # Page where chunk starts in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + "lastPage": 42, # Page where chunk ends in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + }, + "text": "A String", # The content of the chunk. + }, "text": "A String", # Text of the attribution. "title": "A String", # Title of the attribution. "uri": "A String", # URI reference of the attribution. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.schedules.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.schedules.html index cf18e421f39..38869cd8b96 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.schedules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.schedules.html @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@

Method Details

}, "gcsSource": { # Dataset spec for data stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Google Cloud Storage data source. "format": "A String", # Data format of the dataset. - "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. }, "timestampField": "A String", # The timestamp field. Usually for serving data. "vertexDataset": "A String", # Resource name of the Vertex AI managed dataset. @@ -264,13 +264,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@

Method Details

}, "gcsSource": { # Dataset spec for data stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Google Cloud Storage data source. "format": "A String", # Data format of the dataset. - "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. }, "timestampField": "A String", # The timestamp field. Usually for serving data. "vertexDataset": "A String", # Resource name of the Vertex AI managed dataset. @@ -891,7 +891,7 @@

Method Details

}, "gcsSource": { # Dataset spec for data stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Google Cloud Storage data source. "format": "A String", # Data format of the dataset. - "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. }, "timestampField": "A String", # The timestamp field. Usually for serving data. "vertexDataset": "A String", # Resource name of the Vertex AI managed dataset. @@ -961,13 +961,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -1103,7 +1103,7 @@

Method Details

}, "gcsSource": { # Dataset spec for data stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Google Cloud Storage data source. "format": "A String", # Data format of the dataset. - "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. }, "timestampField": "A String", # The timestamp field. Usually for serving data. "vertexDataset": "A String", # Resource name of the Vertex AI managed dataset. @@ -1630,7 +1630,7 @@

Method Details

}, "gcsSource": { # Dataset spec for data stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Google Cloud Storage data source. "format": "A String", # Data format of the dataset. - "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. }, "timestampField": "A String", # The timestamp field. Usually for serving data. "vertexDataset": "A String", # Resource name of the Vertex AI managed dataset. @@ -1700,13 +1700,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -1842,7 +1842,7 @@

Method Details

}, "gcsSource": { # Dataset spec for data stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Google Cloud Storage data source. "format": "A String", # Data format of the dataset. - "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. }, "timestampField": "A String", # The timestamp field. Usually for serving data. "vertexDataset": "A String", # Resource name of the Vertex AI managed dataset. @@ -2341,7 +2341,7 @@

Method Details

}, "gcsSource": { # Dataset spec for data stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Google Cloud Storage data source. "format": "A String", # Data format of the dataset. - "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. }, "timestampField": "A String", # The timestamp field. Usually for serving data. "vertexDataset": "A String", # Resource name of the Vertex AI managed dataset. @@ -2411,13 +2411,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -2553,7 +2553,7 @@

Method Details

}, "gcsSource": { # Dataset spec for data stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Google Cloud Storage data source. "format": "A String", # Data format of the dataset. - "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. }, "timestampField": "A String", # The timestamp field. Usually for serving data. "vertexDataset": "A String", # Resource name of the Vertex AI managed dataset. @@ -3056,7 +3056,7 @@

Method Details

}, "gcsSource": { # Dataset spec for data stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Google Cloud Storage data source. "format": "A String", # Data format of the dataset. - "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. }, "timestampField": "A String", # The timestamp field. Usually for serving data. "vertexDataset": "A String", # Resource name of the Vertex AI managed dataset. @@ -3126,13 +3126,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -3268,7 +3268,7 @@

Method Details

}, "gcsSource": { # Dataset spec for data stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Google Cloud Storage data source. "format": "A String", # Data format of the dataset. - "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. }, "timestampField": "A String", # The timestamp field. Usually for serving data. "vertexDataset": "A String", # Resource name of the Vertex AI managed dataset. @@ -3754,7 +3754,7 @@

Method Details

}, "gcsSource": { # Dataset spec for data stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Google Cloud Storage data source. "format": "A String", # Data format of the dataset. - "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. }, "timestampField": "A String", # The timestamp field. Usually for serving data. "vertexDataset": "A String", # Resource name of the Vertex AI managed dataset. @@ -3824,13 +3824,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -3966,7 +3966,7 @@

Method Details

}, "gcsSource": { # Dataset spec for data stored in Google Cloud Storage. # Google Cloud Storage data source. "format": "A String", # Data format of the dataset. - "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "gcsUri": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. }, "timestampField": "A String", # The timestamp field. Usually for serving data. "vertexDataset": "A String", # Resource name of the Vertex AI managed dataset. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.html index 23b7cc53c8f..4fe7002b8ff 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.html @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -399,13 +399,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -625,7 +625,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -659,7 +659,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -698,7 +698,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -787,13 +787,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -1055,7 +1055,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1089,7 +1089,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1128,7 +1128,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1217,13 +1217,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, @@ -1457,7 +1457,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1491,7 +1491,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1530,7 +1530,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1619,13 +1619,13 @@

Method Details

"exampleGcsSource": { # The Cloud Storage input instances. # The Cloud Storage input instances. "dataFormat": "A String", # The format in which instances are given, if not specified, assume it's JSONL format. Currently only JSONL format is supported. "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage location for the input instances. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, }, "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # The Cloud Storage locations that contain the instances to be indexed for approximate nearest neighbor search. - "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames. + "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html index 83769e4bc7d..67d494071d4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html @@ -140,11 +140,11 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Represents a TuningJob that runs with Google owned models. - "baseModel": "A String", # The base model that is being tuned, e.g., "gemini-1.0-pro-002". . + "baseModel": "A String", # The base model that is being tuned. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/tuning#supported_models). "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the TuningJob was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the TuningJob. "distillationSpec": { # Tuning Spec for Distillation. # Tuning Spec for Distillation. - "baseTeacherModel": "A String", # The base teacher model that is being distilled, e.g., "gemini-1.0-pro-002". + "baseTeacherModel": "A String", # The base teacher model that is being distilled. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/tuning#supported_models). "hyperParameters": { # Hyperparameters for Distillation. # Optional. Hyperparameters for Distillation. "adapterSize": "A String", # Optional. Adapter size for distillation. "epochCount": "A String", # Optional. Number of complete passes the model makes over the entire training dataset during training. @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -428,11 +428,11 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Represents a TuningJob that runs with Google owned models. - "baseModel": "A String", # The base model that is being tuned, e.g., "gemini-1.0-pro-002". . + "baseModel": "A String", # The base model that is being tuned. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/tuning#supported_models). "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the TuningJob was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the TuningJob. "distillationSpec": { # Tuning Spec for Distillation. # Tuning Spec for Distillation. - "baseTeacherModel": "A String", # The base teacher model that is being distilled, e.g., "gemini-1.0-pro-002". + "baseTeacherModel": "A String", # The base teacher model that is being distilled. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/tuning#supported_models). "hyperParameters": { # Hyperparameters for Distillation. # Optional. Hyperparameters for Distillation. "adapterSize": "A String", # Optional. Adapter size for distillation. "epochCount": "A String", # Optional. Number of complete passes the model makes over the entire training dataset during training. @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -622,7 +622,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -723,11 +723,11 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Represents a TuningJob that runs with Google owned models. - "baseModel": "A String", # The base model that is being tuned, e.g., "gemini-1.0-pro-002". . + "baseModel": "A String", # The base model that is being tuned. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/tuning#supported_models). "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the TuningJob was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the TuningJob. "distillationSpec": { # Tuning Spec for Distillation. # Tuning Spec for Distillation. - "baseTeacherModel": "A String", # The base teacher model that is being distilled, e.g., "gemini-1.0-pro-002". + "baseTeacherModel": "A String", # The base teacher model that is being distilled. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/tuning#supported_models). "hyperParameters": { # Hyperparameters for Distillation. # Optional. Hyperparameters for Distillation. "adapterSize": "A String", # Optional. Adapter size for distillation. "epochCount": "A String", # Optional. Number of complete passes the model makes over the entire training dataset during training. @@ -807,7 +807,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -917,7 +917,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -1024,11 +1024,11 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # A token to retrieve the next page of results. Pass to ListTuningJobsRequest.page_token to obtain that page. "tuningJobs": [ # List of TuningJobs in the requested page. { # Represents a TuningJob that runs with Google owned models. - "baseModel": "A String", # The base model that is being tuned, e.g., "gemini-1.0-pro-002". . + "baseModel": "A String", # The base model that is being tuned. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/tuning#supported_models). "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the TuningJob was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the TuningJob. "distillationSpec": { # Tuning Spec for Distillation. # Tuning Spec for Distillation. - "baseTeacherModel": "A String", # The base teacher model that is being distilled, e.g., "gemini-1.0-pro-002". + "baseTeacherModel": "A String", # The base teacher model that is being distilled. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/tuning#supported_models). "hyperParameters": { # Hyperparameters for Distillation. # Optional. Hyperparameters for Distillation. "adapterSize": "A String", # Optional. Adapter size for distillation. "epochCount": "A String", # Optional. Number of complete passes the model makes over the entire training dataset during training. @@ -1108,7 +1108,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -1218,7 +1218,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -1340,11 +1340,11 @@

Method Details

"tuningJob": "A String", # Support migration from tuning job list page, from gemini-1.0-pro-002 to 1.5 and above. }, "tuningJob": { # Represents a TuningJob that runs with Google owned models. # Optional. The TuningJob to be updated. Users can use this TuningJob field to overwrite tuning configs. - "baseModel": "A String", # The base model that is being tuned, e.g., "gemini-1.0-pro-002". . + "baseModel": "A String", # The base model that is being tuned. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/tuning#supported_models). "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the TuningJob was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the TuningJob. "distillationSpec": { # Tuning Spec for Distillation. # Tuning Spec for Distillation. - "baseTeacherModel": "A String", # The base teacher model that is being distilled, e.g., "gemini-1.0-pro-002". + "baseTeacherModel": "A String", # The base teacher model that is being distilled. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/tuning#supported_models). "hyperParameters": { # Hyperparameters for Distillation. # Optional. Hyperparameters for Distillation. "adapterSize": "A String", # Optional. Adapter size for distillation. "epochCount": "A String", # Optional. Number of complete passes the model makes over the entire training dataset during training. @@ -1424,7 +1424,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -1534,7 +1534,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.publishers.models.html index 817e8a645a3..4806b3fc3fa 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.publishers.models.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.publishers.models.html @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -257,6 +257,9 @@

Method Details

"logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities. "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message. "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used. + "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection. + "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference. + }, "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response. "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. @@ -302,11 +305,12 @@

Method Details

"modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. }, "manualMode": { # When manual routing is set, the specified model will be used directly. # Manual routing. - "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. e.g. 'gemini-1.5-pro-001'. + "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. Language code (ISO 639. e.g. en-US) for the speech synthesization. "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. @@ -317,6 +321,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. + }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -341,7 +348,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -486,7 +493,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` @@ -551,7 +558,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -587,6 +594,9 @@

Method Details

"logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities. "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message. "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used. + "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection. + "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference. + }, "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response. "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. @@ -632,11 +642,12 @@

Method Details

"modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. }, "manualMode": { # When manual routing is set, the specified model will be used directly. # Manual routing. - "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. e.g. 'gemini-1.5-pro-001'. + "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. Language code (ISO 639. e.g. en-US) for the speech synthesization. "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. @@ -647,6 +658,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. + }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -677,7 +691,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -837,7 +851,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` @@ -898,7 +912,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -932,6 +946,13 @@

Method Details

"groundingChunks": [ # List of supporting references retrieved from specified grounding source. { # Grounding chunk. "retrievedContext": { # Chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. # Grounding chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. + "ragChunk": { # A RagChunk includes the content of a chunk of a RagFile, and associated metadata. # Additional context for the RAG retrieval result. This is only populated when using the RAG retrieval tool. + "pageSpan": { # Represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. # If populated, represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. + "firstPage": 42, # Page where chunk starts in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + "lastPage": 42, # Page where chunk ends in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + }, + "text": "A String", # The content of the chunk. + }, "text": "A String", # Text of the attribution. "title": "A String", # Title of the attribution. "uri": "A String", # URI reference of the attribution. @@ -1154,7 +1175,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1188,7 +1209,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1227,7 +1248,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1333,7 +1354,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1367,7 +1388,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1406,7 +1427,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1722,7 +1743,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1756,7 +1777,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1795,7 +1816,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1901,7 +1922,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1935,7 +1956,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -1974,7 +1995,7 @@

Method Details

"failureThreshold": 42, # Number of consecutive failures before the probe is considered failed. Defaults to 3. Minimum value is 1. Maps to Kubernetes probe argument 'failureThreshold'. "grpc": { # GrpcAction checks the health of a container using a gRPC service. # GrpcAction probes the health of a container by sending a gRPC request. "port": 42, # Port number of the gRPC service. Number must be in the range 1 to 65535. - "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. + "service": "A String", # Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC. }, "httpGet": { # HttpGetAction describes an action based on HTTP Get requests. # HttpGetAction probes the health of a container by sending an HTTP GET request. "host": "A String", # Host name to connect to, defaults to the model serving container's IP. You probably want to set "Host" in httpHeaders instead. @@ -2271,7 +2292,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -2307,6 +2328,9 @@

Method Details

"logprobs": 42, # Optional. Logit probabilities. "maxOutputTokens": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of output tokens to generate per message. "mediaResolution": "A String", # Optional. If specified, the media resolution specified will be used. + "modelConfig": { # Config for model selection. # Optional. Config for model selection. + "featureSelectionPreference": "A String", # Required. Feature selection preference. + }, "presencePenalty": 3.14, # Optional. Positive penalties. "responseLogprobs": True or False, # Optional. If true, export the logprobs results in response. "responseMimeType": "A String", # Optional. Output response mimetype of the generated candidate text. Supported mimetype: - `text/plain`: (default) Text output. - `application/json`: JSON response in the candidates. The model needs to be prompted to output the appropriate response type, otherwise the behavior is undefined. This is a preview feature. @@ -2352,11 +2376,12 @@

Method Details

"modelRoutingPreference": "A String", # The model routing preference. }, "manualMode": { # When manual routing is set, the specified model will be used directly. # Manual routing. - "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. e.g. 'gemini-1.5-pro-001'. + "modelName": "A String", # The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, }, "seed": 42, # Optional. Seed. "speechConfig": { # The speech generation config. # Optional. The speech generation config. + "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. Language code (ISO 639. e.g. en-US) for the speech synthesization. "voiceConfig": { # The configuration for the voice to use. # The configuration for the speaker to use. "prebuiltVoiceConfig": { # The configuration for the prebuilt speaker to use. # The configuration for the prebuilt voice to use. "voiceName": "A String", # The name of the preset voice to use. @@ -2367,6 +2392,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. Controls the randomness of predictions. + "thinkingConfig": { # Config for thinking features. # Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking. + "thinkingBudget": 42, # Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true. + }, "topK": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used. "topP": 3.14, # Optional. If specified, nucleus sampling will be used. }, @@ -2397,7 +2425,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -2557,7 +2585,7 @@

Method Details

}, "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking. "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker. - "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro` + "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models). }, "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service. "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest` @@ -2618,7 +2646,7 @@

Method Details

"mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data. }, "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values. - "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. + "args": { # Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, "id": "A String", # Optional. The unique id of the function call. If populated, the client to execute the `function_call` and return the response with the matching `id`. @@ -2652,6 +2680,13 @@

Method Details

"groundingChunks": [ # List of supporting references retrieved from specified grounding source. { # Grounding chunk. "retrievedContext": { # Chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. # Grounding chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools. + "ragChunk": { # A RagChunk includes the content of a chunk of a RagFile, and associated metadata. # Additional context for the RAG retrieval result. This is only populated when using the RAG retrieval tool. + "pageSpan": { # Represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. # If populated, represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document. + "firstPage": 42, # Page where chunk starts in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + "lastPage": 42, # Page where chunk ends in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed. + }, + "text": "A String", # The content of the chunk. + }, "text": "A String", # Text of the attribution. "title": "A String", # Title of the attribution. "uri": "A String", # URI reference of the attribution. diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.html index 052edc4601f..c1212b9045b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.html @@ -429,7 +429,7 @@

Method Details

}, "apiSecurityConfig": { # Configurations of the API Security add-on. # Configuration for the API Security add-on. "enabled": True or False, # Flag that specifies whether the API security add-on is enabled. - "expiresAt": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the API Security add-on expires in in milliseconds since epoch. If unspecified, the add-on will never expire. + "expiresAt": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the API Security add-on expires in milliseconds since epoch. If unspecified, the add-on will never expire. }, "connectorsPlatformConfig": { # Configuration for the Connectors Platform add-on. # Configuration for the Connectors Platform add-on. "enabled": True or False, # Flag that specifies whether the Connectors Platform add-on is enabled. diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.html index be071bb918a..e6bd553616d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.html @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@

Method Details

}, "apiSecurityConfig": { # Configurations of the API Security add-on. # Configuration for the API Security add-on. "enabled": True or False, # Flag that specifies whether the API security add-on is enabled. - "expiresAt": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the API Security add-on expires in in milliseconds since epoch. If unspecified, the add-on will never expire. + "expiresAt": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the API Security add-on expires in milliseconds since epoch. If unspecified, the add-on will never expire. }, "connectorsPlatformConfig": { # Configuration for the Connectors Platform add-on. # Configuration for the Connectors Platform add-on. "enabled": True or False, # Flag that specifies whether the Connectors Platform add-on is enabled. @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@

Method Details

}, "apiSecurityConfig": { # Configurations of the API Security add-on. # Configuration for the API Security add-on. "enabled": True or False, # Flag that specifies whether the API security add-on is enabled. - "expiresAt": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the API Security add-on expires in in milliseconds since epoch. If unspecified, the add-on will never expire. + "expiresAt": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the API Security add-on expires in milliseconds since epoch. If unspecified, the add-on will never expire. }, "connectorsPlatformConfig": { # Configuration for the Connectors Platform add-on. # Configuration for the Connectors Platform add-on. "enabled": True or False, # Flag that specifies whether the Connectors Platform add-on is enabled. @@ -715,7 +715,7 @@

Method Details

}, "apiSecurityConfig": { # Configurations of the API Security add-on. # Configuration for the API Security add-on. "enabled": True or False, # Flag that specifies whether the API security add-on is enabled. - "expiresAt": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the API Security add-on expires in in milliseconds since epoch. If unspecified, the add-on will never expire. + "expiresAt": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the API Security add-on expires in milliseconds since epoch. If unspecified, the add-on will never expire. }, "connectorsPlatformConfig": { # Configuration for the Connectors Platform add-on. # Configuration for the Connectors Platform add-on. "enabled": True or False, # Flag that specifies whether the Connectors Platform add-on is enabled. @@ -813,7 +813,7 @@

Method Details

}, "apiSecurityConfig": { # Configurations of the API Security add-on. # Configuration for the API Security add-on. "enabled": True or False, # Flag that specifies whether the API security add-on is enabled. - "expiresAt": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the API Security add-on expires in in milliseconds since epoch. If unspecified, the add-on will never expire. + "expiresAt": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the API Security add-on expires in milliseconds since epoch. If unspecified, the add-on will never expire. }, "connectorsPlatformConfig": { # Configuration for the Connectors Platform add-on. # Configuration for the Connectors Platform add-on. "enabled": True or False, # Flag that specifies whether the Connectors Platform add-on is enabled. @@ -887,7 +887,7 @@

Method Details

}, "apiSecurityConfig": { # Configurations of the API Security add-on. # Configuration for the API Security add-on. "enabled": True or False, # Flag that specifies whether the API security add-on is enabled. - "expiresAt": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the API Security add-on expires in in milliseconds since epoch. If unspecified, the add-on will never expire. + "expiresAt": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the API Security add-on expires in milliseconds since epoch. If unspecified, the add-on will never expire. }, "connectorsPlatformConfig": { # Configuration for the Connectors Platform add-on. # Configuration for the Connectors Platform add-on. "enabled": True or False, # Flag that specifies whether the Connectors Platform add-on is enabled. diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.html index bea0c00f99a..8cfb89a4e8c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.html @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets information about a location.

- list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

list_next()

@@ -130,11 +130,12 @@

Method Details

- list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
+  extraLocationTypes: string, Optional. A list of extra location types that should be used as conditions for controlling the visibility of the locations. (repeated)
   filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like `"displayName=tokyo"`, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
   pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/blockchainnodeengine_v1.projects.locations.blockchainNodes.html b/docs/dyn/blockchainnodeengine_v1.projects.locations.blockchainNodes.html
index 03b9a91e72f..4a0f1289b7d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/blockchainnodeengine_v1.projects.locations.blockchainNodes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/blockchainnodeengine_v1.projects.locations.blockchainNodes.html
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ 

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The fully qualified name of the blockchain node. e.g. `projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/blockchainNodes/my-node`. - "privateServiceConnectEnabled": True or False, # Optional. When true, the node is only accessible via Private Service Connect; no public endpoints are exposed. Otherwise, the node is only accessible via public endpoints. Warning: Private Service Connect enabled nodes may require a manual migration effort to remain compatible with future versions of the product. If this feature is enabled, you will be notified of these changes along with any required action to avoid disruption. See https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/private-service-connect. + "privateServiceConnectEnabled": True or False, # Optional. When true, the node is only accessible via Private Service Connect; no public endpoints are exposed. Otherwise, the node is only accessible via public endpoints. Warning: These nodes are deprecated, please use public endpoints instead. "state": "A String", # Output only. A status representing the state of the node. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which the blockchain node was last updated. } @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The fully qualified name of the blockchain node. e.g. `projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/blockchainNodes/my-node`. - "privateServiceConnectEnabled": True or False, # Optional. When true, the node is only accessible via Private Service Connect; no public endpoints are exposed. Otherwise, the node is only accessible via public endpoints. Warning: Private Service Connect enabled nodes may require a manual migration effort to remain compatible with future versions of the product. If this feature is enabled, you will be notified of these changes along with any required action to avoid disruption. See https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/private-service-connect. + "privateServiceConnectEnabled": True or False, # Optional. When true, the node is only accessible via Private Service Connect; no public endpoints are exposed. Otherwise, the node is only accessible via public endpoints. Warning: These nodes are deprecated, please use public endpoints instead. "state": "A String", # Output only. A status representing the state of the node. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which the blockchain node was last updated. }
@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The fully qualified name of the blockchain node. e.g. `projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/blockchainNodes/my-node`. - "privateServiceConnectEnabled": True or False, # Optional. When true, the node is only accessible via Private Service Connect; no public endpoints are exposed. Otherwise, the node is only accessible via public endpoints. Warning: Private Service Connect enabled nodes may require a manual migration effort to remain compatible with future versions of the product. If this feature is enabled, you will be notified of these changes along with any required action to avoid disruption. See https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/private-service-connect. + "privateServiceConnectEnabled": True or False, # Optional. When true, the node is only accessible via Private Service Connect; no public endpoints are exposed. Otherwise, the node is only accessible via public endpoints. Warning: These nodes are deprecated, please use public endpoints instead. "state": "A String", # Output only. A status representing the state of the node. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which the blockchain node was last updated. }, @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The fully qualified name of the blockchain node. e.g. `projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/blockchainNodes/my-node`. - "privateServiceConnectEnabled": True or False, # Optional. When true, the node is only accessible via Private Service Connect; no public endpoints are exposed. Otherwise, the node is only accessible via public endpoints. Warning: Private Service Connect enabled nodes may require a manual migration effort to remain compatible with future versions of the product. If this feature is enabled, you will be notified of these changes along with any required action to avoid disruption. See https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/private-service-connect. + "privateServiceConnectEnabled": True or False, # Optional. When true, the node is only accessible via Private Service Connect; no public endpoints are exposed. Otherwise, the node is only accessible via public endpoints. Warning: These nodes are deprecated, please use public endpoints instead. "state": "A String", # Output only. A status representing the state of the node. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which the blockchain node was last updated. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.announcements.html b/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.announcements.html index 59de49dde1f..d6af19bf82c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.announcements.html +++ b/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.announcements.html @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@

Instance Methods

Returns an announcement. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user is not permitted to access the requested course or announcement, or for access errors. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course or announcement does not exist.

getAddOnContext(courseId, itemId, addOnToken=None, attachmentId=None, postId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets metadata for Classroom add-ons in the context of a specific post. To maintain the integrity of its own data and permissions model, an add-on should call this to validate query parameters and the requesting user's role whenever the add-on is opened in an [iframe](https://developers.google.com/classroom/add-ons/get-started/iframes/iframes-overview). This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` for access errors. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if one of the identified resources does not exist.

+

Gets metadata for Classroom add-ons in the context of a specific post. To maintain the integrity of its own data and permissions model, an add-on should call this to validate query parameters and the requesting user's role whenever the add-on is opened in an [iframe](https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/add-ons/get-started/iframes/iframes-overview). This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` for access errors. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if one of the identified resources does not exist.

list(courseId, announcementStates=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Returns a list of announcements that the requester is permitted to view. Course students may only view `PUBLISHED` announcements. Course teachers and domain administrators may view all announcements. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user is not permitted to access the requested course or for access errors. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course does not exist.

@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@

Method Details

}, "shareMode": "A String", # Mechanism by which students access the Drive item. }, - "form": { # Google Forms item. # Google Forms material. + "form": { # Google Forms item. # Google Forms material. Read-only. "formUrl": "A String", # URL of the form. "responseUrl": "A String", # URL of the form responses document. Only set if responses have been recorded and only when the requesting user is an editor of the form. Read-only. "thumbnailUrl": "A String", # URL of a thumbnail image of the Form. Read-only. @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@

Method Details

}, "shareMode": "A String", # Mechanism by which students access the Drive item. }, - "form": { # Google Forms item. # Google Forms material. + "form": { # Google Forms item. # Google Forms material. Read-only. "formUrl": "A String", # URL of the form. "responseUrl": "A String", # URL of the form responses document. Only set if responses have been recorded and only when the requesting user is an editor of the form. Read-only. "thumbnailUrl": "A String", # URL of a thumbnail image of the Form. Read-only. @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@

Method Details

}, "shareMode": "A String", # Mechanism by which students access the Drive item. }, - "form": { # Google Forms item. # Google Forms material. + "form": { # Google Forms item. # Google Forms material. Read-only. "formUrl": "A String", # URL of the form. "responseUrl": "A String", # URL of the form responses document. Only set if responses have been recorded and only when the requesting user is an editor of the form. Read-only. "thumbnailUrl": "A String", # URL of a thumbnail image of the Form. Read-only. @@ -311,13 +311,13 @@

Method Details

getAddOnContext(courseId, itemId, addOnToken=None, attachmentId=None, postId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets metadata for Classroom add-ons in the context of a specific post. To maintain the integrity of its own data and permissions model, an add-on should call this to validate query parameters and the requesting user's role whenever the add-on is opened in an [iframe](https://developers.google.com/classroom/add-ons/get-started/iframes/iframes-overview). This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` for access errors. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if one of the identified resources does not exist.
+  
Gets metadata for Classroom add-ons in the context of a specific post. To maintain the integrity of its own data and permissions model, an add-on should call this to validate query parameters and the requesting user's role whenever the add-on is opened in an [iframe](https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/add-ons/get-started/iframes/iframes-overview). This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` for access errors. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if one of the identified resources does not exist.
 
 Args:
   courseId: string, Required. Identifier of the course. (required)
   itemId: string, Identifier of the `Announcement`, `CourseWork`, or `CourseWorkMaterial` under which the attachment is attached. This field is required, but is not marked as such while we are migrating from post_id. (required)
   addOnToken: string, Optional. Token that authorizes the request. The token is passed as a query parameter when the user is redirected from Classroom to the add-on's URL. The authorization token is required when neither of the following is true: * The add-on has attachments on the post. * The developer project issuing the request is the same project that created the post.
-  attachmentId: string, Optional. The identifier of the attachment. This field is required for all requests except when the user is in the [Attachment Discovery iframe](https://developers.google.com/classroom/add-ons/get-started/iframes/attachment-discovery-iframe).
+  attachmentId: string, Optional. The identifier of the attachment. This field is required for all requests except when the user is in the [Attachment Discovery iframe](https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/add-ons/get-started/iframes/attachment-discovery-iframe).
   postId: string, Optional. Deprecated, use `item_id` instead.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, "shareMode": "A String", # Mechanism by which students access the Drive item. }, - "form": { # Google Forms item. # Google Forms material. + "form": { # Google Forms item. # Google Forms material. Read-only. "formUrl": "A String", # URL of the form. "responseUrl": "A String", # URL of the form responses document. Only set if responses have been recorded and only when the requesting user is an editor of the form. Read-only. "thumbnailUrl": "A String", # URL of a thumbnail image of the Form. Read-only. @@ -484,7 +484,7 @@

Method Details

}, "shareMode": "A String", # Mechanism by which students access the Drive item. }, - "form": { # Google Forms item. # Google Forms material. + "form": { # Google Forms item. # Google Forms material. Read-only. "formUrl": "A String", # URL of the form. "responseUrl": "A String", # URL of the form responses document. Only set if responses have been recorded and only when the requesting user is an editor of the form. Read-only. "thumbnailUrl": "A String", # URL of a thumbnail image of the Form. Read-only. @@ -543,7 +543,7 @@

Method Details

}, "shareMode": "A String", # Mechanism by which students access the Drive item. }, - "form": { # Google Forms item. # Google Forms material. + "form": { # Google Forms item. # Google Forms material. Read-only. "formUrl": "A String", # URL of the form. "responseUrl": "A String", # URL of the form responses document. Only set if responses have been recorded and only when the requesting user is an editor of the form. Read-only. "thumbnailUrl": "A String", # URL of a thumbnail image of the Form. Read-only. @@ -600,7 +600,7 @@

Method Details

}, "shareMode": "A String", # Mechanism by which students access the Drive item. }, - "form": { # Google Forms item. # Google Forms material. + "form": { # Google Forms item. # Google Forms material. Read-only. "formUrl": "A String", # URL of the form. "responseUrl": "A String", # URL of the form responses document. Only set if responses have been recorded and only when the requesting user is an editor of the form. Read-only. "thumbnailUrl": "A String", # URL of a thumbnail image of the Form. Read-only. diff --git a/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.courseWork.html b/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.courseWork.html index 952faab6976..9fd909f0758 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.courseWork.html +++ b/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.courseWork.html @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@

Instance Methods

Returns course work. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user is not permitted to access the requested course or course work, or for access errors. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course or course work does not exist.

getAddOnContext(courseId, itemId, addOnToken=None, attachmentId=None, postId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets metadata for Classroom add-ons in the context of a specific post. To maintain the integrity of its own data and permissions model, an add-on should call this to validate query parameters and the requesting user's role whenever the add-on is opened in an [iframe](https://developers.google.com/classroom/add-ons/get-started/iframes/iframes-overview). This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` for access errors. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if one of the identified resources does not exist.

+

Gets metadata for Classroom add-ons in the context of a specific post. To maintain the integrity of its own data and permissions model, an add-on should call this to validate query parameters and the requesting user's role whenever the add-on is opened in an [iframe](https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/add-ons/get-started/iframes/iframes-overview). This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` for access errors. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if one of the identified resources does not exist.

list(courseId, courseWorkStates=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Returns a list of course work that the requester is permitted to view. Course students may only view `PUBLISHED` course work. Course teachers and domain administrators may view all course work. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user is not permitted to access the requested course or for access errors. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course does not exist.

@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@

Instance Methods

Updates one or more fields of a course work. See google.classroom.v1.CourseWork for details of which fields may be updated and who may change them. This request must be made by the Developer Console project of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the corresponding course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project did not create the corresponding course work, if the user is not permitted to make the requested modification to the student submission, or for access errors. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `FAILED_PRECONDITION` if the requested course work has already been deleted. * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course or course work does not exist.

updateRubric(courseId, courseWorkId, body=None, id=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates a rubric. See google.classroom.v1.Rubric for details of which fields can be updated. Rubric update capabilities are [limited](/classroom/rubrics/limitations) once grading has started. The requesting user and course owner must have rubrics creation capabilities. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/classroom/rubrics/limitations#license-requirements). This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding course work, if the user isn't permitted to make the requested modification to the rubric, or for access errors. This error code is also returned if grading has already started on the rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course, course work, or rubric doesn't exist or if the user doesn't have access to the corresponding course work. * `INTERNAL` if grading has already started on the rubric.

+

Updates a rubric. See google.classroom.v1.Rubric for details of which fields can be updated. Rubric update capabilities are [limited](/classroom/rubrics/limitations) once grading has started. The requesting user and course owner must have rubrics creation capabilities. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/rubrics/limitations#license-requirements). This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding course work, if the user isn't permitted to make the requested modification to the rubric, or for access errors. This error code is also returned if grading has already started on the rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course, course work, or rubric doesn't exist or if the user doesn't have access to the corresponding course work. * `INTERNAL` if grading has already started on the rubric.

Method Details

close() @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@

Method Details

}, "shareMode": "A String", # Mechanism by which students access the Drive item. }, - "form": { # Google Forms item. # Google Forms material. + "form": { # Google Forms item. # Google Forms material. Read-only. "formUrl": "A String", # URL of the form. "responseUrl": "A String", # URL of the form responses document. Only set if responses have been recorded and only when the requesting user is an editor of the form. Read-only. "thumbnailUrl": "A String", # URL of a thumbnail image of the Form. Read-only. @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@

Method Details

}, "shareMode": "A String", # Mechanism by which students access the Drive item. }, - "form": { # Google Forms item. # Google Forms material. + "form": { # Google Forms item. # Google Forms material. Read-only. "formUrl": "A String", # URL of the form. "responseUrl": "A String", # URL of the form responses document. Only set if responses have been recorded and only when the requesting user is an editor of the form. Read-only. "thumbnailUrl": "A String", # URL of a thumbnail image of the Form. Read-only. @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@

Method Details

}, "shareMode": "A String", # Mechanism by which students access the Drive item. }, - "form": { # Google Forms item. # Google Forms material. + "form": { # Google Forms item. # Google Forms material. Read-only. "formUrl": "A String", # URL of the form. "responseUrl": "A String", # URL of the form responses document. Only set if responses have been recorded and only when the requesting user is an editor of the form. Read-only. "thumbnailUrl": "A String", # URL of a thumbnail image of the Form. Read-only. @@ -432,13 +432,13 @@

Method Details

getAddOnContext(courseId, itemId, addOnToken=None, attachmentId=None, postId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets metadata for Classroom add-ons in the context of a specific post. To maintain the integrity of its own data and permissions model, an add-on should call this to validate query parameters and the requesting user's role whenever the add-on is opened in an [iframe](https://developers.google.com/classroom/add-ons/get-started/iframes/iframes-overview). This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` for access errors. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if one of the identified resources does not exist.
+  
Gets metadata for Classroom add-ons in the context of a specific post. To maintain the integrity of its own data and permissions model, an add-on should call this to validate query parameters and the requesting user's role whenever the add-on is opened in an [iframe](https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/add-ons/get-started/iframes/iframes-overview). This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` for access errors. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if one of the identified resources does not exist.
 
 Args:
   courseId: string, Required. Identifier of the course. (required)
   itemId: string, Identifier of the `Announcement`, `CourseWork`, or `CourseWorkMaterial` under which the attachment is attached. This field is required, but is not marked as such while we are migrating from post_id. (required)
   addOnToken: string, Optional. Token that authorizes the request. The token is passed as a query parameter when the user is redirected from Classroom to the add-on's URL. The authorization token is required when neither of the following is true: * The add-on has attachments on the post. * The developer project issuing the request is the same project that created the post.
-  attachmentId: string, Optional. The identifier of the attachment. This field is required for all requests except when the user is in the [Attachment Discovery iframe](https://developers.google.com/classroom/add-ons/get-started/iframes/attachment-discovery-iframe).
+  attachmentId: string, Optional. The identifier of the attachment. This field is required for all requests except when the user is in the [Attachment Discovery iframe](https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/add-ons/get-started/iframes/attachment-discovery-iframe).
   postId: string, Optional. Deprecated, use `item_id` instead.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, "shareMode": "A String", # Mechanism by which students access the Drive item. }, - "form": { # Google Forms item. # Google Forms material. + "form": { # Google Forms item. # Google Forms material. Read-only. "formUrl": "A String", # URL of the form. "responseUrl": "A String", # URL of the form responses document. Only set if responses have been recorded and only when the requesting user is an editor of the form. Read-only. "thumbnailUrl": "A String", # URL of a thumbnail image of the Form. Read-only. @@ -668,7 +668,7 @@

Method Details

}, "shareMode": "A String", # Mechanism by which students access the Drive item. }, - "form": { # Google Forms item. # Google Forms material. + "form": { # Google Forms item. # Google Forms material. Read-only. "formUrl": "A String", # URL of the form. "responseUrl": "A String", # URL of the form responses document. Only set if responses have been recorded and only when the requesting user is an editor of the form. Read-only. "thumbnailUrl": "A String", # URL of a thumbnail image of the Form. Read-only. @@ -763,7 +763,7 @@

Method Details

}, "shareMode": "A String", # Mechanism by which students access the Drive item. }, - "form": { # Google Forms item. # Google Forms material. + "form": { # Google Forms item. # Google Forms material. Read-only. "formUrl": "A String", # URL of the form. "responseUrl": "A String", # URL of the form responses document. Only set if responses have been recorded and only when the requesting user is an editor of the form. Read-only. "thumbnailUrl": "A String", # URL of a thumbnail image of the Form. Read-only. @@ -856,7 +856,7 @@

Method Details

}, "shareMode": "A String", # Mechanism by which students access the Drive item. }, - "form": { # Google Forms item. # Google Forms material. + "form": { # Google Forms item. # Google Forms material. Read-only. "formUrl": "A String", # URL of the form. "responseUrl": "A String", # URL of the form responses document. Only set if responses have been recorded and only when the requesting user is an editor of the form. Read-only. "thumbnailUrl": "A String", # URL of a thumbnail image of the Form. Read-only. @@ -893,7 +893,7 @@

Method Details

updateRubric(courseId, courseWorkId, body=None, id=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates a rubric. See google.classroom.v1.Rubric for details of which fields can be updated. Rubric update capabilities are [limited](/classroom/rubrics/limitations) once grading has started. The requesting user and course owner must have rubrics creation capabilities. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/classroom/rubrics/limitations#license-requirements). This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding course work, if the user isn't permitted to make the requested modification to the rubric, or for access errors. This error code is also returned if grading has already started on the rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course, course work, or rubric doesn't exist or if the user doesn't have access to the corresponding course work. * `INTERNAL` if grading has already started on the rubric.
+  
Updates a rubric. See google.classroom.v1.Rubric for details of which fields can be updated. Rubric update capabilities are [limited](/classroom/rubrics/limitations) once grading has started. The requesting user and course owner must have rubrics creation capabilities. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/rubrics/limitations#license-requirements). This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding course work, if the user isn't permitted to make the requested modification to the rubric, or for access errors. This error code is also returned if grading has already started on the rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course, course work, or rubric doesn't exist or if the user doesn't have access to the corresponding course work. * `INTERNAL` if grading has already started on the rubric.
 
 Args:
   courseId: string, Required. Identifier of the course. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.courseWork.rubrics.html b/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.courseWork.rubrics.html
index f2f395a00bb..8a3541f7b94 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.courseWork.rubrics.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.courseWork.rubrics.html
@@ -79,10 +79,10 @@ 

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

create(courseId, courseWorkId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates a rubric. The requesting user and course owner must have rubrics creation capabilities. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/classroom/rubrics/limitations#license-requirements). For further details, see [Rubrics structure and known limitations](/classroom/rubrics/limitations). This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user isn't permitted to create rubrics for course work in the requested course. * `INTERNAL` if the request has insufficient OAuth scopes. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course or course work don't exist or the user doesn't have access to the course or course work. * `FAILED_PRECONDITION` for the following request error: * `AttachmentNotVisible`

+

Creates a rubric. The requesting user and course owner must have rubrics creation capabilities. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/rubrics/limitations#license-requirements). For further details, see [Rubrics structure and known limitations](/classroom/rubrics/limitations). This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user isn't permitted to create rubrics for course work in the requested course. * `INTERNAL` if the request has insufficient OAuth scopes. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course or course work don't exist or the user doesn't have access to the course or course work. * `FAILED_PRECONDITION` for the following request error: * `AttachmentNotVisible`

delete(courseId, courseWorkId, id, x__xgafv=None)

-

Deletes a rubric. The requesting user and course owner must have rubrics creation capabilities. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/classroom/rubrics/limitations#license-requirements). This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the corresponding rubric. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding rubric, or if the requesting user isn't permitted to delete the requested rubric. * `NOT_FOUND` if no rubric exists with the requested ID or the user does not have access to the course, course work, or rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if grading has already started on the rubric.

+

Deletes a rubric. The requesting user and course owner must have rubrics creation capabilities. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/rubrics/limitations#license-requirements). This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the corresponding rubric. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding rubric, or if the requesting user isn't permitted to delete the requested rubric. * `NOT_FOUND` if no rubric exists with the requested ID or the user does not have access to the course, course work, or rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if grading has already started on the rubric.

get(courseId, courseWorkId, id, x__xgafv=None)

Returns a rubric. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` for access errors. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course, course work, or rubric doesn't exist or if the user doesn't have access to the corresponding course work.

@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@

Instance Methods

Retrieves the next page of results.

patch(courseId, courseWorkId, id, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates a rubric. See google.classroom.v1.Rubric for details of which fields can be updated. Rubric update capabilities are [limited](/classroom/rubrics/limitations) once grading has started. The requesting user and course owner must have rubrics creation capabilities. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/classroom/rubrics/limitations#license-requirements). This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding course work, if the user isn't permitted to make the requested modification to the rubric, or for access errors. This error code is also returned if grading has already started on the rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course, course work, or rubric doesn't exist or if the user doesn't have access to the corresponding course work. * `INTERNAL` if grading has already started on the rubric.

+

Updates a rubric. See google.classroom.v1.Rubric for details of which fields can be updated. Rubric update capabilities are [limited](/classroom/rubrics/limitations) once grading has started. The requesting user and course owner must have rubrics creation capabilities. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/rubrics/limitations#license-requirements). This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding course work, if the user isn't permitted to make the requested modification to the rubric, or for access errors. This error code is also returned if grading has already started on the rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course, course work, or rubric doesn't exist or if the user doesn't have access to the corresponding course work. * `INTERNAL` if grading has already started on the rubric.

Method Details

close() @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@

Method Details

create(courseId, courseWorkId, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates a rubric. The requesting user and course owner must have rubrics creation capabilities. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/classroom/rubrics/limitations#license-requirements). For further details, see [Rubrics structure and known limitations](/classroom/rubrics/limitations). This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user isn't permitted to create rubrics for course work in the requested course. * `INTERNAL` if the request has insufficient OAuth scopes. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course or course work don't exist or the user doesn't have access to the course or course work. * `FAILED_PRECONDITION` for the following request error: * `AttachmentNotVisible`
+  
Creates a rubric. The requesting user and course owner must have rubrics creation capabilities. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/rubrics/limitations#license-requirements). For further details, see [Rubrics structure and known limitations](/classroom/rubrics/limitations). This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user isn't permitted to create rubrics for course work in the requested course. * `INTERNAL` if the request has insufficient OAuth scopes. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course or course work don't exist or the user doesn't have access to the course or course work. * `FAILED_PRECONDITION` for the following request error: * `AttachmentNotVisible`
 
 Args:
   courseId: string, Required. Identifier of the course. (required)
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ 

Method Details

delete(courseId, courseWorkId, id, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes a rubric. The requesting user and course owner must have rubrics creation capabilities. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/classroom/rubrics/limitations#license-requirements). This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the corresponding rubric. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding rubric, or if the requesting user isn't permitted to delete the requested rubric. * `NOT_FOUND` if no rubric exists with the requested ID or the user does not have access to the course, course work, or rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if grading has already started on the rubric.
+  
Deletes a rubric. The requesting user and course owner must have rubrics creation capabilities. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/rubrics/limitations#license-requirements). This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the corresponding rubric. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding rubric, or if the requesting user isn't permitted to delete the requested rubric. * `NOT_FOUND` if no rubric exists with the requested ID or the user does not have access to the course, course work, or rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if grading has already started on the rubric.
 
 Args:
   courseId: string, Required. Identifier of the course. (required)
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ 

Method Details

patch(courseId, courseWorkId, id, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates a rubric. See google.classroom.v1.Rubric for details of which fields can be updated. Rubric update capabilities are [limited](/classroom/rubrics/limitations) once grading has started. The requesting user and course owner must have rubrics creation capabilities. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/classroom/rubrics/limitations#license-requirements). This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding course work, if the user isn't permitted to make the requested modification to the rubric, or for access errors. This error code is also returned if grading has already started on the rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course, course work, or rubric doesn't exist or if the user doesn't have access to the corresponding course work. * `INTERNAL` if grading has already started on the rubric.
+  
Updates a rubric. See google.classroom.v1.Rubric for details of which fields can be updated. Rubric update capabilities are [limited](/classroom/rubrics/limitations) once grading has started. The requesting user and course owner must have rubrics creation capabilities. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/rubrics/limitations#license-requirements). This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding course work, if the user isn't permitted to make the requested modification to the rubric, or for access errors. This error code is also returned if grading has already started on the rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course, course work, or rubric doesn't exist or if the user doesn't have access to the corresponding course work. * `INTERNAL` if grading has already started on the rubric.
 
 Args:
   courseId: string, Required. Identifier of the course. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.courseWorkMaterials.html b/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.courseWorkMaterials.html
index 1ba32c4b977..7a46376b523 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.courseWorkMaterials.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.courseWorkMaterials.html
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Returns a course work material. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user is not permitted to access the requested course or course work material, or for access errors. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course or course work material does not exist.

getAddOnContext(courseId, itemId, addOnToken=None, attachmentId=None, postId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets metadata for Classroom add-ons in the context of a specific post. To maintain the integrity of its own data and permissions model, an add-on should call this to validate query parameters and the requesting user's role whenever the add-on is opened in an [iframe](https://developers.google.com/classroom/add-ons/get-started/iframes/iframes-overview). This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` for access errors. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if one of the identified resources does not exist.

+

Gets metadata for Classroom add-ons in the context of a specific post. To maintain the integrity of its own data and permissions model, an add-on should call this to validate query parameters and the requesting user's role whenever the add-on is opened in an [iframe](https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/add-ons/get-started/iframes/iframes-overview). This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` for access errors. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if one of the identified resources does not exist.

list(courseId, courseWorkMaterialStates=None, materialDriveId=None, materialLink=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Returns a list of course work material that the requester is permitted to view. Course students may only view `PUBLISHED` course work material. Course teachers and domain administrators may view all course work material. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user is not permitted to access the requested course or for access errors. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course does not exist.

@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@

Method Details

}, "shareMode": "A String", # Mechanism by which students access the Drive item. }, - "form": { # Google Forms item. # Google Forms material. + "form": { # Google Forms item. # Google Forms material. Read-only. "formUrl": "A String", # URL of the form. "responseUrl": "A String", # URL of the form responses document. Only set if responses have been recorded and only when the requesting user is an editor of the form. Read-only. "thumbnailUrl": "A String", # URL of a thumbnail image of the Form. Read-only. @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@

Method Details

}, "shareMode": "A String", # Mechanism by which students access the Drive item. }, - "form": { # Google Forms item. # Google Forms material. + "form": { # Google Forms item. # Google Forms material. Read-only. "formUrl": "A String", # URL of the form. "responseUrl": "A String", # URL of the form responses document. Only set if responses have been recorded and only when the requesting user is an editor of the form. Read-only. "thumbnailUrl": "A String", # URL of a thumbnail image of the Form. Read-only. @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@

Method Details

}, "shareMode": "A String", # Mechanism by which students access the Drive item. }, - "form": { # Google Forms item. # Google Forms material. + "form": { # Google Forms item. # Google Forms material. Read-only. "formUrl": "A String", # URL of the form. "responseUrl": "A String", # URL of the form responses document. Only set if responses have been recorded and only when the requesting user is an editor of the form. Read-only. "thumbnailUrl": "A String", # URL of a thumbnail image of the Form. Read-only. @@ -314,13 +314,13 @@

Method Details

getAddOnContext(courseId, itemId, addOnToken=None, attachmentId=None, postId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets metadata for Classroom add-ons in the context of a specific post. To maintain the integrity of its own data and permissions model, an add-on should call this to validate query parameters and the requesting user's role whenever the add-on is opened in an [iframe](https://developers.google.com/classroom/add-ons/get-started/iframes/iframes-overview). This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` for access errors. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if one of the identified resources does not exist.
+  
Gets metadata for Classroom add-ons in the context of a specific post. To maintain the integrity of its own data and permissions model, an add-on should call this to validate query parameters and the requesting user's role whenever the add-on is opened in an [iframe](https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/add-ons/get-started/iframes/iframes-overview). This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` for access errors. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if one of the identified resources does not exist.
 
 Args:
   courseId: string, Required. Identifier of the course. (required)
   itemId: string, Identifier of the `Announcement`, `CourseWork`, or `CourseWorkMaterial` under which the attachment is attached. This field is required, but is not marked as such while we are migrating from post_id. (required)
   addOnToken: string, Optional. Token that authorizes the request. The token is passed as a query parameter when the user is redirected from Classroom to the add-on's URL. The authorization token is required when neither of the following is true: * The add-on has attachments on the post. * The developer project issuing the request is the same project that created the post.
-  attachmentId: string, Optional. The identifier of the attachment. This field is required for all requests except when the user is in the [Attachment Discovery iframe](https://developers.google.com/classroom/add-ons/get-started/iframes/attachment-discovery-iframe).
+  attachmentId: string, Optional. The identifier of the attachment. This field is required for all requests except when the user is in the [Attachment Discovery iframe](https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/add-ons/get-started/iframes/attachment-discovery-iframe).
   postId: string, Optional. Deprecated, use `item_id` instead.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, "shareMode": "A String", # Mechanism by which students access the Drive item. }, - "form": { # Google Forms item. # Google Forms material. + "form": { # Google Forms item. # Google Forms material. Read-only. "formUrl": "A String", # URL of the form. "responseUrl": "A String", # URL of the form responses document. Only set if responses have been recorded and only when the requesting user is an editor of the form. Read-only. "thumbnailUrl": "A String", # URL of a thumbnail image of the Form. Read-only. @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@

Method Details

}, "shareMode": "A String", # Mechanism by which students access the Drive item. }, - "form": { # Google Forms item. # Google Forms material. + "form": { # Google Forms item. # Google Forms material. Read-only. "formUrl": "A String", # URL of the form. "responseUrl": "A String", # URL of the form responses document. Only set if responses have been recorded and only when the requesting user is an editor of the form. Read-only. "thumbnailUrl": "A String", # URL of a thumbnail image of the Form. Read-only. @@ -531,7 +531,7 @@

Method Details

}, "shareMode": "A String", # Mechanism by which students access the Drive item. }, - "form": { # Google Forms item. # Google Forms material. + "form": { # Google Forms item. # Google Forms material. Read-only. "formUrl": "A String", # URL of the form. "responseUrl": "A String", # URL of the form responses document. Only set if responses have been recorded and only when the requesting user is an editor of the form. Read-only. "thumbnailUrl": "A String", # URL of a thumbnail image of the Form. Read-only. diff --git a/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.html b/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.html index 233aec45a2b..ce3f76a0647 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.html +++ b/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.html @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@

Instance Methods

Updates a course. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user is not permitted to modify the requested course or for access errors. * `NOT_FOUND` if no course exists with the requested ID. * `FAILED_PRECONDITION` for the following request errors: * CourseNotModifiable

updateGradingPeriodSettings(courseId, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates grading period settings of a course. Individual grading periods can be added, removed, or modified using this method. The requesting user and course owner must be eligible to modify Grading Periods. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/classroom/grading-periods/manage-grading-periods#licensing_requirements). This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user is not permitted to modify the grading period settings in a course or for access errors: * UserIneligibleToUpdateGradingPeriodSettings * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course does not exist.

+

Updates grading period settings of a course. Individual grading periods can be added, removed, or modified using this method. The requesting user and course owner must be eligible to modify Grading Periods. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/grading-periods/manage-grading-periods#licensing_requirements). This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user is not permitted to modify the grading period settings in a course or for access errors: * UserIneligibleToUpdateGradingPeriodSettings * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course does not exist.

Method Details

close() @@ -863,7 +863,7 @@

Method Details

updateGradingPeriodSettings(courseId, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates grading period settings of a course. Individual grading periods can be added, removed, or modified using this method. The requesting user and course owner must be eligible to modify Grading Periods. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/classroom/grading-periods/manage-grading-periods#licensing_requirements). This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user is not permitted to modify the grading period settings in a course or for access errors: * UserIneligibleToUpdateGradingPeriodSettings * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course does not exist.
+  
Updates grading period settings of a course. Individual grading periods can be added, removed, or modified using this method. The requesting user and course owner must be eligible to modify Grading Periods. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/grading-periods/manage-grading-periods#licensing_requirements). This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user is not permitted to modify the grading period settings in a course or for access errors: * UserIneligibleToUpdateGradingPeriodSettings * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course does not exist.
 
 Args:
   courseId: string, Required. The identifier of the course. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.posts.html b/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.posts.html
index 7696060f821..06f4c0d9ff3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.posts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.posts.html
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

getAddOnContext(courseId, postId, addOnToken=None, attachmentId=None, itemId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets metadata for Classroom add-ons in the context of a specific post. To maintain the integrity of its own data and permissions model, an add-on should call this to validate query parameters and the requesting user's role whenever the add-on is opened in an [iframe](https://developers.google.com/classroom/add-ons/get-started/iframes/iframes-overview). This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` for access errors. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if one of the identified resources does not exist.

+

Gets metadata for Classroom add-ons in the context of a specific post. To maintain the integrity of its own data and permissions model, an add-on should call this to validate query parameters and the requesting user's role whenever the add-on is opened in an [iframe](https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/add-ons/get-started/iframes/iframes-overview). This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` for access errors. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if one of the identified resources does not exist.

Method Details

close() @@ -93,13 +93,13 @@

Method Details

getAddOnContext(courseId, postId, addOnToken=None, attachmentId=None, itemId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets metadata for Classroom add-ons in the context of a specific post. To maintain the integrity of its own data and permissions model, an add-on should call this to validate query parameters and the requesting user's role whenever the add-on is opened in an [iframe](https://developers.google.com/classroom/add-ons/get-started/iframes/iframes-overview). This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` for access errors. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if one of the identified resources does not exist.
+  
Gets metadata for Classroom add-ons in the context of a specific post. To maintain the integrity of its own data and permissions model, an add-on should call this to validate query parameters and the requesting user's role whenever the add-on is opened in an [iframe](https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/add-ons/get-started/iframes/iframes-overview). This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` for access errors. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if one of the identified resources does not exist.
 
 Args:
   courseId: string, Required. Identifier of the course. (required)
   postId: string, Optional. Deprecated, use `item_id` instead. (required)
   addOnToken: string, Optional. Token that authorizes the request. The token is passed as a query parameter when the user is redirected from Classroom to the add-on's URL. The authorization token is required when neither of the following is true: * The add-on has attachments on the post. * The developer project issuing the request is the same project that created the post.
-  attachmentId: string, Optional. The identifier of the attachment. This field is required for all requests except when the user is in the [Attachment Discovery iframe](https://developers.google.com/classroom/add-ons/get-started/iframes/attachment-discovery-iframe).
+  attachmentId: string, Optional. The identifier of the attachment. This field is required for all requests except when the user is in the [Attachment Discovery iframe](https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/add-ons/get-started/iframes/attachment-discovery-iframe).
   itemId: string, Identifier of the `Announcement`, `CourseWork`, or `CourseWorkMaterial` under which the attachment is attached. This field is required, but is not marked as such while we are migrating from post_id.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.students.html b/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.students.html
index 0414e0475d1..1212b4ecefe 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.students.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.students.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

create(courseId, body=None, enrollmentCode=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Adds a user as a student of a course. Domain administrators are permitted to [directly add](https://developers.google.com/classroom/guides/manage-users) users within their domain as students to courses within their domain. Students are permitted to add themselves to a course using an enrollment code. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user is not permitted to create students in this course or for access errors. * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course ID does not exist. * `FAILED_PRECONDITION` if the requested user's account is disabled, for the following request errors: * CourseMemberLimitReached * CourseNotModifiable * UserGroupsMembershipLimitReached * InactiveCourseOwner * `ALREADY_EXISTS` if the user is already a student or teacher in the course.

+

Adds a user as a student of a course. Domain administrators are permitted to [directly add](https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/guides/manage-users) users within their domain as students to courses within their domain. Students are permitted to add themselves to a course using an enrollment code. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user is not permitted to create students in this course or for access errors. * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course ID does not exist. * `FAILED_PRECONDITION` if the requested user's account is disabled, for the following request errors: * CourseMemberLimitReached * CourseNotModifiable * UserGroupsMembershipLimitReached * InactiveCourseOwner * `ALREADY_EXISTS` if the user is already a student or teacher in the course.

delete(courseId, userId, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes a student of a course. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user is not permitted to delete students of this course or for access errors. * `NOT_FOUND` if no student of this course has the requested ID or if the course does not exist.

@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Method Details

create(courseId, body=None, enrollmentCode=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Adds a user as a student of a course. Domain administrators are permitted to [directly add](https://developers.google.com/classroom/guides/manage-users) users within their domain as students to courses within their domain. Students are permitted to add themselves to a course using an enrollment code. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user is not permitted to create students in this course or for access errors. * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course ID does not exist. * `FAILED_PRECONDITION` if the requested user's account is disabled, for the following request errors: * CourseMemberLimitReached * CourseNotModifiable * UserGroupsMembershipLimitReached * InactiveCourseOwner * `ALREADY_EXISTS` if the user is already a student or teacher in the course.
+  
Adds a user as a student of a course. Domain administrators are permitted to [directly add](https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/guides/manage-users) users within their domain as students to courses within their domain. Students are permitted to add themselves to a course using an enrollment code. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user is not permitted to create students in this course or for access errors. * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course ID does not exist. * `FAILED_PRECONDITION` if the requested user's account is disabled, for the following request errors: * CourseMemberLimitReached * CourseNotModifiable * UserGroupsMembershipLimitReached * InactiveCourseOwner * `ALREADY_EXISTS` if the user is already a student or teacher in the course.
 
 Args:
   courseId: string, Identifier of the course to create the student in. This identifier can be either the Classroom-assigned identifier or an alias. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.teachers.html b/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.teachers.html
index 297ed4dc67f..9f1ac8254b0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.teachers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.teachers.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

create(courseId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates a teacher of a course. Domain administrators are permitted to [directly add](https://developers.google.com/classroom/guides/manage-users) users within their domain as teachers to courses within their domain. Non-admin users should send an Invitation instead. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user is not permitted to create teachers in this course or for access errors. * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course ID does not exist. * `FAILED_PRECONDITION` if the requested user's account is disabled, for the following request errors: * CourseMemberLimitReached * CourseNotModifiable * CourseTeacherLimitReached * UserGroupsMembershipLimitReached * InactiveCourseOwner * `ALREADY_EXISTS` if the user is already a teacher or student in the course.

+

Creates a teacher of a course. Domain administrators are permitted to [directly add](https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/guides/manage-users) users within their domain as teachers to courses within their domain. Non-admin users should send an Invitation instead. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user is not permitted to create teachers in this course or for access errors. * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course ID does not exist. * `FAILED_PRECONDITION` if the requested user's account is disabled, for the following request errors: * CourseMemberLimitReached * CourseNotModifiable * CourseTeacherLimitReached * UserGroupsMembershipLimitReached * InactiveCourseOwner * `ALREADY_EXISTS` if the user is already a teacher or student in the course.

delete(courseId, userId, x__xgafv=None)

Removes the specified teacher from the specified course. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user is not permitted to delete teachers of this course or for access errors. * `NOT_FOUND` if no teacher of this course has the requested ID or if the course does not exist. * `FAILED_PRECONDITION` if the requested ID belongs to the primary teacher of this course. * `FAILED_PRECONDITION` if the requested ID belongs to the owner of the course Drive folder. * `FAILED_PRECONDITION` if the course no longer has an active owner.

@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Method Details

create(courseId, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates a teacher of a course. Domain administrators are permitted to [directly add](https://developers.google.com/classroom/guides/manage-users) users within their domain as teachers to courses within their domain. Non-admin users should send an Invitation instead. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user is not permitted to create teachers in this course or for access errors. * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course ID does not exist. * `FAILED_PRECONDITION` if the requested user's account is disabled, for the following request errors: * CourseMemberLimitReached * CourseNotModifiable * CourseTeacherLimitReached * UserGroupsMembershipLimitReached * InactiveCourseOwner * `ALREADY_EXISTS` if the user is already a teacher or student in the course.
+  
Creates a teacher of a course. Domain administrators are permitted to [directly add](https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/guides/manage-users) users within their domain as teachers to courses within their domain. Non-admin users should send an Invitation instead. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user is not permitted to create teachers in this course or for access errors. * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course ID does not exist. * `FAILED_PRECONDITION` if the requested user's account is disabled, for the following request errors: * CourseMemberLimitReached * CourseNotModifiable * CourseTeacherLimitReached * UserGroupsMembershipLimitReached * InactiveCourseOwner * `ALREADY_EXISTS` if the user is already a teacher or student in the course.
 
 Args:
   courseId: string, Identifier of the course. This identifier can be either the Classroom-assigned identifier or an alias. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.channelPartnerLinks.customers.html b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.channelPartnerLinks.customers.html
index b1ff5a8ebf7..4becb0fdeb4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.channelPartnerLinks.customers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.channelPartnerLinks.customers.html
@@ -133,6 +133,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, "correlationId": "A String", # Optional. External CRM ID for the customer. Populated only if a CRM ID exists for this customer. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the customer was created. + "customerAttestationState": "A String", # Optional. Indicate if a customer is attesting about the correctness of provided information. Only required if creating a GCP Entitlement. "domain": "A String", # Required. The customer's primary domain. Must match the primary contact email's domain. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} @@ -193,6 +194,7 @@

Method Details

}, "correlationId": "A String", # Optional. External CRM ID for the customer. Populated only if a CRM ID exists for this customer. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the customer was created. + "customerAttestationState": "A String", # Optional. Indicate if a customer is attesting about the correctness of provided information. Only required if creating a GCP Entitlement. "domain": "A String", # Required. The customer's primary domain. Must match the primary contact email's domain. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} @@ -278,6 +280,7 @@

Method Details

}, "correlationId": "A String", # Optional. External CRM ID for the customer. Populated only if a CRM ID exists for this customer. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the customer was created. + "customerAttestationState": "A String", # Optional. Indicate if a customer is attesting about the correctness of provided information. Only required if creating a GCP Entitlement. "domain": "A String", # Required. The customer's primary domain. Must match the primary contact email's domain. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} @@ -358,6 +361,7 @@

Method Details

}, "correlationId": "A String", # Optional. External CRM ID for the customer. Populated only if a CRM ID exists for this customer. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the customer was created. + "customerAttestationState": "A String", # Optional. Indicate if a customer is attesting about the correctness of provided information. Only required if creating a GCP Entitlement. "domain": "A String", # Required. The customer's primary domain. Must match the primary contact email's domain. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} @@ -430,6 +434,7 @@

Method Details

}, "correlationId": "A String", # Optional. External CRM ID for the customer. Populated only if a CRM ID exists for this customer. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the customer was created. + "customerAttestationState": "A String", # Optional. Indicate if a customer is attesting about the correctness of provided information. Only required if creating a GCP Entitlement. "domain": "A String", # Required. The customer's primary domain. Must match the primary contact email's domain. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} @@ -509,6 +514,7 @@

Method Details

}, "correlationId": "A String", # Optional. External CRM ID for the customer. Populated only if a CRM ID exists for this customer. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the customer was created. + "customerAttestationState": "A String", # Optional. Indicate if a customer is attesting about the correctness of provided information. Only required if creating a GCP Entitlement. "domain": "A String", # Required. The customer's primary domain. Must match the primary contact email's domain. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} @@ -570,6 +576,7 @@

Method Details

}, "correlationId": "A String", # Optional. External CRM ID for the customer. Populated only if a CRM ID exists for this customer. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the customer was created. + "customerAttestationState": "A String", # Optional. Indicate if a customer is attesting about the correctness of provided information. Only required if creating a GCP Entitlement. "domain": "A String", # Required. The customer's primary domain. Must match the primary contact email's domain. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.entitlements.html b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.entitlements.html index d5bb655a54b..8121f7dde18 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.entitlements.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.entitlements.html @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "priceReferenceId": "A String", # Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Optional field only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order. + "priceReferenceId": "A String", # Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order. "purchaseOrderId": "A String", # Optional. Purchase order id provided by the reseller. "requestId": "A String", # Optional. You can specify an optional unique request ID, and if you need to retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it's complete. For example, you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if it received the original operation with the same request ID. If it did, it will ignore the second request. The request ID must be a valid [UUID](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122) with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (`00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000`). } @@ -425,7 +425,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "priceReferenceId": "A String", # Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Optional field only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order. + "priceReferenceId": "A String", # Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order. "provisionedService": { # Service provisioned for an entitlement. # Output only. Service provisioning details for the entitlement. "productId": "A String", # Output only. The product pertaining to the provisioning resource as specified in the Offer. "provisioningId": "A String", # Output only. Provisioning ID of the entitlement. For Google Workspace, this is the underlying Subscription ID. For Google Cloud, this is the Billing Account ID of the billing subaccount. @@ -524,7 +524,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "priceReferenceId": "A String", # Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Optional field only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order. + "priceReferenceId": "A String", # Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order. "provisionedService": { # Service provisioned for an entitlement. # Output only. Service provisioning details for the entitlement. "productId": "A String", # Output only. The product pertaining to the provisioning resource as specified in the Offer. "provisioningId": "A String", # Output only. Provisioning ID of the entitlement. For Google Workspace, this is the underlying Subscription ID. For Google Cloud, this is the Billing Account ID of the billing subaccount. @@ -597,7 +597,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "priceReferenceId": "A String", # Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Optional field only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order. + "priceReferenceId": "A String", # Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order. "provisionedService": { # Service provisioned for an entitlement. # Output only. Service provisioning details for the entitlement. "productId": "A String", # Output only. The product pertaining to the provisioning resource as specified in the Offer. "provisioningId": "A String", # Output only. Provisioning ID of the entitlement. For Google Workspace, this is the underlying Subscription ID. For Google Cloud, this is the Billing Account ID of the billing subaccount. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.html b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.html index 7ea67490275..8bdd957f933 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.html @@ -167,6 +167,7 @@

Method Details

}, "correlationId": "A String", # Optional. External CRM ID for the customer. Populated only if a CRM ID exists for this customer. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the customer was created. + "customerAttestationState": "A String", # Optional. Indicate if a customer is attesting about the correctness of provided information. Only required if creating a GCP Entitlement. "domain": "A String", # Required. The customer's primary domain. Must match the primary contact email's domain. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} @@ -227,6 +228,7 @@

Method Details

}, "correlationId": "A String", # Optional. External CRM ID for the customer. Populated only if a CRM ID exists for this customer. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the customer was created. + "customerAttestationState": "A String", # Optional. Indicate if a customer is attesting about the correctness of provided information. Only required if creating a GCP Entitlement. "domain": "A String", # Required. The customer's primary domain. Must match the primary contact email's domain. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} @@ -312,6 +314,7 @@

Method Details

}, "correlationId": "A String", # Optional. External CRM ID for the customer. Populated only if a CRM ID exists for this customer. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the customer was created. + "customerAttestationState": "A String", # Optional. Indicate if a customer is attesting about the correctness of provided information. Only required if creating a GCP Entitlement. "domain": "A String", # Required. The customer's primary domain. Must match the primary contact email's domain. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} @@ -392,6 +395,7 @@

Method Details

}, "correlationId": "A String", # Optional. External CRM ID for the customer. Populated only if a CRM ID exists for this customer. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the customer was created. + "customerAttestationState": "A String", # Optional. Indicate if a customer is attesting about the correctness of provided information. Only required if creating a GCP Entitlement. "domain": "A String", # Required. The customer's primary domain. Must match the primary contact email's domain. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} @@ -464,6 +468,7 @@

Method Details

}, "correlationId": "A String", # Optional. External CRM ID for the customer. Populated only if a CRM ID exists for this customer. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the customer was created. + "customerAttestationState": "A String", # Optional. Indicate if a customer is attesting about the correctness of provided information. Only required if creating a GCP Entitlement. "domain": "A String", # Required. The customer's primary domain. Must match the primary contact email's domain. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} @@ -687,7 +692,7 @@

Method Details

}, "startTime": "A String", # Start of the Offer validity time. }, - "priceReferenceId": "A String", # Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Optional field only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order. + "priceReferenceId": "A String", # Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order. }, ], }
@@ -821,6 +826,7 @@

Method Details

}, "correlationId": "A String", # Optional. External CRM ID for the customer. Populated only if a CRM ID exists for this customer. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the customer was created. + "customerAttestationState": "A String", # Optional. Indicate if a customer is attesting about the correctness of provided information. Only required if creating a GCP Entitlement. "domain": "A String", # Required. The customer's primary domain. Must match the primary contact email's domain. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} @@ -882,6 +888,7 @@

Method Details

}, "correlationId": "A String", # Optional. External CRM ID for the customer. Populated only if a CRM ID exists for this customer. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the customer was created. + "customerAttestationState": "A String", # Optional. Indicate if a customer is attesting about the correctness of provided information. Only required if creating a GCP Entitlement. "domain": "A String", # Required. The customer's primary domain. Must match the primary contact email's domain. "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id} @@ -1061,7 +1068,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "priceReferenceId": "A String", # Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Optional field only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order. + "priceReferenceId": "A String", # Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order. "provisionedService": { # Service provisioned for an entitlement. # Output only. Service provisioning details for the entitlement. "productId": "A String", # Output only. The product pertaining to the provisioning resource as specified in the Offer. "provisioningId": "A String", # Output only. Provisioning ID of the entitlement. For Google Workspace, this is the underlying Subscription ID. For Google Cloud, this is the Billing Account ID of the billing subaccount. @@ -1158,7 +1165,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "priceReferenceId": "A String", # Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Optional field only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order. + "priceReferenceId": "A String", # Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order. "provisionedService": { # Service provisioned for an entitlement. # Output only. Service provisioning details for the entitlement. "productId": "A String", # Output only. The product pertaining to the provisioning resource as specified in the Offer. "provisioningId": "A String", # Output only. Provisioning ID of the entitlement. For Google Workspace, this is the underlying Subscription ID. For Google Cloud, this is the Billing Account ID of the billing subaccount. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.html index 1591fe5a1c9..ec269f57d81 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.html @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@

Method Details

}, "startTime": "A String", # Start of the Offer validity time. }, - "priceReferenceId": "A String", # Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Optional field only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order. + "priceReferenceId": "A String", # Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order. }, ], }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.offers.html b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.offers.html index 52770e634ce..50c1d446d8d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.offers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.offers.html @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Response message for ListOffers. "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token to retrieve the next page of results. - "offers": [ # The list of Offers requested. + "offers": [ # The list of Offers requested. The pricing information for each Offer only includes the base price. Effective prices and discounts aren't populated. { # Represents an offer made to resellers for purchase. An offer is associated with a Sku, has a plan for payment, a price, and defines the constraints for buying. "constraints": { # Represents the constraints for buying the Offer. # Constraints on transacting the Offer. "customerConstraints": { # Represents constraints required to purchase the Offer for a customer. # Represents constraints required to purchase the Offer for a customer. diff --git a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.html b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.html index 5a11ac8c80a..b6b77e76d17 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.html @@ -259,12 +259,12 @@

Method Details

}, }, "standard": { # Standard represents the standard deployment strategy. # Optional. Standard deployment strategy executes a single deploy and allows verifying the deployment. - "postdeploy": { # Postdeploy contains the postdeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the postdeploy job. If this is not configured, postdeploy job will not be present. + "postdeploy": { # Postdeploy contains the postdeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the postdeploy job. If this is not configured, the postdeploy job will not be present. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the postdeploy job. "A String", ], }, - "predeploy": { # Predeploy contains the predeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the predeploy job. If this is not configured, predeploy job will not be present. + "predeploy": { # Predeploy contains the predeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the predeploy job. If this is not configured, the predeploy job will not be present. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the predeploy job. "A String", ], @@ -489,12 +489,12 @@

Method Details

}, }, "standard": { # Standard represents the standard deployment strategy. # Optional. Standard deployment strategy executes a single deploy and allows verifying the deployment. - "postdeploy": { # Postdeploy contains the postdeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the postdeploy job. If this is not configured, postdeploy job will not be present. + "postdeploy": { # Postdeploy contains the postdeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the postdeploy job. If this is not configured, the postdeploy job will not be present. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the postdeploy job. "A String", ], }, - "predeploy": { # Predeploy contains the predeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the predeploy job. If this is not configured, predeploy job will not be present. + "predeploy": { # Predeploy contains the predeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the predeploy job. If this is not configured, the predeploy job will not be present. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the predeploy job. "A String", ], @@ -702,12 +702,12 @@

Method Details

}, }, "standard": { # Standard represents the standard deployment strategy. # Optional. Standard deployment strategy executes a single deploy and allows verifying the deployment. - "postdeploy": { # Postdeploy contains the postdeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the postdeploy job. If this is not configured, postdeploy job will not be present. + "postdeploy": { # Postdeploy contains the postdeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the postdeploy job. If this is not configured, the postdeploy job will not be present. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the postdeploy job. "A String", ], }, - "predeploy": { # Predeploy contains the predeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the predeploy job. If this is not configured, predeploy job will not be present. + "predeploy": { # Predeploy contains the predeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the predeploy job. If this is not configured, the predeploy job will not be present. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the predeploy job. "A String", ], @@ -876,12 +876,12 @@

Method Details

}, }, "standard": { # Standard represents the standard deployment strategy. # Optional. Standard deployment strategy executes a single deploy and allows verifying the deployment. - "postdeploy": { # Postdeploy contains the postdeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the postdeploy job. If this is not configured, postdeploy job will not be present. + "postdeploy": { # Postdeploy contains the postdeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the postdeploy job. If this is not configured, the postdeploy job will not be present. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the postdeploy job. "A String", ], }, - "predeploy": { # Predeploy contains the predeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the predeploy job. If this is not configured, predeploy job will not be present. + "predeploy": { # Predeploy contains the predeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the predeploy job. If this is not configured, the predeploy job will not be present. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the predeploy job. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.html b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.html index d62e23bcabc..e496059f4d6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.html +++ b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.html @@ -323,12 +323,12 @@

Method Details

}, }, "standard": { # Standard represents the standard deployment strategy. # Optional. Standard deployment strategy executes a single deploy and allows verifying the deployment. - "postdeploy": { # Postdeploy contains the postdeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the postdeploy job. If this is not configured, postdeploy job will not be present. + "postdeploy": { # Postdeploy contains the postdeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the postdeploy job. If this is not configured, the postdeploy job will not be present. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the postdeploy job. "A String", ], }, - "predeploy": { # Predeploy contains the predeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the predeploy job. If this is not configured, predeploy job will not be present. + "predeploy": { # Predeploy contains the predeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the predeploy job. If this is not configured, the predeploy job will not be present. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the predeploy job. "A String", ], @@ -707,12 +707,12 @@

Method Details

}, }, "standard": { # Standard represents the standard deployment strategy. # Optional. Standard deployment strategy executes a single deploy and allows verifying the deployment. - "postdeploy": { # Postdeploy contains the postdeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the postdeploy job. If this is not configured, postdeploy job will not be present. + "postdeploy": { # Postdeploy contains the postdeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the postdeploy job. If this is not configured, the postdeploy job will not be present. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the postdeploy job. "A String", ], }, - "predeploy": { # Predeploy contains the predeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the predeploy job. If this is not configured, predeploy job will not be present. + "predeploy": { # Predeploy contains the predeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the predeploy job. If this is not configured, the predeploy job will not be present. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the predeploy job. "A String", ], @@ -1066,12 +1066,12 @@

Method Details

}, }, "standard": { # Standard represents the standard deployment strategy. # Optional. Standard deployment strategy executes a single deploy and allows verifying the deployment. - "postdeploy": { # Postdeploy contains the postdeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the postdeploy job. If this is not configured, postdeploy job will not be present. + "postdeploy": { # Postdeploy contains the postdeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the postdeploy job. If this is not configured, the postdeploy job will not be present. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the postdeploy job. "A String", ], }, - "predeploy": { # Predeploy contains the predeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the predeploy job. If this is not configured, predeploy job will not be present. + "predeploy": { # Predeploy contains the predeploy job configuration information. # Optional. Configuration for the predeploy job. If this is not configured, the predeploy job will not be present. "actions": [ # Optional. A sequence of Skaffold custom actions to invoke during execution of the predeploy job. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2.folders.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2.folders.html index f69f2417fec..cbee20f5784 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2.folders.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2.folders.html @@ -131,9 +131,13 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # A Folder in an Organization's resource hierarchy, used to organize that Organization's resources. + "configuredCapabilities": [ # Output only. Optional capabilities configured for this folder (via UpdateCapability API). Example: `folders/123/capabilities/app-management`. + "A String", + ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the Folder was created. Assigned by the server. "displayName": "A String", # The folder's display name. A folder's display name must be unique amongst its siblings, e.g. no two folders with the same parent can share the same display name. The display name must start and end with a letter or digit, may contain letters, digits, spaces, hyphens and underscores and can be no longer than 30 characters. This is captured by the regular expression: `[\p{L}\p{N}]([\p{L}\p{N}_- ]{0,28}[\p{L}\p{N}])?`. "lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the lifecycle_state must be performed via DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. + "managementProject": "A String", # Output only. Management Project associated with this folder (if app-management capability is enabled). Example: `projects/google-mp-123` OUTPUT ONLY. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The Folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed via MoveFolder. "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. @@ -186,9 +190,13 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # A Folder in an Organization's resource hierarchy, used to organize that Organization's resources. + "configuredCapabilities": [ # Output only. Optional capabilities configured for this folder (via UpdateCapability API). Example: `folders/123/capabilities/app-management`. + "A String", + ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the Folder was created. Assigned by the server. "displayName": "A String", # The folder's display name. A folder's display name must be unique amongst its siblings, e.g. no two folders with the same parent can share the same display name. The display name must start and end with a letter or digit, may contain letters, digits, spaces, hyphens and underscores and can be no longer than 30 characters. This is captured by the regular expression: `[\p{L}\p{N}]([\p{L}\p{N}_- ]{0,28}[\p{L}\p{N}])?`. "lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the lifecycle_state must be performed via DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. + "managementProject": "A String", # Output only. Management Project associated with this folder (if app-management capability is enabled). Example: `projects/google-mp-123` OUTPUT ONLY. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The Folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed via MoveFolder. "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. @@ -212,9 +220,13 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # A Folder in an Organization's resource hierarchy, used to organize that Organization's resources. + "configuredCapabilities": [ # Output only. Optional capabilities configured for this folder (via UpdateCapability API). Example: `folders/123/capabilities/app-management`. + "A String", + ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the Folder was created. Assigned by the server. "displayName": "A String", # The folder's display name. A folder's display name must be unique amongst its siblings, e.g. no two folders with the same parent can share the same display name. The display name must start and end with a letter or digit, may contain letters, digits, spaces, hyphens and underscores and can be no longer than 30 characters. This is captured by the regular expression: `[\p{L}\p{N}]([\p{L}\p{N}_- ]{0,28}[\p{L}\p{N}])?`. "lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the lifecycle_state must be performed via DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. + "managementProject": "A String", # Output only. Management Project associated with this folder (if app-management capability is enabled). Example: `projects/google-mp-123` OUTPUT ONLY. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The Folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed via MoveFolder. "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. @@ -299,9 +311,13 @@

Method Details

{ # The ListFolders response message. "folders": [ # A possibly paginated list of Folders that are direct descendants of the specified parent resource. { # A Folder in an Organization's resource hierarchy, used to organize that Organization's resources. + "configuredCapabilities": [ # Output only. Optional capabilities configured for this folder (via UpdateCapability API). Example: `folders/123/capabilities/app-management`. + "A String", + ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the Folder was created. Assigned by the server. "displayName": "A String", # The folder's display name. A folder's display name must be unique amongst its siblings, e.g. no two folders with the same parent can share the same display name. The display name must start and end with a letter or digit, may contain letters, digits, spaces, hyphens and underscores and can be no longer than 30 characters. This is captured by the regular expression: `[\p{L}\p{N}]([\p{L}\p{N}_- ]{0,28}[\p{L}\p{N}])?`. "lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the lifecycle_state must be performed via DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. + "managementProject": "A String", # Output only. Management Project associated with this folder (if app-management capability is enabled). Example: `projects/google-mp-123` OUTPUT ONLY. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The Folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed via MoveFolder. "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. @@ -379,9 +395,13 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # A Folder in an Organization's resource hierarchy, used to organize that Organization's resources. + "configuredCapabilities": [ # Output only. Optional capabilities configured for this folder (via UpdateCapability API). Example: `folders/123/capabilities/app-management`. + "A String", + ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the Folder was created. Assigned by the server. "displayName": "A String", # The folder's display name. A folder's display name must be unique amongst its siblings, e.g. no two folders with the same parent can share the same display name. The display name must start and end with a letter or digit, may contain letters, digits, spaces, hyphens and underscores and can be no longer than 30 characters. This is captured by the regular expression: `[\p{L}\p{N}]([\p{L}\p{N}_- ]{0,28}[\p{L}\p{N}])?`. "lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the lifecycle_state must be performed via DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. + "managementProject": "A String", # Output only. Management Project associated with this folder (if app-management capability is enabled). Example: `projects/google-mp-123` OUTPUT ONLY. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The Folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed via MoveFolder. "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. @@ -399,9 +419,13 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # A Folder in an Organization's resource hierarchy, used to organize that Organization's resources. + "configuredCapabilities": [ # Output only. Optional capabilities configured for this folder (via UpdateCapability API). Example: `folders/123/capabilities/app-management`. + "A String", + ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the Folder was created. Assigned by the server. "displayName": "A String", # The folder's display name. A folder's display name must be unique amongst its siblings, e.g. no two folders with the same parent can share the same display name. The display name must start and end with a letter or digit, may contain letters, digits, spaces, hyphens and underscores and can be no longer than 30 characters. This is captured by the regular expression: `[\p{L}\p{N}]([\p{L}\p{N}_- ]{0,28}[\p{L}\p{N}])?`. "lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the lifecycle_state must be performed via DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. + "managementProject": "A String", # Output only. Management Project associated with this folder (if app-management capability is enabled). Example: `projects/google-mp-123` OUTPUT ONLY. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The Folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed via MoveFolder. "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. @@ -435,9 +459,13 @@

Method Details

{ # The response message for searching folders. "folders": [ # A possibly paginated folder search results. the specified parent resource. { # A Folder in an Organization's resource hierarchy, used to organize that Organization's resources. + "configuredCapabilities": [ # Output only. Optional capabilities configured for this folder (via UpdateCapability API). Example: `folders/123/capabilities/app-management`. + "A String", + ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the Folder was created. Assigned by the server. "displayName": "A String", # The folder's display name. A folder's display name must be unique amongst its siblings, e.g. no two folders with the same parent can share the same display name. The display name must start and end with a letter or digit, may contain letters, digits, spaces, hyphens and underscores and can be no longer than 30 characters. This is captured by the regular expression: `[\p{L}\p{N}]([\p{L}\p{N}_- ]{0,28}[\p{L}\p{N}])?`. "lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the lifecycle_state must be performed via DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. + "managementProject": "A String", # Output only. Management Project associated with this folder (if app-management capability is enabled). Example: `projects/google-mp-123` OUTPUT ONLY. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The Folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed via MoveFolder. "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. @@ -599,9 +627,13 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # A Folder in an Organization's resource hierarchy, used to organize that Organization's resources. + "configuredCapabilities": [ # Output only. Optional capabilities configured for this folder (via UpdateCapability API). Example: `folders/123/capabilities/app-management`. + "A String", + ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the Folder was created. Assigned by the server. "displayName": "A String", # The folder's display name. A folder's display name must be unique amongst its siblings, e.g. no two folders with the same parent can share the same display name. The display name must start and end with a letter or digit, may contain letters, digits, spaces, hyphens and underscores and can be no longer than 30 characters. This is captured by the regular expression: `[\p{L}\p{N}]([\p{L}\p{N}_- ]{0,28}[\p{L}\p{N}])?`. "lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the lifecycle_state must be performed via DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. + "managementProject": "A String", # Output only. Management Project associated with this folder (if app-management capability is enabled). Example: `projects/google-mp-123` OUTPUT ONLY. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The Folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed via MoveFolder. "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2beta1.folders.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2beta1.folders.html index ccdf8af6a18..575ad4a6654 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2beta1.folders.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2beta1.folders.html @@ -131,9 +131,13 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # A Folder in an Organization's resource hierarchy, used to organize that Organization's resources. + "configuredCapabilities": [ # Output only. Optional capabilities configured for this folder (via UpdateCapability API). Example: `folders/123/capabilities/app-management`. + "A String", + ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the Folder was created. Assigned by the server. "displayName": "A String", # The folder's display name. A folder's display name must be unique amongst its siblings, e.g. no two folders with the same parent can share the same display name. The display name must start and end with a letter or digit, may contain letters, digits, spaces, hyphens and underscores and can be no longer than 30 characters. This is captured by the regular expression: `[\p{L}\p{N}]([\p{L}\p{N}_- ]{0,28}[\p{L}\p{N}])?`. "lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the lifecycle_state must be performed via DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. + "managementProject": "A String", # Output only. Management Project associated with this folder (if app-management capability is enabled). Example: `projects/google-mp-123` OUTPUT ONLY. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The Folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed via MoveFolder. "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. @@ -186,9 +190,13 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # A Folder in an Organization's resource hierarchy, used to organize that Organization's resources. + "configuredCapabilities": [ # Output only. Optional capabilities configured for this folder (via UpdateCapability API). Example: `folders/123/capabilities/app-management`. + "A String", + ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the Folder was created. Assigned by the server. "displayName": "A String", # The folder's display name. A folder's display name must be unique amongst its siblings, e.g. no two folders with the same parent can share the same display name. The display name must start and end with a letter or digit, may contain letters, digits, spaces, hyphens and underscores and can be no longer than 30 characters. This is captured by the regular expression: `[\p{L}\p{N}]([\p{L}\p{N}_- ]{0,28}[\p{L}\p{N}])?`. "lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the lifecycle_state must be performed via DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. + "managementProject": "A String", # Output only. Management Project associated with this folder (if app-management capability is enabled). Example: `projects/google-mp-123` OUTPUT ONLY. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The Folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed via MoveFolder. "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. @@ -212,9 +220,13 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # A Folder in an Organization's resource hierarchy, used to organize that Organization's resources. + "configuredCapabilities": [ # Output only. Optional capabilities configured for this folder (via UpdateCapability API). Example: `folders/123/capabilities/app-management`. + "A String", + ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the Folder was created. Assigned by the server. "displayName": "A String", # The folder's display name. A folder's display name must be unique amongst its siblings, e.g. no two folders with the same parent can share the same display name. The display name must start and end with a letter or digit, may contain letters, digits, spaces, hyphens and underscores and can be no longer than 30 characters. This is captured by the regular expression: `[\p{L}\p{N}]([\p{L}\p{N}_- ]{0,28}[\p{L}\p{N}])?`. "lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the lifecycle_state must be performed via DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. + "managementProject": "A String", # Output only. Management Project associated with this folder (if app-management capability is enabled). Example: `projects/google-mp-123` OUTPUT ONLY. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The Folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed via MoveFolder. "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. @@ -299,9 +311,13 @@

Method Details

{ # The ListFolders response message. "folders": [ # A possibly paginated list of Folders that are direct descendants of the specified parent resource. { # A Folder in an Organization's resource hierarchy, used to organize that Organization's resources. + "configuredCapabilities": [ # Output only. Optional capabilities configured for this folder (via UpdateCapability API). Example: `folders/123/capabilities/app-management`. + "A String", + ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the Folder was created. Assigned by the server. "displayName": "A String", # The folder's display name. A folder's display name must be unique amongst its siblings, e.g. no two folders with the same parent can share the same display name. The display name must start and end with a letter or digit, may contain letters, digits, spaces, hyphens and underscores and can be no longer than 30 characters. This is captured by the regular expression: `[\p{L}\p{N}]([\p{L}\p{N}_- ]{0,28}[\p{L}\p{N}])?`. "lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the lifecycle_state must be performed via DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. + "managementProject": "A String", # Output only. Management Project associated with this folder (if app-management capability is enabled). Example: `projects/google-mp-123` OUTPUT ONLY. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The Folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed via MoveFolder. "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. @@ -379,9 +395,13 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # A Folder in an Organization's resource hierarchy, used to organize that Organization's resources. + "configuredCapabilities": [ # Output only. Optional capabilities configured for this folder (via UpdateCapability API). Example: `folders/123/capabilities/app-management`. + "A String", + ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the Folder was created. Assigned by the server. "displayName": "A String", # The folder's display name. A folder's display name must be unique amongst its siblings, e.g. no two folders with the same parent can share the same display name. The display name must start and end with a letter or digit, may contain letters, digits, spaces, hyphens and underscores and can be no longer than 30 characters. This is captured by the regular expression: `[\p{L}\p{N}]([\p{L}\p{N}_- ]{0,28}[\p{L}\p{N}])?`. "lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the lifecycle_state must be performed via DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. + "managementProject": "A String", # Output only. Management Project associated with this folder (if app-management capability is enabled). Example: `projects/google-mp-123` OUTPUT ONLY. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The Folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed via MoveFolder. "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. @@ -399,9 +419,13 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # A Folder in an Organization's resource hierarchy, used to organize that Organization's resources. + "configuredCapabilities": [ # Output only. Optional capabilities configured for this folder (via UpdateCapability API). Example: `folders/123/capabilities/app-management`. + "A String", + ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the Folder was created. Assigned by the server. "displayName": "A String", # The folder's display name. A folder's display name must be unique amongst its siblings, e.g. no two folders with the same parent can share the same display name. The display name must start and end with a letter or digit, may contain letters, digits, spaces, hyphens and underscores and can be no longer than 30 characters. This is captured by the regular expression: `[\p{L}\p{N}]([\p{L}\p{N}_- ]{0,28}[\p{L}\p{N}])?`. "lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the lifecycle_state must be performed via DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. + "managementProject": "A String", # Output only. Management Project associated with this folder (if app-management capability is enabled). Example: `projects/google-mp-123` OUTPUT ONLY. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The Folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed via MoveFolder. "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. @@ -435,9 +459,13 @@

Method Details

{ # The response message for searching folders. "folders": [ # A possibly paginated folder search results. the specified parent resource. { # A Folder in an Organization's resource hierarchy, used to organize that Organization's resources. + "configuredCapabilities": [ # Output only. Optional capabilities configured for this folder (via UpdateCapability API). Example: `folders/123/capabilities/app-management`. + "A String", + ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the Folder was created. Assigned by the server. "displayName": "A String", # The folder's display name. A folder's display name must be unique amongst its siblings, e.g. no two folders with the same parent can share the same display name. The display name must start and end with a letter or digit, may contain letters, digits, spaces, hyphens and underscores and can be no longer than 30 characters. This is captured by the regular expression: `[\p{L}\p{N}]([\p{L}\p{N}_- ]{0,28}[\p{L}\p{N}])?`. "lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the lifecycle_state must be performed via DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. + "managementProject": "A String", # Output only. Management Project associated with this folder (if app-management capability is enabled). Example: `projects/google-mp-123` OUTPUT ONLY. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The Folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed via MoveFolder. "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. @@ -599,9 +627,13 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # A Folder in an Organization's resource hierarchy, used to organize that Organization's resources. + "configuredCapabilities": [ # Output only. Optional capabilities configured for this folder (via UpdateCapability API). Example: `folders/123/capabilities/app-management`. + "A String", + ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the Folder was created. Assigned by the server. "displayName": "A String", # The folder's display name. A folder's display name must be unique amongst its siblings, e.g. no two folders with the same parent can share the same display name. The display name must start and end with a letter or digit, may contain letters, digits, spaces, hyphens and underscores and can be no longer than 30 characters. This is captured by the regular expression: `[\p{L}\p{N}]([\p{L}\p{N}_- ]{0,28}[\p{L}\p{N}])?`. "lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the lifecycle_state must be performed via DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. + "managementProject": "A String", # Output only. Management Project associated with this folder (if app-management capability is enabled). Example: `projects/google-mp-123` OUTPUT ONLY. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The Folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed via MoveFolder. "tags": { # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tag keys/values directly bound to this folder. Each item in the map must be expressed as " : ". For example: "123/environment" : "production", "123/costCenter" : "marketing" Note: Currently this field is in Preview. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.folders.capabilities.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.folders.capabilities.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f310afe70bf --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.folders.capabilities.html @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ + + + +

Cloud Resource Manager API . folders . capabilities

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves the Capability identified by the supplied resource name.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates the Capability.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves the Capability identified by the supplied resource name.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the capability to get. For example, `folders/123/capabilities/app-management` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Representation of a Capability.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of the capability. Must be in the following form: * `folders/{folder_id}/capabilities/{capability_name}` For example, `folders/123/capabilities/app-management` Following are the allowed {capability_name} values: * `app-management`
+  "value": True or False, # Required. The configured value of the capability at the given parent resource.
+}
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the Capability.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of the capability. Must be in the following form: * `folders/{folder_id}/capabilities/{capability_name}` For example, `folders/123/capabilities/app-management` Following are the allowed {capability_name} values: * `app-management` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Representation of a Capability.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of the capability. Must be in the following form: * `folders/{folder_id}/capabilities/{capability_name}` For example, `folders/123/capabilities/app-management` Following are the allowed {capability_name} values: * `app-management`
+  "value": True or False, # Required. The configured value of the capability at the given parent resource.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Optional. The list of fields to update. Only [Capability.value] can be updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.folders.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.folders.html index 9bf9312105d..92b8270d8ca 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.folders.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.folders.html @@ -74,6 +74,11 @@

Cloud Resource Manager API . folders

Instance Methods

+

+ capabilities() +

+

Returns the capabilities Resource.

+

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -131,10 +136,14 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # A folder in an organization's resource hierarchy, used to organize that organization's resources. + "configuredCapabilities": [ # Output only. Optional capabilities configured for this folder (via UpdateCapability API). Example: `folders/123/capabilities/app-management`. + "A String", + ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the folder was created. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the folder was requested to be deleted. "displayName": "A String", # The folder's display name. A folder's display name must be unique amongst its siblings. For example, no two folders with the same parent can share the same display name. The display name must start and end with a letter or digit, may contain letters, digits, spaces, hyphens and underscores and can be no longer than 30 characters. This is captured by the regular expression: `[\p{L}\p{N}]([\p{L}\p{N}_- ]{0,28}[\p{L}\p{N}])?`. "etag": "A String", # Output only. A checksum computed by the server based on the current value of the folder resource. This may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. + "managementProject": "A String", # Output only. Management Project associated with this folder (if app-management capability is enabled). Example: `projects/google-mp-123` OUTPUT ONLY. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed using MoveFolder. "state": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the state must be performed using DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. @@ -223,10 +232,14 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # A folder in an organization's resource hierarchy, used to organize that organization's resources. + "configuredCapabilities": [ # Output only. Optional capabilities configured for this folder (via UpdateCapability API). Example: `folders/123/capabilities/app-management`. + "A String", + ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the folder was created. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the folder was requested to be deleted. "displayName": "A String", # The folder's display name. A folder's display name must be unique amongst its siblings. For example, no two folders with the same parent can share the same display name. The display name must start and end with a letter or digit, may contain letters, digits, spaces, hyphens and underscores and can be no longer than 30 characters. This is captured by the regular expression: `[\p{L}\p{N}]([\p{L}\p{N}_- ]{0,28}[\p{L}\p{N}])?`. "etag": "A String", # Output only. A checksum computed by the server based on the current value of the folder resource. This may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. + "managementProject": "A String", # Output only. Management Project associated with this folder (if app-management capability is enabled). Example: `projects/google-mp-123` OUTPUT ONLY. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed using MoveFolder. "state": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the state must be performed using DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. @@ -313,10 +326,14 @@

Method Details

{ # The ListFolders response message. "folders": [ # A possibly paginated list of folders that are direct descendants of the specified parent resource. { # A folder in an organization's resource hierarchy, used to organize that organization's resources. + "configuredCapabilities": [ # Output only. Optional capabilities configured for this folder (via UpdateCapability API). Example: `folders/123/capabilities/app-management`. + "A String", + ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the folder was created. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the folder was requested to be deleted. "displayName": "A String", # The folder's display name. A folder's display name must be unique amongst its siblings. For example, no two folders with the same parent can share the same display name. The display name must start and end with a letter or digit, may contain letters, digits, spaces, hyphens and underscores and can be no longer than 30 characters. This is captured by the regular expression: `[\p{L}\p{N}]([\p{L}\p{N}_- ]{0,28}[\p{L}\p{N}])?`. "etag": "A String", # Output only. A checksum computed by the server based on the current value of the folder resource. This may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. + "managementProject": "A String", # Output only. Management Project associated with this folder (if app-management capability is enabled). Example: `projects/google-mp-123` OUTPUT ONLY. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed using MoveFolder. "state": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the state must be performed using DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. @@ -396,10 +413,14 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # A folder in an organization's resource hierarchy, used to organize that organization's resources. + "configuredCapabilities": [ # Output only. Optional capabilities configured for this folder (via UpdateCapability API). Example: `folders/123/capabilities/app-management`. + "A String", + ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the folder was created. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the folder was requested to be deleted. "displayName": "A String", # The folder's display name. A folder's display name must be unique amongst its siblings. For example, no two folders with the same parent can share the same display name. The display name must start and end with a letter or digit, may contain letters, digits, spaces, hyphens and underscores and can be no longer than 30 characters. This is captured by the regular expression: `[\p{L}\p{N}]([\p{L}\p{N}_- ]{0,28}[\p{L}\p{N}])?`. "etag": "A String", # Output only. A checksum computed by the server based on the current value of the folder resource. This may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. + "managementProject": "A String", # Output only. Management Project associated with this folder (if app-management capability is enabled). Example: `projects/google-mp-123` OUTPUT ONLY. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed using MoveFolder. "state": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the state must be performed using DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. @@ -458,10 +479,14 @@

Method Details

{ # The response message for searching folders. "folders": [ # A possibly paginated folder search results. the specified parent resource. { # A folder in an organization's resource hierarchy, used to organize that organization's resources. + "configuredCapabilities": [ # Output only. Optional capabilities configured for this folder (via UpdateCapability API). Example: `folders/123/capabilities/app-management`. + "A String", + ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the folder was created. "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when the folder was requested to be deleted. "displayName": "A String", # The folder's display name. A folder's display name must be unique amongst its siblings. For example, no two folders with the same parent can share the same display name. The display name must start and end with a letter or digit, may contain letters, digits, spaces, hyphens and underscores and can be no longer than 30 characters. This is captured by the regular expression: `[\p{L}\p{N}]([\p{L}\p{N}_- ]{0,28}[\p{L}\p{N}])?`. "etag": "A String", # Output only. A checksum computed by the server based on the current value of the folder resource. This may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. + "managementProject": "A String", # Output only. Management Project associated with this folder (if app-management capability is enabled). Example: `projects/google-mp-123` OUTPUT ONLY. "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: "folders/1234". "parent": "A String", # Required. The folder's parent's resource name. Updates to the folder's parent must be performed using MoveFolder. "state": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the folder. Updates to the state must be performed using DeleteFolder and UndeleteFolder. diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.html index a65bef14396..410d8811a59 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.html +++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.html @@ -79,11 +79,6 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the connectionSchemaMetadata Resource.

-

- endUserAuthentications() -

-

Returns the endUserAuthentications Resource.

-

eventSubscriptions()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.global_.customConnectors.customConnectorVersions.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.global_.customConnectors.customConnectorVersions.html index 6f08b1b4bca..f7b49377ea7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.global_.customConnectors.customConnectorVersions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.global_.customConnectors.customConnectorVersions.html @@ -105,7 +105,8 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # CustomConnectorVersion indicates a specific version of a connector. - "authConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Authentication config for accessing connector facade/ proxy. This is used only when enable_backend_destination_config is true. + "asyncOperationsSupport": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if Async Operations/Connector Job is supported. This is only available for SDK based custom connectors. + "authConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Authentication config for accessing connector service (facade). This is used only when enable_backend_destination_config is true. "additionalVariables": [ # List containing additional auth configs. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. @@ -177,7 +178,87 @@

Method Details

"username": "A String", # Username. }, }, - "backendVariableTemplates": [ # Optional. Backend variables config templates. This translates to additional variable templates in connection. + "authConfigTemplates": [ # Optional. Auth Config Templates is only used when connector backend is enabled. This is used to specify the auth configs supported by the connector backend service to talk to the actual application backend. + { # AuthConfigTemplate defines required field over an authentication type. + "authKey": "A String", # Identifier key for auth config + "authType": "A String", # The type of authentication configured. + "configVariableTemplates": [ # Config variables to describe an `AuthConfig` for a `Connection`. + { # ConfigVariableTemplate provides metadata about a `ConfigVariable` that is used in a Connection. + "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Optional. Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` + "clientId": "A String", # Optional. The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. + "clientSecret": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. The client secret assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. + "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. + }, + "enablePkce": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow. + "omitQueryParams": True or False, # Optional. Omit query params from the redirect URI. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source. + "A String", + ], + "uri": "A String", # Optional. The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow. + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the parameter. + "enumOptions": [ # Optional. Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM` + { # EnumOption definition + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the option. + "id": "A String", # Optional. Id of the option. + }, + ], + "enumSource": "A String", # Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options + "isAdvanced": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. + "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections. + "multipleSelectConfig": { # MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. # Optional. MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. + "allowCustomValues": True or False, # Optional. Allow custom values. + "multipleSelectOptions": [ # Required. Multiple select options. + { # MultiplSelecteOption represents the single option for a config variable. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Value of the option. + "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the option. + "key": "A String", # Required. Key of the option. + "preselected": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the option is preselected. + }, + ], + "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. Only "," can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field. + }, + "required": True or False, # Optional. Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. + "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Optional. Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. + "fieldComparisons": [ # Optional. A list of fields to be compared. + { # Field that needs to be compared. + "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value + "comparator": "A String", # Optional. Comparator to use for comparing the field value. + "intValue": "A String", # Integer value + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the field. + "stringValue": "A String", # String value + }, + ], + "logicalExpressions": [ # Optional. A list of nested conditions to be compared. + # Object with schema name: LogicalExpression + ], + "logicalOperator": "A String", # Optional. The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions. + }, + "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Optional. Role grant configuration for the config variable. + "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. + "principal": "A String", # Optional. Principal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. + "resource": { # Resource definition # Optional. Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. + "pathTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Different types of resource supported. + }, + "roles": [ # Optional. List of roles that need to be granted. + "A String", + ], + }, + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the config variable. + "validationRegex": "A String", # Optional. Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`. + "valueType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation. + }, + ], + "description": "A String", # Connector specific description for an authentication template. + "displayName": "A String", # Display name for authentication template. + "isDefault": True or False, # Whether the auth config is the default one. + }, + ], + "authOverrideSupport": True or False, # Optional. Auth override support. + "backendVariableTemplates": [ # Optional. Backend variable templates is only used when connector backend is enabled. This is used to specify the variables required by the connector backend service to talk to the actual application backend. This translates to additional variable templates in the connection config. { # ConfigVariableTemplate provides metadata about a `ConfigVariable` that is used in a Connection. "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Optional. Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` "clientId": "A String", # Optional. The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. @@ -248,7 +329,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Created time. - "destinationConfigs": [ # Optional. Destination config(s) for accessing connector facade/ proxy. This is used only when enable_backend_destination_config is true. + "destinationConfigs": [ # Optional. Destination config(s) for accessing connector service (facade). This is used only when enable_backend_destination_config is true. { # Define the Connectors target endpoint. "destinations": [ # The destinations for the key. { @@ -260,7 +341,7 @@

Method Details

"key": "A String", # The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. }, ], - "enableBackendDestinationConfig": True or False, # Optional. When enabled, the connector will be a facade/ proxy, and connects to the destination provided during connection creation. + "enableBackendDestinationConfig": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if an intermediatory connectorservice is used as backend. When this is enabled, the connector destination and connector auth config are required. For SDK based connectors, this is always enabled. "labels": { # Optional. Resource labels to represent user-provided metadata. Refer to cloud documentation on labels for more details. https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/labeling-resources "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -291,8 +372,8 @@

Method Details

"publishedSource": "A String", # Output only. Custom connector name. Will be set on the partner connector. Format: providers/customconnectors/connectors//versions/ }, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. Service account used by runtime plane to access auth config secrets. - "specLocation": "A String", # Optional. Location of the custom connector spec. The location can be either a public url like `https://public-url.com/spec` Or a Google Cloud Storage location like `gs:///` - "specServerUrls": [ # Output only. Server URLs parsed from the spec. + "specLocation": "A String", # Optional. Location of the custom connector spec. This is only used for Open API based custom connectors. The location can be either a public url like `https://public-url.com/spec` Or a Google Cloud Storage location like `gs:///`. + "specServerUrls": [ # Output only. Server URLs parsed from the Open API spec. This is only used for Open API based custom connectors. "A String", ], "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the custom connector version. @@ -344,7 +425,8 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # CustomConnectorVersion indicates a specific version of a connector. - "authConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Authentication config for accessing connector facade/ proxy. This is used only when enable_backend_destination_config is true. + "asyncOperationsSupport": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if Async Operations/Connector Job is supported. This is only available for SDK based custom connectors. + "authConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Authentication config for accessing connector service (facade). This is used only when enable_backend_destination_config is true. "additionalVariables": [ # List containing additional auth configs. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. @@ -416,7 +498,87 @@

Method Details

"username": "A String", # Username. }, }, - "backendVariableTemplates": [ # Optional. Backend variables config templates. This translates to additional variable templates in connection. + "authConfigTemplates": [ # Optional. Auth Config Templates is only used when connector backend is enabled. This is used to specify the auth configs supported by the connector backend service to talk to the actual application backend. + { # AuthConfigTemplate defines required field over an authentication type. + "authKey": "A String", # Identifier key for auth config + "authType": "A String", # The type of authentication configured. + "configVariableTemplates": [ # Config variables to describe an `AuthConfig` for a `Connection`. + { # ConfigVariableTemplate provides metadata about a `ConfigVariable` that is used in a Connection. + "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Optional. Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` + "clientId": "A String", # Optional. The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. + "clientSecret": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. The client secret assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. + "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. + }, + "enablePkce": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow. + "omitQueryParams": True or False, # Optional. Omit query params from the redirect URI. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source. + "A String", + ], + "uri": "A String", # Optional. The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow. + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the parameter. + "enumOptions": [ # Optional. Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM` + { # EnumOption definition + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the option. + "id": "A String", # Optional. Id of the option. + }, + ], + "enumSource": "A String", # Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options + "isAdvanced": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. + "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections. + "multipleSelectConfig": { # MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. # Optional. MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. + "allowCustomValues": True or False, # Optional. Allow custom values. + "multipleSelectOptions": [ # Required. Multiple select options. + { # MultiplSelecteOption represents the single option for a config variable. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Value of the option. + "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the option. + "key": "A String", # Required. Key of the option. + "preselected": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the option is preselected. + }, + ], + "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. Only "," can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field. + }, + "required": True or False, # Optional. Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. + "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Optional. Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. + "fieldComparisons": [ # Optional. A list of fields to be compared. + { # Field that needs to be compared. + "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value + "comparator": "A String", # Optional. Comparator to use for comparing the field value. + "intValue": "A String", # Integer value + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the field. + "stringValue": "A String", # String value + }, + ], + "logicalExpressions": [ # Optional. A list of nested conditions to be compared. + # Object with schema name: LogicalExpression + ], + "logicalOperator": "A String", # Optional. The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions. + }, + "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Optional. Role grant configuration for the config variable. + "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. + "principal": "A String", # Optional. Principal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. + "resource": { # Resource definition # Optional. Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. + "pathTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Different types of resource supported. + }, + "roles": [ # Optional. List of roles that need to be granted. + "A String", + ], + }, + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the config variable. + "validationRegex": "A String", # Optional. Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`. + "valueType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation. + }, + ], + "description": "A String", # Connector specific description for an authentication template. + "displayName": "A String", # Display name for authentication template. + "isDefault": True or False, # Whether the auth config is the default one. + }, + ], + "authOverrideSupport": True or False, # Optional. Auth override support. + "backendVariableTemplates": [ # Optional. Backend variable templates is only used when connector backend is enabled. This is used to specify the variables required by the connector backend service to talk to the actual application backend. This translates to additional variable templates in the connection config. { # ConfigVariableTemplate provides metadata about a `ConfigVariable` that is used in a Connection. "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Optional. Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` "clientId": "A String", # Optional. The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. @@ -487,7 +649,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Created time. - "destinationConfigs": [ # Optional. Destination config(s) for accessing connector facade/ proxy. This is used only when enable_backend_destination_config is true. + "destinationConfigs": [ # Optional. Destination config(s) for accessing connector service (facade). This is used only when enable_backend_destination_config is true. { # Define the Connectors target endpoint. "destinations": [ # The destinations for the key. { @@ -499,7 +661,7 @@

Method Details

"key": "A String", # The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. }, ], - "enableBackendDestinationConfig": True or False, # Optional. When enabled, the connector will be a facade/ proxy, and connects to the destination provided during connection creation. + "enableBackendDestinationConfig": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if an intermediatory connectorservice is used as backend. When this is enabled, the connector destination and connector auth config are required. For SDK based connectors, this is always enabled. "labels": { # Optional. Resource labels to represent user-provided metadata. Refer to cloud documentation on labels for more details. https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/labeling-resources "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -530,8 +692,8 @@

Method Details

"publishedSource": "A String", # Output only. Custom connector name. Will be set on the partner connector. Format: providers/customconnectors/connectors//versions/ }, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. Service account used by runtime plane to access auth config secrets. - "specLocation": "A String", # Optional. Location of the custom connector spec. The location can be either a public url like `https://public-url.com/spec` Or a Google Cloud Storage location like `gs:///` - "specServerUrls": [ # Output only. Server URLs parsed from the spec. + "specLocation": "A String", # Optional. Location of the custom connector spec. This is only used for Open API based custom connectors. The location can be either a public url like `https://public-url.com/spec` Or a Google Cloud Storage location like `gs:///`. + "specServerUrls": [ # Output only. Server URLs parsed from the Open API spec. This is only used for Open API based custom connectors. "A String", ], "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the custom connector version. @@ -558,7 +720,8 @@

Method Details

{ # Response message for Connectors.ListCustomConnectorVersions. "customConnectorVersions": [ # A list of connector versions. { # CustomConnectorVersion indicates a specific version of a connector. - "authConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Authentication config for accessing connector facade/ proxy. This is used only when enable_backend_destination_config is true. + "asyncOperationsSupport": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if Async Operations/Connector Job is supported. This is only available for SDK based custom connectors. + "authConfig": { # AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type. # Optional. Authentication config for accessing connector service (facade). This is used only when enable_backend_destination_config is true. "additionalVariables": [ # List containing additional auth configs. { # ConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a Connection. or AuthConfig. "boolValue": True or False, # Value is a bool. @@ -630,7 +793,87 @@

Method Details

"username": "A String", # Username. }, }, - "backendVariableTemplates": [ # Optional. Backend variables config templates. This translates to additional variable templates in connection. + "authConfigTemplates": [ # Optional. Auth Config Templates is only used when connector backend is enabled. This is used to specify the auth configs supported by the connector backend service to talk to the actual application backend. + { # AuthConfigTemplate defines required field over an authentication type. + "authKey": "A String", # Identifier key for auth config + "authType": "A String", # The type of authentication configured. + "configVariableTemplates": [ # Config variables to describe an `AuthConfig` for a `Connection`. + { # ConfigVariableTemplate provides metadata about a `ConfigVariable` that is used in a Connection. + "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Optional. Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` + "clientId": "A String", # Optional. The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. + "clientSecret": { # Secret provides a reference to entries in Secret Manager. # Optional. The client secret assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. + "secretVersion": "A String", # The resource name of the secret version in the format, format as: `projects/*/secrets/*/versions/*`. + }, + "enablePkce": True or False, # Optional. Whether to enable PKCE for the auth code flow. + "omitQueryParams": True or False, # Optional. Omit query params from the redirect URI. + "scopes": [ # Optional. The scopes for which the user will authorize Google Cloud Connectors on the connector data source. + "A String", + ], + "uri": "A String", # Optional. The base URI the user must click to trigger the authorization code login flow. + }, + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description. + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the parameter. + "enumOptions": [ # Optional. Enum options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `ENUM` + { # EnumOption definition + "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the option. + "id": "A String", # Optional. Id of the option. + }, + ], + "enumSource": "A String", # Optional. enum source denotes the source of api to fill the enum options + "isAdvanced": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if current template is part of advanced settings + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the config variable. + "locationType": "A String", # Optional. Location Tyep denotes where this value should be sent in BYOC connections. + "multipleSelectConfig": { # MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. # Optional. MultipleSelectConfig represents the multiple options for a config variable. + "allowCustomValues": True or False, # Optional. Allow custom values. + "multipleSelectOptions": [ # Required. Multiple select options. + { # MultiplSelecteOption represents the single option for a config variable. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Value of the option. + "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the option. + "key": "A String", # Required. Key of the option. + "preselected": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the option is preselected. + }, + ], + "valueSeparator": "A String", # Required. Value separator. Only "," can be used for OAuth auth code flow scope field. + }, + "required": True or False, # Optional. Flag represents that this `ConfigVariable` must be provided for a connection. + "requiredCondition": { # Struct for representing boolean expressions. # Optional. Condition under which a field would be required. The condition can be represented in the form of a logical expression. + "fieldComparisons": [ # Optional. A list of fields to be compared. + { # Field that needs to be compared. + "boolValue": True or False, # Boolean value + "comparator": "A String", # Optional. Comparator to use for comparing the field value. + "intValue": "A String", # Integer value + "key": "A String", # Optional. Key of the field. + "stringValue": "A String", # String value + }, + ], + "logicalExpressions": [ # Optional. A list of nested conditions to be compared. + # Object with schema name: LogicalExpression + ], + "logicalOperator": "A String", # Optional. The logical operator to use between the fields and conditions. + }, + "roleGrant": { # This configuration defines all the Cloud IAM roles that needs to be granted to a particular Google Cloud resource for the selected principal like service account. These configurations will let UI display to customers what IAM roles need to be granted by them. Or these configurations can be used by the UI to render a 'grant' button to do the same on behalf of the user. # Optional. Role grant configuration for the config variable. + "helperTextTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template that UI can use to provide helper text to customers. + "principal": "A String", # Optional. Principal/Identity for whom the role need to assigned. + "resource": { # Resource definition # Optional. Resource on which the roles needs to be granted for the principal. + "pathTemplate": "A String", # Optional. Template to uniquely represent a Google Cloud resource in a format IAM expects This is a template that can have references to other values provided in the config variable template. + "type": "A String", # Optional. Different types of resource supported. + }, + "roles": [ # Optional. List of roles that need to be granted. + "A String", + ], + }, + "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the config variable. + "validationRegex": "A String", # Optional. Regular expression in RE2 syntax used for validating the `value` of a `ConfigVariable`. + "valueType": "A String", # Optional. Type of the parameter: string, int, bool etc. consider custom type for the benefit for the validation. + }, + ], + "description": "A String", # Connector specific description for an authentication template. + "displayName": "A String", # Display name for authentication template. + "isDefault": True or False, # Whether the auth config is the default one. + }, + ], + "authOverrideSupport": True or False, # Optional. Auth override support. + "backendVariableTemplates": [ # Optional. Backend variable templates is only used when connector backend is enabled. This is used to specify the variables required by the connector backend service to talk to the actual application backend. This translates to additional variable templates in the connection config. { # ConfigVariableTemplate provides metadata about a `ConfigVariable` that is used in a Connection. "authorizationCodeLink": { # This configuration captures the details required to render an authorization link for the OAuth Authorization Code Flow. # Optional. Authorization code link options. To be populated if `ValueType` is `AUTHORIZATION_CODE` "clientId": "A String", # Optional. The client ID assigned to the Google Cloud Connectors OAuth app for the connector data source. @@ -701,7 +944,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Created time. - "destinationConfigs": [ # Optional. Destination config(s) for accessing connector facade/ proxy. This is used only when enable_backend_destination_config is true. + "destinationConfigs": [ # Optional. Destination config(s) for accessing connector service (facade). This is used only when enable_backend_destination_config is true. { # Define the Connectors target endpoint. "destinations": [ # The destinations for the key. { @@ -713,7 +956,7 @@

Method Details

"key": "A String", # The key is the destination identifier that is supported by the Connector. }, ], - "enableBackendDestinationConfig": True or False, # Optional. When enabled, the connector will be a facade/ proxy, and connects to the destination provided during connection creation. + "enableBackendDestinationConfig": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if an intermediatory connectorservice is used as backend. When this is enabled, the connector destination and connector auth config are required. For SDK based connectors, this is always enabled. "labels": { # Optional. Resource labels to represent user-provided metadata. Refer to cloud documentation on labels for more details. https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/labeling-resources "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -744,8 +987,8 @@

Method Details

"publishedSource": "A String", # Output only. Custom connector name. Will be set on the partner connector. Format: providers/customconnectors/connectors//versions/ }, "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. Service account used by runtime plane to access auth config secrets. - "specLocation": "A String", # Optional. Location of the custom connector spec. The location can be either a public url like `https://public-url.com/spec` Or a Google Cloud Storage location like `gs:///` - "specServerUrls": [ # Output only. Server URLs parsed from the spec. + "specLocation": "A String", # Optional. Location of the custom connector spec. This is only used for Open API based custom connectors. The location can be either a public url like `https://public-url.com/spec` Or a Google Cloud Storage location like `gs:///`. + "specServerUrls": [ # Output only. Server URLs parsed from the Open API spec. This is only used for Open API based custom connectors. "A String", ], "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the custom connector version. diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.providers.connectors.versions.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.providers.connectors.versions.html index f50c40a581a..940df3cb511 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.providers.connectors.versions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.providers.connectors.versions.html @@ -868,7 +868,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "isAsyncOperationsSupported": True or False, # Output only. Is async operations supported. "isCustomActionsSupported": True or False, # Output only. Is custom actions supported. "isCustomEntitiesSupported": True or False, # Output only. Is custom entities supported. "labels": { # Output only. Resource labels to represent user-provided metadata. Refer to cloud documentation on labels for more details. https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/labeling-resources @@ -987,6 +986,7 @@

Method Details

}, "supportedRuntimeFeatures": { # Supported runtime features of a connector version. # Output only. Information about the runtime features supported by the Connector. "actionApis": True or False, # Specifies if the connector supports action apis like 'executeAction'. + "asyncOperations": True or False, # Specifies if the connector supports async long running operations. "entityApis": True or False, # Specifies if the connector supports entity apis like 'createEntity'. "sqlQuery": True or False, # Specifies if the connector supports 'ExecuteSqlQuery' operation. }, @@ -1720,7 +1720,6 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "isAsyncOperationsSupported": True or False, # Output only. Is async operations supported. "isCustomActionsSupported": True or False, # Output only. Is custom actions supported. "isCustomEntitiesSupported": True or False, # Output only. Is custom entities supported. "labels": { # Output only. Resource labels to represent user-provided metadata. Refer to cloud documentation on labels for more details. https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/labeling-resources @@ -1839,6 +1838,7 @@

Method Details

}, "supportedRuntimeFeatures": { # Supported runtime features of a connector version. # Output only. Information about the runtime features supported by the Connector. "actionApis": True or False, # Specifies if the connector supports action apis like 'executeAction'. + "asyncOperations": True or False, # Specifies if the connector supports async long running operations. "entityApis": True or False, # Specifies if the connector supports entity apis like 'createEntity'. "sqlQuery": True or False, # Specifies if the connector supports 'ExecuteSqlQuery' operation. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.liasettings.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.liasettings.html index 1fd9789dc2a..c1d1ca478c1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.liasettings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.liasettings.html @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@

Instance Methods

Requests inventory validation for the specified country.

setinventoryverificationcontact(merchantId, accountId, country, language, contactName, contactEmail, x__xgafv=None)

-

Sets the inventory verification contract for the specified country.

+

Sets the inventory verification contact for the specified country.

setomnichannelexperience(merchantId, accountId, country=None, lsfType=None, pickupTypes=None, x__xgafv=None)

Sets the omnichannel experience for the specified country. Only supported for merchants whose POS data provider is trusted to enable the corresponding experience. For more context, see these help articles [about LFP](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7676652) and [how to get started](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7676578) with it.

@@ -513,7 +513,7 @@

Method Details

setinventoryverificationcontact(merchantId, accountId, country, language, contactName, contactEmail, x__xgafv=None) -
Sets the inventory verification contract for the specified country.
+  
Sets the inventory verification contact for the specified country.
 
 Args:
   merchantId: string, The ID of the managing account. If this parameter is not the same as accountId, then this account must be a multi-client account and `accountId` must be the ID of a sub-account of this account. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/css_v1.accounts.cssProductInputs.html b/docs/dyn/css_v1.accounts.cssProductInputs.html
index fdf490e97fc..008379d8898 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/css_v1.accounts.cssProductInputs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/css_v1.accounts.cssProductInputs.html
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ 

Method Details

"feedLabel": "A String", # Required. The [feed label](https://developers.google.com/shopping-content/guides/products/feed-labels) for the CSS Product. Feed Label is synonymous to "target country" and hence should always be a valid region code. For example: 'DE' for Germany, 'FR' for France. "finalName": "A String", # Output only. The name of the processed CSS Product. Format: `accounts/{account}/cssProducts/{css_product}` " "freshnessTime": "A String", # DEPRECATED. Use expiration_date instead. Represents the existing version (freshness) of the CSS Product, which can be used to preserve the right order when multiple updates are done at the same time. This field must not be set to the future time. If set, the update is prevented if a newer version of the item already exists in our system (that is the last update time of the existing CSS products is later than the freshness time set in the update). If the update happens, the last update time is then set to this freshness time. If not set, the update will not be prevented and the last update time will default to when this request was received by the CSS API. If the operation is prevented, the aborted exception will be thrown. - "name": "A String", # The name of the CSS Product input. Format: `accounts/{account}/cssProductInputs/{css_product_input}`, where the last section `css_product_input` consists of 3 parts: contentLanguage~feedLabel~offerId. Example: accounts/123/cssProductInputs/de~DE~rawProvidedId123 + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the CSS Product input. Format: `accounts/{account}/cssProductInputs/{css_product_input}`, where the last section `css_product_input` consists of 3 parts: contentLanguage~feedLabel~offerId. Example: accounts/123/cssProductInputs/de~DE~rawProvidedId123 "rawProvidedId": "A String", # Required. Your unique identifier for the CSS Product. This is the same for the CSS Product input and processed CSS Product. We only allow ids with alphanumerics, underscores and dashes. See the [products feed specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#id) for details. } @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@

Method Details

"feedLabel": "A String", # Required. The [feed label](https://developers.google.com/shopping-content/guides/products/feed-labels) for the CSS Product. Feed Label is synonymous to "target country" and hence should always be a valid region code. For example: 'DE' for Germany, 'FR' for France. "finalName": "A String", # Output only. The name of the processed CSS Product. Format: `accounts/{account}/cssProducts/{css_product}` " "freshnessTime": "A String", # DEPRECATED. Use expiration_date instead. Represents the existing version (freshness) of the CSS Product, which can be used to preserve the right order when multiple updates are done at the same time. This field must not be set to the future time. If set, the update is prevented if a newer version of the item already exists in our system (that is the last update time of the existing CSS products is later than the freshness time set in the update). If the update happens, the last update time is then set to this freshness time. If not set, the update will not be prevented and the last update time will default to when this request was received by the CSS API. If the operation is prevented, the aborted exception will be thrown. - "name": "A String", # The name of the CSS Product input. Format: `accounts/{account}/cssProductInputs/{css_product_input}`, where the last section `css_product_input` consists of 3 parts: contentLanguage~feedLabel~offerId. Example: accounts/123/cssProductInputs/de~DE~rawProvidedId123 + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the CSS Product input. Format: `accounts/{account}/cssProductInputs/{css_product_input}`, where the last section `css_product_input` consists of 3 parts: contentLanguage~feedLabel~offerId. Example: accounts/123/cssProductInputs/de~DE~rawProvidedId123 "rawProvidedId": "A String", # Required. Your unique identifier for the CSS Product. This is the same for the CSS Product input and processed CSS Product. We only allow ids with alphanumerics, underscores and dashes. See the [products feed specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#id) for details. }
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@

Method Details

Updates the existing Css Product input in your CSS Center account. After inserting, updating, or deleting a CSS Product input, it may take several minutes before the processed Css Product can be retrieved.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, The name of the CSS Product input. Format: `accounts/{account}/cssProductInputs/{css_product_input}`, where the last section `css_product_input` consists of 3 parts: contentLanguage~feedLabel~offerId. Example: accounts/123/cssProductInputs/de~DE~rawProvidedId123 (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. The name of the CSS Product input. Format: `accounts/{account}/cssProductInputs/{css_product_input}`, where the last section `css_product_input` consists of 3 parts: contentLanguage~feedLabel~offerId. Example: accounts/123/cssProductInputs/de~DE~rawProvidedId123 (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ 

Method Details

"feedLabel": "A String", # Required. The [feed label](https://developers.google.com/shopping-content/guides/products/feed-labels) for the CSS Product. Feed Label is synonymous to "target country" and hence should always be a valid region code. For example: 'DE' for Germany, 'FR' for France. "finalName": "A String", # Output only. The name of the processed CSS Product. Format: `accounts/{account}/cssProducts/{css_product}` " "freshnessTime": "A String", # DEPRECATED. Use expiration_date instead. Represents the existing version (freshness) of the CSS Product, which can be used to preserve the right order when multiple updates are done at the same time. This field must not be set to the future time. If set, the update is prevented if a newer version of the item already exists in our system (that is the last update time of the existing CSS products is later than the freshness time set in the update). If the update happens, the last update time is then set to this freshness time. If not set, the update will not be prevented and the last update time will default to when this request was received by the CSS API. If the operation is prevented, the aborted exception will be thrown. - "name": "A String", # The name of the CSS Product input. Format: `accounts/{account}/cssProductInputs/{css_product_input}`, where the last section `css_product_input` consists of 3 parts: contentLanguage~feedLabel~offerId. Example: accounts/123/cssProductInputs/de~DE~rawProvidedId123 + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the CSS Product input. Format: `accounts/{account}/cssProductInputs/{css_product_input}`, where the last section `css_product_input` consists of 3 parts: contentLanguage~feedLabel~offerId. Example: accounts/123/cssProductInputs/de~DE~rawProvidedId123 "rawProvidedId": "A String", # Required. Your unique identifier for the CSS Product. This is the same for the CSS Product input and processed CSS Product. We only allow ids with alphanumerics, underscores and dashes. See the [products feed specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#id) for details. } @@ -684,7 +684,7 @@

Method Details

"feedLabel": "A String", # Required. The [feed label](https://developers.google.com/shopping-content/guides/products/feed-labels) for the CSS Product. Feed Label is synonymous to "target country" and hence should always be a valid region code. For example: 'DE' for Germany, 'FR' for France. "finalName": "A String", # Output only. The name of the processed CSS Product. Format: `accounts/{account}/cssProducts/{css_product}` " "freshnessTime": "A String", # DEPRECATED. Use expiration_date instead. Represents the existing version (freshness) of the CSS Product, which can be used to preserve the right order when multiple updates are done at the same time. This field must not be set to the future time. If set, the update is prevented if a newer version of the item already exists in our system (that is the last update time of the existing CSS products is later than the freshness time set in the update). If the update happens, the last update time is then set to this freshness time. If not set, the update will not be prevented and the last update time will default to when this request was received by the CSS API. If the operation is prevented, the aborted exception will be thrown. - "name": "A String", # The name of the CSS Product input. Format: `accounts/{account}/cssProductInputs/{css_product_input}`, where the last section `css_product_input` consists of 3 parts: contentLanguage~feedLabel~offerId. Example: accounts/123/cssProductInputs/de~DE~rawProvidedId123 + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the CSS Product input. Format: `accounts/{account}/cssProductInputs/{css_product_input}`, where the last section `css_product_input` consists of 3 parts: contentLanguage~feedLabel~offerId. Example: accounts/123/cssProductInputs/de~DE~rawProvidedId123 "rawProvidedId": "A String", # Required. Your unique identifier for the CSS Product. This is the same for the CSS Product input and processed CSS Product. We only allow ids with alphanumerics, underscores and dashes. See the [products feed specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#id) for details. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/css_v1.accounts.labels.html b/docs/dyn/css_v1.accounts.labels.html index 68e46ee5924..650c3a4b09b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/css_v1.accounts.labels.html +++ b/docs/dyn/css_v1.accounts.labels.html @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # The display name of this label. "labelId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the label. "labelType": "A String", # Output only. The type of this label. - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the label. Format: accounts/{account}/labels/{label} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the label. Format: accounts/{account}/labels/{label} } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # The display name of this label. "labelId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the label. "labelType": "A String", # Output only. The type of this label. - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the label. Format: accounts/{account}/labels/{label} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the label. Format: accounts/{account}/labels/{label} }
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # The display name of this label. "labelId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the label. "labelType": "A String", # Output only. The type of this label. - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the label. Format: accounts/{account}/labels/{label} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the label. Format: accounts/{account}/labels/{label} }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@

Method Details

Updates a label.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, The resource name of the label. Format: accounts/{account}/labels/{label} (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name of the label. Format: accounts/{account}/labels/{label} (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ 

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # The display name of this label. "labelId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the label. "labelType": "A String", # Output only. The type of this label. - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the label. Format: accounts/{account}/labels/{label} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the label. Format: accounts/{account}/labels/{label} } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # The display name of this label. "labelId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the label. "labelType": "A String", # Output only. The type of this label. - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the label. Format: accounts/{account}/labels/{label} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the label. Format: accounts/{account}/labels/{label} }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.jobs.html index da69f93cdbe..9063a5e26d8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.jobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.jobs.html @@ -1566,6 +1566,7 @@

Method Details

"metricTime": "A String", # Timestamp as of which metric values are current. "metrics": [ # All metrics for this job. { # Describes the state of a metric. + "boundedTrie": "", # Worker-computed aggregate value for the "Trie" aggregation kind. The only possible value type is a BoundedTrieNode. Introduced this field to avoid breaking older SDKs when Dataflow service starts to populate the `bounded_trie` field. "cumulative": True or False, # True if this metric is reported as the total cumulative aggregate value accumulated since the worker started working on this WorkItem. By default this is false, indicating that this metric is reported as a delta that is not associated with any WorkItem. "distribution": "", # A struct value describing properties of a distribution of numeric values. "gauge": "", # A struct value describing properties of a Gauge. Metrics of gauge type show the value of a metric across time, and is aggregated based on the newest value. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.jobs.workItems.html b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.jobs.workItems.html index 96988cc0d14..30b1bc7d5fe 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.jobs.workItems.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.jobs.workItems.html @@ -897,6 +897,7 @@

Method Details

], "metricUpdates": [ # DEPRECATED in favor of counter_updates. { # Describes the state of a metric. + "boundedTrie": "", # Worker-computed aggregate value for the "Trie" aggregation kind. The only possible value type is a BoundedTrieNode. Introduced this field to avoid breaking older SDKs when Dataflow service starts to populate the `bounded_trie` field. "cumulative": True or False, # True if this metric is reported as the total cumulative aggregate value accumulated since the worker started working on this WorkItem. By default this is false, indicating that this metric is reported as a delta that is not associated with any WorkItem. "distribution": "", # A struct value describing properties of a distribution of numeric values. "gauge": "", # A struct value describing properties of a Gauge. Metrics of gauge type show the value of a metric across time, and is aggregated based on the newest value. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.jobs.html index bdaad6c1437..8c513c64e9e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.jobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.jobs.html @@ -1196,6 +1196,7 @@

Method Details

"endTime": "A String", # End time of this stage. If the work item is completed, this is the actual end time of the stage. Otherwise, it is the predicted end time. "metrics": [ # Metrics for this stage. { # Describes the state of a metric. + "boundedTrie": "", # Worker-computed aggregate value for the "Trie" aggregation kind. The only possible value type is a BoundedTrieNode. Introduced this field to avoid breaking older SDKs when Dataflow service starts to populate the `bounded_trie` field. "cumulative": True or False, # True if this metric is reported as the total cumulative aggregate value accumulated since the worker started working on this WorkItem. By default this is false, indicating that this metric is reported as a delta that is not associated with any WorkItem. "distribution": "", # A struct value describing properties of a distribution of numeric values. "gauge": "", # A struct value describing properties of a Gauge. Metrics of gauge type show the value of a metric across time, and is aggregated based on the newest value. @@ -1301,6 +1302,7 @@

Method Details

"metricTime": "A String", # Timestamp as of which metric values are current. "metrics": [ # All metrics for this job. { # Describes the state of a metric. + "boundedTrie": "", # Worker-computed aggregate value for the "Trie" aggregation kind. The only possible value type is a BoundedTrieNode. Introduced this field to avoid breaking older SDKs when Dataflow service starts to populate the `bounded_trie` field. "cumulative": True or False, # True if this metric is reported as the total cumulative aggregate value accumulated since the worker started working on this WorkItem. By default this is false, indicating that this metric is reported as a delta that is not associated with any WorkItem. "distribution": "", # A struct value describing properties of a distribution of numeric values. "gauge": "", # A struct value describing properties of a Gauge. Metrics of gauge type show the value of a metric across time, and is aggregated based on the newest value. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.jobs.stages.html b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.jobs.stages.html index 8ed7e9e1c42..a2256a49e0d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.jobs.stages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.jobs.stages.html @@ -120,6 +120,7 @@

Method Details

"endTime": "A String", # End time of this work item attempt. If the work item is completed, this is the actual end time of the work item. Otherwise, it is the predicted end time. "metrics": [ # Metrics for this work item. { # Describes the state of a metric. + "boundedTrie": "", # Worker-computed aggregate value for the "Trie" aggregation kind. The only possible value type is a BoundedTrieNode. Introduced this field to avoid breaking older SDKs when Dataflow service starts to populate the `bounded_trie` field. "cumulative": True or False, # True if this metric is reported as the total cumulative aggregate value accumulated since the worker started working on this WorkItem. By default this is false, indicating that this metric is reported as a delta that is not associated with any WorkItem. "distribution": "", # A struct value describing properties of a distribution of numeric values. "gauge": "", # A struct value describing properties of a Gauge. Metrics of gauge type show the value of a metric across time, and is aggregated based on the newest value. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.jobs.workItems.html b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.jobs.workItems.html index 920410137f1..954762e3620 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.jobs.workItems.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.jobs.workItems.html @@ -899,6 +899,7 @@

Method Details

], "metricUpdates": [ # DEPRECATED in favor of counter_updates. { # Describes the state of a metric. + "boundedTrie": "", # Worker-computed aggregate value for the "Trie" aggregation kind. The only possible value type is a BoundedTrieNode. Introduced this field to avoid breaking older SDKs when Dataflow service starts to populate the `bounded_trie` field. "cumulative": True or False, # True if this metric is reported as the total cumulative aggregate value accumulated since the worker started working on this WorkItem. By default this is false, indicating that this metric is reported as a delta that is not associated with any WorkItem. "distribution": "", # A struct value describing properties of a distribution of numeric values. "gauge": "", # A struct value describing properties of a Gauge. Metrics of gauge type show the value of a metric across time, and is aggregated based on the newest value. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.compilationResults.html b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.compilationResults.html index 61d759a2644..4069be34656 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.compilationResults.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.compilationResults.html @@ -113,6 +113,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Represents the result of compiling a Dataform project. "codeCompilationConfig": { # Configures various aspects of Dataform code compilation. # Immutable. If set, fields of `code_compilation_config` override the default compilation settings that are specified in dataform.json. "assertionSchema": "A String", # Optional. The default schema (BigQuery dataset ID) for assertions. + "builtinAssertionNamePrefix": "A String", # Optional. The prefix to prepend to built-in assertion names. "databaseSuffix": "A String", # Optional. The suffix that should be appended to all database (Google Cloud project ID) names. "defaultDatabase": "A String", # Optional. The default database (Google Cloud project ID). "defaultLocation": "A String", # Optional. The default BigQuery location to use. Defaults to "US". See the BigQuery docs for a full list of locations: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/locations. @@ -162,6 +163,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Represents the result of compiling a Dataform project. "codeCompilationConfig": { # Configures various aspects of Dataform code compilation. # Immutable. If set, fields of `code_compilation_config` override the default compilation settings that are specified in dataform.json. "assertionSchema": "A String", # Optional. The default schema (BigQuery dataset ID) for assertions. + "builtinAssertionNamePrefix": "A String", # Optional. The prefix to prepend to built-in assertion names. "databaseSuffix": "A String", # Optional. The suffix that should be appended to all database (Google Cloud project ID) names. "defaultDatabase": "A String", # Optional. The default database (Google Cloud project ID). "defaultLocation": "A String", # Optional. The default BigQuery location to use. Defaults to "US". See the BigQuery docs for a full list of locations: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/locations. @@ -218,6 +220,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Represents the result of compiling a Dataform project. "codeCompilationConfig": { # Configures various aspects of Dataform code compilation. # Immutable. If set, fields of `code_compilation_config` override the default compilation settings that are specified in dataform.json. "assertionSchema": "A String", # Optional. The default schema (BigQuery dataset ID) for assertions. + "builtinAssertionNamePrefix": "A String", # Optional. The prefix to prepend to built-in assertion names. "databaseSuffix": "A String", # Optional. The suffix that should be appended to all database (Google Cloud project ID) names. "defaultDatabase": "A String", # Optional. The default database (Google Cloud project ID). "defaultLocation": "A String", # Optional. The default BigQuery location to use. Defaults to "US". See the BigQuery docs for a full list of locations: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/locations. @@ -280,6 +283,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Represents the result of compiling a Dataform project. "codeCompilationConfig": { # Configures various aspects of Dataform code compilation. # Immutable. If set, fields of `code_compilation_config` override the default compilation settings that are specified in dataform.json. "assertionSchema": "A String", # Optional. The default schema (BigQuery dataset ID) for assertions. + "builtinAssertionNamePrefix": "A String", # Optional. The prefix to prepend to built-in assertion names. "databaseSuffix": "A String", # Optional. The suffix that should be appended to all database (Google Cloud project ID) names. "defaultDatabase": "A String", # Optional. The default database (Google Cloud project ID). "defaultLocation": "A String", # Optional. The default BigQuery location to use. Defaults to "US". See the BigQuery docs for a full list of locations: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/locations. @@ -400,6 +404,43 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Optional. The action's name, within `database` and `schema`. "schema": "A String", # Optional. The action's schema (BigQuery dataset ID), within `database`. }, + "dataPreparation": { # Defines a compiled Data Preparation entity # The data preparation executed by this action. + "contentsSql": { # Definition of a SQL Data Preparation # SQL definition for a Data Preparation. Contains a SQL query and additional context information. + "errorTable": { # Error table information, used to write error data into a BigQuery table. # Error table configuration, + "retentionDays": 42, # Error table partition expiration in days. Only positive values are allowed. + "target": { # Represents an action identifier. If the action writes output, the output will be written to the referenced database object. # Error Table target. + "database": "A String", # Optional. The action's database (Google Cloud project ID) . + "name": "A String", # Optional. The action's name, within `database` and `schema`. + "schema": "A String", # Optional. The action's schema (BigQuery dataset ID), within `database`. + }, + }, + "load": { # Simplified load configuration for actions # Load configuration. + "append": { # Simple load definition # Append into destination table + }, + "maximum": { # Load definition for incremental load modes # Insert records where the value exceeds the previous maximum value for a column in the destination table + "column": "A String", # Column name for incremental load modes + }, + "replace": { # Simple load definition # Replace destination table + }, + "unique": { # Load definition for incremental load modes # Insert records where the value of a column is not already present in the destination table + "column": "A String", # Column name for incremental load modes + }, + }, + "query": "A String", # The SQL query representing the data preparation steps. Formatted as a Pipe SQL query statement. + }, + "contentsYaml": "A String", # The data preparation definition, stored as a YAML string. + "dependencyTargets": [ # A list of actions that this action depends on. + { # Represents an action identifier. If the action writes output, the output will be written to the referenced database object. + "database": "A String", # Optional. The action's database (Google Cloud project ID) . + "name": "A String", # Optional. The action's name, within `database` and `schema`. + "schema": "A String", # Optional. The action's schema (BigQuery dataset ID), within `database`. + }, + ], + "disabled": True or False, # Whether this action is disabled (i.e. should not be run). + "tags": [ # Arbitrary, user-defined tags on this action. + "A String", + ], + }, "declaration": { # Represents a relation which is not managed by Dataform but which may be referenced by Dataform actions. # The declaration declared by this action. "relationDescriptor": { # Describes a relation and its columns. # Descriptor for the relation and its columns. Used as documentation only, i.e. values here will result in no changes to the relation's metadata. "bigqueryLabels": { # A set of BigQuery labels that should be applied to the relation. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.html b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.html index e52140f15db..a47315d7f51 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.html @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists Repositories in a given project and location.

+

Lists Repositories in a given project and location. **Note:** *This method can return repositories not shown in the [Dataform UI](https://console.cloud.google.com/bigquery/dataform)*.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@

Method Details

list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists Repositories in a given project and location.
+  
Lists Repositories in a given project and location. **Note:** *This method can return repositories not shown in the [Dataform UI](https://console.cloud.google.com/bigquery/dataform)*.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The location in which to list repositories. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.releaseConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.releaseConfigs.html
index 38609ce1c04..3032d383b08 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.releaseConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.releaseConfigs.html
@@ -113,6 +113,7 @@ 

Method Details

{ # Represents a Dataform release configuration. "codeCompilationConfig": { # Configures various aspects of Dataform code compilation. # Optional. If set, fields of `code_compilation_config` override the default compilation settings that are specified in dataform.json. "assertionSchema": "A String", # Optional. The default schema (BigQuery dataset ID) for assertions. + "builtinAssertionNamePrefix": "A String", # Optional. The prefix to prepend to built-in assertion names. "databaseSuffix": "A String", # Optional. The suffix that should be appended to all database (Google Cloud project ID) names. "defaultDatabase": "A String", # Optional. The default database (Google Cloud project ID). "defaultLocation": "A String", # Optional. The default BigQuery location to use. Defaults to "US". See the BigQuery docs for a full list of locations: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/locations. @@ -162,6 +163,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Represents a Dataform release configuration. "codeCompilationConfig": { # Configures various aspects of Dataform code compilation. # Optional. If set, fields of `code_compilation_config` override the default compilation settings that are specified in dataform.json. "assertionSchema": "A String", # Optional. The default schema (BigQuery dataset ID) for assertions. + "builtinAssertionNamePrefix": "A String", # Optional. The prefix to prepend to built-in assertion names. "databaseSuffix": "A String", # Optional. The suffix that should be appended to all database (Google Cloud project ID) names. "defaultDatabase": "A String", # Optional. The default database (Google Cloud project ID). "defaultLocation": "A String", # Optional. The default BigQuery location to use. Defaults to "US". See the BigQuery docs for a full list of locations: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/locations. @@ -235,6 +237,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Represents a Dataform release configuration. "codeCompilationConfig": { # Configures various aspects of Dataform code compilation. # Optional. If set, fields of `code_compilation_config` override the default compilation settings that are specified in dataform.json. "assertionSchema": "A String", # Optional. The default schema (BigQuery dataset ID) for assertions. + "builtinAssertionNamePrefix": "A String", # Optional. The prefix to prepend to built-in assertion names. "databaseSuffix": "A String", # Optional. The suffix that should be appended to all database (Google Cloud project ID) names. "defaultDatabase": "A String", # Optional. The default database (Google Cloud project ID). "defaultLocation": "A String", # Optional. The default BigQuery location to use. Defaults to "US". See the BigQuery docs for a full list of locations: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/locations. @@ -295,6 +298,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Represents a Dataform release configuration. "codeCompilationConfig": { # Configures various aspects of Dataform code compilation. # Optional. If set, fields of `code_compilation_config` override the default compilation settings that are specified in dataform.json. "assertionSchema": "A String", # Optional. The default schema (BigQuery dataset ID) for assertions. + "builtinAssertionNamePrefix": "A String", # Optional. The prefix to prepend to built-in assertion names. "databaseSuffix": "A String", # Optional. The suffix that should be appended to all database (Google Cloud project ID) names. "defaultDatabase": "A String", # Optional. The default database (Google Cloud project ID). "defaultLocation": "A String", # Optional. The default BigQuery location to use. Defaults to "US". See the BigQuery docs for a full list of locations: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/locations. @@ -364,6 +368,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Represents a Dataform release configuration. "codeCompilationConfig": { # Configures various aspects of Dataform code compilation. # Optional. If set, fields of `code_compilation_config` override the default compilation settings that are specified in dataform.json. "assertionSchema": "A String", # Optional. The default schema (BigQuery dataset ID) for assertions. + "builtinAssertionNamePrefix": "A String", # Optional. The prefix to prepend to built-in assertion names. "databaseSuffix": "A String", # Optional. The suffix that should be appended to all database (Google Cloud project ID) names. "defaultDatabase": "A String", # Optional. The default database (Google Cloud project ID). "defaultLocation": "A String", # Optional. The default BigQuery location to use. Defaults to "US". See the BigQuery docs for a full list of locations: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/locations. @@ -413,6 +418,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Represents a Dataform release configuration. "codeCompilationConfig": { # Configures various aspects of Dataform code compilation. # Optional. If set, fields of `code_compilation_config` override the default compilation settings that are specified in dataform.json. "assertionSchema": "A String", # Optional. The default schema (BigQuery dataset ID) for assertions. + "builtinAssertionNamePrefix": "A String", # Optional. The prefix to prepend to built-in assertion names. "databaseSuffix": "A String", # Optional. The suffix that should be appended to all database (Google Cloud project ID) names. "defaultDatabase": "A String", # Optional. The default database (Google Cloud project ID). "defaultLocation": "A String", # Optional. The default BigQuery location to use. Defaults to "US". See the BigQuery docs for a full list of locations: https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/locations. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.workflowConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.workflowConfigs.html index bf188c5f187..9b45cfb06f9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.workflowConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.workflowConfigs.html @@ -113,6 +113,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Represents a Dataform workflow configuration. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the WorkflowConfig was created. "cronSchedule": "A String", # Optional. Optional schedule (in cron format) for automatic execution of this workflow config. + "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Disables automatic creation of workflow invocations. "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string. "invocationConfig": { # Includes various configuration options for a workflow invocation. If both `included_targets` and `included_tags` are unset, all actions will be included. # Optional. If left unset, a default InvocationConfig will be used. "fullyRefreshIncrementalTablesEnabled": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, any incremental tables will be fully refreshed. @@ -163,6 +164,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Represents a Dataform workflow configuration. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the WorkflowConfig was created. "cronSchedule": "A String", # Optional. Optional schedule (in cron format) for automatic execution of this workflow config. + "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Disables automatic creation of workflow invocations. "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string. "invocationConfig": { # Includes various configuration options for a workflow invocation. If both `included_targets` and `included_tags` are unset, all actions will be included. # Optional. If left unset, a default InvocationConfig will be used. "fullyRefreshIncrementalTablesEnabled": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, any incremental tables will be fully refreshed. @@ -237,6 +239,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Represents a Dataform workflow configuration. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the WorkflowConfig was created. "cronSchedule": "A String", # Optional. Optional schedule (in cron format) for automatic execution of this workflow config. + "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Disables automatic creation of workflow invocations. "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string. "invocationConfig": { # Includes various configuration options for a workflow invocation. If both `included_targets` and `included_tags` are unset, all actions will be included. # Optional. If left unset, a default InvocationConfig will be used. "fullyRefreshIncrementalTablesEnabled": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, any incremental tables will be fully refreshed. @@ -301,6 +304,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Represents a Dataform workflow configuration. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the WorkflowConfig was created. "cronSchedule": "A String", # Optional. Optional schedule (in cron format) for automatic execution of this workflow config. + "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Disables automatic creation of workflow invocations. "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string. "invocationConfig": { # Includes various configuration options for a workflow invocation. If both `included_targets` and `included_tags` are unset, all actions will be included. # Optional. If left unset, a default InvocationConfig will be used. "fullyRefreshIncrementalTablesEnabled": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, any incremental tables will be fully refreshed. @@ -368,6 +372,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Represents a Dataform workflow configuration. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the WorkflowConfig was created. "cronSchedule": "A String", # Optional. Optional schedule (in cron format) for automatic execution of this workflow config. + "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Disables automatic creation of workflow invocations. "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string. "invocationConfig": { # Includes various configuration options for a workflow invocation. If both `included_targets` and `included_tags` are unset, all actions will be included. # Optional. If left unset, a default InvocationConfig will be used. "fullyRefreshIncrementalTablesEnabled": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, any incremental tables will be fully refreshed. @@ -418,6 +423,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Represents a Dataform workflow configuration. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of when the WorkflowConfig was created. "cronSchedule": "A String", # Optional. Optional schedule (in cron format) for automatic execution of this workflow config. + "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Disables automatic creation of workflow invocations. "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string. "invocationConfig": { # Includes various configuration options for a workflow invocation. If both `included_targets` and `included_tags` are unset, all actions will be included. # Optional. If left unset, a default InvocationConfig will be used. "fullyRefreshIncrementalTablesEnabled": True or False, # Optional. When set to true, any incremental tables will be fully refreshed. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.workflowInvocations.html b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.workflowInvocations.html index d5b17abb3d9..0a58c2f7d81 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.workflowInvocations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.workflowInvocations.html @@ -380,6 +380,34 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Optional. The action's name, within `database` and `schema`. "schema": "A String", # Optional. The action's schema (BigQuery dataset ID), within `database`. }, + "dataPreparationAction": { # Represents a workflow action that will run a Data Preparation. # Output only. The workflow action's data preparation action details. + "contentsSql": { # Definition of a SQL Data Preparation # SQL definition for a Data Preparation. Contains a SQL query and additional context information. + "errorTable": { # Error table information, used to write error data into a BigQuery table. # Error table configuration, + "retentionDays": 42, # Error table partition expiration in days. Only positive values are allowed. + "target": { # Represents an action identifier. If the action writes output, the output will be written to the referenced database object. # Error Table target. + "database": "A String", # Optional. The action's database (Google Cloud project ID) . + "name": "A String", # Optional. The action's name, within `database` and `schema`. + "schema": "A String", # Optional. The action's schema (BigQuery dataset ID), within `database`. + }, + }, + "loadConfig": { # Simplified load configuration for actions # Load configuration. + "append": { # Simple load definition # Append into destination table + }, + "maximum": { # Load definition for incremental load modes # Insert records where the value exceeds the previous maximum value for a column in the destination table + "column": "A String", # Column name for incremental load modes + }, + "replace": { # Simple load definition # Replace destination table + }, + "unique": { # Load definition for incremental load modes # Insert records where the value of a column is not already present in the destination table + "column": "A String", # Column name for incremental load modes + }, + }, + "query": "A String", # The SQL query representing the data preparation steps. Formatted as a Pipe SQL query statement. + }, + "contentsYaml": "A String", # Output only. YAML representing the contents of the data preparation. Can be used to show the customer what the input was to their workflow. + "generatedSql": "A String", # Output only. The generated BigQuery SQL script that will be executed. For reference only. + "jobId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the BigQuery job that executed the SQL in sql_script. Only set once the job has started to run. + }, "failureReason": "A String", # Output only. If and only if action's state is FAILED a failure reason is set. "internalMetadata": "A String", # Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string. "invocationTiming": { # Represents a time interval, encoded as a Timestamp start (inclusive) and a Timestamp end (exclusive). The start must be less than or equal to the end. When the start equals the end, the interval is empty (matches no time). When both start and end are unspecified, the interval matches any time. # Output only. This action's timing details. `start_time` will be set if the action is in [RUNNING, SUCCEEDED, CANCELLED, FAILED] state. `end_time` will be set if the action is in [SUCCEEDED, CANCELLED, FAILED] state. diff --git a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.migrationJobs.html b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.migrationJobs.html index 249687d6b7f..c9f34b8099e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.migrationJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.migrationJobs.html @@ -199,6 +199,8 @@

Method Details

{ # Config for a single migration job object. "objectIdentifier": { # An identifier for the Migration Job Object. # Optional. The object identifier. "database": "A String", # Optional. The database name. This will be required only if the object uses a database name as part of its unique identifier. + "schema": "A String", # Optional. The schema name. This will be required only if the object uses a schema name as part of its unique identifier. + "table": "A String", # Optional. The table name. This will be required only if the object is a level below database or schema. "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the migration job object. }, }, @@ -549,6 +551,8 @@

Method Details

{ # Config for a single migration job object. "objectIdentifier": { # An identifier for the Migration Job Object. # Optional. The object identifier. "database": "A String", # Optional. The database name. This will be required only if the object uses a database name as part of its unique identifier. + "schema": "A String", # Optional. The schema name. This will be required only if the object uses a schema name as part of its unique identifier. + "table": "A String", # Optional. The table name. This will be required only if the object is a level below database or schema. "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the migration job object. }, }, @@ -746,6 +750,8 @@

Method Details

{ # Config for a single migration job object. "objectIdentifier": { # An identifier for the Migration Job Object. # Optional. The object identifier. "database": "A String", # Optional. The database name. This will be required only if the object uses a database name as part of its unique identifier. + "schema": "A String", # Optional. The schema name. This will be required only if the object uses a schema name as part of its unique identifier. + "table": "A String", # Optional. The table name. This will be required only if the object is a level below database or schema. "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the migration job object. }, }, @@ -904,6 +910,8 @@

Method Details

{ # Config for a single migration job object. "objectIdentifier": { # An identifier for the Migration Job Object. # Optional. The object identifier. "database": "A String", # Optional. The database name. This will be required only if the object uses a database name as part of its unique identifier. + "schema": "A String", # Optional. The schema name. This will be required only if the object uses a schema name as part of its unique identifier. + "table": "A String", # Optional. The table name. This will be required only if the object is a level below database or schema. "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the migration job object. }, }, @@ -1034,6 +1042,8 @@

Method Details

{ # Config for a single migration job object. "objectIdentifier": { # An identifier for the Migration Job Object. # Optional. The object identifier. "database": "A String", # Optional. The database name. This will be required only if the object uses a database name as part of its unique identifier. + "schema": "A String", # Optional. The schema name. This will be required only if the object uses a schema name as part of its unique identifier. + "table": "A String", # Optional. The table name. This will be required only if the object is a level below database or schema. "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the migration job object. }, }, @@ -1088,6 +1098,8 @@

Method Details

{ # Config for a single migration job object. "objectIdentifier": { # An identifier for the Migration Job Object. # Optional. The object identifier. "database": "A String", # Optional. The database name. This will be required only if the object uses a database name as part of its unique identifier. + "schema": "A String", # Optional. The schema name. This will be required only if the object uses a schema name as part of its unique identifier. + "table": "A String", # Optional. The table name. This will be required only if the object is a level below database or schema. "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the migration job object. }, }, @@ -1423,6 +1435,8 @@

Method Details

{ # Config for a single migration job object. "objectIdentifier": { # An identifier for the Migration Job Object. # Optional. The object identifier. "database": "A String", # Optional. The database name. This will be required only if the object uses a database name as part of its unique identifier. + "schema": "A String", # Optional. The schema name. This will be required only if the object uses a schema name as part of its unique identifier. + "table": "A String", # Optional. The table name. This will be required only if the object is a level below database or schema. "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the migration job object. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.migrationJobs.objects.html b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.migrationJobs.objects.html index 470dffb2546..e8444f45349 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.migrationJobs.objects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datamigration_v1.projects.locations.migrationJobs.objects.html @@ -133,6 +133,8 @@

Method Details

"phase": "A String", # Output only. The phase of the migration job object. "sourceObject": { # An identifier for the Migration Job Object. # The object identifier in the data source. "database": "A String", # Optional. The database name. This will be required only if the object uses a database name as part of its unique identifier. + "schema": "A String", # Optional. The schema name. This will be required only if the object uses a schema name as part of its unique identifier. + "table": "A String", # Optional. The table name. This will be required only if the object is a level below database or schema. "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the migration job object. }, "state": "A String", # The state of the migration job object. @@ -221,6 +223,8 @@

Method Details

"phase": "A String", # Output only. The phase of the migration job object. "sourceObject": { # An identifier for the Migration Job Object. # The object identifier in the data source. "database": "A String", # Optional. The database name. This will be required only if the object uses a database name as part of its unique identifier. + "schema": "A String", # Optional. The schema name. This will be required only if the object uses a schema name as part of its unique identifier. + "table": "A String", # Optional. The table name. This will be required only if the object is a level below database or schema. "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the migration job object. }, "state": "A String", # The state of the migration job object. @@ -257,6 +261,8 @@

Method Details

{ # Request for looking up a specific migration job object by its source object identifier. "sourceObjectIdentifier": { # An identifier for the Migration Job Object. # Required. The source object identifier which maps to the migration job object. "database": "A String", # Optional. The database name. This will be required only if the object uses a database name as part of its unique identifier. + "schema": "A String", # Optional. The schema name. This will be required only if the object uses a schema name as part of its unique identifier. + "table": "A String", # Optional. The table name. This will be required only if the object is a level below database or schema. "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the migration job object. }, } @@ -284,6 +290,8 @@

Method Details

"phase": "A String", # Output only. The phase of the migration job object. "sourceObject": { # An identifier for the Migration Job Object. # The object identifier in the data source. "database": "A String", # Optional. The database name. This will be required only if the object uses a database name as part of its unique identifier. + "schema": "A String", # Optional. The schema name. This will be required only if the object uses a schema name as part of its unique identifier. + "table": "A String", # Optional. The table name. This will be required only if the object is a level below database or schema. "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the migration job object. }, "state": "A String", # The state of the migration job object. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.organizations.locations.encryptionConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.organizations.locations.encryptionConfigs.html index 8683337a42a..949edb8590d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.organizations.locations.encryptionConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.organizations.locations.encryptionConfigs.html @@ -77,9 +77,27 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, encryptionConfigId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Create an EncryptionConfig.

+

+ delete(name, etag=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete an EncryptionConfig.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get an EncryptionConfig.

getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

List EncryptionConfigs.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Update an EncryptionConfig.

setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.Can return NOT_FOUND, INVALID_ARGUMENT, and PERMISSION_DENIED errors.

@@ -92,6 +110,122 @@

Method Details

Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ create(parent, body=None, encryptionConfigId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Create an EncryptionConfig.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The location at which the EncryptionConfig is to be created. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A Resource designed to manage encryption configurations for customers to support Customer Managed Encryption Keys (CMEK).
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Encryption configuration was created.
+  "encryptionState": "A String", # Output only. The state of encryption of the databases.
+  "etag": "A String", # Etag of the EncryptionConfig. This is a strong etag.
+  "failureDetails": { # Details of the failure if anything related to Cmek db fails. # Output only. Details of the failure if anything related to Cmek db fails.
+    "errorCode": "A String", # Output only. The error code for the failure.
+    "errorMessage": "A String", # Output only. The error message will be shown to the user. Set only if the error code is REQUIRE_USER_ACTION.
+  },
+  "key": "A String", # Optional. If a key is chosen, it means that the customer is using CMEK. If a key is not chosen, it means that the customer is using Google managed encryption.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the EncryptionConfig. Format: organizations/{organization}/locations/{location}/encryptionConfigs/{encryption_config} Global location is not supported.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Encryption configuration was last updated.
+}
+
+  encryptionConfigId: string, Required. The ID of the EncryptionConfig to create. Currently, only a value of "default" is supported.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, etag=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete an EncryptionConfig.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the EncryptionConfig to delete. (required)
+  etag: string, Optional. Etag of the EncryptionConfig. This is a strong etag.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Get an EncryptionConfig.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the EncryptionConfig to fetch. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A Resource designed to manage encryption configurations for customers to support Customer Managed Encryption Keys (CMEK).
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Encryption configuration was created.
+  "encryptionState": "A String", # Output only. The state of encryption of the databases.
+  "etag": "A String", # Etag of the EncryptionConfig. This is a strong etag.
+  "failureDetails": { # Details of the failure if anything related to Cmek db fails. # Output only. Details of the failure if anything related to Cmek db fails.
+    "errorCode": "A String", # Output only. The error code for the failure.
+    "errorMessage": "A String", # Output only. The error message will be shown to the user. Set only if the error code is REQUIRE_USER_ACTION.
+  },
+  "key": "A String", # Optional. If a key is chosen, it means that the customer is using CMEK. If a key is not chosen, it means that the customer is using Google managed encryption.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the EncryptionConfig. Format: organizations/{organization}/locations/{location}/encryptionConfigs/{encryption_config} Global location is not supported.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Encryption configuration was last updated.
+}
+
+
getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
@@ -140,6 +274,112 @@ 

Method Details

}
+
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
List EncryptionConfigs.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The location for which the EncryptionConfig is to be listed. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filter the EncryptionConfigs to be returned. Using bare literals: (These values will be matched anywhere it may appear in the object's field values) * filter=some_value Using fields: (These values will be matched only in the specified field) * filter=some_field=some_value Supported fields: * name, key, create_time, update_time, encryption_state Example: * filter=name=organizations/123/locations/us-central1/encryptionConfigs/test-config conjunctions: (AND, OR, NOT) * filter=name=organizations/123/locations/us-central1/encryptionConfigs/test-config AND mode=CMEK logical operators: (>, <, >=, <=, !=, =, :), * filter=create_time>2024-05-01T00:00:00.000Z
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Order by fields for the result.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Maximum number of EncryptionConfigs to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 10 EncryptionConfigs will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. Page token received from a previous ListEncryptionConfigs call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, the parameters - filter and order_by provided to ListEncryptionConfigs must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # List EncryptionConfigs Response
+  "encryptionConfigs": [ # The list of EncryptionConfigs under the given parent location.
+    { # A Resource designed to manage encryption configurations for customers to support Customer Managed Encryption Keys (CMEK).
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Encryption configuration was created.
+      "encryptionState": "A String", # Output only. The state of encryption of the databases.
+      "etag": "A String", # Etag of the EncryptionConfig. This is a strong etag.
+      "failureDetails": { # Details of the failure if anything related to Cmek db fails. # Output only. Details of the failure if anything related to Cmek db fails.
+        "errorCode": "A String", # Output only. The error code for the failure.
+        "errorMessage": "A String", # Output only. The error message will be shown to the user. Set only if the error code is REQUIRE_USER_ACTION.
+      },
+      "key": "A String", # Optional. If a key is chosen, it means that the customer is using CMEK. If a key is not chosen, it means that the customer is using Google managed encryption.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the EncryptionConfig. Format: organizations/{organization}/locations/{location}/encryptionConfigs/{encryption_config} Global location is not supported.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Encryption configuration was last updated.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+  "unreachableLocations": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Update an EncryptionConfig.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name of the EncryptionConfig. Format: organizations/{organization}/locations/{location}/encryptionConfigs/{encryption_config} Global location is not supported. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A Resource designed to manage encryption configurations for customers to support Customer Managed Encryption Keys (CMEK).
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Encryption configuration was created.
+  "encryptionState": "A String", # Output only. The state of encryption of the databases.
+  "etag": "A String", # Etag of the EncryptionConfig. This is a strong etag.
+  "failureDetails": { # Details of the failure if anything related to Cmek db fails. # Output only. Details of the failure if anything related to Cmek db fails.
+    "errorCode": "A String", # Output only. The error code for the failure.
+    "errorMessage": "A String", # Output only. The error message will be shown to the user. Set only if the error code is REQUIRE_USER_ACTION.
+  },
+  "key": "A String", # Optional. If a key is chosen, it means that the customer is using CMEK. If a key is not chosen, it means that the customer is using Google managed encryption.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the EncryptionConfig. Format: organizations/{organization}/locations/{location}/encryptionConfigs/{encryption_config} Global location is not supported.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Encryption configuration was last updated.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Mask of fields to update. The service treats an omitted field mask as an implied field mask equivalent to all fields that are populated (have a non-empty value).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is false, it means the operation is still in progress. If true, the operation is completed, and either error or response is available.
+  "error": { # The Status type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by gRPC (https://github.com/grpc). Each Status message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the API Design Guide (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the name should be a resource name ending with operations/{unique_id}.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as Delete, the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type XxxResponse, where Xxx is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is TakeSnapshot(), the inferred response type is TakeSnapshotResponse.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.Can return NOT_FOUND, INVALID_ARGUMENT, and PERMISSION_DENIED errors.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.html
index d9d246711d5..bbb12c127f9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.html
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ 

Method Details

"dataset": "A String", # Output only. The BigQuery dataset the discovered tables are published to. "location": "A String", # Output only. The location of the BigQuery publishing dataset. }, - "scanStatistics": { # Statistics of the DataDiscoveryScan. # Output only. Statistics of the DataDiscoveryScan. + "scanStatistics": { # Describes result statistics of a data scan discovery job. # Output only. Describes result statistics of a data scan discovery job. "dataProcessedBytes": "A String", # The data processed in bytes. "filesExcluded": 42, # The number of files excluded. "filesetsCreated": 42, # The number of filesets created. @@ -605,7 +605,7 @@

Method Details

"dataset": "A String", # Output only. The BigQuery dataset the discovered tables are published to. "location": "A String", # Output only. The location of the BigQuery publishing dataset. }, - "scanStatistics": { # Statistics of the DataDiscoveryScan. # Output only. Statistics of the DataDiscoveryScan. + "scanStatistics": { # Describes result statistics of a data scan discovery job. # Output only. Describes result statistics of a data scan discovery job. "dataProcessedBytes": "A String", # The data processed in bytes. "filesExcluded": 42, # The number of files excluded. "filesetsCreated": 42, # The number of filesets created. @@ -983,7 +983,7 @@

Method Details

"dataset": "A String", # Output only. The BigQuery dataset the discovered tables are published to. "location": "A String", # Output only. The location of the BigQuery publishing dataset. }, - "scanStatistics": { # Statistics of the DataDiscoveryScan. # Output only. Statistics of the DataDiscoveryScan. + "scanStatistics": { # Describes result statistics of a data scan discovery job. # Output only. Describes result statistics of a data scan discovery job. "dataProcessedBytes": "A String", # The data processed in bytes. "filesExcluded": 42, # The number of files excluded. "filesetsCreated": 42, # The number of filesets created. @@ -1322,7 +1322,7 @@

Method Details

"dataset": "A String", # Output only. The BigQuery dataset the discovered tables are published to. "location": "A String", # Output only. The location of the BigQuery publishing dataset. }, - "scanStatistics": { # Statistics of the DataDiscoveryScan. # Output only. Statistics of the DataDiscoveryScan. + "scanStatistics": { # Describes result statistics of a data scan discovery job. # Output only. Describes result statistics of a data scan discovery job. "dataProcessedBytes": "A String", # The data processed in bytes. "filesExcluded": 42, # The number of files excluded. "filesetsCreated": 42, # The number of filesets created. @@ -1679,7 +1679,7 @@

Method Details

"dataset": "A String", # Output only. The BigQuery dataset the discovered tables are published to. "location": "A String", # Output only. The location of the BigQuery publishing dataset. }, - "scanStatistics": { # Statistics of the DataDiscoveryScan. # Output only. Statistics of the DataDiscoveryScan. + "scanStatistics": { # Describes result statistics of a data scan discovery job. # Output only. Describes result statistics of a data scan discovery job. "dataProcessedBytes": "A String", # The data processed in bytes. "filesExcluded": 42, # The number of files excluded. "filesetsCreated": 42, # The number of filesets created. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.html index 069bae4f3ad..9f79544f9b2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.html @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@

Method Details

"dataset": "A String", # Output only. The BigQuery dataset the discovered tables are published to. "location": "A String", # Output only. The location of the BigQuery publishing dataset. }, - "scanStatistics": { # Statistics of the DataDiscoveryScan. # Output only. Statistics of the DataDiscoveryScan. + "scanStatistics": { # Describes result statistics of a data scan discovery job. # Output only. Describes result statistics of a data scan discovery job. "dataProcessedBytes": "A String", # The data processed in bytes. "filesExcluded": 42, # The number of files excluded. "filesetsCreated": 42, # The number of filesets created. @@ -497,7 +497,7 @@

Method Details

"dataset": "A String", # Output only. The BigQuery dataset the discovered tables are published to. "location": "A String", # Output only. The location of the BigQuery publishing dataset. }, - "scanStatistics": { # Statistics of the DataDiscoveryScan. # Output only. Statistics of the DataDiscoveryScan. + "scanStatistics": { # Describes result statistics of a data scan discovery job. # Output only. Describes result statistics of a data scan discovery job. "dataProcessedBytes": "A String", # The data processed in bytes. "filesExcluded": 42, # The number of files excluded. "filesetsCreated": 42, # The number of filesets created. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.metadataJobs.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.metadataJobs.html index eb35b729a36..ba959500926 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.metadataJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.metadataJobs.html @@ -133,24 +133,24 @@

Method Details

{ # A metadata job resource. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metadata job was created. - "exportResult": { # Export Job Results. The result is based on the snapshot at the time when the job is created. # Output only. Export job result. - "errorMessage": "A String", # Output only. The error message if the export job failed. - "exportedEntries": "A String", # Output only. The number of entries that have been exported. + "exportResult": { # Summary results from a metadata export job. The results are a snapshot of the metadata at the time when the job was created. The exported entries are saved to a Cloud Storage bucket. # Output only. Export job result. + "errorMessage": "A String", # Output only. The error message if the metadata export job failed. + "exportedEntries": "A String", # Output only. The number of entries that were exported. }, - "exportSpec": { # Export job specification. # Export job specification. - "outputPath": "A String", # Required. The root path of the exported metadata. Must be in the format: "gs://" Or specify a customized prefix after the bucket: "gs://///.../". The length limit of the customized prefix is 128 characters. The bucket must be in the same VPC-SC perimeter with the job. - "scope": { # Scope of the export job. # Required. Selects the entries to be exported by this job. - "aspectTypes": [ # The aspect types that are in scope for the export job. Optional. If specified, only aspects of the specified types will be affected by the job. Must follow the format: "projects//locations//aspectTypes/" + "exportSpec": { # Job specification for a metadata export job. # Export job specification. + "outputPath": "A String", # Required. The root path of the Cloud Storage bucket to export the metadata to, in the format gs://{bucket}/. You can optionally specify a custom prefix after the bucket name, in the format gs://{bucket}/{prefix}/. The maximum length of the custom prefix is 128 characters. Dataplex constructs the object path for the exported files by using the bucket name and prefix that you provide, followed by a system-generated path.The bucket must be in the same VPC Service Controls perimeter as the job. + "scope": { # The scope of the export job. # Required. The scope of the export job. + "aspectTypes": [ # The aspect types that are in scope for the export job, specified as relative resource names in the format projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location}/aspectTypes/{aspect_type_id}. Only aspects that belong to the specified aspect types are affected by the job. "A String", ], - "entryGroups": [ # The entry groups that are in scope for the export job. Optional. If specified, only entries in the specified entry groups will be exported by the job. Must be in the VPC-SC perimeter of the job. The location of the entry groups must be the same as the job. Either projects or entry_groups can be specified when organization_level_export is set to false. Must follow the format: "projects//locations//entryGroups/" + "entryGroups": [ # The entry groups whose metadata you want to export, in the format projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}. Only the entries in the specified entry groups are exported.The entry groups must be in the same location and the same VPC Service Controls perimeter as the job.If you set the job scope to be a list of entry groups, then set the organization-level export flag to false and don't provide a list of projects. "A String", ], - "entryTypes": [ # If specified, only entries of the specified types will be affected by the job. Must follow the format: "projects//locations//entryTypes/" + "entryTypes": [ # The entry types that are in scope for the export job, specified as relative resource names in the format projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location}/entryTypes/{entry_type_id}. Only entries that belong to the specified entry types are affected by the job. "A String", ], - "organizationLevel": True or False, # Indicating if it is an organization level export job. - When set to true, exports all entries from entry groups and projects sharing the same organization id of the Metadata Job. Only projects and entry groups in the VPC-SC perimeter will be exported. The projects and entry groups are ignored. - When set to false, one of the projects or entry groups must be specified. - Default to false. - "projects": [ # The projects that are in the scope of the export job. Can either be project numbers or project IDs. If specified, only the entries from the specified projects will be exported. The projects must be in the same organization and in the VPC-SC perimeter. Either projects or entry_groups can be specified when organization_level_export is set to false. Must follow the format: "projects/" + "organizationLevel": True or False, # Whether the metadata export job is an organization-level export job. If true, the job exports the entries from the same organization and VPC Service Controls perimeter as the job. The project that the job belongs to determines the VPC Service Controls perimeter. If you set the job scope to be at the organization level, then don't provide a list of projects or entry groups. If false, you must specify a list of projects or a list of entry groups whose entries you want to export.The default is false. + "projects": [ # The projects whose metadata you want to export, in the format projects/{project_id_or_number}. Only the entries from the specified projects are exported.The projects must be in the same organization and VPC Service Controls perimeter as the job.If you set the job scope to be a list of projects, then set the organization-level export flag to false and don't provide a list of entry groups. "A String", ], }, @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "sourceCreateTime": "A String", # Optional. The time when the process that created the metadata import files began. - "sourceStorageUri": "A String", # Optional. The URI of a Cloud Storage bucket or folder (beginning with gs:// and ending with /) that contains the metadata import files for this job.A metadata import file defines the values to set for each of the entries and aspects in a metadata job. For more information about how to create a metadata import file and the file requirements, see Metadata import file (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/import-metadata#metadata-import-file).You can provide multiple metadata import files in the same metadata job. The bucket or folder must contain at least one metadata import file, in JSON Lines format (either .json or .jsonl file extension).In FULL entry sync mode, don't save the metadata import file in a folder named SOURCE_STORAGE_URI/deletions/.Caution: If the metadata import file contains no data, all entries and aspects that belong to the job's scope are deleted. + "sourceStorageUri": "A String", # Optional. The URI of a Cloud Storage bucket or folder (beginning with gs:// and ending with /) that contains the metadata import files for this job.A metadata import file defines the values to set for each of the entries and aspects in a metadata import job. For more information about how to create a metadata import file and the file requirements, see Metadata import file (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/import-metadata#metadata-import-file).You can provide multiple metadata import files in the same metadata job. The bucket or folder must contain at least one metadata import file, in JSON Lines format (either .json or .jsonl file extension).In FULL entry sync mode, don't save the metadata import file in a folder named SOURCE_STORAGE_URI/deletions/.Caution: If the metadata import file contains no data, all entries and aspects that belong to the job's scope are deleted. }, "labels": { # Optional. User-defined labels. "a_key": "A String", @@ -243,24 +243,24 @@

Method Details

{ # A metadata job resource. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metadata job was created. - "exportResult": { # Export Job Results. The result is based on the snapshot at the time when the job is created. # Output only. Export job result. - "errorMessage": "A String", # Output only. The error message if the export job failed. - "exportedEntries": "A String", # Output only. The number of entries that have been exported. + "exportResult": { # Summary results from a metadata export job. The results are a snapshot of the metadata at the time when the job was created. The exported entries are saved to a Cloud Storage bucket. # Output only. Export job result. + "errorMessage": "A String", # Output only. The error message if the metadata export job failed. + "exportedEntries": "A String", # Output only. The number of entries that were exported. }, - "exportSpec": { # Export job specification. # Export job specification. - "outputPath": "A String", # Required. The root path of the exported metadata. Must be in the format: "gs://" Or specify a customized prefix after the bucket: "gs://///.../". The length limit of the customized prefix is 128 characters. The bucket must be in the same VPC-SC perimeter with the job. - "scope": { # Scope of the export job. # Required. Selects the entries to be exported by this job. - "aspectTypes": [ # The aspect types that are in scope for the export job. Optional. If specified, only aspects of the specified types will be affected by the job. Must follow the format: "projects//locations//aspectTypes/" + "exportSpec": { # Job specification for a metadata export job. # Export job specification. + "outputPath": "A String", # Required. The root path of the Cloud Storage bucket to export the metadata to, in the format gs://{bucket}/. You can optionally specify a custom prefix after the bucket name, in the format gs://{bucket}/{prefix}/. The maximum length of the custom prefix is 128 characters. Dataplex constructs the object path for the exported files by using the bucket name and prefix that you provide, followed by a system-generated path.The bucket must be in the same VPC Service Controls perimeter as the job. + "scope": { # The scope of the export job. # Required. The scope of the export job. + "aspectTypes": [ # The aspect types that are in scope for the export job, specified as relative resource names in the format projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location}/aspectTypes/{aspect_type_id}. Only aspects that belong to the specified aspect types are affected by the job. "A String", ], - "entryGroups": [ # The entry groups that are in scope for the export job. Optional. If specified, only entries in the specified entry groups will be exported by the job. Must be in the VPC-SC perimeter of the job. The location of the entry groups must be the same as the job. Either projects or entry_groups can be specified when organization_level_export is set to false. Must follow the format: "projects//locations//entryGroups/" + "entryGroups": [ # The entry groups whose metadata you want to export, in the format projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}. Only the entries in the specified entry groups are exported.The entry groups must be in the same location and the same VPC Service Controls perimeter as the job.If you set the job scope to be a list of entry groups, then set the organization-level export flag to false and don't provide a list of projects. "A String", ], - "entryTypes": [ # If specified, only entries of the specified types will be affected by the job. Must follow the format: "projects//locations//entryTypes/" + "entryTypes": [ # The entry types that are in scope for the export job, specified as relative resource names in the format projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location}/entryTypes/{entry_type_id}. Only entries that belong to the specified entry types are affected by the job. "A String", ], - "organizationLevel": True or False, # Indicating if it is an organization level export job. - When set to true, exports all entries from entry groups and projects sharing the same organization id of the Metadata Job. Only projects and entry groups in the VPC-SC perimeter will be exported. The projects and entry groups are ignored. - When set to false, one of the projects or entry groups must be specified. - Default to false. - "projects": [ # The projects that are in the scope of the export job. Can either be project numbers or project IDs. If specified, only the entries from the specified projects will be exported. The projects must be in the same organization and in the VPC-SC perimeter. Either projects or entry_groups can be specified when organization_level_export is set to false. Must follow the format: "projects/" + "organizationLevel": True or False, # Whether the metadata export job is an organization-level export job. If true, the job exports the entries from the same organization and VPC Service Controls perimeter as the job. The project that the job belongs to determines the VPC Service Controls perimeter. If you set the job scope to be at the organization level, then don't provide a list of projects or entry groups. If false, you must specify a list of projects or a list of entry groups whose entries you want to export.The default is false. + "projects": [ # The projects whose metadata you want to export, in the format projects/{project_id_or_number}. Only the entries from the specified projects are exported.The projects must be in the same organization and VPC Service Controls perimeter as the job.If you set the job scope to be a list of projects, then set the organization-level export flag to false and don't provide a list of entry groups. "A String", ], }, @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "sourceCreateTime": "A String", # Optional. The time when the process that created the metadata import files began. - "sourceStorageUri": "A String", # Optional. The URI of a Cloud Storage bucket or folder (beginning with gs:// and ending with /) that contains the metadata import files for this job.A metadata import file defines the values to set for each of the entries and aspects in a metadata job. For more information about how to create a metadata import file and the file requirements, see Metadata import file (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/import-metadata#metadata-import-file).You can provide multiple metadata import files in the same metadata job. The bucket or folder must contain at least one metadata import file, in JSON Lines format (either .json or .jsonl file extension).In FULL entry sync mode, don't save the metadata import file in a folder named SOURCE_STORAGE_URI/deletions/.Caution: If the metadata import file contains no data, all entries and aspects that belong to the job's scope are deleted. + "sourceStorageUri": "A String", # Optional. The URI of a Cloud Storage bucket or folder (beginning with gs:// and ending with /) that contains the metadata import files for this job.A metadata import file defines the values to set for each of the entries and aspects in a metadata import job. For more information about how to create a metadata import file and the file requirements, see Metadata import file (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/import-metadata#metadata-import-file).You can provide multiple metadata import files in the same metadata job. The bucket or folder must contain at least one metadata import file, in JSON Lines format (either .json or .jsonl file extension).In FULL entry sync mode, don't save the metadata import file in a folder named SOURCE_STORAGE_URI/deletions/.Caution: If the metadata import file contains no data, all entries and aspects that belong to the job's scope are deleted. }, "labels": { # Optional. User-defined labels. "a_key": "A String", @@ -329,24 +329,24 @@

Method Details

"metadataJobs": [ # Metadata jobs under the specified parent location. { # A metadata job resource. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the metadata job was created. - "exportResult": { # Export Job Results. The result is based on the snapshot at the time when the job is created. # Output only. Export job result. - "errorMessage": "A String", # Output only. The error message if the export job failed. - "exportedEntries": "A String", # Output only. The number of entries that have been exported. + "exportResult": { # Summary results from a metadata export job. The results are a snapshot of the metadata at the time when the job was created. The exported entries are saved to a Cloud Storage bucket. # Output only. Export job result. + "errorMessage": "A String", # Output only. The error message if the metadata export job failed. + "exportedEntries": "A String", # Output only. The number of entries that were exported. }, - "exportSpec": { # Export job specification. # Export job specification. - "outputPath": "A String", # Required. The root path of the exported metadata. Must be in the format: "gs://" Or specify a customized prefix after the bucket: "gs://///.../". The length limit of the customized prefix is 128 characters. The bucket must be in the same VPC-SC perimeter with the job. - "scope": { # Scope of the export job. # Required. Selects the entries to be exported by this job. - "aspectTypes": [ # The aspect types that are in scope for the export job. Optional. If specified, only aspects of the specified types will be affected by the job. Must follow the format: "projects//locations//aspectTypes/" + "exportSpec": { # Job specification for a metadata export job. # Export job specification. + "outputPath": "A String", # Required. The root path of the Cloud Storage bucket to export the metadata to, in the format gs://{bucket}/. You can optionally specify a custom prefix after the bucket name, in the format gs://{bucket}/{prefix}/. The maximum length of the custom prefix is 128 characters. Dataplex constructs the object path for the exported files by using the bucket name and prefix that you provide, followed by a system-generated path.The bucket must be in the same VPC Service Controls perimeter as the job. + "scope": { # The scope of the export job. # Required. The scope of the export job. + "aspectTypes": [ # The aspect types that are in scope for the export job, specified as relative resource names in the format projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location}/aspectTypes/{aspect_type_id}. Only aspects that belong to the specified aspect types are affected by the job. "A String", ], - "entryGroups": [ # The entry groups that are in scope for the export job. Optional. If specified, only entries in the specified entry groups will be exported by the job. Must be in the VPC-SC perimeter of the job. The location of the entry groups must be the same as the job. Either projects or entry_groups can be specified when organization_level_export is set to false. Must follow the format: "projects//locations//entryGroups/" + "entryGroups": [ # The entry groups whose metadata you want to export, in the format projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}. Only the entries in the specified entry groups are exported.The entry groups must be in the same location and the same VPC Service Controls perimeter as the job.If you set the job scope to be a list of entry groups, then set the organization-level export flag to false and don't provide a list of projects. "A String", ], - "entryTypes": [ # If specified, only entries of the specified types will be affected by the job. Must follow the format: "projects//locations//entryTypes/" + "entryTypes": [ # The entry types that are in scope for the export job, specified as relative resource names in the format projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location}/entryTypes/{entry_type_id}. Only entries that belong to the specified entry types are affected by the job. "A String", ], - "organizationLevel": True or False, # Indicating if it is an organization level export job. - When set to true, exports all entries from entry groups and projects sharing the same organization id of the Metadata Job. Only projects and entry groups in the VPC-SC perimeter will be exported. The projects and entry groups are ignored. - When set to false, one of the projects or entry groups must be specified. - Default to false. - "projects": [ # The projects that are in the scope of the export job. Can either be project numbers or project IDs. If specified, only the entries from the specified projects will be exported. The projects must be in the same organization and in the VPC-SC perimeter. Either projects or entry_groups can be specified when organization_level_export is set to false. Must follow the format: "projects/" + "organizationLevel": True or False, # Whether the metadata export job is an organization-level export job. If true, the job exports the entries from the same organization and VPC Service Controls perimeter as the job. The project that the job belongs to determines the VPC Service Controls perimeter. If you set the job scope to be at the organization level, then don't provide a list of projects or entry groups. If false, you must specify a list of projects or a list of entry groups whose entries you want to export.The default is false. + "projects": [ # The projects whose metadata you want to export, in the format projects/{project_id_or_number}. Only the entries from the specified projects are exported.The projects must be in the same organization and VPC Service Controls perimeter as the job.If you set the job scope to be a list of projects, then set the organization-level export flag to false and don't provide a list of entry groups. "A String", ], }, @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "sourceCreateTime": "A String", # Optional. The time when the process that created the metadata import files began. - "sourceStorageUri": "A String", # Optional. The URI of a Cloud Storage bucket or folder (beginning with gs:// and ending with /) that contains the metadata import files for this job.A metadata import file defines the values to set for each of the entries and aspects in a metadata job. For more information about how to create a metadata import file and the file requirements, see Metadata import file (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/import-metadata#metadata-import-file).You can provide multiple metadata import files in the same metadata job. The bucket or folder must contain at least one metadata import file, in JSON Lines format (either .json or .jsonl file extension).In FULL entry sync mode, don't save the metadata import file in a folder named SOURCE_STORAGE_URI/deletions/.Caution: If the metadata import file contains no data, all entries and aspects that belong to the job's scope are deleted. + "sourceStorageUri": "A String", # Optional. The URI of a Cloud Storage bucket or folder (beginning with gs:// and ending with /) that contains the metadata import files for this job.A metadata import file defines the values to set for each of the entries and aspects in a metadata import job. For more information about how to create a metadata import file and the file requirements, see Metadata import file (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/import-metadata#metadata-import-file).You can provide multiple metadata import files in the same metadata job. The bucket or folder must contain at least one metadata import file, in JSON Lines format (either .json or .jsonl file extension).In FULL entry sync mode, don't save the metadata import file in a folder named SOURCE_STORAGE_URI/deletions/.Caution: If the metadata import file contains no data, all entries and aspects that belong to the job's scope are deleted. }, "labels": { # Optional. User-defined labels. "a_key": "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.environments.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.environments.html index 501f9c241a0..1a67c6eda36 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.environments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.environments.html @@ -160,6 +160,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "pitch": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch. + "pronunciations": [ # Optional. The custom pronunciations for the synthesized audio. + { # Pronunciation customization for a phrase. + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", # The phonetic encoding of the phrase. + "phrase": "A String", # The phrase to which the customization is applied. The phrase can be multiple words, such as proper nouns, but shouldn't span the length of the sentence. + "pronunciation": "A String", # The pronunciation of the phrase. This must be in the phonetic encoding specified above. + }, + ], "speakingRate": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error. "voice": { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio. "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. @@ -215,6 +222,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "pitch": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch. + "pronunciations": [ # Optional. The custom pronunciations for the synthesized audio. + { # Pronunciation customization for a phrase. + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", # The phonetic encoding of the phrase. + "phrase": "A String", # The phrase to which the customization is applied. The phrase can be multiple words, such as proper nouns, but shouldn't span the length of the sentence. + "pronunciation": "A String", # The pronunciation of the phrase. This must be in the phonetic encoding specified above. + }, + ], "speakingRate": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error. "voice": { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio. "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. @@ -294,6 +308,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "pitch": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch. + "pronunciations": [ # Optional. The custom pronunciations for the synthesized audio. + { # Pronunciation customization for a phrase. + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", # The phonetic encoding of the phrase. + "phrase": "A String", # The phrase to which the customization is applied. The phrase can be multiple words, such as proper nouns, but shouldn't span the length of the sentence. + "pronunciation": "A String", # The pronunciation of the phrase. This must be in the phonetic encoding specified above. + }, + ], "speakingRate": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error. "voice": { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio. "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. @@ -402,6 +423,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "pitch": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch. + "pronunciations": [ # Optional. The custom pronunciations for the synthesized audio. + { # Pronunciation customization for a phrase. + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", # The phonetic encoding of the phrase. + "phrase": "A String", # The phrase to which the customization is applied. The phrase can be multiple words, such as proper nouns, but shouldn't span the length of the sentence. + "pronunciation": "A String", # The pronunciation of the phrase. This must be in the phonetic encoding specified above. + }, + ], "speakingRate": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error. "voice": { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio. "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. @@ -475,6 +503,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "pitch": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch. + "pronunciations": [ # Optional. The custom pronunciations for the synthesized audio. + { # Pronunciation customization for a phrase. + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", # The phonetic encoding of the phrase. + "phrase": "A String", # The phrase to which the customization is applied. The phrase can be multiple words, such as proper nouns, but shouldn't span the length of the sentence. + "pronunciation": "A String", # The pronunciation of the phrase. This must be in the phonetic encoding specified above. + }, + ], "speakingRate": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error. "voice": { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio. "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. @@ -531,6 +566,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "pitch": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch. + "pronunciations": [ # Optional. The custom pronunciations for the synthesized audio. + { # Pronunciation customization for a phrase. + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", # The phonetic encoding of the phrase. + "phrase": "A String", # The phrase to which the customization is applied. The phrase can be multiple words, such as proper nouns, but shouldn't span the length of the sentence. + "pronunciation": "A String", # The pronunciation of the phrase. This must be in the phonetic encoding specified above. + }, + ], "speakingRate": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error. "voice": { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio. "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.environments.users.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.environments.users.sessions.html index bfeb9159df6..217de2b669a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.environments.users.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.environments.users.sessions.html @@ -136,6 +136,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "pitch": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch. + "pronunciations": [ # Optional. The custom pronunciations for the synthesized audio. + { # Pronunciation customization for a phrase. + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", # The phonetic encoding of the phrase. + "phrase": "A String", # The phrase to which the customization is applied. The phrase can be multiple words, such as proper nouns, but shouldn't span the length of the sentence. + "pronunciation": "A String", # The pronunciation of the phrase. This must be in the phonetic encoding specified above. + }, + ], "speakingRate": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error. "voice": { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio. "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. @@ -151,7 +158,7 @@

Method Details

"disableNoSpeechRecognizedEvent": True or False, # Only used in Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent. If `false` and recognition doesn't return any result, trigger `NO_SPEECH_RECOGNIZED` event to Dialogflow agent. "enableAutomaticPunctuation": True or False, # Enable automatic punctuation option at the speech backend. "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. + "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not set, the language is inferred from the ConversationProfile.stt_config. "model": "A String", # Optional. Which Speech model to select for the given request. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/speech-models). "modelVariant": "A String", # Which variant of the Speech model to use. "optOutConformerModelMigration": True or False, # If `true`, the request will opt out for STT conformer model migration. This field will be deprecated once force migration takes place in June 2024. Please refer to [Dialogflow ES Speech model migration](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/speech-model-migration). @@ -245,6 +252,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "pitch": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch. + "pronunciations": [ # Optional. The custom pronunciations for the synthesized audio. + { # Pronunciation customization for a phrase. + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", # The phonetic encoding of the phrase. + "phrase": "A String", # The phrase to which the customization is applied. The phrase can be multiple words, such as proper nouns, but shouldn't span the length of the sentence. + "pronunciation": "A String", # The pronunciation of the phrase. This must be in the phonetic encoding specified above. + }, + ], "speakingRate": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error. "voice": { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio. "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.sessions.html index 15213d9849b..42befd99c07 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.sessions.html @@ -136,6 +136,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "pitch": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch. + "pronunciations": [ # Optional. The custom pronunciations for the synthesized audio. + { # Pronunciation customization for a phrase. + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", # The phonetic encoding of the phrase. + "phrase": "A String", # The phrase to which the customization is applied. The phrase can be multiple words, such as proper nouns, but shouldn't span the length of the sentence. + "pronunciation": "A String", # The pronunciation of the phrase. This must be in the phonetic encoding specified above. + }, + ], "speakingRate": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error. "voice": { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio. "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. @@ -151,7 +158,7 @@

Method Details

"disableNoSpeechRecognizedEvent": True or False, # Only used in Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent. If `false` and recognition doesn't return any result, trigger `NO_SPEECH_RECOGNIZED` event to Dialogflow agent. "enableAutomaticPunctuation": True or False, # Enable automatic punctuation option at the speech backend. "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. + "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not set, the language is inferred from the ConversationProfile.stt_config. "model": "A String", # Optional. Which Speech model to select for the given request. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/speech-models). "modelVariant": "A String", # Which variant of the Speech model to use. "optOutConformerModelMigration": True or False, # If `true`, the request will opt out for STT conformer model migration. This field will be deprecated once force migration takes place in June 2024. Please refer to [Dialogflow ES Speech model migration](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/speech-model-migration). @@ -245,6 +252,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "pitch": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch. + "pronunciations": [ # Optional. The custom pronunciations for the synthesized audio. + { # Pronunciation customization for a phrase. + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", # The phonetic encoding of the phrase. + "phrase": "A String", # The phrase to which the customization is applied. The phrase can be multiple words, such as proper nouns, but shouldn't span the length of the sentence. + "pronunciation": "A String", # The pronunciation of the phrase. This must be in the phonetic encoding specified above. + }, + ], "speakingRate": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error. "voice": { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio. "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversationProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversationProfiles.html index b55be91e7f4..02a2b937a91 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversationProfiles.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversationProfiles.html @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@

Method Details

"sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. + "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not specified, the default language configured at ConversationProfile is used. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. "phraseSets": [ # List of names of Cloud Speech phrase sets that are used for transcription. For phrase set limitations, please refer to [Cloud Speech API quotas and limits](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/quotas#content). "A String", @@ -345,6 +345,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "pitch": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch. + "pronunciations": [ # Optional. The custom pronunciations for the synthesized audio. + { # Pronunciation customization for a phrase. + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", # The phonetic encoding of the phrase. + "phrase": "A String", # The phrase to which the customization is applied. The phrase can be multiple words, such as proper nouns, but shouldn't span the length of the sentence. + "pronunciation": "A String", # The pronunciation of the phrase. This must be in the phonetic encoding specified above. + }, + ], "speakingRate": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error. "voice": { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio. "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. @@ -534,7 +541,7 @@

Method Details

"sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. + "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not specified, the default language configured at ConversationProfile is used. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. "phraseSets": [ # List of names of Cloud Speech phrase sets that are used for transcription. For phrase set limitations, please refer to [Cloud Speech API quotas and limits](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/quotas#content). "A String", @@ -549,6 +556,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "pitch": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch. + "pronunciations": [ # Optional. The custom pronunciations for the synthesized audio. + { # Pronunciation customization for a phrase. + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", # The phonetic encoding of the phrase. + "phrase": "A String", # The phrase to which the customization is applied. The phrase can be multiple words, such as proper nouns, but shouldn't span the length of the sentence. + "pronunciation": "A String", # The pronunciation of the phrase. This must be in the phonetic encoding specified above. + }, + ], "speakingRate": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error. "voice": { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio. "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. @@ -763,7 +777,7 @@

Method Details

"sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. + "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not specified, the default language configured at ConversationProfile is used. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. "phraseSets": [ # List of names of Cloud Speech phrase sets that are used for transcription. For phrase set limitations, please refer to [Cloud Speech API quotas and limits](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/quotas#content). "A String", @@ -778,6 +792,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "pitch": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch. + "pronunciations": [ # Optional. The custom pronunciations for the synthesized audio. + { # Pronunciation customization for a phrase. + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", # The phonetic encoding of the phrase. + "phrase": "A String", # The phrase to which the customization is applied. The phrase can be multiple words, such as proper nouns, but shouldn't span the length of the sentence. + "pronunciation": "A String", # The pronunciation of the phrase. This must be in the phonetic encoding specified above. + }, + ], "speakingRate": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error. "voice": { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio. "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. @@ -978,7 +999,7 @@

Method Details

"sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. + "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not specified, the default language configured at ConversationProfile is used. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. "phraseSets": [ # List of names of Cloud Speech phrase sets that are used for transcription. For phrase set limitations, please refer to [Cloud Speech API quotas and limits](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/quotas#content). "A String", @@ -993,6 +1014,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "pitch": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch. + "pronunciations": [ # Optional. The custom pronunciations for the synthesized audio. + { # Pronunciation customization for a phrase. + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", # The phonetic encoding of the phrase. + "phrase": "A String", # The phrase to which the customization is applied. The phrase can be multiple words, such as proper nouns, but shouldn't span the length of the sentence. + "pronunciation": "A String", # The pronunciation of the phrase. This must be in the phonetic encoding specified above. + }, + ], "speakingRate": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error. "voice": { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio. "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. @@ -1201,7 +1229,7 @@

Method Details

"sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. + "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not specified, the default language configured at ConversationProfile is used. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. "phraseSets": [ # List of names of Cloud Speech phrase sets that are used for transcription. For phrase set limitations, please refer to [Cloud Speech API quotas and limits](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/quotas#content). "A String", @@ -1216,6 +1244,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "pitch": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch. + "pronunciations": [ # Optional. The custom pronunciations for the synthesized audio. + { # Pronunciation customization for a phrase. + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", # The phonetic encoding of the phrase. + "phrase": "A String", # The phrase to which the customization is applied. The phrase can be multiple words, such as proper nouns, but shouldn't span the length of the sentence. + "pronunciation": "A String", # The pronunciation of the phrase. This must be in the phonetic encoding specified above. + }, + ], "speakingRate": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error. "voice": { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio. "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. @@ -1406,7 +1441,7 @@

Method Details

"sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. + "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not specified, the default language configured at ConversationProfile is used. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. "phraseSets": [ # List of names of Cloud Speech phrase sets that are used for transcription. For phrase set limitations, please refer to [Cloud Speech API quotas and limits](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/quotas#content). "A String", @@ -1421,6 +1456,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "pitch": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch. + "pronunciations": [ # Optional. The custom pronunciations for the synthesized audio. + { # Pronunciation customization for a phrase. + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", # The phonetic encoding of the phrase. + "phrase": "A String", # The phrase to which the customization is applied. The phrase can be multiple words, such as proper nouns, but shouldn't span the length of the sentence. + "pronunciation": "A String", # The pronunciation of the phrase. This must be in the phonetic encoding specified above. + }, + ], "speakingRate": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error. "voice": { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio. "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.participants.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.participants.html index 34be8e5f006..dfbdfaa6f7a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.participants.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.participants.html @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@

Method Details

"disableNoSpeechRecognizedEvent": True or False, # Only used in Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent. If `false` and recognition doesn't return any result, trigger `NO_SPEECH_RECOGNIZED` event to Dialogflow agent. "enableAutomaticPunctuation": True or False, # Enable automatic punctuation option at the speech backend. "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. + "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not set, the language is inferred from the ConversationProfile.stt_config. "model": "A String", # Optional. Which Speech model to select for the given request. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/speech-models). "modelVariant": "A String", # Which variant of the Speech model to use. "optOutConformerModelMigration": True or False, # If `true`, the request will opt out for STT conformer model migration. This field will be deprecated once force migration takes place in June 2024. Please refer to [Dialogflow ES Speech model migration](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/speech-model-migration). @@ -204,6 +204,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "pitch": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch. + "pronunciations": [ # Optional. The custom pronunciations for the synthesized audio. + { # Pronunciation customization for a phrase. + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", # The phonetic encoding of the phrase. + "phrase": "A String", # The phrase to which the customization is applied. The phrase can be multiple words, such as proper nouns, but shouldn't span the length of the sentence. + "pronunciation": "A String", # The pronunciation of the phrase. This must be in the phonetic encoding specified above. + }, + ], "speakingRate": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error. "voice": { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio. "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. @@ -245,6 +252,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "pitch": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch. + "pronunciations": [ # Optional. The custom pronunciations for the synthesized audio. + { # Pronunciation customization for a phrase. + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", # The phonetic encoding of the phrase. + "phrase": "A String", # The phrase to which the customization is applied. The phrase can be multiple words, such as proper nouns, but shouldn't span the length of the sentence. + "pronunciation": "A String", # The pronunciation of the phrase. This must be in the phonetic encoding specified above. + }, + ], "speakingRate": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error. "voice": { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio. "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. @@ -1019,6 +1033,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "pitch": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch. + "pronunciations": [ # Optional. The custom pronunciations for the synthesized audio. + { # Pronunciation customization for a phrase. + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", # The phonetic encoding of the phrase. + "phrase": "A String", # The phrase to which the customization is applied. The phrase can be multiple words, such as proper nouns, but shouldn't span the length of the sentence. + "pronunciation": "A String", # The pronunciation of the phrase. This must be in the phonetic encoding specified above. + }, + ], "speakingRate": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error. "voice": { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio. "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.environments.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.environments.html index 4342411bf07..0d59b26c145 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.environments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.environments.html @@ -160,6 +160,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "pitch": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch. + "pronunciations": [ # Optional. The custom pronunciations for the synthesized audio. + { # Pronunciation customization for a phrase. + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", # The phonetic encoding of the phrase. + "phrase": "A String", # The phrase to which the customization is applied. The phrase can be multiple words, such as proper nouns, but shouldn't span the length of the sentence. + "pronunciation": "A String", # The pronunciation of the phrase. This must be in the phonetic encoding specified above. + }, + ], "speakingRate": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error. "voice": { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio. "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. @@ -215,6 +222,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "pitch": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch. + "pronunciations": [ # Optional. The custom pronunciations for the synthesized audio. + { # Pronunciation customization for a phrase. + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", # The phonetic encoding of the phrase. + "phrase": "A String", # The phrase to which the customization is applied. The phrase can be multiple words, such as proper nouns, but shouldn't span the length of the sentence. + "pronunciation": "A String", # The pronunciation of the phrase. This must be in the phonetic encoding specified above. + }, + ], "speakingRate": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error. "voice": { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio. "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. @@ -294,6 +308,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "pitch": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch. + "pronunciations": [ # Optional. The custom pronunciations for the synthesized audio. + { # Pronunciation customization for a phrase. + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", # The phonetic encoding of the phrase. + "phrase": "A String", # The phrase to which the customization is applied. The phrase can be multiple words, such as proper nouns, but shouldn't span the length of the sentence. + "pronunciation": "A String", # The pronunciation of the phrase. This must be in the phonetic encoding specified above. + }, + ], "speakingRate": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error. "voice": { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio. "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. @@ -402,6 +423,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "pitch": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch. + "pronunciations": [ # Optional. The custom pronunciations for the synthesized audio. + { # Pronunciation customization for a phrase. + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", # The phonetic encoding of the phrase. + "phrase": "A String", # The phrase to which the customization is applied. The phrase can be multiple words, such as proper nouns, but shouldn't span the length of the sentence. + "pronunciation": "A String", # The pronunciation of the phrase. This must be in the phonetic encoding specified above. + }, + ], "speakingRate": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error. "voice": { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio. "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. @@ -475,6 +503,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "pitch": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch. + "pronunciations": [ # Optional. The custom pronunciations for the synthesized audio. + { # Pronunciation customization for a phrase. + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", # The phonetic encoding of the phrase. + "phrase": "A String", # The phrase to which the customization is applied. The phrase can be multiple words, such as proper nouns, but shouldn't span the length of the sentence. + "pronunciation": "A String", # The pronunciation of the phrase. This must be in the phonetic encoding specified above. + }, + ], "speakingRate": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error. "voice": { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio. "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. @@ -531,6 +566,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "pitch": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch. + "pronunciations": [ # Optional. The custom pronunciations for the synthesized audio. + { # Pronunciation customization for a phrase. + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", # The phonetic encoding of the phrase. + "phrase": "A String", # The phrase to which the customization is applied. The phrase can be multiple words, such as proper nouns, but shouldn't span the length of the sentence. + "pronunciation": "A String", # The pronunciation of the phrase. This must be in the phonetic encoding specified above. + }, + ], "speakingRate": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error. "voice": { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio. "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.environments.users.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.environments.users.sessions.html index 79e58b688a1..59d0f028c54 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.environments.users.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.environments.users.sessions.html @@ -136,6 +136,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "pitch": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch. + "pronunciations": [ # Optional. The custom pronunciations for the synthesized audio. + { # Pronunciation customization for a phrase. + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", # The phonetic encoding of the phrase. + "phrase": "A String", # The phrase to which the customization is applied. The phrase can be multiple words, such as proper nouns, but shouldn't span the length of the sentence. + "pronunciation": "A String", # The pronunciation of the phrase. This must be in the phonetic encoding specified above. + }, + ], "speakingRate": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error. "voice": { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio. "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. @@ -151,7 +158,7 @@

Method Details

"disableNoSpeechRecognizedEvent": True or False, # Only used in Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent. If `false` and recognition doesn't return any result, trigger `NO_SPEECH_RECOGNIZED` event to Dialogflow agent. "enableAutomaticPunctuation": True or False, # Enable automatic punctuation option at the speech backend. "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. + "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not set, the language is inferred from the ConversationProfile.stt_config. "model": "A String", # Optional. Which Speech model to select for the given request. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/speech-models). "modelVariant": "A String", # Which variant of the Speech model to use. "optOutConformerModelMigration": True or False, # If `true`, the request will opt out for STT conformer model migration. This field will be deprecated once force migration takes place in June 2024. Please refer to [Dialogflow ES Speech model migration](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/speech-model-migration). @@ -245,6 +252,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "pitch": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch. + "pronunciations": [ # Optional. The custom pronunciations for the synthesized audio. + { # Pronunciation customization for a phrase. + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", # The phonetic encoding of the phrase. + "phrase": "A String", # The phrase to which the customization is applied. The phrase can be multiple words, such as proper nouns, but shouldn't span the length of the sentence. + "pronunciation": "A String", # The pronunciation of the phrase. This must be in the phonetic encoding specified above. + }, + ], "speakingRate": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error. "voice": { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio. "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.sessions.html index 4c98d04419d..bd3bf1024d7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.sessions.html @@ -136,6 +136,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "pitch": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch. + "pronunciations": [ # Optional. The custom pronunciations for the synthesized audio. + { # Pronunciation customization for a phrase. + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", # The phonetic encoding of the phrase. + "phrase": "A String", # The phrase to which the customization is applied. The phrase can be multiple words, such as proper nouns, but shouldn't span the length of the sentence. + "pronunciation": "A String", # The pronunciation of the phrase. This must be in the phonetic encoding specified above. + }, + ], "speakingRate": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error. "voice": { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio. "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. @@ -151,7 +158,7 @@

Method Details

"disableNoSpeechRecognizedEvent": True or False, # Only used in Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent. If `false` and recognition doesn't return any result, trigger `NO_SPEECH_RECOGNIZED` event to Dialogflow agent. "enableAutomaticPunctuation": True or False, # Enable automatic punctuation option at the speech backend. "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. + "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not set, the language is inferred from the ConversationProfile.stt_config. "model": "A String", # Optional. Which Speech model to select for the given request. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/speech-models). "modelVariant": "A String", # Which variant of the Speech model to use. "optOutConformerModelMigration": True or False, # If `true`, the request will opt out for STT conformer model migration. This field will be deprecated once force migration takes place in June 2024. Please refer to [Dialogflow ES Speech model migration](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/speech-model-migration). @@ -245,6 +252,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "pitch": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch. + "pronunciations": [ # Optional. The custom pronunciations for the synthesized audio. + { # Pronunciation customization for a phrase. + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", # The phonetic encoding of the phrase. + "phrase": "A String", # The phrase to which the customization is applied. The phrase can be multiple words, such as proper nouns, but shouldn't span the length of the sentence. + "pronunciation": "A String", # The pronunciation of the phrase. This must be in the phonetic encoding specified above. + }, + ], "speakingRate": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error. "voice": { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio. "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversationProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversationProfiles.html index 16ed6c47703..78f8cbf24b7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversationProfiles.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversationProfiles.html @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@

Method Details

"sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. + "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not specified, the default language configured at ConversationProfile is used. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. "phraseSets": [ # List of names of Cloud Speech phrase sets that are used for transcription. For phrase set limitations, please refer to [Cloud Speech API quotas and limits](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/quotas#content). "A String", @@ -345,6 +345,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "pitch": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch. + "pronunciations": [ # Optional. The custom pronunciations for the synthesized audio. + { # Pronunciation customization for a phrase. + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", # The phonetic encoding of the phrase. + "phrase": "A String", # The phrase to which the customization is applied. The phrase can be multiple words, such as proper nouns, but shouldn't span the length of the sentence. + "pronunciation": "A String", # The pronunciation of the phrase. This must be in the phonetic encoding specified above. + }, + ], "speakingRate": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error. "voice": { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio. "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. @@ -534,7 +541,7 @@

Method Details

"sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. + "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not specified, the default language configured at ConversationProfile is used. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. "phraseSets": [ # List of names of Cloud Speech phrase sets that are used for transcription. For phrase set limitations, please refer to [Cloud Speech API quotas and limits](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/quotas#content). "A String", @@ -549,6 +556,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "pitch": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch. + "pronunciations": [ # Optional. The custom pronunciations for the synthesized audio. + { # Pronunciation customization for a phrase. + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", # The phonetic encoding of the phrase. + "phrase": "A String", # The phrase to which the customization is applied. The phrase can be multiple words, such as proper nouns, but shouldn't span the length of the sentence. + "pronunciation": "A String", # The pronunciation of the phrase. This must be in the phonetic encoding specified above. + }, + ], "speakingRate": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error. "voice": { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio. "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. @@ -763,7 +777,7 @@

Method Details

"sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. + "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not specified, the default language configured at ConversationProfile is used. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. "phraseSets": [ # List of names of Cloud Speech phrase sets that are used for transcription. For phrase set limitations, please refer to [Cloud Speech API quotas and limits](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/quotas#content). "A String", @@ -778,6 +792,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "pitch": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch. + "pronunciations": [ # Optional. The custom pronunciations for the synthesized audio. + { # Pronunciation customization for a phrase. + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", # The phonetic encoding of the phrase. + "phrase": "A String", # The phrase to which the customization is applied. The phrase can be multiple words, such as proper nouns, but shouldn't span the length of the sentence. + "pronunciation": "A String", # The pronunciation of the phrase. This must be in the phonetic encoding specified above. + }, + ], "speakingRate": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error. "voice": { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio. "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. @@ -978,7 +999,7 @@

Method Details

"sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. + "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not specified, the default language configured at ConversationProfile is used. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. "phraseSets": [ # List of names of Cloud Speech phrase sets that are used for transcription. For phrase set limitations, please refer to [Cloud Speech API quotas and limits](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/quotas#content). "A String", @@ -993,6 +1014,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "pitch": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch. + "pronunciations": [ # Optional. The custom pronunciations for the synthesized audio. + { # Pronunciation customization for a phrase. + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", # The phonetic encoding of the phrase. + "phrase": "A String", # The phrase to which the customization is applied. The phrase can be multiple words, such as proper nouns, but shouldn't span the length of the sentence. + "pronunciation": "A String", # The pronunciation of the phrase. This must be in the phonetic encoding specified above. + }, + ], "speakingRate": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error. "voice": { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio. "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. @@ -1201,7 +1229,7 @@

Method Details

"sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. + "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not specified, the default language configured at ConversationProfile is used. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. "phraseSets": [ # List of names of Cloud Speech phrase sets that are used for transcription. For phrase set limitations, please refer to [Cloud Speech API quotas and limits](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/quotas#content). "A String", @@ -1216,6 +1244,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "pitch": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch. + "pronunciations": [ # Optional. The custom pronunciations for the synthesized audio. + { # Pronunciation customization for a phrase. + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", # The phonetic encoding of the phrase. + "phrase": "A String", # The phrase to which the customization is applied. The phrase can be multiple words, such as proper nouns, but shouldn't span the length of the sentence. + "pronunciation": "A String", # The pronunciation of the phrase. This must be in the phonetic encoding specified above. + }, + ], "speakingRate": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error. "voice": { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio. "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. @@ -1406,7 +1441,7 @@

Method Details

"sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. + "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not specified, the default language configured at ConversationProfile is used. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. "phraseSets": [ # List of names of Cloud Speech phrase sets that are used for transcription. For phrase set limitations, please refer to [Cloud Speech API quotas and limits](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/quotas#content). "A String", @@ -1421,6 +1456,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "pitch": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch. + "pronunciations": [ # Optional. The custom pronunciations for the synthesized audio. + { # Pronunciation customization for a phrase. + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", # The phonetic encoding of the phrase. + "phrase": "A String", # The phrase to which the customization is applied. The phrase can be multiple words, such as proper nouns, but shouldn't span the length of the sentence. + "pronunciation": "A String", # The pronunciation of the phrase. This must be in the phonetic encoding specified above. + }, + ], "speakingRate": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error. "voice": { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio. "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html index 530ab73f544..2f87df187c6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@

Method Details

"disableNoSpeechRecognizedEvent": True or False, # Only used in Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent. If `false` and recognition doesn't return any result, trigger `NO_SPEECH_RECOGNIZED` event to Dialogflow agent. "enableAutomaticPunctuation": True or False, # Enable automatic punctuation option at the speech backend. "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. + "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not set, the language is inferred from the ConversationProfile.stt_config. "model": "A String", # Optional. Which Speech model to select for the given request. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/speech-models). "modelVariant": "A String", # Which variant of the Speech model to use. "optOutConformerModelMigration": True or False, # If `true`, the request will opt out for STT conformer model migration. This field will be deprecated once force migration takes place in June 2024. Please refer to [Dialogflow ES Speech model migration](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/speech-model-migration). @@ -204,6 +204,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "pitch": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch. + "pronunciations": [ # Optional. The custom pronunciations for the synthesized audio. + { # Pronunciation customization for a phrase. + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", # The phonetic encoding of the phrase. + "phrase": "A String", # The phrase to which the customization is applied. The phrase can be multiple words, such as proper nouns, but shouldn't span the length of the sentence. + "pronunciation": "A String", # The pronunciation of the phrase. This must be in the phonetic encoding specified above. + }, + ], "speakingRate": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error. "voice": { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio. "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. @@ -245,6 +252,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "pitch": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch. + "pronunciations": [ # Optional. The custom pronunciations for the synthesized audio. + { # Pronunciation customization for a phrase. + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", # The phonetic encoding of the phrase. + "phrase": "A String", # The phrase to which the customization is applied. The phrase can be multiple words, such as proper nouns, but shouldn't span the length of the sentence. + "pronunciation": "A String", # The pronunciation of the phrase. This must be in the phonetic encoding specified above. + }, + ], "speakingRate": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error. "voice": { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio. "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. @@ -1019,6 +1033,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "pitch": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch. + "pronunciations": [ # Optional. The custom pronunciations for the synthesized audio. + { # Pronunciation customization for a phrase. + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", # The phonetic encoding of the phrase. + "phrase": "A String", # The phrase to which the customization is applied. The phrase can be multiple words, such as proper nouns, but shouldn't span the length of the sentence. + "pronunciation": "A String", # The pronunciation of the phrase. This must be in the phonetic encoding specified above. + }, + ], "speakingRate": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error. "voice": { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio. "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.suggestions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.suggestions.html index 0d58f7f577f..4bfab847260 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.suggestions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.suggestions.html @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@

Method Details

"sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. + "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not specified, the default language configured at ConversationProfile is used. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. "phraseSets": [ # List of names of Cloud Speech phrase sets that are used for transcription. For phrase set limitations, please refer to [Cloud Speech API quotas and limits](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/quotas#content). "A String", @@ -285,6 +285,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "pitch": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch. + "pronunciations": [ # Optional. The custom pronunciations for the synthesized audio. + { # Pronunciation customization for a phrase. + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", # The phonetic encoding of the phrase. + "phrase": "A String", # The phrase to which the customization is applied. The phrase can be multiple words, such as proper nouns, but shouldn't span the length of the sentence. + "pronunciation": "A String", # The pronunciation of the phrase. This must be in the phonetic encoding specified above. + }, + ], "speakingRate": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error. "voice": { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio. "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.suggestions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.suggestions.html index 6ae9972c4f8..3a40cf405f3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.suggestions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.suggestions.html @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@

Method Details

"sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. + "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not specified, the default language configured at ConversationProfile is used. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. "phraseSets": [ # List of names of Cloud Speech phrase sets that are used for transcription. For phrase set limitations, please refer to [Cloud Speech API quotas and limits](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/quotas#content). "A String", @@ -285,6 +285,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "pitch": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch. + "pronunciations": [ # Optional. The custom pronunciations for the synthesized audio. + { # Pronunciation customization for a phrase. + "phoneticEncoding": "A String", # The phonetic encoding of the phrase. + "phrase": "A String", # The phrase to which the customization is applied. The phrase can be multiple words, such as proper nouns, but shouldn't span the length of the sentence. + "pronunciation": "A String", # The pronunciation of the phrase. This must be in the phonetic encoding specified above. + }, + ], "speakingRate": 3.14, # Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error. "voice": { # Description of which voice to use for speech synthesis. # Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio. "name": "A String", # Optional. The name of the voice. If not set, the service will choose a voice based on the other parameters such as language_code and ssml_gender. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.environments.users.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.environments.users.sessions.html index 9ff8bb9dd3b..44ab5ca3199 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.environments.users.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.environments.users.sessions.html @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@

Method Details

"disableNoSpeechRecognizedEvent": True or False, # Only used in Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent. If `false` and recognition doesn't return any result, trigger `NO_SPEECH_RECOGNIZED` event to Dialogflow agent. "enableAutomaticPunctuation": True or False, # Enable automatic punctuation option at the speech backend. "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. + "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not set, the language is inferred from the ConversationProfile.stt_config. "model": "A String", # Optional. Which Speech model to select for the given request. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/speech-models). "modelVariant": "A String", # Which variant of the Speech model to use. "optOutConformerModelMigration": True or False, # If `true`, the request will opt out for STT conformer model migration. This field will be deprecated once force migration takes place in June 2024. Please refer to [Dialogflow ES Speech model migration](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/speech-model-migration). diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.sessions.html index aaedcaae087..ba38f695a55 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.agent.sessions.html @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@

Method Details

"disableNoSpeechRecognizedEvent": True or False, # Only used in Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent. If `false` and recognition doesn't return any result, trigger `NO_SPEECH_RECOGNIZED` event to Dialogflow agent. "enableAutomaticPunctuation": True or False, # Enable automatic punctuation option at the speech backend. "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. + "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not set, the language is inferred from the ConversationProfile.stt_config. "model": "A String", # Optional. Which Speech model to select for the given request. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/speech-models). "modelVariant": "A String", # Which variant of the Speech model to use. "optOutConformerModelMigration": True or False, # If `true`, the request will opt out for STT conformer model migration. This field will be deprecated once force migration takes place in June 2024. Please refer to [Dialogflow ES Speech model migration](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/speech-model-migration). diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversationProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversationProfiles.html index 3e54a912ea1..196dd469eed 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversationProfiles.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversationProfiles.html @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@

Method Details

"sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. + "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not specified, the default language configured at ConversationProfile is used. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. "phraseSets": [ # List of names of Cloud Speech phrase sets that are used for transcription. For phrase set limitations, please refer to [Cloud Speech API quotas and limits](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/quotas#content). "A String", @@ -541,7 +541,7 @@

Method Details

"sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. + "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not specified, the default language configured at ConversationProfile is used. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. "phraseSets": [ # List of names of Cloud Speech phrase sets that are used for transcription. For phrase set limitations, please refer to [Cloud Speech API quotas and limits](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/quotas#content). "A String", @@ -777,7 +777,7 @@

Method Details

"sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. + "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not specified, the default language configured at ConversationProfile is used. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. "phraseSets": [ # List of names of Cloud Speech phrase sets that are used for transcription. For phrase set limitations, please refer to [Cloud Speech API quotas and limits](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/quotas#content). "A String", @@ -999,7 +999,7 @@

Method Details

"sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. + "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not specified, the default language configured at ConversationProfile is used. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. "phraseSets": [ # List of names of Cloud Speech phrase sets that are used for transcription. For phrase set limitations, please refer to [Cloud Speech API quotas and limits](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/quotas#content). "A String", @@ -1229,7 +1229,7 @@

Method Details

"sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. + "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not specified, the default language configured at ConversationProfile is used. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. "phraseSets": [ # List of names of Cloud Speech phrase sets that are used for transcription. For phrase set limitations, please refer to [Cloud Speech API quotas and limits](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/quotas#content). "A String", @@ -1441,7 +1441,7 @@

Method Details

"sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. + "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not specified, the default language configured at ConversationProfile is used. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. "phraseSets": [ # List of names of Cloud Speech phrase sets that are used for transcription. For phrase set limitations, please refer to [Cloud Speech API quotas and limits](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/quotas#content). "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.participants.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.participants.html index 812363c9d23..c6c72d6ce1e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.participants.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.participants.html @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@

Method Details

"disableNoSpeechRecognizedEvent": True or False, # Only used in Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent. If `false` and recognition doesn't return any result, trigger `NO_SPEECH_RECOGNIZED` event to Dialogflow agent. "enableAutomaticPunctuation": True or False, # Enable automatic punctuation option at the speech backend. "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. + "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not set, the language is inferred from the ConversationProfile.stt_config. "model": "A String", # Optional. Which Speech model to select for the given request. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/speech-models). "modelVariant": "A String", # Which variant of the Speech model to use. "optOutConformerModelMigration": True or False, # If `true`, the request will opt out for STT conformer model migration. This field will be deprecated once force migration takes place in June 2024. Please refer to [Dialogflow ES Speech model migration](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/speech-model-migration). diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.environments.users.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.environments.users.sessions.html index e133ea29234..b6e78918dc0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.environments.users.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.environments.users.sessions.html @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@

Method Details

"disableNoSpeechRecognizedEvent": True or False, # Only used in Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent. If `false` and recognition doesn't return any result, trigger `NO_SPEECH_RECOGNIZED` event to Dialogflow agent. "enableAutomaticPunctuation": True or False, # Enable automatic punctuation option at the speech backend. "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. + "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not set, the language is inferred from the ConversationProfile.stt_config. "model": "A String", # Optional. Which Speech model to select for the given request. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/speech-models). "modelVariant": "A String", # Which variant of the Speech model to use. "optOutConformerModelMigration": True or False, # If `true`, the request will opt out for STT conformer model migration. This field will be deprecated once force migration takes place in June 2024. Please refer to [Dialogflow ES Speech model migration](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/speech-model-migration). diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.sessions.html index c9211974ca5..eba9089a0fd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.agent.sessions.html @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@

Method Details

"disableNoSpeechRecognizedEvent": True or False, # Only used in Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent. If `false` and recognition doesn't return any result, trigger `NO_SPEECH_RECOGNIZED` event to Dialogflow agent. "enableAutomaticPunctuation": True or False, # Enable automatic punctuation option at the speech backend. "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. + "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not set, the language is inferred from the ConversationProfile.stt_config. "model": "A String", # Optional. Which Speech model to select for the given request. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/speech-models). "modelVariant": "A String", # Which variant of the Speech model to use. "optOutConformerModelMigration": True or False, # If `true`, the request will opt out for STT conformer model migration. This field will be deprecated once force migration takes place in June 2024. Please refer to [Dialogflow ES Speech model migration](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/speech-model-migration). diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversationProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversationProfiles.html index 8d462fc9f30..4b13cb869aa 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversationProfiles.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversationProfiles.html @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@

Method Details

"sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. + "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not specified, the default language configured at ConversationProfile is used. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. "phraseSets": [ # List of names of Cloud Speech phrase sets that are used for transcription. For phrase set limitations, please refer to [Cloud Speech API quotas and limits](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/quotas#content). "A String", @@ -541,7 +541,7 @@

Method Details

"sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. + "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not specified, the default language configured at ConversationProfile is used. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. "phraseSets": [ # List of names of Cloud Speech phrase sets that are used for transcription. For phrase set limitations, please refer to [Cloud Speech API quotas and limits](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/quotas#content). "A String", @@ -777,7 +777,7 @@

Method Details

"sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. + "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not specified, the default language configured at ConversationProfile is used. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. "phraseSets": [ # List of names of Cloud Speech phrase sets that are used for transcription. For phrase set limitations, please refer to [Cloud Speech API quotas and limits](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/quotas#content). "A String", @@ -999,7 +999,7 @@

Method Details

"sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. + "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not specified, the default language configured at ConversationProfile is used. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. "phraseSets": [ # List of names of Cloud Speech phrase sets that are used for transcription. For phrase set limitations, please refer to [Cloud Speech API quotas and limits](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/quotas#content). "A String", @@ -1229,7 +1229,7 @@

Method Details

"sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. + "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not specified, the default language configured at ConversationProfile is used. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. "phraseSets": [ # List of names of Cloud Speech phrase sets that are used for transcription. For phrase set limitations, please refer to [Cloud Speech API quotas and limits](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/quotas#content). "A String", @@ -1441,7 +1441,7 @@

Method Details

"sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. + "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not specified, the default language configured at ConversationProfile is used. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. "phraseSets": [ # List of names of Cloud Speech phrase sets that are used for transcription. For phrase set limitations, please refer to [Cloud Speech API quotas and limits](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/quotas#content). "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html index d1dd27aabd9..2fba99de1ea 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@

Method Details

"disableNoSpeechRecognizedEvent": True or False, # Only used in Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent. If `false` and recognition doesn't return any result, trigger `NO_SPEECH_RECOGNIZED` event to Dialogflow agent. "enableAutomaticPunctuation": True or False, # Enable automatic punctuation option at the speech backend. "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. + "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not set, the language is inferred from the ConversationProfile.stt_config. "model": "A String", # Optional. Which Speech model to select for the given request. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/speech-models). "modelVariant": "A String", # Which variant of the Speech model to use. "optOutConformerModelMigration": True or False, # If `true`, the request will opt out for STT conformer model migration. This field will be deprecated once force migration takes place in June 2024. Please refer to [Dialogflow ES Speech model migration](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/speech-model-migration). diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.suggestions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.suggestions.html index d36d6b3fece..7c2e2021953 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.suggestions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.suggestions.html @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@

Method Details

"sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. + "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not specified, the default language configured at ConversationProfile is used. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. "phraseSets": [ # List of names of Cloud Speech phrase sets that are used for transcription. For phrase set limitations, please refer to [Cloud Speech API quotas and limits](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/quotas#content). "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.suggestions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.suggestions.html index 23f496a769f..7eac7d19c39 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.suggestions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.suggestions.html @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@

Method Details

"sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. "audioEncoding": "A String", # Audio encoding of the audio content to process. "enableWordInfo": True or False, # If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information. - "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. + "languageCode": "A String", # The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not specified, the default language configured at ConversationProfile is used. "model": "A String", # Which Speech model to select. Select the model best suited to your domain to get best results. If a model is not explicitly specified, then Dialogflow auto-selects a model based on other parameters in the SpeechToTextConfig and Agent settings. If enhanced speech model is enabled for the agent and an enhanced version of the specified model for the language does not exist, then the speech is recognized using the standard version of the specified model. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#select-model) for more details. If you specify a model, the following models typically have the best performance: - phone_call (best for Agent Assist and telephony) - latest_short (best for Dialogflow non-telephony) - command_and_search Leave this field unspecified to use [Agent Speech settings](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/agent#settings-speech) for model selection. "phraseSets": [ # List of names of Cloud Speech phrase sets that are used for transcription. For phrase set limitations, please refer to [Cloud Speech API quotas and limits](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/quotas#content). "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html index 4d6dbcd9f96..754f347d678 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html @@ -160,11 +160,22 @@

Method Details

"text": { # Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The natural language text to be processed. "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. }, + "toolCallResult": { # The result of calling a tool's action that has been executed by the client. # The results of a tool executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "error": { # An error produced by the tool call. # The tool call's error. + "message": "A String", # Optional. The error message of the function. + }, + "outputParameters": { # The tool call's output parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, "queryParams": { # Represents the parameters of a conversational query. # The parameters of this query. "analyzeQueryTextSentiment": True or False, # Configures whether sentiment analysis should be performed. If not provided, sentiment analysis is not performed. "channel": "A String", # The channel which this query is for. If specified, only the ResponseMessage associated with the channel will be returned. If no ResponseMessage is associated with the channel, it falls back to the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel. If unspecified, the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel will be returned. "currentPage": "A String", # The unique identifier of the page to override the current page in the session. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. If `current_page` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow, including the previous page and the previous session parameters. In most cases, current_page and parameters should be configured together to direct a session to a specific state. + "currentPlaybook": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the playbook to start or continue the session with. If `current_playbook` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "disableWebhook": True or False, # Whether to disable webhook calls for this request. "endUserMetadata": { # Optional. Information about the end-user to improve the relevance and accuracy of generative answers. This will be interpreted and used by a language model, so, for good results, the data should be self-descriptive, and in a simple structure. Example: ```json { "subscription plan": "Business Premium Plus", "devices owned": [ {"model": "Google Pixel 7"}, {"model": "Google Pixel Tablet"} ] } ``` "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -176,6 +187,10 @@

Method Details

"latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, + "llmModelSettings": { # Settings for LLM models. # Optional. Use the specified LLM model settings for processing the request. + "model": "A String", # The selected LLM model. + "promptText": "A String", # The custom prompt to use. + }, "parameters": { # Additional parameters to be put into session parameters. To remove a parameter from the session, clients should explicitly set the parameter value to null. You can reference the session parameters in the agent with the following format: $session.params.parameter-id. Depending on your protocol or client library language, this is a map, associative array, symbol table, dictionary, or JSON object composed of a collection of (MapKey, MapValue) pairs: * MapKey type: string * MapKey value: parameter name * MapValue type: If parameter's entity type is a composite entity then use map, otherwise, depending on the parameter value type, it could be one of string, number, boolean, null, list or map. * MapValue value: If parameter's entity type is a composite entity then use map from composite entity property names to property values, otherwise, use parameter value. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, @@ -405,6 +420,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -462,6 +484,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -561,6 +590,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -618,6 +654,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -744,6 +787,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -801,6 +851,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -900,6 +957,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -957,6 +1021,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -1069,6 +1140,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -1126,6 +1204,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -1231,6 +1316,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -1288,6 +1380,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -1480,6 +1579,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "sentimentAnalysisResult": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. # The sentiment analyss result, which depends on `analyze_query_text_sentiment`, specified in the request. @@ -1597,11 +1703,22 @@

Method Details

"text": { # Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The natural language text to be processed. "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. }, + "toolCallResult": { # The result of calling a tool's action that has been executed by the client. # The results of a tool executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "error": { # An error produced by the tool call. # The tool call's error. + "message": "A String", # Optional. The error message of the function. + }, + "outputParameters": { # The tool call's output parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, "queryParams": { # Represents the parameters of a conversational query. # The parameters of this query. "analyzeQueryTextSentiment": True or False, # Configures whether sentiment analysis should be performed. If not provided, sentiment analysis is not performed. "channel": "A String", # The channel which this query is for. If specified, only the ResponseMessage associated with the channel will be returned. If no ResponseMessage is associated with the channel, it falls back to the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel. If unspecified, the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel will be returned. "currentPage": "A String", # The unique identifier of the page to override the current page in the session. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. If `current_page` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow, including the previous page and the previous session parameters. In most cases, current_page and parameters should be configured together to direct a session to a specific state. + "currentPlaybook": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the playbook to start or continue the session with. If `current_playbook` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "disableWebhook": True or False, # Whether to disable webhook calls for this request. "endUserMetadata": { # Optional. Information about the end-user to improve the relevance and accuracy of generative answers. This will be interpreted and used by a language model, so, for good results, the data should be self-descriptive, and in a simple structure. Example: ```json { "subscription plan": "Business Premium Plus", "devices owned": [ {"model": "Google Pixel 7"}, {"model": "Google Pixel Tablet"} ] } ``` "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1613,6 +1730,10 @@

Method Details

"latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, + "llmModelSettings": { # Settings for LLM models. # Optional. Use the specified LLM model settings for processing the request. + "model": "A String", # The selected LLM model. + "promptText": "A String", # The custom prompt to use. + }, "parameters": { # Additional parameters to be put into session parameters. To remove a parameter from the session, clients should explicitly set the parameter value to null. You can reference the session parameters in the agent with the following format: $session.params.parameter-id. Depending on your protocol or client library language, this is a map, associative array, symbol table, dictionary, or JSON object composed of a collection of (MapKey, MapValue) pairs: * MapKey type: string * MapKey value: parameter name * MapValue type: If parameter's entity type is a composite entity then use map, otherwise, depending on the parameter value type, it could be one of string, number, boolean, null, list or map. * MapValue value: If parameter's entity type is a composite entity then use map from composite entity property names to property values, otherwise, use parameter value. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, @@ -1858,6 +1979,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -1915,6 +2043,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -2014,6 +2149,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -2071,6 +2213,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -2197,6 +2346,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -2254,6 +2410,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -2353,6 +2516,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -2410,6 +2580,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -2522,6 +2699,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -2579,6 +2763,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -2684,6 +2875,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -2741,6 +2939,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -2933,6 +3138,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "sentimentAnalysisResult": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. # The sentiment analyss result, which depends on `analyze_query_text_sentiment`, specified in the request. @@ -3009,11 +3221,22 @@

Method Details

"text": { # Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The natural language text to be processed. "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. }, + "toolCallResult": { # The result of calling a tool's action that has been executed by the client. # The results of a tool executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "error": { # An error produced by the tool call. # The tool call's error. + "message": "A String", # Optional. The error message of the function. + }, + "outputParameters": { # The tool call's output parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, "queryParams": { # Represents the parameters of a conversational query. # The parameters of this query. "analyzeQueryTextSentiment": True or False, # Configures whether sentiment analysis should be performed. If not provided, sentiment analysis is not performed. "channel": "A String", # The channel which this query is for. If specified, only the ResponseMessage associated with the channel will be returned. If no ResponseMessage is associated with the channel, it falls back to the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel. If unspecified, the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel will be returned. "currentPage": "A String", # The unique identifier of the page to override the current page in the session. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. If `current_page` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow, including the previous page and the previous session parameters. In most cases, current_page and parameters should be configured together to direct a session to a specific state. + "currentPlaybook": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the playbook to start or continue the session with. If `current_playbook` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "disableWebhook": True or False, # Whether to disable webhook calls for this request. "endUserMetadata": { # Optional. Information about the end-user to improve the relevance and accuracy of generative answers. This will be interpreted and used by a language model, so, for good results, the data should be self-descriptive, and in a simple structure. Example: ```json { "subscription plan": "Business Premium Plus", "devices owned": [ {"model": "Google Pixel 7"}, {"model": "Google Pixel Tablet"} ] } ``` "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -3025,6 +3248,10 @@

Method Details

"latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, + "llmModelSettings": { # Settings for LLM models. # Optional. Use the specified LLM model settings for processing the request. + "model": "A String", # The selected LLM model. + "promptText": "A String", # The custom prompt to use. + }, "parameters": { # Additional parameters to be put into session parameters. To remove a parameter from the session, clients should explicitly set the parameter value to null. You can reference the session parameters in the agent with the following format: $session.params.parameter-id. Depending on your protocol or client library language, this is a map, associative array, symbol table, dictionary, or JSON object composed of a collection of (MapKey, MapValue) pairs: * MapKey type: string * MapKey value: parameter name * MapValue type: If parameter's entity type is a composite entity then use map, otherwise, depending on the parameter value type, it could be one of string, number, boolean, null, list or map. * MapValue value: If parameter's entity type is a composite entity then use map from composite entity property names to property values, otherwise, use parameter value. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, @@ -3209,6 +3436,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -3266,6 +3500,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -3365,6 +3606,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -3422,6 +3670,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -3548,6 +3803,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -3605,6 +3867,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -3704,6 +3973,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -3761,6 +4037,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -3873,6 +4156,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -3930,6 +4220,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -4035,6 +4332,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -4092,6 +4396,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -4215,11 +4526,22 @@

Method Details

"text": { # Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The natural language text to be processed. "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. }, + "toolCallResult": { # The result of calling a tool's action that has been executed by the client. # The results of a tool executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "error": { # An error produced by the tool call. # The tool call's error. + "message": "A String", # Optional. The error message of the function. + }, + "outputParameters": { # The tool call's output parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, "queryParams": { # Represents the parameters of a conversational query. # The parameters of this query. "analyzeQueryTextSentiment": True or False, # Configures whether sentiment analysis should be performed. If not provided, sentiment analysis is not performed. "channel": "A String", # The channel which this query is for. If specified, only the ResponseMessage associated with the channel will be returned. If no ResponseMessage is associated with the channel, it falls back to the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel. If unspecified, the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel will be returned. "currentPage": "A String", # The unique identifier of the page to override the current page in the session. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. If `current_page` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow, including the previous page and the previous session parameters. In most cases, current_page and parameters should be configured together to direct a session to a specific state. + "currentPlaybook": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the playbook to start or continue the session with. If `current_playbook` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "disableWebhook": True or False, # Whether to disable webhook calls for this request. "endUserMetadata": { # Optional. Information about the end-user to improve the relevance and accuracy of generative answers. This will be interpreted and used by a language model, so, for good results, the data should be self-descriptive, and in a simple structure. Example: ```json { "subscription plan": "Business Premium Plus", "devices owned": [ {"model": "Google Pixel 7"}, {"model": "Google Pixel Tablet"} ] } ``` "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -4231,6 +4553,10 @@

Method Details

"latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, + "llmModelSettings": { # Settings for LLM models. # Optional. Use the specified LLM model settings for processing the request. + "model": "A String", # The selected LLM model. + "promptText": "A String", # The custom prompt to use. + }, "parameters": { # Additional parameters to be put into session parameters. To remove a parameter from the session, clients should explicitly set the parameter value to null. You can reference the session parameters in the agent with the following format: $session.params.parameter-id. Depending on your protocol or client library language, this is a map, associative array, symbol table, dictionary, or JSON object composed of a collection of (MapKey, MapValue) pairs: * MapKey type: string * MapKey value: parameter name * MapValue type: If parameter's entity type is a composite entity then use map, otherwise, depending on the parameter value type, it could be one of string, number, boolean, null, list or map. * MapValue value: If parameter's entity type is a composite entity then use map from composite entity property names to property values, otherwise, use parameter value. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, @@ -4460,6 +4786,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -4517,6 +4850,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -4616,6 +4956,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -4673,6 +5020,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -4799,6 +5153,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -4856,6 +5217,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -4955,6 +5323,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -5012,6 +5387,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -5124,6 +5506,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -5181,6 +5570,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -5286,6 +5682,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -5343,6 +5746,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -5535,6 +5945,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "sentimentAnalysisResult": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. # The sentiment analyss result, which depends on `analyze_query_text_sentiment`, specified in the request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.html index df4924d36ee..c97f67fb88e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.html @@ -255,6 +255,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -312,6 +319,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -417,6 +431,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -474,6 +495,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -591,6 +619,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -648,6 +683,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -788,6 +830,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -845,6 +894,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -950,6 +1006,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -1007,6 +1070,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -1124,6 +1194,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -1181,6 +1258,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -1390,6 +1474,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -1447,6 +1538,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -1552,6 +1650,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -1609,6 +1714,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -1726,6 +1838,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -1783,6 +1902,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -2018,6 +2144,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -2075,6 +2208,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -2180,6 +2320,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -2237,6 +2384,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -2354,6 +2508,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -2411,6 +2572,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -2569,6 +2737,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -2626,6 +2801,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -2731,6 +2913,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -2788,6 +2977,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -2905,6 +3101,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -2962,6 +3165,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -3103,6 +3313,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -3160,6 +3377,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -3265,6 +3489,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -3322,6 +3553,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -3439,6 +3677,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -3496,6 +3741,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.pages.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.pages.html index 7ce0f2cdae7..ef3d7ee719c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.pages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.pages.html @@ -218,6 +218,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -275,6 +282,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -374,6 +388,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -431,6 +452,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -557,6 +585,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -614,6 +649,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -713,6 +755,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -770,6 +819,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -882,6 +938,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -939,6 +1002,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -1044,6 +1114,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -1101,6 +1178,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -1234,6 +1318,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -1291,6 +1382,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -1390,6 +1488,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -1447,6 +1552,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -1573,6 +1685,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -1630,6 +1749,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -1729,6 +1855,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -1786,6 +1919,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -1898,6 +2038,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -1955,6 +2102,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -2060,6 +2214,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -2117,6 +2278,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -2276,6 +2444,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -2333,6 +2508,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -2432,6 +2614,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -2489,6 +2678,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -2615,6 +2811,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -2672,6 +2875,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -2771,6 +2981,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -2828,6 +3045,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -2940,6 +3164,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -2997,6 +3228,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -3102,6 +3340,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -3159,6 +3404,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -3304,6 +3556,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -3361,6 +3620,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -3460,6 +3726,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -3517,6 +3790,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -3643,6 +3923,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -3700,6 +3987,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -3799,6 +4093,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -3856,6 +4157,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -3968,6 +4276,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -4025,6 +4340,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -4130,6 +4452,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -4187,6 +4516,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -4337,6 +4673,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -4394,6 +4737,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -4493,6 +4843,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -4550,6 +4907,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -4676,6 +5040,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -4733,6 +5104,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -4832,6 +5210,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -4889,6 +5274,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -5001,6 +5393,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -5058,6 +5457,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -5163,6 +5569,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -5220,6 +5633,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -5354,6 +5774,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -5411,6 +5838,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -5510,6 +5944,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -5567,6 +6008,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -5693,6 +6141,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -5750,6 +6205,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -5849,6 +6311,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -5906,6 +6375,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -6018,6 +6494,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -6075,6 +6558,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -6180,6 +6670,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -6237,6 +6734,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.transitionRouteGroups.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.transitionRouteGroups.html index 5f603a6f0d5..b79004521e6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.transitionRouteGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.flows.transitionRouteGroups.html @@ -201,6 +201,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -258,6 +265,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -374,6 +388,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -431,6 +452,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -573,6 +601,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -630,6 +665,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -758,6 +800,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -815,6 +864,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -948,6 +1004,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -1005,6 +1068,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -1122,6 +1192,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -1179,6 +1256,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.generators.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.generators.html index aca577d85ab..f56fff517e5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.generators.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.generators.html @@ -112,6 +112,10 @@

Method Details

{ # Generators contain prompt to be sent to the LLM model to generate text. The prompt can contain parameters which will be resolved before calling the model. It can optionally contain banned phrases to ensure the model responses are safe. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the generator, unique within the agent. The prompt contains pre-defined parameters such as $conversation, $last-user-utterance, etc. populated by Dialogflow. It can also contain custom placeholders which will be resolved during fulfillment. + "llmModelSettings": { # Settings for LLM models. # The LLM model settings. + "model": "A String", # The selected LLM model. + "promptText": "A String", # The custom prompt to use. + }, "modelParameter": { # Parameters to be passed to the LLM. If not set, default values will be used. # Parameters passed to the LLM to configure its behavior. "maxDecodeSteps": 42, # The maximum number of tokens to generate. "temperature": 3.14, # The temperature used for sampling. Temperature sampling occurs after both topP and topK have been applied. Valid range: [0.0, 1.0] Low temperature = less random. High temperature = more random. @@ -141,6 +145,10 @@

Method Details

{ # Generators contain prompt to be sent to the LLM model to generate text. The prompt can contain parameters which will be resolved before calling the model. It can optionally contain banned phrases to ensure the model responses are safe. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the generator, unique within the agent. The prompt contains pre-defined parameters such as $conversation, $last-user-utterance, etc. populated by Dialogflow. It can also contain custom placeholders which will be resolved during fulfillment. + "llmModelSettings": { # Settings for LLM models. # The LLM model settings. + "model": "A String", # The selected LLM model. + "promptText": "A String", # The custom prompt to use. + }, "modelParameter": { # Parameters to be passed to the LLM. If not set, default values will be used. # Parameters passed to the LLM to configure its behavior. "maxDecodeSteps": 42, # The maximum number of tokens to generate. "temperature": 3.14, # The temperature used for sampling. Temperature sampling occurs after both topP and topK have been applied. Valid range: [0.0, 1.0] Low temperature = less random. High temperature = more random. @@ -196,6 +204,10 @@

Method Details

{ # Generators contain prompt to be sent to the LLM model to generate text. The prompt can contain parameters which will be resolved before calling the model. It can optionally contain banned phrases to ensure the model responses are safe. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the generator, unique within the agent. The prompt contains pre-defined parameters such as $conversation, $last-user-utterance, etc. populated by Dialogflow. It can also contain custom placeholders which will be resolved during fulfillment. + "llmModelSettings": { # Settings for LLM models. # The LLM model settings. + "model": "A String", # The selected LLM model. + "promptText": "A String", # The custom prompt to use. + }, "modelParameter": { # Parameters to be passed to the LLM. If not set, default values will be used. # Parameters passed to the LLM to configure its behavior. "maxDecodeSteps": 42, # The maximum number of tokens to generate. "temperature": 3.14, # The temperature used for sampling. Temperature sampling occurs after both topP and topK have been applied. Valid range: [0.0, 1.0] Low temperature = less random. High temperature = more random. @@ -236,6 +248,10 @@

Method Details

"generators": [ # The list of generators. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request. { # Generators contain prompt to be sent to the LLM model to generate text. The prompt can contain parameters which will be resolved before calling the model. It can optionally contain banned phrases to ensure the model responses are safe. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the generator, unique within the agent. The prompt contains pre-defined parameters such as $conversation, $last-user-utterance, etc. populated by Dialogflow. It can also contain custom placeholders which will be resolved during fulfillment. + "llmModelSettings": { # Settings for LLM models. # The LLM model settings. + "model": "A String", # The selected LLM model. + "promptText": "A String", # The custom prompt to use. + }, "modelParameter": { # Parameters to be passed to the LLM. If not set, default values will be used. # Parameters passed to the LLM to configure its behavior. "maxDecodeSteps": 42, # The maximum number of tokens to generate. "temperature": 3.14, # The temperature used for sampling. Temperature sampling occurs after both topP and topK have been applied. Valid range: [0.0, 1.0] Low temperature = less random. High temperature = more random. @@ -283,6 +299,10 @@

Method Details

{ # Generators contain prompt to be sent to the LLM model to generate text. The prompt can contain parameters which will be resolved before calling the model. It can optionally contain banned phrases to ensure the model responses are safe. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the generator, unique within the agent. The prompt contains pre-defined parameters such as $conversation, $last-user-utterance, etc. populated by Dialogflow. It can also contain custom placeholders which will be resolved during fulfillment. + "llmModelSettings": { # Settings for LLM models. # The LLM model settings. + "model": "A String", # The selected LLM model. + "promptText": "A String", # The custom prompt to use. + }, "modelParameter": { # Parameters to be passed to the LLM. If not set, default values will be used. # Parameters passed to the LLM to configure its behavior. "maxDecodeSteps": 42, # The maximum number of tokens to generate. "temperature": 3.14, # The temperature used for sampling. Temperature sampling occurs after both topP and topK have been applied. Valid range: [0.0, 1.0] Low temperature = less random. High temperature = more random. @@ -313,6 +333,10 @@

Method Details

{ # Generators contain prompt to be sent to the LLM model to generate text. The prompt can contain parameters which will be resolved before calling the model. It can optionally contain banned phrases to ensure the model responses are safe. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the generator, unique within the agent. The prompt contains pre-defined parameters such as $conversation, $last-user-utterance, etc. populated by Dialogflow. It can also contain custom placeholders which will be resolved during fulfillment. + "llmModelSettings": { # Settings for LLM models. # The LLM model settings. + "model": "A String", # The selected LLM model. + "promptText": "A String", # The custom prompt to use. + }, "modelParameter": { # Parameters to be passed to the LLM. If not set, default values will be used. # Parameters passed to the LLM to configure its behavior. "maxDecodeSteps": 42, # The maximum number of tokens to generate. "temperature": 3.14, # The temperature used for sampling. Temperature sampling occurs after both topP and topK have been applied. Valid range: [0.0, 1.0] Low temperature = less random. High temperature = more random. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.html index 88621a149c6..fb307ff40cd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.html @@ -104,6 +104,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the intents Resource.

+

+ playbooks() +

+

Returns the playbooks Resource.

+

sessions()

@@ -114,6 +119,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the testCases Resource.

+

+ tools() +

+

Returns the tools Resource.

+

transitionRouteGroups()

@@ -246,7 +256,8 @@

Method Details

"speechToTextSettings": { # Settings related to speech recognition. # Speech recognition related settings. "enableSpeechAdaptation": True or False, # Whether to use speech adaptation for speech recognition. }, - "startFlow": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the start flow in this agent. A start flow will be automatically created when the agent is created, and can only be deleted by deleting the agent. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. + "startFlow": "A String", # Name of the start flow in this agent. A start flow will be automatically created when the agent is created, and can only be deleted by deleting the agent. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. Currently only the default start flow with id "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" is allowed. + "startPlaybook": "A String", # Name of the start playbook in this agent. A start playbook will be automatically created when the agent is created, and can only be deleted by deleting the agent. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. Currently only the default playbook with id "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" is allowed. "supportedLanguageCodes": [ # The list of all languages supported by the agent (except for the `default_language_code`). "A String", ], @@ -345,7 +356,8 @@

Method Details

"speechToTextSettings": { # Settings related to speech recognition. # Speech recognition related settings. "enableSpeechAdaptation": True or False, # Whether to use speech adaptation for speech recognition. }, - "startFlow": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the start flow in this agent. A start flow will be automatically created when the agent is created, and can only be deleted by deleting the agent. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. + "startFlow": "A String", # Name of the start flow in this agent. A start flow will be automatically created when the agent is created, and can only be deleted by deleting the agent. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. Currently only the default start flow with id "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" is allowed. + "startPlaybook": "A String", # Name of the start playbook in this agent. A start playbook will be automatically created when the agent is created, and can only be deleted by deleting the agent. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. Currently only the default playbook with id "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" is allowed. "supportedLanguageCodes": [ # The list of all languages supported by the agent (except for the `default_language_code`). "A String", ], @@ -518,7 +530,8 @@

Method Details

"speechToTextSettings": { # Settings related to speech recognition. # Speech recognition related settings. "enableSpeechAdaptation": True or False, # Whether to use speech adaptation for speech recognition. }, - "startFlow": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the start flow in this agent. A start flow will be automatically created when the agent is created, and can only be deleted by deleting the agent. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. + "startFlow": "A String", # Name of the start flow in this agent. A start flow will be automatically created when the agent is created, and can only be deleted by deleting the agent. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. Currently only the default start flow with id "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" is allowed. + "startPlaybook": "A String", # Name of the start playbook in this agent. A start playbook will be automatically created when the agent is created, and can only be deleted by deleting the agent. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. Currently only the default playbook with id "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" is allowed. "supportedLanguageCodes": [ # The list of all languages supported by the agent (except for the `default_language_code`). "A String", ], @@ -575,6 +588,7 @@

Method Details

"text": "A String", # Required. Text input which can be used for prompt or banned phrases. }, ], + "defaultBannedPhraseMatchStrategy": "A String", # Optional. Default phrase match strategy for banned phrases. }, "knowledgeConnectorSettings": { # Settings for knowledge connector. These parameters are used for LLM prompt like "You are . You are a helpful and verbose at , . Your task is to help humans on ". # Settings for knowledge connector. "agent": "A String", # Name of the virtual agent. Used for LLM prompt. Can be left empty. @@ -585,6 +599,10 @@

Method Details

"disableDataStoreFallback": True or False, # Whether to disable fallback to Data Store search results (in case the LLM couldn't pick a proper answer). Per default the feature is enabled. }, "languageCode": "A String", # Language for this settings. + "llmModelSettings": { # Settings for LLM models. # LLM model settings. + "model": "A String", # The selected LLM model. + "promptText": "A String", # The custom prompt to use. + }, "name": "A String", # Format: `projects//locations//agents//generativeSettings`. }
@@ -717,7 +735,8 @@

Method Details

"speechToTextSettings": { # Settings related to speech recognition. # Speech recognition related settings. "enableSpeechAdaptation": True or False, # Whether to use speech adaptation for speech recognition. }, - "startFlow": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the start flow in this agent. A start flow will be automatically created when the agent is created, and can only be deleted by deleting the agent. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. + "startFlow": "A String", # Name of the start flow in this agent. A start flow will be automatically created when the agent is created, and can only be deleted by deleting the agent. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. Currently only the default start flow with id "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" is allowed. + "startPlaybook": "A String", # Name of the start playbook in this agent. A start playbook will be automatically created when the agent is created, and can only be deleted by deleting the agent. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. Currently only the default playbook with id "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" is allowed. "supportedLanguageCodes": [ # The list of all languages supported by the agent (except for the `default_language_code`). "A String", ], @@ -835,7 +854,8 @@

Method Details

"speechToTextSettings": { # Settings related to speech recognition. # Speech recognition related settings. "enableSpeechAdaptation": True or False, # Whether to use speech adaptation for speech recognition. }, - "startFlow": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the start flow in this agent. A start flow will be automatically created when the agent is created, and can only be deleted by deleting the agent. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. + "startFlow": "A String", # Name of the start flow in this agent. A start flow will be automatically created when the agent is created, and can only be deleted by deleting the agent. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. Currently only the default start flow with id "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" is allowed. + "startPlaybook": "A String", # Name of the start playbook in this agent. A start playbook will be automatically created when the agent is created, and can only be deleted by deleting the agent. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. Currently only the default playbook with id "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" is allowed. "supportedLanguageCodes": [ # The list of all languages supported by the agent (except for the `default_language_code`). "A String", ], @@ -935,7 +955,8 @@

Method Details

"speechToTextSettings": { # Settings related to speech recognition. # Speech recognition related settings. "enableSpeechAdaptation": True or False, # Whether to use speech adaptation for speech recognition. }, - "startFlow": "A String", # Immutable. Name of the start flow in this agent. A start flow will be automatically created when the agent is created, and can only be deleted by deleting the agent. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. + "startFlow": "A String", # Name of the start flow in this agent. A start flow will be automatically created when the agent is created, and can only be deleted by deleting the agent. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. Currently only the default start flow with id "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" is allowed. + "startPlaybook": "A String", # Name of the start playbook in this agent. A start playbook will be automatically created when the agent is created, and can only be deleted by deleting the agent. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. Currently only the default playbook with id "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" is allowed. "supportedLanguageCodes": [ # The list of all languages supported by the agent (except for the `default_language_code`). "A String", ], @@ -1033,6 +1054,7 @@

Method Details

"text": "A String", # Required. Text input which can be used for prompt or banned phrases. }, ], + "defaultBannedPhraseMatchStrategy": "A String", # Optional. Default phrase match strategy for banned phrases. }, "knowledgeConnectorSettings": { # Settings for knowledge connector. These parameters are used for LLM prompt like "You are . You are a helpful and verbose at , . Your task is to help humans on ". # Settings for knowledge connector. "agent": "A String", # Name of the virtual agent. Used for LLM prompt. Can be left empty. @@ -1043,6 +1065,10 @@

Method Details

"disableDataStoreFallback": True or False, # Whether to disable fallback to Data Store search results (in case the LLM couldn't pick a proper answer). Per default the feature is enabled. }, "languageCode": "A String", # Language for this settings. + "llmModelSettings": { # Settings for LLM models. # LLM model settings. + "model": "A String", # The selected LLM model. + "promptText": "A String", # The custom prompt to use. + }, "name": "A String", # Format: `projects//locations//agents//generativeSettings`. } @@ -1073,6 +1099,7 @@

Method Details

"text": "A String", # Required. Text input which can be used for prompt or banned phrases. }, ], + "defaultBannedPhraseMatchStrategy": "A String", # Optional. Default phrase match strategy for banned phrases. }, "knowledgeConnectorSettings": { # Settings for knowledge connector. These parameters are used for LLM prompt like "You are . You are a helpful and verbose at , . Your task is to help humans on ". # Settings for knowledge connector. "agent": "A String", # Name of the virtual agent. Used for LLM prompt. Can be left empty. @@ -1083,6 +1110,10 @@

Method Details

"disableDataStoreFallback": True or False, # Whether to disable fallback to Data Store search results (in case the LLM couldn't pick a proper answer). Per default the feature is enabled. }, "languageCode": "A String", # Language for this settings. + "llmModelSettings": { # Settings for LLM models. # LLM model settings. + "model": "A String", # The selected LLM model. + "promptText": "A String", # The custom prompt to use. + }, "name": "A String", # Format: `projects//locations//agents//generativeSettings`. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.examples.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.examples.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..47e1bfbf13b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.examples.html @@ -0,0 +1,535 @@ + + + +

Dialogflow API . projects . locations . agents . playbooks . examples

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates an example in the specified playbook.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes the specified example.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves the specified example.

+

+ list(parent, languageCode=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns a list of examples in the specified playbook.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Update the specified example.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates an example in the specified playbook.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The playbook to create an example for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Example represents a sample execution of the playbook in the conversation. An example consists of a list of ordered actions performed by end user or Dialogflow agent according the playbook instructions to fulfill the task.
+  "actions": [ # Required. The ordered list of actions performed by the end user and the Dialogflow agent.
+    { # Action performed by end user or Dialogflow agent in the conversation.
+      "agentUtterance": { # AgentUtterance represents one message sent by the agent. # Optional. Action performed by the agent as a message.
+        "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
+      },
+      "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
+        "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
+        "flowState": "A String", # Required. Flow invocation's output state.
+      },
+      "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
+        "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+        "playbookInput": { # Input of the playbook. # Optional. Input of the child playbook invocation.
+          "precedingConversationSummary": "A String", # Optional. Summary string of the preceding conversation for the child playbook invocation.
+        },
+        "playbookOutput": { # Output of the playbook. # Optional. Output of the child playbook invocation.
+          "executionSummary": "A String", # Optional. Summary string of the execution result of the child playbook.
+        },
+        "playbookState": "A String", # Required. Playbook invocation's output state.
+      },
+      "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
+        "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
+        "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "outputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of output parameters generated by the action.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool that should be used. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`.
+      },
+      "userUtterance": { # UserUtterance represents one message sent by the customer. # Optional. Agent obtained a message from the customer.
+        "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "conversationState": "A String", # Required. Example's output state.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of initial example creation.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The high level concise description of the example. The max number of characters is 200.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the example.
+  "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code of the example. If not specified, the agent's default language is used. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used. Note: example's language code is not currently used in dialogflow agents.
+  "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the playbook example. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks//examples/`.
+  "playbookInput": { # Input of the playbook. # Optional. The input to the playbook in the example.
+    "precedingConversationSummary": "A String", # Optional. Summary string of the preceding conversation for the child playbook invocation.
+  },
+  "playbookOutput": { # Output of the playbook. # Optional. The output of the playbook in the example.
+    "executionSummary": "A String", # Optional. Summary string of the execution result of the child playbook.
+  },
+  "tokenCount": "A String", # Output only. Estimated number of tokes current example takes when sent to the LLM.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time the example was updated.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Example represents a sample execution of the playbook in the conversation. An example consists of a list of ordered actions performed by end user or Dialogflow agent according the playbook instructions to fulfill the task.
+  "actions": [ # Required. The ordered list of actions performed by the end user and the Dialogflow agent.
+    { # Action performed by end user or Dialogflow agent in the conversation.
+      "agentUtterance": { # AgentUtterance represents one message sent by the agent. # Optional. Action performed by the agent as a message.
+        "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
+      },
+      "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
+        "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
+        "flowState": "A String", # Required. Flow invocation's output state.
+      },
+      "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
+        "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+        "playbookInput": { # Input of the playbook. # Optional. Input of the child playbook invocation.
+          "precedingConversationSummary": "A String", # Optional. Summary string of the preceding conversation for the child playbook invocation.
+        },
+        "playbookOutput": { # Output of the playbook. # Optional. Output of the child playbook invocation.
+          "executionSummary": "A String", # Optional. Summary string of the execution result of the child playbook.
+        },
+        "playbookState": "A String", # Required. Playbook invocation's output state.
+      },
+      "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
+        "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
+        "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "outputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of output parameters generated by the action.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool that should be used. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`.
+      },
+      "userUtterance": { # UserUtterance represents one message sent by the customer. # Optional. Agent obtained a message from the customer.
+        "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "conversationState": "A String", # Required. Example's output state.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of initial example creation.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The high level concise description of the example. The max number of characters is 200.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the example.
+  "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code of the example. If not specified, the agent's default language is used. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used. Note: example's language code is not currently used in dialogflow agents.
+  "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the playbook example. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks//examples/`.
+  "playbookInput": { # Input of the playbook. # Optional. The input to the playbook in the example.
+    "precedingConversationSummary": "A String", # Optional. Summary string of the preceding conversation for the child playbook invocation.
+  },
+  "playbookOutput": { # Output of the playbook. # Optional. The output of the playbook in the example.
+    "executionSummary": "A String", # Optional. Summary string of the execution result of the child playbook.
+  },
+  "tokenCount": "A String", # Output only. Estimated number of tokes current example takes when sent to the LLM.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time the example was updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes the specified example.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the example to delete. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks//examples/`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves the specified example.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the example. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks//examples/`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Example represents a sample execution of the playbook in the conversation. An example consists of a list of ordered actions performed by end user or Dialogflow agent according the playbook instructions to fulfill the task.
+  "actions": [ # Required. The ordered list of actions performed by the end user and the Dialogflow agent.
+    { # Action performed by end user or Dialogflow agent in the conversation.
+      "agentUtterance": { # AgentUtterance represents one message sent by the agent. # Optional. Action performed by the agent as a message.
+        "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
+      },
+      "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
+        "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
+        "flowState": "A String", # Required. Flow invocation's output state.
+      },
+      "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
+        "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+        "playbookInput": { # Input of the playbook. # Optional. Input of the child playbook invocation.
+          "precedingConversationSummary": "A String", # Optional. Summary string of the preceding conversation for the child playbook invocation.
+        },
+        "playbookOutput": { # Output of the playbook. # Optional. Output of the child playbook invocation.
+          "executionSummary": "A String", # Optional. Summary string of the execution result of the child playbook.
+        },
+        "playbookState": "A String", # Required. Playbook invocation's output state.
+      },
+      "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
+        "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
+        "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "outputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of output parameters generated by the action.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool that should be used. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`.
+      },
+      "userUtterance": { # UserUtterance represents one message sent by the customer. # Optional. Agent obtained a message from the customer.
+        "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "conversationState": "A String", # Required. Example's output state.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of initial example creation.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The high level concise description of the example. The max number of characters is 200.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the example.
+  "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code of the example. If not specified, the agent's default language is used. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used. Note: example's language code is not currently used in dialogflow agents.
+  "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the playbook example. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks//examples/`.
+  "playbookInput": { # Input of the playbook. # Optional. The input to the playbook in the example.
+    "precedingConversationSummary": "A String", # Optional. Summary string of the preceding conversation for the child playbook invocation.
+  },
+  "playbookOutput": { # Output of the playbook. # Optional. The output of the playbook in the example.
+    "executionSummary": "A String", # Optional. Summary string of the execution result of the child playbook.
+  },
+  "tokenCount": "A String", # Output only. Estimated number of tokes current example takes when sent to the LLM.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time the example was updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, languageCode=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns a list of examples in the specified playbook.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The playbook to list the examples from. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. (required)
+  languageCode: string, Optional. The language to list examples for. If not specified, list all examples under the playbook. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By default 100 and at most 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Examples.ListExamples.
+  "examples": [ # The list of examples. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.
+    { # Example represents a sample execution of the playbook in the conversation. An example consists of a list of ordered actions performed by end user or Dialogflow agent according the playbook instructions to fulfill the task.
+      "actions": [ # Required. The ordered list of actions performed by the end user and the Dialogflow agent.
+        { # Action performed by end user or Dialogflow agent in the conversation.
+          "agentUtterance": { # AgentUtterance represents one message sent by the agent. # Optional. Action performed by the agent as a message.
+            "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
+          },
+          "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
+            "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
+            "flowState": "A String", # Required. Flow invocation's output state.
+          },
+          "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
+            "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+            "playbookInput": { # Input of the playbook. # Optional. Input of the child playbook invocation.
+              "precedingConversationSummary": "A String", # Optional. Summary string of the preceding conversation for the child playbook invocation.
+            },
+            "playbookOutput": { # Output of the playbook. # Optional. Output of the child playbook invocation.
+              "executionSummary": "A String", # Optional. Summary string of the execution result of the child playbook.
+            },
+            "playbookState": "A String", # Required. Playbook invocation's output state.
+          },
+          "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
+            "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
+            "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "outputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of output parameters generated by the action.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool that should be used. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`.
+          },
+          "userUtterance": { # UserUtterance represents one message sent by the customer. # Optional. Agent obtained a message from the customer.
+            "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "conversationState": "A String", # Required. Example's output state.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of initial example creation.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The high level concise description of the example. The max number of characters is 200.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the example.
+      "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code of the example. If not specified, the agent's default language is used. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used. Note: example's language code is not currently used in dialogflow agents.
+      "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the playbook example. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks//examples/`.
+      "playbookInput": { # Input of the playbook. # Optional. The input to the playbook in the example.
+        "precedingConversationSummary": "A String", # Optional. Summary string of the preceding conversation for the child playbook invocation.
+      },
+      "playbookOutput": { # Output of the playbook. # Optional. The output of the playbook in the example.
+        "executionSummary": "A String", # Optional. Summary string of the execution result of the child playbook.
+      },
+      "tokenCount": "A String", # Output only. Estimated number of tokes current example takes when sent to the LLM.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time the example was updated.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Update the specified example.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The unique identifier of the playbook example. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks//examples/`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Example represents a sample execution of the playbook in the conversation. An example consists of a list of ordered actions performed by end user or Dialogflow agent according the playbook instructions to fulfill the task.
+  "actions": [ # Required. The ordered list of actions performed by the end user and the Dialogflow agent.
+    { # Action performed by end user or Dialogflow agent in the conversation.
+      "agentUtterance": { # AgentUtterance represents one message sent by the agent. # Optional. Action performed by the agent as a message.
+        "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
+      },
+      "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
+        "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
+        "flowState": "A String", # Required. Flow invocation's output state.
+      },
+      "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
+        "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+        "playbookInput": { # Input of the playbook. # Optional. Input of the child playbook invocation.
+          "precedingConversationSummary": "A String", # Optional. Summary string of the preceding conversation for the child playbook invocation.
+        },
+        "playbookOutput": { # Output of the playbook. # Optional. Output of the child playbook invocation.
+          "executionSummary": "A String", # Optional. Summary string of the execution result of the child playbook.
+        },
+        "playbookState": "A String", # Required. Playbook invocation's output state.
+      },
+      "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
+        "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
+        "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "outputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of output parameters generated by the action.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool that should be used. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`.
+      },
+      "userUtterance": { # UserUtterance represents one message sent by the customer. # Optional. Agent obtained a message from the customer.
+        "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "conversationState": "A String", # Required. Example's output state.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of initial example creation.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The high level concise description of the example. The max number of characters is 200.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the example.
+  "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code of the example. If not specified, the agent's default language is used. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used. Note: example's language code is not currently used in dialogflow agents.
+  "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the playbook example. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks//examples/`.
+  "playbookInput": { # Input of the playbook. # Optional. The input to the playbook in the example.
+    "precedingConversationSummary": "A String", # Optional. Summary string of the preceding conversation for the child playbook invocation.
+  },
+  "playbookOutput": { # Output of the playbook. # Optional. The output of the playbook in the example.
+    "executionSummary": "A String", # Optional. Summary string of the execution result of the child playbook.
+  },
+  "tokenCount": "A String", # Output only. Estimated number of tokes current example takes when sent to the LLM.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time the example was updated.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Optional. The mask to control which fields get updated. If the mask is not present, all fields will be updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Example represents a sample execution of the playbook in the conversation. An example consists of a list of ordered actions performed by end user or Dialogflow agent according the playbook instructions to fulfill the task.
+  "actions": [ # Required. The ordered list of actions performed by the end user and the Dialogflow agent.
+    { # Action performed by end user or Dialogflow agent in the conversation.
+      "agentUtterance": { # AgentUtterance represents one message sent by the agent. # Optional. Action performed by the agent as a message.
+        "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
+      },
+      "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
+        "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
+        "flowState": "A String", # Required. Flow invocation's output state.
+      },
+      "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
+        "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+        "playbookInput": { # Input of the playbook. # Optional. Input of the child playbook invocation.
+          "precedingConversationSummary": "A String", # Optional. Summary string of the preceding conversation for the child playbook invocation.
+        },
+        "playbookOutput": { # Output of the playbook. # Optional. Output of the child playbook invocation.
+          "executionSummary": "A String", # Optional. Summary string of the execution result of the child playbook.
+        },
+        "playbookState": "A String", # Required. Playbook invocation's output state.
+      },
+      "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
+        "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
+        "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "outputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of output parameters generated by the action.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool that should be used. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`.
+      },
+      "userUtterance": { # UserUtterance represents one message sent by the customer. # Optional. Agent obtained a message from the customer.
+        "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "conversationState": "A String", # Required. Example's output state.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of initial example creation.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The high level concise description of the example. The max number of characters is 200.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the example.
+  "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code of the example. If not specified, the agent's default language is used. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used. Note: example's language code is not currently used in dialogflow agents.
+  "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the playbook example. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks//examples/`.
+  "playbookInput": { # Input of the playbook. # Optional. The input to the playbook in the example.
+    "precedingConversationSummary": "A String", # Optional. Summary string of the preceding conversation for the child playbook invocation.
+  },
+  "playbookOutput": { # Output of the playbook. # Optional. The output of the playbook in the example.
+    "executionSummary": "A String", # Optional. Summary string of the execution result of the child playbook.
+  },
+  "tokenCount": "A String", # Output only. Estimated number of tokes current example takes when sent to the LLM.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time the example was updated.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..eeefe47cca9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.html @@ -0,0 +1,515 @@ + + + +

Dialogflow API . projects . locations . agents . playbooks

+

Instance Methods

+

+ examples() +

+

Returns the examples Resource.

+ +

+ versions() +

+

Returns the versions Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a playbook in a specified agent.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a specified playbook.

+

+ export(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Exports the specified playbook to a binary file. Note that resources (e.g. examples, tools) that the playbook references will also be exported.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves the specified Playbook.

+

+ import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Imports the specified playbook to the specified agent from a binary file.

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns a list of playbooks in the specified agent.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates the specified Playbook.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a playbook in a specified agent.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The agent to create a playbook for. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Playbook is the basic building block to instruct the LLM how to execute a certain task. A playbook consists of a goal to accomplish, an optional list of step by step instructions (the step instruction may refers to name of the custom or default plugin tools to use) to perform the task, a list of contextual input data to be passed in at the beginning of the invoked, and a list of output parameters to store the playbook result.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of initial playbook creation.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the playbook, unique within an agent.
+  "goal": "A String", # Required. High level description of the goal the playbook intend to accomplish. A goal should be concise since it's visible to other playbooks that may reference this playbook.
+  "instruction": { # Message of the Instruction of the playbook. # Instruction to accomplish target goal.
+    "guidelines": "A String", # General guidelines for the playbook. These are unstructured instructions that are not directly part of the goal, e.g. "Always be polite". It's valid for this text to be long and used instead of steps altogether.
+    "steps": [ # Ordered list of step by step execution instructions to accomplish target goal.
+      { # Message of single step execution.
+        "steps": [ # Sub-processing needed to execute the current step.
+          # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookStep
+        ],
+        "text": "A String", # Step instruction in text format.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "llmModelSettings": { # Settings for LLM models. # Optional. Llm model settings for the playbook.
+    "model": "A String", # The selected LLM model.
+    "promptText": "A String", # The custom prompt to use.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+  "referencedFlows": [ # Output only. The resource name of flows referenced by the current playbook in the instructions.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "referencedPlaybooks": [ # Output only. The resource name of other playbooks referenced by the current playbook in the instructions.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "referencedTools": [ # Optional. The resource name of tools referenced by the current playbook in the instructions. If not provided explicitly, they are will be implied using the tool being referenced in goal and steps.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "tokenCount": "A String", # Output only. Estimated number of tokes current playbook takes when sent to the LLM.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time the playbook version was updated.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Playbook is the basic building block to instruct the LLM how to execute a certain task. A playbook consists of a goal to accomplish, an optional list of step by step instructions (the step instruction may refers to name of the custom or default plugin tools to use) to perform the task, a list of contextual input data to be passed in at the beginning of the invoked, and a list of output parameters to store the playbook result.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of initial playbook creation.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the playbook, unique within an agent.
+  "goal": "A String", # Required. High level description of the goal the playbook intend to accomplish. A goal should be concise since it's visible to other playbooks that may reference this playbook.
+  "instruction": { # Message of the Instruction of the playbook. # Instruction to accomplish target goal.
+    "guidelines": "A String", # General guidelines for the playbook. These are unstructured instructions that are not directly part of the goal, e.g. "Always be polite". It's valid for this text to be long and used instead of steps altogether.
+    "steps": [ # Ordered list of step by step execution instructions to accomplish target goal.
+      { # Message of single step execution.
+        "steps": [ # Sub-processing needed to execute the current step.
+          # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookStep
+        ],
+        "text": "A String", # Step instruction in text format.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "llmModelSettings": { # Settings for LLM models. # Optional. Llm model settings for the playbook.
+    "model": "A String", # The selected LLM model.
+    "promptText": "A String", # The custom prompt to use.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+  "referencedFlows": [ # Output only. The resource name of flows referenced by the current playbook in the instructions.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "referencedPlaybooks": [ # Output only. The resource name of other playbooks referenced by the current playbook in the instructions.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "referencedTools": [ # Optional. The resource name of tools referenced by the current playbook in the instructions. If not provided explicitly, they are will be implied using the tool being referenced in goal and steps.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "tokenCount": "A String", # Output only. Estimated number of tokes current playbook takes when sent to the LLM.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time the playbook version was updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a specified playbook.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the playbook to delete. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ export(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Exports the specified playbook to a binary file. Note that resources (e.g. examples, tools) that the playbook references will also be exported.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the playbook to export. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request message for Playbooks.ExportPlaybook.
+  "dataFormat": "A String", # Optional. The data format of the exported agent. If not specified, `BLOB` is assumed.
+  "playbookUri": "A String", # Optional. The [Google Cloud Storage](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/) URI to export the playbook to. The format of this URI must be `gs:///`. If left unspecified, the serialized playbook is returned inline. Dialogflow performs a write operation for the Cloud Storage object on the caller's behalf, so your request authentication must have write permissions for the object. For more information, see [Dialogflow access control](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/access-control#storage).
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves the specified Playbook.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Playbook is the basic building block to instruct the LLM how to execute a certain task. A playbook consists of a goal to accomplish, an optional list of step by step instructions (the step instruction may refers to name of the custom or default plugin tools to use) to perform the task, a list of contextual input data to be passed in at the beginning of the invoked, and a list of output parameters to store the playbook result.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of initial playbook creation.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the playbook, unique within an agent.
+  "goal": "A String", # Required. High level description of the goal the playbook intend to accomplish. A goal should be concise since it's visible to other playbooks that may reference this playbook.
+  "instruction": { # Message of the Instruction of the playbook. # Instruction to accomplish target goal.
+    "guidelines": "A String", # General guidelines for the playbook. These are unstructured instructions that are not directly part of the goal, e.g. "Always be polite". It's valid for this text to be long and used instead of steps altogether.
+    "steps": [ # Ordered list of step by step execution instructions to accomplish target goal.
+      { # Message of single step execution.
+        "steps": [ # Sub-processing needed to execute the current step.
+          # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookStep
+        ],
+        "text": "A String", # Step instruction in text format.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "llmModelSettings": { # Settings for LLM models. # Optional. Llm model settings for the playbook.
+    "model": "A String", # The selected LLM model.
+    "promptText": "A String", # The custom prompt to use.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+  "referencedFlows": [ # Output only. The resource name of flows referenced by the current playbook in the instructions.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "referencedPlaybooks": [ # Output only. The resource name of other playbooks referenced by the current playbook in the instructions.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "referencedTools": [ # Optional. The resource name of tools referenced by the current playbook in the instructions. If not provided explicitly, they are will be implied using the tool being referenced in goal and steps.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "tokenCount": "A String", # Output only. Estimated number of tokes current playbook takes when sent to the LLM.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time the playbook version was updated.
+}
+
+ +
+ import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Imports the specified playbook to the specified agent from a binary file.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The agent to import the playbook into. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request message for Playbooks.ImportPlaybook.
+  "importStrategy": { # The playbook import strategy used for resource conflict resolution associated with an ImportPlaybookRequest. # Optional. Specifies the import strategy used when resolving resource conflicts.
+    "mainPlaybookImportStrategy": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the import strategy used when resolving conflicts with the main playbook. If not specified, 'CREATE_NEW' is assumed.
+    "nestedResourceImportStrategy": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the import strategy used when resolving referenced playbook/flow conflicts. If not specified, 'CREATE_NEW' is assumed.
+    "toolImportStrategy": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the import strategy used when resolving tool conflicts. If not specified, 'CREATE_NEW' is assumed. This will be applied after the main playbook and nested resource import strategies, meaning if the playbook that references the tool is skipped, the tool will also be skipped.
+  },
+  "playbookContent": "A String", # Uncompressed raw byte content for playbook.
+  "playbookUri": "A String", # [Dialogflow access control] (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/access-control#storage).
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns a list of playbooks in the specified agent.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The agent to list playbooks from. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By default 100 and at most 1000.
+  pageToken: string, The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Playbooks.ListPlaybooks.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+  "playbooks": [ # The list of playbooks. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.
+    { # Playbook is the basic building block to instruct the LLM how to execute a certain task. A playbook consists of a goal to accomplish, an optional list of step by step instructions (the step instruction may refers to name of the custom or default plugin tools to use) to perform the task, a list of contextual input data to be passed in at the beginning of the invoked, and a list of output parameters to store the playbook result.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of initial playbook creation.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the playbook, unique within an agent.
+      "goal": "A String", # Required. High level description of the goal the playbook intend to accomplish. A goal should be concise since it's visible to other playbooks that may reference this playbook.
+      "instruction": { # Message of the Instruction of the playbook. # Instruction to accomplish target goal.
+        "guidelines": "A String", # General guidelines for the playbook. These are unstructured instructions that are not directly part of the goal, e.g. "Always be polite". It's valid for this text to be long and used instead of steps altogether.
+        "steps": [ # Ordered list of step by step execution instructions to accomplish target goal.
+          { # Message of single step execution.
+            "steps": [ # Sub-processing needed to execute the current step.
+              # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookStep
+            ],
+            "text": "A String", # Step instruction in text format.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "llmModelSettings": { # Settings for LLM models. # Optional. Llm model settings for the playbook.
+        "model": "A String", # The selected LLM model.
+        "promptText": "A String", # The custom prompt to use.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+      "referencedFlows": [ # Output only. The resource name of flows referenced by the current playbook in the instructions.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "referencedPlaybooks": [ # Output only. The resource name of other playbooks referenced by the current playbook in the instructions.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "referencedTools": [ # Optional. The resource name of tools referenced by the current playbook in the instructions. If not provided explicitly, they are will be implied using the tool being referenced in goal and steps.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "tokenCount": "A String", # Output only. Estimated number of tokes current playbook takes when sent to the LLM.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time the playbook version was updated.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the specified Playbook.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Playbook is the basic building block to instruct the LLM how to execute a certain task. A playbook consists of a goal to accomplish, an optional list of step by step instructions (the step instruction may refers to name of the custom or default plugin tools to use) to perform the task, a list of contextual input data to be passed in at the beginning of the invoked, and a list of output parameters to store the playbook result.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of initial playbook creation.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the playbook, unique within an agent.
+  "goal": "A String", # Required. High level description of the goal the playbook intend to accomplish. A goal should be concise since it's visible to other playbooks that may reference this playbook.
+  "instruction": { # Message of the Instruction of the playbook. # Instruction to accomplish target goal.
+    "guidelines": "A String", # General guidelines for the playbook. These are unstructured instructions that are not directly part of the goal, e.g. "Always be polite". It's valid for this text to be long and used instead of steps altogether.
+    "steps": [ # Ordered list of step by step execution instructions to accomplish target goal.
+      { # Message of single step execution.
+        "steps": [ # Sub-processing needed to execute the current step.
+          # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookStep
+        ],
+        "text": "A String", # Step instruction in text format.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "llmModelSettings": { # Settings for LLM models. # Optional. Llm model settings for the playbook.
+    "model": "A String", # The selected LLM model.
+    "promptText": "A String", # The custom prompt to use.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+  "referencedFlows": [ # Output only. The resource name of flows referenced by the current playbook in the instructions.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "referencedPlaybooks": [ # Output only. The resource name of other playbooks referenced by the current playbook in the instructions.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "referencedTools": [ # Optional. The resource name of tools referenced by the current playbook in the instructions. If not provided explicitly, they are will be implied using the tool being referenced in goal and steps.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "tokenCount": "A String", # Output only. Estimated number of tokes current playbook takes when sent to the LLM.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time the playbook version was updated.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, The mask to control which fields get updated. If the mask is not present, all fields will be updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Playbook is the basic building block to instruct the LLM how to execute a certain task. A playbook consists of a goal to accomplish, an optional list of step by step instructions (the step instruction may refers to name of the custom or default plugin tools to use) to perform the task, a list of contextual input data to be passed in at the beginning of the invoked, and a list of output parameters to store the playbook result.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of initial playbook creation.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the playbook, unique within an agent.
+  "goal": "A String", # Required. High level description of the goal the playbook intend to accomplish. A goal should be concise since it's visible to other playbooks that may reference this playbook.
+  "instruction": { # Message of the Instruction of the playbook. # Instruction to accomplish target goal.
+    "guidelines": "A String", # General guidelines for the playbook. These are unstructured instructions that are not directly part of the goal, e.g. "Always be polite". It's valid for this text to be long and used instead of steps altogether.
+    "steps": [ # Ordered list of step by step execution instructions to accomplish target goal.
+      { # Message of single step execution.
+        "steps": [ # Sub-processing needed to execute the current step.
+          # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookStep
+        ],
+        "text": "A String", # Step instruction in text format.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "llmModelSettings": { # Settings for LLM models. # Optional. Llm model settings for the playbook.
+    "model": "A String", # The selected LLM model.
+    "promptText": "A String", # The custom prompt to use.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+  "referencedFlows": [ # Output only. The resource name of flows referenced by the current playbook in the instructions.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "referencedPlaybooks": [ # Output only. The resource name of other playbooks referenced by the current playbook in the instructions.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "referencedTools": [ # Optional. The resource name of tools referenced by the current playbook in the instructions. If not provided explicitly, they are will be implied using the tool being referenced in goal and steps.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "tokenCount": "A String", # Output only. Estimated number of tokes current playbook takes when sent to the LLM.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time the playbook version was updated.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.versions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.versions.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e32372a58cd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.versions.html @@ -0,0 +1,619 @@ + + + +

Dialogflow API . projects . locations . agents . playbooks . versions

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a version for the specified Playbook.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes the specified version of the Playbook.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves the specified version of the Playbook.

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists versions for the specified Playbook.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ restore(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves the specified version of the Playbook and stores it as the current playbook draft, returning the playbook with resources updated.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a version for the specified Playbook.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The playbook to create a version for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Playbook version is a snapshot of the playbook at certain timestamp.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the playbook version.
+  "examples": [ # Output only. Snapshot of the examples belonging to the playbook when the playbook version is created.
+    { # Example represents a sample execution of the playbook in the conversation. An example consists of a list of ordered actions performed by end user or Dialogflow agent according the playbook instructions to fulfill the task.
+      "actions": [ # Required. The ordered list of actions performed by the end user and the Dialogflow agent.
+        { # Action performed by end user or Dialogflow agent in the conversation.
+          "agentUtterance": { # AgentUtterance represents one message sent by the agent. # Optional. Action performed by the agent as a message.
+            "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
+          },
+          "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
+            "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
+            "flowState": "A String", # Required. Flow invocation's output state.
+          },
+          "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
+            "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+            "playbookInput": { # Input of the playbook. # Optional. Input of the child playbook invocation.
+              "precedingConversationSummary": "A String", # Optional. Summary string of the preceding conversation for the child playbook invocation.
+            },
+            "playbookOutput": { # Output of the playbook. # Optional. Output of the child playbook invocation.
+              "executionSummary": "A String", # Optional. Summary string of the execution result of the child playbook.
+            },
+            "playbookState": "A String", # Required. Playbook invocation's output state.
+          },
+          "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
+            "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
+            "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "outputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of output parameters generated by the action.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool that should be used. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`.
+          },
+          "userUtterance": { # UserUtterance represents one message sent by the customer. # Optional. Agent obtained a message from the customer.
+            "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "conversationState": "A String", # Required. Example's output state.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of initial example creation.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The high level concise description of the example. The max number of characters is 200.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the example.
+      "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code of the example. If not specified, the agent's default language is used. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used. Note: example's language code is not currently used in dialogflow agents.
+      "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the playbook example. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks//examples/`.
+      "playbookInput": { # Input of the playbook. # Optional. The input to the playbook in the example.
+        "precedingConversationSummary": "A String", # Optional. Summary string of the preceding conversation for the child playbook invocation.
+      },
+      "playbookOutput": { # Output of the playbook. # Optional. The output of the playbook in the example.
+        "executionSummary": "A String", # Optional. Summary string of the execution result of the child playbook.
+      },
+      "tokenCount": "A String", # Output only. Estimated number of tokes current example takes when sent to the LLM.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time the example was updated.
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the playbook version. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks//versions/`.
+  "playbook": { # Playbook is the basic building block to instruct the LLM how to execute a certain task. A playbook consists of a goal to accomplish, an optional list of step by step instructions (the step instruction may refers to name of the custom or default plugin tools to use) to perform the task, a list of contextual input data to be passed in at the beginning of the invoked, and a list of output parameters to store the playbook result. # Output only. Snapshot of the playbook when the playbook version is created.
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of initial playbook creation.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the playbook, unique within an agent.
+    "goal": "A String", # Required. High level description of the goal the playbook intend to accomplish. A goal should be concise since it's visible to other playbooks that may reference this playbook.
+    "instruction": { # Message of the Instruction of the playbook. # Instruction to accomplish target goal.
+      "guidelines": "A String", # General guidelines for the playbook. These are unstructured instructions that are not directly part of the goal, e.g. "Always be polite". It's valid for this text to be long and used instead of steps altogether.
+      "steps": [ # Ordered list of step by step execution instructions to accomplish target goal.
+        { # Message of single step execution.
+          "steps": [ # Sub-processing needed to execute the current step.
+            # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookStep
+          ],
+          "text": "A String", # Step instruction in text format.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "llmModelSettings": { # Settings for LLM models. # Optional. Llm model settings for the playbook.
+      "model": "A String", # The selected LLM model.
+      "promptText": "A String", # The custom prompt to use.
+    },
+    "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+    "referencedFlows": [ # Output only. The resource name of flows referenced by the current playbook in the instructions.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "referencedPlaybooks": [ # Output only. The resource name of other playbooks referenced by the current playbook in the instructions.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "referencedTools": [ # Optional. The resource name of tools referenced by the current playbook in the instructions. If not provided explicitly, they are will be implied using the tool being referenced in goal and steps.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "tokenCount": "A String", # Output only. Estimated number of tokes current playbook takes when sent to the LLM.
+    "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time the playbook version was updated.
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time the playbook version was created or modified.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Playbook version is a snapshot of the playbook at certain timestamp.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the playbook version.
+  "examples": [ # Output only. Snapshot of the examples belonging to the playbook when the playbook version is created.
+    { # Example represents a sample execution of the playbook in the conversation. An example consists of a list of ordered actions performed by end user or Dialogflow agent according the playbook instructions to fulfill the task.
+      "actions": [ # Required. The ordered list of actions performed by the end user and the Dialogflow agent.
+        { # Action performed by end user or Dialogflow agent in the conversation.
+          "agentUtterance": { # AgentUtterance represents one message sent by the agent. # Optional. Action performed by the agent as a message.
+            "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
+          },
+          "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
+            "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
+            "flowState": "A String", # Required. Flow invocation's output state.
+          },
+          "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
+            "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+            "playbookInput": { # Input of the playbook. # Optional. Input of the child playbook invocation.
+              "precedingConversationSummary": "A String", # Optional. Summary string of the preceding conversation for the child playbook invocation.
+            },
+            "playbookOutput": { # Output of the playbook. # Optional. Output of the child playbook invocation.
+              "executionSummary": "A String", # Optional. Summary string of the execution result of the child playbook.
+            },
+            "playbookState": "A String", # Required. Playbook invocation's output state.
+          },
+          "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
+            "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
+            "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "outputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of output parameters generated by the action.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool that should be used. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`.
+          },
+          "userUtterance": { # UserUtterance represents one message sent by the customer. # Optional. Agent obtained a message from the customer.
+            "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "conversationState": "A String", # Required. Example's output state.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of initial example creation.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The high level concise description of the example. The max number of characters is 200.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the example.
+      "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code of the example. If not specified, the agent's default language is used. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used. Note: example's language code is not currently used in dialogflow agents.
+      "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the playbook example. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks//examples/`.
+      "playbookInput": { # Input of the playbook. # Optional. The input to the playbook in the example.
+        "precedingConversationSummary": "A String", # Optional. Summary string of the preceding conversation for the child playbook invocation.
+      },
+      "playbookOutput": { # Output of the playbook. # Optional. The output of the playbook in the example.
+        "executionSummary": "A String", # Optional. Summary string of the execution result of the child playbook.
+      },
+      "tokenCount": "A String", # Output only. Estimated number of tokes current example takes when sent to the LLM.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time the example was updated.
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the playbook version. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks//versions/`.
+  "playbook": { # Playbook is the basic building block to instruct the LLM how to execute a certain task. A playbook consists of a goal to accomplish, an optional list of step by step instructions (the step instruction may refers to name of the custom or default plugin tools to use) to perform the task, a list of contextual input data to be passed in at the beginning of the invoked, and a list of output parameters to store the playbook result. # Output only. Snapshot of the playbook when the playbook version is created.
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of initial playbook creation.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the playbook, unique within an agent.
+    "goal": "A String", # Required. High level description of the goal the playbook intend to accomplish. A goal should be concise since it's visible to other playbooks that may reference this playbook.
+    "instruction": { # Message of the Instruction of the playbook. # Instruction to accomplish target goal.
+      "guidelines": "A String", # General guidelines for the playbook. These are unstructured instructions that are not directly part of the goal, e.g. "Always be polite". It's valid for this text to be long and used instead of steps altogether.
+      "steps": [ # Ordered list of step by step execution instructions to accomplish target goal.
+        { # Message of single step execution.
+          "steps": [ # Sub-processing needed to execute the current step.
+            # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookStep
+          ],
+          "text": "A String", # Step instruction in text format.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "llmModelSettings": { # Settings for LLM models. # Optional. Llm model settings for the playbook.
+      "model": "A String", # The selected LLM model.
+      "promptText": "A String", # The custom prompt to use.
+    },
+    "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+    "referencedFlows": [ # Output only. The resource name of flows referenced by the current playbook in the instructions.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "referencedPlaybooks": [ # Output only. The resource name of other playbooks referenced by the current playbook in the instructions.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "referencedTools": [ # Optional. The resource name of tools referenced by the current playbook in the instructions. If not provided explicitly, they are will be implied using the tool being referenced in goal and steps.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "tokenCount": "A String", # Output only. Estimated number of tokes current playbook takes when sent to the LLM.
+    "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time the playbook version was updated.
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time the playbook version was created or modified.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes the specified version of the Playbook.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the playbook version to delete. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks//versions/`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves the specified version of the Playbook.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the playbook version. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks//versions/`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Playbook version is a snapshot of the playbook at certain timestamp.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the playbook version.
+  "examples": [ # Output only. Snapshot of the examples belonging to the playbook when the playbook version is created.
+    { # Example represents a sample execution of the playbook in the conversation. An example consists of a list of ordered actions performed by end user or Dialogflow agent according the playbook instructions to fulfill the task.
+      "actions": [ # Required. The ordered list of actions performed by the end user and the Dialogflow agent.
+        { # Action performed by end user or Dialogflow agent in the conversation.
+          "agentUtterance": { # AgentUtterance represents one message sent by the agent. # Optional. Action performed by the agent as a message.
+            "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
+          },
+          "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
+            "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
+            "flowState": "A String", # Required. Flow invocation's output state.
+          },
+          "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
+            "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+            "playbookInput": { # Input of the playbook. # Optional. Input of the child playbook invocation.
+              "precedingConversationSummary": "A String", # Optional. Summary string of the preceding conversation for the child playbook invocation.
+            },
+            "playbookOutput": { # Output of the playbook. # Optional. Output of the child playbook invocation.
+              "executionSummary": "A String", # Optional. Summary string of the execution result of the child playbook.
+            },
+            "playbookState": "A String", # Required. Playbook invocation's output state.
+          },
+          "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
+            "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
+            "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
+            "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "outputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of output parameters generated by the action.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool that should be used. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`.
+          },
+          "userUtterance": { # UserUtterance represents one message sent by the customer. # Optional. Agent obtained a message from the customer.
+            "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "conversationState": "A String", # Required. Example's output state.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of initial example creation.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The high level concise description of the example. The max number of characters is 200.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the example.
+      "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code of the example. If not specified, the agent's default language is used. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used. Note: example's language code is not currently used in dialogflow agents.
+      "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the playbook example. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks//examples/`.
+      "playbookInput": { # Input of the playbook. # Optional. The input to the playbook in the example.
+        "precedingConversationSummary": "A String", # Optional. Summary string of the preceding conversation for the child playbook invocation.
+      },
+      "playbookOutput": { # Output of the playbook. # Optional. The output of the playbook in the example.
+        "executionSummary": "A String", # Optional. Summary string of the execution result of the child playbook.
+      },
+      "tokenCount": "A String", # Output only. Estimated number of tokes current example takes when sent to the LLM.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time the example was updated.
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the playbook version. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks//versions/`.
+  "playbook": { # Playbook is the basic building block to instruct the LLM how to execute a certain task. A playbook consists of a goal to accomplish, an optional list of step by step instructions (the step instruction may refers to name of the custom or default plugin tools to use) to perform the task, a list of contextual input data to be passed in at the beginning of the invoked, and a list of output parameters to store the playbook result. # Output only. Snapshot of the playbook when the playbook version is created.
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of initial playbook creation.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the playbook, unique within an agent.
+    "goal": "A String", # Required. High level description of the goal the playbook intend to accomplish. A goal should be concise since it's visible to other playbooks that may reference this playbook.
+    "instruction": { # Message of the Instruction of the playbook. # Instruction to accomplish target goal.
+      "guidelines": "A String", # General guidelines for the playbook. These are unstructured instructions that are not directly part of the goal, e.g. "Always be polite". It's valid for this text to be long and used instead of steps altogether.
+      "steps": [ # Ordered list of step by step execution instructions to accomplish target goal.
+        { # Message of single step execution.
+          "steps": [ # Sub-processing needed to execute the current step.
+            # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookStep
+          ],
+          "text": "A String", # Step instruction in text format.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "llmModelSettings": { # Settings for LLM models. # Optional. Llm model settings for the playbook.
+      "model": "A String", # The selected LLM model.
+      "promptText": "A String", # The custom prompt to use.
+    },
+    "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+    "referencedFlows": [ # Output only. The resource name of flows referenced by the current playbook in the instructions.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "referencedPlaybooks": [ # Output only. The resource name of other playbooks referenced by the current playbook in the instructions.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "referencedTools": [ # Optional. The resource name of tools referenced by the current playbook in the instructions. If not provided explicitly, they are will be implied using the tool being referenced in goal and steps.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "tokenCount": "A String", # Output only. Estimated number of tokes current playbook takes when sent to the LLM.
+    "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time the playbook version was updated.
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time the playbook version was created or modified.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists versions for the specified Playbook.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The playbook to list versions for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By default 100 and at most 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Playbooks.ListPlaybookVersions.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+  "playbookVersions": [ # The list of playbook version. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.
+    { # Playbook version is a snapshot of the playbook at certain timestamp.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the playbook version.
+      "examples": [ # Output only. Snapshot of the examples belonging to the playbook when the playbook version is created.
+        { # Example represents a sample execution of the playbook in the conversation. An example consists of a list of ordered actions performed by end user or Dialogflow agent according the playbook instructions to fulfill the task.
+          "actions": [ # Required. The ordered list of actions performed by the end user and the Dialogflow agent.
+            { # Action performed by end user or Dialogflow agent in the conversation.
+              "agentUtterance": { # AgentUtterance represents one message sent by the agent. # Optional. Action performed by the agent as a message.
+                "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
+              },
+              "flowInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow.
+                "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the flow.
+                "flow": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.
+                "flowState": "A String", # Required. Flow invocation's output state.
+              },
+              "playbookInvocation": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook.
+                "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the playbook.
+                "playbook": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+                "playbookInput": { # Input of the playbook. # Optional. Input of the child playbook invocation.
+                  "precedingConversationSummary": "A String", # Optional. Summary string of the preceding conversation for the child playbook invocation.
+                },
+                "playbookOutput": { # Output of the playbook. # Optional. Output of the child playbook invocation.
+                  "executionSummary": "A String", # Optional. Summary string of the execution result of the child playbook.
+                },
+                "playbookState": "A String", # Required. Playbook invocation's output state.
+              },
+              "toolUse": { # Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool. # Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool.
+                "action": "A String", # Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.
+                "displayName": "A String", # Output only. The display name of the tool.
+                "inputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
+                "outputActionParameters": { # Optional. A list of output parameters generated by the action.
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
+                "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool that should be used. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`.
+              },
+              "userUtterance": { # UserUtterance represents one message sent by the customer. # Optional. Agent obtained a message from the customer.
+                "text": "A String", # Required. Message content in text.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+          "conversationState": "A String", # Required. Example's output state.
+          "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of initial example creation.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The high level concise description of the example. The max number of characters is 200.
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the example.
+          "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code of the example. If not specified, the agent's default language is used. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used. Note: example's language code is not currently used in dialogflow agents.
+          "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the playbook example. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks//examples/`.
+          "playbookInput": { # Input of the playbook. # Optional. The input to the playbook in the example.
+            "precedingConversationSummary": "A String", # Optional. Summary string of the preceding conversation for the child playbook invocation.
+          },
+          "playbookOutput": { # Output of the playbook. # Optional. The output of the playbook in the example.
+            "executionSummary": "A String", # Optional. Summary string of the execution result of the child playbook.
+          },
+          "tokenCount": "A String", # Output only. Estimated number of tokes current example takes when sent to the LLM.
+          "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time the example was updated.
+        },
+      ],
+      "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the playbook version. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks//versions/`.
+      "playbook": { # Playbook is the basic building block to instruct the LLM how to execute a certain task. A playbook consists of a goal to accomplish, an optional list of step by step instructions (the step instruction may refers to name of the custom or default plugin tools to use) to perform the task, a list of contextual input data to be passed in at the beginning of the invoked, and a list of output parameters to store the playbook result. # Output only. Snapshot of the playbook when the playbook version is created.
+        "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of initial playbook creation.
+        "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the playbook, unique within an agent.
+        "goal": "A String", # Required. High level description of the goal the playbook intend to accomplish. A goal should be concise since it's visible to other playbooks that may reference this playbook.
+        "instruction": { # Message of the Instruction of the playbook. # Instruction to accomplish target goal.
+          "guidelines": "A String", # General guidelines for the playbook. These are unstructured instructions that are not directly part of the goal, e.g. "Always be polite". It's valid for this text to be long and used instead of steps altogether.
+          "steps": [ # Ordered list of step by step execution instructions to accomplish target goal.
+            { # Message of single step execution.
+              "steps": [ # Sub-processing needed to execute the current step.
+                # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookStep
+              ],
+              "text": "A String", # Step instruction in text format.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "llmModelSettings": { # Settings for LLM models. # Optional. Llm model settings for the playbook.
+          "model": "A String", # The selected LLM model.
+          "promptText": "A String", # The custom prompt to use.
+        },
+        "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+        "referencedFlows": [ # Output only. The resource name of flows referenced by the current playbook in the instructions.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "referencedPlaybooks": [ # Output only. The resource name of other playbooks referenced by the current playbook in the instructions.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "referencedTools": [ # Optional. The resource name of tools referenced by the current playbook in the instructions. If not provided explicitly, they are will be implied using the tool being referenced in goal and steps.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "tokenCount": "A String", # Output only. Estimated number of tokes current playbook takes when sent to the LLM.
+        "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time the playbook version was updated.
+      },
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time the playbook version was created or modified.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ restore(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves the specified version of the Playbook and stores it as the current playbook draft, returning the playbook with resources updated.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the playbook version. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks//versions/`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request message for Playbooks.RestorePlaybookVersion.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Playbooks.RestorePlaybookVersion.
+  "playbook": { # Playbook is the basic building block to instruct the LLM how to execute a certain task. A playbook consists of a goal to accomplish, an optional list of step by step instructions (the step instruction may refers to name of the custom or default plugin tools to use) to perform the task, a list of contextual input data to be passed in at the beginning of the invoked, and a list of output parameters to store the playbook result. # The updated playbook.
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp of initial playbook creation.
+    "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the playbook, unique within an agent.
+    "goal": "A String", # Required. High level description of the goal the playbook intend to accomplish. A goal should be concise since it's visible to other playbooks that may reference this playbook.
+    "instruction": { # Message of the Instruction of the playbook. # Instruction to accomplish target goal.
+      "guidelines": "A String", # General guidelines for the playbook. These are unstructured instructions that are not directly part of the goal, e.g. "Always be polite". It's valid for this text to be long and used instead of steps altogether.
+      "steps": [ # Ordered list of step by step execution instructions to accomplish target goal.
+        { # Message of single step execution.
+          "steps": [ # Sub-processing needed to execute the current step.
+            # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookStep
+          ],
+          "text": "A String", # Step instruction in text format.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "llmModelSettings": { # Settings for LLM models. # Optional. Llm model settings for the playbook.
+      "model": "A String", # The selected LLM model.
+      "promptText": "A String", # The custom prompt to use.
+    },
+    "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+    "referencedFlows": [ # Output only. The resource name of flows referenced by the current playbook in the instructions.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "referencedPlaybooks": [ # Output only. The resource name of other playbooks referenced by the current playbook in the instructions.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "referencedTools": [ # Optional. The resource name of tools referenced by the current playbook in the instructions. If not provided explicitly, they are will be implied using the tool being referenced in goal and steps.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "tokenCount": "A String", # Output only. Estimated number of tokes current playbook takes when sent to the LLM.
+    "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last time the playbook version was updated.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html index e9b984ada2f..05569757b08 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html @@ -163,11 +163,22 @@

Method Details

"text": { # Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The natural language text to be processed. "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. }, + "toolCallResult": { # The result of calling a tool's action that has been executed by the client. # The results of a tool executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "error": { # An error produced by the tool call. # The tool call's error. + "message": "A String", # Optional. The error message of the function. + }, + "outputParameters": { # The tool call's output parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, "queryParams": { # Represents the parameters of a conversational query. # The parameters of this query. "analyzeQueryTextSentiment": True or False, # Configures whether sentiment analysis should be performed. If not provided, sentiment analysis is not performed. "channel": "A String", # The channel which this query is for. If specified, only the ResponseMessage associated with the channel will be returned. If no ResponseMessage is associated with the channel, it falls back to the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel. If unspecified, the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel will be returned. "currentPage": "A String", # The unique identifier of the page to override the current page in the session. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. If `current_page` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow, including the previous page and the previous session parameters. In most cases, current_page and parameters should be configured together to direct a session to a specific state. + "currentPlaybook": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the playbook to start or continue the session with. If `current_playbook` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "disableWebhook": True or False, # Whether to disable webhook calls for this request. "endUserMetadata": { # Optional. Information about the end-user to improve the relevance and accuracy of generative answers. This will be interpreted and used by a language model, so, for good results, the data should be self-descriptive, and in a simple structure. Example: ```json { "subscription plan": "Business Premium Plus", "devices owned": [ {"model": "Google Pixel 7"}, {"model": "Google Pixel Tablet"} ] } ``` "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -179,6 +190,10 @@

Method Details

"latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, + "llmModelSettings": { # Settings for LLM models. # Optional. Use the specified LLM model settings for processing the request. + "model": "A String", # The selected LLM model. + "promptText": "A String", # The custom prompt to use. + }, "parameters": { # Additional parameters to be put into session parameters. To remove a parameter from the session, clients should explicitly set the parameter value to null. You can reference the session parameters in the agent with the following format: $session.params.parameter-id. Depending on your protocol or client library language, this is a map, associative array, symbol table, dictionary, or JSON object composed of a collection of (MapKey, MapValue) pairs: * MapKey type: string * MapKey value: parameter name * MapValue type: If parameter's entity type is a composite entity then use map, otherwise, depending on the parameter value type, it could be one of string, number, boolean, null, list or map. * MapValue value: If parameter's entity type is a composite entity then use map from composite entity property names to property values, otherwise, use parameter value. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, @@ -408,6 +423,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -465,6 +487,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -564,6 +593,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -621,6 +657,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -747,6 +790,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -804,6 +854,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -903,6 +960,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -960,6 +1024,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -1072,6 +1143,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -1129,6 +1207,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -1234,6 +1319,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -1291,6 +1383,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -1483,6 +1582,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "sentimentAnalysisResult": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. # The sentiment analyss result, which depends on `analyze_query_text_sentiment`, specified in the request. @@ -1600,11 +1706,22 @@

Method Details

"text": { # Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The natural language text to be processed. "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. }, + "toolCallResult": { # The result of calling a tool's action that has been executed by the client. # The results of a tool executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "error": { # An error produced by the tool call. # The tool call's error. + "message": "A String", # Optional. The error message of the function. + }, + "outputParameters": { # The tool call's output parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, "queryParams": { # Represents the parameters of a conversational query. # The parameters of this query. "analyzeQueryTextSentiment": True or False, # Configures whether sentiment analysis should be performed. If not provided, sentiment analysis is not performed. "channel": "A String", # The channel which this query is for. If specified, only the ResponseMessage associated with the channel will be returned. If no ResponseMessage is associated with the channel, it falls back to the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel. If unspecified, the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel will be returned. "currentPage": "A String", # The unique identifier of the page to override the current page in the session. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. If `current_page` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow, including the previous page and the previous session parameters. In most cases, current_page and parameters should be configured together to direct a session to a specific state. + "currentPlaybook": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the playbook to start or continue the session with. If `current_playbook` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "disableWebhook": True or False, # Whether to disable webhook calls for this request. "endUserMetadata": { # Optional. Information about the end-user to improve the relevance and accuracy of generative answers. This will be interpreted and used by a language model, so, for good results, the data should be self-descriptive, and in a simple structure. Example: ```json { "subscription plan": "Business Premium Plus", "devices owned": [ {"model": "Google Pixel 7"}, {"model": "Google Pixel Tablet"} ] } ``` "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1616,6 +1733,10 @@

Method Details

"latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, + "llmModelSettings": { # Settings for LLM models. # Optional. Use the specified LLM model settings for processing the request. + "model": "A String", # The selected LLM model. + "promptText": "A String", # The custom prompt to use. + }, "parameters": { # Additional parameters to be put into session parameters. To remove a parameter from the session, clients should explicitly set the parameter value to null. You can reference the session parameters in the agent with the following format: $session.params.parameter-id. Depending on your protocol or client library language, this is a map, associative array, symbol table, dictionary, or JSON object composed of a collection of (MapKey, MapValue) pairs: * MapKey type: string * MapKey value: parameter name * MapValue type: If parameter's entity type is a composite entity then use map, otherwise, depending on the parameter value type, it could be one of string, number, boolean, null, list or map. * MapValue value: If parameter's entity type is a composite entity then use map from composite entity property names to property values, otherwise, use parameter value. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, @@ -1861,6 +1982,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -1918,6 +2046,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -2017,6 +2152,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -2074,6 +2216,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -2200,6 +2349,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -2257,6 +2413,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -2356,6 +2519,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -2413,6 +2583,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -2525,6 +2702,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -2582,6 +2766,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -2687,6 +2878,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -2744,6 +2942,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -2936,6 +3141,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "sentimentAnalysisResult": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. # The sentiment analyss result, which depends on `analyze_query_text_sentiment`, specified in the request. @@ -3012,11 +3224,22 @@

Method Details

"text": { # Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The natural language text to be processed. "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. }, + "toolCallResult": { # The result of calling a tool's action that has been executed by the client. # The results of a tool executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "error": { # An error produced by the tool call. # The tool call's error. + "message": "A String", # Optional. The error message of the function. + }, + "outputParameters": { # The tool call's output parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, "queryParams": { # Represents the parameters of a conversational query. # The parameters of this query. "analyzeQueryTextSentiment": True or False, # Configures whether sentiment analysis should be performed. If not provided, sentiment analysis is not performed. "channel": "A String", # The channel which this query is for. If specified, only the ResponseMessage associated with the channel will be returned. If no ResponseMessage is associated with the channel, it falls back to the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel. If unspecified, the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel will be returned. "currentPage": "A String", # The unique identifier of the page to override the current page in the session. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. If `current_page` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow, including the previous page and the previous session parameters. In most cases, current_page and parameters should be configured together to direct a session to a specific state. + "currentPlaybook": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the playbook to start or continue the session with. If `current_playbook` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "disableWebhook": True or False, # Whether to disable webhook calls for this request. "endUserMetadata": { # Optional. Information about the end-user to improve the relevance and accuracy of generative answers. This will be interpreted and used by a language model, so, for good results, the data should be self-descriptive, and in a simple structure. Example: ```json { "subscription plan": "Business Premium Plus", "devices owned": [ {"model": "Google Pixel 7"}, {"model": "Google Pixel Tablet"} ] } ``` "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -3028,6 +3251,10 @@

Method Details

"latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, + "llmModelSettings": { # Settings for LLM models. # Optional. Use the specified LLM model settings for processing the request. + "model": "A String", # The selected LLM model. + "promptText": "A String", # The custom prompt to use. + }, "parameters": { # Additional parameters to be put into session parameters. To remove a parameter from the session, clients should explicitly set the parameter value to null. You can reference the session parameters in the agent with the following format: $session.params.parameter-id. Depending on your protocol or client library language, this is a map, associative array, symbol table, dictionary, or JSON object composed of a collection of (MapKey, MapValue) pairs: * MapKey type: string * MapKey value: parameter name * MapValue type: If parameter's entity type is a composite entity then use map, otherwise, depending on the parameter value type, it could be one of string, number, boolean, null, list or map. * MapValue value: If parameter's entity type is a composite entity then use map from composite entity property names to property values, otherwise, use parameter value. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, @@ -3212,6 +3439,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -3269,6 +3503,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -3368,6 +3609,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -3425,6 +3673,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -3551,6 +3806,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -3608,6 +3870,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -3707,6 +3976,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -3764,6 +4040,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -3876,6 +4159,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -3933,6 +4223,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -4038,6 +4335,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -4095,6 +4399,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -4218,11 +4529,22 @@

Method Details

"text": { # Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The natural language text to be processed. "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. }, + "toolCallResult": { # The result of calling a tool's action that has been executed by the client. # The results of a tool executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "error": { # An error produced by the tool call. # The tool call's error. + "message": "A String", # Optional. The error message of the function. + }, + "outputParameters": { # The tool call's output parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, "queryParams": { # Represents the parameters of a conversational query. # The parameters of this query. "analyzeQueryTextSentiment": True or False, # Configures whether sentiment analysis should be performed. If not provided, sentiment analysis is not performed. "channel": "A String", # The channel which this query is for. If specified, only the ResponseMessage associated with the channel will be returned. If no ResponseMessage is associated with the channel, it falls back to the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel. If unspecified, the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel will be returned. "currentPage": "A String", # The unique identifier of the page to override the current page in the session. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. If `current_page` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow, including the previous page and the previous session parameters. In most cases, current_page and parameters should be configured together to direct a session to a specific state. + "currentPlaybook": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the playbook to start or continue the session with. If `current_playbook` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. "disableWebhook": True or False, # Whether to disable webhook calls for this request. "endUserMetadata": { # Optional. Information about the end-user to improve the relevance and accuracy of generative answers. This will be interpreted and used by a language model, so, for good results, the data should be self-descriptive, and in a simple structure. Example: ```json { "subscription plan": "Business Premium Plus", "devices owned": [ {"model": "Google Pixel 7"}, {"model": "Google Pixel Tablet"} ] } ``` "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -4234,6 +4556,10 @@

Method Details

"latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. }, + "llmModelSettings": { # Settings for LLM models. # Optional. Use the specified LLM model settings for processing the request. + "model": "A String", # The selected LLM model. + "promptText": "A String", # The custom prompt to use. + }, "parameters": { # Additional parameters to be put into session parameters. To remove a parameter from the session, clients should explicitly set the parameter value to null. You can reference the session parameters in the agent with the following format: $session.params.parameter-id. Depending on your protocol or client library language, this is a map, associative array, symbol table, dictionary, or JSON object composed of a collection of (MapKey, MapValue) pairs: * MapKey type: string * MapKey value: parameter name * MapValue type: If parameter's entity type is a composite entity then use map, otherwise, depending on the parameter value type, it could be one of string, number, boolean, null, list or map. * MapValue value: If parameter's entity type is a composite entity then use map from composite entity property names to property values, otherwise, use parameter value. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, @@ -4463,6 +4789,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -4520,6 +4853,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -4619,6 +4959,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -4676,6 +5023,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -4802,6 +5156,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -4859,6 +5220,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -4958,6 +5326,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -5015,6 +5390,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -5127,6 +5509,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -5184,6 +5573,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -5289,6 +5685,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -5346,6 +5749,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -5538,6 +5948,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "sentimentAnalysisResult": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. # The sentiment analyss result, which depends on `analyze_query_text_sentiment`, specified in the request. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html index c933d1d5007..d2821c3cac0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html @@ -315,6 +315,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -372,6 +379,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -477,6 +491,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -534,6 +555,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -643,6 +671,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -700,6 +735,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -830,6 +872,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -887,6 +936,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -992,6 +1048,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -1049,6 +1112,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -1166,6 +1236,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -1223,6 +1300,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -1346,6 +1430,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -1403,6 +1494,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -1502,6 +1600,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -1559,6 +1664,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -1685,6 +1797,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -1742,6 +1861,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -1841,6 +1967,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -1898,6 +2031,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -2010,6 +2150,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -2067,6 +2214,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -2172,6 +2326,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -2229,6 +2390,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -2361,6 +2529,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -2418,6 +2593,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -2523,6 +2705,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -2580,6 +2769,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -2697,6 +2893,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -2754,6 +2957,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -2877,6 +3087,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -2934,6 +3151,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -3033,6 +3257,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -3090,6 +3321,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -3216,6 +3454,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -3273,6 +3518,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -3372,6 +3624,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -3429,6 +3688,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -3541,6 +3807,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -3598,6 +3871,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -3703,6 +3983,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -3760,6 +4047,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -3863,6 +4157,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -3920,6 +4221,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -3998,6 +4306,16 @@

Method Details

"text": { # Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The natural language text to be processed. "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. }, + "toolCallResult": { # The result of calling a tool's action that has been executed by the client. # The results of a tool executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "error": { # An error produced by the tool call. # The tool call's error. + "message": "A String", # Optional. The error message of the function. + }, + "outputParameters": { # The tool call's output parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, "isWebhookEnabled": True or False, # If webhooks should be allowed to trigger in response to the user utterance. Often if parameters are injected, webhooks should not be enabled. }, @@ -4110,6 +4428,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -4167,6 +4492,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -4266,6 +4598,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -4323,6 +4662,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -4449,6 +4795,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -4506,6 +4859,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -4605,6 +4965,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -4662,6 +5029,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -4774,6 +5148,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -4831,6 +5212,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -4936,6 +5324,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -4993,6 +5388,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -5121,6 +5523,16 @@

Method Details

"text": { # Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The natural language text to be processed. "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. }, + "toolCallResult": { # The result of calling a tool's action that has been executed by the client. # The results of a tool executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "error": { # An error produced by the tool call. # The tool call's error. + "message": "A String", # Optional. The error message of the function. + }, + "outputParameters": { # The tool call's output parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, "isWebhookEnabled": True or False, # If webhooks should be allowed to trigger in response to the user utterance. Often if parameters are injected, webhooks should not be enabled. }, @@ -5233,6 +5645,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -5290,6 +5709,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -5389,6 +5815,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -5446,6 +5879,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -5572,6 +6012,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -5629,6 +6076,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -5728,6 +6182,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -5785,6 +6246,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -5897,6 +6365,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -5954,6 +6429,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -6059,6 +6541,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -6116,6 +6605,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -6255,6 +6751,16 @@

Method Details

"text": { # Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The natural language text to be processed. "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. }, + "toolCallResult": { # The result of calling a tool's action that has been executed by the client. # The results of a tool executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "error": { # An error produced by the tool call. # The tool call's error. + "message": "A String", # Optional. The error message of the function. + }, + "outputParameters": { # The tool call's output parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, "isWebhookEnabled": True or False, # If webhooks should be allowed to trigger in response to the user utterance. Often if parameters are injected, webhooks should not be enabled. }, @@ -6367,6 +6873,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -6424,6 +6937,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -6523,6 +7043,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -6580,6 +7107,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -6706,6 +7240,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -6763,6 +7304,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -6862,6 +7410,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -6919,6 +7474,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -7031,6 +7593,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -7088,6 +7657,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -7193,6 +7769,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -7250,6 +7833,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -7378,6 +7968,16 @@

Method Details

"text": { # Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The natural language text to be processed. "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. }, + "toolCallResult": { # The result of calling a tool's action that has been executed by the client. # The results of a tool executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "error": { # An error produced by the tool call. # The tool call's error. + "message": "A String", # Optional. The error message of the function. + }, + "outputParameters": { # The tool call's output parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, "isWebhookEnabled": True or False, # If webhooks should be allowed to trigger in response to the user utterance. Often if parameters are injected, webhooks should not be enabled. }, @@ -7490,6 +8090,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -7547,6 +8154,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -7646,6 +8260,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -7703,6 +8324,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -7829,6 +8457,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -7886,6 +8521,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -7985,6 +8627,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -8042,6 +8691,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -8154,6 +8810,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -8211,6 +8874,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -8316,6 +8986,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -8373,6 +9050,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -8563,6 +9247,16 @@

Method Details

"text": { # Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The natural language text to be processed. "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. }, + "toolCallResult": { # The result of calling a tool's action that has been executed by the client. # The results of a tool executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "error": { # An error produced by the tool call. # The tool call's error. + "message": "A String", # Optional. The error message of the function. + }, + "outputParameters": { # The tool call's output parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, "isWebhookEnabled": True or False, # If webhooks should be allowed to trigger in response to the user utterance. Often if parameters are injected, webhooks should not be enabled. }, @@ -8675,6 +9369,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -8732,6 +9433,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -8831,6 +9539,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -8888,6 +9603,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -9014,6 +9736,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -9071,6 +9800,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -9170,6 +9906,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -9227,6 +9970,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -9339,6 +10089,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -9396,6 +10153,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -9501,6 +10265,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -9558,6 +10329,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -9686,6 +10464,16 @@

Method Details

"text": { # Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The natural language text to be processed. "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. }, + "toolCallResult": { # The result of calling a tool's action that has been executed by the client. # The results of a tool executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "error": { # An error produced by the tool call. # The tool call's error. + "message": "A String", # Optional. The error message of the function. + }, + "outputParameters": { # The tool call's output parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, "isWebhookEnabled": True or False, # If webhooks should be allowed to trigger in response to the user utterance. Often if parameters are injected, webhooks should not be enabled. }, @@ -9798,6 +10586,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -9855,6 +10650,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -9954,6 +10756,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -10011,6 +10820,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -10137,6 +10953,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -10194,6 +11017,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -10293,6 +11123,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -10350,6 +11187,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -10462,6 +11306,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -10519,6 +11370,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -10624,6 +11482,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -10681,6 +11546,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -10880,6 +11752,16 @@

Method Details

"text": { # Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The natural language text to be processed. "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. }, + "toolCallResult": { # The result of calling a tool's action that has been executed by the client. # The results of a tool executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "error": { # An error produced by the tool call. # The tool call's error. + "message": "A String", # Optional. The error message of the function. + }, + "outputParameters": { # The tool call's output parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, "isWebhookEnabled": True or False, # If webhooks should be allowed to trigger in response to the user utterance. Often if parameters are injected, webhooks should not be enabled. }, @@ -10992,6 +11874,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -11049,6 +11938,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -11148,6 +12044,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -11205,6 +12108,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -11331,6 +12241,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -11388,6 +12305,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -11487,6 +12411,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -11544,6 +12475,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -11656,6 +12594,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -11713,6 +12658,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -11818,6 +12770,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -11875,6 +12834,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -12003,6 +12969,16 @@

Method Details

"text": { # Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The natural language text to be processed. "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. }, + "toolCallResult": { # The result of calling a tool's action that has been executed by the client. # The results of a tool executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "error": { # An error produced by the tool call. # The tool call's error. + "message": "A String", # Optional. The error message of the function. + }, + "outputParameters": { # The tool call's output parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, "isWebhookEnabled": True or False, # If webhooks should be allowed to trigger in response to the user utterance. Often if parameters are injected, webhooks should not be enabled. }, @@ -12115,6 +13091,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -12172,6 +13155,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -12271,6 +13261,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -12328,6 +13325,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -12454,6 +13458,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -12511,6 +13522,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -12610,6 +13628,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -12667,6 +13692,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -12779,6 +13811,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -12836,6 +13875,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -12941,6 +13987,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -12998,6 +14051,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -13155,6 +14215,16 @@

Method Details

"text": { # Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The natural language text to be processed. "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. }, + "toolCallResult": { # The result of calling a tool's action that has been executed by the client. # The results of a tool executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "error": { # An error produced by the tool call. # The tool call's error. + "message": "A String", # Optional. The error message of the function. + }, + "outputParameters": { # The tool call's output parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, "isWebhookEnabled": True or False, # If webhooks should be allowed to trigger in response to the user utterance. Often if parameters are injected, webhooks should not be enabled. }, @@ -13267,6 +14337,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -13324,6 +14401,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -13423,6 +14507,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -13480,6 +14571,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -13606,6 +14704,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -13663,6 +14768,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -13762,6 +14874,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -13819,6 +14938,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -13931,6 +15057,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -13988,6 +15121,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -14093,6 +15233,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -14150,6 +15297,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -14278,6 +15432,16 @@

Method Details

"text": { # Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The natural language text to be processed. "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. }, + "toolCallResult": { # The result of calling a tool's action that has been executed by the client. # The results of a tool executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "error": { # An error produced by the tool call. # The tool call's error. + "message": "A String", # Optional. The error message of the function. + }, + "outputParameters": { # The tool call's output parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, "isWebhookEnabled": True or False, # If webhooks should be allowed to trigger in response to the user utterance. Often if parameters are injected, webhooks should not be enabled. }, @@ -14390,6 +15554,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -14447,6 +15618,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -14546,6 +15724,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -14603,6 +15788,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -14729,6 +15921,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -14786,6 +15985,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -14885,6 +16091,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -14942,6 +16155,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -15054,6 +16274,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -15111,6 +16338,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -15216,6 +16450,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -15273,6 +16514,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -15413,6 +16661,16 @@

Method Details

"text": { # Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The natural language text to be processed. "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. }, + "toolCallResult": { # The result of calling a tool's action that has been executed by the client. # The results of a tool executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "error": { # An error produced by the tool call. # The tool call's error. + "message": "A String", # Optional. The error message of the function. + }, + "outputParameters": { # The tool call's output parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, "isWebhookEnabled": True or False, # If webhooks should be allowed to trigger in response to the user utterance. Often if parameters are injected, webhooks should not be enabled. }, @@ -15525,6 +16783,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -15582,6 +16847,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -15681,6 +16953,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -15738,6 +17017,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -15864,6 +17150,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -15921,6 +17214,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -16020,6 +17320,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -16077,6 +17384,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -16189,6 +17503,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -16246,6 +17567,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -16351,6 +17679,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -16408,6 +17743,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -16536,6 +17878,16 @@

Method Details

"text": { # Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The natural language text to be processed. "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. }, + "toolCallResult": { # The result of calling a tool's action that has been executed by the client. # The results of a tool executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "error": { # An error produced by the tool call. # The tool call's error. + "message": "A String", # Optional. The error message of the function. + }, + "outputParameters": { # The tool call's output parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, "isWebhookEnabled": True or False, # If webhooks should be allowed to trigger in response to the user utterance. Often if parameters are injected, webhooks should not be enabled. }, @@ -16648,6 +18000,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -16705,6 +18064,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -16804,6 +18170,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -16861,6 +18234,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -16987,6 +18367,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -17044,6 +18431,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -17143,6 +18537,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -17200,6 +18601,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -17312,6 +18720,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -17369,6 +18784,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -17474,6 +18896,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -17531,6 +18960,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html index 5432b722e35..3d3988e2189 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html @@ -148,6 +148,16 @@

Method Details

"text": { # Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The natural language text to be processed. "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. }, + "toolCallResult": { # The result of calling a tool's action that has been executed by the client. # The results of a tool executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "error": { # An error produced by the tool call. # The tool call's error. + "message": "A String", # Optional. The error message of the function. + }, + "outputParameters": { # The tool call's output parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, "isWebhookEnabled": True or False, # If webhooks should be allowed to trigger in response to the user utterance. Often if parameters are injected, webhooks should not be enabled. }, @@ -260,6 +270,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -317,6 +334,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -416,6 +440,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -473,6 +504,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -599,6 +637,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -656,6 +701,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -755,6 +807,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -812,6 +871,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -924,6 +990,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -981,6 +1054,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -1086,6 +1166,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -1143,6 +1230,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -1289,6 +1383,16 @@

Method Details

"text": { # Represents the natural language text to be processed. # The natural language text to be processed. "text": "A String", # Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed. }, + "toolCallResult": { # The result of calling a tool's action that has been executed by the client. # The results of a tool executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "error": { # An error produced by the tool call. # The tool call's error. + "message": "A String", # Optional. The error message of the function. + }, + "outputParameters": { # The tool call's output parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, "isWebhookEnabled": True or False, # If webhooks should be allowed to trigger in response to the user utterance. Often if parameters are injected, webhooks should not be enabled. }, @@ -1401,6 +1505,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -1458,6 +1569,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -1557,6 +1675,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -1614,6 +1739,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -1740,6 +1872,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -1797,6 +1936,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -1896,6 +2042,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -1953,6 +2106,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -2065,6 +2225,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -2122,6 +2289,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -2227,6 +2401,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -2284,6 +2465,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.tools.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.tools.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..75ade2a7e47 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.tools.html @@ -0,0 +1,601 @@ + + + +

Dialogflow API . projects . locations . agents . tools

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a Tool in the specified agent.

+

+ delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a specified Tool.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves the specified Tool.

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns a list of Tools in the specified agent.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Update the specified Tool.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a Tool in the specified agent.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The agent to create a Tool for. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A tool provides a list of actions which are available to the Playbook to attain its goal. A Tool consists of a description of the tool's usage and a specification of the tool which contains the schema and authentication information.
+  "dataStoreSpec": { # A DataStoreTool is a way to provide specifications needed to search a list of data stores. # Data store search tool specification.
+    "dataStoreConnections": [ # Required. List of data stores to search.
+      { # A data store connection. It represents a data store in Discovery Engine and the type of the contents it contains.
+        "dataStore": "A String", # The full name of the referenced data store. Formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dataStores/{data_store}`
+        "dataStoreType": "A String", # The type of the connected data store.
+        "documentProcessingMode": "A String", # The document processing mode for the data store connection. Should only be set for PUBLIC_WEB and UNSTRUCTURED data stores. If not set it is considered as DOCUMENTS, as this is the legacy mode.
+      },
+    ],
+    "fallbackPrompt": { # A FallbackPrompt is a way to provide specifications for the Data Store fallback prompt when generating responses. # Required. Fallback prompt configurations to use.
+    },
+  },
+  "description": "A String", # Required. High level description of the Tool and its usage.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the Tool, unique within an agent.
+  "functionSpec": { # A Function tool describes the functions to be invoked on the client side. # Client side executed function specification.
+    "inputSchema": { # Optional. The JSON schema is encapsulated in a google.protobuf.Struct to describe the input of the function. This input is a JSON object that contains the function's parameters as properties of the object.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "outputSchema": { # Optional. The JSON schema is encapsulated in a google.protobuf.Struct to describe the output of the function. This output is a JSON object that contains the function's parameters as properties of the object.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the Tool. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`.
+  "openApiSpec": { # An OpenAPI tool is a way to provide the Tool specifications in the Open API schema format. # OpenAPI specification of the Tool.
+    "authentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls # Optional. Authentication information required by the API.
+      "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth.
+        "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key. If the `secret_version_for_api_key` field is set, this field will be ignored.
+        "keyName": "A String", # Required. The parameter name or the header name of the API key. E.g., If the API request is "https://example.com/act?X-Api-Key=", "X-Api-Key" would be the parameter name.
+        "requestLocation": "A String", # Required. Key location in the request.
+        "secretVersionForApiKey": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. If this field is set, the `api_key` field will be ignored. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}`
+      },
+      "bearerTokenConfig": { # Config for authentication using bearer token. # Config for bearer token auth.
+        "secretVersionForToken": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the Bearer token. If this field is set, the `token` field will be ignored. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}`
+        "token": "A String", # Optional. The text token appended to the text `Bearer` to the request Authorization header. [Session parameters reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/parameter#session-ref) can be used to pass the token dynamically, e.g. `$session.params.parameter-id`.
+      },
+      "oauthConfig": { # Config for authentication with OAuth. # Config for OAuth.
+        "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID from the OAuth provider.
+        "clientSecret": "A String", # Optional. The client secret from the OAuth provider. If the `secret_version_for_client_secret` field is set, this field will be ignored.
+        "oauthGrantType": "A String", # Required. OAuth grant types.
+        "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "secretVersionForClientSecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the client secret. If this field is set, the `client_secret` field will be ignored. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}`
+        "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint in the OAuth provider to exchange for an access token.
+      },
+      "serviceAgentAuthConfig": { # Config for auth using [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). # Config for [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent) auth.
+        "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header.
+      },
+    },
+    "serviceDirectoryConfig": { # Configuration for tools using Service Directory. # Optional. Service Directory configuration.
+      "service": "A String", # Required. The name of [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service. Format: `projects//locations//namespaces//services/`. `LocationID` of the service directory must be the same as the location of the agent.
+    },
+    "textSchema": "A String", # Required. The OpenAPI schema specified as a text.
+    "tlsConfig": { # The TLS configuration. # Optional. TLS configuration for the HTTPS verification.
+      "caCerts": [ # Required. Specifies a list of allowed custom CA certificates for HTTPS verification.
+        { # The CA certificate.
+          "cert": "A String", # Required. The allowed custom CA certificates (in DER format) for HTTPS verification. This overrides the default SSL trust store. If this is empty or unspecified, Dialogflow will use Google's default trust store to verify certificates. N.B. Make sure the HTTPS server certificates are signed with "subject alt name". For instance a certificate can be self-signed using the following command: ``` openssl x509 -req -days 200 -in example.com.csr \ -signkey example.com.key \ -out example.com.crt \ -extfile <(printf "\nsubjectAltName='DNS:www.example.com'") ```
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The name of the allowed custom CA certificates. This can be used to disambiguate the custom CA certificates.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "toolType": "A String", # Output only. The tool type.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A tool provides a list of actions which are available to the Playbook to attain its goal. A Tool consists of a description of the tool's usage and a specification of the tool which contains the schema and authentication information.
+  "dataStoreSpec": { # A DataStoreTool is a way to provide specifications needed to search a list of data stores. # Data store search tool specification.
+    "dataStoreConnections": [ # Required. List of data stores to search.
+      { # A data store connection. It represents a data store in Discovery Engine and the type of the contents it contains.
+        "dataStore": "A String", # The full name of the referenced data store. Formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dataStores/{data_store}`
+        "dataStoreType": "A String", # The type of the connected data store.
+        "documentProcessingMode": "A String", # The document processing mode for the data store connection. Should only be set for PUBLIC_WEB and UNSTRUCTURED data stores. If not set it is considered as DOCUMENTS, as this is the legacy mode.
+      },
+    ],
+    "fallbackPrompt": { # A FallbackPrompt is a way to provide specifications for the Data Store fallback prompt when generating responses. # Required. Fallback prompt configurations to use.
+    },
+  },
+  "description": "A String", # Required. High level description of the Tool and its usage.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the Tool, unique within an agent.
+  "functionSpec": { # A Function tool describes the functions to be invoked on the client side. # Client side executed function specification.
+    "inputSchema": { # Optional. The JSON schema is encapsulated in a google.protobuf.Struct to describe the input of the function. This input is a JSON object that contains the function's parameters as properties of the object.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "outputSchema": { # Optional. The JSON schema is encapsulated in a google.protobuf.Struct to describe the output of the function. This output is a JSON object that contains the function's parameters as properties of the object.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the Tool. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`.
+  "openApiSpec": { # An OpenAPI tool is a way to provide the Tool specifications in the Open API schema format. # OpenAPI specification of the Tool.
+    "authentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls # Optional. Authentication information required by the API.
+      "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth.
+        "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key. If the `secret_version_for_api_key` field is set, this field will be ignored.
+        "keyName": "A String", # Required. The parameter name or the header name of the API key. E.g., If the API request is "https://example.com/act?X-Api-Key=", "X-Api-Key" would be the parameter name.
+        "requestLocation": "A String", # Required. Key location in the request.
+        "secretVersionForApiKey": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. If this field is set, the `api_key` field will be ignored. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}`
+      },
+      "bearerTokenConfig": { # Config for authentication using bearer token. # Config for bearer token auth.
+        "secretVersionForToken": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the Bearer token. If this field is set, the `token` field will be ignored. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}`
+        "token": "A String", # Optional. The text token appended to the text `Bearer` to the request Authorization header. [Session parameters reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/parameter#session-ref) can be used to pass the token dynamically, e.g. `$session.params.parameter-id`.
+      },
+      "oauthConfig": { # Config for authentication with OAuth. # Config for OAuth.
+        "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID from the OAuth provider.
+        "clientSecret": "A String", # Optional. The client secret from the OAuth provider. If the `secret_version_for_client_secret` field is set, this field will be ignored.
+        "oauthGrantType": "A String", # Required. OAuth grant types.
+        "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "secretVersionForClientSecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the client secret. If this field is set, the `client_secret` field will be ignored. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}`
+        "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint in the OAuth provider to exchange for an access token.
+      },
+      "serviceAgentAuthConfig": { # Config for auth using [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). # Config for [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent) auth.
+        "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header.
+      },
+    },
+    "serviceDirectoryConfig": { # Configuration for tools using Service Directory. # Optional. Service Directory configuration.
+      "service": "A String", # Required. The name of [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service. Format: `projects//locations//namespaces//services/`. `LocationID` of the service directory must be the same as the location of the agent.
+    },
+    "textSchema": "A String", # Required. The OpenAPI schema specified as a text.
+    "tlsConfig": { # The TLS configuration. # Optional. TLS configuration for the HTTPS verification.
+      "caCerts": [ # Required. Specifies a list of allowed custom CA certificates for HTTPS verification.
+        { # The CA certificate.
+          "cert": "A String", # Required. The allowed custom CA certificates (in DER format) for HTTPS verification. This overrides the default SSL trust store. If this is empty or unspecified, Dialogflow will use Google's default trust store to verify certificates. N.B. Make sure the HTTPS server certificates are signed with "subject alt name". For instance a certificate can be self-signed using the following command: ``` openssl x509 -req -days 200 -in example.com.csr \ -signkey example.com.key \ -out example.com.crt \ -extfile <(printf "\nsubjectAltName='DNS:www.example.com'") ```
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The name of the allowed custom CA certificates. This can be used to disambiguate the custom CA certificates.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "toolType": "A String", # Output only. The tool type.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a specified Tool.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the Tool to be deleted. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. (required)
+  force: boolean, This field has no effect for Tools not being used. For Tools that are used: * If `force` is set to false, an error will be returned with message indicating the referenced resources. * If `force` is set to true, Dialogflow will remove the tool, as well as any references to the tool.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves the specified Tool.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the Tool. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A tool provides a list of actions which are available to the Playbook to attain its goal. A Tool consists of a description of the tool's usage and a specification of the tool which contains the schema and authentication information.
+  "dataStoreSpec": { # A DataStoreTool is a way to provide specifications needed to search a list of data stores. # Data store search tool specification.
+    "dataStoreConnections": [ # Required. List of data stores to search.
+      { # A data store connection. It represents a data store in Discovery Engine and the type of the contents it contains.
+        "dataStore": "A String", # The full name of the referenced data store. Formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dataStores/{data_store}`
+        "dataStoreType": "A String", # The type of the connected data store.
+        "documentProcessingMode": "A String", # The document processing mode for the data store connection. Should only be set for PUBLIC_WEB and UNSTRUCTURED data stores. If not set it is considered as DOCUMENTS, as this is the legacy mode.
+      },
+    ],
+    "fallbackPrompt": { # A FallbackPrompt is a way to provide specifications for the Data Store fallback prompt when generating responses. # Required. Fallback prompt configurations to use.
+    },
+  },
+  "description": "A String", # Required. High level description of the Tool and its usage.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the Tool, unique within an agent.
+  "functionSpec": { # A Function tool describes the functions to be invoked on the client side. # Client side executed function specification.
+    "inputSchema": { # Optional. The JSON schema is encapsulated in a google.protobuf.Struct to describe the input of the function. This input is a JSON object that contains the function's parameters as properties of the object.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "outputSchema": { # Optional. The JSON schema is encapsulated in a google.protobuf.Struct to describe the output of the function. This output is a JSON object that contains the function's parameters as properties of the object.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the Tool. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`.
+  "openApiSpec": { # An OpenAPI tool is a way to provide the Tool specifications in the Open API schema format. # OpenAPI specification of the Tool.
+    "authentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls # Optional. Authentication information required by the API.
+      "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth.
+        "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key. If the `secret_version_for_api_key` field is set, this field will be ignored.
+        "keyName": "A String", # Required. The parameter name or the header name of the API key. E.g., If the API request is "https://example.com/act?X-Api-Key=", "X-Api-Key" would be the parameter name.
+        "requestLocation": "A String", # Required. Key location in the request.
+        "secretVersionForApiKey": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. If this field is set, the `api_key` field will be ignored. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}`
+      },
+      "bearerTokenConfig": { # Config for authentication using bearer token. # Config for bearer token auth.
+        "secretVersionForToken": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the Bearer token. If this field is set, the `token` field will be ignored. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}`
+        "token": "A String", # Optional. The text token appended to the text `Bearer` to the request Authorization header. [Session parameters reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/parameter#session-ref) can be used to pass the token dynamically, e.g. `$session.params.parameter-id`.
+      },
+      "oauthConfig": { # Config for authentication with OAuth. # Config for OAuth.
+        "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID from the OAuth provider.
+        "clientSecret": "A String", # Optional. The client secret from the OAuth provider. If the `secret_version_for_client_secret` field is set, this field will be ignored.
+        "oauthGrantType": "A String", # Required. OAuth grant types.
+        "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "secretVersionForClientSecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the client secret. If this field is set, the `client_secret` field will be ignored. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}`
+        "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint in the OAuth provider to exchange for an access token.
+      },
+      "serviceAgentAuthConfig": { # Config for auth using [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). # Config for [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent) auth.
+        "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header.
+      },
+    },
+    "serviceDirectoryConfig": { # Configuration for tools using Service Directory. # Optional. Service Directory configuration.
+      "service": "A String", # Required. The name of [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service. Format: `projects//locations//namespaces//services/`. `LocationID` of the service directory must be the same as the location of the agent.
+    },
+    "textSchema": "A String", # Required. The OpenAPI schema specified as a text.
+    "tlsConfig": { # The TLS configuration. # Optional. TLS configuration for the HTTPS verification.
+      "caCerts": [ # Required. Specifies a list of allowed custom CA certificates for HTTPS verification.
+        { # The CA certificate.
+          "cert": "A String", # Required. The allowed custom CA certificates (in DER format) for HTTPS verification. This overrides the default SSL trust store. If this is empty or unspecified, Dialogflow will use Google's default trust store to verify certificates. N.B. Make sure the HTTPS server certificates are signed with "subject alt name". For instance a certificate can be self-signed using the following command: ``` openssl x509 -req -days 200 -in example.com.csr \ -signkey example.com.key \ -out example.com.crt \ -extfile <(printf "\nsubjectAltName='DNS:www.example.com'") ```
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The name of the allowed custom CA certificates. This can be used to disambiguate the custom CA certificates.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "toolType": "A String", # Output only. The tool type.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns a list of Tools in the specified agent.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The agent to list the Tools from. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By default 100 and at most 1000.
+  pageToken: string, The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Tools.ListTools.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+  "tools": [ # The list of Tools. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.
+    { # A tool provides a list of actions which are available to the Playbook to attain its goal. A Tool consists of a description of the tool's usage and a specification of the tool which contains the schema and authentication information.
+      "dataStoreSpec": { # A DataStoreTool is a way to provide specifications needed to search a list of data stores. # Data store search tool specification.
+        "dataStoreConnections": [ # Required. List of data stores to search.
+          { # A data store connection. It represents a data store in Discovery Engine and the type of the contents it contains.
+            "dataStore": "A String", # The full name of the referenced data store. Formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dataStores/{data_store}`
+            "dataStoreType": "A String", # The type of the connected data store.
+            "documentProcessingMode": "A String", # The document processing mode for the data store connection. Should only be set for PUBLIC_WEB and UNSTRUCTURED data stores. If not set it is considered as DOCUMENTS, as this is the legacy mode.
+          },
+        ],
+        "fallbackPrompt": { # A FallbackPrompt is a way to provide specifications for the Data Store fallback prompt when generating responses. # Required. Fallback prompt configurations to use.
+        },
+      },
+      "description": "A String", # Required. High level description of the Tool and its usage.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the Tool, unique within an agent.
+      "functionSpec": { # A Function tool describes the functions to be invoked on the client side. # Client side executed function specification.
+        "inputSchema": { # Optional. The JSON schema is encapsulated in a google.protobuf.Struct to describe the input of the function. This input is a JSON object that contains the function's parameters as properties of the object.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "outputSchema": { # Optional. The JSON schema is encapsulated in a google.protobuf.Struct to describe the output of the function. This output is a JSON object that contains the function's parameters as properties of the object.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the Tool. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`.
+      "openApiSpec": { # An OpenAPI tool is a way to provide the Tool specifications in the Open API schema format. # OpenAPI specification of the Tool.
+        "authentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls # Optional. Authentication information required by the API.
+          "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth.
+            "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key. If the `secret_version_for_api_key` field is set, this field will be ignored.
+            "keyName": "A String", # Required. The parameter name or the header name of the API key. E.g., If the API request is "https://example.com/act?X-Api-Key=", "X-Api-Key" would be the parameter name.
+            "requestLocation": "A String", # Required. Key location in the request.
+            "secretVersionForApiKey": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. If this field is set, the `api_key` field will be ignored. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}`
+          },
+          "bearerTokenConfig": { # Config for authentication using bearer token. # Config for bearer token auth.
+            "secretVersionForToken": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the Bearer token. If this field is set, the `token` field will be ignored. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}`
+            "token": "A String", # Optional. The text token appended to the text `Bearer` to the request Authorization header. [Session parameters reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/parameter#session-ref) can be used to pass the token dynamically, e.g. `$session.params.parameter-id`.
+          },
+          "oauthConfig": { # Config for authentication with OAuth. # Config for OAuth.
+            "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID from the OAuth provider.
+            "clientSecret": "A String", # Optional. The client secret from the OAuth provider. If the `secret_version_for_client_secret` field is set, this field will be ignored.
+            "oauthGrantType": "A String", # Required. OAuth grant types.
+            "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "secretVersionForClientSecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the client secret. If this field is set, the `client_secret` field will be ignored. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}`
+            "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint in the OAuth provider to exchange for an access token.
+          },
+          "serviceAgentAuthConfig": { # Config for auth using [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). # Config for [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent) auth.
+            "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header.
+          },
+        },
+        "serviceDirectoryConfig": { # Configuration for tools using Service Directory. # Optional. Service Directory configuration.
+          "service": "A String", # Required. The name of [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service. Format: `projects//locations//namespaces//services/`. `LocationID` of the service directory must be the same as the location of the agent.
+        },
+        "textSchema": "A String", # Required. The OpenAPI schema specified as a text.
+        "tlsConfig": { # The TLS configuration. # Optional. TLS configuration for the HTTPS verification.
+          "caCerts": [ # Required. Specifies a list of allowed custom CA certificates for HTTPS verification.
+            { # The CA certificate.
+              "cert": "A String", # Required. The allowed custom CA certificates (in DER format) for HTTPS verification. This overrides the default SSL trust store. If this is empty or unspecified, Dialogflow will use Google's default trust store to verify certificates. N.B. Make sure the HTTPS server certificates are signed with "subject alt name". For instance a certificate can be self-signed using the following command: ``` openssl x509 -req -days 200 -in example.com.csr \ -signkey example.com.key \ -out example.com.crt \ -extfile <(printf "\nsubjectAltName='DNS:www.example.com'") ```
+              "displayName": "A String", # Required. The name of the allowed custom CA certificates. This can be used to disambiguate the custom CA certificates.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      "toolType": "A String", # Output only. The tool type.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Update the specified Tool.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The unique identifier of the Tool. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A tool provides a list of actions which are available to the Playbook to attain its goal. A Tool consists of a description of the tool's usage and a specification of the tool which contains the schema and authentication information.
+  "dataStoreSpec": { # A DataStoreTool is a way to provide specifications needed to search a list of data stores. # Data store search tool specification.
+    "dataStoreConnections": [ # Required. List of data stores to search.
+      { # A data store connection. It represents a data store in Discovery Engine and the type of the contents it contains.
+        "dataStore": "A String", # The full name of the referenced data store. Formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dataStores/{data_store}`
+        "dataStoreType": "A String", # The type of the connected data store.
+        "documentProcessingMode": "A String", # The document processing mode for the data store connection. Should only be set for PUBLIC_WEB and UNSTRUCTURED data stores. If not set it is considered as DOCUMENTS, as this is the legacy mode.
+      },
+    ],
+    "fallbackPrompt": { # A FallbackPrompt is a way to provide specifications for the Data Store fallback prompt when generating responses. # Required. Fallback prompt configurations to use.
+    },
+  },
+  "description": "A String", # Required. High level description of the Tool and its usage.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the Tool, unique within an agent.
+  "functionSpec": { # A Function tool describes the functions to be invoked on the client side. # Client side executed function specification.
+    "inputSchema": { # Optional. The JSON schema is encapsulated in a google.protobuf.Struct to describe the input of the function. This input is a JSON object that contains the function's parameters as properties of the object.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "outputSchema": { # Optional. The JSON schema is encapsulated in a google.protobuf.Struct to describe the output of the function. This output is a JSON object that contains the function's parameters as properties of the object.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the Tool. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`.
+  "openApiSpec": { # An OpenAPI tool is a way to provide the Tool specifications in the Open API schema format. # OpenAPI specification of the Tool.
+    "authentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls # Optional. Authentication information required by the API.
+      "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth.
+        "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key. If the `secret_version_for_api_key` field is set, this field will be ignored.
+        "keyName": "A String", # Required. The parameter name or the header name of the API key. E.g., If the API request is "https://example.com/act?X-Api-Key=", "X-Api-Key" would be the parameter name.
+        "requestLocation": "A String", # Required. Key location in the request.
+        "secretVersionForApiKey": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. If this field is set, the `api_key` field will be ignored. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}`
+      },
+      "bearerTokenConfig": { # Config for authentication using bearer token. # Config for bearer token auth.
+        "secretVersionForToken": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the Bearer token. If this field is set, the `token` field will be ignored. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}`
+        "token": "A String", # Optional. The text token appended to the text `Bearer` to the request Authorization header. [Session parameters reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/parameter#session-ref) can be used to pass the token dynamically, e.g. `$session.params.parameter-id`.
+      },
+      "oauthConfig": { # Config for authentication with OAuth. # Config for OAuth.
+        "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID from the OAuth provider.
+        "clientSecret": "A String", # Optional. The client secret from the OAuth provider. If the `secret_version_for_client_secret` field is set, this field will be ignored.
+        "oauthGrantType": "A String", # Required. OAuth grant types.
+        "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "secretVersionForClientSecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the client secret. If this field is set, the `client_secret` field will be ignored. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}`
+        "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint in the OAuth provider to exchange for an access token.
+      },
+      "serviceAgentAuthConfig": { # Config for auth using [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). # Config for [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent) auth.
+        "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header.
+      },
+    },
+    "serviceDirectoryConfig": { # Configuration for tools using Service Directory. # Optional. Service Directory configuration.
+      "service": "A String", # Required. The name of [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service. Format: `projects//locations//namespaces//services/`. `LocationID` of the service directory must be the same as the location of the agent.
+    },
+    "textSchema": "A String", # Required. The OpenAPI schema specified as a text.
+    "tlsConfig": { # The TLS configuration. # Optional. TLS configuration for the HTTPS verification.
+      "caCerts": [ # Required. Specifies a list of allowed custom CA certificates for HTTPS verification.
+        { # The CA certificate.
+          "cert": "A String", # Required. The allowed custom CA certificates (in DER format) for HTTPS verification. This overrides the default SSL trust store. If this is empty or unspecified, Dialogflow will use Google's default trust store to verify certificates. N.B. Make sure the HTTPS server certificates are signed with "subject alt name". For instance a certificate can be self-signed using the following command: ``` openssl x509 -req -days 200 -in example.com.csr \ -signkey example.com.key \ -out example.com.crt \ -extfile <(printf "\nsubjectAltName='DNS:www.example.com'") ```
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The name of the allowed custom CA certificates. This can be used to disambiguate the custom CA certificates.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "toolType": "A String", # Output only. The tool type.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, The mask to control which fields get updated. If the mask is not present, all fields will be updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A tool provides a list of actions which are available to the Playbook to attain its goal. A Tool consists of a description of the tool's usage and a specification of the tool which contains the schema and authentication information.
+  "dataStoreSpec": { # A DataStoreTool is a way to provide specifications needed to search a list of data stores. # Data store search tool specification.
+    "dataStoreConnections": [ # Required. List of data stores to search.
+      { # A data store connection. It represents a data store in Discovery Engine and the type of the contents it contains.
+        "dataStore": "A String", # The full name of the referenced data store. Formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dataStores/{data_store}`
+        "dataStoreType": "A String", # The type of the connected data store.
+        "documentProcessingMode": "A String", # The document processing mode for the data store connection. Should only be set for PUBLIC_WEB and UNSTRUCTURED data stores. If not set it is considered as DOCUMENTS, as this is the legacy mode.
+      },
+    ],
+    "fallbackPrompt": { # A FallbackPrompt is a way to provide specifications for the Data Store fallback prompt when generating responses. # Required. Fallback prompt configurations to use.
+    },
+  },
+  "description": "A String", # Required. High level description of the Tool and its usage.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The human-readable name of the Tool, unique within an agent.
+  "functionSpec": { # A Function tool describes the functions to be invoked on the client side. # Client side executed function specification.
+    "inputSchema": { # Optional. The JSON schema is encapsulated in a google.protobuf.Struct to describe the input of the function. This input is a JSON object that contains the function's parameters as properties of the object.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "outputSchema": { # Optional. The JSON schema is encapsulated in a google.protobuf.Struct to describe the output of the function. This output is a JSON object that contains the function's parameters as properties of the object.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The unique identifier of the Tool. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`.
+  "openApiSpec": { # An OpenAPI tool is a way to provide the Tool specifications in the Open API schema format. # OpenAPI specification of the Tool.
+    "authentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls # Optional. Authentication information required by the API.
+      "apiKeyConfig": { # Config for authentication with API key. # Config for API key auth.
+        "apiKey": "A String", # Optional. The API key. If the `secret_version_for_api_key` field is set, this field will be ignored.
+        "keyName": "A String", # Required. The parameter name or the header name of the API key. E.g., If the API request is "https://example.com/act?X-Api-Key=", "X-Api-Key" would be the parameter name.
+        "requestLocation": "A String", # Required. Key location in the request.
+        "secretVersionForApiKey": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. If this field is set, the `api_key` field will be ignored. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}`
+      },
+      "bearerTokenConfig": { # Config for authentication using bearer token. # Config for bearer token auth.
+        "secretVersionForToken": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the Bearer token. If this field is set, the `token` field will be ignored. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}`
+        "token": "A String", # Optional. The text token appended to the text `Bearer` to the request Authorization header. [Session parameters reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/parameter#session-ref) can be used to pass the token dynamically, e.g. `$session.params.parameter-id`.
+      },
+      "oauthConfig": { # Config for authentication with OAuth. # Config for OAuth.
+        "clientId": "A String", # Required. The client ID from the OAuth provider.
+        "clientSecret": "A String", # Optional. The client secret from the OAuth provider. If the `secret_version_for_client_secret` field is set, this field will be ignored.
+        "oauthGrantType": "A String", # Required. OAuth grant types.
+        "scopes": [ # Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "secretVersionForClientSecret": "A String", # Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the client secret. If this field is set, the `client_secret` field will be ignored. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}`
+        "tokenEndpoint": "A String", # Required. The token endpoint in the OAuth provider to exchange for an access token.
+      },
+      "serviceAgentAuthConfig": { # Config for auth using [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). # Config for [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent) auth.
+        "serviceAgentAuth": "A String", # Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header.
+      },
+    },
+    "serviceDirectoryConfig": { # Configuration for tools using Service Directory. # Optional. Service Directory configuration.
+      "service": "A String", # Required. The name of [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service. Format: `projects//locations//namespaces//services/`. `LocationID` of the service directory must be the same as the location of the agent.
+    },
+    "textSchema": "A String", # Required. The OpenAPI schema specified as a text.
+    "tlsConfig": { # The TLS configuration. # Optional. TLS configuration for the HTTPS verification.
+      "caCerts": [ # Required. Specifies a list of allowed custom CA certificates for HTTPS verification.
+        { # The CA certificate.
+          "cert": "A String", # Required. The allowed custom CA certificates (in DER format) for HTTPS verification. This overrides the default SSL trust store. If this is empty or unspecified, Dialogflow will use Google's default trust store to verify certificates. N.B. Make sure the HTTPS server certificates are signed with "subject alt name". For instance a certificate can be self-signed using the following command: ``` openssl x509 -req -days 200 -in example.com.csr \ -signkey example.com.key \ -out example.com.crt \ -extfile <(printf "\nsubjectAltName='DNS:www.example.com'") ```
+          "displayName": "A String", # Required. The name of the allowed custom CA certificates. This can be used to disambiguate the custom CA certificates.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  "toolType": "A String", # Output only. The tool type.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.html index 7a4d3aeb00c..4bbb4f7960f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.html @@ -201,6 +201,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -258,6 +265,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -374,6 +388,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -431,6 +452,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -573,6 +601,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -630,6 +665,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -758,6 +800,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -815,6 +864,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -948,6 +1004,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -1005,6 +1068,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. @@ -1122,6 +1192,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, }, ], @@ -1179,6 +1256,13 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "toolCall": { # Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs. # Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client. + "action": "A String", # Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call. + "inputParameters": { # Optional. The action's input parameters. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "tool": "A String", # Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`. + }, }, ], "returnPartialResponses": True or False, # Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html index fe71bfa19d1..de3e773514b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -589,7 +589,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -647,7 +647,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html index c2a235382f4..87dba79e915 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html index 7de61040dce..107919f8148 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html @@ -260,6 +260,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -276,6 +285,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -444,6 +462,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -460,6 +487,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -584,6 +620,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -600,6 +645,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -712,6 +766,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -728,6 +791,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -822,6 +894,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -838,6 +919,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index 31d7c13b905..4b4528dbbab 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -588,6 +588,18 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results. + "answerGenerationSpec": { # The specification for answer generation. # Optional. The specification for answer generation. + "userDefinedClassifierSpec": { # The specification for user defined classifier. # Optional. The specification for user specified classifier spec. + "enableUserDefinedClassifier": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to enable and include user defined classifier. + "modelId": "A String", # Optional. The model id to be used for the user defined classifier. + "preamble": "A String", # Optional. The preamble to be used for the user defined classifier. + "seed": 42, # Optional. The seed value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "taskMarker": "A String", # Optional. The task marker to be used for the user defined classifier. + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. The temperature value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topK": "A String", # Optional. The top-k value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. The top-p value to be used for the user defined classifier. + }, + }, "boostControlIds": [ # Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls. "A String", ], @@ -679,6 +691,18 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results. + "answerGenerationSpec": { # The specification for answer generation. # Optional. The specification for answer generation. + "userDefinedClassifierSpec": { # The specification for user defined classifier. # Optional. The specification for user specified classifier spec. + "enableUserDefinedClassifier": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to enable and include user defined classifier. + "modelId": "A String", # Optional. The model id to be used for the user defined classifier. + "preamble": "A String", # Optional. The preamble to be used for the user defined classifier. + "seed": 42, # Optional. The seed value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "taskMarker": "A String", # Optional. The task marker to be used for the user defined classifier. + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. The temperature value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topK": "A String", # Optional. The top-k value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. The top-p value to be used for the user defined classifier. + }, + }, "boostControlIds": [ # Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls. "A String", ], @@ -925,7 +949,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -1223,7 +1247,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -1582,7 +1606,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html index f0af19ee392..27f52f1e321 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.html index 3a5a98581a3..ff554968778 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.html @@ -159,6 +159,23 @@

Method Details

"disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. + "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical. + "engineFeaturesConfig": { # More feature configs of the selected engine type. # Optional. Additional engine features config. + "mostPopularConfig": { # Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine. # Most popular engine feature config. + "timeWindowDays": "A String", # The time window of which the engine is queried at training and prediction time. Positive integers only. The value translates to the last X days of events. Currently required for the `most-popular-items` engine. + }, + "recommendedForYouConfig": { # Additional feature configurations for creating a `recommended-for-you` engine. # Recommended for you engine feature config. + "contextEventType": "A String", # The type of event with which the engine is queried at prediction time. If set to `generic`, only `view-item`, `media-play`,and `media-complete` will be used as `context-event` in engine training. If set to `view-home-page`, `view-home-page` will also be used as `context-events` in addition to `view-item`, `media-play`, and `media-complete`. Currently supported for the `recommended-for-you` engine. Currently supported values: `view-home-page`, `generic`. + }, + }, + "optimizationObjective": "A String", # The optimization objective. e.g., `cvr`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `ctr`, `cvr`. If not specified, we choose default based on engine type. Default depends on type of recommendation: `recommended-for-you` => `ctr` `others-you-may-like` => `ctr` + "optimizationObjectiveConfig": { # Custom threshold for `cvr` optimization_objective. # Name and value of the custom threshold for cvr optimization_objective. For target_field `watch-time`, target_field_value must be an integer value indicating the media progress time in seconds between (0, 86400] (excludes 0, includes 86400) (e.g., 90). For target_field `watch-percentage`, the target_field_value must be a valid float value between (0, 1.0] (excludes 0, includes 1.0) (e.g., 0.5). + "targetField": "A String", # Required. The name of the field to target. Currently supported values: `watch-percentage`, `watch-time`. + "targetFieldValueFloat": 3.14, # Required. The threshold to be applied to the target (e.g., 0.5). + }, + "trainingState": "A String", # The training state that the engine is in (e.g. `TRAINING` or `PAUSED`). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train engine in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for `CreateEngine` method is `TRAINING`. The default value for `UpdateEngine` method is to keep the state the same as before. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of engine. e.g., `recommended-for-you`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `more-like-this`, `most-popular-items`. + }, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "searchEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Search Engine. # Configurations for the Search Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "searchAddOns": [ # The add-on that this search engine enables. @@ -273,6 +290,23 @@

Method Details

"disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. + "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical. + "engineFeaturesConfig": { # More feature configs of the selected engine type. # Optional. Additional engine features config. + "mostPopularConfig": { # Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine. # Most popular engine feature config. + "timeWindowDays": "A String", # The time window of which the engine is queried at training and prediction time. Positive integers only. The value translates to the last X days of events. Currently required for the `most-popular-items` engine. + }, + "recommendedForYouConfig": { # Additional feature configurations for creating a `recommended-for-you` engine. # Recommended for you engine feature config. + "contextEventType": "A String", # The type of event with which the engine is queried at prediction time. If set to `generic`, only `view-item`, `media-play`,and `media-complete` will be used as `context-event` in engine training. If set to `view-home-page`, `view-home-page` will also be used as `context-events` in addition to `view-item`, `media-play`, and `media-complete`. Currently supported for the `recommended-for-you` engine. Currently supported values: `view-home-page`, `generic`. + }, + }, + "optimizationObjective": "A String", # The optimization objective. e.g., `cvr`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `ctr`, `cvr`. If not specified, we choose default based on engine type. Default depends on type of recommendation: `recommended-for-you` => `ctr` `others-you-may-like` => `ctr` + "optimizationObjectiveConfig": { # Custom threshold for `cvr` optimization_objective. # Name and value of the custom threshold for cvr optimization_objective. For target_field `watch-time`, target_field_value must be an integer value indicating the media progress time in seconds between (0, 86400] (excludes 0, includes 86400) (e.g., 90). For target_field `watch-percentage`, the target_field_value must be a valid float value between (0, 1.0] (excludes 0, includes 1.0) (e.g., 0.5). + "targetField": "A String", # Required. The name of the field to target. Currently supported values: `watch-percentage`, `watch-time`. + "targetFieldValueFloat": 3.14, # Required. The threshold to be applied to the target (e.g., 0.5). + }, + "trainingState": "A String", # The training state that the engine is in (e.g. `TRAINING` or `PAUSED`). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train engine in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for `CreateEngine` method is `TRAINING`. The default value for `UpdateEngine` method is to keep the state the same as before. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of engine. e.g., `recommended-for-you`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `more-like-this`, `most-popular-items`. + }, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "searchEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Search Engine. # Configurations for the Search Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "searchAddOns": [ # The add-on that this search engine enables. @@ -328,6 +362,23 @@

Method Details

"disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. + "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical. + "engineFeaturesConfig": { # More feature configs of the selected engine type. # Optional. Additional engine features config. + "mostPopularConfig": { # Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine. # Most popular engine feature config. + "timeWindowDays": "A String", # The time window of which the engine is queried at training and prediction time. Positive integers only. The value translates to the last X days of events. Currently required for the `most-popular-items` engine. + }, + "recommendedForYouConfig": { # Additional feature configurations for creating a `recommended-for-you` engine. # Recommended for you engine feature config. + "contextEventType": "A String", # The type of event with which the engine is queried at prediction time. If set to `generic`, only `view-item`, `media-play`,and `media-complete` will be used as `context-event` in engine training. If set to `view-home-page`, `view-home-page` will also be used as `context-events` in addition to `view-item`, `media-play`, and `media-complete`. Currently supported for the `recommended-for-you` engine. Currently supported values: `view-home-page`, `generic`. + }, + }, + "optimizationObjective": "A String", # The optimization objective. e.g., `cvr`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `ctr`, `cvr`. If not specified, we choose default based on engine type. Default depends on type of recommendation: `recommended-for-you` => `ctr` `others-you-may-like` => `ctr` + "optimizationObjectiveConfig": { # Custom threshold for `cvr` optimization_objective. # Name and value of the custom threshold for cvr optimization_objective. For target_field `watch-time`, target_field_value must be an integer value indicating the media progress time in seconds between (0, 86400] (excludes 0, includes 86400) (e.g., 90). For target_field `watch-percentage`, the target_field_value must be a valid float value between (0, 1.0] (excludes 0, includes 1.0) (e.g., 0.5). + "targetField": "A String", # Required. The name of the field to target. Currently supported values: `watch-percentage`, `watch-time`. + "targetFieldValueFloat": 3.14, # Required. The threshold to be applied to the target (e.g., 0.5). + }, + "trainingState": "A String", # The training state that the engine is in (e.g. `TRAINING` or `PAUSED`). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train engine in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for `CreateEngine` method is `TRAINING`. The default value for `UpdateEngine` method is to keep the state the same as before. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of engine. e.g., `recommended-for-you`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `more-like-this`, `most-popular-items`. + }, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "searchEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Search Engine. # Configurations for the Search Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "searchAddOns": [ # The add-on that this search engine enables. @@ -390,6 +441,23 @@

Method Details

"disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. + "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical. + "engineFeaturesConfig": { # More feature configs of the selected engine type. # Optional. Additional engine features config. + "mostPopularConfig": { # Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine. # Most popular engine feature config. + "timeWindowDays": "A String", # The time window of which the engine is queried at training and prediction time. Positive integers only. The value translates to the last X days of events. Currently required for the `most-popular-items` engine. + }, + "recommendedForYouConfig": { # Additional feature configurations for creating a `recommended-for-you` engine. # Recommended for you engine feature config. + "contextEventType": "A String", # The type of event with which the engine is queried at prediction time. If set to `generic`, only `view-item`, `media-play`,and `media-complete` will be used as `context-event` in engine training. If set to `view-home-page`, `view-home-page` will also be used as `context-events` in addition to `view-item`, `media-play`, and `media-complete`. Currently supported for the `recommended-for-you` engine. Currently supported values: `view-home-page`, `generic`. + }, + }, + "optimizationObjective": "A String", # The optimization objective. e.g., `cvr`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `ctr`, `cvr`. If not specified, we choose default based on engine type. Default depends on type of recommendation: `recommended-for-you` => `ctr` `others-you-may-like` => `ctr` + "optimizationObjectiveConfig": { # Custom threshold for `cvr` optimization_objective. # Name and value of the custom threshold for cvr optimization_objective. For target_field `watch-time`, target_field_value must be an integer value indicating the media progress time in seconds between (0, 86400] (excludes 0, includes 86400) (e.g., 90). For target_field `watch-percentage`, the target_field_value must be a valid float value between (0, 1.0] (excludes 0, includes 1.0) (e.g., 0.5). + "targetField": "A String", # Required. The name of the field to target. Currently supported values: `watch-percentage`, `watch-time`. + "targetFieldValueFloat": 3.14, # Required. The threshold to be applied to the target (e.g., 0.5). + }, + "trainingState": "A String", # The training state that the engine is in (e.g. `TRAINING` or `PAUSED`). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train engine in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for `CreateEngine` method is `TRAINING`. The default value for `UpdateEngine` method is to keep the state the same as before. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of engine. e.g., `recommended-for-you`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `more-like-this`, `most-popular-items`. + }, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "searchEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Search Engine. # Configurations for the Search Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "searchAddOns": [ # The add-on that this search engine enables. @@ -434,6 +502,23 @@

Method Details

"disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. + "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical. + "engineFeaturesConfig": { # More feature configs of the selected engine type. # Optional. Additional engine features config. + "mostPopularConfig": { # Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine. # Most popular engine feature config. + "timeWindowDays": "A String", # The time window of which the engine is queried at training and prediction time. Positive integers only. The value translates to the last X days of events. Currently required for the `most-popular-items` engine. + }, + "recommendedForYouConfig": { # Additional feature configurations for creating a `recommended-for-you` engine. # Recommended for you engine feature config. + "contextEventType": "A String", # The type of event with which the engine is queried at prediction time. If set to `generic`, only `view-item`, `media-play`,and `media-complete` will be used as `context-event` in engine training. If set to `view-home-page`, `view-home-page` will also be used as `context-events` in addition to `view-item`, `media-play`, and `media-complete`. Currently supported for the `recommended-for-you` engine. Currently supported values: `view-home-page`, `generic`. + }, + }, + "optimizationObjective": "A String", # The optimization objective. e.g., `cvr`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `ctr`, `cvr`. If not specified, we choose default based on engine type. Default depends on type of recommendation: `recommended-for-you` => `ctr` `others-you-may-like` => `ctr` + "optimizationObjectiveConfig": { # Custom threshold for `cvr` optimization_objective. # Name and value of the custom threshold for cvr optimization_objective. For target_field `watch-time`, target_field_value must be an integer value indicating the media progress time in seconds between (0, 86400] (excludes 0, includes 86400) (e.g., 90). For target_field `watch-percentage`, the target_field_value must be a valid float value between (0, 1.0] (excludes 0, includes 1.0) (e.g., 0.5). + "targetField": "A String", # Required. The name of the field to target. Currently supported values: `watch-percentage`, `watch-time`. + "targetFieldValueFloat": 3.14, # Required. The threshold to be applied to the target (e.g., 0.5). + }, + "trainingState": "A String", # The training state that the engine is in (e.g. `TRAINING` or `PAUSED`). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train engine in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for `CreateEngine` method is `TRAINING`. The default value for `UpdateEngine` method is to keep the state the same as before. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of engine. e.g., `recommended-for-you`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `more-like-this`, `most-popular-items`. + }, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "searchEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Search Engine. # Configurations for the Search Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "searchAddOns": [ # The add-on that this search engine enables. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.operations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.operations.html index cf6db36aa91..75049a5ea9d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.operations.html @@ -74,6 +74,9 @@

Discovery Engine API . projects . locations . collections . engines . operations

Instance Methods

+

+ cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -87,6 +90,30 @@

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

Method Details

+
+ cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request message for Operations.CancelOperation.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+
close()
Close httplib2 connections.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html index ac3a579340f..1062c34249b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html @@ -588,6 +588,18 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results. + "answerGenerationSpec": { # The specification for answer generation. # Optional. The specification for answer generation. + "userDefinedClassifierSpec": { # The specification for user defined classifier. # Optional. The specification for user specified classifier spec. + "enableUserDefinedClassifier": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to enable and include user defined classifier. + "modelId": "A String", # Optional. The model id to be used for the user defined classifier. + "preamble": "A String", # Optional. The preamble to be used for the user defined classifier. + "seed": 42, # Optional. The seed value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "taskMarker": "A String", # Optional. The task marker to be used for the user defined classifier. + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. The temperature value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topK": "A String", # Optional. The top-k value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. The top-p value to be used for the user defined classifier. + }, + }, "boostControlIds": [ # Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls. "A String", ], @@ -679,6 +691,18 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results. + "answerGenerationSpec": { # The specification for answer generation. # Optional. The specification for answer generation. + "userDefinedClassifierSpec": { # The specification for user defined classifier. # Optional. The specification for user specified classifier spec. + "enableUserDefinedClassifier": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to enable and include user defined classifier. + "modelId": "A String", # Optional. The model id to be used for the user defined classifier. + "preamble": "A String", # Optional. The preamble to be used for the user defined classifier. + "seed": 42, # Optional. The seed value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "taskMarker": "A String", # Optional. The task marker to be used for the user defined classifier. + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. The temperature value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topK": "A String", # Optional. The top-k value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. The top-p value to be used for the user defined classifier. + }, + }, "boostControlIds": [ # Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls. "A String", ], @@ -925,7 +949,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -1223,7 +1247,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -1582,7 +1606,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html index d9decb39306..538b579cd51 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -589,7 +589,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -647,7 +647,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html index e0e423c4581..8518db46e1b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.html index 14149a0f885..0075a1c86fd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.html @@ -252,6 +252,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -268,6 +277,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -436,6 +454,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -452,6 +479,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -576,6 +612,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -592,6 +637,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -704,6 +758,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -720,6 +783,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -814,6 +886,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -830,6 +911,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index 787b5c12cd3..4adb4dc14b7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -588,6 +588,18 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results. + "answerGenerationSpec": { # The specification for answer generation. # Optional. The specification for answer generation. + "userDefinedClassifierSpec": { # The specification for user defined classifier. # Optional. The specification for user specified classifier spec. + "enableUserDefinedClassifier": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to enable and include user defined classifier. + "modelId": "A String", # Optional. The model id to be used for the user defined classifier. + "preamble": "A String", # Optional. The preamble to be used for the user defined classifier. + "seed": 42, # Optional. The seed value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "taskMarker": "A String", # Optional. The task marker to be used for the user defined classifier. + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. The temperature value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topK": "A String", # Optional. The top-k value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. The top-p value to be used for the user defined classifier. + }, + }, "boostControlIds": [ # Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls. "A String", ], @@ -679,6 +691,18 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results. + "answerGenerationSpec": { # The specification for answer generation. # Optional. The specification for answer generation. + "userDefinedClassifierSpec": { # The specification for user defined classifier. # Optional. The specification for user specified classifier spec. + "enableUserDefinedClassifier": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to enable and include user defined classifier. + "modelId": "A String", # Optional. The model id to be used for the user defined classifier. + "preamble": "A String", # Optional. The preamble to be used for the user defined classifier. + "seed": 42, # Optional. The seed value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "taskMarker": "A String", # Optional. The task marker to be used for the user defined classifier. + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. The temperature value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topK": "A String", # Optional. The top-k value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. The top-p value to be used for the user defined classifier. + }, + }, "boostControlIds": [ # Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls. "A String", ], @@ -925,7 +949,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -1223,7 +1247,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -1582,7 +1606,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.groundingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.groundingConfigs.html index 8b6d7e50bab..4350be77a28 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.groundingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.groundingConfigs.html @@ -102,6 +102,7 @@

Method Details

], "groundingSpec": { # Specification for the grounding check. # Configuration of the grounding check. "citationThreshold": 3.14, # The threshold (in [0,1]) used for determining whether a fact must be cited for a claim in the answer candidate. Choosing a higher threshold will lead to fewer but very strong citations, while choosing a lower threshold may lead to more but somewhat weaker citations. If unset, the threshold will default to 0.6. + "enableClaimLevelScore": True or False, # The control flag that enables claim-level grounding score in the response. }, "userLabels": { # The user labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details. "a_key": "A String", @@ -120,11 +121,14 @@

Method Details

"citedChunks": [ # List of facts cited across all claims in the answer candidate. These are derived from the facts supplied in the request. { # Fact Chunk. "chunkText": "A String", # Text content of the fact chunk. Can be at most 10K characters long. + "domain": "A String", # The domain of the source. "index": 42, # The index of this chunk. Currently, only used for the streaming mode. "source": "A String", # Source from which this fact chunk was retrieved. If it was retrieved from the GroundingFacts provided in the request then this field will contain the index of the specific fact from which this chunk was retrieved. "sourceMetadata": { # More fine-grained information for the source reference. "a_key": "A String", }, + "title": "A String", # The title of the source. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of the source. }, ], "citedFacts": [ # List of facts cited across all claims in the answer candidate. These are derived from the facts supplied in the request. @@ -140,6 +144,7 @@

Method Details

"claimText": "A String", # Text for the claim in the answer candidate. Always provided regardless of whether citations or anti-citations are found. "endPos": 42, # Position indicating the end of the claim in the answer candidate, exclusive, in bytes. Note that this is not measured in characters and, therefore, must be rendered as such. For example, if the claim text contains non-ASCII characters, the start and end positions vary when measured in characters (programming-language-dependent) and when measured in bytes (programming-language-independent). "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim doesn't require attribution/grounding check, this field will be set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore citation_indices should not be returned. + "score": 3.14, # Confidence score for the claim in the answer candidate, in the range of [0, 1]. This is set only when enable_claim_level_score is true. "startPos": 42, # Position indicating the start of the claim in the answer candidate, measured in bytes. Note that this is not measured in characters and, therefore, must be rendered in the user interface keeping in mind that some characters may take more than one byte. For example, if the claim text contains non-ASCII characters, the start and end positions vary when measured in characters (programming-language-dependent) and when measured in bytes (programming-language-independent). }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataConnector.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataConnector.html index 19c71bc15f1..dbaca23a750 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataConnector.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataConnector.html @@ -115,6 +115,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Response message for DataConnectorService.GetConnectorSecret. "app": "A String", # The app name of the associated Connector. + "authorizationUri": "A String", # The authorization uri for the data connector. "clientId": "A String", # The client id of the associated Connector. "instance": "A String", # The instance name of the associated Connector. "redirectUri": "A String", # The redirect url of the associated Connector. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html index e9b893d4f71..2f2a495aaf8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -553,7 +553,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -628,7 +628,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -686,7 +686,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completionConfig.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completionConfig.html index 6436c69452c..dd1c0b804b0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completionConfig.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completionConfig.html @@ -104,6 +104,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "experimentIds": [ # Optional. Experiment ids for this request. + "A String", + ], "includeTailSuggestions": True or False, # Indicates if tail suggestions should be returned if there are no suggestions that match the full query. Even if set to true, if there are suggestions that match the full query, those are returned and no tail suggestions are returned. "query": "A String", # Required. The typeahead input used to fetch suggestions. Maximum length is 128 characters. The query can not be empty for most of the suggestion types. If it is empty, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. The exception is when the suggestion_types contains only the type `RECENT_SEARCH`, the query can be an empty string. The is called "zero prefix" feature, which returns user's recently searched queries given the empty query. "queryModel": "A String", # Specifies the autocomplete query model, which only applies to the QUERY SuggestionType. This overrides any model specified in the Configuration > Autocomplete section of the Cloud console. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for site search dataStores. @@ -153,7 +156,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -210,7 +213,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html index d415747c440..4b16023d419 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html index 3749c9aa891..0832479c602 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html @@ -276,6 +276,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -292,6 +301,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -495,6 +513,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -511,6 +538,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -614,6 +650,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -630,6 +675,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -725,6 +779,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -741,6 +804,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -888,6 +960,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -904,6 +985,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -1033,6 +1123,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -1049,6 +1148,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -1199,6 +1307,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -1215,6 +1332,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -1248,6 +1374,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -1264,6 +1399,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index d75f250ead1..d8cc150dd07 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -644,6 +644,18 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results. + "answerGenerationSpec": { # The specification for answer generation. # Optional. The specification for answer generation. + "userDefinedClassifierSpec": { # The specification for user defined classifier. # Optional. The specification for user specified classifier spec. + "enableUserDefinedClassifier": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to enable and include user defined classifier. + "modelId": "A String", # Optional. The model id to be used for the user defined classifier. + "preamble": "A String", # Optional. The preamble to be used for the user defined classifier. + "seed": 42, # Optional. The seed value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "taskMarker": "A String", # Optional. The task marker to be used for the user defined classifier. + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. The temperature value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topK": "A String", # Optional. The top-k value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. The top-p value to be used for the user defined classifier. + }, + }, "boostControlIds": [ # Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls. "A String", ], @@ -763,6 +775,18 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # Pagination token, if not returned indicates the last page. "servingConfigs": [ # All the ServingConfigs for a given dataStore. { # Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results. + "answerGenerationSpec": { # The specification for answer generation. # Optional. The specification for answer generation. + "userDefinedClassifierSpec": { # The specification for user defined classifier. # Optional. The specification for user specified classifier spec. + "enableUserDefinedClassifier": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to enable and include user defined classifier. + "modelId": "A String", # Optional. The model id to be used for the user defined classifier. + "preamble": "A String", # Optional. The preamble to be used for the user defined classifier. + "seed": 42, # Optional. The seed value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "taskMarker": "A String", # Optional. The task marker to be used for the user defined classifier. + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. The temperature value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topK": "A String", # Optional. The top-k value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. The top-p value to be used for the user defined classifier. + }, + }, "boostControlIds": [ # Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls. "A String", ], @@ -888,6 +912,18 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results. + "answerGenerationSpec": { # The specification for answer generation. # Optional. The specification for answer generation. + "userDefinedClassifierSpec": { # The specification for user defined classifier. # Optional. The specification for user specified classifier spec. + "enableUserDefinedClassifier": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to enable and include user defined classifier. + "modelId": "A String", # Optional. The model id to be used for the user defined classifier. + "preamble": "A String", # Optional. The preamble to be used for the user defined classifier. + "seed": 42, # Optional. The seed value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "taskMarker": "A String", # Optional. The task marker to be used for the user defined classifier. + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. The temperature value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topK": "A String", # Optional. The top-k value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. The top-p value to be used for the user defined classifier. + }, + }, "boostControlIds": [ # Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls. "A String", ], @@ -996,6 +1032,18 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results. + "answerGenerationSpec": { # The specification for answer generation. # Optional. The specification for answer generation. + "userDefinedClassifierSpec": { # The specification for user defined classifier. # Optional. The specification for user specified classifier spec. + "enableUserDefinedClassifier": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to enable and include user defined classifier. + "modelId": "A String", # Optional. The model id to be used for the user defined classifier. + "preamble": "A String", # Optional. The preamble to be used for the user defined classifier. + "seed": 42, # Optional. The seed value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "taskMarker": "A String", # Optional. The task marker to be used for the user defined classifier. + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. The temperature value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topK": "A String", # Optional. The top-k value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. The top-p value to be used for the user defined classifier. + }, + }, "boostControlIds": [ # Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls. "A String", ], @@ -1259,7 +1307,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -1648,7 +1696,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -1748,7 +1796,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -2211,7 +2259,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -2311,7 +2359,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.widgetConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.widgetConfigs.html index dbb8c2849bb..ad9c6ccae14 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.widgetConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.widgetConfigs.html @@ -116,7 +116,8 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "assistantSettings": { # Describes the assistant settings of the widget. # Optional. Output only. Describes the assistant settings of the widget. - "googleSearchGroundingEnabled": True or False, # Whether or not the Google search grounding toggle is shown. + "googleSearchGroundingEnabled": True or False, # Whether or not the Google search grounding toggle is shown. Deprecated. Use web_grounding_type instead. + "webGroundingType": "A String", # Optional. The type of web grounding to use. }, "collectionComponents": [ # Output only. Collection components that lists all collections and child data stores associated with the widget config, those data sources can be used for filtering in widget service APIs, users can return results that from selected data sources. { # Read-only collection component that contains data store collections fields that may be used for filtering @@ -278,6 +279,7 @@

Method Details

"defaultSearchRequestOrderBy": "A String", # The default ordering for search results if specified. Used to set SearchRequest#order_by on applicable requests. https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rest/v1alpha/projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs/search#request-body "disableUserEventsCollection": True or False, # If set to true, the widget will not collect user events. "enableAutocomplete": True or False, # Whether or not to enable autocomplete. + "enablePeopleSearch": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the widget will enable people search. "enableQualityFeedback": True or False, # Turn on or off collecting the search result quality feedback from end users. "enableSafeSearch": True or False, # Whether to enable safe search. "enableSearchAsYouType": True or False, # Whether to enable search-as-you-type behavior for the search widget. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.html index 98718ecf963..84f4f9625b9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.html @@ -107,6 +107,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "experimentIds": [ # Optional. Experiment ids for this request. + "A String", + ], "includeTailSuggestions": True or False, # Indicates if tail suggestions should be returned if there are no suggestions that match the full query. Even if set to true, if there are suggestions that match the full query, those are returned and no tail suggestions are returned. "query": "A String", # Required. The typeahead input used to fetch suggestions. Maximum length is 128 characters. The query can not be empty for most of the suggestion types. If it is empty, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. The exception is when the suggestion_types contains only the type `RECENT_SEARCH`, the query can be an empty string. The is called "zero prefix" feature, which returns user's recently searched queries given the empty query. "queryModel": "A String", # Specifies the autocomplete query model, which only applies to the QUERY SuggestionType. This overrides any model specified in the Configuration > Autocomplete section of the Cloud console. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for site search dataStores. @@ -156,7 +159,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -213,7 +216,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html index 6de0a8cfe68..6aac927ed68 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.html index d6b9b772072..78b54162957 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.html @@ -179,6 +179,14 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical. + "engineFeaturesConfig": { # More feature configs of the selected engine type. # Optional. Additional engine features config. + "mostPopularConfig": { # Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine. # Most popular engine feature config. + "timeWindowDays": "A String", # The time window of which the engine is queried at training and prediction time. Positive integers only. The value translates to the last X days of events. Currently required for the `most-popular-items` engine. + }, + "recommendedForYouConfig": { # Additional feature configurations for creating a `recommended-for-you` engine. # Recommended for you engine feature config. + "contextEventType": "A String", # The type of event with which the engine is queried at prediction time. If set to `generic`, only `view-item`, `media-play`,and `media-complete` will be used as `context-event` in engine training. If set to `view-home-page`, `view-home-page` will also be used as `context-events` in addition to `view-item`, `media-play`, and `media-complete`. Currently supported for the `recommended-for-you` engine. Currently supported values: `view-home-page`, `generic`. + }, + }, "optimizationObjective": "A String", # The optimization objective. e.g., `cvr`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `ctr`, `cvr`. If not specified, we choose default based on engine type. Default depends on type of recommendation: `recommended-for-you` => `ctr` `others-you-may-like` => `ctr` "optimizationObjectiveConfig": { # Custom threshold for `cvr` optimization_objective. # Name and value of the custom threshold for cvr optimization_objective. For target_field `watch-time`, target_field_value must be an integer value indicating the media progress time in seconds between (0, 86400] (excludes 0, includes 86400) (e.g., 90). For target_field `watch-percentage`, the target_field_value must be a valid float value between (0, 1.0] (excludes 0, includes 1.0) (e.g., 0.5). "targetField": "A String", # Required. The name of the field to target. Currently supported values: `watch-percentage`, `watch-time`. @@ -310,6 +318,14 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical. + "engineFeaturesConfig": { # More feature configs of the selected engine type. # Optional. Additional engine features config. + "mostPopularConfig": { # Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine. # Most popular engine feature config. + "timeWindowDays": "A String", # The time window of which the engine is queried at training and prediction time. Positive integers only. The value translates to the last X days of events. Currently required for the `most-popular-items` engine. + }, + "recommendedForYouConfig": { # Additional feature configurations for creating a `recommended-for-you` engine. # Recommended for you engine feature config. + "contextEventType": "A String", # The type of event with which the engine is queried at prediction time. If set to `generic`, only `view-item`, `media-play`,and `media-complete` will be used as `context-event` in engine training. If set to `view-home-page`, `view-home-page` will also be used as `context-events` in addition to `view-item`, `media-play`, and `media-complete`. Currently supported for the `recommended-for-you` engine. Currently supported values: `view-home-page`, `generic`. + }, + }, "optimizationObjective": "A String", # The optimization objective. e.g., `cvr`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `ctr`, `cvr`. If not specified, we choose default based on engine type. Default depends on type of recommendation: `recommended-for-you` => `ctr` `others-you-may-like` => `ctr` "optimizationObjectiveConfig": { # Custom threshold for `cvr` optimization_objective. # Name and value of the custom threshold for cvr optimization_objective. For target_field `watch-time`, target_field_value must be an integer value indicating the media progress time in seconds between (0, 86400] (excludes 0, includes 86400) (e.g., 90). For target_field `watch-percentage`, the target_field_value must be a valid float value between (0, 1.0] (excludes 0, includes 1.0) (e.g., 0.5). "targetField": "A String", # Required. The name of the field to target. Currently supported values: `watch-percentage`, `watch-time`. @@ -382,6 +398,14 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical. + "engineFeaturesConfig": { # More feature configs of the selected engine type. # Optional. Additional engine features config. + "mostPopularConfig": { # Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine. # Most popular engine feature config. + "timeWindowDays": "A String", # The time window of which the engine is queried at training and prediction time. Positive integers only. The value translates to the last X days of events. Currently required for the `most-popular-items` engine. + }, + "recommendedForYouConfig": { # Additional feature configurations for creating a `recommended-for-you` engine. # Recommended for you engine feature config. + "contextEventType": "A String", # The type of event with which the engine is queried at prediction time. If set to `generic`, only `view-item`, `media-play`,and `media-complete` will be used as `context-event` in engine training. If set to `view-home-page`, `view-home-page` will also be used as `context-events` in addition to `view-item`, `media-play`, and `media-complete`. Currently supported for the `recommended-for-you` engine. Currently supported values: `view-home-page`, `generic`. + }, + }, "optimizationObjective": "A String", # The optimization objective. e.g., `cvr`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `ctr`, `cvr`. If not specified, we choose default based on engine type. Default depends on type of recommendation: `recommended-for-you` => `ctr` `others-you-may-like` => `ctr` "optimizationObjectiveConfig": { # Custom threshold for `cvr` optimization_objective. # Name and value of the custom threshold for cvr optimization_objective. For target_field `watch-time`, target_field_value must be an integer value indicating the media progress time in seconds between (0, 86400] (excludes 0, includes 86400) (e.g., 90). For target_field `watch-percentage`, the target_field_value must be a valid float value between (0, 1.0] (excludes 0, includes 1.0) (e.g., 0.5). "targetField": "A String", # Required. The name of the field to target. Currently supported values: `watch-percentage`, `watch-time`. @@ -461,6 +485,14 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical. + "engineFeaturesConfig": { # More feature configs of the selected engine type. # Optional. Additional engine features config. + "mostPopularConfig": { # Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine. # Most popular engine feature config. + "timeWindowDays": "A String", # The time window of which the engine is queried at training and prediction time. Positive integers only. The value translates to the last X days of events. Currently required for the `most-popular-items` engine. + }, + "recommendedForYouConfig": { # Additional feature configurations for creating a `recommended-for-you` engine. # Recommended for you engine feature config. + "contextEventType": "A String", # The type of event with which the engine is queried at prediction time. If set to `generic`, only `view-item`, `media-play`,and `media-complete` will be used as `context-event` in engine training. If set to `view-home-page`, `view-home-page` will also be used as `context-events` in addition to `view-item`, `media-play`, and `media-complete`. Currently supported for the `recommended-for-you` engine. Currently supported values: `view-home-page`, `generic`. + }, + }, "optimizationObjective": "A String", # The optimization objective. e.g., `cvr`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `ctr`, `cvr`. If not specified, we choose default based on engine type. Default depends on type of recommendation: `recommended-for-you` => `ctr` `others-you-may-like` => `ctr` "optimizationObjectiveConfig": { # Custom threshold for `cvr` optimization_objective. # Name and value of the custom threshold for cvr optimization_objective. For target_field `watch-time`, target_field_value must be an integer value indicating the media progress time in seconds between (0, 86400] (excludes 0, includes 86400) (e.g., 90). For target_field `watch-percentage`, the target_field_value must be a valid float value between (0, 1.0] (excludes 0, includes 1.0) (e.g., 0.5). "targetField": "A String", # Required. The name of the field to target. Currently supported values: `watch-percentage`, `watch-time`. @@ -522,6 +554,14 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical. + "engineFeaturesConfig": { # More feature configs of the selected engine type. # Optional. Additional engine features config. + "mostPopularConfig": { # Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine. # Most popular engine feature config. + "timeWindowDays": "A String", # The time window of which the engine is queried at training and prediction time. Positive integers only. The value translates to the last X days of events. Currently required for the `most-popular-items` engine. + }, + "recommendedForYouConfig": { # Additional feature configurations for creating a `recommended-for-you` engine. # Recommended for you engine feature config. + "contextEventType": "A String", # The type of event with which the engine is queried at prediction time. If set to `generic`, only `view-item`, `media-play`,and `media-complete` will be used as `context-event` in engine training. If set to `view-home-page`, `view-home-page` will also be used as `context-events` in addition to `view-item`, `media-play`, and `media-complete`. Currently supported for the `recommended-for-you` engine. Currently supported values: `view-home-page`, `generic`. + }, + }, "optimizationObjective": "A String", # The optimization objective. e.g., `cvr`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `ctr`, `cvr`. If not specified, we choose default based on engine type. Default depends on type of recommendation: `recommended-for-you` => `ctr` `others-you-may-like` => `ctr` "optimizationObjectiveConfig": { # Custom threshold for `cvr` optimization_objective. # Name and value of the custom threshold for cvr optimization_objective. For target_field `watch-time`, target_field_value must be an integer value indicating the media progress time in seconds between (0, 86400] (excludes 0, includes 86400) (e.g., 90). For target_field `watch-percentage`, the target_field_value must be a valid float value between (0, 1.0] (excludes 0, includes 1.0) (e.g., 0.5). "targetField": "A String", # Required. The name of the field to target. Currently supported values: `watch-percentage`, `watch-time`. @@ -595,6 +635,14 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical. + "engineFeaturesConfig": { # More feature configs of the selected engine type. # Optional. Additional engine features config. + "mostPopularConfig": { # Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine. # Most popular engine feature config. + "timeWindowDays": "A String", # The time window of which the engine is queried at training and prediction time. Positive integers only. The value translates to the last X days of events. Currently required for the `most-popular-items` engine. + }, + "recommendedForYouConfig": { # Additional feature configurations for creating a `recommended-for-you` engine. # Recommended for you engine feature config. + "contextEventType": "A String", # The type of event with which the engine is queried at prediction time. If set to `generic`, only `view-item`, `media-play`,and `media-complete` will be used as `context-event` in engine training. If set to `view-home-page`, `view-home-page` will also be used as `context-events` in addition to `view-item`, `media-play`, and `media-complete`. Currently supported for the `recommended-for-you` engine. Currently supported values: `view-home-page`, `generic`. + }, + }, "optimizationObjective": "A String", # The optimization objective. e.g., `cvr`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `ctr`, `cvr`. If not specified, we choose default based on engine type. Default depends on type of recommendation: `recommended-for-you` => `ctr` `others-you-may-like` => `ctr` "optimizationObjectiveConfig": { # Custom threshold for `cvr` optimization_objective. # Name and value of the custom threshold for cvr optimization_objective. For target_field `watch-time`, target_field_value must be an integer value indicating the media progress time in seconds between (0, 86400] (excludes 0, includes 86400) (e.g., 90). For target_field `watch-percentage`, the target_field_value must be a valid float value between (0, 1.0] (excludes 0, includes 1.0) (e.g., 0.5). "targetField": "A String", # Required. The name of the field to target. Currently supported values: `watch-percentage`, `watch-time`. @@ -668,6 +716,14 @@

Method Details

"displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical. + "engineFeaturesConfig": { # More feature configs of the selected engine type. # Optional. Additional engine features config. + "mostPopularConfig": { # Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine. # Most popular engine feature config. + "timeWindowDays": "A String", # The time window of which the engine is queried at training and prediction time. Positive integers only. The value translates to the last X days of events. Currently required for the `most-popular-items` engine. + }, + "recommendedForYouConfig": { # Additional feature configurations for creating a `recommended-for-you` engine. # Recommended for you engine feature config. + "contextEventType": "A String", # The type of event with which the engine is queried at prediction time. If set to `generic`, only `view-item`, `media-play`,and `media-complete` will be used as `context-event` in engine training. If set to `view-home-page`, `view-home-page` will also be used as `context-events` in addition to `view-item`, `media-play`, and `media-complete`. Currently supported for the `recommended-for-you` engine. Currently supported values: `view-home-page`, `generic`. + }, + }, "optimizationObjective": "A String", # The optimization objective. e.g., `cvr`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `ctr`, `cvr`. If not specified, we choose default based on engine type. Default depends on type of recommendation: `recommended-for-you` => `ctr` `others-you-may-like` => `ctr` "optimizationObjectiveConfig": { # Custom threshold for `cvr` optimization_objective. # Name and value of the custom threshold for cvr optimization_objective. For target_field `watch-time`, target_field_value must be an integer value indicating the media progress time in seconds between (0, 86400] (excludes 0, includes 86400) (e.g., 90). For target_field `watch-percentage`, the target_field_value must be a valid float value between (0, 1.0] (excludes 0, includes 1.0) (e.g., 0.5). "targetField": "A String", # Required. The name of the field to target. Currently supported values: `watch-percentage`, `watch-time`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html index 0ee9bc20041..f24c4e08c9f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html @@ -644,6 +644,18 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results. + "answerGenerationSpec": { # The specification for answer generation. # Optional. The specification for answer generation. + "userDefinedClassifierSpec": { # The specification for user defined classifier. # Optional. The specification for user specified classifier spec. + "enableUserDefinedClassifier": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to enable and include user defined classifier. + "modelId": "A String", # Optional. The model id to be used for the user defined classifier. + "preamble": "A String", # Optional. The preamble to be used for the user defined classifier. + "seed": 42, # Optional. The seed value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "taskMarker": "A String", # Optional. The task marker to be used for the user defined classifier. + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. The temperature value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topK": "A String", # Optional. The top-k value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. The top-p value to be used for the user defined classifier. + }, + }, "boostControlIds": [ # Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls. "A String", ], @@ -763,6 +775,18 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # Pagination token, if not returned indicates the last page. "servingConfigs": [ # All the ServingConfigs for a given dataStore. { # Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results. + "answerGenerationSpec": { # The specification for answer generation. # Optional. The specification for answer generation. + "userDefinedClassifierSpec": { # The specification for user defined classifier. # Optional. The specification for user specified classifier spec. + "enableUserDefinedClassifier": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to enable and include user defined classifier. + "modelId": "A String", # Optional. The model id to be used for the user defined classifier. + "preamble": "A String", # Optional. The preamble to be used for the user defined classifier. + "seed": 42, # Optional. The seed value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "taskMarker": "A String", # Optional. The task marker to be used for the user defined classifier. + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. The temperature value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topK": "A String", # Optional. The top-k value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. The top-p value to be used for the user defined classifier. + }, + }, "boostControlIds": [ # Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls. "A String", ], @@ -888,6 +912,18 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results. + "answerGenerationSpec": { # The specification for answer generation. # Optional. The specification for answer generation. + "userDefinedClassifierSpec": { # The specification for user defined classifier. # Optional. The specification for user specified classifier spec. + "enableUserDefinedClassifier": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to enable and include user defined classifier. + "modelId": "A String", # Optional. The model id to be used for the user defined classifier. + "preamble": "A String", # Optional. The preamble to be used for the user defined classifier. + "seed": 42, # Optional. The seed value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "taskMarker": "A String", # Optional. The task marker to be used for the user defined classifier. + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. The temperature value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topK": "A String", # Optional. The top-k value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. The top-p value to be used for the user defined classifier. + }, + }, "boostControlIds": [ # Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls. "A String", ], @@ -996,6 +1032,18 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results. + "answerGenerationSpec": { # The specification for answer generation. # Optional. The specification for answer generation. + "userDefinedClassifierSpec": { # The specification for user defined classifier. # Optional. The specification for user specified classifier spec. + "enableUserDefinedClassifier": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to enable and include user defined classifier. + "modelId": "A String", # Optional. The model id to be used for the user defined classifier. + "preamble": "A String", # Optional. The preamble to be used for the user defined classifier. + "seed": 42, # Optional. The seed value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "taskMarker": "A String", # Optional. The task marker to be used for the user defined classifier. + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. The temperature value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topK": "A String", # Optional. The top-k value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. The top-p value to be used for the user defined classifier. + }, + }, "boostControlIds": [ # Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls. "A String", ], @@ -1259,7 +1307,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -1648,7 +1696,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -1748,7 +1796,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -2211,7 +2259,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -2311,7 +2359,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.widgetConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.widgetConfigs.html index db363cceb78..b4e9bb434b2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.widgetConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.widgetConfigs.html @@ -116,7 +116,8 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "assistantSettings": { # Describes the assistant settings of the widget. # Optional. Output only. Describes the assistant settings of the widget. - "googleSearchGroundingEnabled": True or False, # Whether or not the Google search grounding toggle is shown. + "googleSearchGroundingEnabled": True or False, # Whether or not the Google search grounding toggle is shown. Deprecated. Use web_grounding_type instead. + "webGroundingType": "A String", # Optional. The type of web grounding to use. }, "collectionComponents": [ # Output only. Collection components that lists all collections and child data stores associated with the widget config, those data sources can be used for filtering in widget service APIs, users can return results that from selected data sources. { # Read-only collection component that contains data store collections fields that may be used for filtering @@ -278,6 +279,7 @@

Method Details

"defaultSearchRequestOrderBy": "A String", # The default ordering for search results if specified. Used to set SearchRequest#order_by on applicable requests. https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rest/v1alpha/projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs/search#request-body "disableUserEventsCollection": True or False, # If set to true, the widget will not collect user events. "enableAutocomplete": True or False, # Whether or not to enable autocomplete. + "enablePeopleSearch": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the widget will enable people search. "enableQualityFeedback": True or False, # Turn on or off collecting the search result quality feedback from end users. "enableSafeSearch": True or False, # Whether to enable safe search. "enableSearchAsYouType": True or False, # Whether to enable search-as-you-type behavior for the search widget. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.html index 29de5f7a1e4..fa59408170a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.html @@ -176,6 +176,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Collection is a container for configuring resources and access to a set of DataStores. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Collection was created at. "dataConnector": { # Manages the connection to external data sources for all data stores grouped under a Collection. It's a singleton resource of Collection. The initialization is only supported through DataConnectorService.SetUpDataConnector method, which will create a new Collection and initialize its DataConnector. # Output only. The data connector, if present, manages the connection for data stores in the Collection. To set up the connector, use DataConnectorService.SetUpDataConnector method, which creates a new Collection while setting up the DataConnector singleton resource. Setting up connector on an existing Collection is not supported. This output only field contains a subset of the DataConnector fields, including `name`, `data_source`, `entities.entity_name` and `entities.data_store`. To get more details about a data connector, use the DataConnectorService.GetDataConnector method. + "aclEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the connector will be created with an ACL config. Currently this field only affects Cloud Storage and BigQuery connectors. "actionConfig": { # Informations to support actions on the connector. # Optional. Action configurations to make the connector support actions. "actionParams": { # Required. Params needed to support actions in the format of (Key, Value) pairs. Required parameters for sources that support OAUTH, i.e. `gmail`, `google_calendar`, `jira`, `workday`, `salesforce`, `confluence`: * Key: `client_id` * Value: type STRING. The client ID for the service provider to identify your application. * Key: `client_secret` * Value:type STRING. The client secret generated by the application's authorization server. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -203,6 +204,9 @@

Method Details

"blockingReasons": [ # Output only. User actions that must be completed before the connector can start syncing data. "A String", ], + "connectorModes": [ # Optional. The modes enabled for this connector. Default state is CONNECTOR_MODE_UNSPECIFIED. + "A String", + ], "connectorType": "A String", # Output only. The type of connector. Each source can only map to one type. For example, salesforce, confluence and jira have THIRD_PARTY connector type. It is notmutable once set by system. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was created at. "dataSource": "A String", # Required. The name of the data source. Supported values: `salesforce`, `jira`, `confluence`, `bigquery`. @@ -220,6 +224,14 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "endUserConfig": { # Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. # Optional. Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. + "additionalParams": { # Optional. Any additional parameters needed for EUA. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "authParams": { # Optional. Any authentication parameters specific to EUA connectors. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, "entities": [ # List of entities from the connected data source to ingest. { # Represents an entity in the data source. For example, the `Account` object in Salesforce. "dataStore": "A String", # Output only. The full resource name of the associated data store for the source entity. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*`. When the connector is initialized by the DataConnectorService.SetUpDataConnector method, a DataStore is automatically created for each source entity. @@ -348,6 +360,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Manages the connection to external data sources for all data stores grouped under a Collection. It's a singleton resource of Collection. The initialization is only supported through DataConnectorService.SetUpDataConnector method, which will create a new Collection and initialize its DataConnector. + "aclEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the connector will be created with an ACL config. Currently this field only affects Cloud Storage and BigQuery connectors. "actionConfig": { # Informations to support actions on the connector. # Optional. Action configurations to make the connector support actions. "actionParams": { # Required. Params needed to support actions in the format of (Key, Value) pairs. Required parameters for sources that support OAUTH, i.e. `gmail`, `google_calendar`, `jira`, `workday`, `salesforce`, `confluence`: * Key: `client_id` * Value: type STRING. The client ID for the service provider to identify your application. * Key: `client_secret` * Value:type STRING. The client secret generated by the application's authorization server. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -375,6 +388,9 @@

Method Details

"blockingReasons": [ # Output only. User actions that must be completed before the connector can start syncing data. "A String", ], + "connectorModes": [ # Optional. The modes enabled for this connector. Default state is CONNECTOR_MODE_UNSPECIFIED. + "A String", + ], "connectorType": "A String", # Output only. The type of connector. Each source can only map to one type. For example, salesforce, confluence and jira have THIRD_PARTY connector type. It is notmutable once set by system. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was created at. "dataSource": "A String", # Required. The name of the data source. Supported values: `salesforce`, `jira`, `confluence`, `bigquery`. @@ -392,6 +408,14 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "endUserConfig": { # Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. # Optional. Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. + "additionalParams": { # Optional. Any additional parameters needed for EUA. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "authParams": { # Optional. Any authentication parameters specific to EUA connectors. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, "entities": [ # List of entities from the connected data source to ingest. { # Represents an entity in the data source. For example, the `Account` object in Salesforce. "dataStore": "A String", # Output only. The full resource name of the associated data store for the source entity. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*`. When the connector is initialized by the DataConnectorService.SetUpDataConnector method, a DataStore is automatically created for each source entity. @@ -524,6 +548,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Collection is a container for configuring resources and access to a set of DataStores. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Collection was created at. "dataConnector": { # Manages the connection to external data sources for all data stores grouped under a Collection. It's a singleton resource of Collection. The initialization is only supported through DataConnectorService.SetUpDataConnector method, which will create a new Collection and initialize its DataConnector. # Output only. The data connector, if present, manages the connection for data stores in the Collection. To set up the connector, use DataConnectorService.SetUpDataConnector method, which creates a new Collection while setting up the DataConnector singleton resource. Setting up connector on an existing Collection is not supported. This output only field contains a subset of the DataConnector fields, including `name`, `data_source`, `entities.entity_name` and `entities.data_store`. To get more details about a data connector, use the DataConnectorService.GetDataConnector method. + "aclEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the connector will be created with an ACL config. Currently this field only affects Cloud Storage and BigQuery connectors. "actionConfig": { # Informations to support actions on the connector. # Optional. Action configurations to make the connector support actions. "actionParams": { # Required. Params needed to support actions in the format of (Key, Value) pairs. Required parameters for sources that support OAUTH, i.e. `gmail`, `google_calendar`, `jira`, `workday`, `salesforce`, `confluence`: * Key: `client_id` * Value: type STRING. The client ID for the service provider to identify your application. * Key: `client_secret` * Value:type STRING. The client secret generated by the application's authorization server. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -551,6 +576,9 @@

Method Details

"blockingReasons": [ # Output only. User actions that must be completed before the connector can start syncing data. "A String", ], + "connectorModes": [ # Optional. The modes enabled for this connector. Default state is CONNECTOR_MODE_UNSPECIFIED. + "A String", + ], "connectorType": "A String", # Output only. The type of connector. Each source can only map to one type. For example, salesforce, confluence and jira have THIRD_PARTY connector type. It is notmutable once set by system. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was created at. "dataSource": "A String", # Required. The name of the data source. Supported values: `salesforce`, `jira`, `confluence`, `bigquery`. @@ -568,6 +596,14 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "endUserConfig": { # Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. # Optional. Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. + "additionalParams": { # Optional. Any additional parameters needed for EUA. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "authParams": { # Optional. Any authentication parameters specific to EUA connectors. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, "entities": [ # List of entities from the connected data source to ingest. { # Represents an entity in the data source. For example, the `Account` object in Salesforce. "dataStore": "A String", # Output only. The full resource name of the associated data store for the source entity. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*`. When the connector is initialized by the DataConnectorService.SetUpDataConnector method, a DataStore is automatically created for each source entity. @@ -710,6 +746,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Collection is a container for configuring resources and access to a set of DataStores. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Collection was created at. "dataConnector": { # Manages the connection to external data sources for all data stores grouped under a Collection. It's a singleton resource of Collection. The initialization is only supported through DataConnectorService.SetUpDataConnector method, which will create a new Collection and initialize its DataConnector. # Output only. The data connector, if present, manages the connection for data stores in the Collection. To set up the connector, use DataConnectorService.SetUpDataConnector method, which creates a new Collection while setting up the DataConnector singleton resource. Setting up connector on an existing Collection is not supported. This output only field contains a subset of the DataConnector fields, including `name`, `data_source`, `entities.entity_name` and `entities.data_store`. To get more details about a data connector, use the DataConnectorService.GetDataConnector method. + "aclEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the connector will be created with an ACL config. Currently this field only affects Cloud Storage and BigQuery connectors. "actionConfig": { # Informations to support actions on the connector. # Optional. Action configurations to make the connector support actions. "actionParams": { # Required. Params needed to support actions in the format of (Key, Value) pairs. Required parameters for sources that support OAUTH, i.e. `gmail`, `google_calendar`, `jira`, `workday`, `salesforce`, `confluence`: * Key: `client_id` * Value: type STRING. The client ID for the service provider to identify your application. * Key: `client_secret` * Value:type STRING. The client secret generated by the application's authorization server. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -737,6 +774,9 @@

Method Details

"blockingReasons": [ # Output only. User actions that must be completed before the connector can start syncing data. "A String", ], + "connectorModes": [ # Optional. The modes enabled for this connector. Default state is CONNECTOR_MODE_UNSPECIFIED. + "A String", + ], "connectorType": "A String", # Output only. The type of connector. Each source can only map to one type. For example, salesforce, confluence and jira have THIRD_PARTY connector type. It is notmutable once set by system. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was created at. "dataSource": "A String", # Required. The name of the data source. Supported values: `salesforce`, `jira`, `confluence`, `bigquery`. @@ -754,6 +794,14 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "endUserConfig": { # Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. # Optional. Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. + "additionalParams": { # Optional. Any additional parameters needed for EUA. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "authParams": { # Optional. Any authentication parameters specific to EUA connectors. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, "entities": [ # List of entities from the connected data source to ingest. { # Represents an entity in the data source. For example, the `Account` object in Salesforce. "dataStore": "A String", # Output only. The full resource name of the associated data store for the source entity. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*`. When the connector is initialized by the DataConnectorService.SetUpDataConnector method, a DataStore is automatically created for each source entity. @@ -906,6 +954,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Manages the connection to external data sources for all data stores grouped under a Collection. It's a singleton resource of Collection. The initialization is only supported through DataConnectorService.SetUpDataConnector method, which will create a new Collection and initialize its DataConnector. + "aclEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the connector will be created with an ACL config. Currently this field only affects Cloud Storage and BigQuery connectors. "actionConfig": { # Informations to support actions on the connector. # Optional. Action configurations to make the connector support actions. "actionParams": { # Required. Params needed to support actions in the format of (Key, Value) pairs. Required parameters for sources that support OAUTH, i.e. `gmail`, `google_calendar`, `jira`, `workday`, `salesforce`, `confluence`: * Key: `client_id` * Value: type STRING. The client ID for the service provider to identify your application. * Key: `client_secret` * Value:type STRING. The client secret generated by the application's authorization server. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -933,6 +982,9 @@

Method Details

"blockingReasons": [ # Output only. User actions that must be completed before the connector can start syncing data. "A String", ], + "connectorModes": [ # Optional. The modes enabled for this connector. Default state is CONNECTOR_MODE_UNSPECIFIED. + "A String", + ], "connectorType": "A String", # Output only. The type of connector. Each source can only map to one type. For example, salesforce, confluence and jira have THIRD_PARTY connector type. It is notmutable once set by system. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was created at. "dataSource": "A String", # Required. The name of the data source. Supported values: `salesforce`, `jira`, `confluence`, `bigquery`. @@ -950,6 +1002,14 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "endUserConfig": { # Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. # Optional. Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. + "additionalParams": { # Optional. Any additional parameters needed for EUA. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "authParams": { # Optional. Any authentication parameters specific to EUA connectors. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, "entities": [ # List of entities from the connected data source to ingest. { # Represents an entity in the data source. For example, the `Account` object in Salesforce. "dataStore": "A String", # Output only. The full resource name of the associated data store for the source entity. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*`. When the connector is initialized by the DataConnectorService.SetUpDataConnector method, a DataStore is automatically created for each source entity. @@ -1069,6 +1129,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Manages the connection to external data sources for all data stores grouped under a Collection. It's a singleton resource of Collection. The initialization is only supported through DataConnectorService.SetUpDataConnector method, which will create a new Collection and initialize its DataConnector. + "aclEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the connector will be created with an ACL config. Currently this field only affects Cloud Storage and BigQuery connectors. "actionConfig": { # Informations to support actions on the connector. # Optional. Action configurations to make the connector support actions. "actionParams": { # Required. Params needed to support actions in the format of (Key, Value) pairs. Required parameters for sources that support OAUTH, i.e. `gmail`, `google_calendar`, `jira`, `workday`, `salesforce`, `confluence`: * Key: `client_id` * Value: type STRING. The client ID for the service provider to identify your application. * Key: `client_secret` * Value:type STRING. The client secret generated by the application's authorization server. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1096,6 +1157,9 @@

Method Details

"blockingReasons": [ # Output only. User actions that must be completed before the connector can start syncing data. "A String", ], + "connectorModes": [ # Optional. The modes enabled for this connector. Default state is CONNECTOR_MODE_UNSPECIFIED. + "A String", + ], "connectorType": "A String", # Output only. The type of connector. Each source can only map to one type. For example, salesforce, confluence and jira have THIRD_PARTY connector type. It is notmutable once set by system. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was created at. "dataSource": "A String", # Required. The name of the data source. Supported values: `salesforce`, `jira`, `confluence`, `bigquery`. @@ -1113,6 +1177,14 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "endUserConfig": { # Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. # Optional. Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. + "additionalParams": { # Optional. Any additional parameters needed for EUA. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "authParams": { # Optional. Any authentication parameters specific to EUA connectors. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, "entities": [ # List of entities from the connected data source to ingest. { # Represents an entity in the data source. For example, the `Account` object in Salesforce. "dataStore": "A String", # Output only. The full resource name of the associated data store for the source entity. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*`. When the connector is initialized by the DataConnectorService.SetUpDataConnector method, a DataStore is automatically created for each source entity. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html index abd6e98a25e..2300cd96f3c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -553,7 +553,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -628,7 +628,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -686,7 +686,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html index 150ad7d1efd..5f7f9e38d09 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html @@ -104,6 +104,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "experimentIds": [ # Optional. Experiment ids for this request. + "A String", + ], "includeTailSuggestions": True or False, # Indicates if tail suggestions should be returned if there are no suggestions that match the full query. Even if set to true, if there are suggestions that match the full query, those are returned and no tail suggestions are returned. "query": "A String", # Required. The typeahead input used to fetch suggestions. Maximum length is 128 characters. The query can not be empty for most of the suggestion types. If it is empty, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. The exception is when the suggestion_types contains only the type `RECENT_SEARCH`, the query can be an empty string. The is called "zero prefix" feature, which returns user's recently searched queries given the empty query. "queryModel": "A String", # Specifies the autocomplete query model, which only applies to the QUERY SuggestionType. This overrides any model specified in the Configuration > Autocomplete section of the Cloud console. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for site search dataStores. @@ -153,7 +156,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -210,7 +213,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html index bb51b170fb1..d7fa95feaa5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.html index c0d27352560..ddba0cb81e6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.html @@ -268,6 +268,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -284,6 +293,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -487,6 +505,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -503,6 +530,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -606,6 +642,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -622,6 +667,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -717,6 +771,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -733,6 +796,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -880,6 +952,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -896,6 +977,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -1025,6 +1115,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -1041,6 +1140,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -1139,6 +1247,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -1155,6 +1272,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -1188,6 +1314,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -1204,6 +1339,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index 4a5318b2b7e..40a2b5ac630 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -644,6 +644,18 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results. + "answerGenerationSpec": { # The specification for answer generation. # Optional. The specification for answer generation. + "userDefinedClassifierSpec": { # The specification for user defined classifier. # Optional. The specification for user specified classifier spec. + "enableUserDefinedClassifier": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to enable and include user defined classifier. + "modelId": "A String", # Optional. The model id to be used for the user defined classifier. + "preamble": "A String", # Optional. The preamble to be used for the user defined classifier. + "seed": 42, # Optional. The seed value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "taskMarker": "A String", # Optional. The task marker to be used for the user defined classifier. + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. The temperature value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topK": "A String", # Optional. The top-k value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. The top-p value to be used for the user defined classifier. + }, + }, "boostControlIds": [ # Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls. "A String", ], @@ -763,6 +775,18 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # Pagination token, if not returned indicates the last page. "servingConfigs": [ # All the ServingConfigs for a given dataStore. { # Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results. + "answerGenerationSpec": { # The specification for answer generation. # Optional. The specification for answer generation. + "userDefinedClassifierSpec": { # The specification for user defined classifier. # Optional. The specification for user specified classifier spec. + "enableUserDefinedClassifier": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to enable and include user defined classifier. + "modelId": "A String", # Optional. The model id to be used for the user defined classifier. + "preamble": "A String", # Optional. The preamble to be used for the user defined classifier. + "seed": 42, # Optional. The seed value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "taskMarker": "A String", # Optional. The task marker to be used for the user defined classifier. + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. The temperature value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topK": "A String", # Optional. The top-k value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. The top-p value to be used for the user defined classifier. + }, + }, "boostControlIds": [ # Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls. "A String", ], @@ -888,6 +912,18 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results. + "answerGenerationSpec": { # The specification for answer generation. # Optional. The specification for answer generation. + "userDefinedClassifierSpec": { # The specification for user defined classifier. # Optional. The specification for user specified classifier spec. + "enableUserDefinedClassifier": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to enable and include user defined classifier. + "modelId": "A String", # Optional. The model id to be used for the user defined classifier. + "preamble": "A String", # Optional. The preamble to be used for the user defined classifier. + "seed": 42, # Optional. The seed value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "taskMarker": "A String", # Optional. The task marker to be used for the user defined classifier. + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. The temperature value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topK": "A String", # Optional. The top-k value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. The top-p value to be used for the user defined classifier. + }, + }, "boostControlIds": [ # Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls. "A String", ], @@ -996,6 +1032,18 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results. + "answerGenerationSpec": { # The specification for answer generation. # Optional. The specification for answer generation. + "userDefinedClassifierSpec": { # The specification for user defined classifier. # Optional. The specification for user specified classifier spec. + "enableUserDefinedClassifier": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to enable and include user defined classifier. + "modelId": "A String", # Optional. The model id to be used for the user defined classifier. + "preamble": "A String", # Optional. The preamble to be used for the user defined classifier. + "seed": 42, # Optional. The seed value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "taskMarker": "A String", # Optional. The task marker to be used for the user defined classifier. + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. The temperature value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topK": "A String", # Optional. The top-k value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. The top-p value to be used for the user defined classifier. + }, + }, "boostControlIds": [ # Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls. "A String", ], @@ -1259,7 +1307,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -1648,7 +1696,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -1748,7 +1796,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -2211,7 +2259,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -2311,7 +2359,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.widgetConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.widgetConfigs.html index 65fbeee4b2d..f686eae45f8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.widgetConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.widgetConfigs.html @@ -116,7 +116,8 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "assistantSettings": { # Describes the assistant settings of the widget. # Optional. Output only. Describes the assistant settings of the widget. - "googleSearchGroundingEnabled": True or False, # Whether or not the Google search grounding toggle is shown. + "googleSearchGroundingEnabled": True or False, # Whether or not the Google search grounding toggle is shown. Deprecated. Use web_grounding_type instead. + "webGroundingType": "A String", # Optional. The type of web grounding to use. }, "collectionComponents": [ # Output only. Collection components that lists all collections and child data stores associated with the widget config, those data sources can be used for filtering in widget service APIs, users can return results that from selected data sources. { # Read-only collection component that contains data store collections fields that may be used for filtering @@ -278,6 +279,7 @@

Method Details

"defaultSearchRequestOrderBy": "A String", # The default ordering for search results if specified. Used to set SearchRequest#order_by on applicable requests. https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rest/v1alpha/projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs/search#request-body "disableUserEventsCollection": True or False, # If set to true, the widget will not collect user events. "enableAutocomplete": True or False, # Whether or not to enable autocomplete. + "enablePeopleSearch": True or False, # Optional. If set to true, the widget will enable people search. "enableQualityFeedback": True or False, # Turn on or off collecting the search result quality feedback from end users. "enableSafeSearch": True or False, # Whether to enable safe search. "enableSearchAsYouType": True or False, # Whether to enable search-as-you-type behavior for the search widget. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.groundingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.groundingConfigs.html index f5c8b1d8e04..803a27f0614 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.groundingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.groundingConfigs.html @@ -102,6 +102,7 @@

Method Details

], "groundingSpec": { # Specification for the grounding check. # Configuration of the grounding check. "citationThreshold": 3.14, # The threshold (in [0,1]) used for determining whether a fact must be cited for a claim in the answer candidate. Choosing a higher threshold will lead to fewer but very strong citations, while choosing a lower threshold may lead to more but somewhat weaker citations. If unset, the threshold will default to 0.6. + "enableClaimLevelScore": True or False, # The control flag that enables claim-level grounding score in the response. }, "userLabels": { # The user labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details. "a_key": "A String", @@ -120,11 +121,14 @@

Method Details

"citedChunks": [ # List of facts cited across all claims in the answer candidate. These are derived from the facts supplied in the request. { # Fact Chunk. "chunkText": "A String", # Text content of the fact chunk. Can be at most 10K characters long. + "domain": "A String", # The domain of the source. "index": 42, # The index of this chunk. Currently, only used for the streaming mode. "source": "A String", # Source from which this fact chunk was retrieved. If it was retrieved from the GroundingFacts provided in the request then this field will contain the index of the specific fact from which this chunk was retrieved. "sourceMetadata": { # More fine-grained information for the source reference. "a_key": "A String", }, + "title": "A String", # The title of the source. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of the source. }, ], "citedFacts": [ # List of facts cited across all claims in the answer candidate. These are derived from the facts supplied in the request. @@ -140,6 +144,7 @@

Method Details

"claimText": "A String", # Text for the claim in the answer candidate. Always provided regardless of whether citations or anti-citations are found. "endPos": 42, # Position indicating the end of the claim in the answer candidate, exclusive, in bytes. Note that this is not measured in characters and, therefore, must be rendered as such. For example, if the claim text contains non-ASCII characters, the start and end positions vary when measured in characters (programming-language-dependent) and when measured in bytes (programming-language-independent). "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim doesn't require attribution/grounding check, this field will be set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore citation_indices should not be returned. + "score": 3.14, # Confidence score for the claim in the answer candidate, in the range of [0, 1]. This is set only when enable_claim_level_score is true. "startPos": 42, # Position indicating the start of the claim in the answer candidate, measured in bytes. Note that this is not measured in characters and, therefore, must be rendered in the user interface keeping in mind that some characters may take more than one byte. For example, if the claim text contains non-ASCII characters, the start and end positions vary when measured in characters (programming-language-dependent) and when measured in bytes (programming-language-independent). }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html index 276c3044cd8..5fcd6fb07c1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html @@ -931,6 +931,7 @@

Method Details

"collectionDisplayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the Collection. Should be human readable, used to display collections in the Console Dashboard. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. "collectionId": "A String", # Required. The ID to use for the Collection, which will become the final component of the Collection's resource name. A new Collection is created as part of the DataConnector setup. DataConnector is a singleton resource under Collection, managing all DataStores of the Collection. This field must conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "dataConnector": { # Manages the connection to external data sources for all data stores grouped under a Collection. It's a singleton resource of Collection. The initialization is only supported through DataConnectorService.SetUpDataConnector method, which will create a new Collection and initialize its DataConnector. # Required. The DataConnector to initialize in the newly created Collection. + "aclEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the connector will be created with an ACL config. Currently this field only affects Cloud Storage and BigQuery connectors. "actionConfig": { # Informations to support actions on the connector. # Optional. Action configurations to make the connector support actions. "actionParams": { # Required. Params needed to support actions in the format of (Key, Value) pairs. Required parameters for sources that support OAUTH, i.e. `gmail`, `google_calendar`, `jira`, `workday`, `salesforce`, `confluence`: * Key: `client_id` * Value: type STRING. The client ID for the service provider to identify your application. * Key: `client_secret` * Value:type STRING. The client secret generated by the application's authorization server. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -958,6 +959,9 @@

Method Details

"blockingReasons": [ # Output only. User actions that must be completed before the connector can start syncing data. "A String", ], + "connectorModes": [ # Optional. The modes enabled for this connector. Default state is CONNECTOR_MODE_UNSPECIFIED. + "A String", + ], "connectorType": "A String", # Output only. The type of connector. Each source can only map to one type. For example, salesforce, confluence and jira have THIRD_PARTY connector type. It is notmutable once set by system. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was created at. "dataSource": "A String", # Required. The name of the data source. Supported values: `salesforce`, `jira`, `confluence`, `bigquery`. @@ -975,6 +979,14 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "endUserConfig": { # Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. # Optional. Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors. + "additionalParams": { # Optional. Any additional parameters needed for EUA. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "authParams": { # Optional. Any authentication parameters specific to EUA connectors. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, "entities": [ # List of entities from the connected data source to ingest. { # Represents an entity in the data source. For example, the `Account` object in Salesforce. "dataStore": "A String", # Output only. The full resource name of the associated data store for the source entity. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*`. When the connector is initialized by the DataConnectorService.SetUpDataConnector method, a DataStore is automatically created for each source entity. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html index 689328c02dd..5a100433b54 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.documents.html @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -589,7 +589,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -647,7 +647,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completionConfig.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completionConfig.html index 04eab097fe8..9c44c75d61f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completionConfig.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.completionConfig.html @@ -104,6 +104,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "experimentIds": [ # Optional. Experiment ids for this request. + "A String", + ], "includeTailSuggestions": True or False, # Indicates if tail suggestions should be returned if there are no suggestions that match the full query. Even if set to true, if there are suggestions that match the full query, those are returned and no tail suggestions are returned. "query": "A String", # Required. The typeahead input used to fetch suggestions. Maximum length is 128 characters. The query can not be empty for most of the suggestion types. If it is empty, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. The exception is when the suggestion_types contains only the type `RECENT_SEARCH`, the query can be an empty string. The is called "zero prefix" feature, which returns user's recently searched queries given the empty query. "queryModel": "A String", # Specifies the autocomplete query model, which only applies to the QUERY SuggestionType. This overrides any model specified in the Configuration > Autocomplete section of the Cloud console. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for site search dataStores. @@ -153,7 +156,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -210,7 +213,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html index 7f20fcab537..af321d237f6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.conversations.html @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html index 1e6b11334ef..e2e441e60ee 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.html @@ -265,6 +265,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -281,6 +290,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -458,6 +476,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -474,6 +501,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -607,6 +643,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -623,6 +668,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -744,6 +798,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -760,6 +823,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -863,6 +935,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -879,6 +960,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index 31c4a4582e5..337e0d51ac7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -641,6 +641,18 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results. + "answerGenerationSpec": { # The specification for answer generation. # Optional. The specification for answer generation. + "userDefinedClassifierSpec": { # The specification for user defined classifier. # Optional. The specification for user specified classifier spec. + "enableUserDefinedClassifier": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to enable and include user defined classifier. + "modelId": "A String", # Optional. The model id to be used for the user defined classifier. + "preamble": "A String", # Optional. The preamble to be used for the user defined classifier. + "seed": 42, # Optional. The seed value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "taskMarker": "A String", # Optional. The task marker to be used for the user defined classifier. + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. The temperature value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topK": "A String", # Optional. The top-k value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. The top-p value to be used for the user defined classifier. + }, + }, "boostControlIds": [ # Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls. "A String", ], @@ -752,6 +764,18 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # Pagination token, if not returned indicates the last page. "servingConfigs": [ # All the ServingConfigs for a given dataStore. { # Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results. + "answerGenerationSpec": { # The specification for answer generation. # Optional. The specification for answer generation. + "userDefinedClassifierSpec": { # The specification for user defined classifier. # Optional. The specification for user specified classifier spec. + "enableUserDefinedClassifier": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to enable and include user defined classifier. + "modelId": "A String", # Optional. The model id to be used for the user defined classifier. + "preamble": "A String", # Optional. The preamble to be used for the user defined classifier. + "seed": 42, # Optional. The seed value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "taskMarker": "A String", # Optional. The task marker to be used for the user defined classifier. + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. The temperature value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topK": "A String", # Optional. The top-k value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. The top-p value to be used for the user defined classifier. + }, + }, "boostControlIds": [ # Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls. "A String", ], @@ -869,6 +893,18 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results. + "answerGenerationSpec": { # The specification for answer generation. # Optional. The specification for answer generation. + "userDefinedClassifierSpec": { # The specification for user defined classifier. # Optional. The specification for user specified classifier spec. + "enableUserDefinedClassifier": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to enable and include user defined classifier. + "modelId": "A String", # Optional. The model id to be used for the user defined classifier. + "preamble": "A String", # Optional. The preamble to be used for the user defined classifier. + "seed": 42, # Optional. The seed value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "taskMarker": "A String", # Optional. The task marker to be used for the user defined classifier. + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. The temperature value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topK": "A String", # Optional. The top-k value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. The top-p value to be used for the user defined classifier. + }, + }, "boostControlIds": [ # Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls. "A String", ], @@ -969,6 +1005,18 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results. + "answerGenerationSpec": { # The specification for answer generation. # Optional. The specification for answer generation. + "userDefinedClassifierSpec": { # The specification for user defined classifier. # Optional. The specification for user specified classifier spec. + "enableUserDefinedClassifier": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to enable and include user defined classifier. + "modelId": "A String", # Optional. The model id to be used for the user defined classifier. + "preamble": "A String", # Optional. The preamble to be used for the user defined classifier. + "seed": 42, # Optional. The seed value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "taskMarker": "A String", # Optional. The task marker to be used for the user defined classifier. + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. The temperature value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topK": "A String", # Optional. The top-k value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. The top-p value to be used for the user defined classifier. + }, + }, "boostControlIds": [ # Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls. "A String", ], @@ -1224,7 +1272,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -1610,7 +1658,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -1710,7 +1758,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -2170,7 +2218,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -2270,7 +2318,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.html index 16e13625c2e..351076a318e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.html @@ -107,6 +107,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "experimentIds": [ # Optional. Experiment ids for this request. + "A String", + ], "includeTailSuggestions": True or False, # Indicates if tail suggestions should be returned if there are no suggestions that match the full query. Even if set to true, if there are suggestions that match the full query, those are returned and no tail suggestions are returned. "query": "A String", # Required. The typeahead input used to fetch suggestions. Maximum length is 128 characters. The query can not be empty for most of the suggestion types. If it is empty, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. The exception is when the suggestion_types contains only the type `RECENT_SEARCH`, the query can be an empty string. The is called "zero prefix" feature, which returns user's recently searched queries given the empty query. "queryModel": "A String", # Specifies the autocomplete query model, which only applies to the QUERY SuggestionType. This overrides any model specified in the Configuration > Autocomplete section of the Cloud console. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for site search dataStores. @@ -156,7 +159,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -213,7 +216,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html index ca499038683..305d6698249 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.html @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.html index 9f865533b07..afe89f2085f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.html @@ -173,6 +173,23 @@

Method Details

"disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. + "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical. + "engineFeaturesConfig": { # More feature configs of the selected engine type. # Optional. Additional engine features config. + "mostPopularConfig": { # Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine. # Most popular engine feature config. + "timeWindowDays": "A String", # The time window of which the engine is queried at training and prediction time. Positive integers only. The value translates to the last X days of events. Currently required for the `most-popular-items` engine. + }, + "recommendedForYouConfig": { # Additional feature configurations for creating a `recommended-for-you` engine. # Recommended for you engine feature config. + "contextEventType": "A String", # The type of event with which the engine is queried at prediction time. If set to `generic`, only `view-item`, `media-play`,and `media-complete` will be used as `context-event` in engine training. If set to `view-home-page`, `view-home-page` will also be used as `context-events` in addition to `view-item`, `media-play`, and `media-complete`. Currently supported for the `recommended-for-you` engine. Currently supported values: `view-home-page`, `generic`. + }, + }, + "optimizationObjective": "A String", # The optimization objective. e.g., `cvr`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `ctr`, `cvr`. If not specified, we choose default based on engine type. Default depends on type of recommendation: `recommended-for-you` => `ctr` `others-you-may-like` => `ctr` + "optimizationObjectiveConfig": { # Custom threshold for `cvr` optimization_objective. # Name and value of the custom threshold for cvr optimization_objective. For target_field `watch-time`, target_field_value must be an integer value indicating the media progress time in seconds between (0, 86400] (excludes 0, includes 86400) (e.g., 90). For target_field `watch-percentage`, the target_field_value must be a valid float value between (0, 1.0] (excludes 0, includes 1.0) (e.g., 0.5). + "targetField": "A String", # Required. The name of the field to target. Currently supported values: `watch-percentage`, `watch-time`. + "targetFieldValueFloat": 3.14, # Required. The threshold to be applied to the target (e.g., 0.5). + }, + "trainingState": "A String", # The training state that the engine is in (e.g. `TRAINING` or `PAUSED`). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train engine in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for `CreateEngine` method is `TRAINING`. The default value for `UpdateEngine` method is to keep the state the same as before. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of engine. e.g., `recommended-for-you`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `more-like-this`, `most-popular-items`. + }, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "searchEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Search Engine. # Configurations for the Search Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "searchAddOns": [ # The add-on that this search engine enables. @@ -287,6 +304,23 @@

Method Details

"disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. + "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical. + "engineFeaturesConfig": { # More feature configs of the selected engine type. # Optional. Additional engine features config. + "mostPopularConfig": { # Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine. # Most popular engine feature config. + "timeWindowDays": "A String", # The time window of which the engine is queried at training and prediction time. Positive integers only. The value translates to the last X days of events. Currently required for the `most-popular-items` engine. + }, + "recommendedForYouConfig": { # Additional feature configurations for creating a `recommended-for-you` engine. # Recommended for you engine feature config. + "contextEventType": "A String", # The type of event with which the engine is queried at prediction time. If set to `generic`, only `view-item`, `media-play`,and `media-complete` will be used as `context-event` in engine training. If set to `view-home-page`, `view-home-page` will also be used as `context-events` in addition to `view-item`, `media-play`, and `media-complete`. Currently supported for the `recommended-for-you` engine. Currently supported values: `view-home-page`, `generic`. + }, + }, + "optimizationObjective": "A String", # The optimization objective. e.g., `cvr`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `ctr`, `cvr`. If not specified, we choose default based on engine type. Default depends on type of recommendation: `recommended-for-you` => `ctr` `others-you-may-like` => `ctr` + "optimizationObjectiveConfig": { # Custom threshold for `cvr` optimization_objective. # Name and value of the custom threshold for cvr optimization_objective. For target_field `watch-time`, target_field_value must be an integer value indicating the media progress time in seconds between (0, 86400] (excludes 0, includes 86400) (e.g., 90). For target_field `watch-percentage`, the target_field_value must be a valid float value between (0, 1.0] (excludes 0, includes 1.0) (e.g., 0.5). + "targetField": "A String", # Required. The name of the field to target. Currently supported values: `watch-percentage`, `watch-time`. + "targetFieldValueFloat": 3.14, # Required. The threshold to be applied to the target (e.g., 0.5). + }, + "trainingState": "A String", # The training state that the engine is in (e.g. `TRAINING` or `PAUSED`). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train engine in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for `CreateEngine` method is `TRAINING`. The default value for `UpdateEngine` method is to keep the state the same as before. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of engine. e.g., `recommended-for-you`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `more-like-this`, `most-popular-items`. + }, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "searchEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Search Engine. # Configurations for the Search Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "searchAddOns": [ # The add-on that this search engine enables. @@ -342,6 +376,23 @@

Method Details

"disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. + "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical. + "engineFeaturesConfig": { # More feature configs of the selected engine type. # Optional. Additional engine features config. + "mostPopularConfig": { # Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine. # Most popular engine feature config. + "timeWindowDays": "A String", # The time window of which the engine is queried at training and prediction time. Positive integers only. The value translates to the last X days of events. Currently required for the `most-popular-items` engine. + }, + "recommendedForYouConfig": { # Additional feature configurations for creating a `recommended-for-you` engine. # Recommended for you engine feature config. + "contextEventType": "A String", # The type of event with which the engine is queried at prediction time. If set to `generic`, only `view-item`, `media-play`,and `media-complete` will be used as `context-event` in engine training. If set to `view-home-page`, `view-home-page` will also be used as `context-events` in addition to `view-item`, `media-play`, and `media-complete`. Currently supported for the `recommended-for-you` engine. Currently supported values: `view-home-page`, `generic`. + }, + }, + "optimizationObjective": "A String", # The optimization objective. e.g., `cvr`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `ctr`, `cvr`. If not specified, we choose default based on engine type. Default depends on type of recommendation: `recommended-for-you` => `ctr` `others-you-may-like` => `ctr` + "optimizationObjectiveConfig": { # Custom threshold for `cvr` optimization_objective. # Name and value of the custom threshold for cvr optimization_objective. For target_field `watch-time`, target_field_value must be an integer value indicating the media progress time in seconds between (0, 86400] (excludes 0, includes 86400) (e.g., 90). For target_field `watch-percentage`, the target_field_value must be a valid float value between (0, 1.0] (excludes 0, includes 1.0) (e.g., 0.5). + "targetField": "A String", # Required. The name of the field to target. Currently supported values: `watch-percentage`, `watch-time`. + "targetFieldValueFloat": 3.14, # Required. The threshold to be applied to the target (e.g., 0.5). + }, + "trainingState": "A String", # The training state that the engine is in (e.g. `TRAINING` or `PAUSED`). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train engine in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for `CreateEngine` method is `TRAINING`. The default value for `UpdateEngine` method is to keep the state the same as before. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of engine. e.g., `recommended-for-you`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `more-like-this`, `most-popular-items`. + }, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "searchEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Search Engine. # Configurations for the Search Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "searchAddOns": [ # The add-on that this search engine enables. @@ -404,6 +455,23 @@

Method Details

"disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. + "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical. + "engineFeaturesConfig": { # More feature configs of the selected engine type. # Optional. Additional engine features config. + "mostPopularConfig": { # Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine. # Most popular engine feature config. + "timeWindowDays": "A String", # The time window of which the engine is queried at training and prediction time. Positive integers only. The value translates to the last X days of events. Currently required for the `most-popular-items` engine. + }, + "recommendedForYouConfig": { # Additional feature configurations for creating a `recommended-for-you` engine. # Recommended for you engine feature config. + "contextEventType": "A String", # The type of event with which the engine is queried at prediction time. If set to `generic`, only `view-item`, `media-play`,and `media-complete` will be used as `context-event` in engine training. If set to `view-home-page`, `view-home-page` will also be used as `context-events` in addition to `view-item`, `media-play`, and `media-complete`. Currently supported for the `recommended-for-you` engine. Currently supported values: `view-home-page`, `generic`. + }, + }, + "optimizationObjective": "A String", # The optimization objective. e.g., `cvr`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `ctr`, `cvr`. If not specified, we choose default based on engine type. Default depends on type of recommendation: `recommended-for-you` => `ctr` `others-you-may-like` => `ctr` + "optimizationObjectiveConfig": { # Custom threshold for `cvr` optimization_objective. # Name and value of the custom threshold for cvr optimization_objective. For target_field `watch-time`, target_field_value must be an integer value indicating the media progress time in seconds between (0, 86400] (excludes 0, includes 86400) (e.g., 90). For target_field `watch-percentage`, the target_field_value must be a valid float value between (0, 1.0] (excludes 0, includes 1.0) (e.g., 0.5). + "targetField": "A String", # Required. The name of the field to target. Currently supported values: `watch-percentage`, `watch-time`. + "targetFieldValueFloat": 3.14, # Required. The threshold to be applied to the target (e.g., 0.5). + }, + "trainingState": "A String", # The training state that the engine is in (e.g. `TRAINING` or `PAUSED`). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train engine in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for `CreateEngine` method is `TRAINING`. The default value for `UpdateEngine` method is to keep the state the same as before. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of engine. e.g., `recommended-for-you`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `more-like-this`, `most-popular-items`. + }, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "searchEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Search Engine. # Configurations for the Search Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "searchAddOns": [ # The add-on that this search engine enables. @@ -448,6 +516,23 @@

Method Details

"disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. + "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical. + "engineFeaturesConfig": { # More feature configs of the selected engine type. # Optional. Additional engine features config. + "mostPopularConfig": { # Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine. # Most popular engine feature config. + "timeWindowDays": "A String", # The time window of which the engine is queried at training and prediction time. Positive integers only. The value translates to the last X days of events. Currently required for the `most-popular-items` engine. + }, + "recommendedForYouConfig": { # Additional feature configurations for creating a `recommended-for-you` engine. # Recommended for you engine feature config. + "contextEventType": "A String", # The type of event with which the engine is queried at prediction time. If set to `generic`, only `view-item`, `media-play`,and `media-complete` will be used as `context-event` in engine training. If set to `view-home-page`, `view-home-page` will also be used as `context-events` in addition to `view-item`, `media-play`, and `media-complete`. Currently supported for the `recommended-for-you` engine. Currently supported values: `view-home-page`, `generic`. + }, + }, + "optimizationObjective": "A String", # The optimization objective. e.g., `cvr`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `ctr`, `cvr`. If not specified, we choose default based on engine type. Default depends on type of recommendation: `recommended-for-you` => `ctr` `others-you-may-like` => `ctr` + "optimizationObjectiveConfig": { # Custom threshold for `cvr` optimization_objective. # Name and value of the custom threshold for cvr optimization_objective. For target_field `watch-time`, target_field_value must be an integer value indicating the media progress time in seconds between (0, 86400] (excludes 0, includes 86400) (e.g., 90). For target_field `watch-percentage`, the target_field_value must be a valid float value between (0, 1.0] (excludes 0, includes 1.0) (e.g., 0.5). + "targetField": "A String", # Required. The name of the field to target. Currently supported values: `watch-percentage`, `watch-time`. + "targetFieldValueFloat": 3.14, # Required. The threshold to be applied to the target (e.g., 0.5). + }, + "trainingState": "A String", # The training state that the engine is in (e.g. `TRAINING` or `PAUSED`). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train engine in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for `CreateEngine` method is `TRAINING`. The default value for `UpdateEngine` method is to keep the state the same as before. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of engine. e.g., `recommended-for-you`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `more-like-this`, `most-popular-items`. + }, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "searchEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Search Engine. # Configurations for the Search Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "searchAddOns": [ # The add-on that this search engine enables. @@ -504,6 +589,23 @@

Method Details

"disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. + "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical. + "engineFeaturesConfig": { # More feature configs of the selected engine type. # Optional. Additional engine features config. + "mostPopularConfig": { # Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine. # Most popular engine feature config. + "timeWindowDays": "A String", # The time window of which the engine is queried at training and prediction time. Positive integers only. The value translates to the last X days of events. Currently required for the `most-popular-items` engine. + }, + "recommendedForYouConfig": { # Additional feature configurations for creating a `recommended-for-you` engine. # Recommended for you engine feature config. + "contextEventType": "A String", # The type of event with which the engine is queried at prediction time. If set to `generic`, only `view-item`, `media-play`,and `media-complete` will be used as `context-event` in engine training. If set to `view-home-page`, `view-home-page` will also be used as `context-events` in addition to `view-item`, `media-play`, and `media-complete`. Currently supported for the `recommended-for-you` engine. Currently supported values: `view-home-page`, `generic`. + }, + }, + "optimizationObjective": "A String", # The optimization objective. e.g., `cvr`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `ctr`, `cvr`. If not specified, we choose default based on engine type. Default depends on type of recommendation: `recommended-for-you` => `ctr` `others-you-may-like` => `ctr` + "optimizationObjectiveConfig": { # Custom threshold for `cvr` optimization_objective. # Name and value of the custom threshold for cvr optimization_objective. For target_field `watch-time`, target_field_value must be an integer value indicating the media progress time in seconds between (0, 86400] (excludes 0, includes 86400) (e.g., 90). For target_field `watch-percentage`, the target_field_value must be a valid float value between (0, 1.0] (excludes 0, includes 1.0) (e.g., 0.5). + "targetField": "A String", # Required. The name of the field to target. Currently supported values: `watch-percentage`, `watch-time`. + "targetFieldValueFloat": 3.14, # Required. The threshold to be applied to the target (e.g., 0.5). + }, + "trainingState": "A String", # The training state that the engine is in (e.g. `TRAINING` or `PAUSED`). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train engine in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for `CreateEngine` method is `TRAINING`. The default value for `UpdateEngine` method is to keep the state the same as before. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of engine. e.g., `recommended-for-you`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `more-like-this`, `most-popular-items`. + }, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "searchEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Search Engine. # Configurations for the Search Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "searchAddOns": [ # The add-on that this search engine enables. @@ -560,6 +662,23 @@

Method Details

"disableAnalytics": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable analytics for searches performed on this engine. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the engine. Should be human readable. UTF-8 encoded string with limit of 1024 characters. "industryVertical": "A String", # The industry vertical that the engine registers. The restriction of the Engine industry vertical is based on DataStore: Vertical on Engine has to match vertical of the DataStore linked to the engine. + "mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": { # Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine. # Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical. + "engineFeaturesConfig": { # More feature configs of the selected engine type. # Optional. Additional engine features config. + "mostPopularConfig": { # Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine. # Most popular engine feature config. + "timeWindowDays": "A String", # The time window of which the engine is queried at training and prediction time. Positive integers only. The value translates to the last X days of events. Currently required for the `most-popular-items` engine. + }, + "recommendedForYouConfig": { # Additional feature configurations for creating a `recommended-for-you` engine. # Recommended for you engine feature config. + "contextEventType": "A String", # The type of event with which the engine is queried at prediction time. If set to `generic`, only `view-item`, `media-play`,and `media-complete` will be used as `context-event` in engine training. If set to `view-home-page`, `view-home-page` will also be used as `context-events` in addition to `view-item`, `media-play`, and `media-complete`. Currently supported for the `recommended-for-you` engine. Currently supported values: `view-home-page`, `generic`. + }, + }, + "optimizationObjective": "A String", # The optimization objective. e.g., `cvr`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `ctr`, `cvr`. If not specified, we choose default based on engine type. Default depends on type of recommendation: `recommended-for-you` => `ctr` `others-you-may-like` => `ctr` + "optimizationObjectiveConfig": { # Custom threshold for `cvr` optimization_objective. # Name and value of the custom threshold for cvr optimization_objective. For target_field `watch-time`, target_field_value must be an integer value indicating the media progress time in seconds between (0, 86400] (excludes 0, includes 86400) (e.g., 90). For target_field `watch-percentage`, the target_field_value must be a valid float value between (0, 1.0] (excludes 0, includes 1.0) (e.g., 0.5). + "targetField": "A String", # Required. The name of the field to target. Currently supported values: `watch-percentage`, `watch-time`. + "targetFieldValueFloat": 3.14, # Required. The threshold to be applied to the target (e.g., 0.5). + }, + "trainingState": "A String", # The training state that the engine is in (e.g. `TRAINING` or `PAUSED`). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train engine in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for `CreateEngine` method is `TRAINING`. The default value for `UpdateEngine` method is to keep the state the same as before. + "type": "A String", # Required. The type of engine. e.g., `recommended-for-you`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `more-like-this`, `most-popular-items`. + }, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "searchEngineConfig": { # Configurations for a Search Engine. # Configurations for the Search Engine. Only applicable if solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH. "searchAddOns": [ # The add-on that this search engine enables. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html index 05a810c8611..14e292800a7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html @@ -641,6 +641,18 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results. + "answerGenerationSpec": { # The specification for answer generation. # Optional. The specification for answer generation. + "userDefinedClassifierSpec": { # The specification for user defined classifier. # Optional. The specification for user specified classifier spec. + "enableUserDefinedClassifier": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to enable and include user defined classifier. + "modelId": "A String", # Optional. The model id to be used for the user defined classifier. + "preamble": "A String", # Optional. The preamble to be used for the user defined classifier. + "seed": 42, # Optional. The seed value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "taskMarker": "A String", # Optional. The task marker to be used for the user defined classifier. + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. The temperature value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topK": "A String", # Optional. The top-k value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. The top-p value to be used for the user defined classifier. + }, + }, "boostControlIds": [ # Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls. "A String", ], @@ -752,6 +764,18 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # Pagination token, if not returned indicates the last page. "servingConfigs": [ # All the ServingConfigs for a given dataStore. { # Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results. + "answerGenerationSpec": { # The specification for answer generation. # Optional. The specification for answer generation. + "userDefinedClassifierSpec": { # The specification for user defined classifier. # Optional. The specification for user specified classifier spec. + "enableUserDefinedClassifier": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to enable and include user defined classifier. + "modelId": "A String", # Optional. The model id to be used for the user defined classifier. + "preamble": "A String", # Optional. The preamble to be used for the user defined classifier. + "seed": 42, # Optional. The seed value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "taskMarker": "A String", # Optional. The task marker to be used for the user defined classifier. + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. The temperature value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topK": "A String", # Optional. The top-k value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. The top-p value to be used for the user defined classifier. + }, + }, "boostControlIds": [ # Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls. "A String", ], @@ -869,6 +893,18 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results. + "answerGenerationSpec": { # The specification for answer generation. # Optional. The specification for answer generation. + "userDefinedClassifierSpec": { # The specification for user defined classifier. # Optional. The specification for user specified classifier spec. + "enableUserDefinedClassifier": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to enable and include user defined classifier. + "modelId": "A String", # Optional. The model id to be used for the user defined classifier. + "preamble": "A String", # Optional. The preamble to be used for the user defined classifier. + "seed": 42, # Optional. The seed value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "taskMarker": "A String", # Optional. The task marker to be used for the user defined classifier. + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. The temperature value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topK": "A String", # Optional. The top-k value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. The top-p value to be used for the user defined classifier. + }, + }, "boostControlIds": [ # Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls. "A String", ], @@ -969,6 +1005,18 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results. + "answerGenerationSpec": { # The specification for answer generation. # Optional. The specification for answer generation. + "userDefinedClassifierSpec": { # The specification for user defined classifier. # Optional. The specification for user specified classifier spec. + "enableUserDefinedClassifier": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to enable and include user defined classifier. + "modelId": "A String", # Optional. The model id to be used for the user defined classifier. + "preamble": "A String", # Optional. The preamble to be used for the user defined classifier. + "seed": 42, # Optional. The seed value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "taskMarker": "A String", # Optional. The task marker to be used for the user defined classifier. + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. The temperature value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topK": "A String", # Optional. The top-k value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. The top-p value to be used for the user defined classifier. + }, + }, "boostControlIds": [ # Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls. "A String", ], @@ -1224,7 +1272,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -1610,7 +1658,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -1710,7 +1758,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -2170,7 +2218,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -2270,7 +2318,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html index 7f49c2743dd..856d86033ef 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.html @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -589,7 +589,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -647,7 +647,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html index 14e8c68637a..1467341424c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.completionConfig.html @@ -104,6 +104,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "experimentIds": [ # Optional. Experiment ids for this request. + "A String", + ], "includeTailSuggestions": True or False, # Indicates if tail suggestions should be returned if there are no suggestions that match the full query. Even if set to true, if there are suggestions that match the full query, those are returned and no tail suggestions are returned. "query": "A String", # Required. The typeahead input used to fetch suggestions. Maximum length is 128 characters. The query can not be empty for most of the suggestion types. If it is empty, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned. The exception is when the suggestion_types contains only the type `RECENT_SEARCH`, the query can be an empty string. The is called "zero prefix" feature, which returns user's recently searched queries given the empty query. "queryModel": "A String", # Specifies the autocomplete query model, which only applies to the QUERY SuggestionType. This overrides any model specified in the Configuration > Autocomplete section of the Cloud console. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for site search dataStores. @@ -153,7 +156,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -210,7 +213,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html index c8020c04da4..2d64439bd8e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.conversations.html @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.html index 88ff08c9b4a..4440ebc0d44 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.html @@ -257,6 +257,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -273,6 +282,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -450,6 +468,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -466,6 +493,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -599,6 +635,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -615,6 +660,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -736,6 +790,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -752,6 +815,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -855,6 +927,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. @@ -871,6 +952,15 @@

Method Details

"layoutParsingConfig": { # The layout parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to layout parser. "enableImageAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the image during parsing. "enableTableAnnotation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing. + "excludeHtmlClasses": [ # Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlElements": [ # Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], + "excludeHtmlIds": [ # Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content. + "A String", + ], }, "ocrParsingConfig": { # The OCR parsing configurations for documents. # Configurations applied to OCR parser. Currently it only applies to PDFs. "enhancedDocumentElements": [ # [DEPRECATED] This field is deprecated. To use the additional enhanced document elements processing, please switch to `layout_parsing_config`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index 98193d6f565..145d1cd8700 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -641,6 +641,18 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results. + "answerGenerationSpec": { # The specification for answer generation. # Optional. The specification for answer generation. + "userDefinedClassifierSpec": { # The specification for user defined classifier. # Optional. The specification for user specified classifier spec. + "enableUserDefinedClassifier": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to enable and include user defined classifier. + "modelId": "A String", # Optional. The model id to be used for the user defined classifier. + "preamble": "A String", # Optional. The preamble to be used for the user defined classifier. + "seed": 42, # Optional. The seed value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "taskMarker": "A String", # Optional. The task marker to be used for the user defined classifier. + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. The temperature value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topK": "A String", # Optional. The top-k value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. The top-p value to be used for the user defined classifier. + }, + }, "boostControlIds": [ # Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls. "A String", ], @@ -752,6 +764,18 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # Pagination token, if not returned indicates the last page. "servingConfigs": [ # All the ServingConfigs for a given dataStore. { # Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results. + "answerGenerationSpec": { # The specification for answer generation. # Optional. The specification for answer generation. + "userDefinedClassifierSpec": { # The specification for user defined classifier. # Optional. The specification for user specified classifier spec. + "enableUserDefinedClassifier": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to enable and include user defined classifier. + "modelId": "A String", # Optional. The model id to be used for the user defined classifier. + "preamble": "A String", # Optional. The preamble to be used for the user defined classifier. + "seed": 42, # Optional. The seed value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "taskMarker": "A String", # Optional. The task marker to be used for the user defined classifier. + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. The temperature value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topK": "A String", # Optional. The top-k value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. The top-p value to be used for the user defined classifier. + }, + }, "boostControlIds": [ # Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls. "A String", ], @@ -869,6 +893,18 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results. + "answerGenerationSpec": { # The specification for answer generation. # Optional. The specification for answer generation. + "userDefinedClassifierSpec": { # The specification for user defined classifier. # Optional. The specification for user specified classifier spec. + "enableUserDefinedClassifier": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to enable and include user defined classifier. + "modelId": "A String", # Optional. The model id to be used for the user defined classifier. + "preamble": "A String", # Optional. The preamble to be used for the user defined classifier. + "seed": 42, # Optional. The seed value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "taskMarker": "A String", # Optional. The task marker to be used for the user defined classifier. + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. The temperature value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topK": "A String", # Optional. The top-k value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. The top-p value to be used for the user defined classifier. + }, + }, "boostControlIds": [ # Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls. "A String", ], @@ -969,6 +1005,18 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results. + "answerGenerationSpec": { # The specification for answer generation. # Optional. The specification for answer generation. + "userDefinedClassifierSpec": { # The specification for user defined classifier. # Optional. The specification for user specified classifier spec. + "enableUserDefinedClassifier": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not to enable and include user defined classifier. + "modelId": "A String", # Optional. The model id to be used for the user defined classifier. + "preamble": "A String", # Optional. The preamble to be used for the user defined classifier. + "seed": 42, # Optional. The seed value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "taskMarker": "A String", # Optional. The task marker to be used for the user defined classifier. + "temperature": 3.14, # Optional. The temperature value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topK": "A String", # Optional. The top-k value to be used for the user defined classifier. + "topP": 3.14, # Optional. The top-p value to be used for the user defined classifier. + }, + }, "boostControlIds": [ # Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls. "A String", ], @@ -1224,7 +1272,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -1610,7 +1658,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -1710,7 +1758,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -2170,7 +2218,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, @@ -2270,7 +2318,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "content": { # Unstructured data linked to this document. # The unstructured data linked to this document. Content can only be set and must be set if this document is under a `CONTENT_REQUIRED` data store. - "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. + "mimeType": "A String", # The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. "rawBytes": "A String", # The content represented as a stream of bytes. The maximum length is 1,000,000 bytes (1 MB / ~0.95 MiB). Note: As with all `bytes` fields, this field is represented as pure binary in Protocol Buffers and base64-encoded string in JSON. For example, `abc123!?$*&()'-=@~` should be represented as `YWJjMTIzIT8kKiYoKSctPUB+` in JSON. See https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the content. Only Cloud Storage URIs (e.g. `gs://bucket-name/path/to/file`) are supported. The maximum file size is 2.5 MB for text-based formats, 200 MB for other formats. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.groundingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.groundingConfigs.html index ff97b63a3a1..9ce07fd2739 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.groundingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.groundingConfigs.html @@ -102,6 +102,7 @@

Method Details

], "groundingSpec": { # Specification for the grounding check. # Configuration of the grounding check. "citationThreshold": 3.14, # The threshold (in [0,1]) used for determining whether a fact must be cited for a claim in the answer candidate. Choosing a higher threshold will lead to fewer but very strong citations, while choosing a lower threshold may lead to more but somewhat weaker citations. If unset, the threshold will default to 0.6. + "enableClaimLevelScore": True or False, # The control flag that enables claim-level grounding score in the response. }, "userLabels": { # The user labels applied to a resource must meet the following requirements: * Each resource can have multiple labels, up to a maximum of 64. * Each label must be a key-value pair. * Keys have a minimum length of 1 character and a maximum length of 63 characters and cannot be empty. Values can be empty and have a maximum length of 63 characters. * Keys and values can contain only lowercase letters, numeric characters, underscores, and dashes. All characters must use UTF-8 encoding, and international characters are allowed. * The key portion of a label must be unique. However, you can use the same key with multiple resources. * Keys must start with a lowercase letter or international character. See [Google Cloud Document](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels#requirements) for more details. "a_key": "A String", @@ -120,11 +121,14 @@

Method Details

"citedChunks": [ # List of facts cited across all claims in the answer candidate. These are derived from the facts supplied in the request. { # Fact Chunk. "chunkText": "A String", # Text content of the fact chunk. Can be at most 10K characters long. + "domain": "A String", # The domain of the source. "index": 42, # The index of this chunk. Currently, only used for the streaming mode. "source": "A String", # Source from which this fact chunk was retrieved. If it was retrieved from the GroundingFacts provided in the request then this field will contain the index of the specific fact from which this chunk was retrieved. "sourceMetadata": { # More fine-grained information for the source reference. "a_key": "A String", }, + "title": "A String", # The title of the source. + "uri": "A String", # The URI of the source. }, ], "citedFacts": [ # List of facts cited across all claims in the answer candidate. These are derived from the facts supplied in the request. @@ -140,6 +144,7 @@

Method Details

"claimText": "A String", # Text for the claim in the answer candidate. Always provided regardless of whether citations or anti-citations are found. "endPos": 42, # Position indicating the end of the claim in the answer candidate, exclusive, in bytes. Note that this is not measured in characters and, therefore, must be rendered as such. For example, if the claim text contains non-ASCII characters, the start and end positions vary when measured in characters (programming-language-dependent) and when measured in bytes (programming-language-independent). "groundingCheckRequired": True or False, # Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim doesn't require attribution/grounding check, this field will be set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore citation_indices should not be returned. + "score": 3.14, # Confidence score for the claim in the answer candidate, in the range of [0, 1]. This is set only when enable_claim_level_score is true. "startPos": 42, # Position indicating the start of the claim in the answer candidate, measured in bytes. Note that this is not measured in characters and, therefore, must be rendered in the user interface keeping in mind that some characters may take more than one byte. For example, if the claim text contains non-ASCII characters, the start and end positions vary when measured in characters (programming-language-dependent) and when measured in bytes (programming-language-independent). }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.html index 22d0a1d1276..a32d6836423 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.html @@ -566,8 +566,8 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], }, @@ -872,8 +872,8 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], }, @@ -1327,8 +1327,8 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.insertionOrders.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.insertionOrders.html index ed1bd7d7529..5a77d47a16f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.insertionOrders.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.insertionOrders.html @@ -117,13 +117,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. @@ -210,13 +210,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. @@ -330,13 +330,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. @@ -436,13 +436,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. @@ -549,13 +549,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. @@ -643,13 +643,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.lineItems.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.lineItems.html index bd61641ad01..065050a50ed 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.lineItems.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.lineItems.html @@ -335,8 +335,8 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], }, @@ -685,8 +685,8 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], }, @@ -805,13 +805,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. @@ -823,8 +823,8 @@

Method Details

"maxAmount": "A String", # The maximum budget amount the line item will spend. Must be greater than 0. When budget_allocation_type is: * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_AUTOMATIC`, this field is immutable and is set by the system. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_FIXED`, if budget_unit is: - `BUDGET_UNIT_CURRENCY`, this field represents maximum budget amount to spend, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. - `BUDGET_UNIT_IMPRESSIONS`, this field represents the maximum number of impressions to serve. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_UNLIMITED`, this field is not applicable and will be ignored by the system. }, "campaignId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the campaign that the line item belongs to. - "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, the floodlight_activity_configs field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). - "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, this field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. + "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. This field can't be updated if a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. { # Settings that control the behavior of a single Floodlight activity config. "floodlightActivityId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the Floodlight activity. "postClickLookbackWindowDays": 42, # Required. The number of days after an ad has been clicked in which a conversion may be counted. Must be between 0 and 90 inclusive. @@ -1030,13 +1030,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. @@ -1048,8 +1048,8 @@

Method Details

"maxAmount": "A String", # The maximum budget amount the line item will spend. Must be greater than 0. When budget_allocation_type is: * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_AUTOMATIC`, this field is immutable and is set by the system. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_FIXED`, if budget_unit is: - `BUDGET_UNIT_CURRENCY`, this field represents maximum budget amount to spend, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. - `BUDGET_UNIT_IMPRESSIONS`, this field represents the maximum number of impressions to serve. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_UNLIMITED`, this field is not applicable and will be ignored by the system. }, "campaignId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the campaign that the line item belongs to. - "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, the floodlight_activity_configs field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). - "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, this field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. + "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. This field can't be updated if a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. { # Settings that control the behavior of a single Floodlight activity config. "floodlightActivityId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the Floodlight activity. "postClickLookbackWindowDays": 42, # Required. The number of days after an ad has been clicked in which a conversion may be counted. Must be between 0 and 90 inclusive. @@ -1215,13 +1215,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. @@ -1233,8 +1233,8 @@

Method Details

"maxAmount": "A String", # The maximum budget amount the line item will spend. Must be greater than 0. When budget_allocation_type is: * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_AUTOMATIC`, this field is immutable and is set by the system. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_FIXED`, if budget_unit is: - `BUDGET_UNIT_CURRENCY`, this field represents maximum budget amount to spend, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. - `BUDGET_UNIT_IMPRESSIONS`, this field represents the maximum number of impressions to serve. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_UNLIMITED`, this field is not applicable and will be ignored by the system. }, "campaignId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the campaign that the line item belongs to. - "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, the floodlight_activity_configs field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). - "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, this field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. + "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. This field can't be updated if a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. { # Settings that control the behavior of a single Floodlight activity config. "floodlightActivityId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the Floodlight activity. "postClickLookbackWindowDays": 42, # Required. The number of days after an ad has been clicked in which a conversion may be counted. Must be between 0 and 90 inclusive. @@ -1468,13 +1468,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. @@ -1486,8 +1486,8 @@

Method Details

"maxAmount": "A String", # The maximum budget amount the line item will spend. Must be greater than 0. When budget_allocation_type is: * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_AUTOMATIC`, this field is immutable and is set by the system. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_FIXED`, if budget_unit is: - `BUDGET_UNIT_CURRENCY`, this field represents maximum budget amount to spend, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. - `BUDGET_UNIT_IMPRESSIONS`, this field represents the maximum number of impressions to serve. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_UNLIMITED`, this field is not applicable and will be ignored by the system. }, "campaignId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the campaign that the line item belongs to. - "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, the floodlight_activity_configs field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). - "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, this field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. + "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. This field can't be updated if a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. { # Settings that control the behavior of a single Floodlight activity config. "floodlightActivityId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the Floodlight activity. "postClickLookbackWindowDays": 42, # Required. The number of days after an ad has been clicked in which a conversion may be counted. Must be between 0 and 90 inclusive. @@ -1661,13 +1661,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. @@ -1679,8 +1679,8 @@

Method Details

"maxAmount": "A String", # The maximum budget amount the line item will spend. Must be greater than 0. When budget_allocation_type is: * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_AUTOMATIC`, this field is immutable and is set by the system. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_FIXED`, if budget_unit is: - `BUDGET_UNIT_CURRENCY`, this field represents maximum budget amount to spend, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. - `BUDGET_UNIT_IMPRESSIONS`, this field represents the maximum number of impressions to serve. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_UNLIMITED`, this field is not applicable and will be ignored by the system. }, "campaignId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the campaign that the line item belongs to. - "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, the floodlight_activity_configs field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). - "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, this field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. + "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. This field can't be updated if a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. { # Settings that control the behavior of a single Floodlight activity config. "floodlightActivityId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the Floodlight activity. "postClickLookbackWindowDays": 42, # Required. The number of days after an ad has been clicked in which a conversion may be counted. Must be between 0 and 90 inclusive. @@ -1859,13 +1859,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. @@ -1877,8 +1877,8 @@

Method Details

"maxAmount": "A String", # The maximum budget amount the line item will spend. Must be greater than 0. When budget_allocation_type is: * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_AUTOMATIC`, this field is immutable and is set by the system. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_FIXED`, if budget_unit is: - `BUDGET_UNIT_CURRENCY`, this field represents maximum budget amount to spend, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. - `BUDGET_UNIT_IMPRESSIONS`, this field represents the maximum number of impressions to serve. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_UNLIMITED`, this field is not applicable and will be ignored by the system. }, "campaignId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the campaign that the line item belongs to. - "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, the floodlight_activity_configs field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). - "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, this field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. + "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. This field can't be updated if a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. { # Settings that control the behavior of a single Floodlight activity config. "floodlightActivityId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the Floodlight activity. "postClickLookbackWindowDays": 42, # Required. The number of days after an ad has been clicked in which a conversion may be counted. Must be between 0 and 90 inclusive. @@ -2064,13 +2064,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. @@ -2082,8 +2082,8 @@

Method Details

"maxAmount": "A String", # The maximum budget amount the line item will spend. Must be greater than 0. When budget_allocation_type is: * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_AUTOMATIC`, this field is immutable and is set by the system. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_FIXED`, if budget_unit is: - `BUDGET_UNIT_CURRENCY`, this field represents maximum budget amount to spend, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. - `BUDGET_UNIT_IMPRESSIONS`, this field represents the maximum number of impressions to serve. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_UNLIMITED`, this field is not applicable and will be ignored by the system. }, "campaignId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the campaign that the line item belongs to. - "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, the floodlight_activity_configs field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). - "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, this field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. + "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. This field can't be updated if a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. { # Settings that control the behavior of a single Floodlight activity config. "floodlightActivityId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the Floodlight activity. "postClickLookbackWindowDays": 42, # Required. The number of days after an ad has been clicked in which a conversion may be counted. Must be between 0 and 90 inclusive. @@ -2250,13 +2250,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. @@ -2268,8 +2268,8 @@

Method Details

"maxAmount": "A String", # The maximum budget amount the line item will spend. Must be greater than 0. When budget_allocation_type is: * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_AUTOMATIC`, this field is immutable and is set by the system. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_FIXED`, if budget_unit is: - `BUDGET_UNIT_CURRENCY`, this field represents maximum budget amount to spend, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. - `BUDGET_UNIT_IMPRESSIONS`, this field represents the maximum number of impressions to serve. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_UNLIMITED`, this field is not applicable and will be ignored by the system. }, "campaignId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the campaign that the line item belongs to. - "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, the floodlight_activity_configs field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). - "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, this field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. + "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. This field can't be updated if a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. { # Settings that control the behavior of a single Floodlight activity config. "floodlightActivityId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the Floodlight activity. "postClickLookbackWindowDays": 42, # Required. The number of days after an ad has been clicked in which a conversion may be counted. Must be between 0 and 90 inclusive. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.lineItems.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.lineItems.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html index 15314ce2ae4..221470b0044 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.lineItems.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.lineItems.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html @@ -362,8 +362,8 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], }, @@ -653,8 +653,8 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], }, @@ -1075,8 +1075,8 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], }, @@ -1431,8 +1431,8 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html index 3e72bdef208..a0d7486307a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html @@ -361,8 +361,8 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], }, @@ -652,8 +652,8 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], }, @@ -1072,8 +1072,8 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], }, @@ -1427,8 +1427,8 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.youtubeAdGroups.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.youtubeAdGroups.html index d321f62ea32..f91748741c2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.youtubeAdGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.youtubeAdGroups.html @@ -324,8 +324,8 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.youtubeAdGroups.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.youtubeAdGroups.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html index 99c9cfb6eab..77bf8f164b9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.youtubeAdGroups.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.youtubeAdGroups.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html @@ -362,8 +362,8 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], }, @@ -718,8 +718,8 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.customBiddingAlgorithms.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.customBiddingAlgorithms.html index 4b1f79946b6..090b85b2602 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.customBiddingAlgorithms.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.customBiddingAlgorithms.html @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@

Instance Methods

Retrieves the next page of results.

patch(customBiddingAlgorithmId, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates an existing custom bidding algorithm. Returns the updated custom bidding algorithm if successful. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, requests updating custom bidding algorithms that are assigned to line items will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight).

+

Updates an existing custom bidding algorithm. Returns the updated custom bidding algorithm if successful. Requests updating a custom bidding algorithm assigned to a line item will return an error.

uploadScript(customBiddingAlgorithmId, advertiserId=None, partnerId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Creates a custom bidding script reference object for a script file. The resulting reference object provides a resource path to which the script file should be uploaded. This reference object should be included in when creating a new custom bidding script object.

@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@

Method Details

patch(customBiddingAlgorithmId, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates an existing custom bidding algorithm. Returns the updated custom bidding algorithm if successful. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, requests updating custom bidding algorithms that are assigned to line items will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight).
+  
Updates an existing custom bidding algorithm. Returns the updated custom bidding algorithm if successful. Requests updating a custom bidding algorithm assigned to a line item will return an error.
 
 Args:
   customBiddingAlgorithmId: string, Output only. The unique ID of the custom bidding algorithm. Assigned by the system. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.customBiddingAlgorithms.scripts.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.customBiddingAlgorithms.scripts.html
index b03870bf187..f592bb69148 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.customBiddingAlgorithms.scripts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.customBiddingAlgorithms.scripts.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

create(customBiddingAlgorithmId, advertiserId=None, body=None, partnerId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates a new custom bidding script. Returns the newly created script if successful. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, requests updating custom bidding algorithms that are assigned to line items will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight).

+

Creates a new custom bidding script. Returns the newly created script if successful. Requests creating a custom bidding script under an algorithm assigned to a line item will return an error.

get(customBiddingAlgorithmId, customBiddingScriptId, advertiserId=None, partnerId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets a custom bidding script.

@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@

Method Details

create(customBiddingAlgorithmId, advertiserId=None, body=None, partnerId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates a new custom bidding script. Returns the newly created script if successful. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, requests updating custom bidding algorithms that are assigned to line items will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight).
+  
Creates a new custom bidding script. Returns the newly created script if successful. Requests creating a custom bidding script under an algorithm assigned to a line item will return an error.
 
 Args:
   customBiddingAlgorithmId: string, Required. The ID of the custom bidding algorithm that owns the script. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.partners.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.partners.html
index 14d9120dd26..36a5c4d649b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.partners.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.partners.html
@@ -321,8 +321,8 @@ 

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], }, @@ -627,8 +627,8 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.partners.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.partners.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html index ae51b99cf01..f84ec3c7027 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.partners.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.partners.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html @@ -361,8 +361,8 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], }, @@ -652,8 +652,8 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], }, @@ -1072,8 +1072,8 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], }, @@ -1427,8 +1427,8 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.sdfdownloadtasks.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.sdfdownloadtasks.html index ab82a1b7162..415fb1b6b55 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.sdfdownloadtasks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.sdfdownloadtasks.html @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

create(body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates an SDF Download Task. Returns an Operation. An SDF Download Task is a long-running, asynchronous operation. The metadata type of this operation is SdfDownloadTaskMetadata. If the request is successful, the response type of the operation is SdfDownloadTask. The response will not include the download files, which must be retrieved with media.download. The state of operation can be retrieved with sdfdownloadtask.operations.get. Any errors can be found in the error.message. Note that error.details is expected to be empty.

+

Creates an SDF Download Task. Returns an Operation. An SDF Download Task is a long-running, asynchronous operation. The metadata type of this operation is SdfDownloadTaskMetadata. If the request is successful, the response type of the operation is SdfDownloadTask. The response will not include the download files, which must be retrieved with media.download. The state of operation can be retrieved with `sdfdownloadtasks.operations.get`. Any errors can be found in the error.message. Note that error.details is expected to be empty.

Method Details

close() @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@

Method Details

create(body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates an SDF Download Task. Returns an Operation. An SDF Download Task is a long-running, asynchronous operation. The metadata type of this operation is SdfDownloadTaskMetadata. If the request is successful, the response type of the operation is SdfDownloadTask. The response will not include the download files, which must be retrieved with media.download. The state of operation can be retrieved with sdfdownloadtask.operations.get. Any errors can be found in the error.message. Note that error.details is expected to be empty.
+  
Creates an SDF Download Task. Returns an Operation. An SDF Download Task is a long-running, asynchronous operation. The metadata type of this operation is SdfDownloadTaskMetadata. If the request is successful, the response type of the operation is SdfDownloadTask. The response will not include the download files, which must be retrieved with media.download. The state of operation can be retrieved with `sdfdownloadtasks.operations.get`. Any errors can be found in the error.message. Note that error.details is expected to be empty.
 
 Args:
   body: object, The request body.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroups.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroups.html
index 52f033ade48..f2d7bc1ce7b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroups.html
@@ -347,17 +347,17 @@ 

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. @@ -495,13 +495,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. @@ -567,13 +567,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroups.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroups.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html index 490c8b3f7db..a5c199283e5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroups.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroups.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html @@ -386,17 +386,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. @@ -786,17 +786,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.campaigns.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.campaigns.html index 310635ba7c6..9f9c8680d31 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.campaigns.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.campaigns.html @@ -724,17 +724,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.campaigns.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.campaigns.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html index f25ebaf635c..602de166571 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.campaigns.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.campaigns.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html @@ -386,17 +386,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. @@ -786,17 +786,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.html index 77ff2bdf80d..6a60a47b648 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.html @@ -590,17 +590,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. @@ -939,17 +939,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. @@ -1443,17 +1443,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.insertionOrders.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.insertionOrders.html index 40af33357e3..8ad5d3fc116 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.insertionOrders.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.insertionOrders.html @@ -128,13 +128,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. @@ -228,13 +228,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. @@ -355,13 +355,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. @@ -468,13 +468,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. @@ -804,17 +804,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. @@ -953,13 +953,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. @@ -1054,13 +1054,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.insertionOrders.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.insertionOrders.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html index fa17a6d2daa..14ddd8a2ccc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.insertionOrders.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.insertionOrders.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html @@ -386,17 +386,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. @@ -720,17 +720,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. @@ -1187,17 +1187,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. @@ -1587,17 +1587,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.lineItems.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.lineItems.html index fbb6f11d70b..e3a7c66c122 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.lineItems.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.lineItems.html @@ -358,17 +358,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. @@ -751,17 +751,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. @@ -891,13 +891,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. @@ -915,8 +915,8 @@

Method Details

"maxAmount": "A String", # The maximum budget amount the line item will spend. Must be greater than 0. When budget_allocation_type is: * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_AUTOMATIC`, this field is immutable and is set by the system. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_FIXED`, if budget_unit is: - `BUDGET_UNIT_CURRENCY`, this field represents maximum budget amount to spend, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. - `BUDGET_UNIT_IMPRESSIONS`, this field represents the maximum number of impressions to serve. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_UNLIMITED`, this field is not applicable and will be ignored by the system. }, "campaignId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the campaign that the line item belongs to. - "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, the floodlight_activity_configs field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). - "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, this field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. + "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. This field can't be updated if a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. { # Settings that control the behavior of a single Floodlight activity config. "floodlightActivityId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the Floodlight activity. "postClickLookbackWindowDays": 42, # Required. The number of days after an ad has been clicked in which a conversion may be counted. Must be between 0 and 90 inclusive. @@ -1116,13 +1116,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. @@ -1140,8 +1140,8 @@

Method Details

"maxAmount": "A String", # The maximum budget amount the line item will spend. Must be greater than 0. When budget_allocation_type is: * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_AUTOMATIC`, this field is immutable and is set by the system. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_FIXED`, if budget_unit is: - `BUDGET_UNIT_CURRENCY`, this field represents maximum budget amount to spend, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. - `BUDGET_UNIT_IMPRESSIONS`, this field represents the maximum number of impressions to serve. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_UNLIMITED`, this field is not applicable and will be ignored by the system. }, "campaignId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the campaign that the line item belongs to. - "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, the floodlight_activity_configs field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). - "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, this field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. + "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. This field can't be updated if a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. { # Settings that control the behavior of a single Floodlight activity config. "floodlightActivityId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the Floodlight activity. "postClickLookbackWindowDays": 42, # Required. The number of days after an ad has been clicked in which a conversion may be counted. Must be between 0 and 90 inclusive. @@ -1301,13 +1301,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. @@ -1325,8 +1325,8 @@

Method Details

"maxAmount": "A String", # The maximum budget amount the line item will spend. Must be greater than 0. When budget_allocation_type is: * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_AUTOMATIC`, this field is immutable and is set by the system. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_FIXED`, if budget_unit is: - `BUDGET_UNIT_CURRENCY`, this field represents maximum budget amount to spend, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. - `BUDGET_UNIT_IMPRESSIONS`, this field represents the maximum number of impressions to serve. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_UNLIMITED`, this field is not applicable and will be ignored by the system. }, "campaignId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the campaign that the line item belongs to. - "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, the floodlight_activity_configs field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). - "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, this field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. + "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. This field can't be updated if a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. { # Settings that control the behavior of a single Floodlight activity config. "floodlightActivityId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the Floodlight activity. "postClickLookbackWindowDays": 42, # Required. The number of days after an ad has been clicked in which a conversion may be counted. Must be between 0 and 90 inclusive. @@ -1554,13 +1554,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. @@ -1578,8 +1578,8 @@

Method Details

"maxAmount": "A String", # The maximum budget amount the line item will spend. Must be greater than 0. When budget_allocation_type is: * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_AUTOMATIC`, this field is immutable and is set by the system. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_FIXED`, if budget_unit is: - `BUDGET_UNIT_CURRENCY`, this field represents maximum budget amount to spend, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. - `BUDGET_UNIT_IMPRESSIONS`, this field represents the maximum number of impressions to serve. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_UNLIMITED`, this field is not applicable and will be ignored by the system. }, "campaignId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the campaign that the line item belongs to. - "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, the floodlight_activity_configs field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). - "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, this field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. + "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. This field can't be updated if a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. { # Settings that control the behavior of a single Floodlight activity config. "floodlightActivityId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the Floodlight activity. "postClickLookbackWindowDays": 42, # Required. The number of days after an ad has been clicked in which a conversion may be counted. Must be between 0 and 90 inclusive. @@ -1747,13 +1747,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. @@ -1771,8 +1771,8 @@

Method Details

"maxAmount": "A String", # The maximum budget amount the line item will spend. Must be greater than 0. When budget_allocation_type is: * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_AUTOMATIC`, this field is immutable and is set by the system. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_FIXED`, if budget_unit is: - `BUDGET_UNIT_CURRENCY`, this field represents maximum budget amount to spend, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. - `BUDGET_UNIT_IMPRESSIONS`, this field represents the maximum number of impressions to serve. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_UNLIMITED`, this field is not applicable and will be ignored by the system. }, "campaignId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the campaign that the line item belongs to. - "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, the floodlight_activity_configs field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). - "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, this field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. + "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. This field can't be updated if a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. { # Settings that control the behavior of a single Floodlight activity config. "floodlightActivityId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the Floodlight activity. "postClickLookbackWindowDays": 42, # Required. The number of days after an ad has been clicked in which a conversion may be counted. Must be between 0 and 90 inclusive. @@ -1945,13 +1945,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. @@ -1969,8 +1969,8 @@

Method Details

"maxAmount": "A String", # The maximum budget amount the line item will spend. Must be greater than 0. When budget_allocation_type is: * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_AUTOMATIC`, this field is immutable and is set by the system. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_FIXED`, if budget_unit is: - `BUDGET_UNIT_CURRENCY`, this field represents maximum budget amount to spend, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. - `BUDGET_UNIT_IMPRESSIONS`, this field represents the maximum number of impressions to serve. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_UNLIMITED`, this field is not applicable and will be ignored by the system. }, "campaignId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the campaign that the line item belongs to. - "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, the floodlight_activity_configs field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). - "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, this field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. + "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. This field can't be updated if a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. { # Settings that control the behavior of a single Floodlight activity config. "floodlightActivityId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the Floodlight activity. "postClickLookbackWindowDays": 42, # Required. The number of days after an ad has been clicked in which a conversion may be counted. Must be between 0 and 90 inclusive. @@ -2150,13 +2150,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. @@ -2174,8 +2174,8 @@

Method Details

"maxAmount": "A String", # The maximum budget amount the line item will spend. Must be greater than 0. When budget_allocation_type is: * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_AUTOMATIC`, this field is immutable and is set by the system. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_FIXED`, if budget_unit is: - `BUDGET_UNIT_CURRENCY`, this field represents maximum budget amount to spend, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. - `BUDGET_UNIT_IMPRESSIONS`, this field represents the maximum number of impressions to serve. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_UNLIMITED`, this field is not applicable and will be ignored by the system. }, "campaignId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the campaign that the line item belongs to. - "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, the floodlight_activity_configs field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). - "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, this field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. + "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. This field can't be updated if a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. { # Settings that control the behavior of a single Floodlight activity config. "floodlightActivityId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the Floodlight activity. "postClickLookbackWindowDays": 42, # Required. The number of days after an ad has been clicked in which a conversion may be counted. Must be between 0 and 90 inclusive. @@ -2336,13 +2336,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. @@ -2360,8 +2360,8 @@

Method Details

"maxAmount": "A String", # The maximum budget amount the line item will spend. Must be greater than 0. When budget_allocation_type is: * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_AUTOMATIC`, this field is immutable and is set by the system. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_FIXED`, if budget_unit is: - `BUDGET_UNIT_CURRENCY`, this field represents maximum budget amount to spend, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. - `BUDGET_UNIT_IMPRESSIONS`, this field represents the maximum number of impressions to serve. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_UNLIMITED`, this field is not applicable and will be ignored by the system. }, "campaignId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the campaign that the line item belongs to. - "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, the floodlight_activity_configs field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). - "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, this field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. + "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. This field can't be updated if a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. { # Settings that control the behavior of a single Floodlight activity config. "floodlightActivityId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the Floodlight activity. "postClickLookbackWindowDays": 42, # Required. The number of days after an ad has been clicked in which a conversion may be counted. Must be between 0 and 90 inclusive. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.lineItems.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.lineItems.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html index be28ed0fd5f..cf09f4aad67 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.lineItems.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.lineItems.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html @@ -386,17 +386,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. @@ -720,17 +720,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. @@ -1187,17 +1187,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. @@ -1587,17 +1587,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html index 4d9364c2657..425f0310a95 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html @@ -385,17 +385,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. @@ -719,17 +719,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. @@ -1184,17 +1184,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. @@ -1583,17 +1583,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.customBiddingAlgorithms.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.customBiddingAlgorithms.html index 3805e9ace64..1cd01fec11c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.customBiddingAlgorithms.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.customBiddingAlgorithms.html @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@

Instance Methods

Retrieves the next page of results.

patch(customBiddingAlgorithmId, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates an existing custom bidding algorithm. Returns the updated custom bidding algorithm if successful. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, requests updating custom bidding algorithms that are assigned to line items will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight).

+

Updates an existing custom bidding algorithm. Returns the updated custom bidding algorithm if successful. Requests updating a custom bidding algorithm assigned to a line item will return an error.

uploadRules(customBiddingAlgorithmId, advertiserId=None, partnerId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Creates a rules reference object for an AlgorithmRules file. The resulting reference object provides a resource path where the AlgorithmRules file should be uploaded. This reference object should be included when creating a new CustomBiddingAlgorithmRules resource.

@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@

Method Details

patch(customBiddingAlgorithmId, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates an existing custom bidding algorithm. Returns the updated custom bidding algorithm if successful. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, requests updating custom bidding algorithms that are assigned to line items will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight).
+  
Updates an existing custom bidding algorithm. Returns the updated custom bidding algorithm if successful. Requests updating a custom bidding algorithm assigned to a line item will return an error.
 
 Args:
   customBiddingAlgorithmId: string, Output only. The unique ID of the custom bidding algorithm. Assigned by the system. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.customBiddingAlgorithms.rules.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.customBiddingAlgorithms.rules.html
index 84949c28e8d..bcabefe698b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.customBiddingAlgorithms.rules.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.customBiddingAlgorithms.rules.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

create(customBiddingAlgorithmId, advertiserId=None, body=None, partnerId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates a new rules resource. Returns the newly created rules resource if successful. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, requests updating custom bidding algorithms that are assigned to line items will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight).

+

Creates a new rules resource. Returns the newly created rules resource if successful. Requests creating a custom bidding rules resource under an algorithm assigned to a line item will return an error.

get(customBiddingAlgorithmId, customBiddingAlgorithmRulesId, advertiserId=None, partnerId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Retrieves a rules resource.

@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@

Method Details

create(customBiddingAlgorithmId, advertiserId=None, body=None, partnerId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates a new rules resource. Returns the newly created rules resource if successful. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, requests updating custom bidding algorithms that are assigned to line items will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight).
+  
Creates a new rules resource. Returns the newly created rules resource if successful. Requests creating a custom bidding rules resource under an algorithm assigned to a line item will return an error.
 
 Args:
   customBiddingAlgorithmId: string, Required. The ID of the custom bidding algorithm that owns the rules resource. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.customBiddingAlgorithms.scripts.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.customBiddingAlgorithms.scripts.html
index 36478f13069..5c9c8992f2a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.customBiddingAlgorithms.scripts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.customBiddingAlgorithms.scripts.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

create(customBiddingAlgorithmId, advertiserId=None, body=None, partnerId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates a new custom bidding script. Returns the newly created script if successful. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, requests updating custom bidding algorithms that are assigned to line items will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight).

+

Creates a new custom bidding script. Returns the newly created script if successful. Requests creating a custom bidding script under an algorithm assigned to a line item will return an error.

get(customBiddingAlgorithmId, customBiddingScriptId, advertiserId=None, partnerId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets a custom bidding script.

@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@

Method Details

create(customBiddingAlgorithmId, advertiserId=None, body=None, partnerId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates a new custom bidding script. Returns the newly created script if successful. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, requests updating custom bidding algorithms that are assigned to line items will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight).
+  
Creates a new custom bidding script. Returns the newly created script if successful. Requests creating a custom bidding script under an algorithm assigned to a line item will return an error.
 
 Args:
   customBiddingAlgorithmId: string, Required. The ID of the custom bidding algorithm that owns the script. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.firstAndThirdPartyAudiences.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.firstAndThirdPartyAudiences.html
index 3083da84c14..617456204cc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.firstAndThirdPartyAudiences.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.firstAndThirdPartyAudiences.html
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ 

Method Details

"firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the first and third party audience. Assigned by the system. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceType": "A String", # Whether the audience is a first or third party audience. "gmailAudienceSize": "A String", # Output only. The estimated audience size for Gmail network. If the size is less than 1000, the number will be hidden and 0 will be returned due to privacy reasons. Otherwise, the number will be rounded off to two significant digits. Only applicable to first party audiences. Only returned in GET request. - "membershipDurationDays": "A String", # The duration in days that an entry remains in the audience after the qualifying event. If the audience has no expiration, set the value of this field to 10000. Otherwise, the set value must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 540. Only applicable to first party audiences. This field is required if one of the following audience_type is used: * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_CONTACT_INFO` * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_DEVICE_ID` *Warning*: Starting on **April 7, 2025**, audiences will no longer be able to have infinite membership duration. This field will no longer accept the value 10000 and all audiences with membership durations greater than 540 days will be updated to a membership duration of 540 days. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.audience_duration). + "membershipDurationDays": "A String", # The duration in days that an entry remains in the audience after the qualifying event. The set value must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 540. Only applicable to first party audiences. This field is required if one of the following audience_type is used: * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_CONTACT_INFO` * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_DEVICE_ID` "mobileDeviceIdList": { # Wrapper message for a list of mobile device IDs defining Customer Match audience members. # Input only. A list of mobile device IDs to define the initial audience members. Only applicable to audience_type `CUSTOMER_MATCH_DEVICE_ID` "consent": { # User consent status. # Input only. The consent setting for the users in mobile_device_ids. Leaving this field unset indicates that consent is not specified. If ad_user_data or ad_personalization fields are set to `CONSENT_STATUS_DENIED`, the request will return an error. "adPersonalization": "A String", # Represents consent for ad personalization. @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@

Method Details

"firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the first and third party audience. Assigned by the system. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceType": "A String", # Whether the audience is a first or third party audience. "gmailAudienceSize": "A String", # Output only. The estimated audience size for Gmail network. If the size is less than 1000, the number will be hidden and 0 will be returned due to privacy reasons. Otherwise, the number will be rounded off to two significant digits. Only applicable to first party audiences. Only returned in GET request. - "membershipDurationDays": "A String", # The duration in days that an entry remains in the audience after the qualifying event. If the audience has no expiration, set the value of this field to 10000. Otherwise, the set value must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 540. Only applicable to first party audiences. This field is required if one of the following audience_type is used: * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_CONTACT_INFO` * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_DEVICE_ID` *Warning*: Starting on **April 7, 2025**, audiences will no longer be able to have infinite membership duration. This field will no longer accept the value 10000 and all audiences with membership durations greater than 540 days will be updated to a membership duration of 540 days. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.audience_duration). + "membershipDurationDays": "A String", # The duration in days that an entry remains in the audience after the qualifying event. The set value must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 540. Only applicable to first party audiences. This field is required if one of the following audience_type is used: * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_CONTACT_INFO` * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_DEVICE_ID` "mobileDeviceIdList": { # Wrapper message for a list of mobile device IDs defining Customer Match audience members. # Input only. A list of mobile device IDs to define the initial audience members. Only applicable to audience_type `CUSTOMER_MATCH_DEVICE_ID` "consent": { # User consent status. # Input only. The consent setting for the users in mobile_device_ids. Leaving this field unset indicates that consent is not specified. If ad_user_data or ad_personalization fields are set to `CONSENT_STATUS_DENIED`, the request will return an error. "adPersonalization": "A String", # Represents consent for ad personalization. @@ -359,7 +359,7 @@

Method Details

"firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the first and third party audience. Assigned by the system. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceType": "A String", # Whether the audience is a first or third party audience. "gmailAudienceSize": "A String", # Output only. The estimated audience size for Gmail network. If the size is less than 1000, the number will be hidden and 0 will be returned due to privacy reasons. Otherwise, the number will be rounded off to two significant digits. Only applicable to first party audiences. Only returned in GET request. - "membershipDurationDays": "A String", # The duration in days that an entry remains in the audience after the qualifying event. If the audience has no expiration, set the value of this field to 10000. Otherwise, the set value must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 540. Only applicable to first party audiences. This field is required if one of the following audience_type is used: * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_CONTACT_INFO` * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_DEVICE_ID` *Warning*: Starting on **April 7, 2025**, audiences will no longer be able to have infinite membership duration. This field will no longer accept the value 10000 and all audiences with membership durations greater than 540 days will be updated to a membership duration of 540 days. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.audience_duration). + "membershipDurationDays": "A String", # The duration in days that an entry remains in the audience after the qualifying event. The set value must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 540. Only applicable to first party audiences. This field is required if one of the following audience_type is used: * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_CONTACT_INFO` * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_DEVICE_ID` "mobileDeviceIdList": { # Wrapper message for a list of mobile device IDs defining Customer Match audience members. # Input only. A list of mobile device IDs to define the initial audience members. Only applicable to audience_type `CUSTOMER_MATCH_DEVICE_ID` "consent": { # User consent status. # Input only. The consent setting for the users in mobile_device_ids. Leaving this field unset indicates that consent is not specified. If ad_user_data or ad_personalization fields are set to `CONSENT_STATUS_DENIED`, the request will return an error. "adPersonalization": "A String", # Represents consent for ad personalization. @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@

Method Details

"firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the first and third party audience. Assigned by the system. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceType": "A String", # Whether the audience is a first or third party audience. "gmailAudienceSize": "A String", # Output only. The estimated audience size for Gmail network. If the size is less than 1000, the number will be hidden and 0 will be returned due to privacy reasons. Otherwise, the number will be rounded off to two significant digits. Only applicable to first party audiences. Only returned in GET request. - "membershipDurationDays": "A String", # The duration in days that an entry remains in the audience after the qualifying event. If the audience has no expiration, set the value of this field to 10000. Otherwise, the set value must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 540. Only applicable to first party audiences. This field is required if one of the following audience_type is used: * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_CONTACT_INFO` * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_DEVICE_ID` *Warning*: Starting on **April 7, 2025**, audiences will no longer be able to have infinite membership duration. This field will no longer accept the value 10000 and all audiences with membership durations greater than 540 days will be updated to a membership duration of 540 days. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.audience_duration). + "membershipDurationDays": "A String", # The duration in days that an entry remains in the audience after the qualifying event. The set value must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 540. Only applicable to first party audiences. This field is required if one of the following audience_type is used: * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_CONTACT_INFO` * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_DEVICE_ID` "mobileDeviceIdList": { # Wrapper message for a list of mobile device IDs defining Customer Match audience members. # Input only. A list of mobile device IDs to define the initial audience members. Only applicable to audience_type `CUSTOMER_MATCH_DEVICE_ID` "consent": { # User consent status. # Input only. The consent setting for the users in mobile_device_ids. Leaving this field unset indicates that consent is not specified. If ad_user_data or ad_personalization fields are set to `CONSENT_STATUS_DENIED`, the request will return an error. "adPersonalization": "A String", # Represents consent for ad personalization. @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@

Method Details

"firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the first and third party audience. Assigned by the system. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceType": "A String", # Whether the audience is a first or third party audience. "gmailAudienceSize": "A String", # Output only. The estimated audience size for Gmail network. If the size is less than 1000, the number will be hidden and 0 will be returned due to privacy reasons. Otherwise, the number will be rounded off to two significant digits. Only applicable to first party audiences. Only returned in GET request. - "membershipDurationDays": "A String", # The duration in days that an entry remains in the audience after the qualifying event. If the audience has no expiration, set the value of this field to 10000. Otherwise, the set value must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 540. Only applicable to first party audiences. This field is required if one of the following audience_type is used: * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_CONTACT_INFO` * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_DEVICE_ID` *Warning*: Starting on **April 7, 2025**, audiences will no longer be able to have infinite membership duration. This field will no longer accept the value 10000 and all audiences with membership durations greater than 540 days will be updated to a membership duration of 540 days. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.audience_duration). + "membershipDurationDays": "A String", # The duration in days that an entry remains in the audience after the qualifying event. The set value must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 540. Only applicable to first party audiences. This field is required if one of the following audience_type is used: * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_CONTACT_INFO` * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_DEVICE_ID` "mobileDeviceIdList": { # Wrapper message for a list of mobile device IDs defining Customer Match audience members. # Input only. A list of mobile device IDs to define the initial audience members. Only applicable to audience_type `CUSTOMER_MATCH_DEVICE_ID` "consent": { # User consent status. # Input only. The consent setting for the users in mobile_device_ids. Leaving this field unset indicates that consent is not specified. If ad_user_data or ad_personalization fields are set to `CONSENT_STATUS_DENIED`, the request will return an error. "adPersonalization": "A String", # Represents consent for ad personalization. @@ -568,7 +568,7 @@

Method Details

"firstAndThirdPartyAudienceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the first and third party audience. Assigned by the system. "firstAndThirdPartyAudienceType": "A String", # Whether the audience is a first or third party audience. "gmailAudienceSize": "A String", # Output only. The estimated audience size for Gmail network. If the size is less than 1000, the number will be hidden and 0 will be returned due to privacy reasons. Otherwise, the number will be rounded off to two significant digits. Only applicable to first party audiences. Only returned in GET request. - "membershipDurationDays": "A String", # The duration in days that an entry remains in the audience after the qualifying event. If the audience has no expiration, set the value of this field to 10000. Otherwise, the set value must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 540. Only applicable to first party audiences. This field is required if one of the following audience_type is used: * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_CONTACT_INFO` * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_DEVICE_ID` *Warning*: Starting on **April 7, 2025**, audiences will no longer be able to have infinite membership duration. This field will no longer accept the value 10000 and all audiences with membership durations greater than 540 days will be updated to a membership duration of 540 days. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.audience_duration). + "membershipDurationDays": "A String", # The duration in days that an entry remains in the audience after the qualifying event. The set value must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 540. Only applicable to first party audiences. This field is required if one of the following audience_type is used: * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_CONTACT_INFO` * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_DEVICE_ID` "mobileDeviceIdList": { # Wrapper message for a list of mobile device IDs defining Customer Match audience members. # Input only. A list of mobile device IDs to define the initial audience members. Only applicable to audience_type `CUSTOMER_MATCH_DEVICE_ID` "consent": { # User consent status. # Input only. The consent setting for the users in mobile_device_ids. Leaving this field unset indicates that consent is not specified. If ad_user_data or ad_personalization fields are set to `CONSENT_STATUS_DENIED`, the request will return an error. "adPersonalization": "A String", # Represents consent for ad personalization. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.partners.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.partners.html index 67f701177da..97077ed5edf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.partners.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.partners.html @@ -344,17 +344,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. @@ -693,17 +693,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.partners.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.partners.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html index d5fccaac532..c36d8ab623d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.partners.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.partners.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html @@ -385,17 +385,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. @@ -719,17 +719,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. @@ -1184,17 +1184,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. @@ -1583,17 +1583,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.sdfdownloadtasks.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.sdfdownloadtasks.html index 508af4a4cc6..4707945c9ee 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.sdfdownloadtasks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.sdfdownloadtasks.html @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

create(body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates an SDF Download Task. Returns an Operation. An SDF Download Task is a long-running, asynchronous operation. The metadata type of this operation is SdfDownloadTaskMetadata. If the request is successful, the response type of the operation is SdfDownloadTask. The response will not include the download files, which must be retrieved with media.download. The state of operation can be retrieved with sdfdownloadtask.operations.get. Any errors can be found in the error.message. Note that error.details is expected to be empty.

+

Creates an SDF Download Task. Returns an Operation. An SDF Download Task is a long-running, asynchronous operation. The metadata type of this operation is SdfDownloadTaskMetadata. If the request is successful, the response type of the operation is SdfDownloadTask. The response will not include the download files, which must be retrieved with media.download. The state of operation can be retrieved with `sdfdownloadtasks.operations.get`. Any errors can be found in the error.message. Note that error.details is expected to be empty.

Method Details

close() @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@

Method Details

create(body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates an SDF Download Task. Returns an Operation. An SDF Download Task is a long-running, asynchronous operation. The metadata type of this operation is SdfDownloadTaskMetadata. If the request is successful, the response type of the operation is SdfDownloadTask. The response will not include the download files, which must be retrieved with media.download. The state of operation can be retrieved with sdfdownloadtask.operations.get. Any errors can be found in the error.message. Note that error.details is expected to be empty.
+  
Creates an SDF Download Task. Returns an Operation. An SDF Download Task is a long-running, asynchronous operation. The metadata type of this operation is SdfDownloadTaskMetadata. If the request is successful, the response type of the operation is SdfDownloadTask. The response will not include the download files, which must be retrieved with media.download. The state of operation can be retrieved with `sdfdownloadtasks.operations.get`. Any errors can be found in the error.message. Note that error.details is expected to be empty.
 
 Args:
   body: object, The request body.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroups.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroups.html
index 63b0cfd9cab..35fed2c70cf 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroups.html
@@ -347,17 +347,17 @@ 

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. @@ -495,13 +495,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. @@ -567,13 +567,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroups.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroups.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html index 23a5b53ae09..f573764e8ad 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroups.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroups.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html @@ -386,17 +386,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. @@ -786,17 +786,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.html index 16e51634671..2993293cffc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.html @@ -590,17 +590,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. @@ -939,17 +939,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. @@ -1443,17 +1443,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.insertionOrders.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.insertionOrders.html index 93ee6751486..d5e6d7d46e4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.insertionOrders.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.insertionOrders.html @@ -117,13 +117,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. @@ -217,13 +217,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. @@ -344,13 +344,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. @@ -457,13 +457,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. @@ -577,13 +577,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. @@ -678,13 +678,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.lineItems.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.lineItems.html index c75c585618c..79ee84ec950 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.lineItems.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.lineItems.html @@ -358,17 +358,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. @@ -751,17 +751,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. @@ -891,13 +891,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. @@ -915,8 +915,8 @@

Method Details

"maxAmount": "A String", # The maximum budget amount the line item will spend. Must be greater than 0. When budget_allocation_type is: * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_AUTOMATIC`, this field is immutable and is set by the system. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_FIXED`, if budget_unit is: - `BUDGET_UNIT_CURRENCY`, this field represents maximum budget amount to spend, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. - `BUDGET_UNIT_IMPRESSIONS`, this field represents the maximum number of impressions to serve. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_UNLIMITED`, this field is not applicable and will be ignored by the system. }, "campaignId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the campaign that the line item belongs to. - "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, the floodlight_activity_configs field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). - "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, this field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. + "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. This field can't be updated if a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. { # Settings that control the behavior of a single Floodlight activity config. "floodlightActivityId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the Floodlight activity. "postClickLookbackWindowDays": 42, # Required. The number of days after an ad has been clicked in which a conversion may be counted. Must be between 0 and 90 inclusive. @@ -1116,13 +1116,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. @@ -1140,8 +1140,8 @@

Method Details

"maxAmount": "A String", # The maximum budget amount the line item will spend. Must be greater than 0. When budget_allocation_type is: * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_AUTOMATIC`, this field is immutable and is set by the system. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_FIXED`, if budget_unit is: - `BUDGET_UNIT_CURRENCY`, this field represents maximum budget amount to spend, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. - `BUDGET_UNIT_IMPRESSIONS`, this field represents the maximum number of impressions to serve. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_UNLIMITED`, this field is not applicable and will be ignored by the system. }, "campaignId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the campaign that the line item belongs to. - "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, the floodlight_activity_configs field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). - "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, this field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. + "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. This field can't be updated if a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. { # Settings that control the behavior of a single Floodlight activity config. "floodlightActivityId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the Floodlight activity. "postClickLookbackWindowDays": 42, # Required. The number of days after an ad has been clicked in which a conversion may be counted. Must be between 0 and 90 inclusive. @@ -1301,13 +1301,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. @@ -1325,8 +1325,8 @@

Method Details

"maxAmount": "A String", # The maximum budget amount the line item will spend. Must be greater than 0. When budget_allocation_type is: * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_AUTOMATIC`, this field is immutable and is set by the system. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_FIXED`, if budget_unit is: - `BUDGET_UNIT_CURRENCY`, this field represents maximum budget amount to spend, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. - `BUDGET_UNIT_IMPRESSIONS`, this field represents the maximum number of impressions to serve. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_UNLIMITED`, this field is not applicable and will be ignored by the system. }, "campaignId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the campaign that the line item belongs to. - "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, the floodlight_activity_configs field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). - "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, this field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. + "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. This field can't be updated if a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. { # Settings that control the behavior of a single Floodlight activity config. "floodlightActivityId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the Floodlight activity. "postClickLookbackWindowDays": 42, # Required. The number of days after an ad has been clicked in which a conversion may be counted. Must be between 0 and 90 inclusive. @@ -1554,13 +1554,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. @@ -1578,8 +1578,8 @@

Method Details

"maxAmount": "A String", # The maximum budget amount the line item will spend. Must be greater than 0. When budget_allocation_type is: * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_AUTOMATIC`, this field is immutable and is set by the system. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_FIXED`, if budget_unit is: - `BUDGET_UNIT_CURRENCY`, this field represents maximum budget amount to spend, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. - `BUDGET_UNIT_IMPRESSIONS`, this field represents the maximum number of impressions to serve. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_UNLIMITED`, this field is not applicable and will be ignored by the system. }, "campaignId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the campaign that the line item belongs to. - "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, the floodlight_activity_configs field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). - "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, this field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. + "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. This field can't be updated if a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. { # Settings that control the behavior of a single Floodlight activity config. "floodlightActivityId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the Floodlight activity. "postClickLookbackWindowDays": 42, # Required. The number of days after an ad has been clicked in which a conversion may be counted. Must be between 0 and 90 inclusive. @@ -1747,13 +1747,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. @@ -1771,8 +1771,8 @@

Method Details

"maxAmount": "A String", # The maximum budget amount the line item will spend. Must be greater than 0. When budget_allocation_type is: * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_AUTOMATIC`, this field is immutable and is set by the system. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_FIXED`, if budget_unit is: - `BUDGET_UNIT_CURRENCY`, this field represents maximum budget amount to spend, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. - `BUDGET_UNIT_IMPRESSIONS`, this field represents the maximum number of impressions to serve. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_UNLIMITED`, this field is not applicable and will be ignored by the system. }, "campaignId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the campaign that the line item belongs to. - "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, the floodlight_activity_configs field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). - "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, this field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. + "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. This field can't be updated if a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. { # Settings that control the behavior of a single Floodlight activity config. "floodlightActivityId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the Floodlight activity. "postClickLookbackWindowDays": 42, # Required. The number of days after an ad has been clicked in which a conversion may be counted. Must be between 0 and 90 inclusive. @@ -1945,13 +1945,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. @@ -1969,8 +1969,8 @@

Method Details

"maxAmount": "A String", # The maximum budget amount the line item will spend. Must be greater than 0. When budget_allocation_type is: * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_AUTOMATIC`, this field is immutable and is set by the system. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_FIXED`, if budget_unit is: - `BUDGET_UNIT_CURRENCY`, this field represents maximum budget amount to spend, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. - `BUDGET_UNIT_IMPRESSIONS`, this field represents the maximum number of impressions to serve. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_UNLIMITED`, this field is not applicable and will be ignored by the system. }, "campaignId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the campaign that the line item belongs to. - "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, the floodlight_activity_configs field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). - "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, this field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. + "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. This field can't be updated if a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. { # Settings that control the behavior of a single Floodlight activity config. "floodlightActivityId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the Floodlight activity. "postClickLookbackWindowDays": 42, # Required. The number of days after an ad has been clicked in which a conversion may be counted. Must be between 0 and 90 inclusive. @@ -2150,13 +2150,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. @@ -2174,8 +2174,8 @@

Method Details

"maxAmount": "A String", # The maximum budget amount the line item will spend. Must be greater than 0. When budget_allocation_type is: * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_AUTOMATIC`, this field is immutable and is set by the system. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_FIXED`, if budget_unit is: - `BUDGET_UNIT_CURRENCY`, this field represents maximum budget amount to spend, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. - `BUDGET_UNIT_IMPRESSIONS`, this field represents the maximum number of impressions to serve. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_UNLIMITED`, this field is not applicable and will be ignored by the system. }, "campaignId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the campaign that the line item belongs to. - "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, the floodlight_activity_configs field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). - "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, this field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. + "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. This field can't be updated if a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. { # Settings that control the behavior of a single Floodlight activity config. "floodlightActivityId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the Floodlight activity. "postClickLookbackWindowDays": 42, # Required. The number of days after an ad has been clicked in which a conversion may be counted. Must be between 0 and 90 inclusive. @@ -2336,13 +2336,13 @@

Method Details

"bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, "maximizeSpendAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize a specified performance goal while spending the full budget. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to optimize to your performance goal while spending the full budget. At insertion order level, the markup_type of line items cannot be set to `PARTNER_REVENUE_MODEL_MARKUP_TYPE_CPM`. In addition, when performance_goal_type is one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` , the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be either: * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_DISPLAY_DEFAULT` * `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT` , and when performance_goal_type is either: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` the line_item_type of the insertion order line items must be `LINE_ITEM_TYPE_VIDEO_DEFAULT`. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy tries to minimize while spending the full budget. `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` is not supported for this strategy. "raiseBidForDeals": True or False, # Whether the strategy takes deal floor prices into account. }, "performanceGoalAutoBid": { # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. # A strategy that automatically adjusts the bid to meet or beat a specified performance goal. It is to be used only for a line item entity. - "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "customBiddingAlgorithmId": "A String", # The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. "maxAverageCpmBidAmountMicros": "A String", # The maximum average CPM that may be bid, in micros of the advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency. Not applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. "performanceGoalAmountMicros": "A String", # Required. The performance goal the bidding strategy will attempt to meet or beat, in micros of the advertiser's currency or in micro of the ROAS (Return On Advertising Spend) value which is also based on advertiser's currency. Must be greater than or equal to a billable unit of the given currency and smaller or equal to upper bounds. Each performance_goal_type has its upper bound: * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA`, upper bound is 10000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, upper bound is 1000.00 USD. * when performance_goal_type is `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`, upper bound is 1000.00 and lower bound is 0.01. Example: If set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM`, the bid price will be based on the probability that each available impression will be viewable. For example, if viewable CPM target is $2 and an impression is 40% likely to be viewable, the bid price will be $0.80 CPM (40% of $2). For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency or ROAS value. "performanceGoalType": "A String", # Required. The type of the performance goal that the bidding strategy will try to meet or beat. For line item level usage, the value must be one of: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CPC` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. @@ -2360,8 +2360,8 @@

Method Details

"maxAmount": "A String", # The maximum budget amount the line item will spend. Must be greater than 0. When budget_allocation_type is: * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_AUTOMATIC`, this field is immutable and is set by the system. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_FIXED`, if budget_unit is: - `BUDGET_UNIT_CURRENCY`, this field represents maximum budget amount to spend, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. - `BUDGET_UNIT_IMPRESSIONS`, this field represents the maximum number of impressions to serve. * `LINE_ITEM_BUDGET_ALLOCATION_TYPE_UNLIMITED`, this field is not applicable and will be ignored by the system. }, "campaignId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the campaign that the line item belongs to. - "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, the floodlight_activity_configs field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). - "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, this field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight). + "conversionCounting": { # Settings that control how conversions are counted. All post-click conversions will be counted. A percentage value can be set for post-view conversions counting. # The conversion tracking setting of the line item. + "floodlightActivityConfigs": [ # The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. This field can't be updated if a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. { # Settings that control the behavior of a single Floodlight activity config. "floodlightActivityId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the Floodlight activity. "postClickLookbackWindowDays": 42, # Required. The number of days after an ad has been clicked in which a conversion may be counted. Must be between 0 and 90 inclusive. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.lineItems.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.lineItems.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html index c5b77373a67..75516328a98 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.lineItems.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.lineItems.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html @@ -386,17 +386,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. @@ -720,17 +720,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. @@ -1187,17 +1187,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. @@ -1587,17 +1587,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html index 792f301bc1b..89d0ca9146f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html @@ -385,17 +385,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. @@ -719,17 +719,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. @@ -1184,17 +1184,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. @@ -1583,17 +1583,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.customBiddingAlgorithms.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.customBiddingAlgorithms.html index 3e00cc367e3..04d452b1d5d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.customBiddingAlgorithms.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.customBiddingAlgorithms.html @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@

Instance Methods

Retrieves the next page of results.

patch(customBiddingAlgorithmId, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates an existing custom bidding algorithm. Returns the updated custom bidding algorithm if successful. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, requests updating custom bidding algorithms that are assigned to line items will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight).

+

Updates an existing custom bidding algorithm. Returns the updated custom bidding algorithm if successful. Requests updating a custom bidding algorithm assigned to a line item will return an error.

uploadRules(customBiddingAlgorithmId, advertiserId=None, partnerId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Creates a rules reference object for an AlgorithmRules file. The resulting reference object provides a resource path where the AlgorithmRules file should be uploaded. This reference object should be included when creating a new CustomBiddingAlgorithmRules resource.

@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@

Method Details

patch(customBiddingAlgorithmId, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates an existing custom bidding algorithm. Returns the updated custom bidding algorithm if successful. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, requests updating custom bidding algorithms that are assigned to line items will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight).
+  
Updates an existing custom bidding algorithm. Returns the updated custom bidding algorithm if successful. Requests updating a custom bidding algorithm assigned to a line item will return an error.
 
 Args:
   customBiddingAlgorithmId: string, Output only. The unique ID of the custom bidding algorithm. Assigned by the system. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.customBiddingAlgorithms.rules.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.customBiddingAlgorithms.rules.html
index 43fab0f30e0..244849afaf2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.customBiddingAlgorithms.rules.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.customBiddingAlgorithms.rules.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

create(customBiddingAlgorithmId, advertiserId=None, body=None, partnerId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates a new rules resource. Returns the newly created rules resource if successful. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, requests updating custom bidding algorithms that are assigned to line items will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight).

+

Creates a new rules resource. Returns the newly created rules resource if successful. Requests creating a custom bidding rules resource under an algorithm assigned to a line item will return an error.

get(customBiddingAlgorithmId, customBiddingAlgorithmRulesId, advertiserId=None, partnerId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Retrieves a rules resource.

@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@

Method Details

create(customBiddingAlgorithmId, advertiserId=None, body=None, partnerId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates a new rules resource. Returns the newly created rules resource if successful. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, requests updating custom bidding algorithms that are assigned to line items will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight).
+  
Creates a new rules resource. Returns the newly created rules resource if successful. Requests creating a custom bidding rules resource under an algorithm assigned to a line item will return an error.
 
 Args:
   customBiddingAlgorithmId: string, Required. The ID of the custom bidding algorithm that owns the rules resource. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.customBiddingAlgorithms.scripts.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.customBiddingAlgorithms.scripts.html
index 49247e33453..6ed0b24a8d3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.customBiddingAlgorithms.scripts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.customBiddingAlgorithms.scripts.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

create(customBiddingAlgorithmId, advertiserId=None, body=None, partnerId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates a new custom bidding script. Returns the newly created script if successful. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, requests updating custom bidding algorithms that are assigned to line items will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight).

+

Creates a new custom bidding script. Returns the newly created script if successful. Requests creating a custom bidding script under an algorithm assigned to a line item will return an error.

get(customBiddingAlgorithmId, customBiddingScriptId, advertiserId=None, partnerId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets a custom bidding script.

@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@

Method Details

create(customBiddingAlgorithmId, advertiserId=None, body=None, partnerId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates a new custom bidding script. Returns the newly created script if successful. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, requests updating custom bidding algorithms that are assigned to line items will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight).
+  
Creates a new custom bidding script. Returns the newly created script if successful. Requests creating a custom bidding script under an algorithm assigned to a line item will return an error.
 
 Args:
   customBiddingAlgorithmId: string, Required. The ID of the custom bidding algorithm that owns the script. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.firstPartyAndPartnerAudiences.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.firstPartyAndPartnerAudiences.html
index 52a76b33564..f8f5377e37d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.firstPartyAndPartnerAudiences.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.firstPartyAndPartnerAudiences.html
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ 

Method Details

"firstPartyAndPartnerAudienceId": "A String", # Identifier. The unique ID of the first party and partner audience. Assigned by the system. "firstPartyAndPartnerAudienceType": "A String", # Output only. Whether the audience is a first party and partner audience. "gmailAudienceSize": "A String", # Output only. The estimated audience size for Gmail network. If the size is less than 1000, the number will be hidden and 0 will be returned due to privacy reasons. Otherwise, the number will be rounded off to two significant digits. Only applicable to first party audiences. Only returned in GET request. - "membershipDurationDays": "A String", # Output only. The duration in days that an entry remains in the audience after the qualifying event. If the audience has no expiration, set the value of this field to 10000. Otherwise, the set value must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 540. Only applicable to first party audiences. This field is required if one of the following audience_type is used: * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_CONTACT_INFO` * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_DEVICE_ID` *Warning*: Starting on **April 7, 2025**, audiences will no longer be able to have infinite membership duration. This field will no longer accept the value 10000 and all audiences with membership durations greater than 540 days will be updated to a membership duration of 540 days. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.audience_duration). + "membershipDurationDays": "A String", # Output only. The duration in days that an entry remains in the audience after the qualifying event. The set value must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 540. Only applicable to first party audiences. This field is required if one of the following audience_type is used: * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_CONTACT_INFO` * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_DEVICE_ID` "mobileDeviceIdList": { # Wrapper message for a list of mobile device IDs defining Customer Match audience members. # Input only. A list of mobile device IDs to define the initial audience members. Only applicable to audience_type `CUSTOMER_MATCH_DEVICE_ID` "consent": { # User consent status. # Input only. The consent setting for the users in mobile_device_ids. Leaving this field unset indicates that consent is not specified. If ad_user_data or ad_personalization fields are set to `CONSENT_STATUS_DENIED`, the request will return an error. "adPersonalization": "A String", # Represents consent for ad personalization. @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@

Method Details

"firstPartyAndPartnerAudienceId": "A String", # Identifier. The unique ID of the first party and partner audience. Assigned by the system. "firstPartyAndPartnerAudienceType": "A String", # Output only. Whether the audience is a first party and partner audience. "gmailAudienceSize": "A String", # Output only. The estimated audience size for Gmail network. If the size is less than 1000, the number will be hidden and 0 will be returned due to privacy reasons. Otherwise, the number will be rounded off to two significant digits. Only applicable to first party audiences. Only returned in GET request. - "membershipDurationDays": "A String", # Output only. The duration in days that an entry remains in the audience after the qualifying event. If the audience has no expiration, set the value of this field to 10000. Otherwise, the set value must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 540. Only applicable to first party audiences. This field is required if one of the following audience_type is used: * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_CONTACT_INFO` * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_DEVICE_ID` *Warning*: Starting on **April 7, 2025**, audiences will no longer be able to have infinite membership duration. This field will no longer accept the value 10000 and all audiences with membership durations greater than 540 days will be updated to a membership duration of 540 days. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.audience_duration). + "membershipDurationDays": "A String", # Output only. The duration in days that an entry remains in the audience after the qualifying event. The set value must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 540. Only applicable to first party audiences. This field is required if one of the following audience_type is used: * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_CONTACT_INFO` * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_DEVICE_ID` "mobileDeviceIdList": { # Wrapper message for a list of mobile device IDs defining Customer Match audience members. # Input only. A list of mobile device IDs to define the initial audience members. Only applicable to audience_type `CUSTOMER_MATCH_DEVICE_ID` "consent": { # User consent status. # Input only. The consent setting for the users in mobile_device_ids. Leaving this field unset indicates that consent is not specified. If ad_user_data or ad_personalization fields are set to `CONSENT_STATUS_DENIED`, the request will return an error. "adPersonalization": "A String", # Represents consent for ad personalization. @@ -359,7 +359,7 @@

Method Details

"firstPartyAndPartnerAudienceId": "A String", # Identifier. The unique ID of the first party and partner audience. Assigned by the system. "firstPartyAndPartnerAudienceType": "A String", # Output only. Whether the audience is a first party and partner audience. "gmailAudienceSize": "A String", # Output only. The estimated audience size for Gmail network. If the size is less than 1000, the number will be hidden and 0 will be returned due to privacy reasons. Otherwise, the number will be rounded off to two significant digits. Only applicable to first party audiences. Only returned in GET request. - "membershipDurationDays": "A String", # Output only. The duration in days that an entry remains in the audience after the qualifying event. If the audience has no expiration, set the value of this field to 10000. Otherwise, the set value must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 540. Only applicable to first party audiences. This field is required if one of the following audience_type is used: * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_CONTACT_INFO` * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_DEVICE_ID` *Warning*: Starting on **April 7, 2025**, audiences will no longer be able to have infinite membership duration. This field will no longer accept the value 10000 and all audiences with membership durations greater than 540 days will be updated to a membership duration of 540 days. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.audience_duration). + "membershipDurationDays": "A String", # Output only. The duration in days that an entry remains in the audience after the qualifying event. The set value must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 540. Only applicable to first party audiences. This field is required if one of the following audience_type is used: * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_CONTACT_INFO` * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_DEVICE_ID` "mobileDeviceIdList": { # Wrapper message for a list of mobile device IDs defining Customer Match audience members. # Input only. A list of mobile device IDs to define the initial audience members. Only applicable to audience_type `CUSTOMER_MATCH_DEVICE_ID` "consent": { # User consent status. # Input only. The consent setting for the users in mobile_device_ids. Leaving this field unset indicates that consent is not specified. If ad_user_data or ad_personalization fields are set to `CONSENT_STATUS_DENIED`, the request will return an error. "adPersonalization": "A String", # Represents consent for ad personalization. @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@

Method Details

"firstPartyAndPartnerAudienceId": "A String", # Identifier. The unique ID of the first party and partner audience. Assigned by the system. "firstPartyAndPartnerAudienceType": "A String", # Output only. Whether the audience is a first party and partner audience. "gmailAudienceSize": "A String", # Output only. The estimated audience size for Gmail network. If the size is less than 1000, the number will be hidden and 0 will be returned due to privacy reasons. Otherwise, the number will be rounded off to two significant digits. Only applicable to first party audiences. Only returned in GET request. - "membershipDurationDays": "A String", # Output only. The duration in days that an entry remains in the audience after the qualifying event. If the audience has no expiration, set the value of this field to 10000. Otherwise, the set value must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 540. Only applicable to first party audiences. This field is required if one of the following audience_type is used: * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_CONTACT_INFO` * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_DEVICE_ID` *Warning*: Starting on **April 7, 2025**, audiences will no longer be able to have infinite membership duration. This field will no longer accept the value 10000 and all audiences with membership durations greater than 540 days will be updated to a membership duration of 540 days. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.audience_duration). + "membershipDurationDays": "A String", # Output only. The duration in days that an entry remains in the audience after the qualifying event. The set value must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 540. Only applicable to first party audiences. This field is required if one of the following audience_type is used: * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_CONTACT_INFO` * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_DEVICE_ID` "mobileDeviceIdList": { # Wrapper message for a list of mobile device IDs defining Customer Match audience members. # Input only. A list of mobile device IDs to define the initial audience members. Only applicable to audience_type `CUSTOMER_MATCH_DEVICE_ID` "consent": { # User consent status. # Input only. The consent setting for the users in mobile_device_ids. Leaving this field unset indicates that consent is not specified. If ad_user_data or ad_personalization fields are set to `CONSENT_STATUS_DENIED`, the request will return an error. "adPersonalization": "A String", # Represents consent for ad personalization. @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@

Method Details

"firstPartyAndPartnerAudienceId": "A String", # Identifier. The unique ID of the first party and partner audience. Assigned by the system. "firstPartyAndPartnerAudienceType": "A String", # Output only. Whether the audience is a first party and partner audience. "gmailAudienceSize": "A String", # Output only. The estimated audience size for Gmail network. If the size is less than 1000, the number will be hidden and 0 will be returned due to privacy reasons. Otherwise, the number will be rounded off to two significant digits. Only applicable to first party audiences. Only returned in GET request. - "membershipDurationDays": "A String", # Output only. The duration in days that an entry remains in the audience after the qualifying event. If the audience has no expiration, set the value of this field to 10000. Otherwise, the set value must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 540. Only applicable to first party audiences. This field is required if one of the following audience_type is used: * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_CONTACT_INFO` * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_DEVICE_ID` *Warning*: Starting on **April 7, 2025**, audiences will no longer be able to have infinite membership duration. This field will no longer accept the value 10000 and all audiences with membership durations greater than 540 days will be updated to a membership duration of 540 days. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.audience_duration). + "membershipDurationDays": "A String", # Output only. The duration in days that an entry remains in the audience after the qualifying event. The set value must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 540. Only applicable to first party audiences. This field is required if one of the following audience_type is used: * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_CONTACT_INFO` * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_DEVICE_ID` "mobileDeviceIdList": { # Wrapper message for a list of mobile device IDs defining Customer Match audience members. # Input only. A list of mobile device IDs to define the initial audience members. Only applicable to audience_type `CUSTOMER_MATCH_DEVICE_ID` "consent": { # User consent status. # Input only. The consent setting for the users in mobile_device_ids. Leaving this field unset indicates that consent is not specified. If ad_user_data or ad_personalization fields are set to `CONSENT_STATUS_DENIED`, the request will return an error. "adPersonalization": "A String", # Represents consent for ad personalization. @@ -568,7 +568,7 @@

Method Details

"firstPartyAndPartnerAudienceId": "A String", # Identifier. The unique ID of the first party and partner audience. Assigned by the system. "firstPartyAndPartnerAudienceType": "A String", # Output only. Whether the audience is a first party and partner audience. "gmailAudienceSize": "A String", # Output only. The estimated audience size for Gmail network. If the size is less than 1000, the number will be hidden and 0 will be returned due to privacy reasons. Otherwise, the number will be rounded off to two significant digits. Only applicable to first party audiences. Only returned in GET request. - "membershipDurationDays": "A String", # Output only. The duration in days that an entry remains in the audience after the qualifying event. If the audience has no expiration, set the value of this field to 10000. Otherwise, the set value must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 540. Only applicable to first party audiences. This field is required if one of the following audience_type is used: * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_CONTACT_INFO` * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_DEVICE_ID` *Warning*: Starting on **April 7, 2025**, audiences will no longer be able to have infinite membership duration. This field will no longer accept the value 10000 and all audiences with membership durations greater than 540 days will be updated to a membership duration of 540 days. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.audience_duration). + "membershipDurationDays": "A String", # Output only. The duration in days that an entry remains in the audience after the qualifying event. The set value must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 540. Only applicable to first party audiences. This field is required if one of the following audience_type is used: * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_CONTACT_INFO` * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_DEVICE_ID` "mobileDeviceIdList": { # Wrapper message for a list of mobile device IDs defining Customer Match audience members. # Input only. A list of mobile device IDs to define the initial audience members. Only applicable to audience_type `CUSTOMER_MATCH_DEVICE_ID` "consent": { # User consent status. # Input only. The consent setting for the users in mobile_device_ids. Leaving this field unset indicates that consent is not specified. If ad_user_data or ad_personalization fields are set to `CONSENT_STATUS_DENIED`, the request will return an error. "adPersonalization": "A String", # Represents consent for ad personalization. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.partners.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.partners.html index aabff68c617..da1122b00fc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.partners.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.partners.html @@ -344,17 +344,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. @@ -693,17 +693,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.partners.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.partners.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html index 8d252e2727a..67996b4bdd0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.partners.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.partners.targetingTypes.assignedTargetingOptions.html @@ -385,17 +385,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. @@ -719,17 +719,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. @@ -1184,17 +1184,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. @@ -1583,17 +1583,17 @@

Method Details

}, "targetingType": "A String", # Output only. Identifies the type of this assigned targeting option. "thirdPartyVerifierDetails": { # Assigned third party verifier targeting option details. This will be populated in the details field of an AssignedTargetingOption when targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. # Third party verification details. This field will be populated when the targeting_type is `TARGETING_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VERIFIER`. - "adloox": { # Details of Adloox brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Adloox. + "adloox": { # Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings. # Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). "adultExplicitSexualContent": "A String", # Optional. Adult and Explicit Sexual Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "armsAmmunitionContent": "A String", # Optional. Arms and Ammunition Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "crimeHarmfulActsIndividualsSocietyHumanRightsViolationsContent": "A String", # Optional. Crime and Harmful Acts Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "deathInjuryMilitaryConflictContent": "A String", # Optional. Death, Injury, or Military Conflict Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "debatedSensitiveSocialIssueContent": "A String", # Optional. Debated Sensitive Social Issue Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. "displayIabViewability": "A String", # Optional. IAB viewability threshold for display ads. - "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Adloox categories to exclude. + "excludedAdlooxCategories": [ # Scope3 categories to exclude. "A String", ], - "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. + "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": [ # Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude. "A String", ], "hateSpeechActsAggressionContent": "A String", # Optional. Hate Speech and Acts of Aggression Content [GARM](https://wfanet.org/leadership/garm/about-garm) risk ranges to exclude. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.sdfdownloadtasks.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.sdfdownloadtasks.html index a0c09bc0780..93c2a90b56f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.sdfdownloadtasks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.sdfdownloadtasks.html @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

create(body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates an SDF Download Task. Returns an Operation. An SDF Download Task is a long-running, asynchronous operation. The metadata type of this operation is SdfDownloadTaskMetadata. If the request is successful, the response type of the operation is SdfDownloadTask. The response will not include the download files, which must be retrieved with media.download. The state of operation can be retrieved with sdfdownloadtask.operations.get. Any errors can be found in the error.message. Note that error.details is expected to be empty.

+

Creates an SDF Download Task. Returns an Operation. An SDF Download Task is a long-running, asynchronous operation. The metadata type of this operation is SdfDownloadTaskMetadata. If the request is successful, the response type of the operation is SdfDownloadTask. The response will not include the download files, which must be retrieved with media.download. The state of operation can be retrieved with `sdfdownloadtasks.operations.get`. Any errors can be found in the error.message. Note that error.details is expected to be empty.

Method Details

close() @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@

Method Details

create(body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates an SDF Download Task. Returns an Operation. An SDF Download Task is a long-running, asynchronous operation. The metadata type of this operation is SdfDownloadTaskMetadata. If the request is successful, the response type of the operation is SdfDownloadTask. The response will not include the download files, which must be retrieved with media.download. The state of operation can be retrieved with sdfdownloadtask.operations.get. Any errors can be found in the error.message. Note that error.details is expected to be empty.
+  
Creates an SDF Download Task. Returns an Operation. An SDF Download Task is a long-running, asynchronous operation. The metadata type of this operation is SdfDownloadTaskMetadata. If the request is successful, the response type of the operation is SdfDownloadTask. The response will not include the download files, which must be retrieved with media.download. The state of operation can be retrieved with `sdfdownloadtasks.operations.get`. Any errors can be found in the error.message. Note that error.details is expected to be empty.
 
 Args:
   body: object, The request body.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.html
index a9023923e32..58461b9d8c6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.html
@@ -208,6 +208,7 @@ 

Method Details

"properties": [ # Description the nested structure, or composition of an entity. { # Defines properties that can be part of the entity type. "displayName": "A String", # User defined name for the property. + "groundingConfig": "A String", # Grounding config of the entity type. "name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name. "occurrenceType": "A String", # Occurrence type limits the number of instances an entity type appears in the document. "valueType": "A String", # A reference to the value type of the property. This type is subject to the same conventions as the `Entity.base_types` field. @@ -1546,6 +1547,7 @@

Method Details

"properties": [ # Description the nested structure, or composition of an entity. { # Defines properties that can be part of the entity type. "displayName": "A String", # User defined name for the property. + "groundingConfig": "A String", # Grounding config of the entity type. "name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name. "occurrenceType": "A String", # Occurrence type limits the number of instances an entity type appears in the document. "valueType": "A String", # A reference to the value type of the property. This type is subject to the same conventions as the `Entity.base_types` field. diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html index 90f1800f9b7..37a117d0772 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html +++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html @@ -114,6 +114,7 @@

Method Details

"properties": [ # Description the nested structure, or composition of an entity. { # Defines properties that can be part of the entity type. "displayName": "A String", # User defined name for the property. + "groundingConfig": "A String", # Grounding config of the entity type. "name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name. "occurrenceType": "A String", # Occurrence type limits the number of instances an entity type appears in the document. "valueType": "A String", # A reference to the value type of the property. This type is subject to the same conventions as the `Entity.base_types` field. diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html index aa7ed4305f4..6d5869c0531 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html @@ -203,6 +203,7 @@

Method Details

"properties": [ # Description the nested structure, or composition of an entity. { # Defines properties that can be part of the entity type. "displayName": "A String", # User defined name for the property. + "groundingConfig": "A String", # Grounding config of the entity type. "name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name. "occurrenceType": "A String", # Occurrence type limits the number of instances an entity type appears in the document. "valueType": "A String", # A reference to the value type of the property. This type is subject to the same conventions as the `Entity.base_types` field. @@ -424,6 +425,7 @@

Method Details

"properties": [ # Description the nested structure, or composition of an entity. { # Defines properties that can be part of the entity type. "displayName": "A String", # User defined name for the property. + "groundingConfig": "A String", # Grounding config of the entity type. "name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name. "occurrenceType": "A String", # Occurrence type limits the number of instances an entity type appears in the document. "valueType": "A String", # A reference to the value type of the property. This type is subject to the same conventions as the `Entity.base_types` field. @@ -533,6 +535,7 @@

Method Details

"properties": [ # Description the nested structure, or composition of an entity. { # Defines properties that can be part of the entity type. "displayName": "A String", # User defined name for the property. + "groundingConfig": "A String", # Grounding config of the entity type. "name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name. "occurrenceType": "A String", # Occurrence type limits the number of instances an entity type appears in the document. "valueType": "A String", # A reference to the value type of the property. This type is subject to the same conventions as the `Entity.base_types` field. @@ -1638,6 +1641,7 @@

Method Details

"properties": [ # Description the nested structure, or composition of an entity. { # Defines properties that can be part of the entity type. "displayName": "A String", # User defined name for the property. + "groundingConfig": "A String", # Grounding config of the entity type. "name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name. "occurrenceType": "A String", # Occurrence type limits the number of instances an entity type appears in the document. "valueType": "A String", # A reference to the value type of the property. This type is subject to the same conventions as the `Entity.base_types` field. @@ -2661,6 +2665,7 @@

Method Details

"properties": [ # Description the nested structure, or composition of an entity. { # Defines properties that can be part of the entity type. "displayName": "A String", # User defined name for the property. + "groundingConfig": "A String", # Grounding config of the entity type. "name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name. "occurrenceType": "A String", # Occurrence type limits the number of instances an entity type appears in the document. "valueType": "A String", # A reference to the value type of the property. This type is subject to the same conventions as the `Entity.base_types` field. @@ -2732,6 +2737,7 @@

Method Details

"properties": [ # Description the nested structure, or composition of an entity. { # Defines properties that can be part of the entity type. "displayName": "A String", # User defined name for the property. + "groundingConfig": "A String", # Grounding config of the entity type. "name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name. "occurrenceType": "A String", # Occurrence type limits the number of instances an entity type appears in the document. "valueType": "A String", # A reference to the value type of the property. This type is subject to the same conventions as the `Entity.base_types` field. diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.dataset.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.dataset.html index 5b20176db54..3eddc325d61 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.dataset.html +++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.dataset.html @@ -205,6 +205,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Defines properties that can be part of the entity type. "description": "A String", # The description of the property. Could be used to provide more information about the property for model calls. "displayName": "A String", # User defined name for the property. + "groundingConfig": "A String", # Grounding config of the entity type. "name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name. "occurrenceType": "A String", # Occurrence type limits the number of instances an entity type appears in the document. "propertyMetadata": { # Metadata about a property. # Any additional metadata about the property can be added here. @@ -264,9 +265,33 @@

Method Details

{ "document": { # Document represents the canonical document resource in Document AI. It is an interchange format that provides insights into documents and allows for collaboration between users and Document AI to iterate and optimize for quality. + "blobAssets": [ # Optional. The blob assets in this document. This is used to store the content of the inline blobs in this document, e.g. image bytes, such that it can be referenced by other fields in the document via asset id. + { # Represents a blob asset. It's used to store the content of the inline blob in this document, e.g. image bytes, such that it can be referenced by other fields in the document via asset id. + "assetId": "A String", # Optional. The id of the blob asset. + "content": "A String", # Optional. The content of the blob asset, e.g. image bytes. + "mimeType": "A String", # The mime type of the blob asset. An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml). + }, + ], "chunkedDocument": { # Represents the chunks that the document is divided into. # Document chunked based on chunking config. "chunks": [ # List of chunks. { # Represents a chunk. + "chunkFields": [ # Chunk fields inside this chunk. + { # The chunk field in the chunk. A chunk field could be one of the various types (e.g. image, table) supported. + "imageChunkField": { # The image chunk field in the chunk. # The image chunk field in the chunk. + "annotations": { # Represents the annotation of a block or a chunk. # Annotation of the image chunk field. + "description": "A String", # The description of the content with this annotation. + }, + "blobAssetId": "A String", # Optional. Asset id of the inline image. If set, find the image content in the blob_assets field. + "dataUri": "A String", # Optional. Data uri of the image. It is composed of four parts: a prefix (data:), a MIME type indicating the type of data, an optional base64 token if non-textual, and the data itself: data:, + "gcsUri": "A String", # Optional. Google Cloud Storage uri of the image. + }, + "tableChunkField": { # The table chunk field in the chunk. # The table chunk field in the chunk. + "annotations": { # Represents the annotation of a block or a chunk. # Annotation of the table chunk field. + "description": "A String", # The description of the content with this annotation. + }, + }, + }, + ], "chunkId": "A String", # ID of the chunk. "content": "A String", # Text content of the chunk. "pageFooters": [ # Page footers associated with the chunk. @@ -317,6 +342,16 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "imageBlock": { # Represents an image type block. # Block consisting of image content. + "annotations": { # Represents the annotation of a block or a chunk. # Annotation of the image block. + "description": "A String", # The description of the content with this annotation. + }, + "blobAssetId": "A String", # Optional. Asset id of the inline image. If set, find the image content in the blob_assets field. + "dataUri": "A String", # Optional. Data uri of the image. It is composed of four parts: a prefix (data:), a MIME type indicating the type of data, an optional base64 token if non-textual, and the data itself: data:, + "gcsUri": "A String", # Optional. Google Cloud Storage uri of the image. + "imageText": "A String", # Text extracted from the image using OCR or alt text describing the image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Mime type of the image. An IANA published [media type (MIME type)] (https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml). + }, "listBlock": { # Represents a list type block. # Block consisting of list content/structure. "listEntries": [ # List entries that constitute a list block. { # Represents an entry in the list. @@ -1379,6 +1414,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Defines properties that can be part of the entity type. "description": "A String", # The description of the property. Could be used to provide more information about the property for model calls. "displayName": "A String", # User defined name for the property. + "groundingConfig": "A String", # Grounding config of the entity type. "name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name. "occurrenceType": "A String", # Occurrence type limits the number of instances an entity type appears in the document. "propertyMetadata": { # Metadata about a property. # Any additional metadata about the property can be added here. @@ -1440,6 +1476,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Defines properties that can be part of the entity type. "description": "A String", # The description of the property. Could be used to provide more information about the property for model calls. "displayName": "A String", # User defined name for the property. + "groundingConfig": "A String", # Grounding config of the entity type. "name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name. "occurrenceType": "A String", # Occurrence type limits the number of instances an entity type appears in the document. "propertyMetadata": { # Metadata about a property. # Any additional metadata about the property can be added here. diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html index ea93ff01a18..a5636fa35fd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html +++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html @@ -233,6 +233,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Defines properties that can be part of the entity type. "description": "A String", # The description of the property. Could be used to provide more information about the property for model calls. "displayName": "A String", # User defined name for the property. + "groundingConfig": "A String", # Grounding config of the entity type. "name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name. "occurrenceType": "A String", # Occurrence type limits the number of instances an entity type appears in the document. "propertyMetadata": { # Metadata about a property. # Any additional metadata about the property can be added here. @@ -567,9 +568,33 @@

Method Details

{ # Request message for the ProcessDocument method. "document": { # Document represents the canonical document resource in Document AI. It is an interchange format that provides insights into documents and allows for collaboration between users and Document AI to iterate and optimize for quality. # The document payload, the content and mime_type fields must be set. + "blobAssets": [ # Optional. The blob assets in this document. This is used to store the content of the inline blobs in this document, e.g. image bytes, such that it can be referenced by other fields in the document via asset id. + { # Represents a blob asset. It's used to store the content of the inline blob in this document, e.g. image bytes, such that it can be referenced by other fields in the document via asset id. + "assetId": "A String", # Optional. The id of the blob asset. + "content": "A String", # Optional. The content of the blob asset, e.g. image bytes. + "mimeType": "A String", # The mime type of the blob asset. An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml). + }, + ], "chunkedDocument": { # Represents the chunks that the document is divided into. # Document chunked based on chunking config. "chunks": [ # List of chunks. { # Represents a chunk. + "chunkFields": [ # Chunk fields inside this chunk. + { # The chunk field in the chunk. A chunk field could be one of the various types (e.g. image, table) supported. + "imageChunkField": { # The image chunk field in the chunk. # The image chunk field in the chunk. + "annotations": { # Represents the annotation of a block or a chunk. # Annotation of the image chunk field. + "description": "A String", # The description of the content with this annotation. + }, + "blobAssetId": "A String", # Optional. Asset id of the inline image. If set, find the image content in the blob_assets field. + "dataUri": "A String", # Optional. Data uri of the image. It is composed of four parts: a prefix (data:), a MIME type indicating the type of data, an optional base64 token if non-textual, and the data itself: data:, + "gcsUri": "A String", # Optional. Google Cloud Storage uri of the image. + }, + "tableChunkField": { # The table chunk field in the chunk. # The table chunk field in the chunk. + "annotations": { # Represents the annotation of a block or a chunk. # Annotation of the table chunk field. + "description": "A String", # The description of the content with this annotation. + }, + }, + }, + ], "chunkId": "A String", # ID of the chunk. "content": "A String", # Text content of the chunk. "pageFooters": [ # Page footers associated with the chunk. @@ -620,6 +645,16 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "imageBlock": { # Represents an image type block. # Block consisting of image content. + "annotations": { # Represents the annotation of a block or a chunk. # Annotation of the image block. + "description": "A String", # The description of the content with this annotation. + }, + "blobAssetId": "A String", # Optional. Asset id of the inline image. If set, find the image content in the blob_assets field. + "dataUri": "A String", # Optional. Data uri of the image. It is composed of four parts: a prefix (data:), a MIME type indicating the type of data, an optional base64 token if non-textual, and the data itself: data:, + "gcsUri": "A String", # Optional. Google Cloud Storage uri of the image. + "imageText": "A String", # Text extracted from the image using OCR or alt text describing the image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Mime type of the image. An IANA published [media type (MIME type)] (https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml). + }, "listBlock": { # Represents a list type block. # Block consisting of list content/structure. "listEntries": [ # List entries that constitute a list block. { # Represents an entry in the list. @@ -1524,9 +1559,33 @@

Method Details

}, "imagelessMode": True or False, # Optional. Option to remove images from the document. "inlineDocument": { # Document represents the canonical document resource in Document AI. It is an interchange format that provides insights into documents and allows for collaboration between users and Document AI to iterate and optimize for quality. # An inline document proto. + "blobAssets": [ # Optional. The blob assets in this document. This is used to store the content of the inline blobs in this document, e.g. image bytes, such that it can be referenced by other fields in the document via asset id. + { # Represents a blob asset. It's used to store the content of the inline blob in this document, e.g. image bytes, such that it can be referenced by other fields in the document via asset id. + "assetId": "A String", # Optional. The id of the blob asset. + "content": "A String", # Optional. The content of the blob asset, e.g. image bytes. + "mimeType": "A String", # The mime type of the blob asset. An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml). + }, + ], "chunkedDocument": { # Represents the chunks that the document is divided into. # Document chunked based on chunking config. "chunks": [ # List of chunks. { # Represents a chunk. + "chunkFields": [ # Chunk fields inside this chunk. + { # The chunk field in the chunk. A chunk field could be one of the various types (e.g. image, table) supported. + "imageChunkField": { # The image chunk field in the chunk. # The image chunk field in the chunk. + "annotations": { # Represents the annotation of a block or a chunk. # Annotation of the image chunk field. + "description": "A String", # The description of the content with this annotation. + }, + "blobAssetId": "A String", # Optional. Asset id of the inline image. If set, find the image content in the blob_assets field. + "dataUri": "A String", # Optional. Data uri of the image. It is composed of four parts: a prefix (data:), a MIME type indicating the type of data, an optional base64 token if non-textual, and the data itself: data:, + "gcsUri": "A String", # Optional. Google Cloud Storage uri of the image. + }, + "tableChunkField": { # The table chunk field in the chunk. # The table chunk field in the chunk. + "annotations": { # Represents the annotation of a block or a chunk. # Annotation of the table chunk field. + "description": "A String", # The description of the content with this annotation. + }, + }, + }, + ], "chunkId": "A String", # ID of the chunk. "content": "A String", # Text content of the chunk. "pageFooters": [ # Page footers associated with the chunk. @@ -1577,6 +1636,16 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "imageBlock": { # Represents an image type block. # Block consisting of image content. + "annotations": { # Represents the annotation of a block or a chunk. # Annotation of the image block. + "description": "A String", # The description of the content with this annotation. + }, + "blobAssetId": "A String", # Optional. Asset id of the inline image. If set, find the image content in the blob_assets field. + "dataUri": "A String", # Optional. Data uri of the image. It is composed of four parts: a prefix (data:), a MIME type indicating the type of data, an optional base64 token if non-textual, and the data itself: data:, + "gcsUri": "A String", # Optional. Google Cloud Storage uri of the image. + "imageText": "A String", # Text extracted from the image using OCR or alt text describing the image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Mime type of the image. An IANA published [media type (MIME type)] (https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml). + }, "listBlock": { # Represents a list type block. # Block consisting of list content/structure. "listEntries": [ # List entries that constitute a list block. { # Represents an entry in the list. @@ -2539,6 +2608,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Defines properties that can be part of the entity type. "description": "A String", # The description of the property. Could be used to provide more information about the property for model calls. "displayName": "A String", # User defined name for the property. + "groundingConfig": "A String", # Grounding config of the entity type. "name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name. "occurrenceType": "A String", # Occurrence type limits the number of instances an entity type appears in the document. "propertyMetadata": { # Metadata about a property. # Any additional metadata about the property can be added here. @@ -2581,9 +2651,33 @@

Method Details

{ # Response message for the ProcessDocument method. "document": { # Document represents the canonical document resource in Document AI. It is an interchange format that provides insights into documents and allows for collaboration between users and Document AI to iterate and optimize for quality. # The document payload, will populate fields based on the processor's behavior. + "blobAssets": [ # Optional. The blob assets in this document. This is used to store the content of the inline blobs in this document, e.g. image bytes, such that it can be referenced by other fields in the document via asset id. + { # Represents a blob asset. It's used to store the content of the inline blob in this document, e.g. image bytes, such that it can be referenced by other fields in the document via asset id. + "assetId": "A String", # Optional. The id of the blob asset. + "content": "A String", # Optional. The content of the blob asset, e.g. image bytes. + "mimeType": "A String", # The mime type of the blob asset. An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml). + }, + ], "chunkedDocument": { # Represents the chunks that the document is divided into. # Document chunked based on chunking config. "chunks": [ # List of chunks. { # Represents a chunk. + "chunkFields": [ # Chunk fields inside this chunk. + { # The chunk field in the chunk. A chunk field could be one of the various types (e.g. image, table) supported. + "imageChunkField": { # The image chunk field in the chunk. # The image chunk field in the chunk. + "annotations": { # Represents the annotation of a block or a chunk. # Annotation of the image chunk field. + "description": "A String", # The description of the content with this annotation. + }, + "blobAssetId": "A String", # Optional. Asset id of the inline image. If set, find the image content in the blob_assets field. + "dataUri": "A String", # Optional. Data uri of the image. It is composed of four parts: a prefix (data:), a MIME type indicating the type of data, an optional base64 token if non-textual, and the data itself: data:, + "gcsUri": "A String", # Optional. Google Cloud Storage uri of the image. + }, + "tableChunkField": { # The table chunk field in the chunk. # The table chunk field in the chunk. + "annotations": { # Represents the annotation of a block or a chunk. # Annotation of the table chunk field. + "description": "A String", # The description of the content with this annotation. + }, + }, + }, + ], "chunkId": "A String", # ID of the chunk. "content": "A String", # Text content of the chunk. "pageFooters": [ # Page footers associated with the chunk. @@ -2634,6 +2728,16 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "imageBlock": { # Represents an image type block. # Block consisting of image content. + "annotations": { # Represents the annotation of a block or a chunk. # Annotation of the image block. + "description": "A String", # The description of the content with this annotation. + }, + "blobAssetId": "A String", # Optional. Asset id of the inline image. If set, find the image content in the blob_assets field. + "dataUri": "A String", # Optional. Data uri of the image. It is composed of four parts: a prefix (data:), a MIME type indicating the type of data, an optional base64 token if non-textual, and the data itself: data:, + "gcsUri": "A String", # Optional. Google Cloud Storage uri of the image. + "imageText": "A String", # Text extracted from the image using OCR or alt text describing the image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Mime type of the image. An IANA published [media type (MIME type)] (https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml). + }, "listBlock": { # Represents a list type block. # Block consisting of list content/structure. "listEntries": [ # List entries that constitute a list block. { # Represents an entry in the list. diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html index 45527c159ae..21d87caf7fc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html +++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html @@ -97,9 +97,33 @@

Method Details

{ # Request message for the ReviewDocument method. "document": { # Document represents the canonical document resource in Document AI. It is an interchange format that provides insights into documents and allows for collaboration between users and Document AI to iterate and optimize for quality. # The document that needs human review. + "blobAssets": [ # Optional. The blob assets in this document. This is used to store the content of the inline blobs in this document, e.g. image bytes, such that it can be referenced by other fields in the document via asset id. + { # Represents a blob asset. It's used to store the content of the inline blob in this document, e.g. image bytes, such that it can be referenced by other fields in the document via asset id. + "assetId": "A String", # Optional. The id of the blob asset. + "content": "A String", # Optional. The content of the blob asset, e.g. image bytes. + "mimeType": "A String", # The mime type of the blob asset. An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml). + }, + ], "chunkedDocument": { # Represents the chunks that the document is divided into. # Document chunked based on chunking config. "chunks": [ # List of chunks. { # Represents a chunk. + "chunkFields": [ # Chunk fields inside this chunk. + { # The chunk field in the chunk. A chunk field could be one of the various types (e.g. image, table) supported. + "imageChunkField": { # The image chunk field in the chunk. # The image chunk field in the chunk. + "annotations": { # Represents the annotation of a block or a chunk. # Annotation of the image chunk field. + "description": "A String", # The description of the content with this annotation. + }, + "blobAssetId": "A String", # Optional. Asset id of the inline image. If set, find the image content in the blob_assets field. + "dataUri": "A String", # Optional. Data uri of the image. It is composed of four parts: a prefix (data:), a MIME type indicating the type of data, an optional base64 token if non-textual, and the data itself: data:, + "gcsUri": "A String", # Optional. Google Cloud Storage uri of the image. + }, + "tableChunkField": { # The table chunk field in the chunk. # The table chunk field in the chunk. + "annotations": { # Represents the annotation of a block or a chunk. # Annotation of the table chunk field. + "description": "A String", # The description of the content with this annotation. + }, + }, + }, + ], "chunkId": "A String", # ID of the chunk. "content": "A String", # Text content of the chunk. "pageFooters": [ # Page footers associated with the chunk. @@ -150,6 +174,16 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "imageBlock": { # Represents an image type block. # Block consisting of image content. + "annotations": { # Represents the annotation of a block or a chunk. # Annotation of the image block. + "description": "A String", # The description of the content with this annotation. + }, + "blobAssetId": "A String", # Optional. Asset id of the inline image. If set, find the image content in the blob_assets field. + "dataUri": "A String", # Optional. Data uri of the image. It is composed of four parts: a prefix (data:), a MIME type indicating the type of data, an optional base64 token if non-textual, and the data itself: data:, + "gcsUri": "A String", # Optional. Google Cloud Storage uri of the image. + "imageText": "A String", # Text extracted from the image using OCR or alt text describing the image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Mime type of the image. An IANA published [media type (MIME type)] (https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml). + }, "listBlock": { # Represents a list type block. # Block consisting of list content/structure. "listEntries": [ # List entries that constitute a list block. { # Represents an entry in the list. @@ -1070,6 +1104,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Defines properties that can be part of the entity type. "description": "A String", # The description of the property. Could be used to provide more information about the property for model calls. "displayName": "A String", # User defined name for the property. + "groundingConfig": "A String", # Grounding config of the entity type. "name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name. "occurrenceType": "A String", # Occurrence type limits the number of instances an entity type appears in the document. "propertyMetadata": { # Metadata about a property. # Any additional metadata about the property can be added here. @@ -1095,9 +1130,33 @@

Method Details

}, "enableSchemaValidation": True or False, # Whether the validation should be performed on the ad-hoc review request. "inlineDocument": { # Document represents the canonical document resource in Document AI. It is an interchange format that provides insights into documents and allows for collaboration between users and Document AI to iterate and optimize for quality. # An inline document proto. + "blobAssets": [ # Optional. The blob assets in this document. This is used to store the content of the inline blobs in this document, e.g. image bytes, such that it can be referenced by other fields in the document via asset id. + { # Represents a blob asset. It's used to store the content of the inline blob in this document, e.g. image bytes, such that it can be referenced by other fields in the document via asset id. + "assetId": "A String", # Optional. The id of the blob asset. + "content": "A String", # Optional. The content of the blob asset, e.g. image bytes. + "mimeType": "A String", # The mime type of the blob asset. An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml). + }, + ], "chunkedDocument": { # Represents the chunks that the document is divided into. # Document chunked based on chunking config. "chunks": [ # List of chunks. { # Represents a chunk. + "chunkFields": [ # Chunk fields inside this chunk. + { # The chunk field in the chunk. A chunk field could be one of the various types (e.g. image, table) supported. + "imageChunkField": { # The image chunk field in the chunk. # The image chunk field in the chunk. + "annotations": { # Represents the annotation of a block or a chunk. # Annotation of the image chunk field. + "description": "A String", # The description of the content with this annotation. + }, + "blobAssetId": "A String", # Optional. Asset id of the inline image. If set, find the image content in the blob_assets field. + "dataUri": "A String", # Optional. Data uri of the image. It is composed of four parts: a prefix (data:), a MIME type indicating the type of data, an optional base64 token if non-textual, and the data itself: data:, + "gcsUri": "A String", # Optional. Google Cloud Storage uri of the image. + }, + "tableChunkField": { # The table chunk field in the chunk. # The table chunk field in the chunk. + "annotations": { # Represents the annotation of a block or a chunk. # Annotation of the table chunk field. + "description": "A String", # The description of the content with this annotation. + }, + }, + }, + ], "chunkId": "A String", # ID of the chunk. "content": "A String", # Text content of the chunk. "pageFooters": [ # Page footers associated with the chunk. @@ -1148,6 +1207,16 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "imageBlock": { # Represents an image type block. # Block consisting of image content. + "annotations": { # Represents the annotation of a block or a chunk. # Annotation of the image block. + "description": "A String", # The description of the content with this annotation. + }, + "blobAssetId": "A String", # Optional. Asset id of the inline image. If set, find the image content in the blob_assets field. + "dataUri": "A String", # Optional. Data uri of the image. It is composed of four parts: a prefix (data:), a MIME type indicating the type of data, an optional base64 token if non-textual, and the data itself: data:, + "gcsUri": "A String", # Optional. Google Cloud Storage uri of the image. + "imageText": "A String", # Text extracted from the image using OCR or alt text describing the image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Mime type of the image. An IANA published [media type (MIME type)] (https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml). + }, "listBlock": { # Represents a list type block. # Block consisting of list content/structure. "listEntries": [ # List entries that constitute a list block. { # Represents an entry in the list. diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html index ec0ea3b0b0c..91b2c5c71de 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html @@ -223,6 +223,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Defines properties that can be part of the entity type. "description": "A String", # The description of the property. Could be used to provide more information about the property for model calls. "displayName": "A String", # User defined name for the property. + "groundingConfig": "A String", # Grounding config of the entity type. "name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name. "occurrenceType": "A String", # Occurrence type limits the number of instances an entity type appears in the document. "propertyMetadata": { # Metadata about a property. # Any additional metadata about the property can be added here. @@ -458,6 +459,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Defines properties that can be part of the entity type. "description": "A String", # The description of the property. Could be used to provide more information about the property for model calls. "displayName": "A String", # User defined name for the property. + "groundingConfig": "A String", # Grounding config of the entity type. "name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name. "occurrenceType": "A String", # Occurrence type limits the number of instances an entity type appears in the document. "propertyMetadata": { # Metadata about a property. # Any additional metadata about the property can be added here. @@ -627,6 +629,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Defines properties that can be part of the entity type. "description": "A String", # The description of the property. Could be used to provide more information about the property for model calls. "displayName": "A String", # User defined name for the property. + "groundingConfig": "A String", # Grounding config of the entity type. "name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name. "occurrenceType": "A String", # Occurrence type limits the number of instances an entity type appears in the document. "propertyMetadata": { # Metadata about a property. # Any additional metadata about the property can be added here. @@ -728,9 +731,33 @@

Method Details

{ # Request message for the ProcessDocument method. "document": { # Document represents the canonical document resource in Document AI. It is an interchange format that provides insights into documents and allows for collaboration between users and Document AI to iterate and optimize for quality. # The document payload, the content and mime_type fields must be set. + "blobAssets": [ # Optional. The blob assets in this document. This is used to store the content of the inline blobs in this document, e.g. image bytes, such that it can be referenced by other fields in the document via asset id. + { # Represents a blob asset. It's used to store the content of the inline blob in this document, e.g. image bytes, such that it can be referenced by other fields in the document via asset id. + "assetId": "A String", # Optional. The id of the blob asset. + "content": "A String", # Optional. The content of the blob asset, e.g. image bytes. + "mimeType": "A String", # The mime type of the blob asset. An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml). + }, + ], "chunkedDocument": { # Represents the chunks that the document is divided into. # Document chunked based on chunking config. "chunks": [ # List of chunks. { # Represents a chunk. + "chunkFields": [ # Chunk fields inside this chunk. + { # The chunk field in the chunk. A chunk field could be one of the various types (e.g. image, table) supported. + "imageChunkField": { # The image chunk field in the chunk. # The image chunk field in the chunk. + "annotations": { # Represents the annotation of a block or a chunk. # Annotation of the image chunk field. + "description": "A String", # The description of the content with this annotation. + }, + "blobAssetId": "A String", # Optional. Asset id of the inline image. If set, find the image content in the blob_assets field. + "dataUri": "A String", # Optional. Data uri of the image. It is composed of four parts: a prefix (data:), a MIME type indicating the type of data, an optional base64 token if non-textual, and the data itself: data:, + "gcsUri": "A String", # Optional. Google Cloud Storage uri of the image. + }, + "tableChunkField": { # The table chunk field in the chunk. # The table chunk field in the chunk. + "annotations": { # Represents the annotation of a block or a chunk. # Annotation of the table chunk field. + "description": "A String", # The description of the content with this annotation. + }, + }, + }, + ], "chunkId": "A String", # ID of the chunk. "content": "A String", # Text content of the chunk. "pageFooters": [ # Page footers associated with the chunk. @@ -781,6 +808,16 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "imageBlock": { # Represents an image type block. # Block consisting of image content. + "annotations": { # Represents the annotation of a block or a chunk. # Annotation of the image block. + "description": "A String", # The description of the content with this annotation. + }, + "blobAssetId": "A String", # Optional. Asset id of the inline image. If set, find the image content in the blob_assets field. + "dataUri": "A String", # Optional. Data uri of the image. It is composed of four parts: a prefix (data:), a MIME type indicating the type of data, an optional base64 token if non-textual, and the data itself: data:, + "gcsUri": "A String", # Optional. Google Cloud Storage uri of the image. + "imageText": "A String", # Text extracted from the image using OCR or alt text describing the image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Mime type of the image. An IANA published [media type (MIME type)] (https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml). + }, "listBlock": { # Represents a list type block. # Block consisting of list content/structure. "listEntries": [ # List entries that constitute a list block. { # Represents an entry in the list. @@ -1685,9 +1722,33 @@

Method Details

}, "imagelessMode": True or False, # Optional. Option to remove images from the document. "inlineDocument": { # Document represents the canonical document resource in Document AI. It is an interchange format that provides insights into documents and allows for collaboration between users and Document AI to iterate and optimize for quality. # An inline document proto. + "blobAssets": [ # Optional. The blob assets in this document. This is used to store the content of the inline blobs in this document, e.g. image bytes, such that it can be referenced by other fields in the document via asset id. + { # Represents a blob asset. It's used to store the content of the inline blob in this document, e.g. image bytes, such that it can be referenced by other fields in the document via asset id. + "assetId": "A String", # Optional. The id of the blob asset. + "content": "A String", # Optional. The content of the blob asset, e.g. image bytes. + "mimeType": "A String", # The mime type of the blob asset. An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml). + }, + ], "chunkedDocument": { # Represents the chunks that the document is divided into. # Document chunked based on chunking config. "chunks": [ # List of chunks. { # Represents a chunk. + "chunkFields": [ # Chunk fields inside this chunk. + { # The chunk field in the chunk. A chunk field could be one of the various types (e.g. image, table) supported. + "imageChunkField": { # The image chunk field in the chunk. # The image chunk field in the chunk. + "annotations": { # Represents the annotation of a block or a chunk. # Annotation of the image chunk field. + "description": "A String", # The description of the content with this annotation. + }, + "blobAssetId": "A String", # Optional. Asset id of the inline image. If set, find the image content in the blob_assets field. + "dataUri": "A String", # Optional. Data uri of the image. It is composed of four parts: a prefix (data:), a MIME type indicating the type of data, an optional base64 token if non-textual, and the data itself: data:, + "gcsUri": "A String", # Optional. Google Cloud Storage uri of the image. + }, + "tableChunkField": { # The table chunk field in the chunk. # The table chunk field in the chunk. + "annotations": { # Represents the annotation of a block or a chunk. # Annotation of the table chunk field. + "description": "A String", # The description of the content with this annotation. + }, + }, + }, + ], "chunkId": "A String", # ID of the chunk. "content": "A String", # Text content of the chunk. "pageFooters": [ # Page footers associated with the chunk. @@ -1738,6 +1799,16 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "imageBlock": { # Represents an image type block. # Block consisting of image content. + "annotations": { # Represents the annotation of a block or a chunk. # Annotation of the image block. + "description": "A String", # The description of the content with this annotation. + }, + "blobAssetId": "A String", # Optional. Asset id of the inline image. If set, find the image content in the blob_assets field. + "dataUri": "A String", # Optional. Data uri of the image. It is composed of four parts: a prefix (data:), a MIME type indicating the type of data, an optional base64 token if non-textual, and the data itself: data:, + "gcsUri": "A String", # Optional. Google Cloud Storage uri of the image. + "imageText": "A String", # Text extracted from the image using OCR or alt text describing the image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Mime type of the image. An IANA published [media type (MIME type)] (https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml). + }, "listBlock": { # Represents a list type block. # Block consisting of list content/structure. "listEntries": [ # List entries that constitute a list block. { # Represents an entry in the list. @@ -2700,6 +2771,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Defines properties that can be part of the entity type. "description": "A String", # The description of the property. Could be used to provide more information about the property for model calls. "displayName": "A String", # User defined name for the property. + "groundingConfig": "A String", # Grounding config of the entity type. "name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name. "occurrenceType": "A String", # Occurrence type limits the number of instances an entity type appears in the document. "propertyMetadata": { # Metadata about a property. # Any additional metadata about the property can be added here. @@ -2742,9 +2814,33 @@

Method Details

{ # Response message for the ProcessDocument method. "document": { # Document represents the canonical document resource in Document AI. It is an interchange format that provides insights into documents and allows for collaboration between users and Document AI to iterate and optimize for quality. # The document payload, will populate fields based on the processor's behavior. + "blobAssets": [ # Optional. The blob assets in this document. This is used to store the content of the inline blobs in this document, e.g. image bytes, such that it can be referenced by other fields in the document via asset id. + { # Represents a blob asset. It's used to store the content of the inline blob in this document, e.g. image bytes, such that it can be referenced by other fields in the document via asset id. + "assetId": "A String", # Optional. The id of the blob asset. + "content": "A String", # Optional. The content of the blob asset, e.g. image bytes. + "mimeType": "A String", # The mime type of the blob asset. An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml). + }, + ], "chunkedDocument": { # Represents the chunks that the document is divided into. # Document chunked based on chunking config. "chunks": [ # List of chunks. { # Represents a chunk. + "chunkFields": [ # Chunk fields inside this chunk. + { # The chunk field in the chunk. A chunk field could be one of the various types (e.g. image, table) supported. + "imageChunkField": { # The image chunk field in the chunk. # The image chunk field in the chunk. + "annotations": { # Represents the annotation of a block or a chunk. # Annotation of the image chunk field. + "description": "A String", # The description of the content with this annotation. + }, + "blobAssetId": "A String", # Optional. Asset id of the inline image. If set, find the image content in the blob_assets field. + "dataUri": "A String", # Optional. Data uri of the image. It is composed of four parts: a prefix (data:), a MIME type indicating the type of data, an optional base64 token if non-textual, and the data itself: data:, + "gcsUri": "A String", # Optional. Google Cloud Storage uri of the image. + }, + "tableChunkField": { # The table chunk field in the chunk. # The table chunk field in the chunk. + "annotations": { # Represents the annotation of a block or a chunk. # Annotation of the table chunk field. + "description": "A String", # The description of the content with this annotation. + }, + }, + }, + ], "chunkId": "A String", # ID of the chunk. "content": "A String", # Text content of the chunk. "pageFooters": [ # Page footers associated with the chunk. @@ -2795,6 +2891,16 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "imageBlock": { # Represents an image type block. # Block consisting of image content. + "annotations": { # Represents the annotation of a block or a chunk. # Annotation of the image block. + "description": "A String", # The description of the content with this annotation. + }, + "blobAssetId": "A String", # Optional. Asset id of the inline image. If set, find the image content in the blob_assets field. + "dataUri": "A String", # Optional. Data uri of the image. It is composed of four parts: a prefix (data:), a MIME type indicating the type of data, an optional base64 token if non-textual, and the data itself: data:, + "gcsUri": "A String", # Optional. Google Cloud Storage uri of the image. + "imageText": "A String", # Text extracted from the image using OCR or alt text describing the image. + "mimeType": "A String", # Mime type of the image. An IANA published [media type (MIME type)] (https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml). + }, "listBlock": { # Represents a list type block. # Block consisting of list content/structure. "listEntries": [ # List entries that constitute a list block. { # Represents an entry in the list. @@ -3738,6 +3844,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Defines properties that can be part of the entity type. "description": "A String", # The description of the property. Could be used to provide more information about the property for model calls. "displayName": "A String", # User defined name for the property. + "groundingConfig": "A String", # Grounding config of the entity type. "name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name. "occurrenceType": "A String", # Occurrence type limits the number of instances an entity type appears in the document. "propertyMetadata": { # Metadata about a property. # Any additional metadata about the property can be added here. @@ -3823,6 +3930,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Defines properties that can be part of the entity type. "description": "A String", # The description of the property. Could be used to provide more information about the property for model calls. "displayName": "A String", # User defined name for the property. + "groundingConfig": "A String", # Grounding config of the entity type. "name": "A String", # The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name. "occurrenceType": "A String", # Occurrence type limits the number of instances an entity type appears in the document. "propertyMetadata": { # Metadata about a property. # Any additional metadata about the property can be added here. diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.about.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.about.html index bb1eb100197..570c48a8be4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.about.html +++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.about.html @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.changes.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.changes.html index af4cc65efef..6bf7db382d4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.changes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.changes.html @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "restrictionDate": "A String", # The time at which the content restriction was set (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp). Only populated if readOnly is true. @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, ], @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "lastModifyingUserName": "A String", # Output only. Name of the last user to modify this file. @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, ], @@ -465,7 +465,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "shortcutDetails": { # Shortcut file details. Only populated for shortcut files, which have the mimeType field set to `application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut`. Can only be set on `files.insert` requests. @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. @@ -772,7 +772,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "restrictionDate": "A String", # The time at which the content restriction was set (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp). Only populated if readOnly is true. @@ -863,7 +863,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, ], @@ -891,7 +891,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "lastModifyingUserName": "A String", # Output only. Name of the last user to modify this file. @@ -921,7 +921,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, ], @@ -1009,7 +1009,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "shortcutDetails": { # Shortcut file details. Only populated for shortcut files, which have the mimeType field set to `application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut`. Can only be set on `files.insert` requests. @@ -1036,7 +1036,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.comments.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.comments.html index 35ba52b5b17..f87ffbccdf7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.comments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.comments.html @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "commentId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the comment. @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "content": "A String", # The plain text content used to create this reply. This is not HTML safe and should only be used as a starting point to make edits to a reply's content. This field is required on inserts if no verb is specified (resolve/reopen). @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "commentId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the comment. @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "content": "A String", # The plain text content used to create this reply. This is not HTML safe and should only be used as a starting point to make edits to a reply's content. This field is required on inserts if no verb is specified (resolve/reopen). @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "commentId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the comment. @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "content": "A String", # The plain text content used to create this reply. This is not HTML safe and should only be used as a starting point to make edits to a reply's content. This field is required on inserts if no verb is specified (resolve/reopen). @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "commentId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the comment. @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "content": "A String", # The plain text content used to create this reply. This is not HTML safe and should only be used as a starting point to make edits to a reply's content. This field is required on inserts if no verb is specified (resolve/reopen). @@ -417,7 +417,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "commentId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the comment. @@ -442,7 +442,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "content": "A String", # The plain text content used to create this reply. This is not HTML safe and should only be used as a starting point to make edits to a reply's content. This field is required on inserts if no verb is specified (resolve/reopen). @@ -476,7 +476,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "commentId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the comment. @@ -501,7 +501,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "content": "A String", # The plain text content used to create this reply. This is not HTML safe and should only be used as a starting point to make edits to a reply's content. This field is required on inserts if no verb is specified (resolve/reopen). @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "commentId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the comment. @@ -563,7 +563,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "content": "A String", # The plain text content used to create this reply. This is not HTML safe and should only be used as a starting point to make edits to a reply's content. This field is required on inserts if no verb is specified (resolve/reopen). @@ -597,7 +597,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "commentId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the comment. @@ -622,7 +622,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "content": "A String", # The plain text content used to create this reply. This is not HTML safe and should only be used as a starting point to make edits to a reply's content. This field is required on inserts if no verb is specified (resolve/reopen). diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.files.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.files.html index 6ae820047d9..2fdafe940c3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.files.html +++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.files.html @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "restrictionDate": "A String", # The time at which the content restriction was set (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp). Only populated if readOnly is true. @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, ], @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "lastModifyingUserName": "A String", # Output only. Name of the last user to modify this file. @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, ], @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "shortcutDetails": { # Shortcut file details. Only populated for shortcut files, which have the mimeType field set to `application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut`. Can only be set on `files.insert` requests. @@ -478,7 +478,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. @@ -622,7 +622,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "restrictionDate": "A String", # The time at which the content restriction was set (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp). Only populated if readOnly is true. @@ -713,7 +713,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, ], @@ -741,7 +741,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "lastModifyingUserName": "A String", # Output only. Name of the last user to modify this file. @@ -771,7 +771,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, ], @@ -859,7 +859,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "shortcutDetails": { # Shortcut file details. Only populated for shortcut files, which have the mimeType field set to `application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut`. Can only be set on `files.insert` requests. @@ -886,7 +886,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. @@ -1116,7 +1116,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "restrictionDate": "A String", # The time at which the content restriction was set (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp). Only populated if readOnly is true. @@ -1207,7 +1207,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, ], @@ -1235,7 +1235,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "lastModifyingUserName": "A String", # Output only. Name of the last user to modify this file. @@ -1265,7 +1265,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, ], @@ -1353,7 +1353,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "shortcutDetails": { # Shortcut file details. Only populated for shortcut files, which have the mimeType field set to `application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut`. Can only be set on `files.insert` requests. @@ -1380,7 +1380,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. @@ -1538,7 +1538,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "restrictionDate": "A String", # The time at which the content restriction was set (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp). Only populated if readOnly is true. @@ -1629,7 +1629,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, ], @@ -1657,7 +1657,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "lastModifyingUserName": "A String", # Output only. Name of the last user to modify this file. @@ -1687,7 +1687,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, ], @@ -1775,7 +1775,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "shortcutDetails": { # Shortcut file details. Only populated for shortcut files, which have the mimeType field set to `application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut`. Can only be set on `files.insert` requests. @@ -1802,7 +1802,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. @@ -1949,7 +1949,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "restrictionDate": "A String", # The time at which the content restriction was set (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp). Only populated if readOnly is true. @@ -2040,7 +2040,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, ], @@ -2068,7 +2068,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "lastModifyingUserName": "A String", # Output only. Name of the last user to modify this file. @@ -2098,7 +2098,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, ], @@ -2186,7 +2186,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "shortcutDetails": { # Shortcut file details. Only populated for shortcut files, which have the mimeType field set to `application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut`. Can only be set on `files.insert` requests. @@ -2213,7 +2213,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. @@ -2374,7 +2374,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "restrictionDate": "A String", # The time at which the content restriction was set (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp). Only populated if readOnly is true. @@ -2465,7 +2465,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, ], @@ -2493,7 +2493,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "lastModifyingUserName": "A String", # Output only. Name of the last user to modify this file. @@ -2523,7 +2523,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, ], @@ -2611,7 +2611,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "shortcutDetails": { # Shortcut file details. Only populated for shortcut files, which have the mimeType field set to `application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut`. Can only be set on `files.insert` requests. @@ -2638,7 +2638,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. @@ -2747,7 +2747,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, ], @@ -2870,7 +2870,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, ], @@ -2956,7 +2956,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "restrictionDate": "A String", # The time at which the content restriction was set (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp). Only populated if readOnly is true. @@ -3047,7 +3047,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, ], @@ -3075,7 +3075,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "lastModifyingUserName": "A String", # Output only. Name of the last user to modify this file. @@ -3105,7 +3105,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, ], @@ -3193,7 +3193,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "shortcutDetails": { # Shortcut file details. Only populated for shortcut files, which have the mimeType field set to `application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut`. Can only be set on `files.insert` requests. @@ -3220,7 +3220,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. @@ -3374,7 +3374,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "restrictionDate": "A String", # The time at which the content restriction was set (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp). Only populated if readOnly is true. @@ -3465,7 +3465,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, ], @@ -3493,7 +3493,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "lastModifyingUserName": "A String", # Output only. Name of the last user to modify this file. @@ -3523,7 +3523,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, ], @@ -3611,7 +3611,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "shortcutDetails": { # Shortcut file details. Only populated for shortcut files, which have the mimeType field set to `application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut`. Can only be set on `files.insert` requests. @@ -3638,7 +3638,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. @@ -3778,7 +3778,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "restrictionDate": "A String", # The time at which the content restriction was set (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp). Only populated if readOnly is true. @@ -3869,7 +3869,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, ], @@ -3897,7 +3897,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "lastModifyingUserName": "A String", # Output only. Name of the last user to modify this file. @@ -3927,7 +3927,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, ], @@ -4015,7 +4015,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "shortcutDetails": { # Shortcut file details. Only populated for shortcut files, which have the mimeType field set to `application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut`. Can only be set on `files.insert` requests. @@ -4042,7 +4042,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. @@ -4182,7 +4182,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "restrictionDate": "A String", # The time at which the content restriction was set (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp). Only populated if readOnly is true. @@ -4273,7 +4273,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, ], @@ -4301,7 +4301,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "lastModifyingUserName": "A String", # Output only. Name of the last user to modify this file. @@ -4331,7 +4331,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, ], @@ -4419,7 +4419,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "shortcutDetails": { # Shortcut file details. Only populated for shortcut files, which have the mimeType field set to `application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut`. Can only be set on `files.insert` requests. @@ -4446,7 +4446,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. @@ -4586,7 +4586,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "restrictionDate": "A String", # The time at which the content restriction was set (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp). Only populated if readOnly is true. @@ -4677,7 +4677,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, ], @@ -4705,7 +4705,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "lastModifyingUserName": "A String", # Output only. Name of the last user to modify this file. @@ -4735,7 +4735,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, ], @@ -4823,7 +4823,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "shortcutDetails": { # Shortcut file details. Only populated for shortcut files, which have the mimeType field set to `application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut`. Can only be set on `files.insert` requests. @@ -4850,7 +4850,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. @@ -4981,7 +4981,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "restrictionDate": "A String", # The time at which the content restriction was set (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp). Only populated if readOnly is true. @@ -5072,7 +5072,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, ], @@ -5100,7 +5100,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "lastModifyingUserName": "A String", # Output only. Name of the last user to modify this file. @@ -5130,7 +5130,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, ], @@ -5218,7 +5218,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "shortcutDetails": { # Shortcut file details. Only populated for shortcut files, which have the mimeType field set to `application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut`. Can only be set on `files.insert` requests. @@ -5245,7 +5245,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. @@ -5401,7 +5401,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "restrictionDate": "A String", # The time at which the content restriction was set (formatted RFC 3339 timestamp). Only populated if readOnly is true. @@ -5492,7 +5492,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, ], @@ -5520,7 +5520,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "lastModifyingUserName": "A String", # Output only. Name of the last user to modify this file. @@ -5550,7 +5550,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, ], @@ -5638,7 +5638,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "shortcutDetails": { # Shortcut file details. Only populated for shortcut files, which have the mimeType field set to `application/vnd.google-apps.shortcut`. Can only be set on `files.insert` requests. @@ -5665,7 +5665,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "userPermission": { # A permission for a file. A permission grants a user, group, domain, or the world access to a file or a folder hierarchy. Some resource methods (such as `permissions.update`) require a `permissionId`. Use the `permissions.list` method to retrieve the ID for a file, folder, or shared drive. # Output only. The permissions for the authenticated user on this file. diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.replies.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.replies.html index 78d58d2d553..73e25421a7a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.replies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.replies.html @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "content": "A String", # The plain text content used to create this reply. This is not HTML safe and should only be used as a starting point to make edits to a reply's content. This field is required on inserts if no verb is specified (resolve/reopen). @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "content": "A String", # The plain text content used to create this reply. This is not HTML safe and should only be used as a starting point to make edits to a reply's content. This field is required on inserts if no verb is specified (resolve/reopen). @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "content": "A String", # The plain text content used to create this reply. This is not HTML safe and should only be used as a starting point to make edits to a reply's content. This field is required on inserts if no verb is specified (resolve/reopen). @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "content": "A String", # The plain text content used to create this reply. This is not HTML safe and should only be used as a starting point to make edits to a reply's content. This field is required on inserts if no verb is specified (resolve/reopen). @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "content": "A String", # The plain text content used to create this reply. This is not HTML safe and should only be used as a starting point to make edits to a reply's content. This field is required on inserts if no verb is specified (resolve/reopen). @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "content": "A String", # The plain text content used to create this reply. This is not HTML safe and should only be used as a starting point to make edits to a reply's content. This field is required on inserts if no verb is specified (resolve/reopen). @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "content": "A String", # The plain text content used to create this reply. This is not HTML safe and should only be used as a starting point to make edits to a reply's content. This field is required on inserts if no verb is specified (resolve/reopen). @@ -391,7 +391,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "content": "A String", # The plain text content used to create this reply. This is not HTML safe and should only be used as a starting point to make edits to a reply's content. This field is required on inserts if no verb is specified (resolve/reopen). diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.revisions.html index c14135b26ec..8bb0a783cf8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.revisions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.revisions.html @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "lastModifyingUserName": "A String", # Output only. Name of the last user to modify this revision. @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "lastModifyingUserName": "A String", # Output only. Name of the last user to modify this revision. @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "lastModifyingUserName": "A String", # Output only. Name of the last user to modify this revision. @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "lastModifyingUserName": "A String", # Output only. Name of the last user to modify this revision. @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "lastModifyingUserName": "A String", # Output only. Name of the last user to modify this revision. @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@

Method Details

"kind": "drive#user", # Output only. This is always `drive#user`. "permissionId": "A String", # Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection. "picture": { # Output only. The user's profile picture. - "url": "A String", # Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. + "url": "A String", # Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user. }, }, "lastModifyingUserName": "A String", # Output only. Name of the last user to modify this revision. diff --git a/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.html index e5180a598d2..d1d92f808ad 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets information about a location.

- list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, includeUnrevealedLocations=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

list_next()

@@ -135,14 +135,13 @@

Method Details

- list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, includeUnrevealedLocations=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
   extraLocationTypes: string, Optional. A list of extra location types that should be used as conditions for controlling the visibility of the locations. (repeated)
   filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like `"displayName=tokyo"`, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
-  includeUnrevealedLocations: boolean, If true, the returned list will include locations which are not yet revealed.
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
   pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
index 0b30eabdc85..55021deea84 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets information about a location.

- list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, includeUnrevealedLocations=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

list_next()

@@ -135,14 +135,13 @@

Method Details

- list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, includeUnrevealedLocations=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
   extraLocationTypes: string, Optional. A list of extra location types that should be used as conditions for controlling the visibility of the locations. (repeated)
   filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like `"displayName=tokyo"`, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
-  includeUnrevealedLocations: boolean, If true, the returned list will include locations which are not yet revealed.
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
   pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebaseml_v2beta.projects.locations.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/firebaseml_v2beta.projects.locations.publishers.models.html
index a6abde61bda..55941e0cff6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firebaseml_v2beta.projects.locations.publishers.models.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firebaseml_v2beta.projects.locations.publishers.models.html
@@ -166,10 +166,14 @@ 

Method Details

"A String", ], "responseSchema": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. The `Schema` object allows the definition of input and output data types. These types can be objects, but also primitives and arrays. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). If set, a compatible response_mime_type must also be set. Compatible mimetypes: `application/json`: Schema for JSON response. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. Can either be a boolean or an object; controls the presence of additional properties. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list. # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema ], "default": "", # Optional. Default value of the data. + "defs": { # Optional. A map of definitions for use by `ref` Only allowed at the root of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data. "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of primitive type with enum format. Examples: 1. We can define direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} 2. We can define apartment number as : {type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]} "A String", @@ -193,6 +197,7 @@

Method Details

"propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. The order of the properties. Not a standard field in open api spec. Only used to support the order of the properties. "A String", ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows indirect references between schema nodes. The value should be a valid reference to a child of the root `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT. "A String", ], @@ -286,10 +291,14 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. "parameters": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. Can either be a boolean or an object; controls the presence of additional properties. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list. # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema ], "default": "", # Optional. Default value of the data. + "defs": { # Optional. A map of definitions for use by `ref` Only allowed at the root of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data. "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of primitive type with enum format. Examples: 1. We can define direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} 2. We can define apartment number as : {type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]} "A String", @@ -313,6 +322,7 @@

Method Details

"propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. The order of the properties. Not a standard field in open api spec. Only used to support the order of the properties. "A String", ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows indirect references between schema nodes. The value should be a valid reference to a child of the root `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT. "A String", ], @@ -320,10 +330,14 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the data. }, "response": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. Can either be a boolean or an object; controls the presence of additional properties. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list. # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema ], "default": "", # Optional. Default value of the data. + "defs": { # Optional. A map of definitions for use by `ref` Only allowed at the root of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data. "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of primitive type with enum format. Examples: 1. We can define direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} 2. We can define apartment number as : {type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]} "A String", @@ -347,6 +361,7 @@

Method Details

"propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. The order of the properties. Not a standard field in open api spec. Only used to support the order of the properties. "A String", ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows indirect references between schema nodes. The value should be a valid reference to a child of the root `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT. "A String", ], @@ -503,10 +518,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "responseSchema": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. The `Schema` object allows the definition of input and output data types. These types can be objects, but also primitives and arrays. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). If set, a compatible response_mime_type must also be set. Compatible mimetypes: `application/json`: Schema for JSON response. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. Can either be a boolean or an object; controls the presence of additional properties. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list. # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema ], "default": "", # Optional. Default value of the data. + "defs": { # Optional. A map of definitions for use by `ref` Only allowed at the root of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data. "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of primitive type with enum format. Examples: 1. We can define direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} 2. We can define apartment number as : {type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]} "A String", @@ -530,6 +549,7 @@

Method Details

"propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. The order of the properties. Not a standard field in open api spec. Only used to support the order of the properties. "A String", ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows indirect references between schema nodes. The value should be a valid reference to a child of the root `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT. "A String", ], @@ -644,10 +664,14 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. "parameters": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. Can either be a boolean or an object; controls the presence of additional properties. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list. # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema ], "default": "", # Optional. Default value of the data. + "defs": { # Optional. A map of definitions for use by `ref` Only allowed at the root of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data. "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of primitive type with enum format. Examples: 1. We can define direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} 2. We can define apartment number as : {type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]} "A String", @@ -671,6 +695,7 @@

Method Details

"propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. The order of the properties. Not a standard field in open api spec. Only used to support the order of the properties. "A String", ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows indirect references between schema nodes. The value should be a valid reference to a child of the root `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT. "A String", ], @@ -678,10 +703,14 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the data. }, "response": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. Can either be a boolean or an object; controls the presence of additional properties. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list. # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema ], "default": "", # Optional. Default value of the data. + "defs": { # Optional. A map of definitions for use by `ref` Only allowed at the root of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data. "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of primitive type with enum format. Examples: 1. We can define direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} 2. We can define apartment number as : {type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]} "A String", @@ -705,6 +734,7 @@

Method Details

"propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. The order of the properties. Not a standard field in open api spec. Only used to support the order of the properties. "A String", ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows indirect references between schema nodes. The value should be a valid reference to a child of the root `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT. "A String", ], @@ -1054,10 +1084,14 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "responseSchema": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. The `Schema` object allows the definition of input and output data types. These types can be objects, but also primitives and arrays. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema). If set, a compatible response_mime_type must also be set. Compatible mimetypes: `application/json`: Schema for JSON response. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. Can either be a boolean or an object; controls the presence of additional properties. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list. # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema ], "default": "", # Optional. Default value of the data. + "defs": { # Optional. A map of definitions for use by `ref` Only allowed at the root of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data. "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of primitive type with enum format. Examples: 1. We can define direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} 2. We can define apartment number as : {type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]} "A String", @@ -1081,6 +1115,7 @@

Method Details

"propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. The order of the properties. Not a standard field in open api spec. Only used to support the order of the properties. "A String", ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows indirect references between schema nodes. The value should be a valid reference to a child of the root `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT. "A String", ], @@ -1195,10 +1230,14 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function. "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots and dashes, with a maximum length of 64. "parameters": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1 + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. Can either be a boolean or an object; controls the presence of additional properties. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list. # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema ], "default": "", # Optional. Default value of the data. + "defs": { # Optional. A map of definitions for use by `ref` Only allowed at the root of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data. "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of primitive type with enum format. Examples: 1. We can define direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} 2. We can define apartment number as : {type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]} "A String", @@ -1222,6 +1261,7 @@

Method Details

"propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. The order of the properties. Not a standard field in open api spec. Only used to support the order of the properties. "A String", ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows indirect references between schema nodes. The value should be a valid reference to a child of the root `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT. "A String", ], @@ -1229,10 +1269,14 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the data. }, "response": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function. + "additionalProperties": "", # Optional. Can either be a boolean or an object; controls the presence of additional properties. "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list. # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema ], "default": "", # Optional. Default value of the data. + "defs": { # Optional. A map of definitions for use by `ref` Only allowed at the root of the schema. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema + }, "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data. "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of primitive type with enum format. Examples: 1. We can define direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} 2. We can define apartment number as : {type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]} "A String", @@ -1256,6 +1300,7 @@

Method Details

"propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. The order of the properties. Not a standard field in open api spec. Only used to support the order of the properties. "A String", ], + "ref": "A String", # Optional. Allows indirect references between schema nodes. The value should be a valid reference to a child of the root `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named "Pet": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the "pet" property is a reference to the schema node named "Pet". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/forms_v1.forms.html b/docs/dyn/forms_v1.forms.html index af3aaca5a72..4f6482132a7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/forms_v1.forms.html +++ b/docs/dyn/forms_v1.forms.html @@ -1087,7 +1087,7 @@

Method Details

"isPublished": True or False, # Required. Whether the form is published and visible to others. }, }, - "responderUri": "A String", # Output only. The form URI to share with responders. This opens a page that allows the user to submit responses but not edit the questions. For forms that have `publish_settings` value set, this will be the published form URI. + "responderUri": "A String", # Output only. The form URI to share with responders. This opens a page that allows the user to submit responses but not edit the questions. For forms that have `publish_settings` value set, this is the published form URI. "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. The revision ID of the form. Used in the WriteControl in update requests to identify the revision on which the changes are based. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the form *content* has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same form and user) usually means the form *content* has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. Form content excludes form metadata, including: * sharing settings (who has access to the form) * `publish_settings` (if the form supports publishing and if it is published) "settings": { # A form's settings. # The form's settings. This must be updated with UpdateSettingsRequest; it is ignored during `forms.create` and UpdateFormInfoRequest. "emailCollectionType": "A String", # Optional. The setting that determines whether the form collects email addresses from respondents. @@ -1442,7 +1442,7 @@

Method Details

"isPublished": True or False, # Required. Whether the form is published and visible to others. }, }, - "responderUri": "A String", # Output only. The form URI to share with responders. This opens a page that allows the user to submit responses but not edit the questions. For forms that have `publish_settings` value set, this will be the published form URI. + "responderUri": "A String", # Output only. The form URI to share with responders. This opens a page that allows the user to submit responses but not edit the questions. For forms that have `publish_settings` value set, this is the published form URI. "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. The revision ID of the form. Used in the WriteControl in update requests to identify the revision on which the changes are based. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the form *content* has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same form and user) usually means the form *content* has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. Form content excludes form metadata, including: * sharing settings (who has access to the form) * `publish_settings` (if the form supports publishing and if it is published) "settings": { # A form's settings. # The form's settings. This must be updated with UpdateSettingsRequest; it is ignored during `forms.create` and UpdateFormInfoRequest. "emailCollectionType": "A String", # Optional. The setting that determines whether the form collects email addresses from respondents. @@ -1777,7 +1777,7 @@

Method Details

"isPublished": True or False, # Required. Whether the form is published and visible to others. }, }, - "responderUri": "A String", # Output only. The form URI to share with responders. This opens a page that allows the user to submit responses but not edit the questions. For forms that have `publish_settings` value set, this will be the published form URI. + "responderUri": "A String", # Output only. The form URI to share with responders. This opens a page that allows the user to submit responses but not edit the questions. For forms that have `publish_settings` value set, this is the published form URI. "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. The revision ID of the form. Used in the WriteControl in update requests to identify the revision on which the changes are based. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the form *content* has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same form and user) usually means the form *content* has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. Form content excludes form metadata, including: * sharing settings (who has access to the form) * `publish_settings` (if the form supports publishing and if it is published) "settings": { # A form's settings. # The form's settings. This must be updated with UpdateSettingsRequest; it is ignored during `forms.create` and UpdateFormInfoRequest. "emailCollectionType": "A String", # Optional. The setting that determines whether the form collects email addresses from respondents. @@ -2118,7 +2118,7 @@

Method Details

"isPublished": True or False, # Required. Whether the form is published and visible to others. }, }, - "responderUri": "A String", # Output only. The form URI to share with responders. This opens a page that allows the user to submit responses but not edit the questions. For forms that have `publish_settings` value set, this will be the published form URI. + "responderUri": "A String", # Output only. The form URI to share with responders. This opens a page that allows the user to submit responses but not edit the questions. For forms that have `publish_settings` value set, this is the published form URI. "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. The revision ID of the form. Used in the WriteControl in update requests to identify the revision on which the changes are based. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the form *content* has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same form and user) usually means the form *content* has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. Form content excludes form metadata, including: * sharing settings (who has access to the form) * `publish_settings` (if the form supports publishing and if it is published) "settings": { # A form's settings. # The form's settings. This must be updated with UpdateSettingsRequest; it is ignored during `forms.create` and UpdateFormInfoRequest. "emailCollectionType": "A String", # Optional. The setting that determines whether the form collects email addresses from respondents. diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.restorePlans.restores.html b/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.restorePlans.restores.html index ccd29471525..1d9e82e5855 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.restorePlans.restores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.restorePlans.restores.html @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@

Method Details

"cluster": "A String", # Output only. The target cluster into which this Restore will restore data. Valid formats: - `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*` - `projects/*/zones/*/clusters/*` Inherited from parent RestorePlan's cluster value. "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of when the restore operation completed. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when this Restore resource was created. - "description": "A String", # User specified descriptive string for this Restore. + "description": "A String", # Optional. User specified descriptive string for this Restore. "etag": "A String", # Output only. `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a restore from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform restore updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `GetRestore`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `UpdateRestore` or `DeleteRestore` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the resource. "filter": { # Defines the filter for `Restore`. This filter can be used to further refine the resource selection of the `Restore` beyond the coarse-grained scope defined in the `RestorePlan`. `exclusion_filters` take precedence over `inclusion_filters`. If a resource matches both `inclusion_filters` and `exclusion_filters`, it will not be restored. # Optional. Immutable. Filters resources for `Restore`. If not specified, the scope of the restore will remain the same as defined in the `RestorePlan`. If this is specified and no resources are matched by the `inclusion_filters` or everything is excluded by the `exclusion_filters`, nothing will be restored. This filter can only be specified if the value of namespaced_resource_restore_mode is set to `MERGE_SKIP_ON_CONFLICT`, `MERGE_REPLACE_VOLUME_ON_CONFLICT` or `MERGE_REPLACE_ON_CONFLICT`. "exclusionFilters": [ # Optional. Excludes resources from restoration. If specified, a resource will not be restored if it matches any `ResourceSelector` of the `exclusion_filters`. @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@

Method Details

"cluster": "A String", # Output only. The target cluster into which this Restore will restore data. Valid formats: - `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*` - `projects/*/zones/*/clusters/*` Inherited from parent RestorePlan's cluster value. "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of when the restore operation completed. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when this Restore resource was created. - "description": "A String", # User specified descriptive string for this Restore. + "description": "A String", # Optional. User specified descriptive string for this Restore. "etag": "A String", # Output only. `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a restore from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform restore updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `GetRestore`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `UpdateRestore` or `DeleteRestore` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the resource. "filter": { # Defines the filter for `Restore`. This filter can be used to further refine the resource selection of the `Restore` beyond the coarse-grained scope defined in the `RestorePlan`. `exclusion_filters` take precedence over `inclusion_filters`. If a resource matches both `inclusion_filters` and `exclusion_filters`, it will not be restored. # Optional. Immutable. Filters resources for `Restore`. If not specified, the scope of the restore will remain the same as defined in the `RestorePlan`. If this is specified and no resources are matched by the `inclusion_filters` or everything is excluded by the `exclusion_filters`, nothing will be restored. This filter can only be specified if the value of namespaced_resource_restore_mode is set to `MERGE_SKIP_ON_CONFLICT`, `MERGE_REPLACE_VOLUME_ON_CONFLICT` or `MERGE_REPLACE_ON_CONFLICT`. "exclusionFilters": [ # Optional. Excludes resources from restoration. If specified, a resource will not be restored if it matches any `ResourceSelector` of the `exclusion_filters`. @@ -608,7 +608,7 @@

Method Details

"cluster": "A String", # Output only. The target cluster into which this Restore will restore data. Valid formats: - `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*` - `projects/*/zones/*/clusters/*` Inherited from parent RestorePlan's cluster value. "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of when the restore operation completed. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when this Restore resource was created. - "description": "A String", # User specified descriptive string for this Restore. + "description": "A String", # Optional. User specified descriptive string for this Restore. "etag": "A String", # Output only. `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a restore from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform restore updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `GetRestore`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `UpdateRestore` or `DeleteRestore` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the resource. "filter": { # Defines the filter for `Restore`. This filter can be used to further refine the resource selection of the `Restore` beyond the coarse-grained scope defined in the `RestorePlan`. `exclusion_filters` take precedence over `inclusion_filters`. If a resource matches both `inclusion_filters` and `exclusion_filters`, it will not be restored. # Optional. Immutable. Filters resources for `Restore`. If not specified, the scope of the restore will remain the same as defined in the `RestorePlan`. If this is specified and no resources are matched by the `inclusion_filters` or everything is excluded by the `exclusion_filters`, nothing will be restored. This filter can only be specified if the value of namespaced_resource_restore_mode is set to `MERGE_SKIP_ON_CONFLICT`, `MERGE_REPLACE_VOLUME_ON_CONFLICT` or `MERGE_REPLACE_ON_CONFLICT`. "exclusionFilters": [ # Optional. Excludes resources from restoration. If specified, a resource will not be restored if it matches any `ResourceSelector` of the `exclusion_filters`. @@ -801,7 +801,7 @@

Method Details

"cluster": "A String", # Output only. The target cluster into which this Restore will restore data. Valid formats: - `projects/*/locations/*/clusters/*` - `projects/*/zones/*/clusters/*` Inherited from parent RestorePlan's cluster value. "completeTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of when the restore operation completed. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when this Restore resource was created. - "description": "A String", # User specified descriptive string for this Restore. + "description": "A String", # Optional. User specified descriptive string for this Restore. "etag": "A String", # Output only. `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a restore from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform restore updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `GetRestore`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `UpdateRestore` or `DeleteRestore` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the resource. "filter": { # Defines the filter for `Restore`. This filter can be used to further refine the resource selection of the `Restore` beyond the coarse-grained scope defined in the `RestorePlan`. `exclusion_filters` take precedence over `inclusion_filters`. If a resource matches both `inclusion_filters` and `exclusion_filters`, it will not be restored. # Optional. Immutable. Filters resources for `Restore`. If not specified, the scope of the restore will remain the same as defined in the `RestorePlan`. If this is specified and no resources are matched by the `inclusion_filters` or everything is excluded by the `exclusion_filters`, nothing will be restored. This filter can only be specified if the value of namespaced_resource_restore_mode is set to `MERGE_SKIP_ON_CONFLICT`, `MERGE_REPLACE_VOLUME_ON_CONFLICT` or `MERGE_REPLACE_ON_CONFLICT`. "exclusionFilters": [ # Optional. Excludes resources from restoration. If specified, a resource will not be restored if it matches any `ResourceSelector` of the `exclusion_filters`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html index d5784ed3b42..c217cd63aa3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html @@ -858,8 +858,8 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # The overall Policy Controller lifecycle state observed by the Hub Feature controller. }, "servicemesh": { # **Service Mesh**: State for a single Membership, as analyzed by the Service Mesh Hub Controller. # Service Mesh-specific state. - "conditions": [ # Output only. List of conditions reported for this membership. TODO b/395151419: Use the common Condition message. - { # Condition being reported. TODO b/395151419: Remove this message once the membership-level conditions field uses the common Condition message. + "conditions": [ # Output only. List of conditions reported for this membership. + { # Condition being reported. "code": "A String", # Unique identifier of the condition which describes the condition recognizable to the user. "details": "A String", # A short summary about the issue. "documentationLink": "A String", # Links contains actionable information. @@ -1867,8 +1867,8 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # The overall Policy Controller lifecycle state observed by the Hub Feature controller. }, "servicemesh": { # **Service Mesh**: State for a single Membership, as analyzed by the Service Mesh Hub Controller. # Service Mesh-specific state. - "conditions": [ # Output only. List of conditions reported for this membership. TODO b/395151419: Use the common Condition message. - { # Condition being reported. TODO b/395151419: Remove this message once the membership-level conditions field uses the common Condition message. + "conditions": [ # Output only. List of conditions reported for this membership. + { # Condition being reported. "code": "A String", # Unique identifier of the condition which describes the condition recognizable to the user. "details": "A String", # A short summary about the issue. "documentationLink": "A String", # Links contains actionable information. @@ -2864,8 +2864,8 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # The overall Policy Controller lifecycle state observed by the Hub Feature controller. }, "servicemesh": { # **Service Mesh**: State for a single Membership, as analyzed by the Service Mesh Hub Controller. # Service Mesh-specific state. - "conditions": [ # Output only. List of conditions reported for this membership. TODO b/395151419: Use the common Condition message. - { # Condition being reported. TODO b/395151419: Remove this message once the membership-level conditions field uses the common Condition message. + "conditions": [ # Output only. List of conditions reported for this membership. + { # Condition being reported. "code": "A String", # Unique identifier of the condition which describes the condition recognizable to the user. "details": "A String", # A short summary about the issue. "documentationLink": "A String", # Links contains actionable information. @@ -3816,8 +3816,8 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # The overall Policy Controller lifecycle state observed by the Hub Feature controller. }, "servicemesh": { # **Service Mesh**: State for a single Membership, as analyzed by the Service Mesh Hub Controller. # Service Mesh-specific state. - "conditions": [ # Output only. List of conditions reported for this membership. TODO b/395151419: Use the common Condition message. - { # Condition being reported. TODO b/395151419: Remove this message once the membership-level conditions field uses the common Condition message. + "conditions": [ # Output only. List of conditions reported for this membership. + { # Condition being reported. "code": "A String", # Unique identifier of the condition which describes the condition recognizable to the user. "details": "A String", # A short summary about the issue. "documentationLink": "A String", # Links contains actionable information. diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html index 0c226b6152d..f64efc74a58 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html @@ -912,8 +912,8 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "conditions": [ # Output only. List of conditions reported for this membership. TODO b/395151419: Use the common Condition message. - { # Condition being reported. TODO b/395151419: Remove this message once the membership-level conditions field uses the common Condition message. + "conditions": [ # Output only. List of conditions reported for this membership. + { # Condition being reported. "code": "A String", # Unique identifier of the condition which describes the condition recognizable to the user. "details": "A String", # A short summary about the issue. "documentationLink": "A String", # Links contains actionable information. @@ -946,6 +946,9 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # A human-readable description of the current status. "updateTime": "A String", # The time this status and any related Feature-specific details were updated. }, + "workloadidentity": { # **WorkloadIdentity**: The membership-specific state for WorkloadIdentity feature. # Workload Identity membership specific state. + "description": "A String", # Deprecated, will erase after code is changed to use the new field. + }, }, }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The full, unique name of this Feature resource in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*`. @@ -1079,6 +1082,9 @@

Method Details

}, "provisionGoogleCa": "A String", # Immutable. Specifies CA configuration. }, + "workloadidentity": { # **WorkloadIdentity**: Global feature specification. # Workload Identity feature spec. + "scopeTenancyPool": "A String", # Pool to be used for Workload Identity. This pool in trust-domain mode is used with Fleet Tenancy, so that sameness can be enforced. ex: projects/example/locations/global/workloadidentitypools/custompool + }, }, "state": { # CommonFeatureState contains Fleet-wide Feature status information. # Output only. The Fleet-wide Feature state. "appdevexperience": { # State for App Dev Exp Feature. # Appdevexperience specific state. @@ -1182,7 +1188,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "conditions": [ # Output only. List of conditions reported for this feature. - { # Condition being reported. TODO b/395151419: This message should be used to replace the membership-level Condition message. + { # Condition being reported. "code": "A String", # Unique identifier of the condition which describes the condition recognizable to the user. "details": "A String", # A short summary about the issue. "documentationLink": "A String", # Links contains actionable information. @@ -1195,6 +1201,25 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # A human-readable description of the current status. "updateTime": "A String", # The time this status and any related Feature-specific details were updated. }, + "workloadidentity": { # **WorkloadIdentity**: Global feature state. # WorkloadIdentity fleet-level state. + "namespaceStateDetails": { # The state of the IAM namespaces for the fleet. + "a_key": { # NamespaceStateDetail represents the state of a IAM namespace. + "code": "A String", # The state of the IAM namespace. + "description": "A String", # A human-readable description of the current state or returned error. + }, + }, + "namespaceStates": { # Deprecated, will erase after code is changed to use the new field. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "scopeTenancyWorkloadIdentityPool": "A String", # The full name of the scope-tenancy pool for the fleet. + "workloadIdentityPool": "A String", # The full name of the svc.id.goog pool for the fleet. + "workloadIdentityPoolStateDetails": { # The state of the Workload Identity Pools for the fleet. + "a_key": { # WorkloadIdentityPoolStateDetail represents the state of the Workload Identity Pools for the fleet. + "code": "A String", # The state of the Workload Identity Pool. + "description": "A String", # A human-readable description of the current state or returned error. + }, + }, + }, }, "unreachable": [ # Output only. List of locations that could not be reached while fetching this feature. "A String", @@ -2078,8 +2103,8 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "conditions": [ # Output only. List of conditions reported for this membership. TODO b/395151419: Use the common Condition message. - { # Condition being reported. TODO b/395151419: Remove this message once the membership-level conditions field uses the common Condition message. + "conditions": [ # Output only. List of conditions reported for this membership. + { # Condition being reported. "code": "A String", # Unique identifier of the condition which describes the condition recognizable to the user. "details": "A String", # A short summary about the issue. "documentationLink": "A String", # Links contains actionable information. @@ -2112,6 +2137,9 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # A human-readable description of the current status. "updateTime": "A String", # The time this status and any related Feature-specific details were updated. }, + "workloadidentity": { # **WorkloadIdentity**: The membership-specific state for WorkloadIdentity feature. # Workload Identity membership specific state. + "description": "A String", # Deprecated, will erase after code is changed to use the new field. + }, }, }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The full, unique name of this Feature resource in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*`. @@ -2245,6 +2273,9 @@

Method Details

}, "provisionGoogleCa": "A String", # Immutable. Specifies CA configuration. }, + "workloadidentity": { # **WorkloadIdentity**: Global feature specification. # Workload Identity feature spec. + "scopeTenancyPool": "A String", # Pool to be used for Workload Identity. This pool in trust-domain mode is used with Fleet Tenancy, so that sameness can be enforced. ex: projects/example/locations/global/workloadidentitypools/custompool + }, }, "state": { # CommonFeatureState contains Fleet-wide Feature status information. # Output only. The Fleet-wide Feature state. "appdevexperience": { # State for App Dev Exp Feature. # Appdevexperience specific state. @@ -2348,7 +2379,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "conditions": [ # Output only. List of conditions reported for this feature. - { # Condition being reported. TODO b/395151419: This message should be used to replace the membership-level Condition message. + { # Condition being reported. "code": "A String", # Unique identifier of the condition which describes the condition recognizable to the user. "details": "A String", # A short summary about the issue. "documentationLink": "A String", # Links contains actionable information. @@ -2361,6 +2392,25 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # A human-readable description of the current status. "updateTime": "A String", # The time this status and any related Feature-specific details were updated. }, + "workloadidentity": { # **WorkloadIdentity**: Global feature state. # WorkloadIdentity fleet-level state. + "namespaceStateDetails": { # The state of the IAM namespaces for the fleet. + "a_key": { # NamespaceStateDetail represents the state of a IAM namespace. + "code": "A String", # The state of the IAM namespace. + "description": "A String", # A human-readable description of the current state or returned error. + }, + }, + "namespaceStates": { # Deprecated, will erase after code is changed to use the new field. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "scopeTenancyWorkloadIdentityPool": "A String", # The full name of the scope-tenancy pool for the fleet. + "workloadIdentityPool": "A String", # The full name of the svc.id.goog pool for the fleet. + "workloadIdentityPoolStateDetails": { # The state of the Workload Identity Pools for the fleet. + "a_key": { # WorkloadIdentityPoolStateDetail represents the state of the Workload Identity Pools for the fleet. + "code": "A String", # The state of the Workload Identity Pool. + "description": "A String", # A human-readable description of the current state or returned error. + }, + }, + }, }, "unreachable": [ # Output only. List of locations that could not be reached while fetching this feature. "A String", @@ -3232,8 +3282,8 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "conditions": [ # Output only. List of conditions reported for this membership. TODO b/395151419: Use the common Condition message. - { # Condition being reported. TODO b/395151419: Remove this message once the membership-level conditions field uses the common Condition message. + "conditions": [ # Output only. List of conditions reported for this membership. + { # Condition being reported. "code": "A String", # Unique identifier of the condition which describes the condition recognizable to the user. "details": "A String", # A short summary about the issue. "documentationLink": "A String", # Links contains actionable information. @@ -3266,6 +3316,9 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # A human-readable description of the current status. "updateTime": "A String", # The time this status and any related Feature-specific details were updated. }, + "workloadidentity": { # **WorkloadIdentity**: The membership-specific state for WorkloadIdentity feature. # Workload Identity membership specific state. + "description": "A String", # Deprecated, will erase after code is changed to use the new field. + }, }, }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The full, unique name of this Feature resource in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*`. @@ -3399,6 +3452,9 @@

Method Details

}, "provisionGoogleCa": "A String", # Immutable. Specifies CA configuration. }, + "workloadidentity": { # **WorkloadIdentity**: Global feature specification. # Workload Identity feature spec. + "scopeTenancyPool": "A String", # Pool to be used for Workload Identity. This pool in trust-domain mode is used with Fleet Tenancy, so that sameness can be enforced. ex: projects/example/locations/global/workloadidentitypools/custompool + }, }, "state": { # CommonFeatureState contains Fleet-wide Feature status information. # Output only. The Fleet-wide Feature state. "appdevexperience": { # State for App Dev Exp Feature. # Appdevexperience specific state. @@ -3502,7 +3558,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "conditions": [ # Output only. List of conditions reported for this feature. - { # Condition being reported. TODO b/395151419: This message should be used to replace the membership-level Condition message. + { # Condition being reported. "code": "A String", # Unique identifier of the condition which describes the condition recognizable to the user. "details": "A String", # A short summary about the issue. "documentationLink": "A String", # Links contains actionable information. @@ -3515,6 +3571,25 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # A human-readable description of the current status. "updateTime": "A String", # The time this status and any related Feature-specific details were updated. }, + "workloadidentity": { # **WorkloadIdentity**: Global feature state. # WorkloadIdentity fleet-level state. + "namespaceStateDetails": { # The state of the IAM namespaces for the fleet. + "a_key": { # NamespaceStateDetail represents the state of a IAM namespace. + "code": "A String", # The state of the IAM namespace. + "description": "A String", # A human-readable description of the current state or returned error. + }, + }, + "namespaceStates": { # Deprecated, will erase after code is changed to use the new field. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "scopeTenancyWorkloadIdentityPool": "A String", # The full name of the scope-tenancy pool for the fleet. + "workloadIdentityPool": "A String", # The full name of the svc.id.goog pool for the fleet. + "workloadIdentityPoolStateDetails": { # The state of the Workload Identity Pools for the fleet. + "a_key": { # WorkloadIdentityPoolStateDetail represents the state of the Workload Identity Pools for the fleet. + "code": "A String", # The state of the Workload Identity Pool. + "description": "A String", # A human-readable description of the current state or returned error. + }, + }, + }, }, "unreachable": [ # Output only. List of locations that could not be reached while fetching this feature. "A String", @@ -4341,8 +4416,8 @@

Method Details

], }, ], - "conditions": [ # Output only. List of conditions reported for this membership. TODO b/395151419: Use the common Condition message. - { # Condition being reported. TODO b/395151419: Remove this message once the membership-level conditions field uses the common Condition message. + "conditions": [ # Output only. List of conditions reported for this membership. + { # Condition being reported. "code": "A String", # Unique identifier of the condition which describes the condition recognizable to the user. "details": "A String", # A short summary about the issue. "documentationLink": "A String", # Links contains actionable information. @@ -4375,6 +4450,9 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # A human-readable description of the current status. "updateTime": "A String", # The time this status and any related Feature-specific details were updated. }, + "workloadidentity": { # **WorkloadIdentity**: The membership-specific state for WorkloadIdentity feature. # Workload Identity membership specific state. + "description": "A String", # Deprecated, will erase after code is changed to use the new field. + }, }, }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The full, unique name of this Feature resource in the format `projects/*/locations/*/features/*`. @@ -4508,6 +4586,9 @@

Method Details

}, "provisionGoogleCa": "A String", # Immutable. Specifies CA configuration. }, + "workloadidentity": { # **WorkloadIdentity**: Global feature specification. # Workload Identity feature spec. + "scopeTenancyPool": "A String", # Pool to be used for Workload Identity. This pool in trust-domain mode is used with Fleet Tenancy, so that sameness can be enforced. ex: projects/example/locations/global/workloadidentitypools/custompool + }, }, "state": { # CommonFeatureState contains Fleet-wide Feature status information. # Output only. The Fleet-wide Feature state. "appdevexperience": { # State for App Dev Exp Feature. # Appdevexperience specific state. @@ -4611,7 +4692,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "conditions": [ # Output only. List of conditions reported for this feature. - { # Condition being reported. TODO b/395151419: This message should be used to replace the membership-level Condition message. + { # Condition being reported. "code": "A String", # Unique identifier of the condition which describes the condition recognizable to the user. "details": "A String", # A short summary about the issue. "documentationLink": "A String", # Links contains actionable information. @@ -4624,6 +4705,25 @@

Method Details

"description": "A String", # A human-readable description of the current status. "updateTime": "A String", # The time this status and any related Feature-specific details were updated. }, + "workloadidentity": { # **WorkloadIdentity**: Global feature state. # WorkloadIdentity fleet-level state. + "namespaceStateDetails": { # The state of the IAM namespaces for the fleet. + "a_key": { # NamespaceStateDetail represents the state of a IAM namespace. + "code": "A String", # The state of the IAM namespace. + "description": "A String", # A human-readable description of the current state or returned error. + }, + }, + "namespaceStates": { # Deprecated, will erase after code is changed to use the new field. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "scopeTenancyWorkloadIdentityPool": "A String", # The full name of the scope-tenancy pool for the fleet. + "workloadIdentityPool": "A String", # The full name of the svc.id.goog pool for the fleet. + "workloadIdentityPoolStateDetails": { # The state of the Workload Identity Pools for the fleet. + "a_key": { # WorkloadIdentityPoolStateDetail represents the state of the Workload Identity Pools for the fleet. + "code": "A String", # The state of the Workload Identity Pool. + "description": "A String", # A human-readable description of the current state or returned error. + }, + }, + }, }, "unreachable": [ # Output only. List of locations that could not be reached while fetching this feature. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html index 69e4959b220..48c68c2b375 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html @@ -881,8 +881,8 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # The overall Policy Controller lifecycle state observed by the Hub Feature controller. }, "servicemesh": { # **Service Mesh**: State for a single Membership, as analyzed by the Service Mesh Hub Controller. # Service Mesh-specific state. - "conditions": [ # Output only. List of conditions reported for this membership. TODO b/395151419: Use the common Condition message. - { # Condition being reported. TODO b/395151419: Remove this message once the membership-level conditions field uses the common Condition message. + "conditions": [ # Output only. List of conditions reported for this membership. + { # Condition being reported. "code": "A String", # Unique identifier of the condition which describes the condition recognizable to the user. "details": "A String", # A short summary about the issue. "documentationLink": "A String", # Links contains actionable information. @@ -1914,8 +1914,8 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # The overall Policy Controller lifecycle state observed by the Hub Feature controller. }, "servicemesh": { # **Service Mesh**: State for a single Membership, as analyzed by the Service Mesh Hub Controller. # Service Mesh-specific state. - "conditions": [ # Output only. List of conditions reported for this membership. TODO b/395151419: Use the common Condition message. - { # Condition being reported. TODO b/395151419: Remove this message once the membership-level conditions field uses the common Condition message. + "conditions": [ # Output only. List of conditions reported for this membership. + { # Condition being reported. "code": "A String", # Unique identifier of the condition which describes the condition recognizable to the user. "details": "A String", # A short summary about the issue. "documentationLink": "A String", # Links contains actionable information. @@ -2935,8 +2935,8 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # The overall Policy Controller lifecycle state observed by the Hub Feature controller. }, "servicemesh": { # **Service Mesh**: State for a single Membership, as analyzed by the Service Mesh Hub Controller. # Service Mesh-specific state. - "conditions": [ # Output only. List of conditions reported for this membership. TODO b/395151419: Use the common Condition message. - { # Condition being reported. TODO b/395151419: Remove this message once the membership-level conditions field uses the common Condition message. + "conditions": [ # Output only. List of conditions reported for this membership. + { # Condition being reported. "code": "A String", # Unique identifier of the condition which describes the condition recognizable to the user. "details": "A String", # A short summary about the issue. "documentationLink": "A String", # Links contains actionable information. @@ -3911,8 +3911,8 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # The overall Policy Controller lifecycle state observed by the Hub Feature controller. }, "servicemesh": { # **Service Mesh**: State for a single Membership, as analyzed by the Service Mesh Hub Controller. # Service Mesh-specific state. - "conditions": [ # Output only. List of conditions reported for this membership. TODO b/395151419: Use the common Condition message. - { # Condition being reported. TODO b/395151419: Remove this message once the membership-level conditions field uses the common Condition message. + "conditions": [ # Output only. List of conditions reported for this membership. + { # Condition being reported. "code": "A String", # Unique identifier of the condition which describes the condition recognizable to the user. "details": "A String", # A short summary about the issue. "documentationLink": "A String", # Links contains actionable information. diff --git a/docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.html b/docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.html index 6e0cb1cc2d1..749a6c17971 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.html @@ -74,6 +74,11 @@

IAM Service Account Credentials API

Instance Methods

+

+ locations() +

+

Returns the locations Resource.

+

projects()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.locations.html b/docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.locations.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4ca5a3b8c33 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.locations.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + +

IAM Service Account Credentials API . locations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ workforcePools() +

+

Returns the workforcePools Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.locations.workforcePools.html b/docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.locations.workforcePools.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8d011588904 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.locations.workforcePools.html @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ + + + +

IAM Service Account Credentials API . locations . workforcePools

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ getAllowedLocations(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns the trust boundary info for a given workforce pool.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ getAllowedLocations(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns the trust boundary info for a given workforce pool.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Resource name of workforce pool. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a list of allowed locations for given workforce pool.
+  "encodedLocations": "A String", # Output only. The hex encoded bitmap of the trust boundary locations
+  "locations": [ # Output only. The human readable trust boundary locations. For example, ["us-central1", "europe-west1"]
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.projects.html index be2709b3db4..b3afd8431e6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.projects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.projects.html @@ -74,6 +74,11 @@

IAM Service Account Credentials API . projects

Instance Methods

+

+ locations() +

+

Returns the locations Resource.

+

serviceAccounts()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.projects.locations.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..936fb8d4e81 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + +

IAM Service Account Credentials API . projects . locations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ workloadIdentityPools() +

+

Returns the workloadIdentityPools Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.html b/docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..daeae9a9118 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.html @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ + + + +

IAM Service Account Credentials API . projects . locations . workloadIdentityPools

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ getAllowedLocations(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns the trust boundary info for a given workload identity pool.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ getAllowedLocations(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns the trust boundary info for a given workload identity pool.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Resource name of workload identity pool. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a list of allowed locations for given workload identity pool.
+  "encodedLocations": "A String", # Output only. The hex encoded bitmap of the trust boundary locations
+  "locations": [ # Output only. The human readable trust boundary locations. For example, ["us-central1", "europe-west1"]
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.projects.serviceAccounts.html b/docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.projects.serviceAccounts.html index 4ef6acb3657..ced1bad9f1f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.projects.serviceAccounts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/iamcredentials_v1.projects.serviceAccounts.html @@ -146,6 +146,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "includeEmail": True or False, # Include the service account email in the token. If set to `true`, the token will contain `email` and `email_verified` claims. + "organizationNumberIncluded": True or False, # Include the organization number of the service account in the token. If set to `true`, the token will contain a `google.organization_number` claim. The value of the claim will be `null` if the service account isn't associated with an organization. } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -157,7 +158,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { - "token": "A String", # The OpenId Connect ID token. + "token": "A String", # The OpenId Connect ID token. The token is a JSON Web Token (JWT) that contains a payload with claims. See the [JSON Web Token spec](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519) for more information. Here is an example of a decoded JWT payload: ``` { "iss": "https://accounts.google.com", "iat": 1496953245, "exp": 1496953245, "aud": "https://www.example.com", "sub": "107517467455664443765", "azp": "107517467455664443765", "email": "my-iam-account@my-project.iam.gserviceaccount.com", "email_verified": true, "google": { "organization_number": 123456 } } ``` }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.cloudFunctions.html b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.cloudFunctions.html index e4044e915d7..527cb2404e0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.cloudFunctions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.cloudFunctions.html @@ -98,6 +98,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Request for Creating Cloud Function rpc call. "functionName": "A String", # The function name of CF to be created "functionRegion": "A String", # The function region of CF to be created + "gcfApiVersion": "A String", # Optional. The api version of CF to be created "projectId": "A String", # Indicates the id of the GCP project that the function will be created in. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.products.cloudFunctions.html b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.products.cloudFunctions.html index abc02965961..6bfbf2a5023 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.products.cloudFunctions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/integrations_v1.projects.locations.products.cloudFunctions.html @@ -98,6 +98,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Request for Creating Cloud Function rpc call. "functionName": "A String", # The function name of CF to be created "functionRegion": "A String", # The function region of CF to be created + "gcfApiVersion": "A String", # Optional. The api version of CF to be created "projectId": "A String", # Indicates the id of the GCP project that the function will be created in. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/meet_v2.spaces.html b/docs/dyn/meet_v2.spaces.html index 593d7349751..479ebff5917 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/meet_v2.spaces.html +++ b/docs/dyn/meet_v2.spaces.html @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@

Method Details

"recordingConfig": { # Configuration related to recording in a meeting space. # Configuration for recording. "autoRecordingGeneration": "A String", # Defines whether a meeting space is automatically recorded when someone with the privilege to record joins the meeting. }, - "smartNotesConfig": { # Configuration related to smart notes in a meeting space. More details about smart notes https://support.google.com/meet/answer/14754931?hl=en. # Configuration for auto-smart-notes. + "smartNotesConfig": { # Configuration related to smart notes in a meeting space. For more information about smart notes, see ["Take notes for me" in Google Meet](https://support.google.com/meet/answer/14754931). # Configuration for auto-smart-notes. "autoSmartNotesGeneration": "A String", # Defines whether to automatically generate a summary and recap of the meeting for all invitees in the organization when someone with the privilege to enable smart notes joins the meeting. }, "transcriptionConfig": { # Configuration related to transcription in a meeting space. # Configuration for auto-transcript. @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@

Method Details

"recordingConfig": { # Configuration related to recording in a meeting space. # Configuration for recording. "autoRecordingGeneration": "A String", # Defines whether a meeting space is automatically recorded when someone with the privilege to record joins the meeting. }, - "smartNotesConfig": { # Configuration related to smart notes in a meeting space. More details about smart notes https://support.google.com/meet/answer/14754931?hl=en. # Configuration for auto-smart-notes. + "smartNotesConfig": { # Configuration related to smart notes in a meeting space. For more information about smart notes, see ["Take notes for me" in Google Meet](https://support.google.com/meet/answer/14754931). # Configuration for auto-smart-notes. "autoSmartNotesGeneration": "A String", # Defines whether to automatically generate a summary and recap of the meeting for all invitees in the organization when someone with the privilege to enable smart notes joins the meeting. }, "transcriptionConfig": { # Configuration related to transcription in a meeting space. # Configuration for auto-transcript. @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@

Method Details

"recordingConfig": { # Configuration related to recording in a meeting space. # Configuration for recording. "autoRecordingGeneration": "A String", # Defines whether a meeting space is automatically recorded when someone with the privilege to record joins the meeting. }, - "smartNotesConfig": { # Configuration related to smart notes in a meeting space. More details about smart notes https://support.google.com/meet/answer/14754931?hl=en. # Configuration for auto-smart-notes. + "smartNotesConfig": { # Configuration related to smart notes in a meeting space. For more information about smart notes, see ["Take notes for me" in Google Meet](https://support.google.com/meet/answer/14754931). # Configuration for auto-smart-notes. "autoSmartNotesGeneration": "A String", # Defines whether to automatically generate a summary and recap of the meeting for all invitees in the organization when someone with the privilege to enable smart notes joins the meeting. }, "transcriptionConfig": { # Configuration related to transcription in a meeting space. # Configuration for auto-transcript. @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@

Method Details

"recordingConfig": { # Configuration related to recording in a meeting space. # Configuration for recording. "autoRecordingGeneration": "A String", # Defines whether a meeting space is automatically recorded when someone with the privilege to record joins the meeting. }, - "smartNotesConfig": { # Configuration related to smart notes in a meeting space. More details about smart notes https://support.google.com/meet/answer/14754931?hl=en. # Configuration for auto-smart-notes. + "smartNotesConfig": { # Configuration related to smart notes in a meeting space. For more information about smart notes, see ["Take notes for me" in Google Meet](https://support.google.com/meet/answer/14754931). # Configuration for auto-smart-notes. "autoSmartNotesGeneration": "A String", # Defines whether to automatically generate a summary and recap of the meeting for all invitees in the organization when someone with the privilege to enable smart notes joins the meeting. }, "transcriptionConfig": { # Configuration related to transcription in a meeting space. # Configuration for auto-transcript. @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@

Method Details

"recordingConfig": { # Configuration related to recording in a meeting space. # Configuration for recording. "autoRecordingGeneration": "A String", # Defines whether a meeting space is automatically recorded when someone with the privilege to record joins the meeting. }, - "smartNotesConfig": { # Configuration related to smart notes in a meeting space. More details about smart notes https://support.google.com/meet/answer/14754931?hl=en. # Configuration for auto-smart-notes. + "smartNotesConfig": { # Configuration related to smart notes in a meeting space. For more information about smart notes, see ["Take notes for me" in Google Meet](https://support.google.com/meet/answer/14754931). # Configuration for auto-smart-notes. "autoSmartNotesGeneration": "A String", # Defines whether to automatically generate a summary and recap of the meeting for all invitees in the organization when someone with the privilege to enable smart notes joins the meeting. }, "transcriptionConfig": { # Configuration related to transcription in a meeting space. # Configuration for auto-transcript. diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.html index c3d70de45aa..771bba24ae4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.html @@ -124,6 +124,16 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the regions Resource.

+

+ relationships() +

+

Returns the relationships Resource.

+ +

+ services() +

+

Returns the services Resource.

+

shippingSettings()

@@ -336,7 +346,7 @@

Method Details

List all sub-accounts for a given multi client account. This is a convenience wrapper for the more powerful `ListAccounts` method. This method will produce the same results as calling `ListsAccounts` with the following filter: `relationship(providerId={parent} AND service(type="ACCOUNT_AGGREGATION"))`
 
 Args:
-  provider: string, Required. The aggregation service provider. Format: `providers/{providerId}` (required)
+  provider: string, Required. The aggregation service provider. Format: `accounts/{providerId}` (required)
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of accounts to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 250 accounts are returned. The maximum value is 500; values above 500 are coerced to 500.
   pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListAccounts` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListAccounts` must match the call that provided the page token.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.issues.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.issues.html
index 6a2bc5c8f30..0a41dbfdec5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.issues.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.issues.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

list(parent, languageCode=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, timeZone=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists all account issues of a Merchant Center account.

+

Lists all account issues of a Merchant Center account. When called on a multi-client account, this method only returns issues belonging to that account, not its sub-accounts. To retrieve issues for sub-accounts, you must first call the accounts.listSubaccounts method to obtain a list of sub-accounts, and then call `accounts.issues.list` for each sub-account individually.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@

Method Details

list(parent, languageCode=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, timeZone=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists all account issues of a Merchant Center account.
+  
Lists all account issues of a Merchant Center account. When called on a multi-client account, this method only returns issues belonging to that account, not its sub-accounts. To retrieve issues for sub-accounts, you must first call the accounts.listSubaccounts method to obtain a list of sub-accounts, and then call `accounts.issues.list` for each sub-account individually.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The parent, which owns this collection of issues. Format: `accounts/{account}` (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.relationships.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.relationships.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..17cb92ae589
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.relationships.html
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+
+
+
+

Merchant API . accounts . relationships

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieve an account relationship.

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

List account relationships for the specified account.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates the account relationship. Executing this method requires admin access.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieve an account relationship.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the account relationship to get. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The `AccountRelationship` message defines a formal connection between a merchant's account and a service provider's account. This relationship enables the provider to offer specific services to the merchant, such as product management or campaign management. It specifies the access rights and permissions to the merchant's data relevant to those services. Establishing an account relationship involves linking the merchant's account with a provider's account. The provider could be another Google account (like Google Ads or Google My Business) or a third-party platform (such as Shopify or WooCommerce).
+  "accountIdAlias": "A String", # Optional. An optional alias you can assign to this account relationship. This alias acts as a convenient identifier for your own reference and management. It must be unique among all your account relationships with the same provider. For example, you might use `account_id_alias` to assign a friendly name to this relationship for easier identification in your systems.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the account relationship.
+  "provider": "A String", # Immutable. The provider of the service. Either the reference to an account such as `providers/123` or a well-known service provider (one of `providers/GOOGLE_ADS` or `providers/GOOGLE_BUSINESS_PROFILE`).
+  "providerDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human-readable display name of the provider account.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
List account relationships for the specified account.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent account of the account relationship to filter by. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of elements to return in the response. Use for paging. If no `page_size` is specified, `100` is used as the default value. The maximum allowed value is `1000`.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The token returned by the previous `list` request.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response after trying to list account relationships.
+  "accountRelationships": [ # The account relationships that match your filter.
+    { # The `AccountRelationship` message defines a formal connection between a merchant's account and a service provider's account. This relationship enables the provider to offer specific services to the merchant, such as product management or campaign management. It specifies the access rights and permissions to the merchant's data relevant to those services. Establishing an account relationship involves linking the merchant's account with a provider's account. The provider could be another Google account (like Google Ads or Google My Business) or a third-party platform (such as Shopify or WooCommerce).
+      "accountIdAlias": "A String", # Optional. An optional alias you can assign to this account relationship. This alias acts as a convenient identifier for your own reference and management. It must be unique among all your account relationships with the same provider. For example, you might use `account_id_alias` to assign a friendly name to this relationship for easier identification in your systems.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the account relationship.
+      "provider": "A String", # Immutable. The provider of the service. Either the reference to an account such as `providers/123` or a well-known service provider (one of `providers/GOOGLE_ADS` or `providers/GOOGLE_BUSINESS_PROFILE`).
+      "providerDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human-readable display name of the provider account.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A page token. You can send the `page_token` to get the next page. Only included in the `list` response if there are more pages.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the account relationship. Executing this method requires admin access.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name of the account relationship. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The `AccountRelationship` message defines a formal connection between a merchant's account and a service provider's account. This relationship enables the provider to offer specific services to the merchant, such as product management or campaign management. It specifies the access rights and permissions to the merchant's data relevant to those services. Establishing an account relationship involves linking the merchant's account with a provider's account. The provider could be another Google account (like Google Ads or Google My Business) or a third-party platform (such as Shopify or WooCommerce).
+  "accountIdAlias": "A String", # Optional. An optional alias you can assign to this account relationship. This alias acts as a convenient identifier for your own reference and management. It must be unique among all your account relationships with the same provider. For example, you might use `account_id_alias` to assign a friendly name to this relationship for easier identification in your systems.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the account relationship.
+  "provider": "A String", # Immutable. The provider of the service. Either the reference to an account such as `providers/123` or a well-known service provider (one of `providers/GOOGLE_ADS` or `providers/GOOGLE_BUSINESS_PROFILE`).
+  "providerDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human-readable display name of the provider account.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Optional. List of fields being updated. The following fields are supported (in both `snake_case` and `lowerCamelCase`): - `account_id_alias`
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The `AccountRelationship` message defines a formal connection between a merchant's account and a service provider's account. This relationship enables the provider to offer specific services to the merchant, such as product management or campaign management. It specifies the access rights and permissions to the merchant's data relevant to those services. Establishing an account relationship involves linking the merchant's account with a provider's account. The provider could be another Google account (like Google Ads or Google My Business) or a third-party platform (such as Shopify or WooCommerce).
+  "accountIdAlias": "A String", # Optional. An optional alias you can assign to this account relationship. This alias acts as a convenient identifier for your own reference and management. It must be unique among all your account relationships with the same provider. For example, you might use `account_id_alias` to assign a friendly name to this relationship for easier identification in your systems.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the account relationship.
+  "provider": "A String", # Immutable. The provider of the service. Either the reference to an account such as `providers/123` or a well-known service provider (one of `providers/GOOGLE_ADS` or `providers/GOOGLE_BUSINESS_PROFILE`).
+  "providerDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human-readable display name of the provider account.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.services.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.services.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0ff28090ac0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.services.html @@ -0,0 +1,321 @@ + + + +

Merchant API . accounts . services

+

Instance Methods

+

+ approve(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Approve an account service proposal.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieve an account service.

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

List account services for the specified accounts. Supports filtering.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ propose(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Propose an account service.

+

+ reject(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Reject an account service (both proposed and approve services can be rejected).

+

Method Details

+
+ approve(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Approve an account service proposal.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the account service to approve. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request to approve an account service.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The `AccountService` message represents a specific service that a provider account offers to a merchant account. `AccountService` defines the permissions and capabilities granted to the provider, allowing for operations such as product management or campaign management. The lifecycle of an `AccountService` involves a proposal phase, where one party suggests the service, and an approval phase, where the other party accepts or rejects it. This handshake mechanism ensures mutual consent before any access is granted. This mechanism safeguards both parties by ensuring that access rights are granted appropriately and that both the merchant and provider are aware of the services enabled. In scenarios where a user is an admin of both accounts, the approval can happen automatically. The mutability of a service is also managed through `AccountService`. Some services might be immutable, for example, if they were established through other systems or APIs, and you cannot alter them through this API.
+  "accountAggregation": { # `AccountAggregation` payload. # Service type for account aggregation. This enables the provider, which is a Multi-Client Account (MCA), to manage multiple sub-accounts (client accounts). Through this service, the MCA provider can perform administrative and operational tasks across all linked sub-accounts. This is useful for agencies, aggregators, or large retailers that need centralized control over many merchant accounts.
+  },
+  "accountManagement": { # `AccountManagement` payload. # Service type for account management. Enables the provider to perform administrative actions on the merchant's account, such as configuring account settings, managing users, or updating business information.
+  },
+  "campaignsManagement": { # `CampaignManagement` payload. # Service type for managing advertising campaigns. Grants the provider access to create and manage the merchant's ad campaigns, including setting up campaigns, adjusting bids, and optimizing performance.
+  },
+  "externalAccountId": "A String", # Immutable. An optional, immutable identifier that Google uses to refer to this account when communicating with the provider. This should be the unique account ID within the provider's system (for example, your shop ID in Shopify). If you have multiple accounts with the same provider - for instance, different accounts for various regions — the `external_account_id` differentiates between them, ensuring accurate linking and integration between Google and the provider.
+  "handshake": { # The current status of establishing of the service. (for example, pending approval or approved). # Output only. Information about the state of the service in terms of establishing it (e.g. is it pending approval or approved).
+    "actor": "A String", # Output only. The most recent account to modify the account service's `approval_status`.
+    "approvalState": "A String", # Output only. The approval state of this handshake.
+  },
+  "mutability": "A String", # Output only. Whether the service is mutable (e.g. through Approve / Reject RPCs). A service that was created through another system or API might be immutable.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the account service.
+  "productsManagement": { # `ProductsManagement` payload. # Service type for managing products. This allows the provider to handle product data on behalf of the merchant, including reading and writing product listings. It's commonly used when the provider offers inventory management or catalog synchronization services to keep the merchant's product information up-to-date across platforms.
+  },
+  "provider": "A String", # Output only. The provider of the service. Either the reference to an account such as `providers/123` or a well-known service provider (one of `providers/GOOGLE_ADS` or `providers/GOOGLE_BUSINESS_PROFILE`).
+  "providerDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human-readable display name of the provider account.
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieve an account service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the account service to get. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The `AccountService` message represents a specific service that a provider account offers to a merchant account. `AccountService` defines the permissions and capabilities granted to the provider, allowing for operations such as product management or campaign management. The lifecycle of an `AccountService` involves a proposal phase, where one party suggests the service, and an approval phase, where the other party accepts or rejects it. This handshake mechanism ensures mutual consent before any access is granted. This mechanism safeguards both parties by ensuring that access rights are granted appropriately and that both the merchant and provider are aware of the services enabled. In scenarios where a user is an admin of both accounts, the approval can happen automatically. The mutability of a service is also managed through `AccountService`. Some services might be immutable, for example, if they were established through other systems or APIs, and you cannot alter them through this API.
+  "accountAggregation": { # `AccountAggregation` payload. # Service type for account aggregation. This enables the provider, which is a Multi-Client Account (MCA), to manage multiple sub-accounts (client accounts). Through this service, the MCA provider can perform administrative and operational tasks across all linked sub-accounts. This is useful for agencies, aggregators, or large retailers that need centralized control over many merchant accounts.
+  },
+  "accountManagement": { # `AccountManagement` payload. # Service type for account management. Enables the provider to perform administrative actions on the merchant's account, such as configuring account settings, managing users, or updating business information.
+  },
+  "campaignsManagement": { # `CampaignManagement` payload. # Service type for managing advertising campaigns. Grants the provider access to create and manage the merchant's ad campaigns, including setting up campaigns, adjusting bids, and optimizing performance.
+  },
+  "externalAccountId": "A String", # Immutable. An optional, immutable identifier that Google uses to refer to this account when communicating with the provider. This should be the unique account ID within the provider's system (for example, your shop ID in Shopify). If you have multiple accounts with the same provider - for instance, different accounts for various regions — the `external_account_id` differentiates between them, ensuring accurate linking and integration between Google and the provider.
+  "handshake": { # The current status of establishing of the service. (for example, pending approval or approved). # Output only. Information about the state of the service in terms of establishing it (e.g. is it pending approval or approved).
+    "actor": "A String", # Output only. The most recent account to modify the account service's `approval_status`.
+    "approvalState": "A String", # Output only. The approval state of this handshake.
+  },
+  "mutability": "A String", # Output only. Whether the service is mutable (e.g. through Approve / Reject RPCs). A service that was created through another system or API might be immutable.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the account service.
+  "productsManagement": { # `ProductsManagement` payload. # Service type for managing products. This allows the provider to handle product data on behalf of the merchant, including reading and writing product listings. It's commonly used when the provider offers inventory management or catalog synchronization services to keep the merchant's product information up-to-date across platforms.
+  },
+  "provider": "A String", # Output only. The provider of the service. Either the reference to an account such as `providers/123` or a well-known service provider (one of `providers/GOOGLE_ADS` or `providers/GOOGLE_BUSINESS_PROFILE`).
+  "providerDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human-readable display name of the provider account.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
List account services for the specified accounts. Supports filtering.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent account of the account service to filter by. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of elements to return in the response. Use for paging. If no `page_size` is specified, `100` is used as the default value. The maximum allowed value is `1000`.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The token returned by the previous `list` request.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response after trying to list account services.
+  "accountServices": [ # The account services that match your filter.
+    { # The `AccountService` message represents a specific service that a provider account offers to a merchant account. `AccountService` defines the permissions and capabilities granted to the provider, allowing for operations such as product management or campaign management. The lifecycle of an `AccountService` involves a proposal phase, where one party suggests the service, and an approval phase, where the other party accepts or rejects it. This handshake mechanism ensures mutual consent before any access is granted. This mechanism safeguards both parties by ensuring that access rights are granted appropriately and that both the merchant and provider are aware of the services enabled. In scenarios where a user is an admin of both accounts, the approval can happen automatically. The mutability of a service is also managed through `AccountService`. Some services might be immutable, for example, if they were established through other systems or APIs, and you cannot alter them through this API.
+      "accountAggregation": { # `AccountAggregation` payload. # Service type for account aggregation. This enables the provider, which is a Multi-Client Account (MCA), to manage multiple sub-accounts (client accounts). Through this service, the MCA provider can perform administrative and operational tasks across all linked sub-accounts. This is useful for agencies, aggregators, or large retailers that need centralized control over many merchant accounts.
+      },
+      "accountManagement": { # `AccountManagement` payload. # Service type for account management. Enables the provider to perform administrative actions on the merchant's account, such as configuring account settings, managing users, or updating business information.
+      },
+      "campaignsManagement": { # `CampaignManagement` payload. # Service type for managing advertising campaigns. Grants the provider access to create and manage the merchant's ad campaigns, including setting up campaigns, adjusting bids, and optimizing performance.
+      },
+      "externalAccountId": "A String", # Immutable. An optional, immutable identifier that Google uses to refer to this account when communicating with the provider. This should be the unique account ID within the provider's system (for example, your shop ID in Shopify). If you have multiple accounts with the same provider - for instance, different accounts for various regions — the `external_account_id` differentiates between them, ensuring accurate linking and integration between Google and the provider.
+      "handshake": { # The current status of establishing of the service. (for example, pending approval or approved). # Output only. Information about the state of the service in terms of establishing it (e.g. is it pending approval or approved).
+        "actor": "A String", # Output only. The most recent account to modify the account service's `approval_status`.
+        "approvalState": "A String", # Output only. The approval state of this handshake.
+      },
+      "mutability": "A String", # Output only. Whether the service is mutable (e.g. through Approve / Reject RPCs). A service that was created through another system or API might be immutable.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the account service.
+      "productsManagement": { # `ProductsManagement` payload. # Service type for managing products. This allows the provider to handle product data on behalf of the merchant, including reading and writing product listings. It's commonly used when the provider offers inventory management or catalog synchronization services to keep the merchant's product information up-to-date across platforms.
+      },
+      "provider": "A String", # Output only. The provider of the service. Either the reference to an account such as `providers/123` or a well-known service provider (one of `providers/GOOGLE_ADS` or `providers/GOOGLE_BUSINESS_PROFILE`).
+      "providerDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human-readable display name of the provider account.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A page token. You can send the `page_token` to get the next page. Only included in the `list` response if there are more pages.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ propose(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Propose an account service.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the parent account for the service. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request to propose an account service.
+  "accountService": { # The `AccountService` message represents a specific service that a provider account offers to a merchant account. `AccountService` defines the permissions and capabilities granted to the provider, allowing for operations such as product management or campaign management. The lifecycle of an `AccountService` involves a proposal phase, where one party suggests the service, and an approval phase, where the other party accepts or rejects it. This handshake mechanism ensures mutual consent before any access is granted. This mechanism safeguards both parties by ensuring that access rights are granted appropriately and that both the merchant and provider are aware of the services enabled. In scenarios where a user is an admin of both accounts, the approval can happen automatically. The mutability of a service is also managed through `AccountService`. Some services might be immutable, for example, if they were established through other systems or APIs, and you cannot alter them through this API. # Required. The account service to propose.
+    "accountAggregation": { # `AccountAggregation` payload. # Service type for account aggregation. This enables the provider, which is a Multi-Client Account (MCA), to manage multiple sub-accounts (client accounts). Through this service, the MCA provider can perform administrative and operational tasks across all linked sub-accounts. This is useful for agencies, aggregators, or large retailers that need centralized control over many merchant accounts.
+    },
+    "accountManagement": { # `AccountManagement` payload. # Service type for account management. Enables the provider to perform administrative actions on the merchant's account, such as configuring account settings, managing users, or updating business information.
+    },
+    "campaignsManagement": { # `CampaignManagement` payload. # Service type for managing advertising campaigns. Grants the provider access to create and manage the merchant's ad campaigns, including setting up campaigns, adjusting bids, and optimizing performance.
+    },
+    "externalAccountId": "A String", # Immutable. An optional, immutable identifier that Google uses to refer to this account when communicating with the provider. This should be the unique account ID within the provider's system (for example, your shop ID in Shopify). If you have multiple accounts with the same provider - for instance, different accounts for various regions — the `external_account_id` differentiates between them, ensuring accurate linking and integration between Google and the provider.
+    "handshake": { # The current status of establishing of the service. (for example, pending approval or approved). # Output only. Information about the state of the service in terms of establishing it (e.g. is it pending approval or approved).
+      "actor": "A String", # Output only. The most recent account to modify the account service's `approval_status`.
+      "approvalState": "A String", # Output only. The approval state of this handshake.
+    },
+    "mutability": "A String", # Output only. Whether the service is mutable (e.g. through Approve / Reject RPCs). A service that was created through another system or API might be immutable.
+    "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the account service.
+    "productsManagement": { # `ProductsManagement` payload. # Service type for managing products. This allows the provider to handle product data on behalf of the merchant, including reading and writing product listings. It's commonly used when the provider offers inventory management or catalog synchronization services to keep the merchant's product information up-to-date across platforms.
+    },
+    "provider": "A String", # Output only. The provider of the service. Either the reference to an account such as `providers/123` or a well-known service provider (one of `providers/GOOGLE_ADS` or `providers/GOOGLE_BUSINESS_PROFILE`).
+    "providerDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human-readable display name of the provider account.
+  },
+  "provider": "A String", # Required. The provider of the service. Either the reference to an account such as `providers/123` or a well-known service provider (one of `providers/GOOGLE_ADS` or `providers/GOOGLE_BUSINESS_PROFILE`).
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The `AccountService` message represents a specific service that a provider account offers to a merchant account. `AccountService` defines the permissions and capabilities granted to the provider, allowing for operations such as product management or campaign management. The lifecycle of an `AccountService` involves a proposal phase, where one party suggests the service, and an approval phase, where the other party accepts or rejects it. This handshake mechanism ensures mutual consent before any access is granted. This mechanism safeguards both parties by ensuring that access rights are granted appropriately and that both the merchant and provider are aware of the services enabled. In scenarios where a user is an admin of both accounts, the approval can happen automatically. The mutability of a service is also managed through `AccountService`. Some services might be immutable, for example, if they were established through other systems or APIs, and you cannot alter them through this API.
+  "accountAggregation": { # `AccountAggregation` payload. # Service type for account aggregation. This enables the provider, which is a Multi-Client Account (MCA), to manage multiple sub-accounts (client accounts). Through this service, the MCA provider can perform administrative and operational tasks across all linked sub-accounts. This is useful for agencies, aggregators, or large retailers that need centralized control over many merchant accounts.
+  },
+  "accountManagement": { # `AccountManagement` payload. # Service type for account management. Enables the provider to perform administrative actions on the merchant's account, such as configuring account settings, managing users, or updating business information.
+  },
+  "campaignsManagement": { # `CampaignManagement` payload. # Service type for managing advertising campaigns. Grants the provider access to create and manage the merchant's ad campaigns, including setting up campaigns, adjusting bids, and optimizing performance.
+  },
+  "externalAccountId": "A String", # Immutable. An optional, immutable identifier that Google uses to refer to this account when communicating with the provider. This should be the unique account ID within the provider's system (for example, your shop ID in Shopify). If you have multiple accounts with the same provider - for instance, different accounts for various regions — the `external_account_id` differentiates between them, ensuring accurate linking and integration between Google and the provider.
+  "handshake": { # The current status of establishing of the service. (for example, pending approval or approved). # Output only. Information about the state of the service in terms of establishing it (e.g. is it pending approval or approved).
+    "actor": "A String", # Output only. The most recent account to modify the account service's `approval_status`.
+    "approvalState": "A String", # Output only. The approval state of this handshake.
+  },
+  "mutability": "A String", # Output only. Whether the service is mutable (e.g. through Approve / Reject RPCs). A service that was created through another system or API might be immutable.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the account service.
+  "productsManagement": { # `ProductsManagement` payload. # Service type for managing products. This allows the provider to handle product data on behalf of the merchant, including reading and writing product listings. It's commonly used when the provider offers inventory management or catalog synchronization services to keep the merchant's product information up-to-date across platforms.
+  },
+  "provider": "A String", # Output only. The provider of the service. Either the reference to an account such as `providers/123` or a well-known service provider (one of `providers/GOOGLE_ADS` or `providers/GOOGLE_BUSINESS_PROFILE`).
+  "providerDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. The human-readable display name of the provider account.
+}
+
+ +
+ reject(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Reject an account service (both proposed and approve services can be rejected).
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the account service to reject. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request to reject an account service.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.termsOfServiceAgreementStates.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.termsOfServiceAgreementStates.html index 7caeee1e0cd..5bed33b70bb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.termsOfServiceAgreementStates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.termsOfServiceAgreementStates.html @@ -103,10 +103,10 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # This resource represents the agreement state for a given account and terms of service kind. The state is as follows: * If the merchant has accepted a terms of service, `accepted` will be populated, otherwise it will be empty * If the merchant must sign a terms of service, `required` will be populated, otherwise it will be empty. Note that both `required` and `accepted` can be present. In this case the `accepted` terms of services will have an expiration date set in the `valid_until` field. The `required` terms of services need to be accepted before `valid_until` in order for the account to continue having a valid agreement. When accepting new terms of services we expect 3Ps to display the text associated with the given terms of service agreement (the url to the file containing the text is added in the Required message below as `tos_file_uri`. The actual acceptance of the terms of service is done by calling accept on the `TermsOfService` resource. + { # This resource represents the agreement state for a given account and terms of service kind. The state is as follows: * If the merchant has accepted a terms of service, `accepted` will be populated, otherwise it will be empty * If the merchant must sign a terms of service, `required` will be populated, otherwise it will be empty. Note that both `required` and `accepted` can be present. In this case the `accepted` terms of services will have an expiration date set in the `valid_until` field. The `required` terms of services need to be accepted before `valid_until` in order for the account to continue having a valid agreement. When accepting new terms of services we expect 3Ps to display the text associated with the given terms of service agreement (the url to the file containing the text is added in the Required message below as `tos_file_uri`). The actual acceptance of the terms of service is done by calling accept on the `TermsOfService` resource. "accepted": { # Describes the accepted terms of service. # The accepted terms of service of this kind and for the associated region_code "acceptedBy": "A String", # The account where the acceptance was recorded. This can be the account itself or, in the case of subaccounts, the MCA account. - "termsOfService": "A String", # The accepted [termsOfService](google.shopping.merchant.accounts.v1main.TermsOfService). + "termsOfService": "A String", # The accepted termsOfService. "validUntil": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # When set, it states that the accepted `TermsOfService` is only valid until the end of this date (in UTC). A new one must be accepted before then. The information of the required `TermsOfService` is found in the `Required` message. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -137,10 +137,10 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # This resource represents the agreement state for a given account and terms of service kind. The state is as follows: * If the merchant has accepted a terms of service, `accepted` will be populated, otherwise it will be empty * If the merchant must sign a terms of service, `required` will be populated, otherwise it will be empty. Note that both `required` and `accepted` can be present. In this case the `accepted` terms of services will have an expiration date set in the `valid_until` field. The `required` terms of services need to be accepted before `valid_until` in order for the account to continue having a valid agreement. When accepting new terms of services we expect 3Ps to display the text associated with the given terms of service agreement (the url to the file containing the text is added in the Required message below as `tos_file_uri`. The actual acceptance of the terms of service is done by calling accept on the `TermsOfService` resource. + { # This resource represents the agreement state for a given account and terms of service kind. The state is as follows: * If the merchant has accepted a terms of service, `accepted` will be populated, otherwise it will be empty * If the merchant must sign a terms of service, `required` will be populated, otherwise it will be empty. Note that both `required` and `accepted` can be present. In this case the `accepted` terms of services will have an expiration date set in the `valid_until` field. The `required` terms of services need to be accepted before `valid_until` in order for the account to continue having a valid agreement. When accepting new terms of services we expect 3Ps to display the text associated with the given terms of service agreement (the url to the file containing the text is added in the Required message below as `tos_file_uri`). The actual acceptance of the terms of service is done by calling accept on the `TermsOfService` resource. "accepted": { # Describes the accepted terms of service. # The accepted terms of service of this kind and for the associated region_code "acceptedBy": "A String", # The account where the acceptance was recorded. This can be the account itself or, in the case of subaccounts, the MCA account. - "termsOfService": "A String", # The accepted [termsOfService](google.shopping.merchant.accounts.v1main.TermsOfService). + "termsOfService": "A String", # The accepted termsOfService. "validUntil": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # When set, it states that the accepted `TermsOfService` is only valid until the end of this date (in UTC). A new one must be accepted before then. The information of the required `TermsOfService` is found in the `Required` message. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.termsOfService.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.termsOfService.html index db81d48b04b..f62a65ec99c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.termsOfService.html +++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.termsOfService.html @@ -103,7 +103,25 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } + { # Response message for the `AcceptTermsOfService` method. + "termsOfServiceAgreementState": { # This resource represents the agreement state for a given account and terms of service kind. The state is as follows: * If the merchant has accepted a terms of service, `accepted` will be populated, otherwise it will be empty * If the merchant must sign a terms of service, `required` will be populated, otherwise it will be empty. Note that both `required` and `accepted` can be present. In this case the `accepted` terms of services will have an expiration date set in the `valid_until` field. The `required` terms of services need to be accepted before `valid_until` in order for the account to continue having a valid agreement. When accepting new terms of services we expect 3Ps to display the text associated with the given terms of service agreement (the url to the file containing the text is added in the Required message below as `tos_file_uri`). The actual acceptance of the terms of service is done by calling accept on the `TermsOfService` resource. # The agreement state after accepting the ToS. + "accepted": { # Describes the accepted terms of service. # The accepted terms of service of this kind and for the associated region_code + "acceptedBy": "A String", # The account where the acceptance was recorded. This can be the account itself or, in the case of subaccounts, the MCA account. + "termsOfService": "A String", # The accepted termsOfService. + "validUntil": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # When set, it states that the accepted `TermsOfService` is only valid until the end of this date (in UTC). A new one must be accepted before then. The information of the required `TermsOfService` is found in the `Required` message. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, + }, + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the terms of service version. Format: `accounts/{account}/termsOfServiceAgreementState/{identifier}` The identifier format is: `{TermsOfServiceKind}-{country}` For example, an identifier could be: `MERCHANT_CENTER-US` + "regionCode": "A String", # Region code as defined by https://cldr.unicode.org/. This is the country the current state applies to. + "required": { # Describes the terms of service which are required to be accepted. # The required terms of service + "termsOfService": "A String", # The `TermsOfService` that need to be accepted. + "tosFileUri": "A String", # Full URL to the terms of service file. This field is the same as `TermsOfService.file_uri`, it is added here for convenience only. + }, + "termsOfServiceKind": "A String", # Terms of Service kind associated with the particular version. + }, }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1beta.accounts.productInputs.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1beta.accounts.productInputs.html index 47806bbace6..9cfa858016a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1beta.accounts.productInputs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1beta.accounts.productInputs.html @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the product input. Format: `accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productinput}` where the last section `productinput` consists of 4 parts: `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id` example for product input name is `accounts/123/productInputs/online~en~US~sku123` "offerId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Your unique identifier for the product. This is the same for the product input and processed product. Leading and trailing whitespaces are stripped and multiple whitespaces are replaced by a single whitespace upon submission. See the [products data specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#id) for details. "product": "A String", # Output only. The name of the processed product. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` - "versionNumber": "A String", # Optional. Represents the existing version (freshness) of the product, which can be used to preserve the right order when multiple updates are done at the same time. If set, the insertion is prevented when version number is lower than the current version number of the existing product. Re-insertion (for example, product refresh after 30 days) can be performed with the current `version_number`. Only supported for insertions into primary data sources. If the operation is prevented, the aborted exception will be thrown. + "versionNumber": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Represents the existing version (freshness) of the product, which can be used to preserve the right order when multiple updates are done at the same time. If set, the insertion is prevented when version number is lower than the current version number of the existing product. Re-insertion (for example, product refresh after 30 days) can be performed with the current `version_number`. Only supported for insertions into primary data sources. Do not set this field for updates. Do not set this field for insertions into supplemental data sources. If the operation is prevented, the aborted exception will be thrown. } dataSource: string, Required. The primary or supplemental product data source name. If the product already exists and data source provided is different, then the product will be moved to a new data source. Only API data sources are supported. Format: `accounts/{account}/dataSources/{datasource}`. @@ -732,7 +732,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the product input. Format: `accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productinput}` where the last section `productinput` consists of 4 parts: `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id` example for product input name is `accounts/123/productInputs/online~en~US~sku123` "offerId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Your unique identifier for the product. This is the same for the product input and processed product. Leading and trailing whitespaces are stripped and multiple whitespaces are replaced by a single whitespace upon submission. See the [products data specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#id) for details. "product": "A String", # Output only. The name of the processed product. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` - "versionNumber": "A String", # Optional. Represents the existing version (freshness) of the product, which can be used to preserve the right order when multiple updates are done at the same time. If set, the insertion is prevented when version number is lower than the current version number of the existing product. Re-insertion (for example, product refresh after 30 days) can be performed with the current `version_number`. Only supported for insertions into primary data sources. If the operation is prevented, the aborted exception will be thrown. + "versionNumber": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Represents the existing version (freshness) of the product, which can be used to preserve the right order when multiple updates are done at the same time. If set, the insertion is prevented when version number is lower than the current version number of the existing product. Re-insertion (for example, product refresh after 30 days) can be performed with the current `version_number`. Only supported for insertions into primary data sources. Do not set this field for updates. Do not set this field for insertions into supplemental data sources. If the operation is prevented, the aborted exception will be thrown. }
@@ -1045,7 +1045,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the product input. Format: `accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productinput}` where the last section `productinput` consists of 4 parts: `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id` example for product input name is `accounts/123/productInputs/online~en~US~sku123` "offerId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Your unique identifier for the product. This is the same for the product input and processed product. Leading and trailing whitespaces are stripped and multiple whitespaces are replaced by a single whitespace upon submission. See the [products data specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#id) for details. "product": "A String", # Output only. The name of the processed product. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` - "versionNumber": "A String", # Optional. Represents the existing version (freshness) of the product, which can be used to preserve the right order when multiple updates are done at the same time. If set, the insertion is prevented when version number is lower than the current version number of the existing product. Re-insertion (for example, product refresh after 30 days) can be performed with the current `version_number`. Only supported for insertions into primary data sources. If the operation is prevented, the aborted exception will be thrown. + "versionNumber": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Represents the existing version (freshness) of the product, which can be used to preserve the right order when multiple updates are done at the same time. If set, the insertion is prevented when version number is lower than the current version number of the existing product. Re-insertion (for example, product refresh after 30 days) can be performed with the current `version_number`. Only supported for insertions into primary data sources. Do not set this field for updates. Do not set this field for insertions into supplemental data sources. If the operation is prevented, the aborted exception will be thrown. } dataSource: string, Required. The primary or supplemental product data source where `data_source` name identifies the product input to be updated. Only API data sources are supported. Format: `accounts/{account}/dataSources/{datasource}`. @@ -1358,7 +1358,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the product input. Format: `accounts/{account}/productInputs/{productinput}` where the last section `productinput` consists of 4 parts: `channel~content_language~feed_label~offer_id` example for product input name is `accounts/123/productInputs/online~en~US~sku123` "offerId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Your unique identifier for the product. This is the same for the product input and processed product. Leading and trailing whitespaces are stripped and multiple whitespaces are replaced by a single whitespace upon submission. See the [products data specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#id) for details. "product": "A String", # Output only. The name of the processed product. Format: `accounts/{account}/products/{product}` - "versionNumber": "A String", # Optional. Represents the existing version (freshness) of the product, which can be used to preserve the right order when multiple updates are done at the same time. If set, the insertion is prevented when version number is lower than the current version number of the existing product. Re-insertion (for example, product refresh after 30 days) can be performed with the current `version_number`. Only supported for insertions into primary data sources. If the operation is prevented, the aborted exception will be thrown. + "versionNumber": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Represents the existing version (freshness) of the product, which can be used to preserve the right order when multiple updates are done at the same time. If set, the insertion is prevented when version number is lower than the current version number of the existing product. Re-insertion (for example, product refresh after 30 days) can be performed with the current `version_number`. Only supported for insertions into primary data sources. Do not set this field for updates. Do not set this field for insertions into supplemental data sources. If the operation is prevented, the aborted exception will be thrown. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.global_.hubs.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.global_.hubs.html index 6edcf82b5e1..d064b009fd9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.global_.hubs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.global_.hubs.html @@ -616,7 +616,7 @@

Method Details

"includeExportRanges": [ # Optional. IP ranges allowed to be included from peering. "A String", ], - "producerVpcSpokes": [ # Output only. The list of Producer VPC spokes that this VPC spoke is a service consumer VPC spoke for. These producer VPCs are connected through VPC peering to this spoke's backing VPC network. Because they are directly connected throuh VPC peering, NCC export filters do not apply between the service consumer VPC spoke and any of its producer VPC spokes. This VPC spoke cannot be deleted as long as any of these producer VPC spokes are connected to the NCC Hub. + "producerVpcSpokes": [ # Output only. The list of Producer VPC spokes that this VPC spoke is a service consumer VPC spoke for. These producer VPCs are connected through VPC peering to this spoke's backing VPC network. Because they are directly connected through VPC peering, NCC export filters do not apply between the service consumer VPC spoke and any of its producer VPC spokes. This VPC spoke cannot be deleted as long as any of these producer VPC spokes are connected to the NCC Hub. "A String", ], "proposedExcludeExportRanges": [ # Output only. The proposed exclude export IP ranges waiting for hub administration's approval. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.html index 31b556f3609..a444e6f1105 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets information about a location.

- list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

list_next()

@@ -165,11 +165,12 @@

Method Details

- list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
+  extraLocationTypes: string, Optional. A list of extra location types that should be used as conditions for controlling the visibility of the locations. (repeated)
   filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like `"displayName=tokyo"`, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
   pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.spokes.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.spokes.html
index 4541ec425c9..846c5b9de27 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.spokes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.spokes.html
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ 

Method Details

"includeExportRanges": [ # Optional. IP ranges allowed to be included from peering. "A String", ], - "producerVpcSpokes": [ # Output only. The list of Producer VPC spokes that this VPC spoke is a service consumer VPC spoke for. These producer VPCs are connected through VPC peering to this spoke's backing VPC network. Because they are directly connected throuh VPC peering, NCC export filters do not apply between the service consumer VPC spoke and any of its producer VPC spokes. This VPC spoke cannot be deleted as long as any of these producer VPC spokes are connected to the NCC Hub. + "producerVpcSpokes": [ # Output only. The list of Producer VPC spokes that this VPC spoke is a service consumer VPC spoke for. These producer VPCs are connected through VPC peering to this spoke's backing VPC network. Because they are directly connected through VPC peering, NCC export filters do not apply between the service consumer VPC spoke and any of its producer VPC spokes. This VPC spoke cannot be deleted as long as any of these producer VPC spokes are connected to the NCC Hub. "A String", ], "proposedExcludeExportRanges": [ # Output only. The proposed exclude export IP ranges waiting for hub administration's approval. @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@

Method Details

"includeExportRanges": [ # Optional. IP ranges allowed to be included from peering. "A String", ], - "producerVpcSpokes": [ # Output only. The list of Producer VPC spokes that this VPC spoke is a service consumer VPC spoke for. These producer VPCs are connected through VPC peering to this spoke's backing VPC network. Because they are directly connected throuh VPC peering, NCC export filters do not apply between the service consumer VPC spoke and any of its producer VPC spokes. This VPC spoke cannot be deleted as long as any of these producer VPC spokes are connected to the NCC Hub. + "producerVpcSpokes": [ # Output only. The list of Producer VPC spokes that this VPC spoke is a service consumer VPC spoke for. These producer VPCs are connected through VPC peering to this spoke's backing VPC network. Because they are directly connected through VPC peering, NCC export filters do not apply between the service consumer VPC spoke and any of its producer VPC spokes. This VPC spoke cannot be deleted as long as any of these producer VPC spokes are connected to the NCC Hub. "A String", ], "proposedExcludeExportRanges": [ # Output only. The proposed exclude export IP ranges waiting for hub administration's approval. @@ -520,7 +520,7 @@

Method Details

"includeExportRanges": [ # Optional. IP ranges allowed to be included from peering. "A String", ], - "producerVpcSpokes": [ # Output only. The list of Producer VPC spokes that this VPC spoke is a service consumer VPC spoke for. These producer VPCs are connected through VPC peering to this spoke's backing VPC network. Because they are directly connected throuh VPC peering, NCC export filters do not apply between the service consumer VPC spoke and any of its producer VPC spokes. This VPC spoke cannot be deleted as long as any of these producer VPC spokes are connected to the NCC Hub. + "producerVpcSpokes": [ # Output only. The list of Producer VPC spokes that this VPC spoke is a service consumer VPC spoke for. These producer VPCs are connected through VPC peering to this spoke's backing VPC network. Because they are directly connected through VPC peering, NCC export filters do not apply between the service consumer VPC spoke and any of its producer VPC spokes. This VPC spoke cannot be deleted as long as any of these producer VPC spokes are connected to the NCC Hub. "A String", ], "proposedExcludeExportRanges": [ # Output only. The proposed exclude export IP ranges waiting for hub administration's approval. @@ -644,7 +644,7 @@

Method Details

"includeExportRanges": [ # Optional. IP ranges allowed to be included from peering. "A String", ], - "producerVpcSpokes": [ # Output only. The list of Producer VPC spokes that this VPC spoke is a service consumer VPC spoke for. These producer VPCs are connected through VPC peering to this spoke's backing VPC network. Because they are directly connected throuh VPC peering, NCC export filters do not apply between the service consumer VPC spoke and any of its producer VPC spokes. This VPC spoke cannot be deleted as long as any of these producer VPC spokes are connected to the NCC Hub. + "producerVpcSpokes": [ # Output only. The list of Producer VPC spokes that this VPC spoke is a service consumer VPC spoke for. These producer VPCs are connected through VPC peering to this spoke's backing VPC network. Because they are directly connected through VPC peering, NCC export filters do not apply between the service consumer VPC spoke and any of its producer VPC spokes. This VPC spoke cannot be deleted as long as any of these producer VPC spokes are connected to the NCC Hub. "A String", ], "proposedExcludeExportRanges": [ # Output only. The proposed exclude export IP ranges waiting for hub administration's approval. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html index 3fc10374215..5f0cf4c6d56 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.html @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets information about a location.

- list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

list_next()

@@ -140,11 +140,12 @@

Method Details

- list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
+  extraLocationTypes: string, Optional. A list of extra location types that should be used as conditions for controlling the visibility of the locations. (repeated)
   filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like `"displayName=tokyo"`, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
   pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.internalRanges.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.internalRanges.html
index 6d52da38ac5..53a5ed2bb17 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.internalRanges.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1alpha1.projects.locations.internalRanges.html
@@ -120,6 +120,10 @@ 

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # The internal range resource for IPAM operations within a VPC network. Used to represent a private address range along with behavioral characteristics of that range (its usage and peering behavior). Networking resources can link to this range if they are created as belonging to it. + "allocationOptions": { # Range auto-allocation options, to be optionally used when CIDR block is not explicitly set. # Optional. Range auto-allocation options, may be set only when auto-allocation is selected by not setting ip_cidr_range (and setting prefix_length). + "allocationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. Allocation strategy Not setting this field when the allocation is requested means an implementation defined strategy is used. + "firstAvailableRangesLookupSize": 42, # Optional. This field must be set only when allocation_strategy is set to RANDOM_FIRST_N_AVAILABLE. The value should be the maximum expected parallelism of range creation requests issued to the same space of peered netwroks. + }, "createTime": "A String", # Time when the internal range was created. "description": "A String", # A description of this resource. "excludeCidrRanges": [ # Optional. ExcludeCidrRanges flag. Specifies a set of CIDR blocks that allows exclusion of particular CIDR ranges from the auto-allocation process, without having to reserve these blocks @@ -233,6 +237,10 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # The internal range resource for IPAM operations within a VPC network. Used to represent a private address range along with behavioral characteristics of that range (its usage and peering behavior). Networking resources can link to this range if they are created as belonging to it. + "allocationOptions": { # Range auto-allocation options, to be optionally used when CIDR block is not explicitly set. # Optional. Range auto-allocation options, may be set only when auto-allocation is selected by not setting ip_cidr_range (and setting prefix_length). + "allocationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. Allocation strategy Not setting this field when the allocation is requested means an implementation defined strategy is used. + "firstAvailableRangesLookupSize": 42, # Optional. This field must be set only when allocation_strategy is set to RANDOM_FIRST_N_AVAILABLE. The value should be the maximum expected parallelism of range creation requests issued to the same space of peered netwroks. + }, "createTime": "A String", # Time when the internal range was created. "description": "A String", # A description of this resource. "excludeCidrRanges": [ # Optional. ExcludeCidrRanges flag. Specifies a set of CIDR blocks that allows exclusion of particular CIDR ranges from the auto-allocation process, without having to reserve these blocks @@ -334,6 +342,10 @@

Method Details

{ # Response for InternalRange.ListInternalRanges "internalRanges": [ # Internal range to be returned. { # The internal range resource for IPAM operations within a VPC network. Used to represent a private address range along with behavioral characteristics of that range (its usage and peering behavior). Networking resources can link to this range if they are created as belonging to it. + "allocationOptions": { # Range auto-allocation options, to be optionally used when CIDR block is not explicitly set. # Optional. Range auto-allocation options, may be set only when auto-allocation is selected by not setting ip_cidr_range (and setting prefix_length). + "allocationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. Allocation strategy Not setting this field when the allocation is requested means an implementation defined strategy is used. + "firstAvailableRangesLookupSize": 42, # Optional. This field must be set only when allocation_strategy is set to RANDOM_FIRST_N_AVAILABLE. The value should be the maximum expected parallelism of range creation requests issued to the same space of peered netwroks. + }, "createTime": "A String", # Time when the internal range was created. "description": "A String", # A description of this resource. "excludeCidrRanges": [ # Optional. ExcludeCidrRanges flag. Specifies a set of CIDR blocks that allows exclusion of particular CIDR ranges from the auto-allocation process, without having to reserve these blocks @@ -396,6 +408,10 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # The internal range resource for IPAM operations within a VPC network. Used to represent a private address range along with behavioral characteristics of that range (its usage and peering behavior). Networking resources can link to this range if they are created as belonging to it. + "allocationOptions": { # Range auto-allocation options, to be optionally used when CIDR block is not explicitly set. # Optional. Range auto-allocation options, may be set only when auto-allocation is selected by not setting ip_cidr_range (and setting prefix_length). + "allocationStrategy": "A String", # Optional. Allocation strategy Not setting this field when the allocation is requested means an implementation defined strategy is used. + "firstAvailableRangesLookupSize": 42, # Optional. This field must be set only when allocation_strategy is set to RANDOM_FIRST_N_AVAILABLE. The value should be the maximum expected parallelism of range creation requests issued to the same space of peered netwroks. + }, "createTime": "A String", # Time when the internal range was created. "description": "A String", # A description of this resource. "excludeCidrRanges": [ # Optional. ExcludeCidrRanges flag. Specifies a set of CIDR blocks that allows exclusion of particular CIDR ranges from the auto-allocation process, without having to reserve these blocks diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html index cfc62e92152..dcbf8cef732 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html @@ -364,6 +364,7 @@

Method Details

], "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. "pscNetworkAttachmentUri": "A String", # URI of the PSC network attachment the NIC is attached to (if relevant). + "running": True or False, # Indicates whether the Compute Engine instance is running. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Service account authorized for the instance. "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine instance. }, @@ -676,6 +677,7 @@

Method Details

], "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. "pscNetworkAttachmentUri": "A String", # URI of the PSC network attachment the NIC is attached to (if relevant). + "running": True or False, # Indicates whether the Compute Engine instance is running. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Service account authorized for the instance. "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine instance. }, @@ -1187,6 +1189,7 @@

Method Details

], "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. "pscNetworkAttachmentUri": "A String", # URI of the PSC network attachment the NIC is attached to (if relevant). + "running": True or False, # Indicates whether the Compute Engine instance is running. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Service account authorized for the instance. "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine instance. }, @@ -1499,6 +1502,7 @@

Method Details

], "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. "pscNetworkAttachmentUri": "A String", # URI of the PSC network attachment the NIC is attached to (if relevant). + "running": True or False, # Indicates whether the Compute Engine instance is running. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Service account authorized for the instance. "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine instance. }, @@ -2001,6 +2005,7 @@

Method Details

], "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. "pscNetworkAttachmentUri": "A String", # URI of the PSC network attachment the NIC is attached to (if relevant). + "running": True or False, # Indicates whether the Compute Engine instance is running. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Service account authorized for the instance. "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine instance. }, @@ -2313,6 +2318,7 @@

Method Details

], "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. "pscNetworkAttachmentUri": "A String", # URI of the PSC network attachment the NIC is attached to (if relevant). + "running": True or False, # Indicates whether the Compute Engine instance is running. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Service account authorized for the instance. "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine instance. }, @@ -2774,6 +2780,7 @@

Method Details

], "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. "pscNetworkAttachmentUri": "A String", # URI of the PSC network attachment the NIC is attached to (if relevant). + "running": True or False, # Indicates whether the Compute Engine instance is running. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Service account authorized for the instance. "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine instance. }, @@ -3086,6 +3093,7 @@

Method Details

], "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. "pscNetworkAttachmentUri": "A String", # URI of the PSC network attachment the NIC is attached to (if relevant). + "running": True or False, # Indicates whether the Compute Engine instance is running. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Service account authorized for the instance. "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine instance. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html index 77164ddb560..e2c129d4022 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html @@ -365,6 +365,7 @@

Method Details

], "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. "pscNetworkAttachmentUri": "A String", # URI of the PSC network attachment the NIC is attached to (if relevant). + "running": True or False, # Indicates whether the Compute Engine instance is running. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Service account authorized for the instance. "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine instance. }, @@ -677,6 +678,7 @@

Method Details

], "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. "pscNetworkAttachmentUri": "A String", # URI of the PSC network attachment the NIC is attached to (if relevant). + "running": True or False, # Indicates whether the Compute Engine instance is running. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Service account authorized for the instance. "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine instance. }, @@ -1190,6 +1192,7 @@

Method Details

], "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. "pscNetworkAttachmentUri": "A String", # URI of the PSC network attachment the NIC is attached to (if relevant). + "running": True or False, # Indicates whether the Compute Engine instance is running. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Service account authorized for the instance. "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine instance. }, @@ -1502,6 +1505,7 @@

Method Details

], "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. "pscNetworkAttachmentUri": "A String", # URI of the PSC network attachment the NIC is attached to (if relevant). + "running": True or False, # Indicates whether the Compute Engine instance is running. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Service account authorized for the instance. "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine instance. }, @@ -2006,6 +2010,7 @@

Method Details

], "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. "pscNetworkAttachmentUri": "A String", # URI of the PSC network attachment the NIC is attached to (if relevant). + "running": True or False, # Indicates whether the Compute Engine instance is running. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Service account authorized for the instance. "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine instance. }, @@ -2318,6 +2323,7 @@

Method Details

], "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. "pscNetworkAttachmentUri": "A String", # URI of the PSC network attachment the NIC is attached to (if relevant). + "running": True or False, # Indicates whether the Compute Engine instance is running. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Service account authorized for the instance. "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine instance. }, @@ -2781,6 +2787,7 @@

Method Details

], "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. "pscNetworkAttachmentUri": "A String", # URI of the PSC network attachment the NIC is attached to (if relevant). + "running": True or False, # Indicates whether the Compute Engine instance is running. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Service account authorized for the instance. "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine instance. }, @@ -3093,6 +3100,7 @@

Method Details

], "networkUri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. "pscNetworkAttachmentUri": "A String", # URI of the PSC network attachment the NIC is attached to (if relevant). + "running": True or False, # Indicates whether the Compute Engine instance is running. "serviceAccount": "A String", # Service account authorized for the instance. "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine instance. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.html index 00c889fc49d..3ccd3a922d9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -104,6 +104,26 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the gatewaySecurityPolicies Resource.

+

+ interceptDeploymentGroups() +

+

Returns the interceptDeploymentGroups Resource.

+ +

+ interceptDeployments() +

+

Returns the interceptDeployments Resource.

+ +

+ interceptEndpointGroupAssociations() +

+

Returns the interceptEndpointGroupAssociations Resource.

+ +

+ interceptEndpointGroups() +

+

Returns the interceptEndpointGroups Resource.

+

mirroringDeploymentGroups()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.interceptDeploymentGroups.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.interceptDeploymentGroups.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f1c3269edb8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.interceptDeploymentGroups.html @@ -0,0 +1,393 @@ + + + +

Network Security API . projects . locations . interceptDeploymentGroups

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, interceptDeploymentGroupId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a deployment group in a given project and location. See https://google.aip.dev/133.

+

+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a deployment group. See https://google.aip.dev/135.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a specific deployment group. See https://google.aip.dev/131.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists deployment groups in a given project and location. See https://google.aip.dev/132.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a deployment group. See https://google.aip.dev/134.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, interceptDeploymentGroupId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a deployment group in a given project and location. See https://google.aip.dev/133.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource where this deployment group will be created. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A deployment group aggregates many zonal intercept backends (deployments) into a single global intercept service. Consumers can connect this service using an endpoint group.
+  "connectedEndpointGroups": [ # Output only. The list of endpoint groups that are connected to this resource.
+    { # An endpoint group connected to this deployment group.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The connected endpoint group's resource name, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroups/my-eg`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. User-provided description of the deployment group. Used as additional context for the deployment group.
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels are key/value pairs that help to organize and filter resources.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "locations": [ # Output only. The list of locations where the deployment group is present.
+    { # Details about intercept in a specific cloud location.
+      "location": "A String", # Output only. The cloud location, e.g. "us-central1-a" or "asia-south1".
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the association in this location.
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this deployment group, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptDeploymentGroups/my-dg`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details.
+  "nestedDeployments": [ # Output only. The list of Intercept Deployments that belong to this group.
+    { # A deployment belonging to this deployment group.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Intercept Deployment, in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/interceptDeployments/{intercept_deployment}`.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. Most recent known state of the deployment.
+    },
+  ],
+  "network": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The network that will be used for all child deployments, for example: `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. The current state of the resource does not match the user's intended state, and the system is working to reconcile them. This is part of the normal operation (e.g. adding a new deployment to the group) See https://google.aip.dev/128.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the deployment group. See https://google.aip.dev/216.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was most recently updated. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps.
+}
+
+  interceptDeploymentGroupId: string, Required. The ID to use for the new deployment group, which will become the final component of the deployment group's resource name.
+  requestId: string, Optional. A unique identifier for this request. Must be a UUID4. This request is only idempotent if a `request_id` is provided. See https://google.aip.dev/155 for more details.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a deployment group. See https://google.aip.dev/135.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The deployment group to delete. (required)
+  requestId: string, Optional. A unique identifier for this request. Must be a UUID4. This request is only idempotent if a `request_id` is provided. See https://google.aip.dev/155 for more details.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets a specific deployment group. See https://google.aip.dev/131.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the deployment group to retrieve. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/interceptDeploymentGroups/{intercept_deployment_group} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A deployment group aggregates many zonal intercept backends (deployments) into a single global intercept service. Consumers can connect this service using an endpoint group.
+  "connectedEndpointGroups": [ # Output only. The list of endpoint groups that are connected to this resource.
+    { # An endpoint group connected to this deployment group.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The connected endpoint group's resource name, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroups/my-eg`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. User-provided description of the deployment group. Used as additional context for the deployment group.
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels are key/value pairs that help to organize and filter resources.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "locations": [ # Output only. The list of locations where the deployment group is present.
+    { # Details about intercept in a specific cloud location.
+      "location": "A String", # Output only. The cloud location, e.g. "us-central1-a" or "asia-south1".
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the association in this location.
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this deployment group, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptDeploymentGroups/my-dg`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details.
+  "nestedDeployments": [ # Output only. The list of Intercept Deployments that belong to this group.
+    { # A deployment belonging to this deployment group.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Intercept Deployment, in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/interceptDeployments/{intercept_deployment}`.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. Most recent known state of the deployment.
+    },
+  ],
+  "network": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The network that will be used for all child deployments, for example: `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. The current state of the resource does not match the user's intended state, and the system is working to reconcile them. This is part of the normal operation (e.g. adding a new deployment to the group) See https://google.aip.dev/128.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the deployment group. See https://google.aip.dev/216.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was most recently updated. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists deployment groups in a given project and location. See https://google.aip.dev/132.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent, which owns this collection of deployment groups. Example: `projects/123456789/locations/global`. See https://google.aip.dev/132 for more details. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filter expression. See https://google.aip.dev/160#filtering for more details.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Sort expression. See https://google.aip.dev/132#ordering for more details.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default. See https://google.aip.dev/158 for more details.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListInterceptDeploymentGroups` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListInterceptDeploymentGroups` must match the call that provided the page token. See https://google.aip.dev/158 for more details.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ListInterceptDeploymentGroups.
+  "interceptDeploymentGroups": [ # The deployment groups from the specified parent.
+    { # A deployment group aggregates many zonal intercept backends (deployments) into a single global intercept service. Consumers can connect this service using an endpoint group.
+      "connectedEndpointGroups": [ # Output only. The list of endpoint groups that are connected to this resource.
+        { # An endpoint group connected to this deployment group.
+          "name": "A String", # Output only. The connected endpoint group's resource name, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroups/my-eg`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.
+        },
+      ],
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. User-provided description of the deployment group. Used as additional context for the deployment group.
+      "labels": { # Optional. Labels are key/value pairs that help to organize and filter resources.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "locations": [ # Output only. The list of locations where the deployment group is present.
+        { # Details about intercept in a specific cloud location.
+          "location": "A String", # Output only. The cloud location, e.g. "us-central1-a" or "asia-south1".
+          "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the association in this location.
+        },
+      ],
+      "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this deployment group, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptDeploymentGroups/my-dg`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details.
+      "nestedDeployments": [ # Output only. The list of Intercept Deployments that belong to this group.
+        { # A deployment belonging to this deployment group.
+          "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Intercept Deployment, in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/interceptDeployments/{intercept_deployment}`.
+          "state": "A String", # Output only. Most recent known state of the deployment.
+        },
+      ],
+      "network": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The network that will be used for all child deployments, for example: `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.
+      "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. The current state of the resource does not match the user's intended state, and the system is working to reconcile them. This is part of the normal operation (e.g. adding a new deployment to the group) See https://google.aip.dev/128.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the deployment group. See https://google.aip.dev/216.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was most recently updated. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token that can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. See https://google.aip.dev/158 for more details.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a deployment group. See https://google.aip.dev/134.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this deployment group, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptDeploymentGroups/my-dg`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A deployment group aggregates many zonal intercept backends (deployments) into a single global intercept service. Consumers can connect this service using an endpoint group.
+  "connectedEndpointGroups": [ # Output only. The list of endpoint groups that are connected to this resource.
+    { # An endpoint group connected to this deployment group.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The connected endpoint group's resource name, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroups/my-eg`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. User-provided description of the deployment group. Used as additional context for the deployment group.
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels are key/value pairs that help to organize and filter resources.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "locations": [ # Output only. The list of locations where the deployment group is present.
+    { # Details about intercept in a specific cloud location.
+      "location": "A String", # Output only. The cloud location, e.g. "us-central1-a" or "asia-south1".
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the association in this location.
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this deployment group, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptDeploymentGroups/my-dg`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details.
+  "nestedDeployments": [ # Output only. The list of Intercept Deployments that belong to this group.
+    { # A deployment belonging to this deployment group.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the Intercept Deployment, in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/interceptDeployments/{intercept_deployment}`.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. Most recent known state of the deployment.
+    },
+  ],
+  "network": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The network that will be used for all child deployments, for example: `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. The current state of the resource does not match the user's intended state, and the system is working to reconcile them. This is part of the normal operation (e.g. adding a new deployment to the group) See https://google.aip.dev/128.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the deployment group. See https://google.aip.dev/216.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was most recently updated. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, Optional. A unique identifier for this request. Must be a UUID4. This request is only idempotent if a `request_id` is provided. See https://google.aip.dev/155 for more details.
+  updateMask: string, Optional. The list of fields to update. Fields are specified relative to the deployment group (e.g. `description`; *not* `intercept_deployment_group.description`). See https://google.aip.dev/161 for more details.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.interceptDeployments.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.interceptDeployments.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a1a76c9e985 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.interceptDeployments.html @@ -0,0 +1,332 @@ + + + +

Network Security API . projects . locations . interceptDeployments

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, interceptDeploymentId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a deployment in a given project and location. See https://google.aip.dev/133.

+

+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a deployment. See https://google.aip.dev/135.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a specific deployment. See https://google.aip.dev/131.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists deployments in a given project and location. See https://google.aip.dev/132.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a deployment. See https://google.aip.dev/134.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, interceptDeploymentId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a deployment in a given project and location. See https://google.aip.dev/133.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource where this deployment will be created. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A deployment represents a zonal intercept backend ready to accept GENEVE-encapsulated traffic, e.g. a zonal instance group fronted by an internal passthrough load balancer. Deployments are always part of a global deployment group which represents a global intercept service.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. User-provided description of the deployment. Used as additional context for the deployment.
+  "forwardingRule": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The regional forwarding rule that fronts the interceptors, for example: `projects/123456789/regions/us-central1/forwardingRules/my-rule`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.
+  "interceptDeploymentGroup": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The deployment group that this deployment is a part of, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptDeploymentGroups/my-dg`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels are key/value pairs that help to organize and filter resources.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this deployment, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/us-central1-a/interceptDeployments/my-dep`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details.
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. The current state of the resource does not match the user's intended state, and the system is working to reconcile them. This part of the normal operation (e.g. linking a new association to the parent group). See https://google.aip.dev/128.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the deployment. See https://google.aip.dev/216.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was most recently updated. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps.
+}
+
+  interceptDeploymentId: string, Required. The ID to use for the new deployment, which will become the final component of the deployment's resource name.
+  requestId: string, Optional. A unique identifier for this request. Must be a UUID4. This request is only idempotent if a `request_id` is provided. See https://google.aip.dev/155 for more details.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a deployment. See https://google.aip.dev/135.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the resource (required)
+  requestId: string, Optional. A unique identifier for this request. Must be a UUID4. This request is only idempotent if a `request_id` is provided. See https://google.aip.dev/155 for more details.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets a specific deployment. See https://google.aip.dev/131.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the deployment to retrieve. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/interceptDeployments/{intercept_deployment} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A deployment represents a zonal intercept backend ready to accept GENEVE-encapsulated traffic, e.g. a zonal instance group fronted by an internal passthrough load balancer. Deployments are always part of a global deployment group which represents a global intercept service.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. User-provided description of the deployment. Used as additional context for the deployment.
+  "forwardingRule": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The regional forwarding rule that fronts the interceptors, for example: `projects/123456789/regions/us-central1/forwardingRules/my-rule`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.
+  "interceptDeploymentGroup": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The deployment group that this deployment is a part of, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptDeploymentGroups/my-dg`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels are key/value pairs that help to organize and filter resources.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this deployment, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/us-central1-a/interceptDeployments/my-dep`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details.
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. The current state of the resource does not match the user's intended state, and the system is working to reconcile them. This part of the normal operation (e.g. linking a new association to the parent group). See https://google.aip.dev/128.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the deployment. See https://google.aip.dev/216.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was most recently updated. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists deployments in a given project and location. See https://google.aip.dev/132.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent, which owns this collection of deployments. Example: `projects/123456789/locations/us-central1-a`. See https://google.aip.dev/132 for more details. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filter expression. See https://google.aip.dev/160#filtering for more details.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Sort expression. See https://google.aip.dev/132#ordering for more details.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default. See https://google.aip.dev/158 for more details.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListInterceptDeployments` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListInterceptDeployments` must match the call that provided the page token. See https://google.aip.dev/158 for more details.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ListInterceptDeployments.
+  "interceptDeployments": [ # The deployments from the specified parent.
+    { # A deployment represents a zonal intercept backend ready to accept GENEVE-encapsulated traffic, e.g. a zonal instance group fronted by an internal passthrough load balancer. Deployments are always part of a global deployment group which represents a global intercept service.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. User-provided description of the deployment. Used as additional context for the deployment.
+      "forwardingRule": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The regional forwarding rule that fronts the interceptors, for example: `projects/123456789/regions/us-central1/forwardingRules/my-rule`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.
+      "interceptDeploymentGroup": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The deployment group that this deployment is a part of, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptDeploymentGroups/my-dg`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.
+      "labels": { # Optional. Labels are key/value pairs that help to organize and filter resources.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this deployment, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/us-central1-a/interceptDeployments/my-dep`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details.
+      "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. The current state of the resource does not match the user's intended state, and the system is working to reconcile them. This part of the normal operation (e.g. linking a new association to the parent group). See https://google.aip.dev/128.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the deployment. See https://google.aip.dev/216.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was most recently updated. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token that can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. See https://google.aip.dev/158 for more details.
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a deployment. See https://google.aip.dev/134.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this deployment, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/us-central1-a/interceptDeployments/my-dep`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A deployment represents a zonal intercept backend ready to accept GENEVE-encapsulated traffic, e.g. a zonal instance group fronted by an internal passthrough load balancer. Deployments are always part of a global deployment group which represents a global intercept service.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. User-provided description of the deployment. Used as additional context for the deployment.
+  "forwardingRule": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The regional forwarding rule that fronts the interceptors, for example: `projects/123456789/regions/us-central1/forwardingRules/my-rule`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.
+  "interceptDeploymentGroup": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The deployment group that this deployment is a part of, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptDeploymentGroups/my-dg`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels are key/value pairs that help to organize and filter resources.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this deployment, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/us-central1-a/interceptDeployments/my-dep`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details.
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. The current state of the resource does not match the user's intended state, and the system is working to reconcile them. This part of the normal operation (e.g. linking a new association to the parent group). See https://google.aip.dev/128.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the deployment. See https://google.aip.dev/216.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was most recently updated. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, Optional. A unique identifier for this request. Must be a UUID4. This request is only idempotent if a `request_id` is provided. See https://google.aip.dev/155 for more details.
+  updateMask: string, Optional. The list of fields to update. Fields are specified relative to the deployment (e.g. `description`; *not* `intercept_deployment.description`). See https://google.aip.dev/161 for more details.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroupAssociations.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroupAssociations.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e9e0d918072 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroupAssociations.html @@ -0,0 +1,373 @@ + + + +

Network Security API . projects . locations . interceptEndpointGroupAssociations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, interceptEndpointGroupAssociationId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates an association in a given project and location. See https://google.aip.dev/133.

+

+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes an association. See https://google.aip.dev/135.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a specific association. See https://google.aip.dev/131.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists associations in a given project and location. See https://google.aip.dev/132.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates an association. See https://google.aip.dev/134.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, interceptEndpointGroupAssociationId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates an association in a given project and location. See https://google.aip.dev/133.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource where this association will be created. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # An endpoint group association represents a link between a network and an endpoint group in the organization. Creating an association creates the networking infrastructure linking the network to the endpoint group, but does not enable intercept by itself. To enable intercept, the user must also create a network firewall policy containing intercept rules and associate it with the network.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps.
+  "interceptEndpointGroup": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The endpoint group that this association is connected to, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroups/my-eg`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels are key/value pairs that help to organize and filter resources.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "locations": [ # Output only. The list of locations where the association is configured. This information is retrieved from the linked endpoint group.
+    { # Details about intercept in a specific cloud location.
+      "location": "A String", # Output only. The cloud location, e.g. "us-central1-a" or "asia-south1".
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the association in this location.
+    },
+  ],
+  "locationsDetails": [ # Output only. The list of locations where the association is present. This information is retrieved from the linked endpoint group, and not configured as part of the association itself.
+    { # Contains details about the state of an association in a specific cloud location.
+      "location": "A String", # Output only. The cloud location, e.g. "us-central1-a" or "asia-south1".
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the association in this location.
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this endpoint group association, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/my-eg-association`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details.
+  "network": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The VPC network that is associated. for example: `projects/123456789/global/networks/my-network`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. The current state of the resource does not match the user's intended state, and the system is working to reconcile them. This part of the normal operation (e.g. adding a new location to the target deployment group). See https://google.aip.dev/128.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the endpoint group association.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was most recently updated. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps.
+}
+
+  interceptEndpointGroupAssociationId: string, Optional. The ID to use for the new association, which will become the final component of the endpoint group's resource name. If not provided, the server will generate a unique ID.
+  requestId: string, Optional. A unique identifier for this request. Must be a UUID4. This request is only idempotent if a `request_id` is provided. See https://google.aip.dev/155 for more details.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes an association. See https://google.aip.dev/135.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The association to delete. (required)
+  requestId: string, Optional. A unique identifier for this request. Must be a UUID4. This request is only idempotent if a `request_id` is provided. See https://google.aip.dev/155 for more details.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets a specific association. See https://google.aip.dev/131.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the association to retrieve. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/{intercept_endpoint_group_association} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An endpoint group association represents a link between a network and an endpoint group in the organization. Creating an association creates the networking infrastructure linking the network to the endpoint group, but does not enable intercept by itself. To enable intercept, the user must also create a network firewall policy containing intercept rules and associate it with the network.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps.
+  "interceptEndpointGroup": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The endpoint group that this association is connected to, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroups/my-eg`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels are key/value pairs that help to organize and filter resources.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "locations": [ # Output only. The list of locations where the association is configured. This information is retrieved from the linked endpoint group.
+    { # Details about intercept in a specific cloud location.
+      "location": "A String", # Output only. The cloud location, e.g. "us-central1-a" or "asia-south1".
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the association in this location.
+    },
+  ],
+  "locationsDetails": [ # Output only. The list of locations where the association is present. This information is retrieved from the linked endpoint group, and not configured as part of the association itself.
+    { # Contains details about the state of an association in a specific cloud location.
+      "location": "A String", # Output only. The cloud location, e.g. "us-central1-a" or "asia-south1".
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the association in this location.
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this endpoint group association, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/my-eg-association`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details.
+  "network": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The VPC network that is associated. for example: `projects/123456789/global/networks/my-network`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. The current state of the resource does not match the user's intended state, and the system is working to reconcile them. This part of the normal operation (e.g. adding a new location to the target deployment group). See https://google.aip.dev/128.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the endpoint group association.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was most recently updated. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists associations in a given project and location. See https://google.aip.dev/132.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent, which owns this collection of associations. Example: `projects/123456789/locations/global`. See https://google.aip.dev/132 for more details. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filter expression. See https://google.aip.dev/160#filtering for more details.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Sort expression. See https://google.aip.dev/132#ordering for more details.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default. See https://google.aip.dev/158 for more details.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListInterceptEndpointGroups` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListInterceptEndpointGroups` must match the call that provided the page token. See https://google.aip.dev/158 for more details.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ListInterceptEndpointGroupAssociations.
+  "interceptEndpointGroupAssociations": [ # The associations from the specified parent.
+    { # An endpoint group association represents a link between a network and an endpoint group in the organization. Creating an association creates the networking infrastructure linking the network to the endpoint group, but does not enable intercept by itself. To enable intercept, the user must also create a network firewall policy containing intercept rules and associate it with the network.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps.
+      "interceptEndpointGroup": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The endpoint group that this association is connected to, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroups/my-eg`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.
+      "labels": { # Optional. Labels are key/value pairs that help to organize and filter resources.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "locations": [ # Output only. The list of locations where the association is configured. This information is retrieved from the linked endpoint group.
+        { # Details about intercept in a specific cloud location.
+          "location": "A String", # Output only. The cloud location, e.g. "us-central1-a" or "asia-south1".
+          "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the association in this location.
+        },
+      ],
+      "locationsDetails": [ # Output only. The list of locations where the association is present. This information is retrieved from the linked endpoint group, and not configured as part of the association itself.
+        { # Contains details about the state of an association in a specific cloud location.
+          "location": "A String", # Output only. The cloud location, e.g. "us-central1-a" or "asia-south1".
+          "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the association in this location.
+        },
+      ],
+      "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this endpoint group association, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/my-eg-association`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details.
+      "network": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The VPC network that is associated. for example: `projects/123456789/global/networks/my-network`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.
+      "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. The current state of the resource does not match the user's intended state, and the system is working to reconcile them. This part of the normal operation (e.g. adding a new location to the target deployment group). See https://google.aip.dev/128.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the endpoint group association.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was most recently updated. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token that can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. See https://google.aip.dev/158 for more details.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates an association. See https://google.aip.dev/134.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this endpoint group association, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/my-eg-association`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # An endpoint group association represents a link between a network and an endpoint group in the organization. Creating an association creates the networking infrastructure linking the network to the endpoint group, but does not enable intercept by itself. To enable intercept, the user must also create a network firewall policy containing intercept rules and associate it with the network.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps.
+  "interceptEndpointGroup": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The endpoint group that this association is connected to, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroups/my-eg`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels are key/value pairs that help to organize and filter resources.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "locations": [ # Output only. The list of locations where the association is configured. This information is retrieved from the linked endpoint group.
+    { # Details about intercept in a specific cloud location.
+      "location": "A String", # Output only. The cloud location, e.g. "us-central1-a" or "asia-south1".
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the association in this location.
+    },
+  ],
+  "locationsDetails": [ # Output only. The list of locations where the association is present. This information is retrieved from the linked endpoint group, and not configured as part of the association itself.
+    { # Contains details about the state of an association in a specific cloud location.
+      "location": "A String", # Output only. The cloud location, e.g. "us-central1-a" or "asia-south1".
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the association in this location.
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this endpoint group association, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/my-eg-association`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details.
+  "network": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The VPC network that is associated. for example: `projects/123456789/global/networks/my-network`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. The current state of the resource does not match the user's intended state, and the system is working to reconcile them. This part of the normal operation (e.g. adding a new location to the target deployment group). See https://google.aip.dev/128.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the endpoint group association.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was most recently updated. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, Optional. A unique identifier for this request. Must be a UUID4. This request is only idempotent if a `request_id` is provided. See https://google.aip.dev/155 for more details.
+  updateMask: string, Optional. The list of fields to update. Fields are specified relative to the association (e.g. `description`; *not* `intercept_endpoint_group_association.description`). See https://google.aip.dev/161 for more details.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroups.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..562a6bab662 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroups.html @@ -0,0 +1,389 @@ + + + +

Network Security API . projects . locations . interceptEndpointGroups

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, interceptEndpointGroupId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates an endpoint group in a given project and location. See https://google.aip.dev/133.

+

+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes an endpoint group. See https://google.aip.dev/135.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a specific endpoint group. See https://google.aip.dev/131.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists endpoint groups in a given project and location. See https://google.aip.dev/132.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates an endpoint group. See https://google.aip.dev/134.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, interceptEndpointGroupId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates an endpoint group in a given project and location. See https://google.aip.dev/133.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource where this endpoint group will be created. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # An endpoint group is a consumer frontend for a deployment group (backend). In order to configure intercept for a network, consumers must create: - An association between their network and the endpoint group. - A security profile that points to the endpoint group. - A firewall rule that references the security profile (group).
+  "associations": [ # Output only. List of associations to this endpoint group.
+    { # The endpoint group's view of a connected association.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The connected association's resource name, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/my-ega`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.
+      "network": "A String", # Output only. The associated network, for example: projects/123456789/global/networks/my-network. See https://google.aip.dev/124.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. Most recent known state of the association.
+    },
+  ],
+  "connectedDeploymentGroup": { # The endpoint group's view of a connected deployment group. # Output only. Details about the connected deployment group to this endpoint group.
+    "locations": [ # Output only. The list of locations where the deployment group is present.
+      { # Details about intercept in a specific cloud location.
+        "location": "A String", # Output only. The cloud location, e.g. "us-central1-a" or "asia-south1".
+        "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the association in this location.
+      },
+    ],
+    "name": "A String", # Output only. The connected deployment group's resource name, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptDeploymentGroups/my-dg`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. User-provided description of the endpoint group. Used as additional context for the endpoint group.
+  "interceptDeploymentGroup": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The deployment group that this endpoint group is connected to, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptDeploymentGroups/my-dg`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels are key/value pairs that help to organize and filter resources.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this endpoint group, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroups/my-eg`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details.
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. The current state of the resource does not match the user's intended state, and the system is working to reconcile them. This is part of the normal operation (e.g. adding a new association to the group). See https://google.aip.dev/128.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the endpoint group. See https://google.aip.dev/216.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was most recently updated. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps.
+}
+
+  interceptEndpointGroupId: string, Required. The ID to use for the endpoint group, which will become the final component of the endpoint group's resource name.
+  requestId: string, Optional. A unique identifier for this request. Must be a UUID4. This request is only idempotent if a `request_id` is provided. See https://google.aip.dev/155 for more details.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes an endpoint group. See https://google.aip.dev/135.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The endpoint group to delete. (required)
+  requestId: string, Optional. A unique identifier for this request. Must be a UUID4. This request is only idempotent if a `request_id` is provided. See https://google.aip.dev/155 for more details.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets a specific endpoint group. See https://google.aip.dev/131.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the endpoint group to retrieve. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/interceptEndpointGroups/{intercept_endpoint_group} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An endpoint group is a consumer frontend for a deployment group (backend). In order to configure intercept for a network, consumers must create: - An association between their network and the endpoint group. - A security profile that points to the endpoint group. - A firewall rule that references the security profile (group).
+  "associations": [ # Output only. List of associations to this endpoint group.
+    { # The endpoint group's view of a connected association.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The connected association's resource name, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/my-ega`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.
+      "network": "A String", # Output only. The associated network, for example: projects/123456789/global/networks/my-network. See https://google.aip.dev/124.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. Most recent known state of the association.
+    },
+  ],
+  "connectedDeploymentGroup": { # The endpoint group's view of a connected deployment group. # Output only. Details about the connected deployment group to this endpoint group.
+    "locations": [ # Output only. The list of locations where the deployment group is present.
+      { # Details about intercept in a specific cloud location.
+        "location": "A String", # Output only. The cloud location, e.g. "us-central1-a" or "asia-south1".
+        "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the association in this location.
+      },
+    ],
+    "name": "A String", # Output only. The connected deployment group's resource name, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptDeploymentGroups/my-dg`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. User-provided description of the endpoint group. Used as additional context for the endpoint group.
+  "interceptDeploymentGroup": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The deployment group that this endpoint group is connected to, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptDeploymentGroups/my-dg`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels are key/value pairs that help to organize and filter resources.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this endpoint group, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroups/my-eg`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details.
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. The current state of the resource does not match the user's intended state, and the system is working to reconcile them. This is part of the normal operation (e.g. adding a new association to the group). See https://google.aip.dev/128.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the endpoint group. See https://google.aip.dev/216.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was most recently updated. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists endpoint groups in a given project and location. See https://google.aip.dev/132.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent, which owns this collection of endpoint groups. Example: `projects/123456789/locations/global`. See https://google.aip.dev/132 for more details. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filter expression. See https://google.aip.dev/160#filtering for more details.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Sort expression. See https://google.aip.dev/132#ordering for more details.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default. See https://google.aip.dev/158 for more details.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListInterceptEndpointGroups` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListInterceptEndpointGroups` must match the call that provided the page token. See https://google.aip.dev/158 for more details.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ListInterceptEndpointGroups.
+  "interceptEndpointGroups": [ # The endpoint groups from the specified parent.
+    { # An endpoint group is a consumer frontend for a deployment group (backend). In order to configure intercept for a network, consumers must create: - An association between their network and the endpoint group. - A security profile that points to the endpoint group. - A firewall rule that references the security profile (group).
+      "associations": [ # Output only. List of associations to this endpoint group.
+        { # The endpoint group's view of a connected association.
+          "name": "A String", # Output only. The connected association's resource name, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/my-ega`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.
+          "network": "A String", # Output only. The associated network, for example: projects/123456789/global/networks/my-network. See https://google.aip.dev/124.
+          "state": "A String", # Output only. Most recent known state of the association.
+        },
+      ],
+      "connectedDeploymentGroup": { # The endpoint group's view of a connected deployment group. # Output only. Details about the connected deployment group to this endpoint group.
+        "locations": [ # Output only. The list of locations where the deployment group is present.
+          { # Details about intercept in a specific cloud location.
+            "location": "A String", # Output only. The cloud location, e.g. "us-central1-a" or "asia-south1".
+            "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the association in this location.
+          },
+        ],
+        "name": "A String", # Output only. The connected deployment group's resource name, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptDeploymentGroups/my-dg`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. User-provided description of the endpoint group. Used as additional context for the endpoint group.
+      "interceptDeploymentGroup": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The deployment group that this endpoint group is connected to, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptDeploymentGroups/my-dg`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.
+      "labels": { # Optional. Labels are key/value pairs that help to organize and filter resources.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this endpoint group, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroups/my-eg`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details.
+      "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. The current state of the resource does not match the user's intended state, and the system is working to reconcile them. This is part of the normal operation (e.g. adding a new association to the group). See https://google.aip.dev/128.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the endpoint group. See https://google.aip.dev/216.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was most recently updated. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token that can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. See https://google.aip.dev/158 for more details.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates an endpoint group. See https://google.aip.dev/134.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this endpoint group, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroups/my-eg`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # An endpoint group is a consumer frontend for a deployment group (backend). In order to configure intercept for a network, consumers must create: - An association between their network and the endpoint group. - A security profile that points to the endpoint group. - A firewall rule that references the security profile (group).
+  "associations": [ # Output only. List of associations to this endpoint group.
+    { # The endpoint group's view of a connected association.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The connected association's resource name, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/my-ega`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.
+      "network": "A String", # Output only. The associated network, for example: projects/123456789/global/networks/my-network. See https://google.aip.dev/124.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. Most recent known state of the association.
+    },
+  ],
+  "connectedDeploymentGroup": { # The endpoint group's view of a connected deployment group. # Output only. Details about the connected deployment group to this endpoint group.
+    "locations": [ # Output only. The list of locations where the deployment group is present.
+      { # Details about intercept in a specific cloud location.
+        "location": "A String", # Output only. The cloud location, e.g. "us-central1-a" or "asia-south1".
+        "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the association in this location.
+      },
+    ],
+    "name": "A String", # Output only. The connected deployment group's resource name, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptDeploymentGroups/my-dg`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. User-provided description of the endpoint group. Used as additional context for the endpoint group.
+  "interceptDeploymentGroup": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The deployment group that this endpoint group is connected to, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptDeploymentGroups/my-dg`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.
+  "labels": { # Optional. Labels are key/value pairs that help to organize and filter resources.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this endpoint group, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroups/my-eg`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details.
+  "reconciling": True or False, # Output only. The current state of the resource does not match the user's intended state, and the system is working to reconcile them. This is part of the normal operation (e.g. adding a new association to the group). See https://google.aip.dev/128.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the endpoint group. See https://google.aip.dev/216.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was most recently updated. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, Optional. A unique identifier for this request. Must be a UUID4. This request is only idempotent if a `request_id` is provided. See https://google.aip.dev/155 for more details.
+  updateMask: string, Optional. The list of fields to update. Fields are specified relative to the endpoint group (e.g. `description`; *not* `intercept_endpoint_group.description`). See https://google.aip.dev/161 for more details.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/observability_v1.projects.locations.scopes.html b/docs/dyn/observability_v1.projects.locations.scopes.html index b3f28a2bbb7..136ede60d6b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/observability_v1.projects.locations.scopes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/observability_v1.projects.locations.scopes.html @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update timestamp. Note: The Update timestamp for the default scope is initially unset. } - updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Scope resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields present in the request will be overwritten. + updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Scope resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field is overwritten when it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask, then all fields present in the request are overwritten. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.cloudExadataInfrastructures.html b/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.cloudExadataInfrastructures.html index 3aca696ca73..61f9cc88940 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.cloudExadataInfrastructures.html +++ b/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.cloudExadataInfrastructures.html @@ -126,6 +126,7 @@

Method Details

"additionalStorageCount": 42, # Output only. The requested number of additional storage servers for the Exadata Infrastructure. "availableStorageSizeGb": 42, # Output only. The available storage can be allocated to the Exadata Infrastructure resource, in gigabytes (GB). "computeCount": 42, # Optional. The number of compute servers for the Exadata Infrastructure. + "computeModel": "A String", # Output only. The compute model of the Exadata Infrastructure. "cpuCount": 42, # Output only. The number of enabled CPU cores. "customerContacts": [ # Optional. The list of customer contacts. { # The CustomerContact reference as defined by Oracle. https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/api/#/en/database/20160918/datatypes/CustomerContact @@ -133,6 +134,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "dataStorageSizeTb": 3.14, # Output only. Size, in terabytes, of the DATA disk group. + "databaseServerType": "A String", # Output only. The database server type of the Exadata Infrastructure. "dbNodeStorageSizeGb": 42, # Output only. The local node storage allocated in GBs. "dbServerVersion": "A String", # Output only. The software version of the database servers (dom0) in the Exadata Infrastructure. "maintenanceWindow": { # Maintenance window as defined by Oracle. https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/api/#/en/database/20160918/datatypes/MaintenanceWindow # Optional. Maintenance window for repair. @@ -169,6 +171,7 @@

Method Details

"shape": "A String", # Required. The shape of the Exadata Infrastructure. The shape determines the amount of CPU, storage, and memory resources allocated to the instance. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current lifecycle state of the Exadata Infrastructure. "storageCount": 42, # Optional. The number of Cloud Exadata storage servers for the Exadata Infrastructure. + "storageServerType": "A String", # Output only. The storage server type of the Exadata Infrastructure. "storageServerVersion": "A String", # Output only. The software version of the storage servers (cells) in the Exadata Infrastructure. "totalStorageSizeGb": 42, # Optional. The total storage allocated to the Exadata Infrastructure resource, in gigabytes (GB). }, @@ -270,6 +273,7 @@

Method Details

"additionalStorageCount": 42, # Output only. The requested number of additional storage servers for the Exadata Infrastructure. "availableStorageSizeGb": 42, # Output only. The available storage can be allocated to the Exadata Infrastructure resource, in gigabytes (GB). "computeCount": 42, # Optional. The number of compute servers for the Exadata Infrastructure. + "computeModel": "A String", # Output only. The compute model of the Exadata Infrastructure. "cpuCount": 42, # Output only. The number of enabled CPU cores. "customerContacts": [ # Optional. The list of customer contacts. { # The CustomerContact reference as defined by Oracle. https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/api/#/en/database/20160918/datatypes/CustomerContact @@ -277,6 +281,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "dataStorageSizeTb": 3.14, # Output only. Size, in terabytes, of the DATA disk group. + "databaseServerType": "A String", # Output only. The database server type of the Exadata Infrastructure. "dbNodeStorageSizeGb": 42, # Output only. The local node storage allocated in GBs. "dbServerVersion": "A String", # Output only. The software version of the database servers (dom0) in the Exadata Infrastructure. "maintenanceWindow": { # Maintenance window as defined by Oracle. https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/api/#/en/database/20160918/datatypes/MaintenanceWindow # Optional. Maintenance window for repair. @@ -313,6 +318,7 @@

Method Details

"shape": "A String", # Required. The shape of the Exadata Infrastructure. The shape determines the amount of CPU, storage, and memory resources allocated to the instance. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current lifecycle state of the Exadata Infrastructure. "storageCount": 42, # Optional. The number of Cloud Exadata storage servers for the Exadata Infrastructure. + "storageServerType": "A String", # Output only. The storage server type of the Exadata Infrastructure. "storageServerVersion": "A String", # Output only. The software version of the storage servers (cells) in the Exadata Infrastructure. "totalStorageSizeGb": 42, # Optional. The total storage allocated to the Exadata Infrastructure resource, in gigabytes (GB). }, @@ -351,6 +357,7 @@

Method Details

"additionalStorageCount": 42, # Output only. The requested number of additional storage servers for the Exadata Infrastructure. "availableStorageSizeGb": 42, # Output only. The available storage can be allocated to the Exadata Infrastructure resource, in gigabytes (GB). "computeCount": 42, # Optional. The number of compute servers for the Exadata Infrastructure. + "computeModel": "A String", # Output only. The compute model of the Exadata Infrastructure. "cpuCount": 42, # Output only. The number of enabled CPU cores. "customerContacts": [ # Optional. The list of customer contacts. { # The CustomerContact reference as defined by Oracle. https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/api/#/en/database/20160918/datatypes/CustomerContact @@ -358,6 +365,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "dataStorageSizeTb": 3.14, # Output only. Size, in terabytes, of the DATA disk group. + "databaseServerType": "A String", # Output only. The database server type of the Exadata Infrastructure. "dbNodeStorageSizeGb": 42, # Output only. The local node storage allocated in GBs. "dbServerVersion": "A String", # Output only. The software version of the database servers (dom0) in the Exadata Infrastructure. "maintenanceWindow": { # Maintenance window as defined by Oracle. https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/api/#/en/database/20160918/datatypes/MaintenanceWindow # Optional. Maintenance window for repair. @@ -394,6 +402,7 @@

Method Details

"shape": "A String", # Required. The shape of the Exadata Infrastructure. The shape determines the amount of CPU, storage, and memory resources allocated to the instance. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current lifecycle state of the Exadata Infrastructure. "storageCount": 42, # Optional. The number of Cloud Exadata storage servers for the Exadata Infrastructure. + "storageServerType": "A String", # Output only. The storage server type of the Exadata Infrastructure. "storageServerVersion": "A String", # Output only. The software version of the storage servers (cells) in the Exadata Infrastructure. "totalStorageSizeGb": 42, # Optional. The total storage allocated to the Exadata Infrastructure resource, in gigabytes (GB). }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.cloudVmClusters.html b/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.cloudVmClusters.html index 099f886d8d4..e1e2522446a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.cloudVmClusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/oracledatabase_v1.projects.locations.cloudVmClusters.html @@ -113,8 +113,8 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Details of the Cloud VM Cluster resource. https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/api/#/en/database/20160918/CloudVmCluster/ - "backupSubnetCidr": "A String", # Required. CIDR range of the backup subnet. - "cidr": "A String", # Required. Network settings. CIDR to use for cluster IP allocation. + "backupSubnetCidr": "A String", # Optional. CIDR range of the backup subnet. + "cidr": "A String", # Optional. Network settings. CIDR to use for cluster IP allocation. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The date and time that the VM cluster was created. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. User friendly name for this resource. "exadataInfrastructure": "A String", # Required. The name of the Exadata Infrastructure resource on which VM cluster resource is created, in the following format: projects/{project}/locations/{region}/cloudExadataInfrastuctures/{cloud_extradata_infrastructure} @@ -123,10 +123,11 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the VM Cluster resource with the format: projects/{project}/locations/{region}/cloudVmClusters/{cloud_vm_cluster} - "network": "A String", # Required. The name of the VPC network. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{network} + "network": "A String", # Optional. The name of the VPC network. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{network} "properties": { # Various properties and settings associated with Exadata VM cluster. # Optional. Various properties of the VM Cluster. "clusterName": "A String", # Optional. OCI Cluster name. "compartmentId": "A String", # Output only. Compartment ID of cluster. + "computeModel": "A String", # Output only. The compute model of the VM Cluster. "cpuCoreCount": 42, # Required. Number of enabled CPU cores. "dataStorageSizeTb": 3.14, # Optional. The data disk group size to be allocated in TBs. "dbNodeStorageSizeGb": 42, # Optional. Local storage per VM. @@ -256,8 +257,8 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Details of the Cloud VM Cluster resource. https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/api/#/en/database/20160918/CloudVmCluster/ - "backupSubnetCidr": "A String", # Required. CIDR range of the backup subnet. - "cidr": "A String", # Required. Network settings. CIDR to use for cluster IP allocation. + "backupSubnetCidr": "A String", # Optional. CIDR range of the backup subnet. + "cidr": "A String", # Optional. Network settings. CIDR to use for cluster IP allocation. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The date and time that the VM cluster was created. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. User friendly name for this resource. "exadataInfrastructure": "A String", # Required. The name of the Exadata Infrastructure resource on which VM cluster resource is created, in the following format: projects/{project}/locations/{region}/cloudExadataInfrastuctures/{cloud_extradata_infrastructure} @@ -266,10 +267,11 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the VM Cluster resource with the format: projects/{project}/locations/{region}/cloudVmClusters/{cloud_vm_cluster} - "network": "A String", # Required. The name of the VPC network. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{network} + "network": "A String", # Optional. The name of the VPC network. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{network} "properties": { # Various properties and settings associated with Exadata VM cluster. # Optional. Various properties of the VM Cluster. "clusterName": "A String", # Optional. OCI Cluster name. "compartmentId": "A String", # Output only. Compartment ID of cluster. + "computeModel": "A String", # Output only. The compute model of the VM Cluster. "cpuCoreCount": 42, # Required. Number of enabled CPU cores. "dataStorageSizeTb": 3.14, # Optional. The data disk group size to be allocated in TBs. "dbNodeStorageSizeGb": 42, # Optional. Local storage per VM. @@ -337,8 +339,8 @@

Method Details

{ # The response for `CloudVmCluster.List`. "cloudVmClusters": [ # The list of VM Clusters. { # Details of the Cloud VM Cluster resource. https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/api/#/en/database/20160918/CloudVmCluster/ - "backupSubnetCidr": "A String", # Required. CIDR range of the backup subnet. - "cidr": "A String", # Required. Network settings. CIDR to use for cluster IP allocation. + "backupSubnetCidr": "A String", # Optional. CIDR range of the backup subnet. + "cidr": "A String", # Optional. Network settings. CIDR to use for cluster IP allocation. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The date and time that the VM cluster was created. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. User friendly name for this resource. "exadataInfrastructure": "A String", # Required. The name of the Exadata Infrastructure resource on which VM cluster resource is created, in the following format: projects/{project}/locations/{region}/cloudExadataInfrastuctures/{cloud_extradata_infrastructure} @@ -347,10 +349,11 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the VM Cluster resource with the format: projects/{project}/locations/{region}/cloudVmClusters/{cloud_vm_cluster} - "network": "A String", # Required. The name of the VPC network. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{network} + "network": "A String", # Optional. The name of the VPC network. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{network} "properties": { # Various properties and settings associated with Exadata VM cluster. # Optional. Various properties of the VM Cluster. "clusterName": "A String", # Optional. OCI Cluster name. "compartmentId": "A String", # Output only. Compartment ID of cluster. + "computeModel": "A String", # Output only. The compute model of the VM Cluster. "cpuCoreCount": 42, # Required. Number of enabled CPU cores. "dataStorageSizeTb": 3.14, # Optional. The data disk group size to be allocated in TBs. "dbNodeStorageSizeGb": 42, # Optional. Local storage per VM. diff --git a/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.folders.constraints.html b/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.folders.constraints.html index 420eeafff72..aea4ebe8562 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.folders.constraints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.folders.constraints.html @@ -134,6 +134,7 @@

Method Details

"constraintDefault": "A String", # The evaluation behavior of this constraint in the absence of a policy. "description": "A String", # Detailed description of what this constraint controls as well as how and where it is enforced. Mutable. "displayName": "A String", # The human readable name. Mutable. + "equivalentConstraint": "A String", # Managed constraint and canned constraint sometimes can have equivalents. This field is used to store the equivalent constraint name. "listConstraint": { # A constraint type that allows or disallows a list of string values, which are configured in the `PolicyRule`. # Defines this constraint as being a list constraint. "supportsIn": True or False, # Indicates whether values grouped into categories can be used in `Policy.allowed_values` and `Policy.denied_values`. For example, `"in:Python"` would match any value in the 'Python' group. "supportsUnder": True or False, # Indicates whether subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy can be used in `Policy.allowed_values` and `Policy.denied_values`. For example, `"under:folders/123"` would match any resource under the 'folders/123' folder. diff --git a/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.organizations.constraints.html b/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.organizations.constraints.html index 001796da482..8dc66c0d69e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.organizations.constraints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.organizations.constraints.html @@ -134,6 +134,7 @@

Method Details

"constraintDefault": "A String", # The evaluation behavior of this constraint in the absence of a policy. "description": "A String", # Detailed description of what this constraint controls as well as how and where it is enforced. Mutable. "displayName": "A String", # The human readable name. Mutable. + "equivalentConstraint": "A String", # Managed constraint and canned constraint sometimes can have equivalents. This field is used to store the equivalent constraint name. "listConstraint": { # A constraint type that allows or disallows a list of string values, which are configured in the `PolicyRule`. # Defines this constraint as being a list constraint. "supportsIn": True or False, # Indicates whether values grouped into categories can be used in `Policy.allowed_values` and `Policy.denied_values`. For example, `"in:Python"` would match any value in the 'Python' group. "supportsUnder": True or False, # Indicates whether subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy can be used in `Policy.allowed_values` and `Policy.denied_values`. For example, `"under:folders/123"` would match any resource under the 'folders/123' folder. diff --git a/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.projects.constraints.html b/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.projects.constraints.html index d454ee71da1..7221e716fb4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.projects.constraints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.projects.constraints.html @@ -134,6 +134,7 @@

Method Details

"constraintDefault": "A String", # The evaluation behavior of this constraint in the absence of a policy. "description": "A String", # Detailed description of what this constraint controls as well as how and where it is enforced. Mutable. "displayName": "A String", # The human readable name. Mutable. + "equivalentConstraint": "A String", # Managed constraint and canned constraint sometimes can have equivalents. This field is used to store the equivalent constraint name. "listConstraint": { # A constraint type that allows or disallows a list of string values, which are configured in the `PolicyRule`. # Defines this constraint as being a list constraint. "supportsIn": True or False, # Indicates whether values grouped into categories can be used in `Policy.allowed_values` and `Policy.denied_values`. For example, `"in:Python"` would match any value in the 'Python' group. "supportsUnder": True or False, # Indicates whether subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy can be used in `Policy.allowed_values` and `Policy.denied_values`. For example, `"under:folders/123"` would match any resource under the 'folders/123' folder. diff --git a/docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1.projects.locations.instances.html index 426450b9ecb..0f00e8833c1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1.projects.locations.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1.projects.locations.instances.html @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@

Method Details

], "capacityGib": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The instance's storage capacity in Gibibytes (GiB). Allowed values are between 12000 and 100000, in multiples of 4000; e.g., 12000, 16000, 20000, ... "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was created. - "daosVersion": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated 'daos_version' field. Output only. The version of DAOS software running in the instance. + "daosVersion": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated: The version of DAOS software running in the instance. "deploymentType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The deployment type of the instance. Allowed values are: * `SCRATCH`: the instance is a scratch instance. * `PERSISTENT`: the instance is a persistent instance. "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the instance. 2048 characters or less. "directoryStripeLevel": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Stripe level for directories. Allowed values are: * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MIN`: recommended when directories contain a small number of files. * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_BALANCED`: balances performance for workloads involving a mix of small and large directories. * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MAX`: recommended for directories with a large number of files. @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@

Method Details

} instanceId: string, Required. The name of the Parallelstore instance. * Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. * Must start with a letter. * Must be between 1-63 characters. * Must end with a number or a letter. * Must be unique within the customer project / location - requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). + requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@

Method Details

Args: name: string, Required. Name of the resource (required) - requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). + requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@

Method Details

"mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode preservation behavior. "uid": "A String", # Optional. The UID preservation behavior. }, - "requestId": "A String", # Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). + "requestId": "A String", # Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. User-specified Service Account (SA) credentials to be used when performing the transfer. Use one of the following formats: * `{EMAIL_ADDRESS_OR_UNIQUE_ID}` * `projects/{PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER}/serviceAccounts/{EMAIL_ADDRESS_OR_UNIQUE_ID}` * `projects/-/serviceAccounts/{EMAIL_ADDRESS_OR_UNIQUE_ID}` If unspecified, the Parallelstore service agent is used: `service-@gcp-sa-parallelstore.iam.gserviceaccount.com` "sourceParallelstore": { # Parallelstore as the source of a data transfer. # Parallelstore source. "path": "A String", # Optional. Root directory path to the Paralellstore filesystem, starting with `/`. Defaults to `/` if unset. @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@

Method Details

], "capacityGib": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The instance's storage capacity in Gibibytes (GiB). Allowed values are between 12000 and 100000, in multiples of 4000; e.g., 12000, 16000, 20000, ... "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was created. - "daosVersion": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated 'daos_version' field. Output only. The version of DAOS software running in the instance. + "daosVersion": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated: The version of DAOS software running in the instance. "deploymentType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The deployment type of the instance. Allowed values are: * `SCRATCH`: the instance is a scratch instance. * `PERSISTENT`: the instance is a persistent instance. "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the instance. 2048 characters or less. "directoryStripeLevel": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Stripe level for directories. Allowed values are: * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MIN`: recommended when directories contain a small number of files. * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_BALANCED`: balances performance for workloads involving a mix of small and large directories. * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MAX`: recommended for directories with a large number of files. @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@

Method Details

"mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode preservation behavior. "uid": "A String", # Optional. The UID preservation behavior. }, - "requestId": "A String", # Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). + "requestId": "A String", # Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. User-specified service account credentials to be used when performing the transfer. Use one of the following formats: * `{EMAIL_ADDRESS_OR_UNIQUE_ID}` * `projects/{PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER}/serviceAccounts/{EMAIL_ADDRESS_OR_UNIQUE_ID}` * `projects/-/serviceAccounts/{EMAIL_ADDRESS_OR_UNIQUE_ID}` If unspecified, the Parallelstore service agent is used: `service-@gcp-sa-parallelstore.iam.gserviceaccount.com` "sourceGcsBucket": { # Cloud Storage as the source of a data transfer. # The Cloud Storage source bucket and, optionally, path inside the bucket. "uri": "A String", # Required. URI to a Cloud Storage bucket in the format: `gs:///`. The path inside the bucket is optional. @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@

Method Details

], "capacityGib": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The instance's storage capacity in Gibibytes (GiB). Allowed values are between 12000 and 100000, in multiples of 4000; e.g., 12000, 16000, 20000, ... "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was created. - "daosVersion": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated 'daos_version' field. Output only. The version of DAOS software running in the instance. + "daosVersion": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated: The version of DAOS software running in the instance. "deploymentType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The deployment type of the instance. Allowed values are: * `SCRATCH`: the instance is a scratch instance. * `PERSISTENT`: the instance is a persistent instance. "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the instance. 2048 characters or less. "directoryStripeLevel": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Stripe level for directories. Allowed values are: * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MIN`: recommended when directories contain a small number of files. * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_BALANCED`: balances performance for workloads involving a mix of small and large directories. * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MAX`: recommended for directories with a large number of files. @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@

Method Details

], "capacityGib": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The instance's storage capacity in Gibibytes (GiB). Allowed values are between 12000 and 100000, in multiples of 4000; e.g., 12000, 16000, 20000, ... "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was created. - "daosVersion": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated 'daos_version' field. Output only. The version of DAOS software running in the instance. + "daosVersion": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated: The version of DAOS software running in the instance. "deploymentType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The deployment type of the instance. Allowed values are: * `SCRATCH`: the instance is a scratch instance. * `PERSISTENT`: the instance is a persistent instance. "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the instance. 2048 characters or less. "directoryStripeLevel": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Stripe level for directories. Allowed values are: * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MIN`: recommended when directories contain a small number of files. * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_BALANCED`: balances performance for workloads involving a mix of small and large directories. * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MAX`: recommended for directories with a large number of files. @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was updated. } - requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). + requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). updateMask: string, Required. Mask of fields to update. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Instance resource by the update. At least one path must be supplied in this field. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values diff --git a/docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1beta.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1beta.projects.locations.instances.html index 85137ddb901..05729bb9c82 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1beta.projects.locations.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1beta.projects.locations.instances.html @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@

Method Details

], "capacityGib": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The instance's storage capacity in Gibibytes (GiB). Allowed values are between 12000 and 100000, in multiples of 4000; e.g., 12000, 16000, 20000, ... "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was created. - "daosVersion": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated 'daos_version' field. Output only. The version of DAOS software running in the instance. + "daosVersion": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated: The version of DAOS software running in the instance. "deploymentType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The deployment type of the instance. Allowed values are: * `SCRATCH`: the instance is a scratch instance. * `PERSISTENT`: the instance is a persistent instance. "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the instance. 2048 characters or less. "directoryStripeLevel": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Stripe level for directories. Allowed values are: * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MIN`: recommended when directories contain a small number of files. * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_BALANCED`: balances performance for workloads involving a mix of small and large directories. * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MAX`: recommended for directories with a large number of files. @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@

Method Details

} instanceId: string, Required. The name of the Parallelstore instance. * Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. * Must start with a letter. * Must be between 1-63 characters. * Must end with a number or a letter. * Must be unique within the customer project / location - requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). + requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@

Method Details

Args: name: string, Required. Name of the resource (required) - requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). + requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@

Method Details

"mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode preservation behavior. "uid": "A String", # Optional. The UID preservation behavior. }, - "requestId": "A String", # Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). + "requestId": "A String", # Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. User-specified Service Account (SA) credentials to be used when performing the transfer. Use one of the following formats: * `{EMAIL_ADDRESS_OR_UNIQUE_ID}` * `projects/{PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER}/serviceAccounts/{EMAIL_ADDRESS_OR_UNIQUE_ID}` * `projects/-/serviceAccounts/{EMAIL_ADDRESS_OR_UNIQUE_ID}` If unspecified, the Parallelstore service agent is used: `service-@gcp-sa-parallelstore.iam.gserviceaccount.com` "sourceParallelstore": { # Parallelstore as the source of a data transfer. # Parallelstore source. "path": "A String", # Optional. Root directory path to the Paralellstore filesystem, starting with `/`. Defaults to `/` if unset. @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@

Method Details

], "capacityGib": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The instance's storage capacity in Gibibytes (GiB). Allowed values are between 12000 and 100000, in multiples of 4000; e.g., 12000, 16000, 20000, ... "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was created. - "daosVersion": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated 'daos_version' field. Output only. The version of DAOS software running in the instance. + "daosVersion": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated: The version of DAOS software running in the instance. "deploymentType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The deployment type of the instance. Allowed values are: * `SCRATCH`: the instance is a scratch instance. * `PERSISTENT`: the instance is a persistent instance. "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the instance. 2048 characters or less. "directoryStripeLevel": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Stripe level for directories. Allowed values are: * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MIN`: recommended when directories contain a small number of files. * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_BALANCED`: balances performance for workloads involving a mix of small and large directories. * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MAX`: recommended for directories with a large number of files. @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@

Method Details

"mode": "A String", # Optional. The mode preservation behavior. "uid": "A String", # Optional. The UID preservation behavior. }, - "requestId": "A String", # Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). + "requestId": "A String", # Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. User-specified service account credentials to be used when performing the transfer. Use one of the following formats: * `{EMAIL_ADDRESS_OR_UNIQUE_ID}` * `projects/{PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER}/serviceAccounts/{EMAIL_ADDRESS_OR_UNIQUE_ID}` * `projects/-/serviceAccounts/{EMAIL_ADDRESS_OR_UNIQUE_ID}` If unspecified, the Parallelstore service agent is used: `service-@gcp-sa-parallelstore.iam.gserviceaccount.com` "sourceGcsBucket": { # Cloud Storage as the source of a data transfer. # The Cloud Storage source bucket and, optionally, path inside the bucket. "uri": "A String", # Required. URI to a Cloud Storage bucket in the format: `gs:///`. The path inside the bucket is optional. @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@

Method Details

], "capacityGib": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The instance's storage capacity in Gibibytes (GiB). Allowed values are between 12000 and 100000, in multiples of 4000; e.g., 12000, 16000, 20000, ... "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was created. - "daosVersion": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated 'daos_version' field. Output only. The version of DAOS software running in the instance. + "daosVersion": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated: The version of DAOS software running in the instance. "deploymentType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The deployment type of the instance. Allowed values are: * `SCRATCH`: the instance is a scratch instance. * `PERSISTENT`: the instance is a persistent instance. "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the instance. 2048 characters or less. "directoryStripeLevel": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Stripe level for directories. Allowed values are: * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MIN`: recommended when directories contain a small number of files. * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_BALANCED`: balances performance for workloads involving a mix of small and large directories. * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MAX`: recommended for directories with a large number of files. @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@

Method Details

], "capacityGib": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The instance's storage capacity in Gibibytes (GiB). Allowed values are between 12000 and 100000, in multiples of 4000; e.g., 12000, 16000, 20000, ... "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was created. - "daosVersion": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated 'daos_version' field. Output only. The version of DAOS software running in the instance. + "daosVersion": "A String", # Output only. Deprecated: The version of DAOS software running in the instance. "deploymentType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The deployment type of the instance. Allowed values are: * `SCRATCH`: the instance is a scratch instance. * `PERSISTENT`: the instance is a persistent instance. "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the instance. 2048 characters or less. "directoryStripeLevel": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Stripe level for directories. Allowed values are: * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MIN`: recommended when directories contain a small number of files. * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_BALANCED`: balances performance for workloads involving a mix of small and large directories. * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MAX`: recommended for directories with a large number of files. @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was updated. } - requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). + requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). updateMask: string, Required. Mask of fields to update. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Instance resource by the update. At least one path must be supplied in this field. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values diff --git a/docs/dyn/reseller_v1.customers.html b/docs/dyn/reseller_v1.customers.html index 758a58d8c1d..9499dd0105e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/reseller_v1.customers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/reseller_v1.customers.html @@ -79,16 +79,16 @@

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

get(customerId, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets a customer account. Use this operation to see a customer account already in your reseller management, or to see the minimal account information for an existing customer that you do not manage. For more information about the API response for existing customers, see [retrieving a customer account](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_customers#get_customer).

+

Gets a customer account. Use this operation to see a customer account already in your reseller management, or to see the minimal account information for an existing customer that you do not manage. For more information about the API response for existing customers, see [retrieving a customer account](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_customers#get_customer).

insert(body=None, customerAuthToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Orders a new customer's account. Before ordering a new customer account, establish whether the customer account already exists using the [`customers.get`](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/reference/customers/get) If the customer account exists as a direct Google account or as a resold customer account from another reseller, use the `customerAuthToken\` as described in [order a resold account for an existing customer](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_customers#create_existing_customer). For more information about ordering a new customer account, see [order a new customer account](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_customers#create_customer). After creating a new customer account, you must provision a user as an administrator. The customer's administrator is required to sign in to the Admin console and sign the G Suite via Reseller agreement to activate the account. Resellers are prohibited from signing the G Suite via Reseller agreement on the customer's behalf. For more information, see [order a new customer account](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_customers#tos).

+

Orders a new customer's account. Before ordering a new customer account, establish whether the customer account already exists using the [`customers.get`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/reference/customers/get) If the customer account exists as a direct Google account or as a resold customer account from another reseller, use the `customerAuthToken\` as described in [order a resold account for an existing customer](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_customers#create_existing_customer). For more information about ordering a new customer account, see [order a new customer account](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_customers#create_customer). After creating a new customer account, you must provision a user as an administrator. The customer's administrator is required to sign in to the Admin console and sign the G Suite via Reseller agreement to activate the account. Resellers are prohibited from signing the G Suite via Reseller agreement on the customer's behalf. For more information, see [order a new customer account](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_customers#tos).

patch(customerId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates a customer account's settings. This method supports patch semantics. You cannot update `customerType` via the Reseller API, but a `"team"` customer can verify their domain and become `customerType = "domain"`. For more information, see [Verify your domain to unlock Essentials features](https://support.google.com/a/answer/9122284).

update(customerId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates a customer account's settings. You cannot update `customerType` via the Reseller API, but a `"team"` customer can verify their domain and become `customerType = "domain"`. For more information, see [update a customer's settings](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_customers#update_customer).

+

Updates a customer account's settings. You cannot update `customerType` via the Reseller API, but a `"team"` customer can verify their domain and become `customerType = "domain"`. For more information, see [update a customer's settings](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_customers#update_customer).

Method Details

close() @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@

Method Details

get(customerId, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets a customer account. Use this operation to see a customer account already in your reseller management, or to see the minimal account information for an existing customer that you do not manage. For more information about the API response for existing customers, see [retrieving a customer account](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_customers#get_customer).
+  
Gets a customer account. Use this operation to see a customer account already in your reseller management, or to see the minimal account information for an existing customer that you do not manage. For more information about the API response for existing customers, see [retrieving a customer account](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_customers#get_customer).
 
 Args:
   customerId: string, This can be either the customer's primary domain name or the customer's unique identifier. If the domain name for a customer changes, the old domain name cannot be used to access the customer, but the customer's unique identifier (as returned by the API) can always be used. We recommend storing the unique identifier in your systems where applicable. (required)
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ 

Method Details

insert(body=None, customerAuthToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Orders a new customer's account. Before ordering a new customer account, establish whether the customer account already exists using the [`customers.get`](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/reference/customers/get) If the customer account exists as a direct Google account or as a resold customer account from another reseller, use the `customerAuthToken\` as described in [order a resold account for an existing customer](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_customers#create_existing_customer). For more information about ordering a new customer account, see [order a new customer account](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_customers#create_customer). After creating a new customer account, you must provision a user as an administrator. The customer's administrator is required to sign in to the Admin console and sign the G Suite via Reseller agreement to activate the account. Resellers are prohibited from signing the G Suite via Reseller agreement on the customer's behalf. For more information, see [order a new customer account](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_customers#tos).
+  
Orders a new customer's account. Before ordering a new customer account, establish whether the customer account already exists using the [`customers.get`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/reference/customers/get) If the customer account exists as a direct Google account or as a resold customer account from another reseller, use the `customerAuthToken\` as described in [order a resold account for an existing customer](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_customers#create_existing_customer). For more information about ordering a new customer account, see [order a new customer account](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_customers#create_customer). After creating a new customer account, you must provision a user as an administrator. The customer's administrator is required to sign in to the Admin console and sign the G Suite via Reseller agreement to activate the account. Resellers are prohibited from signing the G Suite via Reseller agreement on the customer's behalf. For more information, see [order a new customer account](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_customers#tos).
 
 Args:
   body: object, The request body.
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ 

Method Details

update(customerId, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates a customer account's settings. You cannot update `customerType` via the Reseller API, but a `"team"` customer can verify their domain and become `customerType = "domain"`. For more information, see [update a customer's settings](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_customers#update_customer).
+  
Updates a customer account's settings. You cannot update `customerType` via the Reseller API, but a `"team"` customer can verify their domain and become `customerType = "domain"`. For more information, see [update a customer's settings](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_customers#update_customer).
 
 Args:
   customerId: string, This can be either the customer's primary domain name or the customer's unique identifier. If the domain name for a customer changes, the old domain name cannot be used to access the customer, but the customer's unique identifier (as returned by the API) can always be used. We recommend storing the unique identifier in your systems where applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/reseller_v1.subscriptions.html b/docs/dyn/reseller_v1.subscriptions.html
index 74188c140a1..7d3bc9ed84c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/reseller_v1.subscriptions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/reseller_v1.subscriptions.html
@@ -79,13 +79,13 @@ 

Instance Methods

Activates a subscription previously suspended by the reseller. If you did not suspend the customer subscription and it is suspended for any other reason, such as for abuse or a pending ToS acceptance, this call will not reactivate the customer subscription.

changePlan(customerId, subscriptionId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates a subscription plan. Use this method to update a plan for a 30-day trial or a flexible plan subscription to an annual commitment plan with monthly or yearly payments. How a plan is updated differs depending on the plan and the products. For more information, see the description in [manage subscriptions](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#update_subscription_plan).

+

Updates a subscription plan. Use this method to update a plan for a 30-day trial or a flexible plan subscription to an annual commitment plan with monthly or yearly payments. How a plan is updated differs depending on the plan and the products. For more information, see the description in [manage subscriptions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#update_subscription_plan).

changeRenewalSettings(customerId, subscriptionId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates a user license's renewal settings. This is applicable for accounts with annual commitment plans only. For more information, see the description in [manage subscriptions](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#update_renewal).

+

Updates a user license's renewal settings. This is applicable for accounts with annual commitment plans only. For more information, see the description in [manage subscriptions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#update_renewal).

changeSeats(customerId, subscriptionId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates a subscription's user license settings. For more information about updating an annual commitment plan or a flexible plan subscription’s licenses, see [Manage Subscriptions](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#update_subscription_seat).

+

Updates a subscription's user license settings. For more information about updating an annual commitment plan or a flexible plan subscription’s licenses, see [Manage Subscriptions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#update_subscription_seat).

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -94,19 +94,19 @@

Instance Methods

Cancels, suspends, or transfers a subscription to direct.

get(customerId, subscriptionId, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets a specific subscription. The `subscriptionId` can be found using the [Retrieve all reseller subscriptions](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#get_all_subscriptions) method. For more information about retrieving a specific subscription, see the information descrived in [manage subscriptions](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#get_subscription).

+

Gets a specific subscription. The `subscriptionId` can be found using the [Retrieve all reseller subscriptions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#get_all_subscriptions) method. For more information about retrieving a specific subscription, see the information descrived in [manage subscriptions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#get_subscription).

insert(customerId, action=None, body=None, customerAuthToken=None, sourceSkuId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates or transfer a subscription. Create a subscription for a customer's account that you ordered using the [Order a new customer account](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/reference/customers/insert.html) method. For more information about creating a subscription for different payment plans, see [manage subscriptions](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#create_subscription).\ If you did not order the customer's account using the customer insert method, use the customer's `customerAuthToken` when creating a subscription for that customer. If transferring a G Suite subscription with an associated Google Drive or Google Vault subscription, use the [batch operation](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/batch.html) to transfer all of these subscriptions. For more information, see how to [transfer subscriptions](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#transfer_a_subscription).

+

Creates or transfer a subscription. Create a subscription for a customer's account that you ordered using the [Order a new customer account](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/reference/customers/insert.html) method. For more information about creating a subscription for different payment plans, see [manage subscriptions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#create_subscription).\ If you did not order the customer's account using the customer insert method, use the customer's `customerAuthToken` when creating a subscription for that customer. If transferring a G Suite subscription with an associated Google Drive or Google Vault subscription, use the [batch operation](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/batch.html) to transfer all of these subscriptions. For more information, see how to [transfer subscriptions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#transfer_a_subscription).

list(customerAuthToken=None, customerId=None, customerNamePrefix=None, maxResults=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists of subscriptions managed by the reseller. The list can be all subscriptions, all of a customer's subscriptions, or all of a customer's transferable subscriptions. Optionally, this method can filter the response by a `customerNamePrefix`. For more information, see [manage subscriptions](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions).

+

Lists of subscriptions managed by the reseller. The list can be all subscriptions, all of a customer's subscriptions, or all of a customer's transferable subscriptions. Optionally, this method can filter the response by a `customerNamePrefix`. For more information, see [manage subscriptions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions).

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

startPaidService(customerId, subscriptionId, x__xgafv=None)

-

Immediately move a 30-day free trial subscription to a paid service subscription. This method is only applicable if a payment plan has already been set up for the 30-day trial subscription. For more information, see [manage subscriptions](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#paid_service).

+

Immediately move a 30-day free trial subscription to a paid service subscription. This method is only applicable if a payment plan has already been set up for the 30-day trial subscription. For more information, see [manage subscriptions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#paid_service).

suspend(customerId, subscriptionId, x__xgafv=None)

Suspends an active subscription. You can use this method to suspend a paid subscription that is currently in the `ACTIVE` state. * For `FLEXIBLE` subscriptions, billing is paused. * For `ANNUAL_MONTHLY_PAY` or `ANNUAL_YEARLY_PAY` subscriptions: * Suspending the subscription does not change the renewal date that was originally committed to. * A suspended subscription does not renew. If you activate the subscription after the original renewal date, a new annual subscription will be created, starting on the day of activation. We strongly encourage you to suspend subscriptions only for short periods of time as suspensions over 60 days may result in the subscription being cancelled.

@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@

Method Details

"resourceUiUrl": "A String", # URL to customer's Subscriptions page in the Admin console. The read-only URL is generated by the API service. This is used if your client application requires the customer to complete a task using the Subscriptions page in the Admin console. "seats": { # JSON template for subscription seats. # This is a required property. The number and limit of user seat licenses in the plan. "kind": "subscriptions#seats", # Identifies the resource as a subscription seat setting. Value: `subscriptions#seats` - "licensedNumberOfSeats": 42, # Read-only field containing the current number of users that are assigned a license for the product defined in `skuId`. This field's value is equivalent to the numerical count of users returned by the Enterprise License Manager API method: [`listForProductAndSku`](/admin-sdk/licensing/v1/reference/licenseAssignments/listForProductAndSku). + "licensedNumberOfSeats": 42, # Read-only field containing the current number of users that are assigned a license for the product defined in `skuId`. This field's value is equivalent to the numerical count of users returned by the Enterprise License Manager API method: [`listForProductAndSku`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/licensing/v1/reference/licenseAssignments/listForProductAndSku). "maximumNumberOfSeats": 42, # This is a required property and is exclusive to subscriptions with `FLEXIBLE` or `TRIAL` plans. This property sets the maximum number of licensed users allowed on a subscription. This quantity can be increased up to the maximum limit defined in the reseller's contract. The minimum quantity is the current number of users in the customer account. *Note: *G Suite subscriptions automatically assign a license to every user. "numberOfSeats": 42, # This is a required property and is exclusive to subscriptions with `ANNUAL_MONTHLY_PAY` and `ANNUAL_YEARLY_PAY` plans. This property sets the maximum number of licenses assignable to users on a subscription. The reseller can add more licenses, but once set, the `numberOfSeats` cannot be reduced until renewal. The reseller is invoiced based on the `numberOfSeats` value regardless of how many of these user licenses are assigned. *Note: *Google Workspace subscriptions automatically assign a license to every user. }, @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@

Method Details

changePlan(customerId, subscriptionId, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates a subscription plan. Use this method to update a plan for a 30-day trial or a flexible plan subscription to an annual commitment plan with monthly or yearly payments. How a plan is updated differs depending on the plan and the products. For more information, see the description in [manage subscriptions](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#update_subscription_plan).
+  
Updates a subscription plan. Use this method to update a plan for a 30-day trial or a flexible plan subscription to an annual commitment plan with monthly or yearly payments. How a plan is updated differs depending on the plan and the products. For more information, see the description in [manage subscriptions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#update_subscription_plan).
 
 Args:
   customerId: string, This can be either the customer's primary domain name or the customer's unique identifier. If the domain name for a customer changes, the old domain name cannot be used to access the customer, but the customer's unique identifier (as returned by the API) can always be used. We recommend storing the unique identifier in your systems where applicable. (required)
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ 

Method Details

"purchaseOrderId": "A String", # This is an optional property. This purchase order (PO) information is for resellers to use for their company tracking usage. If a `purchaseOrderId` value is given it appears in the API responses and shows up in the invoice. The property accepts up to 80 plain text characters. "seats": { # JSON template for subscription seats. # This is a required property. The seats property is the number of user seat licenses. "kind": "subscriptions#seats", # Identifies the resource as a subscription seat setting. Value: `subscriptions#seats` - "licensedNumberOfSeats": 42, # Read-only field containing the current number of users that are assigned a license for the product defined in `skuId`. This field's value is equivalent to the numerical count of users returned by the Enterprise License Manager API method: [`listForProductAndSku`](/admin-sdk/licensing/v1/reference/licenseAssignments/listForProductAndSku). + "licensedNumberOfSeats": 42, # Read-only field containing the current number of users that are assigned a license for the product defined in `skuId`. This field's value is equivalent to the numerical count of users returned by the Enterprise License Manager API method: [`listForProductAndSku`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/licensing/v1/reference/licenseAssignments/listForProductAndSku). "maximumNumberOfSeats": 42, # This is a required property and is exclusive to subscriptions with `FLEXIBLE` or `TRIAL` plans. This property sets the maximum number of licensed users allowed on a subscription. This quantity can be increased up to the maximum limit defined in the reseller's contract. The minimum quantity is the current number of users in the customer account. *Note: *G Suite subscriptions automatically assign a license to every user. "numberOfSeats": 42, # This is a required property and is exclusive to subscriptions with `ANNUAL_MONTHLY_PAY` and `ANNUAL_YEARLY_PAY` plans. This property sets the maximum number of licenses assignable to users on a subscription. The reseller can add more licenses, but once set, the `numberOfSeats` cannot be reduced until renewal. The reseller is invoiced based on the `numberOfSeats` value regardless of how many of these user licenses are assigned. *Note: *Google Workspace subscriptions automatically assign a license to every user. }, @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@

Method Details

"resourceUiUrl": "A String", # URL to customer's Subscriptions page in the Admin console. The read-only URL is generated by the API service. This is used if your client application requires the customer to complete a task using the Subscriptions page in the Admin console. "seats": { # JSON template for subscription seats. # This is a required property. The number and limit of user seat licenses in the plan. "kind": "subscriptions#seats", # Identifies the resource as a subscription seat setting. Value: `subscriptions#seats` - "licensedNumberOfSeats": 42, # Read-only field containing the current number of users that are assigned a license for the product defined in `skuId`. This field's value is equivalent to the numerical count of users returned by the Enterprise License Manager API method: [`listForProductAndSku`](/admin-sdk/licensing/v1/reference/licenseAssignments/listForProductAndSku). + "licensedNumberOfSeats": 42, # Read-only field containing the current number of users that are assigned a license for the product defined in `skuId`. This field's value is equivalent to the numerical count of users returned by the Enterprise License Manager API method: [`listForProductAndSku`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/licensing/v1/reference/licenseAssignments/listForProductAndSku). "maximumNumberOfSeats": 42, # This is a required property and is exclusive to subscriptions with `FLEXIBLE` or `TRIAL` plans. This property sets the maximum number of licensed users allowed on a subscription. This quantity can be increased up to the maximum limit defined in the reseller's contract. The minimum quantity is the current number of users in the customer account. *Note: *G Suite subscriptions automatically assign a license to every user. "numberOfSeats": 42, # This is a required property and is exclusive to subscriptions with `ANNUAL_MONTHLY_PAY` and `ANNUAL_YEARLY_PAY` plans. This property sets the maximum number of licenses assignable to users on a subscription. The reseller can add more licenses, but once set, the `numberOfSeats` cannot be reduced until renewal. The reseller is invoiced based on the `numberOfSeats` value regardless of how many of these user licenses are assigned. *Note: *Google Workspace subscriptions automatically assign a license to every user. }, @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@

Method Details

changeRenewalSettings(customerId, subscriptionId, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates a user license's renewal settings. This is applicable for accounts with annual commitment plans only. For more information, see the description in [manage subscriptions](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#update_renewal).
+  
Updates a user license's renewal settings. This is applicable for accounts with annual commitment plans only. For more information, see the description in [manage subscriptions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#update_renewal).
 
 Args:
   customerId: string, This can be either the customer's primary domain name or the customer's unique identifier. If the domain name for a customer changes, the old domain name cannot be used to access the customer, but the customer's unique identifier (as returned by the API) can always be used. We recommend storing the unique identifier in your systems where applicable. (required)
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ 

Method Details

"resourceUiUrl": "A String", # URL to customer's Subscriptions page in the Admin console. The read-only URL is generated by the API service. This is used if your client application requires the customer to complete a task using the Subscriptions page in the Admin console. "seats": { # JSON template for subscription seats. # This is a required property. The number and limit of user seat licenses in the plan. "kind": "subscriptions#seats", # Identifies the resource as a subscription seat setting. Value: `subscriptions#seats` - "licensedNumberOfSeats": 42, # Read-only field containing the current number of users that are assigned a license for the product defined in `skuId`. This field's value is equivalent to the numerical count of users returned by the Enterprise License Manager API method: [`listForProductAndSku`](/admin-sdk/licensing/v1/reference/licenseAssignments/listForProductAndSku). + "licensedNumberOfSeats": 42, # Read-only field containing the current number of users that are assigned a license for the product defined in `skuId`. This field's value is equivalent to the numerical count of users returned by the Enterprise License Manager API method: [`listForProductAndSku`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/licensing/v1/reference/licenseAssignments/listForProductAndSku). "maximumNumberOfSeats": 42, # This is a required property and is exclusive to subscriptions with `FLEXIBLE` or `TRIAL` plans. This property sets the maximum number of licensed users allowed on a subscription. This quantity can be increased up to the maximum limit defined in the reseller's contract. The minimum quantity is the current number of users in the customer account. *Note: *G Suite subscriptions automatically assign a license to every user. "numberOfSeats": 42, # This is a required property and is exclusive to subscriptions with `ANNUAL_MONTHLY_PAY` and `ANNUAL_YEARLY_PAY` plans. This property sets the maximum number of licenses assignable to users on a subscription. The reseller can add more licenses, but once set, the `numberOfSeats` cannot be reduced until renewal. The reseller is invoiced based on the `numberOfSeats` value regardless of how many of these user licenses are assigned. *Note: *Google Workspace subscriptions automatically assign a license to every user. }, @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@

Method Details

changeSeats(customerId, subscriptionId, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates a subscription's user license settings. For more information about updating an annual commitment plan or a flexible plan subscription’s licenses, see [Manage Subscriptions](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#update_subscription_seat).
+  
Updates a subscription's user license settings. For more information about updating an annual commitment plan or a flexible plan subscription’s licenses, see [Manage Subscriptions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#update_subscription_seat).
 
 Args:
   customerId: string, This can be either the customer's primary domain name or the customer's unique identifier. If the domain name for a customer changes, the old domain name cannot be used to access the customer, but the customer's unique identifier (as returned by the API) can always be used. We recommend storing the unique identifier in your systems where applicable. (required)
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ 

Method Details

{ # JSON template for subscription seats. "kind": "subscriptions#seats", # Identifies the resource as a subscription seat setting. Value: `subscriptions#seats` - "licensedNumberOfSeats": 42, # Read-only field containing the current number of users that are assigned a license for the product defined in `skuId`. This field's value is equivalent to the numerical count of users returned by the Enterprise License Manager API method: [`listForProductAndSku`](/admin-sdk/licensing/v1/reference/licenseAssignments/listForProductAndSku). + "licensedNumberOfSeats": 42, # Read-only field containing the current number of users that are assigned a license for the product defined in `skuId`. This field's value is equivalent to the numerical count of users returned by the Enterprise License Manager API method: [`listForProductAndSku`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/licensing/v1/reference/licenseAssignments/listForProductAndSku). "maximumNumberOfSeats": 42, # This is a required property and is exclusive to subscriptions with `FLEXIBLE` or `TRIAL` plans. This property sets the maximum number of licensed users allowed on a subscription. This quantity can be increased up to the maximum limit defined in the reseller's contract. The minimum quantity is the current number of users in the customer account. *Note: *G Suite subscriptions automatically assign a license to every user. "numberOfSeats": 42, # This is a required property and is exclusive to subscriptions with `ANNUAL_MONTHLY_PAY` and `ANNUAL_YEARLY_PAY` plans. This property sets the maximum number of licenses assignable to users on a subscription. The reseller can add more licenses, but once set, the `numberOfSeats` cannot be reduced until renewal. The reseller is invoiced based on the `numberOfSeats` value regardless of how many of these user licenses are assigned. *Note: *Google Workspace subscriptions automatically assign a license to every user. } @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@

Method Details

"resourceUiUrl": "A String", # URL to customer's Subscriptions page in the Admin console. The read-only URL is generated by the API service. This is used if your client application requires the customer to complete a task using the Subscriptions page in the Admin console. "seats": { # JSON template for subscription seats. # This is a required property. The number and limit of user seat licenses in the plan. "kind": "subscriptions#seats", # Identifies the resource as a subscription seat setting. Value: `subscriptions#seats` - "licensedNumberOfSeats": 42, # Read-only field containing the current number of users that are assigned a license for the product defined in `skuId`. This field's value is equivalent to the numerical count of users returned by the Enterprise License Manager API method: [`listForProductAndSku`](/admin-sdk/licensing/v1/reference/licenseAssignments/listForProductAndSku). + "licensedNumberOfSeats": 42, # Read-only field containing the current number of users that are assigned a license for the product defined in `skuId`. This field's value is equivalent to the numerical count of users returned by the Enterprise License Manager API method: [`listForProductAndSku`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/licensing/v1/reference/licenseAssignments/listForProductAndSku). "maximumNumberOfSeats": 42, # This is a required property and is exclusive to subscriptions with `FLEXIBLE` or `TRIAL` plans. This property sets the maximum number of licensed users allowed on a subscription. This quantity can be increased up to the maximum limit defined in the reseller's contract. The minimum quantity is the current number of users in the customer account. *Note: *G Suite subscriptions automatically assign a license to every user. "numberOfSeats": 42, # This is a required property and is exclusive to subscriptions with `ANNUAL_MONTHLY_PAY` and `ANNUAL_YEARLY_PAY` plans. This property sets the maximum number of licenses assignable to users on a subscription. The reseller can add more licenses, but once set, the `numberOfSeats` cannot be reduced until renewal. The reseller is invoiced based on the `numberOfSeats` value regardless of how many of these user licenses are assigned. *Note: *Google Workspace subscriptions automatically assign a license to every user. }, @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@

Method Details

get(customerId, subscriptionId, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets a specific subscription. The `subscriptionId` can be found using the [Retrieve all reseller subscriptions](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#get_all_subscriptions) method. For more information about retrieving a specific subscription, see the information descrived in [manage subscriptions](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#get_subscription).
+  
Gets a specific subscription. The `subscriptionId` can be found using the [Retrieve all reseller subscriptions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#get_all_subscriptions) method. For more information about retrieving a specific subscription, see the information descrived in [manage subscriptions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#get_subscription).
 
 Args:
   customerId: string, This can be either the customer's primary domain name or the customer's unique identifier. If the domain name for a customer changes, the old domain name cannot be used to access the customer, but the customer's unique identifier (as returned by the API) can always be used. We recommend storing the unique identifier in your systems where applicable. (required)
@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ 

Method Details

"resourceUiUrl": "A String", # URL to customer's Subscriptions page in the Admin console. The read-only URL is generated by the API service. This is used if your client application requires the customer to complete a task using the Subscriptions page in the Admin console. "seats": { # JSON template for subscription seats. # This is a required property. The number and limit of user seat licenses in the plan. "kind": "subscriptions#seats", # Identifies the resource as a subscription seat setting. Value: `subscriptions#seats` - "licensedNumberOfSeats": 42, # Read-only field containing the current number of users that are assigned a license for the product defined in `skuId`. This field's value is equivalent to the numerical count of users returned by the Enterprise License Manager API method: [`listForProductAndSku`](/admin-sdk/licensing/v1/reference/licenseAssignments/listForProductAndSku). + "licensedNumberOfSeats": 42, # Read-only field containing the current number of users that are assigned a license for the product defined in `skuId`. This field's value is equivalent to the numerical count of users returned by the Enterprise License Manager API method: [`listForProductAndSku`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/licensing/v1/reference/licenseAssignments/listForProductAndSku). "maximumNumberOfSeats": 42, # This is a required property and is exclusive to subscriptions with `FLEXIBLE` or `TRIAL` plans. This property sets the maximum number of licensed users allowed on a subscription. This quantity can be increased up to the maximum limit defined in the reseller's contract. The minimum quantity is the current number of users in the customer account. *Note: *G Suite subscriptions automatically assign a license to every user. "numberOfSeats": 42, # This is a required property and is exclusive to subscriptions with `ANNUAL_MONTHLY_PAY` and `ANNUAL_YEARLY_PAY` plans. This property sets the maximum number of licenses assignable to users on a subscription. The reseller can add more licenses, but once set, the `numberOfSeats` cannot be reduced until renewal. The reseller is invoiced based on the `numberOfSeats` value regardless of how many of these user licenses are assigned. *Note: *Google Workspace subscriptions automatically assign a license to every user. }, @@ -476,7 +476,7 @@

Method Details

insert(customerId, action=None, body=None, customerAuthToken=None, sourceSkuId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates or transfer a subscription. Create a subscription for a customer's account that you ordered using the [Order a new customer account](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/reference/customers/insert.html) method. For more information about creating a subscription for different payment plans, see [manage subscriptions](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#create_subscription).\ If you did not order the customer's account using the customer insert method, use the customer's `customerAuthToken` when creating a subscription for that customer. If transferring a G Suite subscription with an associated Google Drive or Google Vault subscription, use the [batch operation](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/batch.html) to transfer all of these subscriptions. For more information, see how to [transfer subscriptions](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#transfer_a_subscription).
+  
Creates or transfer a subscription. Create a subscription for a customer's account that you ordered using the [Order a new customer account](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/reference/customers/insert.html) method. For more information about creating a subscription for different payment plans, see [manage subscriptions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#create_subscription).\ If you did not order the customer's account using the customer insert method, use the customer's `customerAuthToken` when creating a subscription for that customer. If transferring a G Suite subscription with an associated Google Drive or Google Vault subscription, use the [batch operation](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/batch.html) to transfer all of these subscriptions. For more information, see how to [transfer subscriptions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#transfer_a_subscription).
 
 Args:
   customerId: string, This can be either the customer's primary domain name or the customer's unique identifier. If the domain name for a customer changes, the old domain name cannot be used to access the customer, but the customer's unique identifier (as returned by the API) can always be used. We recommend storing the unique identifier in your systems where applicable. (required)
@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ 

Method Details

"resourceUiUrl": "A String", # URL to customer's Subscriptions page in the Admin console. The read-only URL is generated by the API service. This is used if your client application requires the customer to complete a task using the Subscriptions page in the Admin console. "seats": { # JSON template for subscription seats. # This is a required property. The number and limit of user seat licenses in the plan. "kind": "subscriptions#seats", # Identifies the resource as a subscription seat setting. Value: `subscriptions#seats` - "licensedNumberOfSeats": 42, # Read-only field containing the current number of users that are assigned a license for the product defined in `skuId`. This field's value is equivalent to the numerical count of users returned by the Enterprise License Manager API method: [`listForProductAndSku`](/admin-sdk/licensing/v1/reference/licenseAssignments/listForProductAndSku). + "licensedNumberOfSeats": 42, # Read-only field containing the current number of users that are assigned a license for the product defined in `skuId`. This field's value is equivalent to the numerical count of users returned by the Enterprise License Manager API method: [`listForProductAndSku`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/licensing/v1/reference/licenseAssignments/listForProductAndSku). "maximumNumberOfSeats": 42, # This is a required property and is exclusive to subscriptions with `FLEXIBLE` or `TRIAL` plans. This property sets the maximum number of licensed users allowed on a subscription. This quantity can be increased up to the maximum limit defined in the reseller's contract. The minimum quantity is the current number of users in the customer account. *Note: *G Suite subscriptions automatically assign a license to every user. "numberOfSeats": 42, # This is a required property and is exclusive to subscriptions with `ANNUAL_MONTHLY_PAY` and `ANNUAL_YEARLY_PAY` plans. This property sets the maximum number of licenses assignable to users on a subscription. The reseller can add more licenses, but once set, the `numberOfSeats` cannot be reduced until renewal. The reseller is invoiced based on the `numberOfSeats` value regardless of how many of these user licenses are assigned. *Note: *Google Workspace subscriptions automatically assign a license to every user. }, @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@

Method Details

"resourceUiUrl": "A String", # URL to customer's Subscriptions page in the Admin console. The read-only URL is generated by the API service. This is used if your client application requires the customer to complete a task using the Subscriptions page in the Admin console. "seats": { # JSON template for subscription seats. # This is a required property. The number and limit of user seat licenses in the plan. "kind": "subscriptions#seats", # Identifies the resource as a subscription seat setting. Value: `subscriptions#seats` - "licensedNumberOfSeats": 42, # Read-only field containing the current number of users that are assigned a license for the product defined in `skuId`. This field's value is equivalent to the numerical count of users returned by the Enterprise License Manager API method: [`listForProductAndSku`](/admin-sdk/licensing/v1/reference/licenseAssignments/listForProductAndSku). + "licensedNumberOfSeats": 42, # Read-only field containing the current number of users that are assigned a license for the product defined in `skuId`. This field's value is equivalent to the numerical count of users returned by the Enterprise License Manager API method: [`listForProductAndSku`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/licensing/v1/reference/licenseAssignments/listForProductAndSku). "maximumNumberOfSeats": 42, # This is a required property and is exclusive to subscriptions with `FLEXIBLE` or `TRIAL` plans. This property sets the maximum number of licensed users allowed on a subscription. This quantity can be increased up to the maximum limit defined in the reseller's contract. The minimum quantity is the current number of users in the customer account. *Note: *G Suite subscriptions automatically assign a license to every user. "numberOfSeats": 42, # This is a required property and is exclusive to subscriptions with `ANNUAL_MONTHLY_PAY` and `ANNUAL_YEARLY_PAY` plans. This property sets the maximum number of licenses assignable to users on a subscription. The reseller can add more licenses, but once set, the `numberOfSeats` cannot be reduced until renewal. The reseller is invoiced based on the `numberOfSeats` value regardless of how many of these user licenses are assigned. *Note: *Google Workspace subscriptions automatically assign a license to every user. }, @@ -591,7 +591,7 @@

Method Details

list(customerAuthToken=None, customerId=None, customerNamePrefix=None, maxResults=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists of subscriptions managed by the reseller. The list can be all subscriptions, all of a customer's subscriptions, or all of a customer's transferable subscriptions. Optionally, this method can filter the response by a `customerNamePrefix`. For more information, see [manage subscriptions](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions).
+  
Lists of subscriptions managed by the reseller. The list can be all subscriptions, all of a customer's subscriptions, or all of a customer's transferable subscriptions. Optionally, this method can filter the response by a `customerNamePrefix`. For more information, see [manage subscriptions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions).
 
 Args:
   customerAuthToken: string, The `customerAuthToken` query string is required when creating a resold account that transfers a direct customer's subscription or transfers another reseller customer's subscription to your reseller management. This is a hexadecimal authentication token needed to complete the subscription transfer. For more information, see the administrator help center.
@@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ 

Method Details

"resourceUiUrl": "A String", # URL to customer's Subscriptions page in the Admin console. The read-only URL is generated by the API service. This is used if your client application requires the customer to complete a task using the Subscriptions page in the Admin console. "seats": { # JSON template for subscription seats. # This is a required property. The number and limit of user seat licenses in the plan. "kind": "subscriptions#seats", # Identifies the resource as a subscription seat setting. Value: `subscriptions#seats` - "licensedNumberOfSeats": 42, # Read-only field containing the current number of users that are assigned a license for the product defined in `skuId`. This field's value is equivalent to the numerical count of users returned by the Enterprise License Manager API method: [`listForProductAndSku`](/admin-sdk/licensing/v1/reference/licenseAssignments/listForProductAndSku). + "licensedNumberOfSeats": 42, # Read-only field containing the current number of users that are assigned a license for the product defined in `skuId`. This field's value is equivalent to the numerical count of users returned by the Enterprise License Manager API method: [`listForProductAndSku`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/licensing/v1/reference/licenseAssignments/listForProductAndSku). "maximumNumberOfSeats": 42, # This is a required property and is exclusive to subscriptions with `FLEXIBLE` or `TRIAL` plans. This property sets the maximum number of licensed users allowed on a subscription. This quantity can be increased up to the maximum limit defined in the reseller's contract. The minimum quantity is the current number of users in the customer account. *Note: *G Suite subscriptions automatically assign a license to every user. "numberOfSeats": 42, # This is a required property and is exclusive to subscriptions with `ANNUAL_MONTHLY_PAY` and `ANNUAL_YEARLY_PAY` plans. This property sets the maximum number of licenses assignable to users on a subscription. The reseller can add more licenses, but once set, the `numberOfSeats` cannot be reduced until renewal. The reseller is invoiced based on the `numberOfSeats` value regardless of how many of these user licenses are assigned. *Note: *Google Workspace subscriptions automatically assign a license to every user. }, @@ -675,7 +675,7 @@

Method Details

startPaidService(customerId, subscriptionId, x__xgafv=None) -
Immediately move a 30-day free trial subscription to a paid service subscription. This method is only applicable if a payment plan has already been set up for the 30-day trial subscription. For more information, see [manage subscriptions](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#paid_service).
+  
Immediately move a 30-day free trial subscription to a paid service subscription. This method is only applicable if a payment plan has already been set up for the 30-day trial subscription. For more information, see [manage subscriptions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#paid_service).
 
 Args:
   customerId: string, This can be either the customer's primary domain name or the customer's unique identifier. If the domain name for a customer changes, the old domain name cannot be used to access the customer, but the customer's unique identifier (as returned by the API) can always be used. We recommend storing the unique identifier in your systems where applicable. (required)
@@ -711,7 +711,7 @@ 

Method Details

"resourceUiUrl": "A String", # URL to customer's Subscriptions page in the Admin console. The read-only URL is generated by the API service. This is used if your client application requires the customer to complete a task using the Subscriptions page in the Admin console. "seats": { # JSON template for subscription seats. # This is a required property. The number and limit of user seat licenses in the plan. "kind": "subscriptions#seats", # Identifies the resource as a subscription seat setting. Value: `subscriptions#seats` - "licensedNumberOfSeats": 42, # Read-only field containing the current number of users that are assigned a license for the product defined in `skuId`. This field's value is equivalent to the numerical count of users returned by the Enterprise License Manager API method: [`listForProductAndSku`](/admin-sdk/licensing/v1/reference/licenseAssignments/listForProductAndSku). + "licensedNumberOfSeats": 42, # Read-only field containing the current number of users that are assigned a license for the product defined in `skuId`. This field's value is equivalent to the numerical count of users returned by the Enterprise License Manager API method: [`listForProductAndSku`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/licensing/v1/reference/licenseAssignments/listForProductAndSku). "maximumNumberOfSeats": 42, # This is a required property and is exclusive to subscriptions with `FLEXIBLE` or `TRIAL` plans. This property sets the maximum number of licensed users allowed on a subscription. This quantity can be increased up to the maximum limit defined in the reseller's contract. The minimum quantity is the current number of users in the customer account. *Note: *G Suite subscriptions automatically assign a license to every user. "numberOfSeats": 42, # This is a required property and is exclusive to subscriptions with `ANNUAL_MONTHLY_PAY` and `ANNUAL_YEARLY_PAY` plans. This property sets the maximum number of licenses assignable to users on a subscription. The reseller can add more licenses, but once set, the `numberOfSeats` cannot be reduced until renewal. The reseller is invoiced based on the `numberOfSeats` value regardless of how many of these user licenses are assigned. *Note: *Google Workspace subscriptions automatically assign a license to every user. }, @@ -772,7 +772,7 @@

Method Details

"resourceUiUrl": "A String", # URL to customer's Subscriptions page in the Admin console. The read-only URL is generated by the API service. This is used if your client application requires the customer to complete a task using the Subscriptions page in the Admin console. "seats": { # JSON template for subscription seats. # This is a required property. The number and limit of user seat licenses in the plan. "kind": "subscriptions#seats", # Identifies the resource as a subscription seat setting. Value: `subscriptions#seats` - "licensedNumberOfSeats": 42, # Read-only field containing the current number of users that are assigned a license for the product defined in `skuId`. This field's value is equivalent to the numerical count of users returned by the Enterprise License Manager API method: [`listForProductAndSku`](/admin-sdk/licensing/v1/reference/licenseAssignments/listForProductAndSku). + "licensedNumberOfSeats": 42, # Read-only field containing the current number of users that are assigned a license for the product defined in `skuId`. This field's value is equivalent to the numerical count of users returned by the Enterprise License Manager API method: [`listForProductAndSku`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/licensing/v1/reference/licenseAssignments/listForProductAndSku). "maximumNumberOfSeats": 42, # This is a required property and is exclusive to subscriptions with `FLEXIBLE` or `TRIAL` plans. This property sets the maximum number of licensed users allowed on a subscription. This quantity can be increased up to the maximum limit defined in the reseller's contract. The minimum quantity is the current number of users in the customer account. *Note: *G Suite subscriptions automatically assign a license to every user. "numberOfSeats": 42, # This is a required property and is exclusive to subscriptions with `ANNUAL_MONTHLY_PAY` and `ANNUAL_YEARLY_PAY` plans. This property sets the maximum number of licenses assignable to users on a subscription. The reseller can add more licenses, but once set, the `numberOfSeats` cannot be reduced until renewal. The reseller is invoiced based on the `numberOfSeats` value regardless of how many of these user licenses are assigned. *Note: *Google Workspace subscriptions automatically assign a license to every user. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html index baa3152cc0c..2d7b6822d52 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], @@ -717,7 +717,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], @@ -1142,7 +1142,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], @@ -1334,7 +1334,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], @@ -1510,7 +1510,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], @@ -1824,7 +1824,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html index 96d5c2ff4d1..1a228a12c72 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], @@ -683,7 +683,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html index bff634f6197..7b0eb7e83b8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html @@ -706,7 +706,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], @@ -1234,7 +1234,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html index 000583867f9..9a8fd958cbd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], @@ -631,7 +631,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], @@ -863,7 +863,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.html index cf3357fd16e..9d2f6677a9a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.html @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html index 4198936057b..7f898cbbbfd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], @@ -521,7 +521,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], @@ -773,7 +773,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], @@ -974,7 +974,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], @@ -1200,7 +1200,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], @@ -1393,7 +1393,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], @@ -1569,7 +1569,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], @@ -1883,7 +1883,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html index eba8f844e74..210e54e158e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], @@ -777,7 +777,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html index 02601dabb4d..ff11161359f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html @@ -799,7 +799,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], @@ -1328,7 +1328,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html index f467775ee10..a211109345b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], @@ -686,7 +686,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html index 26c24c8d330..9f6be6b780a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], @@ -521,7 +521,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], @@ -772,7 +772,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], @@ -973,7 +973,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], @@ -1197,7 +1197,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], @@ -1389,7 +1389,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], @@ -1565,7 +1565,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], @@ -1879,7 +1879,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html index 4f6cd60a30b..841f14d397c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], @@ -683,7 +683,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html index 5b83c71d0e5..c3883d7a07d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html @@ -706,7 +706,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], @@ -1234,7 +1234,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html index 90d3e5c7064..242bb600c6b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], @@ -686,7 +686,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@

Method Details

], }, }, - "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). + "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details. "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.html b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.html index 209dd86cad1..0f4a499f9b8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.html +++ b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.html @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@

Method Details

Retrieves a summary of quota information for a specific quota metric
 
 Args:
-  name: string, The resource name of the quota limit. An example name would be: `projects/123/services/serviceusage.googleapis.com/quotas/metrics/serviceusage.googleapis.com%2Fmutate_requests` (required)
+  name: string, The resource name of the quota. An example name would be: `projects/123/services/serviceusage.googleapis.com/consumerQuotaMetrics/serviceusage.googleapis.com%2Fmutate_requests` (required)
   view: string, Specifies the level of detail for quota information in the response.
     Allowed values
       QUOTA_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - No quota view specified. Requests that do not specify a quota view will typically default to the BASIC view.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sheets_v4.spreadsheets.html b/docs/dyn/sheets_v4.spreadsheets.html
index 6e840c53840..9cc000f59b7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sheets_v4.spreadsheets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sheets_v4.spreadsheets.html
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

create(body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Creates a spreadsheet, returning the newly created spreadsheet.

- get(spreadsheetId, includeGridData=None, ranges=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ get(spreadsheetId, excludeTablesInBandedRanges=None, includeGridData=None, ranges=None, x__xgafv=None)

Returns the spreadsheet at the given ID. The caller must specify the spreadsheet ID. By default, data within grids is not returned. You can include grid data in one of 2 ways: * Specify a [field mask](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/field-masks) listing your desired fields using the `fields` URL parameter in HTTP * Set the includeGridData URL parameter to true. If a field mask is set, the `includeGridData` parameter is ignored For large spreadsheets, as a best practice, retrieve only the specific spreadsheet fields that you want. To retrieve only subsets of spreadsheet data, use the ranges URL parameter. Ranges are specified using [A1 notation](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/concepts#cell). You can define a single cell (for example, `A1`) or multiple cells (for example, `A1:D5`). You can also get cells from other sheets within the same spreadsheet (for example, `Sheet2!A1:C4`) or retrieve multiple ranges at once (for example, `?ranges=A1:D5&ranges=Sheet2!A1:C4`). Limiting the range returns only the portions of the spreadsheet that intersect the requested ranges.

getByDataFilter(spreadsheetId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -2306,8 +2306,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "filterViewId": 42, # The ID of the filter view. - "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id may be set. - "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range this filter view covers. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id may be set. + "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. + "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range this filter view covers. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this range is on. @@ -2353,6 +2353,7 @@

Method Details

"sortOrder": "A String", # The order data should be sorted. }, ], + "tableId": "A String", # The table this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "title": "A String", # The name of the filter view. }, }, @@ -2381,9 +2382,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this protected range is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id may be set. + "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this protected range is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "protectedRangeId": 42, # The ID of the protected range. This field is read-only. - "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range that is being protected. The range may be fully unbounded, in which case this is considered a protected sheet. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id may be set. + "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range that is being protected. The range may be fully unbounded, in which case this is considered a protected sheet. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this range is on. @@ -2391,6 +2392,7 @@

Method Details

"startRowIndex": 42, # The start row (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. }, "requestingUserCanEdit": True or False, # True if the user who requested this protected range can edit the protected area. This field is read-only. + "tableId": "A String", # The table this protected range is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "unprotectedRanges": [ # The list of unprotected ranges within a protected sheet. Unprotected ranges are only supported on protected sheets. { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. @@ -2572,6 +2574,75 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, + "addTable": { # Adds a new table to the spreadsheet. # Adds a table. + "table": { # A table. # Required. The table to add. + "columnProperties": [ # The table column properties. + { # The table column. + "columnIndex": 42, # The 0-based column index. This index is relative to its position in the table and is not necessarily the same as the column index in the sheet. + "columnName": "A String", # The column name. + "columnType": "A String", # The column type. + "dataValidationRule": { # A data validation rule for a column in a table. # The column data validation rule. Only set for dropdown column type. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # The condition that data in the cell must match. Valid only if the [BooleanCondition.type] is ONE_OF_LIST. + "type": "A String", # The type of condition. + "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. + { # The value of the condition. + "relativeDate": "A String", # A relative date (based on the current date). Valid only if the type is DATE_BEFORE, DATE_AFTER, DATE_ON_OR_BEFORE or DATE_ON_OR_AFTER. Relative dates are not supported in data validation. They are supported only in conditional formatting and conditional filters. + "userEnteredValue": "A String", # A value the condition is based on. The value is parsed as if the user typed into a cell. Formulas are supported (and must begin with an `=` or a '+'). + }, + ], + }, + }, + }, + ], + "name": "A String", # The table name. This is unique to all tables in the same spreadsheet. + "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The table range. + "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. + "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. + "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this range is on. + "startColumnIndex": 42, # The start column (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. + "startRowIndex": 42, # The start row (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. + }, + "rowsProperties": { # The table row properties. # The table rows properties. + "firstBandColorStyle": { # A color value. # The first color that is alternating. If this field is set, the first banded row is filled with the specified color. Otherwise, the first banded row is filled with a default color. + "rgbColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB color. The [`alpha`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#Color.FIELDS.alpha) value in the [`Color`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#color) object isn't generally supported. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. + }, + "footerColorStyle": { # A color value. # The color of the last row. If this field is not set a footer is not added, the last row is filled with either first_band_color_style or second_band_color_style, depending on the color of the previous row. If updating an existing table without a footer to have a footer, the range will be expanded by 1 row. If updating an existing table with a footer and removing a footer, the range will be shrunk by 1 row. + "rgbColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB color. The [`alpha`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#Color.FIELDS.alpha) value in the [`Color`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#color) object isn't generally supported. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. + }, + "headerColorStyle": { # A color value. # The color of the header row. If this field is set, the header row is filled with the specified color. Otherwise, the header row is filled with a default color. + "rgbColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB color. The [`alpha`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#Color.FIELDS.alpha) value in the [`Color`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#color) object isn't generally supported. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. + }, + "secondBandColorStyle": { # A color value. # The second color that is alternating. If this field is set, the second banded row is filled with the specified color. Otherwise, the second banded row is filled with a default color. + "rgbColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB color. The [`alpha`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#Color.FIELDS.alpha) value in the [`Color`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#color) object isn't generally supported. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. + }, + }, + "tableId": "A String", # The id of the table. + }, + }, "appendCells": { # Adds new cells after the last row with data in a sheet, inserting new rows into the sheet if necessary. # Appends cells after the last row with data in a sheet. "fields": "A String", # The fields of CellData that should be updated. At least one field must be specified. The root is the CellData; 'row.values.' should not be specified. A single `"*"` can be used as short-hand for listing every field. "rows": [ # The data to append. @@ -3284,6 +3355,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], "sheetId": 42, # The sheet ID to append the data to. + "tableId": "A String", # The ID of the table to append data to. The data will be only appended to the table body. This field also takes precedence over the `sheet_id` field. }, "appendDimension": { # Appends rows or columns to the end of a sheet. # Appends dimensions to the end of a sheet. "dimension": "A String", # Whether rows or columns should be appended. @@ -3508,6 +3580,9 @@

Method Details

"deleteSheet": { # Deletes the requested sheet. # Deletes a sheet. "sheetId": 42, # The ID of the sheet to delete. If the sheet is of DATA_SOURCE type, the associated DataSource is also deleted. }, + "deleteTable": { # Removes the table with the given ID from the spreadsheet. # A request for deleting a table. + "tableId": "A String", # The ID of the table to delete. + }, "duplicateFilterView": { # Duplicates a particular filter view. # Duplicates a filter view. "filterId": 42, # The ID of the filter being duplicated. }, @@ -4479,6 +4554,7 @@

Method Details

"sortOrder": "A String", # The order data should be sorted. }, ], + "tableId": "A String", # The table this filter is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or table_id may be set. }, }, "setDataValidation": { # Sets a data validation rule to every cell in the range. To clear validation in a range, call this with no rule specified. # Sets data validation for one or more cells. @@ -7728,8 +7804,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "filterViewId": 42, # The ID of the filter view. - "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id may be set. - "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range this filter view covers. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id may be set. + "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. + "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range this filter view covers. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this range is on. @@ -7775,6 +7851,7 @@

Method Details

"sortOrder": "A String", # The order data should be sorted. }, ], + "tableId": "A String", # The table this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "title": "A String", # The name of the filter view. }, }, @@ -7805,9 +7882,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this protected range is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id may be set. + "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this protected range is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "protectedRangeId": 42, # The ID of the protected range. This field is read-only. - "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range that is being protected. The range may be fully unbounded, in which case this is considered a protected sheet. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id may be set. + "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range that is being protected. The range may be fully unbounded, in which case this is considered a protected sheet. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this range is on. @@ -7815,6 +7892,7 @@

Method Details

"startRowIndex": 42, # The start row (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. }, "requestingUserCanEdit": True or False, # True if the user who requested this protected range can edit the protected area. This field is read-only. + "tableId": "A String", # The table this protected range is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "unprotectedRanges": [ # The list of unprotected ranges within a protected sheet. Unprotected ranges are only supported on protected sheets. { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. @@ -8152,6 +8230,76 @@

Method Details

"title": "A String", # The title of the spreadsheet. }, }, + "updateTable": { # Updates a table in the spreadsheet. # Updates a table. + "fields": "A String", # Required. The fields that should be updated. At least one field must be specified. The root `table` is implied and should not be specified. A single `"*"` can be used as short-hand for listing every field. + "table": { # A table. # Required. The table to update. + "columnProperties": [ # The table column properties. + { # The table column. + "columnIndex": 42, # The 0-based column index. This index is relative to its position in the table and is not necessarily the same as the column index in the sheet. + "columnName": "A String", # The column name. + "columnType": "A String", # The column type. + "dataValidationRule": { # A data validation rule for a column in a table. # The column data validation rule. Only set for dropdown column type. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # The condition that data in the cell must match. Valid only if the [BooleanCondition.type] is ONE_OF_LIST. + "type": "A String", # The type of condition. + "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. + { # The value of the condition. + "relativeDate": "A String", # A relative date (based on the current date). Valid only if the type is DATE_BEFORE, DATE_AFTER, DATE_ON_OR_BEFORE or DATE_ON_OR_AFTER. Relative dates are not supported in data validation. They are supported only in conditional formatting and conditional filters. + "userEnteredValue": "A String", # A value the condition is based on. The value is parsed as if the user typed into a cell. Formulas are supported (and must begin with an `=` or a '+'). + }, + ], + }, + }, + }, + ], + "name": "A String", # The table name. This is unique to all tables in the same spreadsheet. + "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The table range. + "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. + "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. + "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this range is on. + "startColumnIndex": 42, # The start column (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. + "startRowIndex": 42, # The start row (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. + }, + "rowsProperties": { # The table row properties. # The table rows properties. + "firstBandColorStyle": { # A color value. # The first color that is alternating. If this field is set, the first banded row is filled with the specified color. Otherwise, the first banded row is filled with a default color. + "rgbColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB color. The [`alpha`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#Color.FIELDS.alpha) value in the [`Color`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#color) object isn't generally supported. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. + }, + "footerColorStyle": { # A color value. # The color of the last row. If this field is not set a footer is not added, the last row is filled with either first_band_color_style or second_band_color_style, depending on the color of the previous row. If updating an existing table without a footer to have a footer, the range will be expanded by 1 row. If updating an existing table with a footer and removing a footer, the range will be shrunk by 1 row. + "rgbColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB color. The [`alpha`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#Color.FIELDS.alpha) value in the [`Color`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#color) object isn't generally supported. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. + }, + "headerColorStyle": { # A color value. # The color of the header row. If this field is set, the header row is filled with the specified color. Otherwise, the header row is filled with a default color. + "rgbColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB color. The [`alpha`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#Color.FIELDS.alpha) value in the [`Color`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#color) object isn't generally supported. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. + }, + "secondBandColorStyle": { # A color value. # The second color that is alternating. If this field is set, the second banded row is filled with the specified color. Otherwise, the second banded row is filled with a default color. + "rgbColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB color. The [`alpha`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#Color.FIELDS.alpha) value in the [`Color`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#color) object isn't generally supported. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. + }, + }, + "tableId": "A String", # The id of the table. + }, + }, }, ], "responseIncludeGridData": True or False, # True if grid data should be returned. Meaningful only if include_spreadsheet_in_response is 'true'. This parameter is ignored if a field mask was set in the request. @@ -10147,8 +10295,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "filterViewId": 42, # The ID of the filter view. - "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id may be set. - "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range this filter view covers. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id may be set. + "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. + "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range this filter view covers. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this range is on. @@ -10194,6 +10342,7 @@

Method Details

"sortOrder": "A String", # The order data should be sorted. }, ], + "tableId": "A String", # The table this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "title": "A String", # The name of the filter view. }, }, @@ -10222,9 +10371,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this protected range is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id may be set. + "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this protected range is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "protectedRangeId": 42, # The ID of the protected range. This field is read-only. - "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range that is being protected. The range may be fully unbounded, in which case this is considered a protected sheet. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id may be set. + "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range that is being protected. The range may be fully unbounded, in which case this is considered a protected sheet. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this range is on. @@ -10232,6 +10381,7 @@

Method Details

"startRowIndex": 42, # The start row (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. }, "requestingUserCanEdit": True or False, # True if the user who requested this protected range can edit the protected area. This field is read-only. + "tableId": "A String", # The table this protected range is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "unprotectedRanges": [ # The list of unprotected ranges within a protected sheet. Unprotected ranges are only supported on protected sheets. { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. @@ -10823,8 +10973,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "filterViewId": 42, # The ID of the filter view. - "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id may be set. - "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range this filter view covers. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id may be set. + "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. + "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range this filter view covers. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this range is on. @@ -10870,6 +11020,7 @@

Method Details

"sortOrder": "A String", # The order data should be sorted. }, ], + "tableId": "A String", # The table this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "title": "A String", # The name of the filter view. }, }, @@ -12072,6 +12223,7 @@

Method Details

"sortOrder": "A String", # The order data should be sorted. }, ], + "tableId": "A String", # The table this filter is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or table_id may be set. }, "charts": [ # The specifications of every chart on this sheet. { # A chart embedded in a sheet. @@ -14875,8 +15027,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "filterViewId": 42, # The ID of the filter view. - "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id may be set. - "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range this filter view covers. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id may be set. + "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. + "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range this filter view covers. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this range is on. @@ -14922,6 +15074,7 @@

Method Details

"sortOrder": "A String", # The order data should be sorted. }, ], + "tableId": "A String", # The table this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "title": "A String", # The name of the filter view. }, ], @@ -14995,9 +15148,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this protected range is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id may be set. + "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this protected range is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "protectedRangeId": 42, # The ID of the protected range. This field is read-only. - "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range that is being protected. The range may be fully unbounded, in which case this is considered a protected sheet. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id may be set. + "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range that is being protected. The range may be fully unbounded, in which case this is considered a protected sheet. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this range is on. @@ -15005,6 +15158,7 @@

Method Details

"startRowIndex": 42, # The start row (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. }, "requestingUserCanEdit": True or False, # True if the user who requested this protected range can edit the protected area. This field is read-only. + "tableId": "A String", # The table this protected range is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "unprotectedRanges": [ # The list of unprotected ranges within a protected sheet. Unprotected ranges are only supported on protected sheets. { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. @@ -15147,6 +15301,75 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "tables": [ # The tables on this sheet. + { # A table. + "columnProperties": [ # The table column properties. + { # The table column. + "columnIndex": 42, # The 0-based column index. This index is relative to its position in the table and is not necessarily the same as the column index in the sheet. + "columnName": "A String", # The column name. + "columnType": "A String", # The column type. + "dataValidationRule": { # A data validation rule for a column in a table. # The column data validation rule. Only set for dropdown column type. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # The condition that data in the cell must match. Valid only if the [BooleanCondition.type] is ONE_OF_LIST. + "type": "A String", # The type of condition. + "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. + { # The value of the condition. + "relativeDate": "A String", # A relative date (based on the current date). Valid only if the type is DATE_BEFORE, DATE_AFTER, DATE_ON_OR_BEFORE or DATE_ON_OR_AFTER. Relative dates are not supported in data validation. They are supported only in conditional formatting and conditional filters. + "userEnteredValue": "A String", # A value the condition is based on. The value is parsed as if the user typed into a cell. Formulas are supported (and must begin with an `=` or a '+'). + }, + ], + }, + }, + }, + ], + "name": "A String", # The table name. This is unique to all tables in the same spreadsheet. + "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The table range. + "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. + "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. + "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this range is on. + "startColumnIndex": 42, # The start column (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. + "startRowIndex": 42, # The start row (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. + }, + "rowsProperties": { # The table row properties. # The table rows properties. + "firstBandColorStyle": { # A color value. # The first color that is alternating. If this field is set, the first banded row is filled with the specified color. Otherwise, the first banded row is filled with a default color. + "rgbColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB color. The [`alpha`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#Color.FIELDS.alpha) value in the [`Color`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#color) object isn't generally supported. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. + }, + "footerColorStyle": { # A color value. # The color of the last row. If this field is not set a footer is not added, the last row is filled with either first_band_color_style or second_band_color_style, depending on the color of the previous row. If updating an existing table without a footer to have a footer, the range will be expanded by 1 row. If updating an existing table with a footer and removing a footer, the range will be shrunk by 1 row. + "rgbColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB color. The [`alpha`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#Color.FIELDS.alpha) value in the [`Color`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#color) object isn't generally supported. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. + }, + "headerColorStyle": { # A color value. # The color of the header row. If this field is set, the header row is filled with the specified color. Otherwise, the header row is filled with a default color. + "rgbColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB color. The [`alpha`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#Color.FIELDS.alpha) value in the [`Color`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#color) object isn't generally supported. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. + }, + "secondBandColorStyle": { # A color value. # The second color that is alternating. If this field is set, the second banded row is filled with the specified color. Otherwise, the second banded row is filled with a default color. + "rgbColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB color. The [`alpha`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#Color.FIELDS.alpha) value in the [`Color`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#color) object isn't generally supported. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. + }, + }, + "tableId": "A String", # The id of the table. + }, + ], }, ], "spreadsheetId": "A String", # The ID of the spreadsheet. This field is read-only. @@ -15737,6 +15960,7 @@

Method Details

"sortOrder": "A String", # The order data should be sorted. }, ], + "tableId": "A String", # The table this filter is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or table_id may be set. }, "charts": [ # The specifications of every chart on this sheet. { # A chart embedded in a sheet. @@ -18540,8 +18764,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "filterViewId": 42, # The ID of the filter view. - "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id may be set. - "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range this filter view covers. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id may be set. + "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. + "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range this filter view covers. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this range is on. @@ -18587,6 +18811,7 @@

Method Details

"sortOrder": "A String", # The order data should be sorted. }, ], + "tableId": "A String", # The table this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "title": "A String", # The name of the filter view. }, ], @@ -18660,9 +18885,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this protected range is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id may be set. + "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this protected range is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "protectedRangeId": 42, # The ID of the protected range. This field is read-only. - "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range that is being protected. The range may be fully unbounded, in which case this is considered a protected sheet. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id may be set. + "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range that is being protected. The range may be fully unbounded, in which case this is considered a protected sheet. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this range is on. @@ -18670,6 +18895,7 @@

Method Details

"startRowIndex": 42, # The start row (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. }, "requestingUserCanEdit": True or False, # True if the user who requested this protected range can edit the protected area. This field is read-only. + "tableId": "A String", # The table this protected range is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "unprotectedRanges": [ # The list of unprotected ranges within a protected sheet. Unprotected ranges are only supported on protected sheets. { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. @@ -18812,6 +19038,75 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "tables": [ # The tables on this sheet. + { # A table. + "columnProperties": [ # The table column properties. + { # The table column. + "columnIndex": 42, # The 0-based column index. This index is relative to its position in the table and is not necessarily the same as the column index in the sheet. + "columnName": "A String", # The column name. + "columnType": "A String", # The column type. + "dataValidationRule": { # A data validation rule for a column in a table. # The column data validation rule. Only set for dropdown column type. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # The condition that data in the cell must match. Valid only if the [BooleanCondition.type] is ONE_OF_LIST. + "type": "A String", # The type of condition. + "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. + { # The value of the condition. + "relativeDate": "A String", # A relative date (based on the current date). Valid only if the type is DATE_BEFORE, DATE_AFTER, DATE_ON_OR_BEFORE or DATE_ON_OR_AFTER. Relative dates are not supported in data validation. They are supported only in conditional formatting and conditional filters. + "userEnteredValue": "A String", # A value the condition is based on. The value is parsed as if the user typed into a cell. Formulas are supported (and must begin with an `=` or a '+'). + }, + ], + }, + }, + }, + ], + "name": "A String", # The table name. This is unique to all tables in the same spreadsheet. + "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The table range. + "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. + "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. + "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this range is on. + "startColumnIndex": 42, # The start column (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. + "startRowIndex": 42, # The start row (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. + }, + "rowsProperties": { # The table row properties. # The table rows properties. + "firstBandColorStyle": { # A color value. # The first color that is alternating. If this field is set, the first banded row is filled with the specified color. Otherwise, the first banded row is filled with a default color. + "rgbColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB color. The [`alpha`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#Color.FIELDS.alpha) value in the [`Color`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#color) object isn't generally supported. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. + }, + "footerColorStyle": { # A color value. # The color of the last row. If this field is not set a footer is not added, the last row is filled with either first_band_color_style or second_band_color_style, depending on the color of the previous row. If updating an existing table without a footer to have a footer, the range will be expanded by 1 row. If updating an existing table with a footer and removing a footer, the range will be shrunk by 1 row. + "rgbColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB color. The [`alpha`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#Color.FIELDS.alpha) value in the [`Color`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#color) object isn't generally supported. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. + }, + "headerColorStyle": { # A color value. # The color of the header row. If this field is set, the header row is filled with the specified color. Otherwise, the header row is filled with a default color. + "rgbColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB color. The [`alpha`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#Color.FIELDS.alpha) value in the [`Color`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#color) object isn't generally supported. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. + }, + "secondBandColorStyle": { # A color value. # The second color that is alternating. If this field is set, the second banded row is filled with the specified color. Otherwise, the second banded row is filled with a default color. + "rgbColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB color. The [`alpha`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#Color.FIELDS.alpha) value in the [`Color`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#color) object isn't generally supported. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. + }, + }, + "tableId": "A String", # The id of the table. + }, + ], }, ], "spreadsheetId": "A String", # The ID of the spreadsheet. This field is read-only. @@ -19395,6 +19690,7 @@

Method Details

"sortOrder": "A String", # The order data should be sorted. }, ], + "tableId": "A String", # The table this filter is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or table_id may be set. }, "charts": [ # The specifications of every chart on this sheet. { # A chart embedded in a sheet. @@ -22198,8 +22494,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "filterViewId": 42, # The ID of the filter view. - "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id may be set. - "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range this filter view covers. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id may be set. + "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. + "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range this filter view covers. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this range is on. @@ -22245,6 +22541,7 @@

Method Details

"sortOrder": "A String", # The order data should be sorted. }, ], + "tableId": "A String", # The table this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "title": "A String", # The name of the filter view. }, ], @@ -22318,9 +22615,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this protected range is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id may be set. + "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this protected range is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "protectedRangeId": 42, # The ID of the protected range. This field is read-only. - "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range that is being protected. The range may be fully unbounded, in which case this is considered a protected sheet. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id may be set. + "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range that is being protected. The range may be fully unbounded, in which case this is considered a protected sheet. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this range is on. @@ -22328,6 +22625,7 @@

Method Details

"startRowIndex": 42, # The start row (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. }, "requestingUserCanEdit": True or False, # True if the user who requested this protected range can edit the protected area. This field is read-only. + "tableId": "A String", # The table this protected range is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "unprotectedRanges": [ # The list of unprotected ranges within a protected sheet. Unprotected ranges are only supported on protected sheets. { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. @@ -22470,6 +22768,75 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "tables": [ # The tables on this sheet. + { # A table. + "columnProperties": [ # The table column properties. + { # The table column. + "columnIndex": 42, # The 0-based column index. This index is relative to its position in the table and is not necessarily the same as the column index in the sheet. + "columnName": "A String", # The column name. + "columnType": "A String", # The column type. + "dataValidationRule": { # A data validation rule for a column in a table. # The column data validation rule. Only set for dropdown column type. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # The condition that data in the cell must match. Valid only if the [BooleanCondition.type] is ONE_OF_LIST. + "type": "A String", # The type of condition. + "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. + { # The value of the condition. + "relativeDate": "A String", # A relative date (based on the current date). Valid only if the type is DATE_BEFORE, DATE_AFTER, DATE_ON_OR_BEFORE or DATE_ON_OR_AFTER. Relative dates are not supported in data validation. They are supported only in conditional formatting and conditional filters. + "userEnteredValue": "A String", # A value the condition is based on. The value is parsed as if the user typed into a cell. Formulas are supported (and must begin with an `=` or a '+'). + }, + ], + }, + }, + }, + ], + "name": "A String", # The table name. This is unique to all tables in the same spreadsheet. + "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The table range. + "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. + "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. + "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this range is on. + "startColumnIndex": 42, # The start column (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. + "startRowIndex": 42, # The start row (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. + }, + "rowsProperties": { # The table row properties. # The table rows properties. + "firstBandColorStyle": { # A color value. # The first color that is alternating. If this field is set, the first banded row is filled with the specified color. Otherwise, the first banded row is filled with a default color. + "rgbColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB color. The [`alpha`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#Color.FIELDS.alpha) value in the [`Color`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#color) object isn't generally supported. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. + }, + "footerColorStyle": { # A color value. # The color of the last row. If this field is not set a footer is not added, the last row is filled with either first_band_color_style or second_band_color_style, depending on the color of the previous row. If updating an existing table without a footer to have a footer, the range will be expanded by 1 row. If updating an existing table with a footer and removing a footer, the range will be shrunk by 1 row. + "rgbColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB color. The [`alpha`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#Color.FIELDS.alpha) value in the [`Color`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#color) object isn't generally supported. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. + }, + "headerColorStyle": { # A color value. # The color of the header row. If this field is set, the header row is filled with the specified color. Otherwise, the header row is filled with a default color. + "rgbColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB color. The [`alpha`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#Color.FIELDS.alpha) value in the [`Color`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#color) object isn't generally supported. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. + }, + "secondBandColorStyle": { # A color value. # The second color that is alternating. If this field is set, the second banded row is filled with the specified color. Otherwise, the second banded row is filled with a default color. + "rgbColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB color. The [`alpha`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#Color.FIELDS.alpha) value in the [`Color`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#color) object isn't generally supported. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. + }, + }, + "tableId": "A String", # The id of the table. + }, + ], }, ], "spreadsheetId": "A String", # The ID of the spreadsheet. This field is read-only. @@ -22478,11 +22845,12 @@

Method Details

- get(spreadsheetId, includeGridData=None, ranges=None, x__xgafv=None) + get(spreadsheetId, excludeTablesInBandedRanges=None, includeGridData=None, ranges=None, x__xgafv=None)
Returns the spreadsheet at the given ID. The caller must specify the spreadsheet ID. By default, data within grids is not returned. You can include grid data in one of 2 ways: * Specify a [field mask](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/field-masks) listing your desired fields using the `fields` URL parameter in HTTP * Set the includeGridData URL parameter to true. If a field mask is set, the `includeGridData` parameter is ignored For large spreadsheets, as a best practice, retrieve only the specific spreadsheet fields that you want. To retrieve only subsets of spreadsheet data, use the ranges URL parameter. Ranges are specified using [A1 notation](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/concepts#cell). You can define a single cell (for example, `A1`) or multiple cells (for example, `A1:D5`). You can also get cells from other sheets within the same spreadsheet (for example, `Sheet2!A1:C4`) or retrieve multiple ranges at once (for example, `?ranges=A1:D5&ranges=Sheet2!A1:C4`). Limiting the range returns only the portions of the spreadsheet that intersect the requested ranges.
 
 Args:
   spreadsheetId: string, The spreadsheet to request. (required)
+  excludeTablesInBandedRanges: boolean, True if tables should be excluded in the banded ranges. False if not set.
   includeGridData: boolean, True if grid data should be returned. This parameter is ignored if a field mask was set in the request.
   ranges: string, The ranges to retrieve from the spreadsheet. (repeated)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -23062,6 +23430,7 @@ 

Method Details

"sortOrder": "A String", # The order data should be sorted. }, ], + "tableId": "A String", # The table this filter is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or table_id may be set. }, "charts": [ # The specifications of every chart on this sheet. { # A chart embedded in a sheet. @@ -25865,8 +26234,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "filterViewId": 42, # The ID of the filter view. - "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id may be set. - "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range this filter view covers. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id may be set. + "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. + "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range this filter view covers. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this range is on. @@ -25912,6 +26281,7 @@

Method Details

"sortOrder": "A String", # The order data should be sorted. }, ], + "tableId": "A String", # The table this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "title": "A String", # The name of the filter view. }, ], @@ -25985,9 +26355,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this protected range is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id may be set. + "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this protected range is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "protectedRangeId": 42, # The ID of the protected range. This field is read-only. - "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range that is being protected. The range may be fully unbounded, in which case this is considered a protected sheet. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id may be set. + "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range that is being protected. The range may be fully unbounded, in which case this is considered a protected sheet. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this range is on. @@ -25995,6 +26365,7 @@

Method Details

"startRowIndex": 42, # The start row (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. }, "requestingUserCanEdit": True or False, # True if the user who requested this protected range can edit the protected area. This field is read-only. + "tableId": "A String", # The table this protected range is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "unprotectedRanges": [ # The list of unprotected ranges within a protected sheet. Unprotected ranges are only supported on protected sheets. { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. @@ -26137,6 +26508,75 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "tables": [ # The tables on this sheet. + { # A table. + "columnProperties": [ # The table column properties. + { # The table column. + "columnIndex": 42, # The 0-based column index. This index is relative to its position in the table and is not necessarily the same as the column index in the sheet. + "columnName": "A String", # The column name. + "columnType": "A String", # The column type. + "dataValidationRule": { # A data validation rule for a column in a table. # The column data validation rule. Only set for dropdown column type. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # The condition that data in the cell must match. Valid only if the [BooleanCondition.type] is ONE_OF_LIST. + "type": "A String", # The type of condition. + "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. + { # The value of the condition. + "relativeDate": "A String", # A relative date (based on the current date). Valid only if the type is DATE_BEFORE, DATE_AFTER, DATE_ON_OR_BEFORE or DATE_ON_OR_AFTER. Relative dates are not supported in data validation. They are supported only in conditional formatting and conditional filters. + "userEnteredValue": "A String", # A value the condition is based on. The value is parsed as if the user typed into a cell. Formulas are supported (and must begin with an `=` or a '+'). + }, + ], + }, + }, + }, + ], + "name": "A String", # The table name. This is unique to all tables in the same spreadsheet. + "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The table range. + "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. + "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. + "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this range is on. + "startColumnIndex": 42, # The start column (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. + "startRowIndex": 42, # The start row (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. + }, + "rowsProperties": { # The table row properties. # The table rows properties. + "firstBandColorStyle": { # A color value. # The first color that is alternating. If this field is set, the first banded row is filled with the specified color. Otherwise, the first banded row is filled with a default color. + "rgbColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB color. The [`alpha`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#Color.FIELDS.alpha) value in the [`Color`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#color) object isn't generally supported. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. + }, + "footerColorStyle": { # A color value. # The color of the last row. If this field is not set a footer is not added, the last row is filled with either first_band_color_style or second_band_color_style, depending on the color of the previous row. If updating an existing table without a footer to have a footer, the range will be expanded by 1 row. If updating an existing table with a footer and removing a footer, the range will be shrunk by 1 row. + "rgbColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB color. The [`alpha`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#Color.FIELDS.alpha) value in the [`Color`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#color) object isn't generally supported. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. + }, + "headerColorStyle": { # A color value. # The color of the header row. If this field is set, the header row is filled with the specified color. Otherwise, the header row is filled with a default color. + "rgbColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB color. The [`alpha`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#Color.FIELDS.alpha) value in the [`Color`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#color) object isn't generally supported. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. + }, + "secondBandColorStyle": { # A color value. # The second color that is alternating. If this field is set, the second banded row is filled with the specified color. Otherwise, the second banded row is filled with a default color. + "rgbColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB color. The [`alpha`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#Color.FIELDS.alpha) value in the [`Color`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#color) object isn't generally supported. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. + }, + }, + "tableId": "A String", # The id of the table. + }, + ], }, ], "spreadsheetId": "A String", # The ID of the spreadsheet. This field is read-only. @@ -26185,6 +26625,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "excludeTablesInBandedRanges": True or False, # True if tables should be excluded in the banded ranges. False if not set. "includeGridData": True or False, # True if grid data should be returned. This parameter is ignored if a field mask was set in the request. } @@ -26765,6 +27206,7 @@

Method Details

"sortOrder": "A String", # The order data should be sorted. }, ], + "tableId": "A String", # The table this filter is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or table_id may be set. }, "charts": [ # The specifications of every chart on this sheet. { # A chart embedded in a sheet. @@ -29568,8 +30010,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "filterViewId": 42, # The ID of the filter view. - "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id may be set. - "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range this filter view covers. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id may be set. + "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. + "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range this filter view covers. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this range is on. @@ -29615,6 +30057,7 @@

Method Details

"sortOrder": "A String", # The order data should be sorted. }, ], + "tableId": "A String", # The table this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "title": "A String", # The name of the filter view. }, ], @@ -29688,9 +30131,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this protected range is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id may be set. + "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this protected range is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "protectedRangeId": 42, # The ID of the protected range. This field is read-only. - "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range that is being protected. The range may be fully unbounded, in which case this is considered a protected sheet. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id may be set. + "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range that is being protected. The range may be fully unbounded, in which case this is considered a protected sheet. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this range is on. @@ -29698,6 +30141,7 @@

Method Details

"startRowIndex": 42, # The start row (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. }, "requestingUserCanEdit": True or False, # True if the user who requested this protected range can edit the protected area. This field is read-only. + "tableId": "A String", # The table this protected range is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. "unprotectedRanges": [ # The list of unprotected ranges within a protected sheet. Unprotected ranges are only supported on protected sheets. { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. @@ -29840,6 +30284,75 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], + "tables": [ # The tables on this sheet. + { # A table. + "columnProperties": [ # The table column properties. + { # The table column. + "columnIndex": 42, # The 0-based column index. This index is relative to its position in the table and is not necessarily the same as the column index in the sheet. + "columnName": "A String", # The column name. + "columnType": "A String", # The column type. + "dataValidationRule": { # A data validation rule for a column in a table. # The column data validation rule. Only set for dropdown column type. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # The condition that data in the cell must match. Valid only if the [BooleanCondition.type] is ONE_OF_LIST. + "type": "A String", # The type of condition. + "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. + { # The value of the condition. + "relativeDate": "A String", # A relative date (based on the current date). Valid only if the type is DATE_BEFORE, DATE_AFTER, DATE_ON_OR_BEFORE or DATE_ON_OR_AFTER. Relative dates are not supported in data validation. They are supported only in conditional formatting and conditional filters. + "userEnteredValue": "A String", # A value the condition is based on. The value is parsed as if the user typed into a cell. Formulas are supported (and must begin with an `=` or a '+'). + }, + ], + }, + }, + }, + ], + "name": "A String", # The table name. This is unique to all tables in the same spreadsheet. + "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The table range. + "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. + "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. + "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this range is on. + "startColumnIndex": 42, # The start column (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. + "startRowIndex": 42, # The start row (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. + }, + "rowsProperties": { # The table row properties. # The table rows properties. + "firstBandColorStyle": { # A color value. # The first color that is alternating. If this field is set, the first banded row is filled with the specified color. Otherwise, the first banded row is filled with a default color. + "rgbColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB color. The [`alpha`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#Color.FIELDS.alpha) value in the [`Color`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#color) object isn't generally supported. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. + }, + "footerColorStyle": { # A color value. # The color of the last row. If this field is not set a footer is not added, the last row is filled with either first_band_color_style or second_band_color_style, depending on the color of the previous row. If updating an existing table without a footer to have a footer, the range will be expanded by 1 row. If updating an existing table with a footer and removing a footer, the range will be shrunk by 1 row. + "rgbColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB color. The [`alpha`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#Color.FIELDS.alpha) value in the [`Color`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#color) object isn't generally supported. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. + }, + "headerColorStyle": { # A color value. # The color of the header row. If this field is set, the header row is filled with the specified color. Otherwise, the header row is filled with a default color. + "rgbColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB color. The [`alpha`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#Color.FIELDS.alpha) value in the [`Color`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#color) object isn't generally supported. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. + }, + "secondBandColorStyle": { # A color value. # The second color that is alternating. If this field is set, the second banded row is filled with the specified color. Otherwise, the second banded row is filled with a default color. + "rgbColor": { # Represents a color in the RGBA color space. This representation is designed for simplicity of conversion to and from color representations in various languages over compactness. For example, the fields of this representation can be trivially provided to the constructor of `java.awt.Color` in Java; it can also be trivially provided to UIColor's `+colorWithRed:green:blue:alpha` method in iOS; and, with just a little work, it can be easily formatted into a CSS `rgba()` string in JavaScript. This reference page doesn't have information about the absolute color space that should be used to interpret the RGB value—for example, sRGB, Adobe RGB, DCI-P3, and BT.2020. By default, applications should assume the sRGB color space. When color equality needs to be decided, implementations, unless documented otherwise, treat two colors as equal if all their red, green, blue, and alpha values each differ by at most `1e-5`. Example (Java): import com.google.type.Color; // ... public static java.awt.Color fromProto(Color protocolor) { float alpha = protocolor.hasAlpha() ? protocolor.getAlpha().getValue() : 1.0; return new java.awt.Color( protocolor.getRed(), protocolor.getGreen(), protocolor.getBlue(), alpha); } public static Color toProto(java.awt.Color color) { float red = (float) color.getRed(); float green = (float) color.getGreen(); float blue = (float) color.getBlue(); float denominator = 255.0; Color.Builder resultBuilder = Color .newBuilder() .setRed(red / denominator) .setGreen(green / denominator) .setBlue(blue / denominator); int alpha = color.getAlpha(); if (alpha != 255) { result.setAlpha( FloatValue .newBuilder() .setValue(((float) alpha) / denominator) .build()); } return resultBuilder.build(); } // ... Example (iOS / Obj-C): // ... static UIColor* fromProto(Color* protocolor) { float red = [protocolor red]; float green = [protocolor green]; float blue = [protocolor blue]; FloatValue* alpha_wrapper = [protocolor alpha]; float alpha = 1.0; if (alpha_wrapper != nil) { alpha = [alpha_wrapper value]; } return [UIColor colorWithRed:red green:green blue:blue alpha:alpha]; } static Color* toProto(UIColor* color) { CGFloat red, green, blue, alpha; if (![color getRed:&red green:&green blue:&blue alpha:&alpha]) { return nil; } Color* result = [[Color alloc] init]; [result setRed:red]; [result setGreen:green]; [result setBlue:blue]; if (alpha <= 0.9999) { [result setAlpha:floatWrapperWithValue(alpha)]; } [result autorelease]; return result; } // ... Example (JavaScript): // ... var protoToCssColor = function(rgb_color) { var redFrac = rgb_color.red || 0.0; var greenFrac = rgb_color.green || 0.0; var blueFrac = rgb_color.blue || 0.0; var red = Math.floor(redFrac * 255); var green = Math.floor(greenFrac * 255); var blue = Math.floor(blueFrac * 255); if (!('alpha' in rgb_color)) { return rgbToCssColor(red, green, blue); } var alphaFrac = rgb_color.alpha.value || 0.0; var rgbParams = [red, green, blue].join(','); return ['rgba(', rgbParams, ',', alphaFrac, ')'].join(''); }; var rgbToCssColor = function(red, green, blue) { var rgbNumber = new Number((red << 16) | (green << 8) | blue); var hexString = rgbNumber.toString(16); var missingZeros = 6 - hexString.length; var resultBuilder = ['#']; for (var i = 0; i < missingZeros; i++) { resultBuilder.push('0'); } resultBuilder.push(hexString); return resultBuilder.join(''); }; // ... # RGB color. The [`alpha`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#Color.FIELDS.alpha) value in the [`Color`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/reference/rest/v4/spreadsheets/other#color) object isn't generally supported. + "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this color that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: `pixel color = alpha * (this color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color)` This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. This uses a wrapper message rather than a simple float scalar so that it is possible to distinguish between a default value and the value being unset. If omitted, this color object is rendered as a solid color (as if the alpha value had been explicitly given a value of 1.0). + "blue": 3.14, # The amount of blue in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "green": 3.14, # The amount of green in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + "red": 3.14, # The amount of red in the color as a value in the interval [0, 1]. + }, + "themeColor": "A String", # Theme color. + }, + }, + "tableId": "A String", # The id of the table. + }, + ], }, ], "spreadsheetId": "A String", # The ID of the spreadsheet. This field is read-only. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.Backups.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.Backups.html index 49968efb92e..7faa22ee64f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.Backups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.Backups.html @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@

Method Details

}, "backupKind": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the kind of backup, PHYSICAL or DEFAULT_SNAPSHOT. "backupRun": "A String", # Output only. The mapping to backup run resource used for IAM validations. - "databaseVersion": "A String", # Output only. The database version of the instance of when this backup was made. + "databaseVersion": "A String", # Output only. The database version of the instance of at the time this backup was made. "description": "A String", # The description of this backup. "error": { # Database instance operation error. # Output only. Information about why the backup operation fails (for example, when the backup state fails). "code": "A String", # Identifies the specific error that occurred. @@ -177,27 +177,27 @@

Method Details

"masterInstanceName": "A String", # The name of the instance which will act as primary in the replication setup. "maxDiskSize": "A String", # The maximum disk size of the instance in bytes. "name": "A String", # Name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID. - "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes in a read pool. - "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each node of the read pool. - { # Details of a single node of a read pool. - "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the node. - "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this node. + "nodeCount": 42, # The number of read pool nodes in a read pool. + "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each read pool node of the read pool. + { # Details of a single read pool node of a read pool. + "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the read pool node. + "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this read pool node. { # DNS metadata. "connectionType": "A String", # Output only. The connection type of the DNS name. "dnsScope": "A String", # Output only. The scope that the DNS name applies to. "name": "A String", # The DNS name. }, ], - "gceZone": "A String", # Output only. The serving zone of the node. - "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the node. + "gceZone": "A String", # Output only. The zone of the read pool node. + "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the read pool node. { # Database instance IP mapping "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address assigned. "timeToRetire": "A String", # The due time for this IP to be retired in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`. This field is only available when the IP is scheduled to be retired. "type": "A String", # The type of this IP address. A `PRIMARY` address is a public address that can accept incoming connections. A `PRIVATE` address is a private address that can accept incoming connections. An `OUTGOING` address is the source address of connections originating from the instance, if supported. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs for the node. - "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the node. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the read pool node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the read pool node. }, ], "onPremisesConfiguration": { # On-premises instance configuration. # Configuration specific to on-premises instances. @@ -308,8 +308,6 @@

Method Details

}, "collation": "A String", # The name of server Instance collation. "connectionPoolConfig": { # The managed connection pooling configuration. # Optional. The managed connection pooling configuration for the instance. - "clientConnectionIdleTimeout": "A String", # Client idle timeout. - "connPoolSize": 42, # Managed connection pool size. "connectionPoolingEnabled": True or False, # Whether managed connection pooling is enabled. "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags { # Connection pool flags for Cloud SQL instances managed connection pool configuration. @@ -317,10 +315,6 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. The value of the flag. Boolean flags are set to `on` for true and `off` for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. }, ], - "maxClientConnections": 42, # Maximum number of client connections in connection pool. - "poolMode": "A String", # The managed connection pool mode for the instance. - "queryWaitTimeout": "A String", # Query wait timeout. - "serverConnectionIdleTimeout": "A String", # Server idle timeout. }, "connectorEnforcement": "A String", # Specifies if connections must use Cloud SQL connectors. Option values include the following: `NOT_REQUIRED` (Cloud SQL instances can be connected without Cloud SQL Connectors) and `REQUIRED` (Only allow connections that use Cloud SQL Connectors). Note that using REQUIRED disables all existing authorized networks. If this field is not specified when creating a new instance, NOT_REQUIRED is used. If this field is not specified when patching or updating an existing instance, it is left unchanged in the instance. "crashSafeReplicationEnabled": True or False, # Configuration specific to read replica instances. Indicates whether database flags for crash-safe replication are enabled. This property was only applicable to First Generation instances. @@ -348,7 +342,7 @@

Method Details

], "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. "enableDataplexIntegration": True or False, # Optional. By default, Cloud SQL instances have schema extraction disabled for Dataplex. When this parameter is set to true, schema extraction for Dataplex on Cloud SQL instances is activated. - "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances. + "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for MySQL and Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances. "insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. @@ -524,14 +518,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -674,14 +668,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -781,7 +775,7 @@

Method Details

}, "backupKind": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the kind of backup, PHYSICAL or DEFAULT_SNAPSHOT. "backupRun": "A String", # Output only. The mapping to backup run resource used for IAM validations. - "databaseVersion": "A String", # Output only. The database version of the instance of when this backup was made. + "databaseVersion": "A String", # Output only. The database version of the instance of at the time this backup was made. "description": "A String", # The description of this backup. "error": { # Database instance operation error. # Output only. Information about why the backup operation fails (for example, when the backup state fails). "code": "A String", # Identifies the specific error that occurred. @@ -846,27 +840,27 @@

Method Details

"masterInstanceName": "A String", # The name of the instance which will act as primary in the replication setup. "maxDiskSize": "A String", # The maximum disk size of the instance in bytes. "name": "A String", # Name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID. - "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes in a read pool. - "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each node of the read pool. - { # Details of a single node of a read pool. - "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the node. - "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this node. + "nodeCount": 42, # The number of read pool nodes in a read pool. + "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each read pool node of the read pool. + { # Details of a single read pool node of a read pool. + "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the read pool node. + "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this read pool node. { # DNS metadata. "connectionType": "A String", # Output only. The connection type of the DNS name. "dnsScope": "A String", # Output only. The scope that the DNS name applies to. "name": "A String", # The DNS name. }, ], - "gceZone": "A String", # Output only. The serving zone of the node. - "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the node. + "gceZone": "A String", # Output only. The zone of the read pool node. + "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the read pool node. { # Database instance IP mapping "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address assigned. "timeToRetire": "A String", # The due time for this IP to be retired in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`. This field is only available when the IP is scheduled to be retired. "type": "A String", # The type of this IP address. A `PRIMARY` address is a public address that can accept incoming connections. A `PRIVATE` address is a private address that can accept incoming connections. An `OUTGOING` address is the source address of connections originating from the instance, if supported. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs for the node. - "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the node. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the read pool node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the read pool node. }, ], "onPremisesConfiguration": { # On-premises instance configuration. # Configuration specific to on-premises instances. @@ -977,8 +971,6 @@

Method Details

}, "collation": "A String", # The name of server Instance collation. "connectionPoolConfig": { # The managed connection pooling configuration. # Optional. The managed connection pooling configuration for the instance. - "clientConnectionIdleTimeout": "A String", # Client idle timeout. - "connPoolSize": 42, # Managed connection pool size. "connectionPoolingEnabled": True or False, # Whether managed connection pooling is enabled. "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags { # Connection pool flags for Cloud SQL instances managed connection pool configuration. @@ -986,10 +978,6 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. The value of the flag. Boolean flags are set to `on` for true and `off` for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. }, ], - "maxClientConnections": 42, # Maximum number of client connections in connection pool. - "poolMode": "A String", # The managed connection pool mode for the instance. - "queryWaitTimeout": "A String", # Query wait timeout. - "serverConnectionIdleTimeout": "A String", # Server idle timeout. }, "connectorEnforcement": "A String", # Specifies if connections must use Cloud SQL connectors. Option values include the following: `NOT_REQUIRED` (Cloud SQL instances can be connected without Cloud SQL Connectors) and `REQUIRED` (Only allow connections that use Cloud SQL Connectors). Note that using REQUIRED disables all existing authorized networks. If this field is not specified when creating a new instance, NOT_REQUIRED is used. If this field is not specified when patching or updating an existing instance, it is left unchanged in the instance. "crashSafeReplicationEnabled": True or False, # Configuration specific to read replica instances. Indicates whether database flags for crash-safe replication are enabled. This property was only applicable to First Generation instances. @@ -1017,7 +1005,7 @@

Method Details

], "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. "enableDataplexIntegration": True or False, # Optional. By default, Cloud SQL instances have schema extraction disabled for Dataplex. When this parameter is set to true, schema extraction for Dataplex on Cloud SQL instances is activated. - "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances. + "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for MySQL and Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances. "insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. @@ -1162,7 +1150,7 @@

Method Details

}, "backupKind": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the kind of backup, PHYSICAL or DEFAULT_SNAPSHOT. "backupRun": "A String", # Output only. The mapping to backup run resource used for IAM validations. - "databaseVersion": "A String", # Output only. The database version of the instance of when this backup was made. + "databaseVersion": "A String", # Output only. The database version of the instance of at the time this backup was made. "description": "A String", # The description of this backup. "error": { # Database instance operation error. # Output only. Information about why the backup operation fails (for example, when the backup state fails). "code": "A String", # Identifies the specific error that occurred. @@ -1227,27 +1215,27 @@

Method Details

"masterInstanceName": "A String", # The name of the instance which will act as primary in the replication setup. "maxDiskSize": "A String", # The maximum disk size of the instance in bytes. "name": "A String", # Name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID. - "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes in a read pool. - "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each node of the read pool. - { # Details of a single node of a read pool. - "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the node. - "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this node. + "nodeCount": 42, # The number of read pool nodes in a read pool. + "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each read pool node of the read pool. + { # Details of a single read pool node of a read pool. + "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the read pool node. + "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this read pool node. { # DNS metadata. "connectionType": "A String", # Output only. The connection type of the DNS name. "dnsScope": "A String", # Output only. The scope that the DNS name applies to. "name": "A String", # The DNS name. }, ], - "gceZone": "A String", # Output only. The serving zone of the node. - "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the node. + "gceZone": "A String", # Output only. The zone of the read pool node. + "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the read pool node. { # Database instance IP mapping "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address assigned. "timeToRetire": "A String", # The due time for this IP to be retired in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`. This field is only available when the IP is scheduled to be retired. "type": "A String", # The type of this IP address. A `PRIMARY` address is a public address that can accept incoming connections. A `PRIVATE` address is a private address that can accept incoming connections. An `OUTGOING` address is the source address of connections originating from the instance, if supported. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs for the node. - "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the node. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the read pool node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the read pool node. }, ], "onPremisesConfiguration": { # On-premises instance configuration. # Configuration specific to on-premises instances. @@ -1358,8 +1346,6 @@

Method Details

}, "collation": "A String", # The name of server Instance collation. "connectionPoolConfig": { # The managed connection pooling configuration. # Optional. The managed connection pooling configuration for the instance. - "clientConnectionIdleTimeout": "A String", # Client idle timeout. - "connPoolSize": 42, # Managed connection pool size. "connectionPoolingEnabled": True or False, # Whether managed connection pooling is enabled. "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags { # Connection pool flags for Cloud SQL instances managed connection pool configuration. @@ -1367,10 +1353,6 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. The value of the flag. Boolean flags are set to `on` for true and `off` for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. }, ], - "maxClientConnections": 42, # Maximum number of client connections in connection pool. - "poolMode": "A String", # The managed connection pool mode for the instance. - "queryWaitTimeout": "A String", # Query wait timeout. - "serverConnectionIdleTimeout": "A String", # Server idle timeout. }, "connectorEnforcement": "A String", # Specifies if connections must use Cloud SQL connectors. Option values include the following: `NOT_REQUIRED` (Cloud SQL instances can be connected without Cloud SQL Connectors) and `REQUIRED` (Only allow connections that use Cloud SQL Connectors). Note that using REQUIRED disables all existing authorized networks. If this field is not specified when creating a new instance, NOT_REQUIRED is used. If this field is not specified when patching or updating an existing instance, it is left unchanged in the instance. "crashSafeReplicationEnabled": True or False, # Configuration specific to read replica instances. Indicates whether database flags for crash-safe replication are enabled. This property was only applicable to First Generation instances. @@ -1398,7 +1380,7 @@

Method Details

], "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. "enableDataplexIntegration": True or False, # Optional. By default, Cloud SQL instances have schema extraction disabled for Dataplex. When this parameter is set to true, schema extraction for Dataplex on Cloud SQL instances is activated. - "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances. + "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for MySQL and Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances. "insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. @@ -1557,7 +1539,7 @@

Method Details

}, "backupKind": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the kind of backup, PHYSICAL or DEFAULT_SNAPSHOT. "backupRun": "A String", # Output only. The mapping to backup run resource used for IAM validations. - "databaseVersion": "A String", # Output only. The database version of the instance of when this backup was made. + "databaseVersion": "A String", # Output only. The database version of the instance of at the time this backup was made. "description": "A String", # The description of this backup. "error": { # Database instance operation error. # Output only. Information about why the backup operation fails (for example, when the backup state fails). "code": "A String", # Identifies the specific error that occurred. @@ -1622,27 +1604,27 @@

Method Details

"masterInstanceName": "A String", # The name of the instance which will act as primary in the replication setup. "maxDiskSize": "A String", # The maximum disk size of the instance in bytes. "name": "A String", # Name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID. - "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes in a read pool. - "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each node of the read pool. - { # Details of a single node of a read pool. - "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the node. - "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this node. + "nodeCount": 42, # The number of read pool nodes in a read pool. + "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each read pool node of the read pool. + { # Details of a single read pool node of a read pool. + "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the read pool node. + "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this read pool node. { # DNS metadata. "connectionType": "A String", # Output only. The connection type of the DNS name. "dnsScope": "A String", # Output only. The scope that the DNS name applies to. "name": "A String", # The DNS name. }, ], - "gceZone": "A String", # Output only. The serving zone of the node. - "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the node. + "gceZone": "A String", # Output only. The zone of the read pool node. + "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the read pool node. { # Database instance IP mapping "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address assigned. "timeToRetire": "A String", # The due time for this IP to be retired in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`. This field is only available when the IP is scheduled to be retired. "type": "A String", # The type of this IP address. A `PRIMARY` address is a public address that can accept incoming connections. A `PRIVATE` address is a private address that can accept incoming connections. An `OUTGOING` address is the source address of connections originating from the instance, if supported. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs for the node. - "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the node. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the read pool node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the read pool node. }, ], "onPremisesConfiguration": { # On-premises instance configuration. # Configuration specific to on-premises instances. @@ -1753,8 +1735,6 @@

Method Details

}, "collation": "A String", # The name of server Instance collation. "connectionPoolConfig": { # The managed connection pooling configuration. # Optional. The managed connection pooling configuration for the instance. - "clientConnectionIdleTimeout": "A String", # Client idle timeout. - "connPoolSize": 42, # Managed connection pool size. "connectionPoolingEnabled": True or False, # Whether managed connection pooling is enabled. "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags { # Connection pool flags for Cloud SQL instances managed connection pool configuration. @@ -1762,10 +1742,6 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. The value of the flag. Boolean flags are set to `on` for true and `off` for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. }, ], - "maxClientConnections": 42, # Maximum number of client connections in connection pool. - "poolMode": "A String", # The managed connection pool mode for the instance. - "queryWaitTimeout": "A String", # Query wait timeout. - "serverConnectionIdleTimeout": "A String", # Server idle timeout. }, "connectorEnforcement": "A String", # Specifies if connections must use Cloud SQL connectors. Option values include the following: `NOT_REQUIRED` (Cloud SQL instances can be connected without Cloud SQL Connectors) and `REQUIRED` (Only allow connections that use Cloud SQL Connectors). Note that using REQUIRED disables all existing authorized networks. If this field is not specified when creating a new instance, NOT_REQUIRED is used. If this field is not specified when patching or updating an existing instance, it is left unchanged in the instance. "crashSafeReplicationEnabled": True or False, # Configuration specific to read replica instances. Indicates whether database flags for crash-safe replication are enabled. This property was only applicable to First Generation instances. @@ -1793,7 +1769,7 @@

Method Details

], "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. "enableDataplexIntegration": True or False, # Optional. By default, Cloud SQL instances have schema extraction disabled for Dataplex. When this parameter is set to true, schema extraction for Dataplex on Cloud SQL instances is activated. - "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances. + "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for MySQL and Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances. "insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. @@ -1970,14 +1946,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.backupRuns.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.backupRuns.html index abd63c7f618..08073f0a2d5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.backupRuns.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.backupRuns.html @@ -164,14 +164,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A BackupRun resource. "backupKind": "A String", # Specifies the kind of backup, PHYSICAL or DEFAULT_SNAPSHOT. - "databaseVersion": "A String", # Output only. The instance database version when this backup was made. + "databaseVersion": "A String", # Output only. The instance database version at the time this backup was made. "description": "A String", # The description of this run, only applicable to on-demand backups. "diskEncryptionConfiguration": { # Disk encryption configuration for an instance. # Encryption configuration specific to a backup. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#diskEncryptionConfiguration`. @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A BackupRun resource. "backupKind": "A String", # Specifies the kind of backup, PHYSICAL or DEFAULT_SNAPSHOT. - "databaseVersion": "A String", # Output only. The instance database version when this backup was made. + "databaseVersion": "A String", # Output only. The instance database version at the time this backup was made. "description": "A String", # The description of this run, only applicable to on-demand backups. "diskEncryptionConfiguration": { # Disk encryption configuration for an instance. # Encryption configuration specific to a backup. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#diskEncryptionConfiguration`. @@ -399,14 +399,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@

Method Details

"items": [ # A list of backup runs in reverse chronological order of the enqueued time. { # A BackupRun resource. "backupKind": "A String", # Specifies the kind of backup, PHYSICAL or DEFAULT_SNAPSHOT. - "databaseVersion": "A String", # Output only. The instance database version when this backup was made. + "databaseVersion": "A String", # Output only. The instance database version at the time this backup was made. "description": "A String", # The description of this run, only applicable to on-demand backups. "diskEncryptionConfiguration": { # Disk encryption configuration for an instance. # Encryption configuration specific to a backup. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#diskEncryptionConfiguration`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.connect.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.connect.html index cb03ee6b9f9..7b905b8fc1e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.connect.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.connect.html @@ -167,25 +167,25 @@

Method Details

}, ], "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#connectSettings`. - "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes in a read pool. - "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each node of the read pool. - { # Details of a single node of a read pool. - "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the node. - "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this node. + "nodeCount": 42, # The number of read pool nodes in a read pool. + "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each read pool node of the read pool. + { # Details of a single read pool node of a read pool. + "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the read pool node. + "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this read pool node. { # DNS metadata. "connectionType": "A String", # Output only. The connection type of the DNS name. "dnsScope": "A String", # Output only. The scope that the DNS name applies to. "name": "A String", # The DNS name. }, ], - "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the node. + "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the read pool node. { # Database instance IP mapping "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address assigned. "timeToRetire": "A String", # The due time for this IP to be retired in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`. This field is only available when the IP is scheduled to be retired. "type": "A String", # The type of this IP address. A `PRIMARY` address is a public address that can accept incoming connections. A `PRIVATE` address is a private address that can accept incoming connections. An `OUTGOING` address is the source address of connections originating from the instance, if supported. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the node. Doesn't include the project ID. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the read pool node. Doesn't include the project ID. }, ], "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.databases.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.databases.html index f7e5d39441e..d10a55109c6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.databases.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.databases.html @@ -167,14 +167,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -368,14 +368,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -574,14 +574,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -744,14 +744,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html index 865fabda0f8..c777a8965f8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html @@ -290,14 +290,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -473,14 +473,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -624,14 +624,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -798,14 +798,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -958,14 +958,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -1119,14 +1119,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -1293,14 +1293,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -1412,14 +1412,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -1496,14 +1496,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -1657,14 +1657,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -1813,27 +1813,27 @@

Method Details

"masterInstanceName": "A String", # The name of the instance which will act as primary in the replication setup. "maxDiskSize": "A String", # The maximum disk size of the instance in bytes. "name": "A String", # Name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID. - "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes in a read pool. - "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each node of the read pool. - { # Details of a single node of a read pool. - "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the node. - "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this node. + "nodeCount": 42, # The number of read pool nodes in a read pool. + "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each read pool node of the read pool. + { # Details of a single read pool node of a read pool. + "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the read pool node. + "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this read pool node. { # DNS metadata. "connectionType": "A String", # Output only. The connection type of the DNS name. "dnsScope": "A String", # Output only. The scope that the DNS name applies to. "name": "A String", # The DNS name. }, ], - "gceZone": "A String", # Output only. The serving zone of the node. - "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the node. + "gceZone": "A String", # Output only. The zone of the read pool node. + "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the read pool node. { # Database instance IP mapping "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address assigned. "timeToRetire": "A String", # The due time for this IP to be retired in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`. This field is only available when the IP is scheduled to be retired. "type": "A String", # The type of this IP address. A `PRIMARY` address is a public address that can accept incoming connections. A `PRIVATE` address is a private address that can accept incoming connections. An `OUTGOING` address is the source address of connections originating from the instance, if supported. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs for the node. - "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the node. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the read pool node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the read pool node. }, ], "onPremisesConfiguration": { # On-premises instance configuration. # Configuration specific to on-premises instances. @@ -1944,8 +1944,6 @@

Method Details

}, "collation": "A String", # The name of server Instance collation. "connectionPoolConfig": { # The managed connection pooling configuration. # Optional. The managed connection pooling configuration for the instance. - "clientConnectionIdleTimeout": "A String", # Client idle timeout. - "connPoolSize": 42, # Managed connection pool size. "connectionPoolingEnabled": True or False, # Whether managed connection pooling is enabled. "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags { # Connection pool flags for Cloud SQL instances managed connection pool configuration. @@ -1953,10 +1951,6 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. The value of the flag. Boolean flags are set to `on` for true and `off` for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. }, ], - "maxClientConnections": 42, # Maximum number of client connections in connection pool. - "poolMode": "A String", # The managed connection pool mode for the instance. - "queryWaitTimeout": "A String", # Query wait timeout. - "serverConnectionIdleTimeout": "A String", # Server idle timeout. }, "connectorEnforcement": "A String", # Specifies if connections must use Cloud SQL connectors. Option values include the following: `NOT_REQUIRED` (Cloud SQL instances can be connected without Cloud SQL Connectors) and `REQUIRED` (Only allow connections that use Cloud SQL Connectors). Note that using REQUIRED disables all existing authorized networks. If this field is not specified when creating a new instance, NOT_REQUIRED is used. If this field is not specified when patching or updating an existing instance, it is left unchanged in the instance. "crashSafeReplicationEnabled": True or False, # Configuration specific to read replica instances. Indicates whether database flags for crash-safe replication are enabled. This property was only applicable to First Generation instances. @@ -1984,7 +1978,7 @@

Method Details

], "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. "enableDataplexIntegration": True or False, # Optional. By default, Cloud SQL instances have schema extraction disabled for Dataplex. When this parameter is set to true, schema extraction for Dataplex on Cloud SQL instances is activated. - "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances. + "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for MySQL and Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances. "insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. @@ -2205,14 +2199,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -2355,27 +2349,27 @@

Method Details

"masterInstanceName": "A String", # The name of the instance which will act as primary in the replication setup. "maxDiskSize": "A String", # The maximum disk size of the instance in bytes. "name": "A String", # Name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID. - "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes in a read pool. - "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each node of the read pool. - { # Details of a single node of a read pool. - "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the node. - "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this node. + "nodeCount": 42, # The number of read pool nodes in a read pool. + "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each read pool node of the read pool. + { # Details of a single read pool node of a read pool. + "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the read pool node. + "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this read pool node. { # DNS metadata. "connectionType": "A String", # Output only. The connection type of the DNS name. "dnsScope": "A String", # Output only. The scope that the DNS name applies to. "name": "A String", # The DNS name. }, ], - "gceZone": "A String", # Output only. The serving zone of the node. - "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the node. + "gceZone": "A String", # Output only. The zone of the read pool node. + "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the read pool node. { # Database instance IP mapping "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address assigned. "timeToRetire": "A String", # The due time for this IP to be retired in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`. This field is only available when the IP is scheduled to be retired. "type": "A String", # The type of this IP address. A `PRIMARY` address is a public address that can accept incoming connections. A `PRIVATE` address is a private address that can accept incoming connections. An `OUTGOING` address is the source address of connections originating from the instance, if supported. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs for the node. - "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the node. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the read pool node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the read pool node. }, ], "onPremisesConfiguration": { # On-premises instance configuration. # Configuration specific to on-premises instances. @@ -2486,8 +2480,6 @@

Method Details

}, "collation": "A String", # The name of server Instance collation. "connectionPoolConfig": { # The managed connection pooling configuration. # Optional. The managed connection pooling configuration for the instance. - "clientConnectionIdleTimeout": "A String", # Client idle timeout. - "connPoolSize": 42, # Managed connection pool size. "connectionPoolingEnabled": True or False, # Whether managed connection pooling is enabled. "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags { # Connection pool flags for Cloud SQL instances managed connection pool configuration. @@ -2495,10 +2487,6 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. The value of the flag. Boolean flags are set to `on` for true and `off` for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. }, ], - "maxClientConnections": 42, # Maximum number of client connections in connection pool. - "poolMode": "A String", # The managed connection pool mode for the instance. - "queryWaitTimeout": "A String", # Query wait timeout. - "serverConnectionIdleTimeout": "A String", # Server idle timeout. }, "connectorEnforcement": "A String", # Specifies if connections must use Cloud SQL connectors. Option values include the following: `NOT_REQUIRED` (Cloud SQL instances can be connected without Cloud SQL Connectors) and `REQUIRED` (Only allow connections that use Cloud SQL Connectors). Note that using REQUIRED disables all existing authorized networks. If this field is not specified when creating a new instance, NOT_REQUIRED is used. If this field is not specified when patching or updating an existing instance, it is left unchanged in the instance. "crashSafeReplicationEnabled": True or False, # Configuration specific to read replica instances. Indicates whether database flags for crash-safe replication are enabled. This property was only applicable to First Generation instances. @@ -2526,7 +2514,7 @@

Method Details

], "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. "enableDataplexIntegration": True or False, # Optional. By default, Cloud SQL instances have schema extraction disabled for Dataplex. When this parameter is set to true, schema extraction for Dataplex on Cloud SQL instances is activated. - "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances. + "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for MySQL and Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances. "insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. @@ -2688,14 +2676,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -2848,27 +2836,27 @@

Method Details

"masterInstanceName": "A String", # The name of the instance which will act as primary in the replication setup. "maxDiskSize": "A String", # The maximum disk size of the instance in bytes. "name": "A String", # Name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID. - "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes in a read pool. - "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each node of the read pool. - { # Details of a single node of a read pool. - "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the node. - "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this node. + "nodeCount": 42, # The number of read pool nodes in a read pool. + "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each read pool node of the read pool. + { # Details of a single read pool node of a read pool. + "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the read pool node. + "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this read pool node. { # DNS metadata. "connectionType": "A String", # Output only. The connection type of the DNS name. "dnsScope": "A String", # Output only. The scope that the DNS name applies to. "name": "A String", # The DNS name. }, ], - "gceZone": "A String", # Output only. The serving zone of the node. - "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the node. + "gceZone": "A String", # Output only. The zone of the read pool node. + "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the read pool node. { # Database instance IP mapping "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address assigned. "timeToRetire": "A String", # The due time for this IP to be retired in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`. This field is only available when the IP is scheduled to be retired. "type": "A String", # The type of this IP address. A `PRIMARY` address is a public address that can accept incoming connections. A `PRIVATE` address is a private address that can accept incoming connections. An `OUTGOING` address is the source address of connections originating from the instance, if supported. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs for the node. - "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the node. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the read pool node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the read pool node. }, ], "onPremisesConfiguration": { # On-premises instance configuration. # Configuration specific to on-premises instances. @@ -2979,8 +2967,6 @@

Method Details

}, "collation": "A String", # The name of server Instance collation. "connectionPoolConfig": { # The managed connection pooling configuration. # Optional. The managed connection pooling configuration for the instance. - "clientConnectionIdleTimeout": "A String", # Client idle timeout. - "connPoolSize": 42, # Managed connection pool size. "connectionPoolingEnabled": True or False, # Whether managed connection pooling is enabled. "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags { # Connection pool flags for Cloud SQL instances managed connection pool configuration. @@ -2988,10 +2974,6 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. The value of the flag. Boolean flags are set to `on` for true and `off` for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. }, ], - "maxClientConnections": 42, # Maximum number of client connections in connection pool. - "poolMode": "A String", # The managed connection pool mode for the instance. - "queryWaitTimeout": "A String", # Query wait timeout. - "serverConnectionIdleTimeout": "A String", # Server idle timeout. }, "connectorEnforcement": "A String", # Specifies if connections must use Cloud SQL connectors. Option values include the following: `NOT_REQUIRED` (Cloud SQL instances can be connected without Cloud SQL Connectors) and `REQUIRED` (Only allow connections that use Cloud SQL Connectors). Note that using REQUIRED disables all existing authorized networks. If this field is not specified when creating a new instance, NOT_REQUIRED is used. If this field is not specified when patching or updating an existing instance, it is left unchanged in the instance. "crashSafeReplicationEnabled": True or False, # Configuration specific to read replica instances. Indicates whether database flags for crash-safe replication are enabled. This property was only applicable to First Generation instances. @@ -3019,7 +3001,7 @@

Method Details

], "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. "enableDataplexIntegration": True or False, # Optional. By default, Cloud SQL instances have schema extraction disabled for Dataplex. When this parameter is set to true, schema extraction for Dataplex on Cloud SQL instances is activated. - "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances. + "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for MySQL and Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances. "insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. @@ -3248,27 +3230,27 @@

Method Details

"masterInstanceName": "A String", # The name of the instance which will act as primary in the replication setup. "maxDiskSize": "A String", # The maximum disk size of the instance in bytes. "name": "A String", # Name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID. - "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes in a read pool. - "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each node of the read pool. - { # Details of a single node of a read pool. - "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the node. - "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this node. + "nodeCount": 42, # The number of read pool nodes in a read pool. + "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each read pool node of the read pool. + { # Details of a single read pool node of a read pool. + "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the read pool node. + "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this read pool node. { # DNS metadata. "connectionType": "A String", # Output only. The connection type of the DNS name. "dnsScope": "A String", # Output only. The scope that the DNS name applies to. "name": "A String", # The DNS name. }, ], - "gceZone": "A String", # Output only. The serving zone of the node. - "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the node. + "gceZone": "A String", # Output only. The zone of the read pool node. + "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the read pool node. { # Database instance IP mapping "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address assigned. "timeToRetire": "A String", # The due time for this IP to be retired in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`. This field is only available when the IP is scheduled to be retired. "type": "A String", # The type of this IP address. A `PRIMARY` address is a public address that can accept incoming connections. A `PRIVATE` address is a private address that can accept incoming connections. An `OUTGOING` address is the source address of connections originating from the instance, if supported. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs for the node. - "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the node. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the read pool node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the read pool node. }, ], "onPremisesConfiguration": { # On-premises instance configuration. # Configuration specific to on-premises instances. @@ -3379,8 +3361,6 @@

Method Details

}, "collation": "A String", # The name of server Instance collation. "connectionPoolConfig": { # The managed connection pooling configuration. # Optional. The managed connection pooling configuration for the instance. - "clientConnectionIdleTimeout": "A String", # Client idle timeout. - "connPoolSize": 42, # Managed connection pool size. "connectionPoolingEnabled": True or False, # Whether managed connection pooling is enabled. "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags { # Connection pool flags for Cloud SQL instances managed connection pool configuration. @@ -3388,10 +3368,6 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. The value of the flag. Boolean flags are set to `on` for true and `off` for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. }, ], - "maxClientConnections": 42, # Maximum number of client connections in connection pool. - "poolMode": "A String", # The managed connection pool mode for the instance. - "queryWaitTimeout": "A String", # Query wait timeout. - "serverConnectionIdleTimeout": "A String", # Server idle timeout. }, "connectorEnforcement": "A String", # Specifies if connections must use Cloud SQL connectors. Option values include the following: `NOT_REQUIRED` (Cloud SQL instances can be connected without Cloud SQL Connectors) and `REQUIRED` (Only allow connections that use Cloud SQL Connectors). Note that using REQUIRED disables all existing authorized networks. If this field is not specified when creating a new instance, NOT_REQUIRED is used. If this field is not specified when patching or updating an existing instance, it is left unchanged in the instance. "crashSafeReplicationEnabled": True or False, # Configuration specific to read replica instances. Indicates whether database flags for crash-safe replication are enabled. This property was only applicable to First Generation instances. @@ -3419,7 +3395,7 @@

Method Details

], "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. "enableDataplexIntegration": True or False, # Optional. By default, Cloud SQL instances have schema extraction disabled for Dataplex. When this parameter is set to true, schema extraction for Dataplex on Cloud SQL instances is activated. - "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances. + "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for MySQL and Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances. "insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. @@ -3581,14 +3557,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -3733,14 +3709,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -3894,14 +3870,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -4065,14 +4041,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -4216,14 +4192,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -4375,27 +4351,27 @@

Method Details

"masterInstanceName": "A String", # The name of the instance which will act as primary in the replication setup. "maxDiskSize": "A String", # The maximum disk size of the instance in bytes. "name": "A String", # Name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID. - "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes in a read pool. - "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each node of the read pool. - { # Details of a single node of a read pool. - "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the node. - "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this node. + "nodeCount": 42, # The number of read pool nodes in a read pool. + "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each read pool node of the read pool. + { # Details of a single read pool node of a read pool. + "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the read pool node. + "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this read pool node. { # DNS metadata. "connectionType": "A String", # Output only. The connection type of the DNS name. "dnsScope": "A String", # Output only. The scope that the DNS name applies to. "name": "A String", # The DNS name. }, ], - "gceZone": "A String", # Output only. The serving zone of the node. - "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the node. + "gceZone": "A String", # Output only. The zone of the read pool node. + "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the read pool node. { # Database instance IP mapping "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address assigned. "timeToRetire": "A String", # The due time for this IP to be retired in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`. This field is only available when the IP is scheduled to be retired. "type": "A String", # The type of this IP address. A `PRIMARY` address is a public address that can accept incoming connections. A `PRIVATE` address is a private address that can accept incoming connections. An `OUTGOING` address is the source address of connections originating from the instance, if supported. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs for the node. - "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the node. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the read pool node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the read pool node. }, ], "onPremisesConfiguration": { # On-premises instance configuration. # Configuration specific to on-premises instances. @@ -4506,8 +4482,6 @@

Method Details

}, "collation": "A String", # The name of server Instance collation. "connectionPoolConfig": { # The managed connection pooling configuration. # Optional. The managed connection pooling configuration for the instance. - "clientConnectionIdleTimeout": "A String", # Client idle timeout. - "connPoolSize": 42, # Managed connection pool size. "connectionPoolingEnabled": True or False, # Whether managed connection pooling is enabled. "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags { # Connection pool flags for Cloud SQL instances managed connection pool configuration. @@ -4515,10 +4489,6 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. The value of the flag. Boolean flags are set to `on` for true and `off` for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. }, ], - "maxClientConnections": 42, # Maximum number of client connections in connection pool. - "poolMode": "A String", # The managed connection pool mode for the instance. - "queryWaitTimeout": "A String", # Query wait timeout. - "serverConnectionIdleTimeout": "A String", # Server idle timeout. }, "connectorEnforcement": "A String", # Specifies if connections must use Cloud SQL connectors. Option values include the following: `NOT_REQUIRED` (Cloud SQL instances can be connected without Cloud SQL Connectors) and `REQUIRED` (Only allow connections that use Cloud SQL Connectors). Note that using REQUIRED disables all existing authorized networks. If this field is not specified when creating a new instance, NOT_REQUIRED is used. If this field is not specified when patching or updating an existing instance, it is left unchanged in the instance. "crashSafeReplicationEnabled": True or False, # Configuration specific to read replica instances. Indicates whether database flags for crash-safe replication are enabled. This property was only applicable to First Generation instances. @@ -4546,7 +4516,7 @@

Method Details

], "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. "enableDataplexIntegration": True or False, # Optional. By default, Cloud SQL instances have schema extraction disabled for Dataplex. When this parameter is set to true, schema extraction for Dataplex on Cloud SQL instances is activated. - "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances. + "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for MySQL and Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances. "insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. @@ -4709,14 +4679,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -4870,14 +4840,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -5021,14 +4991,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -5172,14 +5142,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -5324,14 +5294,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -5485,14 +5455,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -5636,27 +5606,27 @@

Method Details

"masterInstanceName": "A String", # The name of the instance which will act as primary in the replication setup. "maxDiskSize": "A String", # The maximum disk size of the instance in bytes. "name": "A String", # Name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID. - "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes in a read pool. - "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each node of the read pool. - { # Details of a single node of a read pool. - "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the node. - "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this node. + "nodeCount": 42, # The number of read pool nodes in a read pool. + "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each read pool node of the read pool. + { # Details of a single read pool node of a read pool. + "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the read pool node. + "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this read pool node. { # DNS metadata. "connectionType": "A String", # Output only. The connection type of the DNS name. "dnsScope": "A String", # Output only. The scope that the DNS name applies to. "name": "A String", # The DNS name. }, ], - "gceZone": "A String", # Output only. The serving zone of the node. - "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the node. + "gceZone": "A String", # Output only. The zone of the read pool node. + "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the read pool node. { # Database instance IP mapping "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address assigned. "timeToRetire": "A String", # The due time for this IP to be retired in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`. This field is only available when the IP is scheduled to be retired. "type": "A String", # The type of this IP address. A `PRIMARY` address is a public address that can accept incoming connections. A `PRIVATE` address is a private address that can accept incoming connections. An `OUTGOING` address is the source address of connections originating from the instance, if supported. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs for the node. - "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the node. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the read pool node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the read pool node. }, ], "onPremisesConfiguration": { # On-premises instance configuration. # Configuration specific to on-premises instances. @@ -5767,8 +5737,6 @@

Method Details

}, "collation": "A String", # The name of server Instance collation. "connectionPoolConfig": { # The managed connection pooling configuration. # Optional. The managed connection pooling configuration for the instance. - "clientConnectionIdleTimeout": "A String", # Client idle timeout. - "connPoolSize": 42, # Managed connection pool size. "connectionPoolingEnabled": True or False, # Whether managed connection pooling is enabled. "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags { # Connection pool flags for Cloud SQL instances managed connection pool configuration. @@ -5776,10 +5744,6 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. The value of the flag. Boolean flags are set to `on` for true and `off` for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. }, ], - "maxClientConnections": 42, # Maximum number of client connections in connection pool. - "poolMode": "A String", # The managed connection pool mode for the instance. - "queryWaitTimeout": "A String", # Query wait timeout. - "serverConnectionIdleTimeout": "A String", # Server idle timeout. }, "connectorEnforcement": "A String", # Specifies if connections must use Cloud SQL connectors. Option values include the following: `NOT_REQUIRED` (Cloud SQL instances can be connected without Cloud SQL Connectors) and `REQUIRED` (Only allow connections that use Cloud SQL Connectors). Note that using REQUIRED disables all existing authorized networks. If this field is not specified when creating a new instance, NOT_REQUIRED is used. If this field is not specified when patching or updating an existing instance, it is left unchanged in the instance. "crashSafeReplicationEnabled": True or False, # Configuration specific to read replica instances. Indicates whether database flags for crash-safe replication are enabled. This property was only applicable to First Generation instances. @@ -5807,7 +5771,7 @@

Method Details

], "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. "enableDataplexIntegration": True or False, # Optional. By default, Cloud SQL instances have schema extraction disabled for Dataplex. When this parameter is set to true, schema extraction for Dataplex on Cloud SQL instances is activated. - "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances. + "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for MySQL and Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances. "insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. @@ -5969,14 +5933,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.operations.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.operations.html index ec7afb02bcf..2e2e7697e39 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.operations.html @@ -179,14 +179,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -334,14 +334,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.projects.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.projects.instances.html index 80308057dd5..7889130d3ce 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.projects.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.projects.instances.html @@ -219,14 +219,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -380,14 +380,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -537,14 +537,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -706,14 +706,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.sslCerts.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.sslCerts.html index ea0b8d54249..8c34b0dcb02 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.sslCerts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.sslCerts.html @@ -200,14 +200,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -403,14 +403,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.users.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.users.html index fc0800b8aab..cadf4ccf020 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.users.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.users.html @@ -165,14 +165,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -272,6 +272,7 @@

Method Details

"dualPasswordType": "A String", # Dual password status for the user. "etag": "A String", # This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API. "host": "A String", # Optional. The host from which the user can connect. For `insert` operations, host defaults to an empty string. For `update` operations, host is specified as part of the request URL. The host name cannot be updated after insertion. For a MySQL instance, it's required; for a PostgreSQL or SQL Server instance, it's optional. + "iamStatus": "A String", # Indicates if user is active for IAM Authentication. "instance": "A String", # The name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID. Can be omitted for `update` because it is already specified on the URL. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#user`. "name": "A String", # The name of the user in the Cloud SQL instance. Can be omitted for `update` because it is already specified in the URL. @@ -311,6 +312,7 @@

Method Details

"dualPasswordType": "A String", # Dual password status for the user. "etag": "A String", # This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API. "host": "A String", # Optional. The host from which the user can connect. For `insert` operations, host defaults to an empty string. For `update` operations, host is specified as part of the request URL. The host name cannot be updated after insertion. For a MySQL instance, it's required; for a PostgreSQL or SQL Server instance, it's optional. + "iamStatus": "A String", # Indicates if user is active for IAM Authentication. "instance": "A String", # The name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID. Can be omitted for `update` because it is already specified on the URL. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#user`. "name": "A String", # The name of the user in the Cloud SQL instance. Can be omitted for `update` because it is already specified in the URL. @@ -393,14 +395,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -500,6 +502,7 @@

Method Details

"dualPasswordType": "A String", # Dual password status for the user. "etag": "A String", # This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API. "host": "A String", # Optional. The host from which the user can connect. For `insert` operations, host defaults to an empty string. For `update` operations, host is specified as part of the request URL. The host name cannot be updated after insertion. For a MySQL instance, it's required; for a PostgreSQL or SQL Server instance, it's optional. + "iamStatus": "A String", # Indicates if user is active for IAM Authentication. "instance": "A String", # The name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID. Can be omitted for `update` because it is already specified on the URL. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#user`. "name": "A String", # The name of the user in the Cloud SQL instance. Can be omitted for `update` because it is already specified in the URL. @@ -543,6 +546,7 @@

Method Details

"dualPasswordType": "A String", # Dual password status for the user. "etag": "A String", # This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API. "host": "A String", # Optional. The host from which the user can connect. For `insert` operations, host defaults to an empty string. For `update` operations, host is specified as part of the request URL. The host name cannot be updated after insertion. For a MySQL instance, it's required; for a PostgreSQL or SQL Server instance, it's optional. + "iamStatus": "A String", # Indicates if user is active for IAM Authentication. "instance": "A String", # The name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID. Can be omitted for `update` because it is already specified on the URL. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#user`. "name": "A String", # The name of the user in the Cloud SQL instance. Can be omitted for `update` because it is already specified in the URL. @@ -627,14 +631,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backupRuns.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backupRuns.html index 620bfabaab4..2bb585afa15 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backupRuns.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backupRuns.html @@ -164,14 +164,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A BackupRun resource. "backupKind": "A String", # Specifies the kind of backup, PHYSICAL or DEFAULT_SNAPSHOT. - "databaseVersion": "A String", # Output only. The instance database version when this backup was made. + "databaseVersion": "A String", # Output only. The instance database version at the time this backup was made. "description": "A String", # The description of this run, only applicable to on-demand backups. "diskEncryptionConfiguration": { # Disk encryption configuration for an instance. # Encryption configuration specific to a backup. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#diskEncryptionConfiguration`. @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A BackupRun resource. "backupKind": "A String", # Specifies the kind of backup, PHYSICAL or DEFAULT_SNAPSHOT. - "databaseVersion": "A String", # Output only. The instance database version when this backup was made. + "databaseVersion": "A String", # Output only. The instance database version at the time this backup was made. "description": "A String", # The description of this run, only applicable to on-demand backups. "diskEncryptionConfiguration": { # Disk encryption configuration for an instance. # Encryption configuration specific to a backup. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#diskEncryptionConfiguration`. @@ -399,14 +399,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@

Method Details

"items": [ # A list of backup runs in reverse chronological order of the enqueued time. { # A BackupRun resource. "backupKind": "A String", # Specifies the kind of backup, PHYSICAL or DEFAULT_SNAPSHOT. - "databaseVersion": "A String", # Output only. The instance database version when this backup was made. + "databaseVersion": "A String", # Output only. The instance database version at the time this backup was made. "description": "A String", # The description of this run, only applicable to on-demand backups. "diskEncryptionConfiguration": { # Disk encryption configuration for an instance. # Encryption configuration specific to a backup. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#diskEncryptionConfiguration`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backups.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backups.html index fe5ac238228..ef0fd723b21 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backups.html @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@

Method Details

}, "backupKind": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the kind of backup, PHYSICAL or DEFAULT_SNAPSHOT. "backupRun": "A String", # Output only. The mapping to backup run resource used for IAM validations. - "databaseVersion": "A String", # Output only. The database version of the instance of when this backup was made. + "databaseVersion": "A String", # Output only. The database version of the instance of at the time this backup was made. "description": "A String", # The description of this backup. "error": { # Database instance operation error. # Output only. Information about why the backup operation fails (for example, when the backup state fails). "code": "A String", # Identifies the specific error that occurred. @@ -182,27 +182,27 @@

Method Details

"masterInstanceName": "A String", # The name of the instance which will act as primary in the replication setup. "maxDiskSize": "A String", # The maximum disk size of the instance in bytes. "name": "A String", # Name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID. - "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes in a read pool. - "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each node of the read pool. - { # Details of a single node of a read pool. - "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the node. - "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this node. + "nodeCount": 42, # The number of read pool nodes in a read pool. + "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each read pool node of the read pool. + { # Details of a single read pool node of a read pool. + "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the read pool node. + "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this read pool node. { # DNS metadata. "connectionType": "A String", # Output only. The connection type of the DNS name. "dnsScope": "A String", # Output only. The scope that the DNS name applies to. "name": "A String", # The DNS name. }, ], - "gceZone": "A String", # Output only. The serving zone of the node. - "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the node. + "gceZone": "A String", # Output only. The zone of the read pool node. + "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the read pool node. { # Database instance IP mapping "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address assigned. "timeToRetire": "A String", # The due time for this IP to be retired in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`. This field is only available when the IP is scheduled to be retired. "type": "A String", # The type of this IP address. A `PRIMARY` address is a public address that can accept incoming connections. A `PRIVATE` address is a private address that can accept incoming connections. An `OUTGOING` address is the source address of connections originating from the instance, if supported. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs for the node. - "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the node. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the read pool node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the read pool node. }, ], "onPremisesConfiguration": { # On-premises instance configuration. # Configuration specific to on-premises instances. @@ -313,8 +313,6 @@

Method Details

}, "collation": "A String", # The name of server Instance collation. "connectionPoolConfig": { # The managed connection pooling configuration. # Optional. The managed connection pooling configuration for the instance. - "clientConnectionIdleTimeout": "A String", # Client idle timeout. - "connPoolSize": 42, # Managed connection pool size. "connectionPoolingEnabled": True or False, # Whether managed connection pooling is enabled. "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags { # Connection pool flags for Cloud SQL instances managed connection pool configuration. @@ -322,10 +320,6 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. The value of the flag. Boolean flags are set to `on` for true and `off` for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. }, ], - "maxClientConnections": 42, # Maximum number of client connections in connection pool. - "poolMode": "A String", # The managed connection pool mode for the instance. - "queryWaitTimeout": "A String", # Query wait timeout. - "serverConnectionIdleTimeout": "A String", # Server idle timeout. }, "connectorEnforcement": "A String", # Specifies if connections must use Cloud SQL connectors. Option values include the following: `NOT_REQUIRED` (Cloud SQL instances can be connected without Cloud SQL Connectors) and `REQUIRED` (Only allow connections that use Cloud SQL Connectors) Note that using REQUIRED disables all existing authorized networks. If this field is not specified when creating a new instance, NOT_REQUIRED is used. If this field is not specified when patching or updating an existing instance, it is left unchanged in the instance. "crashSafeReplicationEnabled": True or False, # Configuration specific to read replica instances. Indicates whether database flags for crash-safe replication are enabled. This property was only applicable to First Generation instances. @@ -353,7 +347,7 @@

Method Details

], "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. "enableDataplexIntegration": True or False, # Optional. By default, Cloud SQL instances have schema extraction disabled for Dataplex. When this parameter is set to true, schema extraction for Dataplex on Cloud SQL instances is activated. - "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances. + "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for MySQL and Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances. "insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. @@ -529,14 +523,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -679,14 +673,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -786,7 +780,7 @@

Method Details

}, "backupKind": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the kind of backup, PHYSICAL or DEFAULT_SNAPSHOT. "backupRun": "A String", # Output only. The mapping to backup run resource used for IAM validations. - "databaseVersion": "A String", # Output only. The database version of the instance of when this backup was made. + "databaseVersion": "A String", # Output only. The database version of the instance of at the time this backup was made. "description": "A String", # The description of this backup. "error": { # Database instance operation error. # Output only. Information about why the backup operation fails (for example, when the backup state fails). "code": "A String", # Identifies the specific error that occurred. @@ -851,27 +845,27 @@

Method Details

"masterInstanceName": "A String", # The name of the instance which will act as primary in the replication setup. "maxDiskSize": "A String", # The maximum disk size of the instance in bytes. "name": "A String", # Name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID. - "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes in a read pool. - "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each node of the read pool. - { # Details of a single node of a read pool. - "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the node. - "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this node. + "nodeCount": 42, # The number of read pool nodes in a read pool. + "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each read pool node of the read pool. + { # Details of a single read pool node of a read pool. + "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the read pool node. + "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this read pool node. { # DNS metadata. "connectionType": "A String", # Output only. The connection type of the DNS name. "dnsScope": "A String", # Output only. The scope that the DNS name applies to. "name": "A String", # The DNS name. }, ], - "gceZone": "A String", # Output only. The serving zone of the node. - "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the node. + "gceZone": "A String", # Output only. The zone of the read pool node. + "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the read pool node. { # Database instance IP mapping "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address assigned. "timeToRetire": "A String", # The due time for this IP to be retired in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`. This field is only available when the IP is scheduled to be retired. "type": "A String", # The type of this IP address. A `PRIMARY` address is a public address that can accept incoming connections. A `PRIVATE` address is a private address that can accept incoming connections. An `OUTGOING` address is the source address of connections originating from the instance, if supported. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs for the node. - "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the node. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the read pool node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the read pool node. }, ], "onPremisesConfiguration": { # On-premises instance configuration. # Configuration specific to on-premises instances. @@ -982,8 +976,6 @@

Method Details

}, "collation": "A String", # The name of server Instance collation. "connectionPoolConfig": { # The managed connection pooling configuration. # Optional. The managed connection pooling configuration for the instance. - "clientConnectionIdleTimeout": "A String", # Client idle timeout. - "connPoolSize": 42, # Managed connection pool size. "connectionPoolingEnabled": True or False, # Whether managed connection pooling is enabled. "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags { # Connection pool flags for Cloud SQL instances managed connection pool configuration. @@ -991,10 +983,6 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. The value of the flag. Boolean flags are set to `on` for true and `off` for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. }, ], - "maxClientConnections": 42, # Maximum number of client connections in connection pool. - "poolMode": "A String", # The managed connection pool mode for the instance. - "queryWaitTimeout": "A String", # Query wait timeout. - "serverConnectionIdleTimeout": "A String", # Server idle timeout. }, "connectorEnforcement": "A String", # Specifies if connections must use Cloud SQL connectors. Option values include the following: `NOT_REQUIRED` (Cloud SQL instances can be connected without Cloud SQL Connectors) and `REQUIRED` (Only allow connections that use Cloud SQL Connectors) Note that using REQUIRED disables all existing authorized networks. If this field is not specified when creating a new instance, NOT_REQUIRED is used. If this field is not specified when patching or updating an existing instance, it is left unchanged in the instance. "crashSafeReplicationEnabled": True or False, # Configuration specific to read replica instances. Indicates whether database flags for crash-safe replication are enabled. This property was only applicable to First Generation instances. @@ -1022,7 +1010,7 @@

Method Details

], "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. "enableDataplexIntegration": True or False, # Optional. By default, Cloud SQL instances have schema extraction disabled for Dataplex. When this parameter is set to true, schema extraction for Dataplex on Cloud SQL instances is activated. - "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances. + "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for MySQL and Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances. "insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. @@ -1167,7 +1155,7 @@

Method Details

}, "backupKind": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the kind of backup, PHYSICAL or DEFAULT_SNAPSHOT. "backupRun": "A String", # Output only. The mapping to backup run resource used for IAM validations. - "databaseVersion": "A String", # Output only. The database version of the instance of when this backup was made. + "databaseVersion": "A String", # Output only. The database version of the instance of at the time this backup was made. "description": "A String", # The description of this backup. "error": { # Database instance operation error. # Output only. Information about why the backup operation fails (for example, when the backup state fails). "code": "A String", # Identifies the specific error that occurred. @@ -1232,27 +1220,27 @@

Method Details

"masterInstanceName": "A String", # The name of the instance which will act as primary in the replication setup. "maxDiskSize": "A String", # The maximum disk size of the instance in bytes. "name": "A String", # Name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID. - "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes in a read pool. - "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each node of the read pool. - { # Details of a single node of a read pool. - "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the node. - "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this node. + "nodeCount": 42, # The number of read pool nodes in a read pool. + "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each read pool node of the read pool. + { # Details of a single read pool node of a read pool. + "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the read pool node. + "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this read pool node. { # DNS metadata. "connectionType": "A String", # Output only. The connection type of the DNS name. "dnsScope": "A String", # Output only. The scope that the DNS name applies to. "name": "A String", # The DNS name. }, ], - "gceZone": "A String", # Output only. The serving zone of the node. - "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the node. + "gceZone": "A String", # Output only. The zone of the read pool node. + "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the read pool node. { # Database instance IP mapping "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address assigned. "timeToRetire": "A String", # The due time for this IP to be retired in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`. This field is only available when the IP is scheduled to be retired. "type": "A String", # The type of this IP address. A `PRIMARY` address is a public address that can accept incoming connections. A `PRIVATE` address is a private address that can accept incoming connections. An `OUTGOING` address is the source address of connections originating from the instance, if supported. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs for the node. - "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the node. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the read pool node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the read pool node. }, ], "onPremisesConfiguration": { # On-premises instance configuration. # Configuration specific to on-premises instances. @@ -1363,8 +1351,6 @@

Method Details

}, "collation": "A String", # The name of server Instance collation. "connectionPoolConfig": { # The managed connection pooling configuration. # Optional. The managed connection pooling configuration for the instance. - "clientConnectionIdleTimeout": "A String", # Client idle timeout. - "connPoolSize": 42, # Managed connection pool size. "connectionPoolingEnabled": True or False, # Whether managed connection pooling is enabled. "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags { # Connection pool flags for Cloud SQL instances managed connection pool configuration. @@ -1372,10 +1358,6 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. The value of the flag. Boolean flags are set to `on` for true and `off` for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. }, ], - "maxClientConnections": 42, # Maximum number of client connections in connection pool. - "poolMode": "A String", # The managed connection pool mode for the instance. - "queryWaitTimeout": "A String", # Query wait timeout. - "serverConnectionIdleTimeout": "A String", # Server idle timeout. }, "connectorEnforcement": "A String", # Specifies if connections must use Cloud SQL connectors. Option values include the following: `NOT_REQUIRED` (Cloud SQL instances can be connected without Cloud SQL Connectors) and `REQUIRED` (Only allow connections that use Cloud SQL Connectors) Note that using REQUIRED disables all existing authorized networks. If this field is not specified when creating a new instance, NOT_REQUIRED is used. If this field is not specified when patching or updating an existing instance, it is left unchanged in the instance. "crashSafeReplicationEnabled": True or False, # Configuration specific to read replica instances. Indicates whether database flags for crash-safe replication are enabled. This property was only applicable to First Generation instances. @@ -1403,7 +1385,7 @@

Method Details

], "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. "enableDataplexIntegration": True or False, # Optional. By default, Cloud SQL instances have schema extraction disabled for Dataplex. When this parameter is set to true, schema extraction for Dataplex on Cloud SQL instances is activated. - "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances. + "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for MySQL and Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances. "insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. @@ -1562,7 +1544,7 @@

Method Details

}, "backupKind": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the kind of backup, PHYSICAL or DEFAULT_SNAPSHOT. "backupRun": "A String", # Output only. The mapping to backup run resource used for IAM validations. - "databaseVersion": "A String", # Output only. The database version of the instance of when this backup was made. + "databaseVersion": "A String", # Output only. The database version of the instance of at the time this backup was made. "description": "A String", # The description of this backup. "error": { # Database instance operation error. # Output only. Information about why the backup operation fails (for example, when the backup state fails). "code": "A String", # Identifies the specific error that occurred. @@ -1627,27 +1609,27 @@

Method Details

"masterInstanceName": "A String", # The name of the instance which will act as primary in the replication setup. "maxDiskSize": "A String", # The maximum disk size of the instance in bytes. "name": "A String", # Name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID. - "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes in a read pool. - "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each node of the read pool. - { # Details of a single node of a read pool. - "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the node. - "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this node. + "nodeCount": 42, # The number of read pool nodes in a read pool. + "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each read pool node of the read pool. + { # Details of a single read pool node of a read pool. + "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the read pool node. + "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this read pool node. { # DNS metadata. "connectionType": "A String", # Output only. The connection type of the DNS name. "dnsScope": "A String", # Output only. The scope that the DNS name applies to. "name": "A String", # The DNS name. }, ], - "gceZone": "A String", # Output only. The serving zone of the node. - "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the node. + "gceZone": "A String", # Output only. The zone of the read pool node. + "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the read pool node. { # Database instance IP mapping "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address assigned. "timeToRetire": "A String", # The due time for this IP to be retired in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`. This field is only available when the IP is scheduled to be retired. "type": "A String", # The type of this IP address. A `PRIMARY` address is a public address that can accept incoming connections. A `PRIVATE` address is a private address that can accept incoming connections. An `OUTGOING` address is the source address of connections originating from the instance, if supported. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs for the node. - "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the node. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the read pool node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the read pool node. }, ], "onPremisesConfiguration": { # On-premises instance configuration. # Configuration specific to on-premises instances. @@ -1758,8 +1740,6 @@

Method Details

}, "collation": "A String", # The name of server Instance collation. "connectionPoolConfig": { # The managed connection pooling configuration. # Optional. The managed connection pooling configuration for the instance. - "clientConnectionIdleTimeout": "A String", # Client idle timeout. - "connPoolSize": 42, # Managed connection pool size. "connectionPoolingEnabled": True or False, # Whether managed connection pooling is enabled. "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags { # Connection pool flags for Cloud SQL instances managed connection pool configuration. @@ -1767,10 +1747,6 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. The value of the flag. Boolean flags are set to `on` for true and `off` for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. }, ], - "maxClientConnections": 42, # Maximum number of client connections in connection pool. - "poolMode": "A String", # The managed connection pool mode for the instance. - "queryWaitTimeout": "A String", # Query wait timeout. - "serverConnectionIdleTimeout": "A String", # Server idle timeout. }, "connectorEnforcement": "A String", # Specifies if connections must use Cloud SQL connectors. Option values include the following: `NOT_REQUIRED` (Cloud SQL instances can be connected without Cloud SQL Connectors) and `REQUIRED` (Only allow connections that use Cloud SQL Connectors) Note that using REQUIRED disables all existing authorized networks. If this field is not specified when creating a new instance, NOT_REQUIRED is used. If this field is not specified when patching or updating an existing instance, it is left unchanged in the instance. "crashSafeReplicationEnabled": True or False, # Configuration specific to read replica instances. Indicates whether database flags for crash-safe replication are enabled. This property was only applicable to First Generation instances. @@ -1798,7 +1774,7 @@

Method Details

], "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. "enableDataplexIntegration": True or False, # Optional. By default, Cloud SQL instances have schema extraction disabled for Dataplex. When this parameter is set to true, schema extraction for Dataplex on Cloud SQL instances is activated. - "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances. + "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for MySQL and Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances. "insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. @@ -1975,14 +1951,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.connect.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.connect.html index f83cc7e250f..1179393330a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.connect.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.connect.html @@ -167,25 +167,25 @@

Method Details

}, ], "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#connectSettings`. - "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes in a read pool. - "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each node of the read pool. - { # Details of a single node of a read pool. - "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the node. - "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this instance. + "nodeCount": 42, # The number of read pool nodes in a read pool. + "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each read pool node of the read pool. + { # Details of a single read pool node of a read pool. + "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the read pool node. + "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this read pool node. { # DNS metadata. "connectionType": "A String", # Output only. The connection type of the DNS name. "dnsScope": "A String", # Output only. The scope that the DNS name applies to. "name": "A String", # The DNS name. }, ], - "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the node. + "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the read pool node. { # Database instance IP mapping "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address assigned. "timeToRetire": "A String", # The due time for this IP to be retired in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`. This field is only available when the IP is scheduled to be retired. "type": "A String", # The type of this IP address. A `PRIMARY` address is a public address that can accept incoming connections. A `PRIVATE` address is a private address that can accept incoming connections. An `OUTGOING` address is the source address of connections originating from the instance, if supported. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the node. Doesn't include the project ID. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the read pool node. Doesn't include the project ID. }, ], "pscEnabled": True or False, # Whether PSC connectivity is enabled for this instance. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.databases.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.databases.html index 329274c1729..3abb470e591 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.databases.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.databases.html @@ -167,14 +167,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -368,14 +368,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -574,14 +574,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -744,14 +744,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html index 01b1afebe35..acffc3fd544 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html @@ -290,14 +290,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -473,14 +473,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -624,14 +624,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -798,14 +798,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -958,14 +958,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -1119,14 +1119,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -1293,14 +1293,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -1412,14 +1412,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -1496,14 +1496,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -1657,14 +1657,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -1813,27 +1813,27 @@

Method Details

"masterInstanceName": "A String", # The name of the instance which will act as primary in the replication setup. "maxDiskSize": "A String", # The maximum disk size of the instance in bytes. "name": "A String", # Name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID. - "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes in a read pool. - "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each node of the read pool. - { # Details of a single node of a read pool. - "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the node. - "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this node. + "nodeCount": 42, # The number of read pool nodes in a read pool. + "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each read pool node of the read pool. + { # Details of a single read pool node of a read pool. + "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the read pool node. + "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this read pool node. { # DNS metadata. "connectionType": "A String", # Output only. The connection type of the DNS name. "dnsScope": "A String", # Output only. The scope that the DNS name applies to. "name": "A String", # The DNS name. }, ], - "gceZone": "A String", # Output only. The serving zone of the node. - "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the node. + "gceZone": "A String", # Output only. The zone of the read pool node. + "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the read pool node. { # Database instance IP mapping "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address assigned. "timeToRetire": "A String", # The due time for this IP to be retired in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`. This field is only available when the IP is scheduled to be retired. "type": "A String", # The type of this IP address. A `PRIMARY` address is a public address that can accept incoming connections. A `PRIVATE` address is a private address that can accept incoming connections. An `OUTGOING` address is the source address of connections originating from the instance, if supported. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs for the node. - "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the node. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the read pool node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the read pool node. }, ], "onPremisesConfiguration": { # On-premises instance configuration. # Configuration specific to on-premises instances. @@ -1944,8 +1944,6 @@

Method Details

}, "collation": "A String", # The name of server Instance collation. "connectionPoolConfig": { # The managed connection pooling configuration. # Optional. The managed connection pooling configuration for the instance. - "clientConnectionIdleTimeout": "A String", # Client idle timeout. - "connPoolSize": 42, # Managed connection pool size. "connectionPoolingEnabled": True or False, # Whether managed connection pooling is enabled. "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags { # Connection pool flags for Cloud SQL instances managed connection pool configuration. @@ -1953,10 +1951,6 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. The value of the flag. Boolean flags are set to `on` for true and `off` for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. }, ], - "maxClientConnections": 42, # Maximum number of client connections in connection pool. - "poolMode": "A String", # The managed connection pool mode for the instance. - "queryWaitTimeout": "A String", # Query wait timeout. - "serverConnectionIdleTimeout": "A String", # Server idle timeout. }, "connectorEnforcement": "A String", # Specifies if connections must use Cloud SQL connectors. Option values include the following: `NOT_REQUIRED` (Cloud SQL instances can be connected without Cloud SQL Connectors) and `REQUIRED` (Only allow connections that use Cloud SQL Connectors) Note that using REQUIRED disables all existing authorized networks. If this field is not specified when creating a new instance, NOT_REQUIRED is used. If this field is not specified when patching or updating an existing instance, it is left unchanged in the instance. "crashSafeReplicationEnabled": True or False, # Configuration specific to read replica instances. Indicates whether database flags for crash-safe replication are enabled. This property was only applicable to First Generation instances. @@ -1984,7 +1978,7 @@

Method Details

], "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. "enableDataplexIntegration": True or False, # Optional. By default, Cloud SQL instances have schema extraction disabled for Dataplex. When this parameter is set to true, schema extraction for Dataplex on Cloud SQL instances is activated. - "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances. + "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for MySQL and Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances. "insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. @@ -2205,14 +2199,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -2355,27 +2349,27 @@

Method Details

"masterInstanceName": "A String", # The name of the instance which will act as primary in the replication setup. "maxDiskSize": "A String", # The maximum disk size of the instance in bytes. "name": "A String", # Name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID. - "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes in a read pool. - "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each node of the read pool. - { # Details of a single node of a read pool. - "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the node. - "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this node. + "nodeCount": 42, # The number of read pool nodes in a read pool. + "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each read pool node of the read pool. + { # Details of a single read pool node of a read pool. + "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the read pool node. + "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this read pool node. { # DNS metadata. "connectionType": "A String", # Output only. The connection type of the DNS name. "dnsScope": "A String", # Output only. The scope that the DNS name applies to. "name": "A String", # The DNS name. }, ], - "gceZone": "A String", # Output only. The serving zone of the node. - "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the node. + "gceZone": "A String", # Output only. The zone of the read pool node. + "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the read pool node. { # Database instance IP mapping "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address assigned. "timeToRetire": "A String", # The due time for this IP to be retired in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`. This field is only available when the IP is scheduled to be retired. "type": "A String", # The type of this IP address. A `PRIMARY` address is a public address that can accept incoming connections. A `PRIVATE` address is a private address that can accept incoming connections. An `OUTGOING` address is the source address of connections originating from the instance, if supported. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs for the node. - "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the node. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the read pool node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the read pool node. }, ], "onPremisesConfiguration": { # On-premises instance configuration. # Configuration specific to on-premises instances. @@ -2486,8 +2480,6 @@

Method Details

}, "collation": "A String", # The name of server Instance collation. "connectionPoolConfig": { # The managed connection pooling configuration. # Optional. The managed connection pooling configuration for the instance. - "clientConnectionIdleTimeout": "A String", # Client idle timeout. - "connPoolSize": 42, # Managed connection pool size. "connectionPoolingEnabled": True or False, # Whether managed connection pooling is enabled. "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags { # Connection pool flags for Cloud SQL instances managed connection pool configuration. @@ -2495,10 +2487,6 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. The value of the flag. Boolean flags are set to `on` for true and `off` for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. }, ], - "maxClientConnections": 42, # Maximum number of client connections in connection pool. - "poolMode": "A String", # The managed connection pool mode for the instance. - "queryWaitTimeout": "A String", # Query wait timeout. - "serverConnectionIdleTimeout": "A String", # Server idle timeout. }, "connectorEnforcement": "A String", # Specifies if connections must use Cloud SQL connectors. Option values include the following: `NOT_REQUIRED` (Cloud SQL instances can be connected without Cloud SQL Connectors) and `REQUIRED` (Only allow connections that use Cloud SQL Connectors) Note that using REQUIRED disables all existing authorized networks. If this field is not specified when creating a new instance, NOT_REQUIRED is used. If this field is not specified when patching or updating an existing instance, it is left unchanged in the instance. "crashSafeReplicationEnabled": True or False, # Configuration specific to read replica instances. Indicates whether database flags for crash-safe replication are enabled. This property was only applicable to First Generation instances. @@ -2526,7 +2514,7 @@

Method Details

], "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. "enableDataplexIntegration": True or False, # Optional. By default, Cloud SQL instances have schema extraction disabled for Dataplex. When this parameter is set to true, schema extraction for Dataplex on Cloud SQL instances is activated. - "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances. + "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for MySQL and Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances. "insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. @@ -2688,14 +2676,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -2848,27 +2836,27 @@

Method Details

"masterInstanceName": "A String", # The name of the instance which will act as primary in the replication setup. "maxDiskSize": "A String", # The maximum disk size of the instance in bytes. "name": "A String", # Name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID. - "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes in a read pool. - "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each node of the read pool. - { # Details of a single node of a read pool. - "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the node. - "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this node. + "nodeCount": 42, # The number of read pool nodes in a read pool. + "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each read pool node of the read pool. + { # Details of a single read pool node of a read pool. + "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the read pool node. + "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this read pool node. { # DNS metadata. "connectionType": "A String", # Output only. The connection type of the DNS name. "dnsScope": "A String", # Output only. The scope that the DNS name applies to. "name": "A String", # The DNS name. }, ], - "gceZone": "A String", # Output only. The serving zone of the node. - "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the node. + "gceZone": "A String", # Output only. The zone of the read pool node. + "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the read pool node. { # Database instance IP mapping "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address assigned. "timeToRetire": "A String", # The due time for this IP to be retired in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`. This field is only available when the IP is scheduled to be retired. "type": "A String", # The type of this IP address. A `PRIMARY` address is a public address that can accept incoming connections. A `PRIVATE` address is a private address that can accept incoming connections. An `OUTGOING` address is the source address of connections originating from the instance, if supported. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs for the node. - "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the node. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the read pool node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the read pool node. }, ], "onPremisesConfiguration": { # On-premises instance configuration. # Configuration specific to on-premises instances. @@ -2979,8 +2967,6 @@

Method Details

}, "collation": "A String", # The name of server Instance collation. "connectionPoolConfig": { # The managed connection pooling configuration. # Optional. The managed connection pooling configuration for the instance. - "clientConnectionIdleTimeout": "A String", # Client idle timeout. - "connPoolSize": 42, # Managed connection pool size. "connectionPoolingEnabled": True or False, # Whether managed connection pooling is enabled. "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags { # Connection pool flags for Cloud SQL instances managed connection pool configuration. @@ -2988,10 +2974,6 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. The value of the flag. Boolean flags are set to `on` for true and `off` for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. }, ], - "maxClientConnections": 42, # Maximum number of client connections in connection pool. - "poolMode": "A String", # The managed connection pool mode for the instance. - "queryWaitTimeout": "A String", # Query wait timeout. - "serverConnectionIdleTimeout": "A String", # Server idle timeout. }, "connectorEnforcement": "A String", # Specifies if connections must use Cloud SQL connectors. Option values include the following: `NOT_REQUIRED` (Cloud SQL instances can be connected without Cloud SQL Connectors) and `REQUIRED` (Only allow connections that use Cloud SQL Connectors) Note that using REQUIRED disables all existing authorized networks. If this field is not specified when creating a new instance, NOT_REQUIRED is used. If this field is not specified when patching or updating an existing instance, it is left unchanged in the instance. "crashSafeReplicationEnabled": True or False, # Configuration specific to read replica instances. Indicates whether database flags for crash-safe replication are enabled. This property was only applicable to First Generation instances. @@ -3019,7 +3001,7 @@

Method Details

], "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. "enableDataplexIntegration": True or False, # Optional. By default, Cloud SQL instances have schema extraction disabled for Dataplex. When this parameter is set to true, schema extraction for Dataplex on Cloud SQL instances is activated. - "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances. + "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for MySQL and Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances. "insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. @@ -3248,27 +3230,27 @@

Method Details

"masterInstanceName": "A String", # The name of the instance which will act as primary in the replication setup. "maxDiskSize": "A String", # The maximum disk size of the instance in bytes. "name": "A String", # Name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID. - "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes in a read pool. - "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each node of the read pool. - { # Details of a single node of a read pool. - "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the node. - "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this node. + "nodeCount": 42, # The number of read pool nodes in a read pool. + "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each read pool node of the read pool. + { # Details of a single read pool node of a read pool. + "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the read pool node. + "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this read pool node. { # DNS metadata. "connectionType": "A String", # Output only. The connection type of the DNS name. "dnsScope": "A String", # Output only. The scope that the DNS name applies to. "name": "A String", # The DNS name. }, ], - "gceZone": "A String", # Output only. The serving zone of the node. - "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the node. + "gceZone": "A String", # Output only. The zone of the read pool node. + "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the read pool node. { # Database instance IP mapping "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address assigned. "timeToRetire": "A String", # The due time for this IP to be retired in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`. This field is only available when the IP is scheduled to be retired. "type": "A String", # The type of this IP address. A `PRIMARY` address is a public address that can accept incoming connections. A `PRIVATE` address is a private address that can accept incoming connections. An `OUTGOING` address is the source address of connections originating from the instance, if supported. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs for the node. - "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the node. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the read pool node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the read pool node. }, ], "onPremisesConfiguration": { # On-premises instance configuration. # Configuration specific to on-premises instances. @@ -3379,8 +3361,6 @@

Method Details

}, "collation": "A String", # The name of server Instance collation. "connectionPoolConfig": { # The managed connection pooling configuration. # Optional. The managed connection pooling configuration for the instance. - "clientConnectionIdleTimeout": "A String", # Client idle timeout. - "connPoolSize": 42, # Managed connection pool size. "connectionPoolingEnabled": True or False, # Whether managed connection pooling is enabled. "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags { # Connection pool flags for Cloud SQL instances managed connection pool configuration. @@ -3388,10 +3368,6 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. The value of the flag. Boolean flags are set to `on` for true and `off` for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. }, ], - "maxClientConnections": 42, # Maximum number of client connections in connection pool. - "poolMode": "A String", # The managed connection pool mode for the instance. - "queryWaitTimeout": "A String", # Query wait timeout. - "serverConnectionIdleTimeout": "A String", # Server idle timeout. }, "connectorEnforcement": "A String", # Specifies if connections must use Cloud SQL connectors. Option values include the following: `NOT_REQUIRED` (Cloud SQL instances can be connected without Cloud SQL Connectors) and `REQUIRED` (Only allow connections that use Cloud SQL Connectors) Note that using REQUIRED disables all existing authorized networks. If this field is not specified when creating a new instance, NOT_REQUIRED is used. If this field is not specified when patching or updating an existing instance, it is left unchanged in the instance. "crashSafeReplicationEnabled": True or False, # Configuration specific to read replica instances. Indicates whether database flags for crash-safe replication are enabled. This property was only applicable to First Generation instances. @@ -3419,7 +3395,7 @@

Method Details

], "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. "enableDataplexIntegration": True or False, # Optional. By default, Cloud SQL instances have schema extraction disabled for Dataplex. When this parameter is set to true, schema extraction for Dataplex on Cloud SQL instances is activated. - "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances. + "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for MySQL and Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances. "insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. @@ -3581,14 +3557,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -3733,14 +3709,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -3894,14 +3870,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -4065,14 +4041,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -4216,14 +4192,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -4375,27 +4351,27 @@

Method Details

"masterInstanceName": "A String", # The name of the instance which will act as primary in the replication setup. "maxDiskSize": "A String", # The maximum disk size of the instance in bytes. "name": "A String", # Name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID. - "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes in a read pool. - "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each node of the read pool. - { # Details of a single node of a read pool. - "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the node. - "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this node. + "nodeCount": 42, # The number of read pool nodes in a read pool. + "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each read pool node of the read pool. + { # Details of a single read pool node of a read pool. + "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the read pool node. + "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this read pool node. { # DNS metadata. "connectionType": "A String", # Output only. The connection type of the DNS name. "dnsScope": "A String", # Output only. The scope that the DNS name applies to. "name": "A String", # The DNS name. }, ], - "gceZone": "A String", # Output only. The serving zone of the node. - "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the node. + "gceZone": "A String", # Output only. The zone of the read pool node. + "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the read pool node. { # Database instance IP mapping "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address assigned. "timeToRetire": "A String", # The due time for this IP to be retired in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`. This field is only available when the IP is scheduled to be retired. "type": "A String", # The type of this IP address. A `PRIMARY` address is a public address that can accept incoming connections. A `PRIVATE` address is a private address that can accept incoming connections. An `OUTGOING` address is the source address of connections originating from the instance, if supported. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs for the node. - "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the node. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the read pool node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the read pool node. }, ], "onPremisesConfiguration": { # On-premises instance configuration. # Configuration specific to on-premises instances. @@ -4506,8 +4482,6 @@

Method Details

}, "collation": "A String", # The name of server Instance collation. "connectionPoolConfig": { # The managed connection pooling configuration. # Optional. The managed connection pooling configuration for the instance. - "clientConnectionIdleTimeout": "A String", # Client idle timeout. - "connPoolSize": 42, # Managed connection pool size. "connectionPoolingEnabled": True or False, # Whether managed connection pooling is enabled. "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags { # Connection pool flags for Cloud SQL instances managed connection pool configuration. @@ -4515,10 +4489,6 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. The value of the flag. Boolean flags are set to `on` for true and `off` for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. }, ], - "maxClientConnections": 42, # Maximum number of client connections in connection pool. - "poolMode": "A String", # The managed connection pool mode for the instance. - "queryWaitTimeout": "A String", # Query wait timeout. - "serverConnectionIdleTimeout": "A String", # Server idle timeout. }, "connectorEnforcement": "A String", # Specifies if connections must use Cloud SQL connectors. Option values include the following: `NOT_REQUIRED` (Cloud SQL instances can be connected without Cloud SQL Connectors) and `REQUIRED` (Only allow connections that use Cloud SQL Connectors) Note that using REQUIRED disables all existing authorized networks. If this field is not specified when creating a new instance, NOT_REQUIRED is used. If this field is not specified when patching or updating an existing instance, it is left unchanged in the instance. "crashSafeReplicationEnabled": True or False, # Configuration specific to read replica instances. Indicates whether database flags for crash-safe replication are enabled. This property was only applicable to First Generation instances. @@ -4546,7 +4516,7 @@

Method Details

], "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. "enableDataplexIntegration": True or False, # Optional. By default, Cloud SQL instances have schema extraction disabled for Dataplex. When this parameter is set to true, schema extraction for Dataplex on Cloud SQL instances is activated. - "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances. + "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for MySQL and Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances. "insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. @@ -4709,14 +4679,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -4870,14 +4840,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -5021,14 +4991,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -5172,14 +5142,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -5324,14 +5294,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -5485,14 +5455,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -5636,27 +5606,27 @@

Method Details

"masterInstanceName": "A String", # The name of the instance which will act as primary in the replication setup. "maxDiskSize": "A String", # The maximum disk size of the instance in bytes. "name": "A String", # Name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID. - "nodeCount": 42, # The number of nodes in a read pool. - "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each node of the read pool. - { # Details of a single node of a read pool. - "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the node. - "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this node. + "nodeCount": 42, # The number of read pool nodes in a read pool. + "nodes": [ # Output only. Entries containing information about each read pool node of the read pool. + { # Details of a single read pool node of a read pool. + "dnsName": "A String", # Output only. The DNS name of the read pool node. + "dnsNames": [ # Output only. The list of DNS names used by this read pool node. { # DNS metadata. "connectionType": "A String", # Output only. The connection type of the DNS name. "dnsScope": "A String", # Output only. The scope that the DNS name applies to. "name": "A String", # The DNS name. }, ], - "gceZone": "A String", # Output only. The serving zone of the node. - "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the node. + "gceZone": "A String", # Output only. The zone of the read pool node. + "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the read pool node. { # Database instance IP mapping "ipAddress": "A String", # The IP address assigned. "timeToRetire": "A String", # The due time for this IP to be retired in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`. This field is only available when the IP is scheduled to be retired. "type": "A String", # The type of this IP address. A `PRIMARY` address is a public address that can accept incoming connections. A `PRIVATE` address is a private address that can accept incoming connections. An `OUTGOING` address is the source address of connections originating from the instance, if supported. }, ], - "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs for the node. - "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the node. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the read pool node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the read pool node. }, ], "onPremisesConfiguration": { # On-premises instance configuration. # Configuration specific to on-premises instances. @@ -5767,8 +5737,6 @@

Method Details

}, "collation": "A String", # The name of server Instance collation. "connectionPoolConfig": { # The managed connection pooling configuration. # Optional. The managed connection pooling configuration for the instance. - "clientConnectionIdleTimeout": "A String", # Client idle timeout. - "connPoolSize": 42, # Managed connection pool size. "connectionPoolingEnabled": True or False, # Whether managed connection pooling is enabled. "flags": [ # Optional. List of connection pool configuration flags { # Connection pool flags for Cloud SQL instances managed connection pool configuration. @@ -5776,10 +5744,6 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # Required. The value of the flag. Boolean flags are set to `on` for true and `off` for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn't take a value. }, ], - "maxClientConnections": 42, # Maximum number of client connections in connection pool. - "poolMode": "A String", # The managed connection pool mode for the instance. - "queryWaitTimeout": "A String", # Query wait timeout. - "serverConnectionIdleTimeout": "A String", # Server idle timeout. }, "connectorEnforcement": "A String", # Specifies if connections must use Cloud SQL connectors. Option values include the following: `NOT_REQUIRED` (Cloud SQL instances can be connected without Cloud SQL Connectors) and `REQUIRED` (Only allow connections that use Cloud SQL Connectors) Note that using REQUIRED disables all existing authorized networks. If this field is not specified when creating a new instance, NOT_REQUIRED is used. If this field is not specified when patching or updating an existing instance, it is left unchanged in the instance. "crashSafeReplicationEnabled": True or False, # Configuration specific to read replica instances. Indicates whether database flags for crash-safe replication are enabled. This property was only applicable to First Generation instances. @@ -5807,7 +5771,7 @@

Method Details

], "edition": "A String", # Optional. The edition of the instance. "enableDataplexIntegration": True or False, # Optional. By default, Cloud SQL instances have schema extraction disabled for Dataplex. When this parameter is set to true, schema extraction for Dataplex on Cloud SQL instances is activated. - "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances. + "enableGoogleMlIntegration": True or False, # Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for MySQL and Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances. "insightsConfig": { # Insights configuration. This specifies when Cloud SQL Insights feature is enabled and optional configuration. # Insights configuration, for now relevant only for Postgres. "queryInsightsEnabled": True or False, # Whether Query Insights feature is enabled. "queryPlansPerMinute": 42, # Number of query execution plans captured by Insights per minute for all queries combined. Default is 5. @@ -5969,14 +5933,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.operations.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.operations.html index 6790b558c0f..25923fd5aff 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.operations.html @@ -179,14 +179,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -334,14 +334,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.projects.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.projects.instances.html index 5689987b0dd..8941e011813 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.projects.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.projects.instances.html @@ -219,14 +219,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -380,14 +380,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -537,14 +537,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -706,14 +706,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.sslCerts.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.sslCerts.html index 591f5fc5259..eedb16a74ea 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.sslCerts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.sslCerts.html @@ -200,14 +200,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -403,14 +403,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.users.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.users.html index d1b92dc3ba4..268aae160a6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.users.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.users.html @@ -165,14 +165,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -272,6 +272,7 @@

Method Details

"dualPasswordType": "A String", # Dual password status for the user. "etag": "A String", # This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API. "host": "A String", # Optional. The host from which the user can connect. For `insert` operations, host defaults to an empty string. For `update` operations, host is specified as part of the request URL. The host name cannot be updated after insertion. For a MySQL instance, it's required; for a PostgreSQL or SQL Server instance, it's optional. + "iamStatus": "A String", # Indicates if user is active for IAM Authentication. "instance": "A String", # The name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID. Can be omitted for *update* because it is already specified on the URL. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#user`. "name": "A String", # The name of the user in the Cloud SQL instance. Can be omitted for `update` because it is already specified in the URL. @@ -311,6 +312,7 @@

Method Details

"dualPasswordType": "A String", # Dual password status for the user. "etag": "A String", # This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API. "host": "A String", # Optional. The host from which the user can connect. For `insert` operations, host defaults to an empty string. For `update` operations, host is specified as part of the request URL. The host name cannot be updated after insertion. For a MySQL instance, it's required; for a PostgreSQL or SQL Server instance, it's optional. + "iamStatus": "A String", # Indicates if user is active for IAM Authentication. "instance": "A String", # The name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID. Can be omitted for *update* because it is already specified on the URL. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#user`. "name": "A String", # The name of the user in the Cloud SQL instance. Can be omitted for `update` because it is already specified in the URL. @@ -393,14 +395,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. @@ -500,6 +502,7 @@

Method Details

"dualPasswordType": "A String", # Dual password status for the user. "etag": "A String", # This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API. "host": "A String", # Optional. The host from which the user can connect. For `insert` operations, host defaults to an empty string. For `update` operations, host is specified as part of the request URL. The host name cannot be updated after insertion. For a MySQL instance, it's required; for a PostgreSQL or SQL Server instance, it's optional. + "iamStatus": "A String", # Indicates if user is active for IAM Authentication. "instance": "A String", # The name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID. Can be omitted for *update* because it is already specified on the URL. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#user`. "name": "A String", # The name of the user in the Cloud SQL instance. Can be omitted for `update` because it is already specified in the URL. @@ -543,6 +546,7 @@

Method Details

"dualPasswordType": "A String", # Dual password status for the user. "etag": "A String", # This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API. "host": "A String", # Optional. The host from which the user can connect. For `insert` operations, host defaults to an empty string. For `update` operations, host is specified as part of the request URL. The host name cannot be updated after insertion. For a MySQL instance, it's required; for a PostgreSQL or SQL Server instance, it's optional. + "iamStatus": "A String", # Indicates if user is active for IAM Authentication. "instance": "A String", # The name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID. Can be omitted for *update* because it is already specified on the URL. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#user`. "name": "A String", # The name of the user in the Cloud SQL instance. Can be omitted for `update` because it is already specified in the URL. @@ -627,14 +631,14 @@

Method Details

], "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`. - "offload": True or False, # Option for export offload. + "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export. "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements. "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL. "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF. }, "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel. "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance. - "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation. + "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation. "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean. }, "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas. diff --git a/docs/dyn/tpu_v2alpha1.projects.locations.nodes.html b/docs/dyn/tpu_v2alpha1.projects.locations.nodes.html index d655649c65f..79e9b03855e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/tpu_v2alpha1.projects.locations.nodes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/tpu_v2alpha1.projects.locations.nodes.html @@ -137,7 +137,10 @@

Method Details

"customerEncryptionKey": { # Customer's encryption key. # Optional. Customer encryption key for boot disk. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1 }, + "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Optional. Size of the boot disk in GB. It must be larger than or equal to the size of the image. "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Whether the boot disk will be created with confidential compute mode. + "provisionedIops": "A String", # Optional. Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. To learn more about IOPS, see [Provisioning persistent disk performance](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/performance#provisioned-iops). + "provisionedThroughput": "A String", # Optional. Indicates how much throughput to provision for the disk. This sets the number of throughput MB per second that the disk can handle. "sourceImage": "A String", # Optional. Image from which boot disk is to be created. If not specified, the default image for the runtime version will be used. Example: `projects/$PROJECT_ID/global/images/$IMAGE_NAME`. }, "cidrBlock": "A String", # The CIDR block that the TPU node will use when selecting an IP address. This CIDR block must be a /29 block; the Compute Engine networks API forbids a smaller block, and using a larger block would be wasteful (a node can only consume one IP address). Errors will occur if the CIDR block has already been used for a currently existing TPU node, the CIDR block conflicts with any subnetworks in the user's provided network, or the provided network is peered with another network that is using that CIDR block. @@ -321,7 +324,10 @@

Method Details

"customerEncryptionKey": { # Customer's encryption key. # Optional. Customer encryption key for boot disk. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1 }, + "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Optional. Size of the boot disk in GB. It must be larger than or equal to the size of the image. "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Whether the boot disk will be created with confidential compute mode. + "provisionedIops": "A String", # Optional. Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. To learn more about IOPS, see [Provisioning persistent disk performance](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/performance#provisioned-iops). + "provisionedThroughput": "A String", # Optional. Indicates how much throughput to provision for the disk. This sets the number of throughput MB per second that the disk can handle. "sourceImage": "A String", # Optional. Image from which boot disk is to be created. If not specified, the default image for the runtime version will be used. Example: `projects/$PROJECT_ID/global/images/$IMAGE_NAME`. }, "cidrBlock": "A String", # The CIDR block that the TPU node will use when selecting an IP address. This CIDR block must be a /29 block; the Compute Engine networks API forbids a smaller block, and using a larger block would be wasteful (a node can only consume one IP address). Errors will occur if the CIDR block has already been used for a currently existing TPU node, the CIDR block conflicts with any subnetworks in the user's provided network, or the provided network is peered with another network that is using that CIDR block. @@ -486,7 +492,10 @@

Method Details

"customerEncryptionKey": { # Customer's encryption key. # Optional. Customer encryption key for boot disk. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1 }, + "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Optional. Size of the boot disk in GB. It must be larger than or equal to the size of the image. "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Whether the boot disk will be created with confidential compute mode. + "provisionedIops": "A String", # Optional. Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. To learn more about IOPS, see [Provisioning persistent disk performance](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/performance#provisioned-iops). + "provisionedThroughput": "A String", # Optional. Indicates how much throughput to provision for the disk. This sets the number of throughput MB per second that the disk can handle. "sourceImage": "A String", # Optional. Image from which boot disk is to be created. If not specified, the default image for the runtime version will be used. Example: `projects/$PROJECT_ID/global/images/$IMAGE_NAME`. }, "cidrBlock": "A String", # The CIDR block that the TPU node will use when selecting an IP address. This CIDR block must be a /29 block; the Compute Engine networks API forbids a smaller block, and using a larger block would be wasteful (a node can only consume one IP address). Errors will occur if the CIDR block has already been used for a currently existing TPU node, the CIDR block conflicts with any subnetworks in the user's provided network, or the provided network is peered with another network that is using that CIDR block. @@ -618,7 +627,10 @@

Method Details

"customerEncryptionKey": { # Customer's encryption key. # Optional. Customer encryption key for boot disk. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1 }, + "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Optional. Size of the boot disk in GB. It must be larger than or equal to the size of the image. "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Whether the boot disk will be created with confidential compute mode. + "provisionedIops": "A String", # Optional. Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. To learn more about IOPS, see [Provisioning persistent disk performance](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/performance#provisioned-iops). + "provisionedThroughput": "A String", # Optional. Indicates how much throughput to provision for the disk. This sets the number of throughput MB per second that the disk can handle. "sourceImage": "A String", # Optional. Image from which boot disk is to be created. If not specified, the default image for the runtime version will be used. Example: `projects/$PROJECT_ID/global/images/$IMAGE_NAME`. }, "cidrBlock": "A String", # The CIDR block that the TPU node will use when selecting an IP address. This CIDR block must be a /29 block; the Compute Engine networks API forbids a smaller block, and using a larger block would be wasteful (a node can only consume one IP address). Errors will occur if the CIDR block has already been used for a currently existing TPU node, the CIDR block conflicts with any subnetworks in the user's provided network, or the provided network is peered with another network that is using that CIDR block. diff --git a/docs/dyn/tpu_v2alpha1.projects.locations.queuedResources.html b/docs/dyn/tpu_v2alpha1.projects.locations.queuedResources.html index 4900accede9..1b77a760d04 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/tpu_v2alpha1.projects.locations.queuedResources.html +++ b/docs/dyn/tpu_v2alpha1.projects.locations.queuedResources.html @@ -189,7 +189,10 @@

Method Details

"customerEncryptionKey": { # Customer's encryption key. # Optional. Customer encryption key for boot disk. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1 }, + "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Optional. Size of the boot disk in GB. It must be larger than or equal to the size of the image. "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Whether the boot disk will be created with confidential compute mode. + "provisionedIops": "A String", # Optional. Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. To learn more about IOPS, see [Provisioning persistent disk performance](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/performance#provisioned-iops). + "provisionedThroughput": "A String", # Optional. Indicates how much throughput to provision for the disk. This sets the number of throughput MB per second that the disk can handle. "sourceImage": "A String", # Optional. Image from which boot disk is to be created. If not specified, the default image for the runtime version will be used. Example: `projects/$PROJECT_ID/global/images/$IMAGE_NAME`. }, "cidrBlock": "A String", # The CIDR block that the TPU node will use when selecting an IP address. This CIDR block must be a /29 block; the Compute Engine networks API forbids a smaller block, and using a larger block would be wasteful (a node can only consume one IP address). Errors will occur if the CIDR block has already been used for a currently existing TPU node, the CIDR block conflicts with any subnetworks in the user's provided network, or the provided network is peered with another network that is using that CIDR block. @@ -444,7 +447,10 @@

Method Details

"customerEncryptionKey": { # Customer's encryption key. # Optional. Customer encryption key for boot disk. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1 }, + "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Optional. Size of the boot disk in GB. It must be larger than or equal to the size of the image. "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Whether the boot disk will be created with confidential compute mode. + "provisionedIops": "A String", # Optional. Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. To learn more about IOPS, see [Provisioning persistent disk performance](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/performance#provisioned-iops). + "provisionedThroughput": "A String", # Optional. Indicates how much throughput to provision for the disk. This sets the number of throughput MB per second that the disk can handle. "sourceImage": "A String", # Optional. Image from which boot disk is to be created. If not specified, the default image for the runtime version will be used. Example: `projects/$PROJECT_ID/global/images/$IMAGE_NAME`. }, "cidrBlock": "A String", # The CIDR block that the TPU node will use when selecting an IP address. This CIDR block must be a /29 block; the Compute Engine networks API forbids a smaller block, and using a larger block would be wasteful (a node can only consume one IP address). Errors will occur if the CIDR block has already been used for a currently existing TPU node, the CIDR block conflicts with any subnetworks in the user's provided network, or the provided network is peered with another network that is using that CIDR block. @@ -637,7 +643,10 @@

Method Details

"customerEncryptionKey": { # Customer's encryption key. # Optional. Customer encryption key for boot disk. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key The fully-qualifed key name may be returned for resource GET requests. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key /cryptoKeyVersions/1 }, + "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Optional. Size of the boot disk in GB. It must be larger than or equal to the size of the image. "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Optional. Whether the boot disk will be created with confidential compute mode. + "provisionedIops": "A String", # Optional. Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. To learn more about IOPS, see [Provisioning persistent disk performance](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/performance#provisioned-iops). + "provisionedThroughput": "A String", # Optional. Indicates how much throughput to provision for the disk. This sets the number of throughput MB per second that the disk can handle. "sourceImage": "A String", # Optional. Image from which boot disk is to be created. If not specified, the default image for the runtime version will be used. Example: `projects/$PROJECT_ID/global/images/$IMAGE_NAME`. }, "cidrBlock": "A String", # The CIDR block that the TPU node will use when selecting an IP address. This CIDR block must be a /29 block; the Compute Engine networks API forbids a smaller block, and using a larger block would be wasteful (a node can only consume one IP address). Errors will occur if the CIDR block has already been used for a currently existing TPU node, the CIDR block conflicts with any subnetworks in the user's provided network, or the provided network is peered with another network that is using that CIDR block. diff --git a/docs/dyn/translate_v3.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/translate_v3.projects.locations.html index 5097f915cfb..ae6f457281c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/translate_v3.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/translate_v3.projects.locations.html @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@

Instance Methods

getSupportedLanguages(parent, displayLanguageCode=None, model=None, x__xgafv=None)

Returns a list of supported languages for translation.

- list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

list_next()

@@ -435,11 +435,12 @@

Method Details

- list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
+  extraLocationTypes: string, Optional. A list of extra location types that should be used as conditions for controlling the visibility of the locations. (repeated)
   filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like `"displayName=tokyo"`, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
   pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/translate_v3beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/translate_v3beta1.projects.locations.html
index 39784a2158e..a8dbc696f2a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/translate_v3beta1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/translate_v3beta1.projects.locations.html
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

getSupportedLanguages(parent, displayLanguageCode=None, model=None, x__xgafv=None)

Returns a list of supported languages for translation.

- list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

list_next()

@@ -356,11 +356,12 @@

Method Details

- list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
+  extraLocationTypes: string, Optional. A list of extra location types that should be used as conditions for controlling the visibility of the locations. (repeated)
   filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like `"displayName=tokyo"`, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
   pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/vpcaccess_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/vpcaccess_v1.projects.locations.html
index 5283d1e238a..f61eec88319 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/vpcaccess_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/vpcaccess_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

- list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

list_next()

@@ -100,11 +100,12 @@

Method Details

- list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
+  extraLocationTypes: string, Optional. A list of extra location types that should be used as conditions for controlling the visibility of the locations. (repeated)
   filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like `"displayName=tokyo"`, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
   pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/vpcaccess_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/vpcaccess_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
index ad7b6b8ebf1..9d08475d0e1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/vpcaccess_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/vpcaccess_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

- list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

list_next()

@@ -100,11 +100,12 @@

Method Details

- list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
+  extraLocationTypes: string, Optional. A list of extra location types that should be used as conditions for controlling the visibility of the locations. (repeated)
   filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like `"displayName=tokyo"`, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
   pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/workspaceevents_v1.subscriptions.html b/docs/dyn/workspaceevents_v1.subscriptions.html
index cb7e3cb6e6c..11758130097 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/workspaceevents_v1.subscriptions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/workspaceevents_v1.subscriptions.html
@@ -79,25 +79,25 @@ 

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

create(body=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Creates a Google Workspace subscription. To learn how to use this method, see [Create a Google Workspace subscription](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events/guides/create-subscription).

+

Creates a Google Workspace subscription. To learn how to use this method, see [Create a Google Workspace subscription](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events/guides/create-subscription).

delete(name, allowMissing=None, etag=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Deletes a Google Workspace subscription. To learn how to use this method, see [Delete a Google Workspace subscription](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events/guides/delete-subscription).

+

Deletes a Google Workspace subscription. To learn how to use this method, see [Delete a Google Workspace subscription](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events/guides/delete-subscription).

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Gets details about a Google Workspace subscription. To learn how to use this method, see [Get details about a Google Workspace subscription](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events/guides/get-subscription).

+

Gets details about a Google Workspace subscription. To learn how to use this method, see [Get details about a Google Workspace subscription](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events/guides/get-subscription).

list(filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Lists Google Workspace subscriptions. To learn how to use this method, see [List Google Workspace subscriptions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events/guides/list-subscriptions).

+

Lists Google Workspace subscriptions. To learn how to use this method, see [List Google Workspace subscriptions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events/guides/list-subscriptions).

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Updates or renews a Google Workspace subscription. To learn how to use this method, see [Update or renew a Google Workspace subscription](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events/guides/update-subscription).

+

Updates or renews a Google Workspace subscription. To learn how to use this method, see [Update or renew a Google Workspace subscription](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events/guides/update-subscription).

reactivate(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Reactivates a suspended Google Workspace subscription. This method resets your subscription's `State` field to `ACTIVE`. Before you use this method, you must fix the error that suspended the subscription. This method will ignore or reject any subscription that isn't currently in a suspended state. To learn how to use this method, see [Reactivate a Google Workspace subscription](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events/guides/reactivate-subscription).

+

Reactivates a suspended Google Workspace subscription. This method resets your subscription's `State` field to `ACTIVE`. Before you use this method, you must fix the error that suspended the subscription. This method will ignore or reject any subscription that isn't currently in a suspended state. To learn how to use this method, see [Reactivate a Google Workspace subscription](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events/guides/reactivate-subscription).

Method Details

close() @@ -106,13 +106,13 @@

Method Details

create(body=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) -
[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Creates a Google Workspace subscription. To learn how to use this method, see [Create a Google Workspace subscription](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events/guides/create-subscription).
+  
Creates a Google Workspace subscription. To learn how to use this method, see [Create a Google Workspace subscription](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events/guides/create-subscription). 
 
 Args:
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). A subscription to receive events about a Google Workspace resource. To learn more about subscriptions, see the [Google Workspace Events API overview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events).
+{ # A subscription to receive events about a Google Workspace resource. To learn more about subscriptions, see the [Google Workspace Events API overview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events).
   "authority": "A String", # Output only. The user who authorized the creation of the subscription. Format: `users/{user}` For Google Workspace users, the `{user}` value is the [`user.id`](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/directory/reference/rest/v1/users#User.FIELDS.ids) field from the Directory API.
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the subscription is created.
   "etag": "A String", # Optional. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and might be sent on update requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ 

Method Details

delete(name, allowMissing=None, etag=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) -
[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Deletes a Google Workspace subscription. To learn how to use this method, see [Delete a Google Workspace subscription](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events/guides/delete-subscription).
+  
Deletes a Google Workspace subscription. To learn how to use this method, see [Delete a Google Workspace subscription](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events/guides/delete-subscription).
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Resource name of the subscription to delete. Format: `subscriptions/{subscription}` (required)
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ 

Method Details

get(name, x__xgafv=None) -
[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Gets details about a Google Workspace subscription. To learn how to use this method, see [Get details about a Google Workspace subscription](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events/guides/get-subscription).
+  
Gets details about a Google Workspace subscription. To learn how to use this method, see [Get details about a Google Workspace subscription](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events/guides/get-subscription).
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Resource name of the subscription. Format: `subscriptions/{subscription}` (required)
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). A subscription to receive events about a Google Workspace resource. To learn more about subscriptions, see the [Google Workspace Events API overview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events). + { # A subscription to receive events about a Google Workspace resource. To learn more about subscriptions, see the [Google Workspace Events API overview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events). "authority": "A String", # Output only. The user who authorized the creation of the subscription. Format: `users/{user}` For Google Workspace users, the `{user}` value is the [`user.id`](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/directory/reference/rest/v1/users#User.FIELDS.ids) field from the Directory API. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the subscription is created. "etag": "A String", # Optional. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and might be sent on update requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@

Method Details

list(filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Lists Google Workspace subscriptions. To learn how to use this method, see [List Google Workspace subscriptions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events/guides/list-subscriptions).
+  
Lists Google Workspace subscriptions. To learn how to use this method, see [List Google Workspace subscriptions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events/guides/list-subscriptions).
 
 Args:
   filter: string, Required. A query filter. You can filter subscriptions by event type (`event_types`) and target resource (`target_resource`). You must specify at least one event type in your query. To filter for multiple event types, use the `OR` operator. To filter by both event type and target resource, use the `AND` operator and specify the full resource name, such as `//chat.googleapis.com/spaces/{space}`. For example, the following queries are valid: ``` event_types:"google.workspace.chat.membership.v1.updated" OR event_types:"google.workspace.chat.message.v1.created" event_types:"google.workspace.chat.message.v1.created" AND target_resource="//chat.googleapis.com/spaces/{space}" ( event_types:"google.workspace.chat.membership.v1.updated" OR event_types:"google.workspace.chat.message.v1.created" ) AND target_resource="//chat.googleapis.com/spaces/{space}" ``` The server rejects invalid queries with an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error.
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ 

Method Details

{ # The response message for SubscriptionsService.ListSubscriptions. "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. "subscriptions": [ # List of subscriptions. - { # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). A subscription to receive events about a Google Workspace resource. To learn more about subscriptions, see the [Google Workspace Events API overview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events). + { # A subscription to receive events about a Google Workspace resource. To learn more about subscriptions, see the [Google Workspace Events API overview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events). "authority": "A String", # Output only. The user who authorized the creation of the subscription. Format: `users/{user}` For Google Workspace users, the `{user}` value is the [`user.id`](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/directory/reference/rest/v1/users#User.FIELDS.ids) field from the Directory API. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the subscription is created. "etag": "A String", # Optional. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and might be sent on update requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. @@ -308,14 +308,14 @@

Method Details

patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) -
[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Updates or renews a Google Workspace subscription. To learn how to use this method, see [Update or renew a Google Workspace subscription](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events/guides/update-subscription).
+  
Updates or renews a Google Workspace subscription. To learn how to use this method, see [Update or renew a Google Workspace subscription](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events/guides/update-subscription).
 
 Args:
   name: string, Identifier. Resource name of the subscription. Format: `subscriptions/{subscription}` (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # [Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). A subscription to receive events about a Google Workspace resource. To learn more about subscriptions, see the [Google Workspace Events API overview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events).
+{ # A subscription to receive events about a Google Workspace resource. To learn more about subscriptions, see the [Google Workspace Events API overview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events).
   "authority": "A String", # Output only. The user who authorized the creation of the subscription. Format: `users/{user}` For Google Workspace users, the `{user}` value is the [`user.id`](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/directory/reference/rest/v1/users#User.FIELDS.ids) field from the Directory API.
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the subscription is created.
   "etag": "A String", # Optional. This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and might be sent on update requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding.
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ 

Method Details

reactivate(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Reactivates a suspended Google Workspace subscription. This method resets your subscription's `State` field to `ACTIVE`. Before you use this method, you must fix the error that suspended the subscription. This method will ignore or reject any subscription that isn't currently in a suspended state. To learn how to use this method, see [Reactivate a Google Workspace subscription](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events/guides/reactivate-subscription).
+  
Reactivates a suspended Google Workspace subscription. This method resets your subscription's `State` field to `ACTIVE`. Before you use this method, you must fix the error that suspended the subscription. This method will ignore or reject any subscription that isn't currently in a suspended state. To learn how to use this method, see [Reactivate a Google Workspace subscription](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events/guides/reactivate-subscription).
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Resource name of the subscription. Format: `subscriptions/{subscription}` (required)
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json
index 6b5692623f8..8ceafe0e58c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
 "canonicalName": "DataTransfer",
 "description": "Admin SDK lets administrators of enterprise domains to view and manage resources like user, groups etc. It also provides audit and usage reports of domain.",
 "discoveryVersion": "v1",
-"documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/",
+"documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/",
 "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true,
 "icons": {
 "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif",
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240618",
+"revision": "20250421",
 "rootUrl": "https://admin.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Application": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json
index 12af2776dfc..3f4e7482f59 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
 "canonicalName": "directory",
 "description": "Admin SDK lets administrators of enterprise domains to view and manage resources like user, groups etc. It also provides audit and usage reports of domain.",
 "discoveryVersion": "v1",
-"documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/",
+"documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/",
 "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true,
 "icons": {
 "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif",
@@ -4671,7 +4671,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250325",
+"revision": "20250421",
 "rootUrl": "https://admin.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Alias": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json
index eedb86f4051..bd6aa3ee217 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
 "canonicalName": "reports",
 "description": "Admin SDK lets administrators of enterprise domains to view and manage resources like user, groups etc. It also provides audit and usage reports of domain.",
 "discoveryVersion": "v1",
-"documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/",
+"documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/",
 "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true,
 "icons": {
 "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif",
@@ -150,8 +150,7 @@
 "chrome",
 "data_studio",
 "keep",
-"vault",
-"gemini_for_workspace"
+"vault"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "The Google Workspace Access Transparency activity reports return information about different types of Access Transparency activity events.",
@@ -175,11 +174,10 @@
 "The Chrome activity reports return information about Chrome browser and Chrome OS events.",
 "The Data Studio activity reports return information about various types of Data Studio activity events.",
 "The Keep application's activity reports return information about various Google Keep activity events. The Keep activity report is only available for Google Workspace Business and Enterprise customers.",
-"The Vault activity reports return information about various types of Vault activity events.",
-"The Gemini for Workspace app's activity reports return information about various types of Gemini activity events."
+"The Vault activity reports return information about various types of Vault activity events."
 ],
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "(access_transparency)|(admin)|(calendar)|(chat)|(chrome)|(context_aware_access)|(data_studio)|(drive)|(gcp)|(gplus)|(groups)|(groups_enterprise)|(jamboard)|(keep)|(login)|(meet)|(mobile)|(rules)|(saml)|(token)|(user_accounts)|(vault)|(gemini_for_workspace)",
+"pattern": "(access_transparency)|(admin)|(calendar)|(chat)|(chrome)|(context_aware_access)|(data_studio)|(drive)|(gcp)|(gplus)|(groups)|(groups_enterprise)|(jamboard)|(keep)|(login)|(meet)|(mobile)|(rules)|(saml)|(token)|(user_accounts)|(vault)",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -628,7 +626,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250331",
+"revision": "20250424",
 "rootUrl": "https://admin.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Activities": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json
index 4795f39a434..4d13e74a5e5 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json
@@ -315,6 +315,102 @@
 },
 "protocol": "rest",
 "resources": {
+"batchPredictionJobs": {
+"methods": {
+"create": {
+"description": "Creates a BatchPredictionJob. A BatchPredictionJob once created will right away be attempted to start.",
+"flatPath": "v1/batchPredictionJobs",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "aiplatform.batchPredictionJobs.create",
+"parameterOrder": [],
+"parameters": {
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The resource name of the Location to create the BatchPredictionJob in. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/batchPredictionJobs",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1BatchPredictionJob"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1BatchPredictionJob"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"get": {
+"description": "Gets a BatchPredictionJob",
+"flatPath": "v1/batchPredictionJobs/{batchPredictionJobsId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "aiplatform.batchPredictionJobs.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the BatchPredictionJob resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/batchPredictionJobs/{batch_prediction_job}`",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^batchPredictionJobs/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1BatchPredictionJob"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "Lists BatchPredictionJobs in a Location.",
+"flatPath": "v1/batchPredictionJobs",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "aiplatform.batchPredictionJobs.list",
+"parameterOrder": [],
+"parameters": {
+"filter": {
+"description": "The standard list filter. Supported fields: * `display_name` supports `=`, `!=` comparisons, and `:` wildcard. * `model_display_name` supports `=`, `!=` comparisons. * `state` supports `=`, `!=` comparisons. * `create_time` supports `=`, `!=`,`<`, `<=`,`>`, `>=` comparisons. `create_time` must be in RFC 3339 format. * `labels` supports general map functions that is: `labels.key=value` - key:value equality `labels.key:* - key existence Some examples of using the filter are: * `state=\"JOB_STATE_SUCCEEDED\" AND display_name:\"my_job_*\"` * `state!=\"JOB_STATE_FAILED\" OR display_name=\"my_job\"` * `NOT display_name=\"my_job\"` * `create_time>\"2021-05-18T00:00:00Z\"` * `labels.keyA=valueA` * `labels.keyB:*`",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "The standard list page size.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "The standard list page token. Typically obtained via ListBatchPredictionJobsResponse.next_page_token of the previous JobService.ListBatchPredictionJobs call.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The resource name of the Location to list the BatchPredictionJobs from. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"readMask": {
+"description": "Mask specifying which fields to read.",
+"format": "google-fieldmask",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/batchPredictionJobs",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ListBatchPredictionJobsResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+}
+}
+},
 "datasets": {
 "methods": {
 "create": {
@@ -827,6 +923,41 @@
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only"
 ]
 }
+},
+"resources": {
+"chat": {
+"methods": {
+"completions": {
+"description": "Exposes an OpenAI-compatible endpoint for chat completions.",
+"flatPath": "v1/endpoints/{endpointsId}/chat/completions",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "aiplatform.endpoints.chat.completions",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"endpoint"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"endpoint": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the endpoint requested to serve the prediction. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^endpoints/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+endpoint}/chat/completions",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleApiHttpBody"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleApiHttpBody"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only"
+]
+}
+}
+}
 }
 },
 "media": {
@@ -15363,6 +15494,161 @@
 }
 }
 },
+"ragEngineConfig": {
+"resources": {
+"operations": {
+"methods": {
+"cancel": {
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragEngineConfig/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.ragEngineConfig.operations.cancel",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ragEngineConfig/operations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}:cancel",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"delete": {
+"description": "Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragEngineConfig/operations/{operationsId}",
+"httpMethod": "DELETE",
+"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.ragEngineConfig.operations.delete",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the operation resource to be deleted.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ragEngineConfig/operations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"get": {
+"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragEngineConfig/operations/{operationsId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.ragEngineConfig.operations.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the operation resource.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ragEngineConfig/operations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragEngineConfig/operations",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.ragEngineConfig.operations.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"filter": {
+"description": "The standard list filter.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ragEngineConfig$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "The standard list page size.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "The standard list page token.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}/operations",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"wait": {
+"description": "Waits until the specified long-running operation is done or reaches at most a specified timeout, returning the latest state. If the operation is already done, the latest state is immediately returned. If the timeout specified is greater than the default HTTP/RPC timeout, the HTTP/RPC timeout is used. If the server does not support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Note that this method is on a best-effort basis. It may return the latest state before the specified timeout (including immediately), meaning even an immediate response is no guarantee that the operation is done.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragEngineConfig/operations/{operationsId}:wait",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.ragEngineConfig.operations.wait",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the operation resource to wait on.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ragEngineConfig/operations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"timeout": {
+"description": "The maximum duration to wait before timing out. If left blank, the wait will be at most the time permitted by the underlying HTTP/RPC protocol. If RPC context deadline is also specified, the shorter one will be used.",
+"format": "google-duration",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}:wait",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+}
+}
+}
+}
+},
 "reasoningEngines": {
 "methods": {
 "create": {
@@ -19555,7 +19841,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250322",
+"revision": "20250415",
 "rootUrl": "https://aiplatform.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionGenerateVideoResponse": {
@@ -20445,7 +20731,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "flipEnabled": {
-"description": "Optional. Whether to flip the candidate and baseline responses. This is only applicable to the pairwise metric. If enabled, also provide PairwiseMetricSpec.candidate_response_field_name and PairwiseMetricSpec.baseline_response_field_name. When rendering PairwiseMetricSpec.metric_prompt_template, the candidate and baseline fields will be flipped for half of the samples to reduce bias.",
+"description": "Optional. Default is true. Whether to flip the candidate and baseline responses. This is only applicable to the pairwise metric. If enabled, also provide PairwiseMetricSpec.candidate_response_field_name and PairwiseMetricSpec.baseline_response_field_name. When rendering PairwiseMetricSpec.metric_prompt_template, the candidate and baseline fields will be flipped for half of the samples to reduce bias.",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "samplingCount": {
@@ -25552,6 +25838,10 @@
 "description": "The fact used in grounding.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Fact",
 "properties": {
+"chunk": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagChunk",
+"description": "If present, chunk properties."
+},
 "query": {
 "description": "Query that is used to retrieve this fact.",
 "type": "string"
@@ -27109,7 +27399,7 @@
 "description": "Properties of the object.",
 "type": "any"
 },
-"description": "Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details.",
+"description": "Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details.",
 "type": "object"
 },
 "name": {
@@ -27207,7 +27497,7 @@
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GcsSource",
 "properties": {
 "uris": {
-"description": "Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames.",
+"description": "Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards.",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -27613,6 +27903,10 @@
 "format": "float",
 "type": "number"
 },
+"thinkingConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GenerationConfigThinkingConfig",
+"description": "Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking."
+},
 "topK": {
 "description": "Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used.",
 "format": "float",
@@ -27669,12 +27963,24 @@
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GenerationConfigRoutingConfigManualRoutingMode",
 "properties": {
 "modelName": {
-"description": "The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. e.g. 'gemini-1.5-pro-001'.",
+"description": "The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models).",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GenerationConfigThinkingConfig": {
+"description": "Config for thinking features.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GenerationConfigThinkingConfig",
+"properties": {
+"thinkingBudget": {
+"description": "Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GenericOperationMetadata": {
 "description": "Generic Metadata shared by all operations.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GenericOperationMetadata",
@@ -27848,6 +28154,10 @@
 "description": "Chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GroundingChunkRetrievedContext",
 "properties": {
+"ragChunk": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagChunk",
+"description": "Additional context for the RAG retrieval result. This is only populated when using the RAG retrieval tool."
+},
 "text": {
 "description": "Text of the attribution.",
 "type": "string"
@@ -32791,6 +33101,40 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1NotebookReservationAffinity": {
+"description": "Notebook Reservation Affinity for consuming Zonal reservation.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1NotebookReservationAffinity",
+"properties": {
+"consumeReservationType": {
+"description": "Required. Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: RESERVATION_ANY (default), RESERVATION_SPECIFIC, or RESERVATION_NONE. See Consuming reserved instances for examples.",
+"enum": [
+"RESERVATION_AFFINITY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"RESERVATION_NONE",
+"RESERVATION_ANY",
+"RESERVATION_SPECIFIC"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Default type.",
+"Do not consume from any allocated capacity.",
+"Consume any reservation available.",
+"Must consume from a specific reservation. Must specify key value fields for specifying the reservations."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"key": {
+"description": "Optional. Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a RESERVATION_SPECIFIC by name, use compute.googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"values": {
+"description": "Optional. Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This must be the full path name of Reservation.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1NotebookRuntime": {
 "description": "A runtime is a virtual machine allocated to a particular user for a particular Notebook file on temporary basis with lifetime limited to 24 hours.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1NotebookRuntime",
@@ -32909,6 +33253,11 @@ false
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
+"reservationAffinity": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1NotebookReservationAffinity",
+"description": "Output only. Reservation Affinity of the notebook runtime.",
+"readOnly": true
+},
 "runtimeState": {
 "description": "Output only. The runtime (instance) state of the NotebookRuntime.",
 "enum": [
@@ -33061,6 +33410,10 @@ false
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
+"reservationAffinity": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1NotebookReservationAffinity",
+"description": "Optional. Reservation Affinity of the notebook runtime template."
+},
 "serviceAccount": {
 "deprecated": true,
 "description": "Deprecated: This field is ignored and the \"Vertex AI Notebook Service Account\" (service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-aiplatform-vm.iam.gserviceaccount.com) is used for the runtime workload identity. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-notebook-service-account for more details. For NotebookExecutionJob, use NotebookExecutionJob.service_account instead. The service account that the runtime workload runs as. You can use any service account within the same project, but you must have the service account user permission to use the instance. If not specified, the [Compute Engine default service account](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used.",
@@ -34467,7 +34820,7 @@ false
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "service": {
-"description": "Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.",
+"description": "Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
@@ -35468,6 +35821,38 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagChunk": {
+"description": "A RagChunk includes the content of a chunk of a RagFile, and associated metadata.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagChunk",
+"properties": {
+"pageSpan": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagChunkPageSpan",
+"description": "If populated, represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document."
+},
+"text": {
+"description": "The content of the chunk.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagChunkPageSpan": {
+"description": "Represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagChunkPageSpan",
+"properties": {
+"firstPage": {
+"description": "Page where chunk starts in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"lastPage": {
+"description": "Page where chunk ends in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagContexts": {
 "description": "Relevant contexts for one query.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagContexts",
@@ -35486,6 +35871,10 @@ false
 "description": "A context of the query.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagContextsContext",
 "properties": {
+"chunk": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagChunk",
+"description": "Context of the retrieved chunk."
+},
 "score": {
 "description": "According to the underlying Vector DB and the selected metric type, the score can be either the distance or the similarity between the query and the context and its range depends on the metric type. For example, if the metric type is COSINE_DISTANCE, it represents the distance between the query and the context. The larger the distance, the less relevant the context is to the query. The range is [0, 2], while 0 means the most relevant and 2 means the least relevant.",
 "format": "double",
@@ -35789,7 +36178,7 @@ false
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagRetrievalConfigRankingLlmRanker",
 "properties": {
 "modelName": {
-"description": "Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro`",
+"description": "Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models).",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
@@ -36192,7 +36581,7 @@ false
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ReasoningEngineSpec",
 "properties": {
 "agentFramework": {
-"description": "Optional. The OSS agent framework used to develop the agent. Currently supported values: \"langchain\", \"langgraph\", \"ag2\", \"custom\".",
+"description": "Optional. The OSS agent framework used to develop the agent. Currently supported values: \"google-adk\", \"langchain\", \"langgraph\", \"ag2\", \"llama-index\", \"custom\".",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "classMethods": {
@@ -42030,6 +42419,10 @@ false
 "description": "The speech generation config.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1SpeechConfig",
 "properties": {
+"languageCode": {
+"description": "Optional. Language code (ISO 639. e.g. en-US) for the speech synthesization.",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "voiceConfig": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1VoiceConfig",
 "description": "The configuration for the speaker to use."
@@ -44914,7 +45307,7 @@ false
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TuningJob",
 "properties": {
 "baseModel": {
-"description": "The base model that is being tuned, e.g., \"gemini-1.0-pro-002\". .",
+"description": "The base model that is being tuned. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/tuning#supported_models).",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "createTime": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json
index 1e17d58ca28..feaa3a815fa 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json
@@ -315,6 +315,102 @@
 },
 "protocol": "rest",
 "resources": {
+"batchPredictionJobs": {
+"methods": {
+"create": {
+"description": "Creates a BatchPredictionJob. A BatchPredictionJob once created will right away be attempted to start.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta1/batchPredictionJobs",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "aiplatform.batchPredictionJobs.create",
+"parameterOrder": [],
+"parameters": {
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The resource name of the Location to create the BatchPredictionJob in. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta1/batchPredictionJobs",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1BatchPredictionJob"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1BatchPredictionJob"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"get": {
+"description": "Gets a BatchPredictionJob",
+"flatPath": "v1beta1/batchPredictionJobs/{batchPredictionJobsId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "aiplatform.batchPredictionJobs.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the BatchPredictionJob resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/batchPredictionJobs/{batch_prediction_job}`",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^batchPredictionJobs/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1BatchPredictionJob"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "Lists BatchPredictionJobs in a Location.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta1/batchPredictionJobs",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "aiplatform.batchPredictionJobs.list",
+"parameterOrder": [],
+"parameters": {
+"filter": {
+"description": "The standard list filter. Supported fields: * `display_name` supports `=`, `!=` comparisons, and `:` wildcard. * `model_display_name` supports `=`, `!=` comparisons. * `state` supports `=`, `!=` comparisons. * `create_time` supports `=`, `!=`,`<`, `<=`,`>`, `>=` comparisons. `create_time` must be in RFC 3339 format. * `labels` supports general map functions that is: `labels.key=value` - key:value equality `labels.key:* - key existence Some examples of using the filter are: * `state=\"JOB_STATE_SUCCEEDED\" AND display_name:\"my_job_*\"` * `state!=\"JOB_STATE_FAILED\" OR display_name=\"my_job\"` * `NOT display_name=\"my_job\"` * `create_time>\"2021-05-18T00:00:00Z\"` * `labels.keyA=valueA` * `labels.keyB:*`",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "The standard list page size.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "The standard list page token. Typically obtained via ListBatchPredictionJobsResponse.next_page_token of the previous JobService.ListBatchPredictionJobs call.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The resource name of the Location to list the BatchPredictionJobs from. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"readMask": {
+"description": "Mask specifying which fields to read.",
+"format": "google-fieldmask",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta1/batchPredictionJobs",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ListBatchPredictionJobsResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+}
+}
+},
 "datasets": {
 "methods": {
 "create": {
@@ -828,6 +924,41 @@
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only"
 ]
 }
+},
+"resources": {
+"chat": {
+"methods": {
+"completions": {
+"description": "Exposes an OpenAI-compatible endpoint for chat completions.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta1/endpoints/{endpointsId}/chat/completions",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "aiplatform.endpoints.chat.completions",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"endpoint"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"endpoint": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the endpoint requested to serve the prediction. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^endpoints/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta1/{+endpoint}/chat/completions",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleApiHttpBody"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleApiHttpBody"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only"
+]
+}
+}
+}
 }
 },
 "media": {
@@ -1127,6 +1258,31 @@
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
+"getRagEngineConfig": {
+"description": "Gets a RagEngineConfig.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragEngineConfig",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.getRagEngineConfig",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the RagEngineConfig resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragEngineConfig`",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ragEngineConfig$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagEngineConfig"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
 "list": {
 "description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations",
@@ -1201,6 +1357,34 @@
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
+},
+"updateRagEngineConfig": {
+"description": "Updates a RagEngineConfig.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragEngineConfig",
+"httpMethod": "PATCH",
+"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.updateRagEngineConfig",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Identifier. The name of the RagEngineConfig. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragEngineConfig`",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ragEngineConfig$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta1/{+name}",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagEngineConfig"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
 }
 },
 "resources": {
@@ -5609,7 +5793,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "exampleStore.exampleStoreConfig.vertexEmbeddingModel": {
-"description": "Required. The embedding model to be used for vector embedding. Immutable. Supported models: * \"textembedding-gecko@003\" * \"text-embedding-004\" * \"text-embedding-005\" * \"text-multilingual-embedding-002\"",
+"description": "Required. The embedding model to be used for vector embedding. Immutable. Supported models: * \"text-embedding-005\" * \"text-multilingual-embedding-002\"",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -17504,6 +17688,31 @@
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only"
 ]
 },
+"fetchPublisherModelConfig": {
+"description": "Fetches the configs of publisher models.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/publishers/{publishersId}/models/{modelsId}:fetchPublisherModelConfig",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.publishers.models.fetchPublisherModelConfig",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the publisher model, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/publishers/[^/]+/models/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:fetchPublisherModelConfig",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1PublisherModelConfig"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
 "generateContent": {
 "description": "Generate content with multimodal inputs.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/publishers/{publishersId}/models/{modelsId}:generateContent",
@@ -17680,6 +17889,34 @@
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only"
 ]
 },
+"setPublisherModelConfig": {
+"description": "Sets (creates or updates) configs of publisher models. For example, sets the request/response logging config.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/publishers/{publishersId}/models/{modelsId}:setPublisherModelConfig",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.publishers.models.setPublisherModelConfig",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the publisher model, in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/publishers/[^/]+/models/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:setPublisherModelConfig",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1SetPublisherModelConfigRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
 "streamGenerateContent": {
 "description": "Generate content with multimodal inputs with streaming support.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/publishers/{publishersId}/models/{modelsId}:streamGenerateContent",
@@ -18317,6 +18554,161 @@
 }
 }
 },
+"ragEngineConfig": {
+"resources": {
+"operations": {
+"methods": {
+"cancel": {
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragEngineConfig/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.ragEngineConfig.operations.cancel",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ragEngineConfig/operations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:cancel",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"delete": {
+"description": "Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragEngineConfig/operations/{operationsId}",
+"httpMethod": "DELETE",
+"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.ragEngineConfig.operations.delete",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the operation resource to be deleted.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ragEngineConfig/operations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"get": {
+"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragEngineConfig/operations/{operationsId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.ragEngineConfig.operations.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the operation resource.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ragEngineConfig/operations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragEngineConfig/operations",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.ragEngineConfig.operations.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"filter": {
+"description": "The standard list filter.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ragEngineConfig$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "The standard list page size.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "The standard list page token.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/operations",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"wait": {
+"description": "Waits until the specified long-running operation is done or reaches at most a specified timeout, returning the latest state. If the operation is already done, the latest state is immediately returned. If the timeout specified is greater than the default HTTP/RPC timeout, the HTTP/RPC timeout is used. If the server does not support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Note that this method is on a best-effort basis. It may return the latest state before the specified timeout (including immediately), meaning even an immediate response is no guarantee that the operation is done.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragEngineConfig/operations/{operationsId}:wait",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.ragEngineConfig.operations.wait",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the operation resource to wait on.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ragEngineConfig/operations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"timeout": {
+"description": "The maximum duration to wait before timing out. If left blank, the wait will be at most the time permitted by the underlying HTTP/RPC protocol. If RPC context deadline is also specified, the shorter one will be used.",
+"format": "google-duration",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:wait",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+}
+}
+}
+}
+},
 "reasoningEngines": {
 "methods": {
 "create": {
@@ -23040,7 +23432,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250322",
+"revision": "20250415",
 "rootUrl": "https://aiplatform.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionGenerateVideoResponse": {
@@ -24215,7 +24607,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "flipEnabled": {
-"description": "Optional. Whether to flip the candidate and baseline responses. This is only applicable to the pairwise metric. If enabled, also provide PairwiseMetricSpec.candidate_response_field_name and PairwiseMetricSpec.baseline_response_field_name. When rendering PairwiseMetricSpec.metric_prompt_template, the candidate and baseline fields will be flipped for half of the samples to reduce bias.",
+"description": "Optional. Default is true. Whether to flip the candidate and baseline responses. This is only applicable to the pairwise metric. If enabled, also provide PairwiseMetricSpec.candidate_response_field_name and PairwiseMetricSpec.baseline_response_field_name. When rendering PairwiseMetricSpec.metric_prompt_template, the candidate and baseline fields will be flipped for half of the samples to reduce bias.",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "samplingCount": {
@@ -28016,7 +28408,7 @@
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1DistillationSpec",
 "properties": {
 "baseTeacherModel": {
-"description": "The base teacher model that is being distilled, e.g., \"gemini-1.0-pro-002\".",
+"description": "The base teacher model that is being distilled. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/tuning#supported_models).",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "hyperParameters": {
@@ -28833,8 +29225,13 @@
 "description": "Optional. Indicates that the event is updating the state with the given delta.",
 "type": "object"
 },
-"transferToAgent": {
+"transferAgent": {
 "description": "Optional. If set, the event transfers to the specified agent.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"transferToAgent": {
+"deprecated": true,
+"description": "Deprecated. If set, the event transfers to the specified agent.",
 "type": "boolean"
 }
 },
@@ -29006,7 +29403,7 @@
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ExampleStoreConfig",
 "properties": {
 "vertexEmbeddingModel": {
-"description": "Required. The embedding model to be used for vector embedding. Immutable. Supported models: * \"textembedding-gecko@003\" * \"text-embedding-004\" * \"text-embedding-005\" * \"text-multilingual-embedding-002\"",
+"description": "Required. The embedding model to be used for vector embedding. Immutable. Supported models: * \"text-embedding-005\" * \"text-multilingual-embedding-002\"",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
@@ -30190,6 +30587,10 @@
 "description": "The fact used in grounding.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Fact",
 "properties": {
+"chunk": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagChunk",
+"description": "If present, chunk properties."
+},
 "query": {
 "description": "Query that is used to retrieve this fact.",
 "type": "string"
@@ -31776,7 +32177,7 @@
 "type": "array"
 },
 "nextPageToken": {
-"description": "A token, which can be sent as ListExamplesRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. Absence of this field indicates there are no subsequent pages.",
+"description": "A token, which can be sent as FetchExamplesRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. Absence of this field indicates there are no subsequent pages.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
@@ -32236,7 +32637,7 @@
 "description": "Properties of the object.",
 "type": "any"
 },
-"description": "Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details.",
+"description": "Optional. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details.",
 "type": "object"
 },
 "id": {
@@ -32342,7 +32743,7 @@
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GcsSource",
 "properties": {
 "uris": {
-"description": "Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames.",
+"description": "Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards.",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -32795,6 +33196,10 @@
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
+"modelConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenerationConfigModelConfig",
+"description": "Optional. Config for model selection."
+},
 "presencePenalty": {
 "description": "Optional. Positive penalties.",
 "format": "float",
@@ -32856,6 +33261,10 @@
 "format": "float",
 "type": "number"
 },
+"thinkingConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenerationConfigThinkingConfig",
+"description": "Optional. Config for thinking features. An error will be returned if this field is set for models that don't support thinking."
+},
 "topK": {
 "description": "Optional. If specified, top-k sampling will be used.",
 "format": "float",
@@ -32869,6 +33278,29 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenerationConfigModelConfig": {
+"description": "Config for model selection.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenerationConfigModelConfig",
+"properties": {
+"featureSelectionPreference": {
+"description": "Required. Feature selection preference.",
+"enum": [
+"FEATURE_SELECTION_PREFERENCE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"PRIORITIZE_QUALITY",
+"BALANCED",
+"PRIORITIZE_COST"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified feature selection preference.",
+"Prefer higher quality over lower cost.",
+"Balanced feature selection preference.",
+"Prefer lower cost over higher quality."
+],
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenerationConfigRoutingConfig": {
 "description": "The configuration for routing the request to a specific model.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenerationConfigRoutingConfig",
@@ -32912,12 +33344,24 @@
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenerationConfigRoutingConfigManualRoutingMode",
 "properties": {
 "modelName": {
-"description": "The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. e.g. 'gemini-1.5-pro-001'.",
+"description": "The model name to use. Only the public LLM models are accepted. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models).",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenerationConfigThinkingConfig": {
+"description": "Config for thinking features.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenerationConfigThinkingConfig",
+"properties": {
+"thinkingBudget": {
+"description": "Optional. Indicates the thinking budget in tokens. This is only applied when enable_thinking is true.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenericOperationMetadata": {
 "description": "Generic Metadata shared by all operations.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GenericOperationMetadata",
@@ -33091,6 +33535,10 @@
 "description": "Chunk from context retrieved by the retrieval tools.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GroundingChunkRetrievedContext",
 "properties": {
+"ragChunk": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagChunk",
+"description": "Additional context for the RAG retrieval result. This is only populated when using the RAG retrieval tool."
+},
 "text": {
 "description": "Text of the attribution.",
 "type": "string"
@@ -37264,7 +37712,7 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "gcsUri": {
-"description": "Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames.",
+"description": "Google Cloud Storage URI to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/wildcards.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
@@ -39049,6 +39497,40 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1NotebookReservationAffinity": {
+"description": "Notebook Reservation Affinity for consuming Zonal reservation.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1NotebookReservationAffinity",
+"properties": {
+"consumeReservationType": {
+"description": "Required. Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: RESERVATION_ANY (default), RESERVATION_SPECIFIC, or RESERVATION_NONE. See Consuming reserved instances for examples.",
+"enum": [
+"RESERVATION_AFFINITY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"RESERVATION_NONE",
+"RESERVATION_ANY",
+"RESERVATION_SPECIFIC"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Default type.",
+"Do not consume from any allocated capacity.",
+"Consume any reservation available.",
+"Must consume from a specific reservation. Must specify key value fields for specifying the reservations."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"key": {
+"description": "Optional. Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a RESERVATION_SPECIFIC by name, use compute.googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"values": {
+"description": "Optional. Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This must be the full path name of Reservation.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1NotebookRuntime": {
 "description": "A runtime is a virtual machine allocated to a particular user for a particular Notebook file on temporary basis with lifetime limited to 24 hours.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1NotebookRuntime",
@@ -39167,6 +39649,11 @@ false
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
+"reservationAffinity": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1NotebookReservationAffinity",
+"description": "Output only. Reservation Affinity of the notebook runtime.",
+"readOnly": true
+},
 "runtimeState": {
 "description": "Output only. The runtime (instance) state of the NotebookRuntime.",
 "enum": [
@@ -39319,6 +39806,10 @@ false
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
+"reservationAffinity": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1NotebookReservationAffinity",
+"description": "Optional. Reservation Affinity of the notebook runtime template."
+},
 "serviceAccount": {
 "deprecated": true,
 "description": "Deprecated: This field is ignored and the \"Vertex AI Notebook Service Account\" (service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-aiplatform-vm.iam.gserviceaccount.com) is used for the runtime workload identity. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-notebook-service-account for more details. For NotebookExecutionJob, use NotebookExecutionJob.service_account instead. The service account that the runtime workload runs as. You can use any service account within the same project, but you must have the service account user permission to use the instance. If not specified, the [Compute Engine default service account](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/access/service-accounts#default_service_account) is used.",
@@ -40681,10 +41172,19 @@ false
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1BigQueryDestination",
 "description": "BigQuery table for logging. If only given a project, a new dataset will be created with name `logging__` where will be made BigQuery-dataset-name compatible (e.g. most special characters will become underscores). If no table name is given, a new table will be created with name `request_response_logging`"
 },
+"enableOtelLogging": {
+"description": "This field is used for large models. If true, in addition to the original large model logs, logs will be converted in OTel schema format, and saved in otel_log column. Default value is false.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "enabled": {
 "description": "If logging is enabled or not.",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
+"requestResponseLoggingSchemaVersion": {
+"description": "Output only. The schema version used in creating the BigQuery table for the request response logging. The versions are \"v1\" and \"v2\". The current default version is \"v1\".",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
 "samplingRate": {
 "description": "Percentage of requests to be logged, expressed as a fraction in range(0,1].",
 "format": "double",
@@ -40911,7 +41411,7 @@ false
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "service": {
-"description": "Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest (see https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md). If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.",
+"description": "Service is the name of the service to place in the gRPC HealthCheckRequest. See https://github.com/grpc/grpc/blob/master/doc/health-checking.md. If this is not specified, the default behavior is defined by gRPC.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
@@ -41338,6 +41838,17 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1PublisherModelConfig": {
+"description": "This message contains configs of a publisher model.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1PublisherModelConfig",
+"properties": {
+"loggingConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1PredictRequestResponseLoggingConfig",
+"description": "The prediction request/response logging config."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1PublisherModelDocumentation": {
 "description": "A named piece of documentation.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1PublisherModelDocumentation",
@@ -41994,6 +42505,38 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagChunk": {
+"description": "A RagChunk includes the content of a chunk of a RagFile, and associated metadata.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagChunk",
+"properties": {
+"pageSpan": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagChunkPageSpan",
+"description": "If populated, represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document."
+},
+"text": {
+"description": "The content of the chunk.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagChunkPageSpan": {
+"description": "Represents where the chunk starts and ends in the document.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagChunkPageSpan",
+"properties": {
+"firstPage": {
+"description": "Page where chunk starts in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"lastPage": {
+"description": "Page where chunk ends in the document. Inclusive. 1-indexed.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagContexts": {
 "description": "Relevant contexts for one query.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagContexts",
@@ -42012,6 +42555,10 @@ false
 "description": "A context of the query.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagContextsContext",
 "properties": {
+"chunk": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagChunk",
+"description": "Context of the retrieved chunk."
+},
 "distance": {
 "deprecated": true,
 "description": "The distance between the query dense embedding vector and the context text vector.",
@@ -42188,6 +42735,21 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagEngineConfig": {
+"description": "Config for RagEngine.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagEngineConfig",
+"properties": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Identifier. The name of the RagEngineConfig. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragEngineConfig`",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"ragManagedDbConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagManagedDbConfig",
+"description": "The config of the RagManagedDb used by RagEngine."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagFile": {
 "description": "A RagFile contains user data for chunking, embedding and indexing.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagFile",
@@ -42405,6 +42967,33 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagManagedDbConfig": {
+"description": "Configuration message for RagManagedDb used by RagEngine.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagManagedDbConfig",
+"properties": {
+"basic": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagManagedDbConfigBasic",
+"description": "Sets the RagManagedDb to the Basic tier."
+},
+"enterprise": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagManagedDbConfigEnterprise",
+"description": "Sets the RagManagedDb to the Enterprise tier. This is the default tier if not explicitly chosen."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagManagedDbConfigBasic": {
+"description": "Basic tier is a cost-effective and low compute tier suitable for the following cases: * Experimenting with RagManagedDb. * Small data size. * Latency insensitive workload. * Only using RAG Engine with external vector DBs.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagManagedDbConfigBasic",
+"properties": {},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagManagedDbConfigEnterprise": {
+"description": "Enterprise tier offers production grade performance along with autoscaling functionality. It is suitable for customers with large amounts of data or performance sensitive workloads. NOTE: This is the default tier if not explicitly chosen.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagManagedDbConfigEnterprise",
+"properties": {},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagQuery": {
 "description": "A query to retrieve relevant contexts.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagQuery",
@@ -42520,7 +43109,7 @@ false
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfigRankingLlmRanker",
 "properties": {
 "modelName": {
-"description": "Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro`",
+"description": "Optional. The model name used for ranking. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/inference#supported-models).",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
@@ -42964,7 +43553,7 @@ false
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ReasoningEngineSpec",
 "properties": {
 "agentFramework": {
-"description": "Optional. The OSS agent framework used to develop the agent. Currently supported values: \"langchain\", \"langgraph\", \"ag2\", \"custom\".",
+"description": "Optional. The OSS agent framework used to develop the agent. Currently supported values: \"google-adk\", \"langchain\", \"langgraph\", \"ag2\", \"llama-index\", \"custom\".",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "classMethods": {
@@ -49120,6 +49709,17 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1SetPublisherModelConfigRequest": {
+"description": "Request message for EndpointService.SetPublisherModelConfig.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1SetPublisherModelConfigRequest",
+"properties": {
+"publisherModelConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1PublisherModelConfig",
+"description": "Required. The publisher model config."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1SharePointSources": {
 "description": "The SharePointSources to pass to ImportRagFiles.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1SharePointSources",
@@ -49353,6 +49953,10 @@ false
 "description": "The speech generation config.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1SpeechConfig",
 "properties": {
+"languageCode": {
+"description": "Optional. Language code (ISO 639. e.g. en-US) for the speech synthesization.",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "voiceConfig": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1VoiceConfig",
 "description": "The configuration for the speaker to use."
@@ -52500,7 +53104,7 @@ false
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TuningJob",
 "properties": {
 "baseModel": {
-"description": "The base model that is being tuned, e.g., \"gemini-1.0-pro-002\". .",
+"description": "The base model that is being tuned. See [Supported models](https://cloud.google.com/vertex-ai/generative-ai/docs/model-reference/tuning#supported_models).",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "createTime": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json
index 6d78c4c856d..4ee41b5c22c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json
@@ -11063,7 +11063,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250414",
+"revision": "20250421",
 "rootUrl": "https://apigee.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "EdgeConfigstoreBundleBadBundle": {
@@ -11942,7 +11942,7 @@
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "expiresAt": {
-"description": "Output only. Time at which the API Security add-on expires in in milliseconds since epoch. If unspecified, the add-on will never expire.",
+"description": "Output only. Time at which the API Security add-on expires in milliseconds since epoch. If unspecified, the add-on will never expire.",
 "format": "int64",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json
index a2d8f2ff122..92d7a67fb4b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json
@@ -233,6 +233,16 @@
 "description": "Regional Endpoint",
 "endpointUrl": "https://artifactregistry.me-central2.rep.googleapis.com/",
 "location": "me-central2"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://artifactregistry.us.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "us"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://artifactregistry.eu.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "eu"
 }
 ],
 "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true,
@@ -426,6 +436,12 @@
 "name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
+"extraLocationTypes": {
+"description": "Optional. A list of extra location types that should be used as conditions for controlling the visibility of the locations.",
+"location": "query",
+"repeated": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
 "filter": {
 "description": "A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like `\"displayName=tokyo\"`, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).",
 "location": "query",
@@ -1424,7 +1440,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241010",
+"revision": "20250415",
 "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AptArtifact": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blockchainnodeengine.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blockchainnodeengine.v1.json
index fb97a2cd099..fe7daf045ba 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blockchainnodeengine.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blockchainnodeengine.v1.json
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250326",
+"revision": "20250416",
 "rootUrl": "https://blockchainnodeengine.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "BlockchainNode": {
@@ -540,7 +540,8 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "privateServiceConnectEnabled": {
-"description": "Optional. When true, the node is only accessible via Private Service Connect; no public endpoints are exposed. Otherwise, the node is only accessible via public endpoints. Warning: Private Service Connect enabled nodes may require a manual migration effort to remain compatible with future versions of the product. If this feature is enabled, you will be notified of these changes along with any required action to avoid disruption. See https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/private-service-connect.",
+"deprecated": true,
+"description": "Optional. When true, the node is only accessible via Private Service Connect; no public endpoints are exposed. Otherwise, the node is only accessible via public endpoints. Warning: These nodes are deprecated, please use public endpoints instead.",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "state": {
@@ -980,6 +981,7 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "managedValidatorClient": {
+"deprecated": true,
 "description": "Immutable. When true, deploys a GCP-managed validator client alongside the beacon client.",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json
index 824e438fdbc..32c4040dfa2 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json
@@ -1526,7 +1526,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250406",
+"revision": "20250417",
 "rootUrl": "https://chat.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AccessSettings": {
@@ -2528,8 +2528,8 @@
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Don't use. Unspecified.",
-"Default value. No border.",
-"Outline."
+"No border.",
+"Default value. Outline."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 }
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json
index c766b6f7a8a..912e6a43741 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 "batchPath": "batch",
 "description": "Manages classes, rosters, and invitations in Google Classroom.",
 "discoveryVersion": "v1",
-"documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/classroom/",
+"documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/",
 "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true,
 "icons": {
 "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif",
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "updateGradingPeriodSettings": {
-"description": "Updates grading period settings of a course. Individual grading periods can be added, removed, or modified using this method. The requesting user and course owner must be eligible to modify Grading Periods. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/classroom/grading-periods/manage-grading-periods#licensing_requirements). This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user is not permitted to modify the grading period settings in a course or for access errors: * UserIneligibleToUpdateGradingPeriodSettings * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course does not exist.",
+"description": "Updates grading period settings of a course. Individual grading periods can be added, removed, or modified using this method. The requesting user and course owner must be eligible to modify Grading Periods. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/grading-periods/manage-grading-periods#licensing_requirements). This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user is not permitted to modify the grading period settings in a course or for access errors: * UserIneligibleToUpdateGradingPeriodSettings * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course does not exist.",
 "flatPath": "v1/courses/{courseId}/gradingPeriodSettings",
 "httpMethod": "PATCH",
 "id": "classroom.courses.updateGradingPeriodSettings",
@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "getAddOnContext": {
-"description": "Gets metadata for Classroom add-ons in the context of a specific post. To maintain the integrity of its own data and permissions model, an add-on should call this to validate query parameters and the requesting user's role whenever the add-on is opened in an [iframe](https://developers.google.com/classroom/add-ons/get-started/iframes/iframes-overview). This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` for access errors. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if one of the identified resources does not exist.",
+"description": "Gets metadata for Classroom add-ons in the context of a specific post. To maintain the integrity of its own data and permissions model, an add-on should call this to validate query parameters and the requesting user's role whenever the add-on is opened in an [iframe](https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/add-ons/get-started/iframes/iframes-overview). This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` for access errors. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if one of the identified resources does not exist.",
 "flatPath": "v1/courses/{courseId}/announcements/{itemId}/addOnContext",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
 "id": "classroom.courses.announcements.getAddOnContext",
@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "attachmentId": {
-"description": "Optional. The identifier of the attachment. This field is required for all requests except when the user is in the [Attachment Discovery iframe](https://developers.google.com/classroom/add-ons/get-started/iframes/attachment-discovery-iframe).",
+"description": "Optional. The identifier of the attachment. This field is required for all requests except when the user is in the [Attachment Discovery iframe](https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/add-ons/get-started/iframes/attachment-discovery-iframe).",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "getAddOnContext": {
-"description": "Gets metadata for Classroom add-ons in the context of a specific post. To maintain the integrity of its own data and permissions model, an add-on should call this to validate query parameters and the requesting user's role whenever the add-on is opened in an [iframe](https://developers.google.com/classroom/add-ons/get-started/iframes/iframes-overview). This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` for access errors. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if one of the identified resources does not exist.",
+"description": "Gets metadata for Classroom add-ons in the context of a specific post. To maintain the integrity of its own data and permissions model, an add-on should call this to validate query parameters and the requesting user's role whenever the add-on is opened in an [iframe](https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/add-ons/get-started/iframes/iframes-overview). This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` for access errors. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if one of the identified resources does not exist.",
 "flatPath": "v1/courses/{courseId}/courseWork/{itemId}/addOnContext",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
 "id": "classroom.courses.courseWork.getAddOnContext",
@@ -1146,7 +1146,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "attachmentId": {
-"description": "Optional. The identifier of the attachment. This field is required for all requests except when the user is in the [Attachment Discovery iframe](https://developers.google.com/classroom/add-ons/get-started/iframes/attachment-discovery-iframe).",
+"description": "Optional. The identifier of the attachment. This field is required for all requests except when the user is in the [Attachment Discovery iframe](https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/add-ons/get-started/iframes/attachment-discovery-iframe).",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -1314,7 +1314,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "updateRubric": {
-"description": "Updates a rubric. See google.classroom.v1.Rubric for details of which fields can be updated. Rubric update capabilities are [limited](/classroom/rubrics/limitations) once grading has started. The requesting user and course owner must have rubrics creation capabilities. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/classroom/rubrics/limitations#license-requirements). This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding course work, if the user isn't permitted to make the requested modification to the rubric, or for access errors. This error code is also returned if grading has already started on the rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course, course work, or rubric doesn't exist or if the user doesn't have access to the corresponding course work. * `INTERNAL` if grading has already started on the rubric.",
+"description": "Updates a rubric. See google.classroom.v1.Rubric for details of which fields can be updated. Rubric update capabilities are [limited](/classroom/rubrics/limitations) once grading has started. The requesting user and course owner must have rubrics creation capabilities. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/rubrics/limitations#license-requirements). This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding course work, if the user isn't permitted to make the requested modification to the rubric, or for access errors. This error code is also returned if grading has already started on the rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course, course work, or rubric doesn't exist or if the user doesn't have access to the corresponding course work. * `INTERNAL` if grading has already started on the rubric.",
 "flatPath": "v1/courses/{courseId}/courseWork/{courseWorkId}/rubric",
 "httpMethod": "PATCH",
 "id": "classroom.courses.courseWork.updateRubric",
@@ -1721,7 +1721,7 @@
 "rubrics": {
 "methods": {
 "create": {
-"description": "Creates a rubric. The requesting user and course owner must have rubrics creation capabilities. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/classroom/rubrics/limitations#license-requirements). For further details, see [Rubrics structure and known limitations](/classroom/rubrics/limitations). This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user isn't permitted to create rubrics for course work in the requested course. * `INTERNAL` if the request has insufficient OAuth scopes. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course or course work don't exist or the user doesn't have access to the course or course work. * `FAILED_PRECONDITION` for the following request error: * `AttachmentNotVisible`",
+"description": "Creates a rubric. The requesting user and course owner must have rubrics creation capabilities. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/rubrics/limitations#license-requirements). For further details, see [Rubrics structure and known limitations](/classroom/rubrics/limitations). This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user isn't permitted to create rubrics for course work in the requested course. * `INTERNAL` if the request has insufficient OAuth scopes. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course or course work don't exist or the user doesn't have access to the course or course work. * `FAILED_PRECONDITION` for the following request error: * `AttachmentNotVisible`",
 "flatPath": "v1/courses/{courseId}/courseWork/{courseWorkId}/rubrics",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "classroom.courses.courseWork.rubrics.create",
@@ -1755,7 +1755,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "delete": {
-"description": "Deletes a rubric. The requesting user and course owner must have rubrics creation capabilities. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/classroom/rubrics/limitations#license-requirements). This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the corresponding rubric. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding rubric, or if the requesting user isn't permitted to delete the requested rubric. * `NOT_FOUND` if no rubric exists with the requested ID or the user does not have access to the course, course work, or rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if grading has already started on the rubric.",
+"description": "Deletes a rubric. The requesting user and course owner must have rubrics creation capabilities. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/rubrics/limitations#license-requirements). This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the corresponding rubric. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding rubric, or if the requesting user isn't permitted to delete the requested rubric. * `NOT_FOUND` if no rubric exists with the requested ID or the user does not have access to the course, course work, or rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if grading has already started on the rubric.",
 "flatPath": "v1/courses/{courseId}/courseWork/{courseWorkId}/rubrics/{id}",
 "httpMethod": "DELETE",
 "id": "classroom.courses.courseWork.rubrics.delete",
@@ -1879,7 +1879,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "patch": {
-"description": "Updates a rubric. See google.classroom.v1.Rubric for details of which fields can be updated. Rubric update capabilities are [limited](/classroom/rubrics/limitations) once grading has started. The requesting user and course owner must have rubrics creation capabilities. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/classroom/rubrics/limitations#license-requirements). This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding course work, if the user isn't permitted to make the requested modification to the rubric, or for access errors. This error code is also returned if grading has already started on the rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course, course work, or rubric doesn't exist or if the user doesn't have access to the corresponding course work. * `INTERNAL` if grading has already started on the rubric.",
+"description": "Updates a rubric. See google.classroom.v1.Rubric for details of which fields can be updated. Rubric update capabilities are [limited](/classroom/rubrics/limitations) once grading has started. The requesting user and course owner must have rubrics creation capabilities. For details, see [licensing requirements](https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/rubrics/limitations#license-requirements). This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding course work, if the user isn't permitted to make the requested modification to the rubric, or for access errors. This error code is also returned if grading has already started on the rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course, course work, or rubric doesn't exist or if the user doesn't have access to the corresponding course work. * `INTERNAL` if grading has already started on the rubric.",
 "flatPath": "v1/courses/{courseId}/courseWork/{courseWorkId}/rubrics/{id}",
 "httpMethod": "PATCH",
 "id": "classroom.courses.courseWork.rubrics.patch",
@@ -2371,7 +2371,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "getAddOnContext": {
-"description": "Gets metadata for Classroom add-ons in the context of a specific post. To maintain the integrity of its own data and permissions model, an add-on should call this to validate query parameters and the requesting user's role whenever the add-on is opened in an [iframe](https://developers.google.com/classroom/add-ons/get-started/iframes/iframes-overview). This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` for access errors. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if one of the identified resources does not exist.",
+"description": "Gets metadata for Classroom add-ons in the context of a specific post. To maintain the integrity of its own data and permissions model, an add-on should call this to validate query parameters and the requesting user's role whenever the add-on is opened in an [iframe](https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/add-ons/get-started/iframes/iframes-overview). This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` for access errors. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if one of the identified resources does not exist.",
 "flatPath": "v1/courses/{courseId}/courseWorkMaterials/{itemId}/addOnContext",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
 "id": "classroom.courses.courseWorkMaterials.getAddOnContext",
@@ -2386,7 +2386,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "attachmentId": {
-"description": "Optional. The identifier of the attachment. This field is required for all requests except when the user is in the [Attachment Discovery iframe](https://developers.google.com/classroom/add-ons/get-started/iframes/attachment-discovery-iframe).",
+"description": "Optional. The identifier of the attachment. This field is required for all requests except when the user is in the [Attachment Discovery iframe](https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/add-ons/get-started/iframes/attachment-discovery-iframe).",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -2773,7 +2773,7 @@
 "posts": {
 "methods": {
 "getAddOnContext": {
-"description": "Gets metadata for Classroom add-ons in the context of a specific post. To maintain the integrity of its own data and permissions model, an add-on should call this to validate query parameters and the requesting user's role whenever the add-on is opened in an [iframe](https://developers.google.com/classroom/add-ons/get-started/iframes/iframes-overview). This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` for access errors. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if one of the identified resources does not exist.",
+"description": "Gets metadata for Classroom add-ons in the context of a specific post. To maintain the integrity of its own data and permissions model, an add-on should call this to validate query parameters and the requesting user's role whenever the add-on is opened in an [iframe](https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/add-ons/get-started/iframes/iframes-overview). This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` for access errors. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if one of the identified resources does not exist.",
 "flatPath": "v1/courses/{courseId}/posts/{postId}/addOnContext",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
 "id": "classroom.courses.posts.getAddOnContext",
@@ -2788,7 +2788,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "attachmentId": {
-"description": "Optional. The identifier of the attachment. This field is required for all requests except when the user is in the [Attachment Discovery iframe](https://developers.google.com/classroom/add-ons/get-started/iframes/attachment-discovery-iframe).",
+"description": "Optional. The identifier of the attachment. This field is required for all requests except when the user is in the [Attachment Discovery iframe](https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/add-ons/get-started/iframes/attachment-discovery-iframe).",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -3178,7 +3178,7 @@
 "students": {
 "methods": {
 "create": {
-"description": "Adds a user as a student of a course. Domain administrators are permitted to [directly add](https://developers.google.com/classroom/guides/manage-users) users within their domain as students to courses within their domain. Students are permitted to add themselves to a course using an enrollment code. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user is not permitted to create students in this course or for access errors. * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course ID does not exist. * `FAILED_PRECONDITION` if the requested user's account is disabled, for the following request errors: * CourseMemberLimitReached * CourseNotModifiable * UserGroupsMembershipLimitReached * InactiveCourseOwner * `ALREADY_EXISTS` if the user is already a student or teacher in the course.",
+"description": "Adds a user as a student of a course. Domain administrators are permitted to [directly add](https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/guides/manage-users) users within their domain as students to courses within their domain. Students are permitted to add themselves to a course using an enrollment code. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user is not permitted to create students in this course or for access errors. * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course ID does not exist. * `FAILED_PRECONDITION` if the requested user's account is disabled, for the following request errors: * CourseMemberLimitReached * CourseNotModifiable * UserGroupsMembershipLimitReached * InactiveCourseOwner * `ALREADY_EXISTS` if the user is already a student or teacher in the course.",
 "flatPath": "v1/courses/{courseId}/students",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "classroom.courses.students.create",
@@ -3319,7 +3319,7 @@
 "teachers": {
 "methods": {
 "create": {
-"description": "Creates a teacher of a course. Domain administrators are permitted to [directly add](https://developers.google.com/classroom/guides/manage-users) users within their domain as teachers to courses within their domain. Non-admin users should send an Invitation instead. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user is not permitted to create teachers in this course or for access errors. * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course ID does not exist. * `FAILED_PRECONDITION` if the requested user's account is disabled, for the following request errors: * CourseMemberLimitReached * CourseNotModifiable * CourseTeacherLimitReached * UserGroupsMembershipLimitReached * InactiveCourseOwner * `ALREADY_EXISTS` if the user is already a teacher or student in the course.",
+"description": "Creates a teacher of a course. Domain administrators are permitted to [directly add](https://developers.google.com/workspace/classroom/guides/manage-users) users within their domain as teachers to courses within their domain. Non-admin users should send an Invitation instead. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user is not permitted to create teachers in this course or for access errors. * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course ID does not exist. * `FAILED_PRECONDITION` if the requested user's account is disabled, for the following request errors: * CourseMemberLimitReached * CourseNotModifiable * CourseTeacherLimitReached * UserGroupsMembershipLimitReached * InactiveCourseOwner * `ALREADY_EXISTS` if the user is already a teacher or student in the course.",
 "flatPath": "v1/courses/{courseId}/teachers",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "classroom.courses.teachers.create",
@@ -4107,7 +4107,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250331",
+"revision": "20250420",
 "rootUrl": "https://classroom.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AddOnAttachment": {
@@ -5573,7 +5573,7 @@
 },
 "form": {
 "$ref": "Form",
-"description": "Google Forms material."
+"description": "Google Forms material. Read-only."
 },
 "link": {
 "$ref": "Link",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json
index 65e5c551a7e..70f461504d3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v1.json
@@ -88,6 +88,11 @@
 },
 {
 "description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.europe-north2.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "europe-north2"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
 "endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.europe-southwest1.rep.googleapis.com/",
 "location": "europe-southwest1"
 },
@@ -2568,7 +2573,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250303",
+"revision": "20250418",
 "rootUrl": "https://cloudbuild.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "ApprovalConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v2.json
index 8d69f153e2e..dfcb452c46f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudbuild.v2.json
@@ -88,6 +88,11 @@
 },
 {
 "description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.europe-north2.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "europe-north2"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
 "endpointUrl": "https://cloudbuild.europe-southwest1.rep.googleapis.com/",
 "location": "europe-southwest1"
 },
@@ -1082,7 +1087,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250321",
+"revision": "20250418",
 "rootUrl": "https://cloudbuild.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AuditConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json
index 5a7e436b005..500d70c409e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json
@@ -2289,7 +2289,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250412",
+"revision": "20250419",
 "rootUrl": "https://cloudchannel.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleCloudChannelV1ActivateEntitlementRequest": {
@@ -2430,7 +2430,7 @@
 "type": "array"
 },
 "priceReferenceId": {
-"description": "Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Optional field only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order.",
+"description": "Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "purchaseOrderId": {
@@ -2866,6 +2866,20 @@
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
+"customerAttestationState": {
+"description": "Optional. Indicate if a customer is attesting about the correctness of provided information. Only required if creating a GCP Entitlement.",
+"enum": [
+"CUSTOMER_ATTESTATION_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"EXEMPT",
+"NON_EXEMPT_AND_INFO_VERIFIED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Default value if not set yet",
+"Customer is exempt from attesting based on exemption list at https://cloud.google.com/terms/direct-tos-exemptions. Contact information of customer will be mandatory.",
+"Customer is not exempt and has verified the information provided is correct. Contact information of customer will be mandatory."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
 "domain": {
 "description": "Required. The customer's primary domain. Must match the primary contact email's domain.",
 "type": "string"
@@ -3109,7 +3123,7 @@
 "type": "array"
 },
 "priceReferenceId": {
-"description": "Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Optional field only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order.",
+"description": "Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "provisionedService": {
@@ -3567,7 +3581,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "offers": {
-"description": "The list of Offers requested.",
+"description": "The list of Offers requested. The pricing information for each Offer only includes the base price. Effective prices and discounts aren't populated.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudChannelV1Offer"
 },
@@ -4326,7 +4340,7 @@
 "description": "Offer."
 },
 "priceReferenceId": {
-"description": "Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Optional field only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order.",
+"description": "Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
@@ -4902,7 +4916,7 @@
 "description": "Offer with parameter constraints updated to allow the Transfer."
 },
 "priceReferenceId": {
-"description": "Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Optional field only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order.",
+"description": "Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
@@ -5230,7 +5244,7 @@
 "type": "array"
 },
 "priceReferenceId": {
-"description": "Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Optional field only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order.",
+"description": "Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "provisionedService": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json
index 926744e0466..74740445352 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json
@@ -2354,7 +2354,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250409",
+"revision": "20250416",
 "rootUrl": "https://clouddeploy.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AbandonReleaseRequest": {
@@ -6678,11 +6678,11 @@ true
 "properties": {
 "postdeploy": {
 "$ref": "Postdeploy",
-"description": "Optional. Configuration for the postdeploy job. If this is not configured, postdeploy job will not be present."
+"description": "Optional. Configuration for the postdeploy job. If this is not configured, the postdeploy job will not be present."
 },
 "predeploy": {
 "$ref": "Predeploy",
-"description": "Optional. Configuration for the predeploy job. If this is not configured, predeploy job will not be present."
+"description": "Optional. Configuration for the predeploy job. If this is not configured, the predeploy job will not be present."
 },
 "verify": {
 "description": "Optional. Whether to verify a deployment via `skaffold verify`.",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json
index 0efb1968ce9..7ee78b5c8bc 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2.json
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240707",
+"revision": "20250417",
 "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AuditConfig": {
@@ -705,6 +705,14 @@
 "description": "A Folder in an Organization's resource hierarchy, used to organize that Organization's resources.",
 "id": "Folder",
 "properties": {
+"configuredCapabilities": {
+"description": "Output only. Optional capabilities configured for this folder (via UpdateCapability API). Example: `folders/123/capabilities/app-management`.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "array"
+},
 "createTime": {
 "description": "Output only. Timestamp when the Folder was created. Assigned by the server.",
 "format": "google-datetime",
@@ -730,6 +738,11 @@
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
+"managementProject": {
+"description": "Output only. Management Project associated with this folder (if app-management capability is enabled). Example: `projects/google-mp-123` OUTPUT ONLY.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
 "name": {
 "description": "Output only. The resource name of the Folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: \"folders/1234\".",
 "readOnly": true,
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json
index 9665c6fd810..82c98e09375 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v2beta1.json
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240707",
+"revision": "20250417",
 "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AuditConfig": {
@@ -705,6 +705,14 @@
 "description": "A Folder in an Organization's resource hierarchy, used to organize that Organization's resources.",
 "id": "Folder",
 "properties": {
+"configuredCapabilities": {
+"description": "Output only. Optional capabilities configured for this folder (via UpdateCapability API). Example: `folders/123/capabilities/app-management`.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "array"
+},
 "createTime": {
 "description": "Output only. Timestamp when the Folder was created. Assigned by the server.",
 "format": "google-datetime",
@@ -730,6 +738,11 @@
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
+"managementProject": {
+"description": "Output only. Management Project associated with this folder (if app-management capability is enabled). Example: `projects/google-mp-123` OUTPUT ONLY.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
 "name": {
 "description": "Output only. The resource name of the Folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: \"folders/1234\".",
 "readOnly": true,
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json
index 75b0dfb1cc5..719989f6a1a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudresourcemanager.v3.json
@@ -462,6 +462,71 @@
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 }
+},
+"resources": {
+"capabilities": {
+"methods": {
+"get": {
+"description": "Retrieves the Capability identified by the supplied resource name.",
+"flatPath": "v3/folders/{foldersId}/capabilities/{capabilitiesId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "cloudresourcemanager.folders.capabilities.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the capability to get. For example, `folders/123/capabilities/app-management`",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^folders/[^/]+/capabilities/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v3/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Capability"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"patch": {
+"description": "Updates the Capability.",
+"flatPath": "v3/folders/{foldersId}/capabilities/{capabilitiesId}",
+"httpMethod": "PATCH",
+"id": "cloudresourcemanager.folders.capabilities.patch",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of the capability. Must be in the following form: * `folders/{folder_id}/capabilities/{capability_name}` For example, `folders/123/capabilities/app-management` Following are the allowed {capability_name} values: * `app-management`",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^folders/[^/]+/capabilities/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"updateMask": {
+"description": "Optional. The list of fields to update. Only [Capability.value] can be updated.",
+"format": "google-fieldmask",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v3/{+name}",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "Capability"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+}
+}
+}
 }
 },
 "liens": {
@@ -1805,7 +1870,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250206",
+"revision": "20250417",
 "rootUrl": "https://cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AuditConfig": {
@@ -1878,6 +1943,21 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"Capability": {
+"description": "Representation of a Capability.",
+"id": "Capability",
+"properties": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of the capability. Must be in the following form: * `folders/{folder_id}/capabilities/{capability_name}` For example, `folders/123/capabilities/app-management` Following are the allowed {capability_name} values: * `app-management`",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"value": {
+"description": "Required. The configured value of the capability at the given parent resource.",
+"type": "boolean"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "CloudresourcemanagerGoogleCloudResourcemanagerV2alpha1FolderOperation": {
 "description": "Metadata describing a long running folder operation",
 "id": "CloudresourcemanagerGoogleCloudResourcemanagerV2alpha1FolderOperation",
@@ -2097,6 +2177,14 @@
 "description": "A folder in an organization's resource hierarchy, used to organize that organization's resources.",
 "id": "Folder",
 "properties": {
+"configuredCapabilities": {
+"description": "Output only. Optional capabilities configured for this folder (via UpdateCapability API). Example: `folders/123/capabilities/app-management`.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "array"
+},
 "createTime": {
 "description": "Output only. Timestamp when the folder was created.",
 "format": "google-datetime",
@@ -2118,6 +2206,11 @@
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
+"managementProject": {
+"description": "Output only. Management Project associated with this folder (if app-management capability is enabled). Example: `projects/google-mp-123` OUTPUT ONLY.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
 "name": {
 "description": "Output only. The resource name of the folder. Its format is `folders/{folder_id}`, for example: \"folders/1234\".",
 "readOnly": true,
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v1.json
index 00ba240e2ec..a5097b760c7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v1.json
@@ -873,188 +873,6 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"endUserAuthentications": {
-"methods": {
-"create": {
-"description": "Creates a new EndUserAuthentication in a given project,location and connection.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/connections/{connectionsId}/endUserAuthentications",
-"httpMethod": "POST",
-"id": "connectors.projects.locations.connections.endUserAuthentications.create",
-"parameterOrder": [
-"parent"
-],
-"parameters": {
-"endUserAuthenticationId": {
-"description": "Required. Identifier to assign to the EndUserAuthentication. Must be unique within scope of the parent resource.",
-"location": "query",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"parent": {
-"description": "Required. Parent resource of the EndUserAuthentication, of the form: `projects/*/locations/*/connections/*`",
-"location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/connections/[^/]+$",
-"required": true,
-"type": "string"
-}
-},
-"path": "v1/{+parent}/endUserAuthentications",
-"request": {
-"$ref": "EndUserAuthentication"
-},
-"response": {
-"$ref": "Operation"
-},
-"scopes": [
-"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
-]
-},
-"delete": {
-"description": "Deletes a single EndUserAuthentication.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/connections/{connectionsId}/endUserAuthentications/{endUserAuthenticationsId}",
-"httpMethod": "DELETE",
-"id": "connectors.projects.locations.connections.endUserAuthentications.delete",
-"parameterOrder": [
-"name"
-],
-"parameters": {
-"name": {
-"description": "Required. Resource name of the form: `projects/*/locations/*/connections/*/endUserAuthentication/*`",
-"location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/connections/[^/]+/endUserAuthentications/[^/]+$",
-"required": true,
-"type": "string"
-}
-},
-"path": "v1/{+name}",
-"response": {
-"$ref": "Operation"
-},
-"scopes": [
-"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
-]
-},
-"get": {
-"description": "Gets details of a single EndUserAuthentication.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/connections/{connectionsId}/endUserAuthentications/{endUserAuthenticationsId}",
-"httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "connectors.projects.locations.connections.endUserAuthentications.get",
-"parameterOrder": [
-"name"
-],
-"parameters": {
-"name": {
-"description": "Required. Resource name of the form: `projects/*/locations/*/connections/*/EndUserAuthentications/*`",
-"location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/connections/[^/]+/endUserAuthentications/[^/]+$",
-"required": true,
-"type": "string"
-},
-"view": {
-"description": "Optional. View of the EndUserAuthentication to return.",
-"enum": [
-"END_USER_AUTHENTICATION_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED",
-"BASIC_VIEW",
-"FULL_VIEW"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"END_USER_AUTHENTICATION_UNSPECIFIED.",
-"Do not include secret fields.",
-"Include secret fields."
-],
-"location": "query",
-"type": "string"
-}
-},
-"path": "v1/{+name}",
-"response": {
-"$ref": "EndUserAuthentication"
-},
-"scopes": [
-"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
-]
-},
-"list": {
-"description": "List EndUserAuthentications in a given project,location and connection.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/connections/{connectionsId}/endUserAuthentications",
-"httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "connectors.projects.locations.connections.endUserAuthentications.list",
-"parameterOrder": [
-"parent"
-],
-"parameters": {
-"filter": {
-"description": "Filter.",
-"location": "query",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"orderBy": {
-"description": "Order by parameters.",
-"location": "query",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"pageSize": {
-"description": "Page size.",
-"format": "int32",
-"location": "query",
-"type": "integer"
-},
-"pageToken": {
-"description": "Page token.",
-"location": "query",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"parent": {
-"description": "Required. Parent resource of the EndUserAuthentication, of the form: `projects/*/locations/*/connections/*`",
-"location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/connections/[^/]+$",
-"required": true,
-"type": "string"
-}
-},
-"path": "v1/{+parent}/endUserAuthentications",
-"response": {
-"$ref": "ListEndUserAuthenticationsResponse"
-},
-"scopes": [
-"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
-]
-},
-"patch": {
-"description": "Updates the parameters of a single EndUserAuthentication.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/connections/{connectionsId}/endUserAuthentications/{endUserAuthenticationsId}",
-"httpMethod": "PATCH",
-"id": "connectors.projects.locations.connections.endUserAuthentications.patch",
-"parameterOrder": [
-"name"
-],
-"parameters": {
-"name": {
-"description": "Required. Identifier. Resource name of the EndUserAuthentication. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connections/{connection}/endUserAuthentications/{end_user_authentication}",
-"location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/connections/[^/]+/endUserAuthentications/[^/]+$",
-"required": true,
-"type": "string"
-},
-"updateMask": {
-"description": "Required. The list of fields to update. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. You can modify only the fields listed below. To update the EndUserAuthentication details: * `notify_endpoint_destination`",
-"format": "google-fieldmask",
-"location": "query",
-"type": "string"
-}
-},
-"path": "v1/{+name}",
-"request": {
-"$ref": "EndUserAuthentication"
-},
-"response": {
-"$ref": "Operation"
-},
-"scopes": [
-"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
-]
-}
-}
-},
 "eventSubscriptions": {
 "methods": {
 "create": {
@@ -2753,7 +2571,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250415",
+"revision": "20250423",
 "rootUrl": "https://connectors.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AuditConfig": {
@@ -3863,11 +3681,6 @@
 "description": "Output only. Eventing configuration supported by the Connector.",
 "readOnly": true
 },
-"isAsyncOperationsSupported": {
-"description": "Output only. Is async operations supported.",
-"readOnly": true,
-"type": "boolean"
-},
 "isCustomActionsSupported": {
 "description": "Output only. Is custom actions supported.",
 "readOnly": true,
@@ -4210,12 +4023,27 @@
 "description": "CustomConnectorVersion indicates a specific version of a connector.",
 "id": "CustomConnectorVersion",
 "properties": {
+"asyncOperationsSupport": {
+"description": "Optional. Indicates if Async Operations/Connector Job is supported. This is only available for SDK based custom connectors.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "authConfig": {
 "$ref": "AuthConfig",
-"description": "Optional. Authentication config for accessing connector facade/ proxy. This is used only when enable_backend_destination_config is true."
+"description": "Optional. Authentication config for accessing connector service (facade). This is used only when enable_backend_destination_config is true."
+},
+"authConfigTemplates": {
+"description": "Optional. Auth Config Templates is only used when connector backend is enabled. This is used to specify the auth configs supported by the connector backend service to talk to the actual application backend.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "AuthConfigTemplate"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"authOverrideSupport": {
+"description": "Optional. Auth override support.",
+"type": "boolean"
 },
 "backendVariableTemplates": {
-"description": "Optional. Backend variables config templates. This translates to additional variable templates in connection.",
+"description": "Optional. Backend variable templates is only used when connector backend is enabled. This is used to specify the variables required by the connector backend service to talk to the actual application backend. This translates to additional variable templates in the connection config.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "ConfigVariableTemplate"
 },
@@ -4228,14 +4056,14 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "destinationConfigs": {
-"description": "Optional. Destination config(s) for accessing connector facade/ proxy. This is used only when enable_backend_destination_config is true.",
+"description": "Optional. Destination config(s) for accessing connector service (facade). This is used only when enable_backend_destination_config is true.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "DestinationConfig"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
 "enableBackendDestinationConfig": {
-"description": "Optional. When enabled, the connector will be a facade/ proxy, and connects to the destination provided during connection creation.",
+"description": "Optional. Indicates if an intermediatory connectorservice is used as backend. When this is enabled, the connector destination and connector auth config are required. For SDK based connectors, this is always enabled.",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "labels": {
@@ -4264,11 +4092,11 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "specLocation": {
-"description": "Optional. Location of the custom connector spec. The location can be either a public url like `https://public-url.com/spec` Or a Google Cloud Storage location like `gs:///`",
+"description": "Optional. Location of the custom connector spec. This is only used for Open API based custom connectors. The location can be either a public url like `https://public-url.com/spec` Or a Google Cloud Storage location like `gs:///`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "specServerUrls": {
-"description": "Output only. Server URLs parsed from the spec.",
+"description": "Output only. Server URLs parsed from the Open API spec. This is only used for Open API based custom connectors.",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -4569,410 +4397,6 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"EndUserAuthentication": {
-"description": "AuthConfig defines details of a authentication type.",
-"id": "EndUserAuthentication",
-"properties": {
-"configVariables": {
-"description": "Optional. Config variables for the EndUserAuthentication.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "EndUserAuthenticationConfigVariable"
-},
-"type": "array"
-},
-"createTime": {
-"description": "Output only. Created time.",
-"format": "google-datetime",
-"readOnly": true,
-"type": "string"
-},
-"destinationConfigs": {
-"description": "Optional. Destination configs for the EndUserAuthentication.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "DestinationConfig"
-},
-"type": "array"
-},
-"endUserAuthenticationConfig": {
-"$ref": "EndUserAuthenticationConfig",
-"description": "Optional. The EndUserAuthenticationConfig for the EndUserAuthentication."
-},
-"labels": {
-"description": "Optional. Labels for the EndUserAuthentication.",
-"items": {
-"type": "string"
-},
-"type": "array"
-},
-"name": {
-"description": "Required. Identifier. Resource name of the EndUserAuthentication. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connections/{connection}/endUserAuthentications/{end_user_authentication}",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"notifyEndpointDestination": {
-"$ref": "EndUserAuthenticationNotifyEndpointDestination",
-"description": "Optional. The destination to hit when we receive an event"
-},
-"status": {
-"$ref": "EndUserAuthenticationEndUserAuthenticationStatus",
-"description": "Optional. Status of the EndUserAuthentication."
-},
-"updateTime": {
-"description": "Output only. Updated time.",
-"format": "google-datetime",
-"readOnly": true,
-"type": "string"
-},
-"userEmail": {
-"description": "Optional. Deprecated: The email of the user.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"userId": {
-"description": "Optional. The user id of the user.",
-"type": "string"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"EndUserAuthenticationConfig": {
-"description": "EndUserAuthenticationConfig defines details of a authentication configuration for EUC",
-"id": "EndUserAuthenticationConfig",
-"properties": {
-"additionalVariables": {
-"description": "Optional. List containing additional auth configs.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "EndUserAuthenticationConfigVariable"
-},
-"type": "array"
-},
-"authKey": {
-"description": "Identifier key for auth config",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"authType": {
-"description": "The type of authentication configured.",
-"enum": [
-"AUTH_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
-"USER_PASSWORD",
-"OAUTH2_JWT_BEARER",
-"OAUTH2_CLIENT_CREDENTIALS",
-"SSH_PUBLIC_KEY",
-"OAUTH2_AUTH_CODE_FLOW",
-"GOOGLE_AUTHENTICATION",
-"OAUTH2_AUTH_CODE_FLOW_GOOGLE_MANAGED"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Authentication type not specified.",
-"Username and Password Authentication.",
-"JSON Web Token (JWT) Profile for Oauth 2.0 Authorization Grant based authentication",
-"Oauth 2.0 Client Credentials Grant Authentication",
-"SSH Public Key Authentication",
-"Oauth 2.0 Authorization Code Flow",
-"Google authentication",
-"Oauth 2.0 Authorization Code Flow with Google Provided OAuth Client"
-],
-"type": "string"
-},
-"oauth2AuthCodeFlow": {
-"$ref": "EndUserAuthenticationConfigOauth2AuthCodeFlow",
-"description": "Oauth2AuthCodeFlow."
-},
-"oauth2AuthCodeFlowGoogleManaged": {
-"$ref": "EndUserAuthenticationConfigOauth2AuthCodeFlowGoogleManaged",
-"description": "Oauth2AuthCodeFlowGoogleManaged."
-},
-"oauth2ClientCredentials": {
-"$ref": "EndUserAuthenticationConfigOauth2ClientCredentials",
-"description": "Oauth2ClientCredentials."
-},
-"oauth2JwtBearer": {
-"$ref": "EndUserAuthenticationConfigOauth2JwtBearer",
-"description": "Oauth2JwtBearer."
-},
-"sshPublicKey": {
-"$ref": "EndUserAuthenticationConfigSshPublicKey",
-"description": "SSH Public Key."
-},
-"userPassword": {
-"$ref": "EndUserAuthenticationConfigUserPassword",
-"description": "UserPassword."
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"EndUserAuthenticationConfigOauth2AuthCodeFlow": {
-"description": "Parameters to support Oauth 2.0 Auth Code Grant Authentication. See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6749#section-1.3.1 for more details.",
-"id": "EndUserAuthenticationConfigOauth2AuthCodeFlow",
-"properties": {
-"authCode": {
-"description": "Optional. Authorization code to be exchanged for access and refresh tokens.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"authUri": {
-"description": "Optional. Auth URL for Authorization Code Flow",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"clientId": {
-"description": "Optional. Client ID for user-provided OAuth app.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"clientSecret": {
-"description": "Optional. Client secret for user-provided OAuth app.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"enablePkce": {
-"description": "Optional. Whether to enable PKCE when the user performs the auth code flow.",
-"type": "boolean"
-},
-"oauthTokenData": {
-"$ref": "OAuthTokenData",
-"description": "Optional. Auth Code Data"
-},
-"pkceVerifier": {
-"description": "Optional. PKCE verifier to be used during the auth code exchange.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"redirectUri": {
-"description": "Optional. Redirect URI to be provided during the auth code exchange.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"scopes": {
-"description": "Optional. Scopes the connection will request when the user performs the auth code flow.",
-"items": {
-"type": "string"
-},
-"type": "array"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"EndUserAuthenticationConfigOauth2AuthCodeFlowGoogleManaged": {
-"description": "Parameters to support Oauth 2.0 Auth Code Grant Authentication using Google Provided OAuth Client. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#section-1.3.1 for more details.",
-"id": "EndUserAuthenticationConfigOauth2AuthCodeFlowGoogleManaged",
-"properties": {
-"authCode": {
-"description": "Optional. Authorization code to be exchanged for access and refresh tokens.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"oauthTokenData": {
-"$ref": "OAuthTokenData",
-"description": "Auth Code Data"
-},
-"redirectUri": {
-"description": "Optional. Redirect URI to be provided during the auth code exchange.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"scopes": {
-"description": "Required. Scopes the connection will request when the user performs the auth code flow.",
-"items": {
-"type": "string"
-},
-"type": "array"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"EndUserAuthenticationConfigOauth2ClientCredentials": {
-"description": "Parameters to support Oauth 2.0 Client Credentials Grant Authentication. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6749#section-1.3.4 for more details.",
-"id": "EndUserAuthenticationConfigOauth2ClientCredentials",
-"properties": {
-"clientId": {
-"description": "The client identifier.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"clientSecret": {
-"description": "Required. string value containing the client secret.",
-"type": "string"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"EndUserAuthenticationConfigOauth2JwtBearer": {
-"description": "Parameters to support JSON Web Token (JWT) Profile for Oauth 2.0 Authorization Grant based authentication. See https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7523 for more details.",
-"id": "EndUserAuthenticationConfigOauth2JwtBearer",
-"properties": {
-"clientKey": {
-"description": "Required. string version reference containing a PKCS#8 PEM-encoded private key associated with the Client Certificate. This private key will be used to sign JWTs used for the jwt-bearer authorization grant. Specified in the form as: `projects/*/strings/*/versions/*`.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"jwtClaims": {
-"$ref": "EndUserAuthenticationConfigOauth2JwtBearerJwtClaims",
-"description": "JwtClaims providers fields to generate the token."
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"EndUserAuthenticationConfigOauth2JwtBearerJwtClaims": {
-"description": "JWT claims used for the jwt-bearer authorization grant.",
-"id": "EndUserAuthenticationConfigOauth2JwtBearerJwtClaims",
-"properties": {
-"audience": {
-"description": "Value for the \"aud\" claim.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"issuer": {
-"description": "Value for the \"iss\" claim.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"subject": {
-"description": "Value for the \"sub\" claim.",
-"type": "string"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"EndUserAuthenticationConfigSshPublicKey": {
-"description": "Parameters to support Ssh public key Authentication.",
-"id": "EndUserAuthenticationConfigSshPublicKey",
-"properties": {
-"certType": {
-"description": "Format of SSH Client cert.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"sshClientCert": {
-"description": "Required. SSH Client Cert. It should contain both public and private key.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"sshClientCertPass": {
-"description": "Required. Password (passphrase) for ssh client certificate if it has one.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"username": {
-"description": "The user account used to authenticate.",
-"type": "string"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"EndUserAuthenticationConfigUserPassword": {
-"description": "Parameters to support Username and Password Authentication.",
-"id": "EndUserAuthenticationConfigUserPassword",
-"properties": {
-"password": {
-"description": "string version reference containing the password.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"username": {
-"description": "Username.",
-"type": "string"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"EndUserAuthenticationConfigVariable": {
-"description": "EndUserAuthenticationConfigVariable represents a configuration variable present in a EndUserAuthentication.",
-"id": "EndUserAuthenticationConfigVariable",
-"properties": {
-"boolValue": {
-"description": "Value is a bool.",
-"type": "boolean"
-},
-"intValue": {
-"description": "Value is an integer",
-"format": "int64",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"key": {
-"description": "Required. Key of the config variable.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"secretValue": {
-"$ref": "Secret",
-"description": "Value is a secret"
-},
-"stringValue": {
-"description": "Value is a string.",
-"type": "string"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"EndUserAuthenticationEndUserAuthenticationStatus": {
-"description": "EndUserAuthentication Status denotes the status of the EndUserAuthentication resource.",
-"id": "EndUserAuthenticationEndUserAuthenticationStatus",
-"properties": {
-"description": {
-"description": "Output only. Description of the state.",
-"readOnly": true,
-"type": "string"
-},
-"state": {
-"description": "Output only. State of Event Subscription resource.",
-"enum": [
-"STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
-"ACTIVE",
-"ERROR"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Default state.",
-"EndUserAuthentication is in Active state.",
-"EndUserAuthentication is in Error state."
-],
-"readOnly": true,
-"type": "string"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"EndUserAuthenticationNotifyEndpointDestination": {
-"description": "Message for NotifyEndpointDestination Destination to hit when the refresh token is expired.",
-"id": "EndUserAuthenticationNotifyEndpointDestination",
-"properties": {
-"endpoint": {
-"$ref": "EndUserAuthenticationNotifyEndpointDestinationEndPoint",
-"description": "Optional. OPTION 1: Hit an endpoint when the refresh token is expired."
-},
-"serviceAccount": {
-"description": "Required. Service account needed for runtime plane to notify the backend.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"type": {
-"description": "Required. type of the destination",
-"enum": [
-"TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
-"ENDPOINT"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Default state.",
-"Endpoint - Hit the value of endpoint when event is received"
-],
-"type": "string"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"EndUserAuthenticationNotifyEndpointDestinationEndPoint": {
-"description": "Endpoint message includes details of the Destination endpoint.",
-"id": "EndUserAuthenticationNotifyEndpointDestinationEndPoint",
-"properties": {
-"endpointUri": {
-"description": "Required. The URI of the Endpoint.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"headers": {
-"description": "Optional. List of Header to be added to the Endpoint.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "EndUserAuthenticationNotifyEndpointDestinationEndPointHeader"
-},
-"type": "array"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"EndUserAuthenticationNotifyEndpointDestinationEndPointHeader": {
-"description": "Header details for a given header to be added to Endpoint.",
-"id": "EndUserAuthenticationNotifyEndpointDestinationEndPointHeader",
-"properties": {
-"key": {
-"description": "Required. Key of Header.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"value": {
-"description": "Required. Value of Header.",
-"type": "string"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
 "EndpointAttachment": {
 "description": "represents the Connector's Endpoint Attachment resource",
 "id": "EndpointAttachment",
@@ -6025,6 +5449,10 @@ false
 "description": "consumer_defined_name is the name of the instance set by the service consumers. Generally this is different from the `name` field which reperesents the system-assigned id of the instance which the service consumers do not recognize. This is a required field for tenants onboarding to Maintenance Window notifications (go/slm-rollout-maintenance-policies#prerequisites).",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"consumerProjectNumber": {
+"description": "Optional. The consumer_project_number associated with this Apigee instance. This field is added specifically to support Apigee integration with SLM Rollout and UMM. It represents the numerical project ID of the GCP project that consumes this Apigee instance. It is used for SLM rollout notifications and UMM integration, enabling proper mapping to customer projects and log delivery for Apigee instances. This field complements consumer_project_id and may be used for specific Apigee scenarios where the numerical ID is required.",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "createTime": {
 "description": "Output only. Timestamp when the resource was created.",
 "format": "google-datetime",
@@ -6549,31 +5977,6 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"ListEndUserAuthenticationsResponse": {
-"description": "Response message for ConnectorsService.ListEndUserAuthentications",
-"id": "ListEndUserAuthenticationsResponse",
-"properties": {
-"endUserAuthentications": {
-"description": "Subscriptions.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "EndUserAuthentication"
-},
-"type": "array"
-},
-"nextPageToken": {
-"description": "Next page token.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"unreachable": {
-"description": "Locations that could not be reached.",
-"items": {
-"type": "string"
-},
-"type": "array"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
 "ListEndpointAttachmentsResponse": {
 "description": "Response message for ConnectorsService.ListEndpointAttachments",
 "id": "ListEndpointAttachmentsResponse",
@@ -7199,31 +6602,6 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"OAuthTokenData": {
-"description": "pass only at create and not update using updateMask Auth Code Data",
-"id": "OAuthTokenData",
-"properties": {
-"accessToken": {
-"description": "Optional. Access token for the connection.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"createTime": {
-"description": "Optional. Timestamp when the access token was created.",
-"format": "google-datetime",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"expiry": {
-"description": "Optional. Time in seconds when the access token expires.",
-"format": "google-duration",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"refreshToken": {
-"description": "Optional. Refresh token for the connection.",
-"type": "string"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
 "Oauth2AuthCodeFlow": {
 "description": "Parameters to support Oauth 2.0 Auth Code Grant Authentication. See https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6749#section-1.3.1 for more details.",
 "id": "Oauth2AuthCodeFlow",
@@ -8639,6 +8017,10 @@ false
 "description": "Specifies if the connector supports action apis like 'executeAction'.",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
+"asyncOperations": {
+"description": "Specifies if the connector supports async long running operations.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "entityApis": {
 "description": "Specifies if the connector supports entity apis like 'createEntity'.",
 "type": "boolean"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v2.json
index f1c02e0b426..8608f9b97f3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v2.json
@@ -690,7 +690,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250327",
+"revision": "20250423",
 "rootUrl": "https://connectors.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AccessCredentials": {
@@ -1395,6 +1395,10 @@ false
 "description": "consumer_defined_name is the name of the instance set by the service consumers. Generally this is different from the `name` field which reperesents the system-assigned id of the instance which the service consumers do not recognize. This is a required field for tenants onboarding to Maintenance Window notifications (go/slm-rollout-maintenance-policies#prerequisites).",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"consumerProjectNumber": {
+"description": "Optional. The consumer_project_number associated with this Apigee instance. This field is added specifically to support Apigee integration with SLM Rollout and UMM. It represents the numerical project ID of the GCP project that consumes this Apigee instance. It is used for SLM rollout notifications and UMM integration, enabling proper mapping to customer projects and log delivery for Apigee instances. This field complements consumer_project_id and may be used for specific Apigee scenarios where the numerical ID is required.",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "createTime": {
 "description": "Output only. Timestamp when the resource was created.",
 "format": "google-datetime",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json
index f161f240c82..7e06874ed86 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json
@@ -2294,7 +2294,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "setinventoryverificationcontact": {
-"description": "Sets the inventory verification contract for the specified country.",
+"description": "Sets the inventory verification contact for the specified country.",
 "flatPath": "{merchantId}/liasettings/{accountId}/setinventoryverificationcontact",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "content.liasettings.setinventoryverificationcontact",
@@ -4570,7 +4570,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250408",
+"revision": "20250427",
 "rootUrl": "https://shoppingcontent.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Account": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/css.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/css.v1.json
index 4d07186fd2e..eb2f15cd7ac 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/css.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/css.v1.json
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "name": {
-"description": "The name of the CSS Product input. Format: `accounts/{account}/cssProductInputs/{css_product_input}`, where the last section `css_product_input` consists of 3 parts: contentLanguage~feedLabel~offerId. Example: accounts/123/cssProductInputs/de~DE~rawProvidedId123",
+"description": "Identifier. The name of the CSS Product input. Format: `accounts/{account}/cssProductInputs/{css_product_input}`, where the last section `css_product_input` consists of 3 parts: contentLanguage~feedLabel~offerId. Example: accounts/123/cssProductInputs/de~DE~rawProvidedId123",
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/cssProductInputs/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
@@ -484,7 +484,7 @@
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "name": {
-"description": "The resource name of the label. Format: accounts/{account}/labels/{label}",
+"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the label. Format: accounts/{account}/labels/{label}",
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/labels/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250406",
+"revision": "20250421",
 "rootUrl": "https://css.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Account": {
@@ -662,7 +662,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "name": {
-"description": "The resource name of the label. Format: accounts/{account}/labels/{label}",
+"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the label. Format: accounts/{account}/labels/{label}",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
@@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "name": {
-"description": "The name of the CSS Product input. Format: `accounts/{account}/cssProductInputs/{css_product_input}`, where the last section `css_product_input` consists of 3 parts: contentLanguage~feedLabel~offerId. Example: accounts/123/cssProductInputs/de~DE~rawProvidedId123",
+"description": "Identifier. The name of the CSS Product input. Format: `accounts/{account}/cssProductInputs/{css_product_input}`, where the last section `css_product_input` consists of 3 parts: contentLanguage~feedLabel~offerId. Example: accounts/123/cssProductInputs/de~DE~rawProvidedId123",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "rawProvidedId": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json
index b3981ae06cd..f603f87236e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json
@@ -2208,7 +2208,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250310",
+"revision": "20250421",
 "rootUrl": "https://dataflow.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "ApproximateProgress": {
@@ -4763,6 +4763,10 @@
 "description": "Describes the state of a metric.",
 "id": "MetricUpdate",
 "properties": {
+"boundedTrie": {
+"description": "Worker-computed aggregate value for the \"Trie\" aggregation kind. The only possible value type is a BoundedTrieNode. Introduced this field to avoid breaking older SDKs when Dataflow service starts to populate the `bounded_trie` field.",
+"type": "any"
+},
 "cumulative": {
 "description": "True if this metric is reported as the total cumulative aggregate value accumulated since the worker started working on this WorkItem. By default this is false, indicating that this metric is reported as a delta that is not associated with any WorkItem.",
 "type": "boolean"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1beta1.json
index a3c71b10aae..1aab75644a3 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1beta1.json
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "list": {
-"description": "Lists Repositories in a given project and location.",
+"description": "Lists Repositories in a given project and location. **Note:** *This method can return repositories not shown in the [Dataform UI](https://console.cloud.google.com/bigquery/dataform)*.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/repositories",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
 "id": "dataform.projects.locations.repositories.list",
@@ -2147,9 +2147,84 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250323",
+"revision": "20250420",
 "rootUrl": "https://dataform.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
+"ActionErrorTable": {
+"description": "Error table information, used to write error data into a BigQuery table.",
+"id": "ActionErrorTable",
+"properties": {
+"retentionDays": {
+"description": "Error table partition expiration in days. Only positive values are allowed.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"target": {
+"$ref": "Target",
+"description": "Error Table target."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ActionIncrementalLoadMode": {
+"description": "Load definition for incremental load modes",
+"id": "ActionIncrementalLoadMode",
+"properties": {
+"column": {
+"description": "Column name for incremental load modes",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ActionLoadConfig": {
+"description": "Simplified load configuration for actions",
+"id": "ActionLoadConfig",
+"properties": {
+"append": {
+"$ref": "ActionSimpleLoadMode",
+"description": "Append into destination table"
+},
+"maximum": {
+"$ref": "ActionIncrementalLoadMode",
+"description": "Insert records where the value exceeds the previous maximum value for a column in the destination table"
+},
+"replace": {
+"$ref": "ActionSimpleLoadMode",
+"description": "Replace destination table"
+},
+"unique": {
+"$ref": "ActionIncrementalLoadMode",
+"description": "Insert records where the value of a column is not already present in the destination table"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ActionSimpleLoadMode": {
+"description": "Simple load definition",
+"id": "ActionSimpleLoadMode",
+"properties": {},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ActionSqlDefinition": {
+"description": "Definition of a SQL Data Preparation",
+"id": "ActionSqlDefinition",
+"properties": {
+"errorTable": {
+"$ref": "ActionErrorTable",
+"description": "Error table configuration,"
+},
+"loadConfig": {
+"$ref": "ActionLoadConfig",
+"description": "Load configuration."
+},
+"query": {
+"description": "The SQL query representing the data preparation steps. Formatted as a Pipe SQL query statement.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "Assertion": {
 "description": "Represents an assertion upon a SQL query which is required return zero rows.",
 "id": "Assertion",
@@ -2246,6 +2321,10 @@
 "description": "Optional. The default schema (BigQuery dataset ID) for assertions.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"builtinAssertionNamePrefix": {
+"description": "Optional. The prefix to prepend to built-in assertion names.",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "databaseSuffix": {
 "description": "Optional. The suffix that should be appended to all database (Google Cloud project ID) names.",
 "type": "string"
@@ -2525,6 +2604,10 @@
 "$ref": "Target",
 "description": "The action's identifier if the project had been compiled without any overrides configured. Unique within the compilation result."
 },
+"dataPreparation": {
+"$ref": "DataPreparation",
+"description": "The data preparation executed by this action."
+},
 "declaration": {
 "$ref": "Declaration",
 "description": "The declaration declared by this action."
@@ -2606,6 +2689,65 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"DataPreparation": {
+"description": "Defines a compiled Data Preparation entity",
+"id": "DataPreparation",
+"properties": {
+"contentsSql": {
+"$ref": "SqlDefinition",
+"description": "SQL definition for a Data Preparation. Contains a SQL query and additional context information."
+},
+"contentsYaml": {
+"description": "The data preparation definition, stored as a YAML string.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"dependencyTargets": {
+"description": "A list of actions that this action depends on.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "Target"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"disabled": {
+"description": "Whether this action is disabled (i.e. should not be run).",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"tags": {
+"description": "Arbitrary, user-defined tags on this action.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"DataPreparationAction": {
+"description": "Represents a workflow action that will run a Data Preparation.",
+"id": "DataPreparationAction",
+"properties": {
+"contentsSql": {
+"$ref": "ActionSqlDefinition",
+"description": "SQL definition for a Data Preparation. Contains a SQL query and additional context information."
+},
+"contentsYaml": {
+"description": "Output only. YAML representing the contents of the data preparation. Can be used to show the customer what the input was to their workflow.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"generatedSql": {
+"description": "Output only. The generated BigQuery SQL script that will be executed. For reference only.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"jobId": {
+"description": "Output only. The ID of the BigQuery job that executed the SQL in sql_script. Only set once the job has started to run.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "Declaration": {
 "description": "Represents a relation which is not managed by Dataform but which may be referenced by Dataform actions.",
 "id": "Declaration",
@@ -2655,6 +2797,22 @@
 "properties": {},
 "type": "object"
 },
+"ErrorTable": {
+"description": "Error table information, used to write error data into a BigQuery table.",
+"id": "ErrorTable",
+"properties": {
+"retentionDays": {
+"description": "Error table partition expiration in days. Only positive values are allowed.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"target": {
+"$ref": "Target",
+"description": "Error Table target."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "Expr": {
 "description": "Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: \"Summary size limit\" description: \"Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars\" expression: \"document.summary.size() < 100\" Example (Equality): title: \"Requestor is owner\" description: \"Determines if requestor is the document owner\" expression: \"document.owner == request.auth.claims.email\" Example (Logic): title: \"Public documents\" description: \"Determine whether the document should be publicly visible\" expression: \"document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'\" Example (Data Manipulation): title: \"Notification string\" description: \"Create a notification string with a timestamp.\" expression: \"'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)\" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.",
 "id": "Expr",
@@ -2819,6 +2977,17 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"IncrementalLoadMode": {
+"description": "Load definition for incremental load modes",
+"id": "IncrementalLoadMode",
+"properties": {
+"column": {
+"description": "Column name for incremental load modes",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "IncrementalTableConfig": {
 "description": "Contains settings for relations of type `INCREMENTAL_TABLE`.",
 "id": "IncrementalTableConfig",
@@ -3093,6 +3262,29 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"LoadConfig": {
+"description": "Simplified load configuration for actions",
+"id": "LoadConfig",
+"properties": {
+"append": {
+"$ref": "SimpleLoadMode",
+"description": "Append into destination table"
+},
+"maximum": {
+"$ref": "IncrementalLoadMode",
+"description": "Insert records where the value exceeds the previous maximum value for a column in the destination table"
+},
+"replace": {
+"$ref": "SimpleLoadMode",
+"description": "Replace destination table"
+},
+"unique": {
+"$ref": "IncrementalLoadMode",
+"description": "Insert records where the value of a column is not already present in the destination table"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "Location": {
 "description": "A resource that represents a Google Cloud location.",
 "id": "Location",
@@ -3860,6 +4052,31 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"SimpleLoadMode": {
+"description": "Simple load definition",
+"id": "SimpleLoadMode",
+"properties": {},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"SqlDefinition": {
+"description": "Definition of a SQL Data Preparation",
+"id": "SqlDefinition",
+"properties": {
+"errorTable": {
+"$ref": "ErrorTable",
+"description": "Error table configuration,"
+},
+"load": {
+"$ref": "LoadConfig",
+"description": "Load configuration."
+},
+"query": {
+"description": "The SQL query representing the data preparation steps. Formatted as a Pipe SQL query statement.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "SshAuthenticationConfig": {
 "description": "Configures fields for performing SSH authentication.",
 "id": "SshAuthenticationConfig",
@@ -3993,6 +4210,10 @@
 "description": "Optional. Optional schedule (in cron format) for automatic execution of this workflow config.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"disabled": {
+"description": "Optional. Disables automatic creation of workflow invocations.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "internalMetadata": {
 "description": "Output only. All the metadata information that is used internally to serve the resource. For example: timestamps, flags, status fields, etc. The format of this field is a JSON string.",
 "readOnly": true,
@@ -4110,6 +4331,11 @@
 "description": "Output only. The action's identifier if the project had been compiled without any overrides configured. Unique within the compilation result.",
 "readOnly": true
 },
+"dataPreparationAction": {
+"$ref": "DataPreparationAction",
+"description": "Output only. The workflow action's data preparation action details.",
+"readOnly": true
+},
 "failureReason": {
 "description": "Output only. If and only if action's state is FAILED a failure reason is set.",
 "readOnly": true,
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json
index 4f19d041dd9..a66ef12f05a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamigration.v1.json
@@ -2340,7 +2340,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250409",
+"revision": "20250416",
 "rootUrl": "https://datamigration.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AlloyDbConnectionProfile": {
@@ -6229,15 +6229,27 @@
 "description": "Optional. The database name. This will be required only if the object uses a database name as part of its unique identifier.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"schema": {
+"description": "Optional. The schema name. This will be required only if the object uses a schema name as part of its unique identifier.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"table": {
+"description": "Optional. The table name. This will be required only if the object is a level below database or schema.",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "type": {
 "description": "Required. The type of the migration job object.",
 "enum": [
 "MIGRATION_JOB_OBJECT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
-"DATABASE"
+"DATABASE",
+"SCHEMA",
+"TABLE"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "The type of the migration job object is unknown.",
-"The migration job object is a database."
+"The migration job object is a database.",
+"The migration job object is a schema.",
+"The migration job object is a table."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 }
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json
index 755ce0aa6c4..371a1d4bcae 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json
@@ -348,6 +348,94 @@
 "resources": {
 "encryptionConfigs": {
 "methods": {
+"create": {
+"description": "Create an EncryptionConfig.",
+"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/encryptionConfigs",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "dataplex.organizations.locations.encryptionConfigs.create",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"encryptionConfigId": {
+"description": "Required. The ID of the EncryptionConfig to create. Currently, only a value of \"default\" is supported.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The location at which the EncryptionConfig is to be created.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/encryptionConfigs",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EncryptionConfig"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"delete": {
+"description": "Delete an EncryptionConfig.",
+"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/encryptionConfigs/{encryptionConfigsId}",
+"httpMethod": "DELETE",
+"id": "dataplex.organizations.locations.encryptionConfigs.delete",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"etag": {
+"description": "Optional. Etag of the EncryptionConfig. This is a strong etag.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the EncryptionConfig to delete.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/encryptionConfigs/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"get": {
+"description": "Get an EncryptionConfig.",
+"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/encryptionConfigs/{encryptionConfigsId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "dataplex.organizations.locations.encryptionConfigs.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the EncryptionConfig to fetch.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/encryptionConfigs/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EncryptionConfig"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
 "getIamPolicy": {
 "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.",
 "flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/encryptionConfigs/{encryptionConfigsId}:getIamPolicy",
@@ -379,6 +467,86 @@
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
+"list": {
+"description": "List EncryptionConfigs.",
+"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/encryptionConfigs",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "dataplex.organizations.locations.encryptionConfigs.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"filter": {
+"description": "Optional. Filter the EncryptionConfigs to be returned. Using bare literals: (These values will be matched anywhere it may appear in the object's field values) * filter=some_value Using fields: (These values will be matched only in the specified field) * filter=some_field=some_value Supported fields: * name, key, create_time, update_time, encryption_state Example: * filter=name=organizations/123/locations/us-central1/encryptionConfigs/test-config conjunctions: (AND, OR, NOT) * filter=name=organizations/123/locations/us-central1/encryptionConfigs/test-config AND mode=CMEK logical operators: (>, <, >=, <=, !=, =, :), * filter=create_time>2024-05-01T00:00:00.000Z",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"orderBy": {
+"description": "Optional. Order by fields for the result.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "Optional. Maximum number of EncryptionConfigs to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 10 EncryptionConfigs will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "Optional. Page token received from a previous ListEncryptionConfigs call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, the parameters - filter and order_by provided to ListEncryptionConfigs must match the call that provided the page token.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The location for which the EncryptionConfig is to be listed.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/encryptionConfigs",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListEncryptionConfigsResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"patch": {
+"description": "Update an EncryptionConfig.",
+"flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/encryptionConfigs/{encryptionConfigsId}",
+"httpMethod": "PATCH",
+"id": "dataplex.organizations.locations.encryptionConfigs.patch",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the EncryptionConfig. Format: organizations/{organization}/locations/{location}/encryptionConfigs/{encryption_config} Global location is not supported.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/encryptionConfigs/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"updateMask": {
+"description": "Optional. Mask of fields to update. The service treats an omitted field mask as an implied field mask equivalent to all fields that are populated (have a non-empty value).",
+"format": "google-fieldmask",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EncryptionConfig"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
 "setIamPolicy": {
 "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.Can return NOT_FOUND, INVALID_ARGUMENT, and PERMISSION_DENIED errors.",
 "flatPath": "v1/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/encryptionConfigs/{encryptionConfigsId}:setIamPolicy",
@@ -6263,7 +6431,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250330",
+"revision": "20250419",
 "rootUrl": "https://dataplex.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Empty": {
@@ -7440,7 +7608,7 @@
 },
 "scanStatistics": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataDiscoveryResultScanStatistics",
-"description": "Output only. Statistics of the DataDiscoveryScan.",
+"description": "Output only. Describes result statistics of a data scan discovery job.",
 "readOnly": true
 }
 },
@@ -7464,7 +7632,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataDiscoveryResultScanStatistics": {
-"description": "Statistics of the DataDiscoveryScan.",
+"description": "Describes result statistics of a data scan discovery job.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataDiscoveryResultScanStatistics",
 "properties": {
 "dataProcessedBytes": {
@@ -9371,6 +9539,86 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDataplexV1EncryptionConfig": {
+"description": "A Resource designed to manage encryption configurations for customers to support Customer Managed Encryption Keys (CMEK).",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EncryptionConfig",
+"properties": {
+"createTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The time when the Encryption configuration was created.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"encryptionState": {
+"description": "Output only. The state of encryption of the databases.",
+"enum": [
+"ENCRYPTION_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"ENCRYPTING",
+"COMPLETED",
+"FAILED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"State is not specified.",
+"The encryption state of the database when the EncryptionConfig is created or updated. If the encryption fails, it is retried indefinitely and the state is shown as ENCRYPTING.",
+"The encryption of data has completed successfully.",
+"The encryption of data has failed. The state is set to FAILED when the encryption fails due to reasons like permission issues, invalid key etc."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"etag": {
+"description": "Etag of the EncryptionConfig. This is a strong etag.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"failureDetails": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EncryptionConfigFailureDetails",
+"description": "Output only. Details of the failure if anything related to Cmek db fails.",
+"readOnly": true
+},
+"key": {
+"description": "Optional. If a key is chosen, it means that the customer is using CMEK. If a key is not chosen, it means that the customer is using Google managed encryption.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the EncryptionConfig. Format: organizations/{organization}/locations/{location}/encryptionConfigs/{encryption_config} Global location is not supported.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"updateTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The time when the Encryption configuration was last updated.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDataplexV1EncryptionConfigFailureDetails": {
+"description": "Details of the failure if anything related to Cmek db fails.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EncryptionConfigFailureDetails",
+"properties": {
+"errorCode": {
+"description": "Output only. The error code for the failure.",
+"enum": [
+"UNKNOWN",
+"INTERNAL_ERROR",
+"REQUIRE_USER_ACTION"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"The error code is not specified",
+"Error because of internal server error, will be retried automatically.",
+"User action is required to resolve the error."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"errorMessage": {
+"description": "Output only. The error message will be shown to the user. Set only if the error code is REQUIRE_USER_ACTION.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Entity": {
 "description": "Represents tables and fileset metadata contained within a zone.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1Entity",
@@ -10666,6 +10914,31 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListEncryptionConfigsResponse": {
+"description": "List EncryptionConfigs Response",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListEncryptionConfigsResponse",
+"properties": {
+"encryptionConfigs": {
+"description": "The list of EncryptionConfigs under the given parent location.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EncryptionConfig"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"unreachableLocations": {
+"description": "Locations that could not be reached.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListEntitiesResponse": {
 "description": "List metadata entities response.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1ListEntitiesResponse",
@@ -10972,7 +11245,7 @@
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Unspecified.",
 "Import job.",
-"Export job type."
+"Export job."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -10991,16 +11264,16 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudDataplexV1MetadataJobExportJobResult": {
-"description": "Export Job Results. The result is based on the snapshot at the time when the job is created.",
+"description": "Summary results from a metadata export job. The results are a snapshot of the metadata at the time when the job was created. The exported entries are saved to a Cloud Storage bucket.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1MetadataJobExportJobResult",
 "properties": {
 "errorMessage": {
-"description": "Output only. The error message if the export job failed.",
+"description": "Output only. The error message if the metadata export job failed.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
 "exportedEntries": {
-"description": "Output only. The number of entries that have been exported.",
+"description": "Output only. The number of entries that were exported.",
 "format": "int64",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
@@ -11009,51 +11282,51 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudDataplexV1MetadataJobExportJobSpec": {
-"description": "Export job specification.",
+"description": "Job specification for a metadata export job.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1MetadataJobExportJobSpec",
 "properties": {
 "outputPath": {
-"description": "Required. The root path of the exported metadata. Must be in the format: \"gs://\" Or specify a customized prefix after the bucket: \"gs://///.../\". The length limit of the customized prefix is 128 characters. The bucket must be in the same VPC-SC perimeter with the job.",
+"description": "Required. The root path of the Cloud Storage bucket to export the metadata to, in the format gs://{bucket}/. You can optionally specify a custom prefix after the bucket name, in the format gs://{bucket}/{prefix}/. The maximum length of the custom prefix is 128 characters. Dataplex constructs the object path for the exported files by using the bucket name and prefix that you provide, followed by a system-generated path.The bucket must be in the same VPC Service Controls perimeter as the job.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "scope": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1MetadataJobExportJobSpecExportJobScope",
-"description": "Required. Selects the entries to be exported by this job."
+"description": "Required. The scope of the export job."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudDataplexV1MetadataJobExportJobSpecExportJobScope": {
-"description": "Scope of the export job.",
+"description": "The scope of the export job.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1MetadataJobExportJobSpecExportJobScope",
 "properties": {
 "aspectTypes": {
-"description": "The aspect types that are in scope for the export job. Optional. If specified, only aspects of the specified types will be affected by the job. Must follow the format: \"projects//locations//aspectTypes/\"",
+"description": "The aspect types that are in scope for the export job, specified as relative resource names in the format projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location}/aspectTypes/{aspect_type_id}. Only aspects that belong to the specified aspect types are affected by the job.",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
 "entryGroups": {
-"description": "The entry groups that are in scope for the export job. Optional. If specified, only entries in the specified entry groups will be exported by the job. Must be in the VPC-SC perimeter of the job. The location of the entry groups must be the same as the job. Either projects or entry_groups can be specified when organization_level_export is set to false. Must follow the format: \"projects//locations//entryGroups/\"",
+"description": "The entry groups whose metadata you want to export, in the format projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}. Only the entries in the specified entry groups are exported.The entry groups must be in the same location and the same VPC Service Controls perimeter as the job.If you set the job scope to be a list of entry groups, then set the organization-level export flag to false and don't provide a list of projects.",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
 "entryTypes": {
-"description": "If specified, only entries of the specified types will be affected by the job. Must follow the format: \"projects//locations//entryTypes/\"",
+"description": "The entry types that are in scope for the export job, specified as relative resource names in the format projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location}/entryTypes/{entry_type_id}. Only entries that belong to the specified entry types are affected by the job.",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
 "organizationLevel": {
-"description": "Indicating if it is an organization level export job. - When set to true, exports all entries from entry groups and projects sharing the same organization id of the Metadata Job. Only projects and entry groups in the VPC-SC perimeter will be exported. The projects and entry groups are ignored. - When set to false, one of the projects or entry groups must be specified. - Default to false.",
+"description": "Whether the metadata export job is an organization-level export job. If true, the job exports the entries from the same organization and VPC Service Controls perimeter as the job. The project that the job belongs to determines the VPC Service Controls perimeter. If you set the job scope to be at the organization level, then don't provide a list of projects or entry groups. If false, you must specify a list of projects or a list of entry groups whose entries you want to export.The default is false.",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "projects": {
-"description": "The projects that are in the scope of the export job. Can either be project numbers or project IDs. If specified, only the entries from the specified projects will be exported. The projects must be in the same organization and in the VPC-SC perimeter. Either projects or entry_groups can be specified when organization_level_export is set to false. Must follow the format: \"projects/\"",
+"description": "The projects whose metadata you want to export, in the format projects/{project_id_or_number}. Only the entries from the specified projects are exported.The projects must be in the same organization and VPC Service Controls perimeter as the job.If you set the job scope to be a list of projects, then set the organization-level export flag to false and don't provide a list of entry groups.",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -11165,7 +11438,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "sourceStorageUri": {
-"description": "Optional. The URI of a Cloud Storage bucket or folder (beginning with gs:// and ending with /) that contains the metadata import files for this job.A metadata import file defines the values to set for each of the entries and aspects in a metadata job. For more information about how to create a metadata import file and the file requirements, see Metadata import file (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/import-metadata#metadata-import-file).You can provide multiple metadata import files in the same metadata job. The bucket or folder must contain at least one metadata import file, in JSON Lines format (either .json or .jsonl file extension).In FULL entry sync mode, don't save the metadata import file in a folder named SOURCE_STORAGE_URI/deletions/.Caution: If the metadata import file contains no data, all entries and aspects that belong to the job's scope are deleted.",
+"description": "Optional. The URI of a Cloud Storage bucket or folder (beginning with gs:// and ending with /) that contains the metadata import files for this job.A metadata import file defines the values to set for each of the entries and aspects in a metadata import job. For more information about how to create a metadata import file and the file requirements, see Metadata import file (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/import-metadata#metadata-import-file).You can provide multiple metadata import files in the same metadata job. The bucket or folder must contain at least one metadata import file, in JSON Lines format (either .json or .jsonl file extension).In FULL entry sync mode, don't save the metadata import file in a folder named SOURCE_STORAGE_URI/deletions/.Caution: If the metadata import file contains no data, all entries and aspects that belong to the job's scope are deleted.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json
index 8119a0fedcb..cb3e07be796 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json
@@ -8805,7 +8805,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250414",
+"revision": "20250422",
 "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": {
@@ -10177,6 +10177,10 @@
 "text": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TextInput",
 "description": "The natural language text to be processed."
+},
+"toolCallResult": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolCallResult",
+"description": "The results of a tool executed by the client."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -10250,6 +10254,10 @@
 "text": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageText",
 "description": "Returns a text response."
+},
+"toolCall": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolCall",
+"description": "Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -10644,6 +10652,67 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolCall": {
+"description": "Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolCall",
+"properties": {
+"action": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"inputParameters": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object.",
+"type": "any"
+},
+"description": "Optional. The action's input parameters.",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"tool": {
+"description": "Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolCallResult": {
+"description": "The result of calling a tool's action that has been executed by the client.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolCallResult",
+"properties": {
+"action": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"error": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolCallResultError",
+"description": "The tool call's error."
+},
+"outputParameters": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object.",
+"type": "any"
+},
+"description": "The tool call's output parameters.",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"tool": {
+"description": "Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolCallResultError": {
+"description": "An error produced by the tool call.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolCallResultError",
+"properties": {
+"message": {
+"description": "Optional. The error message of the function.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRoute": {
 "description": "A transition route specifies a intent that can be matched and/or a data condition that can be evaluated during a session. When a specified transition is matched, the following actions are taken in order: * If there is a `trigger_fulfillment` associated with the transition, it will be called. * If there is a `target_page` associated with the transition, the session will transition into the specified page. * If there is a `target_flow` associated with the transition, the session will transition into the specified flow.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRoute",
@@ -15051,6 +15120,35 @@ true
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowV2CustomPronunciationParams": {
+"description": "Pronunciation customization for a phrase.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2CustomPronunciationParams",
+"properties": {
+"phoneticEncoding": {
+"description": "The phonetic encoding of the phrase.",
+"enum": [
+"PHONETIC_ENCODING_UNSPECIFIED",
+"PHONETIC_ENCODING_IPA",
+"PHONETIC_ENCODING_X_SAMPA"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Not specified.",
+"IPA, such as apple -> \u02c8\u00e6p\u0259l. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/International_Phonetic_Alphabet",
+"X-SAMPA, such as apple -> \"{p@l\". https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/X-SAMPA"
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"phrase": {
+"description": "The phrase to which the customization is applied. The phrase can be multiple words, such as proper nouns, but shouldn't span the length of the sentence.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"pronunciation": {
+"description": "The pronunciation of the phrase. This must be in the phonetic encoding specified above.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2DeleteConversationDatasetOperationMetadata": {
 "description": "Metadata for DeleteConversationDataset.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2DeleteConversationDatasetOperationMetadata",
@@ -16749,7 +16847,7 @@ true
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "languageCode": {
-"description": "Required. The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language.",
+"description": "Required. The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not set, the language is inferred from the ConversationProfile.stt_config.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "model": {
@@ -19315,7 +19413,7 @@ true
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "languageCode": {
-"description": "The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language.",
+"description": "The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not specified, the default language configured at ConversationProfile is used.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "model": {
@@ -19872,6 +19970,13 @@ true
 "format": "double",
 "type": "number"
 },
+"pronunciations": {
+"description": "Optional. The custom pronunciations for the synthesized audio.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2CustomPronunciationParams"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "speakingRate": {
 "description": "Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error.",
 "format": "double",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json
index ef2cfd65dec..b060fd275ec 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json
@@ -8602,7 +8602,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250414",
+"revision": "20250422",
 "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": {
@@ -9974,6 +9974,10 @@
 "text": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TextInput",
 "description": "The natural language text to be processed."
+},
+"toolCallResult": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolCallResult",
+"description": "The results of a tool executed by the client."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -10047,6 +10051,10 @@
 "text": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageText",
 "description": "Returns a text response."
+},
+"toolCall": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolCall",
+"description": "Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -10441,6 +10449,67 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolCall": {
+"description": "Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolCall",
+"properties": {
+"action": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"inputParameters": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object.",
+"type": "any"
+},
+"description": "Optional. The action's input parameters.",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"tool": {
+"description": "Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolCallResult": {
+"description": "The result of calling a tool's action that has been executed by the client.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolCallResult",
+"properties": {
+"action": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"error": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolCallResultError",
+"description": "The tool call's error."
+},
+"outputParameters": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object.",
+"type": "any"
+},
+"description": "The tool call's output parameters.",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"tool": {
+"description": "Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolCallResultError": {
+"description": "An error produced by the tool call.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolCallResultError",
+"properties": {
+"message": {
+"description": "Optional. The error message of the function.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRoute": {
 "description": "A transition route specifies a intent that can be matched and/or a data condition that can be evaluated during a session. When a specified transition is matched, the following actions are taken in order: * If there is a `trigger_fulfillment` associated with the transition, it will be called. * If there is a `target_page` associated with the transition, the session will transition into the specified page. * If there is a `target_flow` associated with the transition, the session will transition into the specified flow.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRoute",
@@ -18976,7 +19045,7 @@ true
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "languageCode": {
-"description": "Required. The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language.",
+"description": "Required. The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not set, the language is inferred from the ConversationProfile.stt_config.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "model": {
@@ -22032,7 +22101,7 @@ true
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "languageCode": {
-"description": "The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language.",
+"description": "The language of the supplied audio. Dialogflow does not do translations. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language. If not specified, the default language configured at ConversationProfile is used.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "model": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json
index c791b9bba2f..f2eea074ce8 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json
@@ -3039,147 +3039,213 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"sessions": {
+"playbooks": {
 "methods": {
-"detectIntent": {
-"description": "Processes a natural language query and returns structured, actionable data as a result. This method is not idempotent, because it may cause session entity types to be updated, which in turn might affect results of future queries. Note: Always use agent versions for production traffic. See [Versions and environments](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/version).",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/sessions/{sessionsId}:detectIntent",
+"create": {
+"description": "Creates a playbook in a specified agent.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/playbooks",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.sessions.detectIntent",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.create",
 "parameterOrder": [
-"session"
+"parent"
 ],
 "parameters": {
-"session": {
-"description": "Required. The name of the session this query is sent to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//sessions/` or `projects//locations//agents//environments//sessions/`. If `Environment ID` is not specified, we assume default 'draft' environment. It's up to the API caller to choose an appropriate `Session ID`. It can be a random number or some type of session identifiers (preferably hashed). The length of the `Session ID` must not exceed 36 characters. For more information, see the [sessions guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/session). Note: Always use agent versions for production traffic. See [Versions and environments](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/version).",
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The agent to create a playbook for. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/sessions/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v3/{+session}:detectIntent",
+"path": "v3/{+parent}/playbooks",
 "request": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DetectIntentRequest"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Playbook"
 },
 "response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DetectIntentResponse"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Playbook"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
 ]
 },
-"fulfillIntent": {
-"description": "Fulfills a matched intent returned by MatchIntent. Must be called after MatchIntent, with input from MatchIntentResponse. Otherwise, the behavior is undefined.",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/sessions/{sessionsId}:fulfillIntent",
-"httpMethod": "POST",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.sessions.fulfillIntent",
+"delete": {
+"description": "Deletes a specified playbook.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/playbooks/{playbooksId}",
+"httpMethod": "DELETE",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.delete",
 "parameterOrder": [
-"session"
+"name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
-"session": {
-"description": "Required. The name of the session this query is sent to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//sessions/` or `projects//locations//agents//environments//sessions/`. If `Environment ID` is not specified, we assume default 'draft' environment. It's up to the API caller to choose an appropriate `Session ID`. It can be a random number or some type of session identifiers (preferably hashed). The length of the `Session ID` must not exceed 36 characters. For more information, see the [sessions guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/session).",
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the playbook to delete. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/sessions/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/playbooks/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v3/{+session}:fulfillIntent",
-"request": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FulfillIntentRequest"
-},
+"path": "v3/{+name}",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FulfillIntentResponse"
+"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
 ]
 },
-"matchIntent": {
-"description": "Returns preliminary intent match results, doesn't change the session status.",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/sessions/{sessionsId}:matchIntent",
+"export": {
+"description": "Exports the specified playbook to a binary file. Note that resources (e.g. examples, tools) that the playbook references will also be exported.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/playbooks/{playbooksId}:export",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.sessions.matchIntent",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.export",
 "parameterOrder": [
-"session"
+"name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
-"session": {
-"description": "Required. The name of the session this query is sent to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//sessions/` or `projects//locations//agents//environments//sessions/`. If `Environment ID` is not specified, we assume default 'draft' environment. It's up to the API caller to choose an appropriate `Session ID`. It can be a random number or some type of session identifiers (preferably hashed). The length of the `Session ID` must not exceed 36 characters. For more information, see the [sessions guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/session).",
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the playbook to export. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/sessions/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/playbooks/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v3/{+session}:matchIntent",
+"path": "v3/{+name}:export",
 "request": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3MatchIntentRequest"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportPlaybookRequest"
 },
 "response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3MatchIntentResponse"
+"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
 ]
 },
-"serverStreamingDetectIntent": {
-"description": "Processes a natural language query and returns structured, actionable data as a result through server-side streaming. Server-side streaming allows Dialogflow to send [partial responses](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/fulfillment#partial-response) earlier in a single request.",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/sessions/{sessionsId}:serverStreamingDetectIntent",
+"get": {
+"description": "Retrieves the specified Playbook.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/playbooks/{playbooksId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/playbooks/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v3/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Playbook"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
+]
+},
+"import": {
+"description": "Imports the specified playbook to the specified agent from a binary file.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/playbooks:import",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.sessions.serverStreamingDetectIntent",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.import",
 "parameterOrder": [
-"session"
+"parent"
 ],
 "parameters": {
-"session": {
-"description": "Required. The name of the session this query is sent to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//sessions/` or `projects//locations//agents//environments//sessions/`. If `Environment ID` is not specified, we assume default 'draft' environment. It's up to the API caller to choose an appropriate `Session ID`. It can be a random number or some type of session identifiers (preferably hashed). The length of the `Session ID` must not exceed 36 characters. For more information, see the [sessions guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/session). Note: Always use agent versions for production traffic. See [Versions and environments](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/version).",
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The agent to import the playbook into. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/sessions/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v3/{+session}:serverStreamingDetectIntent",
+"path": "v3/{+parent}/playbooks:import",
 "request": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DetectIntentRequest"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportPlaybookRequest"
 },
 "response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DetectIntentResponse"
+"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
 ]
 },
-"submitAnswerFeedback": {
-"description": "Updates the feedback received from the user for a single turn of the bot response.",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/sessions/{sessionsId}:submitAnswerFeedback",
-"httpMethod": "POST",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.sessions.submitAnswerFeedback",
+"list": {
+"description": "Returns a list of playbooks in the specified agent.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/playbooks",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.list",
 "parameterOrder": [
-"session"
+"parent"
 ],
 "parameters": {
-"session": {
-"description": "Required. The name of the session the feedback was sent to.",
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By default 100 and at most 1000.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The agent to list playbooks from. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/sessions/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v3/{+session}:submitAnswerFeedback",
+"path": "v3/{+parent}/playbooks",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListPlaybooksResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
+]
+},
+"patch": {
+"description": "Updates the specified Playbook.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/playbooks/{playbooksId}",
+"httpMethod": "PATCH",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.patch",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/playbooks/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"updateMask": {
+"description": "The mask to control which fields get updated. If the mask is not present, all fields will be updated.",
+"format": "google-fieldmask",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v3/{+name}",
 "request": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SubmitAnswerFeedbackRequest"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Playbook"
 },
 "response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AnswerFeedback"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Playbook"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
@@ -3188,31 +3254,31 @@
 }
 },
 "resources": {
-"entityTypes": {
+"examples": {
 "methods": {
 "create": {
-"description": "Creates a session entity type.",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/sessions/{sessionsId}/entityTypes",
+"description": "Creates an example in the specified playbook.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/playbooks/{playbooksId}/examples",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.sessions.entityTypes.create",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.examples.create",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "parent"
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "parent": {
-"description": "Required. The session to create a session entity type for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//sessions/` or `projects//locations//agents//environments//sessions/`. If `Environment ID` is not specified, we assume default 'draft' environment.",
+"description": "Required. The playbook to create an example for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/sessions/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/playbooks/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v3/{+parent}/entityTypes",
+"path": "v3/{+parent}/examples",
 "request": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SessionEntityType"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Example"
 },
 "response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SessionEntityType"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Example"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
@@ -3220,18 +3286,18 @@
 ]
 },
 "delete": {
-"description": "Deletes the specified session entity type.",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/sessions/{sessionsId}/entityTypes/{entityTypesId}",
+"description": "Deletes the specified example.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/playbooks/{playbooksId}/examples/{examplesId}",
 "httpMethod": "DELETE",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.sessions.entityTypes.delete",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.examples.delete",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "name": {
-"description": "Required. The name of the session entity type to delete. Format: `projects//locations//agents//sessions//entityTypes/` or `projects//locations//agents//environments//sessions//entityTypes/`. If `Environment ID` is not specified, we assume default 'draft' environment.",
+"description": "Required. The name of the example to delete. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks//examples/`.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/sessions/[^/]+/entityTypes/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/playbooks/[^/]+/examples/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
@@ -3246,25 +3312,25 @@
 ]
 },
 "get": {
-"description": "Retrieves the specified session entity type.",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/sessions/{sessionsId}/entityTypes/{entityTypesId}",
+"description": "Retrieves the specified example.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/playbooks/{playbooksId}/examples/{examplesId}",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.sessions.entityTypes.get",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.examples.get",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "name": {
-"description": "Required. The name of the session entity type. Format: `projects//locations//agents//sessions//entityTypes/` or `projects//locations//agents//environments//sessions//entityTypes/`. If `Environment ID` is not specified, we assume default 'draft' environment.",
+"description": "Required. The name of the example. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks//examples/`.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/sessions/[^/]+/entityTypes/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/playbooks/[^/]+/examples/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "path": "v3/{+name}",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SessionEntityType"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Example"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
@@ -3272,36 +3338,41 @@
 ]
 },
 "list": {
-"description": "Returns the list of all session entity types in the specified session.",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/sessions/{sessionsId}/entityTypes",
+"description": "Returns a list of examples in the specified playbook.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/playbooks/{playbooksId}/examples",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.sessions.entityTypes.list",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.examples.list",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "parent"
 ],
 "parameters": {
+"languageCode": {
+"description": "Optional. The language to list examples for. If not specified, list all examples under the playbook. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "pageSize": {
-"description": "The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By default 100 and at most 1000.",
+"description": "Optional. The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By default 100 and at most 1000.",
 "format": "int32",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "pageToken": {
-"description": "The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.",
+"description": "Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "parent": {
-"description": "Required. The session to list all session entity types from. Format: `projects//locations//agents//sessions/` or `projects//locations//agents//environments//sessions/`. If `Environment ID` is not specified, we assume default 'draft' environment.",
+"description": "Required. The playbook to list the examples from. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/sessions/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/playbooks/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v3/{+parent}/entityTypes",
+"path": "v3/{+parent}/examples",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListSessionEntityTypesResponse"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListExamplesResponse"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
@@ -3309,23 +3380,23 @@
 ]
 },
 "patch": {
-"description": "Updates the specified session entity type.",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/sessions/{sessionsId}/entityTypes/{entityTypesId}",
+"description": "Update the specified example.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/playbooks/{playbooksId}/examples/{examplesId}",
 "httpMethod": "PATCH",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.sessions.entityTypes.patch",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.examples.patch",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "name": {
-"description": "Required. The unique identifier of the session entity type. Format: `projects//locations//agents//sessions//entityTypes/` or `projects//locations//agents//environments//sessions//entityTypes/`. If `Environment ID` is not specified, we assume default 'draft' environment.",
+"description": "The unique identifier of the playbook example. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks//examples/`.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/sessions/[^/]+/entityTypes/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/playbooks/[^/]+/examples/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
 "updateMask": {
-"description": "The mask to control which fields get updated.",
+"description": "Optional. The mask to control which fields get updated. If the mask is not present, all fields will be updated.",
 "format": "google-fieldmask",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
@@ -3333,10 +3404,10 @@
 },
 "path": "v3/{+name}",
 "request": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SessionEntityType"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Example"
 },
 "response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SessionEntityType"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Example"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
@@ -3344,335 +3415,301 @@
 ]
 }
 }
-}
-}
 },
-"testCases": {
+"versions": {
 "methods": {
-"batchDelete": {
-"description": "Batch deletes test cases.",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/testCases:batchDelete",
+"create": {
+"description": "Creates a version for the specified Playbook.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/playbooks/{playbooksId}/versions",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.testCases.batchDelete",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.versions.create",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "parent"
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "parent": {
-"description": "Required. The agent to delete test cases from. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.",
+"description": "Required. The playbook to create a version for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/playbooks/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v3/{+parent}/testCases:batchDelete",
+"path": "v3/{+parent}/versions",
 "request": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BatchDeleteTestCasesRequest"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookVersion"
 },
 "response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookVersion"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
 ]
 },
-"batchRun": {
-"description": "Kicks off a batch run of test cases. This method is a [long-running operation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/how/long-running-operation). The returned `Operation` type has the following method-specific fields: - `metadata`: BatchRunTestCasesMetadata - `response`: BatchRunTestCasesResponse",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/testCases:batchRun",
-"httpMethod": "POST",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.testCases.batchRun",
+"delete": {
+"description": "Deletes the specified version of the Playbook.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/playbooks/{playbooksId}/versions/{versionsId}",
+"httpMethod": "DELETE",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.versions.delete",
 "parameterOrder": [
-"parent"
+"name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
-"parent": {
-"description": "Required. Agent name. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.",
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the playbook version to delete. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks//versions/`.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/playbooks/[^/]+/versions/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v3/{+parent}/testCases:batchRun",
-"request": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BatchRunTestCasesRequest"
-},
+"path": "v3/{+name}",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
 ]
 },
-"calculateCoverage": {
-"description": "Calculates the test coverage for an agent.",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/testCases:calculateCoverage",
+"get": {
+"description": "Retrieves the specified version of the Playbook.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/playbooks/{playbooksId}/versions/{versionsId}",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.testCases.calculateCoverage",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.versions.get",
 "parameterOrder": [
-"agent"
+"name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
-"agent": {
-"description": "Required. The agent to calculate coverage for. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.",
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the playbook version. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks//versions/`.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/playbooks/[^/]+/versions/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
-},
-"type": {
-"description": "Required. The type of coverage requested.",
-"enum": [
-"COVERAGE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
-"INTENT",
-"PAGE_TRANSITION",
-"TRANSITION_ROUTE_GROUP"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Should never be used.",
-"Intent coverage.",
-"Page transition coverage.",
-"Transition route group coverage."
-],
-"location": "query",
-"type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v3/{+agent}/testCases:calculateCoverage",
+"path": "v3/{+name}",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3CalculateCoverageResponse"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookVersion"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
 ]
 },
-"create": {
-"description": "Creates a test case for the given agent.",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/testCases",
-"httpMethod": "POST",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.testCases.create",
-"parameterOrder": [
+"list": {
+"description": "Lists versions for the specified Playbook.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/playbooks/{playbooksId}/versions",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.versions.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
 "parent"
 ],
 "parameters": {
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "Optional. The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By default 100 and at most 1000.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "parent": {
-"description": "Required. The agent to create the test case for. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.",
+"description": "Required. The playbook to list versions for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/playbooks/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v3/{+parent}/testCases",
-"request": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestCase"
-},
+"path": "v3/{+parent}/versions",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestCase"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListPlaybookVersionsResponse"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
 ]
 },
-"export": {
-"description": "Exports the test cases under the agent to a Cloud Storage bucket or a local file. Filter can be applied to export a subset of test cases. This method is a [long-running operation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/how/long-running-operation). The returned `Operation` type has the following method-specific fields: - `metadata`: ExportTestCasesMetadata - `response`: ExportTestCasesResponse",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/testCases:export",
+"restore": {
+"description": "Retrieves the specified version of the Playbook and stores it as the current playbook draft, returning the playbook with resources updated.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/playbooks/{playbooksId}/versions/{versionsId}:restore",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.testCases.export",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.playbooks.versions.restore",
 "parameterOrder": [
-"parent"
+"name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
-"parent": {
-"description": "Required. The agent where to export test cases from. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.",
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the playbook version. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks//versions/`.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/playbooks/[^/]+/versions/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v3/{+parent}/testCases:export",
+"path": "v3/{+name}:restore",
 "request": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportTestCasesRequest"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RestorePlaybookVersionRequest"
 },
 "response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RestorePlaybookVersionResponse"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
 ]
+}
+}
+}
+}
 },
-"get": {
-"description": "Gets a test case.",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/testCases/{testCasesId}",
-"httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.testCases.get",
+"sessions": {
+"methods": {
+"detectIntent": {
+"description": "Processes a natural language query and returns structured, actionable data as a result. This method is not idempotent, because it may cause session entity types to be updated, which in turn might affect results of future queries. Note: Always use agent versions for production traffic. See [Versions and environments](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/version).",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/sessions/{sessionsId}:detectIntent",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.sessions.detectIntent",
 "parameterOrder": [
-"name"
+"session"
 ],
 "parameters": {
-"name": {
-"description": "Required. The name of the testcase. Format: `projects//locations//agents//testCases/`.",
+"session": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the session this query is sent to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//sessions/` or `projects//locations//agents//environments//sessions/`. If `Environment ID` is not specified, we assume default 'draft' environment. It's up to the API caller to choose an appropriate `Session ID`. It can be a random number or some type of session identifiers (preferably hashed). The length of the `Session ID` must not exceed 36 characters. For more information, see the [sessions guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/session). Note: Always use agent versions for production traffic. See [Versions and environments](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/version).",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/testCases/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/sessions/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v3/{+name}",
+"path": "v3/{+session}:detectIntent",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DetectIntentRequest"
+},
 "response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestCase"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DetectIntentResponse"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
 ]
 },
-"import": {
-"description": "Imports the test cases from a Cloud Storage bucket or a local file. It always creates new test cases and won't overwrite any existing ones. The provided ID in the imported test case is neglected. This method is a [long-running operation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/how/long-running-operation). The returned `Operation` type has the following method-specific fields: - `metadata`: ImportTestCasesMetadata - `response`: ImportTestCasesResponse",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/testCases:import",
+"fulfillIntent": {
+"description": "Fulfills a matched intent returned by MatchIntent. Must be called after MatchIntent, with input from MatchIntentResponse. Otherwise, the behavior is undefined.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/sessions/{sessionsId}:fulfillIntent",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.testCases.import",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.sessions.fulfillIntent",
 "parameterOrder": [
-"parent"
+"session"
 ],
 "parameters": {
-"parent": {
-"description": "Required. The agent to import test cases to. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.",
+"session": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the session this query is sent to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//sessions/` or `projects//locations//agents//environments//sessions/`. If `Environment ID` is not specified, we assume default 'draft' environment. It's up to the API caller to choose an appropriate `Session ID`. It can be a random number or some type of session identifiers (preferably hashed). The length of the `Session ID` must not exceed 36 characters. For more information, see the [sessions guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/session).",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/sessions/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v3/{+parent}/testCases:import",
+"path": "v3/{+session}:fulfillIntent",
 "request": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportTestCasesRequest"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FulfillIntentRequest"
 },
 "response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FulfillIntentResponse"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
 ]
 },
-"list": {
-"description": "Fetches a list of test cases for a given agent.",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/testCases",
-"httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.testCases.list",
+"matchIntent": {
+"description": "Returns preliminary intent match results, doesn't change the session status.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/sessions/{sessionsId}:matchIntent",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.sessions.matchIntent",
 "parameterOrder": [
-"parent"
+"session"
 ],
 "parameters": {
-"pageSize": {
-"description": "The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By default 20. Note that when TestCaseView = FULL, the maximum page size allowed is 20. When TestCaseView = BASIC, the maximum page size allowed is 500.",
-"format": "int32",
-"location": "query",
-"type": "integer"
-},
-"pageToken": {
-"description": "The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.",
-"location": "query",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"parent": {
-"description": "Required. The agent to list all pages for. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.",
+"session": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the session this query is sent to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//sessions/` or `projects//locations//agents//environments//sessions/`. If `Environment ID` is not specified, we assume default 'draft' environment. It's up to the API caller to choose an appropriate `Session ID`. It can be a random number or some type of session identifiers (preferably hashed). The length of the `Session ID` must not exceed 36 characters. For more information, see the [sessions guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/session).",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/sessions/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
-},
-"view": {
-"description": "Specifies whether response should include all fields or just the metadata.",
-"enum": [
-"TEST_CASE_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED",
-"BASIC",
-"FULL"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"The default / unset value. The API will default to the BASIC view.",
-"Include basic metadata about the test case, but not the conversation turns. This is the default value.",
-"Include everything."
-],
-"location": "query",
-"type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v3/{+parent}/testCases",
+"path": "v3/{+session}:matchIntent",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3MatchIntentRequest"
+},
 "response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListTestCasesResponse"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3MatchIntentResponse"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
 ]
 },
-"patch": {
-"description": "Updates the specified test case.",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/testCases/{testCasesId}",
-"httpMethod": "PATCH",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.testCases.patch",
+"serverStreamingDetectIntent": {
+"description": "Processes a natural language query and returns structured, actionable data as a result through server-side streaming. Server-side streaming allows Dialogflow to send [partial responses](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/fulfillment#partial-response) earlier in a single request.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/sessions/{sessionsId}:serverStreamingDetectIntent",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.sessions.serverStreamingDetectIntent",
 "parameterOrder": [
-"name"
+"session"
 ],
 "parameters": {
-"name": {
-"description": "The unique identifier of the test case. TestCases.CreateTestCase will populate the name automatically. Otherwise use format: `projects//locations//agents//testCases/`.",
+"session": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the session this query is sent to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//sessions/` or `projects//locations//agents//environments//sessions/`. If `Environment ID` is not specified, we assume default 'draft' environment. It's up to the API caller to choose an appropriate `Session ID`. It can be a random number or some type of session identifiers (preferably hashed). The length of the `Session ID` must not exceed 36 characters. For more information, see the [sessions guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/session). Note: Always use agent versions for production traffic. See [Versions and environments](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/version).",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/testCases/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/sessions/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
-},
-"updateMask": {
-"description": "Required. The mask to specify which fields should be updated. The `creationTime` and `lastTestResult` cannot be updated.",
-"format": "google-fieldmask",
-"location": "query",
-"type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v3/{+name}",
+"path": "v3/{+session}:serverStreamingDetectIntent",
 "request": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestCase"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DetectIntentRequest"
 },
 "response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestCase"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DetectIntentResponse"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
 ]
 },
-"run": {
-"description": "Kicks off a test case run. This method is a [long-running operation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/how/long-running-operation). The returned `Operation` type has the following method-specific fields: - `metadata`: RunTestCaseMetadata - `response`: RunTestCaseResponse",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/testCases/{testCasesId}:run",
+"submitAnswerFeedback": {
+"description": "Updates the feedback received from the user for a single turn of the bot response.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/sessions/{sessionsId}:submitAnswerFeedback",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.testCases.run",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.sessions.submitAnswerFeedback",
 "parameterOrder": [
-"name"
+"session"
 ],
 "parameters": {
-"name": {
-"description": "Required. Format of test case name to run: `projects//locations//agents//testCases/`.",
+"session": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the session the feedback was sent to.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/testCases/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/sessions/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v3/{+name}:run",
+"path": "v3/{+session}:submitAnswerFeedback",
 "request": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RunTestCaseRequest"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SubmitAnswerFeedbackRequest"
 },
 "response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AnswerFeedback"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
@@ -3681,141 +3718,57 @@
 }
 },
 "resources": {
-"results": {
+"entityTypes": {
 "methods": {
-"get": {
-"description": "Gets a test case result.",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/testCases/{testCasesId}/results/{resultsId}",
-"httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.get",
+"create": {
+"description": "Creates a session entity type.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/sessions/{sessionsId}/entityTypes",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.sessions.entityTypes.create",
 "parameterOrder": [
-"name"
+"parent"
 ],
 "parameters": {
-"name": {
-"description": "Required. The name of the testcase. Format: `projects//locations//agents//testCases//results/`.",
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The session to create a session entity type for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//sessions/` or `projects//locations//agents//environments//sessions/`. If `Environment ID` is not specified, we assume default 'draft' environment.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/testCases/[^/]+/results/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/sessions/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v3/{+name}",
+"path": "v3/{+parent}/entityTypes",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SessionEntityType"
+},
 "response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestCaseResult"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SessionEntityType"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
 ]
 },
-"list": {
-"description": "Fetches the list of run results for the given test case. A maximum of 100 results are kept for each test case.",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/testCases/{testCasesId}/results",
-"httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.list",
+"delete": {
+"description": "Deletes the specified session entity type.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/sessions/{sessionsId}/entityTypes/{entityTypesId}",
+"httpMethod": "DELETE",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.sessions.entityTypes.delete",
 "parameterOrder": [
-"parent"
+"name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
-"filter": {
-"description": "The filter expression used to filter test case results. See [API Filtering](https://aip.dev/160). The expression is case insensitive. Only 'AND' is supported for logical operators. The supported syntax is listed below in detail: [AND ] ... [AND latest] The supported fields and operators are: field operator `environment` `=`, `IN` (Use value `draft` for draft environment) `test_time` `>`, `<` `latest` only returns the latest test result in all results for each test case. Examples: * \"environment=draft AND latest\" matches the latest test result for each test case in the draft environment. * \"environment IN (e1,e2)\" matches any test case results with an environment resource name of either \"e1\" or \"e2\". * \"test_time > 1602540713\" matches any test case results with test time later than a unix timestamp in seconds 1602540713.",
-"location": "query",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"pageSize": {
-"description": "The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By default 100 and at most 1000.",
-"format": "int32",
-"location": "query",
-"type": "integer"
-},
-"pageToken": {
-"description": "The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.",
-"location": "query",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"parent": {
-"description": "Required. The test case to list results for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//testCases/`. Specify a `-` as a wildcard for TestCase ID to list results across multiple test cases.",
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the session entity type to delete. Format: `projects//locations//agents//sessions//entityTypes/` or `projects//locations//agents//environments//sessions//entityTypes/`. If `Environment ID` is not specified, we assume default 'draft' environment.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/testCases/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/sessions/[^/]+/entityTypes/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v3/{+parent}/results",
+"path": "v3/{+name}",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListTestCaseResultsResponse"
-},
-"scopes": [
-"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
-"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
-]
-}
-}
-}
-}
-},
-"transitionRouteGroups": {
-"methods": {
-"create": {
-"description": "Creates an TransitionRouteGroup in the specified flow. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/transitionRouteGroups",
-"httpMethod": "POST",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.create",
-"parameterOrder": [
-"parent"
-],
-"parameters": {
-"languageCode": {
-"description": "The language of the following fields in `TransitionRouteGroup`: * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent's default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.",
-"location": "query",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"parent": {
-"description": "Required. The flow to create an TransitionRouteGroup for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/` or `projects//locations//agents/` for agent-level groups.",
-"location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$",
-"required": true,
-"type": "string"
-}
-},
-"path": "v3/{+parent}/transitionRouteGroups",
-"request": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup"
-},
-"response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup"
-},
-"scopes": [
-"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
-"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
-]
-},
-"delete": {
-"description": "Deletes the specified TransitionRouteGroup. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/transitionRouteGroups/{transitionRouteGroupsId}",
-"httpMethod": "DELETE",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.delete",
-"parameterOrder": [
-"name"
-],
-"parameters": {
-"force": {
-"description": "This field has no effect for transition route group that no page is using. If the transition route group is referenced by any page: * If `force` is set to false, an error will be returned with message indicating pages that reference the transition route group. * If `force` is set to true, Dialogflow will remove the transition route group, as well as any reference to it.",
-"location": "query",
-"type": "boolean"
-},
-"name": {
-"description": "Required. The name of the TransitionRouteGroup to delete. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/`.",
-"location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/transitionRouteGroups/[^/]+$",
-"required": true,
-"type": "string"
-}
-},
-"path": "v3/{+name}",
-"response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty"
+"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
@@ -3823,30 +3776,25 @@
 ]
 },
 "get": {
-"description": "Retrieves the specified TransitionRouteGroup.",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/transitionRouteGroups/{transitionRouteGroupsId}",
+"description": "Retrieves the specified session entity type.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/sessions/{sessionsId}/entityTypes/{entityTypesId}",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.get",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.sessions.entityTypes.get",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
-"languageCode": {
-"description": "The language to retrieve the transition route group for. The following fields are language dependent: * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent's default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.",
-"location": "query",
-"type": "string"
-},
 "name": {
-"description": "Required. The name of the TransitionRouteGroup. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/`.",
+"description": "Required. The name of the session entity type. Format: `projects//locations//agents//sessions//entityTypes/` or `projects//locations//agents//environments//sessions//entityTypes/`. If `Environment ID` is not specified, we assume default 'draft' environment.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/transitionRouteGroups/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/sessions/[^/]+/entityTypes/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "path": "v3/{+name}",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SessionEntityType"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
@@ -3854,19 +3802,14 @@
 ]
 },
 "list": {
-"description": "Returns the list of all transition route groups in the specified flow.",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/transitionRouteGroups",
+"description": "Returns the list of all session entity types in the specified session.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/sessions/{sessionsId}/entityTypes",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.list",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.sessions.entityTypes.list",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "parent"
 ],
 "parameters": {
-"languageCode": {
-"description": "The language to list transition route groups for. The following fields are language dependent: * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent's default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.",
-"location": "query",
-"type": "string"
-},
 "pageSize": {
 "description": "The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By default 100 and at most 1000.",
 "format": "int32",
@@ -3879,16 +3822,16 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "parent": {
-"description": "Required. The flow to list all transition route groups for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/` or `projects//locations//agents/.",
+"description": "Required. The session to list all session entity types from. Format: `projects//locations//agents//sessions/` or `projects//locations//agents//environments//sessions/`. If `Environment ID` is not specified, we assume default 'draft' environment.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/sessions/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v3/{+parent}/transitionRouteGroups",
+"path": "v3/{+parent}/entityTypes",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListTransitionRouteGroupsResponse"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListSessionEntityTypesResponse"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
@@ -3896,23 +3839,18 @@
 ]
 },
 "patch": {
-"description": "Updates the specified TransitionRouteGroup. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/transitionRouteGroups/{transitionRouteGroupsId}",
+"description": "Updates the specified session entity type.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/sessions/{sessionsId}/entityTypes/{entityTypesId}",
 "httpMethod": "PATCH",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.patch",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.sessions.entityTypes.patch",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
-"languageCode": {
-"description": "The language of the following fields in `TransitionRouteGroup`: * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent's default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.",
-"location": "query",
-"type": "string"
-},
 "name": {
-"description": "The unique identifier of the transition route group. TransitionRouteGroups.CreateTransitionRouteGroup populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` .",
+"description": "Required. The unique identifier of the session entity type. Format: `projects//locations//agents//sessions//entityTypes/` or `projects//locations//agents//environments//sessions//entityTypes/`. If `Environment ID` is not specified, we assume default 'draft' environment.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/transitionRouteGroups/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/sessions/[^/]+/entityTypes/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -3925,10 +3863,10 @@
 },
 "path": "v3/{+name}",
 "request": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SessionEntityType"
 },
 "response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SessionEntityType"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
@@ -3936,217 +3874,217 @@
 ]
 }
 }
+}
+}
 },
-"webhooks": {
+"testCases": {
 "methods": {
-"create": {
-"description": "Creates a webhook in the specified agent.",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/webhooks",
+"batchDelete": {
+"description": "Batch deletes test cases.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/testCases:batchDelete",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.webhooks.create",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.testCases.batchDelete",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "parent"
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "parent": {
-"description": "Required. The agent to create a webhook for. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.",
+"description": "Required. The agent to delete test cases from. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.",
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v3/{+parent}/webhooks",
+"path": "v3/{+parent}/testCases:batchDelete",
 "request": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Webhook"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BatchDeleteTestCasesRequest"
 },
 "response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Webhook"
+"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
 ]
 },
-"delete": {
-"description": "Deletes the specified webhook.",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/webhooks/{webhooksId}",
-"httpMethod": "DELETE",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.webhooks.delete",
+"batchRun": {
+"description": "Kicks off a batch run of test cases. This method is a [long-running operation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/how/long-running-operation). The returned `Operation` type has the following method-specific fields: - `metadata`: BatchRunTestCasesMetadata - `response`: BatchRunTestCasesResponse",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/testCases:batchRun",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.testCases.batchRun",
 "parameterOrder": [
-"name"
+"parent"
 ],
 "parameters": {
-"force": {
-"description": "This field has no effect for webhook not being used. For webhooks that are used by pages/flows/transition route groups: * If `force` is set to false, an error will be returned with message indicating the referenced resources. * If `force` is set to true, Dialogflow will remove the webhook, as well as any references to the webhook (i.e. Webhook and tagin fulfillments that point to this webhook will be removed).",
-"location": "query",
-"type": "boolean"
-},
-"name": {
-"description": "Required. The name of the webhook to delete. Format: `projects//locations//agents//webhooks/`.",
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. Agent name. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/webhooks/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v3/{+name}",
+"path": "v3/{+parent}/testCases:batchRun",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BatchRunTestCasesRequest"
+},
 "response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty"
+"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
 ]
 },
-"get": {
-"description": "Retrieves the specified webhook.",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/webhooks/{webhooksId}",
+"calculateCoverage": {
+"description": "Calculates the test coverage for an agent.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/testCases:calculateCoverage",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.webhooks.get",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.testCases.calculateCoverage",
 "parameterOrder": [
-"name"
+"agent"
 ],
 "parameters": {
-"name": {
-"description": "Required. The name of the webhook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//webhooks/`.",
+"agent": {
+"description": "Required. The agent to calculate coverage for. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/webhooks/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
+},
+"type": {
+"description": "Required. The type of coverage requested.",
+"enum": [
+"COVERAGE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"INTENT",
+"PAGE_TRANSITION",
+"TRANSITION_ROUTE_GROUP"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Should never be used.",
+"Intent coverage.",
+"Page transition coverage.",
+"Transition route group coverage."
+],
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v3/{+name}",
+"path": "v3/{+agent}/testCases:calculateCoverage",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Webhook"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3CalculateCoverageResponse"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
 ]
 },
-"list": {
-"description": "Returns the list of all webhooks in the specified agent.",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/webhooks",
-"httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.webhooks.list",
+"create": {
+"description": "Creates a test case for the given agent.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/testCases",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.testCases.create",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "parent"
 ],
 "parameters": {
-"pageSize": {
-"description": "The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By default 100 and at most 1000.",
-"format": "int32",
-"location": "query",
-"type": "integer"
-},
-"pageToken": {
-"description": "The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.",
-"location": "query",
-"type": "string"
-},
 "parent": {
-"description": "Required. The agent to list all webhooks for. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.",
+"description": "Required. The agent to create the test case for. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.",
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v3/{+parent}/webhooks",
+"path": "v3/{+parent}/testCases",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestCase"
+},
 "response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListWebhooksResponse"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestCase"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
 ]
 },
-"patch": {
-"description": "Updates the specified webhook.",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/webhooks/{webhooksId}",
-"httpMethod": "PATCH",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.webhooks.patch",
+"export": {
+"description": "Exports the test cases under the agent to a Cloud Storage bucket or a local file. Filter can be applied to export a subset of test cases. This method is a [long-running operation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/how/long-running-operation). The returned `Operation` type has the following method-specific fields: - `metadata`: ExportTestCasesMetadata - `response`: ExportTestCasesResponse",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/testCases:export",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.testCases.export",
 "parameterOrder": [
-"name"
+"parent"
 ],
 "parameters": {
-"name": {
-"description": "The unique identifier of the webhook. Required for the Webhooks.UpdateWebhook method. Webhooks.CreateWebhook populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//webhooks/`.",
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The agent where to export test cases from. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/webhooks/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
-},
-"updateMask": {
-"description": "The mask to control which fields get updated. If the mask is not present, all fields will be updated.",
-"format": "google-fieldmask",
-"location": "query",
-"type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v3/{+name}",
+"path": "v3/{+parent}/testCases:export",
 "request": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Webhook"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportTestCasesRequest"
 },
 "response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Webhook"
+"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
 ]
-}
-}
-}
-}
 },
-"operations": {
-"methods": {
-"cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
-"httpMethod": "POST",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
+"get": {
+"description": "Gets a test case.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/testCases/{testCasesId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.testCases.get",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "name": {
-"description": "The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.",
+"description": "Required. The name of the testcase. Format: `projects//locations//agents//testCases/`.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/testCases/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v3/{+name}:cancel",
+"path": "v3/{+name}",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestCase"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
 ]
 },
-"get": {
-"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}",
-"httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.operations.get",
+"import": {
+"description": "Imports the test cases from a Cloud Storage bucket or a local file. It always creates new test cases and won't overwrite any existing ones. The provided ID in the imported test case is neglected. This method is a [long-running operation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/how/long-running-operation). The returned `Operation` type has the following method-specific fields: - `metadata`: ImportTestCasesMetadata - `response`: ImportTestCasesResponse",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/testCases:import",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.testCases.import",
 "parameterOrder": [
-"name"
+"parent"
 ],
 "parameters": {
-"name": {
-"description": "The name of the operation resource.",
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The agent to import test cases to. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v3/{+name}",
+"path": "v3/{+parent}/testCases:import",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportTestCasesRequest"
+},
 "response": {
 "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
 },
@@ -4156,126 +4094,145 @@
 ]
 },
 "list": {
-"description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations",
+"description": "Fetches a list of test cases for a given agent.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/testCases",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.operations.list",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.testCases.list",
 "parameterOrder": [
-"name"
+"parent"
 ],
 "parameters": {
-"filter": {
-"description": "The standard list filter.",
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By default 20. Note that when TestCaseView = FULL, the maximum page size allowed is 20. When TestCaseView = BASIC, the maximum page size allowed is 500.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"name": {
-"description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.",
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The agent to list all pages for. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
-"pageSize": {
-"description": "The standard list page size.",
-"format": "int32",
-"location": "query",
-"type": "integer"
-},
-"pageToken": {
-"description": "The standard list page token.",
+"view": {
+"description": "Specifies whether response should include all fields or just the metadata.",
+"enum": [
+"TEST_CASE_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED",
+"BASIC",
+"FULL"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"The default / unset value. The API will default to the BASIC view.",
+"Include basic metadata about the test case, but not the conversation turns. This is the default value.",
+"Include everything."
+],
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v3/{+name}/operations",
+"path": "v3/{+parent}/testCases",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListTestCasesResponse"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
 ]
-}
-}
 },
-"securitySettings": {
-"methods": {
-"create": {
-"description": "Create security settings in the specified location.",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/securitySettings",
-"httpMethod": "POST",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.securitySettings.create",
+"patch": {
+"description": "Updates the specified test case.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/testCases/{testCasesId}",
+"httpMethod": "PATCH",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.testCases.patch",
 "parameterOrder": [
-"parent"
+"name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
-"parent": {
-"description": "Required. The location to create an SecuritySettings for. Format: `projects//locations/`.",
+"name": {
+"description": "The unique identifier of the test case. TestCases.CreateTestCase will populate the name automatically. Otherwise use format: `projects//locations//agents//testCases/`.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/testCases/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
+},
+"updateMask": {
+"description": "Required. The mask to specify which fields should be updated. The `creationTime` and `lastTestResult` cannot be updated.",
+"format": "google-fieldmask",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v3/{+parent}/securitySettings",
+"path": "v3/{+name}",
 "request": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SecuritySettings"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestCase"
 },
 "response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SecuritySettings"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestCase"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
 ]
 },
-"delete": {
-"description": "Deletes the specified SecuritySettings.",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/securitySettings/{securitySettingsId}",
-"httpMethod": "DELETE",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.securitySettings.delete",
+"run": {
+"description": "Kicks off a test case run. This method is a [long-running operation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/how/long-running-operation). The returned `Operation` type has the following method-specific fields: - `metadata`: RunTestCaseMetadata - `response`: RunTestCaseResponse",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/testCases/{testCasesId}:run",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.testCases.run",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "name": {
-"description": "Required. The name of the SecuritySettings to delete. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`.",
+"description": "Required. Format of test case name to run: `projects//locations//agents//testCases/`.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/securitySettings/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/testCases/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v3/{+name}",
+"path": "v3/{+name}:run",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RunTestCaseRequest"
+},
 "response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty"
+"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
 ]
+}
 },
+"resources": {
+"results": {
+"methods": {
 "get": {
-"description": "Retrieves the specified SecuritySettings. The returned settings may be stale by up to 1 minute.",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/securitySettings/{securitySettingsId}",
+"description": "Gets a test case result.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/testCases/{testCasesId}/results/{resultsId}",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.securitySettings.get",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.get",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "name": {
-"description": "Required. Resource name of the settings. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`.",
+"description": "Required. The name of the testcase. Format: `projects//locations//agents//testCases//results/`.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/securitySettings/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/testCases/[^/]+/results/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "path": "v3/{+name}",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SecuritySettings"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestCaseResult"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
@@ -4283,16 +4240,21 @@
 ]
 },
 "list": {
-"description": "Returns the list of all security settings in the specified location.",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/securitySettings",
+"description": "Fetches the list of run results for the given test case. A maximum of 100 results are kept for each test case.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/testCases/{testCasesId}/results",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.securitySettings.list",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.list",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "parent"
 ],
 "parameters": {
+"filter": {
+"description": "The filter expression used to filter test case results. See [API Filtering](https://aip.dev/160). The expression is case insensitive. Only 'AND' is supported for logical operators. The supported syntax is listed below in detail: [AND ] ... [AND latest] The supported fields and operators are: field operator `environment` `=`, `IN` (Use value `draft` for draft environment) `test_time` `>`, `<` `latest` only returns the latest test result in all results for each test case. Examples: * \"environment=draft AND latest\" matches the latest test result for each test case in the draft environment. * \"environment IN (e1,e2)\" matches any test case results with an environment resource name of either \"e1\" or \"e2\". * \"test_time > 1602540713\" matches any test case results with test time later than a unix timestamp in seconds 1602540713.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "pageSize": {
-"description": "The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By default 20 and at most 100.",
+"description": "The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By default 100 and at most 1000.",
 "format": "int32",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "integer"
@@ -4303,81 +4265,80 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "parent": {
-"description": "Required. The location to list all security settings for. Format: `projects//locations/`.",
+"description": "Required. The test case to list results for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//testCases/`. Specify a `-` as a wildcard for TestCase ID to list results across multiple test cases.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/testCases/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v3/{+parent}/securitySettings",
+"path": "v3/{+parent}/results",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListSecuritySettingsResponse"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListTestCaseResultsResponse"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
 ]
+}
+}
+}
+}
 },
-"patch": {
-"description": "Updates the specified SecuritySettings.",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/securitySettings/{securitySettingsId}",
-"httpMethod": "PATCH",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.securitySettings.patch",
+"tools": {
+"methods": {
+"create": {
+"description": "Creates a Tool in the specified agent.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/tools",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.tools.create",
 "parameterOrder": [
-"name"
+"parent"
 ],
 "parameters": {
-"name": {
-"description": "Resource name of the settings. Required for the SecuritySettingsService.UpdateSecuritySettings method. SecuritySettingsService.CreateSecuritySettings populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`.",
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The agent to create a Tool for. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/securitySettings/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
-},
-"updateMask": {
-"description": "Required. The mask to control which fields get updated. If the mask is not present, all fields will be updated.",
-"format": "google-fieldmask",
-"location": "query",
-"type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v3/{+name}",
+"path": "v3/{+parent}/tools",
 "request": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SecuritySettings"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Tool"
 },
 "response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SecuritySettings"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Tool"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
 ]
-}
-}
-}
-}
 },
-"operations": {
-"methods": {
-"cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
-"httpMethod": "POST",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.operations.cancel",
+"delete": {
+"description": "Deletes a specified Tool.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/tools/{toolsId}",
+"httpMethod": "DELETE",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.tools.delete",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
+"force": {
+"description": "This field has no effect for Tools not being used. For Tools that are used: * If `force` is set to false, an error will be returned with message indicating the referenced resources. * If `force` is set to true, Dialogflow will remove the tool, as well as any references to the tool.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "name": {
-"description": "The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.",
+"description": "Required. The name of the Tool to be deleted. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/tools/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v3/{+name}:cancel",
+"path": "v3/{+name}",
 "response": {
 "$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty"
 },
@@ -4387,25 +4348,25 @@
 ]
 },
 "get": {
-"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/operations/{operationsId}",
+"description": "Retrieves the specified Tool.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/tools/{toolsId}",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.operations.get",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.tools.get",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "name": {
-"description": "The name of the operation resource.",
+"description": "Required. The name of the Tool. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/tools/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "path": "v3/{+name}",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Tool"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
@@ -4413,2168 +4374,3574 @@
 ]
 },
 "list": {
-"description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.",
-"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/operations",
+"description": "Returns a list of Tools in the specified agent.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/tools",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "dialogflow.projects.operations.list",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.tools.list",
 "parameterOrder": [
-"name"
+"parent"
 ],
 "parameters": {
-"filter": {
-"description": "The standard list filter.",
-"location": "query",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"name": {
-"description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.",
-"location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+$",
-"required": true,
-"type": "string"
-},
 "pageSize": {
-"description": "The standard list page size.",
+"description": "The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By default 100 and at most 1000.",
 "format": "int32",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "pageToken": {
-"description": "The standard list page token.",
+"description": "The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The agent to list the Tools from. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v3/{+name}/operations",
+"path": "v3/{+parent}/tools",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListToolsResponse"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
 ]
-}
-}
-}
-}
-}
-},
-"revision": "20250414",
-"rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/",
-"schemas": {
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": {
-"description": "Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings",
-"properties": {
-"audioExportGcsDestination": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3GcsDestination",
-"description": "If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level"
-},
-"dtmfSettings": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettingsDtmfSettings",
-"description": "Settings for DTMF. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level."
 },
-"loggingSettings": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettingsLoggingSettings",
-"description": "Settings for logging. Settings for Dialogflow History, Contact Center messages, StackDriver logs, and speech logging. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level."
+"patch": {
+"description": "Update the specified Tool.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/tools/{toolsId}",
+"httpMethod": "PATCH",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.tools.patch",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "The unique identifier of the Tool. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/tools/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
 },
-"speechSettings": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettingsSpeechSettings",
-"description": "Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level"
+"updateMask": {
+"description": "The mask to control which fields get updated. If the mask is not present, all fields will be updated.",
+"format": "google-fieldmask",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
-"type": "object"
+"path": "v3/{+name}",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Tool"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettingsDtmfSettings": {
-"description": "Define behaviors for DTMF (dual tone multi frequency).",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettingsDtmfSettings",
-"properties": {
-"enabled": {
-"description": "If true, incoming audio is processed for DTMF (dual tone multi frequency) events. For example, if the caller presses a button on their telephone keypad and DTMF processing is enabled, Dialogflow will detect the event (e.g. a \"3\" was pressed) in the incoming audio and pass the event to the bot to drive business logic (e.g. when 3 is pressed, return the account balance).",
-"type": "boolean"
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Tool"
 },
-"endpointingTimeoutDuration": {
-"description": "Endpoint timeout setting for matching dtmf input to regex.",
-"format": "google-duration",
-"type": "string"
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
+]
+}
+}
 },
-"finishDigit": {
-"description": "The digit that terminates a DTMF digit sequence.",
+"transitionRouteGroups": {
+"methods": {
+"create": {
+"description": "Creates an TransitionRouteGroup in the specified flow. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/transitionRouteGroups",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.create",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"languageCode": {
+"description": "The language of the following fields in `TransitionRouteGroup`: * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent's default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.",
+"location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"interdigitTimeoutDuration": {
-"description": "Interdigit timeout setting for matching dtmf input to regex.",
-"format": "google-duration",
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The flow to create an TransitionRouteGroup for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/` or `projects//locations//agents/` for agent-level groups.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
 "type": "string"
-},
-"maxDigits": {
-"description": "Max length of DTMF digits.",
-"format": "int32",
-"type": "integer"
 }
 },
-"type": "object"
+"path": "v3/{+parent}/transitionRouteGroups",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettingsLoggingSettings": {
-"description": "Define behaviors on logging.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettingsLoggingSettings",
-"properties": {
-"enableConsentBasedRedaction": {
-"description": "Enables consent-based end-user input redaction, if true, a pre-defined session parameter `$session.params.conversation-redaction` will be used to determine if the utterance should be redacted.",
-"type": "boolean"
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup"
 },
-"enableInteractionLogging": {
-"description": "Enables DF Interaction logging.",
-"type": "boolean"
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
+]
 },
-"enableStackdriverLogging": {
-"description": "Enables Google Cloud Logging.",
+"delete": {
+"description": "Deletes the specified TransitionRouteGroup. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/transitionRouteGroups/{transitionRouteGroupsId}",
+"httpMethod": "DELETE",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.delete",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"force": {
+"description": "This field has no effect for transition route group that no page is using. If the transition route group is referenced by any page: * If `force` is set to false, an error will be returned with message indicating pages that reference the transition route group. * If `force` is set to true, Dialogflow will remove the transition route group, as well as any reference to it.",
+"location": "query",
 "type": "boolean"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the TransitionRouteGroup to delete. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/transitionRouteGroups/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
-"type": "object"
+"path": "v3/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettingsSpeechSettings": {
-"description": "Define behaviors of speech to text detection.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettingsSpeechSettings",
-"properties": {
-"endpointerSensitivity": {
-"description": "Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100.",
-"format": "int32",
-"type": "integer"
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
+]
 },
-"models": {
-"additionalProperties": {
+"get": {
+"description": "Retrieves the specified TransitionRouteGroup.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/transitionRouteGroups/{transitionRouteGroupsId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"languageCode": {
+"description": "The language to retrieve the transition route group for. The following fields are language dependent: * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent's default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.",
+"location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"description": "Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models).",
-"type": "object"
-},
-"noSpeechTimeout": {
-"description": "Timeout before detecting no speech.",
-"format": "google-duration",
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the TransitionRouteGroup. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/transitionRouteGroups/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
 "type": "string"
-},
-"useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": {
-"description": "Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivity as seconds of timeout value.",
-"type": "boolean"
 }
 },
-"type": "object"
-},
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Agent": {
-"description": "Agents are best described as Natural Language Understanding (NLU) modules that transform user requests into actionable data. You can include agents in your app, product, or service to determine user intent and respond to the user in a natural way. After you create an agent, you can add Intents, Entity Types, Flows, Fulfillments, Webhooks, TransitionRouteGroups and so on to manage the conversation flows.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Agent",
-"properties": {
-"advancedSettings": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings",
-"description": "Hierarchical advanced settings for this agent. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level."
+"path": "v3/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup"
 },
-"answerFeedbackSettings": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentAnswerFeedbackSettings",
-"description": "Optional. Answer feedback collection settings."
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
+]
 },
-"avatarUri": {
-"description": "The URI of the agent's avatar. Avatars are used throughout the Dialogflow console and in the self-hosted [Web Demo](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/integrations/web-demo) integration.",
+"list": {
+"description": "Returns the list of all transition route groups in the specified flow.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/transitionRouteGroups",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"languageCode": {
+"description": "The language to list transition route groups for. The following fields are language dependent: * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent's default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.",
+"location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"clientCertificateSettings": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentClientCertificateSettings",
-"description": "Optional. Settings for custom client certificates."
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By default 100 and at most 1000.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
 },
-"defaultLanguageCode": {
-"description": "Required. Immutable. The default language of the agent as a language tag. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. This field cannot be set by the Agents.UpdateAgent method.",
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.",
+"location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"description": {
-"description": "The description of the agent. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.",
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The flow to list all transition route groups for. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/` or `projects//locations//agents/.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
 "type": "string"
+}
 },
-"displayName": {
-"description": "Required. The human-readable name of the agent, unique within the location.",
+"path": "v3/{+parent}/transitionRouteGroups",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListTransitionRouteGroupsResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
+]
+},
+"patch": {
+"description": "Updates the specified TransitionRouteGroup. Note: You should always train a flow prior to sending it queries. See the [training documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/training).",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/transitionRouteGroups/{transitionRouteGroupsId}",
+"httpMethod": "PATCH",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.transitionRouteGroups.patch",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"languageCode": {
+"description": "The language of the following fields in `TransitionRouteGroup`: * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.messages` * `TransitionRouteGroup.transition_routes.trigger_fulfillment.conditional_cases` If not specified, the agent's default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.",
+"location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"enableMultiLanguageTraining": {
-"description": "Optional. Enable training multi-lingual models for this agent. These models will be trained on all the languages supported by the agent.",
-"type": "boolean"
+"name": {
+"description": "The unique identifier of the transition route group. TransitionRouteGroups.CreateTransitionRouteGroup populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` .",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/transitionRouteGroups/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
 },
-"enableSpellCorrection": {
-"description": "Indicates if automatic spell correction is enabled in detect intent requests.",
-"type": "boolean"
+"updateMask": {
+"description": "The mask to control which fields get updated.",
+"format": "google-fieldmask",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
 },
-"enableStackdriverLogging": {
-"deprecated": true,
-"description": "Indicates if stackdriver logging is enabled for the agent. Please use agent.advanced_settings instead.",
-"type": "boolean"
+"path": "v3/{+name}",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup"
 },
-"genAppBuilderSettings": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentGenAppBuilderSettings",
-"description": "Gen App Builder-related agent-level settings."
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup"
 },
-"gitIntegrationSettings": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentGitIntegrationSettings",
-"description": "Git integration settings for this agent."
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
+]
+}
+}
 },
-"locked": {
-"description": "Indicates whether the agent is locked for changes. If the agent is locked, modifications to the agent will be rejected except for RestoreAgent.",
+"webhooks": {
+"methods": {
+"create": {
+"description": "Creates a webhook in the specified agent.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/webhooks",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.webhooks.create",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The agent to create a webhook for. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v3/{+parent}/webhooks",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Webhook"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Webhook"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
+]
+},
+"delete": {
+"description": "Deletes the specified webhook.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/webhooks/{webhooksId}",
+"httpMethod": "DELETE",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.webhooks.delete",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"force": {
+"description": "This field has no effect for webhook not being used. For webhooks that are used by pages/flows/transition route groups: * If `force` is set to false, an error will be returned with message indicating the referenced resources. * If `force` is set to true, Dialogflow will remove the webhook, as well as any references to the webhook (i.e. Webhook and tagin fulfillments that point to this webhook will be removed).",
+"location": "query",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "name": {
-"description": "The unique identifier of the agent. Required for the Agents.UpdateAgent method. Agents.CreateAgent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.",
+"description": "Required. The name of the webhook to delete. Format: `projects//locations//agents//webhooks/`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/webhooks/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v3/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
+]
+},
+"get": {
+"description": "Retrieves the specified webhook.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/webhooks/{webhooksId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.webhooks.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the webhook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//webhooks/`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/webhooks/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v3/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Webhook"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
+]
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "Returns the list of all webhooks in the specified agent.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/webhooks",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.webhooks.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By default 100 and at most 1000.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The agent to list all webhooks for. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v3/{+parent}/webhooks",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListWebhooksResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
+]
+},
+"patch": {
+"description": "Updates the specified webhook.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/webhooks/{webhooksId}",
+"httpMethod": "PATCH",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.agents.webhooks.patch",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "The unique identifier of the webhook. Required for the Webhooks.UpdateWebhook method. Webhooks.CreateWebhook populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//webhooks/`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/webhooks/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"updateMask": {
+"description": "The mask to control which fields get updated. If the mask is not present, all fields will be updated.",
+"format": "google-fieldmask",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v3/{+name}",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Webhook"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Webhook"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
+]
+}
+}
+}
+}
+},
+"operations": {
+"methods": {
+"cancel": {
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v3/{+name}:cancel",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
+]
+},
+"get": {
+"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.operations.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the operation resource.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v3/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
+]
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.operations.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"filter": {
+"description": "The standard list filter.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "The standard list page size.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "The standard list page token.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v3/{+name}/operations",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
+]
+}
+}
+},
+"securitySettings": {
+"methods": {
+"create": {
+"description": "Create security settings in the specified location.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/securitySettings",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.securitySettings.create",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The location to create an SecuritySettings for. Format: `projects//locations/`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v3/{+parent}/securitySettings",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SecuritySettings"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SecuritySettings"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
+]
+},
+"delete": {
+"description": "Deletes the specified SecuritySettings.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/securitySettings/{securitySettingsId}",
+"httpMethod": "DELETE",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.securitySettings.delete",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the SecuritySettings to delete. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/securitySettings/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v3/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
+]
+},
+"get": {
+"description": "Retrieves the specified SecuritySettings. The returned settings may be stale by up to 1 minute.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/securitySettings/{securitySettingsId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.securitySettings.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. Resource name of the settings. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/securitySettings/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v3/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SecuritySettings"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
+]
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "Returns the list of all security settings in the specified location.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/securitySettings",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.securitySettings.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "The maximum number of items to return in a single page. By default 20 and at most 100.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The location to list all security settings for. Format: `projects//locations/`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v3/{+parent}/securitySettings",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListSecuritySettingsResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
+]
+},
+"patch": {
+"description": "Updates the specified SecuritySettings.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/securitySettings/{securitySettingsId}",
+"httpMethod": "PATCH",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.securitySettings.patch",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Resource name of the settings. Required for the SecuritySettingsService.UpdateSecuritySettings method. SecuritySettingsService.CreateSecuritySettings populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/securitySettings/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"updateMask": {
+"description": "Required. The mask to control which fields get updated. If the mask is not present, all fields will be updated.",
+"format": "google-fieldmask",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v3/{+name}",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SecuritySettings"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SecuritySettings"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
+]
+}
+}
+}
+}
+},
+"operations": {
+"methods": {
+"cancel": {
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.operations.cancel",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v3/{+name}:cancel",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
+]
+},
+"get": {
+"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/operations/{operationsId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.operations.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the operation resource.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v3/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
+]
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.",
+"flatPath": "v3/projects/{projectsId}/operations",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "dialogflow.projects.operations.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"filter": {
+"description": "The standard list filter.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "The standard list page size.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "The standard list page token.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v3/{+name}/operations",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/dialogflow"
+]
+}
+}
+}
+}
+}
+},
+"revision": "20250422",
+"rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/",
+"schemas": {
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Action": {
+"description": "Action performed by end user or Dialogflow agent in the conversation.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Action",
+"properties": {
+"agentUtterance": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentUtterance",
+"description": "Optional. Action performed by the agent as a message."
+},
+"flowInvocation": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FlowInvocation",
+"description": "Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a CX flow."
+},
+"playbookInvocation": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookInvocation",
+"description": "Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by invoking a child playbook."
+},
+"toolUse": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolUse",
+"description": "Optional. Action performed on behalf of the agent by calling a plugin tool."
+},
+"userUtterance": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3UserUtterance",
+"description": "Optional. Agent obtained a message from the customer."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": {
+"description": "Hierarchical advanced settings for agent/flow/page/fulfillment/parameter. Settings exposed at lower level overrides the settings exposed at higher level. Overriding occurs at the sub-setting level. For example, the playback_interruption_settings at fulfillment level only overrides the playback_interruption_settings at the agent level, leaving other settings at the agent level unchanged. DTMF settings does not override each other. DTMF settings set at different levels define DTMF detections running in parallel. Hierarchy: Agent->Flow->Page->Fulfillment/Parameter.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings",
+"properties": {
+"audioExportGcsDestination": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3GcsDestination",
+"description": "If present, incoming audio is exported by Dialogflow to the configured Google Cloud Storage destination. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level"
+},
+"dtmfSettings": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettingsDtmfSettings",
+"description": "Settings for DTMF. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level."
+},
+"loggingSettings": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettingsLoggingSettings",
+"description": "Settings for logging. Settings for Dialogflow History, Contact Center messages, StackDriver logs, and speech logging. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level."
+},
+"speechSettings": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettingsSpeechSettings",
+"description": "Settings for speech to text detection. Exposed at the following levels: - Agent level - Flow level - Page level - Parameter level"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettingsDtmfSettings": {
+"description": "Define behaviors for DTMF (dual tone multi frequency).",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettingsDtmfSettings",
+"properties": {
+"enabled": {
+"description": "If true, incoming audio is processed for DTMF (dual tone multi frequency) events. For example, if the caller presses a button on their telephone keypad and DTMF processing is enabled, Dialogflow will detect the event (e.g. a \"3\" was pressed) in the incoming audio and pass the event to the bot to drive business logic (e.g. when 3 is pressed, return the account balance).",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"endpointingTimeoutDuration": {
+"description": "Endpoint timeout setting for matching dtmf input to regex.",
+"format": "google-duration",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"finishDigit": {
+"description": "The digit that terminates a DTMF digit sequence.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"interdigitTimeoutDuration": {
+"description": "Interdigit timeout setting for matching dtmf input to regex.",
+"format": "google-duration",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"maxDigits": {
+"description": "Max length of DTMF digits.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettingsLoggingSettings": {
+"description": "Define behaviors on logging.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettingsLoggingSettings",
+"properties": {
+"enableConsentBasedRedaction": {
+"description": "Enables consent-based end-user input redaction, if true, a pre-defined session parameter `$session.params.conversation-redaction` will be used to determine if the utterance should be redacted.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"enableInteractionLogging": {
+"description": "Enables DF Interaction logging.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"enableStackdriverLogging": {
+"description": "Enables Google Cloud Logging.",
+"type": "boolean"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettingsSpeechSettings": {
+"description": "Define behaviors of speech to text detection.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettingsSpeechSettings",
+"properties": {
+"endpointerSensitivity": {
+"description": "Sensitivity of the speech model that detects the end of speech. Scale from 0 to 100.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"models": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": "Mapping from language to Speech-to-Text model. The mapped Speech-to-Text model will be selected for requests from its corresponding language. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models).",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"noSpeechTimeout": {
+"description": "Timeout before detecting no speech.",
+"format": "google-duration",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"useTimeoutBasedEndpointing": {
+"description": "Use timeout based endpointing, interpreting endpointer sensitivity as seconds of timeout value.",
+"type": "boolean"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Agent": {
+"description": "Agents are best described as Natural Language Understanding (NLU) modules that transform user requests into actionable data. You can include agents in your app, product, or service to determine user intent and respond to the user in a natural way. After you create an agent, you can add Intents, Entity Types, Flows, Fulfillments, Webhooks, TransitionRouteGroups and so on to manage the conversation flows.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Agent",
+"properties": {
+"advancedSettings": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings",
+"description": "Hierarchical advanced settings for this agent. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level."
+},
+"answerFeedbackSettings": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentAnswerFeedbackSettings",
+"description": "Optional. Answer feedback collection settings."
+},
+"avatarUri": {
+"description": "The URI of the agent's avatar. Avatars are used throughout the Dialogflow console and in the self-hosted [Web Demo](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/integrations/web-demo) integration.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"clientCertificateSettings": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentClientCertificateSettings",
+"description": "Optional. Settings for custom client certificates."
+},
+"defaultLanguageCode": {
+"description": "Required. Immutable. The default language of the agent as a language tag. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. This field cannot be set by the Agents.UpdateAgent method.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": {
+"description": "The description of the agent. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"displayName": {
+"description": "Required. The human-readable name of the agent, unique within the location.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"enableMultiLanguageTraining": {
+"description": "Optional. Enable training multi-lingual models for this agent. These models will be trained on all the languages supported by the agent.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"enableSpellCorrection": {
+"description": "Indicates if automatic spell correction is enabled in detect intent requests.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"enableStackdriverLogging": {
+"deprecated": true,
+"description": "Indicates if stackdriver logging is enabled for the agent. Please use agent.advanced_settings instead.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"genAppBuilderSettings": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentGenAppBuilderSettings",
+"description": "Gen App Builder-related agent-level settings."
+},
+"gitIntegrationSettings": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentGitIntegrationSettings",
+"description": "Git integration settings for this agent."
+},
+"locked": {
+"description": "Indicates whether the agent is locked for changes. If the agent is locked, modifications to the agent will be rejected except for RestoreAgent.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "The unique identifier of the agent. Required for the Agents.UpdateAgent method. Agents.CreateAgent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"personalizationSettings": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentPersonalizationSettings",
+"description": "Optional. Settings for end user personalization."
+},
+"satisfiesPzi": {
+"description": "Optional. Output only. A read only boolean field reflecting Zone Isolation status of the agent.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"satisfiesPzs": {
+"description": "Optional. Output only. A read only boolean field reflecting Zone Separation status of the agent.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"securitySettings": {
+"description": "Name of the SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"speechToTextSettings": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SpeechToTextSettings",
+"description": "Speech recognition related settings."
+},
+"startFlow": {
+"description": "Name of the start flow in this agent. A start flow will be automatically created when the agent is created, and can only be deleted by deleting the agent. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. Currently only the default start flow with id \"00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000\" is allowed.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"startPlaybook": {
+"description": "Name of the start playbook in this agent. A start playbook will be automatically created when the agent is created, and can only be deleted by deleting the agent. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`. Currently only the default playbook with id \"00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000\" is allowed.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"supportedLanguageCodes": {
+"description": "The list of all languages supported by the agent (except for the `default_language_code`).",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"textToSpeechSettings": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TextToSpeechSettings",
+"description": "Settings on instructing the speech synthesizer on how to generate the output audio content."
+},
+"timeZone": {
+"description": "Required. The time zone of the agent from the [time zone database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones), e.g., America/New_York, Europe/Paris.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentAnswerFeedbackSettings": {
+"description": "Settings for answer feedback collection.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentAnswerFeedbackSettings",
+"properties": {
+"enableAnswerFeedback": {
+"description": "Optional. If enabled, end users will be able to provide answer feedback to Dialogflow responses. Feature works only if interaction logging is enabled in the Dialogflow agent.",
+"type": "boolean"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentClientCertificateSettings": {
+"description": "Settings for custom client certificates.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentClientCertificateSettings",
+"properties": {
+"passphrase": {
+"description": "Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the passphrase. 'passphrase' should be left unset if the private key is not encrypted. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}`",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"privateKey": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the private key encoded in PEM format. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}`",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"sslCertificate": {
+"description": "Required. The ssl certificate encoded in PEM format. This string must include the begin header and end footer lines.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentGenAppBuilderSettings": {
+"description": "Settings for Gen App Builder.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentGenAppBuilderSettings",
+"properties": {
+"engine": {
+"description": "Required. The full name of the Gen App Builder engine related to this agent if there is one. Format: `projects/{Project ID}/locations/{Location ID}/collections/{Collection ID}/engines/{Engine ID}`",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentGitIntegrationSettings": {
+"description": "Settings for connecting to Git repository for an agent.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentGitIntegrationSettings",
+"properties": {
+"githubSettings": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentGitIntegrationSettingsGithubSettings",
+"description": "GitHub settings."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentGitIntegrationSettingsGithubSettings": {
+"description": "Settings of integration with GitHub.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentGitIntegrationSettingsGithubSettings",
+"properties": {
+"accessToken": {
+"description": "The access token used to authenticate the access to the GitHub repository.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"branches": {
+"description": "A list of branches configured to be used from Dialogflow.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"displayName": {
+"description": "The unique repository display name for the GitHub repository.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"repositoryUri": {
+"description": "The GitHub repository URI related to the agent.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"trackingBranch": {
+"description": "The branch of the GitHub repository tracked for this agent.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentPersonalizationSettings": {
+"description": "Settings for end user personalization.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentPersonalizationSettings",
+"properties": {
+"defaultEndUserMetadata": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object.",
+"type": "any"
+},
+"description": "Optional. Default end user metadata, used when processing DetectIntent requests. Recommended to be filled as a template instead of hard-coded value, for example { \"age\": \"$session.params.age\" }. The data will be merged with the QueryParameters.end_user_metadata in DetectIntentRequest.query_params during query processing.",
+"type": "object"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentUtterance": {
+"description": "AgentUtterance represents one message sent by the agent.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentUtterance",
+"properties": {
+"text": {
+"description": "Required. Message content in text.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentValidationResult": {
+"description": "The response message for Agents.GetAgentValidationResult.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentValidationResult",
+"properties": {
+"flowValidationResults": {
+"description": "Contains all flow validation results.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FlowValidationResult"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "The unique identifier of the agent validation result. Format: `projects//locations//agents//validationResult`.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AnswerFeedback": {
+"description": "Stores information about feedback provided by users about a response.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AnswerFeedback",
+"properties": {
+"customRating": {
+"description": "Optional. Custom rating from the user about the provided answer, with maximum length of 1024 characters. For example, client could use a customized JSON object to indicate the rating.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"rating": {
+"description": "Optional. Rating from user for the specific Dialogflow response.",
+"enum": [
+"RATING_UNSPECIFIED",
+"THUMBS_UP",
+"THUMBS_DOWN"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Rating not specified.",
+"Thumbs up feedback from user.",
+"Thumbs down feedback from user."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"ratingReason": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AnswerFeedbackRatingReason",
+"description": "Optional. In case of thumbs down rating provided, users can optionally provide context about the rating."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AnswerFeedbackRatingReason": {
+"description": "Stores extra information about why users provided thumbs down rating.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AnswerFeedbackRatingReason",
+"properties": {
+"feedback": {
+"description": "Optional. Additional feedback about the rating. This field can be populated without choosing a predefined `reason`.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"reasonLabels": {
+"description": "Optional. Custom reason labels for thumbs down rating provided by the user. The maximum number of labels allowed is 10 and the maximum length of a single label is 128 characters.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AudioInput": {
+"description": "Represents the natural speech audio to be processed.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AudioInput",
+"properties": {
+"audio": {
+"description": "The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.",
+"format": "byte",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"config": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3InputAudioConfig",
+"description": "Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BargeInConfig": {
+"description": "Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BargeInConfig",
+"properties": {
+"noBargeInDuration": {
+"description": "Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.",
+"format": "google-duration",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"totalDuration": {
+"description": "Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.",
+"format": "google-duration",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BatchDeleteTestCasesRequest": {
+"description": "The request message for TestCases.BatchDeleteTestCases.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BatchDeleteTestCasesRequest",
+"properties": {
+"names": {
+"description": "Required. Format of test case names: `projects//locations//agents//testCases/`.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BatchRunTestCasesMetadata": {
+"description": "Metadata returned for the TestCases.BatchRunTestCases long running operation.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BatchRunTestCasesMetadata",
+"properties": {
+"errors": {
+"description": "The test errors.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestError"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BatchRunTestCasesRequest": {
+"description": "The request message for TestCases.BatchRunTestCases.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BatchRunTestCasesRequest",
+"properties": {
+"environment": {
+"description": "Optional. If not set, draft environment is assumed. Format: `projects//locations//agents//environments/`.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"testCases": {
+"description": "Required. Format: `projects//locations//agents//testCases/`.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BatchRunTestCasesResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for TestCases.BatchRunTestCases.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BatchRunTestCasesResponse",
+"properties": {
+"results": {
+"description": "The test case results. The detailed conversation turns are empty in this response.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestCaseResult"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BoostSpec": {
+"description": "Boost specification to boost certain documents. A copy of google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1main.BoostSpec, field documentation is available at https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rest/v1alpha/BoostSpec",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BoostSpec",
+"properties": {
+"conditionBoostSpecs": {
+"description": "Optional. Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BoostSpecConditionBoostSpec"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BoostSpecConditionBoostSpec": {
+"description": "Boost applies to documents which match a condition.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BoostSpecConditionBoostSpec",
+"properties": {
+"boost": {
+"description": "Optional. Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored.",
+"format": "float",
+"type": "number"
+},
+"boostControlSpec": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BoostSpecConditionBoostSpecBoostControlSpec",
+"description": "Optional. Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value."
+},
+"condition": {
+"description": "Optional. An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID \"doc_1\" or \"doc_2\", and color \"Red\" or \"Blue\": * (id: ANY(\"doc_1\", \"doc_2\")) AND (color: ANY(\"Red\",\"Blue\"))",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BoostSpecConditionBoostSpecBoostControlSpec": {
+"description": "Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BoostSpecConditionBoostSpecBoostControlSpec",
+"properties": {
+"attributeType": {
+"description": "Optional. The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value).",
+"enum": [
+"ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"NUMERICAL",
+"FRESHNESS"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified AttributeType.",
+"The value of the numerical field will be used to dynamically update the boost amount. In this case, the attribute_value (the x value) of the control point will be the actual value of the numerical field for which the boost_amount is specified.",
+"For the freshness use case the attribute value will be the duration between the current time and the date in the datetime field specified. The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`. E.g. `5D`, `3DT12H30M`, `T24H`."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"controlPoints": {
+"description": "Optional. The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BoostSpecConditionBoostSpecBoostControlSpecControlPoint"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"fieldName": {
+"description": "Optional. The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"interpolationType": {
+"description": "Optional. The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below.",
+"enum": [
+"INTERPOLATION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"LINEAR"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Interpolation type is unspecified. In this case, it defaults to Linear.",
+"Piecewise linear interpolation will be applied."
+],
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BoostSpecConditionBoostSpecBoostControlSpecControlPoint": {
+"description": "The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable).",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BoostSpecConditionBoostSpecBoostControlSpecControlPoint",
+"properties": {
+"attributeValue": {
+"description": "Optional. Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"boostAmount": {
+"description": "Optional. The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above.",
+"format": "float",
+"type": "number"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BoostSpecs": {
+"description": "Boost specifications for data stores.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BoostSpecs",
+"properties": {
+"dataStores": {
+"description": "Optional. Data Stores where the boosting configuration is applied. The full names of the referenced data stores. Formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dataStores/{data_store}`",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"spec": {
+"description": "Optional. A list of boosting specifications.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BoostSpec"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3CalculateCoverageResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for TestCases.CalculateCoverage.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3CalculateCoverageResponse",
+"properties": {
+"agent": {
+"description": "The agent to calculate coverage for. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"intentCoverage": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3IntentCoverage",
+"description": "Intent coverage."
+},
+"routeGroupCoverage": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroupCoverage",
+"description": "Transition route group coverage."
+},
+"transitionCoverage": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionCoverage",
+"description": "Transition (excluding transition route groups) coverage."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Changelog": {
+"description": "Changelogs represents a change made to a given agent.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Changelog",
+"properties": {
+"action": {
+"description": "The action of the change.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"personalizationSettings": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentPersonalizationSettings",
-"description": "Optional. Settings for end user personalization."
+"createTime": {
+"description": "The timestamp of the change.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"satisfiesPzi": {
-"description": "Optional. Output only. A read only boolean field reflecting Zone Isolation status of the agent.",
-"readOnly": true,
-"type": "boolean"
+"displayName": {
+"description": "The affected resource display name of the change.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"satisfiesPzs": {
-"description": "Optional. Output only. A read only boolean field reflecting Zone Separation status of the agent.",
-"readOnly": true,
-"type": "boolean"
+"languageCode": {
+"description": "The affected language code of the change.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"securitySettings": {
-"description": "Name of the SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`.",
+"name": {
+"description": "The unique identifier of the changelog. Format: `projects//locations//agents//changelogs/`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"speechToTextSettings": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SpeechToTextSettings",
-"description": "Speech recognition related settings."
+"resource": {
+"description": "The affected resource name of the change.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"startFlow": {
-"description": "Immutable. Name of the start flow in this agent. A start flow will be automatically created when the agent is created, and can only be deleted by deleting the agent. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.",
+"type": {
+"description": "The affected resource type.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"supportedLanguageCodes": {
-"description": "The list of all languages supported by the agent (except for the `default_language_code`).",
-"items": {
+"userEmail": {
+"description": "Email address of the authenticated user.",
 "type": "string"
+}
 },
-"type": "array"
+"type": "object"
 },
-"textToSpeechSettings": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TextToSpeechSettings",
-"description": "Settings on instructing the speech synthesizer on how to generate the output audio content."
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3CompareVersionsRequest": {
+"description": "The request message for Versions.CompareVersions.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3CompareVersionsRequest",
+"properties": {
+"languageCode": {
+"description": "The language to compare the flow versions for. If not specified, the agent's default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"timeZone": {
-"description": "Required. The time zone of the agent from the [time zone database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones), e.g., America/New_York, Europe/Paris.",
+"targetVersion": {
+"description": "Required. Name of the target flow version to compare with the base version. Use version ID `0` to indicate the draft version of the specified flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//versions/`.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentAnswerFeedbackSettings": {
-"description": "Settings for answer feedback collection.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentAnswerFeedbackSettings",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3CompareVersionsResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for Versions.CompareVersions.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3CompareVersionsResponse",
 "properties": {
-"enableAnswerFeedback": {
-"description": "Optional. If enabled, end users will be able to provide answer feedback to Dialogflow responses. Feature works only if interaction logging is enabled in the Dialogflow agent.",
-"type": "boolean"
+"baseVersionContentJson": {
+"description": "JSON representation of the base version content.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"compareTime": {
+"description": "The timestamp when the two version compares.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"targetVersionContentJson": {
+"description": "JSON representation of the target version content.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentClientCertificateSettings": {
-"description": "Settings for custom client certificates.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentClientCertificateSettings",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ContinuousTestResult": {
+"description": "Represents a result from running a test case in an agent environment.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ContinuousTestResult",
 "properties": {
-"passphrase": {
-"description": "Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the passphrase. 'passphrase' should be left unset if the private key is not encrypted. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}`",
+"name": {
+"description": "The resource name for the continuous test result. Format: `projects//locations//agents//environments//continuousTestResults/`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"privateKey": {
-"description": "Required. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the private key encoded in PEM format. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}`",
+"result": {
+"description": "The result of this continuous test run, i.e. whether all the tests in this continuous test run pass or not.",
+"enum": [
+"AGGREGATED_TEST_RESULT_UNSPECIFIED",
+"PASSED",
+"FAILED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Not specified. Should never be used.",
+"All the tests passed.",
+"At least one test did not pass."
+],
 "type": "string"
 },
-"sslCertificate": {
-"description": "Required. The ssl certificate encoded in PEM format. This string must include the begin header and end footer lines.",
+"runTime": {
+"description": "Time when the continuous testing run starts.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"testCaseResults": {
+"description": "A list of individual test case results names in this continuous test run.",
+"items": {
 "type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentGenAppBuilderSettings": {
-"description": "Settings for Gen App Builder.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentGenAppBuilderSettings",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ConversationSignals": {
+"description": "This message is used to hold all the Conversation Signals data, which will be converted to JSON and exported to BigQuery.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ConversationSignals",
 "properties": {
-"engine": {
-"description": "Required. The full name of the Gen App Builder engine related to this agent if there is one. Format: `projects/{Project ID}/locations/{Location ID}/collections/{Collection ID}/engines/{Engine ID}`",
-"type": "string"
+"turnSignals": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TurnSignals",
+"description": "Required. Turn signals for the current turn."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentGitIntegrationSettings": {
-"description": "Settings for connecting to Git repository for an agent.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentGitIntegrationSettings",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ConversationTurn": {
+"description": "One interaction between a human and virtual agent. The human provides some input and the virtual agent provides a response.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ConversationTurn",
 "properties": {
-"githubSettings": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentGitIntegrationSettingsGithubSettings",
-"description": "GitHub settings."
+"userInput": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ConversationTurnUserInput",
+"description": "The user input."
+},
+"virtualAgentOutput": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ConversationTurnVirtualAgentOutput",
+"description": "The virtual agent output."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentGitIntegrationSettingsGithubSettings": {
-"description": "Settings of integration with GitHub.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentGitIntegrationSettingsGithubSettings",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ConversationTurnUserInput": {
+"description": "The input from the human user.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ConversationTurnUserInput",
 "properties": {
-"accessToken": {
-"description": "The access token used to authenticate the access to the GitHub repository.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"branches": {
-"description": "A list of branches configured to be used from Dialogflow.",
-"items": {
-"type": "string"
+"enableSentimentAnalysis": {
+"description": "Whether sentiment analysis is enabled.",
+"type": "boolean"
 },
-"type": "array"
+"injectedParameters": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object.",
+"type": "any"
 },
-"displayName": {
-"description": "The unique repository display name for the GitHub repository.",
-"type": "string"
+"description": "Parameters that need to be injected into the conversation during intent detection.",
+"type": "object"
 },
-"repositoryUri": {
-"description": "The GitHub repository URI related to the agent.",
-"type": "string"
+"input": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3QueryInput",
+"description": "Supports text input, event input, dtmf input in the test case."
 },
-"trackingBranch": {
-"description": "The branch of the GitHub repository tracked for this agent.",
-"type": "string"
+"isWebhookEnabled": {
+"description": "If webhooks should be allowed to trigger in response to the user utterance. Often if parameters are injected, webhooks should not be enabled.",
+"type": "boolean"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentPersonalizationSettings": {
-"description": "Settings for end user personalization.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentPersonalizationSettings",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ConversationTurnVirtualAgentOutput": {
+"description": "The output from the virtual agent.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ConversationTurnVirtualAgentOutput",
 "properties": {
-"defaultEndUserMetadata": {
+"currentPage": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Page",
+"description": "The Page on which the utterance was spoken. Only name and displayName will be set."
+},
+"diagnosticInfo": {
 "additionalProperties": {
 "description": "Properties of the object.",
 "type": "any"
 },
-"description": "Optional. Default end user metadata, used when processing DetectIntent requests. Recommended to be filled as a template instead of hard-coded value, for example { \"age\": \"$session.params.age\" }. The data will be merged with the QueryParameters.end_user_metadata in DetectIntentRequest.query_params during query processing.",
+"description": "Required. Input only. The diagnostic info output for the turn. Required to calculate the testing coverage.",
 "type": "object"
-}
 },
+"differences": {
+"description": "Output only. If this is part of a result conversation turn, the list of differences between the original run and the replay for this output, if any.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestRunDifference"
+},
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "array"
+},
+"sessionParameters": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object.",
+"type": "any"
+},
+"description": "The session parameters available to the bot at this point.",
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentValidationResult": {
-"description": "The response message for Agents.GetAgentValidationResult.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AgentValidationResult",
-"properties": {
-"flowValidationResults": {
-"description": "Contains all flow validation results.",
+"status": {
+"$ref": "GoogleRpcStatus",
+"description": "Response error from the agent in the test result. If set, other output is empty."
+},
+"textResponses": {
+"description": "The text responses from the agent for the turn.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FlowValidationResult"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageText"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
-"name": {
-"description": "The unique identifier of the agent validation result. Format: `projects//locations//agents//validationResult`.",
+"triggeredIntent": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Intent",
+"description": "The Intent that triggered the response. Only name and displayName will be set."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3CreateVersionOperationMetadata": {
+"description": "Metadata associated with the long running operation for Versions.CreateVersion.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3CreateVersionOperationMetadata",
+"properties": {
+"version": {
+"description": "Name of the created version. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//versions/`.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AnswerFeedback": {
-"description": "Stores information about feedback provided by users about a response.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AnswerFeedback",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnection": {
+"description": "A data store connection. It represents a data store in Discovery Engine and the type of the contents it contains.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnection",
 "properties": {
-"customRating": {
-"description": "Optional. Custom rating from the user about the provided answer, with maximum length of 1024 characters. For example, client could use a customized JSON object to indicate the rating.",
+"dataStore": {
+"description": "The full name of the referenced data store. Formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dataStores/{data_store}`",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"dataStoreType": {
+"description": "The type of the connected data store.",
+"enum": [
+"DATA_STORE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"PUBLIC_WEB",
+"UNSTRUCTURED",
+"STRUCTURED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Not specified. This value indicates that the data store type is not specified, so it will not be used during search.",
+"A data store that contains public web content.",
+"A data store that contains unstructured private data.",
+"A data store that contains structured data (for example FAQ)."
+],
 "type": "string"
 },
-"rating": {
-"description": "Optional. Rating from user for the specific Dialogflow response.",
+"documentProcessingMode": {
+"description": "The document processing mode for the data store connection. Should only be set for PUBLIC_WEB and UNSTRUCTURED data stores. If not set it is considered as DOCUMENTS, as this is the legacy mode.",
 "enum": [
-"RATING_UNSPECIFIED",
-"THUMBS_UP",
-"THUMBS_DOWN"
+"DOCUMENT_PROCESSING_MODE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"DOCUMENTS",
+"CHUNKS"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
-"Rating not specified.",
-"Thumbs up feedback from user.",
-"Thumbs down feedback from user."
+"Not specified. This should be set for STRUCTURED type data stores. Due to legacy reasons this is considered as DOCUMENTS for STRUCTURED and PUBLIC_WEB data stores.",
+"Documents are processed as documents.",
+"Documents are converted to chunks."
 ],
 "type": "string"
-},
-"ratingReason": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AnswerFeedbackRatingReason",
-"description": "Optional. In case of thumbs down rating provided, users can optionally provide context about the rating."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AnswerFeedbackRatingReason": {
-"description": "Stores extra information about why users provided thumbs down rating.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AnswerFeedbackRatingReason",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignals": {
+"description": "Data store connection feature output signals. Might be only partially field if processing stop before the final answer. Reasons for this can be, but are not limited to: empty UCS search results, positive RAI check outcome, grounding failure, ...",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignals",
 "properties": {
-"feedback": {
-"description": "Optional. Additional feedback about the rating. This field can be populated without choosing a predefined `reason`.",
+"answer": {
+"description": "Optional. The final compiled answer.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"reasonLabels": {
-"description": "Optional. Custom reason labels for thumbs down rating provided by the user. The maximum number of labels allowed is 10 and the maximum length of a single label is 128 characters.",
+"answerGenerationModelCallSignals": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsAnswerGenerationModelCallSignals",
+"description": "Optional. Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call."
+},
+"answerParts": {
+"description": "Optional. Answer parts with relevant citations. Concatenation of texts should add up the `answer` (not counting whitespaces).",
 "items": {
-"type": "string"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsAnswerPart"
 },
 "type": "array"
-}
 },
-"type": "object"
-},
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AudioInput": {
-"description": "Represents the natural speech audio to be processed.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AudioInput",
-"properties": {
-"audio": {
-"description": "The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.",
-"format": "byte",
-"type": "string"
+"citedSnippets": {
+"description": "Optional. Snippets cited by the answer generation model from the most to least relevant.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsCitedSnippet"
 },
-"config": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3InputAudioConfig",
-"description": "Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio."
-}
+"type": "array"
 },
-"type": "object"
+"groundingSignals": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsGroundingSignals",
+"description": "Optional. Grounding signals."
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BargeInConfig": {
-"description": "Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BargeInConfig",
-"properties": {
-"noBargeInDuration": {
-"description": "Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.",
-"format": "google-duration",
-"type": "string"
+"rewriterModelCallSignals": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsRewriterModelCallSignals",
+"description": "Optional. Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call."
 },
-"totalDuration": {
-"description": "Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.",
-"format": "google-duration",
+"rewrittenQuery": {
+"description": "Optional. Rewritten string query used for search.",
 "type": "string"
-}
 },
-"type": "object"
+"safetySignals": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsSafetySignals",
+"description": "Optional. Safety check result."
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BatchDeleteTestCasesRequest": {
-"description": "The request message for TestCases.BatchDeleteTestCases.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BatchDeleteTestCasesRequest",
-"properties": {
-"names": {
-"description": "Required. Format of test case names: `projects//locations//agents//testCases/`.",
+"searchSnippets": {
+"description": "Optional. Search snippets included in the answer generation prompt.",
 "items": {
-"type": "string"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsSearchSnippet"
 },
 "type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BatchRunTestCasesMetadata": {
-"description": "Metadata returned for the TestCases.BatchRunTestCases long running operation.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BatchRunTestCasesMetadata",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsAnswerGenerationModelCallSignals": {
+"description": "Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsAnswerGenerationModelCallSignals",
 "properties": {
-"errors": {
-"description": "The test errors.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestError"
+"model": {
+"description": "Name of the generative model. For example, \"gemini-ultra\", \"gemini-pro\", \"gemini-1.5-flash\" etc. Defaults to \"Other\" if the model is unknown.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"type": "array"
+"modelOutput": {
+"description": "Output of the generative model.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"renderedPrompt": {
+"description": "Prompt as sent to the model.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BatchRunTestCasesRequest": {
-"description": "The request message for TestCases.BatchRunTestCases.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BatchRunTestCasesRequest",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsAnswerPart": {
+"description": "Answer part with citation.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsAnswerPart",
 "properties": {
-"environment": {
-"description": "Optional. If not set, draft environment is assumed. Format: `projects//locations//agents//environments/`.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"testCases": {
-"description": "Required. Format: `projects//locations//agents//testCases/`.",
+"supportingIndices": {
+"description": "Citations for this answer part. Indices of `search_snippets`.",
 "items": {
-"type": "string"
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
 },
 "type": "array"
+},
+"text": {
+"description": "Substring of the answer.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BatchRunTestCasesResponse": {
-"description": "The response message for TestCases.BatchRunTestCases.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BatchRunTestCasesResponse",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsCitedSnippet": {
+"description": "Snippet cited by the answer generation model.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsCitedSnippet",
 "properties": {
-"results": {
-"description": "The test case results. The detailed conversation turns are empty in this response.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestCaseResult"
+"searchSnippet": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsSearchSnippet",
+"description": "Details of the snippet."
 },
-"type": "array"
+"snippetIndex": {
+"description": "Index of the snippet in `search_snippets` field.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BoostSpec": {
-"description": "Boost specification to boost certain documents. A copy of google.cloud.discoveryengine.v1main.BoostSpec, field documentation is available at https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/reference/rest/v1alpha/BoostSpec",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BoostSpec",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsGroundingSignals": {
+"description": "Grounding signals.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsGroundingSignals",
 "properties": {
-"conditionBoostSpecs": {
-"description": "Optional. Condition boost specifications. If a document matches multiple conditions in the specifications, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 20.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BoostSpecConditionBoostSpec"
+"decision": {
+"description": "Represents the decision of the grounding check.",
+"enum": [
+"GROUNDING_DECISION_UNSPECIFIED",
+"ACCEPTED_BY_GROUNDING",
+"REJECTED_BY_GROUNDING"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Decision not specified.",
+"Grounding have accepted the answer.",
+"Grounding have rejected the answer."
+],
+"type": "string"
 },
-"type": "array"
+"score": {
+"description": "Grounding score bucket setting.",
+"enum": [
+"GROUNDING_SCORE_BUCKET_UNSPECIFIED",
+"VERY_LOW",
+"LOW",
+"MEDIUM",
+"HIGH",
+"VERY_HIGH"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Score not specified.",
+"We have very low confidence that the answer is grounded.",
+"We have low confidence that the answer is grounded.",
+"We have medium confidence that the answer is grounded.",
+"We have high confidence that the answer is grounded.",
+"We have very high confidence that the answer is grounded."
+],
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BoostSpecConditionBoostSpec": {
-"description": "Boost applies to documents which match a condition.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BoostSpecConditionBoostSpec",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsRewriterModelCallSignals": {
+"description": "Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsRewriterModelCallSignals",
 "properties": {
-"boost": {
-"description": "Optional. Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the document a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted document will be the top result at all times, nor that other documents will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant documents. Setting to -1.0 gives the document a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The document will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored.",
-"format": "float",
-"type": "number"
+"model": {
+"description": "Name of the generative model. For example, \"gemini-ultra\", \"gemini-pro\", \"gemini-1.5-flash\" etc. Defaults to \"Other\" if the model is unknown.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"boostControlSpec": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BoostSpecConditionBoostSpecBoostControlSpec",
-"description": "Optional. Complex specification for custom ranking based on customer defined attribute value."
+"modelOutput": {
+"description": "Output of the generative model.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"condition": {
-"description": "Optional. An expression which specifies a boost condition. The syntax and supported fields are the same as a filter expression. Examples: * To boost documents with document ID \"doc_1\" or \"doc_2\", and color \"Red\" or \"Blue\": * (id: ANY(\"doc_1\", \"doc_2\")) AND (color: ANY(\"Red\",\"Blue\"))",
+"renderedPrompt": {
+"description": "Prompt as sent to the model.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BoostSpecConditionBoostSpecBoostControlSpec": {
-"description": "Specification for custom ranking based on customer specified attribute value. It provides more controls for customized ranking than the simple (condition, boost) combination above.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BoostSpecConditionBoostSpecBoostControlSpec",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsSafetySignals": {
+"description": "Safety check results.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsSafetySignals",
 "properties": {
-"attributeType": {
-"description": "Optional. The attribute type to be used to determine the boost amount. The attribute value can be derived from the field value of the specified field_name. In the case of numerical it is straightforward i.e. attribute_value = numerical_field_value. In the case of freshness however, attribute_value = (time.now() - datetime_field_value).",
+"bannedPhraseMatch": {
+"description": "Specifies banned phrase match subject.",
 "enum": [
-"ATTRIBUTE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
-"NUMERICAL",
-"FRESHNESS"
+"BANNED_PHRASE_MATCH_UNSPECIFIED",
+"BANNED_PHRASE_MATCH_NONE",
+"BANNED_PHRASE_MATCH_QUERY",
+"BANNED_PHRASE_MATCH_RESPONSE"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
-"Unspecified AttributeType.",
-"The value of the numerical field will be used to dynamically update the boost amount. In this case, the attribute_value (the x value) of the control point will be the actual value of the numerical field for which the boost_amount is specified.",
-"For the freshness use case the attribute value will be the duration between the current time and the date in the datetime field specified. The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`. E.g. `5D`, `3DT12H30M`, `T24H`."
+"No banned phrase check was executed.",
+"All banned phrase checks led to no match.",
+"A banned phrase matched the query.",
+"A banned phrase matched the response."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
-"controlPoints": {
-"description": "Optional. The control points used to define the curve. The monotonic function (defined through the interpolation_type above) passes through the control points listed here.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BoostSpecConditionBoostSpecBoostControlSpecControlPoint"
-},
-"type": "array"
-},
-"fieldName": {
-"description": "Optional. The name of the field whose value will be used to determine the boost amount.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"interpolationType": {
-"description": "Optional. The interpolation type to be applied to connect the control points listed below.",
+"decision": {
+"description": "Safety decision.",
 "enum": [
-"INTERPOLATION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
-"LINEAR"
+"SAFETY_DECISION_UNSPECIFIED",
+"ACCEPTED_BY_SAFETY_CHECK",
+"REJECTED_BY_SAFETY_CHECK"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
-"Interpolation type is unspecified. In this case, it defaults to Linear.",
-"Piecewise linear interpolation will be applied."
+"Decision not specified.",
+"No manual or automatic safety check fired.",
+"One ore more safety checks fired."
 ],
 "type": "string"
+},
+"matchedBannedPhrase": {
+"description": "The matched banned phrase if there was a match.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BoostSpecConditionBoostSpecBoostControlSpecControlPoint": {
-"description": "The control points used to define the curve. The curve defined through these control points can only be monotonically increasing or decreasing(constant values are acceptable).",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BoostSpecConditionBoostSpecBoostControlSpecControlPoint",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsSearchSnippet": {
+"description": "Search snippet details.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsSearchSnippet",
 "properties": {
-"attributeValue": {
-"description": "Optional. Can be one of: 1. The numerical field value. 2. The duration spec for freshness: The value must be formatted as an XSD `dayTimeDuration` value (a restricted subset of an ISO 8601 duration value). The pattern for this is: `nDnM]`.",
+"documentTitle": {
+"description": "Title of the enclosing document.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"boostAmount": {
-"description": "Optional. The value between -1 to 1 by which to boost the score if the attribute_value evaluates to the value specified above.",
-"format": "float",
-"type": "number"
+"documentUri": {
+"description": "Uri for the document. Present if specified for the document.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"text": {
+"description": "Text included in the prompt.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BoostSpecs": {
-"description": "Boost specifications for data stores.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BoostSpecs",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DeployFlowMetadata": {
+"description": "Metadata returned for the Environments.DeployFlow long running operation.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DeployFlowMetadata",
 "properties": {
-"dataStores": {
-"description": "Optional. Data Stores where the boosting configuration is applied. The full names of the referenced data stores. Formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dataStores/{data_store}`",
-"items": {
-"type": "string"
-},
-"type": "array"
-},
-"spec": {
-"description": "Optional. A list of boosting specifications.",
+"testErrors": {
+"description": "Errors of running deployment tests.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BoostSpec"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestError"
 },
 "type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3CalculateCoverageResponse": {
-"description": "The response message for TestCases.CalculateCoverage.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3CalculateCoverageResponse",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DeployFlowRequest": {
+"description": "The request message for Environments.DeployFlow.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DeployFlowRequest",
 "properties": {
-"agent": {
-"description": "The agent to calculate coverage for. Format: `projects//locations//agents/`.",
+"flowVersion": {
+"description": "Required. The flow version to deploy. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//versions/`.",
 "type": "string"
+}
 },
-"intentCoverage": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3IntentCoverage",
-"description": "Intent coverage."
+"type": "object"
 },
-"routeGroupCoverage": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroupCoverage",
-"description": "Transition route group coverage."
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DeployFlowResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for Environments.DeployFlow.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DeployFlowResponse",
+"properties": {
+"deployment": {
+"description": "The name of the flow version Deployment. Format: `projects//locations//agents//environments//deployments/`.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"transitionCoverage": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionCoverage",
-"description": "Transition (excluding transition route groups) coverage."
+"environment": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Environment",
+"description": "The updated environment where the flow is deployed."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Changelog": {
-"description": "Changelogs represents a change made to a given agent.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Changelog",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Deployment": {
+"description": "Represents a deployment in an environment. A deployment happens when a flow version configured to be active in the environment. You can configure running pre-deployment steps, e.g. running validation test cases, experiment auto-rollout, etc.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Deployment",
 "properties": {
-"action": {
-"description": "The action of the change.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"createTime": {
-"description": "The timestamp of the change.",
+"endTime": {
+"description": "End time of this deployment.",
 "format": "google-datetime",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"displayName": {
-"description": "The affected resource display name of the change.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"languageCode": {
-"description": "The affected language code of the change.",
+"flowVersion": {
+"description": "The name of the flow version for this deployment. Format: projects//locations//agents//flows//versions/.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "name": {
-"description": "The unique identifier of the changelog. Format: `projects//locations//agents//changelogs/`.",
+"description": "The name of the deployment. Format: projects//locations//agents//environments//deployments/.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"resource": {
-"description": "The affected resource name of the change.",
-"type": "string"
+"result": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DeploymentResult",
+"description": "Result of the deployment."
 },
-"type": {
-"description": "The affected resource type.",
+"startTime": {
+"description": "Start time of this deployment.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"userEmail": {
-"description": "Email address of the authenticated user.",
+"state": {
+"description": "The current state of the deployment.",
+"enum": [
+"STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"RUNNING",
+"SUCCEEDED",
+"FAILED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"State unspecified.",
+"The deployment is running.",
+"The deployment succeeded.",
+"The deployment failed."
+],
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3CompareVersionsRequest": {
-"description": "The request message for Versions.CompareVersions.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3CompareVersionsRequest",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DeploymentResult": {
+"description": "Result of the deployment.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DeploymentResult",
 "properties": {
-"languageCode": {
-"description": "The language to compare the flow versions for. If not specified, the agent's default language is used. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.",
+"deploymentTestResults": {
+"description": "Results of test cases running before the deployment. Format: `projects//locations//agents//testCases//results/`.",
+"items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
-"targetVersion": {
-"description": "Required. Name of the target flow version to compare with the base version. Use version ID `0` to indicate the draft version of the specified flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//versions/`.",
+"type": "array"
+},
+"experiment": {
+"description": "The name of the experiment triggered by this deployment. Format: projects//locations//agents//environments//experiments/.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3CompareVersionsResponse": {
-"description": "The response message for Versions.CompareVersions.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3CompareVersionsResponse",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DetectIntentRequest": {
+"description": "The request to detect user's intent.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DetectIntentRequest",
 "properties": {
-"baseVersionContentJson": {
-"description": "JSON representation of the base version content.",
-"type": "string"
+"outputAudioConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3OutputAudioConfig",
+"description": "Instructs the speech synthesizer how to generate the output audio."
 },
-"compareTime": {
-"description": "The timestamp when the two version compares.",
-"format": "google-datetime",
-"type": "string"
+"queryInput": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3QueryInput",
+"description": "Required. The input specification."
 },
-"targetVersionContentJson": {
-"description": "JSON representation of the target version content.",
-"type": "string"
+"queryParams": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3QueryParameters",
+"description": "The parameters of this query."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ContinuousTestResult": {
-"description": "Represents a result from running a test case in an agent environment.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ContinuousTestResult",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DetectIntentResponse": {
+"description": "The message returned from the DetectIntent method.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DetectIntentResponse",
 "properties": {
-"name": {
-"description": "The resource name for the continuous test result. Format: `projects//locations//agents//environments//continuousTestResults/`.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"result": {
-"description": "The result of this continuous test run, i.e. whether all the tests in this continuous test run pass or not.",
-"enum": [
-"AGGREGATED_TEST_RESULT_UNSPECIFIED",
-"PASSED",
-"FAILED"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Not specified. Should never be used.",
-"All the tests passed.",
-"At least one test did not pass."
-],
-"type": "string"
+"allowCancellation": {
+"description": "Indicates whether the partial response can be cancelled when a later response arrives. e.g. if the agent specified some music as partial response, it can be cancelled.",
+"type": "boolean"
 },
-"runTime": {
-"description": "Time when the continuous testing run starts.",
-"format": "google-datetime",
+"outputAudio": {
+"description": "The audio data bytes encoded as specified in the request. Note: The output audio is generated based on the values of default platform text responses found in the `query_result.response_messages` field. If multiple default text responses exist, they will be concatenated when generating audio. If no default platform text responses exist, the generated audio content will be empty. In some scenarios, multiple output audio fields may be present in the response structure. In these cases, only the top-most-level audio output has content.",
+"format": "byte",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"testCaseResults": {
-"description": "A list of individual test case results names in this continuous test run.",
-"items": {
-"type": "string"
+"outputAudioConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3OutputAudioConfig",
+"description": "The config used by the speech synthesizer to generate the output audio."
 },
-"type": "array"
-}
+"queryResult": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3QueryResult",
+"description": "The result of the conversational query."
 },
-"type": "object"
+"responseId": {
+"description": "Output only. The unique identifier of the response. It can be used to locate a response in the training example set or for reporting issues.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ConversationSignals": {
-"description": "This message is used to hold all the Conversation Signals data, which will be converted to JSON and exported to BigQuery.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ConversationSignals",
-"properties": {
-"turnSignals": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TurnSignals",
-"description": "Required. Turn signals for the current turn."
+"responseType": {
+"description": "Response type.",
+"enum": [
+"RESPONSE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"PARTIAL",
+"FINAL"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Not specified. This should never happen.",
+"Partial response. e.g. Aggregated responses in a Fulfillment that enables `return_partial_response` can be returned as partial response. WARNING: partial response is not eligible for barge-in.",
+"Final response."
+],
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ConversationTurn": {
-"description": "One interaction between a human and virtual agent. The human provides some input and the virtual agent provides a response.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ConversationTurn",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DtmfInput": {
+"description": "Represents the input for dtmf event.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DtmfInput",
 "properties": {
-"userInput": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ConversationTurnUserInput",
-"description": "The user input."
+"digits": {
+"description": "The dtmf digits.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"virtualAgentOutput": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ConversationTurnVirtualAgentOutput",
-"description": "The virtual agent output."
+"finishDigit": {
+"description": "The finish digit (if any).",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ConversationTurnUserInput": {
-"description": "The input from the human user.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ConversationTurnUserInput",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EntityType": {
+"description": "Entities are extracted from user input and represent parameters that are meaningful to your application. For example, a date range, a proper name such as a geographic location or landmark, and so on. Entities represent actionable data for your application. When you define an entity, you can also include synonyms that all map to that entity. For example, \"soft drink\", \"soda\", \"pop\", and so on. There are three types of entities: * **System** - entities that are defined by the Dialogflow API for common data types such as date, time, currency, and so on. A system entity is represented by the `EntityType` type. * **Custom** - entities that are defined by you that represent actionable data that is meaningful to your application. For example, you could define a `pizza.sauce` entity for red or white pizza sauce, a `pizza.cheese` entity for the different types of cheese on a pizza, a `pizza.topping` entity for different toppings, and so on. A custom entity is represented by the `EntityType` type. * **User** - entities that are built for an individual user such as favorites, preferences, playlists, and so on. A user entity is represented by the SessionEntityType type. For more information about entity types, see the [Dialogflow documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/entities-overview).",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EntityType",
 "properties": {
-"enableSentimentAnalysis": {
-"description": "Whether sentiment analysis is enabled.",
-"type": "boolean"
-},
-"injectedParameters": {
-"additionalProperties": {
-"description": "Properties of the object.",
-"type": "any"
-},
-"description": "Parameters that need to be injected into the conversation during intent detection.",
-"type": "object"
+"autoExpansionMode": {
+"description": "Indicates whether the entity type can be automatically expanded.",
+"enum": [
+"AUTO_EXPANSION_MODE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"AUTO_EXPANSION_MODE_DEFAULT"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Auto expansion disabled for the entity.",
+"Allows an agent to recognize values that have not been explicitly listed in the entity."
+],
+"type": "string"
 },
-"input": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3QueryInput",
-"description": "Supports text input, event input, dtmf input in the test case."
+"displayName": {
+"description": "Required. The human-readable name of the entity type, unique within the agent.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"isWebhookEnabled": {
-"description": "If webhooks should be allowed to trigger in response to the user utterance. Often if parameters are injected, webhooks should not be enabled.",
+"enableFuzzyExtraction": {
+"description": "Enables fuzzy entity extraction during classification.",
 "type": "boolean"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ConversationTurnVirtualAgentOutput": {
-"description": "The output from the virtual agent.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ConversationTurnVirtualAgentOutput",
-"properties": {
-"currentPage": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Page",
-"description": "The Page on which the utterance was spoken. Only name and displayName will be set."
-},
-"diagnosticInfo": {
-"additionalProperties": {
-"description": "Properties of the object.",
-"type": "any"
+"entities": {
+"description": "The collection of entity entries associated with the entity type.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EntityTypeEntity"
 },
-"description": "Required. Input only. The diagnostic info output for the turn. Required to calculate the testing coverage.",
-"type": "object"
+"type": "array"
 },
-"differences": {
-"description": "Output only. If this is part of a result conversation turn, the list of differences between the original run and the replay for this output, if any.",
+"excludedPhrases": {
+"description": "Collection of exceptional words and phrases that shouldn't be matched. For example, if you have a size entity type with entry `giant`(an adjective), you might consider adding `giants`(a noun) as an exclusion. If the kind of entity type is `KIND_MAP`, then the phrases specified by entities and excluded phrases should be mutually exclusive.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestRunDifference"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EntityTypeExcludedPhrase"
 },
-"readOnly": true,
 "type": "array"
 },
-"sessionParameters": {
-"additionalProperties": {
-"description": "Properties of the object.",
-"type": "any"
+"kind": {
+"description": "Required. Indicates the kind of entity type.",
+"enum": [
+"KIND_UNSPECIFIED",
+"KIND_MAP",
+"KIND_LIST",
+"KIND_REGEXP"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Not specified. This value should be never used.",
+"Map entity types allow mapping of a group of synonyms to a canonical value.",
+"List entity types contain a set of entries that do not map to canonical values. However, list entity types can contain references to other entity types (with or without aliases).",
+"Regexp entity types allow to specify regular expressions in entries values."
+],
+"type": "string"
 },
-"description": "The session parameters available to the bot at this point.",
-"type": "object"
+"name": {
+"description": "The unique identifier of the entity type. Required for EntityTypes.UpdateEntityType. Format: `projects//locations//agents//entityTypes/`.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"status": {
-"$ref": "GoogleRpcStatus",
-"description": "Response error from the agent in the test result. If set, other output is empty."
+"redact": {
+"description": "Indicates whether parameters of the entity type should be redacted in log. If redaction is enabled, page parameters and intent parameters referring to the entity type will be replaced by parameter name when logging.",
+"type": "boolean"
+}
 },
-"textResponses": {
-"description": "The text responses from the agent for the turn.",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EntityTypeEntity": {
+"description": "An **entity entry** for an associated entity type.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EntityTypeEntity",
+"properties": {
+"synonyms": {
+"description": "Required. A collection of value synonyms. For example, if the entity type is *vegetable*, and `value` is *scallions*, a synonym could be *green onions*. For `KIND_LIST` entity types: * This collection must contain exactly one synonym equal to `value`.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageText"
+"type": "string"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
-"triggeredIntent": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Intent",
-"description": "The Intent that triggered the response. Only name and displayName will be set."
+"value": {
+"description": "Required. The primary value associated with this entity entry. For example, if the entity type is *vegetable*, the value could be *scallions*. For `KIND_MAP` entity types: * A canonical value to be used in place of synonyms. For `KIND_LIST` entity types: * A string that can contain references to other entity types (with or without aliases).",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3CreateVersionOperationMetadata": {
-"description": "Metadata associated with the long running operation for Versions.CreateVersion.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3CreateVersionOperationMetadata",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EntityTypeExcludedPhrase": {
+"description": "An excluded entity phrase that should not be matched.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EntityTypeExcludedPhrase",
 "properties": {
-"version": {
-"description": "Name of the created version. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//versions/`.",
+"value": {
+"description": "Required. The word or phrase to be excluded.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnection": {
-"description": "A data store connection. It represents a data store in Discovery Engine and the type of the contents it contains.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnection",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Environment": {
+"description": "Represents an environment for an agent. You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for testing, development, production, etc.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Environment",
 "properties": {
-"dataStore": {
-"description": "The full name of the referenced data store. Formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dataStores/{data_store}`",
+"description": {
+"description": "The human-readable description of the environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"dataStoreType": {
-"description": "The type of the connected data store.",
-"enum": [
-"DATA_STORE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
-"PUBLIC_WEB",
-"UNSTRUCTURED",
-"STRUCTURED"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Not specified. This value indicates that the data store type is not specified, so it will not be used during search.",
-"A data store that contains public web content.",
-"A data store that contains unstructured private data.",
-"A data store that contains structured data (for example FAQ)."
-],
+"displayName": {
+"description": "Required. The human-readable name of the environment (unique in an agent). Limit of 64 characters.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"documentProcessingMode": {
-"description": "The document processing mode for the data store connection. Should only be set for PUBLIC_WEB and UNSTRUCTURED data stores. If not set it is considered as DOCUMENTS, as this is the legacy mode.",
-"enum": [
-"DOCUMENT_PROCESSING_MODE_UNSPECIFIED",
-"DOCUMENTS",
-"CHUNKS"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Not specified. This should be set for STRUCTURED type data stores. Due to legacy reasons this is considered as DOCUMENTS for STRUCTURED and PUBLIC_WEB data stores.",
-"Documents are processed as documents.",
-"Documents are converted to chunks."
-],
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the environment. Format: `projects//locations//agents//environments/`.",
 "type": "string"
-}
 },
-"type": "object"
+"testCasesConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EnvironmentTestCasesConfig",
+"description": "The test cases config for continuous tests of this environment."
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignals": {
-"description": "Data store connection feature output signals. Might be only partially field if processing stop before the final answer. Reasons for this can be, but are not limited to: empty UCS search results, positive RAI check outcome, grounding failure, ...",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignals",
-"properties": {
-"answer": {
-"description": "Optional. The final compiled answer.",
+"updateTime": {
+"description": "Output only. Update time of this environment.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
-"answerGenerationModelCallSignals": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsAnswerGenerationModelCallSignals",
-"description": "Optional. Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call."
-},
-"answerParts": {
-"description": "Optional. Answer parts with relevant citations. Concatenation of texts should add up the `answer` (not counting whitespaces).",
+"versionConfigs": {
+"description": "A list of configurations for flow versions. You should include version configs for all flows that are reachable from `Start Flow` in the agent. Otherwise, an error will be returned.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsAnswerPart"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EnvironmentVersionConfig"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
-"citedSnippets": {
-"description": "Optional. Snippets cited by the answer generation model from the most to least relevant.",
+"webhookConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EnvironmentWebhookConfig",
+"description": "The webhook configuration for this environment."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EnvironmentTestCasesConfig": {
+"description": "The configuration for continuous tests.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EnvironmentTestCasesConfig",
+"properties": {
+"enableContinuousRun": {
+"description": "Whether to run test cases in TestCasesConfig.test_cases periodically. Default false. If set to true, run once a day.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"enablePredeploymentRun": {
+"description": "Whether to run test cases in TestCasesConfig.test_cases before deploying a flow version to the environment. Default false.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"testCases": {
+"description": "A list of test case names to run. They should be under the same agent. Format of each test case name: `projects//locations//agents//testCases/`",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsCitedSnippet"
+"type": "string"
 },
 "type": "array"
+}
 },
-"groundingSignals": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsGroundingSignals",
-"description": "Optional. Grounding signals."
-},
-"rewriterModelCallSignals": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsRewriterModelCallSignals",
-"description": "Optional. Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call."
+"type": "object"
 },
-"rewrittenQuery": {
-"description": "Optional. Rewritten string query used for search.",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EnvironmentVersionConfig": {
+"description": "Configuration for the version.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EnvironmentVersionConfig",
+"properties": {
+"version": {
+"description": "Required. Both flow and playbook versions are supported. Format for flow version: projects//locations//agents//flows//versions/. Format for playbook version: projects//locations//agents//playbooks//versions/.",
 "type": "string"
+}
 },
-"safetySignals": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsSafetySignals",
-"description": "Optional. Safety check result."
+"type": "object"
 },
-"searchSnippets": {
-"description": "Optional. Search snippets included in the answer generation prompt.",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EnvironmentWebhookConfig": {
+"description": "Configuration for webhooks.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EnvironmentWebhookConfig",
+"properties": {
+"webhookOverrides": {
+"description": "The list of webhooks to override for the agent environment. The webhook must exist in the agent. You can override fields in `generic_web_service` and `service_directory`.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsSearchSnippet"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Webhook"
 },
 "type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsAnswerGenerationModelCallSignals": {
-"description": "Diagnostic info related to the answer generation model call.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsAnswerGenerationModelCallSignals",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EventHandler": {
+"description": "An event handler specifies an event that can be handled during a session. When the specified event happens, the following actions are taken in order: * If there is a `trigger_fulfillment` associated with the event, it will be called. * If there is a `target_page` associated with the event, the session will transition into the specified page. * If there is a `target_flow` associated with the event, the session will transition into the specified flow.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EventHandler",
 "properties": {
-"model": {
-"description": "Name of the generative model. For example, \"gemini-ultra\", \"gemini-pro\", \"gemini-1.5-flash\" etc. Defaults to \"Other\" if the model is unknown.",
+"event": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the event to handle.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"modelOutput": {
-"description": "Output of the generative model.",
+"name": {
+"description": "Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler.",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
-"renderedPrompt": {
-"description": "Prompt as sent to the model.",
+"targetFlow": {
+"description": "The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.",
 "type": "string"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsAnswerPart": {
-"description": "Answer part with citation.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsAnswerPart",
-"properties": {
-"supportingIndices": {
-"description": "Citations for this answer part. Indices of `search_snippets`.",
-"items": {
-"format": "int32",
-"type": "integer"
 },
-"type": "array"
+"targetPage": {
+"description": "The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"text": {
-"description": "Substring of the answer.",
+"targetPlaybook": {
+"description": "The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.",
 "type": "string"
+},
+"triggerFulfillment": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Fulfillment",
+"description": "The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsCitedSnippet": {
-"description": "Snippet cited by the answer generation model.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsCitedSnippet",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EventInput": {
+"description": "Represents the event to trigger.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EventInput",
 "properties": {
-"searchSnippet": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsSearchSnippet",
-"description": "Details of the snippet."
-},
-"snippetIndex": {
-"description": "Index of the snippet in `search_snippets` field.",
-"format": "int32",
-"type": "integer"
+"event": {
+"description": "Name of the event.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsGroundingSignals": {
-"description": "Grounding signals.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsGroundingSignals",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Example": {
+"description": "Example represents a sample execution of the playbook in the conversation. An example consists of a list of ordered actions performed by end user or Dialogflow agent according the playbook instructions to fulfill the task.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Example",
 "properties": {
-"decision": {
-"description": "Represents the decision of the grounding check.",
+"actions": {
+"description": "Required. The ordered list of actions performed by the end user and the Dialogflow agent.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Action"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"conversationState": {
+"description": "Required. Example's output state.",
 "enum": [
-"GROUNDING_DECISION_UNSPECIFIED",
-"ACCEPTED_BY_GROUNDING",
-"REJECTED_BY_GROUNDING"
+"OUTPUT_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"OUTPUT_STATE_OK",
+"OUTPUT_STATE_CANCELLED",
+"OUTPUT_STATE_FAILED",
+"OUTPUT_STATE_ESCALATED",
+"OUTPUT_STATE_PENDING"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
-"Decision not specified.",
-"Grounding have accepted the answer.",
-"Grounding have rejected the answer."
+"Unspecified output.",
+"Succeeded.",
+"Cancelled.",
+"Failed.",
+"Escalated.",
+"Pending."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
-"score": {
-"description": "Grounding score bucket setting.",
-"enum": [
-"GROUNDING_SCORE_BUCKET_UNSPECIFIED",
-"VERY_LOW",
-"LOW",
-"MEDIUM",
-"HIGH",
-"VERY_HIGH"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Score not specified.",
-"We have very low confidence that the answer is grounded.",
-"We have low confidence that the answer is grounded.",
-"We have medium confidence that the answer is grounded.",
-"We have high confidence that the answer is grounded.",
-"We have very high confidence that the answer is grounded."
-],
+"createTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The timestamp of initial example creation.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
-}
 },
-"type": "object"
+"description": {
+"description": "Optional. The high level concise description of the example. The max number of characters is 200.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsRewriterModelCallSignals": {
-"description": "Diagnostic info related to the rewriter model call.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsRewriterModelCallSignals",
-"properties": {
-"model": {
-"description": "Name of the generative model. For example, \"gemini-ultra\", \"gemini-pro\", \"gemini-1.5-flash\" etc. Defaults to \"Other\" if the model is unknown.",
+"displayName": {
+"description": "Required. The display name of the example.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"modelOutput": {
-"description": "Output of the generative model.",
+"languageCode": {
+"description": "Optional. The language code of the example. If not specified, the agent's default language is used. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used. Note: example's language code is not currently used in dialogflow agents.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"renderedPrompt": {
-"description": "Prompt as sent to the model.",
+"name": {
+"description": "The unique identifier of the playbook example. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks//examples/`.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"playbookInput": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookInput",
+"description": "Optional. The input to the playbook in the example."
+},
+"playbookOutput": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookOutput",
+"description": "Optional. The output of the playbook in the example."
+},
+"tokenCount": {
+"description": "Output only. Estimated number of tokes current example takes when sent to the LLM.",
+"format": "int64",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"updateTime": {
+"description": "Output only. Last time the example was updated.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsSafetySignals": {
-"description": "Safety check results.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsSafetySignals",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Experiment": {
+"description": "Represents an experiment in an environment.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Experiment",
 "properties": {
-"bannedPhraseMatch": {
-"description": "Specifies banned phrase match subject.",
-"enum": [
-"BANNED_PHRASE_MATCH_UNSPECIFIED",
-"BANNED_PHRASE_MATCH_NONE",
-"BANNED_PHRASE_MATCH_QUERY",
-"BANNED_PHRASE_MATCH_RESPONSE"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"No banned phrase check was executed.",
-"All banned phrase checks led to no match.",
-"A banned phrase matched the query.",
-"A banned phrase matched the response."
-],
+"createTime": {
+"description": "Creation time of this experiment.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"decision": {
-"description": "Safety decision.",
+"definition": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExperimentDefinition",
+"description": "The definition of the experiment."
+},
+"description": {
+"description": "The human-readable description of the experiment.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"displayName": {
+"description": "Required. The human-readable name of the experiment (unique in an environment). Limit of 64 characters.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"endTime": {
+"description": "End time of this experiment.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"experimentLength": {
+"description": "Maximum number of days to run the experiment/rollout. If auto-rollout is not enabled, default value and maximum will be 30 days. If auto-rollout is enabled, default value and maximum will be 6 days.",
+"format": "google-duration",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"lastUpdateTime": {
+"description": "Last update time of this experiment.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the experiment. Format: projects//locations//agents//environments//experiments/.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"result": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExperimentResult",
+"description": "Inference result of the experiment."
+},
+"rolloutConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RolloutConfig",
+"description": "The configuration for auto rollout. If set, there should be exactly two variants in the experiment (control variant being the default version of the flow), the traffic allocation for the non-control variant will gradually increase to 100% when conditions are met, and eventually replace the control variant to become the default version of the flow."
+},
+"rolloutFailureReason": {
+"description": "The reason why rollout has failed. Should only be set when state is ROLLOUT_FAILED.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"rolloutState": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RolloutState",
+"description": "State of the auto rollout process."
+},
+"startTime": {
+"description": "Start time of this experiment.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"state": {
+"description": "The current state of the experiment. Transition triggered by Experiments.StartExperiment: DRAFT->RUNNING. Transition triggered by Experiments.CancelExperiment: DRAFT->DONE or RUNNING->DONE.",
 "enum": [
-"SAFETY_DECISION_UNSPECIFIED",
-"ACCEPTED_BY_SAFETY_CHECK",
-"REJECTED_BY_SAFETY_CHECK"
+"STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"DRAFT",
+"RUNNING",
+"DONE",
+"ROLLOUT_FAILED"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
-"Decision not specified.",
-"No manual or automatic safety check fired.",
-"One ore more safety checks fired."
+"State unspecified.",
+"The experiment is created but not started yet.",
+"The experiment is running.",
+"The experiment is done.",
+"The experiment with auto-rollout enabled has failed."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
-"matchedBannedPhrase": {
-"description": "The matched banned phrase if there was a match.",
-"type": "string"
+"variantsHistory": {
+"description": "The history of updates to the experiment variants.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3VariantsHistory"
+},
+"type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsSearchSnippet": {
-"description": "Search snippet details.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignalsSearchSnippet",
-"properties": {
-"documentTitle": {
-"description": "Title of the enclosing document.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"documentUri": {
-"description": "Uri for the document. Present if specified for the document.",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExperimentDefinition": {
+"description": "Definition of the experiment.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExperimentDefinition",
+"properties": {
+"condition": {
+"description": "The condition defines which subset of sessions are selected for this experiment. If not specified, all sessions are eligible. E.g. \"query_input.language_code=en\" See the [conditions reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/condition).",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"text": {
-"description": "Text included in the prompt.",
-"type": "string"
+"versionVariants": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3VersionVariants",
+"description": "The flow versions as the variants of this experiment."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DeployFlowMetadata": {
-"description": "Metadata returned for the Environments.DeployFlow long running operation.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DeployFlowMetadata",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExperimentResult": {
+"description": "The inference result which includes an objective metric to optimize and the confidence interval.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExperimentResult",
 "properties": {
-"testErrors": {
-"description": "Errors of running deployment tests.",
+"lastUpdateTime": {
+"description": "The last time the experiment's stats data was updated. Will have default value if stats have never been computed for this experiment.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"versionMetrics": {
+"description": "Version variants and metrics.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestError"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExperimentResultVersionMetrics"
 },
 "type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DeployFlowRequest": {
-"description": "The request message for Environments.DeployFlow.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DeployFlowRequest",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExperimentResultConfidenceInterval": {
+"description": "A confidence interval is a range of possible values for the experiment objective you are trying to measure.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExperimentResultConfidenceInterval",
 "properties": {
-"flowVersion": {
-"description": "Required. The flow version to deploy. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//versions/`.",
-"type": "string"
+"confidenceLevel": {
+"description": "The confidence level used to construct the interval, i.e. there is X% chance that the true value is within this interval.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
+},
+"lowerBound": {
+"description": "Lower bound of the interval.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
+},
+"ratio": {
+"description": "The percent change between an experiment metric's value and the value for its control.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
+},
+"upperBound": {
+"description": "Upper bound of the interval.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DeployFlowResponse": {
-"description": "The response message for Environments.DeployFlow.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DeployFlowResponse",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExperimentResultMetric": {
+"description": "Metric and corresponding confidence intervals.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExperimentResultMetric",
 "properties": {
-"deployment": {
-"description": "The name of the flow version Deployment. Format: `projects//locations//agents//environments//deployments/`.",
+"confidenceInterval": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExperimentResultConfidenceInterval",
+"description": "The probability that the treatment is better than all other treatments in the experiment"
+},
+"count": {
+"description": "Count value of a metric.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
+},
+"countType": {
+"description": "Count-based metric type. Only one of type or count_type is specified in each Metric.",
+"enum": [
+"COUNT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"TOTAL_NO_MATCH_COUNT",
+"TOTAL_TURN_COUNT",
+"AVERAGE_TURN_COUNT"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Count type unspecified.",
+"Total number of occurrences of a 'NO_MATCH'.",
+"Total number of turn counts.",
+"Average turn count in a session."
+],
 "type": "string"
 },
-"environment": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Environment",
-"description": "The updated environment where the flow is deployed."
+"ratio": {
+"description": "Ratio value of a metric.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
+},
+"type": {
+"description": "Ratio-based metric type. Only one of type or count_type is specified in each Metric.",
+"enum": [
+"METRIC_UNSPECIFIED",
+"CONTAINED_SESSION_NO_CALLBACK_RATE",
+"LIVE_AGENT_HANDOFF_RATE",
+"CALLBACK_SESSION_RATE",
+"ABANDONED_SESSION_RATE",
+"SESSION_END_RATE"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Metric unspecified.",
+"Percentage of contained sessions without user calling back in 24 hours.",
+"Percentage of sessions that were handed to a human agent.",
+"Percentage of sessions with the same user calling back.",
+"Percentage of sessions where user hung up.",
+"Percentage of sessions reached Dialogflow 'END_PAGE' or 'END_SESSION'."
+],
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Deployment": {
-"description": "Represents a deployment in an environment. A deployment happens when a flow version configured to be active in the environment. You can configure running pre-deployment steps, e.g. running validation test cases, experiment auto-rollout, etc.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Deployment",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExperimentResultVersionMetrics": {
+"description": "Version variant and associated metrics.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExperimentResultVersionMetrics",
 "properties": {
-"endTime": {
-"description": "End time of this deployment.",
-"format": "google-datetime",
-"type": "string"
+"metrics": {
+"description": "The metrics and corresponding confidence intervals in the inference result.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExperimentResultMetric"
 },
-"flowVersion": {
-"description": "The name of the flow version for this deployment. Format: projects//locations//agents//flows//versions/.",
-"type": "string"
+"type": "array"
 },
-"name": {
-"description": "The name of the deployment. Format: projects//locations//agents//environments//deployments/.",
+"sessionCount": {
+"description": "Number of sessions that were allocated to this version.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"version": {
+"description": "The name of the flow Version. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//versions/`.",
 "type": "string"
+}
 },
-"result": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DeploymentResult",
-"description": "Result of the deployment."
+"type": "object"
 },
-"startTime": {
-"description": "Start time of this deployment.",
-"format": "google-datetime",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportAgentRequest": {
+"description": "The request message for Agents.ExportAgent.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportAgentRequest",
+"properties": {
+"agentUri": {
+"description": "Optional. The [Google Cloud Storage](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/) URI to export the agent to. The format of this URI must be `gs:///`. If left unspecified, the serialized agent is returned inline. Dialogflow performs a write operation for the Cloud Storage object on the caller's behalf, so your request authentication must have write permissions for the object. For more information, see [Dialogflow access control](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/access-control#storage).",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"state": {
-"description": "The current state of the deployment.",
+"dataFormat": {
+"description": "Optional. The data format of the exported agent. If not specified, `BLOB` is assumed.",
 "enum": [
-"STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
-"RUNNING",
-"SUCCEEDED",
-"FAILED"
+"DATA_FORMAT_UNSPECIFIED",
+"BLOB",
+"JSON_PACKAGE"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
-"State unspecified.",
-"The deployment is running.",
-"The deployment succeeded.",
-"The deployment failed."
+"Unspecified format.",
+"Agent content will be exported as raw bytes.",
+"Agent content will be exported in JSON Package format."
 ],
 "type": "string"
+},
+"environment": {
+"description": "Optional. Environment name. If not set, draft environment is assumed. Format: `projects//locations//agents//environments/`.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"gitDestination": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportAgentRequestGitDestination",
+"description": "Optional. The Git branch to export the agent to."
+},
+"includeBigqueryExportSettings": {
+"description": "Optional. Whether to include BigQuery Export setting.",
+"type": "boolean"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DeploymentResult": {
-"description": "Result of the deployment.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DeploymentResult",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportAgentRequestGitDestination": {
+"description": "Settings for exporting to a git branch.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportAgentRequestGitDestination",
 "properties": {
-"deploymentTestResults": {
-"description": "Results of test cases running before the deployment. Format: `projects//locations//agents//testCases//results/`.",
-"items": {
+"commitMessage": {
+"description": "Commit message for the git push.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"type": "array"
-},
-"experiment": {
-"description": "The name of the experiment triggered by this deployment. Format: projects//locations//agents//environments//experiments/.",
+"trackingBranch": {
+"description": "Tracking branch for the git push.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DetectIntentRequest": {
-"description": "The request to detect user's intent.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DetectIntentRequest",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportAgentResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for Agents.ExportAgent.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportAgentResponse",
 "properties": {
-"outputAudioConfig": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3OutputAudioConfig",
-"description": "Instructs the speech synthesizer how to generate the output audio."
+"agentContent": {
+"description": "Uncompressed raw byte content for agent. This field is populated if none of `agent_uri` and `git_destination` are specified in ExportAgentRequest.",
+"format": "byte",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"queryInput": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3QueryInput",
-"description": "Required. The input specification."
+"agentUri": {
+"description": "The URI to a file containing the exported agent. This field is populated if `agent_uri` is specified in ExportAgentRequest.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"queryParams": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3QueryParameters",
-"description": "The parameters of this query."
+"commitSha": {
+"description": "Commit SHA of the git push. This field is populated if `git_destination` is specified in ExportAgentRequest.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DetectIntentResponse": {
-"description": "The message returned from the DetectIntent method.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DetectIntentResponse",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportEntityTypesMetadata": {
+"description": "Metadata returned for the EntityTypes.ExportEntityTypes long running operation.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportEntityTypesMetadata",
+"properties": {},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportEntityTypesRequest": {
+"description": "The request message for EntityTypes.ExportEntityTypes.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportEntityTypesRequest",
 "properties": {
-"allowCancellation": {
-"description": "Indicates whether the partial response can be cancelled when a later response arrives. e.g. if the agent specified some music as partial response, it can be cancelled.",
-"type": "boolean"
+"dataFormat": {
+"description": "Optional. The data format of the exported entity types. If not specified, `BLOB` is assumed.",
+"enum": [
+"DATA_FORMAT_UNSPECIFIED",
+"BLOB",
+"JSON_PACKAGE"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified format. Treated as `BLOB`.",
+"EntityTypes will be exported as raw bytes.",
+"EntityTypes will be exported in JSON Package format."
+],
+"type": "string"
 },
-"outputAudio": {
-"description": "The audio data bytes encoded as specified in the request. Note: The output audio is generated based on the values of default platform text responses found in the `query_result.response_messages` field. If multiple default text responses exist, they will be concatenated when generating audio. If no default platform text responses exist, the generated audio content will be empty. In some scenarios, multiple output audio fields may be present in the response structure. In these cases, only the top-most-level audio output has content.",
-"format": "byte",
+"entityTypes": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the entity types to export. Format: `projects//locations//agents//entityTypes/`.",
+"items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
-"outputAudioConfig": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3OutputAudioConfig",
-"description": "The config used by the speech synthesizer to generate the output audio."
+"type": "array"
 },
-"queryResult": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3QueryResult",
-"description": "The result of the conversational query."
+"entityTypesContentInline": {
+"description": "Optional. The option to return the serialized entity types inline.",
+"type": "boolean"
 },
-"responseId": {
-"description": "Output only. The unique identifier of the response. It can be used to locate a response in the training example set or for reporting issues.",
+"entityTypesUri": {
+"description": "Optional. The [Google Cloud Storage](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/) URI to export the entity types to. The format of this URI must be `gs:///`. Dialogflow performs a write operation for the Cloud Storage object on the caller's behalf, so your request authentication must have write permissions for the object. For more information, see [Dialogflow access control](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/access-control#storage).",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"responseType": {
-"description": "Response type.",
-"enum": [
-"RESPONSE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
-"PARTIAL",
-"FINAL"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Not specified. This should never happen.",
-"Partial response. e.g. Aggregated responses in a Fulfillment that enables `return_partial_response` can be returned as partial response. WARNING: partial response is not eligible for barge-in.",
-"Final response."
-],
+"languageCode": {
+"description": "Optional. The language to retrieve the entity type for. The following fields are language dependent: * `EntityType.entities.value` * `EntityType.entities.synonyms` * `EntityType.excluded_phrases.value` If not specified, all language dependent fields will be retrieved. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DtmfInput": {
-"description": "Represents the input for dtmf event.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DtmfInput",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportEntityTypesResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for EntityTypes.ExportEntityTypes.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportEntityTypesResponse",
 "properties": {
-"digits": {
-"description": "The dtmf digits.",
-"type": "string"
+"entityTypesContent": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3InlineDestination",
+"description": "Uncompressed byte content for entity types. This field is populated only if `entity_types_content_inline` is set to true in ExportEntityTypesRequest."
 },
-"finishDigit": {
-"description": "The finish digit (if any).",
+"entityTypesUri": {
+"description": "The URI to a file containing the exported entity types. This field is populated only if `entity_types_uri` is specified in ExportEntityTypesRequest.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EntityType": {
-"description": "Entities are extracted from user input and represent parameters that are meaningful to your application. For example, a date range, a proper name such as a geographic location or landmark, and so on. Entities represent actionable data for your application. When you define an entity, you can also include synonyms that all map to that entity. For example, \"soft drink\", \"soda\", \"pop\", and so on. There are three types of entities: * **System** - entities that are defined by the Dialogflow API for common data types such as date, time, currency, and so on. A system entity is represented by the `EntityType` type. * **Custom** - entities that are defined by you that represent actionable data that is meaningful to your application. For example, you could define a `pizza.sauce` entity for red or white pizza sauce, a `pizza.cheese` entity for the different types of cheese on a pizza, a `pizza.topping` entity for different toppings, and so on. A custom entity is represented by the `EntityType` type. * **User** - entities that are built for an individual user such as favorites, preferences, playlists, and so on. A user entity is represented by the SessionEntityType type. For more information about entity types, see the [Dialogflow documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/entities-overview).",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EntityType",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportFlowRequest": {
+"description": "The request message for Flows.ExportFlow.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportFlowRequest",
 "properties": {
-"autoExpansionMode": {
-"description": "Indicates whether the entity type can be automatically expanded.",
-"enum": [
-"AUTO_EXPANSION_MODE_UNSPECIFIED",
-"AUTO_EXPANSION_MODE_DEFAULT"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Auto expansion disabled for the entity.",
-"Allows an agent to recognize values that have not been explicitly listed in the entity."
-],
-"type": "string"
-},
-"displayName": {
-"description": "Required. The human-readable name of the entity type, unique within the agent.",
+"flowUri": {
+"description": "Optional. The [Google Cloud Storage](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/) URI to export the flow to. The format of this URI must be `gs:///`. If left unspecified, the serialized flow is returned inline. Dialogflow performs a write operation for the Cloud Storage object on the caller's behalf, so your request authentication must have write permissions for the object. For more information, see [Dialogflow access control](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/access-control#storage).",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"enableFuzzyExtraction": {
-"description": "Enables fuzzy entity extraction during classification.",
+"includeReferencedFlows": {
+"description": "Optional. Whether to export flows referenced by the specified flow.",
 "type": "boolean"
+}
 },
-"entities": {
-"description": "The collection of entity entries associated with the entity type.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EntityTypeEntity"
+"type": "object"
 },
-"type": "array"
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportFlowResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for Flows.ExportFlow.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportFlowResponse",
+"properties": {
+"flowContent": {
+"description": "Uncompressed raw byte content for flow.",
+"format": "byte",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"excludedPhrases": {
-"description": "Collection of exceptional words and phrases that shouldn't be matched. For example, if you have a size entity type with entry `giant`(an adjective), you might consider adding `giants`(a noun) as an exclusion. If the kind of entity type is `KIND_MAP`, then the phrases specified by entities and excluded phrases should be mutually exclusive.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EntityTypeExcludedPhrase"
+"flowUri": {
+"description": "The URI to a file containing the exported flow. This field is populated only if `flow_uri` is specified in ExportFlowRequest.",
+"type": "string"
+}
 },
-"type": "array"
+"type": "object"
 },
-"kind": {
-"description": "Required. Indicates the kind of entity type.",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportIntentsMetadata": {
+"description": "Metadata returned for the Intents.ExportIntents long running operation.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportIntentsMetadata",
+"properties": {},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportIntentsRequest": {
+"description": "The request message for Intents.ExportIntents.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportIntentsRequest",
+"properties": {
+"dataFormat": {
+"description": "Optional. The data format of the exported intents. If not specified, `BLOB` is assumed.",
 "enum": [
-"KIND_UNSPECIFIED",
-"KIND_MAP",
-"KIND_LIST",
-"KIND_REGEXP"
+"DATA_FORMAT_UNSPECIFIED",
+"BLOB",
+"JSON",
+"CSV"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
-"Not specified. This value should be never used.",
-"Map entity types allow mapping of a group of synonyms to a canonical value.",
-"List entity types contain a set of entries that do not map to canonical values. However, list entity types can contain references to other entity types (with or without aliases).",
-"Regexp entity types allow to specify regular expressions in entries values."
+"Unspecified format. Treated as `BLOB`.",
+"Intents will be exported as raw bytes.",
+"Intents will be exported in JSON format.",
+"Intents will be exported in CSV format."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
-"name": {
-"description": "The unique identifier of the entity type. Required for EntityTypes.UpdateEntityType. Format: `projects//locations//agents//entityTypes/`.",
+"intents": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the intents to export. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.",
+"items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
-"redact": {
-"description": "Indicates whether parameters of the entity type should be redacted in log. If redaction is enabled, page parameters and intent parameters referring to the entity type will be replaced by parameter name when logging.",
+"type": "array"
+},
+"intentsContentInline": {
+"description": "Optional. The option to return the serialized intents inline.",
 "type": "boolean"
+},
+"intentsUri": {
+"description": "Optional. The [Google Cloud Storage](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/) URI to export the intents to. The format of this URI must be `gs:///`. Dialogflow performs a write operation for the Cloud Storage object on the caller's behalf, so your request authentication must have write permissions for the object. For more information, see [Dialogflow access control](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/access-control#storage).",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EntityTypeEntity": {
-"description": "An **entity entry** for an associated entity type.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EntityTypeEntity",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportIntentsResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for Intents.ExportIntents.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportIntentsResponse",
 "properties": {
-"synonyms": {
-"description": "Required. A collection of value synonyms. For example, if the entity type is *vegetable*, and `value` is *scallions*, a synonym could be *green onions*. For `KIND_LIST` entity types: * This collection must contain exactly one synonym equal to `value`.",
-"items": {
-"type": "string"
-},
-"type": "array"
+"intentsContent": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3InlineDestination",
+"description": "Uncompressed byte content for intents. This field is populated only if `intents_content_inline` is set to true in ExportIntentsRequest."
 },
-"value": {
-"description": "Required. The primary value associated with this entity entry. For example, if the entity type is *vegetable*, the value could be *scallions*. For `KIND_MAP` entity types: * A canonical value to be used in place of synonyms. For `KIND_LIST` entity types: * A string that can contain references to other entity types (with or without aliases).",
+"intentsUri": {
+"description": "The URI to a file containing the exported intents. This field is populated only if `intents_uri` is specified in ExportIntentsRequest.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EntityTypeExcludedPhrase": {
-"description": "An excluded entity phrase that should not be matched.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EntityTypeExcludedPhrase",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportPlaybookRequest": {
+"description": "The request message for Playbooks.ExportPlaybook.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportPlaybookRequest",
 "properties": {
-"value": {
-"description": "Required. The word or phrase to be excluded.",
+"dataFormat": {
+"description": "Optional. The data format of the exported agent. If not specified, `BLOB` is assumed.",
+"enum": [
+"DATA_FORMAT_UNSPECIFIED",
+"BLOB",
+"JSON"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified format.",
+"Flow content will be exported as raw bytes.",
+"Flow content will be exported in JSON format."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"playbookUri": {
+"description": "Optional. The [Google Cloud Storage](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/) URI to export the playbook to. The format of this URI must be `gs:///`. If left unspecified, the serialized playbook is returned inline. Dialogflow performs a write operation for the Cloud Storage object on the caller's behalf, so your request authentication must have write permissions for the object. For more information, see [Dialogflow access control](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/access-control#storage).",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Environment": {
-"description": "Represents an environment for an agent. You can create multiple versions of your agent and publish them to separate environments. When you edit an agent, you are editing the draft agent. At any point, you can save the draft agent as an agent version, which is an immutable snapshot of your agent. When you save the draft agent, it is published to the default environment. When you create agent versions, you can publish them to custom environments. You can create a variety of custom environments for testing, development, production, etc.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Environment",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportTestCasesMetadata": {
+"description": "Metadata returned for the TestCases.ExportTestCases long running operation. This message currently has no fields.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportTestCasesMetadata",
+"properties": {},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportTestCasesRequest": {
+"description": "The request message for TestCases.ExportTestCases.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportTestCasesRequest",
 "properties": {
-"description": {
-"description": "The human-readable description of the environment. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.",
+"dataFormat": {
+"description": "The data format of the exported test cases. If not specified, `BLOB` is assumed.",
+"enum": [
+"DATA_FORMAT_UNSPECIFIED",
+"BLOB",
+"JSON"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified format.",
+"Raw bytes.",
+"JSON format."
+],
 "type": "string"
 },
-"displayName": {
-"description": "Required. The human-readable name of the environment (unique in an agent). Limit of 64 characters.",
+"filter": {
+"description": "The filter expression used to filter exported test cases, see [API Filtering](https://aip.dev/160). The expression is case insensitive and supports the following syntax: name = [OR name = ] ... For example: * \"name = t1 OR name = t2\" matches the test case with the exact resource name \"t1\" or \"t2\".",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"name": {
-"description": "The name of the environment. Format: `projects//locations//agents//environments/`.",
+"gcsUri": {
+"description": "The [Google Cloud Storage](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/) URI to export the test cases to. The format of this URI must be `gs:///`. If unspecified, the serialized test cases is returned inline. Dialogflow performs a write operation for the Cloud Storage object on the caller's behalf, so your request authentication must have write permissions for the object. For more information, see [Dialogflow access control](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/access-control#storage).",
 "type": "string"
+}
 },
-"testCasesConfig": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EnvironmentTestCasesConfig",
-"description": "The test cases config for continuous tests of this environment."
+"type": "object"
 },
-"updateTime": {
-"description": "Output only. Update time of this environment.",
-"format": "google-datetime",
-"readOnly": true,
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportTestCasesResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for TestCases.ExportTestCases.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportTestCasesResponse",
+"properties": {
+"content": {
+"description": "Uncompressed raw byte content for test cases.",
+"format": "byte",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"versionConfigs": {
-"description": "A list of configurations for flow versions. You should include version configs for all flows that are reachable from `Start Flow` in the agent. Otherwise, an error will be returned.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EnvironmentVersionConfig"
-},
-"type": "array"
-},
-"webhookConfig": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EnvironmentWebhookConfig",
-"description": "The webhook configuration for this environment."
+"gcsUri": {
+"description": "The URI to a file containing the exported test cases. This field is populated only if `gcs_uri` is specified in ExportTestCasesRequest.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EnvironmentTestCasesConfig": {
-"description": "The configuration for continuous tests.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EnvironmentTestCasesConfig",
-"properties": {
-"enableContinuousRun": {
-"description": "Whether to run test cases in TestCasesConfig.test_cases periodically. Default false. If set to true, run once a day.",
-"type": "boolean"
-},
-"enablePredeploymentRun": {
-"description": "Whether to run test cases in TestCasesConfig.test_cases before deploying a flow version to the environment. Default false.",
-"type": "boolean"
-},
-"testCases": {
-"description": "A list of test case names to run. They should be under the same agent. Format of each test case name: `projects//locations//agents//testCases/`",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FilterSpecs": {
+"description": "Filter specifications for data stores.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FilterSpecs",
+"properties": {
+"dataStores": {
+"description": "Optional. Data Stores where the boosting configuration is applied. The full names of the referenced data stores. Formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dataStores/{data_store}`",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
 "type": "array"
+},
+"filter": {
+"description": "Optional. The filter expression to be applied. Expression syntax is documented at https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata#filter-expression-syntax",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EnvironmentVersionConfig": {
-"description": "Configuration for the version.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EnvironmentVersionConfig",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Flow": {
+"description": "Flows represents the conversation flows when you build your chatbot agent. A flow consists of many pages connected by the transition routes. Conversations always start with the built-in Start Flow (with an all-0 ID). Transition routes can direct the conversation session from the current flow (parent flow) to another flow (sub flow). When the sub flow is finished, Dialogflow will bring the session back to the parent flow, where the sub flow is started. Usually, when a transition route is followed by a matched intent, the intent will be \"consumed\". This means the intent won't activate more transition routes. However, when the followed transition route moves the conversation session into a different flow, the matched intent can be carried over and to be consumed in the target flow.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Flow",
 "properties": {
-"version": {
-"description": "Required. Both flow and playbook versions are supported. Format for flow version: projects//locations//agents//flows//versions/. Format for playbook version: projects//locations//agents//playbooks//versions/.",
+"advancedSettings": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings",
+"description": "Hierarchical advanced settings for this flow. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level."
+},
+"description": {
+"description": "The description of the flow. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.",
 "type": "string"
-}
 },
-"type": "object"
+"displayName": {
+"description": "Required. The human-readable name of the flow.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EnvironmentWebhookConfig": {
-"description": "Configuration for webhooks.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EnvironmentWebhookConfig",
-"properties": {
-"webhookOverrides": {
-"description": "The list of webhooks to override for the agent environment. The webhook must exist in the agent. You can override fields in `generic_web_service` and `service_directory`.",
+"eventHandlers": {
+"description": "A flow's event handlers serve two purposes: * They are responsible for handling events (e.g. no match, webhook errors) in the flow. * They are inherited by every page's event handlers, which can be used to handle common events regardless of the current page. Event handlers defined in the page have higher priority than those defined in the flow. Unlike transition_routes, these handlers are evaluated on a first-match basis. The first one that matches the event get executed, with the rest being ignored.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Webhook"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EventHandler"
 },
 "type": "array"
-}
 },
-"type": "object"
+"knowledgeConnectorSettings": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3KnowledgeConnectorSettings",
+"description": "Optional. Knowledge connector configuration."
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EventHandler": {
-"description": "An event handler specifies an event that can be handled during a session. When the specified event happens, the following actions are taken in order: * If there is a `trigger_fulfillment` associated with the event, it will be called. * If there is a `target_page` associated with the event, the session will transition into the specified page. * If there is a `target_flow` associated with the event, the session will transition into the specified flow.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EventHandler",
-"properties": {
-"event": {
-"description": "Required. The name of the event to handle.",
-"type": "string"
+"locked": {
+"description": "Indicates whether the flow is locked for changes. If the flow is locked, modifications to the flow will be rejected.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"multiLanguageSettings": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FlowMultiLanguageSettings",
+"description": "Optional. Multi-lingual agent settings for this flow."
 },
 "name": {
-"description": "Output only. The unique identifier of this event handler.",
-"readOnly": true,
+"description": "The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"targetFlow": {
-"description": "The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.",
-"type": "string"
+"nluSettings": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3NluSettings",
+"description": "NLU related settings of the flow."
 },
-"targetPage": {
-"description": "The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`.",
+"transitionRouteGroups": {
+"description": "A flow's transition route group serve two purposes: * They are responsible for matching the user's first utterances in the flow. * They are inherited by every page's transition route groups. Transition route groups defined in the page have higher priority than those defined in the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/` for agent-level groups.",
+"items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
-"targetPlaybook": {
-"description": "The target playbook to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.",
-"type": "string"
+"type": "array"
 },
-"triggerFulfillment": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Fulfillment",
-"description": "The fulfillment to call when the event occurs. Handling webhook errors with a fulfillment enabled with webhook could cause infinite loop. It is invalid to specify such fulfillment for a handler handling webhooks."
+"transitionRoutes": {
+"description": "A flow's transition routes serve two purposes: * They are responsible for matching the user's first utterances in the flow. * They are inherited by every page's transition routes and can support use cases such as the user saying \"help\" or \"can I talk to a human?\", which can be handled in a common way regardless of the current page. Transition routes defined in the page have higher priority than those defined in the flow. TransitionRoutes are evaluated in the following order: * TransitionRoutes with intent specified. * TransitionRoutes with only condition specified. TransitionRoutes with intent specified are inherited by pages in the flow.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRoute"
+},
+"type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EventInput": {
-"description": "Represents the event to trigger.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EventInput",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FlowImportStrategy": {
+"description": "The flow import strategy used for resource conflict resolution associated with an ImportFlowRequest.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FlowImportStrategy",
 "properties": {
-"event": {
-"description": "Name of the event.",
+"globalImportStrategy": {
+"description": "Optional. Import strategy for resource conflict resolution, applied globally throughout the flow. It will be applied for all display name conflicts in the imported content. If not specified, 'CREATE_NEW' is assumed.",
+"enum": [
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_UNSPECIFIED",
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_CREATE_NEW",
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_REPLACE",
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_KEEP",
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_MERGE",
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_THROW_ERROR"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified. Treated as 'CREATE_NEW'.",
+"Create a new resource with a numeric suffix appended to the end of the existing display name.",
+"Replace existing resource with incoming resource in the content to be imported.",
+"Keep existing resource and discard incoming resource in the content to be imported.",
+"Combine existing and incoming resources when a conflict is encountered.",
+"Throw error if a conflict is encountered."
+],
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Experiment": {
-"description": "Represents an experiment in an environment.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Experiment",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FlowInvocation": {
+"description": "Stores metadata of the invocation of a CX flow.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FlowInvocation",
 "properties": {
-"createTime": {
-"description": "Creation time of this experiment.",
-"format": "google-datetime",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"definition": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExperimentDefinition",
-"description": "The definition of the experiment."
-},
-"description": {
-"description": "The human-readable description of the experiment.",
-"type": "string"
-},
 "displayName": {
-"description": "Required. The human-readable name of the experiment (unique in an environment). Limit of 64 characters.",
+"description": "Output only. The display name of the flow.",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
-"endTime": {
-"description": "End time of this experiment.",
-"format": "google-datetime",
+"flow": {
+"description": "Required. The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"experimentLength": {
-"description": "Maximum number of days to run the experiment/rollout. If auto-rollout is not enabled, default value and maximum will be 30 days. If auto-rollout is enabled, default value and maximum will be 6 days.",
-"format": "google-duration",
+"flowState": {
+"description": "Required. Flow invocation's output state.",
+"enum": [
+"OUTPUT_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"OUTPUT_STATE_OK",
+"OUTPUT_STATE_CANCELLED",
+"OUTPUT_STATE_FAILED",
+"OUTPUT_STATE_ESCALATED",
+"OUTPUT_STATE_PENDING"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified output.",
+"Succeeded.",
+"Cancelled.",
+"Failed.",
+"Escalated.",
+"Pending."
+],
 "type": "string"
+}
 },
-"lastUpdateTime": {
-"description": "Last update time of this experiment.",
-"format": "google-datetime",
-"type": "string"
+"type": "object"
 },
-"name": {
-"description": "The name of the experiment. Format: projects//locations//agents//environments//experiments/.",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FlowMultiLanguageSettings": {
+"description": "Settings for multi-lingual agents.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FlowMultiLanguageSettings",
+"properties": {
+"enableMultiLanguageDetection": {
+"description": "Optional. Enable multi-language detection for this flow. This can be set only if agent level multi language setting is enabled.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"supportedResponseLanguageCodes": {
+"description": "Optional. Agent will respond in the detected language if the detected language code is in the supported resolved languages for this flow. This will be used only if multi-language training is enabled in the agent and multi-language detection is enabled in the flow. The supported languages must be a subset of the languages supported by the agent.",
+"items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
-"result": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExperimentResult",
-"description": "Inference result of the experiment."
+"type": "array"
+}
 },
-"rolloutConfig": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RolloutConfig",
-"description": "The configuration for auto rollout. If set, there should be exactly two variants in the experiment (control variant being the default version of the flow), the traffic allocation for the non-control variant will gradually increase to 100% when conditions are met, and eventually replace the control variant to become the default version of the flow."
+"type": "object"
 },
-"rolloutFailureReason": {
-"description": "The reason why rollout has failed. Should only be set when state is ROLLOUT_FAILED.",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FlowValidationResult": {
+"description": "The response message for Flows.GetFlowValidationResult.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FlowValidationResult",
+"properties": {
+"name": {
+"description": "The unique identifier of the flow validation result. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//validationResult`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"rolloutState": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RolloutState",
-"description": "State of the auto rollout process."
-},
-"startTime": {
-"description": "Start time of this experiment.",
+"updateTime": {
+"description": "Last time the flow was validated.",
 "format": "google-datetime",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"state": {
-"description": "The current state of the experiment. Transition triggered by Experiments.StartExperiment: DRAFT->RUNNING. Transition triggered by Experiments.CancelExperiment: DRAFT->DONE or RUNNING->DONE.",
-"enum": [
-"STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
-"DRAFT",
-"RUNNING",
-"DONE",
-"ROLLOUT_FAILED"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"State unspecified.",
-"The experiment is created but not started yet.",
-"The experiment is running.",
-"The experiment is done.",
-"The experiment with auto-rollout enabled has failed."
-],
-"type": "string"
+"validationMessages": {
+"description": "Contains all validation messages.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ValidationMessage"
 },
-"variantsHistory": {
-"description": "The history of updates to the experiment variants.",
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Form": {
+"description": "A form is a data model that groups related parameters that can be collected from the user. The process in which the agent prompts the user and collects parameter values from the user is called form filling. A form can be added to a page. When form filling is done, the filled parameters will be written to the session.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Form",
+"properties": {
+"parameters": {
+"description": "Parameters to collect from the user.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3VariantsHistory"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FormParameter"
 },
 "type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExperimentDefinition": {
-"description": "Definition of the experiment.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExperimentDefinition",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FormParameter": {
+"description": "Represents a form parameter.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FormParameter",
 "properties": {
-"condition": {
-"description": "The condition defines which subset of sessions are selected for this experiment. If not specified, all sessions are eligible. E.g. \"query_input.language_code=en\" See the [conditions reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/condition).",
+"advancedSettings": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings",
+"description": "Hierarchical advanced settings for this parameter. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level."
+},
+"defaultValue": {
+"description": "The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored.",
+"type": "any"
+},
+"displayName": {
+"description": "Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"versionVariants": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3VersionVariants",
-"description": "The flow versions as the variants of this experiment."
+"entityType": {
+"description": "Required. The entity type of the parameter. Format: `projects/-/locations/-/agents/-/entityTypes/` for system entity types (for example, `projects/-/locations/-/agents/-/entityTypes/sys.date`), or `projects//locations//agents//entityTypes/` for developer entity types.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"fillBehavior": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FormParameterFillBehavior",
+"description": "Required. Defines fill behavior for the parameter."
+},
+"isList": {
+"description": "Indicates whether the parameter represents a list of values.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"redact": {
+"description": "Indicates whether the parameter content should be redacted in log. If redaction is enabled, the parameter content will be replaced by parameter name during logging. Note: the parameter content is subject to redaction if either parameter level redaction or entity type level redaction is enabled.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"required": {
+"description": "Indicates whether the parameter is required. Optional parameters will not trigger prompts; however, they are filled if the user specifies them. Required parameters must be filled before form filling concludes.",
+"type": "boolean"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExperimentResult": {
-"description": "The inference result which includes an objective metric to optimize and the confidence interval.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExperimentResult",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FormParameterFillBehavior": {
+"description": "Configuration for how the filling of a parameter should be handled.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FormParameterFillBehavior",
 "properties": {
-"lastUpdateTime": {
-"description": "The last time the experiment's stats data was updated. Will have default value if stats have never been computed for this experiment.",
-"format": "google-datetime",
-"type": "string"
+"initialPromptFulfillment": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Fulfillment",
+"description": "Required. The fulfillment to provide the initial prompt that the agent can present to the user in order to fill the parameter."
 },
-"versionMetrics": {
-"description": "Version variants and metrics.",
+"repromptEventHandlers": {
+"description": "The handlers for parameter-level events, used to provide reprompt for the parameter or transition to a different page/flow. The supported events are: * `sys.no-match-`, where N can be from 1 to 6 * `sys.no-match-default` * `sys.no-input-`, where N can be from 1 to 6 * `sys.no-input-default` * `sys.invalid-parameter` `initial_prompt_fulfillment` provides the first prompt for the parameter. If the user's response does not fill the parameter, a no-match/no-input event will be triggered, and the fulfillment associated with the `sys.no-match-1`/`sys.no-input-1` handler (if defined) will be called to provide a prompt. The `sys.no-match-2`/`sys.no-input-2` handler (if defined) will respond to the next no-match/no-input event, and so on. A `sys.no-match-default` or `sys.no-input-default` handler will be used to handle all following no-match/no-input events after all numbered no-match/no-input handlers for the parameter are consumed. A `sys.invalid-parameter` handler can be defined to handle the case where the parameter values have been `invalidated` by webhook. For example, if the user's response fill the parameter, however the parameter was invalidated by webhook, the fulfillment associated with the `sys.invalid-parameter` handler (if defined) will be called to provide a prompt. If the event handler for the corresponding event can't be found on the parameter, `initial_prompt_fulfillment` will be re-prompted.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExperimentResultVersionMetrics"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EventHandler"
 },
 "type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExperimentResultConfidenceInterval": {
-"description": "A confidence interval is a range of possible values for the experiment objective you are trying to measure.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExperimentResultConfidenceInterval",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FulfillIntentRequest": {
+"description": "Request of FulfillIntent",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FulfillIntentRequest",
 "properties": {
-"confidenceLevel": {
-"description": "The confidence level used to construct the interval, i.e. there is X% chance that the true value is within this interval.",
-"format": "double",
-"type": "number"
-},
-"lowerBound": {
-"description": "Lower bound of the interval.",
-"format": "double",
-"type": "number"
+"match": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Match",
+"description": "The matched intent/event to fulfill."
 },
-"ratio": {
-"description": "The percent change between an experiment metric's value and the value for its control.",
-"format": "double",
-"type": "number"
+"matchIntentRequest": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3MatchIntentRequest",
+"description": "Must be same as the corresponding MatchIntent request, otherwise the behavior is undefined."
 },
-"upperBound": {
-"description": "Upper bound of the interval.",
-"format": "double",
-"type": "number"
+"outputAudioConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3OutputAudioConfig",
+"description": "Instructs the speech synthesizer how to generate output audio."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExperimentResultMetric": {
-"description": "Metric and corresponding confidence intervals.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExperimentResultMetric",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FulfillIntentResponse": {
+"description": "Response of FulfillIntent",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FulfillIntentResponse",
 "properties": {
-"confidenceInterval": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExperimentResultConfidenceInterval",
-"description": "The probability that the treatment is better than all other treatments in the experiment"
-},
-"count": {
-"description": "Count value of a metric.",
-"format": "double",
-"type": "number"
-},
-"countType": {
-"description": "Count-based metric type. Only one of type or count_type is specified in each Metric.",
-"enum": [
-"COUNT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
-"TOTAL_NO_MATCH_COUNT",
-"TOTAL_TURN_COUNT",
-"AVERAGE_TURN_COUNT"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Count type unspecified.",
-"Total number of occurrences of a 'NO_MATCH'.",
-"Total number of turn counts.",
-"Average turn count in a session."
-],
+"outputAudio": {
+"description": "The audio data bytes encoded as specified in the request. Note: The output audio is generated based on the values of default platform text responses found in the `query_result.response_messages` field. If multiple default text responses exist, they will be concatenated when generating audio. If no default platform text responses exist, the generated audio content will be empty. In some scenarios, multiple output audio fields may be present in the response structure. In these cases, only the top-most-level audio output has content.",
+"format": "byte",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"ratio": {
-"description": "Ratio value of a metric.",
-"format": "double",
-"type": "number"
+"outputAudioConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3OutputAudioConfig",
+"description": "The config used by the speech synthesizer to generate the output audio."
 },
-"type": {
-"description": "Ratio-based metric type. Only one of type or count_type is specified in each Metric.",
-"enum": [
-"METRIC_UNSPECIFIED",
-"CONTAINED_SESSION_NO_CALLBACK_RATE",
-"LIVE_AGENT_HANDOFF_RATE",
-"CALLBACK_SESSION_RATE",
-"ABANDONED_SESSION_RATE",
-"SESSION_END_RATE"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Metric unspecified.",
-"Percentage of contained sessions without user calling back in 24 hours.",
-"Percentage of sessions that were handed to a human agent.",
-"Percentage of sessions with the same user calling back.",
-"Percentage of sessions where user hung up.",
-"Percentage of sessions reached Dialogflow 'END_PAGE' or 'END_SESSION'."
-],
+"queryResult": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3QueryResult",
+"description": "The result of the conversational query."
+},
+"responseId": {
+"description": "Output only. The unique identifier of the response. It can be used to locate a response in the training example set or for reporting issues.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExperimentResultVersionMetrics": {
-"description": "Version variant and associated metrics.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExperimentResultVersionMetrics",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Fulfillment": {
+"description": "A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Fulfillment",
 "properties": {
-"metrics": {
-"description": "The metrics and corresponding confidence intervals in the inference result.",
+"advancedSettings": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings",
+"description": "Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level."
+},
+"conditionalCases": {
+"description": "Conditional cases for this fulfillment.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExperimentResultMetric"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FulfillmentConditionalCases"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
-"sessionCount": {
-"description": "Number of sessions that were allocated to this version.",
-"format": "int32",
-"type": "integer"
-},
-"version": {
-"description": "The name of the flow Version. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//versions/`.",
-"type": "string"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportAgentRequest": {
-"description": "The request message for Agents.ExportAgent.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportAgentRequest",
-"properties": {
-"agentUri": {
-"description": "Optional. The [Google Cloud Storage](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/) URI to export the agent to. The format of this URI must be `gs:///`. If left unspecified, the serialized agent is returned inline. Dialogflow performs a write operation for the Cloud Storage object on the caller's behalf, so your request authentication must have write permissions for the object. For more information, see [Dialogflow access control](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/access-control#storage).",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"dataFormat": {
-"description": "Optional. The data format of the exported agent. If not specified, `BLOB` is assumed.",
-"enum": [
-"DATA_FORMAT_UNSPECIFIED",
-"BLOB",
-"JSON_PACKAGE"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Unspecified format.",
-"Agent content will be exported as raw bytes.",
-"Agent content will be exported in JSON Package format."
-],
-"type": "string"
+"enableGenerativeFallback": {
+"description": "If the flag is true, the agent will utilize LLM to generate a text response. If LLM generation fails, the defined responses in the fulfillment will be respected. This flag is only useful for fulfillments associated with no-match event handlers.",
+"type": "boolean"
 },
-"environment": {
-"description": "Optional. Environment name. If not set, draft environment is assumed. Format: `projects//locations//agents//environments/`.",
-"type": "string"
+"messages": {
+"description": "The list of rich message responses to present to the user.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessage"
 },
-"gitDestination": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportAgentRequestGitDestination",
-"description": "Optional. The Git branch to export the agent to."
+"type": "array"
 },
-"includeBigqueryExportSettings": {
-"description": "Optional. Whether to include BigQuery Export setting.",
+"returnPartialResponses": {
+"description": "Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks.",
 "type": "boolean"
-}
 },
-"type": "object"
+"setParameterActions": {
+"description": "Set parameter values before executing the webhook.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FulfillmentSetParameterAction"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportAgentRequestGitDestination": {
-"description": "Settings for exporting to a git branch.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportAgentRequestGitDestination",
-"properties": {
-"commitMessage": {
-"description": "Commit message for the git push.",
+"type": "array"
+},
+"tag": {
+"description": "The value of this field will be populated in the WebhookRequest `fulfillmentInfo.tag` field by Dialogflow when the associated webhook is called. The tag is typically used by the webhook service to identify which fulfillment is being called, but it could be used for other purposes. This field is required if `webhook` is specified.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"trackingBranch": {
-"description": "Tracking branch for the git push.",
+"webhook": {
+"description": "The webhook to call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//webhooks/`.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportAgentResponse": {
-"description": "The response message for Agents.ExportAgent.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportAgentResponse",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FulfillmentConditionalCases": {
+"description": "A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FulfillmentConditionalCases",
 "properties": {
-"agentContent": {
-"description": "Uncompressed raw byte content for agent. This field is populated if none of `agent_uri` and `git_destination` are specified in ExportAgentRequest.",
-"format": "byte",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"agentUri": {
-"description": "The URI to a file containing the exported agent. This field is populated if `agent_uri` is specified in ExportAgentRequest.",
-"type": "string"
+"cases": {
+"description": "A list of cascading if-else conditions.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FulfillmentConditionalCasesCase"
 },
-"commitSha": {
-"description": "Commit SHA of the git push. This field is populated if `git_destination` is specified in ExportAgentRequest.",
-"type": "string"
+"type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportEntityTypesMetadata": {
-"description": "Metadata returned for the EntityTypes.ExportEntityTypes long running operation.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportEntityTypesMetadata",
-"properties": {},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportEntityTypesRequest": {
-"description": "The request message for EntityTypes.ExportEntityTypes.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportEntityTypesRequest",
-"properties": {
-"dataFormat": {
-"description": "Optional. The data format of the exported entity types. If not specified, `BLOB` is assumed.",
-"enum": [
-"DATA_FORMAT_UNSPECIFIED",
-"BLOB",
-"JSON_PACKAGE"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Unspecified format. Treated as `BLOB`.",
-"EntityTypes will be exported as raw bytes.",
-"EntityTypes will be exported in JSON Package format."
-],
-"type": "string"
-},
-"entityTypes": {
-"description": "Required. The name of the entity types to export. Format: `projects//locations//agents//entityTypes/`.",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FulfillmentConditionalCasesCase": {
+"description": "Each case has a Boolean condition. When it is evaluated to be True, the corresponding messages will be selected and evaluated recursively.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FulfillmentConditionalCasesCase",
+"properties": {
+"caseContent": {
+"description": "A list of case content.",
 "items": {
-"type": "string"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FulfillmentConditionalCasesCaseCaseContent"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
-"entityTypesContentInline": {
-"description": "Optional. The option to return the serialized entity types inline.",
-"type": "boolean"
-},
-"entityTypesUri": {
-"description": "Optional. The [Google Cloud Storage](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/) URI to export the entity types to. The format of this URI must be `gs:///`. Dialogflow performs a write operation for the Cloud Storage object on the caller's behalf, so your request authentication must have write permissions for the object. For more information, see [Dialogflow access control](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/access-control#storage).",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"languageCode": {
-"description": "Optional. The language to retrieve the entity type for. The following fields are language dependent: * `EntityType.entities.value` * `EntityType.entities.synonyms` * `EntityType.excluded_phrases.value` If not specified, all language dependent fields will be retrieved. [Many languages](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/reference/language) are supported. Note: languages must be enabled in the agent before they can be used.",
+"condition": {
+"description": "The condition to activate and select this case. Empty means the condition is always true. The condition is evaluated against form parameters or session parameters. See the [conditions reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/condition).",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportEntityTypesResponse": {
-"description": "The response message for EntityTypes.ExportEntityTypes.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportEntityTypesResponse",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FulfillmentConditionalCasesCaseCaseContent": {
+"description": "The list of messages or conditional cases to activate for this case.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FulfillmentConditionalCasesCaseCaseContent",
 "properties": {
-"entityTypesContent": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3InlineDestination",
-"description": "Uncompressed byte content for entity types. This field is populated only if `entity_types_content_inline` is set to true in ExportEntityTypesRequest."
+"additionalCases": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FulfillmentConditionalCases",
+"description": "Additional cases to be evaluated."
 },
-"entityTypesUri": {
-"description": "The URI to a file containing the exported entity types. This field is populated only if `entity_types_uri` is specified in ExportEntityTypesRequest.",
-"type": "string"
+"message": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessage",
+"description": "Returned message."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportFlowRequest": {
-"description": "The request message for Flows.ExportFlow.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportFlowRequest",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FulfillmentSetParameterAction": {
+"description": "Setting a parameter value.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FulfillmentSetParameterAction",
 "properties": {
-"flowUri": {
-"description": "Optional. The [Google Cloud Storage](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/) URI to export the flow to. The format of this URI must be `gs:///`. If left unspecified, the serialized flow is returned inline. Dialogflow performs a write operation for the Cloud Storage object on the caller's behalf, so your request authentication must have write permissions for the object. For more information, see [Dialogflow access control](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/access-control#storage).",
+"parameter": {
+"description": "Display name of the parameter.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"includeReferencedFlows": {
-"description": "Optional. Whether to export flows referenced by the specified flow.",
-"type": "boolean"
+"value": {
+"description": "The new value of the parameter. A null value clears the parameter.",
+"type": "any"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportFlowResponse": {
-"description": "The response message for Flows.ExportFlow.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportFlowResponse",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3GcsDestination": {
+"description": "Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3GcsDestination",
 "properties": {
-"flowContent": {
-"description": "Uncompressed raw byte content for flow.",
-"format": "byte",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"flowUri": {
-"description": "The URI to a file containing the exported flow. This field is populated only if `flow_uri` is specified in ExportFlowRequest.",
+"uri": {
+"description": "Required. The Google Cloud Storage URI for the exported objects. A URI is of the form: `gs://bucket/object-name-or-prefix` Whether a full object name, or just a prefix, its usage depends on the Dialogflow operation.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportIntentsMetadata": {
-"description": "Metadata returned for the Intents.ExportIntents long running operation.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportIntentsMetadata",
-"properties": {},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportIntentsRequest": {
-"description": "The request message for Intents.ExportIntents.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportIntentsRequest",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3GenerativeSettings": {
+"description": "Settings for Generative AI.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3GenerativeSettings",
 "properties": {
-"dataFormat": {
-"description": "Optional. The data format of the exported intents. If not specified, `BLOB` is assumed.",
-"enum": [
-"DATA_FORMAT_UNSPECIFIED",
-"BLOB",
-"JSON",
-"CSV"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Unspecified format. Treated as `BLOB`.",
-"Intents will be exported as raw bytes.",
-"Intents will be exported in JSON format.",
-"Intents will be exported in CSV format."
-],
-"type": "string"
+"fallbackSettings": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3GenerativeSettingsFallbackSettings",
+"description": "Settings for Generative Fallback."
 },
-"intents": {
-"description": "Required. The name of the intents to export. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.",
-"items": {
-"type": "string"
+"generativeSafetySettings": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SafetySettings",
+"description": "Settings for Generative Safety."
 },
-"type": "array"
+"knowledgeConnectorSettings": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3GenerativeSettingsKnowledgeConnectorSettings",
+"description": "Settings for knowledge connector."
 },
-"intentsContentInline": {
-"description": "Optional. The option to return the serialized intents inline.",
-"type": "boolean"
+"languageCode": {
+"description": "Language for this settings.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"intentsUri": {
-"description": "Optional. The [Google Cloud Storage](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/) URI to export the intents to. The format of this URI must be `gs:///`. Dialogflow performs a write operation for the Cloud Storage object on the caller's behalf, so your request authentication must have write permissions for the object. For more information, see [Dialogflow access control](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/access-control#storage).",
+"llmModelSettings": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3LlmModelSettings",
+"description": "LLM model settings."
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Format: `projects//locations//agents//generativeSettings`.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportIntentsResponse": {
-"description": "The response message for Intents.ExportIntents.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportIntentsResponse",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3GenerativeSettingsFallbackSettings": {
+"description": "Settings for Generative Fallback.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3GenerativeSettingsFallbackSettings",
 "properties": {
-"intentsContent": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3InlineDestination",
-"description": "Uncompressed byte content for intents. This field is populated only if `intents_content_inline` is set to true in ExportIntentsRequest."
+"promptTemplates": {
+"description": "Stored prompts that can be selected, for example default templates like \"conservative\" or \"chatty\", or user defined ones.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3GenerativeSettingsFallbackSettingsPromptTemplate"
 },
-"intentsUri": {
-"description": "The URI to a file containing the exported intents. This field is populated only if `intents_uri` is specified in ExportIntentsRequest.",
+"type": "array"
+},
+"selectedPrompt": {
+"description": "Display name of the selected prompt.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportTestCasesMetadata": {
-"description": "Metadata returned for the TestCases.ExportTestCases long running operation. This message currently has no fields.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportTestCasesMetadata",
-"properties": {},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportTestCasesRequest": {
-"description": "The request message for TestCases.ExportTestCases.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportTestCasesRequest",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3GenerativeSettingsFallbackSettingsPromptTemplate": {
+"description": "Prompt template.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3GenerativeSettingsFallbackSettingsPromptTemplate",
 "properties": {
-"dataFormat": {
-"description": "The data format of the exported test cases. If not specified, `BLOB` is assumed.",
-"enum": [
-"DATA_FORMAT_UNSPECIFIED",
-"BLOB",
-"JSON"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Unspecified format.",
-"Raw bytes.",
-"JSON format."
-],
+"displayName": {
+"description": "Prompt name.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"filter": {
-"description": "The filter expression used to filter exported test cases, see [API Filtering](https://aip.dev/160). The expression is case insensitive and supports the following syntax: name = [OR name = ] ... For example: * \"name = t1 OR name = t2\" matches the test case with the exact resource name \"t1\" or \"t2\".",
-"type": "string"
+"frozen": {
+"description": "If the flag is true, the prompt is frozen and cannot be modified by users.",
+"type": "boolean"
 },
-"gcsUri": {
-"description": "The [Google Cloud Storage](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/) URI to export the test cases to. The format of this URI must be `gs:///`. If unspecified, the serialized test cases is returned inline. Dialogflow performs a write operation for the Cloud Storage object on the caller's behalf, so your request authentication must have write permissions for the object. For more information, see [Dialogflow access control](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/access-control#storage).",
+"promptText": {
+"description": "Prompt text that is sent to a LLM on no-match default, placeholders are filled downstream. For example: \"Here is a conversation $conversation, a response is: \"",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportTestCasesResponse": {
-"description": "The response message for TestCases.ExportTestCases.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ExportTestCasesResponse",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3GenerativeSettingsKnowledgeConnectorSettings": {
+"description": "Settings for knowledge connector. These parameters are used for LLM prompt like \"You are . You are a helpful and verbose at , . Your task is to help humans on \".",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3GenerativeSettingsKnowledgeConnectorSettings",
 "properties": {
-"content": {
-"description": "Uncompressed raw byte content for test cases.",
-"format": "byte",
+"agent": {
+"description": "Name of the virtual agent. Used for LLM prompt. Can be left empty.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"gcsUri": {
-"description": "The URI to a file containing the exported test cases. This field is populated only if `gcs_uri` is specified in ExportTestCasesRequest.",
+"agentIdentity": {
+"description": "Identity of the agent, e.g. \"virtual agent\", \"AI assistant\".",
 "type": "string"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FilterSpecs": {
-"description": "Filter specifications for data stores.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FilterSpecs",
-"properties": {
-"dataStores": {
-"description": "Optional. Data Stores where the boosting configuration is applied. The full names of the referenced data stores. Formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dataStores/{data_store}`",
-"items": {
+"agentScope": {
+"description": "Agent scope, e.g. \"Example company website\", \"internal Example company website for employees\", \"manual of car owner\".",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"type": "array"
+"business": {
+"description": "Name of the company, organization or other entity that the agent represents. Used for knowledge connector LLM prompt and for knowledge search.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"filter": {
-"description": "Optional. The filter expression to be applied. Expression syntax is documented at https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata#filter-expression-syntax",
+"businessDescription": {
+"description": "Company description, used for LLM prompt, e.g. \"a family company selling freshly roasted coffee beans\".",
 "type": "string"
+},
+"disableDataStoreFallback": {
+"description": "Whether to disable fallback to Data Store search results (in case the LLM couldn't pick a proper answer). Per default the feature is enabled.",
+"type": "boolean"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Flow": {
-"description": "Flows represents the conversation flows when you build your chatbot agent. A flow consists of many pages connected by the transition routes. Conversations always start with the built-in Start Flow (with an all-0 ID). Transition routes can direct the conversation session from the current flow (parent flow) to another flow (sub flow). When the sub flow is finished, Dialogflow will bring the session back to the parent flow, where the sub flow is started. Usually, when a transition route is followed by a matched intent, the intent will be \"consumed\". This means the intent won't activate more transition routes. However, when the followed transition route moves the conversation session into a different flow, the matched intent can be carried over and to be consumed in the target flow.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Flow",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Generator": {
+"description": "Generators contain prompt to be sent to the LLM model to generate text. The prompt can contain parameters which will be resolved before calling the model. It can optionally contain banned phrases to ensure the model responses are safe.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Generator",
 "properties": {
-"advancedSettings": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings",
-"description": "Hierarchical advanced settings for this flow. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level."
-},
-"description": {
-"description": "The description of the flow. The maximum length is 500 characters. If exceeded, the request is rejected.",
+"displayName": {
+"description": "Required. The human-readable name of the generator, unique within the agent. The prompt contains pre-defined parameters such as $conversation, $last-user-utterance, etc. populated by Dialogflow. It can also contain custom placeholders which will be resolved during fulfillment.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"displayName": {
-"description": "Required. The human-readable name of the flow.",
+"llmModelSettings": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3LlmModelSettings",
+"description": "The LLM model settings."
+},
+"modelParameter": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3GeneratorModelParameter",
+"description": "Parameters passed to the LLM to configure its behavior."
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "The unique identifier of the generator. Must be set for the Generators.UpdateGenerator method. Generators.CreateGenerate populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//generators/`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"eventHandlers": {
-"description": "A flow's event handlers serve two purposes: * They are responsible for handling events (e.g. no match, webhook errors) in the flow. * They are inherited by every page's event handlers, which can be used to handle common events regardless of the current page. Event handlers defined in the page have higher priority than those defined in the flow. Unlike transition_routes, these handlers are evaluated on a first-match basis. The first one that matches the event get executed, with the rest being ignored.",
+"placeholders": {
+"description": "Optional. List of custom placeholders in the prompt text.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EventHandler"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3GeneratorPlaceholder"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"promptText": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Phrase",
+"description": "Required. Prompt for the LLM model."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3GeneratorModelParameter": {
+"description": "Parameters to be passed to the LLM. If not set, default values will be used.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3GeneratorModelParameter",
+"properties": {
+"maxDecodeSteps": {
+"description": "The maximum number of tokens to generate.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
 },
-"type": "array"
+"temperature": {
+"description": "The temperature used for sampling. Temperature sampling occurs after both topP and topK have been applied. Valid range: [0.0, 1.0] Low temperature = less random. High temperature = more random.",
+"format": "float",
+"type": "number"
 },
-"knowledgeConnectorSettings": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3KnowledgeConnectorSettings",
-"description": "Optional. Knowledge connector configuration."
+"topK": {
+"description": "If set, the sampling process in each step is limited to the top_k tokens with highest probabilities. Valid range: [1, 40] or 1000+. Small topK = less random. Large topK = more random.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
 },
-"locked": {
-"description": "Indicates whether the flow is locked for changes. If the flow is locked, modifications to the flow will be rejected.",
-"type": "boolean"
+"topP": {
+"description": "If set, only the tokens comprising the top top_p probability mass are considered. If both top_p and top_k are set, top_p will be used for further refining candidates selected with top_k. Valid range: (0.0, 1.0]. Small topP = less random. Large topP = more random.",
+"format": "float",
+"type": "number"
+}
 },
-"multiLanguageSettings": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FlowMultiLanguageSettings",
-"description": "Optional. Multi-lingual agent settings for this flow."
+"type": "object"
 },
-"name": {
-"description": "The unique identifier of the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3GeneratorPlaceholder": {
+"description": "Represents a custom placeholder in the prompt text.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3GeneratorPlaceholder",
+"properties": {
+"id": {
+"description": "Unique ID used to map custom placeholder to parameters in fulfillment.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"nluSettings": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3NluSettings",
-"description": "NLU related settings of the flow."
-},
-"transitionRouteGroups": {
-"description": "A flow's transition route group serve two purposes: * They are responsible for matching the user's first utterances in the flow. * They are inherited by every page's transition route groups. Transition route groups defined in the page have higher priority than those defined in the flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/` for agent-level groups.",
-"items": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Custom placeholder value in the prompt text.",
 "type": "string"
-},
-"type": "array"
-},
-"transitionRoutes": {
-"description": "A flow's transition routes serve two purposes: * They are responsible for matching the user's first utterances in the flow. * They are inherited by every page's transition routes and can support use cases such as the user saying \"help\" or \"can I talk to a human?\", which can be handled in a common way regardless of the current page. Transition routes defined in the page have higher priority than those defined in the flow. TransitionRoutes are evaluated in the following order: * TransitionRoutes with intent specified. * TransitionRoutes with only condition specified. TransitionRoutes with intent specified are inherited by pages in the flow.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRoute"
-},
-"type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FlowImportStrategy": {
-"description": "The flow import strategy used for resource conflict resolution associated with an ImportFlowRequest.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FlowImportStrategy",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportEntityTypesMetadata": {
+"description": "Metadata returned for the EntityTypes.ImportEntityTypes long running operation.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportEntityTypesMetadata",
+"properties": {},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportEntityTypesRequest": {
+"description": "The request message for EntityTypes.ImportEntityTypes.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportEntityTypesRequest",
 "properties": {
-"globalImportStrategy": {
-"description": "Optional. Import strategy for resource conflict resolution, applied globally throughout the flow. It will be applied for all display name conflicts in the imported content. If not specified, 'CREATE_NEW' is assumed.",
+"entityTypesContent": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3InlineSource",
+"description": "Uncompressed byte content of entity types."
+},
+"entityTypesUri": {
+"description": "The [Google Cloud Storage](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/) URI to import entity types from. The format of this URI must be `gs:///`. Dialogflow performs a read operation for the Cloud Storage object on the caller's behalf, so your request authentication must have read permissions for the object. For more information, see [Dialogflow access control](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/access-control#storage).",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"mergeOption": {
+"description": "Required. Merge option for importing entity types.",
 "enum": [
-"IMPORT_STRATEGY_UNSPECIFIED",
-"IMPORT_STRATEGY_CREATE_NEW",
-"IMPORT_STRATEGY_REPLACE",
-"IMPORT_STRATEGY_KEEP",
-"IMPORT_STRATEGY_MERGE",
-"IMPORT_STRATEGY_THROW_ERROR"
+"MERGE_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED",
+"REPLACE",
+"MERGE",
+"RENAME",
+"REPORT_CONFLICT",
+"KEEP"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
-"Unspecified. Treated as 'CREATE_NEW'.",
-"Create a new resource with a numeric suffix appended to the end of the existing display name.",
-"Replace existing resource with incoming resource in the content to be imported.",
-"Keep existing resource and discard incoming resource in the content to be imported.",
-"Combine existing and incoming resources when a conflict is encountered.",
-"Throw error if a conflict is encountered."
+"Unspecified. If used, system uses REPORT_CONFLICT as default.",
+"Replace the original entity type in the agent with the new entity type when display name conflicts exist.",
+"Merge the original entity type with the new entity type when display name conflicts exist.",
+"Create new entity types with new display names to differentiate them from the existing entity types when display name conflicts exist.",
+"Report conflict information if display names conflict is detected. Otherwise, import entity types.",
+"Keep the original entity type and discard the conflicting new entity type when display name conflicts exist."
 ],
 "type": "string"
+},
+"targetEntityType": {
+"description": "Optional. The target entity type to import into. Format: `projects//locations//agents//entity_types/`. If set, there should be only one entity type included in entity_types, of which the type should match the type of the target entity type. All entities in the imported entity type will be added to the target entity type.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FlowMultiLanguageSettings": {
-"description": "Settings for multi-lingual agents.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FlowMultiLanguageSettings",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportEntityTypesResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for EntityTypes.ImportEntityTypes.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportEntityTypesResponse",
 "properties": {
-"enableMultiLanguageDetection": {
-"description": "Optional. Enable multi-language detection for this flow. This can be set only if agent level multi language setting is enabled.",
-"type": "boolean"
+"conflictingResources": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportEntityTypesResponseConflictingResources",
+"description": "Info which resources have conflicts when REPORT_CONFLICT merge_option is set in ImportEntityTypesRequest."
 },
-"supportedResponseLanguageCodes": {
-"description": "Optional. Agent will respond in the detected language if the detected language code is in the supported resolved languages for this flow. This will be used only if multi-language training is enabled in the agent and multi-language detection is enabled in the flow. The supported languages must be a subset of the languages supported by the agent.",
+"entityTypes": {
+"description": "The unique identifier of the imported entity types. Format: `projects//locations//agents//entity_types/`.",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -6583,2842 +7950,3167 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FlowValidationResult": {
-"description": "The response message for Flows.GetFlowValidationResult.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FlowValidationResult",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportEntityTypesResponseConflictingResources": {
+"description": "Conflicting resources detected during the import process. Only filled when REPORT_CONFLICT is set in the request and there are conflicts in the display names.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportEntityTypesResponseConflictingResources",
 "properties": {
-"name": {
-"description": "The unique identifier of the flow validation result. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//validationResult`.",
+"entityDisplayNames": {
+"description": "Display names of conflicting entities.",
+"items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
-"updateTime": {
-"description": "Last time the flow was validated.",
-"format": "google-datetime",
-"type": "string"
+"type": "array"
 },
-"validationMessages": {
-"description": "Contains all validation messages.",
+"entityTypeDisplayNames": {
+"description": "Display names of conflicting entity types.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ValidationMessage"
+"type": "string"
 },
 "type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Form": {
-"description": "A form is a data model that groups related parameters that can be collected from the user. The process in which the agent prompts the user and collects parameter values from the user is called form filling. A form can be added to a page. When form filling is done, the filled parameters will be written to the session.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Form",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportFlowRequest": {
+"description": "The request message for Flows.ImportFlow.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportFlowRequest",
 "properties": {
-"parameters": {
-"description": "Parameters to collect from the user.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FormParameter"
+"flowContent": {
+"description": "Uncompressed raw byte content for flow.",
+"format": "byte",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"type": "array"
+"flowImportStrategy": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FlowImportStrategy",
+"description": "Optional. Specifies the import strategy used when resolving resource conflicts."
+},
+"flowUri": {
+"description": "The [Google Cloud Storage](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/) URI to import flow from. The format of this URI must be `gs:///`. Dialogflow performs a read operation for the Cloud Storage object on the caller's behalf, so your request authentication must have read permissions for the object. For more information, see [Dialogflow access control](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/access-control#storage).",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"importOption": {
+"description": "Flow import mode. If not specified, `KEEP` is assumed.",
+"enum": [
+"IMPORT_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED",
+"KEEP",
+"FALLBACK"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified. Treated as `KEEP`.",
+"Always respect settings in exported flow content. It may cause a import failure if some settings (e.g. custom NLU) are not supported in the agent to import into.",
+"Fallback to default settings if some settings are not supported in the agent to import into. E.g. Standard NLU will be used if custom NLU is not available."
+],
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FormParameter": {
-"description": "Represents a form parameter.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FormParameter",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportFlowResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for Flows.ImportFlow.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportFlowResponse",
 "properties": {
-"advancedSettings": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings",
-"description": "Hierarchical advanced settings for this parameter. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level."
-},
-"defaultValue": {
-"description": "The default value of an optional parameter. If the parameter is required, the default value will be ignored.",
-"type": "any"
-},
-"displayName": {
-"description": "Required. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form.",
+"flow": {
+"description": "The unique identifier of the new flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.",
 "type": "string"
+}
 },
-"entityType": {
-"description": "Required. The entity type of the parameter. Format: `projects/-/locations/-/agents/-/entityTypes/` for system entity types (for example, `projects/-/locations/-/agents/-/entityTypes/sys.date`), or `projects//locations//agents//entityTypes/` for developer entity types.",
-"type": "string"
+"type": "object"
 },
-"fillBehavior": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FormParameterFillBehavior",
-"description": "Required. Defines fill behavior for the parameter."
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportIntentsMetadata": {
+"description": "Metadata returned for the Intents.ImportIntents long running operation.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportIntentsMetadata",
+"properties": {},
+"type": "object"
 },
-"isList": {
-"description": "Indicates whether the parameter represents a list of values.",
-"type": "boolean"
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportIntentsRequest": {
+"description": "The request message for Intents.ImportIntents.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportIntentsRequest",
+"properties": {
+"intentsContent": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3InlineSource",
+"description": "Uncompressed byte content of intents."
 },
-"redact": {
-"description": "Indicates whether the parameter content should be redacted in log. If redaction is enabled, the parameter content will be replaced by parameter name during logging. Note: the parameter content is subject to redaction if either parameter level redaction or entity type level redaction is enabled.",
-"type": "boolean"
+"intentsUri": {
+"description": "The [Google Cloud Storage](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/) URI to import intents from. The format of this URI must be `gs:///`. Dialogflow performs a read operation for the Cloud Storage object on the caller's behalf, so your request authentication must have read permissions for the object. For more information, see [Dialogflow access control](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/access-control#storage).",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"required": {
-"description": "Indicates whether the parameter is required. Optional parameters will not trigger prompts; however, they are filled if the user specifies them. Required parameters must be filled before form filling concludes.",
-"type": "boolean"
+"mergeOption": {
+"description": "Merge option for importing intents. If not specified, `REJECT` is assumed.",
+"enum": [
+"MERGE_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED",
+"REJECT",
+"REPLACE",
+"MERGE",
+"RENAME",
+"REPORT_CONFLICT",
+"KEEP"
+],
+"enumDeprecated": [
+false,
+true,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified. Should not be used.",
+"DEPRECATED: Please use REPORT_CONFLICT instead. Fail the request if there are intents whose display names conflict with the display names of intents in the agent.",
+"Replace the original intent in the agent with the new intent when display name conflicts exist.",
+"Merge the original intent with the new intent when display name conflicts exist.",
+"Create new intents with new display names to differentiate them from the existing intents when display name conflicts exist.",
+"Report conflict information if display names conflict is detected. Otherwise, import intents.",
+"Keep the original intent and discard the conflicting new intent when display name conflicts exist."
+],
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FormParameterFillBehavior": {
-"description": "Configuration for how the filling of a parameter should be handled.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FormParameterFillBehavior",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportIntentsResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for Intents.ImportIntents.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportIntentsResponse",
 "properties": {
-"initialPromptFulfillment": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Fulfillment",
-"description": "Required. The fulfillment to provide the initial prompt that the agent can present to the user in order to fill the parameter."
+"conflictingResources": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportIntentsResponseConflictingResources",
+"description": "Info which resources have conflicts when REPORT_CONFLICT merge_option is set in ImportIntentsRequest."
 },
-"repromptEventHandlers": {
-"description": "The handlers for parameter-level events, used to provide reprompt for the parameter or transition to a different page/flow. The supported events are: * `sys.no-match-`, where N can be from 1 to 6 * `sys.no-match-default` * `sys.no-input-`, where N can be from 1 to 6 * `sys.no-input-default` * `sys.invalid-parameter` `initial_prompt_fulfillment` provides the first prompt for the parameter. If the user's response does not fill the parameter, a no-match/no-input event will be triggered, and the fulfillment associated with the `sys.no-match-1`/`sys.no-input-1` handler (if defined) will be called to provide a prompt. The `sys.no-match-2`/`sys.no-input-2` handler (if defined) will respond to the next no-match/no-input event, and so on. A `sys.no-match-default` or `sys.no-input-default` handler will be used to handle all following no-match/no-input events after all numbered no-match/no-input handlers for the parameter are consumed. A `sys.invalid-parameter` handler can be defined to handle the case where the parameter values have been `invalidated` by webhook. For example, if the user's response fill the parameter, however the parameter was invalidated by webhook, the fulfillment associated with the `sys.invalid-parameter` handler (if defined) will be called to provide a prompt. If the event handler for the corresponding event can't be found on the parameter, `initial_prompt_fulfillment` will be re-prompted.",
+"intents": {
+"description": "The unique identifier of the imported intents. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EventHandler"
+"type": "string"
 },
 "type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FulfillIntentRequest": {
-"description": "Request of FulfillIntent",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FulfillIntentRequest",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportIntentsResponseConflictingResources": {
+"description": "Conflicting resources detected during the import process. Only filled when REPORT_CONFLICT is set in the request and there are conflicts in the display names.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportIntentsResponseConflictingResources",
 "properties": {
-"match": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Match",
-"description": "The matched intent/event to fulfill."
+"entityDisplayNames": {
+"description": "Display names of conflicting entities.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
 },
-"matchIntentRequest": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3MatchIntentRequest",
-"description": "Must be same as the corresponding MatchIntent request, otherwise the behavior is undefined."
+"type": "array"
 },
-"outputAudioConfig": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3OutputAudioConfig",
-"description": "Instructs the speech synthesizer how to generate output audio."
+"intentDisplayNames": {
+"description": "Display names of conflicting intents.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FulfillIntentResponse": {
-"description": "Response of FulfillIntent",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FulfillIntentResponse",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportPlaybookRequest": {
+"description": "The request message for Playbooks.ImportPlaybook.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportPlaybookRequest",
 "properties": {
-"outputAudio": {
-"description": "The audio data bytes encoded as specified in the request. Note: The output audio is generated based on the values of default platform text responses found in the `query_result.response_messages` field. If multiple default text responses exist, they will be concatenated when generating audio. If no default platform text responses exist, the generated audio content will be empty. In some scenarios, multiple output audio fields may be present in the response structure. In these cases, only the top-most-level audio output has content.",
+"importStrategy": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookImportStrategy",
+"description": "Optional. Specifies the import strategy used when resolving resource conflicts."
+},
+"playbookContent": {
+"description": "Uncompressed raw byte content for playbook.",
 "format": "byte",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"outputAudioConfig": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3OutputAudioConfig",
-"description": "The config used by the speech synthesizer to generate the output audio."
-},
-"queryResult": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3QueryResult",
-"description": "The result of the conversational query."
-},
-"responseId": {
-"description": "Output only. The unique identifier of the response. It can be used to locate a response in the training example set or for reporting issues.",
+"playbookUri": {
+"description": "[Dialogflow access control] (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/access-control#storage).",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Fulfillment": {
-"description": "A fulfillment can do one or more of the following actions at the same time: * Generate rich message responses. * Set parameter values. * Call the webhook. Fulfillments can be called at various stages in the Page or Form lifecycle. For example, when a DetectIntentRequest drives a session to enter a new page, the page's entry fulfillment can add a static response to the QueryResult in the returning DetectIntentResponse, call the webhook (for example, to load user data from a database), or both.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Fulfillment",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportTestCasesMetadata": {
+"description": "Metadata returned for the TestCases.ImportTestCases long running operation.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportTestCasesMetadata",
 "properties": {
-"advancedSettings": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings",
-"description": "Hierarchical advanced settings for this fulfillment. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level."
-},
-"conditionalCases": {
-"description": "Conditional cases for this fulfillment.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FulfillmentConditionalCases"
-},
-"type": "array"
-},
-"enableGenerativeFallback": {
-"description": "If the flag is true, the agent will utilize LLM to generate a text response. If LLM generation fails, the defined responses in the fulfillment will be respected. This flag is only useful for fulfillments associated with no-match event handlers.",
-"type": "boolean"
-},
-"messages": {
-"description": "The list of rich message responses to present to the user.",
+"errors": {
+"description": "Errors for failed test cases.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessage"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestCaseError"
 },
 "type": "array"
+}
 },
-"returnPartialResponses": {
-"description": "Whether Dialogflow should return currently queued fulfillment response messages in streaming APIs. If a webhook is specified, it happens before Dialogflow invokes webhook. Warning: 1) This flag only affects streaming API. Responses are still queued and returned once in non-streaming API. 2) The flag can be enabled in any fulfillment but only the first 3 partial responses will be returned. You may only want to apply it to fulfillments that have slow webhooks.",
-"type": "boolean"
-},
-"setParameterActions": {
-"description": "Set parameter values before executing the webhook.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FulfillmentSetParameterAction"
-},
-"type": "array"
+"type": "object"
 },
-"tag": {
-"description": "The value of this field will be populated in the WebhookRequest `fulfillmentInfo.tag` field by Dialogflow when the associated webhook is called. The tag is typically used by the webhook service to identify which fulfillment is being called, but it could be used for other purposes. This field is required if `webhook` is specified.",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportTestCasesRequest": {
+"description": "The request message for TestCases.ImportTestCases.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportTestCasesRequest",
+"properties": {
+"content": {
+"description": "Uncompressed raw byte content for test cases.",
+"format": "byte",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"webhook": {
-"description": "The webhook to call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//webhooks/`.",
+"gcsUri": {
+"description": "The [Google Cloud Storage](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/) URI to import test cases from. The format of this URI must be `gs:///`. Dialogflow performs a read operation for the Cloud Storage object on the caller's behalf, so your request authentication must have read permissions for the object. For more information, see [Dialogflow access control](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/access-control#storage).",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FulfillmentConditionalCases": {
-"description": "A list of cascading if-else conditions. Cases are mutually exclusive. The first one with a matching condition is selected, all the rest ignored.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FulfillmentConditionalCases",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportTestCasesResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for TestCases.ImportTestCases.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportTestCasesResponse",
 "properties": {
-"cases": {
-"description": "A list of cascading if-else conditions.",
+"names": {
+"description": "The unique identifiers of the new test cases. Format: `projects//locations//agents//testCases/`.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FulfillmentConditionalCasesCase"
+"type": "string"
 },
 "type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FulfillmentConditionalCasesCase": {
-"description": "Each case has a Boolean condition. When it is evaluated to be True, the corresponding messages will be selected and evaluated recursively.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FulfillmentConditionalCasesCase",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3InlineDestination": {
+"description": "Inline destination for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. intents) outside of Dialogflow.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3InlineDestination",
 "properties": {
-"caseContent": {
-"description": "A list of case content.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FulfillmentConditionalCasesCaseCaseContent"
+"content": {
+"description": "Output only. The uncompressed byte content for the objects. Only populated in responses.",
+"format": "byte",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
 },
-"type": "array"
+"type": "object"
 },
-"condition": {
-"description": "The condition to activate and select this case. Empty means the condition is always true. The condition is evaluated against form parameters or session parameters. See the [conditions reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/condition).",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3InlineSource": {
+"description": "Inline source for a Dialogflow operation that reads or imports objects (e.g. intents) into Dialogflow.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3InlineSource",
+"properties": {
+"content": {
+"description": "The uncompressed byte content for the objects.",
+"format": "byte",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FulfillmentConditionalCasesCaseCaseContent": {
-"description": "The list of messages or conditional cases to activate for this case.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FulfillmentConditionalCasesCaseCaseContent",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3InputAudioConfig": {
+"description": "Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3InputAudioConfig",
 "properties": {
-"additionalCases": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FulfillmentConditionalCases",
-"description": "Additional cases to be evaluated."
+"audioEncoding": {
+"description": "Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.",
+"enum": [
+"AUDIO_ENCODING_UNSPECIFIED",
+"AUDIO_ENCODING_LINEAR_16",
+"AUDIO_ENCODING_FLAC",
+"AUDIO_ENCODING_MULAW",
+"AUDIO_ENCODING_AMR",
+"AUDIO_ENCODING_AMR_WB",
+"AUDIO_ENCODING_OGG_OPUS",
+"AUDIO_ENCODING_SPEEX_WITH_HEADER_BYTE",
+"AUDIO_ENCODING_ALAW"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Not specified.",
+"Uncompressed 16-bit signed little-endian samples (Linear PCM).",
+"[`FLAC`](https://xiph.org/flac/documentation.html) (Free Lossless Audio Codec) is the recommended encoding because it is lossless (therefore recognition is not compromised) and requires only about half the bandwidth of `LINEAR16`. `FLAC` stream encoding supports 16-bit and 24-bit samples, however, not all fields in `STREAMINFO` are supported.",
+"8-bit samples that compand 14-bit audio samples using G.711 PCMU/mu-law.",
+"Adaptive Multi-Rate Narrowband codec. `sample_rate_hertz` must be 8000.",
+"Adaptive Multi-Rate Wideband codec. `sample_rate_hertz` must be 16000.",
+"Opus encoded audio frames in Ogg container ([OggOpus](https://wiki.xiph.org/OggOpus)). `sample_rate_hertz` must be 16000.",
+"Although the use of lossy encodings is not recommended, if a very low bitrate encoding is required, `OGG_OPUS` is highly preferred over Speex encoding. The [Speex](https://speex.org/) encoding supported by Dialogflow API has a header byte in each block, as in MIME type `audio/x-speex-with-header-byte`. It is a variant of the RTP Speex encoding defined in [RFC 5574](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5574). The stream is a sequence of blocks, one block per RTP packet. Each block starts with a byte containing the length of the block, in bytes, followed by one or more frames of Speex data, padded to an integral number of bytes (octets) as specified in RFC 5574. In other words, each RTP header is replaced with a single byte containing the block length. Only Speex wideband is supported. `sample_rate_hertz` must be 16000.",
+"8-bit samples that compand 13-bit audio samples using G.711 PCMU/a-law."
+],
+"type": "string"
 },
-"message": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessage",
-"description": "Returned message."
+"bargeInConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BargeInConfig",
+"description": "Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio."
+},
+"enableWordInfo": {
+"description": "Optional. If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"model": {
+"description": "Optional. Which Speech model to select for the given request. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models).",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"modelVariant": {
+"description": "Optional. Which variant of the Speech model to use.",
+"enum": [
+"SPEECH_MODEL_VARIANT_UNSPECIFIED",
+"USE_BEST_AVAILABLE",
+"USE_STANDARD",
+"USE_ENHANCED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"No model variant specified. In this case Dialogflow defaults to USE_BEST_AVAILABLE.",
+"Use the best available variant of the Speech model that the caller is eligible for.",
+"Use standard model variant even if an enhanced model is available. See the [Cloud Speech documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/enhanced-models) for details about enhanced models.",
+"Use an enhanced model variant: * If an enhanced variant does not exist for the given model and request language, Dialogflow falls back to the standard variant. The [Cloud Speech documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/enhanced-models) describes which models have enhanced variants."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"optOutConformerModelMigration": {
+"description": "If `true`, the request will opt out for STT conformer model migration. This field will be deprecated once force migration takes place in June 2024. Please refer to [Dialogflow CX Speech model migration](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-model-migration).",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"phraseHints": {
+"description": "Optional. A list of strings containing words and phrases that the speech recognizer should recognize with higher likelihood. See [the Cloud Speech documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#phrase-hints) for more details.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"sampleRateHertz": {
+"description": "Sample rate (in Hertz) of the audio content sent in the query. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics) for more details.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"singleUtterance": {
+"description": "Optional. If `false` (default), recognition does not cease until the client closes the stream. If `true`, the recognizer will detect a single spoken utterance in input audio. Recognition ceases when it detects the audio's voice has stopped or paused. In this case, once a detected intent is received, the client should close the stream and start a new request with a new stream as needed. Note: This setting is relevant only for streaming methods.",
+"type": "boolean"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FulfillmentSetParameterAction": {
-"description": "Setting a parameter value.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FulfillmentSetParameterAction",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Intent": {
+"description": "An intent represents a user's intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Intent",
 "properties": {
-"parameter": {
-"description": "Display name of the parameter.",
+"description": {
+"description": "Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"value": {
-"description": "The new value of the parameter. A null value clears the parameter.",
-"type": "any"
-}
+"displayName": {
+"description": "Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"type": "object"
+"isFallback": {
+"description": "Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.",
+"type": "boolean"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3GcsDestination": {
-"description": "Google Cloud Storage location for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. exported agent or transcripts) outside of Dialogflow.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3GcsDestination",
-"properties": {
-"uri": {
-"description": "Required. The Google Cloud Storage URI for the exported objects. A URI is of the form: `gs://bucket/object-name-or-prefix` Whether a full object name, or just a prefix, its usage depends on the Dialogflow operation.",
+"labels": {
+"additionalProperties": {
 "type": "string"
-}
 },
+"description": "The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix \"sys-\" is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. \"sys-head\" means the intent is a head intent. \"sys.contextual\" means the intent is a contextual intent.",
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3GenerativeSettings": {
-"description": "Settings for Generative AI.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3GenerativeSettings",
-"properties": {
-"fallbackSettings": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3GenerativeSettingsFallbackSettings",
-"description": "Settings for Generative Fallback."
+"name": {
+"description": "The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"generativeSafetySettings": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SafetySettings",
-"description": "Settings for Generative Safety."
+"parameters": {
+"description": "The collection of parameters associated with the intent.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3IntentParameter"
 },
-"knowledgeConnectorSettings": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3GenerativeSettingsKnowledgeConnectorSettings",
-"description": "Settings for knowledge connector."
+"type": "array"
 },
-"languageCode": {
-"description": "Language for this settings.",
-"type": "string"
+"priority": {
+"description": "The priority of this intent. Higher numbers represent higher priorities. - If the supplied value is unspecified or 0, the service translates the value to 500,000, which corresponds to the `Normal` priority in the console. - If the supplied value is negative, the intent is ignored in runtime detect intent requests.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
 },
-"name": {
-"description": "Format: `projects//locations//agents//generativeSettings`.",
-"type": "string"
+"trainingPhrases": {
+"description": "The collection of training phrases the agent is trained on to identify the intent.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3IntentTrainingPhrase"
+},
+"type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3GenerativeSettingsFallbackSettings": {
-"description": "Settings for Generative Fallback.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3GenerativeSettingsFallbackSettings",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3IntentCoverage": {
+"description": "Intent coverage represents the percentage of all possible intents in the agent that are triggered in any of a parent's test cases.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3IntentCoverage",
 "properties": {
-"promptTemplates": {
-"description": "Stored prompts that can be selected, for example default templates like \"conservative\" or \"chatty\", or user defined ones.",
+"coverageScore": {
+"description": "The percent of intents in the agent that are covered.",
+"format": "float",
+"type": "number"
+},
+"intents": {
+"description": "The list of Intents present in the agent",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3GenerativeSettingsFallbackSettingsPromptTemplate"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3IntentCoverageIntent"
 },
 "type": "array"
-},
-"selectedPrompt": {
-"description": "Display name of the selected prompt.",
-"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3GenerativeSettingsFallbackSettingsPromptTemplate": {
-"description": "Prompt template.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3GenerativeSettingsFallbackSettingsPromptTemplate",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3IntentCoverageIntent": {
+"description": "The agent's intent.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3IntentCoverageIntent",
 "properties": {
-"displayName": {
-"description": "Prompt name.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"frozen": {
-"description": "If the flag is true, the prompt is frozen and cannot be modified by users.",
+"covered": {
+"description": "Whether the intent is covered by at least one of the agent's test cases.",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
-"promptText": {
-"description": "Prompt text that is sent to a LLM on no-match default, placeholders are filled downstream. For example: \"Here is a conversation $conversation, a response is: \"",
+"intent": {
+"description": "The intent full resource name",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3GenerativeSettingsKnowledgeConnectorSettings": {
-"description": "Settings for knowledge connector. These parameters are used for LLM prompt like \"You are . You are a helpful and verbose at , . Your task is to help humans on \".",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3GenerativeSettingsKnowledgeConnectorSettings",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3IntentInput": {
+"description": "Represents the intent to trigger programmatically rather than as a result of natural language processing.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3IntentInput",
 "properties": {
-"agent": {
-"description": "Name of the virtual agent. Used for LLM prompt. Can be left empty.",
+"intent": {
+"description": "Required. The unique identifier of the intent. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.",
 "type": "string"
+}
 },
-"agentIdentity": {
-"description": "Identity of the agent, e.g. \"virtual agent\", \"AI assistant\".",
-"type": "string"
+"type": "object"
 },
-"agentScope": {
-"description": "Agent scope, e.g. \"Example company website\", \"internal Example company website for employees\", \"manual of car owner\".",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3IntentParameter": {
+"description": "Represents an intent parameter.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3IntentParameter",
+"properties": {
+"entityType": {
+"description": "Required. The entity type of the parameter. Format: `projects/-/locations/-/agents/-/entityTypes/` for system entity types (for example, `projects/-/locations/-/agents/-/entityTypes/sys.date`), or `projects//locations//agents//entityTypes/` for developer entity types.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"business": {
-"description": "Name of the company, organization or other entity that the agent represents. Used for knowledge connector LLM prompt and for knowledge search.",
+"id": {
+"description": "Required. The unique identifier of the parameter. This field is used by training phrases to annotate their parts.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"businessDescription": {
-"description": "Company description, used for LLM prompt, e.g. \"a family company selling freshly roasted coffee beans\".",
-"type": "string"
+"isList": {
+"description": "Indicates whether the parameter represents a list of values.",
+"type": "boolean"
 },
-"disableDataStoreFallback": {
-"description": "Whether to disable fallback to Data Store search results (in case the LLM couldn't pick a proper answer). Per default the feature is enabled.",
+"redact": {
+"description": "Indicates whether the parameter content should be redacted in log. If redaction is enabled, the parameter content will be replaced by parameter name during logging. Note: the parameter content is subject to redaction if either parameter level redaction or entity type level redaction is enabled.",
 "type": "boolean"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Generator": {
-"description": "Generators contain prompt to be sent to the LLM model to generate text. The prompt can contain parameters which will be resolved before calling the model. It can optionally contain banned phrases to ensure the model responses are safe.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Generator",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3IntentTrainingPhrase": {
+"description": "Represents an example that the agent is trained on to identify the intent.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3IntentTrainingPhrase",
 "properties": {
-"displayName": {
-"description": "Required. The human-readable name of the generator, unique within the agent. The prompt contains pre-defined parameters such as $conversation, $last-user-utterance, etc. populated by Dialogflow. It can also contain custom placeholders which will be resolved during fulfillment.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"modelParameter": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3GeneratorModelParameter",
-"description": "Parameters passed to the LLM to configure its behavior."
-},
-"name": {
-"description": "The unique identifier of the generator. Must be set for the Generators.UpdateGenerator method. Generators.CreateGenerate populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//generators/`.",
+"id": {
+"description": "Output only. The unique identifier of the training phrase.",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
-"placeholders": {
-"description": "Optional. List of custom placeholders in the prompt text.",
+"parts": {
+"description": "Required. The ordered list of training phrase parts. The parts are concatenated in order to form the training phrase. Note: The API does not automatically annotate training phrases like the Dialogflow Console does. Note: Do not forget to include whitespace at part boundaries, so the training phrase is well formatted when the parts are concatenated. If the training phrase does not need to be annotated with parameters, you just need a single part with only the Part.text field set. If you want to annotate the training phrase, you must create multiple parts, where the fields of each part are populated in one of two ways: - `Part.text` is set to a part of the phrase that has no parameters. - `Part.text` is set to a part of the phrase that you want to annotate, and the `parameter_id` field is set.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3GeneratorPlaceholder"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3IntentTrainingPhrasePart"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
-"promptText": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Phrase",
-"description": "Required. Prompt for the LLM model."
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3GeneratorModelParameter": {
-"description": "Parameters to be passed to the LLM. If not set, default values will be used.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3GeneratorModelParameter",
-"properties": {
-"maxDecodeSteps": {
-"description": "The maximum number of tokens to generate.",
-"format": "int32",
-"type": "integer"
-},
-"temperature": {
-"description": "The temperature used for sampling. Temperature sampling occurs after both topP and topK have been applied. Valid range: [0.0, 1.0] Low temperature = less random. High temperature = more random.",
-"format": "float",
-"type": "number"
-},
-"topK": {
-"description": "If set, the sampling process in each step is limited to the top_k tokens with highest probabilities. Valid range: [1, 40] or 1000+. Small topK = less random. Large topK = more random.",
+"repeatCount": {
+"description": "Indicates how many times this example was added to the intent.",
 "format": "int32",
 "type": "integer"
-},
-"topP": {
-"description": "If set, only the tokens comprising the top top_p probability mass are considered. If both top_p and top_k are set, top_p will be used for further refining candidates selected with top_k. Valid range: (0.0, 1.0]. Small topP = less random. Large topP = more random.",
-"format": "float",
-"type": "number"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3GeneratorPlaceholder": {
-"description": "Represents a custom placeholder in the prompt text.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3GeneratorPlaceholder",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3IntentTrainingPhrasePart": {
+"description": "Represents a part of a training phrase.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3IntentTrainingPhrasePart",
 "properties": {
-"id": {
-"description": "Unique ID used to map custom placeholder to parameters in fulfillment.",
+"parameterId": {
+"description": "The parameter used to annotate this part of the training phrase. This field is required for annotated parts of the training phrase.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"name": {
-"description": "Custom placeholder value in the prompt text.",
+"text": {
+"description": "Required. The text for this part.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportEntityTypesMetadata": {
-"description": "Metadata returned for the EntityTypes.ImportEntityTypes long running operation.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportEntityTypesMetadata",
-"properties": {},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportEntityTypesRequest": {
-"description": "The request message for EntityTypes.ImportEntityTypes.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportEntityTypesRequest",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3KnowledgeConnectorSettings": {
+"description": "The Knowledge Connector settings for this page or flow. This includes information such as the attached Knowledge Bases, and the way to execute fulfillment.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3KnowledgeConnectorSettings",
 "properties": {
-"entityTypesContent": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3InlineSource",
-"description": "Uncompressed byte content of entity types."
+"dataStoreConnections": {
+"description": "Optional. List of related data store connections.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnection"
 },
-"entityTypesUri": {
-"description": "The [Google Cloud Storage](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/) URI to import entity types from. The format of this URI must be `gs:///`. Dialogflow performs a read operation for the Cloud Storage object on the caller's behalf, so your request authentication must have read permissions for the object. For more information, see [Dialogflow access control](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/access-control#storage).",
+"type": "array"
+},
+"enabled": {
+"description": "Whether Knowledge Connector is enabled or not.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"targetFlow": {
+"description": "The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"mergeOption": {
-"description": "Required. Merge option for importing entity types.",
-"enum": [
-"MERGE_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED",
-"REPLACE",
-"MERGE",
-"RENAME",
-"REPORT_CONFLICT",
-"KEEP"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Unspecified. If used, system uses REPORT_CONFLICT as default.",
-"Replace the original entity type in the agent with the new entity type when display name conflicts exist.",
-"Merge the original entity type with the new entity type when display name conflicts exist.",
-"Create new entity types with new display names to differentiate them from the existing entity types when display name conflicts exist.",
-"Report conflict information if display names conflict is detected. Otherwise, import entity types.",
-"Keep the original entity type and discard the conflicting new entity type when display name conflicts exist."
-],
+"targetPage": {
+"description": "The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"triggerFulfillment": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Fulfillment",
+"description": "The fulfillment to be triggered. When the answers from the Knowledge Connector are selected by Dialogflow, you can utitlize the request scoped parameter `$request.knowledge.answers` (contains up to the 5 highest confidence answers) and `$request.knowledge.questions` (contains the corresponding questions) to construct the fulfillment."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3LanguageInfo": {
+"description": "Represents the language information of the request.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3LanguageInfo",
+"properties": {
+"confidenceScore": {
+"description": "The confidence score of the detected language between 0 and 1.",
+"format": "float",
+"type": "number"
+},
+"inputLanguageCode": {
+"description": "The language code specified in the original request.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"targetEntityType": {
-"description": "Optional. The target entity type to import into. Format: `projects//locations//agents//entity_types/`. If set, there should be only one entity type included in entity_types, of which the type should match the type of the target entity type. All entities in the imported entity type will be added to the target entity type.",
+"resolvedLanguageCode": {
+"description": "The language code detected for this request based on the user conversation.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportEntityTypesResponse": {
-"description": "The response message for EntityTypes.ImportEntityTypes.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportEntityTypesResponse",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListAgentsResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for Agents.ListAgents.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListAgentsResponse",
 "properties": {
-"conflictingResources": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportEntityTypesResponseConflictingResources",
-"description": "Info which resources have conflicts when REPORT_CONFLICT merge_option is set in ImportEntityTypesRequest."
-},
-"entityTypes": {
-"description": "The unique identifier of the imported entity types. Format: `projects//locations//agents//entity_types/`.",
+"agents": {
+"description": "The list of agents. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.",
 "items": {
-"type": "string"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Agent"
 },
 "type": "array"
+},
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportEntityTypesResponseConflictingResources": {
-"description": "Conflicting resources detected during the import process. Only filled when REPORT_CONFLICT is set in the request and there are conflicts in the display names.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportEntityTypesResponseConflictingResources",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListChangelogsResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for Changelogs.ListChangelogs.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListChangelogsResponse",
 "properties": {
-"entityDisplayNames": {
-"description": "Display names of conflicting entities.",
+"changelogs": {
+"description": "The list of changelogs. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request. The changelogs will be ordered by timestamp.",
 "items": {
-"type": "string"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Changelog"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
-"entityTypeDisplayNames": {
-"description": "Display names of conflicting entity types.",
-"items": {
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
 "type": "string"
-},
-"type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportFlowRequest": {
-"description": "The request message for Flows.ImportFlow.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportFlowRequest",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListContinuousTestResultsResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for Environments.ListTestCaseResults.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListContinuousTestResultsResponse",
 "properties": {
-"flowContent": {
-"description": "Uncompressed raw byte content for flow.",
-"format": "byte",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"flowImportStrategy": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FlowImportStrategy",
-"description": "Optional. Specifies the import strategy used when resolving resource conflicts."
+"continuousTestResults": {
+"description": "The list of continuous test results.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ContinuousTestResult"
 },
-"flowUri": {
-"description": "The [Google Cloud Storage](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/) URI to import flow from. The format of this URI must be `gs:///`. Dialogflow performs a read operation for the Cloud Storage object on the caller's behalf, so your request authentication must have read permissions for the object. For more information, see [Dialogflow access control](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/access-control#storage).",
-"type": "string"
+"type": "array"
 },
-"importOption": {
-"description": "Flow import mode. If not specified, `KEEP` is assumed.",
-"enum": [
-"IMPORT_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED",
-"KEEP",
-"FALLBACK"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Unspecified. Treated as `KEEP`.",
-"Always respect settings in exported flow content. It may cause a import failure if some settings (e.g. custom NLU) are not supported in the agent to import into.",
-"Fallback to default settings if some settings are not supported in the agent to import into. E.g. Standard NLU will be used if custom NLU is not available."
-],
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportFlowResponse": {
-"description": "The response message for Flows.ImportFlow.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportFlowResponse",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListDeploymentsResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for Deployments.ListDeployments.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListDeploymentsResponse",
 "properties": {
-"flow": {
-"description": "The unique identifier of the new flow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.",
+"deployments": {
+"description": "The list of deployments. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request. The list may in some cases be empty or contain fewer entries than page_size even if this isn't the last page.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Deployment"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportIntentsMetadata": {
-"description": "Metadata returned for the Intents.ImportIntents long running operation.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportIntentsMetadata",
-"properties": {},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListEntityTypesResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for EntityTypes.ListEntityTypes.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListEntityTypesResponse",
+"properties": {
+"entityTypes": {
+"description": "The list of entity types. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EntityType"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportIntentsRequest": {
-"description": "The request message for Intents.ImportIntents.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportIntentsRequest",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListEnvironmentsResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for Environments.ListEnvironments.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListEnvironmentsResponse",
 "properties": {
-"intentsContent": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3InlineSource",
-"description": "Uncompressed byte content of intents."
+"environments": {
+"description": "The list of environments. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request. The list may in some cases be empty or contain fewer entries than page_size even if this isn't the last page.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Environment"
 },
-"intentsUri": {
-"description": "The [Google Cloud Storage](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/) URI to import intents from. The format of this URI must be `gs:///`. Dialogflow performs a read operation for the Cloud Storage object on the caller's behalf, so your request authentication must have read permissions for the object. For more information, see [Dialogflow access control](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/access-control#storage).",
-"type": "string"
+"type": "array"
 },
-"mergeOption": {
-"description": "Merge option for importing intents. If not specified, `REJECT` is assumed.",
-"enum": [
-"MERGE_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED",
-"REJECT",
-"REPLACE",
-"MERGE",
-"RENAME",
-"REPORT_CONFLICT",
-"KEEP"
-],
-"enumDeprecated": [
-false,
-true,
-false,
-false,
-false,
-false,
-false
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Unspecified. Should not be used.",
-"DEPRECATED: Please use REPORT_CONFLICT instead. Fail the request if there are intents whose display names conflict with the display names of intents in the agent.",
-"Replace the original intent in the agent with the new intent when display name conflicts exist.",
-"Merge the original intent with the new intent when display name conflicts exist.",
-"Create new intents with new display names to differentiate them from the existing intents when display name conflicts exist.",
-"Report conflict information if display names conflict is detected. Otherwise, import intents.",
-"Keep the original intent and discard the conflicting new intent when display name conflicts exist."
-],
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportIntentsResponse": {
-"description": "The response message for Intents.ImportIntents.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportIntentsResponse",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListExamplesResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for Examples.ListExamples.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListExamplesResponse",
 "properties": {
-"conflictingResources": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportIntentsResponseConflictingResources",
-"description": "Info which resources have conflicts when REPORT_CONFLICT merge_option is set in ImportIntentsRequest."
-},
-"intents": {
-"description": "The unique identifier of the imported intents. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.",
+"examples": {
+"description": "The list of examples. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.",
 "items": {
-"type": "string"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Example"
 },
 "type": "array"
+},
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportIntentsResponseConflictingResources": {
-"description": "Conflicting resources detected during the import process. Only filled when REPORT_CONFLICT is set in the request and there are conflicts in the display names.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportIntentsResponseConflictingResources",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListExperimentsResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for Experiments.ListExperiments.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListExperimentsResponse",
 "properties": {
-"entityDisplayNames": {
-"description": "Display names of conflicting entities.",
+"experiments": {
+"description": "The list of experiments. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request. The list may in some cases be empty or contain fewer entries than page_size even if this isn't the last page.",
 "items": {
-"type": "string"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Experiment"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
-"intentDisplayNames": {
-"description": "Display names of conflicting intents.",
-"items": {
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
 "type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListFlowsResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for Flows.ListFlows.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListFlowsResponse",
+"properties": {
+"flows": {
+"description": "The list of flows. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Flow"
 },
 "type": "array"
+},
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportTestCasesMetadata": {
-"description": "Metadata returned for the TestCases.ImportTestCases long running operation.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportTestCasesMetadata",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListGeneratorsResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for Generators.ListGenerators.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListGeneratorsResponse",
 "properties": {
-"errors": {
-"description": "Errors for failed test cases.",
+"generators": {
+"description": "The list of generators. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestCaseError"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Generator"
 },
 "type": "array"
+},
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportTestCasesRequest": {
-"description": "The request message for TestCases.ImportTestCases.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportTestCasesRequest",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListIntentsResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for Intents.ListIntents.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListIntentsResponse",
 "properties": {
-"content": {
-"description": "Uncompressed raw byte content for test cases.",
-"format": "byte",
-"type": "string"
+"intents": {
+"description": "The list of intents. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Intent"
 },
-"gcsUri": {
-"description": "The [Google Cloud Storage](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/) URI to import test cases from. The format of this URI must be `gs:///`. Dialogflow performs a read operation for the Cloud Storage object on the caller's behalf, so your request authentication must have read permissions for the object. For more information, see [Dialogflow access control](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/access-control#storage).",
+"type": "array"
+},
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportTestCasesResponse": {
-"description": "The response message for TestCases.ImportTestCases.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ImportTestCasesResponse",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListPagesResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for Pages.ListPages.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListPagesResponse",
 "properties": {
-"names": {
-"description": "The unique identifiers of the new test cases. Format: `projects//locations//agents//testCases/`.",
-"items": {
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"pages": {
+"description": "The list of pages. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Page"
+},
 "type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3InlineDestination": {
-"description": "Inline destination for a Dialogflow operation that writes or exports objects (e.g. intents) outside of Dialogflow.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3InlineDestination",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListPlaybookVersionsResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for Playbooks.ListPlaybookVersions.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListPlaybookVersionsResponse",
 "properties": {
-"content": {
-"description": "Output only. The uncompressed byte content for the objects. Only populated in responses.",
-"format": "byte",
-"readOnly": true,
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
 "type": "string"
-}
 },
-"type": "object"
+"playbookVersions": {
+"description": "The list of playbook version. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookVersion"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3InlineSource": {
-"description": "Inline source for a Dialogflow operation that reads or imports objects (e.g. intents) into Dialogflow.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3InlineSource",
-"properties": {
-"content": {
-"description": "The uncompressed byte content for the objects.",
-"format": "byte",
-"type": "string"
+"type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3InputAudioConfig": {
-"description": "Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3InputAudioConfig",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListPlaybooksResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for Playbooks.ListPlaybooks.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListPlaybooksResponse",
 "properties": {
-"audioEncoding": {
-"description": "Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.",
-"enum": [
-"AUDIO_ENCODING_UNSPECIFIED",
-"AUDIO_ENCODING_LINEAR_16",
-"AUDIO_ENCODING_FLAC",
-"AUDIO_ENCODING_MULAW",
-"AUDIO_ENCODING_AMR",
-"AUDIO_ENCODING_AMR_WB",
-"AUDIO_ENCODING_OGG_OPUS",
-"AUDIO_ENCODING_SPEEX_WITH_HEADER_BYTE",
-"AUDIO_ENCODING_ALAW"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Not specified.",
-"Uncompressed 16-bit signed little-endian samples (Linear PCM).",
-"[`FLAC`](https://xiph.org/flac/documentation.html) (Free Lossless Audio Codec) is the recommended encoding because it is lossless (therefore recognition is not compromised) and requires only about half the bandwidth of `LINEAR16`. `FLAC` stream encoding supports 16-bit and 24-bit samples, however, not all fields in `STREAMINFO` are supported.",
-"8-bit samples that compand 14-bit audio samples using G.711 PCMU/mu-law.",
-"Adaptive Multi-Rate Narrowband codec. `sample_rate_hertz` must be 8000.",
-"Adaptive Multi-Rate Wideband codec. `sample_rate_hertz` must be 16000.",
-"Opus encoded audio frames in Ogg container ([OggOpus](https://wiki.xiph.org/OggOpus)). `sample_rate_hertz` must be 16000.",
-"Although the use of lossy encodings is not recommended, if a very low bitrate encoding is required, `OGG_OPUS` is highly preferred over Speex encoding. The [Speex](https://speex.org/) encoding supported by Dialogflow API has a header byte in each block, as in MIME type `audio/x-speex-with-header-byte`. It is a variant of the RTP Speex encoding defined in [RFC 5574](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5574). The stream is a sequence of blocks, one block per RTP packet. Each block starts with a byte containing the length of the block, in bytes, followed by one or more frames of Speex data, padded to an integral number of bytes (octets) as specified in RFC 5574. In other words, each RTP header is replaced with a single byte containing the block length. Only Speex wideband is supported. `sample_rate_hertz` must be 16000.",
-"8-bit samples that compand 13-bit audio samples using G.711 PCMU/a-law."
-],
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"bargeInConfig": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BargeInConfig",
-"description": "Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio."
+"playbooks": {
+"description": "The list of playbooks. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Playbook"
 },
-"enableWordInfo": {
-"description": "Optional. If `true`, Dialogflow returns SpeechWordInfo in StreamingRecognitionResult with information about the recognized speech words, e.g. start and end time offsets. If false or unspecified, Speech doesn't return any word-level information.",
-"type": "boolean"
+"type": "array"
+}
 },
-"model": {
-"description": "Optional. Which Speech model to select for the given request. For more information, see [Speech models](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-models).",
-"type": "string"
+"type": "object"
 },
-"modelVariant": {
-"description": "Optional. Which variant of the Speech model to use.",
-"enum": [
-"SPEECH_MODEL_VARIANT_UNSPECIFIED",
-"USE_BEST_AVAILABLE",
-"USE_STANDARD",
-"USE_ENHANCED"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"No model variant specified. In this case Dialogflow defaults to USE_BEST_AVAILABLE.",
-"Use the best available variant of the Speech model that the caller is eligible for.",
-"Use standard model variant even if an enhanced model is available. See the [Cloud Speech documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/enhanced-models) for details about enhanced models.",
-"Use an enhanced model variant: * If an enhanced variant does not exist for the given model and request language, Dialogflow falls back to the standard variant. The [Cloud Speech documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/enhanced-models) describes which models have enhanced variants."
-],
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListSecuritySettingsResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for SecuritySettings.ListSecuritySettings.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListSecuritySettingsResponse",
+"properties": {
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"optOutConformerModelMigration": {
-"description": "If `true`, the request will opt out for STT conformer model migration. This field will be deprecated once force migration takes place in June 2024. Please refer to [Dialogflow CX Speech model migration](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/speech-model-migration).",
-"type": "boolean"
-},
-"phraseHints": {
-"description": "Optional. A list of strings containing words and phrases that the speech recognizer should recognize with higher likelihood. See [the Cloud Speech documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics#phrase-hints) for more details.",
+"securitySettings": {
+"description": "The list of security settings.",
 "items": {
-"type": "string"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SecuritySettings"
 },
 "type": "array"
-},
-"sampleRateHertz": {
-"description": "Sample rate (in Hertz) of the audio content sent in the query. Refer to [Cloud Speech API documentation](https://cloud.google.com/speech-to-text/docs/basics) for more details.",
-"format": "int32",
-"type": "integer"
-},
-"singleUtterance": {
-"description": "Optional. If `false` (default), recognition does not cease until the client closes the stream. If `true`, the recognizer will detect a single spoken utterance in input audio. Recognition ceases when it detects the audio's voice has stopped or paused. In this case, once a detected intent is received, the client should close the stream and start a new request with a new stream as needed. Note: This setting is relevant only for streaming methods.",
-"type": "boolean"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Intent": {
-"description": "An intent represents a user's intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Intent",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListSessionEntityTypesResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for SessionEntityTypes.ListSessionEntityTypes.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListSessionEntityTypesResponse",
 "properties": {
-"description": {
-"description": "Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"displayName": {
-"description": "Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.",
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"isFallback": {
-"description": "Indicates whether this is a fallback intent. Currently only default fallback intent is allowed in the agent, which is added upon agent creation. Adding training phrases to fallback intent is useful in the case of requests that are mistakenly matched, since training phrases assigned to fallback intents act as negative examples that triggers no-match event.",
-"type": "boolean"
+"sessionEntityTypes": {
+"description": "The list of session entity types. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SessionEntityType"
 },
-"labels": {
-"additionalProperties": {
-"type": "string"
+"type": "array"
+}
 },
-"description": "The key/value metadata to label an intent. Labels can contain lowercase letters, digits and the symbols '-' and '_'. International characters are allowed, including letters from unicase alphabets. Keys must start with a letter. Keys and values can be no longer than 63 characters and no more than 128 bytes. Prefix \"sys-\" is reserved for Dialogflow defined labels. Currently allowed Dialogflow defined labels include: * sys-head * sys-contextual The above labels do not require value. \"sys-head\" means the intent is a head intent. \"sys.contextual\" means the intent is a contextual intent.",
 "type": "object"
 },
-"name": {
-"description": "The unique identifier of the intent. Required for the Intents.UpdateIntent method. Intents.CreateIntent populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListTestCaseResultsResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for TestCases.ListTestCaseResults.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListTestCaseResultsResponse",
+"properties": {
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"parameters": {
-"description": "The collection of parameters associated with the intent.",
+"testCaseResults": {
+"description": "The list of test case results.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3IntentParameter"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestCaseResult"
 },
 "type": "array"
+}
 },
-"priority": {
-"description": "The priority of this intent. Higher numbers represent higher priorities. - If the supplied value is unspecified or 0, the service translates the value to 500,000, which corresponds to the `Normal` priority in the console. - If the supplied value is negative, the intent is ignored in runtime detect intent requests.",
-"format": "int32",
-"type": "integer"
+"type": "object"
 },
-"trainingPhrases": {
-"description": "The collection of training phrases the agent is trained on to identify the intent.",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListTestCasesResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for TestCases.ListTestCases.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListTestCasesResponse",
+"properties": {
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"testCases": {
+"description": "The list of test cases. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3IntentTrainingPhrase"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestCase"
 },
 "type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3IntentCoverage": {
-"description": "Intent coverage represents the percentage of all possible intents in the agent that are triggered in any of a parent's test cases.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3IntentCoverage",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListToolsResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for Tools.ListTools.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListToolsResponse",
 "properties": {
-"coverageScore": {
-"description": "The percent of intents in the agent that are covered.",
-"format": "float",
-"type": "number"
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"intents": {
-"description": "The list of Intents present in the agent",
+"tools": {
+"description": "The list of Tools. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3IntentCoverageIntent"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Tool"
 },
 "type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3IntentCoverageIntent": {
-"description": "The agent's intent.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3IntentCoverageIntent",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListTransitionRouteGroupsResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for TransitionRouteGroups.ListTransitionRouteGroups.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListTransitionRouteGroupsResponse",
 "properties": {
-"covered": {
-"description": "Whether the intent is covered by at least one of the agent's test cases.",
-"type": "boolean"
-},
-"intent": {
-"description": "The intent full resource name",
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
 "type": "string"
-}
 },
-"type": "object"
+"transitionRouteGroups": {
+"description": "The list of transition route groups. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request. The list may in some cases be empty or contain fewer entries than page_size even if this isn't the last page.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3IntentInput": {
-"description": "Represents the intent to trigger programmatically rather than as a result of natural language processing.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3IntentInput",
-"properties": {
-"intent": {
-"description": "Required. The unique identifier of the intent. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.",
-"type": "string"
+"type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3IntentParameter": {
-"description": "Represents an intent parameter.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3IntentParameter",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListVersionsResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for Versions.ListVersions.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListVersionsResponse",
 "properties": {
-"entityType": {
-"description": "Required. The entity type of the parameter. Format: `projects/-/locations/-/agents/-/entityTypes/` for system entity types (for example, `projects/-/locations/-/agents/-/entityTypes/sys.date`), or `projects//locations//agents//entityTypes/` for developer entity types.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"id": {
-"description": "Required. The unique identifier of the parameter. This field is used by training phrases to annotate their parts.",
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"isList": {
-"description": "Indicates whether the parameter represents a list of values.",
-"type": "boolean"
+"versions": {
+"description": "A list of versions. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request. The list may in some cases be empty or contain fewer entries than page_size even if this isn't the last page.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Version"
 },
-"redact": {
-"description": "Indicates whether the parameter content should be redacted in log. If redaction is enabled, the parameter content will be replaced by parameter name during logging. Note: the parameter content is subject to redaction if either parameter level redaction or entity type level redaction is enabled.",
-"type": "boolean"
+"type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3IntentTrainingPhrase": {
-"description": "Represents an example that the agent is trained on to identify the intent.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3IntentTrainingPhrase",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListWebhooksResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for Webhooks.ListWebhooks.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListWebhooksResponse",
 "properties": {
-"id": {
-"description": "Output only. The unique identifier of the training phrase.",
-"readOnly": true,
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"parts": {
-"description": "Required. The ordered list of training phrase parts. The parts are concatenated in order to form the training phrase. Note: The API does not automatically annotate training phrases like the Dialogflow Console does. Note: Do not forget to include whitespace at part boundaries, so the training phrase is well formatted when the parts are concatenated. If the training phrase does not need to be annotated with parameters, you just need a single part with only the Part.text field set. If you want to annotate the training phrase, you must create multiple parts, where the fields of each part are populated in one of two ways: - `Part.text` is set to a part of the phrase that has no parameters. - `Part.text` is set to a part of the phrase that you want to annotate, and the `parameter_id` field is set.",
+"webhooks": {
+"description": "The list of webhooks. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3IntentTrainingPhrasePart"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Webhook"
 },
 "type": "array"
-},
-"repeatCount": {
-"description": "Indicates how many times this example was added to the intent.",
-"format": "int32",
-"type": "integer"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3IntentTrainingPhrasePart": {
-"description": "Represents a part of a training phrase.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3IntentTrainingPhrasePart",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3LlmModelSettings": {
+"description": "Settings for LLM models.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3LlmModelSettings",
 "properties": {
-"parameterId": {
-"description": "The parameter used to annotate this part of the training phrase. This field is required for annotated parts of the training phrase.",
+"model": {
+"description": "The selected LLM model.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"text": {
-"description": "Required. The text for this part.",
+"promptText": {
+"description": "The custom prompt to use.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3KnowledgeConnectorSettings": {
-"description": "The Knowledge Connector settings for this page or flow. This includes information such as the attached Knowledge Bases, and the way to execute fulfillment.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3KnowledgeConnectorSettings",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3LoadVersionRequest": {
+"description": "The request message for Versions.LoadVersion.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3LoadVersionRequest",
 "properties": {
-"dataStoreConnections": {
-"description": "Optional. List of related data store connections.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnection"
+"allowOverrideAgentResources": {
+"description": "This field is used to prevent accidental overwrite of other agent resources, which can potentially impact other flow's behavior. If `allow_override_agent_resources` is false, conflicted agent-level resources will not be overridden (i.e. intents, entities, webhooks).",
+"type": "boolean"
+}
 },
-"type": "array"
+"type": "object"
 },
-"enabled": {
-"description": "Whether Knowledge Connector is enabled or not.",
-"type": "boolean"
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3LookupEnvironmentHistoryResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for Environments.LookupEnvironmentHistory.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3LookupEnvironmentHistoryResponse",
+"properties": {
+"environments": {
+"description": "Represents a list of snapshots for an environment. Time of the snapshots is stored in `update_time`.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Environment"
 },
-"targetFlow": {
-"description": "The target flow to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`.",
-"type": "string"
+"type": "array"
 },
-"targetPage": {
-"description": "The target page to transition to. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`.",
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
 "type": "string"
-},
-"triggerFulfillment": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Fulfillment",
-"description": "The fulfillment to be triggered. When the answers from the Knowledge Connector are selected by Dialogflow, you can utitlize the request scoped parameter `$request.knowledge.answers` (contains up to the 5 highest confidence answers) and `$request.knowledge.questions` (contains the corresponding questions) to construct the fulfillment."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3LanguageInfo": {
-"description": "Represents the language information of the request.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3LanguageInfo",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Match": {
+"description": "Represents one match result of MatchIntent.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Match",
 "properties": {
-"confidenceScore": {
-"description": "The confidence score of the detected language between 0 and 1.",
+"confidence": {
+"description": "The confidence of this match. Values range from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain). This value is for informational purpose only and is only used to help match the best intent within the classification threshold. This value may change for the same end-user expression at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.",
 "format": "float",
 "type": "number"
 },
-"inputLanguageCode": {
-"description": "The language code specified in the original request.",
+"event": {
+"description": "The event that matched the query. Filled for `EVENT`, `NO_MATCH` and `NO_INPUT` match types.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"resolvedLanguageCode": {
-"description": "The language code detected for this request based on the user conversation.",
-"type": "string"
-}
+"intent": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Intent",
+"description": "The Intent that matched the query. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to: `name` and `display_name`. Only filled for `INTENT` match type."
 },
-"type": "object"
+"matchType": {
+"description": "Type of this Match.",
+"enum": [
+"MATCH_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"INTENT",
+"DIRECT_INTENT",
+"PARAMETER_FILLING",
+"NO_MATCH",
+"NO_INPUT",
+"EVENT",
+"KNOWLEDGE_CONNECTOR",
+"PLAYBOOK"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Not specified. Should never be used.",
+"The query was matched to an intent.",
+"The query directly triggered an intent.",
+"The query was used for parameter filling.",
+"No match was found for the query.",
+"Indicates an empty query.",
+"The query directly triggered an event.",
+"The query was matched to a Knowledge Connector answer.",
+"The query was handled by a `Playbook`."
+],
+"type": "string"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListAgentsResponse": {
-"description": "The response message for Agents.ListAgents.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListAgentsResponse",
-"properties": {
-"agents": {
-"description": "The list of agents. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Agent"
+"parameters": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object.",
+"type": "any"
 },
-"type": "array"
+"description": "The collection of parameters extracted from the query. Depending on your protocol or client library language, this is a map, associative array, symbol table, dictionary, or JSON object composed of a collection of (MapKey, MapValue) pairs: * MapKey type: string * MapKey value: parameter name * MapValue type: If parameter's entity type is a composite entity then use map, otherwise, depending on the parameter value type, it could be one of string, number, boolean, null, list or map. * MapValue value: If parameter's entity type is a composite entity then use map from composite entity property names to property values, otherwise, use parameter value.",
+"type": "object"
 },
-"nextPageToken": {
-"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
+"resolvedInput": {
+"description": "Final text input which was matched during MatchIntent. This value can be different from original input sent in request because of spelling correction or other processing.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListChangelogsResponse": {
-"description": "The response message for Changelogs.ListChangelogs.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListChangelogsResponse",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3MatchIntentRequest": {
+"description": "Request of MatchIntent.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3MatchIntentRequest",
 "properties": {
-"changelogs": {
-"description": "The list of changelogs. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request. The changelogs will be ordered by timestamp.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Changelog"
+"persistParameterChanges": {
+"description": "Persist session parameter changes from `query_params`.",
+"type": "boolean"
 },
-"type": "array"
+"queryInput": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3QueryInput",
+"description": "Required. The input specification."
 },
-"nextPageToken": {
-"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
-"type": "string"
+"queryParams": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3QueryParameters",
+"description": "The parameters of this query."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListContinuousTestResultsResponse": {
-"description": "The response message for Environments.ListTestCaseResults.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListContinuousTestResultsResponse",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3MatchIntentResponse": {
+"description": "Response of MatchIntent.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3MatchIntentResponse",
 "properties": {
-"continuousTestResults": {
-"description": "The list of continuous test results.",
+"currentPage": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Page",
+"description": "The current Page. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to `name` and `display_name`."
+},
+"matches": {
+"description": "Match results, if more than one, ordered descendingly by the confidence we have that the particular intent matches the query.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ContinuousTestResult"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Match"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
-"nextPageToken": {
-"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
+"text": {
+"description": "If natural language text was provided as input, this field will contain a copy of the text.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"transcript": {
+"description": "If natural language speech audio was provided as input, this field will contain the transcript for the audio.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"triggerEvent": {
+"description": "If an event was provided as input, this field will contain a copy of the event name.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"triggerIntent": {
+"description": "If an intent was provided as input, this field will contain a copy of the intent identifier. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListDeploymentsResponse": {
-"description": "The response message for Deployments.ListDeployments.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListDeploymentsResponse",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3NluSettings": {
+"description": "Settings related to NLU.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3NluSettings",
 "properties": {
-"deployments": {
-"description": "The list of deployments. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request. The list may in some cases be empty or contain fewer entries than page_size even if this isn't the last page.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Deployment"
+"classificationThreshold": {
+"description": "To filter out false positive results and still get variety in matched natural language inputs for your agent, you can tune the machine learning classification threshold. If the returned score value is less than the threshold value, then a no-match event will be triggered. The score values range from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain). If set to 0.0, the default of 0.3 is used. You can set a separate classification threshold for the flow in each language enabled for the agent.",
+"format": "float",
+"type": "number"
 },
-"type": "array"
+"modelTrainingMode": {
+"description": "Indicates NLU model training mode.",
+"enum": [
+"MODEL_TRAINING_MODE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"MODEL_TRAINING_MODE_AUTOMATIC",
+"MODEL_TRAINING_MODE_MANUAL"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Not specified. `MODEL_TRAINING_MODE_AUTOMATIC` will be used.",
+"NLU model training is automatically triggered when a flow gets modified. User can also manually trigger model training in this mode.",
+"User needs to manually trigger NLU model training. Best for large flows whose models take long time to train."
+],
+"type": "string"
 },
-"nextPageToken": {
-"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
+"modelType": {
+"description": "Indicates the type of NLU model.",
+"enum": [
+"MODEL_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"MODEL_TYPE_STANDARD",
+"MODEL_TYPE_ADVANCED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Not specified. `MODEL_TYPE_STANDARD` will be used.",
+"Use standard NLU model.",
+"Use advanced NLU model."
+],
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListEntityTypesResponse": {
-"description": "The response message for EntityTypes.ListEntityTypes.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListEntityTypesResponse",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3OutputAudioConfig": {
+"description": "Instructs the speech synthesizer how to generate the output audio content.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3OutputAudioConfig",
 "properties": {
-"entityTypes": {
-"description": "The list of entity types. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EntityType"
-},
-"type": "array"
-},
-"nextPageToken": {
-"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
+"audioEncoding": {
+"description": "Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content.",
+"enum": [
+"OUTPUT_AUDIO_ENCODING_UNSPECIFIED",
+"OUTPUT_AUDIO_ENCODING_LINEAR_16",
+"OUTPUT_AUDIO_ENCODING_MP3",
+"OUTPUT_AUDIO_ENCODING_MP3_64_KBPS",
+"OUTPUT_AUDIO_ENCODING_OGG_OPUS",
+"OUTPUT_AUDIO_ENCODING_MULAW",
+"OUTPUT_AUDIO_ENCODING_ALAW"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Not specified.",
+"Uncompressed 16-bit signed little-endian samples (Linear PCM). Audio content returned as LINEAR16 also contains a WAV header.",
+"MP3 audio at 32kbps.",
+"MP3 audio at 64kbps.",
+"Opus encoded audio wrapped in an ogg container. The result will be a file which can be played natively on Android, and in browsers (at least Chrome and Firefox). The quality of the encoding is considerably higher than MP3 while using approximately the same bitrate.",
+"8-bit samples that compand 14-bit audio samples using G.711 PCMU/mu-law.",
+"8-bit samples that compand 13-bit audio samples using G.711 PCMU/a-law."
+],
 "type": "string"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListEnvironmentsResponse": {
-"description": "The response message for Environments.ListEnvironments.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListEnvironmentsResponse",
-"properties": {
-"environments": {
-"description": "The list of environments. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request. The list may in some cases be empty or contain fewer entries than page_size even if this isn't the last page.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Environment"
 },
-"type": "array"
+"sampleRateHertz": {
+"description": "Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice's natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality).",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
 },
-"nextPageToken": {
-"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
-"type": "string"
+"synthesizeSpeechConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SynthesizeSpeechConfig",
+"description": "Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. If not specified, Agent.text_to_speech_settings is applied."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListExperimentsResponse": {
-"description": "The response message for Experiments.ListExperiments.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListExperimentsResponse",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Page": {
+"description": "A Dialogflow CX conversation (session) can be described and visualized as a state machine. The states of a CX session are represented by pages. For each flow, you define many pages, where your combined pages can handle a complete conversation on the topics the flow is designed for. At any given moment, exactly one page is the current page, the current page is considered active, and the flow associated with that page is considered active. Every flow has a special start page. When a flow initially becomes active, the start page page becomes the current page. For each conversational turn, the current page will either stay the same or transition to another page. You configure each page to collect information from the end-user that is relevant for the conversational state represented by the page. For more information, see the [Page guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/page).",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Page",
 "properties": {
-"experiments": {
-"description": "The list of experiments. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request. The list may in some cases be empty or contain fewer entries than page_size even if this isn't the last page.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Experiment"
+"advancedSettings": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings",
+"description": "Hierarchical advanced settings for this page. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level."
 },
-"type": "array"
+"description": {
+"description": "The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"nextPageToken": {
-"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
+"displayName": {
+"description": "Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow.",
 "type": "string"
-}
 },
-"type": "object"
+"entryFulfillment": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Fulfillment",
+"description": "The fulfillment to call when the session is entering the page."
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListFlowsResponse": {
-"description": "The response message for Flows.ListFlows.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListFlowsResponse",
-"properties": {
-"flows": {
-"description": "The list of flows. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.",
+"eventHandlers": {
+"description": "Handlers associated with the page to handle events such as webhook errors, no match or no input.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Flow"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EventHandler"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
-"nextPageToken": {
-"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
-"type": "string"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
+"form": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Form",
+"description": "The form associated with the page, used for collecting parameters relevant to the page."
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListGeneratorsResponse": {
-"description": "The response message for Generators.ListGenerators.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListGeneratorsResponse",
-"properties": {
-"generators": {
-"description": "The list of generators. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Generator"
+"knowledgeConnectorSettings": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3KnowledgeConnectorSettings",
+"description": "Optional. Knowledge connector configuration."
 },
-"type": "array"
+"name": {
+"description": "The unique identifier of the page. Required for the Pages.UpdatePage method. Pages.CreatePage populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"nextPageToken": {
-"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
+"transitionRouteGroups": {
+"description": "Ordered list of `TransitionRouteGroups` added to the page. Transition route groups must be unique within a page. If the page links both flow-level transition route groups and agent-level transition route groups, the flow-level ones will have higher priority and will be put before the agent-level ones. * If multiple transition routes within a page scope refer to the same intent, then the precedence order is: page's transition route -> page's transition route group -> flow's transition routes. * If multiple transition route groups within a page contain the same intent, then the first group in the ordered list takes precedence. Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/` for agent-level groups.",
+"items": {
 "type": "string"
-}
 },
-"type": "object"
+"type": "array"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListIntentsResponse": {
-"description": "The response message for Intents.ListIntents.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListIntentsResponse",
-"properties": {
-"intents": {
-"description": "The list of intents. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.",
+"transitionRoutes": {
+"description": "A list of transitions for the transition rules of this page. They route the conversation to another page in the same flow, or another flow. When we are in a certain page, the TransitionRoutes are evaluated in the following order: * TransitionRoutes defined in the page with intent specified. * TransitionRoutes defined in the transition route groups with intent specified. * TransitionRoutes defined in flow with intent specified. * TransitionRoutes defined in the transition route groups with intent specified. * TransitionRoutes defined in the page with only condition specified. * TransitionRoutes defined in the transition route groups with only condition specified.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Intent"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRoute"
 },
 "type": "array"
-},
-"nextPageToken": {
-"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
-"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListPagesResponse": {
-"description": "The response message for Pages.ListPages.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListPagesResponse",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PageInfo": {
+"description": "Represents page information communicated to and from the webhook.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PageInfo",
 "properties": {
-"nextPageToken": {
-"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
+"currentPage": {
+"description": "Always present for WebhookRequest. Ignored for WebhookResponse. The unique identifier of the current page. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"pages": {
-"description": "The list of pages. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Page"
+"displayName": {
+"description": "Always present for WebhookRequest. Ignored for WebhookResponse. The display name of the current page.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"type": "array"
+"formInfo": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PageInfoFormInfo",
+"description": "Optional for both WebhookRequest and WebhookResponse. Information about the form."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListSecuritySettingsResponse": {
-"description": "The response message for SecuritySettings.ListSecuritySettings.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListSecuritySettingsResponse",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PageInfoFormInfo": {
+"description": "Represents form information.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PageInfoFormInfo",
 "properties": {
-"nextPageToken": {
-"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"securitySettings": {
-"description": "The list of security settings.",
+"parameterInfo": {
+"description": "Optional for both WebhookRequest and WebhookResponse. The parameters contained in the form. Note that the webhook cannot add or remove any form parameter.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SecuritySettings"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PageInfoFormInfoParameterInfo"
 },
 "type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListSessionEntityTypesResponse": {
-"description": "The response message for SessionEntityTypes.ListSessionEntityTypes.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListSessionEntityTypesResponse",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PageInfoFormInfoParameterInfo": {
+"description": "Represents parameter information.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PageInfoFormInfoParameterInfo",
 "properties": {
-"nextPageToken": {
-"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
+"displayName": {
+"description": "Always present for WebhookRequest. Required for WebhookResponse. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. This field cannot be modified by the webhook.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"sessionEntityTypes": {
-"description": "The list of session entity types. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SessionEntityType"
+"justCollected": {
+"description": "Optional for WebhookRequest. Ignored for WebhookResponse. Indicates if the parameter value was just collected on the last conversation turn.",
+"type": "boolean"
 },
-"type": "array"
+"required": {
+"description": "Optional for both WebhookRequest and WebhookResponse. Indicates whether the parameter is required. Optional parameters will not trigger prompts; however, they are filled if the user specifies them. Required parameters must be filled before form filling concludes.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"state": {
+"description": "Always present for WebhookRequest. Required for WebhookResponse. The state of the parameter. This field can be set to INVALID by the webhook to invalidate the parameter; other values set by the webhook will be ignored.",
+"enum": [
+"PARAMETER_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"EMPTY",
+"INVALID",
+"FILLED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Not specified. This value should be never used.",
+"Indicates that the parameter does not have a value.",
+"Indicates that the parameter value is invalid. This field can be used by the webhook to invalidate the parameter and ask the server to collect it from the user again.",
+"Indicates that the parameter has a value."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"value": {
+"description": "Optional for both WebhookRequest and WebhookResponse. The value of the parameter. This field can be set by the webhook to change the parameter value.",
+"type": "any"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListTestCaseResultsResponse": {
-"description": "The response message for TestCases.ListTestCaseResults.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListTestCaseResultsResponse",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Phrase": {
+"description": "Text input which can be used for prompt or banned phrases.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Phrase",
 "properties": {
-"nextPageToken": {
-"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
+"text": {
+"description": "Required. Text input which can be used for prompt or banned phrases.",
 "type": "string"
-},
-"testCaseResults": {
-"description": "The list of test case results.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestCaseResult"
-},
-"type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListTestCasesResponse": {
-"description": "The response message for TestCases.ListTestCases.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListTestCasesResponse",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Playbook": {
+"description": "Playbook is the basic building block to instruct the LLM how to execute a certain task. A playbook consists of a goal to accomplish, an optional list of step by step instructions (the step instruction may refers to name of the custom or default plugin tools to use) to perform the task, a list of contextual input data to be passed in at the beginning of the invoked, and a list of output parameters to store the playbook result.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Playbook",
 "properties": {
-"nextPageToken": {
-"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
+"createTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The timestamp of initial playbook creation.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
-"testCases": {
-"description": "The list of test cases. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestCase"
+"displayName": {
+"description": "Required. The human-readable name of the playbook, unique within an agent.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"type": "array"
-}
+"goal": {
+"description": "Required. High level description of the goal the playbook intend to accomplish. A goal should be concise since it's visible to other playbooks that may reference this playbook.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"type": "object"
+"instruction": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookInstruction",
+"description": "Instruction to accomplish target goal."
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListTransitionRouteGroupsResponse": {
-"description": "The response message for TransitionRouteGroups.ListTransitionRouteGroups.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListTransitionRouteGroupsResponse",
-"properties": {
-"nextPageToken": {
-"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
+"llmModelSettings": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3LlmModelSettings",
+"description": "Optional. Llm model settings for the playbook."
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"transitionRouteGroups": {
-"description": "The list of transition route groups. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request. The list may in some cases be empty or contain fewer entries than page_size even if this isn't the last page.",
+"referencedFlows": {
+"description": "Output only. The resource name of flows referenced by the current playbook in the instructions.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRouteGroup"
+"type": "string"
 },
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "array"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListVersionsResponse": {
-"description": "The response message for Versions.ListVersions.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListVersionsResponse",
-"properties": {
-"nextPageToken": {
-"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
+"referencedPlaybooks": {
+"description": "Output only. The resource name of other playbooks referenced by the current playbook in the instructions.",
+"items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
-"versions": {
-"description": "A list of versions. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request. The list may in some cases be empty or contain fewer entries than page_size even if this isn't the last page.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "array"
+},
+"referencedTools": {
+"description": "Optional. The resource name of tools referenced by the current playbook in the instructions. If not provided explicitly, they are will be implied using the tool being referenced in goal and steps.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Version"
+"type": "string"
 },
 "type": "array"
+},
+"tokenCount": {
+"description": "Output only. Estimated number of tokes current playbook takes when sent to the LLM.",
+"format": "int64",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"updateTime": {
+"description": "Output only. Last time the playbook version was updated.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListWebhooksResponse": {
-"description": "The response message for Webhooks.ListWebhooks.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ListWebhooksResponse",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookImportStrategy": {
+"description": "The playbook import strategy used for resource conflict resolution associated with an ImportPlaybookRequest.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookImportStrategy",
 "properties": {
-"nextPageToken": {
-"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
+"mainPlaybookImportStrategy": {
+"description": "Optional. Specifies the import strategy used when resolving conflicts with the main playbook. If not specified, 'CREATE_NEW' is assumed.",
+"enum": [
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_UNSPECIFIED",
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_CREATE_NEW",
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_REPLACE",
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_KEEP",
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_MERGE",
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_THROW_ERROR"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified. Treated as 'CREATE_NEW'.",
+"Create a new resource with a numeric suffix appended to the end of the existing display name.",
+"Replace existing resource with incoming resource in the content to be imported.",
+"Keep existing resource and discard incoming resource in the content to be imported.",
+"Combine existing and incoming resources when a conflict is encountered.",
+"Throw error if a conflict is encountered."
+],
 "type": "string"
 },
-"webhooks": {
-"description": "The list of webhooks. There will be a maximum number of items returned based on the page_size field in the request.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Webhook"
+"nestedResourceImportStrategy": {
+"description": "Optional. Specifies the import strategy used when resolving referenced playbook/flow conflicts. If not specified, 'CREATE_NEW' is assumed.",
+"enum": [
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_UNSPECIFIED",
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_CREATE_NEW",
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_REPLACE",
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_KEEP",
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_MERGE",
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_THROW_ERROR"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified. Treated as 'CREATE_NEW'.",
+"Create a new resource with a numeric suffix appended to the end of the existing display name.",
+"Replace existing resource with incoming resource in the content to be imported.",
+"Keep existing resource and discard incoming resource in the content to be imported.",
+"Combine existing and incoming resources when a conflict is encountered.",
+"Throw error if a conflict is encountered."
+],
+"type": "string"
 },
-"type": "array"
+"toolImportStrategy": {
+"description": "Optional. Specifies the import strategy used when resolving tool conflicts. If not specified, 'CREATE_NEW' is assumed. This will be applied after the main playbook and nested resource import strategies, meaning if the playbook that references the tool is skipped, the tool will also be skipped.",
+"enum": [
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_UNSPECIFIED",
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_CREATE_NEW",
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_REPLACE",
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_KEEP",
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_MERGE",
+"IMPORT_STRATEGY_THROW_ERROR"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified. Treated as 'CREATE_NEW'.",
+"Create a new resource with a numeric suffix appended to the end of the existing display name.",
+"Replace existing resource with incoming resource in the content to be imported.",
+"Keep existing resource and discard incoming resource in the content to be imported.",
+"Combine existing and incoming resources when a conflict is encountered.",
+"Throw error if a conflict is encountered."
+],
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3LoadVersionRequest": {
-"description": "The request message for Versions.LoadVersion.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3LoadVersionRequest",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookInput": {
+"description": "Input of the playbook.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookInput",
 "properties": {
-"allowOverrideAgentResources": {
-"description": "This field is used to prevent accidental overwrite of other agent resources, which can potentially impact other flow's behavior. If `allow_override_agent_resources` is false, conflicted agent-level resources will not be overridden (i.e. intents, entities, webhooks).",
-"type": "boolean"
+"precedingConversationSummary": {
+"description": "Optional. Summary string of the preceding conversation for the child playbook invocation.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3LookupEnvironmentHistoryResponse": {
-"description": "The response message for Environments.LookupEnvironmentHistory.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3LookupEnvironmentHistoryResponse",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookInstruction": {
+"description": "Message of the Instruction of the playbook.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookInstruction",
 "properties": {
-"environments": {
-"description": "Represents a list of snapshots for an environment. Time of the snapshots is stored in `update_time`.",
+"guidelines": {
+"description": "General guidelines for the playbook. These are unstructured instructions that are not directly part of the goal, e.g. \"Always be polite\". It's valid for this text to be long and used instead of steps altogether.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"steps": {
+"description": "Ordered list of step by step execution instructions to accomplish target goal.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Environment"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookStep"
 },
 "type": "array"
-},
-"nextPageToken": {
-"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
-"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Match": {
-"description": "Represents one match result of MatchIntent.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Match",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookInvocation": {
+"description": "Stores metadata of the invocation of a child playbook.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookInvocation",
 "properties": {
-"confidence": {
-"description": "The confidence of this match. Values range from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain). This value is for informational purpose only and is only used to help match the best intent within the classification threshold. This value may change for the same end-user expression at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation.",
-"format": "float",
-"type": "number"
+"displayName": {
+"description": "Output only. The display name of the playbook.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
 },
-"event": {
-"description": "The event that matched the query. Filled for `EVENT`, `NO_MATCH` and `NO_INPUT` match types.",
+"playbook": {
+"description": "Required. The unique identifier of the playbook. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"intent": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Intent",
-"description": "The Intent that matched the query. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to: `name` and `display_name`. Only filled for `INTENT` match type."
+"playbookInput": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookInput",
+"description": "Optional. Input of the child playbook invocation."
 },
-"matchType": {
-"description": "Type of this Match.",
+"playbookOutput": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookOutput",
+"description": "Optional. Output of the child playbook invocation."
+},
+"playbookState": {
+"description": "Required. Playbook invocation's output state.",
 "enum": [
-"MATCH_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
-"INTENT",
-"DIRECT_INTENT",
-"PARAMETER_FILLING",
-"NO_MATCH",
-"NO_INPUT",
-"EVENT",
-"KNOWLEDGE_CONNECTOR",
-"PLAYBOOK"
+"OUTPUT_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"OUTPUT_STATE_OK",
+"OUTPUT_STATE_CANCELLED",
+"OUTPUT_STATE_FAILED",
+"OUTPUT_STATE_ESCALATED",
+"OUTPUT_STATE_PENDING"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
-"Not specified. Should never be used.",
-"The query was matched to an intent.",
-"The query directly triggered an intent.",
-"The query was used for parameter filling.",
-"No match was found for the query.",
-"Indicates an empty query.",
-"The query directly triggered an event.",
-"The query was matched to a Knowledge Connector answer.",
-"The query was handled by a `Playbook`."
+"Unspecified output.",
+"Succeeded.",
+"Cancelled.",
+"Failed.",
+"Escalated.",
+"Pending."
 ],
 "type": "string"
+}
 },
-"parameters": {
-"additionalProperties": {
-"description": "Properties of the object.",
-"type": "any"
-},
-"description": "The collection of parameters extracted from the query. Depending on your protocol or client library language, this is a map, associative array, symbol table, dictionary, or JSON object composed of a collection of (MapKey, MapValue) pairs: * MapKey type: string * MapKey value: parameter name * MapValue type: If parameter's entity type is a composite entity then use map, otherwise, depending on the parameter value type, it could be one of string, number, boolean, null, list or map. * MapValue value: If parameter's entity type is a composite entity then use map from composite entity property names to property values, otherwise, use parameter value.",
 "type": "object"
 },
-"resolvedInput": {
-"description": "Final text input which was matched during MatchIntent. This value can be different from original input sent in request because of spelling correction or other processing.",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookOutput": {
+"description": "Output of the playbook.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookOutput",
+"properties": {
+"executionSummary": {
+"description": "Optional. Summary string of the execution result of the child playbook.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3MatchIntentRequest": {
-"description": "Request of MatchIntent.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3MatchIntentRequest",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookStep": {
+"description": "Message of single step execution.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookStep",
 "properties": {
-"persistParameterChanges": {
-"description": "Persist session parameter changes from `query_params`.",
-"type": "boolean"
+"steps": {
+"description": "Sub-processing needed to execute the current step.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookStep"
 },
-"queryInput": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3QueryInput",
-"description": "Required. The input specification."
+"type": "array"
 },
-"queryParams": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3QueryParameters",
-"description": "The parameters of this query."
+"text": {
+"description": "Step instruction in text format.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3MatchIntentResponse": {
-"description": "Response of MatchIntent.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3MatchIntentResponse",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookVersion": {
+"description": "Playbook version is a snapshot of the playbook at certain timestamp.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PlaybookVersion",
 "properties": {
-"currentPage": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Page",
-"description": "The current Page. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to `name` and `display_name`."
+"description": {
+"description": "Optional. The description of the playbook version.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"matches": {
-"description": "Match results, if more than one, ordered descendingly by the confidence we have that the particular intent matches the query.",
+"examples": {
+"description": "Output only. Snapshot of the examples belonging to the playbook when the playbook version is created.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Match"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Example"
 },
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "array"
 },
-"text": {
-"description": "If natural language text was provided as input, this field will contain a copy of the text.",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"transcript": {
-"description": "If natural language speech audio was provided as input, this field will contain the transcript for the audio.",
+"name": {
+"description": "The unique identifier of the playbook version. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks//versions/`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"triggerEvent": {
-"description": "If an event was provided as input, this field will contain a copy of the event name.",
-"type": "string"
+"playbook": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Playbook",
+"description": "Output only. Snapshot of the playbook when the playbook version is created.",
+"readOnly": true
 },
-"triggerIntent": {
-"description": "If an intent was provided as input, this field will contain a copy of the intent identifier. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.",
+"updateTime": {
+"description": "Output only. Last time the playbook version was created or modified.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3NluSettings": {
-"description": "Settings related to NLU.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3NluSettings",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3QueryInput": {
+"description": "Represents the query input. It can contain one of: 1. A conversational query in the form of text. 2. An intent query that specifies which intent to trigger. 3. Natural language speech audio to be processed. 4. An event to be triggered. 5. DTMF digits to invoke an intent and fill in parameter value. 6. The results of a tool executed by the client.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3QueryInput",
 "properties": {
-"classificationThreshold": {
-"description": "To filter out false positive results and still get variety in matched natural language inputs for your agent, you can tune the machine learning classification threshold. If the returned score value is less than the threshold value, then a no-match event will be triggered. The score values range from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain). If set to 0.0, the default of 0.3 is used. You can set a separate classification threshold for the flow in each language enabled for the agent.",
-"format": "float",
-"type": "number"
+"audio": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AudioInput",
+"description": "The natural language speech audio to be processed."
 },
-"modelTrainingMode": {
-"description": "Indicates NLU model training mode.",
-"enum": [
-"MODEL_TRAINING_MODE_UNSPECIFIED",
-"MODEL_TRAINING_MODE_AUTOMATIC",
-"MODEL_TRAINING_MODE_MANUAL"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Not specified. `MODEL_TRAINING_MODE_AUTOMATIC` will be used.",
-"NLU model training is automatically triggered when a flow gets modified. User can also manually trigger model training in this mode.",
-"User needs to manually trigger NLU model training. Best for large flows whose models take long time to train."
-],
-"type": "string"
+"dtmf": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DtmfInput",
+"description": "The DTMF event to be handled."
 },
-"modelType": {
-"description": "Indicates the type of NLU model.",
-"enum": [
-"MODEL_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
-"MODEL_TYPE_STANDARD",
-"MODEL_TYPE_ADVANCED"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Not specified. `MODEL_TYPE_STANDARD` will be used.",
-"Use standard NLU model.",
-"Use advanced NLU model."
-],
-"type": "string"
-}
+"event": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EventInput",
+"description": "The event to be triggered."
 },
-"type": "object"
+"intent": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3IntentInput",
+"description": "The intent to be triggered."
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3OutputAudioConfig": {
-"description": "Instructs the speech synthesizer how to generate the output audio content.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3OutputAudioConfig",
-"properties": {
-"audioEncoding": {
-"description": "Required. Audio encoding of the synthesized audio content.",
-"enum": [
-"OUTPUT_AUDIO_ENCODING_UNSPECIFIED",
-"OUTPUT_AUDIO_ENCODING_LINEAR_16",
-"OUTPUT_AUDIO_ENCODING_MP3",
-"OUTPUT_AUDIO_ENCODING_MP3_64_KBPS",
-"OUTPUT_AUDIO_ENCODING_OGG_OPUS",
-"OUTPUT_AUDIO_ENCODING_MULAW",
-"OUTPUT_AUDIO_ENCODING_ALAW"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Not specified.",
-"Uncompressed 16-bit signed little-endian samples (Linear PCM). Audio content returned as LINEAR16 also contains a WAV header.",
-"MP3 audio at 32kbps.",
-"MP3 audio at 64kbps.",
-"Opus encoded audio wrapped in an ogg container. The result will be a file which can be played natively on Android, and in browsers (at least Chrome and Firefox). The quality of the encoding is considerably higher than MP3 while using approximately the same bitrate.",
-"8-bit samples that compand 14-bit audio samples using G.711 PCMU/mu-law.",
-"8-bit samples that compand 13-bit audio samples using G.711 PCMU/a-law."
-],
+"languageCode": {
+"description": "Required. The language of the input. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"sampleRateHertz": {
-"description": "Optional. The synthesis sample rate (in hertz) for this audio. If not provided, then the synthesizer will use the default sample rate based on the audio encoding. If this is different from the voice's natural sample rate, then the synthesizer will honor this request by converting to the desired sample rate (which might result in worse audio quality).",
-"format": "int32",
-"type": "integer"
+"text": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TextInput",
+"description": "The natural language text to be processed."
 },
-"synthesizeSpeechConfig": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SynthesizeSpeechConfig",
-"description": "Optional. Configuration of how speech should be synthesized. If not specified, Agent.text_to_speech_settings is applied."
+"toolCallResult": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolCallResult",
+"description": "The results of a tool executed by the client."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Page": {
-"description": "A Dialogflow CX conversation (session) can be described and visualized as a state machine. The states of a CX session are represented by pages. For each flow, you define many pages, where your combined pages can handle a complete conversation on the topics the flow is designed for. At any given moment, exactly one page is the current page, the current page is considered active, and the flow associated with that page is considered active. Every flow has a special start page. When a flow initially becomes active, the start page page becomes the current page. For each conversational turn, the current page will either stay the same or transition to another page. You configure each page to collect information from the end-user that is relevant for the conversational state represented by the page. For more information, see the [Page guide](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/page).",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Page",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3QueryParameters": {
+"description": "Represents the parameters of a conversational query.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3QueryParameters",
 "properties": {
-"advancedSettings": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings",
-"description": "Hierarchical advanced settings for this page. The settings exposed at the lower level overrides the settings exposed at the higher level."
+"analyzeQueryTextSentiment": {
+"description": "Configures whether sentiment analysis should be performed. If not provided, sentiment analysis is not performed.",
+"type": "boolean"
 },
-"description": {
-"description": "The description of the page. The maximum length is 500 characters.",
+"channel": {
+"description": "The channel which this query is for. If specified, only the ResponseMessage associated with the channel will be returned. If no ResponseMessage is associated with the channel, it falls back to the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel. If unspecified, the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel will be returned.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"displayName": {
-"description": "Required. The human-readable name of the page, unique within the flow.",
+"currentPage": {
+"description": "The unique identifier of the page to override the current page in the session. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. If `current_page` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow, including the previous page and the previous session parameters. In most cases, current_page and parameters should be configured together to direct a session to a specific state.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"entryFulfillment": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Fulfillment",
-"description": "The fulfillment to call when the session is entering the page."
+"currentPlaybook": {
+"description": "Optional. The unique identifier of the playbook to start or continue the session with. If `current_playbook` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"eventHandlers": {
-"description": "Handlers associated with the page to handle events such as webhook errors, no match or no input.",
+"disableWebhook": {
+"description": "Whether to disable webhook calls for this request.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"endUserMetadata": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object.",
+"type": "any"
+},
+"description": "Optional. Information about the end-user to improve the relevance and accuracy of generative answers. This will be interpreted and used by a language model, so, for good results, the data should be self-descriptive, and in a simple structure. Example: ```json { \"subscription plan\": \"Business Premium Plus\", \"devices owned\": [ {\"model\": \"Google Pixel 7\"}, {\"model\": \"Google Pixel Tablet\"} ] } ```",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"flowVersions": {
+"description": "A list of flow versions to override for the request. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//versions/`. If version 1 of flow X is included in this list, the traffic of flow X will go through version 1 regardless of the version configuration in the environment. Each flow can have at most one version specified in this list.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EventHandler"
+"type": "string"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
-"form": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Form",
-"description": "The form associated with the page, used for collecting parameters relevant to the page."
+"geoLocation": {
+"$ref": "GoogleTypeLatLng",
+"description": "The geo location of this conversational query."
 },
-"knowledgeConnectorSettings": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3KnowledgeConnectorSettings",
-"description": "Optional. Knowledge connector configuration."
+"llmModelSettings": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3LlmModelSettings",
+"description": "Optional. Use the specified LLM model settings for processing the request."
 },
-"name": {
-"description": "The unique identifier of the page. Required for the Pages.UpdatePage method. Pages.CreatePage populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`.",
-"type": "string"
+"parameters": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object.",
+"type": "any"
 },
-"transitionRouteGroups": {
-"description": "Ordered list of `TransitionRouteGroups` added to the page. Transition route groups must be unique within a page. If the page links both flow-level transition route groups and agent-level transition route groups, the flow-level ones will have higher priority and will be put before the agent-level ones. * If multiple transition routes within a page scope refer to the same intent, then the precedence order is: page's transition route -> page's transition route group -> flow's transition routes. * If multiple transition route groups within a page contain the same intent, then the first group in the ordered list takes precedence. Format:`projects//locations//agents//flows//transitionRouteGroups/` or `projects//locations//agents//transitionRouteGroups/` for agent-level groups.",
-"items": {
-"type": "string"
+"description": "Additional parameters to be put into session parameters. To remove a parameter from the session, clients should explicitly set the parameter value to null. You can reference the session parameters in the agent with the following format: $session.params.parameter-id. Depending on your protocol or client library language, this is a map, associative array, symbol table, dictionary, or JSON object composed of a collection of (MapKey, MapValue) pairs: * MapKey type: string * MapKey value: parameter name * MapValue type: If parameter's entity type is a composite entity then use map, otherwise, depending on the parameter value type, it could be one of string, number, boolean, null, list or map. * MapValue value: If parameter's entity type is a composite entity then use map from composite entity property names to property values, otherwise, use parameter value.",
+"type": "object"
 },
-"type": "array"
+"payload": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object.",
+"type": "any"
 },
-"transitionRoutes": {
-"description": "A list of transitions for the transition rules of this page. They route the conversation to another page in the same flow, or another flow. When we are in a certain page, the TransitionRoutes are evaluated in the following order: * TransitionRoutes defined in the page with intent specified. * TransitionRoutes defined in the transition route groups with intent specified. * TransitionRoutes defined in flow with intent specified. * TransitionRoutes defined in the transition route groups with intent specified. * TransitionRoutes defined in the page with only condition specified. * TransitionRoutes defined in the transition route groups with only condition specified.",
+"description": "This field can be used to pass custom data into the webhook associated with the agent. Arbitrary JSON objects are supported. Some integrations that query a Dialogflow agent may provide additional information in the payload. In particular, for the Dialogflow Phone Gateway integration, this field has the form: ``` { \"telephony\": { \"caller_id\": \"+18558363987\" } } ```",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"populateDataStoreConnectionSignals": {
+"deprecated": true,
+"description": "Optional. If set to true and data stores are involved in serving the request then DetectIntentResponse.query_result.data_store_connection_signals will be filled with data that can help evaluations.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"searchConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SearchConfig",
+"description": "Optional. Search configuration for UCS search queries."
+},
+"sessionEntityTypes": {
+"description": "Additional session entity types to replace or extend developer entity types with. The entity synonyms apply to all languages and persist for the session of this query.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRoute"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SessionEntityType"
 },
 "type": "array"
-}
 },
-"type": "object"
+"sessionTtl": {
+"description": "Optional. Configure lifetime of the Dialogflow session. By default, a Dialogflow session remains active and its data is stored for 30 minutes after the last request is sent for the session. This value should be no longer than 1 day.",
+"format": "google-duration",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PageInfo": {
-"description": "Represents page information communicated to and from the webhook.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PageInfo",
-"properties": {
-"currentPage": {
-"description": "Always present for WebhookRequest. Ignored for WebhookResponse. The unique identifier of the current page. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`.",
+"timeZone": {
+"description": "The time zone of this conversational query from the [time zone database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones), e.g., America/New_York, Europe/Paris. If not provided, the time zone specified in the agent is used.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"displayName": {
-"description": "Always present for WebhookRequest. Ignored for WebhookResponse. The display name of the current page.",
+"webhookHeaders": {
+"additionalProperties": {
 "type": "string"
 },
-"formInfo": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PageInfoFormInfo",
-"description": "Optional for both WebhookRequest and WebhookResponse. Information about the form."
+"description": "This field can be used to pass HTTP headers for a webhook call. These headers will be sent to webhook along with the headers that have been configured through Dialogflow web console. The headers defined within this field will overwrite the headers configured through Dialogflow console if there is a conflict. Header names are case-insensitive. Google's specified headers are not allowed. Including: \"Host\", \"Content-Length\", \"Connection\", \"From\", \"User-Agent\", \"Accept-Encoding\", \"If-Modified-Since\", \"If-None-Match\", \"X-Forwarded-For\", etc.",
+"type": "object"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PageInfoFormInfo": {
-"description": "Represents form information.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PageInfoFormInfo",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3QueryResult": {
+"description": "Represents the result of a conversational query.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3QueryResult",
 "properties": {
-"parameterInfo": {
-"description": "Optional for both WebhookRequest and WebhookResponse. The parameters contained in the form. Note that the webhook cannot add or remove any form parameter.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PageInfoFormInfoParameterInfo"
+"advancedSettings": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings",
+"description": "Returns the current advanced settings including IVR settings. Even though the operations configured by these settings are performed by Dialogflow, the client may need to perform special logic at the moment. For example, if Dialogflow exports audio to Google Cloud Storage, then the client may need to wait for the resulting object to appear in the bucket before proceeding."
 },
-"type": "array"
-}
+"allowAnswerFeedback": {
+"description": "Indicates whether the Thumbs up/Thumbs down rating controls are need to be shown for the response in the Dialogflow Messenger widget.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"currentPage": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Page",
+"description": "The current Page. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to `name` and `display_name`."
+},
+"dataStoreConnectionSignals": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignals",
+"description": "Optional. Data store connection feature output signals. Filled only when data stores are involved in serving the query."
+},
+"diagnosticInfo": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object.",
+"type": "any"
 },
+"description": "The free-form diagnostic info. For example, this field could contain webhook call latency. The fields of this data can change without notice, so you should not write code that depends on its structure. One of the fields is called \"Alternative Matched Intents\", which may aid with debugging. The following describes these intent results: - The list is empty if no intent was matched to end-user input. - Only intents that are referenced in the currently active flow are included. - The matched intent is included. - Other intents that could have matched end-user input, but did not match because they are referenced by intent routes that are out of [scope](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/handler#scope), are included. - Other intents referenced by intent routes in scope that matched end-user input, but had a lower confidence score.",
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PageInfoFormInfoParameterInfo": {
-"description": "Represents parameter information.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3PageInfoFormInfoParameterInfo",
-"properties": {
-"displayName": {
-"description": "Always present for WebhookRequest. Required for WebhookResponse. The human-readable name of the parameter, unique within the form. This field cannot be modified by the webhook.",
-"type": "string"
+"dtmf": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DtmfInput",
+"description": "If a DTMF was provided as input, this field will contain a copy of the DtmfInput."
 },
-"justCollected": {
-"description": "Optional for WebhookRequest. Ignored for WebhookResponse. Indicates if the parameter value was just collected on the last conversation turn.",
-"type": "boolean"
+"intent": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Intent",
+"deprecated": true,
+"description": "The Intent that matched the conversational query. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to: `name` and `display_name`. This field is deprecated, please use QueryResult.match instead."
 },
-"required": {
-"description": "Optional for both WebhookRequest and WebhookResponse. Indicates whether the parameter is required. Optional parameters will not trigger prompts; however, they are filled if the user specifies them. Required parameters must be filled before form filling concludes.",
-"type": "boolean"
+"intentDetectionConfidence": {
+"deprecated": true,
+"description": "The intent detection confidence. Values range from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain). This value is for informational purpose only and is only used to help match the best intent within the classification threshold. This value may change for the same end-user expression at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. This field is deprecated, please use QueryResult.match instead.",
+"format": "float",
+"type": "number"
 },
-"state": {
-"description": "Always present for WebhookRequest. Required for WebhookResponse. The state of the parameter. This field can be set to INVALID by the webhook to invalidate the parameter; other values set by the webhook will be ignored.",
-"enum": [
-"PARAMETER_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
-"EMPTY",
-"INVALID",
-"FILLED"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Not specified. This value should be never used.",
-"Indicates that the parameter does not have a value.",
-"Indicates that the parameter value is invalid. This field can be used by the webhook to invalidate the parameter and ask the server to collect it from the user again.",
-"Indicates that the parameter has a value."
-],
+"languageCode": {
+"description": "The language that was triggered during intent detection. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"value": {
-"description": "Optional for both WebhookRequest and WebhookResponse. The value of the parameter. This field can be set by the webhook to change the parameter value.",
+"match": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Match",
+"description": "Intent match result, could be an intent or an event."
+},
+"parameters": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object.",
 "type": "any"
-}
 },
+"description": "The collected session parameters. Depending on your protocol or client library language, this is a map, associative array, symbol table, dictionary, or JSON object composed of a collection of (MapKey, MapValue) pairs: * MapKey type: string * MapKey value: parameter name * MapValue type: If parameter's entity type is a composite entity then use map, otherwise, depending on the parameter value type, it could be one of string, number, boolean, null, list or map. * MapValue value: If parameter's entity type is a composite entity then use map from composite entity property names to property values, otherwise, use parameter value.",
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Phrase": {
-"description": "Text input which can be used for prompt or banned phrases.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Phrase",
-"properties": {
+"responseMessages": {
+"description": "The list of rich messages returned to the client. Responses vary from simple text messages to more sophisticated, structured payloads used to drive complex logic.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessage"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"sentimentAnalysisResult": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SentimentAnalysisResult",
+"description": "The sentiment analyss result, which depends on `analyze_query_text_sentiment`, specified in the request."
+},
 "text": {
-"description": "Required. Text input which can be used for prompt or banned phrases.",
+"description": "If natural language text was provided as input, this field will contain a copy of the text.",
 "type": "string"
-}
 },
-"type": "object"
+"transcript": {
+"description": "If natural language speech audio was provided as input, this field will contain the transcript for the audio.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3QueryInput": {
-"description": "Represents the query input. It can contain one of: 1. A conversational query in the form of text. 2. An intent query that specifies which intent to trigger. 3. Natural language speech audio to be processed. 4. An event to be triggered. 5. DTMF digits to invoke an intent and fill in parameter value. 6. The results of a tool executed by the client.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3QueryInput",
-"properties": {
-"audio": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AudioInput",
-"description": "The natural language speech audio to be processed."
+"triggerEvent": {
+"description": "If an event was provided as input, this field will contain the name of the event.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"dtmf": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DtmfInput",
-"description": "The DTMF event to be handled."
+"triggerIntent": {
+"description": "If an intent was provided as input, this field will contain a copy of the intent identifier. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"event": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EventInput",
-"description": "The event to be triggered."
+"webhookPayloads": {
+"description": "The list of webhook payload in WebhookResponse.payload, in the order of call sequence. If some webhook call fails or doesn't return any payload, an empty `Struct` would be used instead.",
+"items": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object.",
+"type": "any"
 },
-"intent": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3IntentInput",
-"description": "The intent to be triggered."
+"type": "object"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"webhookStatuses": {
+"description": "The list of webhook call status in the order of call sequence.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleRpcStatus"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
 },
-"languageCode": {
-"description": "Required. The language of the input. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes. Note that queries in the same session do not necessarily need to specify the same language.",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResourceName": {
+"description": "Resource name and display name.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResourceName",
+"properties": {
+"displayName": {
+"description": "Display name.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"text": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TextInput",
-"description": "The natural language text to be processed."
+"name": {
+"description": "Name.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3QueryParameters": {
-"description": "Represents the parameters of a conversational query.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3QueryParameters",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessage": {
+"description": "Represents a response message that can be returned by a conversational agent. Response messages are also used for output audio synthesis. The approach is as follows: * If at least one OutputAudioText response is present, then all OutputAudioText responses are linearly concatenated, and the result is used for output audio synthesis. * If the OutputAudioText responses are a mixture of text and SSML, then the concatenated result is treated as SSML; otherwise, the result is treated as either text or SSML as appropriate. The agent designer should ideally use either text or SSML consistently throughout the bot design. * Otherwise, all Text responses are linearly concatenated, and the result is used for output audio synthesis. This approach allows for more sophisticated user experience scenarios, where the text displayed to the user may differ from what is heard.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessage",
 "properties": {
-"analyzeQueryTextSentiment": {
-"description": "Configures whether sentiment analysis should be performed. If not provided, sentiment analysis is not performed.",
-"type": "boolean"
-},
 "channel": {
-"description": "The channel which this query is for. If specified, only the ResponseMessage associated with the channel will be returned. If no ResponseMessage is associated with the channel, it falls back to the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel. If unspecified, the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel will be returned.",
+"description": "The channel which the response is associated with. Clients can specify the channel via QueryParameters.channel, and only associated channel response will be returned.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"currentPage": {
-"description": "The unique identifier of the page to override the current page in the session. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. If `current_page` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow, including the previous page and the previous session parameters. In most cases, current_page and parameters should be configured together to direct a session to a specific state.",
-"type": "string"
+"conversationSuccess": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageConversationSuccess",
+"description": "Indicates that the conversation succeeded."
 },
-"disableWebhook": {
-"description": "Whether to disable webhook calls for this request.",
-"type": "boolean"
+"endInteraction": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageEndInteraction",
+"description": "Output only. A signal that indicates the interaction with the Dialogflow agent has ended. This message is generated by Dialogflow only when the conversation reaches `END_SESSION` page. It is not supposed to be defined by the user. It's guaranteed that there is at most one such message in each response.",
+"readOnly": true
 },
-"endUserMetadata": {
+"knowledgeInfoCard": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageKnowledgeInfoCard",
+"description": "Represents info card for knowledge answers, to be better rendered in Dialogflow Messenger."
+},
+"liveAgentHandoff": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageLiveAgentHandoff",
+"description": "Hands off conversation to a human agent."
+},
+"mixedAudio": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageMixedAudio",
+"description": "Output only. An audio response message composed of both the synthesized Dialogflow agent responses and responses defined via play_audio. This message is generated by Dialogflow only and not supposed to be defined by the user.",
+"readOnly": true
+},
+"outputAudioText": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageOutputAudioText",
+"description": "A text or ssml response that is preferentially used for TTS output audio synthesis, as described in the comment on the ResponseMessage message."
+},
+"payload": {
 "additionalProperties": {
 "description": "Properties of the object.",
 "type": "any"
 },
-"description": "Optional. Information about the end-user to improve the relevance and accuracy of generative answers. This will be interpreted and used by a language model, so, for good results, the data should be self-descriptive, and in a simple structure. Example: ```json { \"subscription plan\": \"Business Premium Plus\", \"devices owned\": [ {\"model\": \"Google Pixel 7\"}, {\"model\": \"Google Pixel Tablet\"} ] } ```",
+"description": "Returns a response containing a custom, platform-specific payload.",
 "type": "object"
 },
-"flowVersions": {
-"description": "A list of flow versions to override for the request. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//versions/`. If version 1 of flow X is included in this list, the traffic of flow X will go through version 1 regardless of the version configuration in the environment. Each flow can have at most one version specified in this list.",
-"items": {
+"playAudio": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessagePlayAudio",
+"description": "Signal that the client should play an audio clip hosted at a client-specific URI. Dialogflow uses this to construct mixed_audio. However, Dialogflow itself does not try to read or process the URI in any way."
+},
+"responseType": {
+"description": "Response type.",
+"enum": [
+"RESPONSE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"ENTRY_PROMPT",
+"PARAMETER_PROMPT",
+"HANDLER_PROMPT"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Not specified.",
+"The response is from an entry prompt in the page.",
+"The response is from form-filling prompt in the page.",
+"The response is from a transition route or an event handler in the page or flow or transition route group."
+],
 "type": "string"
 },
-"type": "array"
+"telephonyTransferCall": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageTelephonyTransferCall",
+"description": "A signal that the client should transfer the phone call connected to this agent to a third-party endpoint."
 },
-"geoLocation": {
-"$ref": "GoogleTypeLatLng",
-"description": "The geo location of this conversational query."
+"text": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageText",
+"description": "Returns a text response."
 },
-"parameters": {
+"toolCall": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolCall",
+"description": "Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageConversationSuccess": {
+"description": "Indicates that the conversation succeeded, i.e., the bot handled the issue that the customer talked to it about. Dialogflow only uses this to determine which conversations should be counted as successful and doesn't process the metadata in this message in any way. Note that Dialogflow also considers conversations that get to the conversation end page as successful even if they don't return ConversationSuccess. You may set this, for example: * In the entry_fulfillment of a Page if entering the page indicates that the conversation succeeded. * In a webhook response when you determine that you handled the customer issue.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageConversationSuccess",
+"properties": {
+"metadata": {
 "additionalProperties": {
 "description": "Properties of the object.",
 "type": "any"
 },
-"description": "Additional parameters to be put into session parameters. To remove a parameter from the session, clients should explicitly set the parameter value to null. You can reference the session parameters in the agent with the following format: $session.params.parameter-id. Depending on your protocol or client library language, this is a map, associative array, symbol table, dictionary, or JSON object composed of a collection of (MapKey, MapValue) pairs: * MapKey type: string * MapKey value: parameter name * MapValue type: If parameter's entity type is a composite entity then use map, otherwise, depending on the parameter value type, it could be one of string, number, boolean, null, list or map. * MapValue value: If parameter's entity type is a composite entity then use map from composite entity property names to property values, otherwise, use parameter value.",
+"description": "Custom metadata. Dialogflow doesn't impose any structure on this.",
 "type": "object"
+}
 },
-"payload": {
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageEndInteraction": {
+"description": "Indicates that interaction with the Dialogflow agent has ended. This message is generated by Dialogflow only and not supposed to be defined by the user.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageEndInteraction",
+"properties": {},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageKnowledgeInfoCard": {
+"description": "Represents info card response. If the response contains generative knowledge prediction, Dialogflow will return a payload with Infobot Messenger compatible info card. Otherwise, the info card response is skipped.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageKnowledgeInfoCard",
+"properties": {},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageLiveAgentHandoff": {
+"description": "Indicates that the conversation should be handed off to a live agent. Dialogflow only uses this to determine which conversations were handed off to a human agent for measurement purposes. What else to do with this signal is up to you and your handoff procedures. You may set this, for example: * In the entry_fulfillment of a Page if entering the page indicates something went extremely wrong in the conversation. * In a webhook response when you determine that the customer issue can only be handled by a human.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageLiveAgentHandoff",
+"properties": {
+"metadata": {
 "additionalProperties": {
 "description": "Properties of the object.",
 "type": "any"
 },
-"description": "This field can be used to pass custom data into the webhook associated with the agent. Arbitrary JSON objects are supported. Some integrations that query a Dialogflow agent may provide additional information in the payload. In particular, for the Dialogflow Phone Gateway integration, this field has the form: ``` { \"telephony\": { \"caller_id\": \"+18558363987\" } } ```",
+"description": "Custom metadata for your handoff procedure. Dialogflow doesn't impose any structure on this.",
 "type": "object"
+}
 },
-"populateDataStoreConnectionSignals": {
-"deprecated": true,
-"description": "Optional. If set to true and data stores are involved in serving the request then DetectIntentResponse.query_result.data_store_connection_signals will be filled with data that can help evaluations.",
-"type": "boolean"
-},
-"searchConfig": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SearchConfig",
-"description": "Optional. Search configuration for UCS search queries."
+"type": "object"
 },
-"sessionEntityTypes": {
-"description": "Additional session entity types to replace or extend developer entity types with. The entity synonyms apply to all languages and persist for the session of this query.",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageMixedAudio": {
+"description": "Represents an audio message that is composed of both segments synthesized from the Dialogflow agent prompts and ones hosted externally at the specified URIs. The external URIs are specified via play_audio. This message is generated by Dialogflow only and not supposed to be defined by the user.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageMixedAudio",
+"properties": {
+"segments": {
+"description": "Segments this audio response is composed of.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SessionEntityType"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageMixedAudioSegment"
 },
 "type": "array"
+}
 },
-"sessionTtl": {
-"description": "Optional. Configure lifetime of the Dialogflow session. By default, a Dialogflow session remains active and its data is stored for 30 minutes after the last request is sent for the session. This value should be no longer than 1 day.",
-"format": "google-duration",
-"type": "string"
+"type": "object"
 },
-"timeZone": {
-"description": "The time zone of this conversational query from the [time zone database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones), e.g., America/New_York, Europe/Paris. If not provided, the time zone specified in the agent is used.",
-"type": "string"
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageMixedAudioSegment": {
+"description": "Represents one segment of audio.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageMixedAudioSegment",
+"properties": {
+"allowPlaybackInterruption": {
+"description": "Output only. Whether the playback of this segment can be interrupted by the end user's speech and the client should then start the next Dialogflow request.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "boolean"
 },
-"webhookHeaders": {
-"additionalProperties": {
+"audio": {
+"description": "Raw audio synthesized from the Dialogflow agent's response using the output config specified in the request.",
+"format": "byte",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"description": "This field can be used to pass HTTP headers for a webhook call. These headers will be sent to webhook along with the headers that have been configured through Dialogflow web console. The headers defined within this field will overwrite the headers configured through Dialogflow console if there is a conflict. Header names are case-insensitive. Google's specified headers are not allowed. Including: \"Host\", \"Content-Length\", \"Connection\", \"From\", \"User-Agent\", \"Accept-Encoding\", \"If-Modified-Since\", \"If-None-Match\", \"X-Forwarded-For\", etc.",
-"type": "object"
+"uri": {
+"description": "Client-specific URI that points to an audio clip accessible to the client. Dialogflow does not impose any validation on it.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3QueryResult": {
-"description": "Represents the result of a conversational query.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3QueryResult",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageOutputAudioText": {
+"description": "A text or ssml response that is preferentially used for TTS output audio synthesis, as described in the comment on the ResponseMessage message.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageOutputAudioText",
 "properties": {
-"advancedSettings": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings",
-"description": "Returns the current advanced settings including IVR settings. Even though the operations configured by these settings are performed by Dialogflow, the client may need to perform special logic at the moment. For example, if Dialogflow exports audio to Google Cloud Storage, then the client may need to wait for the resulting object to appear in the bucket before proceeding."
-},
-"allowAnswerFeedback": {
-"description": "Indicates whether the Thumbs up/Thumbs down rating controls are need to be shown for the response in the Dialogflow Messenger widget.",
+"allowPlaybackInterruption": {
+"description": "Output only. Whether the playback of this message can be interrupted by the end user's speech and the client can then starts the next Dialogflow request.",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
-"currentPage": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Page",
-"description": "The current Page. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to `name` and `display_name`."
-},
-"dataStoreConnectionSignals": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnectionSignals",
-"description": "Optional. Data store connection feature output signals. Filled only when data stores are involved in serving the query."
+"ssml": {
+"description": "The SSML text to be synthesized. For more information, see [SSML](/speech/text-to-speech/docs/ssml).",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"diagnosticInfo": {
-"additionalProperties": {
-"description": "Properties of the object.",
-"type": "any"
+"text": {
+"description": "The raw text to be synthesized.",
+"type": "string"
+}
 },
-"description": "The free-form diagnostic info. For example, this field could contain webhook call latency. The fields of this data can change without notice, so you should not write code that depends on its structure. One of the fields is called \"Alternative Matched Intents\", which may aid with debugging. The following describes these intent results: - The list is empty if no intent was matched to end-user input. - Only intents that are referenced in the currently active flow are included. - The matched intent is included. - Other intents that could have matched end-user input, but did not match because they are referenced by intent routes that are out of [scope](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/handler#scope), are included. - Other intents referenced by intent routes in scope that matched end-user input, but had a lower confidence score.",
 "type": "object"
 },
-"dtmf": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DtmfInput",
-"description": "If a DTMF was provided as input, this field will contain a copy of the DtmfInput."
-},
-"intent": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Intent",
-"deprecated": true,
-"description": "The Intent that matched the conversational query. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to: `name` and `display_name`. This field is deprecated, please use QueryResult.match instead."
-},
-"intentDetectionConfidence": {
-"deprecated": true,
-"description": "The intent detection confidence. Values range from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain). This value is for informational purpose only and is only used to help match the best intent within the classification threshold. This value may change for the same end-user expression at any time due to a model retraining or change in implementation. This field is deprecated, please use QueryResult.match instead.",
-"format": "float",
-"type": "number"
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessagePlayAudio": {
+"description": "Specifies an audio clip to be played by the client as part of the response.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessagePlayAudio",
+"properties": {
+"allowPlaybackInterruption": {
+"description": "Output only. Whether the playback of this message can be interrupted by the end user's speech and the client can then starts the next Dialogflow request.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "boolean"
 },
-"languageCode": {
-"description": "The language that was triggered during intent detection. See [Language Support](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) for a list of the currently supported language codes.",
+"audioUri": {
+"description": "Required. URI of the audio clip. Dialogflow does not impose any validation on this value. It is specific to the client that reads it.",
 "type": "string"
+}
 },
-"match": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Match",
-"description": "Intent match result, could be an intent or an event."
+"type": "object"
 },
-"parameters": {
-"additionalProperties": {
-"description": "Properties of the object.",
-"type": "any"
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageTelephonyTransferCall": {
+"description": "Represents the signal that telles the client to transfer the phone call connected to the agent to a third-party endpoint.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageTelephonyTransferCall",
+"properties": {
+"phoneNumber": {
+"description": "Transfer the call to a phone number in [E.164 format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164).",
+"type": "string"
+}
 },
-"description": "The collected session parameters. Depending on your protocol or client library language, this is a map, associative array, symbol table, dictionary, or JSON object composed of a collection of (MapKey, MapValue) pairs: * MapKey type: string * MapKey value: parameter name * MapValue type: If parameter's entity type is a composite entity then use map, otherwise, depending on the parameter value type, it could be one of string, number, boolean, null, list or map. * MapValue value: If parameter's entity type is a composite entity then use map from composite entity property names to property values, otherwise, use parameter value.",
 "type": "object"
 },
-"responseMessages": {
-"description": "The list of rich messages returned to the client. Responses vary from simple text messages to more sophisticated, structured payloads used to drive complex logic.",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageText": {
+"description": "The text response message.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageText",
+"properties": {
+"allowPlaybackInterruption": {
+"description": "Output only. Whether the playback of this message can be interrupted by the end user's speech and the client can then starts the next Dialogflow request.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"text": {
+"description": "Required. A collection of text response variants. If multiple variants are defined, only one text response variant is returned at runtime.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessage"
+"type": "string"
 },
 "type": "array"
+}
 },
-"sentimentAnalysisResult": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SentimentAnalysisResult",
-"description": "The sentiment analyss result, which depends on `analyze_query_text_sentiment`, specified in the request."
+"type": "object"
 },
-"text": {
-"description": "If natural language text was provided as input, this field will contain a copy of the text.",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RestoreAgentRequest": {
+"description": "The request message for Agents.RestoreAgent.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RestoreAgentRequest",
+"properties": {
+"agentContent": {
+"description": "Uncompressed raw byte content for agent.",
+"format": "byte",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"transcript": {
-"description": "If natural language speech audio was provided as input, this field will contain the transcript for the audio.",
+"agentUri": {
+"description": "The [Google Cloud Storage](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/) URI to restore agent from. The format of this URI must be `gs:///`. Dialogflow performs a read operation for the Cloud Storage object on the caller's behalf, so your request authentication must have read permissions for the object. For more information, see [Dialogflow access control](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/access-control#storage).",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"triggerEvent": {
-"description": "If an event was provided as input, this field will contain the name of the event.",
+"gitSource": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RestoreAgentRequestGitSource",
+"description": "Setting for restoring from a git branch"
+},
+"restoreOption": {
+"description": "Agent restore mode. If not specified, `KEEP` is assumed.",
+"enum": [
+"RESTORE_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED",
+"KEEP",
+"FALLBACK"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified. Treated as KEEP.",
+"Always respect the settings from the exported agent file. It may cause a restoration failure if some settings (e.g. model type) are not supported in the target agent.",
+"Fallback to default settings if some settings are not supported in the target agent."
+],
 "type": "string"
+}
 },
-"triggerIntent": {
-"description": "If an intent was provided as input, this field will contain a copy of the intent identifier. Format: `projects//locations//agents//intents/`.",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RestoreAgentRequestGitSource": {
+"description": "Settings for restoring from a git branch",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RestoreAgentRequestGitSource",
+"properties": {
+"trackingBranch": {
+"description": "tracking branch for the git pull",
 "type": "string"
+}
 },
-"webhookPayloads": {
-"description": "The list of webhook payload in WebhookResponse.payload, in the order of call sequence. If some webhook call fails or doesn't return any payload, an empty `Struct` would be used instead.",
-"items": {
-"additionalProperties": {
-"description": "Properties of the object.",
-"type": "any"
+"type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RestorePlaybookVersionRequest": {
+"description": "The request message for Playbooks.RestorePlaybookVersion.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RestorePlaybookVersionRequest",
+"properties": {},
 "type": "object"
 },
-"type": "array"
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RestorePlaybookVersionResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for Playbooks.RestorePlaybookVersion.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RestorePlaybookVersionResponse",
+"properties": {
+"playbook": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Playbook",
+"description": "The updated playbook."
+}
 },
-"webhookStatuses": {
-"description": "The list of webhook call status in the order of call sequence.",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RolloutConfig": {
+"description": "The configuration for auto rollout.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RolloutConfig",
+"properties": {
+"failureCondition": {
+"description": "The conditions that are used to evaluate the failure of a rollout step. If not specified, no rollout steps will fail. E.g. \"containment_rate < 10% OR average_turn_count < 3\". See the [conditions reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/condition).",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"rolloutCondition": {
+"description": "The conditions that are used to evaluate the success of a rollout step. If not specified, all rollout steps will proceed to the next one unless failure conditions are met. E.g. \"containment_rate > 60% AND callback_rate < 20%\". See the [conditions reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/condition).",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"rolloutSteps": {
+"description": "Steps to roll out a flow version. Steps should be sorted by percentage in ascending order.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleRpcStatus"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RolloutConfigRolloutStep"
 },
 "type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResourceName": {
-"description": "Resource name and display name.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResourceName",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RolloutConfigRolloutStep": {
+"description": "A single rollout step with specified traffic allocation.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RolloutConfigRolloutStep",
 "properties": {
 "displayName": {
-"description": "Display name.",
+"description": "The name of the rollout step;",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"name": {
-"description": "Name.",
+"minDuration": {
+"description": "The minimum time that this step should last. Should be longer than 1 hour. If not set, the default minimum duration for each step will be 1 hour.",
+"format": "google-duration",
 "type": "string"
+},
+"trafficPercent": {
+"description": "The percentage of traffic allocated to the flow version of this rollout step. (0%, 100%].",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessage": {
-"description": "Represents a response message that can be returned by a conversational agent. Response messages are also used for output audio synthesis. The approach is as follows: * If at least one OutputAudioText response is present, then all OutputAudioText responses are linearly concatenated, and the result is used for output audio synthesis. * If the OutputAudioText responses are a mixture of text and SSML, then the concatenated result is treated as SSML; otherwise, the result is treated as either text or SSML as appropriate. The agent designer should ideally use either text or SSML consistently throughout the bot design. * Otherwise, all Text responses are linearly concatenated, and the result is used for output audio synthesis. This approach allows for more sophisticated user experience scenarios, where the text displayed to the user may differ from what is heard.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessage",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RolloutState": {
+"description": "State of the auto-rollout process.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RolloutState",
 "properties": {
-"channel": {
-"description": "The channel which the response is associated with. Clients can specify the channel via QueryParameters.channel, and only associated channel response will be returned.",
+"startTime": {
+"description": "Start time of the current step.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"conversationSuccess": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageConversationSuccess",
-"description": "Indicates that the conversation succeeded."
-},
-"endInteraction": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageEndInteraction",
-"description": "Output only. A signal that indicates the interaction with the Dialogflow agent has ended. This message is generated by Dialogflow only when the conversation reaches `END_SESSION` page. It is not supposed to be defined by the user. It's guaranteed that there is at most one such message in each response.",
-"readOnly": true
+"step": {
+"description": "Display name of the current auto rollout step.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"knowledgeInfoCard": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageKnowledgeInfoCard",
-"description": "Represents info card for knowledge answers, to be better rendered in Dialogflow Messenger."
+"stepIndex": {
+"description": "Index of the current step in the auto rollout steps list.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+}
 },
-"liveAgentHandoff": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageLiveAgentHandoff",
-"description": "Hands off conversation to a human agent."
+"type": "object"
 },
-"mixedAudio": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageMixedAudio",
-"description": "Output only. An audio response message composed of both the synthesized Dialogflow agent responses and responses defined via play_audio. This message is generated by Dialogflow only and not supposed to be defined by the user.",
-"readOnly": true
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RunContinuousTestMetadata": {
+"description": "Metadata returned for the Environments.RunContinuousTest long running operation.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RunContinuousTestMetadata",
+"properties": {
+"errors": {
+"description": "The test errors.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestError"
 },
-"outputAudioText": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageOutputAudioText",
-"description": "A text or ssml response that is preferentially used for TTS output audio synthesis, as described in the comment on the ResponseMessage message."
+"type": "array"
+}
 },
-"payload": {
-"additionalProperties": {
-"description": "Properties of the object.",
-"type": "any"
+"type": "object"
 },
-"description": "Returns a response containing a custom, platform-specific payload.",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RunContinuousTestRequest": {
+"description": "The request message for Environments.RunContinuousTest.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RunContinuousTestRequest",
+"properties": {},
 "type": "object"
 },
-"playAudio": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessagePlayAudio",
-"description": "Signal that the client should play an audio clip hosted at a client-specific URI. Dialogflow uses this to construct mixed_audio. However, Dialogflow itself does not try to read or process the URI in any way."
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RunContinuousTestResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for Environments.RunContinuousTest.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RunContinuousTestResponse",
+"properties": {
+"continuousTestResult": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ContinuousTestResult",
+"description": "The result for a continuous test run."
+}
 },
-"responseType": {
-"description": "Response type.",
-"enum": [
-"RESPONSE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
-"ENTRY_PROMPT",
-"PARAMETER_PROMPT",
-"HANDLER_PROMPT"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Not specified.",
-"The response is from an entry prompt in the page.",
-"The response is from form-filling prompt in the page.",
-"The response is from a transition route or an event handler in the page or flow or transition route group."
-],
-"type": "string"
+"type": "object"
 },
-"telephonyTransferCall": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageTelephonyTransferCall",
-"description": "A signal that the client should transfer the phone call connected to this agent to a third-party endpoint."
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RunTestCaseMetadata": {
+"description": "Metadata returned for the TestCases.RunTestCase long running operation. This message currently has no fields.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RunTestCaseMetadata",
+"properties": {},
+"type": "object"
 },
-"text": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageText",
-"description": "Returns a text response."
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RunTestCaseRequest": {
+"description": "The request message for TestCases.RunTestCase.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RunTestCaseRequest",
+"properties": {
+"environment": {
+"description": "Optional. Environment name. If not set, draft environment is assumed. Format: `projects//locations//agents//environments/`.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageConversationSuccess": {
-"description": "Indicates that the conversation succeeded, i.e., the bot handled the issue that the customer talked to it about. Dialogflow only uses this to determine which conversations should be counted as successful and doesn't process the metadata in this message in any way. Note that Dialogflow also considers conversations that get to the conversation end page as successful even if they don't return ConversationSuccess. You may set this, for example: * In the entry_fulfillment of a Page if entering the page indicates that the conversation succeeded. * In a webhook response when you determine that you handled the customer issue.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageConversationSuccess",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RunTestCaseResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for TestCases.RunTestCase.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RunTestCaseResponse",
 "properties": {
-"metadata": {
-"additionalProperties": {
-"description": "Properties of the object.",
-"type": "any"
-},
-"description": "Custom metadata. Dialogflow doesn't impose any structure on this.",
-"type": "object"
+"result": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestCaseResult",
+"description": "The result."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageEndInteraction": {
-"description": "Indicates that interaction with the Dialogflow agent has ended. This message is generated by Dialogflow only and not supposed to be defined by the user.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageEndInteraction",
-"properties": {},
-"type": "object"
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SafetySettings": {
+"description": "Settings for Generative Safety.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SafetySettings",
+"properties": {
+"bannedPhrases": {
+"description": "Banned phrases for generated text.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SafetySettingsPhrase"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"defaultBannedPhraseMatchStrategy": {
+"description": "Optional. Default phrase match strategy for banned phrases.",
+"enum": [
+"PHRASE_MATCH_STRATEGY_UNSPECIFIED",
+"PARTIAL_MATCH",
+"WORD_MATCH"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified, defaults to PARTIAL_MATCH.",
+"Text that contains the phrase as a substring will be matched, e.g. \"foo\" will match \"afoobar\".",
+"Text that contains the tokenized words of the phrase will be matched, e.g. \"foo\" will match \"a foo bar\" and \"foo bar\", but not \"foobar\"."
+],
+"type": "string"
+}
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageKnowledgeInfoCard": {
-"description": "Represents info card response. If the response contains generative knowledge prediction, Dialogflow will return a payload with Infobot Messenger compatible info card. Otherwise, the info card response is skipped.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageKnowledgeInfoCard",
-"properties": {},
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageLiveAgentHandoff": {
-"description": "Indicates that the conversation should be handed off to a live agent. Dialogflow only uses this to determine which conversations were handed off to a human agent for measurement purposes. What else to do with this signal is up to you and your handoff procedures. You may set this, for example: * In the entry_fulfillment of a Page if entering the page indicates something went extremely wrong in the conversation. * In a webhook response when you determine that the customer issue can only be handled by a human.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageLiveAgentHandoff",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SafetySettingsPhrase": {
+"description": "Text input which can be used for prompt or banned phrases.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SafetySettingsPhrase",
 "properties": {
-"metadata": {
-"additionalProperties": {
-"description": "Properties of the object.",
-"type": "any"
+"languageCode": {
+"description": "Required. Language code of the phrase.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"description": "Custom metadata for your handoff procedure. Dialogflow doesn't impose any structure on this.",
-"type": "object"
+"text": {
+"description": "Required. Text input which can be used for prompt or banned phrases.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageMixedAudio": {
-"description": "Represents an audio message that is composed of both segments synthesized from the Dialogflow agent prompts and ones hosted externally at the specified URIs. The external URIs are specified via play_audio. This message is generated by Dialogflow only and not supposed to be defined by the user.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageMixedAudio",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SearchConfig": {
+"description": "Search configuration for UCS search queries.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SearchConfig",
 "properties": {
-"segments": {
-"description": "Segments this audio response is composed of.",
+"boostSpecs": {
+"description": "Optional. Boosting configuration for the datastores. Maps from datastore name to their boost configuration. Do not specify more than one BoostSpecs for each datastore name. If multiple BoostSpecs are provided for the same datastore name, the behavior is undefined.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageMixedAudioSegment"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BoostSpecs"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"filterSpecs": {
+"description": "Optional. Filter configuration for the datastores. Maps from datastore name to the filter expression for that datastore. Do not specify more than one FilterSpecs for each datastore name. If multiple FilterSpecs are provided for the same datastore name, the behavior is undefined.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FilterSpecs"
 },
 "type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageMixedAudioSegment": {
-"description": "Represents one segment of audio.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageMixedAudioSegment",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SecuritySettings": {
+"description": "Represents the settings related to security issues, such as data redaction and data retention. It may take hours for updates on the settings to propagate to all the related components and take effect.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SecuritySettings",
 "properties": {
-"allowPlaybackInterruption": {
-"description": "Output only. Whether the playback of this segment can be interrupted by the end user's speech and the client should then start the next Dialogflow request.",
-"readOnly": true,
-"type": "boolean"
+"audioExportSettings": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SecuritySettingsAudioExportSettings",
+"description": "Controls audio export settings for post-conversation analytics when ingesting audio to conversations via Participants.AnalyzeContent or Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION or audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket is empty, audio export is disabled. If audio export is enabled, audio is recorded and saved to audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket, subject to retention policy of audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket. This setting won't effect audio input for implicit sessions via Sessions.DetectIntent or Sessions.StreamingDetectIntent."
 },
-"audio": {
-"description": "Raw audio synthesized from the Dialogflow agent's response using the output config specified in the request.",
-"format": "byte",
+"deidentifyTemplate": {
+"description": "[DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) deidentify template name. Use this template to define de-identification configuration for the content. The `DLP De-identify Templates Reader` role is needed on the Dialogflow service identity service account (has the form `service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com`) for your agent's project. If empty, Dialogflow replaces sensitive info with `[redacted]` text. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` Note: `deidentify_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"uri": {
-"description": "Client-specific URI that points to an audio clip accessible to the client. Dialogflow does not impose any validation on it.",
+"displayName": {
+"description": "Required. The human-readable name of the security settings, unique within the location.",
 "type": "string"
-}
 },
-"type": "object"
+"insightsExportSettings": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SecuritySettingsInsightsExportSettings",
+"description": "Controls conversation exporting settings to Insights after conversation is completed. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION, Insights export is disabled no matter what you configure here."
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageOutputAudioText": {
-"description": "A text or ssml response that is preferentially used for TTS output audio synthesis, as described in the comment on the ResponseMessage message.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageOutputAudioText",
-"properties": {
-"allowPlaybackInterruption": {
-"description": "Output only. Whether the playback of this message can be interrupted by the end user's speech and the client can then starts the next Dialogflow request.",
-"readOnly": true,
-"type": "boolean"
+"inspectTemplate": {
+"description": "[DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. The `DLP Inspect Templates Reader` role is needed on the Dialogflow service identity service account (has the form `service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com`) for your agent's project. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//inspectTemplates/` Note: `inspect_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"ssml": {
-"description": "The SSML text to be synthesized. For more information, see [SSML](/speech/text-to-speech/docs/ssml).",
+"name": {
+"description": "Resource name of the settings. Required for the SecuritySettingsService.UpdateSecuritySettings method. SecuritySettingsService.CreateSecuritySettings populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"text": {
-"description": "The raw text to be synthesized.",
+"purgeDataTypes": {
+"description": "List of types of data to remove when retention settings triggers purge.",
+"items": {
+"enum": [
+"PURGE_DATA_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"DIALOGFLOW_HISTORY"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified. Do not use.",
+"Dialogflow history. This does not include Cloud logging, which is owned by the user - not Dialogflow."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"redactionScope": {
+"description": "Defines the data for which Dialogflow applies redaction. Dialogflow does not redact data that it does not have access to \u2013 for example, Cloud logging.",
+"enum": [
+"REDACTION_SCOPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"REDACT_DISK_STORAGE"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Don't redact any kind of data.",
+"On data to be written to disk or similar devices that are capable of holding data even if power is disconnected. This includes data that are temporarily saved on disk."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"redactionStrategy": {
+"description": "Strategy that defines how we do redaction.",
+"enum": [
+"REDACTION_STRATEGY_UNSPECIFIED",
+"REDACT_WITH_SERVICE"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Do not redact.",
+"Call redaction service to clean up the data to be persisted."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"retentionStrategy": {
+"description": "Specifies the retention behavior defined by SecuritySettings.RetentionStrategy.",
+"enum": [
+"RETENTION_STRATEGY_UNSPECIFIED",
+"REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Retains the persisted data with Dialogflow's internal default 365d TTLs.",
+"Removes data when the conversation ends. If there is no Conversation explicitly established, a default conversation ends when the corresponding Dialogflow session ends."
+],
 "type": "string"
+},
+"retentionWindowDays": {
+"description": "Retains the data for the specified number of days. User must set a value lower than Dialogflow's default 365d TTL (30 days for Agent Assist traffic), higher value will be ignored and use default. Setting a value higher than that has no effect. A missing value or setting to 0 also means we use default TTL. When data retention configuration is changed, it only applies to the data created after the change; the TTL of existing data created before the change stays intact.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessagePlayAudio": {
-"description": "Specifies an audio clip to be played by the client as part of the response.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessagePlayAudio",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SecuritySettingsAudioExportSettings": {
+"description": "Settings for exporting audio.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SecuritySettingsAudioExportSettings",
 "properties": {
-"allowPlaybackInterruption": {
-"description": "Output only. Whether the playback of this message can be interrupted by the end user's speech and the client can then starts the next Dialogflow request.",
-"readOnly": true,
+"audioExportPattern": {
+"description": "Filename pattern for exported audio.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"audioFormat": {
+"description": "File format for exported audio file. Currently only in telephony recordings.",
+"enum": [
+"AUDIO_FORMAT_UNSPECIFIED",
+"MULAW",
+"MP3",
+"OGG"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified. Do not use.",
+"G.711 mu-law PCM with 8kHz sample rate.",
+"MP3 file format.",
+"OGG Vorbis."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"enableAudioRedaction": {
+"description": "Enable audio redaction if it is true. Note that this only redacts end-user audio data; Synthesised audio from the virtual agent is not redacted.",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
-"audioUri": {
-"description": "Required. URI of the audio clip. Dialogflow does not impose any validation on this value. It is specific to the client that reads it.",
+"gcsBucket": {
+"description": "Cloud Storage bucket to export audio record to. Setting this field would grant the Storage Object Creator role to the Dialogflow Service Agent. API caller that tries to modify this field should have the permission of storage.buckets.setIamPolicy.",
 "type": "string"
+},
+"storeTtsAudio": {
+"description": "Whether to store TTS audio. By default, TTS audio from the virtual agent is not exported.",
+"type": "boolean"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageTelephonyTransferCall": {
-"description": "Represents the signal that telles the client to transfer the phone call connected to the agent to a third-party endpoint.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageTelephonyTransferCall",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SecuritySettingsInsightsExportSettings": {
+"description": "Settings for exporting conversations to [Insights](https://cloud.google.com/contact-center/insights/docs).",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SecuritySettingsInsightsExportSettings",
 "properties": {
-"phoneNumber": {
-"description": "Transfer the call to a phone number in [E.164 format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164).",
-"type": "string"
+"enableInsightsExport": {
+"description": "If enabled, we will automatically exports conversations to Insights and Insights runs its analyzers.",
+"type": "boolean"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageText": {
-"description": "The text response message.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageText",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SentimentAnalysisResult": {
+"description": "The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SentimentAnalysisResult",
 "properties": {
-"allowPlaybackInterruption": {
-"description": "Output only. Whether the playback of this message can be interrupted by the end user's speech and the client can then starts the next Dialogflow request.",
-"readOnly": true,
-"type": "boolean"
-},
-"text": {
-"description": "Required. A collection of text response variants. If multiple variants are defined, only one text response variant is returned at runtime.",
-"items": {
-"type": "string"
+"magnitude": {
+"description": "A non-negative number in the [0, +inf) range, which represents the absolute magnitude of sentiment, regardless of score (positive or negative).",
+"format": "float",
+"type": "number"
 },
-"type": "array"
+"score": {
+"description": "Sentiment score between -1.0 (negative sentiment) and 1.0 (positive sentiment).",
+"format": "float",
+"type": "number"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RestoreAgentRequest": {
-"description": "The request message for Agents.RestoreAgent.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RestoreAgentRequest",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SessionEntityType": {
+"description": "Session entity types are referred to as **User** entity types and are entities that are built for an individual user such as favorites, preferences, playlists, and so on. You can redefine a session entity type at the session level to extend or replace a custom entity type at the user session level (we refer to the entity types defined at the agent level as \"custom entity types\"). Note: session entity types apply to all queries, regardless of the language. For more information about entity types, see the [Dialogflow documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/entities-overview).",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SessionEntityType",
 "properties": {
-"agentContent": {
-"description": "Uncompressed raw byte content for agent.",
-"format": "byte",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"agentUri": {
-"description": "The [Google Cloud Storage](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/) URI to restore agent from. The format of this URI must be `gs:///`. Dialogflow performs a read operation for the Cloud Storage object on the caller's behalf, so your request authentication must have read permissions for the object. For more information, see [Dialogflow access control](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/access-control#storage).",
-"type": "string"
+"entities": {
+"description": "Required. The collection of entities to override or supplement the custom entity type.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EntityTypeEntity"
 },
-"gitSource": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RestoreAgentRequestGitSource",
-"description": "Setting for restoring from a git branch"
+"type": "array"
 },
-"restoreOption": {
-"description": "Agent restore mode. If not specified, `KEEP` is assumed.",
+"entityOverrideMode": {
+"description": "Required. Indicates whether the additional data should override or supplement the custom entity type definition.",
 "enum": [
-"RESTORE_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED",
-"KEEP",
-"FALLBACK"
+"ENTITY_OVERRIDE_MODE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"ENTITY_OVERRIDE_MODE_OVERRIDE",
+"ENTITY_OVERRIDE_MODE_SUPPLEMENT"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
-"Unspecified. Treated as KEEP.",
-"Always respect the settings from the exported agent file. It may cause a restoration failure if some settings (e.g. model type) are not supported in the target agent.",
-"Fallback to default settings if some settings are not supported in the target agent."
+"Not specified. This value should be never used.",
+"The collection of session entities overrides the collection of entities in the corresponding custom entity type.",
+"The collection of session entities extends the collection of entities in the corresponding custom entity type. Note: Even in this override mode calls to `ListSessionEntityTypes`, `GetSessionEntityType`, `CreateSessionEntityType` and `UpdateSessionEntityType` only return the additional entities added in this session entity type. If you want to get the supplemented list, please call EntityTypes.GetEntityType on the custom entity type and merge."
 ],
 "type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The unique identifier of the session entity type. Format: `projects//locations//agents//sessions//entityTypes/` or `projects//locations//agents//environments//sessions//entityTypes/`. If `Environment ID` is not specified, we assume default 'draft' environment.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RestoreAgentRequestGitSource": {
-"description": "Settings for restoring from a git branch",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RestoreAgentRequestGitSource",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SessionInfo": {
+"description": "Represents session information communicated to and from the webhook.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SessionInfo",
 "properties": {
-"trackingBranch": {
-"description": "tracking branch for the git pull",
+"parameters": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"type": "any"
+},
+"description": "Optional for WebhookRequest. Optional for WebhookResponse. All parameters collected from forms and intents during the session. Parameters can be created, updated, or removed by the webhook. To remove a parameter from the session, the webhook should explicitly set the parameter value to null in WebhookResponse. The map is keyed by parameters' display names.",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"session": {
+"description": "Always present for WebhookRequest. Ignored for WebhookResponse. The unique identifier of the session. This field can be used by the webhook to identify a session. Format: `projects//locations//agents//sessions/` or `projects//locations//agents//environments//sessions/` if environment is specified.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RolloutConfig": {
-"description": "The configuration for auto rollout.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RolloutConfig",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SpeechToTextSettings": {
+"description": "Settings related to speech recognition.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SpeechToTextSettings",
 "properties": {
-"failureCondition": {
-"description": "The conditions that are used to evaluate the failure of a rollout step. If not specified, no rollout steps will fail. E.g. \"containment_rate < 10% OR average_turn_count < 3\". See the [conditions reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/condition).",
-"type": "string"
+"enableSpeechAdaptation": {
+"description": "Whether to use speech adaptation for speech recognition.",
+"type": "boolean"
+}
 },
-"rolloutCondition": {
-"description": "The conditions that are used to evaluate the success of a rollout step. If not specified, all rollout steps will proceed to the next one unless failure conditions are met. E.g. \"containment_rate > 60% AND callback_rate < 20%\". See the [conditions reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/condition).",
-"type": "string"
+"type": "object"
 },
-"rolloutSteps": {
-"description": "Steps to roll out a flow version. Steps should be sorted by percentage in ascending order.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RolloutConfigRolloutStep"
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3StartExperimentRequest": {
+"description": "The request message for Experiments.StartExperiment.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3StartExperimentRequest",
+"properties": {},
+"type": "object"
 },
-"type": "array"
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3StopExperimentRequest": {
+"description": "The request message for Experiments.StopExperiment.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3StopExperimentRequest",
+"properties": {},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SubmitAnswerFeedbackRequest": {
+"description": "The request to set the feedback for a bot answer.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SubmitAnswerFeedbackRequest",
+"properties": {
+"answerFeedback": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AnswerFeedback",
+"description": "Required. Feedback provided for a bot answer."
+},
+"responseId": {
+"description": "Required. ID of the response to update its feedback. This is the same as DetectIntentResponse.response_id.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"updateMask": {
+"description": "Optional. The mask to control which fields to update. If the mask is not present, all fields will be updated.",
+"format": "google-fieldmask",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RolloutConfigRolloutStep": {
-"description": "A single rollout step with specified traffic allocation.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RolloutConfigRolloutStep",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SynthesizeSpeechConfig": {
+"description": "Configuration of how speech should be synthesized.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SynthesizeSpeechConfig",
 "properties": {
-"displayName": {
-"description": "The name of the rollout step;",
+"effectsProfileId": {
+"description": "Optional. An identifier which selects 'audio effects' profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given.",
+"items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
-"minDuration": {
-"description": "The minimum time that this step should last. Should be longer than 1 hour. If not set, the default minimum duration for each step will be 1 hour.",
-"format": "google-duration",
-"type": "string"
+"type": "array"
 },
-"trafficPercent": {
-"description": "The percentage of traffic allocated to the flow version of this rollout step. (0%, 100%].",
-"format": "int32",
-"type": "integer"
+"pitch": {
+"description": "Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
+},
+"speakingRate": {
+"description": "Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
+},
+"voice": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3VoiceSelectionParams",
+"description": "Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio."
+},
+"volumeGainDb": {
+"description": "Optional. Volume gain (in dB) of the normal native volume supported by the specific voice, in the range [-96.0, 16.0]. If unset, or set to a value of 0.0 (dB), will play at normal native signal amplitude. A value of -6.0 (dB) will play at approximately half the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. A value of +6.0 (dB) will play at approximately twice the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. We strongly recommend not to exceed +10 (dB) as there's usually no effective increase in loudness for any value greater than that.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RolloutState": {
-"description": "State of the auto-rollout process.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RolloutState",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestCase": {
+"description": "Represents a test case.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestCase",
 "properties": {
-"startTime": {
-"description": "Start time of the current step.",
+"creationTime": {
+"description": "Output only. When the test was created.",
 "format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
-"step": {
-"description": "Display name of the current auto rollout step.",
+"displayName": {
+"description": "Required. The human-readable name of the test case, unique within the agent. Limit of 200 characters.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"stepIndex": {
-"description": "Index of the current step in the auto rollout steps list.",
-"format": "int32",
-"type": "integer"
-}
+"lastTestResult": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestCaseResult",
+"description": "The latest test result."
 },
-"type": "object"
+"name": {
+"description": "The unique identifier of the test case. TestCases.CreateTestCase will populate the name automatically. Otherwise use format: `projects//locations//agents//testCases/`.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RunContinuousTestMetadata": {
-"description": "Metadata returned for the Environments.RunContinuousTest long running operation.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RunContinuousTestMetadata",
-"properties": {
-"errors": {
-"description": "The test errors.",
+"notes": {
+"description": "Additional freeform notes about the test case. Limit of 400 characters.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"tags": {
+"description": "Tags are short descriptions that users may apply to test cases for organizational and filtering purposes. Each tag should start with \"#\" and has a limit of 30 characters.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestError"
+"type": "string"
 },
 "type": "array"
-}
 },
-"type": "object"
+"testCaseConversationTurns": {
+"description": "The conversation turns uttered when the test case was created, in chronological order. These include the canonical set of agent utterances that should occur when the agent is working properly.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ConversationTurn"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RunContinuousTestRequest": {
-"description": "The request message for Environments.RunContinuousTest.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RunContinuousTestRequest",
-"properties": {},
-"type": "object"
+"type": "array"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RunContinuousTestResponse": {
-"description": "The response message for Environments.RunContinuousTest.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RunContinuousTestResponse",
-"properties": {
-"continuousTestResult": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ContinuousTestResult",
-"description": "The result for a continuous test run."
+"testConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestConfig",
+"description": "Config for the test case."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RunTestCaseMetadata": {
-"description": "Metadata returned for the TestCases.RunTestCase long running operation. This message currently has no fields.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RunTestCaseMetadata",
-"properties": {},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RunTestCaseRequest": {
-"description": "The request message for TestCases.RunTestCase.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RunTestCaseRequest",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestCaseError": {
+"description": "Error info for importing a test.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestCaseError",
 "properties": {
-"environment": {
-"description": "Optional. Environment name. If not set, draft environment is assumed. Format: `projects//locations//agents//environments/`.",
-"type": "string"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
+"status": {
+"$ref": "GoogleRpcStatus",
+"description": "The status associated with the test case."
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RunTestCaseResponse": {
-"description": "The response message for TestCases.RunTestCase.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3RunTestCaseResponse",
-"properties": {
-"result": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestCaseResult",
-"description": "The result."
+"testCase": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestCase",
+"description": "The test case."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SafetySettings": {
-"description": "Settings for Generative Safety.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SafetySettings",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestCaseResult": {
+"description": "Represents a result from running a test case in an agent environment.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestCaseResult",
 "properties": {
-"bannedPhrases": {
-"description": "Banned phrases for generated text.",
+"conversationTurns": {
+"description": "The conversation turns uttered during the test case replay in chronological order.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SafetySettingsPhrase"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ConversationTurn"
 },
 "type": "array"
-}
 },
-"type": "object"
+"environment": {
+"description": "Environment where the test was run. If not set, it indicates the draft environment.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SafetySettingsPhrase": {
-"description": "Text input which can be used for prompt or banned phrases.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SafetySettingsPhrase",
-"properties": {
-"languageCode": {
-"description": "Required. Language code of the phrase.",
+"name": {
+"description": "The resource name for the test case result. Format: `projects//locations//agents//testCases//results/`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"text": {
-"description": "Required. Text input which can be used for prompt or banned phrases.",
+"testResult": {
+"description": "Whether the test case passed in the agent environment.",
+"enum": [
+"TEST_RESULT_UNSPECIFIED",
+"PASSED",
+"FAILED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Not specified. Should never be used.",
+"The test passed.",
+"The test did not pass."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"testTime": {
+"description": "The time that the test was run.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SearchConfig": {
-"description": "Search configuration for UCS search queries.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SearchConfig",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestConfig": {
+"description": "Represents configurations for a test case.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestConfig",
 "properties": {
-"boostSpecs": {
-"description": "Optional. Boosting configuration for the datastores. Maps from datastore name to their boost configuration. Do not specify more than one BoostSpecs for each datastore name. If multiple BoostSpecs are provided for the same datastore name, the behavior is undefined.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BoostSpecs"
+"flow": {
+"description": "Flow name to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"type": "array"
+"page": {
+"description": "The page to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"filterSpecs": {
-"description": "Optional. Filter configuration for the datastores. Maps from datastore name to the filter expression for that datastore. Do not specify more than one FilterSpecs for each datastore name. If multiple FilterSpecs are provided for the same datastore name, the behavior is undefined.",
+"trackingParameters": {
+"description": "Session parameters to be compared when calculating differences.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3FilterSpecs"
+"type": "string"
 },
 "type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SecuritySettings": {
-"description": "Represents the settings related to security issues, such as data redaction and data retention. It may take hours for updates on the settings to propagate to all the related components and take effect.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SecuritySettings",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestError": {
+"description": "Error info for running a test.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestError",
 "properties": {
-"audioExportSettings": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SecuritySettingsAudioExportSettings",
-"description": "Controls audio export settings for post-conversation analytics when ingesting audio to conversations via Participants.AnalyzeContent or Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION or audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket is empty, audio export is disabled. If audio export is enabled, audio is recorded and saved to audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket, subject to retention policy of audio_export_settings.gcs_bucket. This setting won't effect audio input for implicit sessions via Sessions.DetectIntent or Sessions.StreamingDetectIntent."
+"status": {
+"$ref": "GoogleRpcStatus",
+"description": "The status associated with the test."
 },
-"deidentifyTemplate": {
-"description": "[DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) deidentify template name. Use this template to define de-identification configuration for the content. The `DLP De-identify Templates Reader` role is needed on the Dialogflow service identity service account (has the form `service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com`) for your agent's project. If empty, Dialogflow replaces sensitive info with `[redacted]` text. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//deidentifyTemplates/` Note: `deidentify_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`.",
+"testCase": {
+"description": "The test case resource name.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"displayName": {
-"description": "Required. The human-readable name of the security settings, unique within the location.",
+"testTime": {
+"description": "The timestamp when the test was completed.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
 "type": "string"
+}
 },
-"insightsExportSettings": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SecuritySettingsInsightsExportSettings",
-"description": "Controls conversation exporting settings to Insights after conversation is completed. If retention_strategy is set to REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION, Insights export is disabled no matter what you configure here."
-},
-"inspectTemplate": {
-"description": "[DLP](https://cloud.google.com/dlp/docs) inspect template name. Use this template to define inspect base settings. The `DLP Inspect Templates Reader` role is needed on the Dialogflow service identity service account (has the form `service-PROJECT_NUMBER@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com`) for your agent's project. If empty, we use the default DLP inspect config. The template name will have one of the following formats: `projects//locations//inspectTemplates/` OR `organizations//locations//inspectTemplates/` Note: `inspect_template` must be located in the same region as the `SecuritySettings`.",
-"type": "string"
+"type": "object"
 },
-"name": {
-"description": "Resource name of the settings. Required for the SecuritySettingsService.UpdateSecuritySettings method. SecuritySettingsService.CreateSecuritySettings populates the name automatically. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`.",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestRunDifference": {
+"description": "The description of differences between original and replayed agent output.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestRunDifference",
+"properties": {
+"description": {
+"description": "A human readable description of the diff, showing the actual output vs expected output.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"purgeDataTypes": {
-"description": "List of types of data to remove when retention settings triggers purge.",
-"items": {
+"type": {
+"description": "The type of diff.",
 "enum": [
-"PURGE_DATA_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
-"DIALOGFLOW_HISTORY"
+"DIFF_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"INTENT",
+"PAGE",
+"PARAMETERS",
+"UTTERANCE",
+"FLOW"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
-"Unspecified. Do not use.",
-"Dialogflow history. This does not include Cloud logging, which is owned by the user - not Dialogflow."
+"Should never be used.",
+"The intent.",
+"The page.",
+"The parameters.",
+"The message utterance.",
+"The flow."
 ],
 "type": "string"
+}
 },
-"type": "array"
+"type": "object"
 },
-"redactionScope": {
-"description": "Defines the data for which Dialogflow applies redaction. Dialogflow does not redact data that it does not have access to \u2013 for example, Cloud logging.",
-"enum": [
-"REDACTION_SCOPE_UNSPECIFIED",
-"REDACT_DISK_STORAGE"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Don't redact any kind of data.",
-"On data to be written to disk or similar devices that are capable of holding data even if power is disconnected. This includes data that are temporarily saved on disk."
-],
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TextInput": {
+"description": "Represents the natural language text to be processed.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TextInput",
+"properties": {
+"text": {
+"description": "Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed.",
 "type": "string"
+}
 },
-"redactionStrategy": {
-"description": "Strategy that defines how we do redaction.",
-"enum": [
-"REDACTION_STRATEGY_UNSPECIFIED",
-"REDACT_WITH_SERVICE"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Do not redact.",
-"Call redaction service to clean up the data to be persisted."
-],
-"type": "string"
+"type": "object"
 },
-"retentionStrategy": {
-"description": "Specifies the retention behavior defined by SecuritySettings.RetentionStrategy.",
-"enum": [
-"RETENTION_STRATEGY_UNSPECIFIED",
-"REMOVE_AFTER_CONVERSATION"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Retains the persisted data with Dialogflow's internal default 365d TTLs.",
-"Removes data when the conversation ends. If there is no Conversation explicitly established, a default conversation ends when the corresponding Dialogflow session ends."
-],
-"type": "string"
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TextToSpeechSettings": {
+"description": "Settings related to speech synthesizing.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TextToSpeechSettings",
+"properties": {
+"synthesizeSpeechConfigs": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SynthesizeSpeechConfig"
 },
-"retentionWindowDays": {
-"description": "Retains the data for the specified number of days. User must set a value lower than Dialogflow's default 365d TTL (30 days for Agent Assist traffic), higher value will be ignored and use default. Setting a value higher than that has no effect. A missing value or setting to 0 also means we use default TTL. When data retention configuration is changed, it only applies to the data created after the change; the TTL of existing data created before the change stays intact.",
-"format": "int32",
-"type": "integer"
+"description": "Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig. These settings affect: - The [phone gateway](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/integration/phone-gateway) synthesize configuration set via Agent.text_to_speech_settings. - How speech is synthesized when invoking session APIs. Agent.text_to_speech_settings only applies if OutputAudioConfig.synthesize_speech_config is not specified.",
+"type": "object"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SecuritySettingsAudioExportSettings": {
-"description": "Settings for exporting audio.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SecuritySettingsAudioExportSettings",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Tool": {
+"description": "A tool provides a list of actions which are available to the Playbook to attain its goal. A Tool consists of a description of the tool's usage and a specification of the tool which contains the schema and authentication information.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3Tool",
 "properties": {
-"audioExportPattern": {
-"description": "Filename pattern for exported audio.",
+"dataStoreSpec": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolDataStoreTool",
+"description": "Data store search tool specification."
+},
+"description": {
+"description": "Required. High level description of the Tool and its usage.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"audioFormat": {
-"description": "File format for exported audio file. Currently only in telephony recordings.",
-"enum": [
-"AUDIO_FORMAT_UNSPECIFIED",
-"MULAW",
-"MP3",
-"OGG"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Unspecified. Do not use.",
-"G.711 mu-law PCM with 8kHz sample rate.",
-"MP3 file format.",
-"OGG Vorbis."
-],
+"displayName": {
+"description": "Required. The human-readable name of the Tool, unique within an agent.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"enableAudioRedaction": {
-"description": "Enable audio redaction if it is true. Note that this only redacts end-user audio data; Synthesised audio from the virtual agent is not redacted.",
-"type": "boolean"
+"functionSpec": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolFunctionTool",
+"description": "Client side executed function specification."
 },
-"gcsBucket": {
-"description": "Cloud Storage bucket to export audio record to. Setting this field would grant the Storage Object Creator role to the Dialogflow Service Agent. API caller that tries to modify this field should have the permission of storage.buckets.setIamPolicy.",
+"name": {
+"description": "The unique identifier of the Tool. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"storeTtsAudio": {
-"description": "Whether to store TTS audio. By default, TTS audio from the virtual agent is not exported.",
-"type": "boolean"
+"openApiSpec": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolOpenApiTool",
+"description": "OpenAPI specification of the Tool."
+},
+"toolType": {
+"description": "Output only. The tool type.",
+"enum": [
+"TOOL_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"CUSTOMIZED_TOOL",
+"BUILTIN_TOOL"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Default value. This value is unused.",
+"Customer provided tool.",
+"First party built-in tool created by Dialogflow which cannot be modified."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SecuritySettingsInsightsExportSettings": {
-"description": "Settings for exporting conversations to [Insights](https://cloud.google.com/contact-center/insights/docs).",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SecuritySettingsInsightsExportSettings",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolAuthentication": {
+"description": "Authentication information required for API calls",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolAuthentication",
 "properties": {
-"enableInsightsExport": {
-"description": "If enabled, we will automatically exports conversations to Insights and Insights runs its analyzers.",
-"type": "boolean"
-}
+"apiKeyConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolAuthenticationApiKeyConfig",
+"description": "Config for API key auth."
 },
-"type": "object"
+"bearerTokenConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolAuthenticationBearerTokenConfig",
+"description": "Config for bearer token auth."
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SentimentAnalysisResult": {
-"description": "The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SentimentAnalysisResult",
-"properties": {
-"magnitude": {
-"description": "A non-negative number in the [0, +inf) range, which represents the absolute magnitude of sentiment, regardless of score (positive or negative).",
-"format": "float",
-"type": "number"
+"oauthConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolAuthenticationOAuthConfig",
+"description": "Config for OAuth."
 },
-"score": {
-"description": "Sentiment score between -1.0 (negative sentiment) and 1.0 (positive sentiment).",
-"format": "float",
-"type": "number"
+"serviceAgentAuthConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolAuthenticationServiceAgentAuthConfig",
+"description": "Config for [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent) auth."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SessionEntityType": {
-"description": "Session entity types are referred to as **User** entity types and are entities that are built for an individual user such as favorites, preferences, playlists, and so on. You can redefine a session entity type at the session level to extend or replace a custom entity type at the user session level (we refer to the entity types defined at the agent level as \"custom entity types\"). Note: session entity types apply to all queries, regardless of the language. For more information about entity types, see the [Dialogflow documentation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/docs/entities-overview).",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SessionEntityType",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolAuthenticationApiKeyConfig": {
+"description": "Config for authentication with API key.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolAuthenticationApiKeyConfig",
 "properties": {
-"entities": {
-"description": "Required. The collection of entities to override or supplement the custom entity type.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3EntityTypeEntity"
+"apiKey": {
+"description": "Optional. The API key. If the `secret_version_for_api_key` field is set, this field will be ignored.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"type": "array"
+"keyName": {
+"description": "Required. The parameter name or the header name of the API key. E.g., If the API request is \"https://example.com/act?X-Api-Key=\", \"X-Api-Key\" would be the parameter name.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"entityOverrideMode": {
-"description": "Required. Indicates whether the additional data should override or supplement the custom entity type definition.",
+"requestLocation": {
+"description": "Required. Key location in the request.",
 "enum": [
-"ENTITY_OVERRIDE_MODE_UNSPECIFIED",
-"ENTITY_OVERRIDE_MODE_OVERRIDE",
-"ENTITY_OVERRIDE_MODE_SUPPLEMENT"
+"REQUEST_LOCATION_UNSPECIFIED",
+"HEADER",
+"QUERY_STRING"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
-"Not specified. This value should be never used.",
-"The collection of session entities overrides the collection of entities in the corresponding custom entity type.",
-"The collection of session entities extends the collection of entities in the corresponding custom entity type. Note: Even in this override mode calls to `ListSessionEntityTypes`, `GetSessionEntityType`, `CreateSessionEntityType` and `UpdateSessionEntityType` only return the additional entities added in this session entity type. If you want to get the supplemented list, please call EntityTypes.GetEntityType on the custom entity type and merge."
+"Default value. This value is unused.",
+"Represents the key in http header.",
+"Represents the key in query string."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
-"name": {
-"description": "Required. The unique identifier of the session entity type. Format: `projects//locations//agents//sessions//entityTypes/` or `projects//locations//agents//environments//sessions//entityTypes/`. If `Environment ID` is not specified, we assume default 'draft' environment.",
+"secretVersionForApiKey": {
+"description": "Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the API key. If this field is set, the `api_key` field will be ignored. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}`",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SessionInfo": {
-"description": "Represents session information communicated to and from the webhook.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SessionInfo",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolAuthenticationBearerTokenConfig": {
+"description": "Config for authentication using bearer token.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolAuthenticationBearerTokenConfig",
 "properties": {
-"parameters": {
-"additionalProperties": {
-"type": "any"
-},
-"description": "Optional for WebhookRequest. Optional for WebhookResponse. All parameters collected from forms and intents during the session. Parameters can be created, updated, or removed by the webhook. To remove a parameter from the session, the webhook should explicitly set the parameter value to null in WebhookResponse. The map is keyed by parameters' display names.",
-"type": "object"
+"secretVersionForToken": {
+"description": "Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the Bearer token. If this field is set, the `token` field will be ignored. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}`",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"session": {
-"description": "Always present for WebhookRequest. Ignored for WebhookResponse. The unique identifier of the session. This field can be used by the webhook to identify a session. Format: `projects//locations//agents//sessions/` or `projects//locations//agents//environments//sessions/` if environment is specified.",
+"token": {
+"description": "Optional. The text token appended to the text `Bearer` to the request Authorization header. [Session parameters reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/parameter#session-ref) can be used to pass the token dynamically, e.g. `$session.params.parameter-id`.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SpeechToTextSettings": {
-"description": "Settings related to speech recognition.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SpeechToTextSettings",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolAuthenticationOAuthConfig": {
+"description": "Config for authentication with OAuth.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolAuthenticationOAuthConfig",
 "properties": {
-"enableSpeechAdaptation": {
-"description": "Whether to use speech adaptation for speech recognition.",
-"type": "boolean"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
+"clientId": {
+"description": "Required. The client ID from the OAuth provider.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3StartExperimentRequest": {
-"description": "The request message for Experiments.StartExperiment.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3StartExperimentRequest",
-"properties": {},
-"type": "object"
+"clientSecret": {
+"description": "Optional. The client secret from the OAuth provider. If the `secret_version_for_client_secret` field is set, this field will be ignored.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3StopExperimentRequest": {
-"description": "The request message for Experiments.StopExperiment.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3StopExperimentRequest",
-"properties": {},
-"type": "object"
+"oauthGrantType": {
+"description": "Required. OAuth grant types.",
+"enum": [
+"OAUTH_GRANT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"CLIENT_CREDENTIAL"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Default value. This value is unused.",
+"Represents the [client credential flow](https://oauth.net/2/grant-types/client-credentials)."
+],
+"type": "string"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SubmitAnswerFeedbackRequest": {
-"description": "The request to set the feedback for a bot answer.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SubmitAnswerFeedbackRequest",
-"properties": {
-"answerFeedback": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AnswerFeedback",
-"description": "Required. Feedback provided for a bot answer."
+"scopes": {
+"description": "Optional. The OAuth scopes to grant.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
 },
-"responseId": {
-"description": "Required. ID of the response to update its feedback. This is the same as DetectIntentResponse.response_id.",
+"type": "array"
+},
+"secretVersionForClientSecret": {
+"description": "Optional. The name of the SecretManager secret version resource storing the client secret. If this field is set, the `client_secret` field will be ignored. Format: `projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}`",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"updateMask": {
-"description": "Optional. The mask to control which fields to update. If the mask is not present, all fields will be updated.",
-"format": "google-fieldmask",
+"tokenEndpoint": {
+"description": "Required. The token endpoint in the OAuth provider to exchange for an access token.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SynthesizeSpeechConfig": {
-"description": "Configuration of how speech should be synthesized.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SynthesizeSpeechConfig",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolAuthenticationServiceAgentAuthConfig": {
+"description": "Config for auth using [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent).",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolAuthenticationServiceAgentAuthConfig",
 "properties": {
-"effectsProfileId": {
-"description": "Optional. An identifier which selects 'audio effects' profiles that are applied on (post synthesized) text to speech. Effects are applied on top of each other in the order they are given.",
-"items": {
+"serviceAgentAuth": {
+"description": "Optional. Indicate the auth token type generated from the [Diglogflow service agent](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#dialogflow-service-agent). The generated token is sent in the Authorization header.",
+"enum": [
+"SERVICE_AGENT_AUTH_UNSPECIFIED",
+"ID_TOKEN",
+"ACCESS_TOKEN"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Service agent auth type unspecified. Default to ID_TOKEN.",
+"Use [ID token](https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication/token-types#id) generated from service agent. This can be used to access Cloud Function and Cloud Run after you grant Invoker role to `service-@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com`.",
+"Use [access token](https://cloud.google.com/docs/authentication/token-types#access) generated from service agent. This can be used to access other Google Cloud APIs after you grant required roles to `service-@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com`."
+],
 "type": "string"
+}
 },
-"type": "array"
+"type": "object"
 },
-"pitch": {
-"description": "Optional. Speaking pitch, in the range [-20.0, 20.0]. 20 means increase 20 semitones from the original pitch. -20 means decrease 20 semitones from the original pitch.",
-"format": "double",
-"type": "number"
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolCall": {
+"description": "Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolCall",
+"properties": {
+"action": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"speakingRate": {
-"description": "Optional. Speaking rate/speed, in the range [0.25, 4.0]. 1.0 is the normal native speed supported by the specific voice. 2.0 is twice as fast, and 0.5 is half as fast. If unset(0.0), defaults to the native 1.0 speed. Any other values < 0.25 or > 4.0 will return an error.",
-"format": "double",
-"type": "number"
+"inputParameters": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object.",
+"type": "any"
 },
-"voice": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3VoiceSelectionParams",
-"description": "Optional. The desired voice of the synthesized audio."
+"description": "Optional. The action's input parameters.",
+"type": "object"
 },
-"volumeGainDb": {
-"description": "Optional. Volume gain (in dB) of the normal native volume supported by the specific voice, in the range [-96.0, 16.0]. If unset, or set to a value of 0.0 (dB), will play at normal native signal amplitude. A value of -6.0 (dB) will play at approximately half the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. A value of +6.0 (dB) will play at approximately twice the amplitude of the normal native signal amplitude. We strongly recommend not to exceed +10 (dB) as there's usually no effective increase in loudness for any value greater than that.",
-"format": "double",
-"type": "number"
+"tool": {
+"description": "Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestCase": {
-"description": "Represents a test case.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestCase",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolCallResult": {
+"description": "The result of calling a tool's action that has been executed by the client.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolCallResult",
 "properties": {
-"creationTime": {
-"description": "Output only. When the test was created.",
-"format": "google-datetime",
-"readOnly": true,
+"action": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"displayName": {
-"description": "Required. The human-readable name of the test case, unique within the agent. Limit of 200 characters.",
-"type": "string"
+"error": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolCallResultError",
+"description": "The tool call's error."
 },
-"lastTestResult": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestCaseResult",
-"description": "The latest test result."
+"outputParameters": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object.",
+"type": "any"
 },
-"name": {
-"description": "The unique identifier of the test case. TestCases.CreateTestCase will populate the name automatically. Otherwise use format: `projects//locations//agents//testCases/`.",
-"type": "string"
+"description": "The tool call's output parameters.",
+"type": "object"
 },
-"notes": {
-"description": "Additional freeform notes about the test case. Limit of 400 characters.",
+"tool": {
+"description": "Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`.",
 "type": "string"
+}
 },
-"tags": {
-"description": "Tags are short descriptions that users may apply to test cases for organizational and filtering purposes. Each tag should start with \"#\" and has a limit of 30 characters.",
-"items": {
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolCallResultError": {
+"description": "An error produced by the tool call.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolCallResultError",
+"properties": {
+"message": {
+"description": "Optional. The error message of the function.",
 "type": "string"
+}
 },
-"type": "array"
+"type": "object"
 },
-"testCaseConversationTurns": {
-"description": "The conversation turns uttered when the test case was created, in chronological order. These include the canonical set of agent utterances that should occur when the agent is working properly.",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolDataStoreTool": {
+"description": "A DataStoreTool is a way to provide specifications needed to search a list of data stores.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolDataStoreTool",
+"properties": {
+"dataStoreConnections": {
+"description": "Required. List of data stores to search.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ConversationTurn"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3DataStoreConnection"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
-"testConfig": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestConfig",
-"description": "Config for the test case."
+"fallbackPrompt": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolDataStoreToolFallbackPrompt",
+"description": "Required. Fallback prompt configurations to use."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestCaseError": {
-"description": "Error info for importing a test.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestCaseError",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolDataStoreToolFallbackPrompt": {
+"description": "A FallbackPrompt is a way to provide specifications for the Data Store fallback prompt when generating responses.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolDataStoreToolFallbackPrompt",
+"properties": {},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolFunctionTool": {
+"description": "A Function tool describes the functions to be invoked on the client side.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolFunctionTool",
 "properties": {
-"status": {
-"$ref": "GoogleRpcStatus",
-"description": "The status associated with the test case."
+"inputSchema": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object.",
+"type": "any"
 },
-"testCase": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestCase",
-"description": "The test case."
+"description": "Optional. The JSON schema is encapsulated in a google.protobuf.Struct to describe the input of the function. This input is a JSON object that contains the function's parameters as properties of the object.",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"outputSchema": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object.",
+"type": "any"
+},
+"description": "Optional. The JSON schema is encapsulated in a google.protobuf.Struct to describe the output of the function. This output is a JSON object that contains the function's parameters as properties of the object.",
+"type": "object"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestCaseResult": {
-"description": "Represents a result from running a test case in an agent environment.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestCaseResult",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolOpenApiTool": {
+"description": "An OpenAPI tool is a way to provide the Tool specifications in the Open API schema format.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolOpenApiTool",
 "properties": {
-"conversationTurns": {
-"description": "The conversation turns uttered during the test case replay in chronological order.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ConversationTurn"
-},
-"type": "array"
-},
-"environment": {
-"description": "Environment where the test was run. If not set, it indicates the draft environment.",
-"type": "string"
+"authentication": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolAuthentication",
+"description": "Optional. Authentication information required by the API."
 },
-"name": {
-"description": "The resource name for the test case result. Format: `projects//locations//agents//testCases//results/`.",
-"type": "string"
+"serviceDirectoryConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolServiceDirectoryConfig",
+"description": "Optional. Service Directory configuration."
 },
-"testResult": {
-"description": "Whether the test case passed in the agent environment.",
-"enum": [
-"TEST_RESULT_UNSPECIFIED",
-"PASSED",
-"FAILED"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Not specified. Should never be used.",
-"The test passed.",
-"The test did not pass."
-],
+"textSchema": {
+"description": "Required. The OpenAPI schema specified as a text.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"testTime": {
-"description": "The time that the test was run.",
-"format": "google-datetime",
-"type": "string"
+"tlsConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolTLSConfig",
+"description": "Optional. TLS configuration for the HTTPS verification."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestConfig": {
-"description": "Represents configurations for a test case.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestConfig",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolServiceDirectoryConfig": {
+"description": "Configuration for tools using Service Directory.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolServiceDirectoryConfig",
 "properties": {
-"flow": {
-"description": "Flow name to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow.",
+"service": {
+"description": "Required. The name of [Service Directory](https://cloud.google.com/service-directory) service. Format: `projects//locations//namespaces//services/`. `LocationID` of the service directory must be the same as the location of the agent.",
 "type": "string"
+}
 },
-"page": {
-"description": "The page to start the test case with. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. Only one of `flow` and `page` should be set to indicate the starting point of the test case. If neither is set, the test case will start with start page on the default start flow.",
-"type": "string"
+"type": "object"
 },
-"trackingParameters": {
-"description": "Session parameters to be compared when calculating differences.",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolTLSConfig": {
+"description": "The TLS configuration.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolTLSConfig",
+"properties": {
+"caCerts": {
+"description": "Required. Specifies a list of allowed custom CA certificates for HTTPS verification.",
 "items": {
-"type": "string"
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolTLSConfigCACert"
 },
 "type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestError": {
-"description": "Error info for running a test.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestError",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolTLSConfigCACert": {
+"description": "The CA certificate.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolTLSConfigCACert",
 "properties": {
-"status": {
-"$ref": "GoogleRpcStatus",
-"description": "The status associated with the test."
-},
-"testCase": {
-"description": "The test case resource name.",
+"cert": {
+"description": "Required. The allowed custom CA certificates (in DER format) for HTTPS verification. This overrides the default SSL trust store. If this is empty or unspecified, Dialogflow will use Google's default trust store to verify certificates. N.B. Make sure the HTTPS server certificates are signed with \"subject alt name\". For instance a certificate can be self-signed using the following command: ``` openssl x509 -req -days 200 -in example.com.csr \\ -signkey example.com.key \\ -out example.com.crt \\ -extfile <(printf \"\\nsubjectAltName='DNS:www.example.com'\") ```",
+"format": "byte",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"testTime": {
-"description": "The timestamp when the test was completed.",
-"format": "google-datetime",
+"displayName": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the allowed custom CA certificates. This can be used to disambiguate the custom CA certificates.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestRunDifference": {
-"description": "The description of differences between original and replayed agent output.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TestRunDifference",
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolUse": {
+"description": "Stores metadata of the invocation of an action supported by a tool.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolUse",
 "properties": {
-"description": {
-"description": "A human readable description of the diff, showing the actual output vs expected output.",
+"action": {
+"description": "Optional. Name of the action to be called during the tool use.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"type": {
-"description": "The type of diff.",
-"enum": [
-"DIFF_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
-"INTENT",
-"PAGE",
-"PARAMETERS",
-"UTTERANCE",
-"FLOW"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Should never be used.",
-"The intent.",
-"The page.",
-"The parameters.",
-"The message utterance.",
-"The flow."
-],
+"displayName": {
+"description": "Output only. The display name of the tool.",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
-}
 },
-"type": "object"
-},
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TextInput": {
-"description": "Represents the natural language text to be processed.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TextInput",
-"properties": {
-"text": {
-"description": "Required. The UTF-8 encoded natural language text to be processed.",
-"type": "string"
-}
+"inputActionParameters": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object.",
+"type": "any"
 },
+"description": "Optional. A list of input parameters for the action.",
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TextToSpeechSettings": {
-"description": "Settings related to speech synthesizing.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TextToSpeechSettings",
-"properties": {
-"synthesizeSpeechConfigs": {
+"outputActionParameters": {
 "additionalProperties": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3SynthesizeSpeechConfig"
+"description": "Properties of the object.",
+"type": "any"
 },
-"description": "Configuration of how speech should be synthesized, mapping from language (https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/language) to SynthesizeSpeechConfig. These settings affect: - The [phone gateway](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/concept/integration/phone-gateway) synthesize configuration set via Agent.text_to_speech_settings. - How speech is synthesized when invoking session APIs. Agent.text_to_speech_settings only applies if OutputAudioConfig.synthesize_speech_config is not specified.",
+"description": "Optional. A list of output parameters generated by the action.",
 "type": "object"
+},
+"tool": {
+"description": "Required. The tool that should be used. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -9675,6 +11367,17 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3UserUtterance": {
+"description": "UserUtterance represents one message sent by the customer.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3UserUtterance",
+"properties": {
+"text": {
+"description": "Required. Message content in text.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ValidateAgentRequest": {
 "description": "The request message for Agents.ValidateAgent.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ValidateAgentRequest",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json
index 81f9109c51d..de231da8e34 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json
@@ -5436,7 +5436,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250414",
+"revision": "20250422",
 "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": {
@@ -6808,6 +6808,10 @@
 "text": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TextInput",
 "description": "The natural language text to be processed."
+},
+"toolCallResult": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolCallResult",
+"description": "The results of a tool executed by the client."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -6881,6 +6885,10 @@
 "text": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ResponseMessageText",
 "description": "Returns a text response."
+},
+"toolCall": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolCall",
+"description": "Returns the definition of a tool call that should be executed by the client."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -7275,6 +7283,67 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolCall": {
+"description": "Represents a call of a specific tool's action with the specified inputs.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolCall",
+"properties": {
+"action": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"inputParameters": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object.",
+"type": "any"
+},
+"description": "Optional. The action's input parameters.",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"tool": {
+"description": "Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolCallResult": {
+"description": "The result of calling a tool's action that has been executed by the client.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolCallResult",
+"properties": {
+"action": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the tool's action associated with this call.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"error": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolCallResultError",
+"description": "The tool call's error."
+},
+"outputParameters": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object.",
+"type": "any"
+},
+"description": "The tool call's output parameters.",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"tool": {
+"description": "Required. The tool associated with this call. Format: `projects//locations//agents//tools/`.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolCallResultError": {
+"description": "An error produced by the tool call.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3ToolCallResultError",
+"properties": {
+"message": {
+"description": "Optional. The error message of the function.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRoute": {
 "description": "A transition route specifies a intent that can be matched and/or a data condition that can be evaluated during a session. When a specified transition is matched, the following actions are taken in order: * If there is a `trigger_fulfillment` associated with the transition, it will be called. * If there is a `target_page` associated with the transition, the session will transition into the specified page. * If there is a `target_flow` associated with the transition, the session will transition into the specified flow.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3TransitionRoute",
@@ -9943,9 +10012,9 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1Exception": {
+"GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1ExceptionDetail": {
 "description": "Exception thrown during the execution of an action.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1Exception",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1ExceptionDetail",
 "properties": {
 "errorMessage": {
 "description": "Optional. The error message.",
@@ -10491,13 +10560,11 @@
 "description": "Optional. The data format of the exported tools. If not specified, `BLOB` is assumed.",
 "enum": [
 "DATA_FORMAT_UNSPECIFIED",
-"BLOB",
-"JSON"
+"BLOB"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Unspecified format. Treated as `BLOB`.",
-"Tools will be exported as raw bytes.",
-"Tools will be exported in JSON format."
+"Tools will be exported as raw bytes."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -14195,7 +14262,7 @@ false
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1Status",
 "properties": {
 "exception": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1Exception",
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1ExceptionDetail",
 "description": "Optional. The exception thrown during the execution of the action."
 }
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json
index 09fa5a9670e..615d0a0de64 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json
@@ -3507,6 +3507,34 @@
 },
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
+"cancel": {
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.operations.cancel",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}:cancel",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningCancelOperationRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
 "get": {
 "description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/operations/{operationsId}",
@@ -6945,7 +6973,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250410",
+"revision": "20250419",
 "rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleApiDistribution": {
@@ -7569,6 +7597,60 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerGenerationSpec": {
+"description": "The specification for answer generation.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerGenerationSpec",
+"properties": {
+"userDefinedClassifierSpec": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerGenerationSpecUserDefinedClassifierSpec",
+"description": "Optional. The specification for user specified classifier spec."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerGenerationSpecUserDefinedClassifierSpec": {
+"description": "The specification for user defined classifier.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerGenerationSpecUserDefinedClassifierSpec",
+"properties": {
+"enableUserDefinedClassifier": {
+"description": "Optional. Whether or not to enable and include user defined classifier.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"modelId": {
+"description": "Optional. The model id to be used for the user defined classifier.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"preamble": {
+"description": "Optional. The preamble to be used for the user defined classifier.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"seed": {
+"description": "Optional. The seed value to be used for the user defined classifier.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"taskMarker": {
+"description": "Optional. The task marker to be used for the user defined classifier.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"temperature": {
+"description": "Optional. The temperature value to be used for the user defined classifier.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
+},
+"topK": {
+"description": "Optional. The top-k value to be used for the user defined classifier.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"topP": {
+"description": "Optional. The top-p value to be used for the user defined classifier.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerGroundingSupport": {
 "description": "Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerGroundingSupport",
@@ -8939,6 +9021,11 @@
 "description": "Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim doesn't require attribution/grounding check, this field will be set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore citation_indices should not be returned.",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
+"score": {
+"description": "Confidence score for the claim in the answer candidate, in the range of [0, 1]. This is set only when enable_claim_level_score is true.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
+},
 "startPos": {
 "description": "Position indicating the start of the claim in the answer candidate, measured in bytes. Note that this is not measured in characters and, therefore, must be rendered in the user interface keeping in mind that some characters may take more than one byte. For example, if the claim text contains non-ASCII characters, the start and end positions vary when measured in characters (programming-language-dependent) and when measured in bytes (programming-language-independent).",
 "format": "int32",
@@ -8955,6 +9042,10 @@
 "description": "The threshold (in [0,1]) used for determining whether a fact must be cited for a claim in the answer candidate. Choosing a higher threshold will lead to fewer but very strong citations, while choosing a lower threshold may lead to more but somewhat weaker citations. If unset, the threshold will default to 0.6.",
 "format": "double",
 "type": "number"
+},
+"enableClaimLevelScore": {
+"description": "The control flag that enables claim-level grounding score in the response.",
+"type": "boolean"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -10340,7 +10431,7 @@
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DocumentContent",
 "properties": {
 "mimeType": {
-"description": "The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.",
+"description": "The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "rawBytes": {
@@ -10508,6 +10599,27 @@
 "enableTableAnnotation": {
 "description": "Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing.",
 "type": "boolean"
+},
+"excludeHtmlClasses": {
+"description": "Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"excludeHtmlElements": {
+"description": "Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"excludeHtmlIds": {
+"description": "Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -10629,6 +10741,10 @@
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
+"mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfig",
+"description": "Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical."
+},
 "name": {
 "description": "Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.",
 "type": "string"
@@ -10728,6 +10844,97 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfig": {
+"description": "Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfig",
+"properties": {
+"engineFeaturesConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigEngineFeaturesConfig",
+"description": "Optional. Additional engine features config."
+},
+"optimizationObjective": {
+"description": "The optimization objective. e.g., `cvr`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `ctr`, `cvr`. If not specified, we choose default based on engine type. Default depends on type of recommendation: `recommended-for-you` => `ctr` `others-you-may-like` => `ctr`",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"optimizationObjectiveConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigOptimizationObjectiveConfig",
+"description": "Name and value of the custom threshold for cvr optimization_objective. For target_field `watch-time`, target_field_value must be an integer value indicating the media progress time in seconds between (0, 86400] (excludes 0, includes 86400) (e.g., 90). For target_field `watch-percentage`, the target_field_value must be a valid float value between (0, 1.0] (excludes 0, includes 1.0) (e.g., 0.5)."
+},
+"trainingState": {
+"description": "The training state that the engine is in (e.g. `TRAINING` or `PAUSED`). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train engine in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for `CreateEngine` method is `TRAINING`. The default value for `UpdateEngine` method is to keep the state the same as before.",
+"enum": [
+"TRAINING_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"PAUSED",
+"TRAINING"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified training state.",
+"The engine training is paused.",
+"The engine is training."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": {
+"description": "Required. The type of engine. e.g., `recommended-for-you`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `more-like-this`, `most-popular-items`.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigEngineFeaturesConfig": {
+"description": "More feature configs of the selected engine type.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigEngineFeaturesConfig",
+"properties": {
+"mostPopularConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigMostPopularFeatureConfig",
+"description": "Most popular engine feature config."
+},
+"recommendedForYouConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigRecommendedForYouFeatureConfig",
+"description": "Recommended for you engine feature config."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigMostPopularFeatureConfig": {
+"description": "Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigMostPopularFeatureConfig",
+"properties": {
+"timeWindowDays": {
+"description": "The time window of which the engine is queried at training and prediction time. Positive integers only. The value translates to the last X days of events. Currently required for the `most-popular-items` engine.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigOptimizationObjectiveConfig": {
+"description": "Custom threshold for `cvr` optimization_objective.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigOptimizationObjectiveConfig",
+"properties": {
+"targetField": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the field to target. Currently supported values: `watch-percentage`, `watch-time`.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"targetFieldValueFloat": {
+"description": "Required. The threshold to be applied to the target (e.g., 0.5).",
+"format": "float",
+"type": "number"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigRecommendedForYouFeatureConfig": {
+"description": "Additional feature configurations for creating a `recommended-for-you` engine.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigRecommendedForYouFeatureConfig",
+"properties": {
+"contextEventType": {
+"description": "The type of event with which the engine is queried at prediction time. If set to `generic`, only `view-item`, `media-play`,and `media-complete` will be used as `context-event` in engine training. If set to `view-home-page`, `view-home-page` will also be used as `context-events` in addition to `view-item`, `media-play`, and `media-complete`. Currently supported for the `recommended-for-you` engine. Currently supported values: `view-home-page`, `generic`.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineSearchEngineConfig": {
 "description": "Configurations for a Search Engine.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineSearchEngineConfig",
@@ -10772,6 +10979,10 @@
 "description": "Text content of the fact chunk. Can be at most 10K characters long.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"domain": {
+"description": "The domain of the source.",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "index": {
 "description": "The index of this chunk. Currently, only used for the streaming mode.",
 "format": "int32",
@@ -10787,6 +10998,14 @@
 },
 "description": "More fine-grained information for the source reference.",
 "type": "object"
+},
+"title": {
+"description": "The title of the source.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"uri": {
+"description": "The URI of the source.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -13449,6 +13668,10 @@
 "description": "Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfig",
 "properties": {
+"answerGenerationSpec": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerGenerationSpec",
+"description": "Optional. The specification for answer generation."
+},
 "boostControlIds": {
 "description": "Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls.",
 "items": {
@@ -15788,6 +16011,10 @@
 "description": "Manages the connection to external data sources for all data stores grouped under a Collection. It's a singleton resource of Collection. The initialization is only supported through DataConnectorService.SetUpDataConnector method, which will create a new Collection and initialize its DataConnector.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataConnector",
 "properties": {
+"aclEnabled": {
+"description": "Optional. Whether the connector will be created with an ACL config. Currently this field only affects Cloud Storage and BigQuery connectors.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "actionConfig": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaActionConfig",
 "description": "Optional. Action configurations to make the connector support actions."
@@ -15825,6 +16052,27 @@
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "array"
 },
+"connectorModes": {
+"description": "Optional. The modes enabled for this connector. Default state is CONNECTOR_MODE_UNSPECIFIED.",
+"items": {
+"enum": [
+"CONNECTOR_MODE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"DATA_INGESTION",
+"ACTIONS",
+"FEDERATED",
+"EUA"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Connector mode unspecified.",
+"Connector utilized for data ingestion.",
+"Connector utilized for actions.",
+"Connector utilized for federated search.",
+"Connector utilized for End User Authentication."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "connectorType": {
 "description": "Output only. The type of connector. Each source can only map to one type. For example, salesforce, confluence and jira have THIRD_PARTY connector type. It is notmutable once set by system.",
 "enum": [
@@ -15871,6 +16119,10 @@
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
+"endUserConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataConnectorEndUserConfig",
+"description": "Optional. Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors."
+},
 "entities": {
 "description": "List of entities from the connected data source to ingest.",
 "items": {
@@ -16024,6 +16276,29 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataConnectorEndUserConfig": {
+"description": "Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataConnectorEndUserConfig",
+"properties": {
+"additionalParams": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object.",
+"type": "any"
+},
+"description": "Optional. Any additional parameters needed for EUA.",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"authParams": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object.",
+"type": "any"
+},
+"description": "Optional. Any authentication parameters specific to EUA connectors.",
+"type": "object"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataConnectorRealtimeSyncConfig": {
 "description": "The configuration for realtime sync to store additional params for realtime sync.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataConnectorRealtimeSyncConfig",
@@ -16594,6 +16869,27 @@
 "enableTableAnnotation": {
 "description": "Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing.",
 "type": "boolean"
+},
+"excludeHtmlClasses": {
+"description": "Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"excludeHtmlElements": {
+"description": "Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"excludeHtmlIds": {
+"description": "Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -16810,6 +17106,10 @@
 "description": "Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfig",
 "properties": {
+"engineFeaturesConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigEngineFeaturesConfig",
+"description": "Optional. Additional engine features config."
+},
 "optimizationObjective": {
 "description": "The optimization objective. e.g., `cvr`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `ctr`, `cvr`. If not specified, we choose default based on engine type. Default depends on type of recommendation: `recommended-for-you` => `ctr` `others-you-may-like` => `ctr`",
 "type": "string"
@@ -16839,6 +17139,33 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigEngineFeaturesConfig": {
+"description": "More feature configs of the selected engine type.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigEngineFeaturesConfig",
+"properties": {
+"mostPopularConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigMostPopularFeatureConfig",
+"description": "Most popular engine feature config."
+},
+"recommendedForYouConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigRecommendedForYouFeatureConfig",
+"description": "Recommended for you engine feature config."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigMostPopularFeatureConfig": {
+"description": "Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigMostPopularFeatureConfig",
+"properties": {
+"timeWindowDays": {
+"description": "The time window of which the engine is queried at training and prediction time. Positive integers only. The value translates to the last X days of events. Currently required for the `most-popular-items` engine.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigOptimizationObjectiveConfig": {
 "description": "Custom threshold for `cvr` optimization_objective.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigOptimizationObjectiveConfig",
@@ -16855,6 +17182,17 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigRecommendedForYouFeatureConfig": {
+"description": "Additional feature configurations for creating a `recommended-for-you` engine.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigRecommendedForYouFeatureConfig",
+"properties": {
+"contextEventType": {
+"description": "The type of event with which the engine is queried at prediction time. If set to `generic`, only `view-item`, `media-play`,and `media-complete` will be used as `context-event` in engine training. If set to `view-home-page`, `view-home-page` will also be used as `context-events` in addition to `view-item`, `media-play`, and `media-complete`. Currently supported for the `recommended-for-you` engine. Currently supported values: `view-home-page`, `generic`.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineRecommendationMetadata": {
 "description": "Additional information of a recommendation engine.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineRecommendationMetadata",
@@ -20672,6 +21010,27 @@
 "enableTableAnnotation": {
 "description": "Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing.",
 "type": "boolean"
+},
+"excludeHtmlClasses": {
+"description": "Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"excludeHtmlElements": {
+"description": "Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"excludeHtmlIds": {
+"description": "Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -20772,6 +21131,10 @@
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
+"mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfig",
+"description": "Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical."
+},
 "name": {
 "description": "Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.",
 "type": "string"
@@ -20871,6 +21234,97 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfig": {
+"description": "Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfig",
+"properties": {
+"engineFeaturesConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigEngineFeaturesConfig",
+"description": "Optional. Additional engine features config."
+},
+"optimizationObjective": {
+"description": "The optimization objective. e.g., `cvr`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `ctr`, `cvr`. If not specified, we choose default based on engine type. Default depends on type of recommendation: `recommended-for-you` => `ctr` `others-you-may-like` => `ctr`",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"optimizationObjectiveConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigOptimizationObjectiveConfig",
+"description": "Name and value of the custom threshold for cvr optimization_objective. For target_field `watch-time`, target_field_value must be an integer value indicating the media progress time in seconds between (0, 86400] (excludes 0, includes 86400) (e.g., 90). For target_field `watch-percentage`, the target_field_value must be a valid float value between (0, 1.0] (excludes 0, includes 1.0) (e.g., 0.5)."
+},
+"trainingState": {
+"description": "The training state that the engine is in (e.g. `TRAINING` or `PAUSED`). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train engine in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for `CreateEngine` method is `TRAINING`. The default value for `UpdateEngine` method is to keep the state the same as before.",
+"enum": [
+"TRAINING_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"PAUSED",
+"TRAINING"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified training state.",
+"The engine training is paused.",
+"The engine is training."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": {
+"description": "Required. The type of engine. e.g., `recommended-for-you`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `more-like-this`, `most-popular-items`.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigEngineFeaturesConfig": {
+"description": "More feature configs of the selected engine type.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigEngineFeaturesConfig",
+"properties": {
+"mostPopularConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigMostPopularFeatureConfig",
+"description": "Most popular engine feature config."
+},
+"recommendedForYouConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigRecommendedForYouFeatureConfig",
+"description": "Recommended for you engine feature config."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigMostPopularFeatureConfig": {
+"description": "Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigMostPopularFeatureConfig",
+"properties": {
+"timeWindowDays": {
+"description": "The time window of which the engine is queried at training and prediction time. Positive integers only. The value translates to the last X days of events. Currently required for the `most-popular-items` engine.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigOptimizationObjectiveConfig": {
+"description": "Custom threshold for `cvr` optimization_objective.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigOptimizationObjectiveConfig",
+"properties": {
+"targetField": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the field to target. Currently supported values: `watch-percentage`, `watch-time`.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"targetFieldValueFloat": {
+"description": "Required. The threshold to be applied to the target (e.g., 0.5).",
+"format": "float",
+"type": "number"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigRecommendedForYouFeatureConfig": {
+"description": "Additional feature configurations for creating a `recommended-for-you` engine.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigRecommendedForYouFeatureConfig",
+"properties": {
+"contextEventType": {
+"description": "The type of event with which the engine is queried at prediction time. If set to `generic`, only `view-item`, `media-play`,and `media-complete` will be used as `context-event` in engine training. If set to `view-home-page`, `view-home-page` will also be used as `context-events` in addition to `view-item`, `media-play`, and `media-complete`. Currently supported for the `recommended-for-you` engine. Currently supported values: `view-home-page`, `generic`.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineSearchEngineConfig": {
 "description": "Configurations for a Search Engine.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineSearchEngineConfig",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json
index e5952fc7c5c..6faa88e0b9e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json
@@ -9051,7 +9051,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250410",
+"revision": "20250419",
 "rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "ApiservingMediaRequestInfo": {
@@ -10074,6 +10074,60 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerGenerationSpec": {
+"description": "The specification for answer generation.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerGenerationSpec",
+"properties": {
+"userDefinedClassifierSpec": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerGenerationSpecUserDefinedClassifierSpec",
+"description": "Optional. The specification for user specified classifier spec."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerGenerationSpecUserDefinedClassifierSpec": {
+"description": "The specification for user defined classifier.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerGenerationSpecUserDefinedClassifierSpec",
+"properties": {
+"enableUserDefinedClassifier": {
+"description": "Optional. Whether or not to enable and include user defined classifier.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"modelId": {
+"description": "Optional. The model id to be used for the user defined classifier.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"preamble": {
+"description": "Optional. The preamble to be used for the user defined classifier.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"seed": {
+"description": "Optional. The seed value to be used for the user defined classifier.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"taskMarker": {
+"description": "Optional. The task marker to be used for the user defined classifier.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"temperature": {
+"description": "Optional. The temperature value to be used for the user defined classifier.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
+},
+"topK": {
+"description": "Optional. The top-k value to be used for the user defined classifier.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"topP": {
+"description": "Optional. The top-p value to be used for the user defined classifier.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1BatchCreateTargetSiteMetadata": {
 "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the SiteSearchEngineService.BatchCreateTargetSites operation. This will be returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1BatchCreateTargetSiteMetadata",
@@ -10966,6 +11020,27 @@
 "enableTableAnnotation": {
 "description": "Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing.",
 "type": "boolean"
+},
+"excludeHtmlClasses": {
+"description": "Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"excludeHtmlElements": {
+"description": "Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"excludeHtmlIds": {
+"description": "Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -11066,6 +11141,10 @@
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
+"mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfig",
+"description": "Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical."
+},
 "name": {
 "description": "Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.",
 "type": "string"
@@ -11165,6 +11244,97 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfig": {
+"description": "Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfig",
+"properties": {
+"engineFeaturesConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigEngineFeaturesConfig",
+"description": "Optional. Additional engine features config."
+},
+"optimizationObjective": {
+"description": "The optimization objective. e.g., `cvr`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `ctr`, `cvr`. If not specified, we choose default based on engine type. Default depends on type of recommendation: `recommended-for-you` => `ctr` `others-you-may-like` => `ctr`",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"optimizationObjectiveConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigOptimizationObjectiveConfig",
+"description": "Name and value of the custom threshold for cvr optimization_objective. For target_field `watch-time`, target_field_value must be an integer value indicating the media progress time in seconds between (0, 86400] (excludes 0, includes 86400) (e.g., 90). For target_field `watch-percentage`, the target_field_value must be a valid float value between (0, 1.0] (excludes 0, includes 1.0) (e.g., 0.5)."
+},
+"trainingState": {
+"description": "The training state that the engine is in (e.g. `TRAINING` or `PAUSED`). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train engine in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for `CreateEngine` method is `TRAINING`. The default value for `UpdateEngine` method is to keep the state the same as before.",
+"enum": [
+"TRAINING_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"PAUSED",
+"TRAINING"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified training state.",
+"The engine training is paused.",
+"The engine is training."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": {
+"description": "Required. The type of engine. e.g., `recommended-for-you`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `more-like-this`, `most-popular-items`.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigEngineFeaturesConfig": {
+"description": "More feature configs of the selected engine type.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigEngineFeaturesConfig",
+"properties": {
+"mostPopularConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigMostPopularFeatureConfig",
+"description": "Most popular engine feature config."
+},
+"recommendedForYouConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigRecommendedForYouFeatureConfig",
+"description": "Recommended for you engine feature config."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigMostPopularFeatureConfig": {
+"description": "Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigMostPopularFeatureConfig",
+"properties": {
+"timeWindowDays": {
+"description": "The time window of which the engine is queried at training and prediction time. Positive integers only. The value translates to the last X days of events. Currently required for the `most-popular-items` engine.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigOptimizationObjectiveConfig": {
+"description": "Custom threshold for `cvr` optimization_objective.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigOptimizationObjectiveConfig",
+"properties": {
+"targetField": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the field to target. Currently supported values: `watch-percentage`, `watch-time`.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"targetFieldValueFloat": {
+"description": "Required. The threshold to be applied to the target (e.g., 0.5).",
+"format": "float",
+"type": "number"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigRecommendedForYouFeatureConfig": {
+"description": "Additional feature configurations for creating a `recommended-for-you` engine.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigRecommendedForYouFeatureConfig",
+"properties": {
+"contextEventType": {
+"description": "The type of event with which the engine is queried at prediction time. If set to `generic`, only `view-item`, `media-play`,and `media-complete` will be used as `context-event` in engine training. If set to `view-home-page`, `view-home-page` will also be used as `context-events` in addition to `view-item`, `media-play`, and `media-complete`. Currently supported for the `recommended-for-you` engine. Currently supported values: `view-home-page`, `generic`.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineSearchEngineConfig": {
 "description": "Configurations for a Search Engine.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineSearchEngineConfig",
@@ -11890,6 +12060,10 @@
 "description": "Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfig",
 "properties": {
+"answerGenerationSpec": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerGenerationSpec",
+"description": "Optional. The specification for answer generation."
+},
 "boostControlIds": {
 "description": "Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls.",
 "items": {
@@ -12417,6 +12591,13 @@
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAdvancedCompleteQueryRequestBoostSpec",
 "description": "Optional. Specification to boost suggestions matching the condition."
 },
+"experimentIds": {
+"description": "Optional. Experiment ids for this request.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "includeTailSuggestions": {
 "description": "Indicates if tail suggestions should be returned if there are no suggestions that match the full query. Even if set to true, if there are suggestions that match the full query, those are returned and no tail suggestions are returned.",
 "type": "boolean"
@@ -13017,6 +13198,60 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerGenerationSpec": {
+"description": "The specification for answer generation.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerGenerationSpec",
+"properties": {
+"userDefinedClassifierSpec": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerGenerationSpecUserDefinedClassifierSpec",
+"description": "Optional. The specification for user specified classifier spec."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerGenerationSpecUserDefinedClassifierSpec": {
+"description": "The specification for user defined classifier.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerGenerationSpecUserDefinedClassifierSpec",
+"properties": {
+"enableUserDefinedClassifier": {
+"description": "Optional. Whether or not to enable and include user defined classifier.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"modelId": {
+"description": "Optional. The model id to be used for the user defined classifier.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"preamble": {
+"description": "Optional. The preamble to be used for the user defined classifier.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"seed": {
+"description": "Optional. The seed value to be used for the user defined classifier.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"taskMarker": {
+"description": "Optional. The task marker to be used for the user defined classifier.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"temperature": {
+"description": "Optional. The temperature value to be used for the user defined classifier.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
+},
+"topK": {
+"description": "Optional. The top-k value to be used for the user defined classifier.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"topP": {
+"description": "Optional. The top-p value to be used for the user defined classifier.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerGroundingSupport": {
 "description": "Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerGroundingSupport",
@@ -14464,6 +14699,11 @@
 "description": "Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim doesn't require attribution/grounding check, this field will be set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore citation_indices should not be returned.",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
+"score": {
+"description": "Confidence score for the claim in the answer candidate, in the range of [0, 1]. This is set only when enable_claim_level_score is true.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
+},
 "startPos": {
 "description": "Position indicating the start of the claim in the answer candidate, measured in bytes. Note that this is not measured in characters and, therefore, must be rendered in the user interface keeping in mind that some characters may take more than one byte. For example, if the claim text contains non-ASCII characters, the start and end positions vary when measured in characters (programming-language-dependent) and when measured in bytes (programming-language-independent).",
 "format": "int32",
@@ -14480,6 +14720,10 @@
 "description": "The threshold (in [0,1]) used for determining whether a fact must be cited for a claim in the answer candidate. Choosing a higher threshold will lead to fewer but very strong citations, while choosing a lower threshold may lead to more but somewhat weaker citations. If unset, the threshold will default to 0.6.",
 "format": "double",
 "type": "number"
+},
+"enableClaimLevelScore": {
+"description": "The control flag that enables claim-level grounding score in the response.",
+"type": "boolean"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -15797,6 +16041,10 @@
 "description": "Manages the connection to external data sources for all data stores grouped under a Collection. It's a singleton resource of Collection. The initialization is only supported through DataConnectorService.SetUpDataConnector method, which will create a new Collection and initialize its DataConnector.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataConnector",
 "properties": {
+"aclEnabled": {
+"description": "Optional. Whether the connector will be created with an ACL config. Currently this field only affects Cloud Storage and BigQuery connectors.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "actionConfig": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaActionConfig",
 "description": "Optional. Action configurations to make the connector support actions."
@@ -15834,6 +16082,27 @@
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "array"
 },
+"connectorModes": {
+"description": "Optional. The modes enabled for this connector. Default state is CONNECTOR_MODE_UNSPECIFIED.",
+"items": {
+"enum": [
+"CONNECTOR_MODE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"DATA_INGESTION",
+"ACTIONS",
+"FEDERATED",
+"EUA"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Connector mode unspecified.",
+"Connector utilized for data ingestion.",
+"Connector utilized for actions.",
+"Connector utilized for federated search.",
+"Connector utilized for End User Authentication."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "connectorType": {
 "description": "Output only. The type of connector. Each source can only map to one type. For example, salesforce, confluence and jira have THIRD_PARTY connector type. It is notmutable once set by system.",
 "enum": [
@@ -15880,6 +16149,10 @@
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
+"endUserConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataConnectorEndUserConfig",
+"description": "Optional. Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors."
+},
 "entities": {
 "description": "List of entities from the connected data source to ingest.",
 "items": {
@@ -16033,6 +16306,29 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataConnectorEndUserConfig": {
+"description": "Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataConnectorEndUserConfig",
+"properties": {
+"additionalParams": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object.",
+"type": "any"
+},
+"description": "Optional. Any additional parameters needed for EUA.",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"authParams": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object.",
+"type": "any"
+},
+"description": "Optional. Any authentication parameters specific to EUA connectors.",
+"type": "object"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataConnectorRealtimeSyncConfig": {
 "description": "The configuration for realtime sync to store additional params for realtime sync.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataConnectorRealtimeSyncConfig",
@@ -16620,7 +16916,7 @@
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDocumentContent",
 "properties": {
 "mimeType": {
-"description": "The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.",
+"description": "The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "rawBytes": {
@@ -16788,6 +17084,27 @@
 "enableTableAnnotation": {
 "description": "Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing.",
 "type": "boolean"
+},
+"excludeHtmlClasses": {
+"description": "Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"excludeHtmlElements": {
+"description": "Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"excludeHtmlIds": {
+"description": "Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -17036,6 +17353,10 @@
 "description": "Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfig",
 "properties": {
+"engineFeaturesConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigEngineFeaturesConfig",
+"description": "Optional. Additional engine features config."
+},
 "optimizationObjective": {
 "description": "The optimization objective. e.g., `cvr`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `ctr`, `cvr`. If not specified, we choose default based on engine type. Default depends on type of recommendation: `recommended-for-you` => `ctr` `others-you-may-like` => `ctr`",
 "type": "string"
@@ -17065,6 +17386,33 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigEngineFeaturesConfig": {
+"description": "More feature configs of the selected engine type.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigEngineFeaturesConfig",
+"properties": {
+"mostPopularConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigMostPopularFeatureConfig",
+"description": "Most popular engine feature config."
+},
+"recommendedForYouConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigRecommendedForYouFeatureConfig",
+"description": "Recommended for you engine feature config."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigMostPopularFeatureConfig": {
+"description": "Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigMostPopularFeatureConfig",
+"properties": {
+"timeWindowDays": {
+"description": "The time window of which the engine is queried at training and prediction time. Positive integers only. The value translates to the last X days of events. Currently required for the `most-popular-items` engine.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigOptimizationObjectiveConfig": {
 "description": "Custom threshold for `cvr` optimization_objective.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigOptimizationObjectiveConfig",
@@ -17081,6 +17429,17 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigRecommendedForYouFeatureConfig": {
+"description": "Additional feature configurations for creating a `recommended-for-you` engine.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigRecommendedForYouFeatureConfig",
+"properties": {
+"contextEventType": {
+"description": "The type of event with which the engine is queried at prediction time. If set to `generic`, only `view-item`, `media-play`,and `media-complete` will be used as `context-event` in engine training. If set to `view-home-page`, `view-home-page` will also be used as `context-events` in addition to `view-item`, `media-play`, and `media-complete`. Currently supported for the `recommended-for-you` engine. Currently supported values: `view-home-page`, `generic`.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineRecommendationMetadata": {
 "description": "Additional information of a recommendation engine.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineRecommendationMetadata",
@@ -17363,6 +17722,10 @@
 "description": "Text content of the fact chunk. Can be at most 10K characters long.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"domain": {
+"description": "The domain of the source.",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "index": {
 "description": "The index of this chunk. Currently, only used for the streaming mode.",
 "format": "int32",
@@ -17378,6 +17741,14 @@
 },
 "description": "More fine-grained information for the source reference.",
 "type": "object"
+},
+"title": {
+"description": "The title of the source.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"uri": {
+"description": "The URI of the source.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -17662,6 +18033,10 @@
 "description": "The app name of the associated Connector.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"authorizationUri": {
+"description": "The authorization uri for the data connector.",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "clientId": {
 "description": "The client id of the associated Connector.",
 "type": "string"
@@ -21886,6 +22261,10 @@
 "description": "Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaServingConfig",
 "properties": {
+"answerGenerationSpec": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAnswerGenerationSpec",
+"description": "Optional. The specification for answer generation."
+},
 "boostControlIds": {
 "description": "Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls.",
 "items": {
@@ -23233,8 +23612,25 @@
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaWidgetConfigAssistantSettings",
 "properties": {
 "googleSearchGroundingEnabled": {
-"description": "Whether or not the Google search grounding toggle is shown.",
+"deprecated": true,
+"description": "Whether or not the Google search grounding toggle is shown. Deprecated. Use web_grounding_type instead.",
 "type": "boolean"
+},
+"webGroundingType": {
+"description": "Optional. The type of web grounding to use.",
+"enum": [
+"WEB_GROUNDING_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"WEB_GROUNDING_TYPE_DISABLED",
+"WEB_GROUNDING_TYPE_GOOGLE_SEARCH",
+"WEB_GROUNDING_TYPE_ENTERPRISE_WEB_SEARCH"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Default, unspecified setting. This is the same as disabled.",
+"Web grounding is disabled.",
+"Grounding with Google Search is enabled.",
+"Grounding with Enterprise Web Search is enabled."
+],
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -23519,6 +23915,10 @@
 "description": "Whether or not to enable autocomplete.",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
+"enablePeopleSearch": {
+"description": "Optional. If set to true, the widget will enable people search.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "enableQualityFeedback": {
 "description": "Turn on or off collecting the search result quality feedback from end users.",
 "type": "boolean"
@@ -24616,6 +25016,27 @@
 "enableTableAnnotation": {
 "description": "Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing.",
 "type": "boolean"
+},
+"excludeHtmlClasses": {
+"description": "Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"excludeHtmlElements": {
+"description": "Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"excludeHtmlIds": {
+"description": "Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -24716,6 +25137,10 @@
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
+"mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfig",
+"description": "Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical."
+},
 "name": {
 "description": "Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.",
 "type": "string"
@@ -24815,6 +25240,97 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfig": {
+"description": "Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfig",
+"properties": {
+"engineFeaturesConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigEngineFeaturesConfig",
+"description": "Optional. Additional engine features config."
+},
+"optimizationObjective": {
+"description": "The optimization objective. e.g., `cvr`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `ctr`, `cvr`. If not specified, we choose default based on engine type. Default depends on type of recommendation: `recommended-for-you` => `ctr` `others-you-may-like` => `ctr`",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"optimizationObjectiveConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigOptimizationObjectiveConfig",
+"description": "Name and value of the custom threshold for cvr optimization_objective. For target_field `watch-time`, target_field_value must be an integer value indicating the media progress time in seconds between (0, 86400] (excludes 0, includes 86400) (e.g., 90). For target_field `watch-percentage`, the target_field_value must be a valid float value between (0, 1.0] (excludes 0, includes 1.0) (e.g., 0.5)."
+},
+"trainingState": {
+"description": "The training state that the engine is in (e.g. `TRAINING` or `PAUSED`). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train engine in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for `CreateEngine` method is `TRAINING`. The default value for `UpdateEngine` method is to keep the state the same as before.",
+"enum": [
+"TRAINING_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"PAUSED",
+"TRAINING"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified training state.",
+"The engine training is paused.",
+"The engine is training."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": {
+"description": "Required. The type of engine. e.g., `recommended-for-you`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `more-like-this`, `most-popular-items`.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigEngineFeaturesConfig": {
+"description": "More feature configs of the selected engine type.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigEngineFeaturesConfig",
+"properties": {
+"mostPopularConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigMostPopularFeatureConfig",
+"description": "Most popular engine feature config."
+},
+"recommendedForYouConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigRecommendedForYouFeatureConfig",
+"description": "Recommended for you engine feature config."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigMostPopularFeatureConfig": {
+"description": "Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigMostPopularFeatureConfig",
+"properties": {
+"timeWindowDays": {
+"description": "The time window of which the engine is queried at training and prediction time. Positive integers only. The value translates to the last X days of events. Currently required for the `most-popular-items` engine.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigOptimizationObjectiveConfig": {
+"description": "Custom threshold for `cvr` optimization_objective.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigOptimizationObjectiveConfig",
+"properties": {
+"targetField": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the field to target. Currently supported values: `watch-percentage`, `watch-time`.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"targetFieldValueFloat": {
+"description": "Required. The threshold to be applied to the target (e.g., 0.5).",
+"format": "float",
+"type": "number"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigRecommendedForYouFeatureConfig": {
+"description": "Additional feature configurations for creating a `recommended-for-you` engine.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigRecommendedForYouFeatureConfig",
+"properties": {
+"contextEventType": {
+"description": "The type of event with which the engine is queried at prediction time. If set to `generic`, only `view-item`, `media-play`,and `media-complete` will be used as `context-event` in engine training. If set to `view-home-page`, `view-home-page` will also be used as `context-events` in addition to `view-item`, `media-play`, and `media-complete`. Currently supported for the `recommended-for-you` engine. Currently supported values: `view-home-page`, `generic`.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineSearchEngineConfig": {
 "description": "Configurations for a Search Engine.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineSearchEngineConfig",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json
index f094f61a1ce..ff8692c288b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json
@@ -7925,7 +7925,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250410",
+"revision": "20250419",
 "rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleApiDistribution": {
@@ -8356,6 +8356,60 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerGenerationSpec": {
+"description": "The specification for answer generation.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerGenerationSpec",
+"properties": {
+"userDefinedClassifierSpec": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerGenerationSpecUserDefinedClassifierSpec",
+"description": "Optional. The specification for user specified classifier spec."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerGenerationSpecUserDefinedClassifierSpec": {
+"description": "The specification for user defined classifier.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerGenerationSpecUserDefinedClassifierSpec",
+"properties": {
+"enableUserDefinedClassifier": {
+"description": "Optional. Whether or not to enable and include user defined classifier.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"modelId": {
+"description": "Optional. The model id to be used for the user defined classifier.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"preamble": {
+"description": "Optional. The preamble to be used for the user defined classifier.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"seed": {
+"description": "Optional. The seed value to be used for the user defined classifier.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"taskMarker": {
+"description": "Optional. The task marker to be used for the user defined classifier.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"temperature": {
+"description": "Optional. The temperature value to be used for the user defined classifier.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
+},
+"topK": {
+"description": "Optional. The top-k value to be used for the user defined classifier.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"topP": {
+"description": "Optional. The top-p value to be used for the user defined classifier.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1BatchCreateTargetSiteMetadata": {
 "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the SiteSearchEngineService.BatchCreateTargetSites operation. This will be returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1BatchCreateTargetSiteMetadata",
@@ -9248,6 +9302,27 @@
 "enableTableAnnotation": {
 "description": "Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing.",
 "type": "boolean"
+},
+"excludeHtmlClasses": {
+"description": "Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"excludeHtmlElements": {
+"description": "Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"excludeHtmlIds": {
+"description": "Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -9348,6 +9423,10 @@
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
+"mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfig",
+"description": "Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical."
+},
 "name": {
 "description": "Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.",
 "type": "string"
@@ -9447,6 +9526,97 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfig": {
+"description": "Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfig",
+"properties": {
+"engineFeaturesConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigEngineFeaturesConfig",
+"description": "Optional. Additional engine features config."
+},
+"optimizationObjective": {
+"description": "The optimization objective. e.g., `cvr`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `ctr`, `cvr`. If not specified, we choose default based on engine type. Default depends on type of recommendation: `recommended-for-you` => `ctr` `others-you-may-like` => `ctr`",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"optimizationObjectiveConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigOptimizationObjectiveConfig",
+"description": "Name and value of the custom threshold for cvr optimization_objective. For target_field `watch-time`, target_field_value must be an integer value indicating the media progress time in seconds between (0, 86400] (excludes 0, includes 86400) (e.g., 90). For target_field `watch-percentage`, the target_field_value must be a valid float value between (0, 1.0] (excludes 0, includes 1.0) (e.g., 0.5)."
+},
+"trainingState": {
+"description": "The training state that the engine is in (e.g. `TRAINING` or `PAUSED`). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train engine in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for `CreateEngine` method is `TRAINING`. The default value for `UpdateEngine` method is to keep the state the same as before.",
+"enum": [
+"TRAINING_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"PAUSED",
+"TRAINING"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified training state.",
+"The engine training is paused.",
+"The engine is training."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": {
+"description": "Required. The type of engine. e.g., `recommended-for-you`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `more-like-this`, `most-popular-items`.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigEngineFeaturesConfig": {
+"description": "More feature configs of the selected engine type.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigEngineFeaturesConfig",
+"properties": {
+"mostPopularConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigMostPopularFeatureConfig",
+"description": "Most popular engine feature config."
+},
+"recommendedForYouConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigRecommendedForYouFeatureConfig",
+"description": "Recommended for you engine feature config."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigMostPopularFeatureConfig": {
+"description": "Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigMostPopularFeatureConfig",
+"properties": {
+"timeWindowDays": {
+"description": "The time window of which the engine is queried at training and prediction time. Positive integers only. The value translates to the last X days of events. Currently required for the `most-popular-items` engine.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigOptimizationObjectiveConfig": {
+"description": "Custom threshold for `cvr` optimization_objective.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigOptimizationObjectiveConfig",
+"properties": {
+"targetField": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the field to target. Currently supported values: `watch-percentage`, `watch-time`.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"targetFieldValueFloat": {
+"description": "Required. The threshold to be applied to the target (e.g., 0.5).",
+"format": "float",
+"type": "number"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigRecommendedForYouFeatureConfig": {
+"description": "Additional feature configurations for creating a `recommended-for-you` engine.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigRecommendedForYouFeatureConfig",
+"properties": {
+"contextEventType": {
+"description": "The type of event with which the engine is queried at prediction time. If set to `generic`, only `view-item`, `media-play`,and `media-complete` will be used as `context-event` in engine training. If set to `view-home-page`, `view-home-page` will also be used as `context-events` in addition to `view-item`, `media-play`, and `media-complete`. Currently supported for the `recommended-for-you` engine. Currently supported values: `view-home-page`, `generic`.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineSearchEngineConfig": {
 "description": "Configurations for a Search Engine.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1EngineSearchEngineConfig",
@@ -10172,6 +10342,10 @@
 "description": "Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfig",
 "properties": {
+"answerGenerationSpec": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerGenerationSpec",
+"description": "Optional. The specification for answer generation."
+},
 "boostControlIds": {
 "description": "Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls.",
 "items": {
@@ -12148,6 +12322,10 @@
 "description": "Manages the connection to external data sources for all data stores grouped under a Collection. It's a singleton resource of Collection. The initialization is only supported through DataConnectorService.SetUpDataConnector method, which will create a new Collection and initialize its DataConnector.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataConnector",
 "properties": {
+"aclEnabled": {
+"description": "Optional. Whether the connector will be created with an ACL config. Currently this field only affects Cloud Storage and BigQuery connectors.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "actionConfig": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaActionConfig",
 "description": "Optional. Action configurations to make the connector support actions."
@@ -12185,6 +12363,27 @@
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "array"
 },
+"connectorModes": {
+"description": "Optional. The modes enabled for this connector. Default state is CONNECTOR_MODE_UNSPECIFIED.",
+"items": {
+"enum": [
+"CONNECTOR_MODE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"DATA_INGESTION",
+"ACTIONS",
+"FEDERATED",
+"EUA"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Connector mode unspecified.",
+"Connector utilized for data ingestion.",
+"Connector utilized for actions.",
+"Connector utilized for federated search.",
+"Connector utilized for End User Authentication."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "connectorType": {
 "description": "Output only. The type of connector. Each source can only map to one type. For example, salesforce, confluence and jira have THIRD_PARTY connector type. It is notmutable once set by system.",
 "enum": [
@@ -12231,6 +12430,10 @@
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
+"endUserConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataConnectorEndUserConfig",
+"description": "Optional. Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors."
+},
 "entities": {
 "description": "List of entities from the connected data source to ingest.",
 "items": {
@@ -12384,6 +12587,29 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataConnectorEndUserConfig": {
+"description": "Any params and credentials used specifically for EUA connectors.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataConnectorEndUserConfig",
+"properties": {
+"additionalParams": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object.",
+"type": "any"
+},
+"description": "Optional. Any additional parameters needed for EUA.",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"authParams": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object.",
+"type": "any"
+},
+"description": "Optional. Any authentication parameters specific to EUA connectors.",
+"type": "object"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataConnectorRealtimeSyncConfig": {
 "description": "The configuration for realtime sync to store additional params for realtime sync.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataConnectorRealtimeSyncConfig",
@@ -12954,6 +13180,27 @@
 "enableTableAnnotation": {
 "description": "Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing.",
 "type": "boolean"
+},
+"excludeHtmlClasses": {
+"description": "Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"excludeHtmlElements": {
+"description": "Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"excludeHtmlIds": {
+"description": "Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -13170,6 +13417,10 @@
 "description": "Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfig",
 "properties": {
+"engineFeaturesConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigEngineFeaturesConfig",
+"description": "Optional. Additional engine features config."
+},
 "optimizationObjective": {
 "description": "The optimization objective. e.g., `cvr`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `ctr`, `cvr`. If not specified, we choose default based on engine type. Default depends on type of recommendation: `recommended-for-you` => `ctr` `others-you-may-like` => `ctr`",
 "type": "string"
@@ -13199,6 +13450,33 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigEngineFeaturesConfig": {
+"description": "More feature configs of the selected engine type.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigEngineFeaturesConfig",
+"properties": {
+"mostPopularConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigMostPopularFeatureConfig",
+"description": "Most popular engine feature config."
+},
+"recommendedForYouConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigRecommendedForYouFeatureConfig",
+"description": "Recommended for you engine feature config."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigMostPopularFeatureConfig": {
+"description": "Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigMostPopularFeatureConfig",
+"properties": {
+"timeWindowDays": {
+"description": "The time window of which the engine is queried at training and prediction time. Positive integers only. The value translates to the last X days of events. Currently required for the `most-popular-items` engine.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigOptimizationObjectiveConfig": {
 "description": "Custom threshold for `cvr` optimization_objective.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigOptimizationObjectiveConfig",
@@ -13215,6 +13493,17 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigRecommendedForYouFeatureConfig": {
+"description": "Additional feature configurations for creating a `recommended-for-you` engine.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigRecommendedForYouFeatureConfig",
+"properties": {
+"contextEventType": {
+"description": "The type of event with which the engine is queried at prediction time. If set to `generic`, only `view-item`, `media-play`,and `media-complete` will be used as `context-event` in engine training. If set to `view-home-page`, `view-home-page` will also be used as `context-events` in addition to `view-item`, `media-play`, and `media-complete`. Currently supported for the `recommended-for-you` engine. Currently supported values: `view-home-page`, `generic`.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineRecommendationMetadata": {
 "description": "Additional information of a recommendation engine.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaEngineRecommendationMetadata",
@@ -16102,6 +16391,13 @@
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAdvancedCompleteQueryRequestBoostSpec",
 "description": "Optional. Specification to boost suggestions matching the condition."
 },
+"experimentIds": {
+"description": "Optional. Experiment ids for this request.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "includeTailSuggestions": {
 "description": "Indicates if tail suggestions should be returned if there are no suggestions that match the full query. Even if set to true, if there are suggestions that match the full query, those are returned and no tail suggestions are returned.",
 "type": "boolean"
@@ -16659,6 +16955,60 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerGenerationSpec": {
+"description": "The specification for answer generation.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerGenerationSpec",
+"properties": {
+"userDefinedClassifierSpec": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerGenerationSpecUserDefinedClassifierSpec",
+"description": "Optional. The specification for user specified classifier spec."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerGenerationSpecUserDefinedClassifierSpec": {
+"description": "The specification for user defined classifier.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerGenerationSpecUserDefinedClassifierSpec",
+"properties": {
+"enableUserDefinedClassifier": {
+"description": "Optional. Whether or not to enable and include user defined classifier.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"modelId": {
+"description": "Optional. The model id to be used for the user defined classifier.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"preamble": {
+"description": "Optional. The preamble to be used for the user defined classifier.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"seed": {
+"description": "Optional. The seed value to be used for the user defined classifier.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"taskMarker": {
+"description": "Optional. The task marker to be used for the user defined classifier.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"temperature": {
+"description": "Optional. The temperature value to be used for the user defined classifier.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
+},
+"topK": {
+"description": "Optional. The top-k value to be used for the user defined classifier.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"topP": {
+"description": "Optional. The top-p value to be used for the user defined classifier.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerGroundingSupport": {
 "description": "Grounding support for a claim in `answer_text`.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerGroundingSupport",
@@ -18078,6 +18428,11 @@
 "description": "Indicates that this claim required grounding check. When the system decided this claim doesn't require attribution/grounding check, this field will be set to false. In that case, no grounding check was done for the claim and therefore citation_indices should not be returned.",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
+"score": {
+"description": "Confidence score for the claim in the answer candidate, in the range of [0, 1]. This is set only when enable_claim_level_score is true.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
+},
 "startPos": {
 "description": "Position indicating the start of the claim in the answer candidate, measured in bytes. Note that this is not measured in characters and, therefore, must be rendered in the user interface keeping in mind that some characters may take more than one byte. For example, if the claim text contains non-ASCII characters, the start and end positions vary when measured in characters (programming-language-dependent) and when measured in bytes (programming-language-independent).",
 "format": "int32",
@@ -18094,6 +18449,10 @@
 "description": "The threshold (in [0,1]) used for determining whether a fact must be cited for a claim in the answer candidate. Choosing a higher threshold will lead to fewer but very strong citations, while choosing a lower threshold may lead to more but somewhat weaker citations. If unset, the threshold will default to 0.6.",
 "format": "double",
 "type": "number"
+},
+"enableClaimLevelScore": {
+"description": "The control flag that enables claim-level grounding score in the response.",
+"type": "boolean"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -19517,7 +19876,7 @@
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaDocumentContent",
 "properties": {
 "mimeType": {
-"description": "The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.",
+"description": "The MIME type of the content. Supported types: * `application/pdf` (PDF, only native PDFs are supported for now) * `text/html` (HTML) * `text/plain` (TXT) * `application/xml` or `text/xml` (XML) * `application/json` (JSON) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document` (DOCX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation` (PPTX) * `application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet` (XLSX) * `application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12` (XLSM) The following types are supported only if layout parser is enabled in the data store: * `image/bmp` (BMP) * `image/gif` (GIF) * `image/jpeg` (JPEG) * `image/png` (PNG) * `image/tiff` (TIFF) See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "rawBytes": {
@@ -19685,6 +20044,27 @@
 "enableTableAnnotation": {
 "description": "Optional. If true, the LLM based annotation is added to the table during parsing.",
 "type": "boolean"
+},
+"excludeHtmlClasses": {
+"description": "Optional. List of HTML classes to exclude from the parsed content.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"excludeHtmlElements": {
+"description": "Optional. List of HTML elements to exclude from the parsed content.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"excludeHtmlIds": {
+"description": "Optional. List of HTML ids to exclude from the parsed content.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -19817,6 +20197,10 @@
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
+"mediaRecommendationEngineConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfig",
+"description": "Configurations for the Media Engine. Only applicable on the data stores with solution_type SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION and IndustryVertical.MEDIA vertical."
+},
 "name": {
 "description": "Immutable. The fully qualified resource name of the engine. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}` engine should be 1-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z0-9*/. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.",
 "type": "string"
@@ -19916,6 +20300,97 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfig": {
+"description": "Additional config specs for a Media Recommendation engine.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfig",
+"properties": {
+"engineFeaturesConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigEngineFeaturesConfig",
+"description": "Optional. Additional engine features config."
+},
+"optimizationObjective": {
+"description": "The optimization objective. e.g., `cvr`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `ctr`, `cvr`. If not specified, we choose default based on engine type. Default depends on type of recommendation: `recommended-for-you` => `ctr` `others-you-may-like` => `ctr`",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"optimizationObjectiveConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigOptimizationObjectiveConfig",
+"description": "Name and value of the custom threshold for cvr optimization_objective. For target_field `watch-time`, target_field_value must be an integer value indicating the media progress time in seconds between (0, 86400] (excludes 0, includes 86400) (e.g., 90). For target_field `watch-percentage`, the target_field_value must be a valid float value between (0, 1.0] (excludes 0, includes 1.0) (e.g., 0.5)."
+},
+"trainingState": {
+"description": "The training state that the engine is in (e.g. `TRAINING` or `PAUSED`). Since part of the cost of running the service is frequency of training - this can be used to determine when to train engine in order to control cost. If not specified: the default value for `CreateEngine` method is `TRAINING`. The default value for `UpdateEngine` method is to keep the state the same as before.",
+"enum": [
+"TRAINING_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"PAUSED",
+"TRAINING"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified training state.",
+"The engine training is paused.",
+"The engine is training."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": {
+"description": "Required. The type of engine. e.g., `recommended-for-you`. This field together with optimization_objective describe engine metadata to use to control engine training and serving. Currently supported values: `recommended-for-you`, `others-you-may-like`, `more-like-this`, `most-popular-items`.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigEngineFeaturesConfig": {
+"description": "More feature configs of the selected engine type.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigEngineFeaturesConfig",
+"properties": {
+"mostPopularConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigMostPopularFeatureConfig",
+"description": "Most popular engine feature config."
+},
+"recommendedForYouConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigRecommendedForYouFeatureConfig",
+"description": "Recommended for you engine feature config."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigMostPopularFeatureConfig": {
+"description": "Feature configurations that are required for creating a Most Popular engine.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigMostPopularFeatureConfig",
+"properties": {
+"timeWindowDays": {
+"description": "The time window of which the engine is queried at training and prediction time. Positive integers only. The value translates to the last X days of events. Currently required for the `most-popular-items` engine.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigOptimizationObjectiveConfig": {
+"description": "Custom threshold for `cvr` optimization_objective.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigOptimizationObjectiveConfig",
+"properties": {
+"targetField": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the field to target. Currently supported values: `watch-percentage`, `watch-time`.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"targetFieldValueFloat": {
+"description": "Required. The threshold to be applied to the target (e.g., 0.5).",
+"format": "float",
+"type": "number"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigRecommendedForYouFeatureConfig": {
+"description": "Additional feature configurations for creating a `recommended-for-you` engine.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineMediaRecommendationEngineConfigRecommendedForYouFeatureConfig",
+"properties": {
+"contextEventType": {
+"description": "The type of event with which the engine is queried at prediction time. If set to `generic`, only `view-item`, `media-play`,and `media-complete` will be used as `context-event` in engine training. If set to `view-home-page`, `view-home-page` will also be used as `context-events` in addition to `view-item`, `media-play`, and `media-complete`. Currently supported for the `recommended-for-you` engine. Currently supported values: `view-home-page`, `generic`.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineSearchEngineConfig": {
 "description": "Configurations for a Search Engine.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaEngineSearchEngineConfig",
@@ -20050,6 +20525,10 @@
 "description": "Text content of the fact chunk. Can be at most 10K characters long.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"domain": {
+"description": "The domain of the source.",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "index": {
 "description": "The index of this chunk. Currently, only used for the streaming mode.",
 "format": "int32",
@@ -20065,6 +20544,14 @@
 },
 "description": "More fine-grained information for the source reference.",
 "type": "object"
+},
+"title": {
+"description": "The title of the source.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"uri": {
+"description": "The URI of the source.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -23797,6 +24284,10 @@
 "description": "Configures metadata that is used to generate serving time results (e.g. search results or recommendation predictions). The ServingConfig is passed in the search and predict request and generates results.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaServingConfig",
 "properties": {
+"answerGenerationSpec": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaAnswerGenerationSpec",
+"description": "Optional. The specification for answer generation."
+},
 "boostControlIds": {
 "description": "Boost controls to use in serving path. All triggered boost controls will be applied. Boost controls must be in the same data store as the serving config. Maximum of 20 boost controls.",
 "items": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json
index c52173ad7c4..af9cca6c68a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json
@@ -4832,7 +4832,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "patch": {
-"description": "Updates an existing custom bidding algorithm. Returns the updated custom bidding algorithm if successful. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, requests updating custom bidding algorithms that are assigned to line items will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight).",
+"description": "Updates an existing custom bidding algorithm. Returns the updated custom bidding algorithm if successful. Requests updating a custom bidding algorithm assigned to a line item will return an error.",
 "flatPath": "v2/customBiddingAlgorithms/{customBiddingAlgorithmsId}",
 "httpMethod": "PATCH",
 "id": "displayvideo.customBiddingAlgorithms.patch",
@@ -4909,7 +4909,7 @@
 "scripts": {
 "methods": {
 "create": {
-"description": "Creates a new custom bidding script. Returns the newly created script if successful. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, requests updating custom bidding algorithms that are assigned to line items will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight).",
+"description": "Creates a new custom bidding script. Returns the newly created script if successful. Requests creating a custom bidding script under an algorithm assigned to a line item will return an error.",
 "flatPath": "v2/customBiddingAlgorithms/{customBiddingAlgorithmsId}/scripts",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "displayvideo.customBiddingAlgorithms.scripts.create",
@@ -7350,7 +7350,7 @@
 "sdfdownloadtasks": {
 "methods": {
 "create": {
-"description": "Creates an SDF Download Task. Returns an Operation. An SDF Download Task is a long-running, asynchronous operation. The metadata type of this operation is SdfDownloadTaskMetadata. If the request is successful, the response type of the operation is SdfDownloadTask. The response will not include the download files, which must be retrieved with media.download. The state of operation can be retrieved with sdfdownloadtask.operations.get. Any errors can be found in the error.message. Note that error.details is expected to be empty.",
+"description": "Creates an SDF Download Task. Returns an Operation. An SDF Download Task is a long-running, asynchronous operation. The metadata type of this operation is SdfDownloadTaskMetadata. If the request is successful, the response type of the operation is SdfDownloadTask. The response will not include the download files, which must be retrieved with media.download. The state of operation can be retrieved with `sdfdownloadtasks.operations.get`. Any errors can be found in the error.message. Note that error.details is expected to be empty.",
 "flatPath": "v2/sdfdownloadtasks",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "displayvideo.sdfdownloadtasks.create",
@@ -8010,7 +8010,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250410",
+"revision": "20250424",
 "rootUrl": "https://displayvideo.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "ActivateManualTriggerRequest": {
@@ -8164,11 +8164,11 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "Adloox": {
-"description": "Details of Adloox brand safety settings.",
+"description": "Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings.",
 "id": "Adloox",
 "properties": {
 "excludedAdlooxCategories": {
-"description": "Adloox categories to exclude.",
+"description": "Scope3 categories to exclude.",
 "items": {
 "enum": [
 "ADLOOX_UNSPECIFIED",
@@ -8182,7 +8182,7 @@
 "FRAUD"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
-"Default value when a Adloox category is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
+"Default value when a Scope3 category is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
 "Adult content (hard).",
 "Adult content (soft).",
 "Illegal content.",
@@ -10736,7 +10736,7 @@
 "id": "ConversionCountingConfig",
 "properties": {
 "floodlightActivityConfigs": {
-"description": "The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, this field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight).",
+"description": "The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. This field can't be updated if a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "TrackingFloodlightActivityConfig"
 },
@@ -12695,6 +12695,8 @@ false
 "EXCHANGE_TOPON_GBID",
 "EXCHANGE_NETFLIX",
 "EXCHANGE_CORE",
+"EXCHANGE_COMMERCE_GRID",
+"EXCHANGE_SPOTIFY",
 "EXCHANGE_TUBI"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -12782,6 +12784,8 @@ false
 "TopOn.",
 "Netflix.",
 "Core.",
+"Commerce Grid.",
+"Spotify.",
 "Tubi."
 ],
 "type": "string"
@@ -12894,6 +12898,8 @@ false
 "EXCHANGE_TOPON_GBID",
 "EXCHANGE_NETFLIX",
 "EXCHANGE_CORE",
+"EXCHANGE_COMMERCE_GRID",
+"EXCHANGE_SPOTIFY",
 "EXCHANGE_TUBI"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -12981,6 +12987,8 @@ false
 "TopOn.",
 "Netflix.",
 "Core.",
+"Commerce Grid.",
+"Spotify.",
 "Tubi."
 ],
 "type": "string"
@@ -13094,6 +13102,8 @@ false
 "EXCHANGE_TOPON_GBID",
 "EXCHANGE_NETFLIX",
 "EXCHANGE_CORE",
+"EXCHANGE_COMMERCE_GRID",
+"EXCHANGE_SPOTIFY",
 "EXCHANGE_TUBI"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -13181,6 +13191,8 @@ false
 "TopOn.",
 "Netflix.",
 "Core.",
+"Commerce Grid.",
+"Spotify.",
 "Tubi."
 ],
 "type": "string"
@@ -13295,6 +13307,8 @@ false
 "EXCHANGE_TOPON_GBID",
 "EXCHANGE_NETFLIX",
 "EXCHANGE_CORE",
+"EXCHANGE_COMMERCE_GRID",
+"EXCHANGE_SPOTIFY",
 "EXCHANGE_TUBI"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -13382,6 +13396,8 @@ false
 "TopOn.",
 "Netflix.",
 "Core.",
+"Commerce Grid.",
+"Spotify.",
 "Tubi."
 ],
 "readOnly": true,
@@ -14139,6 +14155,8 @@ false
 "EXCHANGE_TOPON_GBID",
 "EXCHANGE_NETFLIX",
 "EXCHANGE_CORE",
+"EXCHANGE_COMMERCE_GRID",
+"EXCHANGE_SPOTIFY",
 "EXCHANGE_TUBI"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -14226,6 +14244,8 @@ false
 "TopOn.",
 "Netflix.",
 "Core.",
+"Commerce Grid.",
+"Spotify.",
 "Tubi."
 ],
 "type": "string"
@@ -15056,6 +15076,8 @@ true
 "EXCHANGE_TOPON_GBID",
 "EXCHANGE_NETFLIX",
 "EXCHANGE_CORE",
+"EXCHANGE_COMMERCE_GRID",
+"EXCHANGE_SPOTIFY",
 "EXCHANGE_TUBI"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -15143,6 +15165,8 @@ true
 "TopOn.",
 "Netflix.",
 "Core.",
+"Commerce Grid.",
+"Spotify.",
 "Tubi."
 ],
 "type": "string"
@@ -15630,7 +15654,7 @@ true
 },
 "conversionCounting": {
 "$ref": "ConversionCountingConfig",
-"description": "The conversion tracking setting of the line item. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, the floodlight_activity_configs field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight)."
+"description": "The conversion tracking setting of the line item."
 },
 "creativeIds": {
 "description": "The IDs of the creatives associated with the line item.",
@@ -16672,7 +16696,7 @@ true
 "id": "MaximizeSpendBidStrategy",
 "properties": {
 "customBiddingAlgorithmId": {
-"description": "The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight).",
+"description": "The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error.",
 "format": "int64",
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -17419,8 +17443,8 @@ true
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Type value is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
-"The cost is charged for using Adloox. Billed by the partner.",
-"The cost is charged for using Adloox Pre-Bid. Billed through DV360.",
+"The cost is charged for using Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). Billed by the partner.",
+"The cost is charged for using Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) Pre-Bid. Billed through DV360.",
 "The cost is charged for using AdSafe. Billed by the partner.",
 "The cost is charged for using AdExpose. Billed by the partner.",
 "The cost is charged for using Aggregate Knowledge. Billed by the partner.",
@@ -17618,7 +17642,7 @@ false
 "id": "PerformanceGoalBidStrategy",
 "properties": {
 "customBiddingAlgorithmId": {
-"description": "The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight).",
+"description": "The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error.",
 "format": "int64",
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -18222,7 +18246,7 @@ false
 "type": "object"
 },
 "SdfDownloadTask": {
-"description": "Type for the response returned by [SdfDownloadTaskService.CreateSdfDownloadTask].",
+"description": "Type for the response returned by SdfDownloadTaskService.CreateSdfDownloadTask.",
 "id": "SdfDownloadTask",
 "properties": {
 "resourceName": {
@@ -18233,7 +18257,7 @@ false
 "type": "object"
 },
 "SdfDownloadTaskMetadata": {
-"description": "Type for the metadata returned by [SdfDownloadTaskService.CreateSdfDownloadTask].",
+"description": "Type for the metadata returned by SdfDownloadTaskService.CreateSdfDownloadTask.",
 "id": "SdfDownloadTaskMetadata",
 "properties": {
 "createTime": {
@@ -19010,7 +19034,7 @@ true
 "properties": {
 "adloox": {
 "$ref": "Adloox",
-"description": "Third party brand verifier -- Adloox."
+"description": "Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox)."
 },
 "doubleVerify": {
 "$ref": "DoubleVerify",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v3.json
index 365c9658fba..eb24be96979 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v3.json
@@ -5700,7 +5700,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "patch": {
-"description": "Updates an existing custom bidding algorithm. Returns the updated custom bidding algorithm if successful. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, requests updating custom bidding algorithms that are assigned to line items will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight).",
+"description": "Updates an existing custom bidding algorithm. Returns the updated custom bidding algorithm if successful. Requests updating a custom bidding algorithm assigned to a line item will return an error.",
 "flatPath": "v3/customBiddingAlgorithms/{customBiddingAlgorithmsId}",
 "httpMethod": "PATCH",
 "id": "displayvideo.customBiddingAlgorithms.patch",
@@ -5815,7 +5815,7 @@
 "rules": {
 "methods": {
 "create": {
-"description": "Creates a new rules resource. Returns the newly created rules resource if successful. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, requests updating custom bidding algorithms that are assigned to line items will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight).",
+"description": "Creates a new rules resource. Returns the newly created rules resource if successful. Requests creating a custom bidding rules resource under an algorithm assigned to a line item will return an error.",
 "flatPath": "v3/customBiddingAlgorithms/{customBiddingAlgorithmsId}/rules",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "displayvideo.customBiddingAlgorithms.rules.create",
@@ -5961,7 +5961,7 @@
 "scripts": {
 "methods": {
 "create": {
-"description": "Creates a new custom bidding script. Returns the newly created script if successful. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, requests updating custom bidding algorithms that are assigned to line items will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight).",
+"description": "Creates a new custom bidding script. Returns the newly created script if successful. Requests creating a custom bidding script under an algorithm assigned to a line item will return an error.",
 "flatPath": "v3/customBiddingAlgorithms/{customBiddingAlgorithmsId}/scripts",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "displayvideo.customBiddingAlgorithms.scripts.create",
@@ -8602,7 +8602,7 @@
 "sdfdownloadtasks": {
 "methods": {
 "create": {
-"description": "Creates an SDF Download Task. Returns an Operation. An SDF Download Task is a long-running, asynchronous operation. The metadata type of this operation is SdfDownloadTaskMetadata. If the request is successful, the response type of the operation is SdfDownloadTask. The response will not include the download files, which must be retrieved with media.download. The state of operation can be retrieved with sdfdownloadtask.operations.get. Any errors can be found in the error.message. Note that error.details is expected to be empty.",
+"description": "Creates an SDF Download Task. Returns an Operation. An SDF Download Task is a long-running, asynchronous operation. The metadata type of this operation is SdfDownloadTaskMetadata. If the request is successful, the response type of the operation is SdfDownloadTask. The response will not include the download files, which must be retrieved with media.download. The state of operation can be retrieved with `sdfdownloadtasks.operations.get`. Any errors can be found in the error.message. Note that error.details is expected to be empty.",
 "flatPath": "v3/sdfdownloadtasks",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "displayvideo.sdfdownloadtasks.create",
@@ -9268,7 +9268,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250410",
+"revision": "20250424",
 "rootUrl": "https://displayvideo.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "ActiveViewVideoViewabilityMetricConfig": {
@@ -9609,7 +9609,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "Adloox": {
-"description": "Details of Adloox brand safety settings.",
+"description": "Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings.",
 "id": "Adloox",
 "properties": {
 "adultExplicitSexualContent": {
@@ -9723,7 +9723,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "excludedAdlooxCategories": {
-"description": "Adloox categories to exclude.",
+"description": "Scope3 categories to exclude.",
 "items": {
 "enum": [
 "ADLOOX_UNSPECIFIED",
@@ -9737,7 +9737,7 @@
 "FRAUD"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
-"Default value when a Adloox category is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
+"Default value when a Scope3 category is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
 "Adult content (hard).",
 "Adult content (soft).",
 "Illegal content.",
@@ -9752,14 +9752,14 @@
 "type": "array"
 },
 "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": {
-"description": "Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude.",
+"description": "Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude.",
 "items": {
 "enum": [
 "FRAUD_IVT_MFA_CATEGORY_UNSPECIFIED",
 "FRAUD_IVT_MFA"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
-"Default value when a Adloox Fraud, IVT, MFA category is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
+"Default value when a Scope3 Fraud, IVT, MFA category is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
 "FRAUD, IVT, MFA."
 ],
 "type": "string"
@@ -10215,9 +10215,18 @@
 "description": "Rule-based algorithm.",
 "id": "AlgorithmRules",
 "properties": {
+"attributionModelId": {
+"description": "Attribution model for the algorithm.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "impressionSignalRuleset": {
 "$ref": "AlgorithmRulesRuleset",
 "description": "Rules for the impression signals."
+},
+"postImpressionSignalRuleset": {
+"$ref": "AlgorithmRulesRuleset",
+"description": "Rules for the post-impression signals."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -10368,6 +10377,8 @@
 "EXCHANGE_TOPON_GBID",
 "EXCHANGE_NETFLIX",
 "EXCHANGE_CORE",
+"EXCHANGE_COMMERCE_GRID",
+"EXCHANGE_SPOTIFY",
 "EXCHANGE_TUBI"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -10455,6 +10466,8 @@
 "TopOn.",
 "Netflix.",
 "Core.",
+"Commerce Grid.",
+"Spotify.",
 "Tubi."
 ],
 "type": "string"
@@ -10483,6 +10496,70 @@
 "stringValue": {
 "description": "String value.",
 "type": "string"
+},
+"videoPlayerSizeValue": {
+"description": "Video player size value.",
+"enum": [
+"VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE_SMALL",
+"VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE_LARGE",
+"VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE_HD",
+"VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE_UNKNOWN"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Video player size is not specified in this version. This enum is a place holder for a default value and does not represent a real video player size.",
+"The dimensions of the video player are less than 400\u00d7300 (desktop), or up to 20% of screen covered (mobile).",
+"The dimensions of the video player are between 400x300 and 1280x720 pixels (desktop), or 20% to 90% of the screen covered (mobile).",
+"The dimensions of the video player are 1280\u00d7720 or greater (desktop), or over 90% of the screen covered (mobile).",
+"The dimensions of the video player are unknown."
+],
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"AlgorithmRulesFloodlightActivityConversionSignal": {
+"description": "The rule to score impressions based on Floodlight conversion events.",
+"id": "AlgorithmRulesFloodlightActivityConversionSignal",
+"properties": {
+"conversionCounting": {
+"description": "Required. The type of conversions to be used in impression value computation, for example, post-click conversions.",
+"enum": [
+"CONVERSION_COUNTING_UNSPECIFIED",
+"ALL_CONVERSIONS",
+"POST_CLICK",
+"POST_VIEW"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"The action is not specified.",
+"All conversions.",
+"Post-click conversions.",
+"Post-view conversions."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"countingMethod": {
+"description": "Required. The way to acquire value from the floodlight activity, for example, count of the conversion.",
+"enum": [
+"COUNTING_METHOD_UNSPECIFIED",
+"CONVERSIONS_COUNT",
+"SALES_QUANTITY",
+"SALES_VALUE",
+"UNIQUE_COUNT"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"The action is not specified.",
+"The count of conversions associated with the conversion activity.",
+"The number of sales items associated with the conversion activity.",
+"The sales revenue associated with the conversion activity.",
+"The count of unique conversions associated with the conversion activity. Only one conversion can be counted per impression."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"floodlightActivityId": {
+"description": "Required. Id of the floodlight activity.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -10562,6 +10639,40 @@
 "description": "Signal used to evaluate rules.",
 "id": "AlgorithmRulesSignal",
 "properties": {
+"activeViewSignal": {
+"description": "Signal based on active views.",
+"enum": [
+"ACTIVE_VIEW_SIGNAL_UNSPECIFIED",
+"ACTIVE_VIEW_VIEWED",
+"AUDIBLE",
+"VIDEO_COMPLETED",
+"TIME_ON_SCREEN",
+"VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE",
+"COMPLETED_IN_VIEW_AUDIBLE"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unknown signal.",
+"Whether Active View detects that your ad has been viewed. Value is stored in the boolValue field of the comparison value.",
+"Whether Active View detects that your ad was audible. Value is stored in the boolValue field of the comparison value.",
+"Whether the video was completed. Value is stored in the boolValue field of the comparison value.",
+"The time the ad was on screen in seconds. Value is stored in the int64Value field of the comparison value.",
+"The size of the video player displaying the ad. Value is stored in the videoPlayerSizeValue field of the comparison value.",
+"Whether the ad was completed in view and audible. Value is stored in the boolValue field of the comparison value."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"clickSignal": {
+"description": "Signal based on clicks.",
+"enum": [
+"CLICK_SIGNAL_UNSPECIFIED",
+"CLICK"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unknown signal.",
+"Whether the ad was clicked. Value is stored in the boolValue field of the comparison value."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
 "impressionSignal": {
 "description": "Signal based on impressions.",
 "enum": [
@@ -10636,6 +10747,32 @@
 "description": "Adjusted value of the signal used for rule evaluation.",
 "id": "AlgorithmRulesSignalValue",
 "properties": {
+"activeViewSignal": {
+"description": "Signal based on active views. Only `TIME_ON_SCREEN` is supported.",
+"enum": [
+"ACTIVE_VIEW_SIGNAL_UNSPECIFIED",
+"ACTIVE_VIEW_VIEWED",
+"AUDIBLE",
+"VIDEO_COMPLETED",
+"TIME_ON_SCREEN",
+"VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE",
+"COMPLETED_IN_VIEW_AUDIBLE"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unknown signal.",
+"Whether Active View detects that your ad has been viewed. Value is stored in the boolValue field of the comparison value.",
+"Whether Active View detects that your ad was audible. Value is stored in the boolValue field of the comparison value.",
+"Whether the video was completed. Value is stored in the boolValue field of the comparison value.",
+"The time the ad was on screen in seconds. Value is stored in the int64Value field of the comparison value.",
+"The size of the video player displaying the ad. Value is stored in the videoPlayerSizeValue field of the comparison value.",
+"Whether the ad was completed in view and audible. Value is stored in the boolValue field of the comparison value."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"floodlightActivityConversionSignal": {
+"$ref": "AlgorithmRulesFloodlightActivityConversionSignal",
+"description": "Signal based on floodlight conversion events."
+},
 "number": {
 "description": "Value to use as result.",
 "format": "double",
@@ -13153,7 +13290,7 @@
 "id": "ConversionCountingConfig",
 "properties": {
 "floodlightActivityConfigs": {
-"description": "The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, this field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight).",
+"description": "The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. This field can't be updated if a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "TrackingFloodlightActivityConfig"
 },
@@ -15308,6 +15445,8 @@ false
 "EXCHANGE_TOPON_GBID",
 "EXCHANGE_NETFLIX",
 "EXCHANGE_CORE",
+"EXCHANGE_COMMERCE_GRID",
+"EXCHANGE_SPOTIFY",
 "EXCHANGE_TUBI"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -15395,6 +15534,8 @@ false
 "TopOn.",
 "Netflix.",
 "Core.",
+"Commerce Grid.",
+"Spotify.",
 "Tubi."
 ],
 "type": "string"
@@ -15507,6 +15648,8 @@ false
 "EXCHANGE_TOPON_GBID",
 "EXCHANGE_NETFLIX",
 "EXCHANGE_CORE",
+"EXCHANGE_COMMERCE_GRID",
+"EXCHANGE_SPOTIFY",
 "EXCHANGE_TUBI"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -15594,6 +15737,8 @@ false
 "TopOn.",
 "Netflix.",
 "Core.",
+"Commerce Grid.",
+"Spotify.",
 "Tubi."
 ],
 "type": "string"
@@ -15707,6 +15852,8 @@ false
 "EXCHANGE_TOPON_GBID",
 "EXCHANGE_NETFLIX",
 "EXCHANGE_CORE",
+"EXCHANGE_COMMERCE_GRID",
+"EXCHANGE_SPOTIFY",
 "EXCHANGE_TUBI"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -15794,6 +15941,8 @@ false
 "TopOn.",
 "Netflix.",
 "Core.",
+"Commerce Grid.",
+"Spotify.",
 "Tubi."
 ],
 "type": "string"
@@ -15908,6 +16057,8 @@ false
 "EXCHANGE_TOPON_GBID",
 "EXCHANGE_NETFLIX",
 "EXCHANGE_CORE",
+"EXCHANGE_COMMERCE_GRID",
+"EXCHANGE_SPOTIFY",
 "EXCHANGE_TUBI"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -15995,6 +16146,8 @@ false
 "TopOn.",
 "Netflix.",
 "Core.",
+"Commerce Grid.",
+"Spotify.",
 "Tubi."
 ],
 "readOnly": true,
@@ -16173,7 +16326,7 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "membershipDurationDays": {
-"description": "The duration in days that an entry remains in the audience after the qualifying event. If the audience has no expiration, set the value of this field to 10000. Otherwise, the set value must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 540. Only applicable to first party audiences. This field is required if one of the following audience_type is used: * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_CONTACT_INFO` * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_DEVICE_ID` *Warning*: Starting on **April 7, 2025**, audiences will no longer be able to have infinite membership duration. This field will no longer accept the value 10000 and all audiences with membership durations greater than 540 days will be updated to a membership duration of 540 days. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.audience_duration).",
+"description": "The duration in days that an entry remains in the audience after the qualifying event. The set value must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 540. Only applicable to first party audiences. This field is required if one of the following audience_type is used: * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_CONTACT_INFO` * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_DEVICE_ID`",
 "format": "int64",
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -17005,6 +17158,8 @@ false
 "EXCHANGE_TOPON_GBID",
 "EXCHANGE_NETFLIX",
 "EXCHANGE_CORE",
+"EXCHANGE_COMMERCE_GRID",
+"EXCHANGE_SPOTIFY",
 "EXCHANGE_TUBI"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -17092,6 +17247,8 @@ false
 "TopOn.",
 "Netflix.",
 "Core.",
+"Commerce Grid.",
+"Spotify.",
 "Tubi."
 ],
 "type": "string"
@@ -17944,6 +18101,8 @@ false
 "EXCHANGE_TOPON_GBID",
 "EXCHANGE_NETFLIX",
 "EXCHANGE_CORE",
+"EXCHANGE_COMMERCE_GRID",
+"EXCHANGE_SPOTIFY",
 "EXCHANGE_TUBI"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -18031,6 +18190,8 @@ false
 "TopOn.",
 "Netflix.",
 "Core.",
+"Commerce Grid.",
+"Spotify.",
 "Tubi."
 ],
 "type": "string"
@@ -18594,7 +18755,7 @@ false
 },
 "conversionCounting": {
 "$ref": "ConversionCountingConfig",
-"description": "The conversion tracking setting of the line item. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, the floodlight_activity_configs field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight)."
+"description": "The conversion tracking setting of the line item."
 },
 "creativeIds": {
 "description": "The IDs of the creatives associated with the line item.",
@@ -19633,7 +19794,7 @@ false
 "id": "MaximizeSpendBidStrategy",
 "properties": {
 "customBiddingAlgorithmId": {
-"description": "The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight).",
+"description": "The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error.",
 "format": "int64",
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -20452,8 +20613,8 @@ false
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Type value is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
-"The cost is charged for using Adloox. Billed by the partner.",
-"The cost is charged for using Adloox Pre-Bid. Billed through DV360.",
+"The cost is charged for using Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). Billed by the partner.",
+"The cost is charged for using Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) Pre-Bid. Billed through DV360.",
 "The cost is charged for using AdSafe. Billed by the partner.",
 "The cost is charged for using AdExpose. Billed by the partner.",
 "The cost is charged for using Aggregate Knowledge. Billed by the partner.",
@@ -20652,7 +20813,7 @@ false
 "id": "PerformanceGoalBidStrategy",
 "properties": {
 "customBiddingAlgorithmId": {
-"description": "The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight).",
+"description": "The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error.",
 "format": "int64",
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -21256,7 +21417,7 @@ false
 "type": "object"
 },
 "SdfDownloadTask": {
-"description": "Type for the response returned by [SdfDownloadTaskService.CreateSdfDownloadTask].",
+"description": "Type for the response returned by SdfDownloadTaskService.CreateSdfDownloadTask.",
 "id": "SdfDownloadTask",
 "properties": {
 "resourceName": {
@@ -21267,7 +21428,7 @@ false
 "type": "object"
 },
 "SdfDownloadTaskMetadata": {
-"description": "Type for the metadata returned by [SdfDownloadTaskService.CreateSdfDownloadTask].",
+"description": "Type for the metadata returned by SdfDownloadTaskService.CreateSdfDownloadTask.",
 "id": "SdfDownloadTaskMetadata",
 "properties": {
 "createTime": {
@@ -22077,7 +22238,7 @@ false
 "properties": {
 "adloox": {
 "$ref": "Adloox",
-"description": "Third party brand verifier -- Adloox."
+"description": "Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox)."
 },
 "doubleVerify": {
 "$ref": "DoubleVerify",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v4.json
index ca723b15c8c..596a1cd5d55 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v4.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v4.json
@@ -4617,7 +4617,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "patch": {
-"description": "Updates an existing custom bidding algorithm. Returns the updated custom bidding algorithm if successful. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, requests updating custom bidding algorithms that are assigned to line items will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight).",
+"description": "Updates an existing custom bidding algorithm. Returns the updated custom bidding algorithm if successful. Requests updating a custom bidding algorithm assigned to a line item will return an error.",
 "flatPath": "v4/customBiddingAlgorithms/{customBiddingAlgorithmsId}",
 "httpMethod": "PATCH",
 "id": "displayvideo.customBiddingAlgorithms.patch",
@@ -4732,7 +4732,7 @@
 "rules": {
 "methods": {
 "create": {
-"description": "Creates a new rules resource. Returns the newly created rules resource if successful. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, requests updating custom bidding algorithms that are assigned to line items will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight).",
+"description": "Creates a new rules resource. Returns the newly created rules resource if successful. Requests creating a custom bidding rules resource under an algorithm assigned to a line item will return an error.",
 "flatPath": "v4/customBiddingAlgorithms/{customBiddingAlgorithmsId}/rules",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "displayvideo.customBiddingAlgorithms.rules.create",
@@ -4878,7 +4878,7 @@
 "scripts": {
 "methods": {
 "create": {
-"description": "Creates a new custom bidding script. Returns the newly created script if successful. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, requests updating custom bidding algorithms that are assigned to line items will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight).",
+"description": "Creates a new custom bidding script. Returns the newly created script if successful. Requests creating a custom bidding script under an algorithm assigned to a line item will return an error.",
 "flatPath": "v4/customBiddingAlgorithms/{customBiddingAlgorithmsId}/scripts",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "displayvideo.customBiddingAlgorithms.scripts.create",
@@ -7519,7 +7519,7 @@
 "sdfdownloadtasks": {
 "methods": {
 "create": {
-"description": "Creates an SDF Download Task. Returns an Operation. An SDF Download Task is a long-running, asynchronous operation. The metadata type of this operation is SdfDownloadTaskMetadata. If the request is successful, the response type of the operation is SdfDownloadTask. The response will not include the download files, which must be retrieved with media.download. The state of operation can be retrieved with sdfdownloadtask.operations.get. Any errors can be found in the error.message. Note that error.details is expected to be empty.",
+"description": "Creates an SDF Download Task. Returns an Operation. An SDF Download Task is a long-running, asynchronous operation. The metadata type of this operation is SdfDownloadTaskMetadata. If the request is successful, the response type of the operation is SdfDownloadTask. The response will not include the download files, which must be retrieved with media.download. The state of operation can be retrieved with `sdfdownloadtasks.operations.get`. Any errors can be found in the error.message. Note that error.details is expected to be empty.",
 "flatPath": "v4/sdfdownloadtasks",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "displayvideo.sdfdownloadtasks.create",
@@ -8219,7 +8219,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250410",
+"revision": "20250424",
 "rootUrl": "https://displayvideo.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "ActiveViewVideoViewabilityMetricConfig": {
@@ -8560,7 +8560,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "Adloox": {
-"description": "Details of Adloox brand safety settings.",
+"description": "Details of Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) brand safety settings.",
 "id": "Adloox",
 "properties": {
 "adultExplicitSexualContent": {
@@ -8674,7 +8674,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "excludedAdlooxCategories": {
-"description": "Adloox categories to exclude.",
+"description": "Scope3 categories to exclude.",
 "items": {
 "enum": [
 "ADLOOX_UNSPECIFIED",
@@ -8688,7 +8688,7 @@
 "FRAUD"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
-"Default value when a Adloox category is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
+"Default value when a Scope3 category is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
 "Adult content (hard).",
 "Adult content (soft).",
 "Illegal content.",
@@ -8703,14 +8703,14 @@
 "type": "array"
 },
 "excludedFraudIvtMfaCategories": {
-"description": "Optional. Adloox's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude.",
+"description": "Optional. Scope3's fraud IVT MFA categories to exclude.",
 "items": {
 "enum": [
 "FRAUD_IVT_MFA_CATEGORY_UNSPECIFIED",
 "FRAUD_IVT_MFA"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
-"Default value when a Adloox Fraud, IVT, MFA category is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
+"Default value when a Scope3 Fraud, IVT, MFA category is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
 "FRAUD, IVT, MFA."
 ],
 "type": "string"
@@ -9166,9 +9166,18 @@
 "description": "Rule-based algorithm.",
 "id": "AlgorithmRules",
 "properties": {
+"attributionModelId": {
+"description": "Attribution model for the algorithm.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "impressionSignalRuleset": {
 "$ref": "AlgorithmRulesRuleset",
 "description": "Rules for the impression signals."
+},
+"postImpressionSignalRuleset": {
+"$ref": "AlgorithmRulesRuleset",
+"description": "Rules for the post-impression signals."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -9319,6 +9328,8 @@
 "EXCHANGE_TOPON_GBID",
 "EXCHANGE_NETFLIX",
 "EXCHANGE_CORE",
+"EXCHANGE_COMMERCE_GRID",
+"EXCHANGE_SPOTIFY",
 "EXCHANGE_TUBI"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -9406,6 +9417,8 @@
 "TopOn.",
 "Netflix.",
 "Core.",
+"Commerce Grid.",
+"Spotify.",
 "Tubi."
 ],
 "type": "string"
@@ -9434,6 +9447,70 @@
 "stringValue": {
 "description": "String value.",
 "type": "string"
+},
+"videoPlayerSizeValue": {
+"description": "Video player size value.",
+"enum": [
+"VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE_SMALL",
+"VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE_LARGE",
+"VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE_HD",
+"VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE_UNKNOWN"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Video player size is not specified in this version. This enum is a place holder for a default value and does not represent a real video player size.",
+"The dimensions of the video player are less than 400\u00d7300 (desktop), or up to 20% of screen covered (mobile).",
+"The dimensions of the video player are between 400x300 and 1280x720 pixels (desktop), or 20% to 90% of the screen covered (mobile).",
+"The dimensions of the video player are 1280\u00d7720 or greater (desktop), or over 90% of the screen covered (mobile).",
+"The dimensions of the video player are unknown."
+],
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"AlgorithmRulesFloodlightActivityConversionSignal": {
+"description": "The rule to score impressions based on Floodlight conversion events.",
+"id": "AlgorithmRulesFloodlightActivityConversionSignal",
+"properties": {
+"conversionCounting": {
+"description": "Required. The type of conversions to be used in impression value computation, for example, post-click conversions.",
+"enum": [
+"CONVERSION_COUNTING_UNSPECIFIED",
+"ALL_CONVERSIONS",
+"POST_CLICK",
+"POST_VIEW"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"The action is not specified.",
+"All conversions.",
+"Post-click conversions.",
+"Post-view conversions."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"countingMethod": {
+"description": "Required. The way to acquire value from the floodlight activity, for example, count of the conversion.",
+"enum": [
+"COUNTING_METHOD_UNSPECIFIED",
+"CONVERSIONS_COUNT",
+"SALES_QUANTITY",
+"SALES_VALUE",
+"UNIQUE_COUNT"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"The action is not specified.",
+"The count of conversions associated with the conversion activity.",
+"The number of sales items associated with the conversion activity.",
+"The sales revenue associated with the conversion activity.",
+"The count of unique conversions associated with the conversion activity. Only one conversion can be counted per impression."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"floodlightActivityId": {
+"description": "Required. Id of the floodlight activity.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -9513,6 +9590,40 @@
 "description": "Signal used to evaluate rules.",
 "id": "AlgorithmRulesSignal",
 "properties": {
+"activeViewSignal": {
+"description": "Signal based on active views.",
+"enum": [
+"ACTIVE_VIEW_SIGNAL_UNSPECIFIED",
+"ACTIVE_VIEW_VIEWED",
+"AUDIBLE",
+"VIDEO_COMPLETED",
+"TIME_ON_SCREEN",
+"VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE",
+"COMPLETED_IN_VIEW_AUDIBLE"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unknown signal.",
+"Whether Active View detects that your ad has been viewed. Value is stored in the boolValue field of the comparison value.",
+"Whether Active View detects that your ad was audible. Value is stored in the boolValue field of the comparison value.",
+"Whether the video was completed. Value is stored in the boolValue field of the comparison value.",
+"The time the ad was on screen in seconds. Value is stored in the int64Value field of the comparison value.",
+"The size of the video player displaying the ad. Value is stored in the videoPlayerSizeValue field of the comparison value.",
+"Whether the ad was completed in view and audible. Value is stored in the boolValue field of the comparison value."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"clickSignal": {
+"description": "Signal based on clicks.",
+"enum": [
+"CLICK_SIGNAL_UNSPECIFIED",
+"CLICK"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unknown signal.",
+"Whether the ad was clicked. Value is stored in the boolValue field of the comparison value."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
 "impressionSignal": {
 "description": "Signal based on impressions.",
 "enum": [
@@ -9587,6 +9698,32 @@
 "description": "Adjusted value of the signal used for rule evaluation.",
 "id": "AlgorithmRulesSignalValue",
 "properties": {
+"activeViewSignal": {
+"description": "Signal based on active views. Only `TIME_ON_SCREEN` is supported.",
+"enum": [
+"ACTIVE_VIEW_SIGNAL_UNSPECIFIED",
+"ACTIVE_VIEW_VIEWED",
+"AUDIBLE",
+"VIDEO_COMPLETED",
+"TIME_ON_SCREEN",
+"VIDEO_PLAYER_SIZE",
+"COMPLETED_IN_VIEW_AUDIBLE"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unknown signal.",
+"Whether Active View detects that your ad has been viewed. Value is stored in the boolValue field of the comparison value.",
+"Whether Active View detects that your ad was audible. Value is stored in the boolValue field of the comparison value.",
+"Whether the video was completed. Value is stored in the boolValue field of the comparison value.",
+"The time the ad was on screen in seconds. Value is stored in the int64Value field of the comparison value.",
+"The size of the video player displaying the ad. Value is stored in the videoPlayerSizeValue field of the comparison value.",
+"Whether the ad was completed in view and audible. Value is stored in the boolValue field of the comparison value."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"floodlightActivityConversionSignal": {
+"$ref": "AlgorithmRulesFloodlightActivityConversionSignal",
+"description": "Signal based on floodlight conversion events."
+},
 "number": {
 "description": "Value to use as result.",
 "format": "double",
@@ -12070,7 +12207,7 @@
 "id": "ConversionCountingConfig",
 "properties": {
 "floodlightActivityConfigs": {
-"description": "The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, this field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight).",
+"description": "The Floodlight activity configs used to track conversions. The number of conversions counted is the sum of all of the conversions counted by all of the Floodlight activity IDs specified in this field. This field can't be updated if a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "TrackingFloodlightActivityConfig"
 },
@@ -14214,6 +14351,8 @@ false
 "EXCHANGE_TOPON_GBID",
 "EXCHANGE_NETFLIX",
 "EXCHANGE_CORE",
+"EXCHANGE_COMMERCE_GRID",
+"EXCHANGE_SPOTIFY",
 "EXCHANGE_TUBI"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -14301,6 +14440,8 @@ false
 "TopOn.",
 "Netflix.",
 "Core.",
+"Commerce Grid.",
+"Spotify.",
 "Tubi."
 ],
 "type": "string"
@@ -14413,6 +14554,8 @@ false
 "EXCHANGE_TOPON_GBID",
 "EXCHANGE_NETFLIX",
 "EXCHANGE_CORE",
+"EXCHANGE_COMMERCE_GRID",
+"EXCHANGE_SPOTIFY",
 "EXCHANGE_TUBI"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -14500,6 +14643,8 @@ false
 "TopOn.",
 "Netflix.",
 "Core.",
+"Commerce Grid.",
+"Spotify.",
 "Tubi."
 ],
 "type": "string"
@@ -14613,6 +14758,8 @@ false
 "EXCHANGE_TOPON_GBID",
 "EXCHANGE_NETFLIX",
 "EXCHANGE_CORE",
+"EXCHANGE_COMMERCE_GRID",
+"EXCHANGE_SPOTIFY",
 "EXCHANGE_TUBI"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -14700,6 +14847,8 @@ false
 "TopOn.",
 "Netflix.",
 "Core.",
+"Commerce Grid.",
+"Spotify.",
 "Tubi."
 ],
 "type": "string"
@@ -14814,6 +14963,8 @@ false
 "EXCHANGE_TOPON_GBID",
 "EXCHANGE_NETFLIX",
 "EXCHANGE_CORE",
+"EXCHANGE_COMMERCE_GRID",
+"EXCHANGE_SPOTIFY",
 "EXCHANGE_TUBI"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -14901,6 +15052,8 @@ false
 "TopOn.",
 "Netflix.",
 "Core.",
+"Commerce Grid.",
+"Spotify.",
 "Tubi."
 ],
 "readOnly": true,
@@ -15088,7 +15241,7 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "membershipDurationDays": {
-"description": "Output only. The duration in days that an entry remains in the audience after the qualifying event. If the audience has no expiration, set the value of this field to 10000. Otherwise, the set value must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 540. Only applicable to first party audiences. This field is required if one of the following audience_type is used: * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_CONTACT_INFO` * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_DEVICE_ID` *Warning*: Starting on **April 7, 2025**, audiences will no longer be able to have infinite membership duration. This field will no longer accept the value 10000 and all audiences with membership durations greater than 540 days will be updated to a membership duration of 540 days. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.audience_duration).",
+"description": "Output only. The duration in days that an entry remains in the audience after the qualifying event. The set value must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 540. Only applicable to first party audiences. This field is required if one of the following audience_type is used: * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_CONTACT_INFO` * `CUSTOMER_MATCH_DEVICE_ID`",
 "format": "int64",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
@@ -15921,6 +16074,8 @@ false
 "EXCHANGE_TOPON_GBID",
 "EXCHANGE_NETFLIX",
 "EXCHANGE_CORE",
+"EXCHANGE_COMMERCE_GRID",
+"EXCHANGE_SPOTIFY",
 "EXCHANGE_TUBI"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -16008,6 +16163,8 @@ false
 "TopOn.",
 "Netflix.",
 "Core.",
+"Commerce Grid.",
+"Spotify.",
 "Tubi."
 ],
 "type": "string"
@@ -16860,6 +17017,8 @@ false
 "EXCHANGE_TOPON_GBID",
 "EXCHANGE_NETFLIX",
 "EXCHANGE_CORE",
+"EXCHANGE_COMMERCE_GRID",
+"EXCHANGE_SPOTIFY",
 "EXCHANGE_TUBI"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -16947,6 +17106,8 @@ false
 "TopOn.",
 "Netflix.",
 "Core.",
+"Commerce Grid.",
+"Spotify.",
 "Tubi."
 ],
 "type": "string"
@@ -17510,7 +17671,7 @@ false
 },
 "conversionCounting": {
 "$ref": "ConversionCountingConfig",
-"description": "The conversion tracking setting of the line item. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, the floodlight_activity_configs field will no longer be writable while a custom bidding algorithm is assigned to the line item. If you set this field and assign a custom bidding algorithm in the same request, the floodlight activities must match the ones used by the custom bidding algorithm. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight)."
+"description": "The conversion tracking setting of the line item."
 },
 "creativeIds": {
 "description": "The IDs of the creatives associated with the line item.",
@@ -18514,7 +18675,7 @@ false
 "id": "MaximizeSpendBidStrategy",
 "properties": {
 "customBiddingAlgorithmId": {
-"description": "The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight).",
+"description": "The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error.",
 "format": "int64",
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -19299,8 +19460,8 @@ false
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Type value is not specified or is unknown in this version.",
-"The cost is charged for using Adloox. Billed by the partner.",
-"The cost is charged for using Adloox Pre-Bid. Billed through DV360.",
+"The cost is charged for using Scope3 (previously known as Adloox). Billed by the partner.",
+"The cost is charged for using Scope3 (previously known as Adloox) Pre-Bid. Billed through DV360.",
 "The cost is charged for using AdSafe. Billed by the partner.",
 "The cost is charged for using AdExpose. Billed by the partner.",
 "The cost is charged for using Aggregate Knowledge. Billed by the partner.",
@@ -19498,7 +19659,7 @@ false
 "id": "PerformanceGoalBidStrategy",
 "properties": {
 "customBiddingAlgorithmId": {
-"description": "The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. *Warning*: Starting **April 1, 2025**, assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error. [Read more about this announced change](/display-video/api/deprecations#features.custom_bidding_floodlight).",
+"description": "The ID of the Custom Bidding Algorithm used by this strategy. Only applicable when performance_goal_type is set to `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CUSTOM_ALGO`. Assigning a custom bidding algorithm that uses floodlight activities not identified in floodlightActivityConfigs will return an error.",
 "format": "int64",
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -20067,7 +20228,7 @@ false
 "type": "object"
 },
 "SdfDownloadTask": {
-"description": "Type for the response returned by [SdfDownloadTaskService.CreateSdfDownloadTask].",
+"description": "Type for the response returned by SdfDownloadTaskService.CreateSdfDownloadTask.",
 "id": "SdfDownloadTask",
 "properties": {
 "resourceName": {
@@ -20078,7 +20239,7 @@ false
 "type": "object"
 },
 "SdfDownloadTaskMetadata": {
-"description": "Type for the metadata returned by [SdfDownloadTaskService.CreateSdfDownloadTask].",
+"description": "Type for the metadata returned by SdfDownloadTaskService.CreateSdfDownloadTask.",
 "id": "SdfDownloadTaskMetadata",
 "properties": {
 "createTime": {
@@ -20888,7 +21049,7 @@ false
 "properties": {
 "adloox": {
 "$ref": "Adloox",
-"description": "Third party brand verifier -- Adloox."
+"description": "Third party brand verifier -- Scope3 (previously known as Adloox)."
 },
 "doubleVerify": {
 "$ref": "DoubleVerify",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json
index c0752ad491f..9add4547ce6 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json
@@ -1048,7 +1048,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250416",
+"revision": "20250421",
 "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3AutoLabelDocumentsMetadata": {
@@ -3682,6 +3682,22 @@ true
 "description": "User defined name for the property.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"groundingConfig": {
+"description": "Grounding config of the entity type.",
+"enum": [
+"GROUNDING_CONFIG_UNSPECIFIED",
+"STRICT",
+"RELAXED",
+"NO_GROUNDING"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified grounding config. It defaults to `STRICT` grounding.",
+"Strict grounding.",
+"Relaxed grounding.",
+"Allow no grounding."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
 "name": {
 "description": "The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name.",
 "type": "string"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json
index 22d0d7e6ea0..7262f26bda6 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json
@@ -1290,7 +1290,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250416",
+"revision": "20250421",
 "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3AutoLabelDocumentsMetadata": {
@@ -3108,6 +3108,13 @@
 "description": "Document represents the canonical document resource in Document AI. It is an interchange format that provides insights into documents and allows for collaboration between users and Document AI to iterate and optimize for quality.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3Document",
 "properties": {
+"blobAssets": {
+"description": "Optional. The blob assets in this document. This is used to store the content of the inline blobs in this document, e.g. image bytes, such that it can be referenced by other fields in the document via asset id.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3DocumentBlobAsset"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "chunkedDocument": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3DocumentChunkedDocument",
 "description": "Document chunked based on chunking config."
@@ -3191,6 +3198,37 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3DocumentAnnotations": {
+"description": "Represents the annotation of a block or a chunk.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3DocumentAnnotations",
+"properties": {
+"description": {
+"description": "The description of the content with this annotation.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3DocumentBlobAsset": {
+"description": "Represents a blob asset. It's used to store the content of the inline blob in this document, e.g. image bytes, such that it can be referenced by other fields in the document via asset id.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3DocumentBlobAsset",
+"properties": {
+"assetId": {
+"description": "Optional. The id of the blob asset.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"content": {
+"description": "Optional. The content of the blob asset, e.g. image bytes.",
+"format": "byte",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"mimeType": {
+"description": "The mime type of the blob asset. An IANA published [media type (MIME type)](https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml).",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3DocumentChunkedDocument": {
 "description": "Represents the chunks that the document is divided into.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3DocumentChunkedDocument",
@@ -3209,6 +3247,13 @@
 "description": "Represents a chunk.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3DocumentChunkedDocumentChunk",
 "properties": {
+"chunkFields": {
+"description": "Chunk fields inside this chunk.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3DocumentChunkedDocumentChunkChunkField"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "chunkId": {
 "description": "ID of the chunk.",
 "type": "string"
@@ -3245,6 +3290,21 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3DocumentChunkedDocumentChunkChunkField": {
+"description": "The chunk field in the chunk. A chunk field could be one of the various types (e.g. image, table) supported.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3DocumentChunkedDocumentChunkChunkField",
+"properties": {
+"imageChunkField": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3DocumentChunkedDocumentChunkImageChunkField",
+"description": "The image chunk field in the chunk."
+},
+"tableChunkField": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3DocumentChunkedDocumentChunkTableChunkField",
+"description": "The table chunk field in the chunk."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3DocumentChunkedDocumentChunkChunkPageFooter": {
 "description": "Represents the page footer associated with the chunk.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3DocumentChunkedDocumentChunkChunkPageFooter",
@@ -3292,6 +3352,40 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3DocumentChunkedDocumentChunkImageChunkField": {
+"description": "The image chunk field in the chunk.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3DocumentChunkedDocumentChunkImageChunkField",
+"properties": {
+"annotations": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3DocumentAnnotations",
+"description": "Annotation of the image chunk field."
+},
+"blobAssetId": {
+"description": "Optional. Asset id of the inline image. If set, find the image content in the blob_assets field.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"dataUri": {
+"description": "Optional. Data uri of the image. It is composed of four parts: a prefix (data:), a MIME type indicating the type of data, an optional base64 token if non-textual, and the data itself: data:,",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"gcsUri": {
+"description": "Optional. Google Cloud Storage uri of the image.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3DocumentChunkedDocumentChunkTableChunkField": {
+"description": "The table chunk field in the chunk.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3DocumentChunkedDocumentChunkTableChunkField",
+"properties": {
+"annotations": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3DocumentAnnotations",
+"description": "Annotation of the table chunk field."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3DocumentDocumentLayout": {
 "description": "Represents the parsed layout of a document as a collection of blocks that the document is divided into.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3DocumentDocumentLayout",
@@ -3318,6 +3412,10 @@
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3BoundingPoly",
 "description": "Identifies the bounding box for the block."
 },
+"imageBlock": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3DocumentDocumentLayoutDocumentLayoutBlockLayoutImageBlock",
+"description": "Block consisting of image content."
+},
 "listBlock": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3DocumentDocumentLayoutDocumentLayoutBlockLayoutListBlock",
 "description": "Block consisting of list content/structure."
@@ -3337,6 +3435,37 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3DocumentDocumentLayoutDocumentLayoutBlockLayoutImageBlock": {
+"description": "Represents an image type block.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3DocumentDocumentLayoutDocumentLayoutBlockLayoutImageBlock",
+"properties": {
+"annotations": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3DocumentAnnotations",
+"description": "Annotation of the image block."
+},
+"blobAssetId": {
+"description": "Optional. Asset id of the inline image. If set, find the image content in the blob_assets field.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"dataUri": {
+"description": "Optional. Data uri of the image. It is composed of four parts: a prefix (data:), a MIME type indicating the type of data, an optional base64 token if non-textual, and the data itself: data:,",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"gcsUri": {
+"description": "Optional. Google Cloud Storage uri of the image.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"imageText": {
+"description": "Text extracted from the image using OCR or alt text describing the image.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"mimeType": {
+"description": "Mime type of the image. An IANA published [media type (MIME type)] (https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml).",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3DocumentDocumentLayoutDocumentLayoutBlockLayoutListBlock": {
 "description": "Represents a list type block.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3DocumentDocumentLayoutDocumentLayoutBlockLayoutListBlock",
@@ -4677,6 +4806,22 @@ true
 "description": "User defined name for the property.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"groundingConfig": {
+"description": "Grounding config of the entity type.",
+"enum": [
+"GROUNDING_CONFIG_UNSPECIFIED",
+"STRICT",
+"RELAXED",
+"NO_GROUNDING"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified grounding config. It defaults to `STRICT` grounding.",
+"Strict grounding.",
+"Relaxed grounding.",
+"Allow no grounding."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
 "name": {
 "description": "The name of the property. Follows the same guidelines as the EntityType name.",
 "type": "string"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json
index 108e9f609d1..93b5d71720a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json
@@ -3887,7 +3887,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250329",
+"revision": "20250419",
 "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "About": {
@@ -6743,33 +6743,40 @@
 "properties": {
 "displayName": {
 "description": "Output only. A plain text displayable name for this user.",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
 "emailAddress": {
 "description": "Output only. The email address of the user.",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
 "isAuthenticatedUser": {
 "description": "Output only. Whether this user is the same as the authenticated user for whom the request was made.",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "kind": {
 "default": "drive#user",
 "description": "Output only. This is always `drive#user`.",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
 "permissionId": {
 "description": "Output only. The user's ID as visible in the permissions collection.",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
 "picture": {
 "description": "Output only. The user's profile picture.",
 "properties": {
 "url": {
-"description": "Output Only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user.",
+"description": "Output only. A URL that points to a profile picture of this user.",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "object"
 }
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json
index e3ccc1c1bfa..a7f994e59fa 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1.json
@@ -154,11 +154,6 @@
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"includeUnrevealedLocations": {
-"description": "If true, the returned list will include locations which are not yet revealed.",
-"location": "query",
-"type": "boolean"
-},
 "name": {
 "description": "The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable.",
 "location": "path",
@@ -913,7 +908,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250404",
+"revision": "20250421",
 "rootUrl": "https://file.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Backup": {
@@ -1171,6 +1166,10 @@
 "description": "consumer_defined_name is the name of the instance set by the service consumers. Generally this is different from the `name` field which reperesents the system-assigned id of the instance which the service consumers do not recognize. This is a required field for tenants onboarding to Maintenance Window notifications (go/slm-rollout-maintenance-policies#prerequisites).",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"consumerProjectNumber": {
+"description": "Optional. The consumer_project_number associated with this Apigee instance. This field is added specifically to support Apigee integration with SLM Rollout and UMM. It represents the numerical project ID of the GCP project that consumes this Apigee instance. It is used for SLM rollout notifications and UMM integration, enabling proper mapping to customer projects and log delivery for Apigee instances. This field complements consumer_project_id and may be used for specific Apigee scenarios where the numerical ID is required.",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "createTime": {
 "description": "Output only. Timestamp when the resource was created.",
 "format": "google-datetime",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json
index 5ffa42206e0..30166e3cd13 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/file.v1beta1.json
@@ -154,11 +154,6 @@
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"includeUnrevealedLocations": {
-"description": "If true, the returned list will include locations which are not yet revealed.",
-"location": "query",
-"type": "boolean"
-},
 "name": {
 "description": "The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable.",
 "location": "path",
@@ -1080,7 +1075,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250414",
+"revision": "20250421",
 "rootUrl": "https://file.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Backup": {
@@ -1353,6 +1348,10 @@
 "description": "consumer_defined_name is the name of the instance set by the service consumers. Generally this is different from the `name` field which reperesents the system-assigned id of the instance which the service consumers do not recognize. This is a required field for tenants onboarding to Maintenance Window notifications (go/slm-rollout-maintenance-policies#prerequisites).",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"consumerProjectNumber": {
+"description": "Optional. The consumer_project_number associated with this Apigee instance. This field is added specifically to support Apigee integration with SLM Rollout and UMM. It represents the numerical project ID of the GCP project that consumes this Apigee instance. It is used for SLM rollout notifications and UMM integration, enabling proper mapping to customer projects and log delivery for Apigee instances. This field complements consumer_project_id and may be used for specific Apigee scenarios where the numerical ID is required.",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "createTime": {
 "description": "Output only. Timestamp when the resource was created.",
 "format": "google-datetime",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v2beta.json
index 5126a4e96cf..e82e81af61d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v2beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v2beta.json
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250416",
+"revision": "20250423",
 "rootUrl": "https://firebaseml.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Date": {
@@ -1713,6 +1713,10 @@ true
 "description": "Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema",
 "properties": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Optional. Can either be a boolean or an object; controls the presence of additional properties.",
+"type": "any"
+},
 "anyOf": {
 "description": "Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list.",
 "items": {
@@ -1724,6 +1728,13 @@ true
 "description": "Optional. Default value of the data.",
 "type": "any"
 },
+"defs": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Schema"
+},
+"description": "Optional. A map of definitions for use by `ref` Only allowed at the root of the schema.",
+"type": "object"
+},
 "description": {
 "description": "Optional. The description of the data.",
 "type": "string"
@@ -1809,6 +1820,10 @@ true
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
+"ref": {
+"description": "Optional. Allows indirect references between schema nodes. The value should be a valid reference to a child of the root `defs`. For example, the following schema defines a reference to a schema node named \"Pet\": type: object properties: pet: ref: #/defs/Pet defs: Pet: type: object properties: name: type: string The value of the \"pet\" property is a reference to the schema node named \"Pet\". See details in https://json-schema.org/understanding-json-schema/structuring",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "required": {
 "description": "Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT.",
 "items": {
@@ -1829,7 +1844,8 @@ true
 "INTEGER",
 "BOOLEAN",
 "ARRAY",
-"OBJECT"
+"OBJECT",
+"NULL"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Not specified, should not be used.",
@@ -1838,7 +1854,8 @@ true
 "OpenAPI integer type",
 "OpenAPI boolean type",
 "OpenAPI array type",
-"OpenAPI object type"
+"OpenAPI object type",
+"Null type"
 ],
 "type": "string"
 }
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/forms.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/forms.v1.json
index fcd3871257a..772bc121349 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/forms.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/forms.v1.json
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250325",
+"revision": "20250415",
 "rootUrl": "https://forms.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Answer": {
@@ -835,7 +835,7 @@
 "readOnly": true
 },
 "responderUri": {
-"description": "Output only. The form URI to share with responders. This opens a page that allows the user to submit responses but not edit the questions. For forms that have `publish_settings` value set, this will be the published form URI.",
+"description": "Output only. The form URI to share with responders. This opens a page that allows the user to submit responses but not edit the questions. For forms that have `publish_settings` value set, this is the published form URI.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json
index 0fb46b9fc30..3dd6596c9ab 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json
@@ -2227,7 +2227,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250326",
+"revision": "20250414",
 "rootUrl": "https://gkebackup.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AuditConfig": {
@@ -3614,7 +3614,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "description": {
-"description": "User specified descriptive string for this Restore.",
+"description": "Optional. User specified descriptive string for this Restore.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "etag": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json
index 8c7fccfefbe..faecee2f70d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json
@@ -2117,7 +2117,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250415",
+"revision": "20250423",
 "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AppDevExperienceFeatureSpec": {
@@ -6245,7 +6245,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "ServiceMeshCondition": {
-"description": "Condition being reported. TODO b/395151419: Remove this message once the membership-level conditions field uses the common Condition message.",
+"description": "Condition being reported.",
 "id": "ServiceMeshCondition",
 "properties": {
 "code": {
@@ -6515,7 +6515,7 @@
 "id": "ServiceMeshMembershipState",
 "properties": {
 "conditions": {
-"description": "Output only. List of conditions reported for this membership. TODO b/395151419: Use the common Condition message.",
+"description": "Output only. List of conditions reported for this membership.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "ServiceMeshCondition"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json
index a0a6d6fba88..168f7d84e10 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json
@@ -2261,7 +2261,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250415",
+"revision": "20250423",
 "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AppDevExperienceFeatureSpec": {
@@ -2814,6 +2814,10 @@
 "workloadcertificate": {
 "$ref": "FeatureSpec",
 "description": "Workload Certificate spec."
+},
+"workloadidentity": {
+"$ref": "WorkloadIdentityFeatureSpec",
+"description": "Workload Identity feature spec."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -2850,6 +2854,10 @@
 "$ref": "FeatureState",
 "description": "Output only. The \"running state\" of the Feature in this Fleet.",
 "readOnly": true
+},
+"workloadidentity": {
+"$ref": "WorkloadIdentityFeatureState",
+"description": "WorkloadIdentity fleet-level state."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -5635,6 +5643,10 @@
 "state": {
 "$ref": "FeatureState",
 "description": "The high-level state of this Feature for a single membership."
+},
+"workloadidentity": {
+"$ref": "WorkloadIdentityMembershipState",
+"description": "Workload Identity membership specific state."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -6817,7 +6829,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "ServiceMeshCondition": {
-"description": "Condition being reported. TODO b/395151419: Remove this message once the membership-level conditions field uses the common Condition message.",
+"description": "Condition being reported.",
 "id": "ServiceMeshCondition",
 "properties": {
 "code": {
@@ -7033,7 +7045,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "ServiceMeshFeatureCondition": {
-"description": "Condition being reported. TODO b/395151419: This message should be used to replace the membership-level Condition message.",
+"description": "Condition being reported.",
 "id": "ServiceMeshFeatureCondition",
 "properties": {
 "code": {
@@ -7071,6 +7083,11 @@
 "QUOTA_EXCEEDED_HTTP_FILTERS",
 "QUOTA_EXCEEDED_TCP_FILTERS",
 "QUOTA_EXCEEDED_NETWORK_ENDPOINT_GROUPS",
+"LEGACY_MC_SECRETS",
+"WORKLOAD_IDENTITY_REQUIRED",
+"NON_STANDARD_BINARY_USAGE",
+"UNSUPPORTED_GATEWAY_CLASS",
+"MANAGED_CNI_NOT_ENABLED",
 "MODERNIZATION_SCHEDULED",
 "MODERNIZATION_IN_PROGRESS",
 "MODERNIZATION_COMPLETED",
@@ -7110,6 +7127,11 @@
 "HTTPFilter quota exceeded error code.",
 "TCPFilter quota exceeded error code.",
 "NetworkEndpointGroup quota exceeded error code.",
+"Legacy istio secrets found for multicluster error code.",
+"Workload identity required error code.",
+"Non-standard binary usage error code.",
+"Unsupported gateway class error code.",
+"Managed CNI not enabled error code.",
 "Modernization is scheduled for a cluster.",
 "Modernization is in progress for a cluster.",
 "Modernization is completed for a cluster.",
@@ -7248,7 +7270,7 @@
 "type": "array"
 },
 "conditions": {
-"description": "Output only. List of conditions reported for this membership. TODO b/395151419: Use the common Condition message.",
+"description": "Output only. List of conditions reported for this membership.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "ServiceMeshCondition"
 },
@@ -7458,6 +7480,124 @@
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
+},
+"WorkloadIdentityFeatureSpec": {
+"description": "**WorkloadIdentity**: Global feature specification.",
+"id": "WorkloadIdentityFeatureSpec",
+"properties": {
+"scopeTenancyPool": {
+"description": "Pool to be used for Workload Identity. This pool in trust-domain mode is used with Fleet Tenancy, so that sameness can be enforced. ex: projects/example/locations/global/workloadidentitypools/custompool",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"WorkloadIdentityFeatureState": {
+"description": "**WorkloadIdentity**: Global feature state.",
+"id": "WorkloadIdentityFeatureState",
+"properties": {
+"namespaceStateDetails": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"$ref": "WorkloadIdentityNamespaceStateDetail"
+},
+"description": "The state of the IAM namespaces for the fleet.",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"namespaceStates": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"enum": [
+"NAMESPACE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"NAMESPACE_STATE_OK",
+"NAMESPACE_STATE_ERROR"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unknown state.",
+"The Namespace was created/updated successfully.",
+"The Namespace was not created/updated successfully. The error message is in the description field."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": "Deprecated, will erase after code is changed to use the new field.",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"scopeTenancyWorkloadIdentityPool": {
+"description": "The full name of the scope-tenancy pool for the fleet.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"workloadIdentityPool": {
+"description": "The full name of the svc.id.goog pool for the fleet.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"workloadIdentityPoolStateDetails": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"$ref": "WorkloadIdentityWorkloadIdentityPoolStateDetail"
+},
+"description": "The state of the Workload Identity Pools for the fleet.",
+"type": "object"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"WorkloadIdentityMembershipState": {
+"description": "**WorkloadIdentity**: The membership-specific state for WorkloadIdentity feature.",
+"id": "WorkloadIdentityMembershipState",
+"properties": {
+"description": {
+"description": "Deprecated, will erase after code is changed to use the new field.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"WorkloadIdentityNamespaceStateDetail": {
+"description": "NamespaceStateDetail represents the state of a IAM namespace.",
+"id": "WorkloadIdentityNamespaceStateDetail",
+"properties": {
+"code": {
+"description": "The state of the IAM namespace.",
+"enum": [
+"NAMESPACE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"NAMESPACE_STATE_OK",
+"NAMESPACE_STATE_ERROR"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unknown state.",
+"The Namespace was created/updated successfully.",
+"The Namespace was not created/updated successfully. The error message is in the description field."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": {
+"description": "A human-readable description of the current state or returned error.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"WorkloadIdentityWorkloadIdentityPoolStateDetail": {
+"description": "WorkloadIdentityPoolStateDetail represents the state of the Workload Identity Pools for the fleet.",
+"id": "WorkloadIdentityWorkloadIdentityPoolStateDetail",
+"properties": {
+"code": {
+"description": "The state of the Workload Identity Pool.",
+"enum": [
+"WORKLOAD_IDENTITY_POOL_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"WORKLOAD_IDENTITY_POOL_STATE_OK",
+"WORKLOAD_IDENTITY_POOL_STATE_ERROR"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unknown state.",
+"The Workload Identity Pool was created/updated successfully.",
+"The Workload Identity Pool was not created/updated successfully. The error message is in the description field."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": {
+"description": "A human-readable description of the current state or returned error.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
 }
 },
 "servicePath": "",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json
index bf5d438a3d6..0fc488df5b1 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json
@@ -2117,7 +2117,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250415",
+"revision": "20250421",
 "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AppDevExperienceFeatureSpec": {
@@ -6371,7 +6371,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "ServiceMeshCondition": {
-"description": "Condition being reported. TODO b/395151419: Remove this message once the membership-level conditions field uses the common Condition message.",
+"description": "Condition being reported.",
 "id": "ServiceMeshCondition",
 "properties": {
 "code": {
@@ -6641,7 +6641,7 @@
 "id": "ServiceMeshMembershipState",
 "properties": {
 "conditions": {
-"description": "Output only. List of conditions reported for this membership. TODO b/395151419: Use the common Condition message.",
+"description": "Output only. List of conditions reported for this membership.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "ServiceMeshCondition"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json
index cb401fd5244..8cec0af539b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iamcredentials.v1.json
@@ -15,6 +15,13 @@
 "description": "Creates short-lived credentials for impersonating IAM service accounts. Disabling this API also disables the IAM API (iam.googleapis.com). However, enabling this API doesn't enable the IAM API. ",
 "discoveryVersion": "v1",
 "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/creating-short-lived-service-account-credentials",
+"endpoints": [
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://iamcredentials.us-east7.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "us-east7"
+}
+],
 "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true,
 "icons": {
 "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif",
@@ -105,8 +112,68 @@
 },
 "protocol": "rest",
 "resources": {
+"locations": {
+"resources": {
+"workforcePools": {
+"methods": {
+"getAllowedLocations": {
+"description": "Returns the trust boundary info for a given workforce pool.",
+"flatPath": "v1/locations/{locationsId}/workforcePools/{workforcePoolsId}/allowedLocations",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "iamcredentials.locations.workforcePools.getAllowedLocations",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. Resource name of workforce pool.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^locations/[^/]+/workforcePools/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}/allowedLocations",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "WorkforcePoolAllowedLocations"
+}
+}
+}
+}
+}
+},
 "projects": {
 "resources": {
+"locations": {
+"resources": {
+"workloadIdentityPools": {
+"methods": {
+"getAllowedLocations": {
+"description": "Returns the trust boundary info for a given workload identity pool.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/workloadIdentityPools/{workloadIdentityPoolsId}/allowedLocations",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "iamcredentials.projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.getAllowedLocations",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. Resource name of workload identity pool.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/workloadIdentityPools/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}/allowedLocations",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "WorkloadIdentityPoolAllowedLocations"
+}
+}
+}
+}
+}
+},
 "serviceAccounts": {
 "methods": {
 "generateAccessToken": {
@@ -248,7 +315,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241024",
+"revision": "20250417",
 "rootUrl": "https://iamcredentials.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GenerateAccessTokenRequest": {
@@ -308,6 +375,10 @@
 "includeEmail": {
 "description": "Include the service account email in the token. If set to `true`, the token will contain `email` and `email_verified` claims.",
 "type": "boolean"
+},
+"organizationNumberIncluded": {
+"description": "Include the organization number of the service account in the token. If set to `true`, the token will contain a `google.organization_number` claim. The value of the claim will be `null` if the service account isn't associated with an organization.",
+"type": "boolean"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -316,7 +387,7 @@
 "id": "GenerateIdTokenResponse",
 "properties": {
 "token": {
-"description": "The OpenId Connect ID token.",
+"description": "The OpenId Connect ID token. The token is a JSON Web Token (JWT) that contains a payload with claims. See the [JSON Web Token spec](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519) for more information. Here is an example of a decoded JWT payload: ``` { \"iss\": \"https://accounts.google.com\", \"iat\": 1496953245, \"exp\": 1496953245, \"aud\": \"https://www.example.com\", \"sub\": \"107517467455664443765\", \"azp\": \"107517467455664443765\", \"email\": \"my-iam-account@my-project.iam.gserviceaccount.com\", \"email_verified\": true, \"google\": { \"organization_number\": 123456 } } ```",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
@@ -405,6 +476,46 @@
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
+},
+"WorkforcePoolAllowedLocations": {
+"description": "Represents a list of allowed locations for given workforce pool.",
+"id": "WorkforcePoolAllowedLocations",
+"properties": {
+"encodedLocations": {
+"description": "Output only. The hex encoded bitmap of the trust boundary locations",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"locations": {
+"description": "Output only. The human readable trust boundary locations. For example, [\"us-central1\", \"europe-west1\"]",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"WorkloadIdentityPoolAllowedLocations": {
+"description": "Represents a list of allowed locations for given workload identity pool.",
+"id": "WorkloadIdentityPoolAllowedLocations",
+"properties": {
+"encodedLocations": {
+"description": "Output only. The hex encoded bitmap of the trust boundary locations",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"locations": {
+"description": "Output only. The human readable trust boundary locations. For example, [\"us-central1\", \"europe-west1\"]",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
 }
 },
 "servicePath": "",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/integrations.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/integrations.v1.json
index fa1e0956675..160fceec36f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/integrations.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/integrations.v1.json
@@ -4574,7 +4574,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250413",
+"revision": "20250423",
 "rootUrl": "https://integrations.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "CrmlogErrorCode": {
@@ -10998,6 +10998,20 @@ false
 "description": "The function region of CF to be created",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"gcfApiVersion": {
+"description": "Optional. The api version of CF to be created",
+"enum": [
+"GCF_API_VERSION_UNSPECIFIED",
+"API_VERSION_V1",
+"API_VERSION_V2"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified.",
+"V1 API version.",
+"V2 API version."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
 "projectId": {
 "description": "Indicates the id of the GCP project that the function will be created in.",
 "type": "string"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json
index ca17a4eb739..714b71ee421 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250406",
+"revision": "20250420",
 "rootUrl": "https://language.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AnalyzeEntitiesRequest": {
@@ -1433,6 +1433,7 @@
 "UNKNOWN_GPU_TYPE",
 "NVIDIA_TESLA_A100",
 "NVIDIA_A100_80GB",
+"NVIDIA_B200",
 "NVIDIA_TESLA_K80",
 "NVIDIA_L4",
 "NVIDIA_TESLA_P100",
@@ -1440,6 +1441,7 @@
 "NVIDIA_TESLA_T4",
 "NVIDIA_TESLA_V100",
 "NVIDIA_H100_80GB",
+"NVIDIA_H100_MEGA_80GB",
 "NVIDIA_H200_141GB"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -1453,6 +1455,8 @@
 "",
 "",
 "",
+"",
+"",
 ""
 ],
 "type": "string"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json
index f082d311b36..1c1a2c1c1c1 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250406",
+"revision": "20250420",
 "rootUrl": "https://language.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AnalyzeEntitiesRequest": {
@@ -1451,6 +1451,7 @@
 "UNKNOWN_GPU_TYPE",
 "NVIDIA_TESLA_A100",
 "NVIDIA_A100_80GB",
+"NVIDIA_B200",
 "NVIDIA_TESLA_K80",
 "NVIDIA_L4",
 "NVIDIA_TESLA_P100",
@@ -1458,6 +1459,7 @@
 "NVIDIA_TESLA_T4",
 "NVIDIA_TESLA_V100",
 "NVIDIA_H100_80GB",
+"NVIDIA_H100_MEGA_80GB",
 "NVIDIA_H200_141GB"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -1471,6 +1473,8 @@
 "",
 "",
 "",
+"",
+"",
 ""
 ],
 "type": "string"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v2.json
index af8bbad82ef..4cb41fa95dd 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v2.json
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250406",
+"revision": "20250420",
 "rootUrl": "https://language.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AnalyzeEntitiesRequest": {
@@ -1072,6 +1072,7 @@
 "UNKNOWN_GPU_TYPE",
 "NVIDIA_TESLA_A100",
 "NVIDIA_A100_80GB",
+"NVIDIA_B200",
 "NVIDIA_TESLA_K80",
 "NVIDIA_L4",
 "NVIDIA_TESLA_P100",
@@ -1079,6 +1080,7 @@
 "NVIDIA_TESLA_T4",
 "NVIDIA_TESLA_V100",
 "NVIDIA_H100_80GB",
+"NVIDIA_H100_MEGA_80GB",
 "NVIDIA_H200_141GB"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -1092,6 +1094,8 @@
 "",
 "",
 "",
+"",
+"",
 ""
 ],
 "type": "string"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json
index 37960c515fc..d10bde99138 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 "batchPath": "batch",
 "description": "The Google Enterprise License Manager API lets you manage Google Workspace and related licenses for all users of a customer that you manage.",
 "discoveryVersion": "v1",
-"documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/licensing/",
+"documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/licensing/",
 "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true,
 "icons": {
 "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif",
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240706",
+"revision": "20250419",
 "rootUrl": "https://licensing.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Empty": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/meet.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/meet.v2.json
index 7c82875f156..542ad78bcca 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/meet.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/meet.v2.json
@@ -638,7 +638,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250415",
+"revision": "20250421",
 "rootUrl": "https://meet.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "ActiveConference": {
@@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "SmartNotesConfig": {
-"description": "Configuration related to smart notes in a meeting space. More details about smart notes https://support.google.com/meet/answer/14754931?hl=en.",
+"description": "Configuration related to smart notes in a meeting space. For more information about smart notes, see [\"Take notes for me\" in Google Meet](https://support.google.com/meet/answer/14754931).",
 "id": "SmartNotesConfig",
 "properties": {
 "autoSmartNotesGeneration": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1beta.json
index c84327b1bcc..a17475f86e9 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1beta.json
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "provider": {
-"description": "Required. The aggregation service provider. Format: `providers/{providerId}`",
+"description": "Required. The aggregation service provider. Format: `accounts/{providerId}`",
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
@@ -721,7 +721,7 @@
 "issues": {
 "methods": {
 "list": {
-"description": "Lists all account issues of a Merchant Center account.",
+"description": "Lists all account issues of a Merchant Center account. When called on a multi-client account, this method only returns issues belonging to that account, not its sub-accounts. To retrieve issues for sub-accounts, you must first call the accounts.listSubaccounts method to obtain a list of sub-accounts, and then call `accounts.issues.list` for each sub-account individually.",
 "flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/issues",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
 "id": "merchantapi.accounts.issues.list",
@@ -1111,6 +1111,254 @@
 }
 }
 },
+"relationships": {
+"methods": {
+"get": {
+"description": "Retrieve an account relationship.",
+"flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/relationships/{relationshipsId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "merchantapi.accounts.relationships.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The resource name of the account relationship to get.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/relationships/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "accounts/v1beta/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "AccountRelationship"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content"
+]
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "List account relationships for the specified account.",
+"flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/relationships",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "merchantapi.accounts.relationships.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "Optional. The maximum number of elements to return in the response. Use for paging. If no `page_size` is specified, `100` is used as the default value. The maximum allowed value is `1000`.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "Optional. The token returned by the previous `list` request.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The parent account of the account relationship to filter by.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "accounts/v1beta/{+parent}/relationships",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "ListAccountRelationshipsResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content"
+]
+},
+"patch": {
+"description": "Updates the account relationship. Executing this method requires admin access.",
+"flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/relationships/{relationshipsId}",
+"httpMethod": "PATCH",
+"id": "merchantapi.accounts.relationships.patch",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the account relationship.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/relationships/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"updateMask": {
+"description": "Optional. List of fields being updated. The following fields are supported (in both `snake_case` and `lowerCamelCase`): - `account_id_alias`",
+"format": "google-fieldmask",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "accounts/v1beta/{+name}",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "AccountRelationship"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "AccountRelationship"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content"
+]
+}
+}
+},
+"services": {
+"methods": {
+"approve": {
+"description": "Approve an account service proposal.",
+"flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/services/{servicesId}:approve",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "merchantapi.accounts.services.approve",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The resource name of the account service to approve.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "accounts/v1beta/{+name}:approve",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "ApproveAccountServiceRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "AccountService"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content"
+]
+},
+"get": {
+"description": "Retrieve an account service.",
+"flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/services/{servicesId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "merchantapi.accounts.services.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The resource name of the account service to get.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "accounts/v1beta/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "AccountService"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content"
+]
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "List account services for the specified accounts. Supports filtering.",
+"flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/services",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "merchantapi.accounts.services.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "Optional. The maximum number of elements to return in the response. Use for paging. If no `page_size` is specified, `100` is used as the default value. The maximum allowed value is `1000`.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "Optional. The token returned by the previous `list` request.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The parent account of the account service to filter by.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "accounts/v1beta/{+parent}/services",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "ListAccountServicesResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content"
+]
+},
+"propose": {
+"description": "Propose an account service.",
+"flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/services:propose",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "merchantapi.accounts.services.propose",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The resource name of the parent account for the service.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "accounts/v1beta/{+parent}/services:propose",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "ProposeAccountServiceRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "AccountService"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content"
+]
+},
+"reject": {
+"description": "Reject an account service (both proposed and approve services can be rejected).",
+"flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/accounts/{accountsId}/services/{servicesId}:reject",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "merchantapi.accounts.services.reject",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The resource name of the account service to reject.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/services/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "accounts/v1beta/{+name}:reject",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "RejectAccountServiceRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Empty"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content"
+]
+}
+}
+},
 "shippingSettings": {
 "methods": {
 "getShippingSettings": {
@@ -1386,7 +1634,7 @@
 "accept": {
 "description": "Accepts a `TermsOfService`. Executing this method requires admin access.",
 "flatPath": "accounts/v1beta/termsOfService/{termsOfServiceId}:accept",
-"httpMethod": "GET",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "merchantapi.termsOfService.accept",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "name"
@@ -1412,7 +1660,7 @@
 },
 "path": "accounts/v1beta/{+name}:accept",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "Empty"
+"$ref": "AcceptTermsOfServiceResponse"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/content"
@@ -1480,9 +1728,20 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250416",
+"revision": "20250427",
 "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
+"AcceptTermsOfServiceResponse": {
+"description": "Response message for the `AcceptTermsOfService` method.",
+"id": "AcceptTermsOfServiceResponse",
+"properties": {
+"termsOfServiceAgreementState": {
+"$ref": "TermsOfServiceAgreementState",
+"description": "The agreement state after accepting the ToS."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "Accepted": {
 "description": "Describes the accepted terms of service.",
 "id": "Accepted",
@@ -1492,7 +1751,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "termsOfService": {
-"description": "The accepted [termsOfService](google.shopping.merchant.accounts.v1main.TermsOfService).",
+"description": "The accepted termsOfService.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "validUntil": {
@@ -1592,6 +1851,97 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"AccountManagement": {
+"description": "`AccountManagement` payload.",
+"id": "AccountManagement",
+"properties": {},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"AccountRelationship": {
+"description": "The `AccountRelationship` message defines a formal connection between a merchant's account and a service provider's account. This relationship enables the provider to offer specific services to the merchant, such as product management or campaign management. It specifies the access rights and permissions to the merchant's data relevant to those services. Establishing an account relationship involves linking the merchant's account with a provider's account. The provider could be another Google account (like Google Ads or Google My Business) or a third-party platform (such as Shopify or WooCommerce).",
+"id": "AccountRelationship",
+"properties": {
+"accountIdAlias": {
+"description": "Optional. An optional alias you can assign to this account relationship. This alias acts as a convenient identifier for your own reference and management. It must be unique among all your account relationships with the same provider. For example, you might use `account_id_alias` to assign a friendly name to this relationship for easier identification in your systems.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the account relationship.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"provider": {
+"description": "Immutable. The provider of the service. Either the reference to an account such as `providers/123` or a well-known service provider (one of `providers/GOOGLE_ADS` or `providers/GOOGLE_BUSINESS_PROFILE`).",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"providerDisplayName": {
+"description": "Output only. The human-readable display name of the provider account.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"AccountService": {
+"description": "The `AccountService` message represents a specific service that a provider account offers to a merchant account. `AccountService` defines the permissions and capabilities granted to the provider, allowing for operations such as product management or campaign management. The lifecycle of an `AccountService` involves a proposal phase, where one party suggests the service, and an approval phase, where the other party accepts or rejects it. This handshake mechanism ensures mutual consent before any access is granted. This mechanism safeguards both parties by ensuring that access rights are granted appropriately and that both the merchant and provider are aware of the services enabled. In scenarios where a user is an admin of both accounts, the approval can happen automatically. The mutability of a service is also managed through `AccountService`. Some services might be immutable, for example, if they were established through other systems or APIs, and you cannot alter them through this API.",
+"id": "AccountService",
+"properties": {
+"accountAggregation": {
+"$ref": "AccountAggregation",
+"description": "Service type for account aggregation. This enables the provider, which is a Multi-Client Account (MCA), to manage multiple sub-accounts (client accounts). Through this service, the MCA provider can perform administrative and operational tasks across all linked sub-accounts. This is useful for agencies, aggregators, or large retailers that need centralized control over many merchant accounts."
+},
+"accountManagement": {
+"$ref": "AccountManagement",
+"description": "Service type for account management. Enables the provider to perform administrative actions on the merchant's account, such as configuring account settings, managing users, or updating business information."
+},
+"campaignsManagement": {
+"$ref": "CampaignsManagement",
+"description": "Service type for managing advertising campaigns. Grants the provider access to create and manage the merchant's ad campaigns, including setting up campaigns, adjusting bids, and optimizing performance."
+},
+"externalAccountId": {
+"description": "Immutable. An optional, immutable identifier that Google uses to refer to this account when communicating with the provider. This should be the unique account ID within the provider's system (for example, your shop ID in Shopify). If you have multiple accounts with the same provider - for instance, different accounts for various regions \u2014 the `external_account_id` differentiates between them, ensuring accurate linking and integration between Google and the provider.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"handshake": {
+"$ref": "Handshake",
+"description": "Output only. Information about the state of the service in terms of establishing it (e.g. is it pending approval or approved).",
+"readOnly": true
+},
+"mutability": {
+"description": "Output only. Whether the service is mutable (e.g. through Approve / Reject RPCs). A service that was created through another system or API might be immutable.",
+"enum": [
+"MUTABILITY_UNSPECIFIED",
+"MUTABLE",
+"IMMUTABLE"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unused default value",
+"The service can be mutated without restrictions.",
+"The service is read-only and must not be mutated."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the account service.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"productsManagement": {
+"$ref": "ProductsManagement",
+"description": "Service type for managing products. This allows the provider to handle product data on behalf of the merchant, including reading and writing product listings. It's commonly used when the provider offers inventory management or catalog synchronization services to keep the merchant's product information up-to-date across platforms."
+},
+"provider": {
+"description": "Output only. The provider of the service. Either the reference to an account such as `providers/123` or a well-known service provider (one of `providers/GOOGLE_ADS` or `providers/GOOGLE_BUSINESS_PROFILE`).",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"providerDisplayName": {
+"description": "Output only. The human-readable display name of the provider account.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "AddAccountService": {
 "description": "Additional instructions to add account services during creation of the account.",
 "id": "AddAccountService",
@@ -1649,6 +1999,12 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"ApproveAccountServiceRequest": {
+"description": "Request to approve an account service.",
+"id": "ApproveAccountServiceRequest",
+"properties": {},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "AutofeedSettings": {
 "description": "Collection of information related to the [autofeed](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7538732) settings.",
 "id": "AutofeedSettings",
@@ -1872,6 +2228,12 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"CampaignsManagement": {
+"description": "`CampaignManagement` payload.",
+"id": "CampaignsManagement",
+"properties": {},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "CarrierRate": {
 "description": "A list of carrier rates that can be referred to by `main_table` or `single_value`. Supported carrier services are defined in https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12577710?ref_topic=12570808&sjid=10662598224319463032-NC#zippy=%2Cdelivery-cost-rate-type%2Ccarrier-rate-au-de-uk-and-us-only.",
 "id": "CarrierRate",
@@ -2184,6 +2546,45 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"Handshake": {
+"description": "The current status of establishing of the service. (for example, pending approval or approved).",
+"id": "Handshake",
+"properties": {
+"actor": {
+"description": "Output only. The most recent account to modify the account service's `approval_status`.",
+"enum": [
+"ACTOR_UNSPECIFIED",
+"ACCOUNT",
+"OTHER_PARTY"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified actor.",
+"The last change was done by the account who has this service.",
+"The last change was done by the other party who this service points to."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"approvalState": {
+"description": "Output only. The approval state of this handshake.",
+"enum": [
+"APPROVAL_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"PENDING",
+"ESTABLISHED",
+"REJECTED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified approval status.",
+"The service was proposed and is waiting to be confirmed.",
+"Both parties have confirmed the service.",
+"The service proposal was rejected."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "Headers": {
 "description": "A non-empty list of row or column headers for a table. Exactly one of `prices`, `weights`, `num_items`, `postal_code_group_names`, or `location` must be set.",
 "id": "Headers",
@@ -2427,6 +2828,42 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"ListAccountRelationshipsResponse": {
+"description": "Response after trying to list account relationships.",
+"id": "ListAccountRelationshipsResponse",
+"properties": {
+"accountRelationships": {
+"description": "The account relationships that match your filter.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "AccountRelationship"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "A page token. You can send the `page_token` to get the next page. Only included in the `list` response if there are more pages.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ListAccountServicesResponse": {
+"description": "Response after trying to list account services.",
+"id": "ListAccountServicesResponse",
+"properties": {
+"accountServices": {
+"description": "The account services that match your filter.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "AccountService"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "A page token. You can send the `page_token` to get the next page. Only included in the `list` response if there are more pages.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "ListAccountsResponse": {
 "description": "Response message for the `ListAccounts` method.",
 "id": "ListAccountsResponse",
@@ -3028,6 +3465,12 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"ProductsManagement": {
+"description": "`ProductsManagement` payload.",
+"id": "ProductsManagement",
+"properties": {},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "Program": {
 "description": "Defines participation in a given program for the specified account. Programs provide a mechanism for adding functionality to merchant accounts. A typical example of this is the [Free product listings](https://support.google.com/merchants/topic/9240261?ref_topic=7257954,7259405,&sjid=796648681813264022-EU) program, which enables products from a merchant's store to be shown across Google for free. The following list is the available set of program resource IDs accessible through the API: * `free-listings` * `shopping-ads` * `youtube-shopping-checkout`",
 "id": "Program",
@@ -3077,6 +3520,21 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"ProposeAccountServiceRequest": {
+"description": "Request to propose an account service.",
+"id": "ProposeAccountServiceRequest",
+"properties": {
+"accountService": {
+"$ref": "AccountService",
+"description": "Required. The account service to propose."
+},
+"provider": {
+"description": "Required. The provider of the service. Either the reference to an account such as `providers/123` or a well-known service provider (one of `providers/GOOGLE_ADS` or `providers/GOOGLE_BUSINESS_PROFILE`).",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "RateGroup": {
 "description": "Shipping rate group definitions. Only the last one is allowed to have an empty `applicable_shipping_labels`, which means \"everything else\". The other `applicable_shipping_labels` must not overlap.",
 "id": "RateGroup",
@@ -3150,6 +3608,12 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"RejectAccountServiceRequest": {
+"description": "Request to reject an account service.",
+"id": "RejectAccountServiceRequest",
+"properties": {},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "Required": {
 "description": "Describes the terms of service which are required to be accepted.",
 "id": "Required",
@@ -3504,7 +3968,7 @@ false
 "type": "object"
 },
 "TermsOfServiceAgreementState": {
-"description": "This resource represents the agreement state for a given account and terms of service kind. The state is as follows: * If the merchant has accepted a terms of service, `accepted` will be populated, otherwise it will be empty * If the merchant must sign a terms of service, `required` will be populated, otherwise it will be empty. Note that both `required` and `accepted` can be present. In this case the `accepted` terms of services will have an expiration date set in the `valid_until` field. The `required` terms of services need to be accepted before `valid_until` in order for the account to continue having a valid agreement. When accepting new terms of services we expect 3Ps to display the text associated with the given terms of service agreement (the url to the file containing the text is added in the Required message below as `tos_file_uri`. The actual acceptance of the terms of service is done by calling accept on the `TermsOfService` resource.",
+"description": "This resource represents the agreement state for a given account and terms of service kind. The state is as follows: * If the merchant has accepted a terms of service, `accepted` will be populated, otherwise it will be empty * If the merchant must sign a terms of service, `required` will be populated, otherwise it will be empty. Note that both `required` and `accepted` can be present. In this case the `accepted` terms of services will have an expiration date set in the `valid_until` field. The `required` terms of services need to be accepted before `valid_until` in order for the account to continue having a valid agreement. When accepting new terms of services we expect 3Ps to display the text associated with the given terms of service agreement (the url to the file containing the text is added in the Required message below as `tos_file_uri`). The actual acceptance of the terms of service is done by calling accept on the `TermsOfService` resource.",
 "id": "TermsOfServiceAgreementState",
 "properties": {
 "accepted": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.products_v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.products_v1beta.json
index e9616fce09e..9b1feb78938 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.products_v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.products_v1beta.json
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250412",
+"revision": "20250427",
 "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Attributes": {
@@ -1465,7 +1465,7 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "versionNumber": {
-"description": "Optional. Represents the existing version (freshness) of the product, which can be used to preserve the right order when multiple updates are done at the same time. If set, the insertion is prevented when version number is lower than the current version number of the existing product. Re-insertion (for example, product refresh after 30 days) can be performed with the current `version_number`. Only supported for insertions into primary data sources. If the operation is prevented, the aborted exception will be thrown.",
+"description": "Optional. Immutable. Represents the existing version (freshness) of the product, which can be used to preserve the right order when multiple updates are done at the same time. If set, the insertion is prevented when version number is lower than the current version number of the existing product. Re-insertion (for example, product refresh after 30 days) can be performed with the current `version_number`. Only supported for insertions into primary data sources. Do not set this field for updates. Do not set this field for insertions into supplemental data sources. If the operation is prevented, the aborted exception will be thrown.",
 "format": "int64",
 "type": "string"
 }
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json
index 95c18413ed1..82253729a0c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json
@@ -143,6 +143,12 @@
 "name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
+"extraLocationTypes": {
+"description": "Optional. A list of extra location types that should be used as conditions for controlling the visibility of the locations.",
+"location": "query",
+"repeated": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
 "filter": {
 "description": "A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like `\"displayName=tokyo\"`, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).",
 "location": "query",
@@ -2919,7 +2925,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250318",
+"revision": "20250414",
 "rootUrl": "https://networkconnectivity.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AcceptHubSpokeRequest": {
@@ -3892,7 +3898,7 @@
 "type": "array"
 },
 "producerVpcSpokes": {
-"description": "Output only. The list of Producer VPC spokes that this VPC spoke is a service consumer VPC spoke for. These producer VPCs are connected through VPC peering to this spoke's backing VPC network. Because they are directly connected throuh VPC peering, NCC export filters do not apply between the service consumer VPC spoke and any of its producer VPC spokes. This VPC spoke cannot be deleted as long as any of these producer VPC spokes are connected to the NCC Hub.",
+"description": "Output only. The list of Producer VPC spokes that this VPC spoke is a service consumer VPC spoke for. These producer VPCs are connected through VPC peering to this spoke's backing VPC network. Because they are directly connected through VPC peering, NCC export filters do not apply between the service consumer VPC spoke and any of its producer VPC spokes. This VPC spoke cannot be deleted as long as any of these producer VPC spokes are connected to the NCC Hub.",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json
index b6a607f06ef..6636700b7b2 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json
@@ -143,6 +143,12 @@
 "name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
+"extraLocationTypes": {
+"description": "Optional. A list of extra location types that should be used as conditions for controlling the visibility of the locations.",
+"location": "query",
+"repeated": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
 "filter": {
 "description": "A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like `\"displayName=tokyo\"`, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).",
 "location": "query",
@@ -1116,9 +1122,39 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250318",
+"revision": "20250414",
 "rootUrl": "https://networkconnectivity.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
+"AllocationOptions": {
+"description": "Range auto-allocation options, to be optionally used when CIDR block is not explicitly set.",
+"id": "AllocationOptions",
+"properties": {
+"allocationStrategy": {
+"description": "Optional. Allocation strategy Not setting this field when the allocation is requested means an implementation defined strategy is used.",
+"enum": [
+"ALLOCATION_STRATEGY_UNSPECIFIED",
+"RANDOM",
+"FIRST_AVAILABLE",
+"RANDOM_FIRST_N_AVAILABLE",
+"FIRST_SMALLEST_FITTING"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified strategy must be used when the range is specified explicitly using ip_cidr_range field. Othherwise unspefified means using the default strategy.",
+"Random strategy, the legacy algorithm, used for backwards compatibility. This allocation strategy remains efficient in the case of concurrent allocation requests in the same peered network space and doesn't require providing the level of concurrency in an explicit parameter, but it is prone to fragmenting available address space.",
+"Pick the first available address range. This strategy is deterministic and the result is easy to predict.",
+"Pick an arbitrary range out of the first N available ones. The N will be set in the first_available_ranges_lookup_size field. This strategy should be used when concurrent allocation requests are made in the same space of peered networks while the fragmentation of the addrress space is reduced.",
+"Pick the smallest but fitting available range. This deterministic strategy minimizes fragmentation of the address space."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"firstAvailableRangesLookupSize": {
+"description": "Optional. This field must be set only when allocation_strategy is set to RANDOM_FIRST_N_AVAILABLE. The value should be the maximum expected parallelism of range creation requests issued to the same space of peered netwroks.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "AuditConfig": {
 "description": "Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { \"audit_configs\": [ { \"service\": \"allServices\", \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:jose@example.com\" ] }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\" }, { \"log_type\": \"ADMIN_READ\" } ] }, { \"service\": \"sampleservice.googleapis.com\", \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\" }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:aliya@example.com\" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.",
 "id": "AuditConfig",
@@ -1375,6 +1411,10 @@
 "description": "The internal range resource for IPAM operations within a VPC network. Used to represent a private address range along with behavioral characteristics of that range (its usage and peering behavior). Networking resources can link to this range if they are created as belonging to it.",
 "id": "InternalRange",
 "properties": {
+"allocationOptions": {
+"$ref": "AllocationOptions",
+"description": "Optional. Range auto-allocation options, may be set only when auto-allocation is selected by not setting ip_cidr_range (and setting prefix_length)."
+},
 "createTime": {
 "description": "Time when the internal range was created.",
 "format": "google-datetime",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1.json
index 4249422439a..bab2110948c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1.json
@@ -764,7 +764,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250409",
+"revision": "20250416",
 "rootUrl": "https://networkmanagement.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AbortInfo": {
@@ -803,6 +803,7 @@
 "FIREWALL_CONFIG_NOT_FOUND",
 "ROUTE_CONFIG_NOT_FOUND",
 "GOOGLE_MANAGED_SERVICE_AMBIGUOUS_PSC_ENDPOINT",
+"GOOGLE_MANAGED_SERVICE_AMBIGUOUS_ENDPOINT",
 "SOURCE_PSC_CLOUD_SQL_UNSUPPORTED",
 "SOURCE_REDIS_CLUSTER_UNSUPPORTED",
 "SOURCE_REDIS_INSTANCE_UNSUPPORTED",
@@ -849,6 +850,7 @@ false,
 false,
 false,
 false,
+false,
 false
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -880,7 +882,8 @@ false
 "Aborted because expected network configuration was missing.",
 "Aborted because expected firewall configuration was missing.",
 "Aborted because expected route configuration was missing.",
-"Aborted because a PSC endpoint selection for the Google-managed service is ambiguous (several PSC endpoints satisfy test input).",
+"Aborted because PSC endpoint selection for the Google-managed service is ambiguous (several PSC endpoints satisfy test input).",
+"Aborted because endpoint selection for the Google-managed service is ambiguous (several endpoints satisfy test input).",
 "Aborted because tests with a PSC-based Cloud SQL instance as a source are not supported.",
 "Aborted because tests with a Redis Cluster as a source are not supported.",
 "Aborted because tests with a Redis Instance as a source are not supported.",
@@ -1390,7 +1393,8 @@ false
 "PSC_PORT_MAPPING_PORT_MISMATCH",
 "PSC_PORT_MAPPING_WITHOUT_PSC_CONNECTION_UNSUPPORTED",
 "UNSUPPORTED_ROUTE_MATCHED_FOR_NAT64_DESTINATION",
-"TRAFFIC_FROM_HYBRID_ENDPOINT_TO_INTERNET_DISALLOWED"
+"TRAFFIC_FROM_HYBRID_ENDPOINT_TO_INTERNET_DISALLOWED",
+"NO_MATCHING_NAT64_GATEWAY"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Cause is unspecified.",
@@ -1481,7 +1485,8 @@ false
 "Packet is sent to the PSC port mapping service, but its destination port does not match any port mapping rules.",
 "Sending packets directly to the PSC port mapping service without going through the PSC connection is not supported.",
 "Packet with destination IP address within the reserved NAT64 range is dropped due to matching a route of an unsupported type.",
-"Packet could be dropped because hybrid endpoint like a VPN gateway or Interconnect is not allowed to send traffic to the Internet."
+"Packet could be dropped because hybrid endpoint like a VPN gateway or Interconnect is not allowed to send traffic to the Internet.",
+"Packet with destination IP address within the reserved NAT64 range is dropped due to no matching NAT gateway in the subnet."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -2003,6 +2008,10 @@ false
 "description": "URI of the PSC network attachment the NIC is attached to (if relevant).",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"running": {
+"description": "Indicates whether the Compute Engine instance is running.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "serviceAccount": {
 "deprecated": true,
 "description": "Service account authorized for the instance.",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json
index 48828ecb1cb..207b760ff7d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json
@@ -973,7 +973,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250409",
+"revision": "20250416",
 "rootUrl": "https://networkmanagement.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AbortInfo": {
@@ -1012,6 +1012,7 @@
 "FIREWALL_CONFIG_NOT_FOUND",
 "ROUTE_CONFIG_NOT_FOUND",
 "GOOGLE_MANAGED_SERVICE_AMBIGUOUS_PSC_ENDPOINT",
+"GOOGLE_MANAGED_SERVICE_AMBIGUOUS_ENDPOINT",
 "SOURCE_PSC_CLOUD_SQL_UNSUPPORTED",
 "SOURCE_REDIS_CLUSTER_UNSUPPORTED",
 "SOURCE_REDIS_INSTANCE_UNSUPPORTED",
@@ -1058,6 +1059,7 @@ false,
 false,
 false,
 false,
+false,
 false
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -1089,7 +1091,8 @@ false
 "Aborted because expected network configuration was missing.",
 "Aborted because expected firewall configuration was missing.",
 "Aborted because expected route configuration was missing.",
-"Aborted because a PSC endpoint selection for the Google-managed service is ambiguous (several PSC endpoints satisfy test input).",
+"Aborted because PSC endpoint selection for the Google-managed service is ambiguous (several PSC endpoints satisfy test input).",
+"Aborted because endpoint selection for the Google-managed service is ambiguous (several endpoints satisfy test input).",
 "Aborted because tests with a PSC-based Cloud SQL instance as a source are not supported.",
 "Aborted because tests with a Redis Cluster as a source are not supported.",
 "Aborted because tests with a Redis Instance as a source are not supported.",
@@ -1599,7 +1602,8 @@ false
 "PSC_PORT_MAPPING_PORT_MISMATCH",
 "PSC_PORT_MAPPING_WITHOUT_PSC_CONNECTION_UNSUPPORTED",
 "UNSUPPORTED_ROUTE_MATCHED_FOR_NAT64_DESTINATION",
-"TRAFFIC_FROM_HYBRID_ENDPOINT_TO_INTERNET_DISALLOWED"
+"TRAFFIC_FROM_HYBRID_ENDPOINT_TO_INTERNET_DISALLOWED",
+"NO_MATCHING_NAT64_GATEWAY"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Cause is unspecified.",
@@ -1690,7 +1694,8 @@ false
 "Packet is sent to the PSC port mapping service, but its destination port does not match any port mapping rules.",
 "Sending packets directly to the PSC port mapping service without going through the PSC connection is not supported.",
 "Packet with destination IP address within the reserved NAT64 range is dropped due to matching a route of an unsupported type.",
-"Packet could be dropped because hybrid endpoint like a VPN gateway or Interconnect is not allowed to send traffic to the Internet."
+"Packet could be dropped because hybrid endpoint like a VPN gateway or Interconnect is not allowed to send traffic to the Internet.",
+"Packet with destination IP address within the reserved NAT64 range is dropped due to no matching NAT gateway in the subnet."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -2216,6 +2221,10 @@ false
 "description": "URI of the PSC network attachment the NIC is attached to (if relevant).",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"running": {
+"description": "Indicates whether the Compute Engine instance is running.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "serviceAccount": {
 "deprecated": true,
 "description": "Service account authorized for the instance.",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json
index 7433188ba73..eb571899fb7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json
@@ -2756,18 +2756,18 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"mirroringDeploymentGroups": {
+"interceptDeploymentGroups": {
 "methods": {
 "create": {
 "description": "Creates a deployment group in a given project and location. See https://google.aip.dev/133.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringDeploymentGroups",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/interceptDeploymentGroups",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringDeploymentGroups.create",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.interceptDeploymentGroups.create",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "parent"
 ],
 "parameters": {
-"mirroringDeploymentGroupId": {
+"interceptDeploymentGroupId": {
 "description": "Required. The ID to use for the new deployment group, which will become the final component of the deployment group's resource name.",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
@@ -2785,9 +2785,9 @@
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v1/{+parent}/mirroringDeploymentGroups",
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/interceptDeploymentGroups",
 "request": {
-"$ref": "MirroringDeploymentGroup"
+"$ref": "InterceptDeploymentGroup"
 },
 "response": {
 "$ref": "Operation"
@@ -2798,9 +2798,9 @@
 },
 "delete": {
 "description": "Deletes a deployment group. See https://google.aip.dev/135.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringDeploymentGroups/{mirroringDeploymentGroupsId}",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/interceptDeploymentGroups/{interceptDeploymentGroupsId}",
 "httpMethod": "DELETE",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringDeploymentGroups.delete",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.interceptDeploymentGroups.delete",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "name"
 ],
@@ -2808,7 +2808,7 @@
 "name": {
 "description": "Required. The deployment group to delete.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringDeploymentGroups/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/interceptDeploymentGroups/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -2828,24 +2828,24 @@
 },
 "get": {
 "description": "Gets a specific deployment group. See https://google.aip.dev/131.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringDeploymentGroups/{mirroringDeploymentGroupsId}",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/interceptDeploymentGroups/{interceptDeploymentGroupsId}",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringDeploymentGroups.get",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.interceptDeploymentGroups.get",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "name": {
-"description": "Required. The name of the deployment group to retrieve. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/mirroringDeploymentGroups/{mirroring_deployment_group}",
+"description": "Required. The name of the deployment group to retrieve. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/interceptDeploymentGroups/{intercept_deployment_group}",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringDeploymentGroups/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/interceptDeploymentGroups/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "path": "v1/{+name}",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "MirroringDeploymentGroup"
+"$ref": "InterceptDeploymentGroup"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
@@ -2853,9 +2853,9 @@
 },
 "list": {
 "description": "Lists deployment groups in a given project and location. See https://google.aip.dev/132.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringDeploymentGroups",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/interceptDeploymentGroups",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringDeploymentGroups.list",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.interceptDeploymentGroups.list",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "parent"
 ],
@@ -2877,7 +2877,7 @@
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "pageToken": {
-"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListMirroringDeploymentGroups` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListMirroringDeploymentGroups` must match the call that provided the page token. See https://google.aip.dev/158 for more details.",
+"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListInterceptDeploymentGroups` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListInterceptDeploymentGroups` must match the call that provided the page token. See https://google.aip.dev/158 for more details.",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -2889,9 +2889,9 @@
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v1/{+parent}/mirroringDeploymentGroups",
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/interceptDeploymentGroups",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "ListMirroringDeploymentGroupsResponse"
+"$ref": "ListInterceptDeploymentGroupsResponse"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
@@ -2899,17 +2899,17 @@
 },
 "patch": {
 "description": "Updates a deployment group. See https://google.aip.dev/134.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringDeploymentGroups/{mirroringDeploymentGroupsId}",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/interceptDeploymentGroups/{interceptDeploymentGroupsId}",
 "httpMethod": "PATCH",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringDeploymentGroups.patch",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.interceptDeploymentGroups.patch",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "name": {
-"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this deployment group, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/mirroringDeploymentGroups/my-dg`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details.",
+"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this deployment group, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptDeploymentGroups/my-dg`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringDeploymentGroups/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/interceptDeploymentGroups/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -2919,7 +2919,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "updateMask": {
-"description": "Optional. The list of fields to update. Fields are specified relative to the deployment group (e.g. `description`; *not* `mirroring_deployment_group.description`). See https://google.aip.dev/161 for more details.",
+"description": "Optional. The list of fields to update. Fields are specified relative to the deployment group (e.g. `description`; *not* `intercept_deployment_group.description`). See https://google.aip.dev/161 for more details.",
 "format": "google-fieldmask",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
@@ -2927,7 +2927,7 @@
 },
 "path": "v1/{+name}",
 "request": {
-"$ref": "MirroringDeploymentGroup"
+"$ref": "InterceptDeploymentGroup"
 },
 "response": {
 "$ref": "Operation"
@@ -2938,18 +2938,18 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"mirroringDeployments": {
+"interceptDeployments": {
 "methods": {
 "create": {
 "description": "Creates a deployment in a given project and location. See https://google.aip.dev/133.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringDeployments",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/interceptDeployments",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringDeployments.create",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.interceptDeployments.create",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "parent"
 ],
 "parameters": {
-"mirroringDeploymentId": {
+"interceptDeploymentId": {
 "description": "Required. The ID to use for the new deployment, which will become the final component of the deployment's resource name.",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
@@ -2967,9 +2967,9 @@
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v1/{+parent}/mirroringDeployments",
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/interceptDeployments",
 "request": {
-"$ref": "MirroringDeployment"
+"$ref": "InterceptDeployment"
 },
 "response": {
 "$ref": "Operation"
@@ -2980,9 +2980,9 @@
 },
 "delete": {
 "description": "Deletes a deployment. See https://google.aip.dev/135.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringDeployments/{mirroringDeploymentsId}",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/interceptDeployments/{interceptDeploymentsId}",
 "httpMethod": "DELETE",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringDeployments.delete",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.interceptDeployments.delete",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "name"
 ],
@@ -2990,7 +2990,7 @@
 "name": {
 "description": "Required. Name of the resource",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringDeployments/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/interceptDeployments/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -3010,24 +3010,24 @@
 },
 "get": {
 "description": "Gets a specific deployment. See https://google.aip.dev/131.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringDeployments/{mirroringDeploymentsId}",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/interceptDeployments/{interceptDeploymentsId}",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringDeployments.get",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.interceptDeployments.get",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "name": {
-"description": "Required. The name of the deployment to retrieve. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/mirroringDeployments/{mirroring_deployment}",
+"description": "Required. The name of the deployment to retrieve. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/interceptDeployments/{intercept_deployment}",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringDeployments/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/interceptDeployments/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "path": "v1/{+name}",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "MirroringDeployment"
+"$ref": "InterceptDeployment"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
@@ -3035,9 +3035,9 @@
 },
 "list": {
 "description": "Lists deployments in a given project and location. See https://google.aip.dev/132.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringDeployments",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/interceptDeployments",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringDeployments.list",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.interceptDeployments.list",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "parent"
 ],
@@ -3059,7 +3059,7 @@
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "pageToken": {
-"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListMirroringDeployments` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListMirroringDeployments` must match the call that provided the page token. See https://google.aip.dev/158 for more details.",
+"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListInterceptDeployments` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListInterceptDeployments` must match the call that provided the page token. See https://google.aip.dev/158 for more details.",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -3071,9 +3071,9 @@
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v1/{+parent}/mirroringDeployments",
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/interceptDeployments",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "ListMirroringDeploymentsResponse"
+"$ref": "ListInterceptDeploymentsResponse"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
@@ -3081,17 +3081,17 @@
 },
 "patch": {
 "description": "Updates a deployment. See https://google.aip.dev/134.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringDeployments/{mirroringDeploymentsId}",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/interceptDeployments/{interceptDeploymentsId}",
 "httpMethod": "PATCH",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringDeployments.patch",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.interceptDeployments.patch",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "name": {
-"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this deployment, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/us-central1-a/mirroringDeployments/my-dep`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details.",
+"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this deployment, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/us-central1-a/interceptDeployments/my-dep`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringDeployments/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/interceptDeployments/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -3101,7 +3101,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "updateMask": {
-"description": "Optional. The list of fields to update. Fields are specified relative to the deployment (e.g. `description`; *not* `mirroring_deployment.description`). See https://google.aip.dev/161 for more details.",
+"description": "Optional. The list of fields to update. Fields are specified relative to the deployment (e.g. `description`; *not* `intercept_deployment.description`). See https://google.aip.dev/161 for more details.",
 "format": "google-fieldmask",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
@@ -3109,7 +3109,7 @@
 },
 "path": "v1/{+name}",
 "request": {
-"$ref": "MirroringDeployment"
+"$ref": "InterceptDeployment"
 },
 "response": {
 "$ref": "Operation"
@@ -3120,18 +3120,18 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations": {
+"interceptEndpointGroupAssociations": {
 "methods": {
 "create": {
 "description": "Creates an association in a given project and location. See https://google.aip.dev/133.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations.create",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroupAssociations.create",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "parent"
 ],
 "parameters": {
-"mirroringEndpointGroupAssociationId": {
+"interceptEndpointGroupAssociationId": {
 "description": "Optional. The ID to use for the new association, which will become the final component of the endpoint group's resource name. If not provided, the server will generate a unique ID.",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
@@ -3149,9 +3149,9 @@
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v1/{+parent}/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations",
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations",
 "request": {
-"$ref": "MirroringEndpointGroupAssociation"
+"$ref": "InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation"
 },
 "response": {
 "$ref": "Operation"
@@ -3162,9 +3162,9 @@
 },
 "delete": {
 "description": "Deletes an association. See https://google.aip.dev/135.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations/{mirroringEndpointGroupAssociationsId}",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/{interceptEndpointGroupAssociationsId}",
 "httpMethod": "DELETE",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations.delete",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroupAssociations.delete",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "name"
 ],
@@ -3172,7 +3172,7 @@
 "name": {
 "description": "Required. The association to delete.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -3192,24 +3192,24 @@
 },
 "get": {
 "description": "Gets a specific association. See https://google.aip.dev/131.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations/{mirroringEndpointGroupAssociationsId}",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/{interceptEndpointGroupAssociationsId}",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations.get",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroupAssociations.get",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "name": {
-"description": "Required. The name of the association to retrieve. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations/{mirroring_endpoint_group_association}",
+"description": "Required. The name of the association to retrieve. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/{intercept_endpoint_group_association}",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "path": "v1/{+name}",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "MirroringEndpointGroupAssociation"
+"$ref": "InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
@@ -3217,9 +3217,9 @@
 },
 "list": {
 "description": "Lists associations in a given project and location. See https://google.aip.dev/132.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations.list",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroupAssociations.list",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "parent"
 ],
@@ -3241,7 +3241,7 @@
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "pageToken": {
-"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListMirroringEndpointGroups` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListMirroringEndpointGroups` must match the call that provided the page token. See https://google.aip.dev/158 for more details.",
+"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListInterceptEndpointGroups` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListInterceptEndpointGroups` must match the call that provided the page token. See https://google.aip.dev/158 for more details.",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -3253,9 +3253,9 @@
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v1/{+parent}/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations",
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "ListMirroringEndpointGroupAssociationsResponse"
+"$ref": "ListInterceptEndpointGroupAssociationsResponse"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
@@ -3263,17 +3263,17 @@
 },
 "patch": {
 "description": "Updates an association. See https://google.aip.dev/134.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations/{mirroringEndpointGroupAssociationsId}",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/{interceptEndpointGroupAssociationsId}",
 "httpMethod": "PATCH",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations.patch",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroupAssociations.patch",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "name": {
-"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this endpoint group association, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations/my-eg-association`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details.",
+"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this endpoint group association, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/my-eg-association`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -3283,7 +3283,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "updateMask": {
-"description": "Optional. The list of fields to update. Fields are specified relative to the association (e.g. `description`; *not* `mirroring_endpoint_group_association.description`). See https://google.aip.dev/161 for more details.",
+"description": "Optional. The list of fields to update. Fields are specified relative to the association (e.g. `description`; *not* `intercept_endpoint_group_association.description`). See https://google.aip.dev/161 for more details.",
 "format": "google-fieldmask",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
@@ -3291,7 +3291,7 @@
 },
 "path": "v1/{+name}",
 "request": {
-"$ref": "MirroringEndpointGroupAssociation"
+"$ref": "InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation"
 },
 "response": {
 "$ref": "Operation"
@@ -3302,18 +3302,18 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"mirroringEndpointGroups": {
+"interceptEndpointGroups": {
 "methods": {
 "create": {
 "description": "Creates an endpoint group in a given project and location. See https://google.aip.dev/133.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringEndpointGroups",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/interceptEndpointGroups",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringEndpointGroups.create",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroups.create",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "parent"
 ],
 "parameters": {
-"mirroringEndpointGroupId": {
+"interceptEndpointGroupId": {
 "description": "Required. The ID to use for the endpoint group, which will become the final component of the endpoint group's resource name.",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
@@ -3331,9 +3331,9 @@
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v1/{+parent}/mirroringEndpointGroups",
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/interceptEndpointGroups",
 "request": {
-"$ref": "MirroringEndpointGroup"
+"$ref": "InterceptEndpointGroup"
 },
 "response": {
 "$ref": "Operation"
@@ -3344,9 +3344,9 @@
 },
 "delete": {
 "description": "Deletes an endpoint group. See https://google.aip.dev/135.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringEndpointGroups/{mirroringEndpointGroupsId}",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/interceptEndpointGroups/{interceptEndpointGroupsId}",
 "httpMethod": "DELETE",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringEndpointGroups.delete",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroups.delete",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "name"
 ],
@@ -3354,7 +3354,7 @@
 "name": {
 "description": "Required. The endpoint group to delete.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringEndpointGroups/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/interceptEndpointGroups/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -3374,24 +3374,24 @@
 },
 "get": {
 "description": "Gets a specific endpoint group. See https://google.aip.dev/131.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringEndpointGroups/{mirroringEndpointGroupsId}",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/interceptEndpointGroups/{interceptEndpointGroupsId}",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringEndpointGroups.get",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroups.get",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "name": {
-"description": "Required. The name of the endpoint group to retrieve. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/mirroringEndpointGroups/{mirroring_endpoint_group}",
+"description": "Required. The name of the endpoint group to retrieve. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/interceptEndpointGroups/{intercept_endpoint_group}",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringEndpointGroups/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/interceptEndpointGroups/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "path": "v1/{+name}",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "MirroringEndpointGroup"
+"$ref": "InterceptEndpointGroup"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
@@ -3399,9 +3399,9 @@
 },
 "list": {
 "description": "Lists endpoint groups in a given project and location. See https://google.aip.dev/132.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringEndpointGroups",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/interceptEndpointGroups",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringEndpointGroups.list",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroups.list",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "parent"
 ],
@@ -3423,7 +3423,7 @@
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "pageToken": {
-"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListMirroringEndpointGroups` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListMirroringEndpointGroups` must match the call that provided the page token. See https://google.aip.dev/158 for more details.",
+"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListInterceptEndpointGroups` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListInterceptEndpointGroups` must match the call that provided the page token. See https://google.aip.dev/158 for more details.",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -3435,9 +3435,9 @@
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v1/{+parent}/mirroringEndpointGroups",
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/interceptEndpointGroups",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "ListMirroringEndpointGroupsResponse"
+"$ref": "ListInterceptEndpointGroupsResponse"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
@@ -3445,17 +3445,17 @@
 },
 "patch": {
 "description": "Updates an endpoint group. See https://google.aip.dev/134.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringEndpointGroups/{mirroringEndpointGroupsId}",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/interceptEndpointGroups/{interceptEndpointGroupsId}",
 "httpMethod": "PATCH",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringEndpointGroups.patch",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.interceptEndpointGroups.patch",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "name": {
-"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this endpoint group, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/mirroringEndpointGroups/my-eg`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details.",
+"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this endpoint group, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroups/my-eg`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringEndpointGroups/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/interceptEndpointGroups/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -3465,7 +3465,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "updateMask": {
-"description": "Optional. The list of fields to update. Fields are specified relative to the endpoint group (e.g. `description`; *not* `mirroring_endpoint_group.description`). See https://google.aip.dev/161 for more details.",
+"description": "Optional. The list of fields to update. Fields are specified relative to the endpoint group (e.g. `description`; *not* `intercept_endpoint_group.description`). See https://google.aip.dev/161 for more details.",
 "format": "google-fieldmask",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
@@ -3473,7 +3473,7 @@
 },
 "path": "v1/{+name}",
 "request": {
-"$ref": "MirroringEndpointGroup"
+"$ref": "InterceptEndpointGroup"
 },
 "response": {
 "$ref": "Operation"
@@ -3484,304 +3484,352 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"operations": {
+"mirroringDeploymentGroups": {
 "methods": {
-"cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
+"create": {
+"description": "Creates a deployment group in a given project and location. See https://google.aip.dev/133.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringDeploymentGroups",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringDeploymentGroups.create",
 "parameterOrder": [
-"name"
+"parent"
 ],
 "parameters": {
-"name": {
-"description": "The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.",
+"mirroringDeploymentGroupId": {
+"description": "Required. The ID to use for the new deployment group, which will become the final component of the deployment group's resource name.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The parent resource where this deployment group will be created. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
+},
+"requestId": {
+"description": "Optional. A unique identifier for this request. Must be a UUID4. This request is only idempotent if a `request_id` is provided. See https://google.aip.dev/155 for more details.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v1/{+name}:cancel",
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/mirroringDeploymentGroups",
 "request": {
-"$ref": "CancelOperationRequest"
+"$ref": "MirroringDeploymentGroup"
 },
 "response": {
-"$ref": "Empty"
+"$ref": "Operation"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
 "delete": {
-"description": "Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}",
+"description": "Deletes a deployment group. See https://google.aip.dev/135.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringDeploymentGroups/{mirroringDeploymentGroupsId}",
 "httpMethod": "DELETE",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.operations.delete",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringDeploymentGroups.delete",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "name": {
-"description": "The name of the operation resource to be deleted.",
+"description": "Required. The deployment group to delete.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringDeploymentGroups/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
+},
+"requestId": {
+"description": "Optional. A unique identifier for this request. Must be a UUID4. This request is only idempotent if a `request_id` is provided. See https://google.aip.dev/155 for more details.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "path": "v1/{+name}",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "Empty"
+"$ref": "Operation"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
 "get": {
-"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}",
+"description": "Gets a specific deployment group. See https://google.aip.dev/131.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringDeploymentGroups/{mirroringDeploymentGroupsId}",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.operations.get",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringDeploymentGroups.get",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "name": {
-"description": "The name of the operation resource.",
+"description": "Required. The name of the deployment group to retrieve. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/mirroringDeploymentGroups/{mirroring_deployment_group}",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringDeploymentGroups/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "path": "v1/{+name}",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "Operation"
+"$ref": "MirroringDeploymentGroup"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
 "list": {
-"description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations",
+"description": "Lists deployment groups in a given project and location. See https://google.aip.dev/132.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringDeploymentGroups",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.operations.list",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringDeploymentGroups.list",
 "parameterOrder": [
-"name"
+"parent"
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "filter": {
-"description": "The standard list filter.",
+"description": "Optional. Filter expression. See https://google.aip.dev/160#filtering for more details.",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"name": {
-"description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.",
-"location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
-"required": true,
+"orderBy": {
+"description": "Optional. Sort expression. See https://google.aip.dev/132#ordering for more details.",
+"location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "pageSize": {
-"description": "The standard list page size.",
+"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default. See https://google.aip.dev/158 for more details.",
 "format": "int32",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "pageToken": {
-"description": "The standard list page token.",
+"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListMirroringDeploymentGroups` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListMirroringDeploymentGroups` must match the call that provided the page token. See https://google.aip.dev/158 for more details.",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
-}
-},
-"path": "v1/{+name}/operations",
-"response": {
-"$ref": "ListOperationsResponse"
-},
-"scopes": [
-"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
-]
-}
-}
 },
-"serverTlsPolicies": {
-"methods": {
-"create": {
-"description": "Creates a new ServerTlsPolicy in a given project and location.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serverTlsPolicies",
-"httpMethod": "POST",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.create",
-"parameterOrder": [
-"parent"
-],
-"parameters": {
 "parent": {
-"description": "Required. The parent resource of the ServerTlsPolicy. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/{location}`.",
+"description": "Required. The parent, which owns this collection of deployment groups. Example: `projects/123456789/locations/global`. See https://google.aip.dev/132 for more details.",
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
-},
-"serverTlsPolicyId": {
-"description": "Required. Short name of the ServerTlsPolicy resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. \"server_mtls_policy\".",
-"location": "query",
-"type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v1/{+parent}/serverTlsPolicies",
-"request": {
-"$ref": "ServerTlsPolicy"
-},
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/mirroringDeploymentGroups",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "Operation"
+"$ref": "ListMirroringDeploymentGroupsResponse"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
-"delete": {
-"description": "Deletes a single ServerTlsPolicy.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serverTlsPolicies/{serverTlsPoliciesId}",
-"httpMethod": "DELETE",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.delete",
+"patch": {
+"description": "Updates a deployment group. See https://google.aip.dev/134.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringDeploymentGroups/{mirroringDeploymentGroupsId}",
+"httpMethod": "PATCH",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringDeploymentGroups.patch",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "name": {
-"description": "Required. A name of the ServerTlsPolicy to delete. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/{location}/serverTlsPolicies/*`.",
+"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this deployment group, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/mirroringDeploymentGroups/my-dg`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serverTlsPolicies/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringDeploymentGroups/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
+},
+"requestId": {
+"description": "Optional. A unique identifier for this request. Must be a UUID4. This request is only idempotent if a `request_id` is provided. See https://google.aip.dev/155 for more details.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"updateMask": {
+"description": "Optional. The list of fields to update. Fields are specified relative to the deployment group (e.g. `description`; *not* `mirroring_deployment_group.description`). See https://google.aip.dev/161 for more details.",
+"format": "google-fieldmask",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "path": "v1/{+name}",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "MirroringDeploymentGroup"
+},
 "response": {
 "$ref": "Operation"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
+}
+}
 },
-"get": {
-"description": "Gets details of a single ServerTlsPolicy.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serverTlsPolicies/{serverTlsPoliciesId}",
-"httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.get",
+"mirroringDeployments": {
+"methods": {
+"create": {
+"description": "Creates a deployment in a given project and location. See https://google.aip.dev/133.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringDeployments",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringDeployments.create",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"mirroringDeploymentId": {
+"description": "Required. The ID to use for the new deployment, which will become the final component of the deployment's resource name.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The parent resource where this deployment will be created. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"requestId": {
+"description": "Optional. A unique identifier for this request. Must be a UUID4. This request is only idempotent if a `request_id` is provided. See https://google.aip.dev/155 for more details.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/mirroringDeployments",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "MirroringDeployment"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"delete": {
+"description": "Deletes a deployment. See https://google.aip.dev/135.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringDeployments/{mirroringDeploymentsId}",
+"httpMethod": "DELETE",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringDeployments.delete",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "name": {
-"description": "Required. A name of the ServerTlsPolicy to get. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/{location}/serverTlsPolicies/*`.",
+"description": "Required. Name of the resource",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serverTlsPolicies/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringDeployments/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
+},
+"requestId": {
+"description": "Optional. A unique identifier for this request. Must be a UUID4. This request is only idempotent if a `request_id` is provided. See https://google.aip.dev/155 for more details.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "path": "v1/{+name}",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "ServerTlsPolicy"
+"$ref": "Operation"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
-"getIamPolicy": {
-"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serverTlsPolicies/{serverTlsPoliciesId}:getIamPolicy",
+"get": {
+"description": "Gets a specific deployment. See https://google.aip.dev/131.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringDeployments/{mirroringDeploymentsId}",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.getIamPolicy",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringDeployments.get",
 "parameterOrder": [
-"resource"
+"name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
-"options.requestedPolicyVersion": {
-"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).",
-"format": "int32",
-"location": "query",
-"type": "integer"
-},
-"resource": {
-"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.",
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the deployment to retrieve. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/mirroringDeployments/{mirroring_deployment}",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serverTlsPolicies/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringDeployments/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy",
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy"
+"$ref": "MirroringDeployment"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
 "list": {
-"description": "Lists ServerTlsPolicies in a given project and location.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serverTlsPolicies",
+"description": "Lists deployments in a given project and location. See https://google.aip.dev/132.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringDeployments",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.list",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringDeployments.list",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "parent"
 ],
 "parameters": {
+"filter": {
+"description": "Optional. Filter expression. See https://google.aip.dev/160#filtering for more details.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"orderBy": {
+"description": "Optional. Sort expression. See https://google.aip.dev/132#ordering for more details.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "pageSize": {
-"description": "Maximum number of ServerTlsPolicies to return per call.",
+"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default. See https://google.aip.dev/158 for more details.",
 "format": "int32",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "pageToken": {
-"description": "The value returned by the last `ListServerTlsPoliciesResponse` Indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListServerTlsPolicies` call, and that the system should return the next page of data.",
+"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListMirroringDeployments` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListMirroringDeployments` must match the call that provided the page token. See https://google.aip.dev/158 for more details.",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "parent": {
-"description": "Required. The project and location from which the ServerTlsPolicies should be listed, specified in the format `projects/*/locations/{location}`.",
+"description": "Required. The parent, which owns this collection of deployments. Example: `projects/123456789/locations/us-central1-a`. See https://google.aip.dev/132 for more details.",
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
-},
-"returnPartialSuccess": {
-"description": "Optional. Setting this field to `true` will opt the request into returning the resources that are reachable, and into including the names of those that were unreachable in the [ListServerTlsPoliciesResponse.unreachable] field. This can only be `true` when reading across collections e.g. when `parent` is set to `\"projects/example/locations/-\"`.",
-"location": "query",
-"type": "boolean"
 }
 },
-"path": "v1/{+parent}/serverTlsPolicies",
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/mirroringDeployments",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "ListServerTlsPoliciesResponse"
+"$ref": "ListMirroringDeploymentsResponse"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
 "patch": {
-"description": "Updates the parameters of a single ServerTlsPolicy.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serverTlsPolicies/{serverTlsPoliciesId}",
+"description": "Updates a deployment. See https://google.aip.dev/134.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringDeployments/{mirroringDeploymentsId}",
 "httpMethod": "PATCH",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.patch",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringDeployments.patch",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "name": {
-"description": "Required. Name of the ServerTlsPolicy resource. It matches the pattern `projects/*/locations/{location}/serverTlsPolicies/{server_tls_policy}`",
+"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this deployment, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/us-central1-a/mirroringDeployments/my-dep`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serverTlsPolicies/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringDeployments/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
+"requestId": {
+"description": "Optional. A unique identifier for this request. Must be a UUID4. This request is only idempotent if a `request_id` is provided. See https://google.aip.dev/155 for more details.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "updateMask": {
-"description": "Optional. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the ServerTlsPolicy resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.",
+"description": "Optional. The list of fields to update. Fields are specified relative to the deployment (e.g. `description`; *not* `mirroring_deployment.description`). See https://google.aip.dev/161 for more details.",
 "format": "google-fieldmask",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
@@ -3789,7 +3837,7 @@
 },
 "path": "v1/{+name}",
 "request": {
-"$ref": "ServerTlsPolicy"
+"$ref": "MirroringDeployment"
 },
 "response": {
 "$ref": "Operation"
@@ -3797,92 +3845,41 @@
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
-},
-"setIamPolicy": {
-"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serverTlsPolicies/{serverTlsPoliciesId}:setIamPolicy",
-"httpMethod": "POST",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.setIamPolicy",
-"parameterOrder": [
-"resource"
-],
-"parameters": {
-"resource": {
-"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.",
-"location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serverTlsPolicies/[^/]+$",
-"required": true,
-"type": "string"
-}
-},
-"path": "v1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy",
-"request": {
-"$ref": "GoogleIamV1SetIamPolicyRequest"
-},
-"response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy"
-},
-"scopes": [
-"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
-]
-},
-"testIamPermissions": {
-"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may \"fail open\" without warning.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serverTlsPolicies/{serverTlsPoliciesId}:testIamPermissions",
-"httpMethod": "POST",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.testIamPermissions",
-"parameterOrder": [
-"resource"
-],
-"parameters": {
-"resource": {
-"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.",
-"location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serverTlsPolicies/[^/]+$",
-"required": true,
-"type": "string"
-}
-},
-"path": "v1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions",
-"request": {
-"$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsRequest"
-},
-"response": {
-"$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsResponse"
-},
-"scopes": [
-"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
-]
 }
 }
 },
-"tlsInspectionPolicies": {
+"mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations": {
 "methods": {
 "create": {
-"description": "Creates a new TlsInspectionPolicy in a given project and location.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tlsInspectionPolicies",
+"description": "Creates an association in a given project and location. See https://google.aip.dev/133.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.tlsInspectionPolicies.create",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations.create",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "parent"
 ],
 "parameters": {
+"mirroringEndpointGroupAssociationId": {
+"description": "Optional. The ID to use for the new association, which will become the final component of the endpoint group's resource name. If not provided, the server will generate a unique ID.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "parent": {
-"description": "Required. The parent resource of the TlsInspectionPolicy. Must be in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.",
+"description": "Required. The parent resource where this association will be created. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}",
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
-"tlsInspectionPolicyId": {
-"description": "Required. Short name of the TlsInspectionPolicy resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. \"tls_inspection_policy1\".",
+"requestId": {
+"description": "Optional. A unique identifier for this request. Must be a UUID4. This request is only idempotent if a `request_id` is provided. See https://google.aip.dev/155 for more details.",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v1/{+parent}/tlsInspectionPolicies",
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations",
 "request": {
-"$ref": "TlsInspectionPolicy"
+"$ref": "MirroringEndpointGroupAssociation"
 },
 "response": {
 "$ref": "Operation"
@@ -3892,25 +3889,25 @@
 ]
 },
 "delete": {
-"description": "Deletes a single TlsInspectionPolicy.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tlsInspectionPolicies/{tlsInspectionPoliciesId}",
+"description": "Deletes an association. See https://google.aip.dev/135.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations/{mirroringEndpointGroupAssociationsId}",
 "httpMethod": "DELETE",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.tlsInspectionPolicies.delete",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations.delete",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
-"force": {
-"description": "If set to true, any rules for this TlsInspectionPolicy will also be deleted. (Otherwise, the request will only work if the TlsInspectionPolicy has no rules.)",
-"location": "query",
-"type": "boolean"
-},
 "name": {
-"description": "Required. A name of the TlsInspectionPolicy to delete. Must be in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/tlsInspectionPolicies/{tls_inspection_policy}`.",
+"description": "Required. The association to delete.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/tlsInspectionPolicies/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
+},
+"requestId": {
+"description": "Optional. A unique identifier for this request. Must be a UUID4. This request is only idempotent if a `request_id` is provided. See https://google.aip.dev/155 for more details.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "path": "v1/{+name}",
@@ -3922,84 +3919,99 @@
 ]
 },
 "get": {
-"description": "Gets details of a single TlsInspectionPolicy.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tlsInspectionPolicies/{tlsInspectionPoliciesId}",
+"description": "Gets a specific association. See https://google.aip.dev/131.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations/{mirroringEndpointGroupAssociationsId}",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.tlsInspectionPolicies.get",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations.get",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "name": {
-"description": "Required. A name of the TlsInspectionPolicy to get. Must be in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/tlsInspectionPolicies/{tls_inspection_policy}`.",
+"description": "Required. The name of the association to retrieve. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations/{mirroring_endpoint_group_association}",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/tlsInspectionPolicies/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "path": "v1/{+name}",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "TlsInspectionPolicy"
+"$ref": "MirroringEndpointGroupAssociation"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
 "list": {
-"description": "Lists TlsInspectionPolicies in a given project and location.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tlsInspectionPolicies",
+"description": "Lists associations in a given project and location. See https://google.aip.dev/132.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.tlsInspectionPolicies.list",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations.list",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "parent"
 ],
 "parameters": {
-"pageSize": {
-"description": "Maximum number of TlsInspectionPolicies to return per call.",
-"format": "int32",
+"filter": {
+"description": "Optional. Filter expression. See https://google.aip.dev/160#filtering for more details.",
 "location": "query",
-"type": "integer"
+"type": "string"
+},
+"orderBy": {
+"description": "Optional. Sort expression. See https://google.aip.dev/132#ordering for more details.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default. See https://google.aip.dev/158 for more details.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
 },
 "pageToken": {
-"description": "The value returned by the last 'ListTlsInspectionPoliciesResponse' Indicates that this is a continuation of a prior 'ListTlsInspectionPolicies' call, and that the system should return the next page of data.",
+"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListMirroringEndpointGroups` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListMirroringEndpointGroups` must match the call that provided the page token. See https://google.aip.dev/158 for more details.",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "parent": {
-"description": "Required. The project and location from which the TlsInspectionPolicies should be listed, specified in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.",
+"description": "Required. The parent, which owns this collection of associations. Example: `projects/123456789/locations/global`. See https://google.aip.dev/132 for more details.",
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v1/{+parent}/tlsInspectionPolicies",
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "ListTlsInspectionPoliciesResponse"
+"$ref": "ListMirroringEndpointGroupAssociationsResponse"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
 "patch": {
-"description": "Updates the parameters of a single TlsInspectionPolicy.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tlsInspectionPolicies/{tlsInspectionPoliciesId}",
+"description": "Updates an association. See https://google.aip.dev/134.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations/{mirroringEndpointGroupAssociationsId}",
 "httpMethod": "PATCH",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.tlsInspectionPolicies.patch",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations.patch",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "name": {
-"description": "Required. Name of the resource. Name is of the form projects/{project}/locations/{location}/tlsInspectionPolicies/{tls_inspection_policy} tls_inspection_policy should match the pattern:(^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$).",
+"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this endpoint group association, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations/my-eg-association`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/tlsInspectionPolicies/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringEndpointGroupAssociations/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
+"requestId": {
+"description": "Optional. A unique identifier for this request. Must be a UUID4. This request is only idempotent if a `request_id` is provided. See https://google.aip.dev/155 for more details.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "updateMask": {
-"description": "Optional. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the TlsInspectionPolicy resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.",
+"description": "Optional. The list of fields to update. Fields are specified relative to the association (e.g. `description`; *not* `mirroring_endpoint_group_association.description`). See https://google.aip.dev/161 for more details.",
 "format": "google-fieldmask",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
@@ -4007,7 +4019,7 @@
 },
 "path": "v1/{+name}",
 "request": {
-"$ref": "TlsInspectionPolicy"
+"$ref": "MirroringEndpointGroupAssociation"
 },
 "response": {
 "$ref": "Operation"
@@ -4018,33 +4030,38 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"urlLists": {
+"mirroringEndpointGroups": {
 "methods": {
 "create": {
-"description": "Creates a new UrlList in a given project and location.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/urlLists",
+"description": "Creates an endpoint group in a given project and location. See https://google.aip.dev/133.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringEndpointGroups",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.urlLists.create",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringEndpointGroups.create",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "parent"
 ],
 "parameters": {
+"mirroringEndpointGroupId": {
+"description": "Required. The ID to use for the endpoint group, which will become the final component of the endpoint group's resource name.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "parent": {
-"description": "Required. The parent resource of the UrlList. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/{location}`.",
+"description": "Required. The parent resource where this endpoint group will be created. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}",
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
-"urlListId": {
-"description": "Required. Short name of the UrlList resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. \"url_list\".",
+"requestId": {
+"description": "Optional. A unique identifier for this request. Must be a UUID4. This request is only idempotent if a `request_id` is provided. See https://google.aip.dev/155 for more details.",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v1/{+parent}/urlLists",
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/mirroringEndpointGroups",
 "request": {
-"$ref": "UrlList"
+"$ref": "MirroringEndpointGroup"
 },
 "response": {
 "$ref": "Operation"
@@ -4054,20 +4071,25 @@
 ]
 },
 "delete": {
-"description": "Deletes a single UrlList.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/urlLists/{urlListsId}",
+"description": "Deletes an endpoint group. See https://google.aip.dev/135.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringEndpointGroups/{mirroringEndpointGroupsId}",
 "httpMethod": "DELETE",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.urlLists.delete",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringEndpointGroups.delete",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "name": {
-"description": "Required. A name of the UrlList to delete. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/{location}/urlLists/*`.",
+"description": "Required. The endpoint group to delete.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/urlLists/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringEndpointGroups/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
+},
+"requestId": {
+"description": "Optional. A unique identifier for this request. Must be a UUID4. This request is only idempotent if a `request_id` is provided. See https://google.aip.dev/155 for more details.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "path": "v1/{+name}",
@@ -4079,84 +4101,99 @@
 ]
 },
 "get": {
-"description": "Gets details of a single UrlList.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/urlLists/{urlListsId}",
+"description": "Gets a specific endpoint group. See https://google.aip.dev/131.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringEndpointGroups/{mirroringEndpointGroupsId}",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.urlLists.get",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringEndpointGroups.get",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "name": {
-"description": "Required. A name of the UrlList to get. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/{location}/urlLists/*`.",
+"description": "Required. The name of the endpoint group to retrieve. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/mirroringEndpointGroups/{mirroring_endpoint_group}",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/urlLists/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringEndpointGroups/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "path": "v1/{+name}",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "UrlList"
+"$ref": "MirroringEndpointGroup"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
 "list": {
-"description": "Lists UrlLists in a given project and location.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/urlLists",
+"description": "Lists endpoint groups in a given project and location. See https://google.aip.dev/132.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringEndpointGroups",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.urlLists.list",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringEndpointGroups.list",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "parent"
 ],
 "parameters": {
+"filter": {
+"description": "Optional. Filter expression. See https://google.aip.dev/160#filtering for more details.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"orderBy": {
+"description": "Optional. Sort expression. See https://google.aip.dev/132#ordering for more details.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "pageSize": {
-"description": "Maximum number of UrlLists to return per call.",
+"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default. See https://google.aip.dev/158 for more details.",
 "format": "int32",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "pageToken": {
-"description": "The value returned by the last `ListUrlListsResponse` Indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListUrlLists` call, and that the system should return the next page of data.",
+"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListMirroringEndpointGroups` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListMirroringEndpointGroups` must match the call that provided the page token. See https://google.aip.dev/158 for more details.",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "parent": {
-"description": "Required. The project and location from which the UrlLists should be listed, specified in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.",
+"description": "Required. The parent, which owns this collection of endpoint groups. Example: `projects/123456789/locations/global`. See https://google.aip.dev/132 for more details.",
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"path": "v1/{+parent}/urlLists",
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/mirroringEndpointGroups",
 "response": {
-"$ref": "ListUrlListsResponse"
+"$ref": "ListMirroringEndpointGroupsResponse"
 },
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
 "patch": {
-"description": "Updates the parameters of a single UrlList.",
-"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/urlLists/{urlListsId}",
+"description": "Updates an endpoint group. See https://google.aip.dev/134.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/mirroringEndpointGroups/{mirroringEndpointGroupsId}",
 "httpMethod": "PATCH",
-"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.urlLists.patch",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.mirroringEndpointGroups.patch",
 "parameterOrder": [
 "name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "name": {
-"description": "Required. Name of the resource provided by the user. Name is of the form projects/{project}/locations/{location}/urlLists/{url_list} url_list should match the pattern:(^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$).",
+"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this endpoint group, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/mirroringEndpointGroups/my-eg`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details.",
 "location": "path",
-"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/urlLists/[^/]+$",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/mirroringEndpointGroups/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
+"requestId": {
+"description": "Optional. A unique identifier for this request. Must be a UUID4. This request is only idempotent if a `request_id` is provided. See https://google.aip.dev/155 for more details.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "updateMask": {
-"description": "Optional. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the UrlList resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.",
+"description": "Optional. The list of fields to update. Fields are specified relative to the endpoint group (e.g. `description`; *not* `mirroring_endpoint_group.description`). See https://google.aip.dev/161 for more details.",
 "format": "google-fieldmask",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
@@ -4164,7 +4201,7 @@
 },
 "path": "v1/{+name}",
 "request": {
-"$ref": "UrlList"
+"$ref": "MirroringEndpointGroup"
 },
 "response": {
 "$ref": "Operation"
@@ -4174,79 +4211,770 @@
 ]
 }
 }
-}
-}
-}
-}
-}
-},
-"revision": "20250326",
-"rootUrl": "https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/",
-"schemas": {
-"AddAddressGroupItemsRequest": {
-"description": "Request used by the AddAddressGroupItems method.",
-"id": "AddAddressGroupItemsRequest",
-"properties": {
-"items": {
-"description": "Required. List of items to add.",
-"items": {
-"type": "string"
-},
-"type": "array"
 },
-"requestId": {
-"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+"operations": {
+"methods": {
+"cancel": {
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
-"type": "object"
+"path": "v1/{+name}:cancel",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "CancelOperationRequest"
 },
-"AddressGroup": {
-"description": "AddressGroup is a resource that specifies how a collection of IP/DNS used in Firewall Policy.",
-"id": "AddressGroup",
-"properties": {
-"capacity": {
-"description": "Required. Capacity of the Address Group",
-"format": "int32",
-"type": "integer"
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Empty"
 },
-"createTime": {
-"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.",
-"format": "google-datetime",
-"readOnly": true,
-"type": "string"
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
 },
-"description": {
-"description": "Optional. Free-text description of the resource.",
+"delete": {
+"description": "Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}",
+"httpMethod": "DELETE",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.operations.delete",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the operation resource to be deleted.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
 "type": "string"
+}
 },
-"items": {
-"description": "Optional. List of items.",
-"items": {
-"type": "string"
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Empty"
 },
-"type": "array"
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
 },
-"labels": {
-"additionalProperties": {
+"get": {
+"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.operations.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the operation resource.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
 "type": "string"
+}
 },
-"description": "Optional. Set of label tags associated with the AddressGroup resource.",
-"type": "object"
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
 },
-"name": {
-"description": "Required. Name of the AddressGroup resource. It matches pattern `projects/*/locations/{location}/addressGroups/`.",
-"type": "string"
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
 },
-"purpose": {
-"description": "Optional. List of supported purposes of the Address Group.",
-"items": {
-"enum": [
-"PURPOSE_UNSPECIFIED",
-"DEFAULT",
-"CLOUD_ARMOR"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
+"list": {
+"description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.operations.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"filter": {
+"description": "The standard list filter.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "The standard list page size.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "The standard list page token.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}/operations",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "ListOperationsResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+}
+}
+},
+"serverTlsPolicies": {
+"methods": {
+"create": {
+"description": "Creates a new ServerTlsPolicy in a given project and location.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serverTlsPolicies",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.create",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The parent resource of the ServerTlsPolicy. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/{location}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"serverTlsPolicyId": {
+"description": "Required. Short name of the ServerTlsPolicy resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. \"server_mtls_policy\".",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/serverTlsPolicies",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "ServerTlsPolicy"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"delete": {
+"description": "Deletes a single ServerTlsPolicy.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serverTlsPolicies/{serverTlsPoliciesId}",
+"httpMethod": "DELETE",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.delete",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. A name of the ServerTlsPolicy to delete. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/{location}/serverTlsPolicies/*`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serverTlsPolicies/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"get": {
+"description": "Gets details of a single ServerTlsPolicy.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serverTlsPolicies/{serverTlsPoliciesId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. A name of the ServerTlsPolicy to get. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/{location}/serverTlsPolicies/*`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serverTlsPolicies/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "ServerTlsPolicy"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"getIamPolicy": {
+"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serverTlsPolicies/{serverTlsPoliciesId}:getIamPolicy",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.getIamPolicy",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"resource"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"options.requestedPolicyVersion": {
+"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"resource": {
+"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serverTlsPolicies/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "Lists ServerTlsPolicies in a given project and location.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serverTlsPolicies",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "Maximum number of ServerTlsPolicies to return per call.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "The value returned by the last `ListServerTlsPoliciesResponse` Indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListServerTlsPolicies` call, and that the system should return the next page of data.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The project and location from which the ServerTlsPolicies should be listed, specified in the format `projects/*/locations/{location}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"returnPartialSuccess": {
+"description": "Optional. Setting this field to `true` will opt the request into returning the resources that are reachable, and into including the names of those that were unreachable in the [ListServerTlsPoliciesResponse.unreachable] field. This can only be `true` when reading across collections e.g. when `parent` is set to `\"projects/example/locations/-\"`.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "boolean"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/serverTlsPolicies",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "ListServerTlsPoliciesResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"patch": {
+"description": "Updates the parameters of a single ServerTlsPolicy.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serverTlsPolicies/{serverTlsPoliciesId}",
+"httpMethod": "PATCH",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.patch",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. Name of the ServerTlsPolicy resource. It matches the pattern `projects/*/locations/{location}/serverTlsPolicies/{server_tls_policy}`",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serverTlsPolicies/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"updateMask": {
+"description": "Optional. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the ServerTlsPolicy resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.",
+"format": "google-fieldmask",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "ServerTlsPolicy"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"setIamPolicy": {
+"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serverTlsPolicies/{serverTlsPoliciesId}:setIamPolicy",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.setIamPolicy",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"resource"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"resource": {
+"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serverTlsPolicies/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleIamV1SetIamPolicyRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"testIamPermissions": {
+"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may \"fail open\" without warning.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/serverTlsPolicies/{serverTlsPoliciesId}:testIamPermissions",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.serverTlsPolicies.testIamPermissions",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"resource"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"resource": {
+"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/serverTlsPolicies/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+}
+}
+},
+"tlsInspectionPolicies": {
+"methods": {
+"create": {
+"description": "Creates a new TlsInspectionPolicy in a given project and location.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tlsInspectionPolicies",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.tlsInspectionPolicies.create",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The parent resource of the TlsInspectionPolicy. Must be in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"tlsInspectionPolicyId": {
+"description": "Required. Short name of the TlsInspectionPolicy resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. \"tls_inspection_policy1\".",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/tlsInspectionPolicies",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "TlsInspectionPolicy"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"delete": {
+"description": "Deletes a single TlsInspectionPolicy.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tlsInspectionPolicies/{tlsInspectionPoliciesId}",
+"httpMethod": "DELETE",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.tlsInspectionPolicies.delete",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"force": {
+"description": "If set to true, any rules for this TlsInspectionPolicy will also be deleted. (Otherwise, the request will only work if the TlsInspectionPolicy has no rules.)",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. A name of the TlsInspectionPolicy to delete. Must be in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/tlsInspectionPolicies/{tls_inspection_policy}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/tlsInspectionPolicies/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"get": {
+"description": "Gets details of a single TlsInspectionPolicy.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tlsInspectionPolicies/{tlsInspectionPoliciesId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.tlsInspectionPolicies.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. A name of the TlsInspectionPolicy to get. Must be in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/tlsInspectionPolicies/{tls_inspection_policy}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/tlsInspectionPolicies/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "TlsInspectionPolicy"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "Lists TlsInspectionPolicies in a given project and location.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tlsInspectionPolicies",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.tlsInspectionPolicies.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "Maximum number of TlsInspectionPolicies to return per call.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "The value returned by the last 'ListTlsInspectionPoliciesResponse' Indicates that this is a continuation of a prior 'ListTlsInspectionPolicies' call, and that the system should return the next page of data.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The project and location from which the TlsInspectionPolicies should be listed, specified in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/tlsInspectionPolicies",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "ListTlsInspectionPoliciesResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"patch": {
+"description": "Updates the parameters of a single TlsInspectionPolicy.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tlsInspectionPolicies/{tlsInspectionPoliciesId}",
+"httpMethod": "PATCH",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.tlsInspectionPolicies.patch",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. Name of the resource. Name is of the form projects/{project}/locations/{location}/tlsInspectionPolicies/{tls_inspection_policy} tls_inspection_policy should match the pattern:(^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$).",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/tlsInspectionPolicies/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"updateMask": {
+"description": "Optional. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the TlsInspectionPolicy resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.",
+"format": "google-fieldmask",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "TlsInspectionPolicy"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+}
+}
+},
+"urlLists": {
+"methods": {
+"create": {
+"description": "Creates a new UrlList in a given project and location.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/urlLists",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.urlLists.create",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The parent resource of the UrlList. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/{location}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"urlListId": {
+"description": "Required. Short name of the UrlList resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. \"url_list\".",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/urlLists",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "UrlList"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"delete": {
+"description": "Deletes a single UrlList.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/urlLists/{urlListsId}",
+"httpMethod": "DELETE",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.urlLists.delete",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. A name of the UrlList to delete. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/{location}/urlLists/*`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/urlLists/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"get": {
+"description": "Gets details of a single UrlList.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/urlLists/{urlListsId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.urlLists.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. A name of the UrlList to get. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/{location}/urlLists/*`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/urlLists/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "UrlList"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "Lists UrlLists in a given project and location.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/urlLists",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.urlLists.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "Maximum number of UrlLists to return per call.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "The value returned by the last `ListUrlListsResponse` Indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListUrlLists` call, and that the system should return the next page of data.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The project and location from which the UrlLists should be listed, specified in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/urlLists",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "ListUrlListsResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"patch": {
+"description": "Updates the parameters of a single UrlList.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/urlLists/{urlListsId}",
+"httpMethod": "PATCH",
+"id": "networksecurity.projects.locations.urlLists.patch",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. Name of the resource provided by the user. Name is of the form projects/{project}/locations/{location}/urlLists/{url_list} url_list should match the pattern:(^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$).",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/urlLists/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"updateMask": {
+"description": "Optional. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the UrlList resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields will be overwritten.",
+"format": "google-fieldmask",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "UrlList"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+}
+}
+}
+}
+}
+}
+}
+},
+"revision": "20250416",
+"rootUrl": "https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/",
+"schemas": {
+"AddAddressGroupItemsRequest": {
+"description": "Request used by the AddAddressGroupItems method.",
+"id": "AddAddressGroupItemsRequest",
+"properties": {
+"items": {
+"description": "Required. List of items to add.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"requestId": {
+"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"AddressGroup": {
+"description": "AddressGroup is a resource that specifies how a collection of IP/DNS used in Firewall Policy.",
+"id": "AddressGroup",
+"properties": {
+"capacity": {
+"description": "Required. Capacity of the Address Group",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"createTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": {
+"description": "Optional. Free-text description of the resource.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"items": {
+"description": "Optional. List of items.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"labels": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": "Optional. Set of label tags associated with the AddressGroup resource.",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. Name of the AddressGroup resource. It matches pattern `projects/*/locations/{location}/addressGroups/`.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"purpose": {
+"description": "Optional. List of supported purposes of the Address Group.",
+"items": {
+"enum": [
+"PURPOSE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"DEFAULT",
+"CLOUD_ARMOR"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value. Should never happen.",
 "Address Group is distributed to VMC, and is usable in Firewall Policies and other systems that rely on VMC.",
 "Address Group is usable in Cloud Armor."
@@ -4255,157 +4983,492 @@
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
-"selfLink": {
-"description": "Output only. Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.",
-"readOnly": true,
+"selfLink": {
+"description": "Output only. Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": {
+"description": "Required. The type of the Address Group. Possible values are \"IPv4\" or \"IPV6\".",
+"enum": [
+"TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"IPV4",
+"IPV6"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Default value.",
+"IP v4 ranges.",
+"IP v6 ranges."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"updateTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"AntivirusOverride": {
+"description": "Defines what action to take for antivirus threats per protocol.",
+"id": "AntivirusOverride",
+"properties": {
+"action": {
+"description": "Required. Threat action override. For some threat types, only a subset of actions applies.",
+"enum": [
+"THREAT_ACTION_UNSPECIFIED",
+"DEFAULT_ACTION",
+"ALLOW",
+"ALERT",
+"DENY"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Threat action not specified.",
+"The default action (as specified by the vendor) is taken.",
+"The packet matching this rule will be allowed to transmit.",
+"The packet matching this rule will be allowed to transmit, but a threat_log entry will be sent to the consumer project.",
+"The packet matching this rule will be dropped, and a threat_log entry will be sent to the consumer project."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"protocol": {
+"description": "Required. Protocol to match.",
+"enum": [
+"PROTOCOL_UNSPECIFIED",
+"SMTP",
+"SMB",
+"POP3",
+"IMAP",
+"HTTP2",
+"HTTP",
+"FTP"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Protocol not specified.",
+"SMTP protocol",
+"SMB protocol",
+"POP3 protocol",
+"IMAP protocol",
+"HTTP2 protocol",
+"HTTP protocol",
+"FTP protocol"
+],
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"AuthorizationPolicy": {
+"description": "AuthorizationPolicy is a resource that specifies how a server should authorize incoming connections. This resource in itself does not change the configuration unless it's attached to a target https proxy or endpoint config selector resource.",
+"id": "AuthorizationPolicy",
+"properties": {
+"action": {
+"description": "Required. The action to take when a rule match is found. Possible values are \"ALLOW\" or \"DENY\".",
+"enum": [
+"ACTION_UNSPECIFIED",
+"ALLOW",
+"DENY"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Default value.",
+"Grant access.",
+"Deny access. Deny rules should be avoided unless they are used to provide a default \"deny all\" fallback."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"createTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": {
+"description": "Optional. Free-text description of the resource.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"labels": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": "Optional. Set of label tags associated with the AuthorizationPolicy resource.",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. Name of the AuthorizationPolicy resource. It matches pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authorizationPolicies/`.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"rules": {
+"description": "Optional. List of rules to match. Note that at least one of the rules must match in order for the action specified in the 'action' field to be taken. A rule is a match if there is a matching source and destination. If left blank, the action specified in the `action` field will be applied on every request.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "Rule"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"updateTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"AuthzPolicy": {
+"description": "`AuthzPolicy` is a resource that allows to forward traffic to a callout backend designed to scan the traffic for security purposes.",
+"id": "AuthzPolicy",
+"properties": {
+"action": {
+"description": "Required. Can be one of `ALLOW`, `DENY`, `CUSTOM`. When the action is `CUSTOM`, `customProvider` must be specified. When the action is `ALLOW`, only requests matching the policy will be allowed. When the action is `DENY`, only requests matching the policy will be denied. When a request arrives, the policies are evaluated in the following order: 1. If there is a `CUSTOM` policy that matches the request, the `CUSTOM` policy is evaluated using the custom authorization providers and the request is denied if the provider rejects the request. 2. If there are any `DENY` policies that match the request, the request is denied. 3. If there are no `ALLOW` policies for the resource or if any of the `ALLOW` policies match the request, the request is allowed. 4. Else the request is denied by default if none of the configured AuthzPolicies with `ALLOW` action match the request.",
+"enum": [
+"AUTHZ_ACTION_UNSPECIFIED",
+"ALLOW",
+"DENY",
+"CUSTOM"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified action.",
+"Allow request to pass through to the backend.",
+"Deny the request and return a HTTP 404 to the client.",
+"Delegate the authorization decision to an external authorization engine."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"createTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"customProvider": {
+"$ref": "AuthzPolicyCustomProvider",
+"description": "Optional. Required if the action is `CUSTOM`. Allows delegating authorization decisions to Cloud IAP or to Service Extensions. One of `cloudIap` or `authzExtension` must be specified."
+},
+"description": {
+"description": "Optional. A human-readable description of the resource.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"httpRules": {
+"description": "Optional. A list of authorization HTTP rules to match against the incoming request. A policy match occurs when at least one HTTP rule matches the request or when no HTTP rules are specified in the policy. At least one HTTP Rule is required for Allow or Deny Action. Limited to 5 rules.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRule"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"labels": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": "Optional. Set of labels associated with the `AuthzPolicy` resource. The format must comply with [the following requirements](/compute/docs/labeling-resources#requirements).",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. Identifier. Name of the `AuthzPolicy` resource in the following format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authzPolicies/{authz_policy}`.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"target": {
+"$ref": "AuthzPolicyTarget",
+"description": "Required. Specifies the set of resources to which this policy should be applied to."
+},
+"updateTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"AuthzPolicyAuthzRule": {
+"description": "Conditions to match against the incoming request.",
+"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRule",
+"properties": {
+"from": {
+"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleFrom",
+"description": "Optional. Describes properties of a source of a request."
+},
+"to": {
+"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleTo",
+"description": "Optional. Describes properties of a target of a request."
+},
+"when": {
+"description": "Optional. CEL expression that describes the conditions to be satisfied for the action. The result of the CEL expression is ANDed with the from and to. Refer to the CEL language reference for a list of available attributes.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleFrom": {
+"description": "Describes properties of one or more sources of a request.",
+"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleFrom",
+"properties": {
+"notSources": {
+"description": "Optional. Describes the negated properties of request sources. Matches requests from sources that do not match the criteria specified in this field. At least one of sources or notSources must be specified.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleFromRequestSource"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"sources": {
+"description": "Optional. Describes the properties of a request's sources. At least one of sources or notSources must be specified. Limited to 1 source. A match occurs when ANY source (in sources or notSources) matches the request. Within a single source, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a single field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY principal matches AND ANY ipBlocks match.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleFromRequestSource"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleFromRequestSource": {
+"description": "Describes the properties of a single source.",
+"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleFromRequestSource",
+"properties": {
+"principals": {
+"description": "Optional. A list of identities derived from the client's certificate. This field will not match on a request unless mutual TLS is enabled for the forwarding rule or Gateway. For Application Load Balancers, each identity is a string whose value is matched against the URI SAN, or DNS SAN, or SPIFFE ID, or the subject field in the client's certificate. For Cloud Service Mesh, each identity is a string whose value is matched against the URI SAN, or DNS SAN, or the subject field in the client's certificate. The match can be exact, prefix, suffix, or a substring match. One of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains must be specified. Limited to 5 principals.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleStringMatch"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"resources": {
+"description": "Optional. A list of resources to match against the resource of the source VM of a request. Limited to 5 resources.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleRequestResource"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleHeaderMatch": {
+"description": "Determines how a HTTP header should be matched.",
+"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleHeaderMatch",
+"properties": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Optional. Specifies the name of the header in the request.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"value": {
+"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleStringMatch",
+"description": "Optional. Specifies how the header match will be performed."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleRequestResource": {
+"description": "Describes the properties of a client VM resource accessing the internal application load balancers.",
+"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleRequestResource",
+"properties": {
+"iamServiceAccount": {
+"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleStringMatch",
+"description": "Optional. An IAM service account to match against the source service account of the VM sending the request."
+},
+"tagValueIdSet": {
+"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleRequestResourceTagValueIdSet",
+"description": "Optional. A list of resource tag value permanent IDs to match against the resource manager tags value associated with the source VM of a request."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleRequestResourceTagValueIdSet": {
+"description": "Describes a set of resource tag value permanent IDs to match against the resource manager tags value associated with the source VM of a request.",
+"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleRequestResourceTagValueIdSet",
+"properties": {
+"ids": {
+"description": "Required. A list of resource tag value permanent IDs to match against the resource manager tags value associated with the source VM of a request. The match follows AND semantics which means all the ids must match. Limited to 5 matches.",
+"items": {
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleStringMatch": {
+"description": "Determines how a string value should be matched.",
+"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleStringMatch",
+"properties": {
+"contains": {
+"description": "The input string must have the substring specified here. Note: empty contains match is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc.def``",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"type": {
-"description": "Required. The type of the Address Group. Possible values are \"IPv4\" or \"IPV6\".",
-"enum": [
-"TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
-"IPV4",
-"IPV6"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Default value.",
-"IP v4 ranges.",
-"IP v6 ranges."
-],
+"exact": {
+"description": "The input string must match exactly the string specified here. Examples: * ``abc`` only matches the value ``abc``.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"updateTime": {
-"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated.",
-"format": "google-datetime",
-"readOnly": true,
+"ignoreCase": {
+"description": "If true, indicates the exact/prefix/suffix/contains matching should be case insensitive. For example, the matcher ``data`` will match both input string ``Data`` and ``data`` if set to true.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"prefix": {
+"description": "The input string must have the prefix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``abc.xyz``",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"suffix": {
+"description": "The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc``",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"AntivirusOverride": {
-"description": "Defines what action to take for antivirus threats per protocol.",
-"id": "AntivirusOverride",
+"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleTo": {
+"description": "Describes properties of one or more targets of a request.",
+"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleTo",
 "properties": {
-"action": {
-"description": "Required. Threat action override. For some threat types, only a subset of actions applies.",
-"enum": [
-"THREAT_ACTION_UNSPECIFIED",
-"DEFAULT_ACTION",
-"ALLOW",
-"ALERT",
-"DENY"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Threat action not specified.",
-"The default action (as specified by the vendor) is taken.",
-"The packet matching this rule will be allowed to transmit.",
-"The packet matching this rule will be allowed to transmit, but a threat_log entry will be sent to the consumer project.",
-"The packet matching this rule will be dropped, and a threat_log entry will be sent to the consumer project."
-],
-"type": "string"
+"notOperations": {
+"description": "Optional. Describes the negated properties of the targets of a request. Matches requests for operations that do not match the criteria specified in this field. At least one of operations or notOperations must be specified.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperation"
 },
-"protocol": {
-"description": "Required. Protocol to match.",
-"enum": [
-"PROTOCOL_UNSPECIFIED",
-"SMTP",
-"SMB",
-"POP3",
-"IMAP",
-"HTTP2",
-"HTTP",
-"FTP"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Protocol not specified.",
-"SMTP prtocol",
-"SMB protocol",
-"POP3 protocol",
-"IMAP protocol",
-"HTTP2 protocol",
-"HTTP protocol",
-"FTP protocol"
-],
-"type": "string"
+"type": "array"
+},
+"operations": {
+"description": "Optional. Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. At least one of operations or notOperations must be specified. Limited to 1 operation. A match occurs when ANY operation (in operations or notOperations) matches. Within an operation, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY path matches AND ANY header matches and ANY method matches.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperation"
+},
+"type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"AuthorizationPolicy": {
-"description": "AuthorizationPolicy is a resource that specifies how a server should authorize incoming connections. This resource in itself does not change the configuration unless it's attached to a target https proxy or endpoint config selector resource.",
-"id": "AuthorizationPolicy",
+"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperation": {
+"description": "Describes properties of one or more targets of a request.",
+"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperation",
 "properties": {
-"action": {
-"description": "Required. The action to take when a rule match is found. Possible values are \"ALLOW\" or \"DENY\".",
-"enum": [
-"ACTION_UNSPECIFIED",
-"ALLOW",
-"DENY"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Default value.",
-"Grant access.",
-"Deny access. Deny rules should be avoided unless they are used to provide a default \"deny all\" fallback."
-],
-"type": "string"
+"headerSet": {
+"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperationHeaderSet",
+"description": "Optional. A list of headers to match against in http header."
 },
-"createTime": {
-"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.",
-"format": "google-datetime",
-"readOnly": true,
-"type": "string"
+"hosts": {
+"description": "Optional. A list of HTTP Hosts to match against. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 5 matches.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleStringMatch"
 },
-"description": {
-"description": "Optional. Free-text description of the resource.",
+"type": "array"
+},
+"methods": {
+"description": "Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match against. Each entry must be a valid HTTP method name (GET, PUT, POST, HEAD, PATCH, DELETE, OPTIONS). It only allows exact match and is always case sensitive.",
+"items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
-"labels": {
-"additionalProperties": {
+"type": "array"
+},
+"paths": {
+"description": "Optional. A list of paths to match against. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 5 matches. Note that this path match includes the query parameters. For gRPC services, this should be a fully-qualified name of the form /package.service/method.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleStringMatch"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperationHeaderSet": {
+"description": "Describes a set of HTTP headers to match against.",
+"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperationHeaderSet",
+"properties": {
+"headers": {
+"description": "Required. A list of headers to match against in http header. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). The match follows AND semantics which means all the headers must match. Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 5 matches.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleHeaderMatch"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"AuthzPolicyCustomProvider": {
+"description": "Allows delegating authorization decisions to Cloud IAP or to Service Extensions.",
+"id": "AuthzPolicyCustomProvider",
+"properties": {
+"authzExtension": {
+"$ref": "AuthzPolicyCustomProviderAuthzExtension",
+"description": "Optional. Delegate authorization decision to user authored Service Extension. Only one of cloudIap or authzExtension can be specified."
+},
+"cloudIap": {
+"$ref": "AuthzPolicyCustomProviderCloudIap",
+"description": "Optional. Delegates authorization decisions to Cloud IAP. Applicable only for managed load balancers. Enabling Cloud IAP at the AuthzPolicy level is not compatible with Cloud IAP settings in the BackendService. Enabling IAP in both places will result in request failure. Ensure that IAP is enabled in either the AuthzPolicy or the BackendService but not in both places."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"AuthzPolicyCustomProviderAuthzExtension": {
+"description": "Optional. Delegate authorization decision to user authored extension. Only one of cloudIap or authzExtension can be specified.",
+"id": "AuthzPolicyCustomProviderAuthzExtension",
+"properties": {
+"resources": {
+"description": "Required. A list of references to authorization extensions that will be invoked for requests matching this policy. Limited to 1 custom provider.",
+"items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
-"description": "Optional. Set of label tags associated with the AuthorizationPolicy resource.",
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
 "type": "object"
 },
-"name": {
-"description": "Required. Name of the AuthorizationPolicy resource. It matches pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authorizationPolicies/`.",
+"AuthzPolicyCustomProviderCloudIap": {
+"description": "Optional. Delegates authorization decisions to Cloud IAP. Applicable only for managed load balancers. Enabling Cloud IAP at the AuthzPolicy level is not compatible with Cloud IAP settings in the BackendService. Enabling IAP in both places will result in request failure. Ensure that IAP is enabled in either the AuthzPolicy or the BackendService but not in both places.",
+"id": "AuthzPolicyCustomProviderCloudIap",
+"properties": {},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"AuthzPolicyTarget": {
+"description": "Specifies the set of targets to which this policy should be applied to.",
+"id": "AuthzPolicyTarget",
+"properties": {
+"loadBalancingScheme": {
+"description": "Required. All gateways and forwarding rules referenced by this policy and extensions must share the same load balancing scheme. Supported values: `INTERNAL_MANAGED` and `EXTERNAL_MANAGED`. For more information, refer to [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service).",
+"enum": [
+"LOAD_BALANCING_SCHEME_UNSPECIFIED",
+"INTERNAL_MANAGED",
+"EXTERNAL_MANAGED",
+"INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Default value. Do not use.",
+"Signifies that this is used for Regional internal or Cross-region internal Application Load Balancing.",
+"Signifies that this is used for Global external or Regional external Application Load Balancing.",
+"Signifies that this is used for Cloud Service Mesh. Meant for use by CSM GKE controller only."
+],
 "type": "string"
 },
-"rules": {
-"description": "Optional. List of rules to match. Note that at least one of the rules must match in order for the action specified in the 'action' field to be taken. A rule is a match if there is a matching source and destination. If left blank, the action specified in the `action` field will be applied on every request.",
+"resources": {
+"description": "Required. A list of references to the Forwarding Rules on which this policy will be applied.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "Rule"
+"type": "string"
 },
 "type": "array"
+}
 },
-"updateTime": {
-"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated.",
-"format": "google-datetime",
-"readOnly": true,
+"type": "object"
+},
+"CancelOperationRequest": {
+"description": "The request message for Operations.CancelOperation.",
+"id": "CancelOperationRequest",
+"properties": {},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"CertificateProviderInstance": {
+"description": "Specification of a TLS certificate provider instance. Workloads may have one or more CertificateProvider instances (plugins) and one of them is enabled and configured by specifying this message. Workloads use the values from this message to locate and load the CertificateProvider instance configuration.",
+"id": "CertificateProviderInstance",
+"properties": {
+"pluginInstance": {
+"description": "Required. Plugin instance name, used to locate and load CertificateProvider instance configuration. Set to \"google_cloud_private_spiffe\" to use Certificate Authority Service certificate provider instance.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"AuthzPolicy": {
-"description": "`AuthzPolicy` is a resource that allows to forward traffic to a callout backend designed to scan the traffic for security purposes.",
-"id": "AuthzPolicy",
+"ClientTlsPolicy": {
+"description": "ClientTlsPolicy is a resource that specifies how a client should authenticate connections to backends of a service. This resource itself does not affect configuration unless it is attached to a backend service resource.",
+"id": "ClientTlsPolicy",
 "properties": {
-"action": {
-"description": "Required. Can be one of `ALLOW`, `DENY`, `CUSTOM`. When the action is `CUSTOM`, `customProvider` must be specified. When the action is `ALLOW`, only requests matching the policy will be allowed. When the action is `DENY`, only requests matching the policy will be denied. When a request arrives, the policies are evaluated in the following order: 1. If there is a `CUSTOM` policy that matches the request, the `CUSTOM` policy is evaluated using the custom authorization providers and the request is denied if the provider rejects the request. 2. If there are any `DENY` policies that match the request, the request is denied. 3. If there are no `ALLOW` policies for the resource or if any of the `ALLOW` policies match the request, the request is allowed. 4. Else the request is denied by default if none of the configured AuthzPolicies with `ALLOW` action match the request.",
-"enum": [
-"AUTHZ_ACTION_UNSPECIFIED",
-"ALLOW",
-"DENY",
-"CUSTOM"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Unspecified action.",
-"Allow request to pass through to the backend.",
-"Deny the request and return a HTTP 404 to the client.",
-"Delegate the authorization decision to an external authorization engine."
-],
-"type": "string"
+"clientCertificate": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1CertificateProvider",
+"description": "Optional. Defines a mechanism to provision client identity (public and private keys) for peer to peer authentication. The presence of this dictates mTLS."
 },
 "createTime": {
 "description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.",
@@ -4413,35 +5476,31 @@
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
-"customProvider": {
-"$ref": "AuthzPolicyCustomProvider",
-"description": "Optional. Required if the action is `CUSTOM`. Allows delegating authorization decisions to Cloud IAP or to Service Extensions. One of `cloudIap` or `authzExtension` must be specified."
-},
 "description": {
-"description": "Optional. A human-readable description of the resource.",
+"description": "Optional. Free-text description of the resource.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"httpRules": {
-"description": "Optional. A list of authorization HTTP rules to match against the incoming request. A policy match occurs when at least one HTTP rule matches the request or when no HTTP rules are specified in the policy. At least one HTTP Rule is required for Allow or Deny Action. Limited to 5 rules.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRule"
-},
-"type": "array"
-},
 "labels": {
 "additionalProperties": {
 "type": "string"
 },
-"description": "Optional. Set of labels associated with the `AuthzPolicy` resource. The format must comply with [the following requirements](/compute/docs/labeling-resources#requirements).",
+"description": "Optional. Set of label tags associated with the resource.",
 "type": "object"
 },
 "name": {
-"description": "Required. Identifier. Name of the `AuthzPolicy` resource in the following format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/authzPolicies/{authz_policy}`.",
+"description": "Required. Name of the ClientTlsPolicy resource. It matches the pattern `projects/*/locations/{location}/clientTlsPolicies/{client_tls_policy}`",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"target": {
-"$ref": "AuthzPolicyTarget",
-"description": "Required. Specifies the set of resources to which this policy should be applied to."
+"serverValidationCa": {
+"description": "Optional. Defines the mechanism to obtain the Certificate Authority certificate to validate the server certificate. If empty, client does not validate the server certificate.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "ValidationCA"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"sni": {
+"description": "Optional. Server Name Indication string to present to the server during TLS handshake. E.g: \"secure.example.com\".",
+"type": "string"
 },
 "updateTime": {
 "description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated.",
@@ -4452,298 +5511,338 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"AuthzPolicyAuthzRule": {
-"description": "Conditions to match against the incoming request.",
-"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRule",
+"CloneAddressGroupItemsRequest": {
+"description": "Request used by the CloneAddressGroupItems method.",
+"id": "CloneAddressGroupItemsRequest",
 "properties": {
-"from": {
-"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleFrom",
-"description": "Optional. Describes properties of a source of a request."
+"requestId": {
+"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"to": {
-"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleTo",
-"description": "Optional. Describes properties of a target of a request."
+"sourceAddressGroup": {
+"description": "Required. Source address group to clone items from.",
+"type": "string"
+}
 },
-"when": {
-"description": "Optional. CEL expression that describes the conditions to be satisfied for the action. The result of the CEL expression is ANDed with the from and to. Refer to the CEL language reference for a list of available attributes.",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"CustomInterceptProfile": {
+"description": "CustomInterceptProfile defines in-band integration behavior (intercept). It is used by firewall rules with an APPLY_SECURITY_PROFILE_GROUP action.",
+"id": "CustomInterceptProfile",
+"properties": {
+"interceptEndpointGroup": {
+"description": "Required. The target InterceptEndpointGroup. When a firewall rule with this security profile attached matches a packet, the packet will be intercepted to the location-local target in this group.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleFrom": {
-"description": "Describes properties of one or more sources of a request.",
-"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleFrom",
+"CustomMirroringProfile": {
+"description": "CustomMirroringProfile defines out-of-band integration behavior (mirroring). It is used by mirroring rules with a MIRROR action.",
+"id": "CustomMirroringProfile",
 "properties": {
-"notSources": {
-"description": "Optional. Describes the negated properties of request sources. Matches requests from sources that do not match the criteria specified in this field. At least one of sources or notSources must be specified.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleFromRequestSource"
+"mirroringEndpointGroup": {
+"description": "Required. The target MirroringEndpointGroup. When a mirroring rule with this security profile attached matches a packet, a replica will be mirrored to the location-local target in this group.",
+"type": "string"
+}
 },
-"type": "array"
+"type": "object"
 },
-"sources": {
-"description": "Optional. Describes the properties of a request's sources. At least one of sources or notSources must be specified. Limited to 1 source. A match occurs when ANY source (in sources or notSources) matches the request. Within a single source, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a single field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY principal matches AND ANY ipBlocks match.",
+"Destination": {
+"description": "Specification of traffic destination attributes.",
+"id": "Destination",
+"properties": {
+"hosts": {
+"description": "Required. List of host names to match. Matched against the \":authority\" header in http requests. At least one host should match. Each host can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example \"mydomain.*\") or a suffix match (example \"*.myorg.com\") or a presence (any) match \"*\".",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleFromRequestSource"
+"type": "string"
 },
 "type": "array"
-}
 },
-"type": "object"
+"httpHeaderMatch": {
+"$ref": "HttpHeaderMatch",
+"description": "Optional. Match against key:value pair in http header. Provides a flexible match based on HTTP headers, for potentially advanced use cases. At least one header should match. Avoid using header matches to make authorization decisions unless there is a strong guarantee that requests arrive through a trusted client or proxy."
 },
-"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleFromRequestSource": {
-"description": "Describes the properties of a single source.",
-"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleFromRequestSource",
-"properties": {
-"principals": {
-"description": "Optional. A list of identities derived from the client's certificate. This field will not match on a request unless mutual TLS is enabled for the forwarding rule or Gateway. For Application Load Balancers, each identity is a string whose value is matched against the URI SAN, or DNS SAN, or SPIFFE ID, or the subject field in the client's certificate. For Cloud Service Mesh, each identity is a string whose value is matched against the URI SAN, or DNS SAN, or the subject field in the client's certificate. The match can be exact, prefix, suffix, or a substring match. One of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains must be specified. Limited to 5 principals.",
+"methods": {
+"description": "Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match. At least one method should match. Should not be set for gRPC services.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleStringMatch"
+"type": "string"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
-"resources": {
-"description": "Optional. A list of resources to match against the resource of the source VM of a request. Limited to 5 resources.",
+"ports": {
+"description": "Required. List of destination ports to match. At least one port should match.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleRequestResource"
+"format": "uint32",
+"type": "integer"
 },
 "type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleHeaderMatch": {
-"description": "Determines how a HTTP header should be matched.",
-"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleHeaderMatch",
+"Empty": {
+"description": "A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }",
+"id": "Empty",
+"properties": {},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"Expr": {
+"description": "Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: \"Summary size limit\" description: \"Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars\" expression: \"document.summary.size() < 100\" Example (Equality): title: \"Requestor is owner\" description: \"Determines if requestor is the document owner\" expression: \"document.owner == request.auth.claims.email\" Example (Logic): title: \"Public documents\" description: \"Determine whether the document should be publicly visible\" expression: \"document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'\" Example (Data Manipulation): title: \"Notification string\" description: \"Create a notification string with a timestamp.\" expression: \"'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)\" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.",
+"id": "Expr",
 "properties": {
-"name": {
-"description": "Optional. Specifies the name of the header in the request.",
+"description": {
+"description": "Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"value": {
-"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleStringMatch",
-"description": "Optional. Specifies how the header match will be performed."
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
+"expression": {
+"description": "Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleRequestResource": {
-"description": "Describes the properties of a client VM resource accessing the internal application load balancers.",
-"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleRequestResource",
-"properties": {
-"iamServiceAccount": {
-"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleStringMatch",
-"description": "Optional. An IAM service account to match against the source service account of the VM sending the request."
+"location": {
+"description": "Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"tagValueIdSet": {
-"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleRequestResourceTagValueIdSet",
-"description": "Optional. A list of resource tag value permanent IDs to match against the resource manager tags value associated with the source VM of a request."
+"title": {
+"description": "Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleRequestResourceTagValueIdSet": {
-"description": "Describes a set of resource tag value permanent IDs to match against the resource manager tags value associated with the source VM of a request.",
-"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleRequestResourceTagValueIdSet",
+"FirewallEndpoint": {
+"description": "Message describing Endpoint object",
+"id": "FirewallEndpoint",
 "properties": {
-"ids": {
-"description": "Required. A list of resource tag value permanent IDs to match against the resource manager tags value associated with the source VM of a request. The match follows AND semantics which means all the ids must match. Limited to 5 matches.",
+"associatedNetworks": {
+"deprecated": true,
+"description": "Output only. List of networks that are associated with this endpoint in the local zone. This is a projection of the FirewallEndpointAssociations pointing at this endpoint. A network will only appear in this list after traffic routing is fully configured. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{name}.",
 "items": {
-"format": "int64",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "array"
-}
 },
-"type": "object"
+"associations": {
+"description": "Output only. List of FirewallEndpointAssociations that are associated to this endpoint. An association will only appear in this list after traffic routing is fully configured.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "FirewallEndpointAssociationReference"
 },
-"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleStringMatch": {
-"description": "Determines how a string value should be matched.",
-"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleStringMatch",
-"properties": {
-"contains": {
-"description": "The input string must have the substring specified here. Note: empty contains match is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc.def``",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "array"
+},
+"billingProjectId": {
+"description": "Required. Project to bill on endpoint uptime usage.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"exact": {
-"description": "The input string must match exactly the string specified here. Examples: * ``abc`` only matches the value ``abc``.",
+"createTime": {
+"description": "Output only. Create time stamp",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
-"ignoreCase": {
-"description": "If true, indicates the exact/prefix/suffix/contains matching should be case insensitive. For example, the matcher ``data`` will match both input string ``Data`` and ``data`` if set to true.",
+"description": {
+"description": "Optional. Description of the firewall endpoint. Max length 2048 characters.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"labels": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": "Optional. Labels as key value pairs",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Immutable. Identifier. name of resource",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"reconciling": {
+"description": "Output only. Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
-"prefix": {
-"description": "The input string must have the prefix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``abc.xyz``",
+"satisfiesPzi": {
+"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"satisfiesPzs": {
+"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"state": {
+"description": "Output only. Current state of the endpoint.",
+"enum": [
+"STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"CREATING",
+"ACTIVE",
+"DELETING",
+"INACTIVE"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Not set.",
+"Being created.",
+"Processing configuration updates.",
+"Being deleted.",
+"Down or in an error state."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
-"suffix": {
-"description": "The input string must have the suffix specified here. Note: empty prefix is not allowed, please use regex instead. Examples: * ``abc`` matches the value ``xyz.abc``",
+"updateTime": {
+"description": "Output only. Update time stamp",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleTo": {
-"description": "Describes properties of one or more targets of a request.",
-"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleTo",
+"FirewallEndpointAssociation": {
+"description": "Message describing Association object",
+"id": "FirewallEndpointAssociation",
 "properties": {
-"notOperations": {
-"description": "Optional. Describes the negated properties of the targets of a request. Matches requests for operations that do not match the criteria specified in this field. At least one of operations or notOperations must be specified.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperation"
+"createTime": {
+"description": "Output only. Create time stamp",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
 },
-"type": "array"
+"disabled": {
+"description": "Optional. Whether the association is disabled. True indicates that traffic won't be intercepted",
+"type": "boolean"
 },
-"operations": {
-"description": "Optional. Describes properties of one or more targets of a request. At least one of operations or notOperations must be specified. Limited to 1 operation. A match occurs when ANY operation (in operations or notOperations) matches. Within an operation, the match follows AND semantics across fields and OR semantics within a field, i.e. a match occurs when ANY path matches AND ANY header matches and ANY method matches.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperation"
+"firewallEndpoint": {
+"description": "Required. The URL of the FirewallEndpoint that is being associated.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"type": "array"
-}
+"labels": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"type": "string"
 },
+"description": "Optional. Labels as key value pairs",
 "type": "object"
 },
-"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperation": {
-"description": "Describes properties of one or more targets of a request.",
-"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperation",
-"properties": {
-"headerSet": {
-"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperationHeaderSet",
-"description": "Optional. A list of headers to match against in http header."
+"name": {
+"description": "Immutable. Identifier. name of resource",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"hosts": {
-"description": "Optional. A list of HTTP Hosts to match against. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 5 matches.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleStringMatch"
+"network": {
+"description": "Required. The URL of the network that is being associated.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"type": "array"
+"reconciling": {
+"description": "Output only. Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "boolean"
 },
-"methods": {
-"description": "Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match against. Each entry must be a valid HTTP method name (GET, PUT, POST, HEAD, PATCH, DELETE, OPTIONS). It only allows exact match and is always case sensitive.",
-"items": {
+"state": {
+"description": "Output only. Current state of the association.",
+"enum": [
+"STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"CREATING",
+"ACTIVE",
+"DELETING",
+"INACTIVE",
+"ORPHAN"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Not set.",
+"Being created.",
+"Active and ready for traffic.",
+"Being deleted.",
+"Down or in an error state.",
+"The project that housed the association has been deleted."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
-"type": "array"
-},
-"paths": {
-"description": "Optional. A list of paths to match against. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 5 matches. Note that this path match includes the query parameters. For gRPC services, this should be a fully-qualified name of the form /package.service/method.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleStringMatch"
+"tlsInspectionPolicy": {
+"description": "Optional. The URL of the TlsInspectionPolicy that is being associated.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"type": "array"
+"updateTime": {
+"description": "Output only. Update time stamp",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperationHeaderSet": {
-"description": "Describes a set of HTTP headers to match against.",
-"id": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleToRequestOperationHeaderSet",
+"FirewallEndpointAssociationReference": {
+"description": "This is a subset of the FirewallEndpointAssociation message, containing fields to be used by the consumer.",
+"id": "FirewallEndpointAssociationReference",
 "properties": {
-"headers": {
-"description": "Required. A list of headers to match against in http header. The match can be one of exact, prefix, suffix, or contains (substring match). The match follows AND semantics which means all the headers must match. Matches are always case sensitive unless the ignoreCase is set. Limited to 5 matches.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "AuthzPolicyAuthzRuleHeaderMatch"
+"name": {
+"description": "Output only. The resource name of the FirewallEndpointAssociation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/firewallEndpointAssociations/{id}",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
 },
-"type": "array"
+"network": {
+"description": "Output only. The VPC network associated. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{name}.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"AuthzPolicyCustomProvider": {
-"description": "Allows delegating authorization decisions to Cloud IAP or to Service Extensions.",
-"id": "AuthzPolicyCustomProvider",
+"GatewaySecurityPolicy": {
+"description": "The GatewaySecurityPolicy resource contains a collection of GatewaySecurityPolicyRules and associated metadata.",
+"id": "GatewaySecurityPolicy",
 "properties": {
-"authzExtension": {
-"$ref": "AuthzPolicyCustomProviderAuthzExtension",
-"description": "Optional. Delegate authorization decision to user authored Service Extension. Only one of cloudIap or authzExtension can be specified."
+"createTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
 },
-"cloudIap": {
-"$ref": "AuthzPolicyCustomProviderCloudIap",
-"description": "Optional. Delegates authorization decisions to Cloud IAP. Applicable only for managed load balancers. Enabling Cloud IAP at the AuthzPolicy level is not compatible with Cloud IAP settings in the BackendService. Enabling IAP in both places will result in request failure. Ensure that IAP is enabled in either the AuthzPolicy or the BackendService but not in both places."
-}
+"description": {
+"description": "Optional. Free-text description of the resource.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"type": "object"
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. Name of the resource. Name is of the form projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gatewaySecurityPolicies/{gateway_security_policy} gateway_security_policy should match the pattern:(^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$).",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"AuthzPolicyCustomProviderAuthzExtension": {
-"description": "Optional. Delegate authorization decision to user authored extension. Only one of cloudIap or authzExtension can be specified.",
-"id": "AuthzPolicyCustomProviderAuthzExtension",
-"properties": {
-"resources": {
-"description": "Required. A list of references to authorization extensions that will be invoked for requests matching this policy. Limited to 1 custom provider.",
-"items": {
+"tlsInspectionPolicy": {
+"description": "Optional. Name of a TLS Inspection Policy resource that defines how TLS inspection will be performed for any rule(s) which enables it.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"type": "array"
+"updateTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"AuthzPolicyCustomProviderCloudIap": {
-"description": "Optional. Delegates authorization decisions to Cloud IAP. Applicable only for managed load balancers. Enabling Cloud IAP at the AuthzPolicy level is not compatible with Cloud IAP settings in the BackendService. Enabling IAP in both places will result in request failure. Ensure that IAP is enabled in either the AuthzPolicy or the BackendService but not in both places.",
-"id": "AuthzPolicyCustomProviderCloudIap",
-"properties": {},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"AuthzPolicyTarget": {
-"description": "Specifies the set of targets to which this policy should be applied to.",
-"id": "AuthzPolicyTarget",
+"GatewaySecurityPolicyRule": {
+"description": "The GatewaySecurityPolicyRule resource is in a nested collection within a GatewaySecurityPolicy and represents a traffic matching condition and associated action to perform.",
+"id": "GatewaySecurityPolicyRule",
 "properties": {
-"loadBalancingScheme": {
-"description": "Required. All gateways and forwarding rules referenced by this policy and extensions must share the same load balancing scheme. Supported values: `INTERNAL_MANAGED` and `EXTERNAL_MANAGED`. For more information, refer to [Backend services overview](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service).",
+"applicationMatcher": {
+"description": "Optional. CEL expression for matching on L7/application level criteria.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"basicProfile": {
+"description": "Required. Profile which tells what the primitive action should be.",
 "enum": [
-"LOAD_BALANCING_SCHEME_UNSPECIFIED",
-"INTERNAL_MANAGED",
-"EXTERNAL_MANAGED",
-"INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED"
+"BASIC_PROFILE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"ALLOW",
+"DENY"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
-"Default value. Do not use.",
-"Signifies that this is used for Regional internal or Cross-region internal Application Load Balancing.",
-"Signifies that this is used for Global external or Regional external Application Load Balancing.",
-"Signifies that this is used for Cloud Service Mesh. Meant for use by CSM GKE controller only."
+"If there is not a mentioned action for the target.",
+"Allow the matched traffic.",
+"Deny the matched traffic."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
-"resources": {
-"description": "Required. A list of references to the Forwarding Rules on which this policy will be applied.",
-"items": {
-"type": "string"
-},
-"type": "array"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"CancelOperationRequest": {
-"description": "The request message for Operations.CancelOperation.",
-"id": "CancelOperationRequest",
-"properties": {},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"CertificateProviderInstance": {
-"description": "Specification of a TLS certificate provider instance. Workloads may have one or more CertificateProvider instances (plugins) and one of them is enabled and configured by specifying this message. Workloads use the values from this message to locate and load the CertificateProvider instance configuration.",
-"id": "CertificateProviderInstance",
-"properties": {
-"pluginInstance": {
-"description": "Required. Plugin instance name, used to locate and load CertificateProvider instance configuration. Set to \"google_cloud_private_spiffe\" to use Certificate Authority Service certificate provider instance.",
-"type": "string"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"ClientTlsPolicy": {
-"description": "ClientTlsPolicy is a resource that specifies how a client should authenticate connections to backends of a service. This resource itself does not affect configuration unless it is attached to a backend service resource.",
-"id": "ClientTlsPolicy",
-"properties": {
-"clientCertificate": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1CertificateProvider",
-"description": "Optional. Defines a mechanism to provision client identity (public and private keys) for peer to peer authentication. The presence of this dictates mTLS."
-},
 "createTime": {
-"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.",
+"description": "Output only. Time when the rule was created.",
 "format": "google-datetime",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
@@ -4752,30 +5851,29 @@
 "description": "Optional. Free-text description of the resource.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"labels": {
-"additionalProperties": {
-"type": "string"
-},
-"description": "Optional. Set of label tags associated with the resource.",
-"type": "object"
+"enabled": {
+"description": "Required. Whether the rule is enforced.",
+"type": "boolean"
 },
 "name": {
-"description": "Required. Name of the ClientTlsPolicy resource. It matches the pattern `projects/*/locations/{location}/clientTlsPolicies/{client_tls_policy}`",
+"description": "Required. Immutable. Name of the resource. ame is the full resource name so projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gatewaySecurityPolicies/{gateway_security_policy}/rules/{rule} rule should match the pattern: (^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$).",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"serverValidationCa": {
-"description": "Optional. Defines the mechanism to obtain the Certificate Authority certificate to validate the server certificate. If empty, client does not validate the server certificate.",
-"items": {
-"$ref": "ValidationCA"
-},
-"type": "array"
+"priority": {
+"description": "Required. Priority of the rule. Lower number corresponds to higher precedence.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
 },
-"sni": {
-"description": "Optional. Server Name Indication string to present to the server during TLS handshake. E.g: \"secure.example.com\".",
+"sessionMatcher": {
+"description": "Required. CEL expression for matching on session criteria.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"tlsInspectionEnabled": {
+"description": "Optional. Flag to enable TLS inspection of traffic matching on , can only be true if the parent GatewaySecurityPolicy references a TLSInspectionConfig.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "updateTime": {
-"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated.",
+"description": "Output only. Time when the rule was updated.",
 "format": "google-datetime",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
@@ -4783,259 +5881,253 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"CloneAddressGroupItemsRequest": {
-"description": "Request used by the CloneAddressGroupItems method.",
-"id": "CloneAddressGroupItemsRequest",
+"GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1CertificateProvider": {
+"description": "Specification of certificate provider. Defines the mechanism to obtain the certificate and private key for peer to peer authentication.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1CertificateProvider",
 "properties": {
-"requestId": {
-"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
-"type": "string"
+"certificateProviderInstance": {
+"$ref": "CertificateProviderInstance",
+"description": "The certificate provider instance specification that will be passed to the data plane, which will be used to load necessary credential information."
 },
-"sourceAddressGroup": {
-"description": "Required. Source address group to clone items from.",
-"type": "string"
+"grpcEndpoint": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1GrpcEndpoint",
+"description": "gRPC specific configuration to access the gRPC server to obtain the cert and private key."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"CustomInterceptProfile": {
-"description": "CustomInterceptProfile defines in-band integration behavior (intercept). It is used by firewall rules with an APPLY_SECURITY_PROFILE_GROUP action.",
-"id": "CustomInterceptProfile",
+"GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1GrpcEndpoint": {
+"description": "Specification of the GRPC Endpoint.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1GrpcEndpoint",
 "properties": {
-"interceptEndpointGroup": {
-"description": "Required. The target InterceptEndpointGroup. When a firewall rule with this security profile attached matches a packet, the packet will be intercepted to the location-local target in this group.",
+"targetUri": {
+"description": "Required. The target URI of the gRPC endpoint. Only UDS path is supported, and should start with \"unix:\".",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"CustomMirroringProfile": {
-"description": "CustomMirroringProfile defines out-of-band integration behavior (mirroring). It is used by mirroring rules with a MIRROR action.",
-"id": "CustomMirroringProfile",
+"GoogleIamV1AuditConfig": {
+"description": "Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { \"audit_configs\": [ { \"service\": \"allServices\", \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:jose@example.com\" ] }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\" }, { \"log_type\": \"ADMIN_READ\" } ] }, { \"service\": \"sampleservice.googleapis.com\", \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\" }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:aliya@example.com\" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.",
+"id": "GoogleIamV1AuditConfig",
 "properties": {
-"mirroringEndpointGroup": {
-"description": "Required. The target MirroringEndpointGroup. When a mirroring rule with this security profile attached matches a packet, a replica will be mirrored to the location-local target in this group.",
+"auditLogConfigs": {
+"description": "The configuration for logging of each type of permission.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfig"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"service": {
+"description": "Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"Destination": {
-"description": "Specification of traffic destination attributes.",
-"id": "Destination",
+"GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfig": {
+"description": "Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:jose@example.com\" ] }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.",
+"id": "GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfig",
 "properties": {
-"hosts": {
-"description": "Required. List of host names to match. Matched against the \":authority\" header in http requests. At least one host should match. Each host can be an exact match, or a prefix match (example \"mydomain.*\") or a suffix match (example \"*.myorg.com\") or a presence (any) match \"*\".",
+"exemptedMembers": {
+"description": "Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
-"httpHeaderMatch": {
-"$ref": "HttpHeaderMatch",
-"description": "Optional. Match against key:value pair in http header. Provides a flexible match based on HTTP headers, for potentially advanced use cases. At least one header should match. Avoid using header matches to make authorization decisions unless there is a strong guarantee that requests arrive through a trusted client or proxy."
-},
-"methods": {
-"description": "Optional. A list of HTTP methods to match. At least one method should match. Should not be set for gRPC services.",
-"items": {
+"logType": {
+"description": "The log type that this config enables.",
+"enum": [
+"LOG_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"ADMIN_READ",
+"DATA_WRITE",
+"DATA_READ"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Default case. Should never be this.",
+"Admin reads. Example: CloudIAM getIamPolicy",
+"Data writes. Example: CloudSQL Users create",
+"Data reads. Example: CloudSQL Users list"
+],
 "type": "string"
-},
-"type": "array"
-},
-"ports": {
-"description": "Required. List of destination ports to match. At least one port should match.",
-"items": {
-"format": "uint32",
-"type": "integer"
-},
-"type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"Empty": {
-"description": "A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }",
-"id": "Empty",
-"properties": {},
-"type": "object"
-},
-"Expr": {
-"description": "Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: \"Summary size limit\" description: \"Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars\" expression: \"document.summary.size() < 100\" Example (Equality): title: \"Requestor is owner\" description: \"Determines if requestor is the document owner\" expression: \"document.owner == request.auth.claims.email\" Example (Logic): title: \"Public documents\" description: \"Determine whether the document should be publicly visible\" expression: \"document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'\" Example (Data Manipulation): title: \"Notification string\" description: \"Create a notification string with a timestamp.\" expression: \"'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)\" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.",
-"id": "Expr",
+"GoogleIamV1Binding": {
+"description": "Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.",
+"id": "GoogleIamV1Binding",
 "properties": {
-"description": {
-"description": "Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.",
-"type": "string"
+"condition": {
+"$ref": "Expr",
+"description": "The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies)."
 },
-"expression": {
-"description": "Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.",
+"members": {
+"description": "Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.",
+"items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
-"location": {
-"description": "Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.",
-"type": "string"
+"type": "array"
 },
-"title": {
-"description": "Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.",
+"role": {
+"description": "Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"FirewallEndpoint": {
-"description": "Message describing Endpoint object",
-"id": "FirewallEndpoint",
+"GoogleIamV1Policy": {
+"description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
+"id": "GoogleIamV1Policy",
 "properties": {
-"associatedNetworks": {
-"deprecated": true,
-"description": "Output only. List of networks that are associated with this endpoint in the local zone. This is a projection of the FirewallEndpointAssociations pointing at this endpoint. A network will only appear in this list after traffic routing is fully configured. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{name}.",
+"auditConfigs": {
+"description": "Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.",
 "items": {
-"type": "string"
+"$ref": "GoogleIamV1AuditConfig"
 },
-"readOnly": true,
 "type": "array"
 },
-"associations": {
-"description": "Output only. List of FirewallEndpointAssociations that are associated to this endpoint. An association will only appear in this list after traffic routing is fully configured.",
+"bindings": {
+"description": "Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "FirewallEndpointAssociationReference"
+"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Binding"
 },
-"readOnly": true,
 "type": "array"
 },
-"billingProjectId": {
-"description": "Required. Project to bill on endpoint uptime usage.",
+"etag": {
+"description": "`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.",
+"format": "byte",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"createTime": {
-"description": "Output only. Create time stamp",
-"format": "google-datetime",
-"readOnly": true,
-"type": "string"
+"version": {
+"description": "Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+}
 },
-"description": {
-"description": "Optional. Description of the firewall endpoint. Max length 2048 characters.",
-"type": "string"
+"type": "object"
 },
-"labels": {
-"additionalProperties": {
+"GoogleIamV1SetIamPolicyRequest": {
+"description": "Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.",
+"id": "GoogleIamV1SetIamPolicyRequest",
+"properties": {
+"policy": {
+"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy",
+"description": "REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them."
+},
+"updateMask": {
+"description": "OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: \"bindings, etag\"`",
+"format": "google-fieldmask",
 "type": "string"
+}
 },
-"description": "Optional. Labels as key value pairs",
 "type": "object"
 },
-"name": {
-"description": "Immutable. Identifier. name of resource",
+"GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsRequest": {
+"description": "Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.",
+"id": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsRequest",
+"properties": {
+"permissions": {
+"description": "The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).",
+"items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
-"reconciling": {
-"description": "Output only. Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.",
-"readOnly": true,
-"type": "boolean"
+"type": "array"
+}
 },
-"satisfiesPzi": {
-"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use.",
-"readOnly": true,
-"type": "boolean"
+"type": "object"
 },
-"satisfiesPzs": {
-"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use.",
-"readOnly": true,
-"type": "boolean"
+"GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsResponse": {
+"description": "Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.",
+"id": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsResponse",
+"properties": {
+"permissions": {
+"description": "A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
 },
-"state": {
-"description": "Output only. Current state of the endpoint.",
-"enum": [
-"STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
-"CREATING",
-"ACTIVE",
-"DELETING",
-"INACTIVE"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"Not set.",
-"Being created.",
-"Processing configuration updates.",
-"Being deleted.",
-"Down or in an error state."
-],
-"readOnly": true,
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"HttpHeaderMatch": {
+"description": "Specification of HTTP header match attributes.",
+"id": "HttpHeaderMatch",
+"properties": {
+"headerName": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the HTTP header to match. For matching against the HTTP request's authority, use a headerMatch with the header name \":authority\". For matching a request's method, use the headerName \":method\".",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"updateTime": {
-"description": "Output only. Update time stamp",
-"format": "google-datetime",
-"readOnly": true,
+"regexMatch": {
+"description": "Required. The value of the header must match the regular expression specified in regexMatch. For regular expression grammar, please see: en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/regex/ecmascript For matching against a port specified in the HTTP request, use a headerMatch with headerName set to Host and a regular expression that satisfies the RFC2616 Host header's port specifier.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"FirewallEndpointAssociation": {
-"description": "Message describing Association object",
-"id": "FirewallEndpointAssociation",
+"InterceptDeployment": {
+"description": "A deployment represents a zonal intercept backend ready to accept GENEVE-encapsulated traffic, e.g. a zonal instance group fronted by an internal passthrough load balancer. Deployments are always part of a global deployment group which represents a global intercept service.",
+"id": "InterceptDeployment",
 "properties": {
 "createTime": {
-"description": "Output only. Create time stamp",
+"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps.",
 "format": "google-datetime",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
-"disabled": {
-"description": "Optional. Whether the association is disabled. True indicates that traffic won't be intercepted",
-"type": "boolean"
+"description": {
+"description": "Optional. User-provided description of the deployment. Used as additional context for the deployment.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"forwardingRule": {
+"description": "Required. Immutable. The regional forwarding rule that fronts the interceptors, for example: `projects/123456789/regions/us-central1/forwardingRules/my-rule`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"firewallEndpoint": {
-"description": "Required. The URL of the FirewallEndpoint that is being associated.",
+"interceptDeploymentGroup": {
+"description": "Required. Immutable. The deployment group that this deployment is a part of, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptDeploymentGroups/my-dg`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "labels": {
 "additionalProperties": {
 "type": "string"
 },
-"description": "Optional. Labels as key value pairs",
+"description": "Optional. Labels are key/value pairs that help to organize and filter resources.",
 "type": "object"
 },
 "name": {
-"description": "Immutable. Identifier. name of resource",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"network": {
-"description": "Required. The URL of the network that is being associated.",
+"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this deployment, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/us-central1-a/interceptDeployments/my-dep`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "reconciling": {
-"description": "Output only. Whether reconciling is in progress, recommended per https://google.aip.dev/128.",
+"description": "Output only. The current state of the resource does not match the user's intended state, and the system is working to reconcile them. This part of the normal operation (e.g. linking a new association to the parent group). See https://google.aip.dev/128.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "state": {
-"description": "Output only. Current state of the association.",
+"description": "Output only. The current state of the deployment. See https://google.aip.dev/216.",
 "enum": [
 "STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
-"CREATING",
 "ACTIVE",
+"CREATING",
 "DELETING",
-"INACTIVE",
-"ORPHAN"
+"OUT_OF_SYNC",
+"DELETE_FAILED"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
-"Not set.",
-"Being created.",
-"Active and ready for traffic.",
-"Being deleted.",
-"Down or in an error state.",
-"The project that housed the association has been deleted."
+"State not set (this is not a valid state).",
+"The deployment is ready and in sync with the parent group.",
+"The deployment is being created.",
+"The deployment is being deleted.",
+"The deployment is out of sync with the parent group. In most cases, this is a result of a transient issue within the system (e.g. a delayed data-path config) and the system is expected to recover automatically. See the parent deployment group's state for more details.",
+"An attempt to delete the deployment has failed. This is a terminal state and the deployment is not expected to recover. The only permitted operation is to retry deleting the deployment."
 ],
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
-"tlsInspectionPolicy": {
-"description": "Optional. The URL of the TlsInspectionPolicy that is being associated.",
-"type": "string"
-},
 "updateTime": {
-"description": "Output only. Update time stamp",
+"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was most recently updated. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps.",
 "format": "google-datetime",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
@@ -5043,109 +6135,84 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"FirewallEndpointAssociationReference": {
-"description": "This is a subset of the FirewallEndpointAssociation message, containing fields to be used by the consumer.",
-"id": "FirewallEndpointAssociationReference",
+"InterceptDeploymentGroup": {
+"description": "A deployment group aggregates many zonal intercept backends (deployments) into a single global intercept service. Consumers can connect this service using an endpoint group.",
+"id": "InterceptDeploymentGroup",
 "properties": {
-"name": {
-"description": "Output only. The resource name of the FirewallEndpointAssociation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/firewallEndpointAssociations/{id}",
-"readOnly": true,
-"type": "string"
+"connectedEndpointGroups": {
+"description": "Output only. The list of endpoint groups that are connected to this resource.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "InterceptDeploymentGroupConnectedEndpointGroup"
 },
-"network": {
-"description": "Output only. The VPC network associated. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{name}.",
 "readOnly": true,
-"type": "string"
-}
-},
-"type": "object"
+"type": "array"
 },
-"GatewaySecurityPolicy": {
-"description": "The GatewaySecurityPolicy resource contains a collection of GatewaySecurityPolicyRules and associated metadata.",
-"id": "GatewaySecurityPolicy",
-"properties": {
 "createTime": {
-"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created.",
+"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps.",
 "format": "google-datetime",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
 "description": {
-"description": "Optional. Free-text description of the resource.",
+"description": "Optional. User-provided description of the deployment group. Used as additional context for the deployment group.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"name": {
-"description": "Required. Name of the resource. Name is of the form projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gatewaySecurityPolicies/{gateway_security_policy} gateway_security_policy should match the pattern:(^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$).",
+"labels": {
+"additionalProperties": {
 "type": "string"
 },
-"tlsInspectionPolicy": {
-"description": "Optional. Name of a TLS Inspection Policy resource that defines how TLS inspection will be performed for any rule(s) which enables it.",
-"type": "string"
+"description": "Optional. Labels are key/value pairs that help to organize and filter resources.",
+"type": "object"
 },
-"updateTime": {
-"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated.",
-"format": "google-datetime",
-"readOnly": true,
-"type": "string"
-}
+"locations": {
+"description": "Output only. The list of locations where the deployment group is present.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "InterceptLocation"
 },
-"type": "object"
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "array"
 },
-"GatewaySecurityPolicyRule": {
-"description": "The GatewaySecurityPolicyRule resource is in a nested collection within a GatewaySecurityPolicy and represents a traffic matching condition and associated action to perform.",
-"id": "GatewaySecurityPolicyRule",
-"properties": {
-"applicationMatcher": {
-"description": "Optional. CEL expression for matching on L7/application level criteria.",
+"name": {
+"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this deployment group, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptDeploymentGroups/my-dg`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"basicProfile": {
-"description": "Required. Profile which tells what the primitive action should be.",
-"enum": [
-"BASIC_PROFILE_UNSPECIFIED",
-"ALLOW",
-"DENY"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"If there is not a mentioned action for the target.",
-"Allow the matched traffic.",
-"Deny the matched traffic."
-],
-"type": "string"
+"nestedDeployments": {
+"deprecated": true,
+"description": "Output only. The list of Intercept Deployments that belong to this group.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "InterceptDeploymentGroupDeployment"
 },
-"createTime": {
-"description": "Output only. Time when the rule was created.",
-"format": "google-datetime",
 "readOnly": true,
-"type": "string"
+"type": "array"
 },
-"description": {
-"description": "Optional. Free-text description of the resource.",
+"network": {
+"description": "Required. Immutable. The network that will be used for all child deployments, for example: `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"enabled": {
-"description": "Required. Whether the rule is enforced.",
+"reconciling": {
+"description": "Output only. The current state of the resource does not match the user's intended state, and the system is working to reconcile them. This is part of the normal operation (e.g. adding a new deployment to the group) See https://google.aip.dev/128.",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
-"name": {
-"description": "Required. Immutable. Name of the resource. ame is the full resource name so projects/{project}/locations/{location}/gatewaySecurityPolicies/{gateway_security_policy}/rules/{rule} rule should match the pattern: (^[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?$).",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"priority": {
-"description": "Required. Priority of the rule. Lower number corresponds to higher precedence.",
-"format": "int32",
-"type": "integer"
-},
-"sessionMatcher": {
-"description": "Required. CEL expression for matching on session criteria.",
+"state": {
+"description": "Output only. The current state of the deployment group. See https://google.aip.dev/216.",
+"enum": [
+"STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"ACTIVE",
+"CREATING",
+"DELETING"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"State not set (this is not a valid state).",
+"The deployment group is ready.",
+"The deployment group is being created.",
+"The deployment group is being deleted."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
-"tlsInspectionEnabled": {
-"description": "Optional. Flag to enable TLS inspection of traffic matching on , can only be true if the parent GatewaySecurityPolicy references a TLSInspectionConfig.",
-"type": "boolean"
-},
 "updateTime": {
-"description": "Output only. Time when the rule was updated.",
+"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was most recently updated. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps.",
 "format": "google-datetime",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
@@ -5153,187 +6220,322 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1CertificateProvider": {
-"description": "Specification of certificate provider. Defines the mechanism to obtain the certificate and private key for peer to peer authentication.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1CertificateProvider",
+"InterceptDeploymentGroupConnectedEndpointGroup": {
+"description": "An endpoint group connected to this deployment group.",
+"id": "InterceptDeploymentGroupConnectedEndpointGroup",
 "properties": {
-"certificateProviderInstance": {
-"$ref": "CertificateProviderInstance",
-"description": "The certificate provider instance specification that will be passed to the data plane, which will be used to load necessary credential information."
-},
-"grpcEndpoint": {
-"$ref": "GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1GrpcEndpoint",
-"description": "gRPC specific configuration to access the gRPC server to obtain the cert and private key."
+"name": {
+"description": "Output only. The connected endpoint group's resource name, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroups/my-eg`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1GrpcEndpoint": {
-"description": "Specification of the GRPC Endpoint.",
-"id": "GoogleCloudNetworksecurityV1GrpcEndpoint",
+"InterceptDeploymentGroupDeployment": {
+"description": "A deployment belonging to this deployment group.",
+"id": "InterceptDeploymentGroupDeployment",
 "properties": {
-"targetUri": {
-"description": "Required. The target URI of the gRPC endpoint. Only UDS path is supported, and should start with \"unix:\".",
+"name": {
+"description": "Output only. The name of the Intercept Deployment, in the format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/interceptDeployments/{intercept_deployment}`.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"state": {
+"description": "Output only. Most recent known state of the deployment.",
+"enum": [
+"STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"ACTIVE",
+"CREATING",
+"DELETING",
+"OUT_OF_SYNC",
+"DELETE_FAILED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"State not set (this is not a valid state).",
+"The deployment is ready and in sync with the parent group.",
+"The deployment is being created.",
+"The deployment is being deleted.",
+"The deployment is out of sync with the parent group. In most cases, this is a result of a transient issue within the system (e.g. a delayed data-path config) and the system is expected to recover automatically. See the parent deployment group's state for more details.",
+"An attempt to delete the deployment has failed. This is a terminal state and the deployment is not expected to recover. The only permitted operation is to retry deleting the deployment."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleIamV1AuditConfig": {
-"description": "Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { \"audit_configs\": [ { \"service\": \"allServices\", \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:jose@example.com\" ] }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\" }, { \"log_type\": \"ADMIN_READ\" } ] }, { \"service\": \"sampleservice.googleapis.com\", \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\" }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:aliya@example.com\" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.",
-"id": "GoogleIamV1AuditConfig",
+"InterceptEndpointGroup": {
+"description": "An endpoint group is a consumer frontend for a deployment group (backend). In order to configure intercept for a network, consumers must create: - An association between their network and the endpoint group. - A security profile that points to the endpoint group. - A firewall rule that references the security profile (group).",
+"id": "InterceptEndpointGroup",
 "properties": {
-"auditLogConfigs": {
-"description": "The configuration for logging of each type of permission.",
+"associations": {
+"description": "Output only. List of associations to this endpoint group.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfig"
+"$ref": "InterceptEndpointGroupAssociationDetails"
 },
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "array"
 },
-"service": {
-"description": "Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.",
+"connectedDeploymentGroup": {
+"$ref": "InterceptEndpointGroupConnectedDeploymentGroup",
+"description": "Output only. Details about the connected deployment group to this endpoint group.",
+"readOnly": true
+},
+"createTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": {
+"description": "Optional. User-provided description of the endpoint group. Used as additional context for the endpoint group.",
 "type": "string"
-}
 },
+"interceptDeploymentGroup": {
+"description": "Required. Immutable. The deployment group that this endpoint group is connected to, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptDeploymentGroups/my-dg`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"labels": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": "Optional. Labels are key/value pairs that help to organize and filter resources.",
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfig": {
-"description": "Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:jose@example.com\" ] }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.",
-"id": "GoogleIamV1AuditLogConfig",
-"properties": {
-"exemptedMembers": {
-"description": "Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.",
-"items": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this endpoint group, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroups/my-eg`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"type": "array"
+"reconciling": {
+"description": "Output only. The current state of the resource does not match the user's intended state, and the system is working to reconcile them. This is part of the normal operation (e.g. adding a new association to the group). See https://google.aip.dev/128.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "boolean"
 },
-"logType": {
-"description": "The log type that this config enables.",
+"state": {
+"description": "Output only. The current state of the endpoint group. See https://google.aip.dev/216.",
 "enum": [
-"LOG_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
-"ADMIN_READ",
-"DATA_WRITE",
-"DATA_READ"
+"STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"ACTIVE",
+"CLOSED",
+"CREATING",
+"DELETING",
+"OUT_OF_SYNC",
+"DELETE_FAILED"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
-"Default case. Should never be this.",
-"Admin reads. Example: CloudIAM getIamPolicy",
-"Data writes. Example: CloudSQL Users create",
-"Data reads. Example: CloudSQL Users list"
+"State not set (this is not a valid state).",
+"The endpoint group is ready and in sync with the target deployment group.",
+"The deployment group backing this endpoint group has been force-deleted. This endpoint group cannot be used and interception is effectively disabled.",
+"The endpoint group is being created.",
+"The endpoint group is being deleted.",
+"The endpoint group is out of sync with the backing deployment group. In most cases, this is a result of a transient issue within the system (e.g. an inaccessible location) and the system is expected to recover automatically. See the associations field for details per network and location.",
+"An attempt to delete the endpoint group has failed. This is a terminal state and the endpoint group is not expected to recover. The only permitted operation is to retry deleting the endpoint group."
 ],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"updateTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was most recently updated. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleIamV1Binding": {
-"description": "Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.",
-"id": "GoogleIamV1Binding",
+"InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation": {
+"description": "An endpoint group association represents a link between a network and an endpoint group in the organization. Creating an association creates the networking infrastructure linking the network to the endpoint group, but does not enable intercept by itself. To enable intercept, the user must also create a network firewall policy containing intercept rules and associate it with the network.",
+"id": "InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation",
 "properties": {
-"condition": {
-"$ref": "Expr",
-"description": "The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies)."
-},
-"members": {
-"description": "Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.",
-"items": {
+"createTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
-"type": "array"
+"interceptEndpointGroup": {
+"description": "Required. Immutable. The endpoint group that this association is connected to, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroups/my-eg`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.",
+"type": "string"
 },
-"role": {
-"description": "Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).",
+"labels": {
+"additionalProperties": {
 "type": "string"
-}
 },
+"description": "Optional. Labels are key/value pairs that help to organize and filter resources.",
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleIamV1Policy": {
-"description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).",
-"id": "GoogleIamV1Policy",
-"properties": {
-"auditConfigs": {
-"description": "Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.",
+"locations": {
+"description": "Output only. The list of locations where the association is configured. This information is retrieved from the linked endpoint group.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleIamV1AuditConfig"
+"$ref": "InterceptLocation"
 },
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "array"
 },
-"bindings": {
-"description": "Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.",
+"locationsDetails": {
+"deprecated": true,
+"description": "Output only. The list of locations where the association is present. This information is retrieved from the linked endpoint group, and not configured as part of the association itself.",
 "items": {
-"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Binding"
+"$ref": "InterceptEndpointGroupAssociationLocationDetails"
 },
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "array"
 },
-"etag": {
-"description": "`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.",
-"format": "byte",
+"name": {
+"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of this endpoint group association, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/my-eg-association`. See https://google.aip.dev/122 for more details.",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"version": {
-"description": "Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).",
-"format": "int32",
-"type": "integer"
+"network": {
+"description": "Required. Immutable. The VPC network that is associated. for example: `projects/123456789/global/networks/my-network`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"reconciling": {
+"description": "Output only. The current state of the resource does not match the user's intended state, and the system is working to reconcile them. This part of the normal operation (e.g. adding a new location to the target deployment group). See https://google.aip.dev/128.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"state": {
+"description": "Output only. Current state of the endpoint group association.",
+"enum": [
+"STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"ACTIVE",
+"CREATING",
+"DELETING",
+"CLOSED",
+"OUT_OF_SYNC",
+"DELETE_FAILED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Not set.",
+"The association is ready and in sync with the linked endpoint group.",
+"The association is being created.",
+"The association is being deleted.",
+"The association is disabled due to a breaking change in another resource.",
+"The association is out of sync with the linked endpoint group. In most cases, this is a result of a transient issue within the system (e.g. an inaccessible location) and the system is expected to recover automatically. Check the `locations_details` field for more details.",
+"An attempt to delete the association has failed. This is a terminal state and the association is not expected to be usable as some of its resources have been deleted. The only permitted operation is to retry deleting the association."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"updateTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was most recently updated. See https://google.aip.dev/148#timestamps.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleIamV1SetIamPolicyRequest": {
-"description": "Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.",
-"id": "GoogleIamV1SetIamPolicyRequest",
+"InterceptEndpointGroupAssociationDetails": {
+"description": "The endpoint group's view of a connected association.",
+"id": "InterceptEndpointGroupAssociationDetails",
 "properties": {
-"policy": {
-"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy",
-"description": "REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them."
+"name": {
+"description": "Output only. The connected association's resource name, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptEndpointGroupAssociations/my-ega`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
 },
-"updateMask": {
-"description": "OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: \"bindings, etag\"`",
-"format": "google-fieldmask",
+"network": {
+"description": "Output only. The associated network, for example: projects/123456789/global/networks/my-network. See https://google.aip.dev/124.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"state": {
+"description": "Output only. Most recent known state of the association.",
+"enum": [
+"STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"ACTIVE",
+"CREATING",
+"DELETING",
+"CLOSED",
+"OUT_OF_SYNC",
+"DELETE_FAILED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Not set.",
+"The association is ready and in sync with the linked endpoint group.",
+"The association is being created.",
+"The association is being deleted.",
+"The association is disabled due to a breaking change in another resource.",
+"The association is out of sync with the linked endpoint group. In most cases, this is a result of a transient issue within the system (e.g. an inaccessible location) and the system is expected to recover automatically. Check the `locations_details` field for more details.",
+"An attempt to delete the association has failed. This is a terminal state and the association is not expected to be usable as some of its resources have been deleted. The only permitted operation is to retry deleting the association."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsRequest": {
-"description": "Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.",
-"id": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsRequest",
+"InterceptEndpointGroupAssociationLocationDetails": {
+"description": "Contains details about the state of an association in a specific cloud location.",
+"id": "InterceptEndpointGroupAssociationLocationDetails",
 "properties": {
-"permissions": {
-"description": "The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).",
-"items": {
+"location": {
+"description": "Output only. The cloud location, e.g. \"us-central1-a\" or \"asia-south1\".",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
-"type": "array"
+"state": {
+"description": "Output only. The current state of the association in this location.",
+"enum": [
+"STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"ACTIVE",
+"OUT_OF_SYNC"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Not set.",
+"The association is ready and in sync with the linked endpoint group.",
+"The association is out of sync with the linked endpoint group. In most cases, this is a result of a transient issue within the system (e.g. an inaccessible location) and the system is expected to recover automatically."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsResponse": {
-"description": "Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.",
-"id": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsResponse",
+"InterceptEndpointGroupConnectedDeploymentGroup": {
+"description": "The endpoint group's view of a connected deployment group.",
+"id": "InterceptEndpointGroupConnectedDeploymentGroup",
 "properties": {
-"permissions": {
-"description": "A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.",
+"locations": {
+"description": "Output only. The list of locations where the deployment group is present.",
 "items": {
-"type": "string"
+"$ref": "InterceptLocation"
 },
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "array"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Output only. The connected deployment group's resource name, for example: `projects/123456789/locations/global/interceptDeploymentGroups/my-dg`. See https://google.aip.dev/124.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
-"HttpHeaderMatch": {
-"description": "Specification of HTTP header match attributes.",
-"id": "HttpHeaderMatch",
+"InterceptLocation": {
+"description": "Details about intercept in a specific cloud location.",
+"id": "InterceptLocation",
 "properties": {
-"headerName": {
-"description": "Required. The name of the HTTP header to match. For matching against the HTTP request's authority, use a headerMatch with the header name \":authority\". For matching a request's method, use the headerName \":method\".",
+"location": {
+"description": "Output only. The cloud location, e.g. \"us-central1-a\" or \"asia-south1\".",
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
-"regexMatch": {
-"description": "Required. The value of the header must match the regular expression specified in regexMatch. For regular expression grammar, please see: en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/regex/ecmascript For matching against a port specified in the HTTP request, use a headerMatch with headerName set to Host and a regular expression that satisfies the RFC2616 Host header's port specifier.",
+"state": {
+"description": "Output only. The current state of the association in this location.",
+"enum": [
+"STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"ACTIVE",
+"OUT_OF_SYNC"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"State not set (this is not a valid state).",
+"The resource is ready and in sync in the location.",
+"The resource is out of sync in the location. In most cases, this is a result of a transient issue within the system (e.g. an inaccessible location) and the system is expected to recover automatically."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
@@ -5563,6 +6765,85 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"ListInterceptDeploymentGroupsResponse": {
+"description": "Response message for ListInterceptDeploymentGroups.",
+"id": "ListInterceptDeploymentGroupsResponse",
+"properties": {
+"interceptDeploymentGroups": {
+"description": "The deployment groups from the specified parent.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "InterceptDeploymentGroup"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "A token that can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. See https://google.aip.dev/158 for more details.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ListInterceptDeploymentsResponse": {
+"description": "Response message for ListInterceptDeployments.",
+"id": "ListInterceptDeploymentsResponse",
+"properties": {
+"interceptDeployments": {
+"description": "The deployments from the specified parent.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "InterceptDeployment"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "A token that can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. See https://google.aip.dev/158 for more details.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"unreachable": {
+"description": "Locations that could not be reached.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ListInterceptEndpointGroupAssociationsResponse": {
+"description": "Response message for ListInterceptEndpointGroupAssociations.",
+"id": "ListInterceptEndpointGroupAssociationsResponse",
+"properties": {
+"interceptEndpointGroupAssociations": {
+"description": "The associations from the specified parent.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "InterceptEndpointGroupAssociation"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "A token that can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. See https://google.aip.dev/158 for more details.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ListInterceptEndpointGroupsResponse": {
+"description": "Response message for ListInterceptEndpointGroups.",
+"id": "ListInterceptEndpointGroupsResponse",
+"properties": {
+"interceptEndpointGroups": {
+"description": "The endpoint groups from the specified parent.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "InterceptEndpointGroup"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "A token that can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. See https://google.aip.dev/158 for more details.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "ListLocationsResponse": {
 "description": "The response message for Locations.ListLocations.",
 "id": "ListLocationsResponse",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json
index 5b47eab4dad..1b71ae102fe 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1beta1.json
@@ -5070,7 +5070,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250326",
+"revision": "20250416",
 "rootUrl": "https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AddAddressGroupItemsRequest": {
@@ -5209,7 +5209,7 @@
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Protocol not specified.",
-"SMTP prtocol",
+"SMTP protocol",
 "SMB protocol",
 "POP3 protocol",
 "IMAP protocol",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/observability.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/observability.v1.json
index ade8a6a00b7..c5fd35e2339 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/observability.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/observability.v1.json
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "updateMask": {
-"description": "Optional. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Scope resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask then all fields present in the request will be overwritten.",
+"description": "Optional. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Scope resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field is overwritten when it is in the mask. If the user does not provide a mask, then all fields present in the request are overwritten.",
 "format": "google-fieldmask",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250320",
+"revision": "20250417",
 "rootUrl": "https://observability.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "CancelOperationRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oracledatabase.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oracledatabase.v1.json
index e607b011203..af83c09bfd8 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oracledatabase.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oracledatabase.v1.json
@@ -1237,7 +1237,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250409",
+"revision": "20250416",
 "rootUrl": "https://oracledatabase.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AllConnectionStrings": {
@@ -2393,6 +2393,21 @@
 "format": "int32",
 "type": "integer"
 },
+"computeModel": {
+"description": "Output only. The compute model of the Exadata Infrastructure.",
+"enum": [
+"COMPUTE_MODEL_UNSPECIFIED",
+"COMPUTE_MODEL_ECPU",
+"COMPUTE_MODEL_OCPU"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified compute model.",
+"Abstract measure of compute resources. ECPUs are based on the number of cores elastically allocated from a pool of compute and storage servers.",
+"Physical measure of compute resources. OCPUs are based on the physical core of a processor."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
 "cpuCount": {
 "description": "Output only. The number of enabled CPU cores.",
 "format": "int32",
@@ -2412,6 +2427,11 @@
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "number"
 },
+"databaseServerType": {
+"description": "Output only. The database server type of the Exadata Infrastructure.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
 "dbNodeStorageSizeGb": {
 "description": "Output only. The local node storage allocated in GBs.",
 "format": "int32",
@@ -2528,6 +2548,11 @@
 "format": "int32",
 "type": "integer"
 },
+"storageServerType": {
+"description": "Output only. The storage server type of the Exadata Infrastructure.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
 "storageServerVersion": {
 "description": "Output only. The software version of the storage servers (cells) in the Exadata Infrastructure.",
 "readOnly": true,
@@ -2546,11 +2571,11 @@
 "id": "CloudVmCluster",
 "properties": {
 "backupSubnetCidr": {
-"description": "Required. CIDR range of the backup subnet.",
+"description": "Optional. CIDR range of the backup subnet.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "cidr": {
-"description": "Required. Network settings. CIDR to use for cluster IP allocation.",
+"description": "Optional. Network settings. CIDR to use for cluster IP allocation.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "createTime": {
@@ -2584,7 +2609,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "network": {
-"description": "Required. The name of the VPC network. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}",
+"description": "Optional. The name of the VPC network. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "properties": {
@@ -2607,6 +2632,21 @@
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
+"computeModel": {
+"description": "Output only. The compute model of the VM Cluster.",
+"enum": [
+"COMPUTE_MODEL_UNSPECIFIED",
+"COMPUTE_MODEL_ECPU",
+"COMPUTE_MODEL_OCPU"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified compute model.",
+"Abstract measure of compute resources. ECPUs are based on the number of cores elastically allocated from a pool of compute and storage servers.",
+"Physical measure of compute resources. OCPUs are based on the physical core of a processor."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
 "cpuCoreCount": {
 "description": "Required. Number of enabled CPU cores.",
 "format": "int32",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json
index e485da45afa..5a2bcd854a4 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json
@@ -930,7 +930,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250117",
+"revision": "20250418",
 "rootUrl": "https://orgpolicy.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2AlternatePolicySpec": {
@@ -978,6 +978,10 @@
 "description": "The human readable name. Mutable.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"equivalentConstraint": {
+"description": "Managed constraint and canned constraint sometimes can have equivalents. This field is used to store the equivalent constraint name.",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "listConstraint": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2ConstraintListConstraint",
 "description": "Defines this constraint as being a list constraint."
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/parallelstore.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/parallelstore.v1.json
index fbab00480cb..5914c593873 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/parallelstore.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/parallelstore.v1.json
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "requestId": {
-"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 }
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "requestId": {
-"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 }
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "requestId": {
-"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250326",
+"revision": "20250416",
 "rootUrl": "https://parallelstore.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "CancelOperationRequest": {
@@ -593,7 +593,7 @@
 "description": "Optional. The metadata options for the export data."
 },
 "requestId": {
-"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "serviceAccount": {
@@ -626,7 +626,7 @@
 "description": "Optional. The transfer metadata options for the import data."
 },
 "requestId": {
-"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "serviceAccount": {
@@ -665,7 +665,7 @@
 },
 "daosVersion": {
 "deprecated": true,
-"description": "Output only. Deprecated 'daos_version' field. Output only. The version of DAOS software running in the instance.",
+"description": "Output only. Deprecated: The version of DAOS software running in the instance.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/parallelstore.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/parallelstore.v1beta.json
index 17535ee8482..3392184d5b0 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/parallelstore.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/parallelstore.v1beta.json
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "requestId": {
-"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 }
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "requestId": {
-"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 }
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "requestId": {
-"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250326",
+"revision": "20250416",
 "rootUrl": "https://parallelstore.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "DestinationGcsBucket": {
@@ -584,7 +584,7 @@
 "description": "Optional. The metadata options for the export data."
 },
 "requestId": {
-"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "serviceAccount": {
@@ -617,7 +617,7 @@
 "description": "Optional. The transfer metadata options for the import data."
 },
 "requestId": {
-"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "serviceAccount": {
@@ -656,7 +656,7 @@
 },
 "daosVersion": {
 "deprecated": true,
-"description": "Output only. Deprecated 'daos_version' field. Output only. The version of DAOS software running in the instance.",
+"description": "Output only. Deprecated: The version of DAOS software running in the instance.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json
index 88ddf186c68..689e830ac8c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json
@@ -1073,7 +1073,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250320",
+"revision": "20250418",
 "rootUrl": "https://redis.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AOFConfig": {
@@ -2132,7 +2132,13 @@
 "SIGNAL_TYPE_NO_DELETION_PROTECTION",
 "SIGNAL_TYPE_INEFFICIENT_QUERY",
 "SIGNAL_TYPE_READ_INTENSIVE_WORKLOAD",
-"SIGNAL_TYPE_MEMORY_LIMIT"
+"SIGNAL_TYPE_MEMORY_LIMIT",
+"SIGNAL_TYPE_MAX_SERVER_MEMORY",
+"SIGNAL_TYPE_LARGE_ROWS",
+"SIGNAL_TYPE_HIGH_WRITE_PRESSURE",
+"SIGNAL_TYPE_HIGH_READ_PRESSURE",
+"SIGNAL_TYPE_ENCRYPTION_ORG_POLICY_NOT_SATISFIED",
+"SIGNAL_TYPE_LOCATION_ORG_POLICY_NOT_SATISFIED"
 ],
 "enumDeprecated": [
 false,
@@ -2224,6 +2230,12 @@ false,
 false,
 false,
 false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
 false
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -2316,7 +2328,13 @@ false
 "Deletion Protection Disabled for the resource",
 "Indicates that the instance has inefficient queries detected.",
 "Indicates that the instance has read intensive workload.",
-"Indicates that the instance is nearing memory limit."
+"Indicates that the instance is nearing memory limit.",
+"Indicates that the instance's max server memory is configured higher than the recommended value.",
+"Indicates that the database has large rows beyond the recommended limit.",
+"Heavy write pressure on the database rows.",
+"Heavy read pressure on the database rows.",
+"Encryption org policy not satisfied.",
+"Location org policy not satisfied."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -2727,7 +2745,13 @@ false
 "SIGNAL_TYPE_NO_DELETION_PROTECTION",
 "SIGNAL_TYPE_INEFFICIENT_QUERY",
 "SIGNAL_TYPE_READ_INTENSIVE_WORKLOAD",
-"SIGNAL_TYPE_MEMORY_LIMIT"
+"SIGNAL_TYPE_MEMORY_LIMIT",
+"SIGNAL_TYPE_MAX_SERVER_MEMORY",
+"SIGNAL_TYPE_LARGE_ROWS",
+"SIGNAL_TYPE_HIGH_WRITE_PRESSURE",
+"SIGNAL_TYPE_HIGH_READ_PRESSURE",
+"SIGNAL_TYPE_ENCRYPTION_ORG_POLICY_NOT_SATISFIED",
+"SIGNAL_TYPE_LOCATION_ORG_POLICY_NOT_SATISFIED"
 ],
 "enumDeprecated": [
 false,
@@ -2819,6 +2843,12 @@ false,
 false,
 false,
 false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
 false
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -2911,7 +2941,13 @@ false
 "Deletion Protection Disabled for the resource",
 "Indicates that the instance has inefficient queries detected.",
 "Indicates that the instance has read intensive workload.",
-"Indicates that the instance is nearing memory limit."
+"Indicates that the instance is nearing memory limit.",
+"Indicates that the instance's max server memory is configured higher than the recommended value.",
+"Indicates that the database has large rows beyond the recommended limit.",
+"Heavy write pressure on the database rows.",
+"Heavy read pressure on the database rows.",
+"Encryption org policy not satisfied.",
+"Location org policy not satisfied."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 }
@@ -4169,8 +4205,9 @@ false
 "ON_PREM",
 "PRODUCT_TYPE_MEMORYSTORE",
 "PRODUCT_TYPE_BIGTABLE",
-"PRODUCT_TYPE_OTHER",
-"PRODUCT_TYPE_FIRESTORE"
+"PRODUCT_TYPE_FIRESTORE",
+"PRODUCT_TYPE_COMPUTE_ENGINE",
+"PRODUCT_TYPE_OTHER"
 ],
 "enumDeprecated": [
 false,
@@ -4184,6 +4221,7 @@ true,
 false,
 false,
 false,
+false,
 false
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -4197,8 +4235,9 @@ false
 "On premises database product.",
 "Memorystore product area in GCP",
 "Bigtable product area in GCP",
-"Other refers to rest of other product type. This is to be when product type is known, but it is not present in this enum.",
-"Firestore product area in GCP."
+"Firestore product area in GCP.",
+"Compute Engine self managed databases",
+"Other refers to rest of other product type. This is to be when product type is known, but it is not present in this enum."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json
index 033361ebf22..4531405fc59 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json
@@ -1073,7 +1073,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250320",
+"revision": "20250418",
 "rootUrl": "https://redis.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AOFConfig": {
@@ -2132,7 +2132,13 @@
 "SIGNAL_TYPE_NO_DELETION_PROTECTION",
 "SIGNAL_TYPE_INEFFICIENT_QUERY",
 "SIGNAL_TYPE_READ_INTENSIVE_WORKLOAD",
-"SIGNAL_TYPE_MEMORY_LIMIT"
+"SIGNAL_TYPE_MEMORY_LIMIT",
+"SIGNAL_TYPE_MAX_SERVER_MEMORY",
+"SIGNAL_TYPE_LARGE_ROWS",
+"SIGNAL_TYPE_HIGH_WRITE_PRESSURE",
+"SIGNAL_TYPE_HIGH_READ_PRESSURE",
+"SIGNAL_TYPE_ENCRYPTION_ORG_POLICY_NOT_SATISFIED",
+"SIGNAL_TYPE_LOCATION_ORG_POLICY_NOT_SATISFIED"
 ],
 "enumDeprecated": [
 false,
@@ -2224,6 +2230,12 @@ false,
 false,
 false,
 false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
 false
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -2316,7 +2328,13 @@ false
 "Deletion Protection Disabled for the resource",
 "Indicates that the instance has inefficient queries detected.",
 "Indicates that the instance has read intensive workload.",
-"Indicates that the instance is nearing memory limit."
+"Indicates that the instance is nearing memory limit.",
+"Indicates that the instance's max server memory is configured higher than the recommended value.",
+"Indicates that the database has large rows beyond the recommended limit.",
+"Heavy write pressure on the database rows.",
+"Heavy read pressure on the database rows.",
+"Encryption org policy not satisfied.",
+"Location org policy not satisfied."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -2727,7 +2745,13 @@ false
 "SIGNAL_TYPE_NO_DELETION_PROTECTION",
 "SIGNAL_TYPE_INEFFICIENT_QUERY",
 "SIGNAL_TYPE_READ_INTENSIVE_WORKLOAD",
-"SIGNAL_TYPE_MEMORY_LIMIT"
+"SIGNAL_TYPE_MEMORY_LIMIT",
+"SIGNAL_TYPE_MAX_SERVER_MEMORY",
+"SIGNAL_TYPE_LARGE_ROWS",
+"SIGNAL_TYPE_HIGH_WRITE_PRESSURE",
+"SIGNAL_TYPE_HIGH_READ_PRESSURE",
+"SIGNAL_TYPE_ENCRYPTION_ORG_POLICY_NOT_SATISFIED",
+"SIGNAL_TYPE_LOCATION_ORG_POLICY_NOT_SATISFIED"
 ],
 "enumDeprecated": [
 false,
@@ -2819,6 +2843,12 @@ false,
 false,
 false,
 false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
+false,
 false
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -2911,7 +2941,13 @@ false
 "Deletion Protection Disabled for the resource",
 "Indicates that the instance has inefficient queries detected.",
 "Indicates that the instance has read intensive workload.",
-"Indicates that the instance is nearing memory limit."
+"Indicates that the instance is nearing memory limit.",
+"Indicates that the instance's max server memory is configured higher than the recommended value.",
+"Indicates that the database has large rows beyond the recommended limit.",
+"Heavy write pressure on the database rows.",
+"Heavy read pressure on the database rows.",
+"Encryption org policy not satisfied.",
+"Location org policy not satisfied."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 }
@@ -4176,8 +4212,9 @@ false
 "ON_PREM",
 "PRODUCT_TYPE_MEMORYSTORE",
 "PRODUCT_TYPE_BIGTABLE",
-"PRODUCT_TYPE_OTHER",
-"PRODUCT_TYPE_FIRESTORE"
+"PRODUCT_TYPE_FIRESTORE",
+"PRODUCT_TYPE_COMPUTE_ENGINE",
+"PRODUCT_TYPE_OTHER"
 ],
 "enumDeprecated": [
 false,
@@ -4191,6 +4228,7 @@ true,
 false,
 false,
 false,
+false,
 false
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -4204,8 +4242,9 @@ false
 "On premises database product.",
 "Memorystore product area in GCP",
 "Bigtable product area in GCP",
-"Other refers to rest of other product type. This is to be when product type is known, but it is not present in this enum.",
-"Firestore product area in GCP."
+"Firestore product area in GCP.",
+"Compute Engine self managed databases",
+"Other refers to rest of other product type. This is to be when product type is known, but it is not present in this enum."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json
index ddb2c81ebbe..82dcf372af1 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
 "customers": {
 "methods": {
 "get": {
-"description": "Gets a customer account. Use this operation to see a customer account already in your reseller management, or to see the minimal account information for an existing customer that you do not manage. For more information about the API response for existing customers, see [retrieving a customer account](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_customers#get_customer).",
+"description": "Gets a customer account. Use this operation to see a customer account already in your reseller management, or to see the minimal account information for an existing customer that you do not manage. For more information about the API response for existing customers, see [retrieving a customer account](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_customers#get_customer).",
 "flatPath": "apps/reseller/v1/customers/{customerId}",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
 "id": "reseller.customers.get",
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "insert": {
-"description": "Orders a new customer's account. Before ordering a new customer account, establish whether the customer account already exists using the [`customers.get`](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/reference/customers/get) If the customer account exists as a direct Google account or as a resold customer account from another reseller, use the `customerAuthToken\\` as described in [order a resold account for an existing customer](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_customers#create_existing_customer). For more information about ordering a new customer account, see [order a new customer account](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_customers#create_customer). After creating a new customer account, you must provision a user as an administrator. The customer's administrator is required to sign in to the Admin console and sign the G Suite via Reseller agreement to activate the account. Resellers are prohibited from signing the G Suite via Reseller agreement on the customer's behalf. For more information, see [order a new customer account](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_customers#tos).",
+"description": "Orders a new customer's account. Before ordering a new customer account, establish whether the customer account already exists using the [`customers.get`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/reference/customers/get) If the customer account exists as a direct Google account or as a resold customer account from another reseller, use the `customerAuthToken\\` as described in [order a resold account for an existing customer](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_customers#create_existing_customer). For more information about ordering a new customer account, see [order a new customer account](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_customers#create_customer). After creating a new customer account, you must provision a user as an administrator. The customer's administrator is required to sign in to the Admin console and sign the G Suite via Reseller agreement to activate the account. Resellers are prohibited from signing the G Suite via Reseller agreement on the customer's behalf. For more information, see [order a new customer account](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_customers#tos).",
 "flatPath": "apps/reseller/v1/customers",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "reseller.customers.insert",
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "update": {
-"description": "Updates a customer account's settings. You cannot update `customerType` via the Reseller API, but a `\"team\"` customer can verify their domain and become `customerType = \"domain\"`. For more information, see [update a customer's settings](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_customers#update_customer).",
+"description": "Updates a customer account's settings. You cannot update `customerType` via the Reseller API, but a `\"team\"` customer can verify their domain and become `customerType = \"domain\"`. For more information, see [update a customer's settings](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_customers#update_customer).",
 "flatPath": "apps/reseller/v1/customers/{customerId}",
 "httpMethod": "PUT",
 "id": "reseller.customers.update",
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "changePlan": {
-"description": "Updates a subscription plan. Use this method to update a plan for a 30-day trial or a flexible plan subscription to an annual commitment plan with monthly or yearly payments. How a plan is updated differs depending on the plan and the products. For more information, see the description in [manage subscriptions](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#update_subscription_plan).",
+"description": "Updates a subscription plan. Use this method to update a plan for a 30-day trial or a flexible plan subscription to an annual commitment plan with monthly or yearly payments. How a plan is updated differs depending on the plan and the products. For more information, see the description in [manage subscriptions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#update_subscription_plan).",
 "flatPath": "apps/reseller/v1/customers/{customerId}/subscriptions/{subscriptionId}/changePlan",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "reseller.subscriptions.changePlan",
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "changeRenewalSettings": {
-"description": "Updates a user license's renewal settings. This is applicable for accounts with annual commitment plans only. For more information, see the description in [manage subscriptions](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#update_renewal).",
+"description": "Updates a user license's renewal settings. This is applicable for accounts with annual commitment plans only. For more information, see the description in [manage subscriptions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#update_renewal).",
 "flatPath": "apps/reseller/v1/customers/{customerId}/subscriptions/{subscriptionId}/changeRenewalSettings",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "reseller.subscriptions.changeRenewalSettings",
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "changeSeats": {
-"description": "Updates a subscription's user license settings. For more information about updating an annual commitment plan or a flexible plan subscription\u2019s licenses, see [Manage Subscriptions](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#update_subscription_seat).",
+"description": "Updates a subscription's user license settings. For more information about updating an annual commitment plan or a flexible plan subscription\u2019s licenses, see [Manage Subscriptions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#update_subscription_seat).",
 "flatPath": "apps/reseller/v1/customers/{customerId}/subscriptions/{subscriptionId}/changeSeats",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "reseller.subscriptions.changeSeats",
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "get": {
-"description": "Gets a specific subscription. The `subscriptionId` can be found using the [Retrieve all reseller subscriptions](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#get_all_subscriptions) method. For more information about retrieving a specific subscription, see the information descrived in [manage subscriptions](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#get_subscription).",
+"description": "Gets a specific subscription. The `subscriptionId` can be found using the [Retrieve all reseller subscriptions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#get_all_subscriptions) method. For more information about retrieving a specific subscription, see the information descrived in [manage subscriptions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#get_subscription).",
 "flatPath": "apps/reseller/v1/customers/{customerId}/subscriptions/{subscriptionId}",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
 "id": "reseller.subscriptions.get",
@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "insert": {
-"description": "Creates or transfer a subscription. Create a subscription for a customer's account that you ordered using the [Order a new customer account](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/reference/customers/insert.html) method. For more information about creating a subscription for different payment plans, see [manage subscriptions](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#create_subscription).\\ If you did not order the customer's account using the customer insert method, use the customer's `customerAuthToken` when creating a subscription for that customer. If transferring a G Suite subscription with an associated Google Drive or Google Vault subscription, use the [batch operation](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/batch.html) to transfer all of these subscriptions. For more information, see how to [transfer subscriptions](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#transfer_a_subscription).",
+"description": "Creates or transfer a subscription. Create a subscription for a customer's account that you ordered using the [Order a new customer account](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/reference/customers/insert.html) method. For more information about creating a subscription for different payment plans, see [manage subscriptions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#create_subscription).\\ If you did not order the customer's account using the customer insert method, use the customer's `customerAuthToken` when creating a subscription for that customer. If transferring a G Suite subscription with an associated Google Drive or Google Vault subscription, use the [batch operation](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/batch.html) to transfer all of these subscriptions. For more information, see how to [transfer subscriptions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#transfer_a_subscription).",
 "flatPath": "apps/reseller/v1/customers/{customerId}/subscriptions",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "reseller.subscriptions.insert",
@@ -542,7 +542,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "list": {
-"description": "Lists of subscriptions managed by the reseller. The list can be all subscriptions, all of a customer's subscriptions, or all of a customer's transferable subscriptions. Optionally, this method can filter the response by a `customerNamePrefix`. For more information, see [manage subscriptions](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions).",
+"description": "Lists of subscriptions managed by the reseller. The list can be all subscriptions, all of a customer's subscriptions, or all of a customer's transferable subscriptions. Optionally, this method can filter the response by a `customerNamePrefix`. For more information, see [manage subscriptions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions).",
 "flatPath": "apps/reseller/v1/subscriptions",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
 "id": "reseller.subscriptions.list",
@@ -587,7 +587,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "startPaidService": {
-"description": "Immediately move a 30-day free trial subscription to a paid service subscription. This method is only applicable if a payment plan has already been set up for the 30-day trial subscription. For more information, see [manage subscriptions](/admin-sdk/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#paid_service).",
+"description": "Immediately move a 30-day free trial subscription to a paid service subscription. This method is only applicable if a payment plan has already been set up for the 30-day trial subscription. For more information, see [manage subscriptions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/reseller/v1/how-tos/manage_subscriptions#paid_service).",
 "flatPath": "apps/reseller/v1/customers/{customerId}/subscriptions/{subscriptionId}/startPaidService",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "reseller.subscriptions.startPaidService",
@@ -651,7 +651,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240702",
+"revision": "20250419",
 "rootUrl": "https://reseller.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Address": {
@@ -854,7 +854,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "licensedNumberOfSeats": {
-"description": "Read-only field containing the current number of users that are assigned a license for the product defined in `skuId`. This field's value is equivalent to the numerical count of users returned by the Enterprise License Manager API method: [`listForProductAndSku`](/admin-sdk/licensing/v1/reference/licenseAssignments/listForProductAndSku).",
+"description": "Read-only field containing the current number of users that are assigned a license for the product defined in `skuId`. This field's value is equivalent to the numerical count of users returned by the Enterprise License Manager API method: [`listForProductAndSku`](https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/licensing/v1/reference/licenseAssignments/listForProductAndSku).",
 "format": "int32",
 "type": "integer"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json
index f434c59c8e6..0abd1a68ab2 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json
@@ -2223,7 +2223,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250327",
+"revision": "20250417",
 "rootUrl": "https://retail.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleApiHttpBody": {
@@ -3778,7 +3778,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "availability": {
-"description": "Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered \"in stock\" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).",
+"description": "Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered \"in stock\" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details.",
 "enum": [
 "AVAILABILITY_UNSPECIFIED",
 "IN_STOCK",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2alpha.json
index 80f87302103..53be66ddf53 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2alpha.json
@@ -2800,7 +2800,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250327",
+"revision": "20250417",
 "rootUrl": "https://retail.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleApiHttpBody": {
@@ -5578,7 +5578,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "availability": {
-"description": "Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered \"in stock\" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).",
+"description": "Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered \"in stock\" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details.",
 "enum": [
 "AVAILABILITY_UNSPECIFIED",
 "IN_STOCK",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json
index 0218f5d79b5..31cb4299249 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json
@@ -2368,7 +2368,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250327",
+"revision": "20250417",
 "rootUrl": "https://retail.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleApiHttpBody": {
@@ -5511,7 +5511,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "availability": {
-"description": "Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered \"in stock\" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).",
+"description": "Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered \"in stock\" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability). This field is currently only used by the Recommendations API. For Search, please make use of fulfillment_types or custom attributes for similar behaviour. See [here]( https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/local-inventory-updates#local-inventory-update-methods) for more details.",
 "enum": [
 "AVAILABILITY_UNSPECIFIED",
 "IN_STOCK",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json
index 4157cefe4e5..38f94c8eee9 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "name": {
-"description": "The resource name of the quota limit. An example name would be: `projects/123/services/serviceusage.googleapis.com/quotas/metrics/serviceusage.googleapis.com%2Fmutate_requests`",
+"description": "The resource name of the quota. An example name would be: `projects/123/services/serviceusage.googleapis.com/consumerQuotaMetrics/serviceusage.googleapis.com%2Fmutate_requests`",
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^[^/]+/[^/]+/services/[^/]+/consumerQuotaMetrics/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
@@ -964,7 +964,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250313",
+"revision": "20250417",
 "rootUrl": "https://serviceusage.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AddEnableRulesMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json
index fc46c351bcd..983830b6172 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json
@@ -177,6 +177,11 @@
 "spreadsheetId"
 ],
 "parameters": {
+"excludeTablesInBandedRanges": {
+"description": "True if tables should be excluded in the banded ranges. False if not set.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "includeGridData": {
 "description": "True if grid data should be returned. This parameter is ignored if a field mask was set in the request.",
 "location": "query",
@@ -870,7 +875,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250401",
+"revision": "20250415",
 "rootUrl": "https://sheets.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AddBandingRequest": {
@@ -1094,6 +1099,17 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"AddTableRequest": {
+"description": "Adds a new table to the spreadsheet.",
+"id": "AddTableRequest",
+"properties": {
+"table": {
+"$ref": "Table",
+"description": "Required. The table to add."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "AppendCellsRequest": {
 "description": "Adds new cells after the last row with data in a sheet, inserting new rows into the sheet if necessary.",
 "id": "AppendCellsRequest",
@@ -1114,6 +1130,10 @@
 "description": "The sheet ID to append the data to.",
 "format": "int32",
 "type": "integer"
+},
+"tableId": {
+"description": "The ID of the table to append data to. The data will be only appended to the table body. This field also takes precedence over the `sheet_id` field.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -1605,6 +1625,10 @@
 "$ref": "SortSpec"
 },
 "type": "array"
+},
+"tableId": {
+"description": "The table this filter is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or table_id may be set.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -4065,6 +4089,17 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"DeleteTableRequest": {
+"description": "Removes the table with the given ID from the spreadsheet.",
+"id": "DeleteTableRequest",
+"properties": {
+"tableId": {
+"description": "The ID of the table to delete.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "DeveloperMetadata": {
 "description": "Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata will still be associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted its metadata is deleted too.",
 "id": "DeveloperMetadata",
@@ -4592,12 +4627,12 @@
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "namedRangeId": {
-"description": "The named range this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id may be set.",
+"description": "The named range this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "range": {
 "$ref": "GridRange",
-"description": "The range this filter view covers. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id may be set."
+"description": "The range this filter view covers. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set."
 },
 "sortSpecs": {
 "description": "The sort order per column. Later specifications are used when values are equal in the earlier specifications.",
@@ -4606,6 +4641,10 @@
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
+"tableId": {
+"description": "The table this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set.",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "title": {
 "description": "The name of the filter view.",
 "type": "string"
@@ -4700,6 +4739,10 @@
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
+"excludeTablesInBandedRanges": {
+"description": "True if tables should be excluded in the banded ranges. False if not set.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "includeGridData": {
 "description": "True if grid data should be returned. This parameter is ignored if a field mask was set in the request.",
 "type": "boolean"
@@ -5885,7 +5928,7 @@
 "description": "The users and groups with edit access to the protected range. This field is only visible to users with edit access to the protected range and the document. Editors are not supported with warning_only protection."
 },
 "namedRangeId": {
-"description": "The named range this protected range is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id may be set.",
+"description": "The named range this protected range is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "protectedRangeId": {
@@ -5895,12 +5938,16 @@
 },
 "range": {
 "$ref": "GridRange",
-"description": "The range that is being protected. The range may be fully unbounded, in which case this is considered a protected sheet. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id may be set."
+"description": "The range that is being protected. The range may be fully unbounded, in which case this is considered a protected sheet. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set."
 },
 "requestingUserCanEdit": {
 "description": "True if the user who requested this protected range can edit the protected area. This field is read-only.",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
+"tableId": {
+"description": "The table this protected range is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set.",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "unprotectedRanges": {
 "description": "The list of unprotected ranges within a protected sheet. Unprotected ranges are only supported on protected sheets.",
 "items": {
@@ -6083,6 +6130,10 @@
 "$ref": "AddSlicerRequest",
 "description": "Adds a slicer."
 },
+"addTable": {
+"$ref": "AddTableRequest",
+"description": "Adds a table."
+},
 "appendCells": {
 "$ref": "AppendCellsRequest",
 "description": "Appends cells after the last row with data in a sheet."
@@ -6171,6 +6222,10 @@
 "$ref": "DeleteSheetRequest",
 "description": "Deletes a sheet."
 },
+"deleteTable": {
+"$ref": "DeleteTableRequest",
+"description": "A request for deleting a table."
+},
 "duplicateFilterView": {
 "$ref": "DuplicateFilterViewRequest",
 "description": "Duplicates a filter view."
@@ -6306,6 +6361,10 @@
 "updateSpreadsheetProperties": {
 "$ref": "UpdateSpreadsheetPropertiesRequest",
 "description": "Updates the spreadsheet's properties."
+},
+"updateTable": {
+"$ref": "UpdateTableRequest",
+"description": "Updates a table."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -6641,6 +6700,13 @@
 "$ref": "Slicer"
 },
 "type": "array"
+},
+"tables": {
+"description": "The tables on this sheet.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "Table"
+},
+"type": "array"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -7005,6 +7071,128 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"Table": {
+"description": "A table.",
+"id": "Table",
+"properties": {
+"columnProperties": {
+"description": "The table column properties.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "TableColumnProperties"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "The table name. This is unique to all tables in the same spreadsheet.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"range": {
+"$ref": "GridRange",
+"description": "The table range."
+},
+"rowsProperties": {
+"$ref": "TableRowsProperties",
+"description": "The table rows properties."
+},
+"tableId": {
+"description": "The id of the table.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"TableColumnDataValidationRule": {
+"description": "A data validation rule for a column in a table.",
+"id": "TableColumnDataValidationRule",
+"properties": {
+"condition": {
+"$ref": "BooleanCondition",
+"description": "The condition that data in the cell must match. Valid only if the [BooleanCondition.type] is ONE_OF_LIST."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"TableColumnProperties": {
+"description": "The table column.",
+"id": "TableColumnProperties",
+"properties": {
+"columnIndex": {
+"description": "The 0-based column index. This index is relative to its position in the table and is not necessarily the same as the column index in the sheet.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"columnName": {
+"description": "The column name.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"columnType": {
+"description": "The column type.",
+"enum": [
+"COLUMN_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"DOUBLE",
+"CURRENCY",
+"PERCENT",
+"DATE",
+"TIME",
+"DATE_TIME",
+"TEXT",
+"BOOLEAN",
+"DROPDOWN",
+"FILES_CHIP",
+"PEOPLE_CHIP",
+"FINANCE_CHIP",
+"PLACE_CHIP",
+"RATINGS_CHIP"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"An unspecified column type.",
+"The number column type.",
+"The currency column type.",
+"The percent column type.",
+"The date column type.",
+"The time column type.",
+"The date and time column type.",
+"The text column type.",
+"The boolean column type.",
+"The dropdown column type.",
+"The files chip column type",
+"The people chip column type",
+"The finance chip column type",
+"The place chip column type",
+"The ratings chip column type"
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"dataValidationRule": {
+"$ref": "TableColumnDataValidationRule",
+"description": "The column data validation rule. Only set for dropdown column type."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"TableRowsProperties": {
+"description": "The table row properties.",
+"id": "TableRowsProperties",
+"properties": {
+"firstBandColorStyle": {
+"$ref": "ColorStyle",
+"description": "The first color that is alternating. If this field is set, the first banded row is filled with the specified color. Otherwise, the first banded row is filled with a default color."
+},
+"footerColorStyle": {
+"$ref": "ColorStyle",
+"description": "The color of the last row. If this field is not set a footer is not added, the last row is filled with either first_band_color_style or second_band_color_style, depending on the color of the previous row. If updating an existing table without a footer to have a footer, the range will be expanded by 1 row. If updating an existing table with a footer and removing a footer, the range will be shrunk by 1 row."
+},
+"headerColorStyle": {
+"$ref": "ColorStyle",
+"description": "The color of the header row. If this field is set, the header row is filled with the specified color. Otherwise, the header row is filled with a default color."
+},
+"secondBandColorStyle": {
+"$ref": "ColorStyle",
+"description": "The second color that is alternating. If this field is set, the second banded row is filled with the specified color. Otherwise, the second banded row is filled with a default color."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "TextFormat": {
 "description": "The format of a run of text in a cell. Absent values indicate that the field isn't specified.",
 "id": "TextFormat",
@@ -7756,6 +7944,22 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"UpdateTableRequest": {
+"description": "Updates a table in the spreadsheet.",
+"id": "UpdateTableRequest",
+"properties": {
+"fields": {
+"description": "Required. The fields that should be updated. At least one field must be specified. The root `table` is implied and should not be specified. A single `\"*\"` can be used as short-hand for listing every field.",
+"format": "google-fieldmask",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"table": {
+"$ref": "Table",
+"description": "Required. The table to update."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "UpdateValuesByDataFilterResponse": {
 "description": "The response when updating a range of values by a data filter in a spreadsheet.",
 "id": "UpdateValuesByDataFilterResponse",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json
index 47719b9b1fe..afb3116f0be 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json
@@ -2565,7 +2565,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250310",
+"revision": "20250412",
 "rootUrl": "https://sqladmin.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AclEntry": {
@@ -2710,7 +2710,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "databaseVersion": {
-"description": "Output only. The database version of the instance of when this backup was made.",
+"description": "Output only. The database version of the instance of at the time this backup was made.",
 "enum": [
 "SQL_DATABASE_VERSION_UNSPECIFIED",
 "MYSQL_5_1",
@@ -2731,7 +2731,6 @@
 "MYSQL_8_0_35",
 "MYSQL_8_0_36",
 "MYSQL_8_0_37",
-"MYSQL_8_0_38",
 "MYSQL_8_0_39",
 "MYSQL_8_0_40",
 "MYSQL_8_0_41",
@@ -2804,7 +2803,6 @@ false,
 false,
 false,
 false,
-false,
 false
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -2827,7 +2825,6 @@ false
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 35.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 36.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 37.",
-"The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 38.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 39.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 40.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 41.",
@@ -3137,7 +3134,7 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "databaseVersion": {
-"description": "Output only. The instance database version when this backup was made.",
+"description": "Output only. The instance database version at the time this backup was made.",
 "enum": [
 "SQL_DATABASE_VERSION_UNSPECIFIED",
 "MYSQL_5_1",
@@ -3158,7 +3155,6 @@ false
 "MYSQL_8_0_35",
 "MYSQL_8_0_36",
 "MYSQL_8_0_37",
-"MYSQL_8_0_38",
 "MYSQL_8_0_39",
 "MYSQL_8_0_40",
 "MYSQL_8_0_41",
@@ -3231,7 +3227,6 @@ false,
 false,
 false,
 false,
-false,
 false
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -3254,7 +3249,6 @@ false
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 35.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 36.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 37.",
-"The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 38.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 39.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 40.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 41.",
@@ -3488,16 +3482,16 @@ false
 "type": "object"
 },
 "ConnectPoolNodeConfig": {
-"description": "Details of a single node of a read pool.",
+"description": "Details of a single read pool node of a read pool.",
 "id": "ConnectPoolNodeConfig",
 "properties": {
 "dnsName": {
-"description": "Output only. The DNS name of the node.",
+"description": "Output only. The DNS name of the read pool node.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
 "dnsNames": {
-"description": "Output only. The list of DNS names used by this node.",
+"description": "Output only. The list of DNS names used by this read pool node.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "DnsNameMapping"
 },
@@ -3505,7 +3499,7 @@ false
 "type": "array"
 },
 "ipAddresses": {
-"description": "Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the node.",
+"description": "Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the read pool node.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "IpMapping"
 },
@@ -3513,7 +3507,7 @@ false
 "type": "array"
 },
 "name": {
-"description": "Output only. The name of the node. Doesn't include the project ID.",
+"description": "Output only. The name of the read pool node. Doesn't include the project ID.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
@@ -3575,7 +3569,6 @@ false
 "MYSQL_8_0_35",
 "MYSQL_8_0_36",
 "MYSQL_8_0_37",
-"MYSQL_8_0_38",
 "MYSQL_8_0_39",
 "MYSQL_8_0_40",
 "MYSQL_8_0_41",
@@ -3648,7 +3641,6 @@ false,
 false,
 false,
 false,
-false,
 false
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -3671,7 +3663,6 @@ false
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 35.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 36.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 37.",
-"The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 38.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 39.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 40.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 41.",
@@ -3725,12 +3716,12 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "nodeCount": {
-"description": "The number of nodes in a read pool.",
+"description": "The number of read pool nodes in a read pool.",
 "format": "int32",
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "nodes": {
-"description": "Output only. Entries containing information about each node of the read pool.",
+"description": "Output only. Entries containing information about each read pool node of the read pool.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "ConnectPoolNodeConfig"
 },
@@ -3772,18 +3763,6 @@ false
 "description": "The managed connection pooling configuration.",
 "id": "ConnectionPoolConfig",
 "properties": {
-"clientConnectionIdleTimeout": {
-"deprecated": true,
-"description": "Client idle timeout.",
-"format": "google-duration",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"connPoolSize": {
-"deprecated": true,
-"description": "Managed connection pool size.",
-"format": "int32",
-"type": "integer"
-},
 "connectionPoolingEnabled": {
 "description": "Whether managed connection pooling is enabled.",
 "type": "boolean"
@@ -3794,39 +3773,6 @@ false
 "$ref": "ConnectionPoolFlags"
 },
 "type": "array"
-},
-"maxClientConnections": {
-"deprecated": true,
-"description": "Maximum number of client connections in connection pool.",
-"format": "int32",
-"type": "integer"
-},
-"poolMode": {
-"deprecated": true,
-"description": "The managed connection pool mode for the instance.",
-"enum": [
-"POOL_MODE_UNSPECIFIED",
-"SESSION",
-"TRANSACTION"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"The pool mode is unknown.",
-"The session mode for managed connection pooling.",
-"The transaction(default) mode for managed connection pooling."
-],
-"type": "string"
-},
-"queryWaitTimeout": {
-"deprecated": true,
-"description": "Query wait timeout.",
-"format": "google-duration",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"serverConnectionIdleTimeout": {
-"deprecated": true,
-"description": "Server idle timeout.",
-"format": "google-duration",
-"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -3991,7 +3937,6 @@ false
 "MYSQL_8_0_35",
 "MYSQL_8_0_36",
 "MYSQL_8_0_37",
-"MYSQL_8_0_38",
 "MYSQL_8_0_39",
 "MYSQL_8_0_40",
 "MYSQL_8_0_41",
@@ -4064,7 +4009,6 @@ false,
 false,
 false,
 false,
-false,
 false
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -4087,7 +4031,6 @@ false
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 35.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 36.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 37.",
-"The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 38.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 39.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 40.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 41.",
@@ -4182,7 +4125,7 @@ false
 "A regular Cloud SQL instance that is not replicating from a primary instance.",
 "An instance running on the customer's premises that is not managed by Cloud SQL.",
 "A Cloud SQL instance acting as a read-replica.",
-"CloudSQL read pool."
+"A Cloud SQL read pool."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -4221,12 +4164,12 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "nodeCount": {
-"description": "The number of nodes in a read pool.",
+"description": "The number of read pool nodes in a read pool.",
 "format": "int32",
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "nodes": {
-"description": "Output only. Entries containing information about each node of the read pool.",
+"description": "Output only. Entries containing information about each read pool node of the read pool.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "PoolNodeConfig"
 },
@@ -4722,7 +4665,7 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "offload": {
-"description": "Option for export offload.",
+"description": "Whether to perform a serverless export.",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "sqlExportOptions": {
@@ -4747,7 +4690,7 @@ false
 "description": "Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance.",
 "properties": {
 "clean": {
-"description": "Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation.",
+"description": "Optional. Use this option to include DROP  SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation.",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "ifExists": {
@@ -4874,7 +4817,6 @@ false
 "MYSQL_8_0_35",
 "MYSQL_8_0_36",
 "MYSQL_8_0_37",
-"MYSQL_8_0_38",
 "MYSQL_8_0_39",
 "MYSQL_8_0_40",
 "MYSQL_8_0_41",
@@ -4947,7 +4889,6 @@ false,
 false,
 false,
 false,
-false,
 false
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -4970,7 +4911,6 @@ false
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 35.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 36.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 37.",
-"The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 38.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 39.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 40.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 41.",
@@ -6183,7 +6123,7 @@ false
 "Deprecated: ADVANCED_BACKUP is deprecated. Use ENHANCED_BACKUP instead.",
 "Changes the BackupTier of a Cloud SQL instance.",
 "Creates a backup for an Enhanced BackupTier Cloud SQL instance.",
-"Repairs entire read pool or specified nodes in the read pool.",
+"Repairs entire read pool or specified read pool nodes in the read pool.",
 "Creates a Cloud SQL read pool instance."
 ],
 "type": "string"
@@ -6414,16 +6354,16 @@ false
 "type": "object"
 },
 "PoolNodeConfig": {
-"description": "Details of a single node of a read pool.",
+"description": "Details of a single read pool node of a read pool.",
 "id": "PoolNodeConfig",
 "properties": {
 "dnsName": {
-"description": "Output only. The DNS name of the node.",
+"description": "Output only. The DNS name of the read pool node.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
 "dnsNames": {
-"description": "Output only. The list of DNS names used by this node.",
+"description": "Output only. The list of DNS names used by this read pool node.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "DnsNameMapping"
 },
@@ -6431,12 +6371,12 @@ false
 "type": "array"
 },
 "gceZone": {
-"description": "Output only. The serving zone of the node.",
+"description": "Output only. The zone of the read pool node.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
 "ipAddresses": {
-"description": "Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the node.",
+"description": "Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the read pool node.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "IpMapping"
 },
@@ -6444,12 +6384,12 @@ false
 "type": "array"
 },
 "name": {
-"description": "Output only. The name of the node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs for the node.",
+"description": "Output only. The name of the read pool node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
 "state": {
-"description": "Output only. The current state of the node.",
+"description": "Output only. The current state of the read pool node.",
 "enum": [
 "SQL_INSTANCE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
 "RUNNABLE",
@@ -6849,7 +6789,7 @@ false
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "enableGoogleMlIntegration": {
-"description": "Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances.",
+"description": "Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for MySQL and Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances.",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "insightsConfig": {
@@ -7695,6 +7635,20 @@ false
 "description": "Optional. The host from which the user can connect. For `insert` operations, host defaults to an empty string. For `update` operations, host is specified as part of the request URL. The host name cannot be updated after insertion. For a MySQL instance, it's required; for a PostgreSQL or SQL Server instance, it's optional.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"iamStatus": {
+"description": "Indicates if user is active for IAM Authentication.",
+"enum": [
+"IAM_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED",
+"INACTIVE",
+"ACTIVE"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"The default value for users that are not of type CLOUD_IAM_GROUP. Only CLOUD_IAM_GROUP users will be inactive/active. Will not display any value in UI.",
+"User is not available for IAM Authentication.",
+"User is available for IAM Authentication."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
 "instance": {
 "description": "The name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID. Can be omitted for `update` because it is already specified on the URL.",
 "type": "string"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json
index 3fc1de6105c..76ea6e96d07 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json
@@ -2565,7 +2565,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250310",
+"revision": "20250412",
 "rootUrl": "https://sqladmin.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AclEntry": {
@@ -2710,7 +2710,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "databaseVersion": {
-"description": "Output only. The database version of the instance of when this backup was made.",
+"description": "Output only. The database version of the instance of at the time this backup was made.",
 "enum": [
 "SQL_DATABASE_VERSION_UNSPECIFIED",
 "MYSQL_5_1",
@@ -2731,7 +2731,6 @@
 "MYSQL_8_0_35",
 "MYSQL_8_0_36",
 "MYSQL_8_0_37",
-"MYSQL_8_0_38",
 "MYSQL_8_0_39",
 "MYSQL_8_0_40",
 "MYSQL_8_0_41",
@@ -2804,7 +2803,6 @@ false,
 false,
 false,
 false,
-false,
 false
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -2827,7 +2825,6 @@ false
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 35.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 36.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 37.",
-"The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 38.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 39.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 40.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 41.",
@@ -3137,7 +3134,7 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "databaseVersion": {
-"description": "Output only. The instance database version when this backup was made.",
+"description": "Output only. The instance database version at the time this backup was made.",
 "enum": [
 "SQL_DATABASE_VERSION_UNSPECIFIED",
 "MYSQL_5_1",
@@ -3158,7 +3155,6 @@ false
 "MYSQL_8_0_35",
 "MYSQL_8_0_36",
 "MYSQL_8_0_37",
-"MYSQL_8_0_38",
 "MYSQL_8_0_39",
 "MYSQL_8_0_40",
 "MYSQL_8_0_41",
@@ -3231,7 +3227,6 @@ false,
 false,
 false,
 false,
-false,
 false
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -3254,7 +3249,6 @@ false
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 35.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 36.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 37.",
-"The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 38.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 39.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 40.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 41.",
@@ -3488,16 +3482,16 @@ false
 "type": "object"
 },
 "ConnectPoolNodeConfig": {
-"description": "Details of a single node of a read pool.",
+"description": "Details of a single read pool node of a read pool.",
 "id": "ConnectPoolNodeConfig",
 "properties": {
 "dnsName": {
-"description": "Output only. The DNS name of the node.",
+"description": "Output only. The DNS name of the read pool node.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
 "dnsNames": {
-"description": "Output only. The list of DNS names used by this instance.",
+"description": "Output only. The list of DNS names used by this read pool node.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "DnsNameMapping"
 },
@@ -3505,7 +3499,7 @@ false
 "type": "array"
 },
 "ipAddresses": {
-"description": "Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the node.",
+"description": "Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the read pool node.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "IpMapping"
 },
@@ -3513,7 +3507,7 @@ false
 "type": "array"
 },
 "name": {
-"description": "Output only. The name of the node. Doesn't include the project ID.",
+"description": "Output only. The name of the read pool node. Doesn't include the project ID.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 }
@@ -3575,7 +3569,6 @@ false
 "MYSQL_8_0_35",
 "MYSQL_8_0_36",
 "MYSQL_8_0_37",
-"MYSQL_8_0_38",
 "MYSQL_8_0_39",
 "MYSQL_8_0_40",
 "MYSQL_8_0_41",
@@ -3648,7 +3641,6 @@ false,
 false,
 false,
 false,
-false,
 false
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -3671,7 +3663,6 @@ false
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 35.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 36.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 37.",
-"The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 38.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 39.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 40.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 41.",
@@ -3725,12 +3716,12 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "nodeCount": {
-"description": "The number of nodes in a read pool.",
+"description": "The number of read pool nodes in a read pool.",
 "format": "int32",
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "nodes": {
-"description": "Output only. Entries containing information about each node of the read pool.",
+"description": "Output only. Entries containing information about each read pool node of the read pool.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "ConnectPoolNodeConfig"
 },
@@ -3772,18 +3763,6 @@ false
 "description": "The managed connection pooling configuration.",
 "id": "ConnectionPoolConfig",
 "properties": {
-"clientConnectionIdleTimeout": {
-"deprecated": true,
-"description": "Client idle timeout.",
-"format": "google-duration",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"connPoolSize": {
-"deprecated": true,
-"description": "Managed connection pool size.",
-"format": "int32",
-"type": "integer"
-},
 "connectionPoolingEnabled": {
 "description": "Whether managed connection pooling is enabled.",
 "type": "boolean"
@@ -3794,39 +3773,6 @@ false
 "$ref": "ConnectionPoolFlags"
 },
 "type": "array"
-},
-"maxClientConnections": {
-"deprecated": true,
-"description": "Maximum number of client connections in connection pool.",
-"format": "int32",
-"type": "integer"
-},
-"poolMode": {
-"deprecated": true,
-"description": "The managed connection pool mode for the instance.",
-"enum": [
-"POOL_MODE_UNSPECIFIED",
-"SESSION",
-"TRANSACTION"
-],
-"enumDescriptions": [
-"The pool mode is unknown.",
-"The session mode for managed connection pooling.",
-"The transaction(default) mode for managed connection pooling."
-],
-"type": "string"
-},
-"queryWaitTimeout": {
-"deprecated": true,
-"description": "Query wait timeout.",
-"format": "google-duration",
-"type": "string"
-},
-"serverConnectionIdleTimeout": {
-"deprecated": true,
-"description": "Server idle timeout.",
-"format": "google-duration",
-"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -3991,7 +3937,6 @@ false
 "MYSQL_8_0_35",
 "MYSQL_8_0_36",
 "MYSQL_8_0_37",
-"MYSQL_8_0_38",
 "MYSQL_8_0_39",
 "MYSQL_8_0_40",
 "MYSQL_8_0_41",
@@ -4064,7 +4009,6 @@ false,
 false,
 false,
 false,
-false,
 false
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -4087,7 +4031,6 @@ false
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 35.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 36.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 37.",
-"The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 38.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 39.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 40.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 41.",
@@ -4182,7 +4125,7 @@ false
 "A regular Cloud SQL instance that is not replicating from a primary instance.",
 "An instance running on the customer's premises that is not managed by Cloud SQL.",
 "A Cloud SQL instance acting as a read-replica.",
-"CloudSQL read pool."
+"A Cloud SQL read pool."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -4221,12 +4164,12 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "nodeCount": {
-"description": "The number of nodes in a read pool.",
+"description": "The number of read pool nodes in a read pool.",
 "format": "int32",
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "nodes": {
-"description": "Output only. Entries containing information about each node of the read pool.",
+"description": "Output only. Entries containing information about each read pool node of the read pool.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "PoolNodeConfig"
 },
@@ -4723,7 +4666,7 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "offload": {
-"description": "Option for export offload.",
+"description": "Whether to perform a serverless export.",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "sqlExportOptions": {
@@ -4748,7 +4691,7 @@ false
 "description": "Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance.",
 "properties": {
 "clean": {
-"description": "Optional. Use this option to include DROP SQL statements. These statements are used to delete database objects before running the import operation.",
+"description": "Optional. Use this option to include DROP  SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation.",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "ifExists": {
@@ -4875,7 +4818,6 @@ false
 "MYSQL_8_0_35",
 "MYSQL_8_0_36",
 "MYSQL_8_0_37",
-"MYSQL_8_0_38",
 "MYSQL_8_0_39",
 "MYSQL_8_0_40",
 "MYSQL_8_0_41",
@@ -4948,7 +4890,6 @@ false,
 false,
 false,
 false,
-false,
 false
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
@@ -4971,7 +4912,6 @@ false
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 35.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 36.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 37.",
-"The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 38.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 39.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 40.",
 "The database major version is MySQL 8.0 and the minor version is 41.",
@@ -6184,7 +6124,7 @@ false
 "Deprecated: ADVANCED_BACKUP is deprecated. Use ENHANCED_BACKUP instead.",
 "Changes the BackupTier of a Cloud SQL instance.",
 "Creates a backup for an Enhanced BackupTier Cloud SQL instance.",
-"Repairs entire read pool or specified nodes in the read pool.",
+"Repairs entire read pool or specified read pool nodes in the read pool.",
 "Creates a Cloud SQL read pool instance."
 ],
 "type": "string"
@@ -6415,16 +6355,16 @@ false
 "type": "object"
 },
 "PoolNodeConfig": {
-"description": "Details of a single node of a read pool.",
+"description": "Details of a single read pool node of a read pool.",
 "id": "PoolNodeConfig",
 "properties": {
 "dnsName": {
-"description": "Output only. The DNS name of the node.",
+"description": "Output only. The DNS name of the read pool node.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
 "dnsNames": {
-"description": "Output only. The list of DNS names used by this node.",
+"description": "Output only. The list of DNS names used by this read pool node.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "DnsNameMapping"
 },
@@ -6432,12 +6372,12 @@ false
 "type": "array"
 },
 "gceZone": {
-"description": "Output only. The serving zone of the node.",
+"description": "Output only. The zone of the read pool node.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
 "ipAddresses": {
-"description": "Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the node.",
+"description": "Output only. Mappings containing IP addresses that can be used to connect to the read pool node.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "IpMapping"
 },
@@ -6445,12 +6385,12 @@ false
 "type": "array"
 },
 "name": {
-"description": "Output only. The name of the node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs for the node.",
+"description": "Output only. The name of the read pool node, to be used for retrieving metrics and logs.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
 "state": {
-"description": "Output only. The current state of the node.",
+"description": "Output only. The current state of the read pool node.",
 "enum": [
 "SQL_INSTANCE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
 "RUNNABLE",
@@ -6850,7 +6790,7 @@ false
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "enableGoogleMlIntegration": {
-"description": "Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances.",
+"description": "Optional. When this parameter is set to true, Cloud SQL instances can connect to Vertex AI to pass requests for real-time predictions and insights to the AI. The default value is false. This applies only to Cloud SQL for MySQL and Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instances.",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "insightsConfig": {
@@ -7694,6 +7634,20 @@ false
 "description": "Optional. The host from which the user can connect. For `insert` operations, host defaults to an empty string. For `update` operations, host is specified as part of the request URL. The host name cannot be updated after insertion. For a MySQL instance, it's required; for a PostgreSQL or SQL Server instance, it's optional.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"iamStatus": {
+"description": "Indicates if user is active for IAM Authentication.",
+"enum": [
+"IAM_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED",
+"INACTIVE",
+"ACTIVE"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"The default value for users that are not of type CLOUD_IAM_GROUP. Only CLOUD_IAM_GROUP users will be inactive/active. Will not display any value in UI.",
+"User is not available for IAM Authentication.",
+"User is available for IAM Authentication."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
 "instance": {
 "description": "The name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID. Can be omitted for *update* because it is already specified on the URL.",
 "type": "string"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json
index eac62ecd94d..e1196870c63 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json
@@ -54,6 +54,11 @@
 },
 {
 "description": "Regional Endpoint",
+"endpointUrl": "https://storage.asia-northeast3.rep.googleapis.com/",
+"location": "asia-northeast3"
+},
+{
+"description": "Regional Endpoint",
 "endpointUrl": "https://storage.asia-south1.rep.googleapis.com/",
 "location": "asia-south1"
 },
@@ -233,7 +238,7 @@
 "location": "northamerica-northeast1"
 }
 ],
-"etag": "\"3138323537363430373936393234303439393430\"",
+"etag": "\"36333136333838383435323333303139303231\"",
 "icons": {
 "x16": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/cloud_storage-16.png",
 "x32": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/cloud_storage-32.png"
@@ -4504,7 +4509,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250416",
+"revision": "20250420",
 "rootUrl": "https://storage.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AdvanceRelocateBucketOperationRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2alpha1.json
index 6c7695695dd..67ec9e59386 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tpu.v2alpha1.json
@@ -1027,7 +1027,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250410",
+"revision": "20250423",
 "rootUrl": "https://tpu.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AcceleratorConfig": {
@@ -1155,10 +1155,25 @@
 "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey",
 "description": "Optional. Customer encryption key for boot disk."
 },
+"diskSizeGb": {
+"description": "Optional. Size of the boot disk in GB. It must be larger than or equal to the size of the image.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "enableConfidentialCompute": {
 "description": "Optional. Whether the boot disk will be created with confidential compute mode.",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
+"provisionedIops": {
+"description": "Optional. Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. To learn more about IOPS, see [Provisioning persistent disk performance](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks/performance#provisioned-iops).",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"provisionedThroughput": {
+"description": "Optional. Indicates how much throughput to provision for the disk. This sets the number of throughput MB per second that the disk can handle.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "sourceImage": {
 "description": "Optional. Image from which boot disk is to be created. If not specified, the default image for the runtime version will be used. Example: `projects/$PROJECT_ID/global/images/$IMAGE_NAME`.",
 "type": "string"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3.json
index 6d8087699bd..fc1ef339a05 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3.json
@@ -424,6 +424,12 @@
 "name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
+"extraLocationTypes": {
+"description": "Optional. A list of extra location types that should be used as conditions for controlling the visibility of the locations.",
+"location": "query",
+"repeated": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
 "filter": {
 "description": "A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like `\"displayName=tokyo\"`, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).",
 "location": "query",
@@ -1710,7 +1716,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241218",
+"revision": "20250424",
 "rootUrl": "https://translation.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AdaptiveMtDataset": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3beta1.json
index 786ca33d3bc..4eda6213e39 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3beta1.json
@@ -366,6 +366,12 @@
 "name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
+"extraLocationTypes": {
+"description": "Optional. A list of extra location types that should be used as conditions for controlling the visibility of the locations.",
+"location": "query",
+"repeated": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
 "filter": {
 "description": "A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like `\"displayName=tokyo\"`, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).",
 "location": "query",
@@ -747,7 +753,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241218",
+"revision": "20250424",
 "rootUrl": "https://translation.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "BatchDocumentInputConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1.json
index 70b0fd6d014..edf2035d039 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1.json
@@ -118,6 +118,12 @@
 "name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
+"extraLocationTypes": {
+"description": "Optional. A list of extra location types that should be used as conditions for controlling the visibility of the locations.",
+"location": "query",
+"repeated": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
 "filter": {
 "description": "A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like `\"displayName=tokyo\"`, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).",
 "location": "query",
@@ -384,7 +390,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240905",
+"revision": "20250413",
 "rootUrl": "https://vpcaccess.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Connector": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1beta1.json
index 47e72cf6f4d..9413dbf70ce 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vpcaccess.v1beta1.json
@@ -118,6 +118,12 @@
 "name"
 ],
 "parameters": {
+"extraLocationTypes": {
+"description": "Optional. A list of extra location types that should be used as conditions for controlling the visibility of the locations.",
+"location": "query",
+"repeated": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
 "filter": {
 "description": "A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like `\"displayName=tokyo\"`, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).",
 "location": "query",
@@ -384,7 +390,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240905",
+"revision": "20250413",
 "rootUrl": "https://vpcaccess.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Connector": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workspaceevents.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workspaceevents.v1.json
index 40d38341420..1d52c2dfa7e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workspaceevents.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workspaceevents.v1.json
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@
 "subscriptions": {
 "methods": {
 "create": {
-"description": "[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Creates a Google Workspace subscription. To learn how to use this method, see [Create a Google Workspace subscription](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events/guides/create-subscription).",
+"description": "Creates a Google Workspace subscription. To learn how to use this method, see [Create a Google Workspace subscription](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events/guides/create-subscription). ",
 "flatPath": "v1/subscriptions",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "workspaceevents.subscriptions.create",
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "delete": {
-"description": "[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Deletes a Google Workspace subscription. To learn how to use this method, see [Delete a Google Workspace subscription](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events/guides/delete-subscription).",
+"description": "Deletes a Google Workspace subscription. To learn how to use this method, see [Delete a Google Workspace subscription](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events/guides/delete-subscription).",
 "flatPath": "v1/subscriptions/{subscriptionsId}",
 "httpMethod": "DELETE",
 "id": "workspaceevents.subscriptions.delete",
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "get": {
-"description": "[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Gets details about a Google Workspace subscription. To learn how to use this method, see [Get details about a Google Workspace subscription](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events/guides/get-subscription).",
+"description": "Gets details about a Google Workspace subscription. To learn how to use this method, see [Get details about a Google Workspace subscription](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events/guides/get-subscription).",
 "flatPath": "v1/subscriptions/{subscriptionsId}",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
 "id": "workspaceevents.subscriptions.get",
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "list": {
-"description": "[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Lists Google Workspace subscriptions. To learn how to use this method, see [List Google Workspace subscriptions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events/guides/list-subscriptions).",
+"description": "Lists Google Workspace subscriptions. To learn how to use this method, see [List Google Workspace subscriptions](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events/guides/list-subscriptions).",
 "flatPath": "v1/subscriptions",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
 "id": "workspaceevents.subscriptions.list",
@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "patch": {
-"description": "[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Updates or renews a Google Workspace subscription. To learn how to use this method, see [Update or renew a Google Workspace subscription](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events/guides/update-subscription).",
+"description": "Updates or renews a Google Workspace subscription. To learn how to use this method, see [Update or renew a Google Workspace subscription](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events/guides/update-subscription).",
 "flatPath": "v1/subscriptions/{subscriptionsId}",
 "httpMethod": "PATCH",
 "id": "workspaceevents.subscriptions.patch",
@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "reactivate": {
-"description": "[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview): Reactivates a suspended Google Workspace subscription. This method resets your subscription's `State` field to `ACTIVE`. Before you use this method, you must fix the error that suspended the subscription. This method will ignore or reject any subscription that isn't currently in a suspended state. To learn how to use this method, see [Reactivate a Google Workspace subscription](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events/guides/reactivate-subscription).",
+"description": "Reactivates a suspended Google Workspace subscription. This method resets your subscription's `State` field to `ACTIVE`. Before you use this method, you must fix the error that suspended the subscription. This method will ignore or reject any subscription that isn't currently in a suspended state. To learn how to use this method, see [Reactivate a Google Workspace subscription](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events/guides/reactivate-subscription).",
 "flatPath": "v1/subscriptions/{subscriptionsId}:reactivate",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "workspaceevents.subscriptions.reactivate",
@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250225",
+"revision": "20250420",
 "rootUrl": "https://workspaceevents.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "ListSubscriptionsResponse": {
@@ -591,7 +591,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "Subscription": {
-"description": "[Developer Preview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). A subscription to receive events about a Google Workspace resource. To learn more about subscriptions, see the [Google Workspace Events API overview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events).",
+"description": "A subscription to receive events about a Google Workspace resource. To learn more about subscriptions, see the [Google Workspace Events API overview](https://developers.google.com/workspace/events).",
 "id": "Subscription",
 "properties": {
 "authority": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json
index 66651fb4021..99edb5c895d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json
@@ -185,6 +185,7 @@
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "mine": {
+"deprecated": true,
 "location": "query",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
@@ -4105,7 +4106,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20250331",
+"revision": "20250422",
 "rootUrl": "https://youtube.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AbuseReport": {

From bece3b3b3ac99415fd8e400f27cef3ecc4fe483c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: "release-please[bot]"
 <55107282+release-please[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Tue, 29 Apr 2025 11:38:51 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 2/2] chore(main): release 2.169.0 (#2600)

Co-authored-by: release-please[bot] <55107282+release-please[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
---
 CHANGELOG.md               | 45 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
 googleapiclient/version.py |  2 +-
 2 files changed, 46 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/CHANGELOG.md b/CHANGELOG.md
index 20bcf31cf3c..dd39f14e46d 100644
--- a/CHANGELOG.md
+++ b/CHANGELOG.md
@@ -1,5 +1,50 @@
 # Changelog
 
+## [2.169.0](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/compare/v2.168.0...v2.169.0) (2025-04-29)
+
+
+### Features
+
+* **aiplatform:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6ccd7f53713cb0cf7e129f7fb42deccccc1bf8ab ([14bd229](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/14bd22993ec4f176288cba1852063fd55e719190))
+* **artifactregistry:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/ac6477013f5b42579690e32cc5a784d579f1fa9d ([14bd229](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/14bd22993ec4f176288cba1852063fd55e719190))
+* **blockchainnodeengine:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4b1c7d24665c1e52b9f2eb0259483185c54cb109 ([14bd229](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/14bd22993ec4f176288cba1852063fd55e719190))
+* **cloudchannel:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/5e15d858ddef5f4eb274b015c8880c7d81ea3e82 ([14bd229](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/14bd22993ec4f176288cba1852063fd55e719190))
+* **cloudresourcemanager:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/94d98b6e6a150e3247bc021ce0453affcb8b27b0 ([14bd229](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/14bd22993ec4f176288cba1852063fd55e719190))
+* **connectors:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a456e2ceaf17ac8f7710d4e343159604c82fd499 ([14bd229](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/14bd22993ec4f176288cba1852063fd55e719190))
+* **dataflow:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/ea28e0289eb26231845953976364e0ca999ef5e3 ([14bd229](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/14bd22993ec4f176288cba1852063fd55e719190))
+* **dataform:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/35990c2ffd683b41a4340626c48b8b4311d0f6d9 ([14bd229](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/14bd22993ec4f176288cba1852063fd55e719190))
+* **datamigration:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/d9218bd46049c0a0b9edac33cc11e6c1f7970ddd ([14bd229](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/14bd22993ec4f176288cba1852063fd55e719190))
+* **dataplex:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6df52e86e8b210bb7d413ef95271eac80fb91211 ([14bd229](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/14bd22993ec4f176288cba1852063fd55e719190))
+* **dialogflow:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/bb0b59eedcf033a216a45b158554b35c52fd413f ([14bd229](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/14bd22993ec4f176288cba1852063fd55e719190))
+* **discoveryengine:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/5af62dfdcf7ee10d59d236896f3e95d379379304 ([14bd229](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/14bd22993ec4f176288cba1852063fd55e719190))
+* **displayvideo:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/67effcf14bb410463adb7e99e088961597738c0b ([14bd229](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/14bd22993ec4f176288cba1852063fd55e719190))
+* **documentai:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/fadb34b1a65e9c173588a7788d31d3804bae4f1f ([14bd229](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/14bd22993ec4f176288cba1852063fd55e719190))
+* **drive:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/7d2063f757e86943e177fdf914eadd26fabd0e31 ([14bd229](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/14bd22993ec4f176288cba1852063fd55e719190))
+* **file:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a820c78341fba7ebe448376aa0f21e3e357a0244 ([14bd229](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/14bd22993ec4f176288cba1852063fd55e719190))
+* **firebaseml:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/e45e9b0fc2da43ab1ab524e7518f03e19b086cc5 ([14bd229](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/14bd22993ec4f176288cba1852063fd55e719190))
+* **gkehub:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/3c38499a902df9211b4dbcb9c4896ee59ccea384 ([14bd229](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/14bd22993ec4f176288cba1852063fd55e719190))
+* **iamcredentials:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c59ac8442a3e57fa7430fef7babf0bebde9d1df8 ([14bd229](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/14bd22993ec4f176288cba1852063fd55e719190))
+* **integrations:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/fa57493279565f4a4ec8f8fbfb138516e8371f4f ([14bd229](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/14bd22993ec4f176288cba1852063fd55e719190))
+* **merchantapi:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/8e00992fb222d42f9075eb164c454fd3fc5b8172 ([14bd229](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/14bd22993ec4f176288cba1852063fd55e719190))
+* **networkconnectivity:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b3c8df3478c32120434e7c0e583f90587364fbd9 ([14bd229](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/14bd22993ec4f176288cba1852063fd55e719190))
+* **networkmanagement:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/62a2c6a4764cebf88a6e0c841ca9cddd81e88cc7 ([14bd229](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/14bd22993ec4f176288cba1852063fd55e719190))
+* **networksecurity:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/39706e9fd8c45ad3ca07db157d9b758678b4c9cd ([14bd229](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/14bd22993ec4f176288cba1852063fd55e719190))
+* **oracledatabase:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/6678c3beeb2c1e6df4d9e2bc6dfd95a979f29f28 ([14bd229](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/14bd22993ec4f176288cba1852063fd55e719190))
+* **orgpolicy:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/d1244740ed0bdac0f7b2f851fe274e340d9f7942 ([14bd229](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/14bd22993ec4f176288cba1852063fd55e719190))
+* **sheets:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/8b09804195036a644d75abeddc994537606dfcca ([14bd229](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/14bd22993ec4f176288cba1852063fd55e719190))
+* **sqladmin:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/900e43c86d4fd4c658968cb026ceea0c2e686fa9 ([14bd229](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/14bd22993ec4f176288cba1852063fd55e719190))
+* **tpu:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/183d48eb2495b9e0ed894f2c254cefd50381553d ([14bd229](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/14bd22993ec4f176288cba1852063fd55e719190))
+* **translate:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c230f82427be605aada20ea3849f0992cff67242 ([14bd229](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/14bd22993ec4f176288cba1852063fd55e719190))
+* **vpcaccess:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/cae086c59af5819276da3c17999f2788d27d2019 ([14bd229](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/14bd22993ec4f176288cba1852063fd55e719190))
+* **youtube:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/d0b32ba5bae6950cbd3aa061281e13ed4838af25 ([14bd229](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/14bd22993ec4f176288cba1852063fd55e719190))
+
+
+### Bug Fixes
+
+* **admin:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/82e6e7d206d450272275ff089c4c764d60984cff ([14bd229](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/14bd22993ec4f176288cba1852063fd55e719190))
+* **cloudbuild:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/009d14e0bd73ceb4e5a7d0b8138d3e44b72b806e ([14bd229](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/14bd22993ec4f176288cba1852063fd55e719190))
+* **storage:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/e70b2a8745a60c0eb1c62eb43e84ce0ea6c6a66b ([14bd229](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/14bd22993ec4f176288cba1852063fd55e719190))
+
 ## [2.168.0](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/compare/v2.167.0...v2.168.0) (2025-04-22)
 
 
diff --git a/googleapiclient/version.py b/googleapiclient/version.py
index 0ef6d9705c5..dbbd2795d46 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/version.py
+++ b/googleapiclient/version.py
@@ -12,4 +12,4 @@
 # See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
 # limitations under the License.
 
-__version__ = "2.168.0"
+__version__ = "2.169.0"